Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2021.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

VINE ENERGY INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   1311   81-4833927

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

(469) 606-0540

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Eric D. Marsh

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

(469) 606-0540

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Matthew R. Pacey

Michael W. Rigdon

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street, Suite 4700

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 836-3600

  

Alan Beck

Thomas G. Zentner

Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.

1001 Fannin, Suite 2500

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 758-2222

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

  $100,000,000   $10,910

 

 

 

(1)

Includes Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Class A common stock.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, dated February 22, 2021

PROSPECTUS

                Shares

 

LOGO

Vine Energy Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of the common stock of Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation. We are offering                 shares of our Class A common stock. No public market currently exists for our Class A common stock.

We intend to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VEI.”

We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $                and $                per share.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

After the completion of this offering, affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. will beneficially own approximately             % of the combined voting power of our Class A and Class B common stock. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules. See “Management—Status as a Controlled Company.”

 

 

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks, including those described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 30 of this prospectus.

 

     Per share      Total  

Price to the public

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds to us (before expenses)

   $        $    

 

(1)

The underwriters will also be reimbursed for certain expenses incurred in the offering. “Underwriting” contains additional information regarding underwriter compensation.

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, we have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. “Risk Factors” and “Prospectus Summary—Emerging Growth Company Status” contain additional information about our status as an emerging growth company.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to                additional shares of Class A common stock on the same terms and conditions set forth above if the underwriters sell more than                shares of Class A common stock in this offering.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about                 , 2021.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Citigroup

 

        Credit Suisse

 

Morgan Stanley

Prospectus dated                 , 2021


Table of Contents

LOGO

Cutaway view showing co-development of the Haynesville and overlying Mid-Bossier. Multiple wells are drilled from each surface location to increase drilling efficiency and the laterals are spaced to optimize recovery.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

RISK FACTORS

     30  

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     55  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     57  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     58  

CAPITALIZATION

     59  

DILUTION

     60  

SELECTED HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     61  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     63  

BUSINESS

     86  

MANAGEMENT

     120  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     124  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

     133  

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

     137  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     142  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     149  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     157  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     159  

UNDERWRITING

     163  

LEGAL MATTERS

     170  

EXPERTS

     170  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     170  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on behalf of us or to the information which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are offering to sell shares of Class A common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of Class A common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the Class A common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We will update this prospectus as required by law, including with respect to any material change affecting us or our business prior to the completion of this offering.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” contain additional information regarding these risks.

Through and including                 , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in our shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

i


Table of Contents

Commonly Used Defined Terms

As used in this prospectus, unless the context indicates or otherwise requires, the terms listed below have the following meanings:

 

   

“8.75% Notes” means the 8.75% Senior Notes due 2023 issued by Vine Oil & Gas LP and Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp. pursuant to that certain indenture dated as of October 18, 2017, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee;

 

   

“9.75% Notes” means the 9.75% Senior Notes due 2023 issued by Vine Oil & Gas LP and Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp. pursuant to that certain indenture dated as of October 3, 2018, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee;

 

   

“Blackstone” refers, collectively, to investment funds affiliated with or managed by The Blackstone Group L.P.;

 

   

“Blocker Entities” refers to the entities that are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes through which certain of the Existing Owners indirectly hold LLC Interests;

 

   

“Brix” refers to Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

   

“Brix Companies” refers to Brix and Harvest on a combined basis as acquired by Vine Oil & Gas prior to the IPO;

 

   

“Brix Credit Facility” refers to that certain Senior Secured Credit Agreement dated as of March 20, 2018 by and among Brix Operating LLC, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Macquarie Investments US Inc., as administrative agent, as amended from time to time;

 

   

“Brix GP” refers to Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC;

 

   

“Brix Investment” refers to Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by certain Existing Owners of Brix to hold equity interests in us following the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“Brix Investment II” refers to Brix Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by certain Existing Owners of Brix to hold equity interests in us following the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“Existing Owners” refers, collectively, to Blackstone and the Management Members that directly and indirectly own equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization and in us indirectly through the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles as of and following the completion of our corporate reorganization;

 

   

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States;

 

   

“GEP” means GEP Haynesville, LLC, a subsidiary of GeoSouthern Energy Corp.;

 

   

“Harvest” means Harvest Royalties Holding LP and its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

   

“Harvest GP” means Harvest Royalties Holding GP LLC;

 

   

“Harvest Investment” refers to Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by certain Existing Owners of Harvest to hold equity interests in us following the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“Harvest Investment II” refers to Harvest Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by certain Existing Owners of Harvest to hold equity interests in us following the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“IPO” means the initial public offering of the common stock of Vine Energy Inc.;

 

ii


Table of Contents
   

“JOA” means the Definitive Agreement for the Division of Operatorship for Blacksmith—Magnolia Area of Interest, dated November 1, 2012;

 

   

“Levered free cash flow” means a non-GAAP financial measure, defined as the amount of money the company has remaining after paying its financial obligations related to investing activities prior to considering any funds received from or paid for financing activities and calculated as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities;

 

   

“Management Member” refers to our individual officers and employees who, together with Blackstone, held equity in Vine Oil & Gas, Brix or Harvest immediately prior to the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“RBL” means Vine Oil & Gas LP’s revolving credit facility, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and as Issuing Bank and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, as amended;

 

   

“Second Lien Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement entered into in December 2020 with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, pursuant to which we were provided with the Second Lien Term Loan;

 

   

“Second Lien Term Loan” means Vine Oil & Gas LP’s $150 million second lien term loan facility, dated as of December 30, 2020, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the several lenders party thereto, issued at 97.25% of face value on December 30, 2020;

 

   

“Shell” means affiliates of Royal Dutch Shell plc;

 

   

“Shell Acquisition” means the acquisition of natural gas properties in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana in November 2014 from affiliates of Shell;

 

   

“Superpriority Facility” means Vine Oil & Gas LP’s superpriority facility, dated as of February 7, 2017, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and as Issuing Bank and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, as amended;

 

   

“Tax Receivable Agreement” means that tax receivable agreement to be entered into in connection with the closing of this offering, by and among Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment II, Vine Holdings, Vine Energy and certain others from time to time a party thereto;

 

   

“Third Lien Credit Agreement” means that certain credit agreement entered into in December 2019 with Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto;

 

   

“VEH LLC Agreement” means the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Vine Holdings;

 

   

“Vine,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “company” or other like terms, prior to the corporate reorganization described in this prospectus (unless otherwise disclosed), refer collectively to Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest on a combined basis and together with their consolidated subsidiaries, and following the corporate reorganization described in this prospectus, to Vine Energy;

 

   

“Vine Energy” refers to Vine Energy Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Blocker Entities following the corporate reorganization), unless otherwise required by context;

 

   

“Vine Energy Investment Vehicles” refers to Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, collectively;

 

iii


Table of Contents
   

“Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles” refers to Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, collectively;

 

   

“Vine Holdings” refers to Vine Energy Holdings LLC;

 

   

“Vine Investment” refers to Vine Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by certain Existing Owners to hold equity interests in us following the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“Vine Investment II” refers to Vine Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by certain Existing Owners to hold equity interests in us following the corporate reorganization;

 

   

“Vine Oil & Gas” refers to Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP and its consolidated subsidiaries;

 

   

“Vine Oil & Gas GP” refers to Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC;

 

   

“Vine Unit Holder” means a holder of Vine Units (other than Vine Energy) and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock;

 

   

“Vine Units” means units representing limited liability company interests in Vine Holdings issued pursuant to the VEH LLC Agreement; and

 

   

“Von Gonten” means W.D.Von Gonten & Co., our independent reserve engineer.

Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms

The following are abbreviations and definitions of certain terms used in this document, which are commonly used in the oil and natural gas industry:

 

   

“ARO” means asset retirement obligation;

 

   

“Basin” refers to a geographic area containing specific geologic intervals;

 

   

“Bcf” means one billion cubic feet of natural gas;

 

   

“Bcfd” means one billion cubic feet of natural gas per day;

 

   

“Btu” means one British thermal unit, the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of a one- pound mass of water by one degree Fahrenheit;

 

   

“CapEx” means capital expenditures;

 

   

“Completion” means all the post-drilling and post-casing processes to allow the well to flow hydrocarbons;

 

   

“D&C” means drilling and completion costs;

 

   

“Developed acreage” means the number of acres that are allocated or assignable to productive wells or wells capable of production;

 

   

“Drilling” means any activity related to drilling pad make-ready costs, rig mobilization and creating a wellbore in order to facilitate the ultimate production of hydrocarbons;

 

   

“Estimated ultimate recovery” or “EUR” means the sum of reserves remaining as of a given date and cumulative production as of that date. As used in this prospectus, EUR includes only proved reserves and is based on our reserve estimates;

 

   

“FERC” means the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission;

 

   

“Field” means an area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all grouped on, or related to, the same individual geological structural feature or stratigraphic condition. The field name refers to the surface area, although it may refer to both the surface and the underground productive formations;

 

iv


Table of Contents
   

“Formation” means a layer of rock which has distinct characteristics that differs from nearby rock;

 

   

“Henry Hub” means the distribution hub on the natural gas pipeline system in Erath, Louisiana, owned by Sabine Pipe Line LLC;

 

   

“Horizontal drilling” means a drilling technique used in certain formations where a well is drilled vertically to a certain depth and then drilled horizontally within a specified interval;

 

   

“IDC” means intangible drilling cost;

 

   

“Drilling locations” means total gross locations that may be able to be drilled on our existing acreage. A portion of our drilling locations constitute estimated locations based on our acreage and spacing assumptions, as described in “Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data—Drilling Locations”;

 

   

“Invested capital” means the CapEx required to drill, complete and equip with facilities a single well;

 

   

“LNG” means liquified natural gas;

 

   

“Mcf” means one thousand cubic feet of natural gas;

 

   

“MMBtu” means one million Btu;

 

   

“MMcf” means one million cubic feet of natural gas;

 

   

“MT” means one metric ton;

 

   

“NGL” means natural gas liquids;

 

   

“Net acres” means the percentage of total acres an owner owns or has leased out of a particular number of acres, or a specified tract. An owner who has 50% interest in 100 acres owns 50 net acres;

 

   

“NYMEX” means the New York Mercantile Exchange;

 

   

“Possible reserves” means those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data suggest are less likely to be recoverable than probable reserves. The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of proved plus probable plus possible reserves (“3P”), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate;

 

   

“Probable reserves” means those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than proved reserves but more certain to be recovered than possible reserves. It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated proved plus probable reserves (“2P”). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate;

 

   

“Productive well” means a well that is capable of producing hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of the production exceed production expenses;

 

   

“Proved developed reserves” means reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods, according to the SEC or Society of Petroleum Engineers definitions of proved reserves;

 

   

“Proved reserves” means the reserves which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions;

 

   

“Proved undeveloped reserves” or “PUDs” means proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from undrilled well locations on existing acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion within the five year development window, according to the SEC or Society of Petroleum Engineers definition of PUD;

 

v


Table of Contents
   

“Recompletion” means the process of re-entering an existing wellbore and mechanically re- invigorating the wellbore to establish or increase existing production and reserves;

 

   

“Reservoir” means a porous and permeable underground formation containing a natural accumulation of producible oil and/or natural gas that is confined by impermeable rock and is separate from other reservoirs;

 

   

“Spacing” means the distance between wells producing from the same reservoir. Spacing is often expressed in terms of acres (e.g., 40-acre spacing) and is often established by regulatory agencies;

 

   

“Standardized measure” means discounted future net cash flows estimated by applying year-end prices to the estimated future production of year-end proved reserves. Future cash inflows are reduced by estimated future production and development costs based on period-end costs to determine pre-tax cash inflows. Future income taxes, if applicable, are computed by applying the statutory tax rate to the excess of pre-tax cash inflows over our tax basis in the natural gas and oil properties. Future net cash inflows after income taxes are discounted using a 10% annual discount rate;

 

   

“Tcf” means one trillion cubic feet;

 

   

“TWh” means terawatt hours.

 

   

“Undeveloped acreage” means acreage under lease on which wells have not been drilled or completed such that there is not production of commercial quantities of hydrocarbons;

 

   

“Unit” means the joining of all or substantially all interests in a specific reservoir or field, rather than a single tract, to provide for development and operation without regard to separate mineral interests. Also, the area covered by a unitization agreement;

 

   

“Weighted average rate of return” means the weighted average single well internal rate of returns on D&C capital realized at a noted price for our remaining core inventory. The single well return calculation is based on our reserve type curves and internal cost estimates and is weighed based on the remaining footage associated with our core drilling locations for each category of lateral lengths;

 

   

“Wellbore” or “well” means a drilled hole that is equipped for natural gas production; and

 

   

“Working interest” means the right granted to the lessee of a property to explore for and to produce and own natural gas or other minerals. The working interest owners bear the exploration, development, and operating costs on either a cash, penalty, or carried basis.

Certain amounts and percentages included in this prospectus have been rounded. Accordingly, in certain instances, the sum of the numbers in a column of a table may not exactly equal the total figure for that column.

Presentation of Financial and Operating Data

Unless otherwise indicated, the summary historical consolidated financial information presented in this prospectus is that of our accounting predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas. The pro forma financial information presented in this prospectus treats the combination of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest in connection with our corporate reorganization as an acquisition in a business combination of Brix and Harvest by Vine Oil & Gas. Please see “Corporate Reorganization” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition, unless otherwise indicated, the reserve and operational data presented in this prospectus is that of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest on a combined basis as of the dates and for the periods presented.

 

vi


Table of Contents

Industry and Market Data

The market data and certain other statistical information used throughout this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, government publications and other published independent sources. Although we believe these third-party sources are reliable as of their respective dates, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. These sources include an article entitled Study Forecasts Gradual Haynesville Production Recovery Before Final Decline, dated December 2015, by The Oil & Gas Journal, reports entitled Haynesville Inventory, dated April 2020, and Enverus Gas Plays and Market Outlook, dated October 2020, by Enverus, reports entitled World Energy Outlook 2020, dated October 2020, and Global EV Outlook 2020, dated June 2020, by IEA (as defined below), reports entitled Annual Energy Outlook 2020, dated January 2020, and U.S. Energy-Related Carbon Dioxide Emissions, 2019, dated September 2019, by EIA (as defined below), presentations entitled North America Gas Market Outlook, dated July 2020 and North America Energy Markets, dated November 2020, by Wood Mackenzie, and Rig Count by Baker Hughes, dated November 2020. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

Trademarks and Trade Names

We own or have rights to various trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of third parties, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and does not imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship by us. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks, service marks and trade names.

 

vii


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary provides a brief overview of information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Readers should consider this entire prospectus and other referenced documents before making an investment decision. Other material information can be found under “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward- Looking Statements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Where applicable, we have assumed an initial public offering price of $                 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

Unless otherwise indicated, the information presented in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock is not exercised. Unless otherwise indicated, the estimated reserve information presented in this prospectus was prepared by our independent reserve engineer as of December 31, 2020 based on the SEC’s reserve pricing rule and NYMEX forward strip pricing, as more fully described in “ —Reserve and Operating Data,” and is presented as of the dates and for the periods indicated. Certain operational terms used in this prospectus are defined in the “Glossary of Oil and Natural Gas Terms” and “Commonly Used Defined Terms.”

Our Company

We are an energy company focused on the development of natural gas properties in the stacked Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana.

Natural gas demand has significantly grown as a percentage of North America’s energy mix over the last ten years, having increased 38% from 86 Bcfd to 119 Bcfd and growing from 27% to 37% of the energy mix due to ample domestic supply, reliability of supply, significant supporting in-place infrastructure, low carbon intensity and low prices. In particular, demand for exported LNG has contributed to approximately 21% of that increase, with continued growth in LNG exports anticipated according to Wood Mackenzie. We believe natural gas will continue to be instrumental as a low carbon intensity source for meeting growing energy demand.

We believe the Haynesville will be particularly critical to meeting future natural gas demand. The Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales are among the highest quality, highest return dry gas resource plays in North America with approximately 489 Tcf of natural gas in place, according to The Oil & Gas Journal. The Haynesville is among the oldest and most delineated shale plays in North America and its well economics have continued to improve in recent years as a result of advances in enhanced drilling and completion techniques, combined with predictable production profiles and well cost reductions. These advances have driven both higher and more capital efficient reserve recoveries on a per lateral foot basis, primarily as a consequence of optimized fracture stage lengths and increased proppant and water loading.

The Mid-Bossier shale overlays the Haynesville shale and demonstrates similar characteristics and well results. Additionally, the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales possess high-quality petrophysical characteristics, such as being over-pressured and having high porosity, permeability and thickness. Both plays also exhibit consistent and predictable geology and high EURs relative to D&C costs. These plays are at 10,500 to 13,500 ft in depth with formation temperatures ranging from 300 to 375° F, resulting in near pipeline quality natural gas requiring little additional processing, which contributes to relatively low operating costs. Lastly, due to significant historical development activity in the Haynesville beginning in 2008, which resulted in approximately 5,700 wells drilled through December 31, 2020, production and decline rates are predictable, and low-cost and sufficient midstream infrastructure is already in place. We therefore believe the Haynesville is one of the lowest-cost, lowest-risk natural gas plays in North America. As a consequence of these factors, as well as our proximity to Henry Hub and other premium Gulf Coast markets, LNG export facilities and other end-users, the play



 

1


Table of Contents

benefits from low breakeven costs, higher cash margins and higher pricing netbacks relative to other North American natural gas plays, such as those in Appalachia and the Rockies.

In contrast to the Haynesville, other sources of natural gas supply, including associated gas from oil-prone drilling and natural gas from the Appalachian region, are facing headwinds in the form of reduced activity and infrastructure constraints. Associated natural gas from oil-prone drilling was the largest contributor to natural gas supply growth from 2011 to 2019. However, due to the significant oil price shock brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, the number of rigs drilling for oil in North America fell 59% in 2020, which is expected to result in a significant decline in future natural gas supply. While the Marcellus and Utica shales in the northeast United States currently account for approximately 30% of North American natural gas supply, there is limited pipeline capacity available to transport natural gas out of the area. Additionally, the demanding regulatory environment in the Northeast has limited new gas pipeline infrastructure. As such, we believe the Haynesville will be further relied upon to meet natural gas demand growth driven by increasing electricity demand associated with the global economic recovery, coupled with the continued increase in global LNG cargoes.

We first entered the Haynesville in 2014 following the Shell Acquisition and have actively acquired additional proximate acreage. We have approximately 125,000 net surface acres centered in what we believe to be the core of the Haynesville. Over 90% of our acreage is held-by-production and we operate over 90% of our future drilling locations with an average working interest of 83%. Approximately 84% of our acreage is prospective for dual-zone development, providing us with approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest. Utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs, which we believe is sufficient to maintain production, we have approximately 25 years of development opportunities. We are not subject to any material minimum volume commitments in our gathering agreements, and have no firm transportation commitments, which provides us with the flexibility to match an optimal development pace to the prevailing natural gas price and hedging environment at any given time. This, coupled with the extensive midstream infrastructure and low basis differentials in the Haynesville, contributes to lower break-even costs. Research from Enverus projects that the average Haynesville Basin core well generates a 31% rate of return using a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu, which Enverus ranks as the highest among notable shale plays in North America. Moreover, based on the location of our acreage, which is in some of the most prospective parts of the Haynesville, we believe our weighted average rate of return based on internal cost assumptions for our remaining core drilling locations is 85% at a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 370 net producing wells. Our assets are located almost entirely in Red River, DeSoto and Sabine parishes of Northwest Louisiana, which, according to Enverus, have consistently demonstrated higher EURs relative to drilling and completion costs than the Haynesville in Texas and other parishes in Louisiana.

The following table provides a summary of our inventory of drilling locations as of December 31, 2020, including average lateral length and drilling location data in each play.

Drilling Locations (1) (2)

 

     Short
Lateral
     Long
Lateral
        
Length    <5,300 ft      >5,300 ft      Total  

Haynesville

     226        147        373  

Mid-Bossier

     212        293        505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Core

     438        440        878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Core

     44        10        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drilling Locations

     482        450        932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

2


Table of Contents

 

(1)

“Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data and Presentation—Drilling Locations” contains a description of our methodology used to determine gross drilling locations. We exclude drilling locations where our working interest is less than 20%.

(2)

932 gross drilling locations reflecting an average working interest of approximately 83% or 776 net drilling locations.

We describe the progression of our well completions as Vintages with our most recent wells described as Vintage 5. The characteristics of our Vintage 5 wells include 100-mesh sand completions, decreased cluster spacing, optimized proppant and water loading and refined stage lengths. We intend to continue employing longer laterals to develop certain areas within our asset base in order to increase capital efficiency. The shift to a higher concentration of longer laterals is a strategy we believe reflects our recent success in drilling long laterals of up to 10,000 ft. We expect this will increase our capital efficiency by allowing us to develop the gas in place using fewer wellbores and lower development costs, resulting in lower breakeven prices and higher returns.

Substantially all of our leasehold acreage is not subject to expiry because we have at least one developed well in each section, which, through continuous production of gas, maintains the leasehold position in that section and provides us with flexibility to conduct our remaining development. Our acreage has been delineated by over 700 gross horizontal wells drilled across our position in Sabine, Red River and DeSoto parishes, providing us with confidence that our inventory of drilling locations is low-risk and repeatable and that we can continue to generate consistent economic returns; of these 700 wells, over 280 wells have been brought online under our ownership or participation since our development program began in 2015, providing us with a significant amount of well performance data and associated learnings. In addition to the 700 wells drilled on our acreage, approximately 1,000 wells have been drilled by other operators within one mile of our position, further enhancing the delineation and confidence in our acreage. The company also holds license to almost 400 square miles of 3D and 50 miles of 2D seismic data. We are the leader of Mid-Bossier development, accounting for 36% of all Mid-Bossier wells brought online from 2017 to 2020, which is more than any other single operator.

All of the company’s acreage is underlaid by Northwest Louisiana’s extensive legacy midstream infrastructure, which includes access to sufficient gathering capacity to accommodate our future growth, including our primary third-party gatherer’s approximately 500 miles of pipeline and related treating plants. Their system is currently operating at an approximate 90% utilization rate and has multiple offload points where we can transfer volumes to other area gatherers at equivalent rates. This significant pre-existing area midstream infrastructure provides access to other area gatherers, and we utilize their capacity on both a firm and interruptible basis and expect to continue to do so in the future. We sell our gas at the tailgates of the treating plants attached to our gatherers’ systems and, as a result, incur and hold no direct firm-transportation cost or commitments. Furthermore, approximately 1.0 Bcfd of additional transportation capacity came online in mid-2020 through the DTE Energy (LEAP) project and another approximately 1.0 Bcfd is expected by mid-year 2021 with the Enterprise Product Partners (Acadian) project. Our proximity and sales to Henry Hub and other premium Gulf Coast markets, LNG export facilities and other end-users results in our netbacks reflecting low transportation costs, which is a significant competitive advantage compared to other North American dry gas plays such as those in Appalachia and the Rockies. As a result of these takeaway and sales dynamics, our basis differentials have remained tightly banded since our inception, ranging from $0.01 to $0.26 per MMBtu; over this same period, basis differentials in Appalachia and the Rockies have ranged from $0.27 to $1.54 and $0.12 to $0.96 per MMBtu, respectively. Further, in 2020, Vine Oil & Gas sold approximately 62% of its total gas production through firm sales contracts, with approximately 37% of total production being sold at specified differentials from Henry Hub, providing additional support to our realized pricing. We believe these attractive relative realizations and our long-term access to growing demand (e.g. LNG, chemical, refinery) on the Gulf Coast support our development plan and ability to generate levered free cash flow in various commodity price environments.



 

3


Table of Contents

A transition to cleaner sources of energy is underway across the globe as demand for renewables and natural gas is projected to increase at a more rapid pace than demand for higher emission energy sources like coal and oil. According to the International Energy Agency (“IEA”) global natural gas demand is projected to grow 15% between 2019 and 2030, resulting in an increase of approximately 17 Tcf of demand. Much of this growth, approximately 8 Tcf, is in the industrial sector, with growth in power generation, buildings, transportation and other sectors comprising the balance. Additionally, global natural gas consumed for energy and feedstock uses in industry is expected to grow 25% between 2019 and 2030, while coal and oil are projected to decline.

With respect to domestic electricity generation, the U.S. Energy Information Agency (“EIA”) projects that between 2019 and 2050, electricity generation will increase approximately 30% from 4,127 billion kilowatt hours to 5,414 billion kilowatt hours. In 2019, natural gas represented 37% of this fuel mix while renewables represented 19% with the balance comprised of coal at 24% and nuclear at 19%. By 2050, the EIA predicts that natural gas will remain a relatively constant 36% of this growing market, while renewables will increase to 38% and coal and nuclear will decrease to 13% and 12%, respectively. Renewables like wind and solar, which are intermittent by nature, require non-intermittent back up capacity such as natural gas, to provide a consistent level of electricity generation. More globally, the International Energy Agency (“IEA”) predicts that global demand from electric vehicles will increase from 69 TWh in 2019 to 551 TWh by 2030, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 21%. We believe that increasing demand for electricity from lower emissions sources, like renewables and natural gas, demonstrate how natural gas will play a critical role in this transition to a cleaner energy future.

North America has become increasingly dependent on natural gas for its energy consumption needs, and the EIA credits the increasing use of natural gas in domestic power generation as the leading factor in the 15% decrease in domestic energy related CO2 emissions from 2007 to 2019. Additionally, domestic LNG exports, which began in 2016, have increased to current levels of approximately 10 Bcfd. We believe the export of LNG to global markets will allow economies in Asia, Europe and Latin America to be less dependent on higher emission fuels as has been the case in North America.

Due to the composition of our production stream, which is essentially all dry gas (i.e. methane), we do not produce any associated oil or natural gas liquids. We also produce small amounts of water, CO2 and other byproducts. Since our production is not burdened with having to separate, store or transport oil or natural gas liquids, we do not have any direct emissions related to these processes. Moreover, by utilizing industry leading technology, we seek to measure and reduce our emissions and consider doing so a core competency of our business. We measure the quantity of greenhouse gas emissions in metric tons of CO2 equivalent, or “CO2e,” and the intensity of our emissions in CO2e per Bcf of production. We also measure methane emissions as a percentage of production or methane intensity. We have adopted operational practices specifically designed to reduce our emission footprint, including installation of intermittant and no-bleed control valves, utilization of bi-fuel drilling and completion equipment, proactive Leak Detection and Repair (“LDAR”) wellsite surveys to reduce fugitive emissions, and the onsite generation of solar power to operate certain equipment. While from 2017 to 2020 our annual production increased 153.5% from 128.8 Bcf to 326.5 Bcf, our CO2e emissions rate decreased by 35% from 686 mT CO2e/Bcf to 444 mT CO2e/Bcf and our methane intensity decreased by 77% from 0.061% to 0.014% of production, below BP by comparison, an industry leader at 0.14% of production across its more diverse asset base. Given the low emissions nature of our natural gas production and the additional active mitigation measures we implement, we believe we have one of the lowest emission levels per Bcf of annual production of any domestic onshore oil and gas company.

Our management team has extensive experience in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier and a proven track record of implementing large-scale, technically driven development programs to target best-in-class returns in some of the most prominent resource plays across North America. Many members of our management team have extensive experience working in the Haynesville since its inception as a commercial play and have directly contributed to its



 

4


Table of Contents

technical advancement. Since the Shell Acquisition, our management team has been at the forefront of developing the technology to enhance well EUR and economics for both Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells, including;

 

   

increasing lateral length;

 

   

optimizing fracture stage lengths;

 

   

optimizing the amount and intensity of proppant and fluid pumped per foot of lateral;

 

   

reducing cluster spacing;

 

   

managing production rates to preserve downhole pressure;

 

   

adjusting well spacing and development patterns; and

 

   

improving wellbore landing accuracy.

Successful implementation of these measures has resulted in superior well performance relative to that of other major operators in the basin as seen in the charts below.

 

LOGO

 

Note:

Vine and third-party data sourced from Enverus. Includes horizontal wells targeting the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier with initial production between 2017 to 2020, normalized to a 7,500’ lateral.

 

(1)

Haynesville peers include Aethon Energy Management LLC, BPX Energy Inc., Castleton Commodities International LLC, Chesapeake Energy Corporation, EnSight IV Energy Partners, LLC, Exco Resources, Inc., Exxon Mobil Corporation, GeoSouthern Haynesville, Goodrich Petroleum Corporation, Indigo Natural Resources, LLC, Rockcliff Energy LLC, Sabine Oil & Gas Corporation.

(2)

Mid-Bossier peers include Aethon Energy Management LLC, BPX Energy Inc., Comstock Resources Inc., Exxon Mobil Corporation, GeoSouthern Haynesville, and Indigo Natural Resources, LLC.

To maximize gas recovery from our wells, we manage the downhole pressure drop after initial flowback which results in a flat early-time production profile. The flat production profile is 5 to 18 months for both our Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells. After the flat production period, our wells enter an exponential decline period followed by a hyperbolic decline and a final exponential terminal decline.

We believe that the gas price necessary to yield a 10% rate of return on invested capital (“Breakeven PV-10”) to be $1.91 per MMBtu NYMEX on average for our remaining core drilling locations. Additionally, and based on internal estimates, we believe the gas price necessary to yield a Breakeven PV-10 for our remaining Haynesville and Mid-Bossier drilling locations to be $1.90 and $1.93 per MMBtu, respectively. These results demonstrate basin leading breakevens based on estimates from Enverus, which indicate Haynesville and Mid-



 

5


Table of Contents

Bossier breakevens for our peers range from $2.05 to $2.54 and $1.93 to $2.74 per MMBtu, respectively. Furthermore, our wells generally achieve payout of our drilling and completion costs within 12 to 16 months, which allows for efficient recycling of cash flow and provides significant excess cash flow beyond payout and, what we believe to be, industry leading returns on investment.

History of the Haynesville and Our Acreage

The Haynesville shale and the overlying Mid-Bossier shale were deposited in a Jurassic basin that covers more than 9,000 square miles and includes eight parishes in North Louisiana and eight counties in East Texas, collectively called the Haynesville. These shales were deposited in a deep, restricted basin that preserved the rich organic content and through subsequent burial, developed strong reservoir properties, including becoming over-pressured and preserving porosity and permeability. Within our acreage position, the Haynesville ranges from 11,500 ft to over 13,500 ft deep and can be as thick as 200 ft. The Mid-Bossier overlays the Haynesville and ranges from 11,000 ft to 13,000 ft deep and can be as thick as 350 ft.

Although this area has seen almost continuous drilling since oil and gas was discovered in the early 1900s, the prospectivity of the Haynesville was not widely recognized until 2005. During this time, Encana and other operators acquired significant acreage in North Louisiana to extend the East Texas Bossier play. Encana drilled and tested Haynesville discovery wells during 2005 and 2006 and subsequently entered into a joint venture with Shell for the development of this acreage position. During this time, certain members of our management team were part of, and integral to, the Encana team. We purchased Shell’s interest in this acreage during 2014 and GEP purchased the Encana portion during 2015.

In 2010, at the height of its activity, over 200 rigs were active in the Haynesville as producers drilled wells to preserve leasehold positions, creating significant oilfield services and midstream infrastructure that remains today to accommodate the current development activity and contribute to the low basis differentials in the basin. Furthermore, the basin is well positioned to capitalize on LNG demand, growing population centers in the southern United States, expanding petrochemical capacity in the Gulf Coast region, and the retirement of selected coal-fired electricity plants.

Since peak activity in 2010, our industry has made significant advances in drilling and completion technology and techniques, including long lateral development, geo-steering techniques and changes in completion intensity and design. These trends have resulted in increased EURs per lateral foot, a trend which continues with our most recent well design. We believe our EURs per lateral foot and the resulting Breakeven PV-10 levels compare favorably with the most prolific basins in North America. At the same time, our average drilling and completion times and well costs have decreased, which have yielded enhanced economics for development of our reserves.

In January 2011, Louisiana began allowing cross-unit horizontal drilling. Prior to this rule change, lateral lengths could not exceed 5,000 feet in length. With this change in regulation, operators can now develop wells that cross section lines and more efficiently develop the acreage using long laterals. We believe our large and relatively contiguous position combined with a streamlined regulatory approval process provides us with an opportunity to capitalize on a development plan that features multi-section lateral lengths.

We believe that we have been instrumental in the revitalization of the Haynesville since entering the basin in 2014 through the purchase of Shell’s interest. Since we began our drilling program in 2015, we have participated in over 280 wells, and been at the forefront of advancements in drilling and completion optimization techniques such as increasing lateral lengths, proppant concentration, water intensity, cluster spacing and reservoir pressure drawn-down management. Enverus projects that the current number of rigs running in the Haynesville will increase from the current figure of approximately 43 rigs up to 50 rigs over the next 12 to 18 months, which compares to 2020 average rigs of 37.



 

6


Table of Contents

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to draw upon our management team’s experience in developing natural gas resources to generate levered free cash flow while achieving modest growth in our production and reserves and thus enhance our value. Our strategy has the following principal elements:

 

   

Optimize Return-On-Capital Through Focus on Profitably Increasing Well Recoveries While Minimizing Costs. Since 2017, we have drilled, on average, longer-lateral wells and further optimized our completion design, resulting in increased EURs compared to our prior drilling programs. From our initial Vintage 1 wells drilled in 2015 to our Vintage 5 wells in 2019 and 2020, EURs have increased from 1.4 Bcf per 1,000 lateral feet to 2.1 Bcf per 1,000 lateral feet. Simultaneous with recovery improvements, D&C costs per lateral foot have declined while lateral lengths have increased, indicating both capital efficiency gains and improvements in per Mcf economics. Our capital program in 2018 was concentrated on the evaluation of well density and key elements of our completion design, and, based on successful tests, our 2019 and 2020 capital program focused on longer lateral development, completion optimization and cycle time improvements. We focus on developing the maximum recovery of gas and economic value for every section we operate by adjusting the number of wells per section as market conditions change. We look for opportunities to reduce capital costs based on market conditions and we are focused on locking in reduced costs as a result of recent industry-wide decreases in demand for oilfield services. Additionally, we continue to rely on strategic alliances with third parties to reduce lease operating expenses for items such as chemicals and self-source higher cost services like water disposal to lower our overall operating costs.

 

   

Generate Levered Free Cash Flow While Delivering Modest Production Growth. We maintain a disciplined, cash flow-focused approach to capital allocation. Based on our year-end 2020 reserves, we had a drilling inventory of approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest, or approximately 25 years of development opportunities utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs, which we believe would be sufficient to maintain production. Our remaining drilling inventory has an average payback period of approximately 14 and 24 months at an assumed NYMEX gas price of $2.75 and $2.25 per MMBtu, respectively. The concentration, delineation and scale of our core leasehold positions, coupled with our technical understanding of the reservoirs, allows us to efficiently develop our acreage to generate levered free cash flow, increase sectional recoveries over time and enhance the value of our resource base. We believe that our extensive inventory of low-risk drilling locations, combined with our operating expertise and completion design evolution, will enable us to continue to deliver significant levered free cash flow while modestly growing production and reserves.

 

   

Leverage our Deep Experience in the Haynesville to Develop Industry-Leading Business Practices and Technology. Eric D. Marsh, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and other key members of our management participated in the early development of the Haynesville. Through their experience, they developed expertise that allows for continued advancement of industry-leading well completion techniques and drilling and development efficiencies. We continue to develop and apply industry-leading practices to manage D&C costs and maximize the recovery factor of gas in place. We have also realized significant improvements in our development efficiency over time, including a reduction in drilling and completion days, which contribute to lower well costs. We employ enhanced completion techniques through increased fracture stages, optimized proppant loading and pumping intensity and reduced cluster spacing and drilling-related efficiencies through multi-well pads and longer laterals. These measures have allowed us to lower D&C costs per lateral foot while yielding increased EURs, thereby improving our capital efficiency and returns, while also reducing the number of short laterals and associated surface equipment required to develop our resource.

 

   

Maintain a Disciplined Financial Strategy. We intend to fund our operations predominantly with internally generated cash flows while maintaining ample liquidity to weather commodity cycles. We target spending approximately 65% to 75% of our operating cash flow on CapEx to maintain or modestly increase production, with the remaining amount being available, initially, for debt repayment. We seek to protect



 

7


Table of Contents
 

future cash flows and liquidity levels through a multi-year commodity hedge program and through physical firm sales agreements with multiple credit-worthy counterparties. We expect that our new credit agreement that we will enter into contemporaneously with the closing of this offering will give us significant flexibility to hedge a large percentage of our total expected production. To further reduce volatility in our cash flows and returns, we will also seek to enter into contracts for oilfield services that are no longer than the periods covered by our commodity hedges. In addition, pro forma for this offering, we anticipate that our total net debt to Adjusted EBITDAX ratio for the year-ended December 31, 2020 will be approximately         , which is among the lowest for publicly traded gas-focused upstream companies. We intend to target modest financial leverage of total net debt to Adjusted EBITDAX of 1.0x to 1.5x and use levered free cash flow to further reduce outstanding debt. While we will prioritize debt paydown as the primary use of levered free cash flow until our targeted leverage ratios are met, we may evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that are highly strategic to us, but we will pursue them only to the extent they are accretive and meet our financial strategy and operational objectives. Adjusted EBITDAX is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDAX provides important information regarding our operating results. “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” contains a description of this measure and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

 

   

Steward the Health and Safety of our Employees, our Community and the Environment. Since peaking in 2007 at 6,003 MMmt, the EIA reports that total domestic energy sector related CO2 emissions have declined by 14.5% (873 MMmt) by 2019 and they cite the increasing use of natural gas in power generation as a key driver of this trend. While we believe the lower carbon intensity of using natural gas as opposed to coal in electric power generation in and of itself contributes meaningfully to lower CO2 emissions, we further believe that the benefits of natural gas are enhanced by reducing production related CO2, methane and other emissions. To that end, minimizing production related emissions is a core competency of our business and we continually seek to identify, accurately measure and reduce emission related to our business. From 2017 to 2020, our CO2e per Bcf of production declined 35% from 686 mT CO2e/Bcf to 444 mT CO2e/Bcf while our methane intensity decreased 77% from 0.061% to 0.014% of production, below BP by comparison, an industry leader at 0.14% of production across its more diverse asset base. In addition, we emphasize rigorous health and safety protocols in all aspects of our business and have demonstrated strong safety performance. Our total recordable incident frequency rate averaged 0.31 from 2017 through 2020 and 0.09 for 2020, both of which are well below the American Exploration and Production Council 2019 average of 0.47 and the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics E&P Support Activities Benchmark of 0.60.

Business Strengths

We have a number of strengths that we believe will help us successfully execute our business strategy and generate levered free cash flow, including:

 

   

We Believe we are Among the Most Economic Natural Gas Producers in North America. We own leases across an extensive, largely contiguous and fully delineated acreage position spanning approximately 125,000 net surface acres and approximately 230,000 net effective acres centered in what we believe to be the core of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier. Our highly concentrated acreage position promotes more efficient development through the drilling of longer laterals, the ability to utilize multi-zone bi-directional well pads and limited need for additional gathering expansion. Longer laterals are significantly more capital efficient with a 10,000 ft lateral having up to four times the PV-10 at a $2.75 NYMEX price per MMBtu, but less than two times the cost, when compared to our standard lateral. Research from Enverus projects that the average Haynesville Basin core well generates a 31% rate of return using a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu, which Enverus ranks as the highest among notable shale plays in North America. Moreover, based on the location of our acreage, which is in some of the most prospective parts of the Haynesville, we believe our weighted average rate of return based on internal cost assumptions for our remaining core drilling locations is 85% at a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu. Additionally, given the high initial



 

8


Table of Contents
 

productivity of our wells, we typically recover approximately 45% of a well’s EUR in the first 12 months of production. As of December 31, 2020, our drilling inventory consisted of approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest in both the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier, which included approximately 450 drilling locations where we intend to utilize laterals 5,300 ft or greater. Utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs among Vine, Brix and Harvest, which we believe is sufficient to maintain production, we believe we have approximately 25 years of development opportunities. We consider our drilling inventory to be low risk because it is located in areas where we (and other producers) have extensive drilling and production experience with production results exhibiting higher repeatability versus other natural gas plays. There have been over 700 gross horizontal wells drilled across our position, of which we participated in over 280 since 2015, providing us substantial well performance data. In addition to the over 700 wells drilled on our acreage, more than 1,000 wells have been drilled within one mile of our position, further supporting our economic expectations.

 

   

High-Margin, Low Operating Cost Structure that Generates Significant Levered Free Cash Flow. Our free cash flow is primarily attributable to our industry-leading operating margins and low operating costs. For the year-ended December 31, 2020 and pro forma for the reorganization transactions, we achieved a             % operating margin, which we calculate by dividing our Adjusted EBITDAX by our revenues, which are inclusive of natural gas sales and realized gains and losses on commodity derivatives. In the year-ended December 31, 2020 and pro forma for the reorganization transactions, our lease operating expense of $                 per Mcf and our general and administrative expense of $                 per Mcf were among the lowest in our peer group. We have implemented several initiatives to enhance and manage our production in the region and reduce operating costs. In early 2015, we established a technologically advanced 24-hour automated command center from which we can remotely control most field-wide production operations from a single location, allowing us to remotely bring wells online and manage existing production. This level of automation reduces manpower needs and allows operators to focus on production efficiency, by, among other things, efficiently deploying labor through a centralized operating center. Moreover, we have significantly reduced our operating cost per unit by vertically integrating through the drilling and operation of our own produced water disposal wells. As we continue to bring new wells online, we expect our unit costs will continue to decline. We continue to increase margins through operational efficiencies, more effective gas treating solutions and improved maintenance programs. In drilling locations where our working interest exceeds 20%, we hold an approximate 83% working interest and operate over 90% of such wells. We believe this gives us a high degree of control over our development program, allowing us to be responsive to changes in the commodity price environment. Levered free cash flow is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, but we believe it provides an important perspective regarding our operating cash flow. “–Non-GAAP Financial Measures” below contains a description of levered free cash flow and a reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

 

   

Close Proximity to Premium Markets and Ample Available Midstream Infrastructure. Our acreage position is in close proximity to premium markets and LNG facilities along the Gulf Coast, which results in lower and less volatile basis differentials and higher netbacks compared to other plays, including gas plays such as the Marcellus, Utica and those in the Rockies. As a result of these attractive takeaway and sales dynamics, our basis differentials have remained tightly banded since our inception, ranging from $0.01 to $0.26 per MMBtu; over this same period, basis differentials in Appalachia and the Rockies have ranged from $0.27 to $1.54 and $0.12 to $0.96 per MMBtu, respectively. We believe this allows producers in our basin to benefit from better unit economics. Low-cost legacy gathering infrastructure is in place across our acreage to support our development program. Our gathering cost for the year-ended December 31, 2020 was $0.31 per Mcfe, which compares favorably to $1.20 per Mcfe reported by publicly traded Appalachian-focused natural gas producers for the comparable period. Further, we are not party to any transportation contracts or similar commitments and our small amount of minimum volume commitments in our gathering contracts are well covered by current production volumes. Because we only produce dry gas, we have minimal cost to treat our gas to meet pipeline specifications, which may give us an economic advantage



 

9


Table of Contents
 

over wet gas plays during periods of low pricing for NGLs, as is currently taking place. Additionally, we do not have any of the emissions related to wet gas separation, storage or transportation.

 

   

Well Capitalized Balance Sheet that Provides Flexibility to Execute our Business Plan. Pro forma for this offering, we anticipate total net debt to Adjusted EBITDAX for the year-ended December 31, 2020 of approximately         , which would be among the lowest for publicly traded gas-focused upstream companies. Contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a new reserve-based lending facility led by Citibank. This facility is expected to have a total facility size of $                 million, a borrowing base of $                 million and available capacity of $                 million based on projected as adjusted borrowings of $                 million pro forma for this offering, resulting in projected liquidity of $                 million as of December 31, 2020. Finally, we maintain an active hedge program and as of December 31, 2020 have hedged an average of 819 Bbtu/d, 492 Bbtu/d and 186 Bbtu/d for 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively, at weighted average swap prices of $2.56 per MMbtu, $2.55 per MMbtu and $2.49 per MMbtu, respectively. Moreover, our Second Lien Term Loan requires us to have 70% of our total expected production hedged 24 months forward. We believe our balance sheet and hedge program provide ample liquidity in the event of an adverse commodity price environment to enable us to continue to generate levered free cash flow.

 

   

High Caliber and Experienced Management and Technical Team. Our senior management team has substantial experience in the Haynesville, as well as other premier North American resource plays, and has collectively operated large development programs that helped commercialize the Haynesville, attained market-leading D&C costs, decreased operating costs and generated increased EURs. Additionally, we have assembled a strong technical supporting staff of petroleum engineers and geologists that have extensive Haynesville and Mid-Bossier experience. We believe our team’s expertise will continue to drive drilling, completion and operational improvements that result in improved recoveries and capital efficiency. Furthermore, our management team’s operational and financial discipline, as well as its extensive experience in leadership roles at public companies, gives us confidence in our ability to successfully manage a public company platform.

 

   

Leader in Environmental, Governance and Societal Responsibilities of the Natural Gas Production Sector. According to the EIA, since it began tracking CO2 emissions in 1990, the increased market share of natural gas in electrical power generation has been a leading driver in reducing energy sector CO2 emissions. Not only do we produce the fuel that is the cornerstone of this accomplishment, we invest significantly in the human capital, equipment and technology that allows us to produce natural gas safely, efficiently and with minimal related emissions. While emissions reductions is a focus for all of our employees, we have 5 employees specifically dedicated to environmental, health and safety matters, including emissions reductions. For example, our sustainability efforts include 100% green completions, 100% non-potable water usage, and 100% solar-generated wellsite electricity. Additionally, we have peer leading CO2 emissions at 2.6 mT per MBOE per well and methane intensity of only 0.014% of gas produced. Additionally, we and our employees make commitments of financial resources and time to assist underserved members in the communities where we operate and our employees live. Moreover, we value diversity in our work force, including our executive leadership team, which is relatively evenly split 60% / 40% between men and women.

Recent Developments

The outbreak of COVID-19 has significantly decreased the demand for hydrocarbons, particularly oil. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or other adverse public health developments, including voluntary and mandatory quarantines, travel restrictions, and other restrictions, our operations, and those of our subcontractors and customers, have experienced, and are anticipated to continue to experience, delays or disruptions and temporary suspensions of operations.



 

10


Table of Contents

Reduction in oil and gas activity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a decrease of associated gas production as fewer oil wells are drilled in the Permian Basin and other liquids-weighted basins, which has led to a contraction in domestic gas supply. Lower levels of supply have pushed current and forecasted gas prices higher, which has had a positive impact on our results of operations and cash flows. We expect that the reduction in drilling activity and rig counts may contribute to a shortage in the supply of natural gas in the future, which could result in higher gas prices. However, because of our obligation to hedge 70% of our production for the next 24 months, we will be limited in the benefit we would otherwise realize from any such price increases. To the extent, however, that natural gas prices decrease, these lower prices not only reduce our revenue and cash flows, but also may limit the amount of natural gas that we can develop economically and therefore potentially lower our proved reserves. Lower commodity prices in the future could also result in impairments of our natural gas properties. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our future business, financial condition, results of operations, operating cash flows, liquidity or ability to fund planned CapEx. Alternatively, natural gas prices may increase, which while increasing revenue and cash flows, would result in significant losses being incurred on our derivatives.

We are taking precautions as an organization to protect our employees and community during this time. Vine has undertaken a number of proactive measures to reduce the spread of the virus and maintain the safety and health of its workforce, including, among other things, implementing comprehensive screening at operational bases throughout the organization.

Concurrently, deterioration of production agreements between key global oil producers has led to an increase in supply. In addition to the affects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the confluence of these factors has caused significant volatility in oil and gas prices. In response, many producers in North America have significantly reduced drilling activity. The land rig count in North America fell from 771 in mid-March of 2020 to 244 in mid-August of 2020 and has recovered slightly to 373 by January of 2021.

The reduction in activity has resulted in a decrease of associated gas production as fewer oil wells are drilled in the Permian Basin and other liquids-weighted basins, which has led to a contraction in domestic gas supply. Lower levels of supply have pushed current and forecasted gas prices higher. We expect that the reduction in drilling activity and rig counts may contribute to a shortage in the supply of natural gas in the future, which could result in higher gas prices.

The significant reduction in drilling and completion activity has also reduced demand for oilfield services and providers of these services have reduced their pricing as a result. Coupled with the improvement in drilling and completion cycle times achieved by our operational staff of approximately 14-19% in 2020, we have seen our well costs fall approximately 20% from an average of $1,521 per lateral foot in the first half of 2019 to $1,241 per lateral foot for the second half of 2020, as illustrated in the table below. We expect, given the trajectory of demand reduction for oilfield services, along with our continued realization of operational efficiencies, that D&C costs will continue to decrease. In addition, we have undertaken several initiatives to optimize our operating cost structure in order to be well positioned to operate through periods of market and commodity price volatility. These actions include entering into term contracts with key vendors at attractive rates and continued operational efficiencies.

 

LOGO



 

11


Table of Contents

Recent Debt Transactions

On December 30, 2020, we entered into the Second Lien Term Loan and used the proceeds, along with cash on hand, to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Superpriority Facility in connection with the entry into the amendment to and extension of the RBL. The Second Lien Term Loan has a total facility size of $150 million and was fully drawn at closing.

The maturity of the RBL was extended to January 15, 2023 and availability under the facility was reduced from $350 million to $300 million and will reduce further on a quarterly basis to $100 million at December 31, 2022. Other than these quarterly reductions in availability, there are no borrowing base redeterminations. The pricing grid was increased by 1.00% to LIBOR + 2.50% to 3.50% based on utilization. We intend to direct the net proceeds from this offering and, to the extent necessary, borrowings under the New RBL to repay in full and terminate our RBL.

The Second Lien Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 0.75%, plus 8.75% per annum, payable monthly, and matures on the earlier to occur of (a) December 30, 2025 and (b) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 9.75% Notes or 8.75% Notes, to the extent specified amounts of such indebtedness remain outstanding. The Second Lien Term Loan is redeemable beginning June 30, 2022 at 102% of par value, stepping down to 101% of par value on June 30, 2023 and at par value on June 30, 2024 and thereafter.

The Second Lien Term Loan is secured on a junior lien basis by all of our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the RBL.

The Second Lien Term Loan provides for a quarterly Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio financial maintenance covenant of 4.00x, stepping down to 3.50x with the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and thereafter, similar to the RBL. The Second Lien Term Loan also contains customary incurrence-based covenants for issuances of this type, including restrictions on the incurrence of liens, indebtedness, asset dispositions, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates, restricted payments and other customary covenants, along with the requirement to maintain liquidity of no less than $40 million, tested quarterly.

In December 2019, we entered into the Third Lien Credit Agreement with Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto. At that time, the Third Lien Credit Agreement was secured on a second lien basis, but was subordinated to a third lien in December 2020 in connection with the entry into the Second Lien Credit Agreement. The Third Lien Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an amount up to $330 million, and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 9.75% per annum. In addition, a commitment fee of 0.424% per annum is charged on the unutilized balance of the committed borrowing base and is included in interest expense. The Third Lien Credit Agreement matures on March 15, 2023. We expect to terminate our Third Lien Credit Facility in connection with this offering.

New RBL

Contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a new reserve-based lending facility (the “New RBL”) led by Citibank. This facility is expected to have a total facility size of $                 million, a borrowing base of $                 million and available capacity of $                 million based on projected as adjusted borrowings of $                 million pro forma for this offering, resulting in projected liquidity of $                 million as of December 31, 2020. The New RBL will contain various conditions precedent, including the requirement to terminate the Third Lien Credit Agreement.

The New RBL would be secured on a senior basis by substantially all of our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the Second Lien Term Loan. We expect that the credit agreement will contain various affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. These covenants would, among other things, limit



 

12


Table of Contents

additional indebtedness, additional liens, sales of assets, mergers and consolidations, transactions with affiliates and entering into certain swap agreements and require the maintenance of certain financial ratios. We also expect that the credit agreement will contain customary events of default, including non-payment, breach of covenants, materially incorrect representations, cross-default, bankruptcy and change of control.

2021 CapEx and Financing Activities

We expect our 2021 capital program to be approximately $340 to $350 million of which $310 to $320 million is allocated for D&C operations. The remaining $30 million of our capital program is designated for non-D&C items. We plan to fund our 2021 CapEx through cash flow from operations, proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our New RBL. Further, we intend to monitor conditions in the debt capital markets and may determine to issue long-term debt securities, including potentially in the near term, to fund a portion of our 2021 CapEx or refinance a portion of our existing indebtedness. We cannot predict with certainty the timing, amount and terms of any future issuances of any such debt securities.

Corporate Reorganization

Vine Energy is a Delaware corporation that was formed for the purpose of making this offering. Following this offering and the transactions related thereto, Vine Energy will be a holding company whose sole material asset will consist of membership interests in Vine Holdings. Vine Holdings will own all of the outstanding limited partnership interests in each of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest, the operating subsidiaries through which we operate our assets, and all of the outstanding equity in each of Vine Oil & Gas GP, Brix GP and Harvest GP, the general partners of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest, respectively. After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Vine Energy will be the managing member of Vine Holdings and will control and be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Vine Holdings’ business and will consolidate the financial results of Vine Holdings and its subsidiaries.

In connection with this offering, (a) the Existing Owners who directly hold equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas, Vine Oil & Gas GP, Brix, Brix GP, Harvest and Harvest GP will contribute all of such equity interests to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued equity in Vine Holdings (the “LLC Interests”), (b) certain of the Existing Owners will contribute a portion of their LLC Interests directly or indirectly, by contribution of Blocker Entities holding LLC Interests, to Vine Energy in exchange for newly issued Class A common stock and will contribute such Class A common stock received to Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment II, Vine Investment, Brix Investment or Harvest Investment, as applicable, (c) certain of the Existing Owners will exchange the remaining portion of their LLC Interests for newly issued Vine Units and subscribe for newly issued Class B common stock of Vine Energy with no economic rights or value and will contribute such Vine Units and Class B common stock to Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, as applicable, and (d) Vine Energy will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued Vine Units and a managing member interest in Vine Holdings. After giving effect to these transactions and the offering contemplated by this prospectus, (i) Vine Energy will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Holdings (or                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (ii) Vine Investment will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Holdings and                  % interest in Vine Energy (or                  % and                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (iii) Brix Investment will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Holdings and                  % interest in Vine Energy (or                  % and                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (iv) Harvest Investment will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Holdings and                  % interest in Vine Energy (or                  % and                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (v) Vine Investment II will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Energy (or                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (vi) Brix Investment II will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Energy (or                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), and (vii) Harvest



 

13


Table of Contents

Investment II will own an approximate                  % interest in Vine Energy (or                  % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Each share of Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or by our certificate of incorporation. We do not intend to list Class B common stock on any stock exchange.

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by Vine Energy to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Vine Energy will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.



 

14


Table of Contents

The following diagrams indicate our simplified current ownership structure and our simplified ownership structure immediately following this offering and the transactions related thereto (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised):

Simplified Current Ownership Structure

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Blackstone owns     % of Vine Oil & Gas GP,     % of Brix GP and     % of Harvest GP. Blackstone holds its ownership in Vine Oil & Gas through funds separate from the funds in which it holds its ownership in Brix and Harvest, which are not consolidated by a common parent. Therefore, Vine Oil & Gas is not considered under common control with Brix GP and Harvest GP for financial reporting purposes.

(2)

Certain Management Members own     % of Vine Oil & Gas GP,     % of Brix GP and     % of Harvest GP.



 

15


Table of Contents

Simplified Ownership Structure After Giving Effect to this Offering

 

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Includes Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment.

(2)

Includes Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II.

(3)

Vine Holdings owns 100% of Brix GP, Harvest GP and Vine Oil & Gas GP. Brix GP is the general partner of Brix, Harvest GP is the general partner of Harvest and Vine Oil & Gas GP is the general partner of Vine Oil & Gas.

Our Principal Stockholders

Following the completion of this offering and our corporate reorganization, Blackstone and Management Members will in the aggregate own 100% of our Class B common stock through the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles, representing approximately                 % of the voting power of Vine Energy (                 % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), and                 % of our Class A common stock through the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, representing                 % of the voting power of Vine



 

16


Table of Contents

Energy (                 % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). The Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles are controlled by Blackstone, our private equity sponsor.

Blackstone is one of the world’s leading investment firms. Blackstone seeks to create positive economic impact and long-term value for its investors, the companies it invests in, and the communities in which it works. Blackstone does this by using extraordinary people and flexible capital to help companies solve problems.

Blackstone’s asset management businesses, with $619 billion in assets under management, include investment vehicles focused on private equity, real estate, public debt and equity, non-investment grade credit, real assets and secondary funds, all on a global basis.

Blackstone Energy Partners is Blackstone’s energy-focused private equity business, with a successful record built on our industry expertise and partnerships with exceptional management teams. Blackstone private equity has invested more than $18 billion of equity globally across a broad range of sectors within the energy industry.

Emerging Growth Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, unlike other public companies that do not meet those qualifications, we are not required to:

 

   

provide an auditor’s attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of SOX;

 

   

provide more than two years of audited financial statements and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in a registration statement on Form S-1;

 

   

comply with any new requirements adopted by PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or hold shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation required by the Dodd-Frank Act; or

 

   

obtain shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of:

 

   

the last day of the year in which we have $1.07 billion or more in annual revenue;

 

   

the date on which we become a “large accelerated filer” (which means the year-end at which the total market value of our common equity securities held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more as of June 30);

 

   

the date on which we issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt securities over a three-year period; and

 

   

the last day of the year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this prospectus, as well as any financial statements that we file or furnish in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company.



 

17


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024, and our telephone number at that address is (469) 606-0540. Our website is located at www.vineog.com. We expect to make our periodic reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on, or otherwise accessible through, our website or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.



 

18


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Class A common stock offered by us

            shares (or                shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Class A common stock to be outstanding after the offering

            shares (or                shares, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

 

Option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters a 30 day option to purchase up to an aggregate of                additional shares of our Class A common stock.

 

Class B common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

            shares, or one share for each Vine Unit held by the Vine Unit Holders immediately following this offering. Class B shares are non-economic. When a Vine Unit is exchanged for a share of Class A common stock, a corresponding share of Class B common stock will be surrendered.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive approximately $                million of net proceeds (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) from the sale of the Class A common stock offered by us (or approximately $                million, if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares) after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 change in the public offering price would change our net proceeds by approximately $                million.

 

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and, to the extent necessary, borrowings under our New RBL, to repay in full and terminate each of the RBL and the Brix Credit Facility, with any excess proceeds used to provide liquidity for general corporate purposes. “Use of Proceeds” contains additional information regarding our intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Voting Power of Class A common stock after giving effect to this offering

    % or (or 100% if all outstanding Vine Units held by the Vine Unit Holders are exchanged, along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting Power of Class B common stock after giving effect to this offering

    % or (or 0% if all outstanding Vine Units held by the Vine Unit Holders are exchanged, along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, for newly issued shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis).

 

Voting rights

The Vine Energy Investment Vehicles, which will be owned by the Existing Owners, will hold all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. Each share of Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. After giving effect to the shares issued



 

19


Table of Contents
 

pursuant to this offering, Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, which will be owned by the Existing Owners, will hold                % (or                 % if the underwriters’ option is exercised in full) of the outstanding shares of our Class A common stock. The Class A common stock will be voting stock and entitle each holder to one vote per share of Class A common stock. “Description of Capital Stock” contains more information.

 

Dividend policy

We currently do not pay a cash dividend to holders of our Class A common stock and certain of our debt agreements place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. “Dividend Policy” includes additional information. However to the extent our free cash flow generation results in a decrease in our overall leverage in the future, we may revisit our dividend policy and declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock.

 

Listing and trading symbol

We intend to list our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “VEI.”

 

Exchange rights of Vine Unit Holders

In connection with the completion of this offering, we will enter into an exchange agreement with the entities that comprise the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and Vine Holdings so that the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles may (subject to the terms of the exchange agreement) exchange their Vine Units, along with surrendering a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock of Vine Energy on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications, or, at our option, an equivalent amount of cash (the “Exchange Right”). “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement” contains more information.

 

Tax receivable agreement

Future exchanges of Vine Units for shares of Class A common stock are expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Vine Holdings. The anticipated basis adjustments are expected to increase (for tax purposes) our depreciation, depletion and amortization deductions and may also decrease our gains (or increase our losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets. In addition, we have acquired certain tax attributes attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners. Such increased deductions and losses and reduced gains, as well as such tax attributes, may reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by Vine Energy to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment



 

20


Table of Contents
 

II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Vine Energy will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.

The information above excludes                shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our long-term incentive plan that we intend to adopt in connection with the completion of this offering.

In addition, it does not give effect to the grant of an aggregate of approximately                restricted stock units (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that our board of directors has agreed to make to certain of our directors, officers and employees in connection with the completion of this offering.

Summary of Risk Factors

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in the section titled “Risk Factors,” alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Such risks include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Natural gas prices are volatile. A reduction or sustained decline in prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and our ability to meet our financial commitments.

 

   

Past performance by our management team or their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.



 

21


Table of Contents
   

The widespread outbreak of an illness, pandemic or any other public health crisis may have material adverse effects on our business, financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

 

   

Our business strategy includes continued use of advancements in horizontal D&C techniques, which involve risks and uncertainties in their application.

 

   

Our gathering contracts require fees on minimum volumes regardless of throughput.

 

   

Our revenue will ultimately depend on our ability to transport our gas to various sales points.

 

   

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and financial commitments.

 

   

Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate.

 

   

Our drilling locations are scheduled out over many years, making them susceptible to uncertainties regarding the timing or likelihood of their development. In addition, we may lack sufficient capital necessary to develop our drilling locations.

 

   

All of our producing properties are located in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays in Northwest Louisiana, making us vulnerable to risks associated with operating in only one geographic area.

 

   

Our operations are subject to stringent environmental laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities that could exceed current expectations.

 

   

Federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives regarding hydraulic fracturing and related activities, as well as governmental reviews of such activities, could increase our costs of doing business, result in additional operating restrictions or delays, limit the areas in which we can operate and reduce our natural gas production, which could adversely impact our production and business.

 

   

We may incur substantial losses and be subject to substantial liability claims as a result of our operations. Additionally, we may not be insured for, or our insurance may be inadequate to protect us against, these risks.

 

   

Competition in the natural gas industry is intense, making it more difficult for us to acquire properties, market natural gas and secure trained personnel.

 

   

Our hedging activities could result in financial losses or reduce our income.

 

   

We are a holding company. Our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interest in Vine Holdings and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Vine Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and cover our corporate and other overhead expenses.

 

   

We will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

 

   

If Vine Holdings were to become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we and Vine Holdings might be subject to potentially significant tax inefficiencies, and we would not be able to recover payments previously made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement even if the corresponding tax benefits were subsequently determined to have been unavailable due to such status.

 

   

In certain circumstances, Vine Holdings will be required to make tax distributions to us and the Vine Unit Holders, and the tax distributions that Vine Holdings will be required to make may be substantial.

 

   

The Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will collectively hold a substantial majority of our common stock.



 

22


Table of Contents
   

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for and could rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.



 

23


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The following table shows summary historical financial information of our accounting predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas, and summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated.

The summary historical financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was derived from the audited historical financial statements of our predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2020 been prepared to give pro forma effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization,” including the business combination of Brix and Harvest with Vine Oil & Gas, and (ii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, as if the reorganization and offering transactions had been completed on January 1, 2020. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed on December 31, 2020. This information is subject to and gives effect to the assumptions and adjustments described in the notes accompanying the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the reorganization and this offering been consummated on the dates indicated, and do not purport to be indicative of our financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.



 

24


Table of Contents

“Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Corporate Reorganization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” and the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus contain additional information to be read in conjunction with the following information.

 

    Vine Oil & Gas     Vine Pro Forma  
    As of and for the
Years Ended
December 31,
    As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
    2020     2019  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Information:

     

Revenue:

     

Natural gas sales

  $ 418,877     $ 445,589     $                

Realized gain on commodity derivatives

    123,875       39,679    

Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives

    (164,077     101,239    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    378,675       586,507    

Operating Expenses:

     

Lease operating

    47,911       46,247    

Gathering and treating

    76,770       37,955    

Production and ad valorem taxes

    15,620       18,539    

General and administrative

    7,448       7,842    

Monitoring fee

    7,541       7,011    

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

    347,652       327,659    

Exploration

    167       886    

Strategic

    2,182       853    

Severance

    326       —      

Write-off of deferred IPO expenses

    5,787       2,825    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    511,404       449,817    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

    (132,729     136,690    

Interest expense

    (119,248     (112,198  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

    (251,977     24,492    

Income tax provision

    (217     (496  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ (252,194   $ 23,996     $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     
     

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Vine Energy

      $    
     

 

 

 

Net Income per Share:

     

Basic

      $    
     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $    
     

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:

     

Basic

     
     

 

 

 

Diluted

     
     

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Information:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,517     $ 18,286     $    

Total natural gas properties, net

    1,342,354       1,435,976    

Total assets

    1,467,763       1,658,100    

Total debt

    1,224,741       1,218,558    

Total equity(1)

    10,061       292,255    

Statements of Cash Flows Information:

     

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 295,174     $ 270,699    

Net cash used in investing activities

    (252,378     (281,193  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (45,565     7,750    

Other Financial Information:

     

Adjusted EBITDAX(2)

  $ 384,713     $ 338,571     $    

Levered free cash flow(2)

  $ 42,796     $ (10,494  

 

(1)

Pro forma total equity as of December 31, 2020 includes $             million of non-controlling interests related to the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDAX and levered free cash flow are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe these measures provide important perspective regarding our operating results and liquidity, as applicable. “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” contains a description of each of these measures and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.



 

25


Table of Contents

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Adjusted EBITDAX

We define Adjusted EBITDAX as our net income before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation, depletion and accretion, unrealized gains and losses on commodity derivatives, exploration expense, strategic expense, and other non-cash operating items.

We believe Adjusted EBITDAX is a useful performance measure because it allows for an effective evaluation of our operating performance when compared against our peers, without regard to our financing methods, corporate form or capital structure. We exclude the items listed above in arriving at Adjusted EBITDAX to reflect the substantial variance in practice from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Adjusted EBITDAX should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income determined in accordance with GAAP. Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDAX are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax burden, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are reflected in Adjusted EBITDAX. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDAX should not be construed as an inference that our results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computations of Adjusted EBITDAX may not be identical to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDAX to net income, our most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Levered Free Cash Flow

We define levered free cash flow as the amount of money we have remaining after paying our financial obligations related to investing activities prior to considering any funds received from or paid for financing activities. We calculate levered free cash flow as operating cash flow less investing cash flow.



 

26


Table of Contents

We believe that levered free cash flow is a useful performance measure as it provides the amount of cash we generated after capital expenditures and any proceeds received from asset sales, prior to any proceeds received from or used in financing activities. While levered free cash flow is not a GAAP measure, it is derived from two GAAP measures, operating cash flow and investing cash flow but should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, operating cash flow or investing cash flow determined in accordance with GAAP. Our computation of levered free cash flow may not be identical to other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

    Vine Oil & Gas     Vine Pro Forma
 
    For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
    2020     2019  
    (in thousands)  

Net income

  $ (252,194   $ 23,996     $            

Interest expense

    119,248       112,198    

Income tax provision

    217       496    

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

    347,652       327,659    

Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives

    164,077       (101,239  

Exploration

    167       886    

Non-cash G&A

    (182     (18  

Strategic

    2,182       853    

Non-cash write-off of deferred IPO expenses

    5,787       2,825    

Severance

    326       —      

Non-cash volumetric and production adjustment to gas gathering liability

    (2,567     (29,085  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDAX

  $ 384,713     $ 338,571     $            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flow

  $ 295,174     $ 270,699    

Investing cash flow

    (252,378     (281,193  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

Levered free cash flow

  $ 42,796     $ (10,494  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   


 

27


Table of Contents

Summary Reserve, Production and Operating Data

Summary Reserve Data

The following tables summarize estimated proved reserves based on reports prepared by Von Gonten, our independent reserve engineer. All of these reserve estimates were prepared in accordance with the SEC’s rule regarding reserve reporting currently in effect, except that the table which provides our reserves at “strip pricing” uses pricing based on NYMEX futures prices. The information in the following tables does not give any effect to or reflect our commodity hedge portfolio. “Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data” contains additional information about our reserves.

Summary of Proved Reserves as of December 31, 2020 Based on SEC Pricing

The following table provides the estimated proved reserves of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest on a combined basis as of December 31, 2020 based on SEC pricing.

 

     Vine Oil & Gas     Vine Pro Forma  
     At December 31,
2020(1)(2)
    At December 31,
2020(1)(2)
 

Natural gas (MMcf)

     1,802,118       2,313,499  

Total proved developed reserves (MMcf)

     446,243       590,160  

Percent proved developed

     25     26

Total proved undeveloped reserves (MMcf)

     1,355,875       1,723,339  

 

(1)

Our reserve information reflects an assumed 30-year reserve life.

(2)

Our estimated proved reserves were determined using average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months in accordance with SEC guidance. As of December 31, 2020, the SEC Price Deck was $1.99/MMBtu (Henry Hub Price) for natural gas. In determining our reserves, the SEC Price Deck was adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive, which yielded a price of $1.73 per Mcf. “Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data—Adjusted Index Prices Used in Reserves Calculations” below contains the adjusted realized prices under strip pricing.

Sensitivity of Proved Reserves Based on Future Strip Pricing

The following table provides our estimated proved reserves of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest on a combined basis as of December 31, 2020, using NYMEX strip prices as of market close on December 31, 2020. We have included this reserve sensitivity in order to provide a measure that is more reflective of the fair value of our assets and the cash flows that we expect to generate from those assets. The historical 12-month pricing average in our 2020 disclosures above does not reflect the prevailing gas futures. We believe that the forward-looking nature of strip pricing provides investors with a more meaningful measure of value and enhances their ability to make decisions regarding their investment in us. In addition, we believe strip pricing provides relevant and useful information because it is widely used by investors in our industry as a basis for comparing the relative size and value of our proved reserves to our peers and in particular addresses the impact of differentials compared with our peers. Our estimated net proved reserves based on NYMEX futures were otherwise prepared on the same basis as our SEC reserves for the comparable period.



 

28


Table of Contents

Actual future prices may vary significantly from the NYMEX prices on December 31, 2020. Actual revenue and value generated may be more or less than the amounts disclosed. “Risk Factors” contains more information regarding the uncertainty associated with price and reserve estimates.

 

     Vine Oil & Gas     Vine Pro Forma  
     Strip Pricing(1)     Strip Pricing(1)  

Estimated proved reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

    

Natural gas (MMcf)

     2,364,510       3,151,073  

Total proved developed reserves (MMcf)

     491,769       643,352  

Percent proved developed

     21     20

Total proved undeveloped reserves (MMcf)

     1,872,741       2,507,721  

 

(1)

Prices were in each case adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive. Our NYMEX futures based reserves were determined using index prices for natural gas, without giving effect to derivative transactions. “Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data—Adjusted Index Prices Used in Reserve Calculations” contains the adjusted realized prices under strip pricing.

Select Production and Operating Statistics

The following table sets forth information regarding production, revenues and realized prices, and production costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, for Vine Oil & Gas and on a pro forma basis giving effect to the reorganization and business combination transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization.” For additional information on price calculations, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Vine Oil & Gas      Vine Pro Forma  
     Years Ended
December 31,
     Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019      2020  

Production data:

        

Natural gas (MMcf)

     240,869        200,214     

Average daily production (MMcfd)

     658        549     

Average sales prices per Mcf:

        

Before effects of realized derivatives

   $ 1.74      $ 2.23      $                

After effects of realized derivatives

   $ 2.25      $ 2.42      $    

Costs per Mcf:

        

Lease operating

   $ 0.20      $ 0.23      $    

Gathering and treating

     0.32        0.19     

Production and ad valorem taxes

     0.06        0.09     

Depreciation, depletion and accretion

     1.44        1.64     

General and administrative

     0.03        0.04     

Monitoring fee

     0.03        0.04     

Exploration

     0.00        0.00     

Strategic

     0.01        0.00     

Write-off of deferred IPO costs

     0.02        0.01     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.11      $ 2.25      $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

29


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our Class A common stock involves risks. The information in this prospectus should be considered carefully, including the matters addressed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and the following risks before making an investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also materially affect our business. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties that are currently immaterial or unknown could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, cash flows or prospects. The trading price of our Class A common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

Natural gas prices are volatile. A reduction or sustained decline in prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and our ability to meet our financial commitments.

Prevailing natural gas prices heavily influence our revenue, profitability, access to capital, growth rate and value of our properties. Further, although we do not produce oil, to the extent oil prices rise considerably, the cost of services we incur may also increase. As a commodity, gas prices are subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand. Historically, the natural gas market has been volatile. Prices for domestic natural gas have been pressured. Our revenue, profitability and future growth are highly dependent on the prices we receive for our natural gas production, and the levels of our production, depend on numerous factors beyond our control. These factors include the following:

 

   

worldwide and regional economic conditions impacting the global supply of and demand for natural gas, including the economic impacts of the COVID-19 virus;

 

   

the actions of OPEC, its members and other state-controlled oil companies relating to oil price and production controls;

 

   

the level of global exploration and production;

 

   

the level of global oil and gas inventories;

 

   

prevailing prices on local price indexes in the areas in which we operate and expectations about future commodity prices;

 

   

extent of natural gas production associated with increased oil production;

 

   

the proximity, capacity, cost and availability of gathering and transportation facilities;

 

   

localized and global supply and demand fundamentals and transportation availability;

 

   

weather conditions across North America and, increasingly due to LNG, across the globe;

 

   

technological advances affecting energy consumption;

 

   

speculative trading in natural gas markets;

 

   

end-user conservation trends;

 

   

petrochemical, fertilizer, ethanol, transportation supply and demand balance;

 

   

the price and availability of alternative fuels;

 

   

domestic, local and foreign governmental regulation and taxes; and

 

   

liquefied petroleum products supply and demand balances.

If commodity prices decrease or we experience widening of basis differentials, our cash flows and refinancing ability will be reduced. We may be unable to obtain needed capital or financing on satisfactory terms,

 

30


Table of Contents

which could lead to a decline in our reserves as existing reserves are depleted. Lower commodity prices may also reduce the amount of natural gas that we can produce economically. Additionally, a significant portion of our projects could become uneconomic and require us to abandon or postpone our planned drilling, which could result in downward adjustments to our estimated proved reserves. As a result, a reduction or sustained decline in natural gas prices may materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, liquidity and our ability to finance CapEx.

Our business and operations have been adversely affected by, and are expected to continue to be adversely affected by, the COVID-19 pandemic, and may be adversely affected by other similar outbreaks.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or other adverse public health developments, including voluntary and mandatory quarantines, travel restrictions, and other restrictions, our operations, and those of our subcontractors and customers, have and are anticipated to continue to experience delays or disruptions and temporary suspensions of operations. In addition, our financial condition and results of operations have been and are likely to continue to be adversely affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The rapid development and fluidity of this situation precludes any prediction as to the ultimate adverse impact of COVID-19 on our business, which will depend on numerous evolving factors and future developments that we are not able to predict, including the length of time that the pandemic continues, its effect on the demand for natural gas, the response of the overall economy and the financial markets as well as the effect of governmental actions taken in response to the pandemic.

The timeline and potential magnitude of the COVID-19 outbreak are currently unknown. The continuation or amplification of this virus could continue to more broadly affect the United States and global economy, including our business and operations, and the demand for oil and gas. For example, the outbreak of coronavirus has resulted in a widespread health crisis that will adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that may affect our operating results. Other contagious diseases in the human population could have similar adverse effects. In addition, the effects of COVID-19 and concerns regarding its global spread have negatively impacted the domestic and international demand for crude oil and natural gas, which has contributed to price volatility. As the potential impact from COVID-19 is difficult to predict, the extent to which it will negatively affect our operating results, or the duration of any potential business disruption is uncertain. The magnitude and duration of any impact will depend on future developments and new information that may emerge regarding the severity and duration of COVID-19 and the actions taken by authorities to contain it or treat its impact, all of which are beyond our control.

We may be unable to obtain required capital or financing on satisfactory terms, which could lead to a decline in our production and natural gas reserves.

Our industry is capital intensive, requiring substantial CapEx to develop and acquire natural gas reserves. The actual amount and timing of our future CapEx may differ materially from our estimates as a result of, among other things, natural gas prices, actual drilling results, the availability of drilling rigs and other services and equipment, and regulatory, technological and competitive developments. A reduction or sustained decline in natural gas prices from current levels may force us to reduce our CapEx, which would negatively impact our ability to grow production. We intend to finance our CapEx through cash flow from operations and through available capacity under our New RBL; however, our financing needs may require us to alter or increase our capitalization substantially through the issuance of debt or equity securities or the sale of assets. The issuance of additional indebtedness requires compliance with the terms of our existing indebtedness and would require us to incur additional interest and principal, which may affect our ability to fund working capital, CapEx and acquisitions.

Our cash flow from operations and access to capital are subject to many factors, including:

 

   

our proved reserves;

 

31


Table of Contents
   

the volume of natural gas we are able to produce from existing wells;

 

   

the prices at which our production is sold;

 

   

our ability to acquire, locate and produce new reserves;

 

   

the extent and levels of our derivative activities;

 

   

the levels of our operating expenses; and

 

   

our ability to access the capital markets.

If our cash flow decreases as a result of lower natural gas prices, operating difficulties, declines in reserves or for any other reason, we may have limited ability to fund our planned CapEx or operations. If additional capital is needed, we may not be able to obtain financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

Our business strategy includes continued use of advancements in horizontal D&C techniques, which involve risks and uncertainties in their application.

Our current and future operations involve utilizing some of the latest D&C techniques. While developing our wells, we face risks associated with:

 

   

effectively controlling downhole pressure;

 

   

landing and maintaining our wellbore at the desired depth in the desired drilling zone;

 

   

running our casing the entire length of the wellbore;

 

   

deploying tools and other equipment consistently downhole;

 

   

stimulating the formation with the planned number of stages; and

 

   

cleaning out the wellbore after final fracture stimulation.

In addition, some of the techniques may cause irregularities or interruptions in existing production due to offset wells being shut in. If our actual results are less than anticipated, it may trigger reduced cash flow and impairment of our properties.

Our industry requires us to navigate many uncertainties that could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial condition and results of operations depend on the success of our development and acquisition activities, which are subject to numerous risks beyond our control, including the risk that development will not result in commercially viable production or uneconomic results or that various characteristics of the drilling process or the well will cause us to abandon the well prior to fully producing commercially viable quantities.

Our decisions to purchase, explore or develop properties will depend in part on the evaluation of data obtained through geophysical and geological analyses, production data and engineering studies, the results of which are often inconclusive or subject to varying interpretations. “—Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate” contains additional information regarding this risk. In addition, our actual development cost for a well could significantly exceed planned levels.

Further, many factors may curtail, disrupt, delay or cancel our scheduled drilling projects and ongoing operations, including the following:

 

   

reductions or sustained declines in natural gas prices;

 

   

regulatory compliance, including limitations on wastewater disposal, discharge of greenhouse gases and hydraulic fracturing;

 

32


Table of Contents
   

geological formation irregularities and pressures;

 

   

shortages of or delays in obtaining equipment, supplies and qualified personnel;

 

   

equipment failures, accidents or other unexpected operational events;

 

   

gathering facilities’ capacity or delays in construction of new gathering facilities;

 

   

capacity on transmission pipelines or our inability to make our gas meet quality specifications for such pipeline;

 

   

environmental hazards, such as natural gas leaks, pipeline and tank ruptures and unauthorized discharges of brine and other fluids, toxic gases or other pollutants;

 

   

stockholder activism or activities by others to restrict exploration, development and production of oil and natural gas;

 

   

natural disasters including regional flooding and hurricanes;

 

   

adverse weather conditions;

 

   

compliance with environmental and other governmental or contractual requirements;

 

   

availability of financing at acceptable terms; and

 

   

title issues.

Any of these risks can cause substantial losses, including personal injury or loss of life, damage to property, reserves and equipment, pollution, environmental contamination and regulatory penalties.

Our operations are concentrated in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana, making us vulnerable to risks associated with operating in a limited geographic area.

All of our producing properties are geographically concentrated in the north western Haynesville Basin. As a result, we may be disproportionately exposed to various factors, including, among others: (i) the impact of regional supply and demand factors, (ii) delays or interruptions of production from wells in such areas caused by governmental regulation, (iii) processing or transportation capacity constraints, (iv) market limitations, (v) availability of equipment and personnel, (vi) water shortages or other drought related conditions or (vii) interruption of the processing or transportation natural gas. This concentration in a limited geographic area also increases our exposure to changes in local laws and regulations, certain lease stipulations designed to protect wildlife and unexpected events that may occur in the regions such as natural disasters, seismic events, industrial accidents or labor difficulties. Any one of these factors has the potential to cause producing wells to be shut-in, delay operations, decrease cash flows, increase operating and capital costs and prevent development of lease inventory before expirations. Any of the risks described above could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

Our revenue will ultimately depend on our ability to transport our gas to various sales points.

We do not own or control third-party transportation facilities (i.e. gas transport pipelines) and our access to them may be limited or denied, because we do not have contracts for firm transportation. We currently sell our gas at the tailgate of our gatherer’s treating plants. The purchasers of our gas are typically parties who hold firm transportation and who, after taking possession of our gas, use it to fulfill their volume commitments. Today, there is ample transportation capacity, and there are ample holders of firm transportation who are willing to engage in the types of arrangements we use. If demand for transportation surged or if parties holding firm transport satisfied volume commitments with their own or others’ gas, we may be unable to sell our gas, which would materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and financial commitments.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our indebtedness and financial commitments depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which are subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions including financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund debt and other obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay CapEx, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure our indebtedness. Our ability to restructure or refinance indebtedness will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our operations. The terms of existing or future debt instruments may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to service our debt would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. If we face substantial liquidity problems, we might be required to sell assets to meet debt and other obligations. Our debt restricts our ability to dispose of assets and dictates our use of the proceeds from such disposition. We may not be able to consummate dispositions, and the proceeds of any such disposition may be inadequate to meet obligations.

We may be unable to access adequate funding as a result of a decrease in borrowing base due to an unwillingness or inability on the part of lending counterparties to meet their funding obligations and the inability of other lenders to provide additional funding to cover a defaulting lender’s portion. As a result, we may be unable to execute our development plan, make acquisitions or otherwise conduct operations, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Restrictions associated with our debt agreements could limit our growth and our ability to engage in certain activities.

Our debt agreements contain a number of significant covenants that may limit our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness;

 

   

sell or convey assets;

 

   

make loans to or investments in others;

 

   

enter into mergers;

 

   

make certain payments;

 

   

hedge future production or interest rates;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

pay dividends; and

 

   

engage in certain other transactions without the prior consent of the lenders.

In addition, our RBL and our Second Lien Credit Facility requires us and our New RBL will require us to maintain certain financial ratios. We may also be prevented from taking advantage of business opportunities that arise because of the limitations that the restrictive covenants impose on us.

If we fail to comply with the restrictions and covenants in our debt agreements, there could be an event of default under the terms of such agreements, which could result in an acceleration of payment.

A breach of any representation, warranty or covenant in any of our debt agreements would result in a default under the applicable agreement after any applicable grace periods. A default could result in acceleration of the

 

34


Table of Contents

indebtedness which would have a material adverse effect on us. If an acceleration occurs, it would likely accelerate all of our indebtedness through cross-default provisions and we would likely be unable to make all of the required payments to refinance such indebtedness. Even if new financing were available at that time, it may not be on terms that are acceptable to us.

Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate.

The process of estimating natural gas reserves is complex. It requires interpretations of available technical data and many assumptions, including assumptions relating to current and future economic conditions and commodity prices. Any significant inaccuracies in these interpretations or assumptions could materially affect the estimated quantities and present value of our reserves.

In order to prepare reserve estimates, we project production rates, timing and pace of development. We must also analyze available geological, geophysical, production and engineering data. The extent, quality and reliability of this data can vary. The process also requires economic assumptions about matters such as D&C costs, operating costs, and production and ad valorem taxes.

Actual future production revenue, taxes, development costs and operating expenses will vary from our estimates. In addition, we may adjust reserve estimates to reflect production history, changes in existing commodity prices and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

We do not believe that the present value of future net revenue from our reserves calculated in accordance with the method prescribed by the SEC is the current market value of our reserves. We generally base the estimated value of our properties on prices and costs on the date of the estimate. Actual future prices and costs may differ materially from those used in current estimates.

Our drilling locations are scheduled out over many years, making them susceptible to uncertainties regarding the timing or likelihood of their development. In addition, we may lack sufficient capital necessary to develop our drilling locations.

We have a multi-year development plan. These to-be-developed drilling locations represent a significant part of our growth strategy. Our ability to develop these drilling locations depends on a number of uncertainties, including natural gas prices, the availability and cost of capital, drilling and production costs, availability of services and equipment, gathering system and pipeline transportation constraints, regulatory approvals and other factors. In addition, we will require significant capital over a prolonged period in order to develop these drilling locations, and we may not be able to raise, generate or maintain the capital required to do so. Because of these uncertainties, we cannot be certain that all drilling locations may be developed successfully.

We may incur losses as a result of title defects in the properties in which we invest.

The existence of a material title deficiency can render a lease worthless. In the course of acquiring the rights to develop natural gas, we typically execute a lease agreement with payment to the lessor subject to title verification. In many cases, we incur the expense of retaining lawyers to verify the rightful owners of the gas interests prior to payment of such lease bonus to the lessor. There is no certainty, however, that a lessor has valid title to their lease’s gas interests. In those cases, such leases are generally voided and payment is not remitted to the lessor. As such, title failures may result in fewer net acres to us. Prior to the drilling of a natural gas well, however, it is the normal practice in our industry for the person or company acting as the operator of the well to obtain a preliminary title review to ensure there are no obvious defects in title to the well. Frequently, as a result of such examinations, certain curative work must be done to correct defects in the marketability of the title, and such curative work entails expense. Our failure to cure any title defects may delay or prevent us from utilizing the associated mineral interest, which may adversely impact our ability in the future to increase production and reserves. Accordingly, undeveloped acreage has greater risk of title defects than developed acreage. If there are any title defects or defects in assignment of leasehold rights in properties in which we hold an interest, we will suffer a financial loss.

 

35


Table of Contents

Unless we replace our reserves with new reserves, our production will decline, which would adversely affect our future cash flows and results of operations.

Developed natural gas reservoirs generally are characterized by declining production rates that vary depending upon reservoir characteristics and other factors. We must conduct ongoing development activities to avoid declines in our proved reserves and production. Our future natural gas reserves and production, and therefore our future cash flow and results of operations, are highly dependent on our success in efficiently developing and exploiting our current reserves and economically finding or acquiring additional recoverable reserves. We may not be able to develop, find or acquire sufficient additional reserves to replace our current and future production. If we are unable to replace our current and future production, the value of our reserves will decrease, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

The credit risk of financial institutions could adversely affect us.

We have entered into transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, investment banks, insurance companies and other institutions. These transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty. Deterioration in the credit markets may impact the credit ratings of our current and potential counterparties and affect their ability to fulfill their existing obligations to us and their willingness to enter into future transactions with us. If any lender under the RBL or the New RBL is unable to fund its commitment, our liquidity will be reduced by an amount up to the aggregate amount of such lender’s commitment under the RBL or the New RBL, respectively.

The failure of our hedge counterparties, significant customers or working interest holders to meet their obligations to us may adversely affect our financial results.

Our hedging transactions expose us to the risk that a counterparty fails to perform under a derivative contract. Disruptions in the financial markets could lead to sudden decreases in a counterparty’s liquidity, which could make them unable to perform under the terms of the derivative contract and we may not be able to realize the benefit of the derivative contract. Any default by the counterparty to these derivative contracts when they become due would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We also face credit risk through joint interest receivables and the sale of our natural gas production. Joint interest receivables arise from billing entities who own partial interest in the wells we operate. We are also subject to credit risk due to concentration of our natural gas receivables with several significant customers. We do not require our customers to post collateral. The inability or failure of our significant customers or working interest holders to meet their obligations to us or their insolvency or liquidation may adversely affect our financial results.

We may not be able to enter into commodity derivatives on favorable terms or at all.

We enter into financial commodity derivative contracts to mitigate financial risk caused by changes to market factors. This helps reduce potential negative effects of reductions in gas prices but also reduces our ability to benefit from increases in gas prices. Moreover, our Second Lien Term Loan requires us to have 70% of our total expected production hedged 24 months forward. However, we currently rely on fewer than ten counterparties with whom we have negotiated operative hedging documents. We have, at times, been unable to secure sufficient capacity with these counterparties, even when markets reached a level at which we would have been willing to transact. If we are unable to maintain sufficient hedging capacity with our counterparties, we could have greater exposure to changes in commodity prices and interest rates, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increased attention to environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) matters may impact our business.

Increasing attention to climate change, increasing societal expectations on companies to address climate change, increasing investor and societal expectations regarding voluntary ESG disclosures, and potential

 

36


Table of Contents

increasing consumer demand for alternative forms of energy may result in increased costs, reduced demand for our products, reduced profits, increased investigations and litigation, and negative impacts on our access to capital markets. Increasing attention to climate change, for example, may result in demand shifts for oil and natural gas products and additional governmental investigations and private litigation against the company. To the extent that societal pressures or political or other factors are involved, it is possible that such liability could be imposed without regard to the company’s causation of or contribution to the asserted damage, or to other mitigating factors.

In addition, organizations that provide information to investors on corporate governance and related matters have developed ratings processes for evaluating companies on their approach to ESG matters. Such ratings are used by some investors to inform their investment and voting decisions. Unfavorable ESG ratings and recent activism directed at shifting funding away from companies with energy-related assets could lead to increased negative investor sentiment toward the company and our industry and to the diversion of investment to other industries, which could have a negative impact on our stock price and our access to and costs of capital. Also, institutional lenders may, of their own accord, elect not to provide funding for fossil fuel energy companies based on climate change related concerns, which could affect our access to capital for potential growth projects.

Our operations are subject to stringent environmental laws and regulations that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities that could exceed current expectations.

Our operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state and local laws and regulations governing the release, disposal or discharge of materials into the environment, health and safety aspects of our operations, or otherwise relating to environmental protection. These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations applicable to our operations including the acquisition of a permit before conducting regulated development activities; the restriction of types, quantities and concentration of materials that can be released into the environment; the limitation or prohibition of drilling activities on certain lands lying within wilderness, wetlands, habitat of protected species, and other protected areas; the application of specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection; and the imposition of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from the ownership or operation of our oil and gas properties. Numerous governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with these laws and regulations and the permits issued under them. Such enforcement actions often involve taking difficult and costly compliance measures or corrective actions. We may be required to make significant capital and operating expenditures or perform remedial or other corrective actions at our wells and properties to comply with the requirements of these environmental laws and regulations or the terms or conditions of permits issued pursuant to such requirements. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil or criminal penalties, the imposition of investigatory or remedial obligations, and the issuance of orders limiting or prohibiting some or all of our operations. In addition, we may experience delays in obtaining or be unable to obtain required permits, which may delay or interrupt our operations and limit our growth and revenue. “Business—Regulation of Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Matters” contains further description of the laws and regulations that affect us.

There is inherent risk of incurring significant environmental costs and liabilities in the performance of our operations due to our handling of petroleum hydrocarbons and other hazardous substances and wastes, as a result of air emissions and wastewater discharges related to our operations, and because of historical operations and waste disposal practices. Spills or other releases of regulated substances, including such spills and releases that occur in the future, could expose us to material losses, expenditures and liabilities under applicable environmental laws and regulations. Under certain of such laws and regulations, we could be held strictly liable for the removal or remediation of previously released hazardous materials or property contamination, regardless of whether we were responsible for the release or contamination and even if our operations met previous standards in the industry at the time they were conducted. In connection with certain acquisitions, we could acquire, or be required to provide indemnification against, environmental liabilities that could expose us to material losses. In addition, claims for damages to persons or property, including natural resources, may result

 

37


Table of Contents

from the environmental, health and safety impacts of our operations. Our insurance may not cover all environmental risks and costs or may not provide sufficient coverage if an environmental claim is made against us. Moreover, public interest in the protection of the environment has increased dramatically in recent years. The trend of more expansive and stringent environmental legislation and regulations applied to the crude oil and natural gas industry could continue, resulting in increased costs of doing business and consequently affecting profitability. Changes in environmental laws and regulations occur frequently, and any changes that result in more stringent or costly well drilling, construction, completion or water management activities or waste handling, storage, transport, disposal or cleanup requirements could require us to make significant expenditures to attain and maintain compliance and may otherwise have a material adverse effect on our industry in general in addition to our own results of operations, competitive position or financial condition. To the extent laws are enacted or other governmental action is taken that restricts development or imposes more stringent and costly operating, waste handling, disposal and cleanup requirements, our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives regarding hydraulic fracturing and related activities, as well as governmental reviews of such activities, could increase our costs of doing business, result in additional operating restrictions or delays, limit the areas in which we can operate and reduce our natural gas production, which could adversely impact our production and business.

Hydraulic fracturing is an important and common practice that we use to stimulate production of natural gas. Hydraulic fracturing involves the injection of water, sand and chemicals under pressure to fracture the surrounding rock and stimulate production. There has been increased public concern regarding an alleged potential for hydraulic fracturing to adversely affect drinking water supplies and increase seismicity, and proposals have been made to enact separate federal, state and local legislation that would increase the regulatory burden imposed on hydraulic fracturing.

At present, hydraulic fracturing is regulated primarily at the state level, typically by state agencies. Along with several other states, Louisiana (where we conduct operations) has adopted laws and proposed regulations that require oil and natural gas operators to disclose chemical ingredients and water volumes used to hydraulically fracture wells, in addition to more stringent well construction and monitoring requirements. In addition, local governments may adopt ordinances within their jurisdictions regulating the time, place and manner of drilling activities in general or hydraulic fracturing activities in particular or prohibit the performance of well drilling in general or hydraulic fracturing in particular. At the federal level, the United States Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) has conducted investigations that focus on potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources and asserted federal regulatory authority over various activities associated with hydraulic fracturing by issuing various guidance, notices, rules and regulations.

In addition, hydraulic fracturing operations require the use of a significant amount of water. The inability to locate sufficient amounts of water, or dispose of or recycle water used in drilling and production operations, could adversely impact our operations. Moreover, new environmental initiatives and regulations could include restrictions on the ability to conduct certain operations such as hydraulic fracturing or disposal of waste, including, but not limited to, produced water, drilling fluids and other wastes associated with the development or production of natural gas.

Finally, in some instances, the operation of underground injection wells for the disposal of waste has been alleged to cause earthquakes. In Oklahoma, for example, such issues have led to orders prohibiting continued injection or the suspension of drilling in certain wells identified as possible sources of seismic activity. Such concerns also have resulted in stricter regulatory requirements in some jurisdictions relating to the location and operation of underground injection wells. Although our operations are not located in those jurisdictions, any future orders or regulations addressing concerns about seismic activity from well injection in jurisdictions where we operate could affect our operations.

 

38


Table of Contents

If new or more stringent federal, state, or local legal restrictions relating to the hydraulic fracturing process and disposal activities are adopted in areas where we operate, we could incur potentially significant added costs or permitting requirements to comply with such requirements, experience delays or curtailment in the pursuit of exploration, development, or production activities, and perhaps even be precluded from drilling wells. “Business—Regulation of Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Matters—Hydraulic Fracturing” contains further description of the laws and regulations relating to hydraulic fracturing that affect us.

Federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to pipeline safety could subject us to increased operational delays and costs or reduced prices.

Pursuant to federal legislative authority governing pipeline safety matters, the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration (“PHMSA”) has promulgated regulations requiring pipeline operators to develop and implement integrity management programs for certain gas and hazardous liquid pipelines that may impact operators of pipelines downstream from the sales points for our product.

In addition, states have adopted regulations similar to existing PHMSA regulations for certain intrastate gas and hazardous liquid pipelines which may be more stringent than the federal requirements. These federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives relating to pipeline safety could subject us to increased operational delays and transportation costs due to constraints on available pipeline capacity, or reduce the price purchasers are willing to pay for our product.

We are subject to risks associated with climate change.

Climate change continues to attract considerable public and scientific attention. As a result, numerous proposals have been made and are likely to continue to be made at the international, national, regional and state levels of government to monitor and limit emissions of greenhouse gases (“GHGs”). These efforts have included consideration of cap-and-trade programs, carbon taxes, GHG reporting and tracking programs, and regulations that directly limit GHG emissions from certain sources. At the federal level, no comprehensive climate change legislation has been implemented to date. The EPA has, however, adopted rules that establish permitting reviews for GHG emissions from potential major sources of certain principal pollutant emissions, which reviews could require meeting “best available control technology” standards for air emissions, as well as monitoring and annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain petroleum and natural gas system sources and, together with the National Highways Transportation Safety Administration, implement GHG emissions limits on vehicles manufactured for operation in the United States. The regulation of methane emissions from the oil and gas sector has been subject to uncertainty in recent years. Prior standards were rescinded during the Trump Administration; however, the current administration has called for the reinstatement or issuance of methane emissions standards for new, modified, and existing oil and gas facilities. On an international level, the United States was one of 175 countries to sign the Paris Agreement, which requires member countries to set their own GHG emission reduction goals beginning in 2020. Although the United States had withdrawn from the Paris Agreement, the current administration has recommitted the United States to the agreement and directed the federal government to begin formulating the United States’ nationally determined emissions reduction goal under the agreement. The impacts of this order, and any legislation or regulation promulgated to fulfill the United States’ commitments under the Paris Agreement, are uncertain.

Forced emissions reductions could increase our operating costs and CapEx. Such programs could also adversely affect the demand for natural gas by increasing the cost of consuming natural gas. Additionally, on January 27, 2021, the current administration called for substantial action on climate change, including, among other things, the increased use of zero-emissions vehicles by the federal government, the elimination of subsidies provided to the fossil fuel industry, and increased emphasis on climate-related risks across agencies and economic sectors. Incentives to conserve energy or use alternative energy sources as a means of addressing climate change could also adversely affect the demand for natural gas. Additionally, various state and local governments have brought suit against various oil and natural gas companies alleging damages related

 

39


Table of Contents

to climate change or failure to properly disclose adverse climate impacts to their investors and consumers. Moreover, parties concerned about the potential effects of climate change have directed their attention at sources of funding for energy companies, which has resulted in certain financial institutions, funds and other sources of capital, restricting or eliminating their investment in oil and natural gas activities. There is also a risk that financial institutions will be required to adopt policies that have the effect of gradually curtailing the funding provided to the fossil fuel sector. Recently, the Federal Reserve announced that it has joined the Network for Greening the Financial System, a consortium of financial regulators focused on addressing climate-related risks in the financial sector. Consequently, legislation, regulation, market changes, and/or future litigation related to climate change could have an adverse effect on our business. Further, most scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earth’s atmosphere may produce climate changes that have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency and severity of hurricanes, storms, floods and other climatic events. If any such effects were to occur, they could adversely affect or delay demand for the natural gas we produce or cause us to incur significant costs in preparing for or responding to those effects. “Business— Regulation of Environmental and Occupational Safety and Health Matters—Climate Change” contains further description of the risks associated with climate change.

We may incur substantial losses and be subject to substantial liability claims as a result of our operations. Additionally, we may not be insured for, or our insurance may be inadequate to protect us against, these risks.

Our operations are subject to risks associated with the energy industry, including the possibility of:

 

   

environmental hazards, such as uncontrollable releases of natural gas, brine, well fluids, toxic gas or other pollution into the environment;

 

   

abnormally pressured formations;

 

   

mechanical difficulties, such as stuck oilfield drilling and service tools and casing collapse;

 

   

fires, explosions and ruptures of pipelines;

 

   

personal injuries and death;

 

   

natural disasters; and

 

   

terrorist attacks targeting natural gas and oil related facilities and infrastructure.

Any of these risks could adversely affect our operations and result in substantial loss to us for:

 

   

injury or loss of life;

 

   

damage to and destruction of property, natural resources and equipment;

 

   

pollution and other environmental and natural resources damages;

 

   

regulatory investigations and penalties;

 

   

suspension of our operations; and

 

   

repair and remediation costs.

In accordance with what we believe to be customary industry practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of our business risks. Our insurance may not be adequate to cover any losses or liabilities we may suffer. Also, insurance may no longer be available to us or, and if it is, its availability may be at premium costs that do not justify its purchase. The occurrence of a significant uninsured claim or a claim in excess of the insurance coverage limits we maintain could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct normal business operations and on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, we may not be able to secure additional insurance or bonding that might be required by new governmental regulations. This may cause us to restrict our operations, which might severely impact our financial condition. We may also be liable for environmental damage caused by previous owners of properties purchased by us that are not covered by insurance.

 

40


Table of Contents

We may elect not to obtain insurance for any or all of these risks if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. In addition, pollution and environmental risks generally are not fully insurable. The occurrence of an event that is not fully covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Properties that we decide to drill may not yield natural gas in commercially viable quantities.

Although we believe that the vast majority of our drilling locations are technically proved, any inability to develop commercially viable quantities will adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. The use of seismic data and other technologies and the study of producing fields in the same area will not enable us to know conclusively prior to drilling whether natural gas will be present in commercial quantities. We can provide no assurance that the analogies we draw from available data from other wells, more fully explored prospects or producing fields will be applicable to our drilling prospects.

In the future, we may make acquisitions that we believe complement or expand our current business. We may not be able to identify attractive acquisition opportunities or complete any such acquisition on commercially acceptable terms.

The success of any completed acquisition will depend on our ability to integrate effectively the acquisition into our existing operations. The process of integrating acquisitions may involve unforeseen difficulties and may require a disproportionate amount of our managerial and financial resources. In addition, possible future acquisitions may be larger and for purchase prices significantly higher than those paid for earlier acquisitions.

We can provide no assurance that we will be able to identify additional suitable acquisition opportunities, negotiate acceptable terms, obtain financing for acquisitions on acceptable terms or successfully acquire identified targets. Our failure to achieve consolidation savings, to integrate the acquisitions into our existing operations successfully or to minimize any unforeseen operational difficulties could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our debt agreements impose certain limitations on our ability to enter into mergers or combination transactions and limit our ability to incur certain indebtedness, which could indirectly limit our ability to engage in acquisitions.

The unavailability or high cost of additional drilling rigs, equipment, supplies, personnel and oilfield services could adversely affect our ability to execute our exploration and development plans within our budget and on a timely basis.

The demand for qualified and experienced field and technical personnel to conduct our operations can fluctuate significantly, often in correlation with hydrocarbon prices. We cannot predict whether periods of high demand will exist in the future or their timing and duration. Furthermore, it is possible that oil prices may increase without a corresponding increase in natural gas prices, which could lead to increased demand and prices for supplies and personnel, and necessary equipment and services may become unavailable to us at economical prices. Any shortages in available human capital could delay or cause us to incur significant expenditures that are not provided for in our capital budget, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Competition in the natural gas industry is intense, making it more difficult for us to acquire properties, market natural gas and secure trained personnel.

Our ability to acquire additional prospects and to find and develop reserves in the future will depend on our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a highly competitive environment for acquiring properties, marketing natural gas and securing trained personnel. Also, there is

 

41


Table of Contents

substantial competition for capital available for investment in our industry. Many of our competitors possess and employ financial, technical and personnel resources substantially greater than ours. Those companies may be able to pay more for productive natural gas properties and exploratory prospects and to evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties and prospects than our financial or personnel resources permit. In addition, other companies may be able to offer better compensation packages to attract and retain qualified personnel than we are able to offer. The cost to attract and retain qualified personnel has increased may increase substantially in the future. We may not be able to compete successfully in the future in acquiring prospective reserves, developing reserves, marketing hydrocarbons, attracting and retaining quality personnel and raising additional capital, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The loss of senior management or technical personnel could adversely affect operations.

We depend on the services of our senior management and technical personnel. We do not maintain, nor do we plan to obtain, any insurance against the loss of any of these individuals. The loss of the services of our senior management or technical personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Events of force majeure may limit our ability to operate our business and could adversely affect our operating results.

The weather, unforeseen events, or other events of force majeure in the areas in which we operate could cause disruptions or suspension of our operations. This suspension could result from a direct impact to our properties or result from an indirect impact by a disruption or suspension of the operations of those upon whom we rely for gathering and transportation. If disruption or suspension were to persist for a long period, our results of operations would be materially impacted.

Increases in interest rates could adversely affect our business.

We require continued access to capital. Our business and operating results can be harmed by factors such as the availability, terms of and cost of capital, increases in interest rates or a reduction in credit rating. These changes could cause our cost of doing business to increase, limit our ability to pursue acquisition opportunities, reduce cash flow used for drilling and place us at a competitive disadvantage. Recent and continuing disruptions and volatility in the global energy capital markets may lead to a contraction in credit availability impacting our ability to finance our operations. A significant reduction in cash flows from operations or the availability of credit could materially and adversely affect our ability to achieve our planned growth and operating results.

If commodity prices decrease and our assets’ fair value is less than their carrying value, we will recognize impairments.

We periodically review the carrying value of our assets for possible impairment. Natural gas prices are a critical component to our fair value estimate of our natural gas properties. If these prices decline, we will record an impairment, which is a non-cash charge to earnings, if we determine that an asset’s carrying value exceeds its estimated fair value. Impairment expense may have a material adverse effect on our earnings.

The enactment of derivatives legislation and related regulations could have an adverse effect on our ability to use derivatives to hedge risks associated with our business.

Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act established federal oversight and regulation of the derivatives market and of companies like us that participate in that market. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) to promulgate rules and regulations implementing mandates of the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to over-the-counter derivatives of the types we use to hedge our exposure to commodity price volatility. Although the CFTC has issued final regulations in certain areas, in other areas, final regulations and the scope of relevant definitions and/or exemptions still remain to be finalized.

 

42


Table of Contents

The CFTC issued a final rule on October 15, 2020, imposing position limits for certain futures and option contracts in various commodities (including oil and natural gas) and for swaps that are their economic equivalents. The compliance dates for these limits are delayed until January 1, 2022 and in some cases, January 1, 2023. Under this rule, certain types of hedging transactions are exempt from these limits on the size of positions that may be held, provided that such hedging transactions satisfy the CFTC’s requirements for certain enumerated “bona fide hedging” transactions or positions.

The CFTC has also adopted a final rule regarding aggregation of positions, under which a party that controls the trading of, or owns 10% or more of the equity interests in, another party will have to aggregate the positions of the controlled or owned party with its own positions for purposes of determining compliance with position limits unless an exemption applies. The CFTC’s aggregation rules are now in effect, though CFTC staff have granted relief—until August 12, 2022—from various conditions and requirements in the final aggregation rules. With the implementation of the final aggregation rules and upon the effectiveness of the final CFTC position limits rule, our ability to execute our hedging strategies described herein could be limited.”

On January 24, 2020, U.S. banking regulators published a new approach for calculating the quantum of exposure of derivative contracts under their regulatory capital rules. This approach to measuring exposure is referred to as the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk or SA-CCR. It requires certain financial institutions to comply with significantly increased capital requirements for over-the-counter commodity derivatives beginning on January 1, 2022. In addition, on September 15, 2020, the CFTC issued a final rule regarding the capital a swap dealer or major swap participant is required to set aside with respect to its swap business, which has a compliance date of October 6, 2021. These two sets of regulations and the increased capital requirements they place on certain financial institutions may reduce the number of products and counterparties in the over-the-counter derivatives market available to us and could result in significant additional costs being passed through to end-users like us.

The Volcker Rule provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may require banks that engage in financial derivative transactions to spin off some of their derivatives activities to separate entities that may not be as creditworthy as our current bank counterparties. Other banks may elect to cease their business as hedge providers, thereby reducing the liquidity of the financial derivatives and the ability of entities like us, as commercial end-users, to hedge or mitigate our exposure to commodity price volatility using over-the-counter financial derivatives.

The legislation and regulations specifically noted above and others yet to be introduced could increase our costs or reduce our opportunities with respect to the use of derivative transactions to hedge or mitigate our exposure to commodity price volatility and other commercial risks affecting our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our hedging activities could result in financial losses or reduce our income.

To achieve a more predictable cash flow and to reduce our exposure to adverse fluctuations in the prices of natural gas, as well as interest rates, we have, and may in the future, enter into derivative arrangements for a portion of our natural gas production and our debt that could result in both realized and unrealized hedging losses. We typically utilize financial instruments to hedge commodity price exposure to declining prices on our natural gas.

Our Second Lien Term Loan requires that we hedge 70% of our production for the next 24 months. By virtue of this hedging requirement, we are impacted less by gas price volatility during this time frame than future periods where a smaller percentage of our production is subject to derivative contracts.

Our production may be significantly higher or lower than we estimate at the time we enter into hedging transactions for such period. If the actual amount is higher than we estimate, we will have greater commodity

 

43


Table of Contents

price exposure than we intended. If the actual amount is lower than the nominal amount that is subject to our derivative financial instruments, we might be forced to satisfy all or a portion of our derivative transactions without the benefit of the cash flow from our sale or purchase of the underlying physical commodity, resulting in a substantial diminution of our liquidity. As a result of these factors, our hedging activities may not be as effective as we intend in reducing the volatility of our cash flows, and in certain circumstances may actually increase the volatility of our cash flows.

Our business could be negatively affected by security threats, including cybersecurity threats and other disruptions.

As an oil and gas producer, we face various security threats, including cybersecurity threats to gain unauthorized access to sensitive information or to render data or systems unusable; threats to the security of our facilities and infrastructure or third-party facilities and infrastructure, such as processing plants and pipelines; and threats from terrorist acts. The potential for such security threats has subjected our operations to increased risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business. In particular, our implementation of various procedures and controls to monitor and mitigate security threats and to increase security for our information facilities and infrastructure may result in increased capital and operating costs. Moreover, there can be no assurance that such procedures and controls will be sufficient to prevent security breaches from occurring. If any of these security breaches were to occur, they could lead to losses of sensitive information, critical infrastructure or capabilities essential to our operations and could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are becoming more sophisticated and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data and systems and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in critical systems, unauthorized release of confidential or otherwise protected information, and corruption of data. These events could lead to financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability.

Changes to applicable U.S. tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could adversely affect our business and future profitability.

We will have no material assets other than our equity interest in Vine Holdings, which holds, directly or indirectly, all of the operating assets of our business. Vine Holdings generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, but may be subject to certain U.S. state and local taxes. We are a domestic corporation that will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax on our earnings, including our allocable share of the income of Vine Holdings. Existing U.S. tax laws and regulations could be interpreted, changed or modified, including possibly with retroactive effect, in a manner that would be adverse to us. Further, new U.S. laws and policy relating to taxes could have an adverse effect on our business and future profitability.

For example, the new administration has set forth several tax proposals that would, if enacted, make significant changes to U.S. tax laws. Such proposals include, but are not limited to, (i) an increase in the U.S. income tax rate applicable to corporations (including us) from 21% to 28%, (ii) the elimination of certain subsidies current tax law grants to oil and gas producers, (iii) an increase in the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to individuals and (iv) an increase in the U.S. federal income tax rate for long term capital gain for certain taxpayers with income in excess of a threshold amount. Congress may consider, and could include, some or all of these proposals in connection with tax reform to be undertaken by the current administration. It is unclear whether these or similar changes will be enacted and, if enacted, how soon any such changes could take effect. The passage of any legislation as a result of these proposals and other similar changes in U.S. federal income tax laws could adversely affect our business and future profitability or the liquidity of our Class A common stock.

 

44


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Offering and our Class A Common Stock

We are a holding company. Our sole material asset after completion of this offering will be our equity interest in Vine Holdings and we are accordingly dependent upon distributions from Vine Holdings to pay taxes, make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and cover our corporate and other overhead expenses.

We are a holding company and will have no material assets other than our equity interest in Vine Holdings. “Corporate Reorganization” contains more information. We have no independent means of generating revenue. To the extent Vine Holdings has available cash, we intend to cause Vine Holdings (i) to generally make pro rata distributions to its unitholders, including us, in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and (ii) to reimburse us for our corporate and other overhead expenses through non-pro rata payments that are not treated as distributions under the VEH LLC Agreement. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid. We are limited, however, in our ability to cause Vine Holdings and its subsidiaries to make these and other distributions to us due to the restrictions under our credit facilities. To the extent that we need funds and Vine Holdings or its subsidiaries are restricted from making such distributions under applicable law or regulation or under the terms of their financing arrangements, or are otherwise unable to provide such funds, it could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition.

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the requirements of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act (“SOX”), may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, certain corporate governance provisions of SOX, related regulations of the SEC and the requirements of the NYSE, with which we were not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of our time and will significantly increase our costs and expenses. We will need to:

 

   

institute a more comprehensive compliance function to test and conclude on the sufficiency of our internal controls around financial reporting;

 

   

comply with rules promulgated by the NYSE;

 

   

prepare and distribute periodic public reports;

 

   

establish new internal policies, such as those relating to insider trading; and

 

   

involve and retain to a greater degree outside professionals in the above activities.

Furthermore, while we generally must comply with Section 404 of the SOX, we are not required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until our first annual report subsequent to our ceasing to be an “emerging growth company.” We may not be required to have our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls until as late as our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2027. At any time, we may conclude that our internal controls, once tested, are not operating as designed or that the system of internal controls does not address all relevant financial statement risks. Once required to attest to control effectiveness, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that concludes it does not believe our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. Compliance with SOX requirements may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management; and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

There is no existing market for our Class A common stock, and we do not know if one will develop.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our Class A common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on

 

45


Table of Contents

the stock exchange on which we list our Class A common stock or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, anyone purchasing our Class A common stock may have difficulty selling it. The initial public offering price for the Class A common stock was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, purchasers of our Class A common stock may be unable to sell it at prices equal to or greater than the price paid.

The stock markets in general have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in very substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

The Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will collectively hold a substantial majority of our common stock.

Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or our certificate of incorporation. Upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares), the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles will own approximately    % of our Class A common stock and 100% of our Class B common stock and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will own approximately     % of our Class A common stock (representing    % of our combined economic interest and voting power).

Although the Existing Owners, through their ownership in the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, are entitled to act separately in their own respective interests with respect to their stock in us, the Existing Owners will together have the ability to elect all of the members of our board of directors, and thereby to control our management and affairs. In addition, they will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring shareholder approval, including mergers and other material transactions, and will be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our board of directors or a change of control of our company that could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their Class A common stock as part of a sale of our company. The existence of significant shareholders may also have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers, delaying or preventing changes in control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other shareholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our company.

So long as the Existing Owners continue to control a significant amount of our common stock, the Existing Owners will, through their ownership interests in the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, be able to strongly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that a potential transaction is in their own best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of the Existing Owners may differ or conflict with the interests of our other stockholders. Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock to the extent investors perceive a disadvantage in owning stock of a company with a controlling stockholder.

Conflicts of interest could arise in the future between us and Blackstone and its affiliates, including their portfolio companies concerning conflicts over our operations or business opportunities.

Blackstone is a private equity investment fund, and has investments in other companies in the energy industry. As a result, Blackstone may, from time to time, acquire interests in businesses that directly or indirectly compete with our business, as well as businesses that are our customers or suppliers. As such, Blackstone or its

 

46


Table of Contents

portfolio companies may acquire or seek to acquire the same assets that we seek to acquire and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us or may be more expensive for us to pursue. Any actual or perceived conflicts of interest with respect to the foregoing could have an adverse impact on the trading price of our Class A common stock. For additional discussion of potential conflicts of interest of which our stockholders should be aware and a discussion of our related party transactions policy, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Certain of our directors have significant duties with, and spend significant time serving, entities that may compete with us in seeking acquisitions and business opportunities and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating time or pursuing business opportunities.

Certain of our directors, who are responsible for managing the direction of our operations and acquisition activities, hold positions of responsibility with other entities (including Vine-affiliated entities) that are in the business of identifying and acquiring oil and natural gas properties. The existing positions held by these directors may give rise to fiduciary or other duties that are in conflict with the duties they owe to us. These directors may become aware of business opportunities that may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as to the other entities with which they are or may become affiliated. Due to these existing and potential future affiliations, they may present potential business opportunities to other entities prior to presenting them to us, which could cause additional conflicts of interest. They may also decide that certain opportunities are more appropriate for other entities with which they are affiliated, and as a result, they may elect not to present those opportunities to us. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor. For additional discussion of our management’s business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest of which our stockholders should be aware, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as Delaware law, contain provisions that could discourage acquisition bids or merger proposals, which may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. If our board of directors elects to issue preferred stock, it could be more difficult for a third party to acquire us. In addition, some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders, including:

 

   

providing for a classified Board of Directors;

 

   

limitations on the removal of directors;

 

   

limitations on the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings;

 

   

establishing advance notice provisions for stockholder proposals and nominations for elections to the board of directors to be acted upon at meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the requirement that the affirmative vote of holders representing at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock (or a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock if Blackstone beneficially owns at least 30% of the voting power of all such outstanding shares) be obtained to amend our amended and restated bylaws, to remove directors or to amend our certificate of incorporation;

 

   

providing that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, or to alter or repeal our bylaws; and

 

   

establishing advance notice and certain information requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition, certain change of control events have the effect of accelerating the payment due under our Tax Receivable Agreement, which could be substantial and accordingly serve as a disincentive to a potential acquirer of our company. “—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits, if any, we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.

Investors in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $                 per share.

Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $                 per share in the as adjusted net tangible book value per share of Class A common stock from the initial public offering price, and our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 on a pro forma basis would be $                 per share. This dilution is due in large part to earlier investors having paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares. “Dilution” contains additional information.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock and our debt instruments place certain restrictions on our ability to do so.

We do not plan to declare dividends on shares of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.

Additionally, our debt agreements place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends. Consequently, to achieve a return on any investment in us, it might require a sale of our Class A common stock at a price greater than cost. There is no guarantee that the price of our Class A common stock that will prevail in the market will ever exceed the price paid in this offering.

Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market could reduce our stock price, and any additional capital raised by us through the sale of equity or convertible securities may dilute your ownership in us.

Subject to certain limitations and exceptions, the Vine Unit Holders may exchange their Vine Units (together with shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock (on a one-for-one basis, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification and other similar transactions) and then sell those shares of Class A common stock. Additionally, we may issue additional shares of Class A common stock or convertible securities in subsequent public offerings. After the completion of this offering, we will have                 outstanding shares of Class A common stock and                 outstanding shares of Class B common stock. This number includes                 shares of Class A common stock that we are selling in this offering and the                 shares of Class A common stock that we may sell in this offering if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised, which may be resold immediately in the public market. Following the completion of this offering, the Existing Owners, through the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, will own                 shares of Class A common stock and                 shares of Class B common stock, representing approximately     % (or    % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) of our total outstanding common stock. All such shares are restricted from immediate resale under the federal securities laws and are subject to the lock-up agreements between such parties and the underwriters described in “Underwriting” but may be sold into the market in the future.

The Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will be party to a registration rights agreement with us that will require us to effect the registration of their shares in certain circumstances no earlier than the expiration of the lock-up period contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with this offering. “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” contain more information.

 

48


Table of Contents

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A common stock will have on the market price of our Class A common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our Class A common stock.

The representatives of the underwriters of this offering may waive or release parties to the lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering, which could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock.

We, the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles, the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles and all of our directors and executive officers have entered into lock-up agreements with respect to their Class A common stock, pursuant to which we and they are subject to certain resale restrictions for a period of 180 days following the effectiveness date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The representatives of the underwriters, at any time and without notice, may release all or any portion of the Class A common stock subject to the foregoing lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, then Class A common stock will be available for sale into the public markets, which could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline and impair our ability to raise capital. “Underwriting” provides additional information regarding the lock-up agreements.

We will be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement for certain tax benefits we may claim, and the amounts of such payments could be significant.

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by us to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Vine Energy will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are our obligations and not obligations of Vine Holdings. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, cash savings in tax generally are calculated by comparing our actual tax liability to the amount we would have been required to pay had we not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The amounts payable, as well as the timing of any payments, under the Tax Receivable Agreement are dependent upon future events and assumptions, including the timing of the exchanges of Vine Units along with surrendering a corresponding number of our Class B common stock, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable transactions, the amount of the exchanging Vine Unit Holder’s tax

 

49


Table of Contents

basis in its Vine Units at the time of the relevant exchange, the depreciation, depletion and amortization periods that apply to the increase in tax basis, the amount and timing of taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rate then applicable, and the portion of Vine Energy’s payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable, depletable or amortizable tax basis. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired and all required payments are made, unless we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement (or the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated due to other circumstances, including our breach of a material obligation thereunder or certain mergers or other changes of control) by making the termination payment specified in the agreement. In the event that the Tax Receivable Agreement is not terminated, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are anticipated to commence in                  (with respect to the tax year                ) and to continue for approximately                  years.

The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of the exchanges of Vine Units, the price of Class A common stock at the time of each exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable, and the portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement constituting imputed interest or depreciable, depletable or amortizable tax basis. We expect that the payments that we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be substantial.

The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not be conditioned upon a holder of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement having a continued ownership interest in us or Vine Holdings. In addition, certain rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement (including the right to receive payments) will be transferable in connection with transfers permitted thereunder. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.

In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize, if any, in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement.

If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach), we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. This payment would equal the present value of hypothetical future payments that could be required under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The calculation of the hypothetical future payments will be based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including (i) the sufficiency of taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits, (ii) any Vine Units (other than those held by us) outstanding on the termination date are exchanged on the termination date and (iii) the utilization of certain loss carryovers. Our ability to generate net taxable income is subject to substantial uncertainty. Accordingly, as a result of the assumptions, the required lump-sum payment may be significantly in advance of, and could materially exceed, the realized future tax benefits to which the payment relates.

As a result of either an early termination or a change of control, we could be required to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that exceed our actual cash tax savings under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Consequently, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. For example, assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, we expect that if we experienced a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated lump-sum payment would be approximately $                 million (calculated using a discount rate equal to a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points, applied against an undiscounted liability of approximately $                 million). There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

50


Table of Contents

In the event that our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are accelerated upon certain mergers, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, the consideration payable to holders of our Class A common stock could be substantially reduced.

If we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement), our obligation to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment could result in holders of our Class A common stock receiving substantially less consideration in connection with a change of control transaction than they would receive in the absence of such obligation. Further, holders of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement may not have an equity interest in us or Vine Holdings. Accordingly, the interests of holders of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement may conflict with those of the holders of our Class A common stock. Please read “Risk Factors—In certain cases, payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize, if any, in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement.”

We will not be reimbursed for any payments made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in the event that any tax benefits are subsequently disallowed.

Payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be based on the tax reporting positions that we will determine, and the IRS or another tax authority may challenge all or part of the tax basis increases upon which payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are based, as well as other related tax positions that we take, and a court could sustain such challenge. The holders of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments that are greater than our actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

If Vine Holdings were to become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we and Vine Holdings might be subject to potentially significant tax inefficiencies, and we would not be able to recover payments previously made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement even if the corresponding tax benefits were subsequently determined to have been unavailable due to such status.

We intend to operate such that Vine Holdings does not become a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A “publicly traded partnership” is a partnership the interests of which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof. Under certain circumstances, exchanges of Vine Units pursuant to the Exchange Right or other transfers of Vine Units could cause Vine Holdings to be treated as a publicly traded partnership. Applicable U.S. Treasury regulations provide for certain safe harbors from treatment as a publicly traded partnership, and we intend to operate such that exchanges or other transfers of Vine Units qualify for one or more such safe harbors.

If Vine Holdings were to become a publicly traded partnership, significant tax inefficiencies might result for us and for Vine Holdings, including as a result of our inability to file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return with Vine Holdings. In addition, we would no longer have the benefit of certain increases in tax basis covered under the Tax Receivable Agreement, and we would not be able to recover any payments previously made by us under the Tax Receivable Agreement, even if the corresponding tax benefits (including any claimed increase in the tax basis of Vine Holdings’ assets) were subsequently determined to have been unavailable.

 

51


Table of Contents

In certain circumstances, Vine Holdings will be required to make tax distributions to us and the Vine Unit Holders, and the tax distributions that Vine Holdings will be required to make may be substantial.

Vine Holdings will be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to the Vine Unit Holders, and us. Pursuant to the VEH LLC Agreement, Vine Holdings will generally make pro rata cash distributions, or tax distributions, to us and the Vine Unit Holders, calculated using our estimated effective tax rate and taking into account our payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Funds used by Vine Holdings to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions that Vine Holdings will be required to make may be substantial, and may exceed (as a percentage of Vine Holdings’ income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer.

We expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for and could rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will collectively beneficially control a majority of the combined voting power of all classes of our outstanding voting stock. In connection with the completion of this offering, we will enter into a stockholders’ agreement, pursuant to which Blackstone, through its ownership interests in the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, will have certain rights with respect to the election of directors. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” contains additional information regarding these risks. As a result, we expect to be a controlled company within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a controlled company and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

 

   

a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

   

the nominating and governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

   

the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

   

there be an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance and compensation committees.

These requirements will not apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company. Following this offering, we may utilize some or all of these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE. “Management” contains additional information regarding these risks.

For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, including disclosure about our executive compensation, that apply to other public companies.

We are classified as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. In addition, we have reduced SOX compliance requirements, as discussed elsewhere, for as long as we are an emerging growth company, which may be up to five full fiscal years. Unlike other public companies, we will not be required to, among other things, (i) comply with any new requirements adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer, (ii) provide certain disclosure regarding executive compensation required of larger public companies or (iii) hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation.

 

52


Table of Contents

We may issue preferred stock whose terms could adversely affect the voting power or value of our Class A common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes us to issue, without the approval of our stockholders, one or more classes or series of preferred stock having such designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights, including preferences over our common stock respecting dividends and distributions, as our board of directors may determine. The terms of one or more classes or series of preferred stock could adversely impact the voting power or value of our common stock. For example, we might grant holders of preferred stock the right to elect some number of our directors in all events or on the happening of specified events or the right to veto specified transactions. Similarly, the repurchase or redemption rights or liquidation preferences we might assign to holders of preferred stock could affect the residual value of the Class A common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrades our Class A common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

Because we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, our financial statements may not be comparable to those of other public companies.

Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This permits an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates, and our stockholders and potential investors may have difficulty in analyzing our operating results by comparing us to such companies.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to such Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under U.S. federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. This choice of forum may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes

 

53


Table of Contents

with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and such persons. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our financial condition or results of operations.

 

54


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The information in this prospectus includes “forward-looking statements.” All statements, other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus, regarding our strategy, future operations, financial position, estimated revenue and losses, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. When used in this prospectus, the words “could,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “estimate,” “expect,” “project” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such identifying words. These forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions about future events and are based on currently available information as to the outcome and timing of future events. When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements described under “Risk Factors.” These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current belief, based on currently available information, as to the outcome and timing of future events.

Forward-looking statements may include statements about:

 

   

our business strategy;

 

   

our reserves;

 

   

our financial strategy, liquidity and capital required for our development program;

 

   

our realized or expected natural gas prices;

 

   

our timing and amount of future production of natural gas;

 

   

our hedging strategy and results;

 

   

our future drilling plans and cost estimates;

 

   

our competition and government regulations;

 

   

our pending legal or environmental matters;

 

   

our ability to make business acquisitions;

 

   

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and its effect on our business and financial condition;

 

   

general economic conditions;

 

   

credit markets;

 

   

our future operating results; and

 

   

our future plans, objectives, expectations and intentions.

We caution you that these forward-looking statements are subject to all of the risks and uncertainties, most of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control, incident to the exploration for and development, production and sale of natural gas. These risks include, but are not limited to, commodity price volatility, lack of availability of drilling and production equipment and services, environmental risks, drilling and other operating risks, regulatory changes, the uncertainty inherent in estimating natural gas reserves and in projecting future rates of production, cash flow and access to capital, the timing of development expenditures, and the other risks described under “Risk Factors.”

Reserve engineering is a method of estimating underground accumulations of natural gas and oil that cannot be measured in an exact way. The accuracy of any reserve estimate depends on the quality of available data, the interpretation of such data and price and cost assumptions made by reserve engineers. In addition, the results of drilling, testing and production activities may justify revisions of previous estimates. If significant, such revisions would change the schedule of any further production and development drilling. Accordingly, reserve estimates may differ significantly from the quantities of natural gas and oil that are ultimately recovered.

 

55


Table of Contents

Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties described in this prospectus occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results and plans could differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements, expressed or implied, included in this prospectus are expressly qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement. This cautionary statement should also be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we or persons acting on our behalf may issue.

Except as otherwise required by applicable law, we disclaim any duty to update any forward-looking statements, all of which are expressly qualified by the statements in this section, to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus.

 

56


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We expect to receive approximately $                million of net proceeds (assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) from the sale of the Class A common stock offered by us after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to direct the net proceeds from this offering and, to the extent necessary, borrowings under the New RBL, to repay in full and terminate each of the RBL and the Brix Credit Facility, with any excess proceeds used to provide liquidity for general corporate purposes.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $190.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the RBL. The RBL was extended in December 2020 to mature in January 2023. The RBL bears interest based on LIBOR plus an additional margin, based on the percentage of the revolving commitment being utilized, ranging from 2.50% to 3.50%.

As of December 31, 2020, we had $125.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the Brix Credit Facility. The Brix Credit Facility matures in March of 2023 and bears interest based on LIBOR plus an additional margin of 7.25%.

A $1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of $                per share would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, received by us to change, respectively, by $                million, assuming no change to the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the proceeds increase for any reason, we would use the additional net proceeds to, first, borrow less under the New RBL and, second, provide additional liquidity for general corporate purposes. If the proceeds decrease for any reason, then we expect that we would increase borrowings under the New RBL to repay in full and terminate the RBL and the Brix Credit Facility.

 

57


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently do not pay a cash dividend to holders of our Class A common stock. Our future dividend policy is within the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon then-existing conditions, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, investment opportunities, statutory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our existing debt agreements place and are expected to place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends to the holders of our Class A common stock. However to the extent our free cash flow generation results in a decrease in our overall leverage in the future, we may revisit our dividend policy and declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock.

 

58


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash position and capitalization as of December 31, 2020:

 

   

on an actual basis for our predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to give effect to the reorganization and business combination transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization”; and

 

   

on an as further adjusted basis for this share offering at an assumed IPO price of $                 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), including the application of the net proceeds as set forth under “Use of Proceeds,” and the entry into the New RBL.

The information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other final terms of this offering. This table should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, “Use of Proceeds” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31, 2020  
     Actual      As Adjusted      As Further Adjusted  
    

(in thousands, except per share counts

and par value)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,517      $ 33,177      $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:(1)

        

Vine Oil & Gas New RBL(2)

   $ —        $ —        $    

Vine Oil & Gas RBL Credit Facility(3)

     190,000        190,000        —    

Vine Oil & Gas Second Lien Term Loan

     150,000        150,000        150,000  

Vine Oil & Gas Third Lien Credit Facility

     —          —          —    

Vine Oil & Gas 8.75% Notes

     530,000        530,000        530,000  

Vine Oil & Gas 9.75% Notes

     380,000        380,000        380,000  

Brix Credit Facility(4)

     —          125,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Indebtedness

   $ 1,250,000      $ 1,375,000      $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Partners’ capital/stockholders’ equity:

        

Partners’ capital

     10,061        —          —    

Class A Common stock—$0.01 par value; no shares authorized issued or outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted;                 shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted

     —          

Class B Common stock—$0.01 par value; no shares authorized issued or outstanding, actual;                 shares authorized,                 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted;                 shares issued and outstanding, as further adjusted

     —          

Additional paid in capital

     —          

Non-controlling interest

     —          

Retained earnings

     —          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital/stockholders’ equity

   $ 10,061      $        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 1,244,544      $                        $    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

All outstanding amounts of indebtedness shown at principal amount.

(2)

After giving effect to the consummation of the reorganization and business combination transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization,” and the application of the net proceeds of this offering, we expect to have $                 million of available borrowing capacity under the New RBL facility.

(3)

At February 18, 2021, Vine Oil & Gas had outstanding borrowings under the RBL of $200.0 million and $24.9 million of outstanding letters of credit, resulting in $75.1 million of remaining capacity under the RBL.

(4)

As of February 18, 2021, Brix had outstanding borrowings under the Brix Credit Facility of $125.0 million and no outstanding letters of credit.

 

59


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Purchasers of our Class A common stock in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of the Class A common stock for accounting purposes. Our net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020, after giving effect to the transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization,” was $                , or $                 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our pro forma tangible net worth (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the total number of outstanding shares of Class A common stock that will be outstanding immediately prior to the closing of this offering after giving effect to our corporate reorganization. Assuming an IPO price of $                 per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after giving effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds (after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses), our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 would have been approximately $                 million, or $                 per share. This represents an immediate increase in the net tangible book value of $                 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution (i.e., the difference between the offering price and the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value after this offering) to new investors purchasing shares in this offering of $                 per share. The following table illustrates the per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares in this offering (assuming that 100% of our Class B common stock has been exchanged for Class A common stock):

 

IPO price per share

      $                    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2020 (after giving effect to our corporate reorganization)

   $                       
  

 

 

    

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
     

As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to our corporate reorganization and this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $    
     

 

 

 

A $1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of $                 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would change our as adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering by $                 and change the dilution to new investors in this offering by $                 per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The following table summarizes, on an adjusted pro forma basis as of December 31, 2020, the total number of shares of Class A common stock owned by existing stockholders (assuming that 100% of our Class B common stock has been exchanged for Class A common stock) and to be owned by new investors, the total consideration paid, and the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors in this offering at our initial public offering price of $                 per share, calculated before deduction of estimated underwriting discounts and commissions:

 

     Shares Acquired      Total Consideration      Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent      Amount
(in thousands)
     Percent  

Vine Energy Investment Vehicles

        %      $          %      $    

Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles

        %      $          %      $    

New investors in this offering

        %      $          %      $    

Total

        %      $          %      $    

The above tables and discussion are based on the number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock to be outstanding as of the closing of this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by new investors will be increased to                , or approximately                 % of the total number of shares of Class A common stock.

 

60


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table shows summary historical financial information of our accounting predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas, and summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information for the periods and as of the dates indicated.

The summary historical financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was derived from the audited historical financial statements of our predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2020 been prepared to give pro forma effect to (i) the reorganization transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization,” including the acquisition by Vine Oil & Gas of the Brix Companies, and (ii) this offering and the application of the net proceeds from this offering, as if the reorganization and offering transactions had been completed on January 1, 2020. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to these transactions as if they had been completed on December 31, 2020. This information is subject to and gives effect to the assumptions and adjustments described in the notes accompanying the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results of operations that would have been achieved had the reorganization and this offering been consummated on the dates indicated, and do not purport to be indicative of our financial position or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period.

 

61


Table of Contents

“Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Corporate Reorganization,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements,” and the historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus contain additional information to be read in conjunction with the following information.

    Vine Oil & Gas     Vine Pro Forma  
    As of and for the
Years Ended

December 31,
    As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 
    2020     2019  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  

Statements of Operations Information:

     

Revenue:

     

Natural gas sales

  $ 418,877     $ 445,589     $                

Realized gain on commodity derivatives

    123,875       39,679    

Unrealized gain (loss) on commodity derivatives

    (164,077     101,239    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    378,675       586,507    

Operating Expenses:

     

Lease operating

    47,911       46,247    

Gathering and treating

    76,770       37,955    

Production and ad valorem taxes

    15,620       18,539    

General and administrative

    7,448       7,842    

Monitoring fee

    7,541       7,011    

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

    347,652       327,659    

Exploration

    167       886    

Strategic

    2,182       853    

Severance

    326       —      

Write-off of deferred IPO expenses

    5,787       2,825    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    511,404       449,817    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

    (132,729     136,690    

Interest expense

    (119,248     (112,198  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Before Income Taxes

    (251,977     24,492    

Income tax provision

    (217     (496  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

  $ (252,194   $ 23,996     $    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

     
     

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Vine Energy Inc.

      $    
     

 

 

 

Net Income per Share:

     

Basic

      $    
     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $    
     

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:

     

Basic

     
     

 

 

 

Diluted

     
     

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Information:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 15,517     $ 18,286     $    

Total natural gas properties, net

    1,342,354       1,435,976    

Total assets

    1,467,763       1,658,100    

Total debt

    1,224,741       1,218,558    

Total equity(1)

    10,061       292,255    

Statements of Cash Flows Information:

     

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 295,174     $ 270,699    

Net cash used in investing activities

    (252,378     (281,193  

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (45,565     7,750    

Other Financial Information:

     

Adjusted EBITDAX(2)

  $ 384,713     $ 338,571     $    

Levered free cash flow(2)

  $ 42,796     $ (10,494  

 

(1)

Pro forma total equity as of December 31, 2020 includes $             million of non-controlling interests related to the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles.

(2)

Adjusted EBITDAX and levered free cash flow are not financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe these measures provide important perspective regarding our operating results and liquidity, as applicable. “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” contains a description of each of these measures and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

 

62


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains “forward-looking statements” that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations. We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events may vary materially from actual results. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to vary from our expectations include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, all of which are difficult to predict. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed may not occur. “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” (included elsewhere in this prospectus) contain important information. We do not undertake any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements except as otherwise required by applicable law. Unless otherwise indicated, the historical financial information presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” speaks only with respect to our predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas, and does not give pro forma effect to our corporate reorganization described in “Corporate Reorganization.”

Overview

Vine Oil & Gas is a pure play natural gas company focused solely on the development of natural gas properties in the stacked Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana. As of December 31, 2020, we have approximately 100,000 net surface acres centered in what we believe to be the core of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier plays. Over 90% of our acreage is held by production, and we operate approximately 95% of our future drilling locations. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 330 net producing wells. Our assets are located almost entirely in Red River, DeSoto and Sabine parishes of Northwest Louisiana, which according to Enverus, have consistently demonstrated higher EURs relative to drilling and completion (“D&C”) costs than the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier plays in Texas and other parishes in Louisiana. Approximately 85% of our acreage is prospective for dual-zone development, providing us with approximately 800 drilling locations. Utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs, we have approximately 22 years of development opportunities.

Market Conditions and Operational Trends

The oil and gas industry is cyclical and commodity prices are highly volatile. Spot prices for Henry Hub generally ranged from $1.50 per MMBtu to $4.75 per MMBtu since 2014. We expect that this market will continue to be volatile in the future. The prices we receive for our production, and the levels of our production, depend on numerous factors beyond our control. We use our derivative portfolio and firm sales contracts to mitigate the risks of price volatility.

Our Second Lien Term Loan requires that we hedge 70% of our production for the next 24 months. By virtue of this hedging requirement, we are impacted less by gas price volatility during this time frame than future periods where a smaller percentage of our production is subject to derivative contracts. We believe our balance sheet and hedge program provide ample liquidity in the event of an adverse commodity price environment to enable us to continue to generate levered free cash flow.

Reduction in oil and gas activity has resulted in a decrease of associated gas production as fewer oil wells are drilled in the Permian Basin and other liquids-weighted basins, which has led to a contraction in domestic gas supply. Lower levels of supply have pushed current and forecasted gas prices higher. We expect that the reduction in drilling activity and rig counts may contribute to a shortage in the supply of natural gas in the future, which could result in higher gas prices.

To the extent, however, that natural gas prices decrease, these lower prices not only reduce our revenue and cash flows, but also may limit the amount of natural gas that we can develop economically and therefore

 

63


Table of Contents

potentially lower our proved reserves. Lower commodity prices in the future could also result in impairments of our natural gas properties. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our future business, financial condition, results of operations, operating cash flows, liquidity or ability to fund planned CapEx. Alternatively, natural gas prices may increase, which while increasing revenue and cash flows would result in significant losses being incurred on our derivatives.

We believe domestic gas macro fundamentals are positively disposed in the near-to-intermediate term as lower oil-focused drilling activity will lead to lower associated gas production resulting in a tighter market and higher prices than current levels.

Additionally, the oil and gas industry is subject to a number of operational trends, some of which are particularly prominent in the Haynesville Basin, where companies are increasingly utilizing new techniques to lower D&C costs per lateral foot and enhance new well economics, including using more proppant and water per lateral foot, increasing use of longer laterals, and increased automation to reduced drilling time and costs.

Historically, we have seen inflationary pressure on certain service costs; however, we have been able to partially mitigate these cost increases through improved cycle times, longer laterals and other efficiencies. In 2020, we saw reduced service costs due to the recent industry downturn and expect these costs to continue for the remainder of 2021.

Evaluating Our Operations

We use the following metrics to assess the performance of our natural gas operations:

 

   

reserve and production levels;

 

   

realized prices on the sale of our production, including derivative effects;

 

   

lease operating expenses;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDAX;

 

   

D&C costs per well and per lateral foot drilled and overall CapEx levels; and

 

   

levered free cash flow.

Production Levels and Sources of Revenue

We derive our revenue from the sale of our natural gas production and sales volumes directly impact our results of operations. As reservoir pressures decline with a well’s age, production from a given well decreases. Growth in our future production and reserves will depend on our continued ability to add proved reserves in excess of our production. Accordingly, we plan to maintain our focus on adding reserves through organic drill-bit growth as well as opportunistically through acquisitions. Our ability to add reserves through development projects and acquisitions is dependent on many factors, including our gas prices, capital availability, regulatory approvals and ability to procure equipment, services, and personnel and successfully execute the development program or acquisitions.

Increases or decreases in our revenue, profitability and future production growth are highly dependent on the commodity prices we receive. Natural gas prices are market driven and have been historically volatile, and we expect that future prices will continue to fluctuate due to supply and demand factors, seasonality and geopolitical and economic factors. We believe that higher volumes of natural gas will be produced or sold in the Gulf Coast region, but we also expect that higher demand from industrial expansion and export growth will cause the Gulf Coast markets to stabilize and our differentials to NYMEX will remain close to the current range and significantly better than differentials other basins have experienced. To mitigate the variability in differentials, we have entered into multiple physical firm sales contracts at fixed differentials to NYMEX.

 

64


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the changes in commodity prices:

 

     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
 
     2020      2019  
     ($ / MMBtu)  

NYMEX Henry Hub High

   $ 3.00      $ 3.64  

NYMEX Henry Hub Low

   $ 1.50      $ 2.14  

Differential to Average NYMEX Henry Hub(1)

   $ (0.19    $ (0.19

 

(1)

Our differential is calculated by comparing the average NYMEX Henry Hub price to our volume weighted average realized price per MMBtu.

We utilize an unaffiliated third party to market a portion of our gas production to various purchasers, which consist of credit-worthy counterparties, including utilities, LNG producers, industrial consumers, major corporations and super majors, in our industry. This third party collects directly from the purchasers and remits to us the total of all amounts collected on our behalf less their fee for making such sales. Additionally, we sell a portion of our gas to purchasers who remit directly to us under firm sales contracts. We do not believe the loss of any customer would have a material adverse effect on our business, as other customers or markets are currently accessible to us.

Principal Components of our Cost Structure

Lease operating expense. Lease operating expenses (“LOE”) are the costs incurred in the operation of producing properties, including workover costs. Expenses for utilities, direct labor, gas treatment, water disposal, materials and supplies comprise the most significant portion of our LOE. Certain items, such as direct labor and materials and supplies, generally remain relatively fixed across broad production volume ranges, but can fluctuate depending on activities performed during a specific period. For instance, repairs to our well equipment or surface facilities result in increased LOE in periods during which they are performed. Certain of our operating cost components are variable and change in correlation to our production levels. For example, the disposal of produced water usually increases in connection with increased production. Also, we monitor our LOE in absolute dollar terms and on a per Mcf basis to assess our performance and to determine if any wells or properties should be shut in, repaired or recompleted.

Gathering and treating. These are costs incurred to gather and move our gas to third-party treating facilities and to treat the gas to meet pipeline specification. Such costs include the fees paid to third parties who operate low- and high-pressure gathering systems that gather our natural gas. These costs are generally determined on a MMBtu basis as specified in the underlying contract.

Production and ad valorem taxes. Production taxes are paid on produced natural gas based on rates established by Louisiana and the amount of gas produced. We currently benefit from a severance tax holiday program, enacted by the State of Louisiana, which provides new wells with an exemption from severance taxes for the earlier of two years from the date of first production or until the well reaches payout. In general, the production taxes we pay correlate to the changes in natural gas revenue, although Louisiana sets rates annually each July. Effective July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021, the production tax rate on non-exempt production is $0.0934 per Mcf. We are also subject to ad valorem taxes in the parishes where our production is located. Ad valorem taxes are assessed according to formula developed by the parishes based upon well cost and value of equipment.

General and administrative. General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses are costs incurred for overhead, including payroll and benefits for our corporate staff, costs of maintaining our headquarters, IT expenses, legal, audit and other fees for professional services. G&A expenses are offset by recoveries for overhead that are billed

 

65


Table of Contents

to our joint-interest partners as outlined in the JOA or other similar documents. As the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles sell their ownership of common stock in the future, we will recognize non-cash compensation charges to the extent distributions are made by those investment vehicles to any Management Members.

Depreciation, depletion and accretion. Depreciation, depletion and accretion (“DD&A”) includes the systematic expensing of the capitalized costs incurred to acquire and develop natural gas. As a “successful efforts” company, we capitalize all costs associated with our acquisition and successful development efforts and allocate these costs to each unit of production using the units of production method. We recognize accretion expense for the impact of increasing the discounted gas gathering liability as time passes. We also recognize accretion expense for the impact of increasing the discounted ARO to its estimated settlement value.

Exploration expense. These costs include seismic, geologic and geophysical studies, drilling of test wells in new areas of the basin as well as the results of any unsuccessful drilling.

Interest expense. We have financed a portion of our working capital requirements and property acquisitions with borrowings under our debt instruments. As a result, we incur interest expense that is affected by fluctuations in interest rates and, in the case of the RBL, New RBL and Second Lien Term Loan, based on outstanding borrowings. Our 8.75% Notes and 9.75% Notes have fixed interest rates. We expect that we would see an immediate reduction in cash interest expense following the completion of this offering and could see further reductions in cash interest expense as we use free cash flow to lower debt.

Strategic expense. These costs include amounts paid to external parties for potential acquisitions or other projects.

IPO related costs. The costs we have incurred related to this offering have been captured on our balance sheet in prepaid and other assets. Upon completion of this offering, these costs will be offset against proceeds received.

Adjusted EBITDAX

We believe Adjusted EBITDAX is useful because it makes for easier comparison of our operating performance, without regard to our financing methods, corporate form or capital structure. We determined our adjustments from net income to arrive at Adjusted EBITDAX to reflect the substantial variance in practice from company to company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Adjusted EBITDAX should not be considered more meaningful than net income determined in accordance with GAAP. Certain items excluded from Adjusted EBITDAX are significant components in understanding and assessing a company’s financial performance, such as a company’s cost of capital and tax burden, as well as the historic costs of depreciable assets, none of which are components of Adjusted EBITDAX. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDAX should not be construed as an inference that our results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computations of Adjusted EBITDAX differ from other similarly titled measures of other companies.

Levered Free Cash Flow

We define levered free cash flow as the amount of money we have remaining after paying our financial obligations related to investing activities prior to considering any funds received from or paid for financing activities. We calculate levered free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities.

We believe that levered free cash flow is a useful performance measure as it provides the amount of cash we generated after capital expenditures and any proceeds received from asset sales, prior to any proceeds received

 

66


Table of Contents

from or used in financing activities. While levered free cash flow is a non-GAAP measure, it is derived from two GAAP measures, operating cash flow and investing cash flow but should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net cash provided by operating activities or net cash used in investing activities determined in accordance with GAAP. Our computation of levered free cash flow may differ from other similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

     Vine Oil & Gas     Vine Pro Forma
 
     For the Year Ended
December 31,
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
 
     2020     2019  
     (in thousands)  

Net income

   $ (252,194   $ 23,996     $            

Interest expense

     119,248       112,198    

Income tax provision

     217       496    

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

     347,652       327,659    

Unrealized (gain) loss on commodity derivatives

     164,077       (101,239  

Exploration

     167       886    

Non-cash G&A

     (182     (18  

Strategic

     2,182       853    

Non-cash write-off of deferred IPO costs

     5,787       2,825    

Severance

     326       —      

Non-cash volumetric and production adjustment to gas gathering liability

     (2,567     (29,085  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDAX

   $ 384,713     $ 338,571     $            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flow

   $ 295,174     $ 270,699    

Investing cash flow

     (252,378     (281,193  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Levered free cash flow

     42,796       (10,494  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Drilling and Completion Costs and Capital Expenditures

We evaluate our D&C costs by considering the absolute cost to drill and complete a well, as well as the cost on a per lateral foot basis. Moreover, we evaluate the level of reserves developed per dollar spent in connection with that development to measure our capital efficiency. So long as these metrics continue to meet our expectations, we expect our overall CapEx levels to support an average 3-4 gross drilling rig program. Our capital efficiency is one of the key metrics we use to manage our business.

Factors That Significantly Affect Comparability of Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Our historical financial condition and results of operations for the periods presented may not be comparable, either from period to period or going forward, for the following reasons:

Public Company Expenses. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur direct, incremental G&A expenses as a result of being publicly traded, including costs associated with Exchange Act compliance, tax compliance, PCAOB support fees, SOX compliance costs, investor relations activities, listing fees, registrar and transfer agent fees, stock-based compensation, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs and independent director compensation. We estimate these direct, incremental G&A expenses could total approximately $4 million to $6 million per year, which are not included in our historical results of operations. We anticipate these effects will be mitigated by additional recoveries associated with our expanded operated well count and the elimination of our monitoring fee paid to our existing owners.

Corporate Reorganization. The historical consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus are based on the financial statements of our predecessor, prior to our reorganization in connection with this offering

 

67


Table of Contents

as described in “Corporate Reorganization.” Our historical financial data may not yield an accurate indication of what our actual results would have been if those transactions had been completed at the beginning of the periods presented or of what our future results of operations are likely to be. Most of our compensation expense for Class A Units is treated as a liability award under GAAP. If, by virtue of this offering or future events, our outstanding Class A Units vest as a result of the change of control provisions of such units and a payment to the Class A unitholders becomes probable, we could have an immediate recognition of compensation expense arising from them.

Monitoring fee. Monitoring fees are paid pursuant to a management and consulting agreement with Blackstone and our CEO, of which over 99% is attributable to Blackstone. Our monitoring fee will be eliminated upon completion of this offering.

Interest Expense. In connection with this offering, we expect to materially reduce our indebtedness. Depending on our use of proceeds, we expect an immediate reduction in cash interest expense and could see further reductions in cash interest expense as we use free cash flow to lower debt.

Income Taxes. Our predecessor is a limited partnership not subject to federal income taxes. Accordingly, no provision for federal income taxes has been provided for in our historical results of operations because taxable income was passed through to our partners. Although we are a corporation under the Internal Revenue Code, we do not expect to report any income tax benefit or expense prior to the consummation of this offering.

 

68


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for Vine Oil & Gas

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020     2019  
     (in thousands, except per Mcf)  

Production:

        

Total (MMcf)

     240,869         200,214    

Average Daily (MMcfd)

     658         549    
        
           Per Mcf           Per Mcf  

Revenue:

        

Natural gas sales

   $ 418,877     $ 1.74     $ 445,589     $ 2.23  

Realized gain on commodity derivatives

     123,875       0.51       39,679       0.20  

Unrealized (loss) gain on commodity derivatives

     (164,077     (0.68     101,239       0.51  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     378,675       1.57       586,507       2.93  

Operating Expenses:

        

Lease operating

     47,911       0.20       46,247       0.23  

Gathering and treating

     76,770       0.32       37,955       0.19  

Production and ad valorem taxes

     15,620       0.06       18,539       0.09  

General and administrative

     7,448       0.03       7,842       0.04  

Monitoring fee

     7,541       0.03       7,011       0.04  

Depreciation, depletion and accretion

     347,652       1.44       327,659       1.64  

Exploration

     167       0.00       886       0.00  

Strategic

     2,182       0.01       853       0.00  

Severance

     326       0.00       —         —    

Write-off of deferred IPO costs

     5,787       0.02       2,825       0.01  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     511,404       2.11       449,817       2.25  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Operating income

     (132,729       136,690    
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Interest expense

     (119,248       (112,198  

Income tax provision

     (217       (496  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total other expenses

     (119,465       (112,694  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Net income

   $ (252,194     $ 23,996    
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Interest expense

     119,248         112,198    

Income tax provision

     217         496    

Depreciation, depletion and accretion

     347,652         327,659    

Unrealized loss (gain) on commodity derivatives

     164,077         (101,239  

Exploration

     167         886    

Non-cash G&A

     (182       (18  

Strategic

     2,182         853    

Severance

     326         —      

Non-cash write-off of deferred IPO costs

     5,787         2,825    

Non-cash volumetric and production adjustment to gas gathering liability

     (2,567       (29,085  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Adjusted EBITDAX

   $ 384,713       $ 338,571    
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

69


Table of Contents

Revenue

Natural Gas Sales and Realized Commodity Derivatives

The following table summarizes the changes in our natural gas sales and realized derivative effects (in thousands):

 

2019

   $ 485,268  

Volume

     90,481  

Price

     (117,193

Realized derivative

     84,196  
  

 

 

 

2020

   $ 542,752  
  

 

 

 

The increase in natural gas volume for 2020 was primarily the result of additional producing wells. The price decrease for 2020 was driven by the decline in the Henry Hub price upon which our sales price is generally determined.

Since commodity prices were below the weighted average floor prices of our derivative portfolio, we realized a net gain on our natural gas derivatives during 2020. The average prices of natural gas in our commodity derivative contracts for 2020 and 2019 were $2.71 and $2.86 per MMBtu, respectively. Additionally, our total volumes hedged for 2020 and 2019 were each approximately 90% of net gas produced.

As our production volumes fluctuate, we would expect our revenue to also fluctuate, depending on prevailing natural gas prices.

Unrealized Gain (Loss) On Commodity Derivatives

We had an unrealized loss on our commodity derivative contracts in 2020 and an unrealized gain in 2019. The unrealized loss in 2020 is primarily related to an increase in the NYMEX natural gas futures as well as a decline in our average hedge price from December 31, 2019 while the unrealized gain in 2019 was primarily related to the decrease in NYMEX natural gas futures relative to December 31, 2018.

Operating Expenses

Lease Operating

LOE for 2020 compared to 2019 was down $0.03 per Mcf primarily due to reduced costs for gas treatment and water disposal. After a spike in our gas treatment and water disposal costs in 2019, we started to realize gas treatment cost savings following the replacement of individual well gas treatment equipment with a more efficient, multi-well amine treating facilities that were brought online in 2020. We also developed our third saltwater disposal facility and brought online two saltwater gathering lines resulting in decreased rates on water hauling and disposal costs and direct control over the majority of our water volumes.

We expect that our LOE will increase in the future as additional wells are brought online but may decrease on a unit cost basis as production increases since a portion of our LOE is fixed.

Gathering and Treating

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     (in thousands)      Per Mcf      (in thousands)      Per Mcf  

Gathering — Cash

   $ 78,578      $ 0.33      $ 66,181      $ 0.33  

Gathering — noncash

     (2,567      (0.01      (29,085      (0.15

Other

     759        —          859        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 76,770      $ 0.32      $ 37,955      $ 0.19  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Gathering and treating expense increased in 2020 on an absolute and unit cost basis. Our cash gathering fees increased $12.4 million due to higher volumes but were flat on a per Mcf basis in 2020. On a per Mcf basis, non-cash gathering expenses decreased because we met all obligations on our gas gathering liability in the first quarter of 2020 and consequently recorded the last non-cash gains at that time with no payments required in 2019 or 2020 on our minimum volume gathering commitment.

Production and Ad Valorem Taxes

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     (in thousands)      Per Mcf      (in thousands)      Per Mcf  

Production taxes

   $ 9,957      $ 0.04      $ 13,292      $ 0.06  

Ad valorem taxes

     5,663        0.02        5,247        0.03  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,620      $ 0.06      $ 18,539      $ 0.09  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Production and ad valorem taxes decreased $2.9 million in 2020 compared to 2019. Production taxes were down $0.02 per Mcf primarily because the state of Louisiana dropped the severance tax rate from $.125 per Mcf to $.0934 per Mcf in the third quarter of 2020. Additionally, the increased production volume in 2020 is production tax exempt whereas 2019 included production volumes where more wells had met payout and no longer qualified for the production tax exemptions.

We expect our production and ad valorem tax to increase in the future as we develop our assets and increase the number of producing wells on which such taxes are levied. We expect these new wells will continue to qualify for early life production tax exemptions, and we expect our production tax costs will increase in absolute terms as wells meet payout and are no longer production tax exempt. Production taxes are paid on produced natural gas based on rates established annually by the state of Louisiana.

G&A

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2020                      2019          
     (in thousands)  

Wages and benefits

   $ 25,091      $ 23,301  

Professional services

     2,924        2,498  

Licenses, fees and other

     7,504        7,287  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross G&A expense

     35,519        33,086  

Less:

     

Allocations to affiliates

     (9,108      (8,722

Recoveries

     (18,963      (16,522
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net G&A expense

   $ 7,448      $ 7,842  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in gross G&A expense for 2020 was primarily due to increased headcount in the Plano office and related compensation as well as increased professional services. While net G&A expense in 2020 decreased relative to 2019, as recoveries were higher in 2020 and were attributable to increased producing well count and inflationary rate adjustments.

Write-off of Deferred IPO Costs

In conjunction with a possible initial public offering (“IPO”), costs incurred related to the IPO such as legal, audit, tax and other professional services are capitalized as deferred equity issuance costs in other non-current

 

71


Table of Contents

assets. In the first quarter of 2020, we wrote-off deferred IPO costs related to years that will no longer be presented in any future potential filings. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we incurred new costs related to a possible IPO and included them in prepaid and other assets.

Monitoring Fee

The increase in monitoring fee for 2020 is due to higher Adjusted EBITDAX with payments pursuant to a management and consulting agreement with Blackstone and our CEO. The monitoring fee is based on Adjusted EBITDAX, and we anticipate monitoring fees will increase in the future if we generate more Adjusted EBITDAX. The monitoring fee will cease upon completion of this offering.

Strategic

These costs include amounts paid to external parties for potential acquisitions or other projects.

DD&A

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  
     (in thousands)      Per Mcf      (in thousands)      Per Mcf  

Depletion

   $ 340,423      $ 1.41      $ 319,456      $ 1.60  

Depreciation

     5,351        0.02        4,405        0.02  

Accretion

     1,878        0.01        3,798        0.02  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 347,652      $ 1.44      $ 327,659      $ 1.64  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The increase in DD&A in 2020 is due to increased production. The increase in deprecation is primarily associated with the new saltwater disposal facilities and lower allocation of depreciation to affiliates in 2020. The decrease in accretion expense is related to the extinguishment of the gas gathering liability.

The per MCF decrease in depletion expense for 2020 is attributable to a lower depletion rate primarily due to higher December 31, 2019 proved reserves. We expect our depletion rate will fluctuate in the future based on levels of CapEx incurred to develop our assets and changes in proved reserve levels.

Interest Expense

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2020                      2019          
     (in thousands)  

Cash interest:

     

Interest costs and unutilized fees

   $ 96,190      $ 98,869  

Realized gain on interest rate swaps

     —          (1,404

Letter of credit fees and other

     943        875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash interest

     97,133        98,340  

Non-cash interest:

     

Non-cash interest

     17,606        12,384  

Non-cash loss on extinguishment of Superpriority Facility

     4,509        —    

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

     —          1,474  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-cash interest

     22,115        13,858  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 119,248      $ 112,198  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

The decrease in cash interest costs on debt outstanding for 2020 is attributable to LIBOR decreases on the Superpriority Facility and RBL and unutilized commitment fees on the Second Lien Credit Facility and higher borrowings on the RBL. Non-cash interest on debt outstanding includes amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount and is higher for 2020 due to additional amortization related to the First Lien extension, addition of the Second Lien in the fourth quarter of 2020, a non-cash loss on extinguishment of $4.5 million related to the write-off of remaining deferred financing costs and discount on the Superpriority loan.

Our interest rate swap expired in June 2019.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

Our development activities require us to make significant operating and capital expenditures. Our primary use of capital has historically been for the development of natural gas properties. In addition, we regularly evaluate our capital structure and opportunities to manage our liabilities, as well as other strategic transactions that we believe to be credit accretive.

We expect our 2021 capital program to be approximately $230 to $240 million of which $210 to $220 million is allocated for D&C operations. The remaining $20 million of our capital program is designated for non-D&C items.

We plan to fund our 2021 CapEx through cash flow from operations, excess proceeds from this offering (if any) and borrowings under our New RBL. Further, we intend to monitor conditions in the debt capital markets and may determine to issue long-term debt securities, including potentially in the near term, to fund a portion of our 2021 CapEx or refinance a portion of our existing indebtedness. We cannot predict with certainty the timing, amount and terms of any future issuances of any such debt securities.

In July 2020, a committee of independent members from Vine’s Board of Managers approved a $30 million distribution to Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone and certain members of management. The distribution was made immediately following such approval with funds originating from a first lien RBL draw made at the end of June 2020.

On December 30, 2020, we entered into an extension and amendment of our RBL Credit Facility and a new second lien term loan to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans under the Superpriority Facility resulting in the following:

 

   

the maturity of the RBL was extended to January 15, 2023 and the borrowing base of the facility was reduced from $350 million to $300 million and will reduce further on a quarterly basis to $100 million at December 31, 2022. Other than the quarterly reductions, there are no borrowing base redeterminations. The pricing grid was increased by 1.00% to LIBOR + 2.50% to 3.50% based on utilization.

 

   

entered into the Second Lien Term Loan whereby the proceeds were used to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans of $150 million outstanding under the Superpriority Facility in connection with the entry into the amendment to and extension of the RBL. The Second Lien Term Loan was fully drawn at closing in the amount of $150 million. The Second Lien Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to a LIBOR floor of 0.75% plus 8.75% per annum, payable monthly, and matures on the earlier to occur of (a) December 30, 2025 and (b) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 9.75% Notes or 8.75% Notes, to the extent specified amounts of such indebtedness remain outstanding. The Second Lien Term Loan is redeemable beginning June 30, 2022 at 102% of par value, stepping down to 101% of par value on June 30, 2023 and at par value on June 30, 2024 and thereafter. The Second Lien Term Loan is secured on a junior lien basis by all our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the RBL and, upon closing of the offering, the New RBL.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

the Company’s existing $280 million second lien revolving credit agreement, dated December 30, 2019, was subordinated to a third lien in connection with the entry into the Second Lien Term Loan. The Third Lien Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an amount up to $330 million, and bears interest rate of LIBOR plus 9.75% per annum. The Third Lien Credit Agreement matures on March 15, 2023 and was undrawn at December 31, 2020.

With consideration of the executed transactions above, we believe we have sufficient liquidity to fund future operations and to meet obligations as they become due for at least one year following the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued.

Cash Flow Activity

Our financial condition and results of operations, including our liquidity and profitability, are significantly affected by the prices that we realize for our natural gas and the volumes of natural gas that we produce. Natural gas is a commodity for which established trading markets exist. Accordingly, our operating cash flow is sensitive to a number of variables, the most significant of which are the volatility of natural gas prices and production levels both regionally and across North America, the availability and price of alternative fuels, infrastructure capacity to reach markets, costs of operations and other variable factors. We monitor factors that we believe could be likely to influence price movements including new or expanded natural gas markets, gas imports, LNG and other exports and industry CapEx levels.

Our produced volumes have a high correlation to our level of CapEx and our ability to fund it through operating cash flow, borrowings and other sources may be affected by multiple factors discussed further herein.

The following summarizes our cash flow activity:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
              2020                        2019           
     (in thousands)  

Operating cash flow

   $ 295,174      $ 270,699  

Investing cash flow

     (252,378      (281,193

Financing cash flow

     (45,565      7,750  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in cash

   $ (2,769)      $ (2,744
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2020 Compared to 2019

Operating Cash Flow

Cash flow from operating activities for 2020 was higher than 2019 primarily due to higher production levels of 658 MMcfd in 2020 as compared to 549 MMcfd in 2019 and working capital changes offset by lower natural gas prices.

Investing Cash Flow

Our cash flow used in investing activities in 2020 was lower than 2019 primarily due to a higher capital program in 2019 offset by $5.8 million in proceeds from the sale of certain pipeline assets.

Financing Cash Flow

Cash flow used in financing activities in 2020 increased as we made a $30 million distribution to Vine Oil and Gas Parent LP and paid $15.6 million of deferred financing costs compared to 2019 where we had net borrowings of $10 million on our RBL and $2.2 million of deferred financing costs.

 

74


Table of Contents

Derivative Activities

Natural gas prices are inherently volatile and unpredictable. Accordingly, to achieve more predictable cash flow and reduce our exposure to adverse fluctuations in commodity prices, we use commodity derivatives, such as swaps, to hedge price risk associated with our anticipated production and to underpin our development program. This helps reduce potential negative effects of reductions in gas prices but also reduces our ability to benefit from increases in gas prices. In certain circumstances, where we have unrealized gains in our derivative portfolio, we may choose to restructure existing derivative contracts or enter into new transactions to modify the terms of current contracts in order to utilize their value to further our strategic pursuits.

A swap has an established fixed price. When the settlement price is below the fixed price, the counterparty pays us an amount equal to the difference between the settlement price and the fixed price multiplied by the hedged contract volume. When the settlement price is above the fixed price, we pay our counterparty an amount equal to the difference between the settlement price and the fixed price multiplied by the hedged contract volume.

A put option has an established floor price. The buyer of that put option pays the seller a premium to enter into the put option. When the settlement price is below the floor price, the seller pays the buyer an amount equal to the difference between the settlement price and the strike price multiplied by the hedged contract volume. When the settlement price is above the floor price, the put option expires worthless.

A call option has an established ceiling price. The buyer of the call option pays the seller a premium to enter into the call option. When the settlement price is above the ceiling price, the seller pays the buyer an amount equal to the difference between the settlement price and the strike price multiplied by the hedged contract volume. When the settlement price is below the ceiling price, the call option expires worthless.

A put option and a call option may be combined to create a collar. A collar requires the seller to pay the buyer if the settlement price is above the ceiling price and requires the buyer to pay the seller if the settlement price is below the floor price. Our Second Lien Term Loan requires us to have 70% of our total expected production hedged 24 months forward.

Our commodity derivatives allow us to mitigate the potential effects of the variability in operating cash flow thereby providing increased certainty of cash flows to support our capital program and to service our debt. We believe the New RBL will afford us greater flexibility to hedge than similar agreements of our peers because it is expected to allow us to hedge a large percentage of our total expected production. Typically, credit documents limit borrowers to hedging only production from already developed reserves. Our derivatives provide only partial price protection against declines in natural gas prices and partially limit our potential gains from future increases in prices.

The following table summarizes our derivatives as of December 31, 2020:

 

Natural Gas Swaps

 

Period

   Natural Gas
Volume

(MMBtud)
     Weighted Average
Swap Price

($ / MMBtu)
 

2021

     

First Quarter

     515,000      $ 2.70  

Second Quarter

     610,890      $ 2.53  

Third Quarter

     637,522      $ 2.53  

Fourth Quarter

     648,370      $ 2.54  

2022

     

First Quarter

     639,833      $ 2.55  

Second Quarter

     119,780      $ 2.57  

Third Quarter

     156,522      $ 2.56  

Fourth Quarter

     363,109      $ 2.53  

 

75


Table of Contents

Natural Gas Swaps

 

Period

   Natural Gas
Volume

(MMBtud)
     Weighted Average
Swap Price

($ / MMBtu)
 

2023

     

First Quarter

     445,333      $ 2.50  

Fourth Quarter

     101,087      $ 2.54  

2024

     

First Quarter

     300,000      $ 2.54  

Fourth Quarter

     70,761      $ 2.58  

2025

     

First Quarter

     137,667      $ 2.58  

 

Natural Gas Calls

 

Period

   Natural Gas
Volume

(MMBtud)
     Weighted Average
Swap Price

($ / MMBtu)
 

2021

     

First Quarter

     (85,000    $ 3.19  

We expect to continue to use commodity derivatives to hedge our price risk in the future, though the notional and pricing levels will be dependent upon prevailing conditions, including available capacity of our counterparties.

Our current derivative portfolio cannot protect us from the risk of a potential widening of differentials between our sales price and NYMEX. We have entered into agreements with multiple potential counterparties to also allow us to hedge our physical gas sales at fixed prices. In 2020, approximately 62% of our 2020 basis was effectively fixed at approximately $0.18 under NYMEX by virtue of our physical, firm sales agreements with multiple credit-worthy counterparties.

Debt Agreements

Vine Oil & Gas RBL Facility

In November 2014, in connection with the Shell Acquisition, we entered into the RBL with HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto. The RBL was amended in January 2015, October 2017 and most recently in December 2020.

As amended, our RBL has a total current revolving commitment of $300 million, with such commitment being subject to periodic scheduled reductions until January 15, 2023 (the commitment as subject to these reduction from time to time, the “Loan Limit”). In addition to the periodic reductions referenced above, the Loan Limit is also subject to adjustments in connection with certain asset dispositions. The RBL requires that we provide a first priority security interest in our oil and gas properties (such that those properties subject to the security interest represent at least 85% of the total value of the proved oil and gas properties) and all of our personal property assets. The RBL is scheduled to mature in January 2023.

The RBL includes usual and customary covenants for facilities of its type and size. The covenants cover matters such as mandatory reserve reports, the responsible operation and maintenance of properties, certifications of compliance, required disclosures to the lenders, notices under other material instruments, and notices of sales of oil and gas properties. It also places limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, restricted payments, distributions, investments outside of the ordinary course of business and limitations on the amount of commodity and interest rate hedges that can be put in place.

 

76


Table of Contents

The RBL also contains a financial maintenance covenant limiting us to a consolidated total net leverage to consolidated trailing twelve month EBITDAX ratio of 4.00:1.00 on or prior to March 31, 2021 and 3.50:1.00 thereafter, measured quarterly.

The RBL bears interest based on LIBOR plus an additional margin, based on the percentage of the revolving commitment being utilized, ranging from 2.50% to 3.50%. There is also a commitment fee that ranges between 0.375% and 0.50% on the undrawn borrowing base amounts. The RBL may be prepaid without a premium. Should the RBL remain outstanding as of January 1, 2023, we will be required to pay a ‘deferred extension fee’ of $1 million to the pro rata account of each lender.

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering and borrowings under the New RBL to repay in full and terminate the RBL.

Second Lien Credit Agreement

In December 2020, we entered into the Second Lien Credit Agreement with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as administrative agent and collateral agent, and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, pursuant to which we were provided with the Second Lien Term Loan.

The Second Lien Term Loan was fully drawn in December 2020 in an amount of $150 million, and bears interest at a rate equal to a LIBOR plus 8.75% per annum, payable quarterly, maturing on the earlier to occur of (a) December 30, 2025 and (b) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 9.75% Notes or 8.75% Notes, to the extent specified amounts of such indebtedness remain outstanding. If redeemed prior to June 30, 2022, the Second Lien Term Loan is subject to a make-whole premium of the applicable treasury rate plus 0.50% of the amount of interest and any call premium which would have otherwise been payable had the Second Lien Term Loan been redeemed on June 30, 2022. The Second Lien Term Loan is redeemable beginning June 30, 2022 at 102% of par value, stepping down to 101% of par value on June 30, 2023 and at par value on June 30, 2024 and thereafter. The Second Lien Term Loan also provides for a quarterly consolidated total net leverage ratio financial maintenance covenant of 4.00x, stepping down to 3.50x with the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and thereafter, similar to the RBL.

The Second Lien Term Loan contains customary incurrence-based covenants for facilities of this type, including restrictions on the incurrence of liens, indebtedness, asset dispositions, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates, restricted payments and other customary covenants. For example, our Second Lien Term Loan requires us to have 70% of our total expected production hedged 24 months forward, along with the requirement to maintain liquidity of no less than $40 million, tested quarterly, and is secured on a second lien basis by all of our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the RBL.

Third Lien Credit Agreement

In December 2019, we entered into the Third Lien Credit Agreement with Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto. At that time, the Third Lien Credit Agreement was secured on a second lien basis, but was subordinated to a third lien in December 2020 in connection with the entry into the Second Lien Credit Agreement. We expect to terminate the Third Lien Credit Facility in connection with this offering.

The Third Lien Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an amount up to $330 million, and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 9.75% per annum. The Third Lien Credit Agreement matures on March 15, 2023 and was undrawn at December 31, 2020.

 

77


Table of Contents

The Third Lien Credit Agreement contains customary incurrence-based covenants for facilities of this type, including restrictions on the incurrence of liens, indebtedness, asset dispositions, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates, restricted payments and other customary covenants, and is secured on a third lien basis by all of our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the RBL and will secure the New RBL, as applicable.

Vine Oil & Gas 8.75% Notes

In October 2017, we issued $530 million aggregate principal amount of the 8.75% Notes at 99% of par, and in connection therewith, we incurred discounts and upfront fees totaling $17.9 million. Aggregate net proceeds from the issuance of the 8.75% Notes of approximately $512 million were used to repay borrowings outstanding on the RBL and Term Loan B (“TLB”) in the amount of $95.0 million and $61.4 million, respectively, and to repurchase in full our $350 million Term Loan C (“TLC”) for $353.5 million. Interest is accrued and paid semi-annually on April 15 and October 15.

The 8.75% Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all our subsidiaries. We may redeem the 8.75% Notes at a redemption price (plus accrued and unpaid interest) equal to 106.563% of the principal amount through October 2021, 104.375% of the principal amount from October 2021 through April 2022 and 100% of the principal amount thereafter. The 8.75% Notes mature in April 2023 and bear interest at 8.75%.

Vine Oil & Gas 9.75% Notes

In October 2018, we issued $380 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Notes due 2023 at par, and in connection therewith, we incurred upfront fees totaling $7.8 million. Aggregate net proceeds from the issuance of the 9.75% Notes were $372.2 million and were used to repay borrowings and accrued and unpaid interest in full on the TLB in the amount of $339.0 million. Interest is accrued and paid semi-annually on April 15 and October 15.

The 9.75% Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all our subsidiaries. The 9.75% Notes mature in April 2023 and bear interest at 9.75%. We may redeem the 9.75% Notes at a redemption price (plus accrued and unpaid interest) equal to 107.313% of the principal amount through October 2021, 104.875% of the principal amount from October 2021 through April 2022 and 100% of the principal amount thereafter.

Summary of Outstanding Debt at December 31, 2020 (1)

 

    

Highest Priority

            

Lowest Priority

    

RBL

 

  

Second Lien Term

Loan

  

Third Lien Credit Facility

  

9.75%
(Unsecured)

  

8.75%
(Unsecured)

Face amount

   $ 300 million    $150 million    $330 million    $380 million    $530 million

Amount outstanding

   $ 190 million    $150 million    $0    $380 million    $530 million

Scheduled maturity date

   January 2023    December 30, 2025 or 90 days prior to the maturity of the 9.75% Notes or 8.75% Notes    March 15, 2023    April 2023    April 2023

Interest rate

   LIBOR+2.5-3.5%    LIBOR + 8.75%    LIBOR + 9.75%    9.75%    8.75%

Base interest rate options

   ABR and LIBOR + spread    ABR and LIBOR + spread    ABR and LIBOR + spread    N/A    N/A

Financial maintenance covenants

   – Maximum consolidated total net leverage ratio of 4.0x    – Maximum consolidated total net leverage ratio of 4.0x    - LTM Leverage minimum of $0    N/A    N/A

 

78


Table of Contents
    

Highest Priority

            

Lowest Priority

    

RBL

 

  

Second Lien Term

Loan

  

Third Lien Credit
Facility

  

9.75%
(Unsecured)

  

8.75%
(Unsecured)

   decreasing to 3.5x effective April 2021   

decreasing to 3.5x effective April 2021

 

- Minimum liquidity of $40 million tested quarterly

  

 

-Maximum consolidated total net leverage ratio of 4.0x decreasing to 3.5x effective April 2021

 

- Maximum secured leverage ratios of 4.0x decreasing to 3.5x effective April 2021

     

Significant restrictive covenants

  

– Incurrence of debt

 

– Incurrence of liens

 

– Payment of dividends

 

– Equity purchases

 

– Asset sales

 

– Limitations on derivatives & investments

 

– Affiliate transactions

  

– Incurrence of debt

 

– Incurrence of liens

 

– Payment of dividends

 

– Equity purchases

 

– Asset sales

 

– Limitations on derivatives & investments

 

– Affiliate transactions

 

– Excess cash cap

  

– Incurrence of debt

 

– Incurrence of liens

 

– Payment of dividends

 

– Equity purchases

 

– Asset sales

 

– Limitations on derivatives & investments

 

– Affiliate transactions

  

– Incurrence of debt

 

– Incurrence of liens

 

– Payment of dividends

 

– Equity purchases

 

– Asset sales

 

– Limitations on ability to make investments

 

– Affiliate transactions

  

– Incurrence of debt

 

– Incurrence of liens

 

– Payment of dividends

 

– Equity purchases

 

– Asset sales

 

–Limitations on ability to make investments

 

– Affiliate transactions

Optional redemption

   Any time at par    Make-whole through June 2022; 102% through June 2023; 101% through June 2024; thereafter at par    Any time at par    After October 2020 through October 2021 at 107.313%; thereafter through April 2022 at 104.875%; thereafter at par    After October 2020 through October 2021 at 106.563%; thereafter through April 2022 at 104.375%; thereafter at par

Change of control

   Event of default    Event of default    Event of default    If accompanied by Ratings Decline, Investor put at 101% of par    If accompanied by Ratings Decline, Investor put at 101% of par

 

(1)

The information presented in this table is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of the covenants, provisions and related definitions contained in the documents governing the various components of our debt.

 

79


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

 

     As of December 31, 2020 (in thousands)  
     2021      2022      2023      2024      2025      Total  

RBL Principal(1)

   $ —        $ 90,000      $ 100,000      $ —        $ —        $ 190,000  

RBL Interest(2)

     6,823        6,293        127        —          —          13,243  

2nd Lien Term Loan

     —          —          —          —          150,000        150,000  

2nd Lien Interest(2)

     14,448        14,448        14,448        14,448        14,448        72,240  

3rd Lien Interest(3)

     1,419        1,419        288        —          —          3,126  

8.75% Notes Principal

     —          —          530,000        —          —          530,000  

8.75% Notes Interest

     46,375        46,375        13,341        —          —          106,091  

9.75% Notes Principal

     —          —          380,000        —          —          380,000  

9.75% Notes Interest

     37,050        37,050        10,658        —          —          84,758  

LC Fees & Payments(4)

     847        863        653        653        653        3,669  

Drilling Rig(5)

     6,513        4,173        —          —          —          10,686  

Other

     1,054        1,087        932        —          —          3,073  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 114,529      $ 201,708      $ 1,050,447      $ 15,101      $ 165,101      $ 1,546,886  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

On December 30, 2020, the maturity of the RBL was extended to January 15, 2023 and availability under the facility was reduced from $350 million to $300 million and will reduce further on a quarterly basis to $100 million at December 31, 2022.

(2)

This debt bears interest at LIBOR plus a borrowing spread. In determining future interest, we used outstanding amounts at December 31, 2020 and used the forward curve for LIBOR to project the interest obligations in those future periods.

(3)

Includes payment of the commitment fee pursuant to the Third Lien Credit Agreement.

(4)

Related to $24.9 million in outstanding letters of credit outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

(5)

We are party to four drilling rig contracts, only one of which had an original term beyond one year, and as a result, only one is reflected in this table.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. In connection with preparing of our financial statements, we are required to make assumptions and estimates about future events, and apply judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expense and the related disclosures. We base our assumptions, estimates and judgments on historical experience, current trends and other factors that management believes to be relevant at the time we prepare our consolidated financial statements. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ materially from our assumptions and estimates.

Our significant accounting policies are discussed in our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are those most critical to fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Gathering Liability

Policy Description

We are party to some gathering contracts that require delivery of minimum volumes regardless of throughput for each annual contract period. These gathering contracts require annual settlement payments for any shortfalls in the gathered volumes.

 

80


Table of Contents

Judgments and Assumptions

Our obligation for the gathering contracts was initially measured at fair value as of the acquisition date and represented the expected volume shortfall over the remaining contract period. The fair value was determined using estimated future development pace, future production volumes, future inflation factors, and our weighted average cost of capital. We recognize accretion expense for the impact of increasing the discounted liability as time passes. At each reporting period, the difference, if any, between the estimated payments at inception and actual current contract period payments expected to be required are recorded to gathering and treating expense. If our development plan changes or if production deviates from our initial estimation, the amount of the adjustments to the gas gathering liability recorded to gathering and treating expense could be material. For example, if our forecasted volumes were to decrease, we would need to increase the liability via additional gathering and treating expense. Conversely, if our actual production volumes were to increase, we would reduce the liability via a reduction to gathering and treating expense when the excess gas is produced. We met all obligations on our gas gathering liability in the first quarter of 2020 and consequently recorded the last non-cash gains to fully amortize the gas gathering liability.

Natural Gas Reserves

Policy Description

Proved natural gas reserves are the estimated quantities of natural gas that geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. In calculating cash inflows for reserves, we use an unweighted average of the preceding 12-month first-day-of-the-month prices for determination of proved reserve values and for annual proved reserve disclosures. We assume continued use of technologies with demonstrated success of yielding expected results, including the use of drilling results, well performance, well logs, seismic data, geological maps, well stimulation techniques, well test data and reservoir simulation modeling.

In calculating cash outflows for reserves, we use well costs and operating costs prevailing during the preceding year, but more heavily weighted toward recent demonstration levels, which are then held constant into future periods. Our estimates of proved reserves are determined and reassessed at least annually using available geological and reservoir data as well as production performance data. Revisions may result from changes in, among other things, reservoir performance, prices, economic conditions and governmental policies.

We limit our future development program to only those wells that we expect to be developed within five years of their initial recognition. Additional information regarding our proved natural gas reserves may be found under “Reserve Data” found elsewhere in this prospectus.

Judgments and Assumptions

All of the reserve information in this prospectus is based on estimates. Estimates of natural gas reserves are prepared in accordance with guidelines established by the SEC. Reservoir engineering is a subjective process of estimating recoverable underground accumulations of natural gas. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating recoverable quantities of proved natural gas reserves. Uncertainties include the projection of future production rates and the expected timing of development expenditures. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data and of engineering and geological interpretation and judgment. As a result, proved reserve estimates may be different from the quantities of natural gas that are ultimately recovered.

The passage of time provides more qualitative information regarding estimates of reserves, and revisions are made to prior estimates to reflect updated information. If future significant revisions are necessary that reduce previously estimated reserve quantities, it could result in impairments. In addition to using estimates of proved reserves to assess for impairment, we also rely heavily on them in the calculation of depletion expense. For example, if estimates of proved reserves decline, the depletion rate and resulting expense will increase, resulting

 

81


Table of Contents

in a decrease in net income. A decline in estimates of proved reserves could also cause us to perform an impairment analysis to determine whether the carrying amount of oil and natural gas properties exceeds fair value, which would result in an impairment charge, reducing net income.

Successful Efforts Method of Accounting for Natural Gas Properties

Policy Description

We use the successful efforts method of accounting for natural gas activities. Costs to acquire mineral interests in natural gas properties are capitalized as unproved properties whereas costs to drill and equip wells that result in proved reserves are capitalized as proved properties. Costs to drill wells that do not identify proved reserves as well as geological and geophysical costs are expensed.

Our proved natural gas properties are recorded at cost. We evaluate our properties for impairment annually in the fourth quarter or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying value may have occurred. We estimate the expected future cash flows of our natural gas properties and compare these undiscounted cash flows to the carrying amount of the natural gas properties to determine if the carrying amount is recoverable. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we will write down the carrying amount of the natural gas properties to fair value. The factors used to determine fair value include, but are not limited to, estimates of reserves, future commodity prices, future production estimates, estimated future operating and CapEx, and discount rates.

Judgments and Assumptions

Our impairment analysis requires us to apply judgment in identifying impairment indicators and estimating future cash flows of our natural gas properties. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates or our assumptions and estimates change due to new information, we may be exposed to an impairment charge.

Key assumptions used to determine the undiscounted future cash flows include estimates of future production, timing of new wells coming on line, differentials, net estimated operating costs, anticipated CapEx, and future commodity prices. Our discussion of the judgments inherent in reserve estimation above has information with direct bearing on the judgments surrounding our depletion calculation and impairment analysis. However, in conducting our impairment analysis, we also replace pricing assumptions with future price estimates and we include values for our probable and possible reserves in determining fair value.

Lower net undiscounted cash flows can result in the carrying amount of the natural gas properties exceeding the net undiscounted cash flows, which results in an impairment expense. Changes in forward commodity prices and differentials, changes in capital and operating expenses, and changes in production among other items can result in lower net undiscounted cash flows. Forward commodity prices can change quickly and unexpectedly as, for example, a result of global supply fluctuations or warmer than anticipated weather, which can negatively impact forward commodity prices, which could significantly lower undiscounted net cash flows.

Similarly, future capital and lease operating costs are uncertain and can change quickly based on regional oil and natural gas drilling activity, steel and other raw material prices, transportation costs and regulatory requirements, among other factors. Increased capital and lease operating costs would result in lower net undiscounted cash flows. Production estimates are determined based on field activities and future drilling plans.

Drilling and field activities require significant judgments in the evaluation of all available geological, geophysical, engineering and economic data. As such, actual results may materially differ from predicted results, which could lower production and net undiscounted cash flows.

 

82


Table of Contents

Unproved property costs consist of costs to acquire undeveloped leases. We evaluate unproved properties for impairment based on remaining lease term, nearby drilling results, reservoir performance, seismic interpretation or future plans to develop acreage.

Derivatives

Policy Description

We enter into derivatives to mitigate risk associated with the prices received from our natural gas production. We also utilize interest rate derivatives to hedge the risk associated with interest rates on our outstanding debt.

Our derivatives are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. Accordingly, changes in their fair value are recognized in income in the period of change. As the derivative cash flows are considered an integral part of our operations, they are classified as cash flows from operating activities. All derivative instruments are recognized as either an asset or liability on the balance sheet measured at their fair value determined by reference to published future market prices and interest rates.

Judgments and Assumptions

The estimates of the fair values of our commodity and interest rate derivatives require substantial judgment. Valuations are based upon multiple factors such as futures prices, volatility data from major natural gas trading points, length of time to maturity, credit risks and interest rates. We compare our estimates of fair value for these instruments with valuations obtained from independent third parties and counterparty valuation confirmations.

The values we report in our financial statements change as these estimates are revised to reflect actual results. Future changes to forecasted or realized commodity prices could result in significantly different values and realized cash flows for such instruments.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Policy Description

We record the fair value of the liability for ARO in the period in which it is legally or contractually incurred. Upon initial recognition of the ARO, an asset retirement cost is capitalized by increasing the carrying amount of the asset by the same amount as the liability. In periods subsequent to initial measurement, the asset retirement cost is recognized as expense through depletion or depreciation over the asset’s useful life. Changes in the liability for ARO are recognized for (i) the passage of time and (ii) revisions to either the timing or the amount of estimated cash flows. Accretion expense is recognized for the impacts of increasing the discounted liability to its estimated settlement value.

Judgments and Assumptions

The estimates of our future ARO require substantial judgment. We estimate the future costs associated with our retirement obligations, the expected remaining life of the related asset and our credit-adjusted-risk-free interest rate. As revisions to these estimates occur, we may have significant changes to the related asset and its ARO.

If future abandonment cost estimates were to exceed current estimates, or if assets had shortened lives compared to current estimates, we would expect to increase the recorded liability for ARO, which would trigger recognition of additional expense and a reduction to our net income.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act permits us, as an “emerging growth company,” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have elected to

 

83


Table of Contents

take advantage of this extended transition period, which means that the financial statements included in this prospectus, as well as any financial statements that we file or furnish in the future, will not be subject to all new or revised accounting standards generally applicable to public companies for the transition period for so long as we remain an emerging growth company.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Our audited financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus contain a description of recent accounting pronouncements.

Internal Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 404 of SOX, and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will be required to comply with the SEC’s rules with respect to Section 302 of SOX, which will require certifications in our quarterly and annual reports and provision of an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

We will not be required to have our independent registered accounting firm make its first assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 until our first annual report after we cease being an “emerging growth company”.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about our potential exposure to market risk. The term “market risk” refers to the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in natural gas prices and interest rates. The disclosures are not meant to be precise indicators of expected future losses, but rather indicators of reasonably possible losses. This forward-looking information provides indicators of how we view and manage our ongoing market risk exposures. All of our market risk sensitive instruments were entered into for hedging purposes, rather than for speculative trading.

Commodity Price Risk and Hedges

Our major market risk exposure is in the pricing that we receive for our natural gas production. Natural gas is a commodity and, therefore, its price is subject to wide fluctuations in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand. Historically, the natural gas market has been volatile. Prices for domestic natural gas began to decline during the third quarter of 2014 and have been pressured since then, despite a modest recovery in oil prices. Spot prices for Henry Hub generally ranged from $1.50 per MMBtu to $4.75 per MMBtu since 2014. Our revenue, profitability and future growth are highly dependent on the prices we receive for our natural gas production, and the levels of our production, depend on numerous factors beyond our control, some of which are discussed in “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Natural gas prices are volatile. A reduction or sustained decline in prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and our ability to meet our financial commitments.”

A $0.10 per Mcf change in our realized natural gas price would have resulted in a $4.9 million change in our natural gas revenue for 2020, after giving effect to our commodity derivative contracts. Our sole sources of cash are our production of natural gas and the related hedging.

Due to natural gas volatility, we have historically used, and we expect to continue to use, derivatives, such as swaps and collars, to hedge price risk associated with our anticipated production. This helps reduce potential negative effects of reductions in gas prices but also reduces our ability to benefit from increases in gas prices. These instruments provide only partial price protection against declines in oil and natural gas prices and may partially limit our potential gains from future increases in prices. Moreover, our Second Lien Term Loan requires us to have 70% of our total expected production hedged 24 months forward.

 

84


Table of Contents

“Risk Factors” contains additional information regarding the volumes of our production covered by derivatives and the associated risks.

Interest Rate Risk

At December 31, 2020, Vine had $340 million of debt outstanding, which bears interest at a floating rate.

Based on the $340 million in floating rate debt we had outstanding as of December 31, 2020, a 50 basis point increase or decrease in interest rate would have resulted in an increase or decrease, respectively, of approximately $1.7 million in interest expense per year. We do not currently have any derivative arrangements to protect against fluctuations in interest rates applicable to our variable rate indebtedness but may enter into such derivative arrangements in the future. To the extent we enter into any such interest rate derivative arrangement, we would subject to risk for financial loss. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our derivative activities could result in financial losses or reduce our income.”

Counterparty and Customer Credit Risk

Our derivatives expose us to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by counterparties. While we do not require our counterparties to our derivatives to post collateral, our counterparties have principally been lenders under the RBL, which allows for right-of-offset in the event that they do not perform. Recently, we have been utilizing other counterparties who have investment grade credit ratings and whom we will continue to evaluate creditworthiness over the terms of the derivatives.

Our principal exposures to credit risk are through receivables resulting from joint interest receivables and receivables from the sale of our natural gas production. The inability or failure of our significant customers to meet their obligations to us or their insolvency or liquidation may adversely affect our financial results. However, we believe the credit quality of our customers is high.

We sell our production to various types of customers, but generally to trading houses and large physical consumers of natural gas. We extend and monitor credit based on an evaluation of their financial conditions and publicly available credit ratings. The future availability of a ready market for natural gas depends on numerous factors outside of our control, none of which can be predicted with certainty. For 2020, we had five customers that exceeded 10% of total natural gas revenue. We do not believe the loss of any single purchaser would materially impact our operating results because of gas fungibility, the depth of Gulf Coast markets and presence of numerous purchasers.

Accounts receivable from joint interest billings arise from costs that we incur as operator that are attributable to outside working interests. We generally have the right to offset cash we receive for any production that we market on behalf of such outside working interests in the event they do not pay their portion of the costs we incur on their behalf.

Inflation

Inflation in the U.S. has been relatively low in recent years and did not have a material impact on our results of operations in 2020. Although the impact of inflation has been insignificant in recent years, it could cause upward pressure on the cost of oilfield services, equipment and G&A.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

85


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are an energy company focused on the development of natural gas properties in the stacked Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana.

Natural gas demand has significantly grown as a percentage of North America’s energy mix over the last ten years, having increased 38% from 86 Bcfd to 119 Bcfd and growing from 27% to 37% of the energy mix due to ample domestic supply, reliability of supply, significant supporting in-place infrastructure, low carbon intensity and low prices. In particular, demand for exported LNG has contributed to approximately 21% of that increase, with continued growth in LNG exports anticipated according to Wood Mackenzie. We believe natural gas will continue to be instrumental as a low carbon intensity source for meeting growing energy demand.

We believe the Haynesville will be particularly critical to meeting future natural gas demand. The Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales are among the highest quality, highest return dry gas resource plays in North America with approximately 489 Tcf of natural gas in place, according to The Oil & Gas Journal. The Haynesville is among the oldest and most delineated shale plays in North America and its well economics have continued to improve in recent years as a result of advances in enhanced drilling and completion techniques, combined with predictable production profiles and well cost reductions. These advances have driven both higher and more capital efficient reserve recoveries on a per lateral foot basis, primarily as a consequence of optimized fracture stage lengths and increased proppant and water loading.

The Mid-Bossier shale overlays the Haynesville shale and demonstrates similar characteristics and well results. Additionally, the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales possess high-quality petrophysical characteristics, such as being over-pressured and having high porosity, permeability and thickness. Both plays also exhibit consistent and predictable geology and high EURs relative to D&C costs. These plays are at 10,500 to 13,500 ft in depth with formation temperatures ranging from 300 to 375° F, resulting in near pipeline quality natural gas requiring little additional processing, which contributes to relatively low operating costs. Lastly, due to significant historical development activity in the Haynesville beginning in 2008, which resulted in approximately 5,700 wells drilled through December 31, 2020, production and decline rates are predictable, and low-cost and sufficient midstream infrastructure is already in place. We therefore believe the Haynesville is one of the lowest-cost, lowest-risk natural gas plays in North America. As a consequence of these factors, as well as our proximity to Henry Hub and other premium Gulf Coast markets, LNG export facilities and other end-users, the play benefits from low breakeven costs, higher cash margins and higher pricing netbacks relative to other North American natural gas plays, such as those in Appalachia and the Rockies.

In contrast to the Haynesville, other sources of natural gas supply, including associated gas from oil-prone drilling and natural gas from the Appalachian region, are facing headwinds in the form of reduced activity and infrastructure constraints. Associated natural gas from oil-prone drilling was the largest contributor to natural gas supply growth from 2011 to 2019. However, due to the significant oil price shock brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, the number of rigs drilling for oil in North America fell 59% in 2020, which is expected to result in a significant decline in future natural gas supply. While the Marcellus and Utica shales in the northeast United States currently account for approximately 30% of North American natural gas supply, there is limited pipeline capacity available to transport natural gas out of the area. Additionally, the demanding regulatory environment in the Northeast has limited new gas pipeline infrastructure. As such, we believe the Haynesville will be further relied upon to meet natural gas demand growth driven by increasing electricity demand associated with the global economic recovery, coupled with the continued increase in global LNG cargoes.

We first entered the Haynesville in 2014 following the Shell Acquisition and have actively acquired additional proximate acreage. We have approximately 125,000 net surface acres centered in what we believe to be the core of the Haynesville. Over 90% of our acreage is held-by-production and we operate over 90% of our

 

86


Table of Contents

future drilling locations with an average working interest of 83%. Approximately 84% of our acreage is prospective for dual-zone development, providing us with approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest. Utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs, which we believe is sufficient to maintain production, we have approximately 25 years of development opportunities. We are not subject to any material minimum volume commitments in our gathering agreements, and have no firm transportation commitments, which provides us with the flexibility to match an optimal development pace to the prevailing natural gas price and hedging environment at any given time. This, coupled with the extensive midstream infrastructure and low basis differentials in the Haynesville, contributes to lower break-even costs. Research from Enverus projects that the average Haynesville Basin core well generates a 31% rate of return using a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu, which Enverus ranks as the highest among notable shale plays in North America. Moreover, based on the location of our acreage, which is in some of the most prospective parts of the Haynesville, we believe our weighted average rate of return based on internal cost assumptions for our remaining core drilling locations is 85% at a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 370 net producing wells. Our assets are located almost entirely in Red River, DeSoto and Sabine parishes of Northwest Louisiana, which, according to Enverus, have consistently demonstrated higher EURs relative to drilling and completion costs than the Haynesville in Texas and other parishes in Louisiana.

The following table provides a summary of our inventory of drilling locations as of December 31, 2020, including average lateral length and drilling location data in each play.

Drilling Locations (1) (2)

 

     Short Lateral      Long Lateral         
Length    <5,300 ft      >5,300 ft      Total  
        

Haynesville

     226        147        373  

Mid-Bossier

     212        293        505  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Core

     438        440        878  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Core

     44        10        54  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Drilling Locations

     482        450        932  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

“Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data and Presentation—Drilling Locations” contains a description of our methodology used to determine gross drilling locations. We exclude drilling locations where our working interest is less than 20%.

(2)

932 gross drilling locations reflecting an average working interest of approximately 83% or 776 net drilling locations.

We describe the progression of our well completions as Vintages with our most recent wells described as Vintage 5. The characteristics of our Vintage 5 wells include 100-mesh sand completions, decreased cluster spacing, optimized proppant and water loading and refined stage lengths. We intend to continue employing longer laterals to develop certain areas within our asset base in order to increase capital efficiency. The shift to a higher concentration of longer laterals is a strategy we believe reflects our recent success in drilling long laterals of up to 10,000 ft. We expect this will increase our capital efficiency by allowing us to develop the gas in place using fewer wellbores and lower development costs, resulting in lower breakeven prices and higher returns.

Substantially all of our leasehold acreage is not subject to expiry because we have at least one developed well in each section, which, through continuous production of gas, maintains the leasehold position in that section and provides us with flexibility to conduct our remaining development. Our acreage has been delineated by over 700 gross horizontal wells drilled across our position in Sabine, Red River and DeSoto parishes, providing us with confidence that our inventory of drilling locations is low-risk and repeatable and that we can continue to generate consistent economic returns; of these 700 wells, over 280 wells have been brought online

 

87


Table of Contents

under our ownership or participation since our development program began in 2015, providing us with a significant amount of well performance data and associated learnings. In addition to the 700 wells drilled on our acreage, approximately 1,000 wells have been drilled by other operators within one mile of our position, further enhancing the delineation and confidence in our acreage. The company also holds license to almost 400 square miles of 3D and 50 miles of 2D seismic data. We are the leader of Mid-Bossier development, accounting for 36% of all Mid-Bossier wells brought online from 2017 to 2020, which is more than any other single operator.

All of the company’s acreage is underlaid by Northwest Louisiana’s extensive legacy midstream infrastructure, which includes access to sufficient gathering capacity to accommodate our future growth, including our primary third-party gatherer’s approximately 500 miles of pipeline and related treating plants. Their system is currently operating at an approximate 90% utilization rate and has multiple offload points where we can transfer volumes to other area gatherers at equivalent rates. This significant pre-existing area midstream infrastructure provides access to other area gatherers, and we utilize their capacity on both a firm and interruptible basis and expect to continue to do so in the future. We sell our gas at the tailgates of the treating plants attached to our gatherers’ systems and, as a result, incur and hold no direct firm-transportation cost or commitments. Furthermore, approximately 1.0 Bcfd of additional transportation capacity came online in mid-2020 through the DTE Energy (LEAP) project and another approximately 1.0 Bcfd is expected by mid-year 2021 with the Enterprise Product Partners (Acadian) project. Our proximity and sales to Henry Hub and other premium Gulf Coast markets, LNG export facilities and other end-users results in our netbacks reflecting low transportation costs, which is a significant competitive advantage compared to other North American dry gas plays such as those in Appalachia and the Rockies. As a result of these takeaway and sales dynamics, our basis differentials have remained tightly banded since our inception, ranging from $0.01 to $0.26 per MMBtu; over this same period, basis differentials in Appalachia and the Rockies have ranged from $0.27 to $1.54 and $0.12 to $0.96 per MMBtu, respectively. Further, in 2020, Vine Oil & Gas sold approximately 62% of its total gas production in 2021 through firm sales contracts, with approximately 37% of total production being sold at specified differentials from Henry Hub, providing additional support to our realized pricing. We believe these attractive relative realizations and our long-term access to growing demand (e.g. LNG, chemical, refinery) on the Gulf Coast support our development plan and ability to generate levered free cash flow in various commodity price environments.

North America has become increasingly dependent on natural gas for its energy consumption needs, and the EIA credits the increasing use of natural gas in domestic power generation as the leading factor in the 15% decrease in domestic energy related CO2 emissions from 2007 to 2019. Additionally, domestic LNG exports, which began in 2016, have increased to current levels of approximately 10 Bcfd. We believe the export of LNG to global markets will allow economies in Asia, Europe and Latin America to be less dependent on higher emission fuels as has been the case in North America.

Due to the composition of our production stream, which is essentially all dry gas (i.e. methane), we do not produce any associated oil or natural gas liquids. We also produce small amounts of water, CO2 and other byproducts. Since our production is not burdened with having to separate, store or transport oil or natural gas liquids, we do not have any direct emissions related to these processes. Moreover, by utilizing industry leading technology, we seek to measure and reduce our emissions and consider doing so a core competency of our business. We measure the quantity of greenhouse gas emissions in CO2e and the intensity of our emissions in CO2e per Bcf of production. We also measure methane emissions as a percentage of production or methane intensity. We have adopted operational practices specifically designed to reduce our emission footprint, including installation of intermittant and no-bleed control valves, utilization of bi-fuel drilling and completion equipment, proactive LDAR wellsite surveys to reduce fugitive emissions, and the onsite generation of solar power to operate certain equipment. While from 2017 to 2020 our annual production increased 153.5% from 128.8 Bcf to 326.5 Bcf, our CO2e emissions rate decreased by 35% from 686 mT CO2e/Bcf to 444 mT CO2e/Bcf and our methane intensity decreased by 77% from 0.061% to 0.014% of production, below BP by comparison, an industry leader at 0.14% of production across its more diverse asset base. Given the low emissions nature of our natural gas production and the additional active mitigation measures we implement, we believe we have one of the lowest emission levels per Bcf of annual production of any domestic onshore oil and gas company.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our management team has extensive experience in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier and a proven track record of implementing large-scale, technically driven development programs to target best-in-class returns in some of the most prominent resource plays across North America. Many members of our management team have extensive experience working in the Haynesville since its inception as a commercial play and have directly contributed to its technical advancement. Since the Shell Acquisition, our management team has been at the forefront of developing the technology to enhance well EURs and economics for both Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells, including;

 

   

increasing lateral length;

 

   

optimizing fracture stage lengths;

 

   

optimizing the amount and intensity of proppant and fluid pumped per foot of lateral;

 

   

reducing cluster spacing;

 

   

managing production rates to preserve downhole pressure;

 

   

adjusting well spacing and development patterns; and

 

   

improving wellbore landing accuracy.

Successful implementation of these measures has resulted in superior well performance relative to that of other major operators in the basin as seen in the charts below.

 

LOGO

 

Note:

Vine and third-party data sourced from Enverus. Includes horizontal wells targeting the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier with initial production between 2017 to 2020, normalized to a 7,500’ lateral.

 

(1)

Haynesville peers include Aethon Energy Management LLC, BPX Energy Inc., Castleton Commodities International LLC, Chesapeake Energy Corporation, EnSight IV Energy Partners, LLC, Exco Resources, Inc., Exxon Mobil Corporation, GeoSouthern Haynesville, Goodrich Petroleum Corporation, Indigo Natural Resources, LLC, Rockcliff Energy LLC, Sabine Oil & Gas Corporation.

(2)

Mid-Bossier peers include Aethon Energy Management LLC, BPX Energy Inc., Comstock Resources Inc., Exxon Mobil Corporation, GeoSouthern Haynesville, and Indigo Natural Resources, LLC.

To maximize gas recovery from our wells, we manage the downhole pressure drop after initial flowback which results in a flat early-time production profile. The flat production profile is 5 to 18 months for both our Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells. After the flat production period, our wells enter an exponential decline period followed by a hyperbolic decline and a final exponential terminal decline.

We believe that the gas price necessary to yield a 10% rate of return on invested capital (“Breakeven PV-10”) to be $1.91 per MMBtu NYMEX on average for our remaining core drilling locations. Additionally, and

 

89


Table of Contents

based on internal estimates, we believe the gas price necessary to yield a Breakeven PV-10 for our remaining Haynesville and Mid-Bossier drilling locations to be $1.90 and $1.93 per MMBtu, respectively. These results demonstrate basin leading breakevens based on estimates from Enverus, which indicate Haynesville and Mid-Bossier breakevens for our peers range from $2.05 to $2.54 and $1.93 to $2.74 per MMBtu, respectively. Furthermore, our wells generally achieve payout of our drilling and completion costs within 12 to 16 months, which allows for efficient recycling of cash flow and provides significant excess cash flow beyond payout and, what we believe to be, industry leading returns on investment.

History of the Haynesville and Our Acreage

The Haynesville shale and the overlying Mid-Bossier shale were deposited in a Jurassic basin that covers more than 9,000 square miles and includes eight parishes in North Louisiana and eight counties in East Texas, collectively called the Haynesville. These shales were deposited in a deep, restricted basin that preserved the rich organic content and through subsequent burial, developed strong reservoir properties, including becoming over-pressured and preserving porosity and permeability. Within our acreage position, the Haynesville ranges from 11,500 ft to over 13,500 ft deep and can be as thick as 200 ft. The Mid-Bossier overlays the Haynesville and ranges from 11,000 ft to 13,000 ft deep and can be as thick as 350 ft.

Although this area has seen almost continuous drilling since oil and gas was discovered in the early 1900s, the prospectivity of the Haynesville was not widely recognized until 2005. During this time, Encana and other operators acquired significant acreage in North Louisiana to extend the East Texas Bossier play. Encana drilled and tested Haynesville discovery wells during 2005 and 2006 and subsequently entered into a joint venture with Shell for the development of this acreage position. During this time, certain members of our management team were part of, and integral to, the Encana team. We purchased Shell’s interest in this acreage during 2014 and GEP purchased the Encana portion during 2015.

In 2010, at the height of its activity, over 200 rigs were active in the Haynesville as producers drilled wells to preserve leasehold positions, creating significant oilfield services and midstream infrastructure that remains today to accommodate the current development activity and contribute to the low basis differentials in the basin. Furthermore, the basin is well positioned to capitalize on LNG demand, growing population centers in the southern United States, expanding petrochemical capacity in the Gulf Coast region, and the retirement of selected coal-fired electricity plants.

Since peak activity in 2010, our industry has made significant advances in drilling and completion technology and techniques, including long lateral development, geo-steering techniques and changes in completion intensity and design. These trends have resulted in increased EURs per lateral foot, a trend which continues with our most recent well design. We believe our EURs per lateral foot and the resulting Breakeven PV-10 levels compare favorably with the most prolific basins in North America. At the same time, our average drilling and completion times and well costs have decreased, which have yielded enhanced economics for development of our reserves.

In January 2011, Louisiana began allowing cross-unit horizontal drilling. Prior to this rule change, lateral lengths could not exceed 5,000 feet in length. With this change in regulation, operators can now develop wells that cross section lines and more efficiently develop the acreage using long laterals. We believe our large and relatively contiguous position combined with a streamlined regulatory approval process provides us with an opportunity to capitalize on a development plan that features multi-section lateral lengths.

We believe that we have been instrumental in the revitalization of the Haynesville since entering the basin in 2014 through the purchase of Shell’s interest. Since we began our drilling program in 2015, we have participated in over 280 wells, and been at the forefront of advancements in drilling and completion optimization techniques such as increasing lateral lengths, proppant concentration, water intensity, cluster spacing and reservoir pressure drawn-down management. Enverus projects that the current number of rigs running in the

 

90


Table of Contents

Haynesville will increase from the current figure of approximately 43 rigs up to 50 rigs over the next 12 to 18 months, which compares to 2020 average rigs of 37.

Business Strategy

Our strategy is to draw upon our management team’s experience in developing natural gas resources to generate levered free cash flow while achieving modest growth in our production and reserves and thus enhance our value. Our strategy has the following principal elements:

 

 

Optimize Return-On-Capital Through Focus on Profitably Increasing Well Recoveries While Minimizing Costs. Since 2017, we have drilled, on average, longer-lateral wells and further optimized our completion design, resulting in increased EURs compared to our prior drilling programs. From our initial Vintage 1 wells drilled in 2015 to our Vintage 5 wells in 2019 and 2020, EURs have increased from 1.4 Bcf per 1,000 lateral feet to 2.1 Bcf per 1,000 lateral feet. Simultaneous with recovery improvements, D&C costs per lateral foot have declined while lateral lengths have increased, indicating both capital efficiency gains and improvements in per Mcf economics. Our capital program in 2018 was concentrated on the evaluation of well density and key elements of our completion design, and, based on successful tests, our 2019 and 2020 capital program focused on longer lateral development, completion optimization and cycle time improvements. We focus on developing the maximum recovery of gas and economic value for every section we operate by adjusting the number of wells per section as market conditions change. We look for opportunities to reduce capital costs based on market conditions and we are focused on locking in reduced costs as a result of recent industry-wide decreases in demand for oilfield services. Additionally, we continue to rely on strategic alliances with third parties to reduce lease operating expenses for items such as chemicals and self-source higher cost services like water disposal to lower our overall operating costs.

 

 

Generate Levered Free Cash Flow While Delivering Modest Production Growth. We maintain a disciplined, cash flow-focused approach to capital allocation. Based on our year-end 2020 reserves, we had a drilling inventory of approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest, or approximately 25 years of development opportunities utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs, which we believe would be sufficient to maintain production. Our remaining drilling inventory has an average payback period of approximately 14 and 24 months at an assumed NYMEX gas price of $2.75 and $2.25 per MMBtu, respectively. The concentration, delineation and scale of our core leasehold positions, coupled with our technical understanding of the reservoirs, allows us to efficiently develop our acreage to generate levered free cash flow, increase sectional recoveries over time and enhance the value of our resource base. We believe that our extensive inventory of low-risk drilling locations, combined with our operating expertise and completion design evolution, will enable us to continue to deliver significant levered free cash flow while modestly growing production and reserves.

 

 

Leverage our Deep Experience in the Haynesville to Develop Industry-Leading Business Practices and Technology. Eric D. Marsh, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and other key members of our management participated in the early development of the Haynesville. Through their experience, they developed expertise that allows for continued advancement of industry-leading well completion techniques and drilling and development efficiencies. We continue to develop and apply industry-leading practices to manage D&C costs and maximize the recovery factor of gas in place. We have also realized significant improvements in our development efficiency over time, including a reduction in drilling and completion days, which contribute to lower well costs. We employ enhanced completion techniques through increased fracture stages, optimized proppant loading and pumping intensity and reduced cluster spacing and drilling-related efficiencies through multi-well pads and longer laterals. These measures have allowed us to lower D&C costs per lateral foot while yielding increased EURs, thereby improving our capital efficiency and returns, while also reducing the number of short laterals and associated surface equipment required to develop our resource.

 

 

Maintain a Disciplined Financial Strategy. We intend to fund our operations predominantly with internally generated cash flows while maintaining ample liquidity to weather commodity cycles. We target spending approximately 65% to 75% of our operating cash flow on CapEx to maintain or modestly increase production,

 

91


Table of Contents
 

with the remaining amount being available, initially, for debt repayment. We seek to protect future cash flows and liquidity levels through a multi-year commodity hedge program and through physical firm sales agreements with multiple credit-worthy counterparties. We expect that our new credit agreement that we will enter into contemporaneously with the closing of this offering will give us significant flexibility to hedge a large percentage of our total expected production. To further reduce volatility in our cash flows and returns, we will also seek to enter into contracts for oilfield services that are no longer than the periods covered by our commodity hedges. In addition, pro forma for this offering, we anticipate that our total net debt to Adjusted EBITDAX ratio for the year-ended December 31, 2020 will be approximately                 , which is among the lowest for publicly traded gas-focused upstream companies. We intend to target modest financial leverage of total net debt to Adjusted EBITDAX of 1.0x to 1.5x and use levered free cash flow to further reduce outstanding debt. While we will prioritize debt paydown as the primary use of levered free cash flow until our targeted leverage ratios are met, we may evaluate potential acquisition opportunities that are highly strategic to us, but we will pursue them only to the extent they are accretive and meet our financial strategy and operational objectives. Adjusted EBITDAX is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe that Adjusted EBITDAX provides important perspective regarding our operating results. “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” contains a description of each of this measure and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.

 

 

Steward the Health and Safety of our Employees, our Community and the Environment. Since peaking in 2007 at 6,003 MMmt, the EIA reports that total domestic energy sector related CO2 emissions have declined by 14.5% (873 MMmt) by 2019 and they cite the increasing use of natural gas in power generation as a key driver of this trend. While we believe the lower carbon intensity of using natural gas as opposed to coal in electric power generation in and of itself contributes meaningfully to lower CO2 emissions, we further believe that the benefits of natural gas are enhanced by reducing production related CO2, methane and other emissions. To that end, minimizing production related emissions is a core competency of our business and we continually seek to identify, accurately measure and reduce emission related to our business. From 2017 to 2020, our CO2e per Bcf of production declined 35% from 686 mT CO2e/Bcf to 444 mT CO2e/Bcf while our methane intensity decreased 77% from 0.061% to 0.014% of production, below BP by comparison, an industry leader at 0.14% of production across its more diverse asset base. In addition, we emphasize rigorous health and safety protocols in all aspects of our business and have demonstrated strong safety performance. Our total recordable incident frequency rate averaged 0.31 from 2017 through 2020 and 0.09 for 2020, both of which are well below the American Exploration and Production Council 2019 average of 0.47 and the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics E&P Support Activities Benchmark of 0.60.

Business Strengths

We have a number of strengths that we believe will help us successfully execute our business strategy and generate levered free cash flow, including:

 

 

We Believe we are Among the Most Economic Natural Gas Producers in North America. We own leases across an extensive, largely contiguous and fully delineated acreage position spanning approximately 125,000 net surface acres and approximately 230,000 net effective acres centered in what we believe to be the core of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier. Our highly concentrated acreage position promotes more efficient development through the drilling of longer laterals, the ability to utilize multi-zone bi-directional well pads and limited need for additional gathering expansion. Longer laterals are significantly more capital efficient with a 10,000 ft lateral having up to four times the PV-10 at a $2.75 NYMEX price per MMBtu, but less than two times the cost, when compared to our standard lateral. Research from Enverus projects that the average Haynesville Basin core well generates a 31% rate of return using a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu, which Enverus ranks as the highest among notable shale plays in North America. Moreover, based on the location of our acreage, which is in some of the most prospective parts of the Haynesville, we believe our weighted average rate of return based on internal cost assumptions for our remaining core drilling locations is 85% at a NYMEX gas price of $2.75 per MMBtu. As of December 31, 2020, our drilling inventory consisted of approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest in both the Haynesville and

 

92


Table of Contents
 

Mid-Bossier, which included approximately 475 drilling locations where we intend to utilize laterals 5,300 ft or greater. Utilizing an average of 4 gross rigs among Vine, Brix and Harvest, which we believe is sufficient to maintain production, we believe we have approximately 25 years of development opportunities. We consider our drilling inventory to be low risk because it is located in areas where we (and other producers) have extensive drilling and production experience with production results exhibiting higher repeatability versus other natural gas plays. There have been over 700 gross horizontal wells drilled across our position, of which we participated in over 280 since 2015, providing us substantial well performance data. In addition to the over 700 wells drilled on our acreage, more than 1,000 wells have been drilled within one mile of our position, further supporting our economic expectations.

 

 

High-Margin, Low Operating Cost Structure that Generates Significant Levered Free Cash Flow. Our free cash flow is primarily attributable to our industry-leading operating margins and low operating costs. For the year-ended December 31, 2020 and pro forma for the reorganization transactions, we achieved a     % operating margin, which we calculate by dividing our Adjusted EBITDAX by our revenues, which are inclusive of natural gas sales and realized gains and losses on commodity derivatives. In the year-ended December 31, 2020 and pro forma for the reorganization transactions, our lease operating expense of $                 per Mcf and our general and administrative expense of $                 per Mcf were among the lowest in our peer group. We have implemented several initiatives to enhance and manage our production in the region and reduce operating costs. In early 2015, we established a technologically advanced 24-hour automated command center from which we can remotely control most field-wide production operations from a single location, allowing us to remotely bring wells online and manage existing production. This level of automation reduces manpower needs and allows operators to focus on production efficiency, by, among other things, efficiently deploying labor through a centralized operating center. Moreover, we have significantly reduced our operating cost per unit by vertically integrating through the drilling and operation of our own produced water disposal wells. As we continue to bring new wells online, we expect our unit costs will continue to decline. We continue to increase margins through operational efficiencies, more effective gas treating solutions and improved maintenance programs. In drilling locations where our working interest exceeds 20%, we hold an approximate 83% working interest and operate over 90% of such wells. We believe this gives us a high degree of control over our development program, allowing us to be responsive to changes in the commodity price environment. Levered free cash flow is not a financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, but we believe it provides an important perspective regarding our operating cash flow. “Prospectus Summary—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” above contains a description of levered free cash flow and a reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

 

 

Close Proximity to Premium Markets and Ample Available Midstream Infrastructure. Our acreage position is in close proximity to premium markets and LNG facilities along the Gulf Coast, which results in lower and less volatile basis differentials and higher netbacks compared to other plays, including gas plays such as the Marcellus, Utica and those in the Rockies. As a result of these attractive takeaway and sales dynamics, our basis differentials have remained tightly banded since our inception, ranging from $0.01 to $0.26 per MMBtu; over this same period, basis differentials in Appalachia and the Rockies have ranged from $0.27 to $1.54 and $0.12 to $0.96 per MMBtu, respectively. We believe this allows producers in our basin to benefit from better unit economics. Low-cost legacy gathering infrastructure is in place across our acreage to support our development program. Our gathering cost for the year-ended December 31, 2020 was $0.31 per Mcfe, which compares favorably to $1.20 per Mcfe reported by publicly traded Appalachian-focused natural gas producers for the comparable period. Further, we are not party to any transportation contracts or similar commitments and our small amount of minimum volume commitments in our gathering contracts are well covered by current production volumes. Because we only produce dry gas, we have minimal cost to treat our gas to meet pipeline specifications, which may give us an economic advantage over wet gas plays during periods of low pricing for NGLs, as is currently taking place. Additionally, we do not have any of the emissions related to wet gas separation, storage or transportation.

 

 

Well Capitalized Balance Sheet that Provides Flexibility to Execute our Business Plan. Pro forma for this offering, we anticipate total net debt to Adjusted EBITDAX for the year-ended December 31, 2020 of

 

93


Table of Contents
 

approximately                 , which would be among the lowest for publicly traded gas-focused upstream companies. Contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a new reserve-based lending facility led by Citibank. This facility is expected to have a total facility size of $                  million, a borrowing base of $                  million and available capacity of $                  million based on projected as adjusted borrowings of $                  million pro forma for this offering, resulting in projected liquidity of $                  million as of December 31, 2020. Finally, we maintain an active hedge program and as of December 31, 2020 have hedged an average of 819 Bbtu/d, 492 Bbtu/d and 186 Bbtu/d for 2021, 2022 and 2023, respectively, at weighted average swap prices of $2.56 per MMBtu, $2.55 per MMBtu and $2.49 per MMBtu, respectively. Moreover, our Second Lien Term Loan requires us to have 70% of our total expected production hedged 24 months forward. We believe our balance sheet and hedge program provide ample liquidity in the event of an adverse commodity price environment to enable us to continue to generate levered free cash flow.

 

 

High Caliber and Experienced Management and Technical Team. Our senior management team has substantial experience in the Haynesville, as well as other premier North American resource plays, and has collectively operated large development programs that helped commercialize the Haynesville attained market-leading D&C costs, decreased operating costs and generated increased EURs. Additionally, we have assembled a strong technical supporting staff of petroleum engineers and geologists that have extensive Haynesville, and Mid-Bossier experience. We believe our team’s expertise will continue to drive drilling, completion and operational improvements that result in improved recoveries and capital efficiency. Furthermore, our management team’s operational and financial discipline, as well as its extensive experience in leadership roles at public companies, gives us confidence in our ability to successfully manage a public company platform.

 

 

Leader in Environmental, Governance and Societal Responsibilities of the Natural Gas Production Sector. According to the EIA, since it began tracking CO2 emissions in 1990, the increased market share of natural gas in electrical power generation has been a leading driver in reducing energy sector CO2 emissions. Not only do we produce the fuel that is the cornerstone of this accomplishment, we invest significantly in the human capital, equipment and technology that allows us to produce natural gas safely, efficiently and with minimal related emissions. While emissions reductions is a focus for all of our employees, we have 5 employees specifically dedicated to environmental, health and safety matters, including emissions reductions. For example, our sustainability efforts include 100% green completions, 100% non-potable water usage, and 100% solar-generated wellsite electricity. Additionally, we have peer leading CO2 emissions at 2.6 mT per MBOE per well and methane intensity of only 0.014% of gas produced. Additionally, we and our employees make commitments of financial resources and time to assist underserved members in the communities where we operate and our employees live. Moreover, we value diversity in our work force, including our executive leadership team, which is relatively evenly split 60% / 40% between men and women.

Recent Developments

The outbreak of COVID-19 has significantly decreased the demand for hydrocarbons, particularly oil. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or other adverse public health developments, including voluntary and mandatory quarantines, travel restrictions, and other restrictions, our operations, and those of our subcontractors and customers, have experienced, and are anticipated to continue to experience, delays or disruptions and temporary suspensions of operations.

Reduction in oil and gas activity as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in a decrease of associated gas production as fewer oil wells are drilled in the Permian Basin and other liquids-weighted basins, which has led to a contraction in domestic gas supply. Lower levels of supply have pushed current and forecasted gas prices higher, which has had a positive impact on our results of operations and cash flows. We expect that the reduction in drilling activity and rig counts may contribute to a shortage in the supply of natural gas in the future, which could result in higher gas prices. However, because of our obligation to hedge 70% of our production for the next 24 months, we will be limited in the benefit we would otherwise realize from any such price increases. To the extent, however, that natural gas prices decrease, these lower prices not only reduce our revenue and cash

 

94


Table of Contents

flows, but also may limit the amount of natural gas that we can develop economically and therefore potentially lower our proved reserves. Lower commodity prices in the future could also result in impairments of our natural gas properties. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could materially and adversely affect our future business, financial condition, results of operations, operating cash flows, liquidity or ability to fund planned CapEx. Alternatively, natural gas prices may increase, which while increasing revenue and cash flows would result in significant losses being incurred on our derivatives.

We are taking precautions as an organization to protect our employees and community during this time. Vine has undertaken a number of proactive measures to reduce the spread of the virus and maintain the safety and health of its workforce, including, among other things, implementing comprehensive screening at operational bases throughout the organization.

Concurrently, deterioration of production agreements between key global oil producers has led to an increase in supply. The confluence of these factors has caused significant volatility in oil and gas prices. In response, many producers in North America have significantly reduced drilling activity. The land rig count in North America fell from 771 in mid-March of 2020 to 244 in mid-August of 2020 and has recovered slightly to 373 by January of 2021.

The reduction in activity has resulted in a decrease of associated gas production as fewer oil wells are drilled in the Permian Basin and other liquids-weighted basins, which has led to a contraction in domestic gas supply. Lower levels of supply have pushed current and forecasted gas prices higher. We expect that the reduction in drilling activity and rig counts may contribute to a shortage in the supply of natural gas in the future, which could result in higher gas prices.

The significant reduction in drilling and completion activity has also reduced demand for oilfield services and providers of these services have reduced their pricing as a result. Coupled with the improvement in drilling and completion. cycle times achieved by our operational staff of approximately 14-19% in 2020, we have seen our well costs fall approximately 20% from an average of $1,521 per lateral foot in the first half of 2019 to $1,241 per lateral foot for the second half of, 2020, as illustrated in the table below. We expect, given the trajectory of demand reduction for oilfield services, along with our continued realization of operational efficiencies, that D&C costs will continue to decrease. In addition, we have undertaken several initiatives to optimize our operating cost structure in order to be well positioned to operate through periods of market and commodity price volatility. These actions include entering into term contracts with key vendors at attractive rates and continued operational efficiencies.

 

LOGO

Recent Debt Transactions

On December 30, 2020, we entered into the Second Lien Term Loan and used the proceeds, along with cash on hand, to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Superpriority Facility in connection with the entry into the amendment to and extension of the RBL. The Second Lien Term Loan has a total facility size of $150 million and was fully drawn at closing.

The maturity of the RBL was extended to January 15, 2023 and availability under the facility was reduced from $350 million to $300 million and will reduce further on a quarterly basis to $100 million at December 31,

 

95


Table of Contents

2022. Other than these quarterly reductions in availability, there are no borrowing base redeterminations. The pricing grid was increased by 1.00% to LIBOR + 2.50% to 3.50% based on utilization. We intend to direct the net proceeds from this offering and, to the extent necessary, borrowings under the New RBL to repay in full and terminate our RBL.

The Second Lien Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 0.75%, plus 8.75% per annum, payable quarterly, and matures on the earlier to occur of (a) December 30, 2025 and (b) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 9.75% Notes or 8.75% Notes, to the extent specified amounts of such indebtedness remain outstanding. The Second Lien Term Loan is redeemable beginning June 30, 2022 at $102 of par value, stepping down to $101 of par value on June 30, 2023 and at par value on June 30, 2024 and thereafter.

The Second Lien Term Loan is secured on a junior lien basis by all of our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the RBL.

The Second Lien Term Loan provides for a quarterly Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio financial maintenance covenant of 4.00x, stepping down to 3.50x with the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and thereafter, similar to the RBL. The Second Lien Term Loan also contains customary incurrence-based covenants for issuances of this type, including restrictions on the incurrence of liens, indebtedness, asset dispositions, fundamental changes, transactions with affiliates, restricted payments and other customary covenants, along with the requirement to maintain liquidity of no less than $40 million, tested quarterly.

In December 2019, we entered into the Third Lien Credit Agreement with Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto. At that time, the Third Lien Credit Agreement was secured on a second lien basis, but was subordinated to a third lien in December 2020 in connection with the entry into the Second Lien Credit Agreement. The Third Lien Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an amount up to $330 million, and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR plus 9.75% per annum. In addition, a commitment fee of 0.424% per annum is charged on the unutilized balance of the committed borrowing base and is included in interest expense. The Third Lien Credit Agreement matures on March 15, 2023. We expect to terminate our Third Lien Credit Facility in connection with this offering.

New RBL

Contemporaneously with the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into the New RBL led by Citibank. This facility is expected to have a total facility size of $                 million, a borrowing base of $                 million and available capacity of $                 million based on projected as adjusted borrowings of $                 million pro forma for this offering, resulting in projected liquidity of $                 million as of December 31, 2020. The New RBL will contain various conditions precedent, including the requirement to terminate the Third Lien Credit Agreement.

The New RBL would be secured on a senior basis by substantially all of our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the Second Lien Term Loan. We expect that the credit agreement will contain various affirmative, negative and financial maintenance covenants. These covenants would, among other things, limit additional indebtedness, additional liens, sales of assets, mergers and consolidations, transactions with affiliates and entering into certain swap agreements and require the maintenance of certain financial ratios. We also expect that the credit agreement will contain customary events of default, including non-payment, breach of covenants, materially incorrect representations, cross-default, bankruptcy and change of control.

2021 CapEx and Financing Activities

We expect our 2021 capital program to be approximately $340 to $350 million of which $310 to $320 million is allocated for D&C operations. The remaining $30 million of our capital program is designated for non-D&C items. We plan to fund our 2021 CapEx through cash flow from operations, proceeds from this offering and borrowings under our New RBL. Further, we intend to monitor conditions in the debt capital markets and may

 

96


Table of Contents

determine to issue long-term debt securities, including potentially in the near term, to fund a portion of our 2021 CapEx or refinance a portion of our existing indebtedness. We cannot predict with certainty the timing, amount and terms of any future issuances of any such debt securities.

Our Operations

Reserve Data and Presentation

The information with respect to our estimated reserves has been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, except that the table which provides our reserves at “strip pricing” uses pricing based on NYMEX futures prices for natural gas as explained below. Our estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are based on valuations prepared by our independent reserve engineer assuming a 30-year reserve life. Copies of the summary reports of our reserve engineers as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. “Preparation of Reserve Estimates” contains additional definitions of proved reserves and the technologies and economic data used in their estimation. The following tables summarize estimated reserves based on reports prepared by Von Gonten, our independent reserve engineer. The information in the following tables does not give any effect to or reflect our commodity hedge portfolio.

Summary of Reserves as of December 31, 2020 Based on SEC Pricing

The following table provides the combined historical and estimated reserves of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest and the three entities on a combined basis at December 31, 2020 using the provisions of the SEC rule regarding reserve estimation regarding a historical twelve month pricing average applied prospectively.

 

     At December 31,
2020(1)(2)
 
     (MMcf)  

Vine Oil & Gas

  

Estimated proved reserves:

  

Natural gas

     1,802,118  

Total proved developed reserves

     446,243  

Percent proved developed

     25

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     1,355,875  

Estimated probable undeveloped reserves:

  

Natural gas

     1,878,220  

Estimated possible undeveloped reserves:

  

Natural gas

     150,972  

Brix and Harvest

  

Estimated proved reserves:

  

Natural gas

     511,381  

Total proved developed reserves

     143,917  

Percent proved developed

     28

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     367,464  

Estimated probable undeveloped reserves:

  

Natural gas

     356,502  

Estimated possible undeveloped reserves:

  

Natural gas

     42,695  

Combined

  

Estimated proved reserves:

  

Natural gas

     2,313,499  

Total proved developed reserves

     590,160  

Percent proved developed

     26

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     1,723,339  

Estimated probable undeveloped reserves:

  

Natural gas

     2,234,722  

Estimated possible undeveloped reserves:

  

Natural gas

     193,667  

 

97


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Our reserve information reflects an assumed 30-year reserve life.

(2)

Our estimated proved reserves were determined using average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months in accordance with SEC guidance. As of December 31, 2020, the SEC Price Deck was $1.99/MMBtu (Henry Hub Price) for natural gas. In determining our reserves, the SEC Price Deck was adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive, which yielded a price of $1.73 per Mcf. “Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data—Adjusted Index Prices Used in Reserves Calculations” below contains the adjusted realized prices under strip pricing.

Summary of Reserves as of December 31, 2019 Based on SEC Pricing

The following table provides the combined historical and estimated reserves of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest and the three entities on a combined basis at December 31, 2019 using the provisions of the SEC rule regarding reserve estimation regarding a historical twelve month pricing average applied prospectively.

 

     At December 31,
2019(1)(2)
 
     (MMcf)  

Vine Oil & Gas

  

Estimated Proved Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     2,209,833  

Total proved developed reserves

     447,966  

Percent proved developed

     20

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     1,761,867  

Estimated Probable undeveloped Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     3,585,933  

Estimated Possible undeveloped Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     455,783  

Brix and Harvest

  

Estimated Proved Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     652,194  

Total proved developed reserves

     138,258  

Percent proved developed

     21

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     513,936  

Estimated Probable undeveloped Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     729,750  

Estimated Possible undeveloped Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     169,917  

Combined

  

Estimated Proved Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     2,862,027  

Total proved developed reserves

     586,224  

Percent proved developed

     20

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     2,275,803  

Estimated Probable undeveloped Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     4,315,683  

Estimated Possible undeveloped Reserves:

  

Natural gas

     625,700  

 

(1)

Our reserve information reflects an assumed 30-year reserve life.

(2)

Our estimated proved reserves were determined using average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months in accordance with SEC guidance. As of December 31, 2019, the SEC Price Deck was $2.58/MMBtu (Henry Hub Price) for natural gas. In determining our reserves, the SEC Price Deck was

 

98


Table of Contents
  adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive, which yielded a price of $2.31 per Mcf. “Business—Our Operations—Reserve Data—Adjusted Index Prices Used in Reserves Calculations” below contains the adjusted realized prices under strip pricing.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves (in MMcf)

The following reconciliation from 2019 to 2020 is presented to meet SEC requirements to provide material changes to proved undeveloped reserves of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest and the three entities on a combined basis during the year.

 

Vine Oil & Gas

  

Proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2019

     1,761,867  

Conversions into proved developed reserves(1)

     (225,659

Extensions and discoveries(2)

     630,571  

Revisions(3)

     (810,904
  

 

 

 

Proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2020

     1,355,875  
  

 

 

 

Brix and Harvest combined

  

Proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2019

     513,936  

Conversions into proved developed reserves(1)

     (63,905

Extensions and discoveries(2)

     220,381  

Revisions(4)

     (302,948
  

 

 

 

Proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2020

     367,464  
  

 

 

 

Combined

  

Proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2019

     2,275,803  

Conversions into proved developed reserves(1)

     (289,564

Extensions and discoveries(2)

     850,952  

Revisions(5)

     (1,113,852
  

 

 

 

Proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2020

     1,723,339  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Conversion of proved undeveloped drilling locations during 2020.

(2)

Extensions and discoveries represent extensions to reserves attributable to additional gross drilling locations to be developed by 2025 (as that year entered the 5-year development window), reflect updated future rig count and include development plan revisions and related timing adjustments.

(3)

Revision of previous estimates reflect changes in previous estimates attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 712,255 MMcf, combined with negative changes in non-economic factors of 98,649 MMcf, including:

 

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 1,128,264 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 416,009 MMcf)

 

   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase of 293,313 MMcf), working interests revisions (increase of 15,266 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 579,598 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (increase of 172,370 MMcf)

 

(4)

Revision of previous estimates reflect changes in previous estimates attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 254,540 MMcf, combined with negative changes in non-economic factors of 48,408 MMcf, including:

 

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 393,640 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 139,100 MMcf)

 

99


Table of Contents
   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase of 26,964 MMcf), working interests revisions (increase of 9,163 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 70,388 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (decrease of 14,147 MMcf)

 

(5)

Revision of previous estimates reflect changes attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 966,795 MMcf, combined with negative changes in non-economic factors of 147,057 MMcf, including:

 

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 1,521,904 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 555,109 MMcf)

 

   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase 320,277 MMcf), working interests revisions (increase of 24,429 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 649,986 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (increase of 158,223 MMcf)

Extensions and discoveries represent extensions to reserves attributable to additional gross drilling locations to be developed by 2025 (as that year now enters the 5-year development window) and reflect updated future rig count. These locations reside within the five year development window, which permits their recognition as proved undeveloped reserves based upon their continuing satisfaction of the engineering requirements for recognition as proved reserves. Extensions and discoveries to proved undeveloped reserves included the addition of new locations associated with our drilling program, improvements to development plan to optimize for longer lateral development and additional Mid-Bossier drilling in the five year development window.

During 2020, we incurred costs of $246 million to convert 289,564 MMcf of proved undeveloped reserves to proved developed reserves. Estimated future development costs relating to the development of our proved undeveloped reserves at December 31, 2020 are approximately $2.1 billion over the next five years, which we expect to finance through operating cash flow and available capacity under our RBL. Based on our reserve report as of December 31, 2020, we had 278 and 130 identified drilling locations in the Haynesville Shale and Mid-Bossier Shale, respectively, associated with proved undeveloped reserves. The Haynesville wells are prioritized accordingly to drill the deepest target first, while we continue to optimize the development of the shallower Mid-Bossier formation jointly with the Haynesville Shale where feasible. “Risk Factors” contains additional information regarding the risks associated with development of our reserves.

Sensitivity of Reserves Based on Future Strip Pricing

The following table provides the combined historical and estimated reserves of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest and the three entities on a combined basis at December 31, 2020, using NYMEX strip prices as of market close on December 31, 2020. We have included this reserve sensitivity in order to provide a measure that is more reflective of the fair value of our assets and the cash flows that we expect to generate from those assets. The historical 12-month pricing average in our 2020 disclosures above does not reflect the prevailing gas futures. We believe that the forward-looking nature of strip pricing provides investors with a more meaningful measure of value and enhances their ability to make decisions regarding their investment in us. In addition, we believe strip pricing provides relevant and useful information because it is widely used by investors in our industry as a basis for comparing the relative size and value of our proved reserves to our peers and in particular addresses the impact of differentials compared with our peers. Our estimated net proved reserves based on NYMEX futures were otherwise prepared on the same basis as our SEC reserves for the comparable period.

Actual future prices may vary significantly from the NYMEX prices on December 31, 2020; therefore, actual revenue and value generated may be more or less than the amounts disclosed. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Natural gas prices are volatile. A reduction or sustained decline in prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and our ability to meet our financial commitments” and “Risk

 

100


Table of Contents

Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate” contain more information regarding the uncertainty associated with price and reserve estimates.

 

     Strip Pricing(1)(2)  
     (MMcf)  

Vine Oil & Gas

  

Estimated proved reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing:

  

Natural gas

     2,364,510  

Total proved developed reserves

     491,769  

Percent proved developed

     21

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     1,872,741  

Estimated probable undeveloped reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

  

Natural gas

     3,600,975  

Estimated possible undeveloped reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

  

Natural gas

     296,890  

Brix and Harvest

  

Estimated proved reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing:

  

Natural gas

     786,563  

Total proved developed reserves

     151,583  

Percent proved developed

     19

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     634,980  

Estimated probable undeveloped reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

  

Natural gas

     906,211  

Estimated possible undeveloped reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

  

Natural gas

     130,697  

Combined

  

Estimated proved reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing:

  

Natural gas

     3,151,073  

Total proved developed reserves

     643,352  

Percent proved developed

     20

Total proved undeveloped reserves

     2,507,721  

Estimated probable undeveloped reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

  

Natural gas

     4,507,186  

Estimated possible undeveloped reserves at NYMEX Strip Pricing

  

Natural gas

     427,587  

 

(1)

Prices were in each case adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive. Our NYMEX futures based reserves were determined using index prices for natural gas, without giving effect to derivative transactions. “Adjusted Index Prices Used in Reserve Calculations” below contains the adjusted realized prices under strip pricing.

(2)

In developing our 2020 reserve estimates, we assumed that we would utilize an average of 6 rigs per year for the 5-year development window.

 

101


Table of Contents

Adjusted Index Prices Used in Reserve Calculations

The following tables show index prices used in the reserve calculations of each of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest as of the dates indicated under both historical SEC pricing and NYMEX futures strip pricing. Actual future prices may vary significantly from the NYMEX prices on December 31, 2020; therefore, actual revenue and value generated may be more or less than the amounts disclosed. “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Natural gas prices are volatile. A reduction or sustained decline in prices may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations and our ability to meet our financial commitments” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Reserve estimates depend on many assumptions that may turn out to be inaccurate” contain more information regarding the uncertainty associated with price and reserve estimates.

 

Pricing Used for Proved Reserves as of December 31, 2020

  

Based on Historical SEC Pricing::

  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 1.99  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(1)

   $ 1.73  

Pricing Used for Probable Undeveloped Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

  

Based on Historical SEC Pricing:

  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 1.99  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(1)

   $ 1.74  

Pricing Used for Possible Undeveloped Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

  

Based on Historical SEC Pricing:

  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 1.99  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(1)

   $ 1.73  

Pricing Used for Proved Reserves as of December 31, 2019

  

Based on Historical SEC Pricing::

  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 2.58  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.31  

Pricing Used for Probable Undeveloped Reserves as of December 31, 2019:

  

Based on Historical SEC Pricing:

  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 2.58  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.31  

Pricing Used for Possible Undeveloped Reserves as of December 31, 2019:

  

Based on Historical SEC Pricing:

  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 2.58  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.31  

 

(1)

Adjusted from $1.99 (12-month average) for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive.

(2)

Adjusted from $2.58 (12-month average) for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive.

 

102


Table of Contents

Strip pricing is as of December 31, 2020. The following table shows the strip pricing levels of the reserve calculations for each of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest based on NYMEX futures pricing at closing on that date, both as the unweighted arithmetic average of the strip and weighted by the production volumes forecast over the remaining lives of the properties.

 

     Unweighted      Weighted  

Vine Oil & Gas

     

Pricing Used for Proved Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.61  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.46      $ 2.34  

Pricing Used for Probable Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.74  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.46      $ 2.47  

Pricing Used for Possible Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.74  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.46      $ 2.47  

Brix and Harvest

     

Pricing Used for Proved Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.61  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.45      $ 2.33  

Pricing Used for Probable Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.75  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.45      $ 2.47  

Pricing Used for Possible Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.75  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.45      $ 2.47  

Combined

     

Pricing Used for Proved Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.61  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.46      $ 2.34  

Pricing Used for Probable Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.74  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.46      $ 2.47  

Pricing Used for Possible Reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

Based on NYMEX Future Strip:

     

Natural gas (per MMBtu)(1)

   $ 2.73      $ 2.75  

Natural gas (per Mcf)(2)

   $ 2.46      $ 2.47  

 

(1)

These price levels have not been adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive, although the summary information included elsewhere does incorporate the impact of such price differentials and other factors. The period after 2025 spans from 2026 to 2068 and assumes an average price of $2.75 each year, which is the last month strip price.

 

103


Table of Contents
(2)

Adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive.

 

     2021      2022      2023      2024      2025      Thereafter  

Natural gas (per MMBtu)

   $ 2.65      $ 2.58      $ 2.46      $ 2.48      $ 2.52      $ 2.75  

Preparation of Reserve Estimates

Our reserve estimates as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 included in this prospectus are based on reports prepared by Von Gonten, our independent reserve engineer, in accordance with generally accepted petroleum engineering and evaluation principles and definitions and guidelines established by the SEC in effect at such time. Copies of the reports are included as exhibits to the registration statement containing this prospectus. Von Gonten provides a variety of services to the oil and gas industry, including field studies, oil and gas reserve estimations, appraisals of oil and gas properties and reserve reports for their clients. Von Gonten is a Texas Registered Engineering Firm.

Proved reserves are reserves which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward from known reservoirs under existing economic conditions, operating methods and government regulations prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expires, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain. Our proved reserves were estimated assuming a 30-year reserve life. The term “reasonable certainty” implies a high degree of confidence that the quantities of oil or natural gas actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The technical and economic data used in the estimation of our proved reserves include, but are not limited to, well logs, geologic maps, well-test data, production data (including flow rates), well data (including lateral lengths), historical price and cost information, and property ownership interests. Our independent reserve engineer uses this technical data, together with standard engineering and geoscience methods, or a combination of methods, including performance analysis, volumetric analysis, and analogy. The proved developed reserves and EURs are estimated using performance analysis and volumetric analysis. The estimates of the proved developed reserves and EURs are used to estimate the proved undeveloped reserves for each proved undeveloped location (utilizing type curves, statistical analysis, and analogy). Proved undeveloped drilling locations that are more than one offset from a proved developed well utilized reliable technologies to confirm reasonable certainty. The reliable technologies that were utilized in estimating these reserves include log data, performance data, log cross sections, seismic data, core data, and statistical analysis.

Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves, but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty, and therefore they may not be comparable with each other and should not be summed either together or with estimates of proved reserves. When producing an estimate of the amount of natural gas that is recoverable from a particular reservoir, an estimated quantity of probable reserves is an estimate of those additional reserves that are less certain to be recovered than proved reserves but which, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered. Estimates of probable reserves which may potentially be recoverable through additional drilling or recovery techniques are by nature more uncertain than estimates of proved reserves and accordingly are subject to substantially greater risk of not actually being realized by us. Possible reserves are reserves that are less certain to be recovered than probable reserves. Estimates of possible reserves are also inherently imprecise. Estimates of probable and possible reserves are also continually subject to revisions based on production history, results of additional exploration and development, price changes and other factors.

Internal Controls

Our internal staff of petroleum engineers and geoscience professionals works closely with Von Gonten to ensure the integrity, accuracy and timeliness of data furnished to Von Gonten. Periodically, our technical team meets with Von Gonten to review properties and discuss methods and assumptions used by us to prepare reserve estimates.

Von Gonten is an independent petroleum engineering and geological services firm. John M. Parker is the technical person primarily responsible for preparing our estimates. Mr. Parker has worked at Von Gonten for

 

104


Table of Contents

over 8 years as a senior reservoir engineer overseeing several unconventional resources plays including the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier, but has over 25 years of experience in all major producing basins, both domestically and internationally, while working for several private and public oil and gas companies both as a staff engineer and in senior management. Mr. Parker holds Bachelor of Science degrees in both Petroleum Geology and Petroleum Engineering from the University of Kansas. Mr. Parker meets or exceeds the education, training, and experience requirements set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing Oil and Gas Reserves Information promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers.

Reserve engineering is and must be recognized as a subjective process of estimating volumes of economically recoverable oil and natural gas that cannot be measured in an exact manner. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data and of engineering and geological interpretation. As a result, the estimates of different engineers often vary. In addition, the results of drilling, testing and production may justify revisions of such estimates. Accordingly, reserve estimates often differ from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered. Estimates of economically recoverable oil and natural gas and of future net revenues are based on a number of variables and assumptions, all of which may vary from actual results, including geologic interpretation, prices and future production rates and costs.

For all of our properties, our internally prepared reserve estimates and the reserve reports prepared by Von Gonten, are reviewed and approved by our Executive Vice President, Reserves & Reservoir Engineering, Phuong Le. She has been with us since our formation and has over 20 years of experience in reservoir engineering and reserve management.

Drilling Locations

We determine drilling locations based on our well spacing assumptions and upon the evaluation of our horizontal drilling results and those of other operators in our area, combined with our interpretation of available geologic and engineering data. In addition, in evaluating the prospectivity of our horizontal acreage, we have reviewed available open-hole and mud log evaluations, core analysis and drill cuttings analysis. The locations that we actually drill will depend on the review of prospectively available geologic and engineering data and on availability of capital, regulatory approvals, commodity prices, costs, results drilling other wells and other factors.

At December 31, 2020, we had 932 drilling locations compared to 1,021 at year-end 2019, after giving effect to the reorganization transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization.” During 2020, we evaluated our future development strategy with the objective to further enhance our capital efficiency. Given our well spacing tests in 2019 and enhanced per well recovery, the well spacing was adjusted across our acreage. Consequently, our drilling locations were reduced to reflect accessing the gas in place with fewer wellbores, a strategy that should lead to improved well economics and present value.

Where the geological data supports it, we plan to continue to drill wells with lateral lengths of up to 10,000 ft. Our horizontal drilling location count averages 5 wells per 640 acre section in both the primary target and secondary play targets, if applicable, based on standard lateral lengths.

Approximately 48% of our drilling locations are expected to be developed with laterals greater than 5,300 ft. With approximately 900 drilling locations among Vine, Brix and Harvest at an average operated working interest of approximately 83%, we continue to have approximately 25 years of organic growth opportunity assuming a 4 gross rig development program.

Production, Revenue, Price and Production Costs

The following table sets forth information regarding our production, revenue and realized prices, and production costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, for Vine Oil & Gas, Brix, Harvest and the three entities on a combined basis after giving effect to the reorganization transactions described under

 

105


Table of Contents

“Corporate Reorganization.” Our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contains additional information regarding our production, revenue, price and production cost history.

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Vine Oil & Gas

     

Production data:

     

Natural gas (MMcf)

     240,869        200,214  

Average daily production (MMcfd)

     658        549  

Average sales prices per Mcf:

     

Before effects of realized derivatives

   $ 1.74      $ 2.23  

After effects of realized derivatives

     2.25        2.42  

Costs per Mcf:

     

Lease operating

   $ 0.20      $ 0.23  

Gathering and treating

     0.32        0.19  

Production and ad valorem taxes

     0.06        0.09  

Depreciation, depletion and accretion

     1.44        1.64  

General and administrative

     0.03        0.04  

Monitoring fee

     0.03        0.04  

Exploration

     0.00        0.00  

Strategic

     0.01        0.00  

Write-off of deferred IPO costs

     0.02        0.01  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.11      $ 2.25  

Brix and Harvest

     

Production data:

     

Natural gas (MMcf)

     85,640        52,503  

Average daily production (MMcfd)

     234        144  

Average sales prices per Mcf:

     

Before effects of realized derivatives

   $ 1.78      $ 2.19  

After effects of realized derivatives

     2.22        2.38  

Costs per Mcf:

     

Lease operating

   $ 0.21      $ 0.13  

Gathering and treating

     0.29        0.36  

Production and ad valorem taxes

     0.03        0.03  

Depreciation, depletion and accretion

     1.08        1.26  

General and administrative

     0.09        0.15  

Monitoring fee

     0.02        0.02  

Exploration

     0.00        0.01  

Strategic

     0.00        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1.71      $ 1.95  

Combined

     

Production data:

     

Natural gas (MMcf)

     326,509        252,717  

Average daily production (MMcfd)

     892        693  

Average sales prices per Mcf:

     

Before effects of realized derivatives

   $ 1.75      $ 2.22  

After effects of realized derivatives

     2.25        2.41  

Costs per Mcf:

     

Lease operating

   $        $    

Gathering and treating

     

Production and ad valorem taxes

     

Depreciation, depletion and accretion

     

General and administrative

     

 

106


Table of Contents
     Years Ended December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Monitoring fee

     

Exploration

     

Strategic

     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $                    $                    

Productive Wells as of December 31, 2020

 

     Productive Wells      Average
Working
Interest
 
   Gross      Net  

Vine Oil & Gas

        

Natural gas wells operated by Vine

     377        314.59        83.4

Natural gas wells operated by Brix

     6        0.43        7.2

Natural gas wells operated by GEP

     51        9.69        19.0

Natural gas wells operated by others

     43        2.49        5.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     477        327.20     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Brix and Harvest

        

Natural gas wells operated by Brix

     24        20.64        86.0

Natural gas wells operated by Vine

     119        18.94        15.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     143        39.58     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Combined(1)

        

Natural gas wells operated by combined

     401        354.60        88.4

Natural gas wells operated by GEP

     51        9.69        19.0

Natural gas wells operated by others

     43        2.49        5.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     495        366.78     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Given that Vine, Brix and Harvest own working interests in certain of the same wells, the gross well figures appear to be understated on a combined basis as one well can be a gross well at each of Vine, Brix and Harvest, but will only represent one gross well on a combined basis. This situation does not occur when calculating net wells.

Acreage as of December 31, 2020

 

Vine Oil & Gas

  

Undeveloped acres

     67,242  

Developed acres

     29,031  
  

 

 

 

Total

     96,273  
  

 

 

 

Brix and Harvest

  

Undeveloped acres

     23,060  

Developed acres

     4,079  
  

 

 

 

Total

     27,139  
  

 

 

 

Combined

  

Undeveloped acres(1)

     90,302  

Developed acres

     33,110  
  

 

 

 

Total

     123,412  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Over 90% of our combined leasehold acreage is held by production through at least one developed well per section, with only 9,869 acres being subject to expiration.

 

107


Table of Contents

Undeveloped Acreage Expirations as of December 31, 2020

The following table sets forth when our acreage would expire if production is not established prior to the lease expiration dates of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest and the three entities on a combined basis. We have not recognized any reserves on acreage where expiration precedes development. In addition, we do not anticipate material delay rental or lease extension payments in connection with such acreage.

 

     Acres  

Vine Oil & Gas

  

2021

     —    

2022

     5,281  

2023

     193  

2024

     103  

2025 and thereafter

     342  
  

 

 

 
     5,919  
  

 

 

 

Brix and Harvest

  

2021

     2,509  

2022

     1,441  

2023

     —    

2024

     —    

2025 and thereafter

     —    
  

 

 

 
     3,950  
  

 

 

 

Combined

  

2021

     2,509  

2022

     6,722  

2023

     193  

2024

     103  

2025 and thereafter

     342  
  

 

 

 
     9,869  
  

 

 

 

Drilling Activity

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2020
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 
     Productive Wells      Productive Wells  
       Gross          Net          Gross          Net    

Vine Oil & Gas

           

Haynesville:

           

Development

     26.0        20.0        23.0        13.6  

Exploratory

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     26.0        20.0        23.0        13.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mid-Bossier:

           

Development

     9.0        7.8        14.0        10.8  

Exploratory

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     9.0        7.8        14.0        10.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Brix and Harvest

           

Haynesville:

           

Development

     18.0        6.2        15.0        9.2  

Exploratory

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

108


Table of Contents
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2020
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2019
 
     Productive Wells      Productive Wells  
       Gross          Net          Gross          Net    

Total

     18.0        6.2        15.0        9.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mid-Bossier:

           

Development

     11.0        4.7        6.0        4.6  

Exploratory

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11.0        4.7        6.0        4.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Combined(1)

           

Haynesville:

           

Development

     28.0        26.2        27.0        22.8  

Exploratory

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     28.0        26.2        27.0        22.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Mid-Bossier:

           

Development

     13.0        12.5        18.0        15.4  

Exploratory

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13.0        12.5        18.0        15.4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Given that Vine, Brix and Harvest own working interests in certain of the same wells, the gross well figures appear to be understated on a combined basis as one well can be a gross well at each of Vine, Brix and Harvest, but will only represent one gross well on a combined basis. This situation does not occur when calculating net wells.

On a combined basis, as of December 31, 2020, we had three wells that were actively being drilled, two wells that had been partially drilled but not being actively drilled, one well actively completing and 11 wells that were fully drilled but awaiting completion. As of December 31, 2020, we had no dry development or exploratory wells. This table includes both operated and non-operated wells where we have a working interest.

Major Customers

In 2020, Vine Oil & Gas sold approximately 20% of natural gas production to Corpus Christi Liquefaction, LLC, approximately 19% to affiliates of Royal Dutch Shell, approximately 15% to ETC Marketing, Ltd and approximately 12% to Enterprise Products Operating LLC. During 2020, no other purchaser accounted for more than 10% of our natural gas revenue. However, we utilize an unaffiliated third party to market the majority of our gas production to various purchasers, which consist of credit-worthy counterparties, including major corporations and super majors, in our industry. This third party collects directly from the purchasers and remits to us the total of all amounts collected on our behalf less their fee for making such sales. Although a substantial portion of production is purchased by these customers, we do not believe the loss of them or any other party would have a material adverse effect on our business, as other customers or markets would be accessible to us. However, there is no guarantee that we will be able to enter into an agreement with a new customer on terms as favorable.

Title to Properties

As is customary in our industry, we conduct a review of the title to our properties in connection with acquisition of leasehold acreage. Prior to drilling, we conduct a more thorough title examination and perform curative work with respect to significant defects prior to commencement of drilling operations. To the extent title opinions or other investigations reflect title defects on those properties, we are typically responsible for curing any title defects at our expense. We generally will not drill a well until we have cured any related material title defects. We have obtained title opinions on substantially all of our producing properties and believe that we have

 

109


Table of Contents

satisfactory title to our producing properties in accordance with standards generally accepted in the oil and natural gas industry.

Prior to acquiring leases, we perform title reviews on the most significant leases and, depending on the materiality of properties, we may obtain a title opinion, obtain an updated title review or opinion or review previously obtained title opinions. Our properties are subject to customary royalty and other interests, liens for current taxes and other burdens which we believe do not materially interfere with the use of or affect our carrying value of the properties.

We believe that we have satisfactory title to all of our material assets, and we believe that such title is not subject to liens or encumbrances that will materially detract from the value of these properties or from our interest in these properties or materially interfere with our use of these properties in the operation of our business. In addition, we believe that we have obtained sufficient rights-of-way grants and permits from public authorities and private parties for us to operate our business in all material respects as described in this prospectus.

Seasonality

Demand for natural gas generally decreases during the spring and fall months and increases during the summer and winter months. However, seasonal anomalies and consumers procurement initiatives can also lessen seasonal demand fluctuations. Seasonal anomalies can increase competition for equipment, supplies and personnel can lead to shortages and increase costs or delay our operations.

Competition

Our industry is intensely competitive, and we compete with other companies that have greater resources than we do. Many of these companies not only explore for and produce natural gas, but also carry on refining operations and market petroleum and other products on a regional, national or worldwide basis. These companies may be able to pay more for properties or define, evaluate, bid for and purchase a greater number of properties than we can.

They may also be able to expend greater resources to attract qualified personnel. In addition, these companies may have a greater ability to conduct exploration during periods of low natural gas market prices. Our larger competitors may be able to absorb the existing and evolved laws and regulations more easily than we can, which would adversely affect our competitiveness. Our ability to acquire additional properties and to discover reserves in the future will be dependent upon our ability to evaluate and select suitable properties and to consummate transactions in a competitive environment. In addition, because we have fewer financial and human resources than many companies in our industry, we may be at a disadvantage in eventually bidding or consummating transactions.

There is also competition between natural gas producers and other related and unrelated industries. Furthermore, competitive conditions may be substantially affected by energy legislation or government regulation. It is not possible to predict the nature of any such legislation or regulation which may ultimately be adopted or its effects upon our future operations. Such laws and regulations may substantially increase the costs of capitalizing on oil and gas opportunities. Our larger competitors may be able to absorb the burden of existing, and any changes to governmental regulations more easily than we can, which would adversely affect our competitive position.

Regulation of the Natural Gas Industry

Our operations are substantially affected by federal, state and local laws and regulations. In particular, natural gas production and related operations are, or have been, subject to price controls, taxes and numerous other laws and regulations. All of the jurisdictions in which we own or operate properties for natural gas

 

110


Table of Contents

production have statutory provisions regulating the exploration for development of natural gas, including provisions related to permits for the drilling of wells, bonding requirements to drill or operate wells, the location of wells, the method of drilling and casing wells, the surface use and restoration of properties upon which wells are drilled, sourcing and disposal of water used in the drilling and completion process, and the abandonment of wells. Our operations are also subject to various conservation laws and regulations. These include the regulation of the size of drilling and spacing units or proration units, the number of wells which may be drilled in an area, and the unitization or pooling of crude oil or natural gas wells, as well as regulations that generally prohibit the venting or flaring of natural gas, and impose certain requirements regarding the ratability or fair apportionment of production from fields and individual wells.

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations can result in substantial penalties. The regulatory burden on our industry increases our cost of doing business and affects profitability. Although we believe we are in substantial compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, and that continued substantial compliance with existing requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations, such laws and regulations are frequently amended or reinterpreted. Additional proposals and proceedings that affect the natural gas industry are regularly considered by Congress, states, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (“FERC”) and the courts. We cannot predict when or whether any such proposals may become effective or any such proceedings might affect the natural gas industry. However, we do not believe that any action taken will affect us in a way that materially differs from the way it affects other natural gas producers.

Historically, our natural gas regulatory compliance costs have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations; however, there can be no assurance that such costs will not be material in the future or that such future compliance with existing requirements will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

Regulation of Production

The production of natural gas is subject to regulation under a wide range of local, state and federal requirements with mandate permits for drilling operations, drilling bonds and reports concerning operations. All of the states in which we own and operate properties have regulations governing conservation matters, including provisions for the unitization or pooling of natural gas and oil properties, the establishment of maximum allowable rates of production, the regulation of well spacing or density, and plugging and abandonment of wells. The effect of these laws and regulations may limit the amount of natural gas that we can produce from our wells and to limit the number of wells we can drill, although we can apply for exceptions to such regulations or to have reductions in well spacing or density.

The failure to comply with these laws, rules and regulations can result in substantial penalties. Our competitors in the natural gas industry are subject to the same regulatory requirements and restrictions that affect our operations, but may be better equipped to comply with them.

Regulation of Transportation and Sales of Natural Gas

Historically, the transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in interstate commerce have been regulated by the FERC under the Natural Gas Act of 1938 (“NGA”), the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 (“NGPA”) and regulations issued under those statutes.

FERC regulates interstate natural gas transportation rates, and terms and conditions of service, which affects the marketing of natural gas that we produce, as well as the revenue we receive for sales of our natural gas. Since 1985, FERC has endeavored to make natural gas transportation more accessible to natural gas buyers and sellers on an open access, non-discriminatory basis. Beginning in 1992, FERC issued a series of orders to implement its open access policies. As a result, the interstate pipelines’ traditional role as wholesalers of natural gas has been greatly reduced and replaced by a structure under which pipelines provide transportation and storage service on

 

111


Table of Contents

an open access basis to others who buy and sell natural gas. Although such FERC’s orders do not directly regulate natural gas producers, they are intended to foster increased competition within all phases of the natural gas industry. The natural gas industry historically has been very heavily regulated. Therefore, we cannot provide any assurance that the less stringent regulatory approach that FERC has maintained since 1985 will continue.

However, we do not believe that any action taken by FERC will affect us in a way that materially differs from the way it affects other natural gas producers. In the past, the federal government has regulated the prices at which natural gas could be sold. While sales by producers of natural gas can currently be made at uncontrolled market prices, Congress could reenact price controls in the future. Deregulation of wellhead natural gas sales began with the enactment of the NGPA, and culminated in adoption of the Natural Gas Wellhead Decontrol Act in 1993 which removed controls affecting wellhead sales of natural gas. The price at which we sell natural gas is not currently subject to federal rate regulation and, for the most part, is not subject to state regulation. However, with regard to our physical sales of these energy commodities we are required to observe anti-market manipulation laws and related regulations enforced by the FERC.

The Energy Policy Act of 2005 (“EPAct 2005”) amended the NGA and NGPA to add an anti-market manipulation provision which makes it unlawful for any entity to engage in prohibited behavior to be prescribed by FERC and provides FERC with additional civil penalty authority of more than $1,250,000 per day for violations of the NGA, NGPA, and rules and orders thereunder. In 2006, FERC issued a rule implementing the anti-market manipulation provision of the EPAct 2005 which makes it unlawful: (i) in connection with the purchase or sale of natural gas subject to the jurisdiction of FERC, or the purchase or sale of transportation services subject to the jurisdiction of FERC, for any entity, directly or indirectly, to use or employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud; (ii) to make any untrue statement of material fact or omit to make any such statement necessary to make the statements made not misleading; or (iii) to engage in any act or practice that operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person. The anti-market manipulation rule does not apply to activities that relate only to intrastate or other non-jurisdictional sales or gathering, but does apply to activities of gas pipelines and storage companies that provide interstate services, as well as otherwise non-jurisdictional entities to the extent the activities are conducted “in connection with” gas sales, purchases or transportation subject to FERC jurisdiction, which now includes the annual reporting requirements under Order 704.

In 2007, FERC issued a rule that requires wholesale buyers and sellers of more than 2.2 million MMBtus of physical natural gas in the previous calendar year, including natural gas gatherers and marketers, to report aggregate volumes of natural gas purchased or sold at wholesale to the extent such transactions utilize, contribute to or may contribute to the formation of price indices. It is the responsibility of the reporting entity to determine which individual transactions should be reported. Participants are required to indicate whether they report prices to any index publishers, and if so, whether their reporting complies with FERC’s policy statement on price reporting. Our sales of natural gas and financial derivative transactions (including swaps) to minimize risk are also subject to requirements under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and regulations promulgated thereunder by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). These include the anti-manipulation provisions under the CEA, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits any person from attempting to manipulate, or using or employing any manipulative or deceptive device in connection with any swap, or a contract of sale of any commodity, or for future delivery on such commodity, in contravention of the CFTC’s rules and regulations. The CEA, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, also prohibits certain anti-disruptive practices and knowingly delivering or causing to be delivered false or misleading or inaccurate reports concerning market information or conditions that affect or tend to affect the price of any commodity. The CFTC can impose substantial civil penalties and other remedies for violations of the CEA and the agency’s regulations.

Gathering services, which occur upstream of FERC jurisdictional transportation services, are regulated by the states onshore and in state waters. Although the FERC has set forth a general test for determining whether facilities perform a non-jurisdictional gathering function or a FERC-jurisdictional transportation function, the FERC’s determinations as to the classification of facilities is done on a case by case basis. State regulation of natural gas gathering facilities generally includes various safety, environmental and, in some circumstances,

 

112


Table of Contents

nondiscriminatory take requirements. Although such regulation has not generally been affirmatively applied by state agencies, natural gas gathering may receive greater regulatory scrutiny in the future.

Intrastate natural gas transportation is also subject to regulation to some extent by FERC, as well as by state regulatory agencies. The basis for intrastate regulation of natural gas transportation and the degree of regulatory oversight and scrutiny given to intrastate natural gas pipeline rates and services varies from state to state. Insofar as such regulation within a particular state will generally affect all intrastate natural gas shippers within the state on a comparable basis, we believe that the regulation of similarly situated intrastate natural gas transportation will not affect our operations in any way that is of material difference from those of our competitors. Like the regulation of interstate transportation rates, the regulation of intrastate transportation rates affects the marketing of natural gas that we produce, as well as the revenue we receive for sales of our natural gas.

Changes in law and to FERC policies and regulations may adversely affect the availability and reliability of firm and/or interruptible transportation service on interstate pipelines, and we cannot predict what future action FERC will take. We do not believe, however, that any regulatory changes will affect us in a way that materially differs from the way they will affect other natural gas producers with which we compete.

Regulation of Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

General

Our operations are subject to numerous federal, regional, state, local, and other laws and regulations governing occupational health and safety, the release, discharge or disposal of materials into the environment or otherwise relating to environmental protection. Applicable U.S. federal environmental laws include, but are not limited to, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), the Clean Water Act (“CWA”) and the Clean Air Act (“CAA”). In addition, state and local laws and regulations set forth specific standards for drilling wells, the maintenance of bonding requirements in order to drill or operate wells, the spacing and location of wells, the method of drilling and casing wells, the surface use and restoration of properties upon which wells are drilled, the plugging and abandoning of wells, and the prevention and cleanup of pollution and other matters. These laws and regulations may, among other things, require the acquisition of permits to conduct exploration, drilling and production operations; govern the amounts and types of substances that may be released into the environment in connection with oil and gas drilling and production; limit or prohibit construction or drilling activities in sensitive areas such as wetlands, wilderness areas or areas inhabited by endangered or threatened species; impose specific health and safety criteria addressing worker protection requirements; require investigatory and remedial actions to mitigate pollution conditions caused by our operations or attributable to former operations; and impose obligations to reclaim abandoned well sites and pits. We maintain insurance against costs of clean-up operations, but we are not fully insured against all such risks. Additionally, Congress and federal and state agencies frequently revise environmental laws and regulations, and any changes that result in delay or more stringent and costly permitting, waste handling, disposal, clean-up, or other requirements for the oil and gas industry could have a significant impact on our operating costs. Although future environmental obligations are not expected to have a material impact on the results of our operations or financial condition, there can be no assurance that future developments, such as increasingly stringent environmental laws or enforcement thereof, will not cause us to incur material environmental liabilities or costs.

Failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal fines and penalties, loss of leases, the imposition of investigatory or remedial obligations and the issuance of orders enjoining some or all of our operations in affected areas. These laws and regulations may also restrict the rate of natural gas production below the rate that would otherwise be possible. The regulatory burden on the oil and gas industry increases the cost of doing business in the industry and consequently affects profitability. The long-term trend in environmental regulation is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that may affect the environment, and thus, any changes in environmental laws and regulations or re-interpretation of enforcement policies that result in more stringent and costly well drilling, construction,

 

113


Table of Contents

completion or water management activities or waste handling, storage, transport, disposal, or remediation requirements could require us to make significant expenditures to attain and maintain compliance and may otherwise have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. We may be unable to pass on such increased compliance costs to our customers. Moreover, accidental releases or spills may occur in the course of our operations, and we cannot be sure that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities as a result of such releases or spills, including any third-party claims for damage to property, natural resources or persons. Historically, our environmental compliance costs have not had a material adverse effect on our results of operations; however, there can be no assurance that such costs will not be material in the future or that future compliance with existing requirements will not have a material adverse impact on us. Our board of directors continually monitors and reviews compliance with these laws and regulations. Additionally, in connection with this offering, we will establish an environmental, safety and governance committee of our board of directors to monitor, among other things, compliance with environmental, health and safety rules and regulations.

The following is a summary of the more significant existing environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations to which our business operations are subject and for which compliance may have a material adverse impact on our CapEx, results of operations or financial position.

Hazardous Substances and Wastes

CERCLA imposes cleanup obligations, without regard to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons that are considered to be responsible for the release of a “hazardous substance” into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that transported or disposed or arranged for the transport or disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Persons who are or were responsible for releases of hazardous substances under CERCLA and any state analogs may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances that have been released into the environment and for damages to natural resources, and it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file corresponding common law claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment. While petroleum and crude oil fractions are not considered hazardous substances under CERCLA and its analog because of the so-called “petroleum exclusion,” adulterated petroleum products containing other hazardous substances have been treated as hazardous substances in the past.

We also generate solid and hazardous wastes that may be subject to the requirements of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (“RCRA”), and comparable state statutes. RCRA regulates the generation, storage, treatment, transport and disposal of wastes. RCRA specifically excludes from the definition of hazardous waste “drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas or geothermal energy.” However, legislation has been proposed from time to time and environmental groups have filed lawsuits seeking the reclassification of certain natural gas exploration and production wastes as “hazardous wastes,” which would make such wastes subject to much more stringent handling, disposal and clean-up requirements. For example, in May 2016, several environmental groups filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia that seeks to compel the EPA to review and, if necessary, revise its regulations regarding existing exemptions for exploration and production related wastes. On December 28, 2016, the EPA entered into a consent decree with those environmental groups to settle the lawsuit, which required the EPA by March 15, 2019 to either propose new regulations regarding exploration and production related wastes or sign a determination that revision of such regulations is not necessary. In April 2019, the EPA made the determination that revisions to the regulations were not necessary at that time, concluding that any adverse effects related to natural gas and oil waste were more appropriately and readily addressed within the framework of existing state regulatory programs. Any future changes in applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our CapEx and operating expenses. Moreover, some ordinary industrial wastes which we generate, such as paint wastes, waste solvents, laboratory wastes and waste oils, may be regulated as hazardous wastes if they are determined to have hazardous characteristics. Any such changes in applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our

 

114


Table of Contents

CapEx and operating expenses. Moreover, some ordinary industrial wastes which we generate, such as paint wastes, waste solvents, laboratory wastes and waste oils, may be regulated as hazardous wastes if they are determined to have hazardous characteristics.

Some of our leases may have had prior owners who commenced exploration and production of natural gas operations on these sites. Although such prior owners may have utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other wastes may have been disposed of or released on or under the properties owned or leased by us or on or under other locations where such wastes have been taken for disposal. In addition, a portion of these properties may have been operated by third parties whose treatment and disposal or release of wastes was not under our control. These properties and the wastes disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA, and/or analogous state laws. Under such laws, we could be required to remove or remediate previously disposed wastes (including waste disposed of or released by prior owners or operators) or property contamination (including groundwater contamination by prior owners or operators), or to perform remedial well plugging or closure operations to prevent future contamination.

Water Discharges

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, also known as the CWA and its state analogues impose restrictions and strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants, including spills and leaks of certain substances, into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the EPA, the Army Corps of Engineers (the “Corps”) or an analogous state agency. The CWA and its implementing regulations prohibit the discharge of dredge and fill material into regulated waters, including jurisdictional wetlands, unless authorized by an appropriately issued permit. In June 2015, the EPA and the Corps issued a final rule defining the scope of the EPA’s and the Corps’ jurisdiction over waters of the United States (“WOTUS”), which was stayed nationwide in October 2015 pending resolution of several legal challenges. The EPA and the Corps proposed a rule in July 2017 to repeal the WOTUS rule and announced their intent to issue a new rule defining the CWA’s jurisdiction. In October 2019, the EPA issued a final rule repealing the WOTUS rule and the repeal rule became effective in December 2019. The repeal rule has already been challenged in federal district courts in New Mexico, New York, and South Carolina. In April 2020, the EPA and the Corps published the Navigable Waters Protection Rule (“NWPR”), which narrows the definition of WOTUS to four categories of jurisdictional waters and includes twelve categories of exclusions, including groundwater. A coalition of states and cities, environmental groups, and agricultural groups have challenged the NWPR in several federal district courts and many of those cases remain pending. In addition, in an April 2020 decision defining the scope of the CWA that was handed down just days after the NWPR was published, the U.S. Supreme Court held that, in certain cases, discharges from a point source to groundwater could fall within the scope of the CWA and require a permit. The Court rejected the EPA and Corps assertion that groundwater should be totally excluded from the CWA. The Court’s decision is expected to bolster challenges to the NWPR. As a result, future implementation is uncertain at this time. To the extent the existing rule is implemented in jurisdictions where we operate or a revised rule expands the scope of the CWA’s jurisdiction, we could face increased costs and delays with respect to obtaining permits for dredge and fill activities in wetland areas.

The process for obtaining permits has the potential to delay our operations. Spill prevention, control and countermeasure requirements of federal laws require appropriate containment berms and similar structures to help prevent the contamination of navigable waters by a petroleum hydrocarbon tank spill, rupture or leak. In addition, the CWA and analogous state laws require individual permits or coverage under general permits for discharges of storm water runoff from certain types of facilities. Federal and state regulatory agencies can impose administrative, civil and criminal penalties as well as other enforcement mechanisms for non-compliance with discharge permits or other requirements of the CWA and analogous state laws and regulations.

The Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended, or the OPA, which amends portions of the CWA, establishes strict liability for owners and operators of facilities that are the site of a release of oil into waters of the United

 

115


Table of Contents

States. The OPA and its associated regulations impose a variety of requirements on responsible parties related to the prevention of oil spills and liability for damages resulting from such spills. A “responsible party” under the OPA includes owners and operators of certain onshore facilities from which a release may affect waters of the United States.

The OPA assigns joint and several, strict liability, without regard to fault, to each liable party for all containment and oil removal costs and a variety of public and private damages including, but not limited to, the costs of responding to a release of oil, natural resource damages, and economic damages suffered by persons adversely affected by an oil spill.

Hydraulic Fracturing

Hydraulic fracturing is an essential and common practice in the natural gas industry used to stimulate production of natural gas and/or oil from low permeability subsurface rock formations. Hydraulic fracturing involves using water, sand, and certain chemicals to fracture the hydrocarbon-bearing rock formation to allow flow of hydrocarbons into the wellbore. We regularly perform hydraulic fracturing as part of our operations. While hydraulic fracturing has historically been regulated by state oil and natural gas commissions, the practice has become increasingly controversial in certain parts of the country, resulting in increased scrutiny and regulation. For example, the EPA has asserted federal regulatory authority over certain hydraulic-fracturing activities under the Safe Drinking Water Act involving the use of diesel fuels and published permitting guidance. Further, the EPA published final regulations under the CWA in June 2016 prohibiting wastewater discharges from hydraulic fracturing and certain other natural gas operations to publicly owned wastewater treatment plants. Also, in December 2016, the EPA released its final report on the potential impacts of hydraulic fracturing on drinking water resources, concluding that “water cycle” activities associated with hydraulic fracturing may impact drinking water resources under certain circumstances.

Along with several other states, Louisiana has adopted laws and proposed regulations that require oil and natural gas operators to disclose chemical ingredients and water volumes used to hydraulically fracture wells, in addition to more stringent well construction and monitoring requirements. In addition, local governments may also adopt ordinances within their jurisdictions regulating the time, place and manner of drilling activities in general or hydraulic fracturing activities in particular or prohibit the performance of well drilling in general or hydraulic fracturing in particular. If new or more stringent federal, state, or local legal restrictions relating to the hydraulic fracturing process are adopted in areas where we operate, we could incur potentially significant added costs to comply with such requirements, experience delays or curtailment in the pursuit of exploration, development, or production activities, and perhaps even be precluded from drilling wells.

If hydraulic fracturing is further regulated at the federal, state, or local level, our fracturing activities could become subject to additional permitting and financial assurance requirements, more stringent construction specifications, increased monitoring, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, plugging and abandonment requirements and also to attendant permitting delays and potential increases in costs. Such changes could cause us to incur substantial compliance costs, and compliance or the consequences of any failure to comply by us could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. At this time, it is not possible to estimate the impact on our business of newly enacted or potential legislation or regulation governing hydraulic fracturing, and any of the above risks could impair our ability to manage our business and have a material adverse effect on our operations, cash flows and financial position.

In addition, hydraulic fracturing operations require the use of a significant amount of water. The inability to locate sufficient amounts of water, or dispose of or recycle water used in drilling and production operations, could adversely impact our operations. Moreover, new environmental initiatives and regulations could include restrictions on the ability to conduct certain operations such as hydraulic fracturing or disposal of waste, including, but not limited to, produced water, drilling fluids and other wastes associated with the development or production of natural gas.

 

116


Table of Contents

Finally, in some instances, the operation of underground injection wells for the disposal of waste has been alleged to cause earthquakes. In Oklahoma, for example, such issues have led to orders prohibiting continued injection or the suspension of drilling in certain wells identified as possible sources of seismic activity. Such concerns also have resulted in stricter regulatory requirements in some jurisdictions relating to the location and operation of underground injection wells. Although our operations are not located in those jurisdictions, any future orders or regulations addressing concerns about seismic activity from well injection in jurisdictions where we operate could affect our operations.

Air Emissions

The CAA and comparable state laws restrict the emission of air pollutants from many sources, including compressor stations, through the issuance of permits and the imposition of other requirements. These laws and regulations may require us to obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of certain projects or facilities expected to produce or significantly increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with stringent air permit requirements or utilize specific equipment or technologies to control emissions of certain pollutants. The need to obtain permits has the potential to delay the development of natural gas projects. Over the next several years, we may be required to incur certain CapEx for air pollution control equipment or other air emissions-related issues. For example, in June 2016, the EPA published final rules regarding criteria for aggregating multiple small surface sites into a single source for air-quality permitting purposes applicable to the oil and gas industry. This rule could cause small facilities, on an aggregate basis, to be deemed a major source, thereby triggering more stringent air permitting requirements. In addition, in October 2015, the EPA lowered the National Ambient Air Quality Standard (“NAAQS”) for ozone from 75 to 70 parts per billion. Pursuant to an order issued by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California in lawsuits brought by a coalition of states and environmental groups against the EPA for failing to complete initial area designations under the standard by the October 2017 statutory deadline, the EPA completed all remaining initial area designations on April 30, 2018, except for designations for certain areas in Texas, which were finalized on July 17, 2018. State implementation of the revised NAAQS could result in stricter permitting requirements, delay or prohibit the ability to obtain such permits, and result in increased expenditures for pollution control equipment, the costs of which could be significant. The EPA also published final rules under the CAA in June 2016 that require the reduction of volatile organic compound emissions from certain fractured and refractured natural gas wells for which well completion operations are conducted and further require that most wells use reduced emission completions, also known as “green completions.” These regulations also establish specific new requirements regarding emissions from production-related wet seal and reciprocating compressors, and from pneumatic controllers and storage vessels. Compliance with these and other air pollution control and permitting requirements has the potential to delay the development of oil and natural gas projects and increase our costs of development, which costs could be significant.

Climate Change

In response to findings that emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and other greenhouse gases (“GHGs”) present an endangerment to public health and the environment, the EPA has adopted regulations under existing provisions of the CAA that, among other things, establish prevention of significant deterioration (“PSD”) pre-construction and Title V operating permit reviews for certain large stationary sources, as well as monitoring and annual reporting of GHG emissions from certain petroleum and natural gas system sources and, together with the National Highway Transportation Safety Administration, implement GHG emissions limits on vehicles manufactured for operation in the United States. EPA rulemakings related to GHG emissions could adversely affect our operations and restrict or delay our ability to obtain air permits for new or modified sources. Given the long-term trend towards increasing regulation, future federal GHG regulations of the oil and gas industry remain a possibility. In addition, several states, including Louisiana, are pursuing measures to regulate emissions of methane from new and existing sources within the oil and natural gas source category. Compliance with these rules will require enhanced record-keeping practices, the purchase of new equipment, such as optical gas imaging instruments to detect leaks, and increased frequency of maintenance and repair activities to address emissions

 

117


Table of Contents

leakage. These rules will also likely require additional personnel time to support these activities or the engagement of third party contractors to assist with and verify compliance. These rules could result in increased compliance costs on our operations.

Federal agencies also have begun directly regulating emissions of methane, a GHG, from oil and natural gas operations. In June 2016, the EPA published New Source Performance Standards, known as Subpart OOOOa, that require certain new, modified or reconstructed facilities in the oil and natural gas sector to reduce methane and volatile organic compound emissions. In September 2020, the EPA published revisions to this standard that removed the transmission and storage segments from the oil and gas sector and rescinded methane-specific requirements for the production and processing segments. However, litigation is ongoing and the current administration has called for the suspension, revision, or rescission of the September 2020 rule and the reinstatement or issuance of methane emissions standards for new, modified, and existing oil and gas facilities.

While Congress has from time to time considered legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, there has not been significant activity in the form of adopted legislation to reduce GHG emissions at the federal level in recent years. However, on January 27, 2020, the current administration called for substantial action on climate change, including, among other things, the increased use of zero-emissions vehicles by the federal government, the elimination of subsidies provided to the fossil fuel industry, and increased emphasis on climate-related risks across agencies and economic sectors. Additionally, a number of state and regional efforts have emerged that are aimed at tracking and/or reducing GHG emissions by means of cap and trade programs that typically require major sources of GHG emissions, such as electric power plants, to acquire and surrender emission allowances in return for emitting those GHGs. In addition, the U.S., under the administration of President Obama, was actively involved in the United Nations Conference on Climate Change in Paris, which led to the creation of the Paris Agreement in 2015. The Paris Agreement, which went into effect in November 2016, requires countries to review and “represent a progression” in their nationally determined contributions, which set emissions reduction goals, every five years. On June 1, 2017, President Trump announced that the U.S. would withdraw from the Paris Agreement and that it would potentially seek to renegotiate the Agreement on more favorable terms. The withdrawal from the Paris Agreement became effective on November 4, 2020; however, the current administration has recommitted the United States to the Paris Agreement and directing the federal government to begin formulating the United States’ nationally determined emissions reduction goal under the agreement.

National Environmental Policy Act

Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities on federal lands are typically subject to the National Environmental Policy Act (“NEPA”). NEPA requires federal agencies, including the Department of Interior, to evaluate major agency actions having the potential to significantly impact the environment. The environmental review process involves the preparation of either an environmental assessment or environmental impact statement depending on whether the specific circumstances surrounding the proposed federal action will have a significant impact on the human environment. The NEPA process involves public input through comments which can alter the nature of a proposed project either by limiting the scope of the project or requiring resource-specific mitigation. NEPA decisions can be appealed through the court system by process participants. This process may result in delaying the permitting and development of projects, increase the costs of permitting and developing some facilities and could result in certain instances in the cancellation of existing leases. In July 2020, the White House’s Council on Environmental Quality issued a rule amending the NEPA implementing regulations intended to streamline the environmental review process. The revised rule shortens the time for review as well as eliminates the requirement to evaluate cumulative impacts. The rule was challenged by states and environmental and health advocacy groups and the litigation remains ongoing. The potential impacts of this rule on our business are uncertain at this time.

 

118


Table of Contents

Endangered Species Act and Migratory Bird Treaty Act

The Endangered Species Act (“ESA”) restricts activities that may affect endangered or threatened species of their habitats. Similar protections are offered to migratory birds under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. While some of our operations may be located in areas that are designated as habitats for endangered or threatened species or that may attract migratory birds, we are not aware of any proposed ESA listings that will materially affect our operations. In February 2016, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service published a final policy that altered how it identified critical habitat for endangered and threatened species. In August 2020, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and National Marine Fisheries Service issue three rules amending implementation of the ESA regulations revising, among other things, the process for listing species and designating critical habitat. A coalition of states and environmental groups have challenged the three rules and the litigation remains pending. A critical habitat designation could result in further material restrictions to federal and private land use and could delay or prohibit land access or development. Moreover, as a result of one or more settlements approved by the federal government, the FWS must make determinations on the listing of numerous specified species as endangered or threatened under the ESA under specific timelines. The designation of previously unidentified endangered or threatened species could cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to operating restrictions or bans in the affected states.

The Migratory Bird Treaty Act (“MBTA”) makes it illegal to among other things hunt, capture, kill, possess, sell, or purchase migratory birds, nests, or eggs without a permit. This prohibition covers most bird species in the U.S. The MBTA regulations encourage use of best practices to avoid such activities. In January 2017, the Department of the Interior withdrew a longstanding Solicitor’s Opinion Memorandum that had taken the position that the agency could pursue enforcement actions against incidental takes of birds under the MBTA. The Department of the Interior issued a memorandum reinterpreting the Opinion and guidance relaxing the enforcement standards, which was challenged by environmental groups and eight states including New York and California. The Southern District of New York struck down the memorandum and guidance and the Department of the Interior’s appeal of that decision is pending. The potential impacts of this rule on our business are uncertain at this time.

Worker Health and Safety

We are subject to a number of federal and state laws and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended, and comparable state statutes, whose purpose is to protect the safety and health of workers. The U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) hazard communication standard, the EPA community right-to-know regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund Amendment and Reauthorization Act and comparable state statutes require maintenance of information about hazardous materials used or produced in operations and provision of this information to employees, state and local government authorities and citizens. Other OSHA standards regulate specific worker safety aspects of our operations. For example, under a 2018 OSHA standard limiting respirable silica exposure, the oil and gas industry must implement engineering controls and work practices to limit exposures below the new limits by June 2021. Failure to comply with OSHA requirements can lead to the imposition of penalties. In December 2015, the U.S. Departments of Justice and Labor announced a plan to more frequently and effectively prosecute worker health and safety violations, including enhanced penalties.

Employees

As of December 31, 2020, we had 113 full-time employees.

Legal Proceedings

We are party to various legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of our business. We believe these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

 

119


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of our directors and executive officers:

 

Name

   Age      Title

Eric D. Marsh

     61      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

David M. Elkin

     55      Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

     53      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Jonathan C. Curth

     38      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Angelo G. Acconcia

     41      Director

Murat T. Konuk

     31      Director

Charles M. Sledge

     55      Director

Eric D. Marsh became our President and Chief Executive Officer in May 2014. Previously, Mr. Marsh served as Senior Vice President of Encana’s USA Division after being promoted to that position in 2011. From November 2009 to October 2013, Mr. Marsh also served as an Executive Vice President at Encana. Prior to 2009, Mr. Marsh led various business units including Encana’s Bighorn Business Unit, Encana’s South Rockies Business Unit and Mid Continent Business Unit. Mr. Marsh currently serves as a director of Olympus Energy LLC. Mr. Marsh served on the Governor’s Task Force for the State of Wyoming Engineering Development and has served on both the University of Wyoming Foundation and the University of Wyoming Engineering Accreditation Board.

David M. Elkin became our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Vine in January 2019. Mr. Elkin joined EQT Production Company in 2009 as Vice President, Engineering. He went on to serve as Senior Vice President, Drilling & Completions from 2014 to 2017 and Senior Vice President, Asset Optimization from 2017 to 2018. Prior to his time with EQT, Mr. Elkin spent six years with EnerVest Operating, LLC as Vice President Engineering & Drilling, and the previous 15 years in various engineering and leadership capacities with Energy Corporation of America, Inc. Mr. Elkin holds a B.S., Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering degree from The Pennsylvania State University.

Wayne B. Stoltenberg became our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in September 2018. From 2008 to 2018, Mr. Stoltenberg served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary at Cinco Oil and Gas, LLC and Cinco Resources, Inc. Prior to his time at Cinco, Mr. Stoltenberg spent over 10 years with the Natural Resources Investment Banking Group of Bear, Sterns & Co. Inc., most recently as Senior Managing Director with a primary focus on the E&P sector. He began his career at Credit Suisse. He holds an MBA from the University of Texas at Austin and a B.A. from Columbia University.

Jonathan C. Curth became our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in November 2020. Prior to joining Vine, Mr. Curth was Senior Counsel at the international law firm of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP from May to November 2020 after having served as Interim President and CEO, and as an executive consultant to the board of directors, for a private exploration and production company. From December 2017 to December 2019, Mr. Curth served as General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer, Corporate Secretary and Vice President of Land of Vanguard Natural Resources, Inc. (now Grizzly Energy, LLC). From August 2013 through December 2017, Mr. Curth served as the Assistant General Counsel at Newfield Exploration Company (now Ovintiv Inc.). Mr. Curth concentrated on domestic and international oil and gas transactions and operational matters at Baker & McKenzie LLP from 2011 through 2013 and at Brown & Fortunato, P.C. from August 2007 through January 2011. Mr. Curth is Board Certified in Oil, Gas and Mineral Law by the Texas Board of Legal Specialization. Mr. Curth received his B.A. from Baylor University and his J.D. from The University of Texas School of Law at Austin.

Angelo G. Acconcia has served on our board since May 2014. Mr. Acconcia is a Senior Managing Director in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Mr. Acconcia leads Blackstone’s private equity investment activities in the

 

120


Table of Contents

oil & gas sector on a global basis. Since joining Blackstone in August 2004, Mr. Acconcia has been involved in the execution of numerous Blackstone investments, including Graham Packaging, Ondeo Nalco, TRW Automotive and Texas Genco. Mr. Acconcia has either led or played a critical role in every one of Blackstone’s North American oil and gas investments, including Alta Energy, Beacon Offshore Energy, GeoSouthern Energy, Guidon Energy, Hunter Oil & Gas, Kosmos Energy, LLOG Bluewater, OSUM Oil Sands, Primexx, Royal Resources, Gavilan Resources and Vine Energy, among others. From August 2002 until August 2004, Mr. Acconcia worked at Morgan Stanley & Company’s Investment Banking Division in the Global Energy and Mergers and Acquisitions departments in both the United States and Canada. Because of his broad knowledge of the industry and oil and gas investments, we believe Mr. Acconcia is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Murat T. Konuk has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2019. Mr. Konuk is a Principal in the Private Equity Group at Blackstone. Since joining Blackstone in June 2018, Mr. Konuk has been involved with Blackstone’s investments in Vine Oil & Gas, Brix, Harvest, Ulterra, and GridLiance. From June 2017 until June 2018, Mr. Konuk served as a Vice President at Castle Harlan where he was involved in the evaluation and execution of investments in energy and other industries. Mr. Konuk served as a Senior Associate at Castle Harlan from November 2015 to May 2017 after having joined as an Associate in July 2013. From July 2011 to June 2013, Mr. Konuk worked at Goldman Sachs’ Investment Banking Division in the Global Natural Resources group.

Charles M. Sledge has served as a member of our board of directors since July 1, 2017. Mr. Sledge previously served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cameron International Corporation, an oilfield services company, from November 2008 until its acquisition by Schlumberger in April 2016 after previously having been its Vice President and Corporate Controller. Mr. Sledge also served as Senior Vice President of Finance and Treasurer of Stage Stores, Inc. from 1999 to 2001 after having served as its Vice President, Controller from 1996 to 1999. Mr. Sledge serves on the board of directors of Talos Energy Inc., Expro International, Weatherford International and Noble Corporation. Because of his broad financial knowledge as well as knowledge of the industry and oil and gas investments, we believe Mr. Sledge is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Board of Directors

Upon the closing of this offering, it is anticipated that we will have six directors. We currently have four directors, and we plan to add two additional independent directors prior to or upon the closing of this offering. Within 90 days of closing, we plan to add one additional independent director and have a seven member board of directors.

Our board of directors has determined that Messrs. Acconcia, Konuk and Sledge are independent under NYSE listing standards.

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone, which will provide Blackstone with the right to designate up to four nominees to our board of directors so long as it and its affiliates collectively beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Under the stockholders’ agreement, Blackstone will also have the right to designate a certain number of nominees to our board of directors depending on its ownership until it and its affiliates no longer collectively beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. The Blackstone nominees are Messrs. Acconcia, Konuk,                  and                 . Our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class as equal in number as possible, serving staggered three-year terms. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of                 , will expire at our 2022 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of                 , will expire at our 2023 annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of                  and                 , will expire at our 2024 annual meeting of stockholders.

 

121


Table of Contents

In evaluating director candidate’s qualifications, we will assess whether a candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge, experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance our ability to manage and direct our affairs and business, including the ability of our board’s committees. Our directors hold office until the earlier of their death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified.

Status as a Controlled Company

Because the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will collectively own a majority of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering, we expect to be a controlled company under NYSE corporate governance standards. A controlled company need not comply with the applicable corporate governance rules that its board of directors have a majority of independent directors and independent compensation and nominating and governance committees. Notwithstanding our status as a controlled company, we will remain subject to the applicable corporate governance standard that requires us to have an audit committee composed entirely of independent directors. As a result, our audit committee must have at least one independent director by the date our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE, as applicable, at least two independent directors within 90 days of the listing date and at least three independent directors within one year of the listing date.

While these exemptions will apply to us as long as we remain a controlled company, we expect that our board of directors will nonetheless consist of a majority of independent directors within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards currently in effect.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Upon the conclusion of this offering, we intend to have an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and an environmental, safety and governance committee of our board of directors, and may have such other committees as the board of directors shall determine from time to time. We anticipate that each of the standing committees of the board of directors will have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

We will establish an audit committee prior to the completion of this offering. Following completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mr. Sledge and                 . As required by the rules of the SEC and listing standards of the NYSE, the audit committee will consist solely of independent directors, subject to the phase-in exceptions. Those rules permit us to have an audit committee that has one independent member at the date our common stock is first listed on the NYSE, a majority of independent members within 90 days thereafter and all independent members within one year thereafter. SEC rules also require that a public company disclose whether or not its audit committee has an “audit committee financial expert” which is defined as a person whose experience yields the attributes outlined in such rules. Mr. Sledge will satisfy this requirement.

This committee will oversee, review, act on and report on various auditing and accounting matters to our board of directors, including: the selection of our independent accountants, the scope of our annual audits, fees to be paid to them, their performance and our accounting practices. In addition, the audit committee will oversee our compliance programs relating to legal and regulatory requirements. We expect to adopt an audit committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC and applicable stock exchange or market standards, including SOX.

Compensation Committee

We will establish a compensation committee prior to the completion of this offering. Following completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of         . As required by the rules of the SEC and listing

 

122


Table of Contents

standards of the NYSE, the compensation committee will consist solely of independent directors, subject to the phase-in exceptions. Those rules permit us to have a compensation committee that has one independent member at the date our common stock is first listed on the NYSE, a majority of independent members within 90 days thereafter and all independent members within one year thereafter.

This committee establishes salaries, incentives and other forms of compensation for officers and other employees. Our compensation committee also administers our incentive compensation and benefit plans. See “Executive Compensation” for a brief description of how we intend to make grants following this offering. We have adopted a compensation committee charter defining the committee’s primary duties in a manner consistent with the rules of the SEC, the PCAOB and applicable NYSE standards.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee prior to the completion of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance will consist of         . As required by the rules of the SEC and listing standards of NYSE, the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist solely of independent directors, subject to the phase-in exceptions. Those rules permit us to have a nominating and corporate governance committee that has one independent member at the date our common stock is first listed on the NYSE, a majority of independent members within 90 days thereafter and all independent members within one year thereafter.

Environmental, Safety and Governance Committee

We will establish an environmental, safety and governance committee prior to the completion of this offering. Following completion of this offering, our environmental, safety and governance committee will consist of         . This committee will assist the board of directors with its responsibilities relating to oversight of our environmental, health, safety and governance practices and to monitor management’s efforts in creating a culture of safety and environmental protection. The environmental, safety and governance committee will primarily fulfill this responsibility by carrying out the activities enumerated in the environmental, safety and governance committee charter, and will perform such other functions as the board of directors may assign from time to time.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serve on the board of directors or compensation committee of another public company that has an executive officer that serves on our board or compensation committee. No member of our board is an executive officer of another public company in which one of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of that company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt amendments to our existing code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our employees, directors and officers, that will comply with applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. Any waiver of this code may be made only by our board of directors and will be promptly disclosed as required by applicable U.S. federal securities laws and the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE.

 

123


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We are an “emerging growth company,” within the meaning of the Securities Act. As such, we are providing our Summary Compensation Table, Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End and limited narrative disclosures regarding executive compensation for only the last completed fiscal year. For 2020, our named executive officers (“Named Executive Officers” or “NEOs”) were:

 

Name

  

Principal Position

Eric D. Marsh

   President, Chief Executive Officer & Chairman of the Board

David M. Elkin

   Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes information relating to compensation earned and accrued for employment during the 2020 fiscal year:

 

Name

   Year      Salary ($)(1)     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
     All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
     Total($)  

Eric D. Marsh

President, Chief Executive Officer & Chairman

of the Board

     2020        752,473 (4)      869,526        14,250        1,636,249  

David M. Elkin

Executive Vice President & Chief Operating

Officer

     2020        412,024       356,895        14,250        783,169  

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

Executive Vice President & Chief Financial

Officer

     2020        365,006 (5)      237,255        14,250        616,511  

 

(1)

A portion of these amounts are charged to Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP as general and administrative expenses based on time spent by our NEOs providing services to such entities pursuant to separate management services agreements. All our executive officers are employed by Vine Management Services LLC.

(2)

The amounts reported reflect amounts earned for company performance for 2020 under our annual cash bonus program which have been approved by the Board and we expect will be paid during the first week of March 2021. See “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Cash Incentive Awards,” for additional information.

(3)

Amounts reported include company contributions under our 401(k) plan. See “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Retirement Benefits,” for additional information.

(4)

Amounts reported include $27,868 of unused vacation payout.

(5)

Amounts reported include $13,518 of unused vacation payout.

 

124


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2020 Year-End

The following table reflects information regarding outstanding Class A units, the only incentive awards held by our NEOs, as of December 31, 2020. See “—Additional Narrative Disclosure—Class A Units” for additional information regarding such units.

 

         Number of
Securities
Unexercised,
Exercisable
(#)(1)
     Number of
Securities
Unexercised,
Unexercisable
(#)(1)
     Exercise
Price ($)
     Expiration
Date
 

Eric D. Marsh

  Class A Units (Vine)(2)      40        —          N/A        N/A  
  Class A Units (Brix)(3)      32        8        N/A        N/A  
  Class A Units (Harvest)(4)      24        6        N/A        N/A  

David M. Elkin

  Class A Units (Vine)(2)      2.4        9.6        N/A        N/A  
  Class A Units (Brix)(3)      1.8        7.2        N/A        N/A  
  Class A Units (Harvest)(4)      2.4        9.6        N/A        N/A  

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

  Class A Units (Vine)(2)      3.2        4.8        N/A        N/A  
  Class A Units (Brix)(3)      3.2        4.8        N/A        N/A  
  Class A Units (Harvest)(4)      2        3        N/A        N/A  

 

(1)

We believe that these awards are most similar economically to stock options, and as such we report them as “options” under the definition provided in Item 402(a)(6)(i) of Regulation S-K as an instrument with an “option-like feature.” Awards reflected as “Unexercisable” are Class A units that have not yet vested or are not yet probable to vest. Awards reflected as “Exercisable” are Class A units that have vested, but remain outstanding. See “Additional Narrative Disclosure—Class A Units” for more information.

(2)

Represents Class A units in Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP granted on the following dates: to Mr. Marsh on May 28, 2014, to Mr. Elkin on January 21, 2019 and to Mr. Stoltenberg on September 10, 2018. These units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the later of the first anniversary of the Named Executive Officer’s hire date and the Shell Acquisition.

(3)

Represents Class A units in Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP granted on the following dates: to Mr. Marsh on March 15, 2016, to Mr. Elkin on January 21, 2019 and to Mr. Stoltenberg on September 10, 2018. These units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the later of the first anniversary of the Named Executive Officer’s hire date and March 15, 2017.

(4)

Represents Class A units in Harvest Royalties Holdings LP granted on the following dates: to Mr. Marsh on March 15, 2016, to Mr. Elkin on January 21, 2019 and to Mr. Stoltenberg on September 10, 2018. These units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the later of the first anniversary of the Named Executive Officer’s hire date and March 15, 2017.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement Benefits

We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently make available a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under Section 401(k) of the Code, pursuant to which employees (including our NEOs) may elect to defer a portion of their compensation on a pre-tax basis and have it contributed to the plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. We match 100% of elective deferrals up to a maximum per participant per calendar year equal to 5% of the participant’s eligible compensation. All contributions to our 401(k) plan are 100% vested at all times. All contributions under our 401(k) plan are subject to certain annual dollar limitations in accordance with applicable laws, which are periodically adjusted for changes in the cost of living.

 

125


Table of Contents

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Marsh, Elkin and Stoltenberg. The description of the employment agreements set forth below is a summary of the material features of the agreements regarding potential payments upon a termination of employment or a change of control. This summary, however, does not purport to be a complete description of all the provisions of the agreements that we have entered into with the executives. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the employment agreements, which have been filed as exhibits to this registration statement.

In May 2014, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Marsh. The agreement had an initial two-year term, and, upon the consummation of the Shell Acquisition, an indefinite extension until otherwise terminated. The agreement provided Mr. Marsh with an annual base salary of $350,000 during the term and eligibility to earn a targeted annual bonus of two times his base salary. Effective January 1, 2017, Mr. Marsh’s agreement was amended to increase his base salary to $570,000 with an annual bonus target of 100% of his base salary. Mr. Marsh’s employment agreement now has an indefinite term that continues until his employment is otherwise terminated.

Effective January 2, 2018, Mr. Marsh’s base salary was adjusted to $670,000 while his annual target bonus remains 100% of his base salary. Effective January 1, 2019, Mr. Marsh’s base salary was adjusted to $703,500 while his annual bonus target remains 100% of his base salary. Effective June 11, 2020, Mr. Marsh’s agreement was again amended to increase his base salary to $724,605 while his annual bonus target remains 100% of his base salary.

In January 2019, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Elkin. The agreement initially has a two-year term that automatically renews for successive one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal is provided by either party at least 60 days prior to a renewal date. The agreement provided Mr. Elkin with an annual base salary of $385,000 during the term and eligibility to earn an annual target bonus of 75% of his base salary. Effective June 11, 2020, Mr. Elkin’s agreement was amended to increase his base salary to $396,550 while his annual bonus target remains 75% of his base salary.

In September 2018, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Stoltenberg. The agreement initially had a two-year term that automatically renewed for successive one-year periods unless notice of non-renewal is provided by either party at least 60 days prior to a renewal date. The agreement provided Mr. Stoltenberg with an annual base salary of $325,000 during the term and eligibility to earn an annual target bonus of 50% of his base salary. Effective January 1, 2019 Mr. Stoltenberg’s base salary was adjusted to $341,250 while his annual bonus target remains 50% of his base salary. Effective June 11, 2020, Mr. Stoltenberg’s agreement was amended to increase his base salary to $351,488 while his annual bonus target remains 50% of his base salary.

Under the terms of the employment agreements with Messrs. Marsh, Elkin and Stoltenberg, each will be entitled to receive the following amounts upon a termination by the company for “cause,” upon voluntary termination without “good reason,” or, in the case of Messrs. Elkin and Stoltenberg, if the termination is due to death or disability: (a) payment of all accrued and unpaid base salary to the date of termination, (b) reimbursement of all incurred but unreimbursed business expenses and (c) benefits entitled under the terms of any applicable benefit plan or program (together, the “Accrued Obligations”). If the termination is by the company without cause or by the executive with good reason or, in the case of Mr. Marsh, due to death or disability, each will also be entitled to a severance payment equal to 12 months’ worth of their annualized base salary, payable in ratable installments in accordance with regular payroll practices, as well as continued coverage, at the same cost as if the executive had remained employed, under the company’s group health plan for the executive and his or her eligible dependents for a period of 12 months. In addition, upon such a termination, Mr. Marsh will also be entitled to a pro-rated annual bonus, payable at the same time and manner as if Mr. Marsh had remained employed through such payment date.

 

126


Table of Contents

For purposes of the NEOs’ employment agreements: “Cause” means (a) act(s) of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the executive in the course of employment, (b) willful failure or refusal to perform in any material respect the executive’s duties or responsibilities, (c) misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) by the executive of any assets or business opportunities of us, (d) embezzlement or fraud committed (or attempted) by the executive, or at his direction, (e) conviction of, or the plea of guilty or nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect to, any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud, (f) material breach by the executive of the employment agreement or other specified agreements or (g) breach by the executive of the non-interference agreement or other applicable restrictive covenants;

“Disability” means any physical or mental disability or infirmity of the executive that prevents, or would be reasonably likely to prevent, the performance of executive’s duties for either 180 consecutive days or 270 non-consecutive days during any 12-month period; and

“Good Reason” means, without the NEO’s consent, (a) a material diminution in the executive’s title, duties, or responsibilities; (b) the involuntary relocation of the geographic location of the executive’s principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from the location of the executive’s principal place of employment as of the effective date of the employment agreement; (c) a material breach by us of the employment agreement; or (d) in the case of Mr. Marsh, a diminution in his base salary.

Base Salary

Each NEO’s base salary is a fixed component of compensation for each year for performing specific job duties and functions. Historically, the board of managers of Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC established the annualized base salary for each of the NEOs at a level necessary to retain their services and reviewed such annualized base salary at the end of each year, with adjustments implemented at the beginning of the next year. The establishment and adjustment of the annualized base salary for each NEO has generally been based on factors including but not limited to: (a) any increase or decrease in responsibility, (b) job performance and (c) the level of compensation paid to executives of other peer companies, as estimated based on publicly available information and the experience of the board of managers of our predecessor.

Annual Bonus

Historically, we have maintained an annual performance-based cash bonus program. Our board of managers has previously determined the amount, if any, of the annual bonuses awarded to each of our NEOs after careful review of our performance over the course of the preceding year. Principal determinants in this subjective assessment have included, but were not limited to, natural gas production, EUR improvements, capital efficiency, operating expenses and Adjusted EBITDAX. Other qualitative factors such as advancement of strategic objectives also influence the results of the bonus program.

For 2020, based on company performance, our board of managers approved a payout for Messrs. Marsh, Elkin and Stoltenberg of 120%, 120% and 135%, respectively, of their bonus targets.

Cash Retention Awards

On September 10, 2019, we entered into cash incentive award agreements with Messrs. Marsh and Stoltenberg that provide for cash payments upon vesting in the amount of $4,221,000 and $511,875, respectively. The actual amount of the cash payment made to each NEO on vesting is reduced by any distributions, if any, the NEO receives on Class A units of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP between the date of grant of the cash incentive award and the date of payment. The cash awards generally vest on the earlier of (a) the fourth anniversary of the grant and (b) a “Change in Control,” in each case, subject to the NEO’s continued employment with us. If, prior to vesting, the NEO’s employment is terminated by the company for Cause or by the NEO without Good Reason (each as defined in the NEO’s employment agreement) or if the NEO violates any of the restrictive covenants

 

127


Table of Contents

applicable to the NEO, then the cash award will automatically be forfeited for no consideration. If the NEO’s employment is terminated by the company without Cause or the NEO resigns for Good Reason prior to the vesting of the cash award, a prorated portion of the cash award will vest based on the percentage of the four-year period that has elapsed from the date of grant to the termination of the NEO’s employment. The cash award will be paid in a lump sum within 30 days of vesting.

For purposes of the cash incentive award agreements, a Change in Control generally means that (a) more than 50% of the Class B units of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP are acquired by an unaffiliated entity; or (b) substantially all of the outstanding interests of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP are sold or exchanged in a single transaction, or a series of related transactions, to any unaffiliated entity. We do not expect that this offering will result in a Change in Control for purposes of the cash award agreements.

Class A Units

Upon commencing employment, Messrs. Marsh, Elkin and Stoltenberg each received an award of Class A units in each of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP, Harvest Royalties Holdings LP and Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP (each, a “Partnership Grantor”) pursuant to each Partnership Grantor’s respective Class A Unit Incentive Plans. The Class A units are profits interests that represent actual (non-voting) equity interests in the respective Partnership Grantor meant to enable certain employees to share in Blackstone’s financial success after Blackstone and other employee co-investors receive a certain level of return on their investment. The Class A units entitle unitholders to an increasing percentage of future distributions, but only after all invested capital has received cumulative cash distributions of a certain multiple return.

The Class A units vest in five equal annual installments beginning on the later of the first anniversary of the NEO’s hire date and March 15, 2017 (or, in the case of the Class A Units of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, the later of the first anniversary of the Named Executive Officer’s hire date and the Shell Acquisition), although such vesting will be fully accelerated upon the occurrence of an “Exit Event” (as defined below). If a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, any Class A units that would have become vested on the next vesting date automatically vest. If a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated for any other reason, all unvested Class A units are forfeited at the time of termination (except with respect to Mr. Marsh, whose unvested Class A units will fully vest in the event his employment is terminated without cause or if he resigns with good reason, in each case, within one year of this offering). If a Named Executive Officer’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, or by us without cause or by the NEO with good reason, the Class A units will be subject to repurchase.

We do not expect that this offering will result in an Exit Event for the Class A units. An “Exit Event” occurs if, other than as a result of a public offering:

 

  a)

more than 50% of the Class B units of the applicable Partnership Grantor are acquired by an unaffiliated entity; or

 

  b)

substantially all of the applicable Partnership Grantor’s outstanding interests are sold or exchanged in a single transaction, or a series of related transactions, to any unaffiliated entity.

For treatment of the Class A units in connection with this offering, see “Corporate Reorganization.” Following the closing of this offering, we expect that our NEOs will no longer receive awards of Class A units or other equity based compensation from any of the Partnership Grantors. Our compensation consultant has been directed to prepare a market study of incentive equity award grants for directors and executive officers of our peer-companies and to prepare recommendations for grants within 90 days of the completion of this offering. The board intends to make grants under our long-term incentive plan (see “2021 Long Term Incentive Plan”) within 180 days from the closing of this offering at levels consistent with the 50th percentile of our peer group, taking into consideration the study completed by the compensation consultant and their recommendation.

 

128


Table of Contents

Future Compensation Arrangements

We are undertaking a review of our executive compensation arrangements and, under the direction of our Compensation Committee in consultation with our compensation consultant, we intend to enter into new employment agreements and comprehensive compensation arrangements with our management team, including each of our NEOs. Our compensation consultant has been directed to prepare a market study of compensation arrangements (including incentive equity award grants as described above) of our peer companies and to prepare recommendations to our Compensation Committee within 90 days of the completion of this offering. It is currently anticipated that these arrangements and grants will be entered into within approximately 180 days of the completion of this offering. The terms of these new employment agreements and compensation arrangements have not yet been determined, but it is anticipated that the compensation of our management team under these new arrangements will reflect levels consistent with the 50th percentile of our peer group.

Director Compensation

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of managers during 2020. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to, any of the other non-employee members of the board of managers in 2020.

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash ($)
     Total ($)  

Alan J. Carr(1)

     262,500        262,500  

Charles M. Sledge

     262,500        262,500  

 

(1)

Mr. Carr is a director of our predecessor and will not be continuing as a director following the IPO.

The fees for each of our non-employee directors in 2020 consisted of a cash retainer equal to $25,000 per month from January through September 2020 which was then reduced to $12,500 per month from October through December. We are undertaking a review of our non-employee director compensation arrangements and intend to implement a non- employee director compensation program in connection with this offering. The terms of the non-employee director compensation program have not yet been determined. Directors who are also our employees will not receive any additional compensation for their service on our board of directors.

2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan

In order to incentivize our employees following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our board of directors will adopt a new long-term incentive plan (the “LTIP”) for employees, consultants and directors prior to the completion of this offering. Our NEOs will be eligible to participate in the LTIP, which we expect will become effective upon the consummation of this offering. We anticipate that the LTIP will provide for the grant of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock awards, dividend equivalents, other stock-based awards, cash awards, and substitute awards intended to align the interests of service providers, including our Named Executive Officers, with those of our stockholders.

Securities to be Offered

Subject to adjustment in the event of certain transactions or changes of capitalization in accordance with the LTIP, a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to 8% of the number shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding at the closing of this offering (on a fully diluted basis) will initially be reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the LTIP. The total number of shares reserved for issuance under

 

129


Table of Contents

the LTIP will be increased on January 1 of each of the first 10 calendar years during the term of the LTIP, by the lesser of (i) a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to 3% of the total number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding on each December 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (ii) such number of shares of the company’s Class A common stock determined by our board of directors or compensation committee. The total number of initial shares reserved for issuance under the LTIP may be issued pursuant to incentive options. Shares of Class A common stock subject to an award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, exchanged, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares and shares withheld to pay the exercise price of, or to satisfy the withholding obligations with respect to, an award will again be available for delivery pursuant to other awards under the LTIP.

Administration

The LTIP will be administered by our board of directors, except to the extent our board of directors elects a committee of directors to administer the LTIP (as applicable, the “Administrator”). The Administrator has broad discretion to administer the LTIP, including the power to determine the eligible individuals to whom awards will be granted, the number and type of awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of awards. The Administrator may also accelerate the vesting or exercise of any award and make all other determinations and to take all other actions necessary or advisable for the administration of the LTIP. To the extent the Administrator is not our board of directors, our board of directors will retain the authority to take all actions permitted by the Administrator under the LTIP.

Eligibility

Our employees, consultants and nonemployee directors, and employees and consultants of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the LTIP.

Nonemployee Director Compensation Limits

Under the LTIP, in a single fiscal year, a nonemployee director may not be granted awards for such individual’s service on our board of directors having a value in excess of $750,000.

Types of Awards

Options. We may grant options to eligible persons, except that incentive options may only be granted to persons who are our employees or employees of one of our subsidiaries, in accordance with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of an option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date on which the option is granted and the option must not be exercisable for longer than 10 years following the date of grant. In the case of an incentive option granted to an individual who owns (or is deemed to own) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our equity securities, the exercise price of the option must be at least 110% of the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date of grant, and the option must not be exercisable more than five years from the date of grant.

SARs. A SAR is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of Class A common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price of the SAR. The grant price of an SAR generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the date on which the SAR is granted. The term of a SAR may not exceed ten years. SARs may be granted in connection with, or independent of, other awards. The Administrator will have the discretion to determine other terms and conditions of an SAR award.

Restricted Share Awards. A restricted share award is a grant of shares of Class A common stock subject to the restrictions on transferability and risk of forfeiture imposed by the Administrator. Unless otherwise

 

130


Table of Contents

determined by the Administrator and specified in the applicable award agreement, the holder of a restricted share award will have rights as a stockholder, including the right to vote the shares of Class A common stock subject to the restricted share award or to receive dividends on the shares of Class A common stock subject to the restricted share award during the restriction period. In the discretion of the Administrator, dividends distributed prior to vesting may be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the restricted shares with respect to which the distribution was made.

Restricted Share Units. An RSU is a right to receive cash, shares of Class A common stock or a combination of cash and shares of Class A common stock at the end of a specified period equal to the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of vesting. RSUs may be subject to the restrictions, including a risk of forfeiture, imposed by the Administrator.

Share Awards. A share award is a transfer of unrestricted shares of Class A common stock on terms and conditions, if any, determined by the Administrator.

Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents entitle a participant to receive cash, shares of Class A common stock, other awards or other property equal in value to dividends or other distributions paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Class A common stock. Dividend equivalents may be granted on a free-standing basis or in connection with another award (other than a restricted share award or a share award).

Other Share-Based Awards. Other share-based awards are awards denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, the value of our shares of Class A common stock.

Cash Awards. Cash awards may be granted on a free-standing basis or as an element of, a supplement to, or in lieu of any other award.

Substitute Awards. Awards may be granted in substitution or exchange for any other award granted under the LTIP or under another equity incentive plan or any other right of an eligible person to receive payment from us. Awards may also be granted under the LTIP in substitution for similar awards held for individuals who become participants as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition of another entity by or with the company or one of our affiliates.

Certain Transactions

If any change is made to our capitalization, such as a share split, share combination, share dividend, exchange of shares or other recapitalization, merger or otherwise, that results in an increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of common stock, appropriate adjustments will be made by the Administrator in the shares subject to an award under the LTIP. The Administrator will also have the discretion to make certain adjustments to awards in the event of a change in control, such as accelerating the vesting or exercisability of awards; requiring the surrender of an award, with or without consideration, or making any other adjustment or modification to the award that the Administrator determines is appropriate; in light of such transaction.

Clawback

All awards granted under the LTIP will be subject to reduction, cancelation or recoupment under any written clawback policy that we may adopt and that we determine should apply to awards under the LTIP.

Plan Amendment and Termination

Our Administrator may amend or terminate any award, award agreement or the LTIP at any time; however, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law

 

131


Table of Contents

or exchange listing standards. The Administrator will not have the authority, without the approval of stockholders, to amend any outstanding option or share appreciation right to reduce its exercise price per share. The LTIP will remain in effect for a period of 10 years (unless earlier terminated by our board of directors).

 

132


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional common stock) that, upon the consummation of our corporate reorganization in connection with the completion of this offering, will be owned by:

 

   

each person known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our Named Executive Officers;

 

   

each member of our board of directors; and

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Except as otherwise noted, the person or entities listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock beneficially owned by them, except to the extent this power may be shared with a spouse. All information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by the directors or Named Executive Officers, as the case may be. Unless otherwise noted, the mailing address of each listed beneficial owner is c/o Vine Energy Inc., 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024.

Prior to the completion of our corporate reorganization (which will occur in connection with the completion of this offering), the ownership interests of our directors and executive officers are represented by limited partnership interests in Vine Oil & Gas LP.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                 shares of Class A common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                 shares from us.

 

     Shares of Class A
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
     Shares of Class B Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
     Total
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner(1)

   Number      Percentage      Number      Percentage      Percentage  

5% Shareholders:

              

Vine Investment LLC(2)

              

Vine Investment II LLC(3)

              

Brix Investment LLC(4)

              

Brix Investment II LLC(5)

              

Harvest Investment LLC(6)

              

Harvest Investment II LLC(7)

              

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

              

Eric D. Marsh

              

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

              

David M. Elkin

              

Angelo G. Acconcia(8)

              

Murat T. Konuk(9)

              

Charles M. Sledge

              

Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (6 persons)

              

 

*

Less than 1%.

 

133


Table of Contents
(1)

Does not include an aggregate of                shares of restricted stock units (based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that our board of directors has offered to grant to our executive officers and directors in connection with the completion of this offering.

(2)

Vine Energy Investment LLC is owned by Vine Oil & Gas Holdings LLC (“Holdings”) and Vintner Resources, LLC, which is controlled by Eric D. Marsh, our Chief Executive Officer, and certain members of management. Certain members of our management team and certain of our employees also own incentive units in Vine Investment. “Executive Compensation—Outstanding Equity Awards at 2016 Fiscal Year-End” contains additional information on the incentive units. Holdings is owned by Blackstone Capital Partners VI-Q L.P. (“BCP VI-Q”), Blackstone Energy Partners Q L.P. (“BEP Q”), Blackstone Family Investment Partnership VI-ESC L.P. (“BFIP VI”), Blackstone Energy Family Investment Partnership ESC L.P. (“BEFIP ESC”) and Blackstone Energy Family Investment Partnership SMD L.P. (“BEFIP SMD”). The general partner of BCP VI-Q is Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is BMA VI L.L.C. The general partner of BEP Q is Blackstone Energy Management Associates L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Energy Management Associates L.L.C. is Blackstone EMA L.L.C. The general partner of BFIP VI is BCP VI Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of BEFIP ESC is BEP Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of BEFIP SMD is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is in turn wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of each of BMA VI L.L.C. and Blackstone EMA L.L.C. and the sole member of each of BCP VI Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. and BEP Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group Inc. The sole holder of the Class C common stock of The Blackstone Group Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154, provided that the address for Vintner Resources is 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024.

(3)

Vine Energy Investment II LLC will be owned by an alternative investment vehicle of BCP VI-Q (“BCP VI AIV”), an alternative vehicle of BEP Q (“BEP AIV”) and Vintner Resources, LLC, which is controlled by Eric D. Marsh, our Chief Executive Officer, and certain members of management. The general partner of BEP AIV will be Blackstone Energy Management Associates L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Energy Management Associates L.L.C. is Blackstone EMA L.L.C. The general partner of BCP VI AIV will be Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is BMA VI L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of each of BMA VI L.L.C. and Blackstone EMA L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group Inc. The sole holder of the Class C common stock of The Blackstone Group Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154 provided that the address for Vintner Resources is 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024.

(4)

Brix Investment LLC is owned by B&H Oil and Gas L.L.C (“B&H Oil & Gas”). B&H Oil and Gas is owned by BCP VI-Q, BFIP VI, BCP VI SBS Holdings L.L.C. (“BCP VI SBS Holdings”), Blackstone Energy Partners II Q L.P. (“BEP II Q”), Blackstone Energy Partners II.F Q L.P. (“BEP II.F Q”), Blackstone Energy Family Investment Partnership II-ESC L.P. (“BEFIP II-ESC”), Blackstone Energy Family

 

134


Table of Contents
  Investment Partnership II SMD L.P. (“BEFIP II SMD”), BEP II SBS Holdings L.L.C. (“BEP II SBS Holdings”) and BTAS Q Holdings L.L.C. (“BTAS Q Holdings”). The general partner of BCP VI-Q is Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is BMA VI L.L.C. The general partner of BFIP VI is BCP VI Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of each of BEP II Q and BEP II.F Q is Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. is Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. The general partner of BEFIP II-ESC is BEP II Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of BEFIP II SMD is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is in turn wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of each of BEP II SBS Holdings and BCP VI SBS Holdings is Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella Partnership L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella Partnership L.P. is Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella GP L.L.C. The managing member of BTAS Q Holdings is BTAS Associates L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of each of BMA VI L.L.C., Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. and BTAS Associates L.L.C. and the sole member of each of BCP VI Side-by-Side GP L.L.C., BEP II Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. and Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group Inc. The sole holder of the Class C common stock of The Blackstone Group Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.
(5)

Brix Investment II LLC will be owned by an alternative investment vehicle of BEP II Q (“BEP II AIV”), an alternative investment vehicle of BEP II.F Q (“BEP II.F AIV”) and BCP VI AIV. The general partner of BCP VI AIV will be Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is BMA VI L.L.C. The general partner of each of BEP II AIV and BEP II.F AIV will be Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. is Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of each of BMA VI L.L.C. and Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group Inc. The sole holder of the Class C common stock of The Blackstone Group Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.

(6)

Harvest Investment LLC is owned by B&H Oil and Gas L.L.C (“B&H Oil & Gas”). B&H Oil and Gas is owned by BCP VI-Q, BFIP VI, BCP VI SBS Holdings L.L.C. (“BCP VI SBS Holdings”), Blackstone Energy Partners II Q L.P. (“BEP II Q”), Blackstone Energy Partners II.F Q L.P. (“BEP II.F Q”), Blackstone Energy Family Investment Partnership II-ESC L.P. (“BEFIP II-ESC”), Blackstone Energy Family Investment Partnership II SMD L.P. (“BEFIP II SMD”), BEP II SBS Holdings L.L.C. (“BEP II SBS Holdings”) and BTAS Q Holdings L.L.C. (“BTAS Q Holdings”). The general partner of BCP VI-Q is Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is BMA VI L.L.C. The general partner of BFIP VI is BCP VI Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of each of BEP II Q and BEP II.F Q is Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. is Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. The general partner of BEFIP II-ESC is BEP II Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. The general partner of BEFIP II SMD is Blackstone Family GP L.L.C., which is in turn wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors

 

135


Table of Contents
  and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. The general partner of each of BEP II SBS Holdings and BCP VI SBS Holdings is Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella Partnership L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella Partnership L.P. is Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella GP L.L.C. The managing member of BTAS Q Holdings is BTAS Associates L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of each of BMA VI L.L.C., Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. and BTAS Associates L.L.C. and the sole member of each of BCP VI Side-by-Side GP L.L.C., BEP II Side-by-Side GP L.L.C. and Blackstone Side-by-Side Umbrella GP L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group Inc. The sole holder of the Class C common stock of The Blackstone Group Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.
(7)

Harvest Investment II LLC will be owned by an alternative investment vehicle of BEP II Q (“BEP II AIV”), an alternative investment vehicle of BEP II.F Q (“BEP II.F AIV”) and BCP VI AIV. The general partner of BCP VI AIV will be Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C. is BMA VI L.L.C. The general partner of each of BEP II AIV and BEP II.F AIV will be Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C. is Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is the managing member of each of BMA VI L.L.C. and Blackstone EMA II L.L.C. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is The Blackstone Group Inc. The sole holder of the Class C common stock of The Blackstone Group Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly-owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman may be deemed to beneficially own the shares directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. The address of each of the foregoing entities is 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.

(8)

Mr. Acconcia is an employee of Blackstone, but he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone. The address for Mr. Acconcia is c/o The Blackstone Group Inc., 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.

(9)

Mr. Konuk is an employee of Blackstone, but he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by Blackstone. The address for Mr. Konuk is c/o The Blackstone Group Inc., 345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor, New York, New York 10154.

 

136


Table of Contents

CORPORATE REORGANIZATION

Vine Energy is a Delaware corporation that was formed for the purpose of making this offering. Following this offering and the transactions related thereto, Vine Energy will be a holding company whose sole material asset will consist of membership interests in Vine Holdings. Vine Holdings will own all of the outstanding limited partnership interests in each of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest, the operating subsidiaries through which we operate our assets, and all of the outstanding equity in each of Vine Oil & Gas GP, Brix GP and Harvest GP, the general partners of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest, respectively. After the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this prospectus, Vine Energy will be the managing member of Vine Holdings and will control and be responsible for all operational, management and administrative decisions relating to Vine Holdings business and will consolidate the financial results of Vine Holdings and its subsidiaries.

In connection with this offering, (a) the Existing Owners who directly hold equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas, Vine Oil & Gas GP, Brix, Brix GP, Harvest and Harvest GP will contribute such equity interests to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued equity in Vine Holdings (the “LLC Interests”), (b) certain of the Existing Owners will contribute a portion of their LLC Interests directly, or indirectly by contribution of Blocker Entities holding LLC Interests, to Vine Energy in exchange for newly issued Class A common stock and will contribute such Class A common stock received to Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment II, Vine Investment, Brix Investment or Harvest Investment, as applicable, (c) certain of the Existing Owners will exchange the remaining portion of their LLC Interests for newly issued Vine Units and subscribe for newly issued Class B common stock of Vine Energy with no economic rights or value and will contribute such Vine Units and Class B common stock to Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, as applicable, and (d) Vine Energy will contribute the net proceeds of this offering to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued Vine Units and a managing member interest in Vine Holdings. After giving effect to these transactions and the offering contemplated by this prospectus, (i) Vine Energy will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Holdings (or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (ii) Vine Investment will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Holdings and         % interest in Vine Energy (or         % or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (iii) Brix Investment will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Holdings and         % interest in Vine Energy (or         % or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (iv) Harvest Investment will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Holdings and         % interest in Vine Energy (or         % or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (v) Vine Investment II will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Energy (or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (vi) Brix Investment II will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Energy (or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), and (vii) Harvest Investment II will own an approximate         % interest in Vine Energy (or         % if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

Each share of Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our shareholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law or by our certificate of incorporation. We do not intend to list Class B common stock on any stock exchange.

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by Vine Energy to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of

 

137


Table of Contents

control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Vine Energy will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.

The following diagrams indicate our simplified current ownership structure and our simplified ownership structure immediately following this offering and the transactions related thereto (assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised):

Simplified Current Ownership Structure

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Blackstone owns     % of Vine Oil & Gas GP,     % of Brix GP and     % of Harvest GP. Blackstone holds its ownership in Vine Oil & Gas through funds separate from the funds in which it holds its ownership in Brix and Harvest, which are not consolidated by a common parent. Therefore, Vine Oil & Gas is not considered under common control with Brix GP and Harvest GP for financial reporting purposes.

(2)

Certain Management Members own     % of Vine Oil & Gas GP,     % of Brix GP and     % of Harvest GP.

 

138


Table of Contents

Simplified Ownership Structure After Giving Effect to this Offering

 

LOGO

 

(1)

Includes Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment.

(2)

Includes Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II.

(3)

Vine Holdings owns 100% of Brix GP, Harvest GP and Vine Oil & Gas GP. Brix GP is the general partner of Brix, Harvest GP is the general partner of Harvest and Vine Oil & Gas GP is the general partner of Vine Oil & Gas.

Offering

Only Class A common stock will be sold to investors pursuant to this offering. Immediately following this offering, there will be                 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding and                 shares of Class A common stock reserved for exchanges of Vine Units and shares of Class B common stock pursuant to the VEH LLC Agreement. We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering related expenses, will be approximately $                 million. We intend to contribute all of the net proceeds of this offering to Vine Holdings in exchange for Vine Units. Vine Holdings will use (i) approximately $                 million to repay our indebtedness and (ii) the

 

139


Table of Contents

remaining balance of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes. “Use of Proceeds” contains more information.

As a result of the corporate reorganization and the offering described above (and prior to any exchanges of Vine Units):

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively own                 shares of Class A common stock (or                 shares of Class A common stock if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock);

 

   

Vine Investment will hold                  shares of Class A common stock,                  shares of Class B common stock and a corresponding number of Vine Units;

 

   

Brix Investment will hold                  shares of Class A common stock,                  shares of Class B common stock and a corresponding number of Vine Units;

 

   

Harvest Investment will hold                  shares of Class A common stock,                  shares of Class B common stock and a corresponding number of Vine Units;

 

   

Vine Investment II will hold                 shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

Brix Investment II will hold                 shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

Harvest Investment II will hold                 shares of Class A common stock;

 

   

the investors in this offering will collectively hold                 % of the voting power in us; and

 

   

assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, (i) Vine Investment will hold                 % of the voting power in us (or                 % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (ii) Brix Investment will hold                 % of the voting power in us (or if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (iii) Harvest Investment will hold                 % of the voting power in us (or                 % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (iv) Vine Investment II will hold                 % of the voting power in us (or                 % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), (v) Brix Investment II will hold                 % of the voting power in us (or                 % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), and (vi) Harvest Investment II will hold                 % of the voting power in us (or                 % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock).

Holding Company Structure

Our post-offering organizational structure will allow the Vine Unit Holders to retain their equity ownership in Vine Holdings, a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Investors in this offering will, by contrast, hold their equity ownership in the form of shares of Class A common stock in us, and we are classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The holders of Vine Units will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their proportionate share of any taxable income of Vine Holdings.

In addition, pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and the VEH LLC Agreement, our capital structure and the capital structure of Vine Holdings will generally replicate one another and will provide for customary antidilution mechanisms in order to maintain the one-for-one exchange ratio between the Vine Units (and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) and our Class A common stock, among other things.

We and the Vine Unit Holders will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on our proportionate share of any taxable income of Vine Holdings and will be allocated our proportionate share of any

 

140


Table of Contents

taxable loss of Vine Holdings. The VEH LLC Agreement will provide, to the extent cash is available, for distributions pro rata to us and the Vine Unit Holders in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

We do not expect to declare or pay cash dividends to holders of our Class A common stock for the foreseeable future. However, to the extent our free cash flow generation results in a decrease in our overall leverage in the future, we may revisit our dividend policy.

We will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by Vine Energy to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Vine Energy will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Receivable Agreement” contains more information.

 

141


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Corporate Reorganization

In connection with our corporate reorganization, we will engage in transactions with certain affiliates and our existing equity holders. “Corporate Reorganization” contains a description of these transactions.

VEH LLC Agreement

Under the VEH LLC Agreement, we will have the right to determine when distributions will be made to us and the Vine Unit Holders and the amount of any such distributions. Following this offering, if we authorize a distribution, such distribution will be made to the Vine Unit Holders and us on a pro rata basis in accordance with our respective percentage ownership of Vine Units.

We and the Vine Unit Holders will generally incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on our proportionate share of any taxable income of Vine Holdings and will be allocated our proportionate share of any taxable loss of Vine Holdings. Net profits and net losses of Vine Holdings generally will be allocated to us and the Vine Unit Holders on a pro rata basis in accordance with our respective percentage ownership of Vine Units, except that certain non-pro rata adjustments will be required to be made to reflect built-in gains and losses and tax depreciation, depletion and amortization with respect to such built-in gains and losses. The VEH LLC Agreement will provide, to the extent cash is available, for pro rata tax distributions to us and the Vine Unit Holders in an amount at least sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

The VEH LLC Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise determined by us, at any time we issue a share of our Class A common stock or any other equity security other than pursuant to an incentive plan, the net proceeds received by us with respect to such issuance, if any, shall be concurrently contributed to Vine Holdings, and Vine Holdings shall issue to us one Vine Unit or other economically equivalent equity interest. Conversely, if at any time, any shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired, Vine Holdings shall redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire an equal number of Vine Units held by us, upon the same terms and for the same price, as the shares of our Class A common stock are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired.

Under the VEH LLC Agreement, the members have agreed that Blackstone and/or one or more of its affiliates will be permitted to engage in business activities or invest in or acquire businesses which may compete with our business or do business with any client of ours.

Vine Holdings will be dissolved only upon the first to occur of (i) the sale of substantially all of its assets, (ii) approval of its dissolution by the managing member, and a vote in favor of dissolution by at least two-thirds of the holders of its Class B units or (iii) entry of a judicial order to dissolve the company. Upon dissolution, Vine Holdings will be liquidated and the proceeds from any liquidation will be applied and distributed in the following manner: (a) first, to creditors (including to the extent permitted by law, creditors who are members) in satisfaction of the liabilities of Vine Holdings, (b) second, to establish cash reserves for contingent or unforeseen liabilities and (c) third, to the members in proportion to the number of Vine Units owned by each of them.

Exchange Agreement

We will enter into an exchange agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment and Vine Holdings pursuant to which each Vine Unit Holder signatory thereto (and certain permitted transferees thereof) may, subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, exchange their Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one

 

142


Table of Contents

basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications. At our election we may give the exchanging Vine Unit Holders cash in an amount equal to the value of such Class A common stock instead of shares of Class A common stock. The exchange agreement also provides that Vine Unit Holders will not have the right to exchange Vine Units if Vine Energy determines that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with Vine Energy or its subsidiaries to which such holder may be subject. Vine Energy may impose additional restrictions on any exchange that it determines to be necessary or advisable so that Vine Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a holder exchanges Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Vine Units held by Vine Energy is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Vine Units. In accordance with the exchange agreement, any holder who surrenders all of its Vine Units for exchange must concurrently surrender all shares of Class B common stock held by it (including fractions thereof) to Vine Energy.

Tax Receivable Agreement

As described in “—Exchange Agreement” above, the Vine Unit Holders (and their permitted transferees) may exchange their Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassification and other similar transactions or, at our election, an equivalent amount of cash. Vine Holdings intends to make an election under Section 754 of the Code that will be effective for the taxable year that includes this offering and each taxable year in which an exchange of Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock, for, on a one-for-one basis, shares of Class A common stock or, at our election, an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the Exchange Right occurs.

Pursuant to the Section 754 election, each future exchange of Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock, for Class A common stock (as well as any exchange of Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock, for cash) is expected to result in increases in the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Vine Holdings, and these adjustments will be allocated to us. Adjustments to the tax basis of the tangible and intangible assets of Vine Holdings described above would not have been available absent these exchanges of Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock. The anticipated basis adjustments are expected to increase (for tax purposes) our depreciation, depletion and amortization deductions and may also decrease our gains (or increase our losses) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent tax basis is allocated to those capital assets In addition, we have acquired certain tax attributes attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners. Such increased deductions and losses and reduced gains, as well as such tax attributes, may reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by Vine Energy to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by Vine Investment, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and

 

143


Table of Contents

(iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. Vine Energy will retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of these cash savings, if any. If we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early, we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment.

The payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement are our obligations and not obligations of Vine Holdings, and we expect that the payments we will make under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be substantial. For purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement, cash savings in tax generally will be calculated by comparing our actual tax liability to the amount we would have been required to pay had we not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement. The amounts payable, as well as the timing of any payments, under the Tax Receivable Agreement are dependent upon future events and assumptions, including the timing of the exchanges of Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of our Class B common stock, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of each exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable transactions, the amount of the exchanging Vine Unit Holder’s tax basis in its Vine Units at the time of the relevant exchange, the depreciation, depletion and amortization periods that apply to the increase in tax basis, the amount and timing of taxable income we generate in the future, the U.S. federal income tax rate then applicable, and the portion of Vine Energy’s payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement that constitute imputed interest or give rise to depreciable, depletable or amortizable tax basis. The term of the Tax Receivable Agreement will commence upon the completion of this offering and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or have expired, and all required payments have been made, unless the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated early (including upon a change of control or if we exercise our right to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement). In the event that the Tax Receivable Agreement is not terminated, the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement are anticipated to commence in                 (with respect to the tax year                ) and to continue for approximately                  years.

Estimating the amount of payments that may be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement is by its nature imprecise, insofar as the calculation of amounts payable depends on a variety of factors. The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of the exchanges, the price of Class A common stock at the time of each exchange, the extent to which such exchanges are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future and the tax rate then applicable, and the portion of our payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement constituting imputed interest or depreciable, depletable or amortizable tax basis. We expect that the payments that we will be required to make under the Tax Receivable Agreement could be substantial.

Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law, we expect that if we experienced a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated lump-sum payment would be approximately $                 million (calculated using a discount rate equal to a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points, applied against an undiscounted liability of approximately $                 million). The foregoing amounts are merely estimates and the actual payments could differ materially. It is possible that future transactions or events could increase or decrease the actual tax benefits realized and the corresponding Tax Receivable Agreement payments as compared to these estimates. Moreover, there may be a negative impact on our liquidity if, as a result of timing discrepancies or otherwise, (i) the payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the Tax Receivable Agreement and/or (ii) distributions to us by Vine Holdings are not sufficient to permit us to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement after we have paid our taxes and other obligations. The payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not be conditioned upon a holder of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement having a continued ownership interest in either Vine Holdings or us.

In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) to challenge potential tax basis increases or other tax benefits covered under the Tax Receivable Agreement, the holders of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not reimburse us for any payments previously made under the Tax Receivable Agreement if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed, except

 

144


Table of Contents

that excess payments made to any such holder will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such holder after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments that are greater than our actual cash tax savings, if any, and may not be able to recoup those payments, which could adversely affect our liquidity.

The Tax Receivable Agreement will provide that in the event that we breach any of our material obligations under it, whether as a result of our failure to make any payment when due (including in cases where we elect to terminate the Tax Receivable Agreement early, the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated early due to certain mergers or other changes of control or we have available cash but fail to make payments when due under circumstances where we do not have the right to elect to defer the payment, as described below), failure to honor any other material obligation under it or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of the Tax Receivable Agreement in a case commenced under the United States Bankruptcy Code or otherwise, then all of our payment and other obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement will be accelerated and will become due and payable applying the same assumptions described above. Such payments could be substantial and could exceed our actual cash tax savings under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Additionally, if we experience a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach), we could be required to make a substantial, immediate lump-sum payment. This payment would equal the present value of hypothetical future payments that could be required to be paid under the Tax Receivable Agreement (calculated using a discount rate equal to a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points). The calculation of the hypothetical future payments will be based upon certain assumptions and deemed events set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement, including (i) the sufficiency of taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits, (ii) any Vine Units (other than those held by us) outstanding on the termination date are exchanged on the termination date and (iii) the utilization of certain loss carryovers.

Any payment upon a change of control or early termination may be made significantly in advance of the actual realization of the future tax benefits to which the payment obligation relates. Accordingly, our ability to use the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement may be significantly delayed, and such tax benefits may expire before we are able to utilize them. Except in the event of a change of control transaction or an early termination, we will not be obligated to make a payment under the Tax Receivable Agreement with respect to any tax benefits that we are unable to utilize. However, if we experience a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement is terminated early, the assumptions required to be made under the Tax Receivable Agreement in calculating our obligation include the sufficiency of taxable income to fully utilize the tax benefits covered by the Tax Receivable Agreement. As a result, in these circumstances, we could be required to make an immediate lump-sum payment under the Tax Receivable Agreement even though our ability to recognize any related realized cash tax savings is uncertain. Accordingly, the immediate lump-sum payment could significantly exceed our actual cash tax savings to which such payment relates. The holders of rights under the Tax Receivable Agreement will not reimburse us for any portion of such payment if we are unable to utilize any of the tax benefits that give rise to such payment.

In these situations, our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, or other forms of business combinations or changes of control. For example, as discussed above, if we experienced a change of control or the Tax Receivable Agreement were terminated immediately after this offering, the estimated lump-sum payment would be approximately $                 million. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Decisions we make in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles under the Tax Receivable Agreement. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange of Vine Units,

 

145


Table of Contents

along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, may accelerate payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange of Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, may increase the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles’ tax liability without giving rise to any rights of the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles to receive payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Payments generally will be due under the Tax Receivable Agreement within 5 days following the finalization of the schedule with respect to which the payment obligation is calculated, although interest on such payments will begin to accrue from the due date (without extensions) of such tax return. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the Tax Recievable Agreement when due, such deferred payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement generally will accrue interest from the due date for such payment until the payment date at a rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points. However, interest will accrue from the due date for such payment until the payment date at a rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points if we are unable to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by existing credit agreements.

Because we are a holding company with no operations of our own, our ability to make payments under the Tax Receivable Agreement is dependent on the ability of Vine Holdings to make distributions to us in an amount sufficient to cover our obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement; this ability, in turn, may depend on the ability of Vine Holdings’ subsidiaries to make distributions to it. The ability of Vine Holdings, its subsidiaries and equity investees to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, the applicable provisions of Delaware law that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution and restrictions in relevant debt instruments issued by Vine Holdings and/or its subsidiaries and equity investees.

The form of the Tax Receivable Agreement is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and the foregoing description of the Tax Receivable Agreement is qualified by reference thereto.

Historical Transactions with Affiliates

Management Services Agreement

Each of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest entered into a separate management services agreement (each a “MSA”, and together, the “MSAs”) with its wholly owned subsidiary, Vine Management Services LLC (“VMS”), pursuant to which VMS agreed to provide personnel to manage and develop Vine Oil & Gas’s, Brix’s and Harvest’s assets and conduct certain operational, technical and administrative services. The MSAs have indefinite terms but may be terminated under certain circumstances, including upon Vine Oil & Gas’s, Brix’s or Harvest’s failure to perform any of their material obligations. The management fee under the MSAs is determined based on the direct and allocable portion of VMS’ actual out-of-pocket expenses attributable to Vine Oil & Gas (plus 2%), Brix (plus 2%) or Harvest (plus 2%), as applicable, and is paid monthly. The management fee for both 2020 and 2019 for Vine Oil & Gas was $0.4 million and for Brix and Harvest was $0.2 million, which each of is included within general and administrative expenses in the respective audited consolidated statements of operations. VMS also provides management services to other entities, as described in “—Other Historical Arrangements” below.

Advisory Agreements

Each of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest entered into a separate advisory agreement (each an “Advisory Agreement”, and together, the “Advisory Agreements”) with Vintner Resources, LLC (“Vintner Resources”) and Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C. (“BMP,” and together with Vintner Resources, the “Advisors”) pursuant to which the Advisors and their affiliates agreed to provide advisory and consulting services to Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest. Vintner Resources is indirectly controlled by Eric D. Marsh, our president and chief executive officer. The advisory and consulting services may include advice regarding financings and

 

146


Table of Contents

relationships with lenders and bankers; advice regarding the selection, retention and supervision of independent auditors, outside legal counsel, investment bankers and other advisors or consultants; advice regarding environmental, social and governance issues; advice regarding general business strategy and activities; and such other advice as may be reasonably requested by Vine Oil & Gas, Brix or Harvest. The monitoring fee earned by the Advisors under the Advisory Agreements is based on 2% of Vine Oil & Gas, and 1% of Brix and Harvest’s Adjusted EBITDAX, as applicable , as defined in the Advisory Agreements. The monitoring fees for 2020 and 2019 for Vine Oil & Gas were $7.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively, and for Brix and Harvest were $1.4 million and $1.0 million, respectively, and were each included in monitoring fees in the respective audited consolidated statements of operations. The Advisory Agreements will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Blackstone

Our predecessor was formed in 2014 in connection with an equity contribution by Blackstone. The limited partnership agreement of our predecessor provides for a number of different classes of units, which are owned by Blackstone and certain members of management.

Pursuant to Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP’s limited partnership agreement, Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, Vintner Resources and Blackstone entered into an area of mutual interest agreement (the “AMI Agreement”) pursuant to which the limited partners agreed to refrain from pursuing investments in unconventional shale opportunities and other related rights, assets and interests in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier formations in northern Louisiana, subject to certain exceptions. The AMI Agreement terminated in accordance with its terms on November 28, 2019.

As of December 31, 2020, Blackstone owned $50.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 8.75% Notes.

Additionally, Blackstone Advisory Partners L.P., an affiliate of Blackstone, acted as an initial purchaser in the offering of our 8.75% Notes and earned $0.7 million from the proceeds of the offering. As part of the issuance of the 9.75% Notes in October 2018, we paid Blackstone $63.8 million aggregate TLB principal plus accrued and unpaid interest. We paid $0.5 million to Blackstone for advisory services in connection with the placement of the 9.75% Notes.

In July 2020, a committee of independent members from our Board approved a $30 million distribution to Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone and certain members of management. The distribution was made immediately following such approval with funds originating from an RBL draw made at the end of June 2020.

In December 2020, we entered into the Second Lien Term Loan and used the proceeds to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Superpriority Facility in connection with the entry into the amendment to and extension of the RBL. In conjunction with the issuance of the Second Lien Term Loan we paid Blackstone $0.9 million in financing fees.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone, which will provide Blackstone with the right to designate or nominate a majority of the members of our board of directors so long as it and its affiliates collectively beneficially own more than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. When Blackstone and its affiliates collectively beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, Blackstone will have the right to generally designate or nominate a proportional number of directors to our board of directors until it and its affiliates collectively beneficially own less than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

 

147


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with Vine Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment and Harvest Investment II granting registration rights to certain of the Existing Owners, through their ownership in Vine Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment and Harvest Investment II. Under the registration rights agreement, we will agree to register the sale of shares of our Class A common stock held by Vine Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment and Harvest Investment II under certain circumstances and to provide such stockholders with certain customary demand, piggyback and block trade rights.

Procedures for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not maintained a policy for approval of Related Party Transactions. A “Related Party Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any of our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any Related Person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

 

   

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our executive officers or one of our directors;

 

   

any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, executive officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock; and

 

   

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

We anticipate that our board of directors will adopt a written related party transactions policy prior to the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this policy, we expect that our audit committee will review all material facts of all Related Party Transactions.

 

148


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon completion of this offering the authorized capital stock of Vine Energy will consist of shares of Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which                 shares will be issued and outstanding,                  shares of Class B common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which                shares will be issued and outstanding and                 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which no shares will be issued and outstanding.

The following summary of the capital stock and amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws of Vine Energy does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of applicable law and to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Class A Common Stock

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, including the election or removal of directors elected by our stockholders generally. The holders of our Class A common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class A common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of shares of our Class A common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.

All shares of our Class A common stock that will be outstanding at the time of the completion of the offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The Class A common stock will not be subject to further calls or assessments by us. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock do not have preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights powers, preferences and privileges of our Class A common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock or any other series or class of stock we may authorize and issue in the future.

Class B Common Stock

Each share of Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote on all matters to be voted on by shareholders generally. If at any time the ratio at which Vine Units are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock changes from one-for-one as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Exchange Agreement,” for example, as a result of a conversion rate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends or reclassifications, the number of votes to which Class B common stockholders are entitled will be adjusted accordingly. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.

Holders of shares of our Class B common stock will vote together with holders of our Class A common stock as a single class on all matters on which stockholders are entitled to vote generally, except as otherwise required by law.

 

149


Table of Contents

Holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends or to receive a distribution upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Vine Energy.

Any holder of Class B common stock that does not also hold Vine Units is required to surrender any such shares of Class B common stock (including fractions thereof) to Vine Energy.

Preferred Stock

No shares of preferred stock will be issued or outstanding immediately after the offering contemplated by this prospectus. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock). Unless required by law or any stock exchange, the authorized shares of preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by the holders of our Class A or Class B common stock. Our board of directors is able to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the powers (including voting powers), preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation:

 

   

the designation of the series

 

   

the number of shares of the series, which our board of directors may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares then outstanding);

 

   

whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;

 

   

the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;

 

   

the redemption or repurchase rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

 

   

the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;

 

   

the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs;

 

   

whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of us or any other entity, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;

 

   

restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series; and

 

   

the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.

Dividends

The DGCL permits a corporation to declare and pay dividends out of “surplus” or, if there is no “surplus,” out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. “Surplus” is defined as the excess of the net assets of the corporation over the amount determined to be the capital of the corporation by its board of directors. The capital of the corporation is typically calculated to be (and cannot be less than) the aggregate par value of all issued shares of capital stock. Net assets equals the fair value of the total assets minus total liabilities. The DGCL also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, remaining capital would be less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets. Declaration and payment of any dividend will be subject to the discretion of our board of directors.

 

150


Table of Contents

We currently do not pay a cash dividend to holders of our Class A common stock and certain of our debt agreements place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. “Dividend Policy” includes additional information. However to the extent our free cash flow generation results in a decrease in our overall leverage in the future, we may revisit our dividend policy and declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, cash requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Because we are a holding company and have no direct operations, we will only be able to pay dividends from funds we receive from our subsidiaries. In addition, our ability to pay dividends will be limited by covenants in our existing indebtedness and may be limited by the agreements governing other indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur in the future. “Dividend Policy” contains more information.

Annual Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholder meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our board of directors. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by remote communications, including by webcast.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Certain Provisions of Delaware Law

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce our vulnerability to a hostile or abusive change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of the company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock

Delaware law does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of shares that are authorized and available for issuance. However, the listing requirements of the NYSE, which would apply so long as our Class A common stock remains listed on the NYSE, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power of our capital stock or then outstanding number of shares of Class A common stock. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions.

Our board of directors may generally issue shares of one or more series of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of the company or the removal of our management. Moreover, our authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock will be available for future issuances in one or more series without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, to facilitate acquisitions and employee benefit plans.

One of the effects of the existence of authorized and unissued and unreserved Class A common stock or preferred stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Class A common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

 

151


Table of Contents

Classified Board of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board of directors.

Delaware Law

We will not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers. In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation, including those whose securities are listed for trading on the NYSE, from engaging in any business combination with any interested shareholder for a period of three years following the date that the shareholder became an interested shareholder, unless:

 

   

the transaction is approved by the board of directors before the date the interested shareholder attained that status;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or

 

   

on or after such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of shareholders by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested shareholder.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, directors serving on a classified board may be removed by the stockholders only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own in the aggregate, less than 30% of the voting power of all outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, directors may only be removed for cause, and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 6623% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of preferred stock then outstanding or the rights granted under the stockholders’ agreement with Blackstone, any vacancies on our board of directors, and any newly created directorships, will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% of voting power of the stock of the company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly-created directorship on the board of directors that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the board of directors may only be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by the stockholders).

No Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware law, the right to vote cumulatively does not exist unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not

 

152


Table of Contents

authorize cumulative voting. Therefore, stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors will be able to elect all our directors.

Special Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors; provided, however, at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of the stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of our stockholders shall also be called by the board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors at the request of Blackstone and its affiliates. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deterring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of the company.

Director Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions will not apply to Blackstone and its affiliates so long as the stockholders’ agreement remains in effect. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of the company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is or are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will preclude stockholder action by written consent at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Supermajority Provisions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, change, add to, rescind or repeal, in whole or in part, our bylaws without a stockholder vote in any matter not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. For as long as Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, change, addition or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of our stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on such amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal. At

 

153


Table of Contents

any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any amendment, alteration, rescission or repeal of our bylaws by our stockholders requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that at any time when Blackstone and its affiliates beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 30% in voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power all the then outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class:

 

   

the provision requiring a 66 2/3% supermajority vote for stockholders to amend our amended and restated bylaws;

 

   

the provisions providing for a classified board of directors (the election and term of our directors);

 

   

the provisions regarding resignation and removal of directors;

 

   

the provisions regarding competition and corporate opportunities;

 

   

the provisions regarding entering into business combinations with interested stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding stockholder action by written consent;

 

   

the provisions regarding calling special meetings of stockholders;

 

   

the provisions regarding filling vacancies on our board of directors and newly-created directorships;

 

   

the provisions eliminating monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty by a director; and

 

   

the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 66 2/3% supermajority vote.

The combination of the classification of our board of directors, the lack of cumulative voting and the supermajority voting requirements will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Because our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management.

These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of us or our management, such as a merger, reorganization or tender offer. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions are also intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in management.

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal and Payment

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, our stockholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of our company. Pursuant to the DGCL, stockholders who properly request and perfect

 

154


Table of Contents

appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

Stockholders’ Derivative Actions

Under the DGCL, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of our shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for any (i) derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (ii) action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of our company to our company or our company’s stockholders, (iii) action asserting a claim against our company or any director or officer of our company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, or (iv) action asserting a claim against our company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under U.S. federal securities laws, including the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of our company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, the enforceability of similar forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be unenforceable.

Conflicts of Interest

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or stockholders. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that we have in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to our officers, directors or stockholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates who are our or our subsidiaries’ employees. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, neither Blackstone nor its respective affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which we or our affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (ii) otherwise competing with us or our affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that Blackstone or any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for us or our affiliates, such person will have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not renounce our interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the company. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for us unless we would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under our amended and restated certificate of

 

155


Table of Contents

incorporation, we have sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity and the opportunity would be in line with our business.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ and officers’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors and officers for monetary damages to the corporation or its stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or an officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of us and our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director or an officer for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or an officer, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation does not apply to any breaches of the director’s or officer’s duty of loyalty, any acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, any authorization of dividends or stock redemptions or repurchases paid or made in violation of the DGCL, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated bylaws generally provide that we must defend, indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also are expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors or officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “VEI.”

 

156


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Future sales of our Class A common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our Class A common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.

Sales of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                 shares of Class A common stock. Of these shares, all of the                 shares of Class A common stock to be sold in this offering (or                 shares assuming the underwriters exercise the option to purchase additional shares in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless the shares are held by any of our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All remaining shares of Class A common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as such term is defined under Rule 144. The restricted securities were, or will be, issued and sold by us in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.

In addition, subject to certain limitations and exceptions, pursuant to the terms of the exchange agreement, the Vine Unit Holders will each have the right to exchange all or a portion of their Vine Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for Class A common stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Class A common stock for each Vine Unit (and corresponding share of Class B common stock) exchanged, subject to conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications or, at our election, an equivalent amount of cash. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Exchange Agreement” contains additional information. The shares of Class A common stock we issue upon such exchanges would be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144 described below. However, upon the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with the entities that comprise the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles that will require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A common stock owned by the entities that comprise the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement” contains additional information.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the shares of our Class A common stock (excluding the shares to be sold in this offering) that will be available for sale in the public market are as follows:

 

   

no shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus or prior to 180 days after the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

                shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus and when permitted under Rule 144 or Rule 701.

Lock-up Agreements

We, the entities that comprise the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles, the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles and all of our directors and executive officers have agreed not to sell any Class A common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Class A common stock for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. “Underwriting” contains a description of these lock-up agreements.

 

157


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non- affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

A person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our Class A common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock reported through the NYSE, as applicable, during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice of the sale. Such sales are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Stock Issued Under Employee Plans

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of Class A common stock issuable under our long-term incentive plan. This registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to be filed following the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and will be effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following the effective date, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Registration Rights

We expect to enter into a registration rights agreement with the entities that comprise the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, which will require us to file and effect the registration of our Class A common stock held thereby (and by certain of their affiliates) in certain circumstances no earlier than the expiration of the lock-up period contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with this offering. “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights” contains additional information regarding the registration rights agreement.

 

158


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) that acquires such Class A common stock pursuant to this offering and that holds such Class A common stock as a “capital asset” (generally property held for investment). This summary is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the tax considerations that we describe in this summary. We have not sought any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income, U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws, any state, local or non-U.S. tax laws or any tax treaties. This summary also does not address tax considerations applicable to investors that may be subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws, such as:

 

   

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

   

tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

 

   

qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund) or any other person that is subject to special rules or exemptions under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act;

 

   

dealers in securities or foreign currencies;

 

   

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

 

   

“controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

   

partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein;

 

   

persons deemed to sell our Class A common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons that acquired our Class A common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

 

   

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States; and

 

   

persons that hold our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, hedge, conversion transaction, wash sale or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction.

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE ENCOURAGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

 

159


Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Class A common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes a partnership or any of the following:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust (i) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) which has made a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If a partnership (including an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, upon the activities of the partnership and upon certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, we urge partners in partnerships (including entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) considering the purchase of our Class A common stock to consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock by such partnership.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we currently do not pay a cash dividend to holders of our Class A common stock and certain of our debt agreements place certain restrictions on our ability to pay cash dividends on our Class A common stock. “Dividend Policy” includes additional information. However to the extent our free cash flow generation results in a decrease in our overall leverage in the future, we may revisit our dividend policy and declare cash dividends on our Class A common stock. In the event we do make distributions of cash or other property on our Class A common stock, those distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital, which will reduce the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our Class A common stock, until such basis equals zero, and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A common stock. “—Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock” contains additional information. Subject to the withholding requirements under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our Class A common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must generally provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

 

160


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Class A Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below under “—Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless:

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met;

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States); or

 

   

our Class A common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holders’ holding period for our Class A common stock.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount of such gain, which generally may be offset by U.S. source capital losses.

A non-U.S. holder whose gain is described in the second bullet point above or, subject to the exceptions described in the next paragraph, the third bullet point above generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code) unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If such non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include any effectively connected gain described in the second bullet point above.

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we currently are, and expect to remain for the foreseeable future, a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, provided that our common stock is and continues to be regularly traded on an established securities market, only a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owns or owned more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common stock will be taxable on gain realized on the disposition of our Class A common stock as a result of our status as a USRPHC. If our Class A common stock were not considered to be regularly traded on an established securities market, such non-U.S. holder (regardless of the percentage of stock owned) would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a taxable disposition of our Class A common stock (as described in the preceding paragraph), and a 15% withholding tax would apply to the gross proceeds from such disposition.

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors with respect to the application of the foregoing rules to their ownership and disposition of our Class A common stock.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder.

Copies of these information returns may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Payments of dividends to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to backup withholding if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form).

 

161


Table of Contents

Payments of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our Class A common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding (at the applicable rate) unless the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption by properly certifying its non-U.S. status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) and certain other conditions are met. Information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to any payment of the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock effected outside the United States by a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that the non-U.S. holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met, or the non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption, information reporting will apply to a payment of the proceeds of the disposition of our Class A common stock effected outside the United States by such a broker if it has certain relationships within the United States.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the federal income tax liability (if any) of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If backup withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund may be obtained, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Additional Withholding Requirements under FATCA

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, and the U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative guidance issued thereunder (“FATCA”), impose a 30% withholding tax on any dividends paid on our Class A common stock if paid to a “foreign financial institution” or a “non-financial foreign entity” (each as defined in the Code) (including, in some cases, when such foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity is acting as an intermediary), and subject to the discussion of certain proposed Treasury Regulations below, on the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock, unless (i) in the case of a foreign financial institution, such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments, and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are non-U.S. entities with U.S. owners); (ii) in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, such entity certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” (as defined in the Code) or provides the applicable withholding agent with a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial United States owners of the entity (in either case, generally on an IRS Form W-8BEN-E); or (iii) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules and provides appropriate documentation (such as an IRS Form W-8BEN-E). Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these rules may be subject to different rules. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on their investment in our Class A common stock.

The U.S. Treasury has released proposed Treasury Regulations which, if finalized, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock. Taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS AND ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND TAX TREATIES.

 

162


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are acting as representatives, have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell, the number of shares of Class A common stock indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of Shares  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

                               

Total

  

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of Class A common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares of Class A common stock from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to certain conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby (other than those shares of Class A common stock covered by their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock as described below), if any of the shares of Class A common stock are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in our business or the financial markets; and

 

   

we deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

The per share price of any shares of Class A common stock sold by the underwriters shall be the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, in United States dollars, less an amount not greater than the per share amount of the concession to dealers described below.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $                 a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $                 a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of Class A common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                 additional shares of Class A common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of Class A common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the same percentage of the additional shares of Class A common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full based upon an assumed initial offering price of $                 per share, the total price to the public would be approximately $                , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be approximately $                , and the total proceeds to us would be approximately $                 .

 

163


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. These amounts are shown assuming no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Paid by Us  
     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $        $    

Total

   $                    $                

We estimate that the expenses of the offering, not including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $                .

In addition to the underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with this offering, including, among other things, the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with (a) the registration and delivery of the Class A common stock in this offering and (b) any required review of the offering by FINRA (including any filing fees in connection therewith), in an amount not greater than $30,000.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed     % of the total number of shares of Class A common stock offered by them.

We intend to list our Class A common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “VEI.”

We, all of our directors and officers and each of the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and the Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, and subject to certain exceptions, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our capital stock beneficially owned or any securities so owned that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our capital stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the our capital stock;

 

   

establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in shares of our capital stock;

 

   

file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our capital stock; or

 

   

publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our capital stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph shall not apply to, among others, the sale of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement.

In order to facilitate the offering of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with the offering, creating a short position in the Class A common stock for their own account. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to stabilize the price of the Class A common stock, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of Class A common stock in the open market. Finally, the

 

164


Table of Contents

underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A common stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization transactions or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the Class A common stock above independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The offering of the Class A common stock by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. The initial public offering price is determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be the information set forth in this prospectus, our history and prospects, the history of and prospects for our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours and other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of the preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

Conflicts of Interest

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. One or more of the underwriters and their respective affiliates has in the past performed commercial banking, investment banking and/or advisory services for us or our affiliates from time to time for which they may have received customary fees and reimbursement of expenses and may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. An affiliate of each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC is a lender under the RBL and, to the extent proceeds from this offering are used to repay amounts outstanding thereunder, will receive a portion of the proceeds from this offering.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and/or credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments or those of our affiliates.

Selling Restrictions

Canada

The securities may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration

 

165


Table of Contents

Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non- Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our Class A common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our Class A common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

   

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

   

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

   

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our Class A common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our Class A common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our Class A common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our Class A common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

   

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our Class A common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

166


Table of Contents
   

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our Class A common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Switzerland

The shares of Class A common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, or the shares of Class A common stock have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares of Class A common stock will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, or FINMA, and the offer of shares of Class A common stock has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares of Class A common stock.

Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares of Class A common stock to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares of Class A common stock offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares of Class A common stock. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares of Class A common stock may only be made to persons, or the Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares of Class A common stock without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares of Class A common stock applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure

 

167


Table of Contents

document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares of Class A common stock must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take into account the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate for their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

New Zealand

The shares of Class A common stock offered hereby have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly in New Zealand and no offering materials or advertisements have been or will be distributed in relation to any offer of shares of Class A common stock in New Zealand, in each case other than:

 

   

to persons whose principal business is the investment of money or who, in the course of and for the purposes of their business, habitually invest money; or

 

   

to persons who in all the circumstances can properly be regarded as having been selected otherwise than as members of the public; or

 

   

to persons who are each required to pay a minimum subscription price of at least NZ$500,000 for the shares of Class A common stock before the allotment of those shares (disregarding any amounts payable, or paid, out of money lent by the issuer or any associated person of the issuer); or

 

   

in other circumstances where there is no contravention of the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand (or any statutory modification or re-enactment of, or statutory substitution for, the Securities Act 1978 of New Zealand).

Hong Kong

The shares of Class A common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of Class A common stock has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issuance, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares of Class A common stock which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

No registration pursuant to Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEL, has been made or will be made with respect to the solicitation of the application for the acquisition of the shares of Class A common stock.

Accordingly, the shares of Class A common stock have not been, directly or indirectly, offered or sold and will not be, directly or indirectly, offered or sold in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person).

 

168


Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of Class A common stock may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares of Class A common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”)) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares of Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore (“Regulation 32”)

Where the shares of Class A common stock are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares of Class A common stock under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

 

169


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our Class A common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Houston, Texas. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of our predecessor, Vine Oil & Gas LP, as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Vine Energy as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, included in this prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the Registration statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The combined financial statements of Brix Oil & Gas LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

Estimates of our natural gas reserves, related future net cash flows and the present values thereof related to our properties as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 included elsewhere in this prospectus were based upon reserve reports prepared by independent petroleum engineers W.D. Von Gonten & Co. We have included these estimates in reliance on the authority of such firms as experts in such matters.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto) under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto and we refer potential investors to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith for further information. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document are summaries of the material terms of such contract, agreement or other document and are not necessarily complete. With respect to each of these contracts, agreements or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibits for a more complete description of the matter involved. A copy of our registration statement, and the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Further information on the operation of the Public Reference Room is available by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the SEC’s website is www.sec.gov.

As a result of the offering, we will become subject to full information requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements certified by an independent public accounting firm.

 

170


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Vine Energy Inc.

  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements as of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2020

     F-2  

Vine Oil & Gas LP

  

Audited Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December  31, 2020 and 2019

     F-15  

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holding LP

  

Audited Combined Financial Statements as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-36  

Vine Energy Inc.

  

Audited Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

     F-54  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Vine Energy Inc., the issuer in this offering (together with its consolidated subsidiaries following the corporate reorganization and the offering described in this prospectus, “Vine” or the “Company”), is a holding company formed to own an interest in, and act as the sole managing member of, Vine Energy Holdings LLC (“Vine Holdings”). Following this offering and the transactions related thereto, Vine Holdings will own all of the outstanding limited partnership interests in each of Vine Oil & Gas LP and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Vine Oil & Gas”), Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Brix”) and Harvest Royalties Holding LP and its consolidated subsidiaries (“Harvest”), the operating subsidiaries through which Vine will operate its assets, and all of the outstanding equity in each of Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC (‘Vine Oil & Gas GP”), Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC (“Brix GP”) and Harvest Royalties Holding GP LLC (“Harvest GP”), the general partners of Vine Oil & Gas, Brix and Harvest, respectively.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 (the “pro forma balance sheet”), and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “pro forma statement of operations,” together with the pro forma balance sheet and the corresponding notes hereto, the “pro forma financial statements”) present the pro forma financial statements of the Company after giving effect to the following transactions (collectively, the “Transactions”):

 

   

the corporate reorganization transactions as described under “Corporate Reorganization;” and

 

   

the sale by Vine of shares of its Class A common stock pursuant to this offering, based on an assumed midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds” after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering related expenses payable by Vine in connection with the offering (for purposes of the pro forma financial statements, the “Offering Transactions”).

The pro forma financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the pro forma financial statements. The pro forma financial statements have been adjusted to include transaction accounting adjustments in accordance with GAAP, linking the effects of the Transactions to the historical consolidated financial statements of Vine Oil & Gas, the accounting predecessor to the Company, and the historical combined financial statements of Brix and Harvest (collectively, the “Brix Companies”), the entities acquired by Vine Oil & Gas in the merger as described below.

As part of the corporate reorganization transactions described under “Corporate Reorganization,” the Existing Owners who prior to the completion of the corporate reorganization (as defined elsewhere in this prospectus) directly hold equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas, Vine Oil & Gas GP, Brix, Brix GP, Harvest and Harvest GP will contribute such equity interests to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued equity in Vine Holdings (the “LLC Interests”) (for purposes of the pro forma financial statements, the “merger”). For purposes of effecting the merger, Vine Oil & Gas and Brix were not considered to be entities under common control for financial reporting purposes, whereas Brix and Harvest were considered to be entities under common management for reporting purposes. Accordingly, Vine Oil & Gas has been identified as the accounting acquirer of the Brix Companies. The merger will be accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (“ASC 805”). Under the acquisition method, Vine Oil & Gas will record the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Brix Companies at their respective fair values at the acquisition date.

As of the date of this prospectus, management has used currently available information to determine preliminary fair value estimates for the consideration to be received by the Brix Companies upon the consummation of the merger (the “merger consideration”) and the preliminary allocation to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the Brix Companies. The merger consideration will be determined based on the closing price of Vine’s common stock on the closing date of the offering.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

The assumptions and estimates used to determine the preliminary purchase price allocation and fair value adjustments are described in the notes to the pro forma financial statements. The final determination of the fair value of the Brix Companies’ assets and liabilities will be based on the actual net tangible and intangible assets and liabilities of the Brix Companies that exist as of the closing date of the merger and, therefore, cannot be made prior to its completion.

The pro forma financial statements have been prepared from the respective historical consolidated financial statements of Vine Oil & Gas and the historical combined financial statements of the Brix Companies, adjusted to give pro forma effect to the Transactions. The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, combine the historical consolidated statements of operations of Vine Oil & Gas and the historical combined statements of operations of the Brix Companies, giving effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2020. The pro forma balance sheet combines the historical consolidated balance sheet of Vine Oil & Gas and the historical combined balance sheet of the Brix Companies as of December 31, 2020, giving effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on December 31, 2020.

The pro forma financial statements are presented to reflect the Transactions and do not represent what Vine’s financial position or results of operations would have been had the Transactions occurred on the dates noted above, nor do they project the financial position or results of operations of the Company following the Transactions. The transaction accounting adjustments are based on available information and certain assumptions that management believes are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact on Vine’s results of operations with the exception of certain non-recurring charges to be incurred in connection with the Transactions, as further described below. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary to present fairly the pro forma financial statements have been made.

Vine anticipates that certain non-recurring charges will be incurred in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. Any such charge could affect the future results of the Company in the period in which such charges are incurred; however, these costs are not expected to be incurred in any period beyond 12 months from the effective date of the merger, which is expected to close the same day as the effective date of the Offering Transactions. Accordingly, the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 reflects the effects of these non-recurring charges, $0.1 million of which is included in the historical balance sheet of Vine Oil & Gas as of December 31, 2020, and none of which is included in the historical balance sheet of the Brix Companies as of December 31, 2020.

As a result of the foregoing, the Transaction Accounting Adjustments are preliminary and subject to change as additional information becomes available and additional analysis is performed. The transaction accounting adjustments have been made solely for the purpose of providing the pro forma financial statements presented below. Any increases or decreases in the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed upon completion of the final valuation related to the merger and/or the initial public offering price of the Company’s Class A common stock will result in adjustments to the pro forma balance sheet and if applicable, the pro forma statement of operations. The final purchase price allocation and the transaction accounting adjustments described herein may be materially different than the preliminary amounts reflected in the pro forma financial statements herein.

The pro forma financial statements should be read together with “Corporate Reorganization,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and the historical financial statements and related notes thereto of Vine Oil & Gas and the Brix Companies included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VINE ENERGY INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2020

 

     Historical     Transaction Accounting
Adjustments
    Vine Pro Forma  
     Vine
Oil & Gas
    Brix
Companies
    Corporate
Reorganization
    Offering
Transactions
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,517     $ 17,660     $                   $               (i)    $                

Accounts receivable

     77,129       15,968            (a)     

Accounts receivable from affiliates

     —         21,581            (a)     

Joint interest billing receivables

     18,280       6,831            (a)     

Prepaid and other

     3,626       39            (a)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     114,552       62,079        

Natural gas properties (successful efforts):

          

Proved

     2,722,419       463,045            (b)(c)(d)(e)     

Accumulated depletion

     (1,380,065     (191,837          (b)     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total natural gas properties, net

     1,342,354       271,208        

Other property and equipment, net

     7,936       —          

Deferred tax assets, net

     —         —                (j)(k)   

Other

     2,921       —                (i)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,467,763     $ 333,287     $       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Equity

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

   $ 20,986     $ 2,658     $     (a)    $       $    

Accrued expenses

     90,004       12,579          (a)(f)         (l)   

Accrued expenses to affiliate

     —         11,820          (a)     

Revenue payable

     37,552       11,786          (a)     

Derivatives

     19,948       8,284        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     168,490       47,127        

Long-term liabilities:

          

New RBL

     —         —              (i)   

First lien credit facility

     183,569       —              (i)   

Second lien term loan

     142,947       —          

Brix credit facility

     —         121,760          (c)         (i)   

Long-term debt

     898,225       —          

Asset retirement obligations

     21,889       888        

Derivatives

     38,341       5,453        

Other

     4,241       —            (g)     

Refundable deposits

     —         2,784          (d)     

Deferred tax liabilities

     —         —            (d)         (j)   

TRA liability

     —         —              (k)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,457,702       178,012        

Partners’ capital / stockholders’ equity

          

Partners’ capital

     10,061       155,275          (e)(g)     

Class A common stock

     —         —            (b)(g)         (i)   

Class B common stock

     —         —            (g)     

Additional paid in capital

     —         —            (b)(g)         (i)(k)(l)   

Retained earnings

     —         —            (f)         (i)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total partners’ capital / stockholders equity

     10,061       155,275        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

     —         —              (i)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     10,061       155,275        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 1,467,763     $ 333,287     $                   $                   $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying “Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements”

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VINE ENERGY INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

     Historical     Transaction Accounting
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Combined Vine
 
     Vine
Oil & Gas
    Brix
Companies
    Corporate
Reorganization
    Offering
Transactions
 
     (in thousands)  

Revenue:

  

Natural gas sales

   $ 418,877     $ 152,267     $       $       $                

Realized gain on commodity derivatives

     123,875       38,043        

Unrealized (loss) gain on commodity derivatives

     (164,077     (40,475      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     378,675       149,835        

Operating Expenses:

          

Lease operating

     47,911       17,728        

Gathering and treating

     76,770       25,204        

Production and ad valorem taxes

     15,620       2,715        

General and administrative

     7,448       7,266            (f)     

Monitoring fee

     7,541       1,371              (m)   

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

     347,652       92,177                (h)     

Exploration

     167       26        

Strategic

     2,182       102        

Severance

     326       121        

Write-off of deferred IPO expenses

     5,787                               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     511,404       146,710        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     (132,729     3,125        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     (119,248     (11,928          (c)           (i)   

Income Before Income Taxes

     (251,977     (8,803      
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     (217     —              (j)           (j)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ (252,194   $ (8,803   $       $       $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

          
          

 

 

 

Net Income Attributable to Vine Energy Inc.

           $                
          

 

 

 

Net Income per Share:

          

Basic

           $       (n) 
          

 

 

 

Diluted

           $       (n) 
          

 

 

 

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:

          

Basic

                  (n) 
          

 

 

 

Diluted

                  (n) 
          

 

 

 

See accompanying “Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements”

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 – BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION OF TRANSACTIONS

In connection with the corporate reorganization as described under “Corporate Reorganization,” the Existing Owners prior to the Offering Transactions (as defined elsewhere in this prospectus) will contribute all of their equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas, Vine Oil & Gas GP, Brix, Brix GP, Harvest and Harvest GP to Vine Holdings in exchange for LLC Interests in Vine Holdings to effectuate the merger. For purposes of effecting the merger, Vine Oil & Gas has been identified as the accounting acquirer of the Brix Companies. Vine Oil & Gas is also the accounting predecessor to the Company.

Contemporaneously with the merger as part of the Corporate Reorganization transactions, certain of the Existing Owners will contribute a portion of their LLC Interests, directly or indirectly by contribution of Blocker Entities (as defined elsewhere in this prospectus) holding LLC Interests, to Vine in exchange for newly issued Class A common stock and will contribute such Class A common stock received to Vine Investment II LLC, Brix Investment II LLC and Harvest Investment II LLC, as applicable (collectively, the “Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles”). Additionally, certain of the Existing Owners will exchange the remaining portion of their LLC Interests for a new class of equity in Vine Holdings (the “Vine Units”) and receive newly issued Class B common stock of Vine with no economic rights or value and will contribute such Vine Units and Class B common stock to Vine Investment I, Brix Investment I and Harvest Investment I, as applicable (collectively, the “Vine Energy Investment Vehicles”).The foregoing transactions as described, including the merger, are referred to as the Corporate Reorganization for purposes of the pro forma financial statements.

In connection with the Corporate Reorganization, the Company will also issue shares of its Class A common stock to the public pursuant to this offering, based on an assumed midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds” after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering related expenses payable by Vine (for purposes of the pro forma financial statements, the “Offering Transactions”).

The pro forma financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786, “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” and present the pro forma financial condition and results of operations of the Company based upon the historical financial information of Vine Oil & Gas and the Brix Companies after giving effect to the Transactions and related adjustments set forth in the notes to the pro forma financial statements.

The pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 gives effect to the Transactions as if they had been completed on December 31, 2020. The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, gives effect to the Transactions as if they had been completed on January 1, 2020.

The pro forma financial statements assume no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock. In addition, the pro forma financial statements do not reflect any cost savings, operating synergies or revenue enhancements that the combined company may achieve as a result of the Transactions.

The pro forma financial statements do not purport to be indicative of the financial position or results of operations of the combined company that would have occurred if the Transactions had occurred on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of Vine’s future financial position or results of operations. In addition, future results may vary significantly from those reflected in such statements due to factors discussed under “Risk Factors.”

NOTE 2 – PRELIMINARY ACQUISITION ACCOUNTING

The Company currently expects the merger to close in conjunction with this offering for an estimated closing price of approximately $                million, assuming the midpoint of the price range set forth on the

 

F-6


Table of Contents

cover of this prospectus for the Class A common stock of Vine, for which the LLC Interests will be exchanged. The closing of the merger is subject to the satisfaction of certain regulatory approvals and other customary closing conditions.

Vine Oil & Gas has determined it is the accounting acquirer to the merger which will be accounted for as a business combination under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805. The allocation of the preliminary estimated purchase price with respect to the business combination is based upon management’s estimates of and assumptions related to the fair values of assets to be acquired and liabilities to be assumed as of December 31, 2020, using currently available information. Due to the fact the pro forma financial statements have been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final purchase price allocation and the resulting effect on Vine’s financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts included herein.

The final purchase price allocation for the business combination will be performed subsequent to closing and adjustments to estimated amounts or recognition of additional assets acquired or liabilities assumed may occur as more detailed analyses are completed and additional information is obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed as of the closing date of the business combination. Vine expects to finalize the purchase price allocation as soon as practicable after completing the business combination.

The preliminary purchase price allocation is subject to change due to several factors, including, but not limited to:

 

   

changes in the estimated initial public offering price of the Class A common stock of Vine exchanged as merger consideration;

 

   

changes in the estimated fair value of the Brix Companies’ assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the closing date of the merger, which could result from additional valuation analysis, changes in future natural gas commodity prices, reserves estimates, discount rates and other factors; and

 

   

the factors described under “Risk Factors”.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

The following table presents the preliminary merger consideration and preliminary purchase price allocation of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed in the business combination:

 

(In thousands, except per share amount)       

Brix - Corporate Reorganization merger consideration

  

Harvest - Corporate Reorganization merger consideration

  
  

 

 

 

IPO price per share of Vine Class A common stock(1)

   $    
  

 

 

 

Total merger consideration

   $                

 

(1)   Based on an assumed midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

  

 

     Preliminary Purchase
Price Allocation
 
     (In thousands)  

Assets Acquired

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $                

Accounts receivable

  

Joint interest billing receivables

  

Proved properties

  

Unproved

  
  

 

 

 

Total assets to be acquired

  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities Assumed

  

Accounts payable

  

Accrued expenses

  

Revenue payable

  

Derivatives

  

Brix credit facility

  

Asset retirement obligations

  

Derivatives

  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities to be assumed

  
  

 

 

 

Net assets to be acquired

   $                
  

 

 

 

NOTE 3 – TRANSACTION ACCOUNTING ADJUSTMENTS

The pro forma financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the Corporate Reorganization and the Offering Transactions as follows:

Corporate Reorganization

 

  (a)

Reflects the adjustments to eliminate $                million of accounts receivable from affiliates and $                million of accrued expenses due to affiliates between Vine Oil & Gas and the Brix Companies.

 

  (b)

Reflects the adjustments related to the exchanges of the equity interests in Brix and Harvest for LLC Interests in Vine Holdings, which represents the merger consideration of $                million allocated to the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed by Vine Oil & Gas from the Brix Companies.

 

  (c)

Reflects the adjustments to write-off $                million of historical debt issuance costs as of December 31, 2020, and the elimination of $                million for the year ended December 31, 2020, related to the amortization expense of such costs related to the Brix Credit Facility for which repayment is required upon the completion of an IPO.

 

F-8


Table of Contents
  (d)

Reflects the settlement of historical refundable deposits recorded by the Brix Companies as part of the Corporate Reorganization.

 

  (e)

Reflects the elimination of the Brix Companies’ historical equity balances in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting.

 

  (f)

Reflects the accrual of non-recurring costs of $                million related to the merger, which are not reflected in the historical balance sheets as of December 31, 2020, of Vine Oil & Gas and the Brix Companies. As $0.1 million is reflected in the historical balance sheet of Vine Oil & Gas as of December 31, 2020, the $                million is reflected in the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, as a decrease to Retained earnings and an increase to Accrued expenses, and in the pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, within General and administrative as they will be expensed as incurred by Vine Oil & Gas and the Brix Companies with respect to the merger. These costs are not expected to be incurred in any period beyond 12 months from the closing date of the merger.

 

  (g)

Reflects $                million related to the exchange of the equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas for LLC Interests, net of $                million related to the settlement of refundable deposits recorded by Vine Oil & Gas as Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2020, and the subsequent exchange of a portion of these LLC Interests for shares of Class A common stock of Vine, reflected as the elimination of the historical Partners’ capital of Vine Oil & Gas and a corresponding decrease to Additional paid-in-capital of Vine.

 

  (h)

Reflects the pro forma adjustment to depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, which was based on the preliminary purchase price allocation of the estimated fair value of the proved natural gas properties acquired by Vine Oil & Gas.

Offering Transactions

 

  (i)

Reflects the issuance by Vine of Class A common stock to the public pursuant to this offering for net proceeds of $                million, based on an assumed midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds” after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering related expenses of $                million payable by Vine as reflected within Accrued expenses on the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. As part of the Corporate Reorganization and upon closing of the offering, Vine will contribute the net proceeds of the public offering to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued managing units in Vine Holdings.

Additionally, the Existing Owners will exchange the remaining portion of their LLC Interests for the Vine Units, which together with the Class B common shares will be contributed to the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles, which is reflected as Non-controlling interests on the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020.

As it relates to the application of the net proceeds, following the offering, Vine intends to direct the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full the Brix Credit Facility assumed in the merger followed by the Vine Oil & Gas RBL, to the extent of the remaining net proceeds available. As the net proceeds of this offering will not be sufficient to repay the Vine Oil & Gas RBL in full, Vine intends to draw $                million on the Vine Oil & Gas New RBL, which will be entered into contemporaneously with this offering.

As such, the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, reflects the repayment of the Brix Credit Facility (including a call premium) and the Vine Oil & Gas RBL Credit Facility in full (including the write-off of historical debt issuance costs), as well as $                million of borrowings on the Vine Oil & Gas New RBL and $                million of related debt issuance costs.

The pro forma statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, reflects the corresponding net impact to Interest expense, which consists of (i) a decrease related to the historical

 

F-9


Table of Contents

interest expense associated with the Brix Credit Facility and the Vine Oil & Gas RBL, including the historical amortization of debt issuance costs and unutilized loan commitment fees, (ii) an increase related to the interest expense associated with the Vine Oil & Gas New RBL, including the pro forma amortization of debt issuance costs, and (iii) an increase related to the write-off of the historical debt issuance costs associated with the Vine Oil & Gas RBL.

 

  (j)

Subsequent to the Transactions, Vine will have no material assets other than its indirect interest in Vine Holdings, which holds, directly or indirectly, all of the operating assets of Vine. Vine Holdings generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, but may be subject to certain U.S. state and local taxes. Vine is a domestic corporation that will be subject to U.S. corporate income tax on its earnings, including its allocable share of the income of Vine Holdings. Accordingly, the pro forma income tax provision adjustments for Vine for the year ended December 31, 2020, have been calculated using an estimated     % blended statutory U.S. federal and state tax rate.

Further, upon completion of the Offering Transactions, Vine will recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between historical cost basis and tax basis of its assets and liabilities in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. For purposes of the pro forma financial statements, Vine has estimated that it has U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) of approximately $                 million available to offset future taxable income. These NOLs expire beginning in 2035. Based on estimates of the temporary differences, a net deferred tax liability of approximately $                 million is reflected in the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, with a corresponding charge to Additional paid-in capital. The amounts to be recorded for the net deferred tax liability have been estimated. The impacts of changes in any of these estimates after the date of purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.

 

  (k)

Prior to the completion of the Offering Transactions, Vine will enter into a tax receivable agreement with Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II. This agreement generally provides for the payment by Vine Energy to Vine Investment, Brix Investment, Harvest Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment II and Harvest Investment II, respectively, of 85% of the net cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that Vine Energy (a) actually realizes with respect to taxable periods ending after December 31, 2025 or (b) is deemed to realize in the event of a change of control (as defined under the Tax Receivable Agreement, which includes certain mergers, asset sales and other forms of business combinations and certain changes to the composition of the Vine Energy board) or the Tax Receivable Agreement terminates early (at our election or as a result of our breach) with respect to any taxable periods ending on or after such change of control or early termination event, in each case, as a result of (i) the tax basis increases resulting from the exchange of Vine Units and the corresponding surrender of an equivalent number of shares of Class B common stock by the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles, Brix Investment and Harvest Investment, respectively, for a number of shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our option, the receipt of an equivalent amount of cash pursuant to the exchange agreement, (ii) certain existing net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, and tax credit carryforwards attributable to the Blocker Entities previously owned by certain of the Existing Owners, and (iii) imputed interest deemed to be paid by us as a result of, and additional tax basis arising from, any payments we make under the Tax Receivable Agreement. The tax receivable agreement will be accounted for as a contingent liability, with amounts accrued when considered probable and reasonably estimable.

The following are the tax receivable agreement adjustments:

 

   

We will record a deferred tax asset of $                million. The deferred tax asset includes (i) $                million related to Vine’s investment in Vine Holdings, (ii) $                million related to tax loss carryforwards and credits from the merged Blocker Entities, and (iii) $                million related to tax benefits from future deductions attributable to payments under the tax receivable

 

F-10


Table of Contents
 

agreement as a result of the Offering Transactions. To the extent we estimate that we will not realize the full benefit represented by the deferred tax assets, based on an analysis of expected future earnings, we will reduce deferred tax assets with a valuation allowance;

 

   

We will record a $                million liability under the tax receivable agreement based on our estimate of the aggregate amount that we will pay to the pre-IPO owners under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the Offering Transactions; and

 

   

We will record an adjustment to additional paid-in capital of $                million, which represents the difference between the increase in deferred tax assets and the increase in liabilities due to existing owners under the tax receivable agreement as a result of the Offering Transactions.

Due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of future exchanges of Vine Units by the pre-IPO owners and as to the price per share of our Class A common stock at the time of any such exchanges, the unaudited pro forma financial statements does not assume that exchanges of Vine Units have occurred. Therefore, no increases in tax basis in Vine’s assets or other tax benefits that may be realized as a result of any such future exchanges have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma financial statements.

 

  (l)

Reflects the accrual of non-recurring costs of $                million related to the Offering Transactions, which primarily represent legal, accounting and other direct costs. Approximately $1.4 million of these costs are reflected in the historical balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, of Vine Oil & Gas with a decrease to Additional paid in capital, with no amounts reflected in the historical balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, of the Brix Companies. Accordingly, $                million is reflected in the pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2020, as a decrease to Additional paid in capital.

 

  (m)

Reflects the pro forma adjustment to Monitoring fee for the year ended December 31, 2020 as these fees represent a contractual obligation under an Advisory Agreement, which stipulates termination upon the occurrence of a qualifying IPO.

 

  (n)

Reflects the basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share for the issuance of shares of Class A common stock in the offering as shown below:

 

     Vine Pro Forma  
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2020
 

Numerator

  

Net income

   $                

Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

  
  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Vine Energy Inc.

   $    
  

 

 

 

Denominator

  

Weighted average shares outstanding (basic)

  

Effect of dilutive shares

  
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding (diluted)

  

Pro forma net income per share - basic

   $    
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share - diluted

   $    
  

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTE 4 — Supplemental Pro Forma Natural Gas Reserve Information

The following tables present the estimated pro forma combined net proved developed and undeveloped natural gas reserve information as of December 31, 2020, along with a summary of changes in quantities of net remaining proved reserves during the year ended December 31, 2020.

The following estimated pro forma natural gas reserve information is not necessarily indicative of the results that might have occurred had the merger been completed on December 31, 2020 and is not intended to be a projection of future results. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected because of various factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.”

 

    Historical        
    Vine Oil & Gas     The Brix Companies     Vine Pro Formas  
    (In MMcf)  

Balance at December 31, 2019

    2,209,833       652,194       2,862,027  

Production

    (240,869     (85,641     (326,510

Revision of previous estimates

    (847,273     (287,359     (1,134,632

Acquisitions of reserves

    46,516       51,224       97,740  

Extensions and discoveries

    633,911       180,963       814,874  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    1,802,118       511,381       2,313,499  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proved developed reserves at:

     

December 31, 2019

    447,966       138,258       586,224  

December 31, 2020

    446,243       143,917       590,160  

Proved undeveloped reserves at:

     

December 31, 2019

    1,761,867       513,936       2,275,803  

December 31, 2020

    1,355,875       367,464       1,723,339  

Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows

The following tables present the estimated pro forma discounted future net cash flows at December 31, 2020. The pro forma standardized measure information set forth below gives effect to the merger as if the merger had been completed on December 31, 2020. The disclosures below were determined by referencing the “Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows” reported in Vine Oil & Gas’ and the Brix Companies’ respective historical financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020; an explanation of the underlying methodology applied, as required by SEC regulations, can be found within the respective historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The calculations assume the continuation of existing economic, operating and contractual conditions at December 31, 2020.

Therefore, the following estimated pro forma standardized measure is not necessarily indicative of the results that might have occurred had the merger been completed on December 31, 2020 and is not intended to be a projection of future results. Future results may vary significantly from the results reflected because of various factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.”

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Discounted Future Net Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved natural gas reserves as of December 31, 2020:

 

     Historical         
     Vine Oil & Gas      The Brix Companies      Vine Pro Forma  
     (In thousands)  

Future natural gas sales

   $ 3,130,277      $ 882,384      $ 4,012,661  

Future production costs

     (1,173,122      (322,655      (1,495,777

Future development costs

     (1,103,333      (303,403      (1,406,736
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   $ 853,822      $ 256,326      $ 1,110,148  

10% annual discount

     (291,186      (78,744      (369,930
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

   $ 562,636      $ 177,582      $ 740,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sources of Change in Discounted Future Net Cash Flows

The principal changes in the pro forma standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved natural gas reserves for the year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

 

     Historical         
     Vine Oil & Gas      The Brix Companies      Vine Pro Forma  
     (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 988,168      $ 299,471      $  1,287,639  

Sales of natural gas, net

     (278,716      (106,633      (385,349

Revision of previous quantity estimates and extensions

     (76,715      (6,968      (83,683

Acquisitions of reserves

     4,297        10,965        15,262  

Previously estimated development costs incurred

     187,952        57,863        245,815  

Net changes in future development costs

     44,210        14,020        58,230  

Net changes in prices

     (388,308      (126,299      (514,607

Accretion of discount

     98,816        29,947        128,763  

Changes in timing and other differences

     (17,068      5,216        (11,852
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 562,636      $ 177,582      $ 740,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Managers and Partners of Vine Oil & Gas LP

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Vine Oil & Gas LP and subsidiaries (the “Partnership”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, partners’ capital, and cash flow for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Partnership as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Partnership’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Partnership’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Partnership in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Partnership is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Partnership’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 17, 2021

We have served as the Partnership’s auditor since 2015.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VINE OIL & GAS LP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2020     2019  

Revenue:

    

Natural gas sales

   $ 418,877     $ 445,589  

Realized gain on commodity derivatives

     123,875       39,679  

Unrealized (loss) gain on commodity derivatives

     (164,077     101,239  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     378,675       586,507  

Operating Expenses:

    

Lease operating

     47,911       46,247  

Gathering and treating

     76,770       37,955  

Production and ad valorem taxes

     15,620       18,539  

General and administrative

     7,448       7,842  

Monitoring fee

     7,541       7,011  

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

     347,652       327,659  

Exploration

     167       886  

Strategic

     2,182       853  

Severance

     326       —    

Write-off of deferred IPO costs

     5,787       2,825  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     511,404       449,817  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     (132,729     136,690  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     (119,248     (112,198
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     (251,977     24,492  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision

     (217     (496
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ (252,194   $ 23,996  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VINE OIL & GAS LP

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15,517     $ 18,286  

Accounts receivable

     77,129       56,316  

Joint interest billing receivables

     18,280       23,174  

Derivatives

     —         83,951  

Prepaid and other

     3,626       890  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     114,552       182,617  

Natural gas properties (successful efforts):

    

Proved

     2,722,419       2,475,619  

Accumulated depletion

     (1,380,065     (1,039,643
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total natural gas properties, net

     1,342,354       1,435,976  

Other property and equipment, net

     7,936       4,550  

Derivatives

     —         21,837  

Other

     2,921       13,120  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,467,763     $ 1,658,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 20,986     $ 10,493  

Accrued expenses

     90,004       86,246  

Revenue payable

     37,552       24,709  

Gas gathering liability

     —         2,043  

Derivatives

     19,948       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     168,490       123,491  

Long-term liabilities:

    

First lien credit facility

     183,569       325,319  

Second lien term loan

     142,947       —    

Unsecured debt

     898,225       893,239  

Asset retirement obligations

     21,889       19,504  

Derivatives

     38,341       —    

Other

     4,241       4,292  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,457,702       1,365,845  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Partners’ capital

     10,061       292,255  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and partners’ capital

   $ 1,467,763     $ 1,658,100  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VINE OIL & GAS LP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

(Amounts in thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 268,259  

Net income

     23,996  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 292,255  
  

 

 

 

Distribution to parent

     (30,000

Net income

     (252,194
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 10,061  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VINE OIL & GAS LP

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

(Amounts in thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
           2020                 2019        

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ (252,194   $ 23,996  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flow:

    

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

     347,652       327,659  

Amortization of financing costs

     16,652       11,513  

Amortization of debt discount

     954       871  

Non-cash loss on extinguishment of Superpriority

     4,509       —    

Non-cash write-off of deferred IPO costs

     5,787       2,825  

Unrealized loss (gain) on commodity derivatives

     164,077       (101,239

Unrealized loss on interest rate derivatives

     —         1,474  

Volumetric and production adjustment to gas gathering liability

     (2,567     (29,085

Other

     (182     (18

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (20,813     37,243  

Joint interest billing receivables

     4,894       2,236  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     14,343       7,946  

Revenue payable

     12,843       (15,493

Other

     (781     771  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flow

     295,174       270,699  

Investing Activities

    

Proceeds from asset sales

     230       5,839  

Capital expenditures

     (252,608     (287,032
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing cash flow

     (252,378     (281,193

Financing Activities

    

Proceeds from first lien credit facility

     100,000       160,000  

Payments on first lien credit facility

     (250,000     (150,000

Proceeds from second lien term loan

     150,000       —    

Deferred financing costs paid

     (15,565     (2,250

Distribution to parent

     (30,000     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing cash flow

     (45,565     7,750  

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,769     (2,744

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     18,286       21,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 15,517     $ 18,286  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 97,096     $ 99,601  

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 273     $ 600  

Non-cash transactions:

    

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 24,552     $ 22,604  

Accrued financing activities

   $ 540     $ 3,843  

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VINE OIL & GAS LP

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in thousands)

 

1.

Nature of Business and Organization

We are engaged in the development, production and sale of natural gas in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier plays of the Haynesville Basin in Northern Louisiana. Our executive offices are located in Plano, Texas.

We were organized as a Delaware partnership in 2014. We are wholly owned by Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP and Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC with ultimate principal ownership being funds managed by The Blackstone Group Inc. (collectively “Blackstone”), which own 99% of the outstanding partner units of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP and Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC. The accompanying financial statements consolidate our subsidiaries, including Vine Management Services LLC (“VMS”), which provides management services to us and certain other managed entities, and Vine Minerals LLC, which owns producing and nonproducing mineral, royalty, and overriding royalty interests. We have eliminated intercompany balances and transactions in consolidation.

 

2.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting and Presentation

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). We had no items of other comprehensive income for 2020 or 2019. We operate only one reportable segment. We have evaluated subsequent events through February 16, 2021, the date on which these financial statements were available for issuance.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates of reserves are used to determine depletion and to conduct impairment analysis. Estimating reserves is inherently uncertain, including the projection of future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures.

Further, the COVID-19 outbreak has significantly decreased the demand for hydrocarbons, particularly oil. Concurrently, deterioration of production agreements between key global oil producers has led to an increase in supply. The confluence of these factors has caused significant volatility in oil and gas prices and has increased the inherent uncertainty in the estimate of reserves.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Receivables

Accounts receivable from joint interest billings sent to our working interest partners are generally collected within 30 to 60 days after they are billed, which usually occurs within 10 days after each month’s end. Other accounts receivable principally consists of amounts due from purchasers of our gas and settled, but not yet paid, derivative receivables. We review our accounts receivable periodically, and if necessary, reduce the carrying amount by a valuation allowance that reflects our best estimate of all potentially uncollectible amounts. We have no allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Natural Gas Properties

We utilize the successful efforts method of accounting for our natural gas producing activities, through which, we capitalize all property acquisition costs and costs of development wells. Costs for exploratory wells are capitalized until we complete an evaluation of whether the wells yield proved reserves. If an exploratory well does not yield proved reserves, we expense those costs.

We recognize geological and geophysical costs, including seismic studies, as exploration expense when incurred. We recognize expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals necessary to maintain properties in operating condition as workover expense when incurred. We capitalize major betterments, replacements and renewals as additions to property and equipment.

We deplete proved natural gas properties on a units-of-production basis based on production and estimates of proved reserves. Because all of our natural gas properties are located in a single basin, we assess depletion on a single cost center. We deplete capitalized costs of proved mineral interests over total estimated proved reserves and capitalized costs of wells and related equipment and facilities over estimated proved developed reserves. If applicable, we capitalize interest expense related to significant investments in unproved properties that are not being depleted.

We review our proved properties for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or whenever events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying values may have occurred. We estimate the expected undiscounted future cash flows of our properties and compare such undiscounted future cash flows to the carrying amount of the properties. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we adjust the carrying amount of the properties to estimated fair value. Our impairment analysis for natural gas properties does not include value associated with our derivative portfolio. There were no impairments on proved natural gas properties for either 2020 or 2019.

We review our unproved properties, if any, for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or whenever events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying values may have occurred.

Other Property and Equipment

We record other property and equipment at cost and depreciate them on a straight-line basis over the individual asset’s useful life, which ranges from 5-25 years, once placed into service.

We evaluate other property and equipment for potential impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or whenever indicators of impairment are present. Circumstances that could indicate potential impairment include significant adverse changes in industry trends and the economic outlook, legal actions, regulatory changes and significant declines in utilization rates.

If we determine that other property and equipment are potentially impaired, we estimate the future undiscounted net cash flow from the use and eventual disposition of the assets grouped at the lowest level at which cash flows can be identified. If that estimate is less than the carrying value of the assets, we recognize an impairment loss equal to the assets’ carrying values in excess of their estimated fair values. There were no impairments on such assets for either 2020 or 2019.

Other Assets

In conjunction with a possible initial public offering (“IPO”), costs incurred related to the IPO such as legal, audit, tax and other professional services are capitalized as deferred equity issuance costs in other non-current assets. In the first quarter of 2020, we wrote-off deferred IPO costs related to years that will no longer be presented in any future potential filings. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we incurred new costs related to a possible IPO and included them in prepaid and other assets.

We also have prepaid fees related to the use of gathering lines that have been installed and are owned by our

 

F-20


Table of Contents

third-party gatherer. These costs are amortized to gathering expense over the estimated useful life of the

gathering lines.

Additionally, we have deferred finance costs associated with our undrawn Third Lien Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) in other non-current assets. These costs are amortized to interest expense over the term of the facility.

Gathering Liability

In connection with the Shell Acquisition, we became party to two gathering contracts that required delivery of minimum volumes of natural gas for each annual contract period. These gathering contracts required annual settlement payments for any shortfalls in the gathered volumes. Our obligation for the gathering contracts was initially measured at fair value on the acquisition date and represented the expected volume shortfall over the remaining contract period. The fair value was determined using estimated future production volumes, future inflation factors and our weighted average cost of capital. We recognized accretion expense for the impact of increasing the discounted liability to its estimated settlement value. The difference, if any, between the estimated payments recognized at inception and actual current contract period payments required was recorded as a volumetric and production adjustment to gathering and treating expense. In January 2020, we fulfilled our commitment under these gathering contracts.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) consist of future abandonment costs on our natural gas properties. We record the fair value of the ARO in the period in which it is legally or contractually incurred. Upon initial recognition of the ARO, we capitalize an asset retirement cost by increasing the carrying amount of natural gas properties by the same amount as the liability. In periods subsequent to initial measurement, we recognize the ARO expense through depletion. Changes in the ARO are recognized for both the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of estimated cash flows. We recognize accretion expense for the impact of increasing the discounted liability to its estimated settlement value.

Revenue Recognition

Sales under our natural gas contracts are generally considered performed when title transfers to the purchaser at the tailgate of our gatherer’s plant. We recognize revenue when control transfers to the purchasers and we receive an agreed-upon index price, net of any price differentials.

Derivatives

To mitigate risks associated with market volatility, we enter into derivative financial instruments, including commodity swaps, to reduce the effects of natural gas price fluctuations on our production and interest rate swaps to stabilize LIBOR fluctuations.

We recognize our derivatives as an asset or liability measured at fair value, with their changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Our derivatives feature monthly settlements with the counterparties, the impact of which is reflected as an operating cash flow. We have not designated any derivative instruments as hedges and do not enter into such instruments for speculative purposes.

The fair value of our commodity swaps is determined by references to published future market prices and interest rates. We estimate the fair value of our interest rate swaps primarily by using internal discounted cash flow calculations based upon forward interest rates. The most significant variable to our cash flow calculations is our estimate of future interest rates. We base these estimates on our own internal model that utilizes forward curves such as LIBOR or the Federal Funds Rate provided by third parties. The resulting estimated future cash inflows or outflows over the lives of the contracts are discounted using LIBOR and money market futures rates.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

As a limited partnership, we are not a taxpaying entity for federal income tax purposes. As such, we have not recorded federal income tax expense. Our limited partners are responsible for federal income taxes on their respective share of taxable income. We file federal income tax returns in the United States. We incurred de minimis state taxes, and the accompanying financial statements reflect such taxes.

VMS is taxed as a C-corporation, recognizing income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying values and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect of changes in tax rates in income in the period when enacted. In addition, we establish a valuation allowance if it is determined that it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. There were no deferred tax assets, liabilities or valuation allowances as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

As of December 31, 2020, our 2019, 2018 and 2017 tax returns remained open to possible examination by the tax authorities, and none are currently under examination by any tax authorities. We have incurred no penalties or interest related to tax matters, and we have no uncertain tax positions.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, joint interest receivables, accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments. We maintain cash deposits primarily in one financial institution, the total of which regularly exceeds the amount covered by insurance provided by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We have not experienced any losses related to amounts in excess of such limits.

We utilize an unaffiliated third party to market a portion of our gas production to various purchasers, which

consist of credit-worthy counterparties, including major corporations and super majors, in our industry. This third party collects directly from the purchasers and remits to us the total of all amounts collected on our behalf less their fee for making such sales. Additionally, we sell a portion of our gas to purchasers who remit directly to us under firm sales contracts. Our receivables from purchasers are generally unsecured; however, we have not experienced any credit losses to date.

The counterparties to our derivatives are financial institutions that participate in our first lien credit facility and that we believe have acceptable credit ratings.

Generally, we have the right to offset future revenue against unpaid joint interest billing charges for parties

whose gas we market on their behalf.

Strategic

Strategic costs include amounts paid to external parties for potential acquisitions or other non-recurring projects.

Recently Issued and Applicable Accounting Standards

Not Yet Adopted

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” which introduces guidance for estimating credit losses on certain types of financial instruments based on expected losses and the timing of the recognition of such losses. We expect to adopt this guidance January 1, 2023, however, the impact is not expected to be material.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) which requires all leases greater than one year to be recognized as assets and liabilities. This ASU becomes effective for us beginning January 1, 2022 and we

 

F-22


Table of Contents

expect to adopt using a modified retrospective approach with certain available practical expedients. Oil and gas leases are excluded from the guidance. We are currently reviewing the contracts to which this new guidance applies and evaluating the new guidance to determine the impact it will have on our consolidated financial statements. We expect the adoption of this guidance will increase the assets and liabilities recorded on our Balance Sheet and are continuing to evaluate the impact of this standard on our statement of operations and cash flow. We also expect to elect the practical expedient to retain our existing accounting for land easements which were not previously accounted for as leases.

 

3.

Property and Equipment

Natural Gas Properties

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proved natural gas properties subject to depletion

   $ 2,722,419      $ 2,475,619  

Less: Accumulated depletion

     (1,380,065      (1,039,643
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Natural gas properties, net

   $ 1,342,354      $ 1,435,976  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recognized depletion expense for 2020 and 2019 of $340.4 million and $319.5 million, respectively.

Other Property and Equipment

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Software development costs

   $ 1,710      $ 8,253  

Saltwater disposal wells

     14,262        6,601  

Other

     4,948        4,836  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost

     20,920        19,690  

Accumulated depreciation

     (12,984      (15,140
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other property and equipment, net

   $ 7,936      $ 4,550  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recognized depreciation expense for 2020 and 2019 of $5.4 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

 

4.

ARO

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 19,504      $ 17,680  

Accretion expense

     1,354        1,196  

Liabilities incurred

     1,078        628  

Liabilities settled and divested

     (47      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 21,889      $ 19,504  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents
5.

Gathering Liability

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 2,043      $ 28,526  

Accretion expense

     524        2,602  

Volumetric and production adjustment to gas gathering liability

     (2,567      (29,085
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ —        $ 2,043  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.

Accrued Expenses

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Capital expenditures

   $ 20,808      $ 21,795  

Operating expenses

     30,554        27,022  

Royalty owner suspense

     7,891        7,569  

Compensation-related

     9,432        7,823  

Interest expense

     18,388        17,811  

Other

     2,931        4,226  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

   $ 90,004      $ 86,246  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.

Long-Term Debt

First Lien Credit Facility

RBL

Our RBL, as amended in December 2020, matures on January 15, 2023. As of December 31, 2020, the RBL had a borrowing base of $300 million, with $190 million outstanding. Borrowings under the RBL bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin, which ranges from 2.50% to 3.50% based on the ratio of outstanding revolving credit to the borrowing base. In addition, a commitment fee between 0.375% and 0.5% per annum is charged on the unutilized balance of the committed borrowing base and is included in interest expense.

There are no prepayment premiums or penalties associated with the RBL. The borrowing base is subject to mandatory quarterly reductions to $100 million at December 31, 2022 through maturity. Other than these quarterly reductions in availability, there are no borrowing base redeterminations.

As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding letters of credit of $24.9 million and $85.1 million of available borrowing capacity under the RBL. As of December 31, 2020, borrowings under the RBL had an interest rate of 3.15%. Total interest expense relating to the RBL, including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and unutilized commitment fees, for 2020 and 2019, was $11.2 million and $12.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the RBL approximates carrying value as it bears interest at variable rates over the term of the loan.

Superpriority Facility

In February 2017, we entered into an incremental agreement evidencing the Superpriority facility. Upon the execution of the Superpriority agreement, we drew $150 million aggregate principal, incurring discounts and up-front fees totaling $19.5 million. We used the proceeds to reduce our outstanding RBL borrowings by $105 million, retaining the remainder for working capital purposes. Total interest expense relating to the Superpriority, including amortization and write off of debt issuance costs and unutilized commitment fees, for 2020 and 2019 was $12.9 million and $10.8 million, respectively.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

On December 30, 2020, using proceeds from the issuance of the Second Lien Term Loan, along with cash on hand, we repaid and retired the aggregate $150 million principal outstanding on the Superpriority.

Second Lien Term Loan

On December 30, 2020, we entered into the $150 million Second Lien Term Loan and used the proceeds, along with cash on hand, to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Superpriority in connection with the entry into the amendment to and extension of the RBL.

The Second Lien Term Loan was fully drawn at closing. The Second Lien Term Loan bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR, with a floor of 0.75%, plus 8.75% per annum, payable monthly, and matures on the earlier to occur of (a) December 30, 2025 and (b) 90 days prior to the maturity of the 9.75% Notes or 8.75% Notes, to the extent specified amounts of such indebtedness remain outstanding. The Second Lien Term Loan is redeemable beginning June 30, 2022 at par plus 2%, stepping down to par plus 1% on June 30, 2023 and at par on June 30, 2024 and thereafter.

The Second Lien Term Loan is secured on a junior lien basis by all our assets and stock and the subsidiaries that secure the RBL. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the Second Lien Term Loans approximates carrying value as it bears interest at variable rates over the term of the loan.

Third Lien Revolving Credit Facility

On December 30, 2020, the Company’s $280 million Second Lien Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 30, 2019, was subordinated to a Third Lien Revolving Credit Facility (the “Third Lien Facility”), and its size increased to $330 million. Additionally, the interest rate was increased to a rate equal to LIBOR plus 9.75% per annum, payable quarterly. The Third Lien Facility matures on March 15, 2023. In addition, a commitment fee of 0.424% per annum is charged on the unutilized balance of the committed borrowing base and is included in interest expense. Proceeds of the loans under the Third Lien Facility may be used to make open market purchase of the 8.75% Notes or 9.75% Notes and, subject to Lender approval, other general corporate purposes. The Third Lien Facility is undrawn as of December 31, 2020. Total interest expense relating to the Third Lien Facility, including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and unutilized commitment fees for 2020 was $6.1 million.

Unsecured debt

8.75% Notes

In October 2017, we issued $530 million aggregate principal amount of 8.75% Senior Notes due 2023 (8.75% Notes) at 99% of par, and in connection therewith, we incurred discounts and upfront fees totaling

$17.9 million. Interest is accrued and paid semi-annually on April 15 and October 15. Total interest expense related to the 8.75% Notes, including amortization of original issue discount and deferred finance costs was $49.6 million for both 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the 8.75% Notes was approximately $427.6 million.

The 8.75% Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all our subsidiaries. Subsequent to October 15, 2020, we may redeem the 8.75% Notes at a redemption price (plus accrued and unpaid interest) equal to par plus 6.563% for October 2020 through October 2021, 4.375% from October 2021 through April 2022 and 0% thereafter.

9.75% Notes

In October 2018, we issued $380 million aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2023 (9.75% Notes) at par, and in connection therewith, we incurred upfront fees totaling $7.8 million. Aggregate

 

F-25


Table of Contents

net proceeds from the issuance of the 9.75% Notes were $372.2 million and were used to repay borrowings and accrued and unpaid interest in full on the TLB in the amount of $339.0 million. Interest is accrued and paid semi-annually on April 15 and October 15. Total interest expense related to the 9.75% Notes, including amortization of original issue discount and deferred finance costs was $38.8 million for both 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2020, the fair value of the 9.75% Notes was approximately $307.8 million.

The 9.75% Notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by all our subsidiaries. Subsequent to October 15, 2020, we may redeem the 9.75% Notes at a redemption price (plus accrued and unpaid interest) equal to par plus 7.313% for October 2020 through October 2021, 4.875% from October 2021 through April 2022 and 0% thereafter.

Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
Face amount:    2020      2019  
     

Superpriority

   $ —        $ 150,000  

RBL

     190,000        190,000  

Second lien term loan

     150,000        —    

8.75% Senior Notes

     530,000        530,000  

9.75% Senior Notes

     380,000        380,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total face amount

     1,250,000        1,250,000  

Deferred finance costs:

     
     

Superpriority

     —          (8,345

RBL

     (6,431      (6,336

Second lien term loan

     (7,053      —    

8.75% Senior Notes

     (5,293      (7,602

9.75% Senior Notes

     (3,954      (5,680
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred finance costs

     (22,731      (27,963

8.75% Senior Notes, discount

     (2,528      (3,479
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total discount

     (2,528      (3,479
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     1,224,741        1,218,558  

Less: short-term portion

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,224,741      $ 1,218,558  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Information

Principal maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

     2020      2021      2022      2023      2024      Thereafter  

RBL

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 190,000      $ —        $ —    

Second lien term loan

     —          —          —          —          —          150,000  

8.75% Notes

     —          —          —          530,000        —          —    

9.75% Notes

     —          —          —          380,000        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total indebtedness

   $ —        $ —        $ —         $ 1,100,000      $  —        $ 150,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

All debt agreements include the usual and customary covenants for facilities of its type and size. The covenants cover matters such as mandatory reserve reports, the responsible operation and maintenance of properties, certifications of compliance, required disclosures to the lenders, notices under other material instruments, notices of sales of oil and gas properties, incurrence of additional indebtedness, restricted payments and distributions, certain investments outside of the ordinary course of business, limits on the amount of commodity and interest rate hedges that can be put in place and events of default.

 

8.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain of our assets and liabilities are measured at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value.

The three levels of fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1 — Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

 

   

Level 2 — Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies.

 

   

Level 3 — Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value.

We classify financial assets and liabilities based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assessment of the significance of a particular input requires judgment that may affect the valuation and its placement within the hierarchy levels.

The carrying values of financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. None of our financial instruments are held for trading purposes.

All derivative financial instruments are Level 2 measurements as independent quoted market prices are not available in active markets.

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets can include long-lived assets that have been reduced to fair value when they are held for sale, the initial recognition of ARO and proved and unproved properties that are written down to fair value when they are impaired. The fair value of our natural gas properties is determined using valuation techniques consistent with the income and market approach.

 

9.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative assets and liabilities are presented as gross assets and liabilities, without regard to master netting arrangements, which are considered in the presentation of derivative assets and liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the gross fair value of our derivative assets and liabilities and the effect of netting:

 

    

Balance Sheet
Classification

   Gross
Amounts
     Netting
Adjustment
    Net Amounts
Presented on
the Balance
Sheet
 

December 31, 2020

          

Assets:

          

Commodity Derivatives

   Current assets    $ 9,095        (9,095   $ —    

Commodity Derivatives

   Noncurrent assets      2,742        (2,742     —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 11,837      $ (11,837   $ —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Commodity Derivatives

   Current liabilities    $ 29,043      $ (9,095   $ 19,948  

Commodity Derivatives

   Noncurrent liabilities      41,083        (2,742     38,341  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

      $ 70,126      $ (11,837   $ 58,289  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

          

Assets:

          

Commodity Derivatives

   Current assets    $ 83,951      $ —       $ 83,951  

Commodity Derivatives

   Noncurrent assets      23,451        (1,614     21,837  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 107,402      $ (1,614   $ 105,788  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

          

Commodity Derivatives

   Current liabilities    $ —        $ —       $ —    

Commodity Derivatives

   Noncurrent liabilities      1,614        (1,614     —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

      $ 1,614      $ (1,614   $ —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commodity Derivatives

The following summarizes our commodity derivative positions as of December 31, 2020:

 

Natural Gas Swaps

 

Production Year

   Average Daily
Volumes
(MMBtu)
     Weighted
Average Swap
Price
($ / MMBtu)
 

2021

     603,405      $ 2.57  

2022

     318,605      $ 2.55  

2023

     135,288      $ 2.51  

2024

     92,377      $ 2.54  

2025

     33,945      $ 2.58  

Sold Natural Gas Calls

 

Production Year

   Average Daily
Volumes
(MMBtu)
     Weighted
Average Call
Price
($ / MMBtu)
 

2021

     20,959      $ 3.19  

Interest Rate Derivatives

Our interest rate derivative expired on June 30, 2019. For 2019, we recognized an unrealized loss of $1.5 million which is reflected in interest expense.

 

F-28


Table of Contents
10.

Partners’ Capital and Profit Interests Awards

Background

The Partnership Agreement (the “Agreement”) authorizes the issuance of two classes of equity interests: General Partner Interests and Limited Partnership Interests. The Limited Partnership Interests are divided into three series: Class A Units, Class B Units and Class C Units, each with the rights, privileges, preferences, restrictions and obligations as provided in the Agreement.

A total of 100 General Partner interests are authorized for issuance, 100 Class A Units, 2,000,000 Class B Units and 5,000 Class C Units. Each Class B Unit and Class C Unit has a fixed price of $1,000.

In general, cash distributions follow a waterfall set out in the Agreement whereby the Class B and Class C Unit Holders (collectively, the “Common Unit Holders”) receive payment until they have received distributions equal to the amount of their respective capital contributed. Once the capital is returned and certain rate of returns are achieved, distributions will be made to Class A Unit Holders in accordance with the Agreement. The distributions to Class A Holders increase based on stated return thresholds to the Common Unit Holders.

Class A Units

The Class A Units are Partnership interests that provide economic incentives to our employees who receive them. The Class A Units are intended to be “profits interests.” The Class A Units vest over a five-year period and may be forfeited or repurchased by the Company under certain circumstances as set forth in the plan governing the Class A Units and individual Class A Unit grant agreements.

The Company has granted Class A Units to select members of the Company’s management. Most of the Class A Units are treated as conditionally vesting equity but are deemed to be a profit sharing arrangement due to certain forfeiture or repurchase features of the plan. Award recipients may derive economic value in the instrument through profit sharing distributions. As such, we treat these Class A Units as profit-sharing arrangements that will trigger no compensation expense until amounts payable under such awards become probable and estimable. Holders of Class A Units generally must be employed at the time of distributions in order to receive any payments.

The remainder of the Class A Units are deemed to be equity due to their distinct forfeiture and repurchase features. As such, the units, which were all issued in 2014, are accounted for as equity-based compensation.

The following table summarizes the Class A Unit activity:

 

     Class A Units  
     Equity-based
Compensation
Awards
     Profit-Sharing
Arrangement
     Total  

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

         40            42.5            82.5  

Granted

     —          17.5        17.5  

Forfeited

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     40        60        100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     —          2        2  

Forfeited

     —          (6      (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     40        56        96  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We utilized the Black Scholes option pricing method to estimate grant date fair value of the Class A equity- based compensation awards, which included probability of various outcomes. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the stock of comparable companies in our industry. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Actual results may vary depending on the assumptions applied within the model.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The grant date fair value of the Class A equity-based compensation awards in 2014 was $3.0 million.

Compensation expense was recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period which was met in 2019. There was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested awards at December 31, 2020 or 2019. No distributions were made during 2020 or 2019.

Class B Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 462,517 Class B Units to Blackstone issued and outstanding in exchange for capital contributions.

Class C Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 4,241 and 4,292, respectively, Class C Units issued and outstanding in exchange for capital contributions. Due to their redemption attributes, the capital contributed for Class C Units is included in other long-term liabilities.

 

11.

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

Occasionally, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Like other natural gas producers, our operations are subject to extensive and rapidly changing federal and state environmental, health and safety and other laws and regulations governing air emissions, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste management activities. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings and are not aware of any material legal proceedings threatened to be brought against us.

Environmental Remediation

We may become subject to certain liabilities as they relate to environmental remediation of well sites related to their development or operation. In connection with our acquisition of existing or previously drilled wells, we may not be aware of the environmental safeguards that were taken at the time such wells were drilled or operated by others. Should we determine that a liability exists with respect to any environmental cleanup or restoration, we would be responsible for curing such a violation. No claim has been made, nor are we aware of any liability that exists, as it relates to any environmental cleanup or restoration or the violation of any rules or regulations relating thereto.

Leases

The lease for our office space in Plano, Texas extends into 2023 with lease commitments of less than $1.1 million each year.

 

12.

Related Party Transactions

The monitoring fee that we recognized on our statements of operations is paid under a management and consulting agreement with Blackstone and our CEO, of which, over 99% was attributable to Blackstone.

As of December 31, 2020, Blackstone owned $50.0 million aggregate principal of the 8.75% Notes.

During 2020, we recorded $1.4 million in interest expense for unused commitment fees on the Third Lien Revolving Credit Facility, for which certain affiliates of Blackstone are the lenders.

In December 2019, we paid $1.1 million in attorney fees on behalf of Blackstone associated with the placement of the Third Lien Revolving Credit Facility.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

In July 2020, a committee of independent members from Vine’s Board of Managers approved a $30 million

distribution to Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone and certain members of management. The distribution was made immediately following such approval with funds originating from a first lien RBL draw made at the end of June 2020.

In December 2020, we entered into the Second Lien Term Loan and used the proceeds to repay the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding under the Superpriority in connection with the entry into the amendment to and extension of the RBL. In conjunction with the issuance of the Second Lien Term Loan we paid Blackstone $0.9 million in financing fees.

During 2020 and 2019, VMS billed two of our affiliates, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP (“Brix”) and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (“Harvest”), $8.5 million and $9.0 million, respectively, for services rendered and administrative costs incurred. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, we have a net receivable from these affiliates for such services of $0.9 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which is included in accounts receivable.

Additionally, in 2020 and 2019, Vine issued joint interest bills to Brix totaling $48.2 million and $54.7 million, respectively, for their share of capital expenditures and operating expenses on wells that we have drilled. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total related receivable is $4.4 million and $9.9 million, respectively, which is included in joint interest billing receivables.

In 2020 and 2019, Vine received joint interest bills from one of its affiliates totaling $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for our share of capital expenditures and operating expenses on a well they operate. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the total related payable is $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which is included in accounts payable.

Vine paid $57.7 million and $67.4 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively, to Brix and Harvest for revenue in wells in which they participate. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, Vine has $20.4 million and $13.1 million, respectively, included in revenue payable due to these affiliates.

In 2020 and 2019, Vine received $6.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, in revenue from Brix for revenue in a well in which we participate. As of December 31, 2020, we have a receivable from Brix of $2.9 million which is included in accounts receivable.

During 2020 and 2019, Vine billed Brix $3.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, in assets used in drilling and operating costs and recognized gains of $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively. In 2020 and 2019, Vine purchased $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in assets from Brix.

 

13.

Supplemental Natural Gas Reserve Information (Unaudited)

Natural Gas Quantities and Property Summary

Our reserves were prepared by the independent engineering firm W.D. Von Gonten & Co. All our reserves are located within the stacked Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana. Proved natural gas reserves are the estimated quantities of natural gas which geological and engineering data demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable in the future from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed natural gas reserves are proved reserves expected to be recovered through existing wells and equipment in place and under operating methods being utilized at the time the estimates were made. A variety of methodologies are used to determine our proved reserve estimates. The principal methodologies employed, often in combination, are decline curve analysis, advance production type curve matching, petro physics/log analysis and analogy. Reserve estimates are inherently imprecise and estimates of new discoveries and undeveloped locations are more imprecise than estimates of established producing natural gas properties. Accordingly, these estimates are expected to change as future information becomes available.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the changes in our proved reserves (in MMcf):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

     1,868,794  

Production

     (200,214

Revision of previous estimates(1)

     (226,510

Acquisitions of reserves(2)

     5,731  

Extensions and discoveries(3)

     762,032  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

     2,209,833  
  

 

 

 

Production

     (240,869

Revision of previous estimates(4)

     (847,273

Acquisitions of reserves(2)

     46,516  

Extensions and discoveries(5)

     633,911  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     1,802,118  
  

 

 

 

Proved developed reserves at:

  

December 31, 2018

     400,194  

December 31, 2019

     447,966  

December 31, 2020

     446,243  

Proved undeveloped reserves at:

  

December 31, 2018

     1,468,600  

December 31, 2019

     1,761,867  

December 31, 2020

     1,355,875  

 

(1)

Revision of previous estimates include changes to development plan resulting in reclassifying 37 PUD locations as they now reside outside of the 5-year development window. These negative revisions are somewhat offset by working and mineral interests adjustments, improved well performance of producing new wells and PUD type curve revisions. Revision of previous estimates reflect changes in previous estimates attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 106,192 MMcf, combined with negative changes in non-economic factors of 120,318 MMcf, including:

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 120,999 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 14,807 MMcf); and

   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase 101,483 MMcf), working interests revisions (increase of 12,332 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 251,622 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (increase of 17,489 MMcf).

(2)

Acquisitions of reserves represent additional lease acquisitions that increased our working interest.

(3)

Extensions and discoveries represent extensions to reserves attributable to additional 83 gross drilling locations to be developed by 2024 (as that year entered the 5-year development window) and include development plan revisions to incorporate longer laterals and conversion of 6 non-proved locations to producing in 2019.

(4)

Revision of previous estimates include changes to development plan resulting in reclassifying 115 PUD locations as they now reside outside of the 5-year development window. These negative revisions are somewhat offset by working and mineral interests adjustments, improved well performance of producing new wells and PUD type curve revisions. Revision of previous estimates reflect changes in previous estimates attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 750,337 MMcf, combined with negative changes in non-economic factors of 96,936 MMcf, including:

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 1,161,042 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 410,705 MMcf); and

 

F-32


Table of Contents
   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase of 281,939 MMcf), working interests revisions (increase of 186 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 579,598 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (increase of 200,537 MMcf).

(5)

Extensions and discoveries represent extensions to reserves attributable to additional 129 gross drilling locations to be developed by 2025 (as that year entered the 5-year development window) and include development plan revisions to incorporate longer laterals and conversion of 14 non-proved locations to producing in 2020.

Our estimated proved reserves were determined using average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months in accordance with SEC guidance. As of December 31, 2020, the SEC Price Deck was $1.99/MMBtu (Henry Hub Price) for natural gas. In determining our reserves, the SEC Price Deck was adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive. The average resulting price used as of December 31, 2020 was $1.73 per Mcf.

The carrying value of our natural gas assets was:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proved natural gas properties subject to depletion

   $ 2,722,419      $ 2,475,619  

Less: Accumulated depletion

     (1,380,065      (1,039,643
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Natural gas properties, net

   $ 1,342,354      $ 1,435,976  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our capital costs incurred for acquisition and development activities were:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proved acreage

   $ 1,460      $ 6,022  

Development costs

     242,437        278,793  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 243,897      $ 284,815  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Natural Gas Reserves

We develop the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows from production of proved reserves by: estimating quantities of proved reserves and future periods during which they are expected to be produced based on year-end economic conditions, calculating estimated future cash flows by multiplying production by the twelve-month average of the first of the month prices, determining the future production and development costs based on year-end economic conditions and discounting future net cash flows by applying a rate of 10%.

The assumptions used to compute the standardized measure are those prescribed by the FASB and the SEC

and do not reflect the expected undiscounted or discounted cash flows or the estimated fair value. The limitations inherent in the reserve quantity estimation process, as previously discussed, are equally applicable to the standardized measure computations, since these reserve quantity estimates are the basis for the valuation process.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Standardized Measure was:

 

     December 31,  
   2020      2019  

Future natural gas sales

   $ 3,130,277      $ 5,113,708  

Future production costs

     (1,173,122      (1,670,411

Future development costs(1)

     (1,103,333      (1,787,256

Future income tax expense(2)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   $ 853,822      $ 1,656,041  

10% annual discount

     (291,186      (667,873
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

   $ 562,636      $ 988,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The primary changes in the standardized measure were:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 988,168      $ 1,244,628  

Sales of natural gas, net(3)

     (278,716      (342,848

Revision of previous quantity estimates and extensions

     (76,715      174,884  

Acquisitions of reserves

     4,297        2,589  

Previously estimated development costs incurred

     187,952        185,584  

Net changes in future development costs

     44,210        37,611  

Net changes in prices

     (388,308      (452,332

Accretion of discount

     98,816        124,463  

Net change in income taxes(2)

     —          —    

Changes in timing and other differences

     (17,068      13,589  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period(1)

   $ 562,636      $ 988,168  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Our calculations of future development costs include costs associated with the abandonment of the proved properties, including the costs related to undrilled proved locations.

(2)

Our calculations of the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows and the related changes therein do not include the effect of estimated future income tax expenses because we are not subject to income taxes. Tax law in effect at December 31, 2020 provided us various income tax elections that can affect the timing of future deductions of our current tax basis, future development costs and net operating loss carryovers as well as available tax credits.

(3)

Net gas volumes and the related revenues included in our standardized measure include all wellhead volumes.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Partners of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Brix Oil & Gas LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP, both of which are under common management, which comprise the combined balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related combined statements of operations, partners’ capital, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Combined Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the companies’ preparation and fair presentation of the combined financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the companies’ internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Brix Oil & Gas LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

February 22, 2021

 

F-35


Table of Contents

BRIX OIL & GAS – ACQUIRED ENTITIES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2020                     2019          

Revenue:

    

Natural gas sales

   $ 152,267     $ 114,782  

Realized gain on commodity derivatives

     38,043       9,923  

Unrealized (loss) gain on commodity derivatives

     (40,475     25,610  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     149,835       150,315  

Operating Expenses:

    

Lease operating

     17,728       7,014  

Gathering and treating

     25,204       18,928  

Production and ad valorem taxes

     2,715       1,550  

General and administrative

     7,368       7,763  

Monitoring fee

     1,371       906  

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

     92,177       65,901  

Exploration

     26       546  

Severance

     121       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     146,710       102,608  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Income

     3,125       47,707  

Interest expense

     (11,928     (9,693
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ (8,803   $ 38,014  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

BRIX OIL & GAS – ACQUIRED ENTITIES

COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

     December 31, 2020     December 31, 2019  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 17,660     $ 4,011  

Accounts receivable

     15,968       13,114  

Accounts receivable from affiliates

     21,581       13,646  

Joint interest billing receivables

     6,831       5,498  

Derivatives

     —         25,307  

Prepaid and other

     39       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     62,079       61,584  

Natural gas properties (successful efforts):

    

Proved

     463,045       353,492  

Unproved

     —         1,061  

Accumulated depletion

     (191,837     (99,727
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total natural gas properties, net

     271,208       254,826  

Derivatives

     —         1,431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 333,287     $ 317,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Partners’ Capital

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,658     $ 1,146  

Accrued expenses to affiliate

     11,820       15,577  

Accrued expenses

     12,579       6,877  

Revenue payable

     11,786       7,974  

Derivatives

     8,284       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     47,127       31,574  

Long-term liabilities:

    

Brix credit facility

     121,760       120,470  

Asset retirement obligations

     888       627  

Derivatives

     5,453       —    

Refundable deposits

     2,784       2,727  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     178,012       155,398  

Commitments and contingencies

    

Partners’ capital

     155,275       162,443  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and partners’ capital

   $ 333,287     $ 317,841  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements

 

F-37


Table of Contents

BRIX OIL & GAS – ACQUIRED ENTITIES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS’ CAPITAL

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 123,540  

Equity-based compensation

     889  

Net income

     38,014  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   $ 162,443  
  

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation

     1,635  

Net income

     (8,803
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   $ 155,275  
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

BRIX OIL & GAS – ACQUIRED ENTITIES

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,  
             2020                     2019          

Operating Activities

    

Net income

   $ (8,803   $ 38,014  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to operating cash flow:

    

Depletion, depreciation and accretion

     92,177       65,901  

Amortization of financing costs

     1,412       1,191  

Equity-based compensation

     1,635       889  

Unrealized loss (gain) on commodity derivatives

     40,475       (25,610

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (10,783     (7,842

Joint interest billing receivables

     (1,333     (2,327

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     6,492       2,816  

Revenue payable

     5,962       3,358  

Other

     27       150  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating cash flow

     127,261       76,540  

Investing Activities

    

Proceeds from asset sales

     —         1,832  

Capital expenditures

     (113,479     (150,956
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing cash flow

     (113,479     (149,124

Financing Activities

    

Proceeds from Brix credit facility

     —         76,000  

Deferred financing costs paid

     (133     (3,698
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing cash flow

     (133     72,302  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     13,649       (282

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     4,011       4,293  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 17,660     $ 4,011  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 10,516     $ 8,502  

Non-cash transactions

    

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 10,456     $ 15,637  

The accompanying notes are integral to the financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

BRIX OIL & GAS – ACQUIRED ENTITIES

NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Amounts in Thousands)

 

1.

Nature of Business and Organization

The combined financial statements of Brix Oil & Gas—Acquired Entities (the “Company,” “Brix and Harvest” “Acquired Entities” “we,” “our,” or “us”) presented herein include the accounts of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP (“Brix”) and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (“Harvest”, and collectively “the Brix Companies”).

The Brix Companies are engaged in the development, production and sale of natural gas and in the acquisition, ownership and administration of producing and nonproducing mineral and royalty interests located exclusively in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier plays of the Haynesville Basin in Northern Louisiana. Our executive offices are located in Plano, Texas.

 

2.

Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

These combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). We had no items of other comprehensive income for 2020 or 2019. We operate only one reportable segment. We have evaluated subsequent events through February 22, 2021, the date on which these financial statements were issued. The following entities were determined to be under common management and represent the operations of the Company:

 

   

Brix is a Delaware Limited Partnership formed in 2016. Brix is majority owned by Blackstone and members of management and is engaged in the exploration, development, production and sale of natural gas in the Haynesville play in Northern Louisiana, with executive offices in Plano, Texas. Brix has two wholly owned subsidiaries (Brix Operating LLC and Brix Federal Leasing Corporation) that are consolidated.

 

   

Harvest is a Delaware Limited Partnership formed in 2016. Harvest is majority owned by Blackstone and a member of management and is focused on the acquisition, ownership and administration of producing and nonproducing mineral, royalty, overriding royalty, net profits, and leasehold interests located exclusively in the Haynesville play in Northern Louisiana. Harvest has one wholly owned subsidiary (Harvest Operating LLC) that is consolidated.

Use of Estimates

Preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates of reserves are used to determine depletion and to conduct impairment analysis. Estimating reserves has inherent uncertainty, including the projection of future rates of production and the timing of development. Further, the COVID-19 outbreak has significantly decreased the demand for hydrocarbons, particularly oil. Concurrently, deterioration of production agreements between key global oil producers has led to an increase in supply. The confluence of these factors has caused significant volatility in oil and gas prices and has increased the inherent uncertainty in the estimate of reserves.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We had no cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable principally consists of amounts due for sold but unpaid gas production. Accounts receivable from joint interest billings sent to our working interest partners are generally collected within 30 to 60 days after they are billed, which usually occurs within 10 days after each month’s end. We review our accounts receivable periodically, and if necessary, reduce the carrying amount by a valuation allowance that reflects our best estimate of potentially uncollectible amounts. We have made no allowances for uncollectible accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.

Natural Gas Properties

We utilize the successful efforts method of accounting for our natural gas producing activities, through which we capitalize all property acquisition costs and costs of development wells. Costs for exploratory wells are capitalized until we complete an evaluation of whether the wells yield proved reserves. If an exploratory well does not yield proved reserves, those costs are expensed as exploration expense.

We recognize geological and geophysical costs, including seismic studies, as exploration expense when incurred. We recognize expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals necessary to maintain properties in operating condition as lease operating expense when incurred. We capitalize major betterments, replacements and renewals as additions to property and equipment.

We account for acquisitions using the acquisition method which requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition. In determining the fair value of the natural gas properties, we prepare estimates of natural gas reserves, using estimated future prices to apply to the estimated reserve quantities acquired and estimate future operating and development costs to arrive at the estimates of future cash flows. The valuations to derive the purchase price include proved categories of reserves, expectations for timing and amount of future development and operating costs, projections of future rates of production, expected recovery rates, reserve adjustment factors and a discount rate.

We deplete proved natural gas properties using the unit-of-production basis based on production and estimates of proved reserves. Because all of our natural gas properties are located in a single basin, we assess depletion on a single cost center. We deplete capitalized costs of proved mineral interests over total estimated proved reserves and capitalized costs of wells and related equipment and facilities over estimated proved developed reserves.

We review our proved properties for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or whenever events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying values may have occurred. We estimate the expected undiscounted future cash flows of our properties and compare such undiscounted future cash flows to the carrying amount of the properties. If the carrying amount exceeds the estimated undiscounted future cash flows, we adjust the carrying amount of the properties to estimated fair value. Our impairment analysis for natural gas properties does not include value associated with our derivative portfolio. There were no impairments on proved natural gas properties for either 2020 or 2019.

We review our unproved properties, if any, for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or whenever events and circumstances indicate that a decline in the recoverability of their carrying values may have occurred. There were no impairments on unproved natural gas properties for either 2020 or 2019.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations (“ARO”) consist of our portion of future plugging and abandonment costs on our natural gas properties. We record the fair value of the liability for ARO in the period in which it is legally or contractually incurred. Upon initial recognition of the ARO, we capitalize an asset retirement cost by increasing the carrying amount of the natural gas properties by the same amount as the liability. In periods subsequent to initial measurement, the ARO is recognized as expense through depletion. Changes in the ARO are recognized for both the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of

 

F-41


Table of Contents

estimated cash flows. We recognize accretion expense for the impact of increasing the discounted liability to its estimated settlement value.

Revenue Recognition

Sales under our natural gas contracts are generally considered performed when title transfers to the purchaser at the tailgate of our gatherer’s plant. We recognize revenue when control transfers to the purchasers and we receive an agreed-upon index price, net of any price differentials.

Derivatives

To mitigate risks associated with market volatility, we enter into derivative financial instruments, including commodity swaps, to reduce the effects of natural gas price fluctuations on our production.

We recognize our derivatives as an asset or liability measured at fair value, with their changes in fair value recognized in earnings. The fair value of our commodity swaps is determined by references to published future market prices and interest rates. Our derivatives feature monthly settlements with the counterparties, the impact of which is reflected as an operating cash flow. We have not designated any derivative instruments as hedges and do not enter into such instruments for speculative purposes.

The fair value of our commodity swaps is determined by references to published future market prices and interest rates.

Strategic

Strategic costs include amounts paid to external parties for potential acquisitions or other non-recurring projects.

Income Taxes

As a limited partnership, we are not a taxpaying entity for federal income tax purposes. As such, we have not recorded federal income tax expense. Our limited partners are responsible for federal income taxes on their respective share of taxable income. We file federal income tax returns in the United States. We incurred de minimis state taxes, and the accompanying financial statements reflect such taxes.

As of December 31, 2020, our 2019, 2018 and 2017 tax returns remained open to possible examination by the tax authorities, and none are currently under examination by any tax authorities. We have incurred no penalties or interest related to tax matters, and we have no uncertain tax positions.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to a concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, accounts receivable and derivatives. We maintain deposits primarily in one financial institution, the total of which regularly exceeds the amount covered by insurance provided by the U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). We have not experienced any losses related to this practice.

Vine Oil & Gas LP (“VOG”), an affiliate, markets the majority of our non-operated gas production to various purchasers. VOG remits to us the total of all amounts collected on our behalf. Our operated gas production utilizes an unaffiliated third party to market our operated gas production to various purchasers, which consist of credit-worthy counterparties, including major corporations and super majors, in our industry. This third party collects directly from the purchasers and remits to us the total of all amounts collected on our behalf less their fee for making such sales. Additionally, we sell a portion of our gas under fixed-term contracts with third-party purchasers who remit directly to us. Our receivables from purchasers are generally unsecured; however, we typically require purchasers that do not have investment grade credit ratings to post letters of credit. We have not experienced any credit losses to date.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

The counterparties to our derivatives are financial institutions that we believe have acceptable credit ratings.

Generally, we have the right to offset future revenue disbursements against unpaid joint interest billing charges.

Recently Issued and Applicable Accounting Standards

Not Yet Adopted

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” which introduces guidance for estimating credit losses on certain types of financial instruments based on expected losses and the timing of the recognition of such losses. We expect to adopt this guidance January 1, 2023, however, the impact is not expected to be material.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) which requires all leases greater than one year to be recognized as assets and liabilities. This ASU becomes effective for us beginning January 1, 2022 and we expect to adopt using a modified retrospective approach with certain available practical expedients. Oil and gas leases are excluded from the guidance. We are currently reviewing the contracts to which this new guidance applies and evaluating the new guidance to determine the impact it will have on our combined financial statements. We expect the adoption of this guidance will increase the assets and liabilities recorded on our Balance Sheet and are continuing to evaluate the impact of this standard on our statement of operations and cash flow. We also expect to elect the practical expedient to retain our existing accounting for land easements which were not previously accounted for as leases.

 

3.

Property and Equipment

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proved natural gas properties subject to depletion

   $ 463,045      $ 353,492  

Unproved natural gas properties

     —          1,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalized costs

     463,045        354,553  

Less: Accumulated depletion

     (191,837      (99,727
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Natural gas properties, net

   $ 271,208      $ 254,826  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We recognized depletion expense for 2020 and 2019 of $92.1 million and $65.9 million, respectively.

 

4.

Asset Retirement Obligations

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 627      $ 397  

Liabilities incurred

     185        154  

Acquired liabilities

     —          33  

Accretion expense

     76        43  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 888      $ 627  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.

Brix Credit Facility

As amended, the Brix Credit Facility had a fully committed face amount of $150 million at December 31, 2020 decreasing to $137.5 million on January 1, 2021 through maturity in March 2023. As of December 31, 2020, $25 million was available subject to an approved plan of development.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The Brix Credit Facility requires that we provide a first priority security interest in Brix oil and gas properties and substantially all of our personal property assets. The Brix Credit Facility has a 2% prepayment penalty of the amount outstanding from July 1, 2020 through June 30, 2021 and 1% of amounts outstanding from July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2022. There is no prepayment penalty from July 1, 2022 through maturity on March 31, 2023. Mandatory cash sweeps occur on a quarterly basis if Brix’ cash exceeds current liabilities by more than $7.5 million. Swept and repaid amounts cannot be redrawn after being paid are not subject to prepayment penalties. There were no sweeps in 2020 or 2019.

The Brix Credit Facility includes covenants typical for facilities of this type. The covenants cover matters such as mandatory reserve reports, the responsible operation and maintenance of properties, certifications of compliance, required disclosures to the lender, notices under other material instruments, notices of sales of oil and gas properties, and changes to the development program outlined in the agreement. It also places limitation on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, retaining excessive cash, restricted payments, distributions, investments outside of the ordinary course of business and limitations on the amount of commodity and interest rate hedges that can be put in place. Under the Brix Credit Facility, an initial public offering would trigger immediate repayment of the outstanding balance.

The Brix Credit Facility bears an interest rate of LIBOR plus an additional margin of 7.25%. As of December 31, 2020, borrowings under the Brix Credit Facility had an interest rate of 7.4%. Total 2020 and 2019 interest expense, including amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, was $11.9 million and $9.7 million, respectively.

Brix credit facility consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Brix Credit facility, face amount

   $ 125,000        125,000  

Net deferred finance costs

     (3,240      (4,530
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Brix Credit facility

     121,760        120,470  

Less: short-term portion

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Brix Credit facility

   $ 121,760      $ 120,470  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

6.

Fair Value Measurements

Certain of our assets and liabilities are measured at fair value. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We use market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement).

The three levels of fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

   

Level 1—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date.

 

   

Level 2—Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies.

 

   

Level 3 — Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

We classify financial assets and liabilities based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of the fair values of assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

The carrying values of financial instruments, including accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate fair value due to the short maturity of these instruments. None of our financial instruments are held for trading purposes.

Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. These assets can include long-lived assets that have been reduced to fair value when they are held for sale, the initial recognition of ARO and proved and unproved properties that are written down to fair value when they are impaired. The fair value of our natural gas properties is determined using valuation techniques consistent with the income and market approach.

Assets acquired in business combinations are recorded at their fair value as of the date of acquisition. The inputs used to determine such fair value are primarily based upon internally developed cash flow models and would generally be considered as Level 3.

The factors used to determine fair value are subject to management’s judgment and expertise and include, but are not limited to, recent sales prices of comparable properties; the present value of future cash flows, net of estimated operating and development costs using estimates of proved reserves; future commodity pricing; future production estimates; anticipated capital expenditures; and various discount rates commensurate with the risk and current market conditions associated with the expected cash flow projected. These assumptions represent Level 3 inputs.

 

7.

Derivative Instruments

Derivative assets and liabilities are presented below as gross assets and liabilities, without regard to master netting arrangements, which are considered in the presentation of derivative assets and liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the gross fair value of our derivative assets and liabilities and the effect of netting:

 

Balance Sheet
Classification

   Gross
Amounts
     Netting Adjustment      Net Amounts
Presented on
the Balance
Sheet
 

December 31, 2020

        

Assets:

        

Current assets

   $ 3,125        (3,125    $ —    

Noncurrent assets

     1,001        (1,001      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 4,126      $ (4,126    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Current liabilities

   $ 11,409      $ (3,125    $ 8,284  

Noncurrent liabilities

     6,454        (1,001      5,453  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 17,863      $ (4,126    $ 13,737  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

        

Assets:

        

Current assets

   $ 25,307      $ —        $ 25,307  

Noncurrent assets

     3,325        (1,894      1,431  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 28,632      $ (1,894    $ 26,738  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

        

Current liabilities

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Noncurrent liabilities

     1,894        (1,894      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ 1,894      $ (1.894    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commodity Derivatives

The following summarizes our commodity derivative positions as of December 31, 2020:

 

Natural Gas Swaps

 

Production Year

   Average Daily
Volumes
(MMBtu)
     Weighted
Average Swap
Price
($/MMBtu)
 

2021

     216,019      $ 2.54  

2022

     173,582      $ 2.54  

2023

     51,140      $ 2.43  

2024

     3,357      $ 2.43  

Sold Natural Gas Calls

 

Production Year

   Average Daily
Volumes
(MMBtu)
     Weighted
Average Call
Price
($/MMBtu)
 

2021

     2,041      $ 3.20  

 

F-46


Table of Contents
8.

Partners’ Capital and Profit Interests Awards

Background

Our Limited Partnership Agreement (the “Agreement”) authorizes us to issue two classes of equity interests: General Partner Interests and Limited Partnership Interests. The Limited Partnership Interests are divided into three series: Class A Units, Class B Units and Class C Units, each with the rights, privileges, preferences, restrictions and obligations as provided in the Agreement.

A total of 100 General Partner Interests are authorized for issuance for each Partnership, 100 Class A Units, 2,000,000 Class B Units and 5,000 Class C Units. Each Class B Unit and Class C Unit has a fixed price of $1,000.

In general, cash distributions follow a waterfall set out in the Agreements whereby the Class B and Class C Unit Holders (collectively, the “Common Unit Holders”) receive payment until they have received distributions equal to the amount of their respective capital contributed. Once the capital is returned and certain rate of returns are achieved, distributions will be made to Class A Unit Holders in accordance with the Agreements. The distributions to Class A Holders increase based on stated return thresholds to the Common Unit Holders.

Class A Units

The Class A Units are Partnership interests that provide economic incentives to our employees who receive them. The Class A Units are intended to be “profits interests.” The Class A Units vest over a five-year period and may be forfeited or repurchased by the Company under certain circumstances as set forth in the plan governing the Class A Units and individual Class A Unit grant agreements.

The Company has granted Class A Units to select members of the Company’s management. Most of the Class A Units are treated as conditionally vesting equity but are deemed to be a profit sharing arrangement due to certain forfeiture or repurchase features of the plan. Award recipients may derive economic value in the instrument through profit sharing distributions. As such, we treat these Class A Units as profit-sharing arrangements that will trigger no compensation expense until amounts payable under such awards become probable and estimable. Holders of Class A Units generally must be employed at the time of distributions in order to receive any payments. No distributions were made or accrued during 2020 or 2019.

The remainder of the Class A Units are deemed to be equity due to their distinct forfeiture and repurchase features. As such, the units, are accounted for as equity-based compensation and are subject to remeasurement at fair value at each reporting period. We utilized the Black Scholes option pricing method to estimate fair value of the Class A equity-based compensation awards, which included probability of various outcomes. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the stock of comparable companies in our industry. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. Actual results may vary depending on the

assumptions applied within the model.

Brix Class A Units

The Brix Class A Units treated as equity-based compensation awards were all issued in 2015. The fair value of the Brix Class A Units treated as equity-based compensation was approximately $7.0 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The Brix Class A Units vest ratably over a five-year period conditioned upon continued service. Compensation expense recognized during 2020 and 2019 was $1.6 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Brix Class A Unit Activity:

 

     Brix Class A Units  
     Equity-based
Compensation
Awards
     Profit-Sharing
Arrangement
     Total  

Outstanding at December 31, 2018

     40.0        51.0        91.0  

Granted

     —          9.0        9.0  

Forfeited

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

     40.0        60.0        100.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     —          2.0        2.0  

Forfeited

     —          (6.0      (6.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2020

     40.0        56.0        96.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Harvest Class A Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, Harvest had 54.5 Class A Units outstanding, including those granted to the CEO.

The grant date fair value of the Harvest Class A equity-based compensation awards are de minimis.

Brix Class B Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 121,678 Class B Units were issued and outstanding to Blackstone in consideration for their capital contributions.

Harvest Class B Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 2,746 Class B Units were issued and outstanding to Blackstone in consideration for their capital contributions.

Brix Class C Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 2,615 and 2,558 Class C Units, respectively, were issued and outstanding to members of management in consideration for their capital contributions.

Harvest Class C Units

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 169 Class C Units were issued and outstanding to members of management in consideration for their capital contributions.

 

9.

Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

Occasionally, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Like other natural gas producers, our operations are subject to extensive and rapidly changing federal and state environmental, health and safety and other laws and regulations governing air emissions, wastewater discharges and solid and hazardous waste management activities. We are not currently a party to a material legal proceeding and are not aware of any material legal or governmental proceedings against us or contemplated to be brought against us.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Environmental Remediation

We are engaged in natural gas exploration and production and may become subject to certain liabilities as they relate to environmental cleanup of well sites or other environmental restoration procedures as they relate to the drilling of gas wells and the operation thereof. In connection with our acquisition of existing or previously drilled wells, we may not be aware of the environmental safeguards that were taken at the time such wells were drilled or operated. Should we determine that a liability exists with respect to any environmental cleanup or restoration, we would be responsible for curing such a violation. No material claim has been made, nor are we aware of any liability that exists, as it relates to any material environmental cleanup or restoration or the violation of any rules or regulations relating thereto.

 

10.

Related Party Transactions

The monitoring fee that we recognized on our statements of operations is paid under a management and consulting agreement with Blackstone and our CEO, via Vintner Resources LLC, of which approximately 99% was attributable to Blackstone.

VOG and its wholly owned subsidiary, Vine Management Services LLC (“VMS”), provide certain operational, technical and administrative services to us. During 2020 and 2019, VMS billed us $8.6 million and $8.9 million, respectively, for services rendered, and administrative, LOE and exploration costs incurred, including a service fee totaling $0.2 million in both 2020 and 2019.

During 2020 and 2019, VOG issued joint interest bills to us totaling $48.2 million and $54.7 million, respectively, for our share of capital and operating expenditures on wells that VOG operates and in which we have a working interest.

During 2020 and 2019, we received $57.7 million and $67.2 million, respectively, from VOG for revenue in wells in which we participate.

During 2020 and 2019, we issued joint interest bills to VOG totaling $1.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for their share of capital and operating expenditures on wells that we operate and in which VOG has a working interest.

During 2020 and 2019, we paid $6.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, to VOG for revenue in wells in which they participate.

In 2020 and 2019, we purchased $3.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, in assets used in drilling and operating costs from VOG. In 2020 and 2019, we sold $0.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in assets to VOG.

 

11.

Supplemental Natural Gas Reserve Information

Natural Gas Quantities and Property Summary

Our reserves were prepared by the independent engineering firm W.D. Von Gonten & Co. All our reserves are located within the stacked Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays in the Haynesville Basin of Northwest Louisiana. Proved natural gas reserves are the estimated quantities of natural gas which geological and engineering data demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable in the future from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions. Proved developed natural gas reserves are proved reserves expected to be recovered through existing wells and equipment in place and under operating methods being utilized at the time the estimates were made. A variety of methodologies are used to determine our proved reserve estimates. The principal methodologies employed, often in combination, are decline curve analysis, advance production type curve matching, petro physics/log analysis and analogy. Reserve estimates are inherently imprecise and estimates of new discoveries and undeveloped locations are more imprecise than estimates of established producing natural gas properties. Accordingly, these estimates are expected to change as future information becomes available.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

The following summarizes the changes in our proved reserves (in MMcf):

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

     402,175  

Production

     (52,503

Revision of previous estimates(1)

     (75,082

Acquisitions of reserves(2)

     862  

Extensions and discoveries(3)

     376,742  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

     652,194  
  

 

 

 

Production

     (85,641

Revision of previous estimates(4)

     (287,359

Acquisitions of reserves(5)

     51,224  

Extensions and discoveries(6)

     180,963  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

     511,381  
  

 

 

 

Proved developed reserves at:

  

December 31, 2018

     63,715  

December 31, 2019

     138,258  

December 31, 2020

     143,917  

Proved undeveloped reserves at:

  

December 31, 2018

     338,460  

December 31, 2019

     513,936  

December 31, 2020

     367,464  

 

(1)

Revision of previous estimates include changes to development plan resulting in reclassifying 26 PUD locations as they now reside outside of the 5-year development window and working interest adjustments. These negative revisions are somewhat offset by improved well performance of producing wells and resulting PUD type curve revisions, along with revisions associated with lateral length extensions. Revision of previous estimates reflect changes in previous estimates attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 78,582 MMcf, combined with positive changes in non-economic factors of 3,500 MMcf, including:

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 122,916 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 44,334 MMcf); and

   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase of 36,729 MMcf), working interests revisions (decrease of 6,104 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 49,031 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (increase of 21,906 MMcf).

(2)

Acquisitions of reserves represent acquisition of some additional leases resulting in 6 new PUD locations.

(3)

Extensions and discoveries represent extensions to reserves attributable to additional 93 gross drilling Locations to be developed by 2024 (as that year entered the 5-year development window), reflect updated rig count and include development plan revisions to incorporate longer laterals and conversion of 4 non-proved locations to producing in 2019.

(4)

Revision of previous estimates include changes to development plan resulting in reclassifying 101 PUD locations as they now reside outside of the 5-year development window. These negative revisions are somewhat offset by working and mineral interests adjustments, improved well performance of producing new wells and PUD type curve revisions. Revision of previous estimates reflect changes in previous estimates attributable to negative changes in economic factors of 256,765 MMcf, combined with negative changes in non-economic factors of 30,594 MMcf, including:

   

Economic factors include revisions caused by commodity prices (decrease of 396,978 MMcf) offset by positive overall cost reductions (increase of 140,213 MMcf); and

   

Non-economic factors include well performance improvements (increase of 31,600 MMcf), working interests revisions (increase of 6,434 MMcf), changes resulting from the removal of proved undeveloped locations (decrease of 70,388 MMcf) and other revisions due to changes in a previously adopted development plan (increase of 1,760 MMcf).

 

F-50


Table of Contents
(5)

Acquisitions of reserves represent some additional lease acquisitions in certain sections that increased our working interest.

(6)

Extensions and discoveries represent extensions to reserves attributable to additional 64 gross drilling locations to be developed by 2025 (as that year entered the 5-year development window) and include development plan revisions to incorporate longer laterals and conversion of 8 non-proved locations to producing in 2020.

Our estimated proved reserves were determined using average first-day-of-the-month prices for the prior 12 months in accordance with SEC guidance. As of December 31, 2020, the SEC Price Deck was $1.99/MMBtu (Henry Hub Price) for natural gas. In determining our reserves, the SEC Price Deck was adjusted for basis differentials and other factors affecting the prices we receive. The average resulting price used was as of December 31, 2020 was $1.73 per Mcf.

The carrying value of our natural gas assets was:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proved natural gas properties subject to depletion

   $ 463,045      $ 353,492  

Unproved natural gas properties

     —          1,061  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalized costs

     463,045        354,553  

Less: Accumulated depletion

     (191,837      (99,727
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Natural gas properties, net

   $ 271,208      $ 254,826  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our capital costs incurred for acquisition and development activities were:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Proved acreage

   $ 2,545      $ 2,748  

Unproved acreage

     —          3,229  

Development costs

     105,701        141,429  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 108,246      $ 147,406  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows Relating to Proved Natural Gas Reserves

We develop the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows from production of proved reserves by: estimating quantities of proved reserves and future periods during which they are expected to be produced based on year-end economic conditions, calculating estimated future cash flows by multiplying production by the twelve-month average of the first of the month prices, determining the future production and development costs based on year-end economic conditions and discounting future net cash flows by applying a rate of 10%.

The assumptions used to compute the standardized measure are those prescribed by the FASB and the SEC and do not reflect the expected undiscounted or discounted cash flows or the estimated fair value. The limitations inherent in the reserve quantity estimation process, as previously discussed, are equally applicable to the standardized measure computations, since these reserve quantity estimates are the basis for the valuation process.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

The standardized measure was:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Future natural gas sales

   $ 882,384      $ 1,509,782  

Future production costs

     (322,655      (453,796

Future development costs(1)

     (303,403      (591,976

Future income tax expense(2)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Future net cash flows

   $ 256,326      $ 464,010  

10% annual discount

     (78,744      (164,539
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows

   $ 177,582      $ 299,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The primary changes in the standardized measure were:

 

     December 31,  
     2020      2019  

Balance at beginning of period(2)

   $ 299,471      $ 214,405  

Sales of natural gas, net(3)

     (106,633      (87,167

Revision of previous quantity estimates and extensions

     (6,968      87,554  

Acquisitions of reserves

     10,965        1,293  

Previously estimated development costs incurred

     57,863        81,841  

Net changes in future development costs

     14,020        60,882  

Net changes in prices

     (126,299      (78,163

Accretion of discount

     29,947        21,440  

Net change in income taxes(2)

     —          —    

Changes in timing and other differences

     5,216        (2,614
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of period(1)

   $ 177,582      $ 299,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Our calculations of future development costs include costs associated with the abandonment of the proved properties, including the costs related to undrilled proved locations.

(2)

Our calculations of the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows and the related changes therein do not include the effect of estimated future income tax expenses because we are not subject to income taxes. Tax law in effect at December 31, 2020 provided us various income tax elections that can affect the timing of future deductions of our current tax basis, future development costs and net operating loss carryovers as well as available tax credits.

(3)

Net gas volumes and the related revenues included in our standardized measure include all wellhead volumes.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of

Vine Energy Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Vine Energy Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 22, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

VINE ENERGY INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 

Assets

    

Total assets

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

    
  

 

 

   

Notes receivable from Vine Investment LLC

   $ (10   $ (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 1,000 shares; 1,000 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019

   $ 10     $ 10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ —       $ —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are integral to the balance sheets.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

VINE ENERGY INC.

NOTES TO BALANCE SHEETS

1. Nature of Operations

Vine Energy Inc. (“Vine”) was formed on December 30, 2016, pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware to become a holding company for Vine Oil & Gas LP.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting and Presentation

These balance sheets have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Separate statements of income, changes in stockholder’s equity and of cash flows have not been presented because Vine has had no business transactions or activities to date. We have evaluated subsequent events through February 22, 2021 the date on which the balance sheets were available for issuance.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

 

 

Shares

 

LOGO

Vine Energy Inc.

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

Citigroup   Credit Suisse   Morgan Stanley

            , 2021

Through and including                , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution

The following table sets forth an itemized statement of the amounts of all expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions) payable by us in connection with the registration of the common stock offered hereby. With the exception of the Registration Fee, FINRA Filing Fee and NYSE listing fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 10,910  

FINRA Filing Fee

     150,500  

NYSE listing fee

             *  

Accountants’ fees and expenses

             *  

Legal fees and expenses

             *  

Printing and engraving expenses

             *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

             *  

Miscellaneous

             *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that directors and officers will not be liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. In addition, if the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors and officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided for in our certificate of incorporation, will be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that the corporation will indemnify, and advance expenses to, any officer or director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.

Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, other than a derivative action by or in the right of the corporation, if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification extends only to expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement or otherwise.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will also contain indemnification rights for our directors and our officers. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we shall defend, indemnify and advance expenses to our officers and directors to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. Further, we may maintain insurance on behalf of our officers and directors against expense, liability or loss asserted incurred by them in their capacities as officers and directors.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and officers containing provisions that are in some respects broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. The indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and officers.

We intend to maintain liability insurance policies that indemnify our directors and officers against various liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act that may be incurred by them in their capacity as such.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification of our directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act or otherwise in connection with this offering.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Prior to the closing of this offering, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of common stock (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), we will issue shares of our common stock to the entities that comprise the Vine Energy Investment Vehicles in connection with the Corporate Reorganization. The shares of our common stock described in this Item 15 will be issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as sales by an issuer not involving any public offering.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules

 

Exhibit
number

    

Description

  *1.1        Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  *3.1       

Certificate of Incorporation of Vine Energy Inc.

  *3.2       

Bylaws of Vine Energy Inc.

  *3.3       

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vine Energy Inc.

  *3.4       

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Vine Energy Inc.

  *4.1        Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  *4.2        Form of Stockholders’ Agreement.
  *4.3        Form of Registration Rights Agreement.
  *4.4       

Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vine Energy Holdings LLC.

  *4.5        Form of Master Reorganization Agreement.
  *5.1        Form of opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP as to the legality of the securities being registered.
  *10.1        RBL Credit Facility, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and as Issuing Bank and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, as amended.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number

    

Description

  *10.2        First Amendment to RBL Credit Facility, dated as of January 6, 2015, by and among Vine Oil  & Gas LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions party thereto.
  *10.3      Second Amendment to RBL Credit Facility, dated as of October 6, 2017 by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions party thereto.
  *10.4      Third Amendment to RBL Credit Facility, dated as of December 30, 2020 by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swingline Lender and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions party thereto.
  *10.5      Second Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2020, among the Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as Administrative Agent (as defined therein) and Collateral Agent (as defined therein), as further amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
  *10.6      Third Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 2019, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof, as further amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
  *10.7      First Amendment to Third Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 2020, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof, as further amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
  **10.8      Form of New RBL.
  *10.9      Indenture, dated October 18, 2017 by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.
  *10.10      Indenture, dated October 3, 2018 by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.
  *10.11      Form of Indemnification Agreement.
  *10.12      Form of Vine Energy Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  *10.13      Form of Tax Receivable Agreement.
  *10.14      Form of Exchange Agreement.
  *10.15      Employment Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2014, with Eric D. Marsh.
  *10.16      Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2017, with Eric D. Marsh.
  *10.17      Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of June 11, 2020, with Eric D. Marsh.
  *10.18      Employment Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2019, with David M. Elkin.
  *10.19      Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of June 11, 2020, with David M. Elkin.
  *10.20      Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2018, with Wayne B. Stoltenberg.
  *10.21      Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of June 11, 2020, with Wayne B. Stoltenberg.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number

    

Description

  *21.1        List of subsidiaries of Vine Energy Inc.
  *23.1        Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (Vine Energy Inc.).
  *23.2        Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (Vine Oil & Gas LP).
  *23.3        Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP (Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP).
  *23.4        Consent of W.D. Von Gonten & Co.
  *23.5        Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
  *24.1        Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement).
  *99.1        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2019 (SEC Pricing) (Vine Oil & Gas LP).
  *99.2        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2020 (SEC Pricing) (Vine Oil & Gas LP).
  *99.3        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2020 (Strip Pricing) (Vine Oil & Gas LP).
  *99.4        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2019 (SEC Pricing) (Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP).
  *99.5        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2020 (SEC Pricing) (Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP).
  *99.6        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2020 (Strip Pricing) (Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP).
  *99.7        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2019 (SEC Pricing) (Harvest Royalties Holding LP).
  *99.8        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2020 (SEC Pricing) (Harvest Royalties Holding LP).
  *99.9        W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Summary of Reserves at December 31, 2020 (Strip Pricing) (Harvest Royalties Holding LP).

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

To be filed by amendment.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being

 

II-4


Table of Contents

registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

  (1)

That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  (3)

To provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on February 22, 2021.

 

By:  

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

 

Eric D. Marsh

  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Each person whose signature appears below appoints Eric D. Marsh, Wayne B. Stoltenberg, and Jonathan C. Curth, and each of them, any of whom may act without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement and any Registration Statement (including any amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Eric D. Marsh

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
(Principal Executive Officer)

  February 22, 2021

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Wayne Stoltenberg

  

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

  February 22, 2021

/s/ Brian D. Dutton

Brian D. Dutton

  

Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

  February 22, 2021

/s/ Angelo G. Acconcia

Angelo G. Acconcia

  

Director

  February 22, 2021

/s/ Murat T. Konuk

Murat T. Konuk

  

Director

  February 22, 2021

/s/ Charles M. Sledge

Charles M. Sledge

  

Director

  February 22, 2021

 

II-6

Exhibit 1.1

 

[] Class A Common Stock

VINE ENERGY INC.

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

FORM OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2021

 


[●], 2021

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As Representatives of the several

Underwriters named in Schedule I attached hereto

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

388 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10013

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

11 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10010

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

1585 Broadway

New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Vine Energy Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the “Underwriters”) [●] shares (the “Firm Shares”) of its Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”). The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional [●] shares of its Class A Common Stock (the “Additional Shares”) if and to the extent that Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, as representatives of the Underwriters (the “Representatives”), shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such Additional Shares granted to the Underwriters in Section 2 hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Shares.”

The Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”; the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares (or in the form first made available to the Underwriters by the Company to meet requests of purchasers pursuant to

 

1


Rule 173 under the Securities Act) is hereinafter referred to as the “Prospectus.” If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register additional shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference herein to the term “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement.

For purposes of this Underwriting Agreement (this “Agreement”), “free writing prospectus” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, “Time of Sale Prospectus” means the preliminary prospectus together with the documents and pricing information set forth in Schedule II hereto, and “broadly available road show” means a “bona fide electronic road show” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) under the Securities Act that has been made available without restriction to any person. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement,” “preliminary prospectus,” “Time of Sale Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein as of the date hereof.

It is understood and agreed to by all parties that the Company was incorporated to become a holding company for equity interests in Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Holdings”). (x) The steps outlined in paragraphs (1)(a) through (1)(d) below and the transactions contemplated thereby (the “Reorganization”), (y) the steps outlined in paragraphs (2) through (5) below and the transactions contemplated thereby and (z) the offering of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement are collectively referred to as the “Transactions.” It is understood and agreed to by all parties that, on or prior to the Closing Date (as defined in Section 5), the following Transactions have occurred or will occur:

(1)    The Company will enter into a Master Reorganization Agreement (the “Reorganization Agreement”) pursuant to which:

 

  (a)

Investment funds affiliated with or managed by The Blackstone Group L.P. and certain individual officers and employees of the Company (collectively, the “Existing Owners”), who together with Blackstone, hold equity in Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Vine LP”), Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Brix”), and Harvest Royalties Holding LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“Harvest”), will contribute all of their equity interests in Vine LP, Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of Vine LP (“Vine GP”), Brix, Brix Oil & Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of Brix (“Brix GP”), Harvest, and Harvest Royalties Holding GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of Harvest (“Harvest GP”), to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued limited liability company interests in Vine Holdings (the “LLC Interests”).

 

  (b)

Certain of the Existing Owners will contribute a portion of their LLC Interests to the Company in exchange for newly issued Class A Common Stock and will contribute such Class A Common Stock received to Vine

 

2


  Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment”), Vine Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment II”), Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment”), Brix Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment II”), Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment” and, together with Vine Investment and Brix Investment, the “Vine Energy Investment Vehicles”), or Harvest Investment II, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment II” and, together with Vine Investment II and Brix Investment II, “Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles”), as applicable, in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles.

 

  (c)

Certain of the Existing Owners will (i) exchange the remaining portion of their LLC Interests for newly issued units representing limited liability company interests in Vine Holdings (“Vine Units”), (ii) subscribe for newly issued shares of Class B common stock in the Company (“Class B Common Stock”) and (iii) immediately after the transactions in clauses (i) and (ii), contribute all of such Vine Units and Class B Common Stock to Vine Investment, Brix Investment or Harvest Investment, as applicable, in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Vine Energy Investment Vehicles.

 

  (d)

The Company will contribute the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares to be sold hereunder to Vine Holdings in exchange for newly issued Vine Units and a managing member interest in Vine Holdings.

(2)    The Company will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement, substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”).

(3)    The Company will enter into a Tax Receivable Agreement with the entities that comprise Vine Energy Investment Vehicles and Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles, substantially in the form attached as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).

(4)    The Company will enter into an Exchange Agreement with Vine Holdings and the entities that comprise Vine Energy Investment Vehicles (the “Exchange Agreement”).

(5)    The Company will enter into a new reserve-based lending facility with [Citibank, N.A.] (the “New RBL” and, together with this Agreement, the Reorganization Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Tax Receivable Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, the “Transaction Agreements”).

 

3


1.    Representations and Warranties of the Company and Vine Holdings. The Company and Vine Holdings (together, the “Company Parties”), jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree with each of the Underwriters that:

(a)    The Company has prepared and filed with the Commission a registration statement (file number 333-[●]) on Form S-1, including a related preliminary prospectus, for registration under the Securities Act of the offering and sale of the Shares. Such Registration Statement, including any amendments thereto filed prior to the time of execution of this Agreement (the “Execution Time”), has become effective. The Company may have filed one or more amendments thereto, including a related preliminary prospectus, each of which has previously been furnished to the Underwriters. The Company will timely file with the Commission a final prospectus in accordance with Rule 424(b). As filed, such final prospectus shall contain all information required by the Securities Act and, except to the extent the Representatives shall agree in writing to a modification, shall be in all substantive respects in the form furnished to the Representatives prior to the Execution Time or, to the extent not completed at the Execution Time, shall contain only such specific additional information and other changes (beyond that contained in the latest Preliminary Prospectus) as the Company has advised the Representatives, prior to the Execution Time, will be included or made therein.

(b)    (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, (iii) the Time of Sale Prospectus does not, and at the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and at the Closing Date, the Time of Sale Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented by the Company, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iv) each broadly available road show, if any, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (v) the Prospectus, as of its date, does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain, as of the date of such amendment or supplement, any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

 

4


(c)    At the time of the initial filing of the Registration Statement and as of the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer” in connection with the offering pursuant to Rules 164, 405 and 433 under the Securities Act. Any free writing prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. Each free writing prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or that was prepared by or on behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder on the date of first use, and the Company has complied with all prospectus delivery and any filing requirements applicable to such any such free writing prospectus pursuant to the Securities Act and rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder. If at any time following issuance of a free writing prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such free writing prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information then contained in the Registration Statement or as a result of which such free writing prospectus, if republished immediately following such event or development, would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (i) the Company has promptly notified or will promptly notify the Representatives and (ii) the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such free writing prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. Except for the free writing prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule II hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the Representatives’ prior consent, prepare, use or refer to, any free writing prospectus.

(d)    Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(e)    The historical financial statements and the related notes and supporting schedules thereto included in the Time of Sale Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and present fairly in all material respects the (i) financial position of the Company’s accounting predecessor as of the dates indicated and the results of its operations and the changes in its cash flows for the periods specified, (ii) financial position of Brix, Harvest and their consolidated subsidiaries as of the dates

 

5


indicated and the results of its operations and the changes in its cash flows for the periods specified and (iii) financial position of the Company; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except to the extent disclosed therein. The other financial information included in the Time of Sale Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Company’s accounting predecessor or the Company, as applicable, and its subsidiaries and presents fairly in all material respects the information shown thereby. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Time of Sale Prospectus include assumptions that provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transactions and events described therein, the related pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions, and the pro forma adjustments reflect the proper application of those adjustments to the historical financial statement amounts in the pro forma financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Time of Sale Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

(f)    Since the date of the most recent audited financial statements included in the Time of Sale Prospectus, (i) there has not been any material change in the equity or long-term debt of the Company Entities, considered as one entity, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by any of the Company Entities on any class of equity interests, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position or results of operations of the Company Entities taken as a whole; (ii) none of the Company Entities has entered into any transaction or agreement that is material to the Company Entities taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Company Entities taken as a whole, other than in the ordinary course of business; (iii) none of the Company Entities has sustained any material loss or interference with its business or operation from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority; and (iv) none of the Company Entities has issued or granted any securities; except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, would not, in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below).

(g)    After giving effect to the Reorganization, the Company will not have any direct or indirect subsidiaries other than as listed on Schedule V hereto (each, a “Subsidiary,” collectively, the “Subsidiaries” and, together with the Company, the “Company Entities”). Each of the Company Entities has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its

 

6


business requires such qualification, and has all power and authority necessary to own or hold its properties and to conduct the business in which it is engaged and enter into and perform its obligations under the Organizational Documents (as defined below) of the Company Entities and each of the Transaction Agreements (together with the Organizational Documents, the “Operative Agreements”), except where the failure to be so qualified, in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, (A) have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, results of operations or prospects of the Company Entities taken as a whole; (B) materially impair the ability of any of the Company Entities to consummate the Transactions or to perform their respective obligations under the Operative Agreements (each of clause (A) and (B), a “Material Adverse Effect”); or (C) subject the stockholders of the Company to any material liability or disability. Each of the Company Entities has all power and authority necessary to enter into to own or hold its properties and to conduct the business in which it is engaged as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and perform its obligations under each of the Operative Agreements.

(h)    After giving effect to the Transactions, the Company will own [●]% of the limited liability company interests in Vine Holdings represented by [●] Vine Units; such Vine Units will have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the [Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vine Holdings] (the “Vine Holdings LLC Agreement”) and will be fully paid (to the extent required under the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Delaware LLC Act”)); and such limited liability company interests will be owned free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim (each, a “Lien”) (except for (i) restrictions on transferability contained in the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement or as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, (ii) such Liens as are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to such ownership and (iii) Liens created or arising under the Delaware LLC Act).

(i)    After giving effect to the Transactions, the entities that comprise Vine Energy Investment Vehicles will collectively own [●]% of the limited liability company interests in Vine Holdings represented by [●] Vine Units (with Vine Investment owning [●] Vine Units, Brix Investment owning [●] Vine Units and Harvest Investment owning [●] Vine Units); such Vine Units will have been duly authorized and validly issued in accordance with the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement and will be fully paid (to the extent required under the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement) and nonassessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act); and such limited liability company interests will be owned free and clear of any Lien (except for (i) restrictions on transferability contained in the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement or as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, (ii) such Liens as are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to such ownership and (iii) Liens created or arising under the Delaware LLC Act).

 

7


(j)    After giving effect to the Transactions, each Company Entity that serves as the general partner, managing member or similar role of another Company Entity will have, full power and authority to serve in such role of such Company Entity.

(k)    After giving effect to the Transactions, all of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary, other than Vine Holdings, (a) will be duly authorized and validly issued (in accordance with the agreement or certificate of limited partnership, limited liability company agreement, certificate of formation, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other similar organizational documents, as applicable, (in each case as in effect on the date hereof and as the same may be amended or restated prior to the Closing Date and the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be) (the “Organizational Documents”) of such Subsidiary), will be fully paid (in the case of an interest in a limited partnership or limited liability company, to the extent required under the Organizational Documents of such Subsidiary) and nonassessable (except (i) in the case of an interest in a Delaware limited partnership or Delaware limited liability company, as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware LP Act or Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware LLC Act, as applicable and (ii) with respect to the general partner interest of any Subsidiary) and (b) will be owned, directly or indirectly, by Vine Holdings, free and clear of all Liens, except for such Liens as are not, individually or in the aggregate, material to such ownership or as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and except for any Liens under (A) Vine LP’s revolving credit facility, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among Vine LP, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as administrative agent, collateral agent, swingline lender and as issuing bank and the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto, as amended (the “RBL”), (B) the New RBL, (C) Vine LP’s $150 million second lien term loan facility, dated as of December 30, 2020, by and among Vine LP, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the several lenders party thereto, issued at 97.25% of face value on December 30, 2020 (the “Second Lien Term Loan”), (D) that certain credit agreement entered into in December 2019 with Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent and certain other banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party thereto (the “Third Lien Credit Agreement”) and (E) that certain senior secured credit agreement, dated as of March 20, 2018, by and among Brix Operating LLC, Macquarie Investments US Inc., as administrative agent, and the several lenders party thereto, as amended (the “Brix Credit Facility”).

(l)    After giving effect to the Transactions (and assuming no purchase by the Underwriters of the Additional Shares), the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company will consist of (i) [●] shares of Class A Common

 

8


Stock and (ii) [●] shares of Class B Common Stock. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have, or after giving effect to the Transactions will have, been duly authorized in accordance with the Company’s Organizational Documents and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, conform to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement and Time of Sale Preliminary Prospectus in all material respects and were issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws and not in violation of any preemptive right, resale right, right of first refusal or similar right.

(m)    After giving effect to the Transactions, (i) the entities that comprise Vine Energy Investment Vehicles will collectively own 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock (with Vine Investment owning [●]%, Brix Investment owning [●]% and Harvest Investment owning [●]% of the total shares of Class B Common Stock) and will collectively own [●]% of the issued and outstanding Vine Units (with Vine Investment owning [●]%, Brix Investment owning [●]% and Harvest Investment owning [●]% of the total Vine Units) and (ii), the entities that comprise Vine Energy Investment II Vehicles will collectively own [●]% of the issued and outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (with Vine Investment II owning [●]%, Brix Investment II owning [●]% and Harvest Investment II owning [●]% of the total shares of Class A Common Stock).

(n)    Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any equity securities of any of the Company Entities pursuant to any of their Organizational Documents or any agreement or instrument listed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to which any of the Company Entities is a party or by which any of them may be bound. Neither the filing of the Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Shares as contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or relating to the registration of any Shares or other securities of the Company.

(o)    Except as disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and as set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person granting such person the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any securities of the Company owned or to be owned by such person or to require the Company to include such securities in the securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or in any securities being registered pursuant to any other registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act (collectively, “registration rights”), and any person to whom the Company has granted registration rights has agreed not to exercise such rights until after the expiration of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 2 hereof.

 

9


(p)    Each of the Company Parties has full corporate or limited liability company right, power and authority, as applicable, to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform their obligations hereunder. Each of the Company Entities has or had, as applicable, full corporate, partnership or limited liability company right, power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Operative Agreements to which such Company Entity is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder. The Company has all requisite corporate right, power and authority to issue, sell and deliver the Shares, in accordance with and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company’s Organizational Documents, the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(q)    At the Closing Date, the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company will have been duly authorized in accordance with the Company’s Organizational Documents and, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, will conform in all material respects to the description of the Shares contained in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus, will be issued in compliance with federal and state securities laws and will be free of statutory and contractual preemptive rights, rights of first refusal and similar rights.

(r)    This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company Parties.

(s)    At the Closing Date, each of the Transaction Agreements will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company Entities party thereto and will be a valid and legally binding agreement of such Company Entities, enforceable against such Company Entities in accordance with its terms.

(t)    Each of the Operative Agreements conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(u)    None of the Company Entities is (i) in violation of its Organizational Documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company Entities is a party or by which any of the Company Entities is bound or to which any of the property or assets of any of the Company Entities is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority; except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(v)    The execution, delivery and performance by the Company Entities of this Agreement and each of the other Operative Agreements to which they are a party, as applicable, the issuance and sale of the Shares, the consummation of the

 

10


Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Operative Agreements and the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Time of Sale Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any property or assets of any of the Company Entities pursuant to any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which any of the Company Entities is a party or by which any of the Company Entities is bound or to which any of the property, right or assets of any of the Company Entities is subject; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Organizational Documents of any of the Company Entities; or (iii) result in any violation of any law or statute or any judgment, order, decree, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(w)    No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration or qualification (each, a “consent”) of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for (i) the execution, delivery and performance by any of the Company Entities of any of the Operative Agreements; (ii) the issuance and sale of the Shares as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus; (iii) the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements; or (iv) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Time of Sale Prospectus, except (A) such as have been, or prior to the Closing Date will be, obtained or made, (B) for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act and consents as may be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), applicable state securities laws, and the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) in connection with the purchase and sale of the Shares by the Underwriters, (C) for filings that will be made on or prior to the Closing Date with the Delaware Secretary of State in connection with the Reorganization and (D) for such consents that, if not obtained, have not or would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

(x)    There are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which any of the Company Entities is or may be a party or to which any other property, right or asset of the Company Entities is or may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company Entities, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and to the knowledge of the Company Parties, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or by others.

(y)    Deloitte & Touche LLP (“Deloitte”), which has audited certain financial statements of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, Vine LP and

 

11


its consolidated subsidiaries, and Brix and Harvest and their consolidated subsidiaries; is an independent public accounting firm with respect to each of such entities within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.

(z)    W.D. Von Gonten & Co. (“Von Gonten”), who has delivered the letter referred to in Section 6(g) hereof, was, as of the date of such report, and is, as of the date hereof, an independent reserve engineer with respect to each of Vine LP, Brix and Harvest.

(aa)    To the knowledge of the Company Parties, the oil and natural gas reserve estimates of Vine LP, Brix and Harvest, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus are derived from reports that have been audited by Von Gonten; and such estimates fairly reflect, in all material respects, the oil and natural gas reserves of each of such entities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and are in accordance, in all material respects, with Commission rules and guidelines that are currently in effect for oil and gas producing companies applied on a consistent basis.

(bb)    Each of the Company Entities has (i) defensible title to all of their oil and gas properties (including oil and gas wells, producing leasehold interests and appurtenant personal property), title investigations having been carried out by the Company Entities consistent with reasonable practice in the oil and gas industry in the areas in which the Company Entities operate, and (ii) good and marketable title to, or valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real property (other than oil and gas properties) and personal property that are material to the respective businesses of the Company Entities, in each case free and clear of all Liens except those (x) that do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company Entities or (y) that could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(cc)    Each of the Company Entities, directly or indirectly, has such consents, easements, rights-of-way, permits or licenses from each person (collectively, “rights-of-way”) as are necessary to conduct its business in the manner described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus, subject to the limitations described in the Registration Statement and the Time of Sale Prospectus, if any, except for (i) qualifications, reservations and encumbrances with respect thereto that would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) such rights-of-way that, if not obtained, would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; each of the Company Entities has, or at the Closing Date or the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, will have, fulfilled and performed, in all material respects, its obligations with respect to such rights-of-way and no event has occurred that allows, or after notice or lapse of time would allow, revocation or termination thereof or would result in any impairment of the rights of the holder of any such rights-of-way, except for such revocations, terminations and impairments that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have

 

12


a Material Adverse Effect; and none of such rights-of-way contains any restriction that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(dd)    Each of the Company Entities owns or possesses adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of its business, except as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ee)    No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among any of the Company Entities, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, holders of equity interests or other affiliates of any of the Company Entities, on the other hand, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, which is not so described.

(ff)    None of the Company Entities is and, as of the Closing Date and the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, after giving effect to the offer and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, none of them will be, (i) an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “Investment Company Act”) or (ii) a “business development company” (as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act).

(gg)    Each of the Company Entities has paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, and except as otherwise disclosed in the Time of Sale Prospectus or as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or could reasonably be expected to be, asserted against the Company Entities or any of their respective properties or assets.

(hh)    Each of the Company Entities possesses all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities (“Permits”) that are necessary for the ownership or lease of its properties or the conduct of its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus, none of the Company Entities has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such Permits or has any reason to believe that any such Permits will not be renewed in the ordinary course.

 

13


(ii)    No labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of the Company Entities exists or, to the knowledge of the Company Parties, is contemplated or threatened, and the Company Parties are not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of the Company Entities, except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(jj)    (i) Each of the Company Entities (x) is in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules (including, without limitation, rules of common law), regulations, ordinances, codes, requirements having the force or effect of law, legally-binding decisions and orders relating to pollution or the protection of human health or safety (to the extent such human health or safety protection is related to exposure to hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, other wastes, pollutants or contaminants), the environment, natural resources, or any hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, other wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (y) has received and is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to own or conduct its respective business as currently conducted and (z) except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, has not received any notice of any actual or potential liability against it or its respective operations under or relating to any Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, for the investigation or remediation of any pollution, contamination or the emission, discharge, disposal or release of, or exposure to, hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, other wastes, pollutants or contaminants, and the Company Parties have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in the receipt of any such notice; (ii) except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, there are no reasonably anticipated material costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or to achieve the environmental standards described in the Registration Statement or relating to the Company Entities, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such failure to comply or perform, or such failure to receive required permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals, or costs or liability, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, there are no formal proceedings that are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company Parties, threatened against any of the Company Entities under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental authority is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $300,000 or more will be imposed.

(kk)    The Company Entities have not identified costs and liabilities arising under Environmental Laws with respect to their businesses, operations and properties of the Company Entities as presently conducted, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14


(ll)    Except, in each case, for any such matter as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) for which the Company or any member of its “Controlled Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) would have any liability (each, a “Plan”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of all applicable statutes, rules and regulations including ERISA and the Code; (ii) no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan, excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; (iii) with respect to each Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, to the knowledge of the Company Parties: (A) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, (B) no Plan is or is reasonably expected to be “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), (C) there has been no filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan or the receipt by the Company or any member of its Controlled Group from the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or the appointment of a trustee to administer any Plan, (D) no conditions contained in Section 303(k)(1)(A) of ERISA for imposition of a Lien shall have been met with respect to any Plan and (E) neither the Company nor any member of its Controlled Group has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (other than contributions to the Plan or premiums to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the ordinary course and without default) in respect of a Plan (including a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(c)(3) of ERISA) (a “Multiemployer Plan”); (iv) the fair market value of the assets of each Plan exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such Plan (determined based on those assumptions used to fund such Plan); (v) no Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, “insolvent” (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) or in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 304 of ERISA); and (vi) each Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would reasonably be expected to cause the loss of such qualification.

(mm)    The Company Entities maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that is designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company Entities in reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s principal executive officer(s) and principal financial

 

15


officer(s), as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure to be made. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in all material respects to perform the functions for which they were established. The Company Entities will carry out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.

(nn)    The Company Entities maintain a system of “internal control over financial reporting” (as such term is defined in Rule 13(a)-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive officer(s) and principal financial officer(s), to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. As of the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Deloitte, there were no material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the internal controls of the Company Entities.

(oo)    Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company Entities has insurance from insurers of recognized financial responsibility covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, which insurance is in reasonable amounts and insures against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are reasonably adequate to protect the Company Entities and their respective businesses; none of the Company Entities has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.

(pp)    (i) None of the Company Entities, or to any Company Party’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent or representative of the Company Entities, has taken or will take any action in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization or approval of the payment, giving or receipt of money, property, gifts or anything else of value, directly or indirectly, to any government official (including any officer or employee of a government or government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office) in order to

 

16


influence official action, or to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws; (ii) the Company Entities have conducted their businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintained and will continue to maintain policies and procedures reasonably designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws and with the representations and warranties contained herein; and (iii) the Company Entities will not use, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of the offering in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any applicable anti-corruption laws.

(qq)    The operations of the Company Entities are and have been conducted at all times in material compliance with all applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by Title III of the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT Act), and the applicable anti-money laundering statutes of jurisdictions where the Company Entities conduct business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Anti-Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company Entities with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company Entities, threatened.

(rr)    (i) None of the Company Entities, or to the Company Party’s knowledge, any director, officer, employee, agent, affiliate or representative of the Company Entities, is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by one or more Persons that are:

(A)    the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or

(B)    located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions (including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria).

(ii)    The Company Entities will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person:

(A)    to fund or facilitate any activities or business of or with any Person or in any country or territory that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject of Sanctions; or

 

17


(B)    in any other manner that will result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the offering, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

(iii)    For the past 5 years, the Company Entities have not knowingly engaged in, are not now knowingly engaged in, and will not engage in, any dealings or transactions with any Person, or in any country or territory, that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject of Sanctions.

(ss)    No subsidiary of the Company is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s equity interests, from repaying to the Company any loans or advances to such subsidiary from the Company or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to the Company or any other subsidiary of the Company, except as contained in (A) the RBL, (B) the New RBL, (C) the Second Lien Term Loan, (D) the Third Lien Credit Agreement, (E) the Brix Credit Facility, (F) that certain indenture dated as of October 18, 2017, by and among Vine LP, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and (G) that certain indenture dated as of October 3, 2018, by and among Vine LP, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., the subsidiary guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.

(tt)    None of the Company Entities is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against any of them or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the Transactions.

(uu)    The Company has not, directly or through any agent, issued, sold, offered for sale, solicited offers to buy or otherwise negotiated in respect of, any security (as defined in the Securities Act), that is or will be integrated with the offering and sale of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Securities Act, the rules and regulations thereunder or the interpretations thereof by the Commission.

(vv)    The Company and its affiliates have not taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares.

(ww)    Nothing has come to the attention of the Company that has caused the Company to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the consolidated financial statements included in the

 

18


Time of Sale Prospectus are not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.

(xx)    There has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of its directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith applicable to the Company.

(yy)    Since the date of the most recent balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries reviewed or audited by Deloitte, (i) the Company Parties have not been advised of or become aware of (A) any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls that could adversely affect the ability of any of the Company Entities to record, process, summarize and report financial data, or any material weaknesses in internal controls, and (B) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the internal controls of any of the Company Entities; and (ii) there have been no significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

(zz)    The section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Estimates” set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus accurately and fully describes (i) the accounting policies that the Company believes are the most important in the portrayal of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and that require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments (“Critical Accounting Policies”); (ii) the judgments and uncertainties affecting the application of Critical Accounting Policies; and (iii) the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions and an explanation thereof for the Critical Accounting Policies.

(aaa)    There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Time of Sale Prospectus or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described and, if applicable, filed as required. The statements made in the Time of Sale Prospectus, insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of the contracts and other documents described and filed, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such contracts and documents in all material respects. To each Company Party’s knowledge, no other party to any such contract or other document has any intention not to render full performance as contemplated by the terms thereof.

(bbb)    The statements made in the Time of Sale Prospectus under the captions “Business—Regulation of the Natural Gas Industry”; “Business—Regulation of Environmental, Health and Safety Matters”; “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”; “Description of Capital Stock”; and “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of the terms of statutes, rules or regulations, legal

 

19


or governmental proceedings or contracts and other documents, constitute accurate summaries of the terms of such statutes, rules and regulations, legal and governmental proceedings and contracts and other documents in all material respects.

(ccc)    The Shares have been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”).

(ddd)    From the time of initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) and as of the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”). “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Securities Act.

(eee)    The Company (i) has not alone engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives, with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and (ii) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule III hereto. “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

(fff)    As of the time of each sale of the Shares in connection with the offering when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers, none of (A) the Time of Sale Prospectus, (B) any free writing prospectus, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the Time of Sale Prospectus, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(ggg)    To the extent required, the Company has filed publicly on EDGAR at least 15 calendar days prior to any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act), any confidentially submitted registration statement and registration statement amendments relating to the offer and sale of the Shares. The Company has taken all actions necessary so that any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Securities Act) in connection with the offering of the Shares

 

20


will not be required to be filed pursuant to the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(hhh)    The Company Entities have never had and do not have operations outside of the United States and have not and do not conduct any business outside of the United States.

(iii)    (i) The Company Entities (x) have not been notified of, and have no knowledge of any material security breach or other compromise of or relating to any of the Company Entities’ information technology and computer systems, networks, hardware, software, data (including the data of their respective customers, employees, suppliers, vendors and any third party data maintained by or on behalf of them), equipment or technology (collectively, “IT Systems and Data”) and (y) have not been notified of, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in, any security breach or other compromise to their IT Systems and Data; (ii) the Company Entities are presently in compliance with applicable laws or statutes and all judgments, orders, rules and regulations of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, internal policies and contractual obligations relating to the privacy and security of IT Systems and Data and to the protection of such IT Systems and Data from unauthorized use, access, misappropriation or modification, except as would not, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) the Company Entities have implemented backup and disaster recovery technology consistent in all material respects with industry standards and practices.

Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company Entities and delivered to the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such Company Entity, as to matters covered thereby, to each Underwriter.

2.    Agreement to Sell and Purchase. The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective numbers of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite its name at $[●] a share (the “Purchase Price”).

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to [●] Additional Shares at the Purchase Price, provided, however, that the amount paid by the Underwriters for any Additional Shares shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends declared by the Company and payable on the Firm Shares but not payable on such Additional Shares. The Representatives may exercise this right on behalf of the Underwriters in whole or from time to time in part by giving written notice not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement. Any exercise notice shall specify

 

21


the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and the date on which such shares are to be purchased. Each purchase date must be at least one business day after the written notice is given and may not be earlier than the closing date for the Firm Shares nor later than ten business days after the date of such notice. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. On each day, if any, that Additional Shares are to be purchased (an “Option Closing Date”), each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as the Representatives may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

For the period specified below (the “Restricted Period”), the Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to any shares of its stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of shares of its stock (“Lock-Up Securities”): (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of Lock-Up Securities, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase, lend or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase Lock-Up Securities, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of Lock-Up Securities, (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position in Lock-Up Securities within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or (v) file with the Commission a registration statement under the Act relating to Lock-Up Securities, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, except (1) the sale of Securities to the Underwriters as contemplated by this Agreement, (2) the issuance of Securities in connection with the Reorganization, (3) issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the conversion, exchange or redemption of convertible, exchangeable or redeemable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the Closing Date, (4) grants of employee share options or other compensatory awards pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the Closing Date with respect to the Firm Shares or otherwise described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus or issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the exercise or vesting of such options or other compensatory awards or (5) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 relating to issuances of Lock-Up Securities pursuant to the terms of a plan described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus. The Restricted Period will commence on the date hereof and continue for 180 days after the date hereof or such earlier date that the Representatives consent to in writing.

If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up letter described in Section 6(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

22


3.    Terms of Public Offering. The Company is advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in the Representatives’ judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by the Representatives that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $[●] a share (the “Public Offering Price”) and to certain dealers selected by the Underwriters at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $[●] a share under the Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $[●] a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

4.    Offering of Stock by the Underwriters. Upon authorization by the Representatives of the release of the Shares, the several Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale upon the terms and conditions to be set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

5.    Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on [●], 2021, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than [●], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the “Closing Date.”

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date specified in the corresponding notice described in Section 2 or at such other time on the same or on such other date, in any event not later than [●], 2021, as shall be designated in writing by the Representatives.

The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be registered in such names and in such denominations as the Representatives shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the Closing Date and the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to the Representatives on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters. The Purchase Price payable by the Underwriters shall be reduced by (i) any transfer taxes paid by, or on behalf of, the Underwriters in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters and (ii) any withholding required by law.

6.    Conditions to the Underwriters Obligations. The obligations of the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [●] [a.m./p.m.] (New York City time) on the date hereof.

 

23


The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the following further conditions:

(a)    Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i)    there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the securities of any of the Company Entities by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act; and

(ii)    there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company Entities, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus that, in the Representatives’ judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(b)    The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriters and signed by an executive officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in Section 6(a) above and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company Parties contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company Parties have complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c)    The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C.

(d)    The Representatives shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.

With respect to Sections 6(c) and 6(d) above, Kirkland & Ellis LLP and Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. may state that their opinions and beliefs are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the

 

24


Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification, except as specified.

The opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP described in Section 6(c) above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company Parties and shall so state therein.

(e)    The Representatives shall have received from Deloitte a “comfort letter” (the “initial comfort letter”) dated as of the date hereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, and (ii) stating, as of the date hereof (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the most recent Time of Sale Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date hereof), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters ordinarily covered by accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

(f)    The Representatives shall have received from Deloitte a “bring-down comfort letter” (the “bring-down comfort letter”) dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, (i) confirming that they are independent public accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements relating to the qualification of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation S-X of the Commission, (ii) stating, as of the Closing Date (or, with respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus, as of a date not more than three days prior to the date of the bring-down letter), the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to the financial information and other matters covered by the initial letter, and (iii) confirming in all material respects the conclusions and findings set forth in the initial letter.

(g)    The Representatives shall have received from Von Gonten a letter (the “Initial Expert Letter”), dated as of the date hereof, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, stating the conclusions and findings of such firm with respect to reserve and other operational information and other matters as is customary to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

(h)    The Representatives shall have received from Von Gonten a subsequent letter, dated as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, which such letter shall cover the period from the Initial Expert Letter to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, stating the conclusions and findings of

 

25


such firm with respect to reserve and other operational information and other matters as is customary to underwriters in connection with registered public offerings.

(i)    The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between the Representatives and those certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company named in Schedule IV hereto relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of stock of the Company or certain other securities, delivered to the Representatives on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(j)    The Operative Agreements shall have been executed and delivered by the Company Entities party thereto and shall be in full force and effect on such date.

(k)    The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to the Representatives on the applicable Option Closing Date of the following:

(i)    a certificate, dated the Option Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of the Company, confirming that the certificate delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof remains true and correct as of such Option Closing Date;

(ii)    an opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, outside counsel for the Company, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(c) hereof;

(iii)    an opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Option Closing Date, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(d) hereof;

(iv)    a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, from Deloitte, independent public accountants, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(f) hereof; provided that the letter delivered on the Option Closing Date shall use a “cut-off date” not earlier than three business days prior to such Option Closing Date;

(v)    a letter dated the Option Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, from Von Gonten, independent reserves engineers, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 6(h) hereof; and

 

26


(vi)    such other documents as the Representatives may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company Entities, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date and other matters related to the issuance of such Additional Shares.

7.    Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a)    To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by the Representatives and to file such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act not later than the Commission’s close of business on the second business day following the execution and delivery of this Agreement; to make no further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus prior to the later of the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, except as provided herein; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the time when any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus has been filed and to furnish the Representatives with copies thereof; to advise the Representatives, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus, of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of the initiation or threatening of any proceeding or examination for any such purpose of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus or for additional information; and, in the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or any free writing prospectus or suspending any such qualification, to use promptly its best efforts to obtain its withdrawal.

(b)    To furnish to the Representatives, without charge, a number of signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) as may be reasonably requested and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to the Representatives, in New York City, without charge, prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in Section 7(f) or 7(g) below, as many copies of the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as the Representatives may reasonably request.

(c)    Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus, to furnish to the Representatives a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object, and to file with the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such Rule.

 

27


(d)    To furnish to the Representatives a copy of each proposed free writing prospectus to be prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and not to use or refer to any proposed free writing prospectus to which the Representatives reasonably object.

(e)    Not to take any action that would result in an Underwriter or the Company being required to file with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Underwriter that the Underwriter otherwise would not have been required to file thereunder.

(f)    If the Time of Sale Prospectus is being used to solicit offers to buy the Shares at a time when the Prospectus is not yet available to prospective purchasers and any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances, not misleading, or if any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which the Time of Sale Prospectus conflicts with the information contained in the Registration Statement then on file, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Time of Sale Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to any dealer upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Time of Sale Prospectus so that the statements in the Time of Sale Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Time of Sale Prospectus is delivered to a prospective purchaser, be misleading or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will no longer conflict with the Registration Statement, or so that the Time of Sale Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(g)    If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities Act) is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses the Representatives will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus (or in lieu thereof the notice referred to in Rule 173(a) of the Securities

 

28


Act) is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with applicable law.

(h)    The Company will arrange for the qualification of the Shares for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives designate and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution.

(i)    To make generally available to the Company’s security holders and to the Representatives as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the date of this Agreement which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(j)    To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q or Form 10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(k)    The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (a) completion of the distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (b) completion of the Restricted Period referred to in Section 2.

(l)    The Company will use the net proceeds received by it in connection with this offering in the manner described in the “Use of Proceeds” section of the Time of Sale Prospectus.

(m)    If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(n)    The Company and its affiliates will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that could reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the Shares.

(o)    The Company will do and perform all things required or necessary to be done and performed under this Agreement by it prior to the Closing Date and the applicable Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and to satisfy all conditions precedent to the Underwriters’ obligations hereunder to purchase the Shares.

(p)    The Company Parties will deliver to each Underwriter (or its agent), on the date of execution of this Agreement, a properly completed and executed

 

29


Certification Regarding Beneficial Owners of Legal Entity Customers, together with copies of identifying documentation, and the Company Parties undertake to provide such additional supporting documentation as each Underwriter may reasonably request in connection with the verification of the foregoing Certification.

8.    Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement, including: (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company’s counsel and the Company’s accountants in connection with the registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of, used by, or referred to by the Company and amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (iii) the reasonable, documented cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws as provided in Section 7(h) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or legal investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of the offering of the Shares by FINRA (provided that the amount payable by the Company pursuant to subsection (iv) for the fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters shall not exceed $30,000 and provided further that the Underwriters shall provide reasonable supporting documentation to the Company for all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to subsection (iv)), (v) all fees and expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the Shares on the NYSE, (vi) the cost of printing certificates representing the Shares, (vii) the costs and charges of any transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (viii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including, without limitation, expenses associated with the preparation or dissemination of any electronic road show, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in connection with the road show presentations with the prior written approval of the Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of the Company and any such consultants, and 50.0% of the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with the road show (and the Underwriters will pay the remaining 50.0% of the cost of such aircraft), (ix) the document production charges and expenses associated with printing this Agreement, and (x) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section 8. It is

 

30


understood, however, that except as provided in this Section 8, Section 10, Section 11 and the last paragraph of Section 12 below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on resale of any of the Shares by them and any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.

9.    Covenants of the Underwriters. Each Underwriter severally covenants with the Company not to take any action that would result in the Company being required to file with the Commission under Rule 433(d) a free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of such Underwriter that otherwise would not be required to be filed by the Company thereunder, but for the action of the Underwriter.

10.    Indemnity and Contribution. (a) The Company Parties agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its officers, directors, employees, agents, each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each affiliate of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any “road show” as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “road show”), or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein.

(b)    Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, any free writing prospectus as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act, any Company information that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the

 

31


Securities Act, any road show or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (except in the case of the Registration Statement, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, any free writing prospectus, road show, or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(c)    In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to Section 10(a) or 10(b) such person (the “indemnified party”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the “indemnifying party”) in writing and the indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (i) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or who are affiliates of any Underwriter within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act and (ii) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons and affiliates of any Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Representatives. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an

 

32


indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

(d)    To the extent the indemnification provided for in Sections 10(a) or 10(b) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause 10(d)(i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause 10(d)(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company Parties on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company Parties on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company Parties or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 10 are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

(e)    The Company Parties and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by

 

33


pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in Section 10(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in Section 10(d) shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Section 10 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.

(f)    The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 10 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, the Company Parties or any of their respective representatives, officers, directors, employees, agents or any person controlling any of the foregoing and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

11.    Termination. The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement by notice given by the Representatives to the Company Parties, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to or on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on, or by, as the case may be, any of the NYSE, the NYSE MKT, the NASDAQ Global Market, the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a material disruption in securities settlement, payment or clearance services in the United States shall have occurred, (iv) any moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by Federal or New York State authorities or (v) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in the Representatives’ judgment, is material and adverse and which, singly or together with any other event specified in this clause (v), makes it, in the Representatives’ judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offer, sale or delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Time of Sale Prospectus or the Prospectus.

12.    Effectiveness; Defaulting Underwriters. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

 

34


If, on the Closing Date or an Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as the Representatives may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 12 by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to the Representatives and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either the Representatives or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement, in the Time of Sale Prospectus, in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. If, on an Option Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be purchased on such Option Closing Date, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i) terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase the Additional Shares to be sold on such Option Closing Date or (ii) purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such default. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company Parties to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or if for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company Parties will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

13.    Entire Agreement. (a) This Agreement, together with any contemporaneous written agreements and any prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement) that relate to the offering of the Shares, represents the entire agreement between the Company Parties, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with

 

35


respect to the preparation of any preliminary prospectus, the Time of Sale Prospectus, the Prospectus, the conduct of the offering, and the purchase and sale of the Shares.

(b)    The Company acknowledges that in connection with the offering of the Shares: (i) the Underwriters have acted at arm’s length, are not agents of, and owe no fiduciary duties to, the Company Parties or any other person, (ii) the Underwriters owe the Company only those duties and obligations set forth in this Agreement and prior written agreements (to the extent not superseded by this Agreement), if any, (iii) the Underwriters may have interests that differ from those of the Company and (iv) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering contemplated hereby, and the Company Entities have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they deemed appropriate. The Company waives to the full extent permitted by applicable law any claims it may have against the Underwriters arising from an alleged breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the offering of the Shares.

14.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement or any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, and the parties hereto consent to conduct the transactions contemplated hereunder by electronic means.

15.    Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

16.    Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the Company Parties hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

17.    Headings. The headings of the sections of this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement.

18.    Notices. All communications hereunder shall be in writing and effective only upon receipt and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered, mailed or sent to care of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. at 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013, Attention: General Counsel, facsimile number: +1 (646) 291-1469; Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, 11 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10010, Attention: IB-Legal, fax: (212) 325-4296; Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York

 

36


10036, Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk, with a copy to the Legal Department; and if to the Company Parties shall be delivered, mailed or sent to 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024, Attention: Wayne B. Stoltenberg.

19.    Representations and Indemnities to Survive. The respective agreements, representations, warranties, indemnities and other statements of the Company Parties or their officers and of the Underwriters set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or the Company Parties or any of the officers, directors, affiliates or controlling persons referred to in Section 10 hereof, and will survive delivery of and payment for the Shares. The provisions of Sections 8 and 10 hereof shall survive the termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

20.    Successors. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers, directors, employees, agents and controlling persons referred to in Section 10 hereof, and no other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

21.    Jurisdiction. Each of the Company Parties agrees that any suit, action or proceeding against any Company Party brought by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Company Parties hereby appoints Eric D. Marsh as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein that may be instituted in any State or U.S. federal court in The City of New York and County of New York, by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, and expressly accepts the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Company Parties hereby represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and each of the Company Parties agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the relevant Company Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action arising out of or based upon this Agreement may be instituted by any Underwriter, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of any Underwriter, or by any person who controls any Underwriter, in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware.

 

37


22.    Recognition of the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes.

(a)    In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from such Underwriter of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

(b)    In the event that any Underwriter that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of such Underwriter becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against such Underwriter are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

As used in this Section 22, “BHC Act Affiliate” has the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k); “Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b), (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b) or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b); “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable; and “U.S. Special Resolution Regime” means each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

38


Very truly yours,
Vine Energy Inc.
By:  

     

Name:  
Title:  

 

Vine Energy Holdings LLC
By:  

Vine Energy Inc.,

its Managing Member

By:  

     

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page – Underwriting Agreement]


Accepted as of the date hereof

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the other

several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto

 

By:   Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
By:  

     

Name:  
Title:  

 

By:   Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:  

     

Name:  
Title:  

 

By:   Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

     

Name:  
Title:  

[Signature Page – Underwriting Agreement]


SCHEDULE I

 

Underwriter

   Number of Firm Shares
To Be Purchased

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

   [●]

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   [●]

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

   [●]

[●]

   [●]
  

 

Total:

   [●]
  

 

 

I-1


SCHEDULE II

Time of Sale Prospectus

 

1.

Preliminary Prospectus issued [●], 2021.

 

2.

[Identify all free writing prospectuses filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) of the Securities Act.]

 

3.

[Free writing prospectus containing a description of terms that does not reflect final terms, if the Time of Sale Prospectus does not include a final term sheet.]

 

4.

[Orally communicated pricing information such as price per share and size of offering if a Rule 134 pricing term sheet is used at the time of sale instead of a pricing term sheet filed by the Company under Rule 433(d) as a free writing prospectus.]

 

II-1


SCHEDULE III

Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

1.

Testing the Waters Presentation, dated January 2021 [and February 2021].

 

III-1


SCHEDULE IV

List of Parties to Execute Lock-up Letters

Directors

Eric D. Marsh

Angelo G. Acconcia

Murat T. Konuk

Charles M. Sledge

[●]

Officers

Eric D. Marsh

David M. Elkin

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

Jonathan C. Curth

Brian D. Dutton

[●]

Significant Stockholders

Vine Investment LLC

Brix Investment LLC

Harvest Investment LLC

Vine Investment II LLC

Brix Investment II LLC

Harvest Investment II LLC

 

IV-1


SCHEDULE V

Subsidiaries

Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP, a Delaware limited partnership

Harvest Royalties Holding LP, a Delaware limited partnership

Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Brix Oil & Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Harvest Royalties Holding GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

V-1


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF LOCK-UP LETTER

                , 2021

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

      388 Greenwich Street

      New York, New York 10013

c/o Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

      11 Madison Avenue

      New York, New York 10010

c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

      1585 Broadway

      New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned understands that Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (the “Representatives”) proposes to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) with, inter alios, Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) by the several Underwriters, including the Representatives (the “Underwriters”), of [●] shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A Common Stock (the “Class A Common Stock”).

To induce the Underwriters that may participate in the Public Offering to continue their efforts in connection with the Public Offering, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the final prospectus (the “Restricted Period”) relating to the Public Offering (the “Prospectus”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), by the undersigned or any other securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares

 

A-1


of Class A Common Stock, (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (a) transactions relating to shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering, provided that no filing under the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions, (b) transfers of shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock as a bona fide gift, (c) exchanges of shares of Class B Common Stock of the Company for Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) or (d) distributions of shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock to members, limited partners or stockholders of the undersigned; provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (b) through (d), (i) if applicable, each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter substantially in the form of this letter and (ii) no filing under the Exchange Act, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of Class A Common Stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the Restricted Period, or (e) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (a “Rule 10b5-1 Plan”) for the transfer of shares of Class A Common Stock; provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of Class A Common Stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Class A Common Stock during the Restricted Period and (ii) that no party is required to publicly announce, file, or report the establishment of such Rule 10b5-1 Plan in any public report, announcement, or filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act during the Restricted Period and does not otherwise voluntarily effect any such public report, announcement, or filing regarding such Rule 10b5-1 Plan. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the Restricted Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Class A Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of Class A Common Stock. The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s shares of Class A Common Stock except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Shares the undersigned may purchase in the offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Representatives agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Class A Common Stock, the Representatives will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending

 

A-2


release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration or to an “immediate family member” (as defined in FINRA Rule 5130(i)(5)) and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters have not provided any recommendation or investment advice nor have the Underwriters solicited any action from the undersigned with respect to the Public Offering of the Shares and the undersigned has consulted their own legal, accounting, financial, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent deemed appropriate. The undersigned further acknowledges and agrees that, although the Underwriters may provide certain Regulation Best Interest and Form CRS disclosures or other related documentation to you in connection with the Public Offering, the Underwriters are not making a recommendation to you to participate in the Public Offering, and nothing set forth in such disclosures or documentation is intended to suggest that any Underwriter is making such a recommendation.

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Underwriters are relying upon this letter in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this letter is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

[Signature page follows.]

 

A-3


Whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions. Any Public Offering will only be made pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement, the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Name)

 

(Address)

 

A-4


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF WAIVER OF LOCK-UP

                    , 2021

[Name and Address of

Officer or Director

Requesting Waiver]

Dear Mr./Ms. [Name]:

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the offering by Vine Energy Inc. (the “Company”) of [●] shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Class A Common Stock”), and the lock-up letter dated             , 2021 (the “Lock-up Letter”), executed by you in connection with such offering, and your request for a [waiver] [release] dated             , 2021, with respect to              shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Shares”).

Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC hereby agree to [waive] [release] the transfer restrictions set forth in the Lock-up Letter, but only with respect to the Shares, effective             , 2021; provided, however, that such [waiver] [release] is conditioned on the Company announcing the impending [waiver] [release] by press release through a major news service at least two business days before effectiveness of such [waiver] [release]. This letter will serve as notice to the Company of the impending [waiver] [release].

Except as expressly [waived] [released] hereby, the Lock-up Letter shall remain in full force and effect.

 

B-1


Very truly yours,

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

 

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the other several Underwriters named in Schedule I thereto

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

cc: Vine Energy Inc.

 

B-2


FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

Vine Energy Inc.

[Date]

Vine Energy Inc. (the “Company”) announced today that Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC the lead book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Class A Common Stock”) are [waiving][releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of Class A Common Stock held by [certain officers or directors][an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver][release] will take effect on [●], 2021, and the shares Class A Common Stock may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY’S COUNSEL

(i)    The Company is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Delaware, with the corporate power and authority to own or lease its properties and conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, and is duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in the States of Louisiana and Texas.

(ii)    Each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Company (each, a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, with limited partnership or limited liability company power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus; and each of the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business as a foreign limited partnership or limited liability company in good standing in the jurisdictions in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

(iii)    The Company owns [●] Vine Units representing membership interests in Vine Holdings. All of the issued and outstanding equity interests of Vine Holdings have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as applicable) and such interests owned by the Company are owned free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims. Vine Holdings owns 100% of the issued and outstanding limited partner and membership interests, as applicable, in Vine LP, Vine GP, Brix, Brix GP, Harvest and Harvest GP. Vine GP, Brix GP and Harvest GP own 100% of the general partner interest in Vine LP, Brix and Harvest, respectively. All of the issued equity interests of each Subsidiary (for purposes of this sentence, excluding Vine Holdings) have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable (except in the case of an interest in a Delaware limited partnership or Delaware limited liability company, as such nonassessability may be affected by Sections 17-303, 17-607 and 17-804 of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act or Sections 18-607 and 18-804 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as applicable) and are owned, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

(iv)    All of the issued shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.

(v)    The Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the Underwriters under the Underwriting Agreement, have been duly authorized in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws (together, the “Governing Documents”) and, when issued and delivered by the Company to the Underwriters upon payment therefor in accordance with the Underwriting Agreement, will be validly issued

 

C-1


in accordance with the Governing Documents, free of preemptive rights under federal law, the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) and the Governing Documents, fully paid and non-assessable.

(vi)    Except as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and as set forth in the Form of Registration Rights Agreement, filed with the Commission on [●], 2021, as Exhibit [4.3] to the Registration Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights described in or created pursuant to any agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or registered by the Company under the Securities Act or otherwise; and, except as set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no options, warrants or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue, or convert any obligations into or exchange any securities for, shares of capital stock of or ownership interests in the Company described in or created pursuant to any agreement filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement are outstanding.

(vii)     The Reorganization has been duly authorized by the Company Entities.

(viii)    Each of the Operative Agreements (other than the Underwriting Agreement) has been duly authorized, validly executed and delivered by the Company, the Company Entities party thereto and Vine Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment and Harvest Investment II, as applicable. Each of the Operative Agreements (other than the Underwriting Agreement) constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, such Company Entities and Vine Investment, Vine Investment II, Brix Investment, Brix Investment II, Harvest Investment and Harvest Investment II, as applicable, enforceable against each of them in accordance with its respective terms, subject to (A) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and (B) public policy, any applicable law relating to fiduciary duties and indemnification and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing.

(ix) The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company Parties.

(x)    Neither (A) the issuance and sale of the Shares, (B) the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements by the Company Entities as applicable or (C) the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described under “Use of Proceeds” in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus will (1) result in a breach or result in a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such an event) under or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject and which are filed as an exhibit to the Registration

 

C-2


Statement; (2) violate the provisions of the limited liability company agreement, charter or bylaws (or similar organizational documents) of the Company any of its Subsidiaries or (3) violate any federal (based on the limitations set forth in such opinion) rule or regulation identified to us by the Company or its Subsidiaries (we note that none were identified), or the DGCL, except, with respect to clauses (1) and (3), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; it being understood that the counsel expresses no opinion in clause (3) of this paragraph (x) with respect to any federal or state securities, Blue Sky or anti-fraud laws, rules or regulations.

(xi)    The Registration Statement has been declared effective under the Securities Act; to our knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or threatened by the Commission; and any required filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act has been made in the manner and within the time period required by such rule.

(xii)    Except as described in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, no consent, approval, authorization or order of, registration or qualification with any U.S. Federal or Delaware court or governmental agency is required to be obtained or made by (A) the Company for (1) the execution, delivery and performance of the Underwriting Agreement, (2) the compliance by the Company with the terms thereof and (3) the issuance and sale of the Shares by the Company, being delivered on the date hereof pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, or (B) the Company Entities, as applicable, for the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the compliance by the Company Entities with the terms thereof except (1) as have been obtained or made, (2) for the registration of the offering and sale of the Shares under the Securities Act, (3) for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations or qualifications as may be required under applicable federal or state securities or Blue Sky laws and the approval by FINRA of the underwriting terms and arrangements in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters or (4) for such consents that, if not obtained, have not or would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(xiii)    The statements set forth in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the headings “Business—Regulation of the Natural Gas Industry,” “Business—Regulation of Environmental, Health and Safety Matters,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” “Description of Capital Stock,” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and in the Registration Statement in Item 14, to the extent that they constitute descriptions or summaries of the legal matters or the documents referred to therein, are accurate in all material respects, subject to the assumptions and qualifications set for therein.

(xiv)    The statements contained in the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus under the caption “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders,” insofar as they purport to constitute summaries of matters of United States federal tax law and regulations or legal conclusions with respect thereto, constitute accurate summaries of the matters described therein in all material respects, subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth therein.

 

C-3


(xv)    Each of the Registration Statement, at the time it was declared effective, the Time of Sale Prospectus, as of the date hereof, and the Prospectus, when filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act and, along with any further amendments and supplements thereto, at the Closing Date (in each case other than (A) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditor’s report thereon, (B) the other financial data derived therefrom and (C) oil and natural gas reserve data or reports, in each case included in or omitted from the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, as to which we express no opinion) appears on their face to comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act.

We have participated in conferences with representatives of the Company and with representatives of its independent accountants and its independent reserves engineers, the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, at which conferences the contents of the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendment and supplement thereto and related matters were discussed. Although we have not undertaken to determine independently, and do not assume any responsibility for, or express opinion regarding (other than listed in paragraphs (xiii) and (xiv) above), the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the Registration Statement, the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus, based upon the participation described above (relying as to factual matters upon statements of fact made to us by representatives of the Company), nothing has come to our attention to cause us to believe that:

 

  (a)

the Registration Statement, as of the latest Effective Time, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

 

  (b)

the Time of Sale Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time, included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or

 

  (c)

the Prospectus, as of its date or as of the date hereof, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

except that in each case such counsel need not express any belief with respect to (i) the financial statements and related schedules, including the notes and schedules thereto and the auditors’ reports thereon, (ii) any other financial or accounting information; or (iii) any oil and natural gas reserve data or reports, or any information or estimates derived therefrom, in each case contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement, or included in or omitted from the Time of Sale Prospectus and the Prospectus.

 

C-4

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VINE RESOURCES INC.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is Vine Resources Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 210, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19809. The name of its registered agent at such address is Intertrust Corporate Services Delaware Ltd.

THIRD: The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Corporation shall have all power necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of such acts and activities.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares of common stock, par value of One Cent ($0.01) per share.

FIFTH: The name of the incorporator is Henry Rosas and his mailing address is c/o Kirkland & Ellis LLP, 600 Travis Street, Suite 3300, Houston, Texas 77002.

SIXTH: The name of the initial directors, who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualified, are as follows:

Eric Marsh

Angelo Acconcia

Gary Levin

Adam Jenkins

The mailing address of each of the initial directors is 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024.

SEVENTH: In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH: The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as specified in, or determined in the manner provided in, the bylaws of the Corporation. Unless and except to the extent that the bylaws of the Corporation so provide, the election of directors need not be by written ballot.

NINTH: The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

TENTH: No director of the corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article TENTH shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any right or protection of, or limitation of the liability of, a director of the Corporation existing at, or arising out of facts or incidents occurring prior to, the effective date of such repeal or modification.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, change, or repeal any provision contained in this certificate of incorporation, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of any nature conferred upon directors, stockholders, or any other persons by and pursuant to this certificate of incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the rights reserved in this Article ELEVENTH.


I, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, do make this certificate, hereby declaring that this is my act and deed and that the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 30th day of December, 2016.

 

/s/ Henry Rosas

Henry Rosas, Incorporator

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

VINE RESOURCES INC.

A Delaware Corporation

Date of Adoption:

December 30, 2016


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

  

Section 1.

   Registered Office      1  

Section 2.

   Other Offices      1  

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

  

Section 1.

   Place of Meetings      1  

Section 2.

   Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings      1  

Section 3.

   Annual Meetings      2  

Section 4.

   Special Meetings      2  

Section 5.

   Record Date      2  

Section 6.

   Notice of Meetings      3  

Section 7.

   Stock List      3  

Section 8.

   Proxies      3  

Section 9.

   Voting; Elections; Inspectors      4  

Section 10.

   Conduct of Meetings      4  

Section 11.

   Treasury Stock      5  

Section 12.

   Action Without Meeting      5  

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

  

Section 1.

   Power; Number; Term of Office      5  

Section 2.

   Quorum      5  

Section 3.

   Place of Meetings; Order of Business      5  

Section 4.

   First Meeting      6  

Section 5.

   Regular Meetings      6  

Section 6.

   Special Meetings      6  

Section 7.

   Removal      6  

Section 8.

   Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors      6  

Section 9.

   Compensation      6  

Section 10.

   Action Without a Meeting; Telephone Conference Meeting      7  

Section 11.

   Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts by Stockholders      7  

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

  

Section 1.

   Designation; Powers      7  

Section 2.

   Procedure; Meetings; Quorum      8  

Section 3.

   Substitution of Members      8  


          Page  

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

  

Section 1.

   Number, Titles and Term of Office      8  

Section 2.

   Salaries      8  

Section 3.

   Removal      8  

Section 4.

   Vacancies      9  

Section 5.

   Powers and Duties of the Chief Executive Officer      9  

Section 6.

   Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board      9  

Section 7.

   Powers and Duties of the President      9  

Section 8.

   Vice Presidents      9  

Section 9.

   Chief Financial Officer      9  

Section 10.

   Assistant Chief Financial Officers      10  

Section 11.

   Secretary      10  

Section 12.

   Assistant Secretaries      10  

Section 13.

   Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations      10  

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

  

Section 1.

   Right to Indemnification      10  

Section 2.

   Indemnification of Employees and Agents      11  

Section 3.

   Right of Claimant to Bring Suit      11  

Section 4.

   Nonexclusivity of Rights      12  

Section 5.

   Insurance      12  

Section 6.

   Savings Clause      12  

Section 7.

   Definitions      12  

ARTICLE VII

CAPITAL STOCK

  

Section 1.

   Certificates of Stock      12  

Section 2.

   Transfer of Shares      13  

Section 3.

   Ownership of Shares      13  

Section 4.

   Regulations Regarding Certificates      13  

Section 5.

   Lost or Destroyed Certificates      13  

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

  

Section 1.

   Fiscal Year      14  

Section 2.

   Corporate Seal      14  

Section 3.

   Notice and Waiver of Notice      14  

Section 4.

   Resignations      14  

Section 5.

   Facsimile Signatures      14  

Section 6.

   Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records      14  

Section 7.

   Form of Records      15  

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

  

Section 1.

   Amendments      15  


BYLAWS

OF

VINE RESOURCES INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.    Registered Office. The registered office of Vine Resources Inc. (the “Corporation”) required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) to be maintained in the State of Delaware, shall be the registered office named in the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), or such other office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in the manner provided by law. Should the Corporation maintain a principal office within the State of Delaware such registered office need not be identical to such principal office of the Corporation.

Section 2.    Other Offices. The Corporation may have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.    Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notices or waivers of notice thereof.

Section 2.    Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings. Unless otherwise required by law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of shares of stock with a majority of the voting power entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if such shares of stock representing a majority of the voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of shares of stock with a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by proxy at any meeting of stockholders, whether or not a quorum is present, shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the holding of the

 

1


adjourned meeting; provided, however, if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

Section 3.    Annual Meetings. An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix and set forth in the notice of the meeting, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months subsequent to the later of the date of incorporation or the last annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 4.    Special Meetings. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board (if any), by the Chief Executive Officer or by a majority of the Board of Directors, or by a majority of the executive committee (if any), and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board (if any), by the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary upon the written request therefor, stating the purpose or purposes of the meeting, delivered to such officer, signed by the holder(s) of at least twenty five percent (25%) of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 5.    Record Date. For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of stockholders, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for any meeting of the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with Article VIII, Section 3 of these bylaws notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. If, in accordance with Section 12 of this Article II, corporate action without a meeting of stockholders is to be taken, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2


Section 6.    Notice of Meetings. Written notice of the place, date and hour of all meetings, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board (if any) or the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the other person(s) calling the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat and shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, personally, by electronic transmission or by mail. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The Corporation may provide stockholders with notice of a meeting by electronic transmission provided such stockholders have consented to receiving electronic notice.

Section 7.    Stock List. A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of such stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The stock list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

Section 8.    Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Proxies for use at any meeting of stockholders shall be filed with the Secretary, or such other officer as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine by resolution, before or at the time of the meeting. All proxies shall be received and taken charge of and all ballots shall be received and canvassed by the secretary of the meeting who shall decide all questions touching upon the qualification of voters, the validity of the proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes, unless an inspector or inspectors shall have been appointed by the chairman of the meeting, in which event such inspector or inspectors shall decide all such questions.

No proxy shall be valid after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

Should a proxy designate two or more persons to act as proxies, unless such instrument shall provide the contrary, a majority of such persons present at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred, or if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, each proxy so attending shall be entitled to exercise such powers in respect of the same portion of the shares as he or she is of the proxies representing such shares.

 

3


Section 9.    Voting; Elections; Inspectors. Unless otherwise required by law or provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his or her name on the record date for the meeting. Shares registered in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaw (or comparable instrument) of such corporation may prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors (or comparable body) of such corporation may determine. Shares registered in the name of a deceased person may be voted by his or her executor or administrator, either in person or by proxy.

All elections for directors shall be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the holders of shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present. All other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon. Every stock vote shall be taken by written ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting.

At any meeting at which a vote is taken by ballots, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors, each of whom shall subscribe an oath or affirmation to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. Such inspector shall ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, count all votes and ballots, determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. The chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to serve as inspector, except no candidate for the office of director shall be appointed as an inspector.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, cumulative voting for the election of directors shall be prohibited.

Section 10.    Conduct of Meetings. The meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board (if any), or if he or she is not present, by the Chief Executive Officer, or if neither the Chairman of the Board (if any), nor Chief Executive Officer is present, by a chairman elected at the meeting. The Secretary of the Corporation, if present, shall act as secretary of such meetings, or if he or she is not present, an Assistant Secretary shall so act; if

 

4


neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, then a secretary shall be appointed by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him in order.

Section 11.    Treasury Stock. The Corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it or any other corporation, if a majority of shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly by the Corporation and such shares shall not be counted for quorum purposes.

Section 12.    Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action permitted or required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws to be taken at a meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than a unanimous written consent shall be given by the Secretary to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1.    Power; Number; Term of Office. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, and subject to the restrictions imposed by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, they may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

The number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors, unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number of directors shall be made only by amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation. Each director shall hold office for the term for which he or she is elected, and until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors need not be stockholders nor residents of the State of Delaware.

Section 2.    Quorum. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of the Board of Directors and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.    Place of Meetings; Order of Business. The directors may hold their meetings and may have an office and keep the books of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by law, in such place or places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine by resolution. At all meetings of the Board of Directors business shall be transacted in such order as shall from time to time be determined by the Chairman of the Board (if any), or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

5


Section 4.    First Meeting. Each newly elected Board of Directors may hold its first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, if a quorum is present, immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the stockholders. Notice of such meeting shall not be required.

Section 5.    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors. Notice of such regular meetings shall not be required.

Section 6.    Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board (if any), the Chief Executive Officer or, on the written request of any two directors, by the Secretary, in each case on at least twenty-four (24) hours personal or written notice or on at least twenty-four (24) hours’ notice by electronic transmission to each director. Such notice, or any waiver thereof pursuant to Article VIII, Section 3 hereof, need not state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, except as may otherwise be required by law or provided for in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 7.    Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided that, unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides, if the Board of Directors is classified, then the stockholders may effect such removal only for cause; and provided further that, if the Certificate of Incorporation expressly grants to stockholders the right to cumulate votes for the election of directors and if less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his or her removal would be sufficient to elect him or her if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors, or, if there be classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which such director is a part.

Section 8.    Vacancies; Increases in the Number of Directors. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director; and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced.

If the directors of the Corporation are divided into classes, any directors elected to fill vacancies or newly created directorships shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such directors shall have been chosen, and until their successors shall be duly elected and shall qualify.

Section 9.    Compensation. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

6


Section 10.    Action Without a Meeting; Telephone Conference Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting, and may be stated as such in any document or instrument filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, subject to the requirement for notice of meetings, members of the Board of Directors, or members of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 11.    Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts by Stockholders. The Board of Directors in its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the stockholders, or at any special meeting of the stockholders called for the purpose of considering any such act or contract, and any act or contract that shall be approved or be ratified by the vote of the holders of shares of stock representing a majority of the voting power entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy at such meeting (provided that a quorum is present), shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as if it has been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation. In addition, any such act or contract may be approved or ratified by the written consent of the holders of shares of stock representing a majority of the voting power entitled to vote and such consent shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the stockholders as if it had been approved or ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 1.    Designation; Powers. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, including, if they shall so determine, an executive committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. Any such designated committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation as may be provided in such resolution, except that no such committee shall have the power or authority of the Board of Directors in reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders an agreement of merger, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution of the Corporation, or amending, altering or repealing the bylaws or adopting new bylaws for the

 

7


Corporation and, unless such resolution or the Certificate of Incorporation expressly so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Any such designated committee may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. In addition to the above, such committee or committees shall have such other powers and limitations of authority as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.    Procedure; Meetings; Quorum. Any committee designated pursuant to Section 1 of this Article IV shall choose its own chairman, shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when requested, shall fix its own rules or procedures, and shall meet at such times and at such place or places as may be provided by such rules, or by resolution of such committee or resolution of the Board of Directors. At every meeting of any such committee, the presence of a majority of all the members thereof shall constitute a quorum and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of any resolution.

Section 3.    Substitution of Members. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1.    Number, Titles and Term of Office. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chief Executive Officer, President and a Secretary and, if the Board of Directors so elects, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time elect or appoint. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Except for the Chairman of the Board, if any, no officer need be a director.

Section 2.    Salaries. The salaries or other compensation of the officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 3.    Removal. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, by the vote of a majority of the whole Board of Directors at a special meeting called for the purpose, or at any regular meeting of the Board of Directors. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

8


Section 4.    Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.    Powers and Duties of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors designates the Chairman of the Board or any other officer as Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the executive committee (if any), the Chief Executive Officer shall have general executive charge, management and control of the properties, business and operations of the Corporation with all such powers as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; he or she may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and may sign all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.    Powers and Duties of the Chairman of the Board. If elected, the Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors; shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.    Powers and Duties of the President. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall have the authority to agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation; and, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, he or she shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board or if there be no Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and (should he or she be a director) of the Board of Directors; and he or she shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

Section 8.    Vice Presidents. In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, a Vice President designated by the Board of Directors shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of a Vice President to perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, or in the event of his or her absence or inability or refusal to act, the Vice President who is present and who is senior in terms of time as a Vice President of the Corporation shall so act. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9.    Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer, if any, shall have responsibility for the custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and he or she shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall perform all acts incident to the position of Chief Financial Officer, subject to the control of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors; and he or she shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give such bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form as the Board of Directors may require.

 

9


Section 10.    Assistant Chief Financial Officers. Each Assistant Chief Financial Officer, if any, shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to his or her office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors. The Assistant Chief Financial Officers shall exercise the powers of the Chief Financial Officer during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

Section 11.    Secretary. The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, committees of directors and the stockholders, in books provided for that purpose; he or she shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; he or she may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal of the Corporation to all contracts of the Corporation and attest the affixation of the seal of the Corporation thereto; he or she may sign with the other appointed officers all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; he or she shall have charge of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; he or she shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer; and he or she shall in general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors.

Section 12.    Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Secretary, if any, shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to his or her office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors. The Assistant Secretaries shall exercise the powers of the Secretary during that officer’s absence or inability or refusal to act.

Section 13.    Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation in which the Corporation may hold securities and to otherwise exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

Section 1.    Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was or has agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving or having agreed to serve as a director

 

10


or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such person to indemnity hereunder and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof), other than a proceeding (or part thereof) brought under Section 3 of this Article VI, initiated by such person or his or her heirs, executors and administrators only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VI shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a current, former or proposed director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer or proposed director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is or has been agreed to be rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnified person, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

Section 2.    Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation, individually or as a group, with the same scope and effect as the indemnification of directors and officers provided for in this Article VI.

Section 3.    Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a written claim received by the Corporation from or on behalf of an indemnified party under this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety days after such receipt, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the DGCL for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

11


Section 4.    Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law (common or statutory), provision of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 5.    Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 6.    Savings Clause. If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each director and officer of the Corporation (each, a “Covered Person”), as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VI that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

Section 7.    Definitions. For purposes of this Article, reference to the “Corporation” shall include, in addition to the Corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger prior to (or, in the case of an entity specifically designated in a resolution of the Board of Directors, after) the adoption hereof and which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

ARTICLE VII

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 1.    Certificates of Stock. Except as provided in this Section 1 of Article VII, the certificates for shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with that required by law and the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board (if any), Chief Executive Officer or a

 

12


Vice President shall cause to be issued to each stockholder one or more certificates, under the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof if the Board of Directors shall have provided for such seal, and signed by the Chairman of the Board (if any), Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer or an Assistant Chief Financial Officer certifying the number of shares (and, if the stock of the Corporation shall be divided into classes or series, the class and series of such shares) owned by such stockholder in the Corporation; provided, however, that any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary, or at the office of such transfer agent or transfer agents as the Board of Directors may from time to time by resolution determine. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been placed upon any such certificate or certificates shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The stock certificates shall be consecutively numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued and shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares. The Board of Directors may deem that any outstanding shares of the Corporation will be uncertificated and registered in such form on the stock books of the Corporation.

Section 2.    Transfer of Shares. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and any other applicable agreements regarding the transfer of stock, the shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holders thereof in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives upon surrender and cancellation of certificates for a like number of shares. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and any other applicable agreements regarding the transfer of stock, upon surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 3.    Ownership of Shares. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 4.    Regulations Regarding Certificates. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration or the replacement of certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 5.    Lost or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may determine the conditions upon which a new certificate of stock may be issued in place of a certificate which is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed; and may, in their discretion, require the owner of such certificate or his or her legal representative to give bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation and each transfer agent and registrar against any and all losses or claims which may arise by reason of the issue of a new certificate in the place of the one so lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

13


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 1.    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such as established from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2.    Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation. The Secretary shall have charge of the seal (if any). If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Chief Financial Officer or by the Assistant Secretary or Assistant Chief Financial Officer.

Section 3.    Notice and Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or under the provisions of these bylaws, said notice shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by electronic transmission or by deposit of the same in a post office box in a sealed prepaid wrapper addressed to the person entitled thereto at his or her post office address, as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such transmission or mailing, as the case may be.

Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or under any of the provisions of these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 4.    Resignations. Any director, member of a committee or officer may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing or by electronic transmission and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Chief Executive Officer or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation.

Section 5.    Facsimile Signatures. In addition to the provisions for the use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.    Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records. Each director and each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, or by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care by the Board of Directors or by any such committee, or in relying in good faith upon other records of the Corporation.

 

14


Section 7.    Form of Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1.    Amendments. If provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend and repeal from time to time bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect thereto to amend or repeal such bylaws as adopted or amended by the Board of Directors.

 

15

Exhibit 3.3

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VINE ENERGY INC.

The present name of the corporation is Vine Energy Inc. (the “Corporation”). The Corporation was incorporated under the name “Vine Resources Inc.” by the filing of its original certificate of incorporation (the “Original Certificate of Incorporation”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 30, 2016. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, which amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Original Certificate of Incorporation, was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and by the written consent of the stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

Section 1.1 Name. The name of the Corporation is Vine Energy Inc.

ARTICLE II

Section 2.1 Address. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 210, Wilmington, Delaware, New Castle County; and the name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is Intertrust Corporate Services Delaware Ltd.

ARTICLE III

Section 3.1 Purpose. The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

ARTICLE IV

Section 4.1 Capitalization. The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is [ ] shares, consisting of (i) [ ] shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”), (ii) [ ] shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), and (iii) [ ] shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”). The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), and no vote of the holders of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock voting separately as a class shall be required therefor, unless a vote of any such holder is required pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).


Section 4.2 Preferred Stock.

(A) The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, at any time and from time to time, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for one or more series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series and to cause to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a certificate of designation with respect thereto. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

(B) Except as otherwise required by law, holders of a series of Preferred Stock, as such, shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock).

Section 4.3 Common Stock.

(A) Voting Rights.

(1) Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall have no voting power with respect to, and shall not be entitled to vote on, any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) or pursuant to the DGCL. Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or required by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with the holders of such other series of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders generally.

(B) Dividends and Distributions.

(1) Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and other distributions in cash, property of the Corporation or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, such dividends and other distributions may be declared and paid ratably on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor at such times and in such amounts as the Board in its discretion shall determine.

 

2


(2) Dividends and other distributions shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

(C) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock as to distributions upon dissolution or liquidation or winding up, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(D) Retirement of Class B Common Stock. In the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock is not held by the holder of the associated Class B Unit (as defined in the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the IPO Date (as defined below), by and among the Corporation, Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the holders of Class B Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time), such share shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be transferred to the Corporation for no consideration and thereupon shall be retired.

(E) Shares Reserved for Issuance.

(1) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock that shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the exchange of all outstanding Class B Units (excluding those Class B Units held by the Corporation) for shares of Class A Common Stock; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of the exchange of Class B Units by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock that are held in the treasury of the Corporation.

(2) The Corporation shall use its best efforts to cause to be reserved and kept available for issuance at all times a sufficient number of authorized but unissued shares of Class B Common Stock to permit issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock to holders of newly issued Class B Units for such consideration and for such corporate purposes as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

3


ARTICLE V

 

Section 5.1 Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, at any time when Blackstone (as defined below) beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: this Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII, Article IX and Article X. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, beneficial ownership of shares shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Section 5.2 Amendment of Bylaws. The Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, the bylaws of the Corporation (as in effect from time to time, the “Bylaws”) without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required herein (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock), the Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of the Bylaws or to adopt any provision inconsistent therewith.

ARTICLE VI

Section 6.1 Board of Directors.

(A) Except as provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV (including any certificate of designation with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) and this Article VI relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the total number of directors shall be determined from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by the Board. The directors (other than those directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of such directors. Class I directors shall initially serve for a term expiring

 

4


at the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial closing of the registered initial underwritten public offering of the Class A Common Stock (the “IPO Date”), Class II directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date and Class III directors shall initially serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date. Commencing with the first annual meeting of stockholders following the IPO Date, the directors of the class to be elected at each annual meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of such directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any such additional director of any class elected to fill a newly created directorship resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors remove or shorten the term of any incumbent director. Any such director shall hold office until the annual meeting at which his or her term expires and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or his or her death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. The Board is authorized to assign members of the Board already in office to their respective class.

(B) Subject to the rights granted to the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock then outstanding or the rights granted pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement (as defined below), expected to be dated on or about [ ], 2021, by and among the Corporation and certain affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P. (together with its affiliates, subsidiaries, successors and assigns (including, without limitation, Blackstone Group Management L.L.C., and any Blackstone Entity as defined in the Stockholders’ Agreement, but excluding the Corporation and its subsidiaries), collectively, “Blackstone”) (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) shall be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director or by the stockholders; provided, however, that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any newly created directorship on the Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancy occurring in the Board shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (and not by stockholders). Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

(C) Subject to the rights granted under the Stockholders’ Agreement, any or all of the directors (other than the directors elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more other such series, as the case may be) may be removed at any time either with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority in voting power of all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class; provided, however, that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any such director or all such directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%) in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class.

 

5


(D) During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or together with one or more series, have the right to elect additional directors, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues: (i) the then otherwise total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

(E) Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

ARTICLE VII

Section 7.1 Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers.

(A) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it now exists or may hereafter be amended, a director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty owed to the Corporation or its stockholders.

(B) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any right or protection of a current or former director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 8.1 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. At any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be

 

6


delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. At any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders; provided, however, that any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable certificate of designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock.

Section 8.2 Special Meetings of the Stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board; provided, however, that at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, at least thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes shall also be called by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board at the request of Blackstone.

Section 8.3 Annual Meetings of the Stockholders. An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, if any, on such date, and at such time as shall be fixed exclusively by resolution of the Board or a duly authorized committee thereof.

ARTICLE IX

Section 9.1 Competition and Corporate Opportunities.

(A) In recognition and anticipation that (i) certain directors, principals, officers, employees and/or other representatives of The Blackstone Group L.P. (the “Sponsors”) and their respective Affiliates (as defined below) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation, (ii) the Sponsors and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, and (iii) members of the Board who are not employees of the Corporation (the “Non-Employee Directors”) and their respective Affiliates may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities or related lines of business as those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage and/or other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation, directly or indirectly, may engage, the provisions of this Article IX are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve any of the Sponsors, the Non-Employee Directors or their respective Affiliates and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its directors, officers and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

 

7


(B) None of (i) the Sponsors or any of their respective Affiliates or (ii) any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of the Corporation in both his or her director and officer capacities) or his or her Affiliates (the Persons (as defined below) identified in (i) and (ii) above being referred to, collectively, as “Identified Persons” and, individually, as an “Identified Person”) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have any duty to refrain from directly or indirectly (1) engaging in the same or similar business activities or lines of business in which the Corporation or any of its Affiliates now engages or proposes to engage or (2) otherwise competing with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no Identified Person shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person engages in any such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for an Identified Person and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, except as provided in Section 9.1(C) of this Article IX. Subject to Section 9.1(C) of this Article IX, in the event that any Identified Person acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity that may be a corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates, such Identified Person shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or other business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates and, to the fullest extent permitted by law, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders or to any Affiliate of the Corporation for breach of any fiduciary duty as a stockholder, director or officer of the Corporation solely by reason of the fact that such Identified Person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, herself or himself, or offers or directs such corporate opportunity to another Person.

(C) The Corporation does not renounce its interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any Non-Employee Director (including any Non-Employee Director who serves as an officer of this Corporation) if such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation, and the provisions of Section 9.1(B) of this Article IX shall not apply to any such corporate opportunity.

(D) In addition to and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article IX, a corporate opportunity shall not be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for the Corporation if it is a business opportunity that (i) the Corporation is neither financially or legally able, nor contractually permitted to undertake, (ii) from its nature, is not in the line of the Corporation’s business or is of no practical advantage to the Corporation or (iii) is one in which the Corporation has no interest or reasonable expectancy.

(E) For purposes of this Article IX, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean (a) in respect of any of the Sponsors, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by any of the Sponsors, controls any of the Sponsors or is under common control with any of the Sponsors and shall include any principal, member, director, partner, stockholder, officer, employee or other representative of any of the foregoing (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation), (b) in respect of a Non-Employee Director, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is

 

8


controlled by such Non-Employee Director (other than the Corporation and any entity that is controlled by the Corporation) and (c) in respect of the Corporation, any Person that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Corporation; and (ii) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, association or any other entity.

(F) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any Person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

ARTICLE X

Section 10.1 DGCL Section 203. The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

Section 10.2 Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

Section 10.3 Forum.

(A) Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (as either may be amended and/or restated from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

(B) Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

 

9


(C) To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 10.3.

* * * * *

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by [ ], its [ ], this day of [ ], 2021.

 

VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

                          

Name:

 

Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vine Energy Inc.]

Exhibit 3.4

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

VINE ENERGY INC.

 


ARTICLE I

Offices

Section 1.01 Registered Office. The registered office and registered agent of Vine Energy Inc. (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as defined below). The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere (and may change the Corporation’s registered agent) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may, from time to time, determine or as the business of the Corporation may require as determined by any officer of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

Meetings of Stockholders

Section 2.01 Annual Meetings. Annual meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board shall determine and state in the notice of meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that annual meetings of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board.

Section 2.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may only be called in the manner provided in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) and may be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation (the “Chief Executive Officer”) shall determine and state in the notice of such meeting. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that special meetings of the stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.11 of these Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the DGCL. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board or the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer; provided, however, that with respect to any special meeting of stockholders previously scheduled by the Board or the Chairman of the Board at the request of Blackstone (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), the Board shall not postpone, reschedule or cancel such special meeting without the prior written consent of Blackstone.


Section 2.03 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(A) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders only (a) as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Corporation and certain stockholders of the Corporation from time to time party thereto (the “Stockholders Agreement”) (with respect to nominations of persons for election to the Board only), (b) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) delivered pursuant to Section 2.04, (c) by or at the direction of the Board or any authorized committee thereof or (d) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (i) is entitled to vote at the meeting, (ii) subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, complied with the notice procedures set forth in paragraph(A)(2) and paragraph (A)(3) of this Section 2.03 and (iii) was a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation, on the record date for the determination of stockholders of the Corporation and at the time of the meeting. Clause (d) of this Section 2.03(A)(1) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations (other than pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 2.03(A)(1)) or submit other business before an annual meeting of stockholders (other than pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (d) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Section 2.03, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, and, in the case of business other than nominations of persons for election to the Board, such other business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business (as defined below) on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (which date shall, for purposes of the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after its shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) are first publicly traded, be deemed to have occurred on [ ], 2021); provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than thirty (30) days, or delayed by more than seventy (70) days, from the anniversary date of the previous year’s meeting, or, following the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders after shares of its Class A Common Stock are first publicly traded, if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting shall not commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.03(A)(2) to the contrary, if the number of directors to be elected to the Board at an annual meeting is increased, and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least one hundred (100) calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.03 shall be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) calendar day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, a stockholder shall not be entitled to make additional or substitute nominations following the expiration of the time periods set forth in these Bylaws.


(3) A stockholder’s notice delivered pursuant to this Section 2.03 shall set forth:

(a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of such person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such person (present and for the past five (5) years), (iii) the Ownership Information (as defined below) for such person and any member of the immediate family of such person, or any Affiliate or Associate of such person, or any person acting in concert therewith, (iv) all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the Corporation’s proxy statement as a nominee of the stockholder and to serving as a director if elected), (v) a complete and accurate description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings (whether written or oral) during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among each Holder (as defined below) and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), on the one hand, and each proposed nominee and any member of the immediate family of such proposed nominee, and his or her respective Affiliates and Associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all biographical and related party transaction and other information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to the federal and state securities laws, including Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or any successor provision), if any Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, and (vi) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement and any and all other information required by paragraph (D) of this Section 2.03;

(b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;

(c) set forth, as to the stockholder giving the notice (the “Noticing Stockholder”) and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (collectively with the Noticing Stockholder, the “Holders” and each, a “Holder”): (i) the name and address as they appear on the Corporation’s books of each Holder and the name and address of any Stockholder Associated Person, (ii)(A) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person (provided, however, that for purposes of this Section 2.03(A)(3), any such person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares


of the Corporation as to which such person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership of at any time in the future), (B) any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived, in whole or in part, from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a “Derivative Instrument”) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (C) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person has a right to vote or has granted a right to vote any shares of any security of the Corporation, (D) any Short Interest held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person presently or within the last 12 months in any security of the Corporation (for purposes of this Section 2.03, a person shall be deemed to have a “Short Interest” in a security if such person, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has the opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any decrease in the value of the subject security), (E) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any contract to purchase or sell, acquisition or grant of any option, right or warrant to purchase or sell, swap or other instrument) between and among each Holder, any Stockholder Associated Person, on the one hand, and any person acting in concert with any such person, on the other hand, with the intent or effect of which may be to transfer to or from any such person, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any security of the Corporation or to increase or decrease the voting power of any such person with respect to any security of the Corporation, (F) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including Short Interest) of each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person in the outcome of any vote to be taken (x) at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation or (y) any other entity with respect to any matter that is related, directly or indirectly, to any nomination or business proposed by any Holder under this Section 2.03, (G) any rights to dividends on the shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (H) any proportionate interest in shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership or limited liability company or similar entity in which any Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in a general partner or is the manager or managing member or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns any interest in the manager or managing member of a limited liability company or similar entity, (I) any direct or indirect legal, economic or financial interest (including Short Interest) in any principal competitor of the Corporation held by each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person and (J) any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation or Derivative Instruments, if any, as of the date of such notice (Sub-clauses (A) through (J) above of this Section 2.03(A)(3)(c)(ii) shall be referred, collectively, as the “Ownership Information”), (iii) a representation by the Noticing Stockholder that such stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, will continue to be a stockholder of record of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting through the date of such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (iv) a representation


whether any Holder and/or any Stockholder Associated Person intends or is part of a group which intends (A) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (B) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, (v) a certification that each Holder and any Stockholder Associated Person has complied with all applicable federal, state and other legal requirements in connection with its acquisition of shares or other securities of the Corporation and such person’s acts or omissions as a stockholder of the Corporation, and (vi) a representation as to the accuracy of the information set forth in the notice;

(d) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal and/or the voting of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation between or among the Holders and any Stockholder Associated Person, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, any of their respective affiliates or associates and/or any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing (collectively, “proponent persons”); and

(4) A Noticing Stockholder shall update and supplement such notice from time to time to the extent necessary so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice shall be true and correct (x) as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting and (y) as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof; provided that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is less than fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, the information shall be supplemented and updated as of such later date. Any such update and supplement shall be delivered in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting), not later than ten (10) days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update or supplement required to be made as of fifteen (15) days prior to the meeting or adjournment or postponement thereof) and not later than five (5) days after the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, but no later than the day prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of a date less than fifteen (15) days prior the date of the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

(5) The Corporation may also, as a condition to any such nomination or business being deemed properly brought before an annual meeting, require any Holder or any proposed nominee to deliver to the Secretary of the Corporation, within five (5) business days of any such request, such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Corporation, including such other information as may be reasonably required by the Board, in its sole discretion, to determine (1) the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation, (2) whether such nominee qualifies as an “independent director” or “audit committee financial expert” under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (3) such other information that the Board determines, in its sole discretion, could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack thereof.


(B) Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business (including the election of specific individuals to fill vacancies or newly created directorships on the Board of Directors) shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. At any time that stockholders are not prohibited from filling vacancies or newly created directorships on the Board of Directors, nominations of persons for the election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) as provided in the Stockholders’ Agreement, (2) by or at the direction of the Board or any committee thereof or (3) provided that the Board (or Blackstone pursuant to Section 8.2 of Article VIII of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who (a) is entitled to vote at the meeting, (b) (subject to paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 and (c) is a stockholder of record at the time such notice provided for in this Section 2.03 is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, and at the time of the meeting. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting if the stockholder’s notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Section 2.03 shall be delivered to the Secretary not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which a public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(C) General.

(1) Except as provided in paragraph (C)(4) of this Section 2.03, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03 or the Stockholders’ Agreement shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an annual or special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.03. Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall, in addition to making any other determination that may be appropriate for the conduct of the meeting, have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.


Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and on shareholder approvals; and (vi) restricting the use of cell phones, audio or video recording devices and similar devices at the meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, unless otherwise required by the DGCL, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation to present a nomination or business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 2.03, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the chairman of the meeting, the meeting of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

(2) Whenever used in these Bylaws,

(a) “Affiliate(s)” and “Associate(s)” shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(b) “Business Day” shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, NY are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(c) “close of business” shall mean 5:00 p.m. local time at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, and if an applicable deadline falls on the close of business on a day that is not a Business Day, then the applicable deadline shall be deemed to be the close of business on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(d) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (a) in a press release released by the Corporation, provided such press release is released by the Corporation following its customary procedures, is reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, or is generally available on internet news sites, or (b) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.


(e) “Stockholder Associated Person” shall mean as to any Holder (1) any person acting in concert with such Holder, (2) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Holder or any of their respective Affiliates and Associates, or person acting in concert therewith and (3) any member of the immediate family of such Holder or an affiliate or associate of such Holder.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.03; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to these Bylaws (including paragraph (A)(1)(d) and paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03), and compliance with paragraph (A)(1)(d) and paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 of these Bylaws shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Class A Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances.

(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.03, for as long as the Stockholders’ Agreement remains in effect with respect to Blackstone, Blackstone (to the extent then subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement) shall not be subject to the notice procedures set forth in paragraph (A)(2), paragraph (A)(3) or paragraph (B) of this Section 2.03 with respect to any annual or special meeting of stockholders.

(D) Submission of Questionnaire. To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation pursuant to Section 2.03, a proposed nominee must deliver in writing (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under this Section 2.03) to the Secretary (i) a written questionnaire with respect to the background and qualification of such person and the background of any other person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five (5) Business Days of such written request), (ii) an irrevocable, contingent resignation to the Board of Directors, in a form acceptable to the Board of Directors, and (iii) a written representation and agreement (in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request of any stockholder of record identified by name within five Business Days of such request) that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether written or oral) with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such person’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such person’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation


with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed therein, (C) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable rules of the exchanges upon which the securities of the Corporation are listed and all applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation and (D) in such person’s individual capacity and on behalf of any Holder on whose behalf the nomination is being made, intends to serve a full term if elected as a director of the Corporation.

Section 2.04 Notice of Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a timely notice in writing or by electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL, of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically by the Secretary of the Corporation to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

Section 2.05 Quorum. Unless otherwise required by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporation’s securities are listed, the holders of record of a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Once a quorum is present to organize a meeting, it shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

Section 2.06 Voting. Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder that has voting power upon the matters in question. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy in any manner provided under Section 212(c) of the DGCL or as otherwise provided under applicable law, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy that is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting


in person or by delivering to the Secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Unless required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, or determined by the chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by ballot. On a vote by ballot, each ballot shall be signed by the stockholder voting, or by such stockholder’s proxy, if there be such proxy. When a quorum is present or represented at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of applicable law, of the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, of any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence and subject to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, all elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast in respect of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 2.07 Chairman of Meetings. The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or, in his or her absence or disability, the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or in the absence of the Chairman of the Board and the President and Chief Executive Officer, a person designated by the Board shall be the chairman of the meeting and, as such, preside at all meetings of the stockholders.

Section 2.08 Secretary of Meetings. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairman of the Board or the President and Chief Executive Officer shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.

Section 2.09 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote only to the extent permitted by and in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and in accordance with applicable law.

Section 2.10 Adjournment. At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, the chairman of the meeting or stockholders holding a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of the Corporation, present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.


Section 2.11 Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

(A) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

(B) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication; provided that:

(1) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

(2) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

(3) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

Section 2.12 Inspectors of Election. The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.


ARTICLE III

Board of Directors

Section 3.01 Powers. Except as otherwise provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board. The Board may exercise all such authority and powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by the DGCL or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 3.02 Number and Term; Chairman. The number of directors shall be determined as set forth in Article VI, Section 6.1(A) of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and the term of each director shall be as set forth in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders. The Board shall elect from its ranks a Chairman of the Board, who shall have the powers and perform such duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board at which he or she is present. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at a meeting of the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer (if the President and Chief Executive Officer is a director and is not also the Chairman of the Board) shall preside at such meeting, and, if the President and Chief Executive Officer is not present at such meeting or is not a director, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall elect one (1) of their members to preside over such meeting.

Section 3.03 Resignations. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board, the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time or upon the happening of any event specified therein, and if no specification is so made, at the time of its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise expressly provided in the resignation.

Section 3.04 Removal. Directors of the Corporation may be removed in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships. Except as otherwise provided by law and subject to the Stockholders’ Agreement, vacancies occurring in any directorship (whether by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal or other cause) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled in accordance with the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Any director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.


Section 3.06 Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Special meetings of the Board may be called by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or the Chairman of the Board, and shall be called by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation if directed by a majority of the Board and shall be at such places and times as they or he or she shall fix. Notice need not be given of regular meetings of the Board. At least twenty-four (24) hours before each special meeting of the Board, either written notice, notice by electronic transmission or oral notice (either in person or by telephone) notice of the time, date and place of the meeting shall be given to each director; provided, however, that if written notice is given only by United States mail, such notice be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid at least five (5) days before such special meeting of the Board. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

Section 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment. Unless otherwise provided by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless otherwise provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, cumulative voting for the election of directors shall be prohibited. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.

Section 3.08 Committees; Committee Rules. The Board may designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; provided that no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing these Bylaws. Each committee of the Board may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the Board designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present at a meeting of the committee at which a quorum is present. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, in the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the Board, of such committee is or are absent or disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.


Section 3.09 Action Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 3.10 Remote Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 3.11 Compensation. The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

Section 3.12 Reliance on Books and Records. A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

Officers

Section 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President and Chief Executive Officer and a Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board and who shall hold office for such terms as shall be determined by the Board and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board may elect one or more Vice Presidents, including one or more Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, a Treasurer and one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.02 Other Officers and Agents. The Board may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.


Section 4.03 President and Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, who shall also be the President, subject to the determination of the Board, shall have general executive charge, management, and control of the properties and operations of the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business, with all such powers with respect to such properties and operations as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities. If the Board has not elected a Chairman of the Board or in the absence or inability to act as the Chairman of the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer shall exercise all of the powers and discharge all of the duties of the Chairman of the Board, but only if the President and Chief Executive Officer is a director of the Corporation.

Section 4.04 Vice Presidents. Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him or her by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 4.05 Treasurer.

(A) The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds, securities, evidences of indebtedness and other valuables of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers therefor. The Treasurer shall render to the President and Chief Executive Officer and the Board, upon their request, a report of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board shall prescribe.

(B) In addition, the Treasurer shall have such further powers and perform such other duties incident to the office of Treasurer as from time to time are assigned to him or her by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 4.06 Secretary. The Secretary shall: (A) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept properly; (B) cause all notices required by these Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (C) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (D) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.

Section 4.07 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries. Each Assistant Treasurer and each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Treasurer and Secretary, respectively, in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Board.


Section 4.08 Corporate Funds and Checks. The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board.

Section 4.09 Contracts and Other Documents. The President and Chief Executive Officer and the Secretary, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board during the intervals between the meetings of the Board, shall have power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

Section 4.10 Ownership of Equity Interests or other Securities of Another Entity. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President and Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of securityholders of any entity in which the Corporation holds securities or equity interests and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such securities or equity interests at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 4.11 Delegation of Duties. In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his or her duties, the Board may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.

Section 4.12 Resignation and Removal. Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Bylaws.

Section 4.13 Vacancies. The Board shall have the power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.

ARTICLE V

Stock

Section 5.01 Certificated Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Every holder of stock in the Corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by any two authorized officers of the Corporation (it being understood that each of the Chairman of the Board or the Vice Chairman of the Board, or the President and Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary


of the Corporation shall be an authorized officer for such purpose), certifying the number and class of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by such holder. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.

Section 5.02 Uncertificated Shares. If the Board chooses to issue uncertificated shares, the Corporation, if required by the DGCL, shall, within a reasonable time after the issue or transfer of uncertificated shares, send the stockholder a written statement of the information required by the DGCL shall be sent by or on behalf of the Corporation to stockholders entitled to such uncertificated shares. The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates; provided that the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted by applicable law.

Section 5.03 Transfer of Shares. Shares of stock of the Corporation represented by certificates shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof (to the extent evidenced by a physical stock certificate) to the person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Certificates representing such shares, if any, shall be cancelled and new certificates, if the shares are to be certificated, shall thereupon be issued. Shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are not represented by a certificate shall be transferred in accordance with any procedures adopted by the Corporation or its agents and applicable law. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented to the Corporation for transfer or uncertificated shares requested to be transferred, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation do so. The Corporation shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation and uncertificated shares.

Section 5.04 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. A new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may, in its discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Corporation may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate or uncertificated shares of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate and, if required by the Corporation, the posting of a bond by such owner in an amount sufficient to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it in connection therewith.

Section 5.05 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of


the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network; provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (b) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 5.05 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

Section 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

(A) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

(B) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.


(C) Unless otherwise restricted by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board, (i) when no prior action of the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5.07 Registered Stockholders. Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock or notification to the Corporation of the transfer of uncertificated shares with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner of such share or shares as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner of such share or shares. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

ARTICLE VI

Notice and Waiver of Notice

Section 6.01 Notice. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and if given by any other form, including any form of electronic transmission permitted by the DGCL shall be deemed given as provided in the DGCL. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.

Section 6.02 Waiver of Notice. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting (in person or by remote communication) shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.


ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

Section 7.01 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 7.03 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses or with respect to any compulsory counterclaim brought by such indemnitee, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

Section 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in appearing at, participating in or defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition or in connection with a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII (which shall be governed by Section 7.03 (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires or in the case of an advance made in a proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made solely upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or entitled to advancement of expenses under Section 7.01 and Section 7.02 or otherwise.

Section 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 is not paid in full by the Corporation within (i) sixty (60) days after a written claim for indemnification has been received by the Corporation or (ii) twenty (20) days after a claim for an advancement of expenses has been received by the Corporation, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim or to obtain


advancement of expenses, as applicable. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if the indemnitee is successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including by its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

Section 7.04 Indemnification Not Exclusive.

(A) The provision of indemnification to or the advancement of expenses and costs to any indemnitee under this Article VII, or the entitlement of any indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs under this Article VII, shall not limit or restrict in any way the power of the Corporation to indemnify or advance expenses and costs to such indemnitee in any other way permitted by law or be deemed exclusive of, or invalidate, any right to which any indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses and costs may be entitled under any law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such indemnitee’s capacity as an officer, director, employee or agent of the Corporation and as to action in any other capacity.

(1) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims (as defined below) may arise due to the service of the indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Corporation at the request of the indemnitee-related entities (as defined below), the Corporation shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claims, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Article VII, irrespective of any right of recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Corporation be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement or recovery the indemnitee may have from the indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the indemnitee or the obligations of the Corporation hereunder. In the event that any of the indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect


to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the indemnitee against the Corporation, and the indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. Each of the indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 7.04(A), entitled to enforce this Section 7.04(A).

(2) For purposes of this Section 7.04(A), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) The term “indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Corporation or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Corporation or at the Corporation’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described herein) from whom an indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Corporation may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation.

(b) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the indemnitee-related entities and the Corporation pursuant to applicable law, any agreement, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Corporation or the indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 7.05 Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

Section 7.06 Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

Section 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.


ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

Section 8.01 Electronic Transmission. For purposes of these Bylaws, “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Section 8.02 Corporate Seal. The Board may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

Section 8.03 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December of each year.

Section 8.04 Section Headings. Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

Section 8.05 Inconsistent Provisions. In the event that any provision of these Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL or any other applicable law, such provision of these Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE IX

Amendments

Section 9.01 Amendments. The Board is authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind, in whole or in part, these Bylaws without the assent or vote of the stockholders in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote of the stockholders, at any time when Blackstone beneficially owns, in the aggregate, less than thirty percent (30%) in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation required by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), these Bylaws or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66


2/3% in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for the stockholders of the Corporation to alter, amend, repeal or rescind, in whole or in part, any provision of these Bylaws (including, without limitation, this Section 9.01) or to adopt any provision inconsistent herewith.

Exhibit 4.1

VEI

Vine Energy Inc.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

CLASS A COMMON STOCK

  

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

THIS CERTIFIES THAT is the owner of

  

CUSIP ___________

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF $0.01 PAR

VALUE OF

VINE ENERGY INC.

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile signatures of the Corporation’s duly authorized officers.

Dated:

 

/s/

 

/s/

Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC

(New York, NY)

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM    — as tenants in common    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT    — Custodian
        

 

  

 

         (Cust)    (Minor)
TEN ENT    — as tenants by the entireties       under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
        

 

JT TEN    — as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common       (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received, ____________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

____________________ Shares of the Class A common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________ Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated, ____________________

 

  

NOTICE:

  

 

  

THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

  

 

  

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

  

Exhibit 4.2

FORM OF STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

DATED AS OF [ ], 2021

AMONG

VINE ENERGY INC.

AND

THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

     1  

1.1

  Defined Terms      1  

1.2

  Construction      4  

ARTICLE II CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

     4  

2.1

  Election of Directors      4  

ARTICLE III INFORMATION

     6  

3.1

  Books and Records; Access      6  

3.2

  Certain Reports      6  

3.3

  Disclosure of Information      7  

ARTICLE IV GENERAL PROVISIONS

     8  

4.1

  Termination      8  

4.2

  Notices      8  

4.3

  Amendment; Waiver      10  

4.4

  Further Assurances      10  

4.5

  Assignment      11  

4.6

  Third Parties      11  

4.7

  Governing Law      11  

4.8

  Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial      11  

4.9

  Specific Performance      11  

4.10

  Entire Agreement      11  

4.11

  Severability      12  

4.12

  Table of Contents, Headings and Captions      12  

4.13

  Grant of Consent      12  

4.14

  Counterparts      12  

4.15

  Effectiveness      12  

4.16

  No Recourse      12  

 

 

i


STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

This Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of [ ], 2021 by and among Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the other parties identified on the signature pages hereto (the “Investor Parties”) and solely for purposes of Section 2.1(c), Section 3.2 and Section 3.3 hereof, Vine Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment”), Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment”), Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment”, together with Vine Investment and Brix Investment, the “Vine Energy Investment Entities”), and Vine Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment II”), Brix Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment II”), and Harvest Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment II”, together with Vine Investment II and Brix Investment II, the “Vine Energy Investment II Entities,” and together with the Vine Energy Investment Entities, the “Investment Entities”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its Class A Common Stock (as defined below); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO, the Company and the Investor Parties wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain governance matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

1.1 Defined Terms. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement” means this Stockholders’ Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Beneficially Own” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Blackstone Designee” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) hereof.

Blackstone Designator” means a Blackstone Party, or any group of Blackstone Parties collectively, then holding of record a majority of Outstanding Vine Interests Beneficially Owned by all Blackstone Parties.


Blackstone Entities” means the entities comprising the Blackstone Parties and their Affiliates and their respective successors and Permitted Assigns.

Blackstone Parties” means the entities listed on the signature pages hereto under the heading “Blackstone Parties” and any other Blackstone Entities that may from time to time become parties hereto.

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

Class A Common Stock” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Class B Common Stock” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Closing Date” means the date of the closing of the IPO.

Common Stock” means collectively the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.

Control” (including its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

Director” means any director of the Company.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Exchange Agreement” means the exchange agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Company, VEH and Vine Investment, as amended and in effect from time to time.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

Investment Entities” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Investor Parties” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

2


Law” means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, injunction, order, decree, governmental approval, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority.

LLC Units” means the Class A Units representing membership interests in VEH and any other class of units or interests that is established in VEH.

Outstanding Vine Interests” means the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable Law, or any Governmental Authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Permitted Assigns” means, with respect to a Blackstone Entity, a Transferee of shares of Common Stock or a Transferee (as defined in the VEH LLC Agreement) that agrees to become party to, and to be bound to the same extent as its Transferor by the terms of, this Agreement.

Recipient Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing member, managing director or other governing body or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Vine Energy Investment Entities” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Vine Energy Investment II Entities” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

VEH” means Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

VEH LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of VEH, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

 

3


Total Number of Directors” means the total number of directors comprising the Board.

Transfer” (including its correlative meanings, “Transferor,” “Transferee” and “Transferred”) shall mean, with respect to any security, directly or indirectly, to sell, contract to sell, give, assign, hypothecate, pledge, encumber, grant a security interest in, offer, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any economic, voting or other rights in or to such security. When used as a noun, “Transfer” shall have such correlative meaning as the context may require.

1.2 Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party. Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) “or” is disjunctive but not exclusive, (b) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular, and (c) the words “hereof,” “herein,” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

2.1 Election of Directors.

(a) Following the Closing Date, the Blackstone Designator shall have the right (but not the obligation) pursuant to this Agreement to designate or nominate to the Board, a number of designees equal to at least (i) a majority of the Total Number of Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Entities collectively beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (which shall be four (4) Directors with the initial Board size of seven (7) Directors at IPO); (ii) 40% of the Total Number of Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Entities collectively beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 40% or more, but less than 50%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (which shall be three (3) Directors with the initial Board size of seven (7) Directors at IPO); (iii) 30% of the Total Number of Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Entities collectively beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30% or more, but less than 40%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (which shall be three (3) Directors with the initial Board size of seven (7) Directors at IPO); (iv) 20% of the Total Number of Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Entities collectively beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more, but less than 30%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (which shall be two (2) Directors with the initial Board size of seven (7) Directors at IPO); and (v) 10% of the Total Number of Directors, for so long as the Blackstone Entities collectively beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 5% or more, but less than 20%, of the voting power of all shares of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (which shall be one (1) Director with the initial Board size of seven (7) Directors at IPO).

 

4


(b) If at any time the Blackstone Designator has designated fewer than the total number of individuals that the Blackstone Designator is then entitled to designate pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof, the Blackstone Designator shall have the right to designate such additional individuals which it is entitled to so designate, in which case, any individuals nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof for election as Directors to fill any vacancy on the Board shall include such designees, and the Company shall use its best efforts to (x) effect the appointment or election of such additional designees, whether by increasing the size of the Board or otherwise, and (y) cause the appointment or election of such additional designees to fill any such newly-created vacancies or to fill any other existing vacancies. Each such individual whom the Blackstone Designator shall actually designate pursuant to this Section 2.1 and who is thereafter elected and qualifies to serve as a Director shall be referred to herein as a “Blackstone Designee.”

(c) The Company, the Investment Entities (so long as such persons own any of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote) and the Investor Parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, take all actions to cause the Board to include the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.

(d) So long as the Blackstone Designator is entitled to designate one or more designees pursuant to Section 2.01(a), the Blackstone Designator shall have the right to request the removal of any Blackstone Designee (with or without cause) nominated by the Blackstone Designator, from time to time and at any time, from the Board, exercisable upon written notice to the Company, and the Company shall take all necessary action to cause such removal.

(e) In the event that a vacancy is created or exists at any time by the death, disability, retirement or resignation of any Blackstone Designee or as a result of the Blackstone Designator not yet designating a person to fill such vacancy or Board seat, any individual nominated by or at the direction of the Board or any duly-authorized committee thereof to fill such vacancy shall be, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such vacancy to be filled, as soon as possible, by a new designee of the Blackstone Designator, and the Company shall take, to the fullest extent permitted by law, at any time and from time to time, all actions necessary to accomplish the same, including by taking Board action to appoint such Blackstone Designee to the Board to fill such vacancy.

(f) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, include in the slate of nominees recommended by the Board at any meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, the persons designated pursuant to this Section 2.1 and use its best efforts to cause the election of each such designee to the Board, including nominating each such individual to be elected as a Director as provided herein, recommending such individual’s election and soliciting proxies or consents in favor thereof.

(g) In addition to any vote or consent of the Board or the stockholders of the Company required by applicable Law or the charter or bylaws of the Company, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for so long as this Agreement is in effect, any action by the Board to increase or decrease the Total Number of Directors (other than any increase in the Total Number of Directors in connection with the election of one or more directors elected exclusively by the holders of one or more classes or series of the Company’s

 

5


stock other than Common Stock) shall require the prior written consent of the Blackstone Designator, delivered in accordance with Section 4.13 hereof and any increase in the Total Number of Directors shall result in a corresponding increase in the number of Blackstone Designees the Blackstone Entities are entitled to designate, appoint, elect or otherwise place on the Board pursuant to Section 2.01(a) hereof as is necessary to maintain the appropriate percentage representation on the Board by the Blackstone Designees.

ARTICLE III

INFORMATION

3.1 Books and Records; Access. The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, permit the Blackstone Entities and their respective designated representatives, at reasonable times and upon reasonable prior notice to the Company, to review the books and records of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries and to discuss the affairs, finances and condition of the Company or any of such Subsidiaries with the officers of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to disclose any privileged information of the Company so long as the Company has used commercially reasonable efforts to enter into an arrangement pursuant to which it may provide such information to the Blackstone Entities without the loss of any such privilege.

3.2 Certain Reports. The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Blackstone Entities and the Investment Entities (so long as such persons own any of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote) (together, the “Recipient Parties”), at their request:

(a) As soon as available, but not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month the Company will provide the Recipient Parties a monthly report that will include the following information: (i) a monthly and year-to-date lease operating statement with a comparison to the comparable periods’ budget, (ii) a monthly and year-to-date summary unaudited balance sheet and the related statements of income, equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such periods with a comparison to the comparable periods’ budget, (iii) a summary description of the business activities that took place during such period along with the operating and financial performance of the Company for such monthly period and the year to date, including an explanation of any material discrepancies or variances from the comparable periods’ budgets referenced in clause (ii) and (iv) such other information as the Blackstone Entities shall reasonably request; provided, that any information requested pursuant to the foregoing clause (iv) shall be provided as soon as available, but not later than the later of (x) fifteen (15) days from the date of such request or (y) thirty (30) days after the end of such calendar month to which the requested information pertains;

(b) As soon as available, but not later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar quarter (excluding each calendar quarter ending December 31), the Company will provide the Recipient Parties with the Company’s consolidated unaudited balance sheet and the related unaudited statements of income, equity and cash flows as of the end of such immediately preceding calendar quarter, in each case, prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

6


(c) As soon as available, but not later than 105 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company will provide the Recipient Parties with the Company’s audited consolidated balance sheet and the related audited consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, such annual financial reports to include notes and to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with GAAP, and accompanied by an opinion of an independent public accountant of nationally recognized standing; and

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have delivered such information referred to in this Section 3.2 to the Recipient Parties for all purposes of this Agreement if the Company has filed reports containing such information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system) and such reports are publicly available. In addition, the requirements of this Section 3.2 shall be deemed satisfied and the Company will be deemed to have delivered such information referred to this Section 3.2 to the Recipient Parties for all purposes of this Agreement by the posting of reports that would be required to be provided on the Company’s website. The Recipient Parties shall have no obligation to monitor whether the Company posts such reports, information and documents on its website or the SEC’s EDGAR service, or collect any such information from the Company’s website or the SEC’s EDGAR service. Further, that, the Recipient Parties may request that the Company not provide any of the information required pursuant to clauses (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 3.2 if such information is reasonably expected to contain any material non-public information (within the meaning of U.S. federal securities laws).

3.3 Disclosure of Information. The Recipient Parties acknowledge that they shall receive information from or regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries in the nature of trade secrets or that otherwise is confidential information or proprietary information (as further defined below, “Confidential Information”), the release of which would be damaging to the Company or Persons with which the Company conducts business. Each Recipient Party shall hold in strict confidence any Confidential Information that such recipient receives pursuant to this Agreement, and each Recipient Party shall not disclose such Confidential Information to any Person (including any Affiliates) other than another Recipient Party or a Director or officer of the Company, or otherwise use such information for any purpose other than to evaluate, analyze, and keep apprised of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets and their interest therein and for the internal use thereof by a Recipient Party or its Affiliates, except for disclosures (i) to comply with any Laws (including applicable stock exchange or quotation system requirements), provided, that a Recipient Party must notify the Company promptly of any disclosure of Confidential Information which is required by Law, and any such disclosure of Confidential Information shall be to the minimum extent required by Law, (ii) to Affiliates, partners, members, stockholders, investors, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, consultants, lenders, professional advisers or representatives of the Recipient Party or its Affiliates (provided, that such Recipient Party shall be responsible for assuring such partners’, members’, stockholders’, investors’, directors’, officers’, employees’, agents’, attorneys’, consultants’, lenders’, professional advisers’ and representatives’ compliance with the terms hereof, except to the extent any such Person who is not a partner, member, stockholder, director, officer or employee has agreed in writing addressed to the Company to be bound by customary undertakings with respect to confidential and proprietary information similar to this Section 3.3), or to Persons to which that Recipient Party’s holdings of capital stock of the Company is proposed to be transferred, but only if the recipients of such information have agreed to be bound by customary confidentiality undertakings similar to this Section 3.3, (iii) of information that a Recipient Party also has received from a source independent of the Company and that such Recipient Party reasonably believes such source obtained without

 

7


breach of any obligation of confidentiality to the Company, (iv) of information obtained prior to the formation of Vine Oil & Gas LP, provided, that this clause (iv) shall not relieve any Recipient Party or any of its Affiliates from any obligations it may have to any other Recipient Party or any of its Affiliates under any existing confidentiality agreement, (v) that have been or become independently developed by a Recipient Party or its Affiliates or on their behalf without using any of the Confidential Information, (vi) that are or become generally available to the public (other than as a result of a prohibited disclosure by such Recipient Party or its representatives), (vii) in connection with any proposed transfer of all or part of a Recipient Party’s holdings of capital stock of the Company or the proposed sale of all or substantially all of a Recipient Party or its direct or indirect parent, to (A) advisers or representatives of the Recipient Party, (B) its direct or indirect parent or (C) Persons to which such interests may be transferred, but only if the recipients of such information have agreed to be bound by customary undertakings with respect to confidential and proprietary information similar to this Section 3.3 or (viii) to the extent the Company shall have consented to such disclosure in writing. The term “Confidential Information” shall include any information pertaining to the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business which is not available to the public, whether written, oral, electronic, visual form or in any other media, including, without limitation, such information that is proprietary, confidential or concerning the Company’s (or any of its Subsidiaries’) ownership and operation of their respective assets or related matters, including any actual or proposed operations or development project or strategies, other operations and business plans, actual or projected revenues and expenses, finances, contracts and books and records. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient Parties and their Affiliates may make disclosures to their respective direct and indirect limited partners and members such information (including Confidential Information) as is customarily provided to current or prospective limited partners in private equity funds sponsored or managed by Affiliates of the Blackstone Entities. Each Recipient Party acknowledges that Confidential Information furnished to it pursuant to this Agreement may include material nonpublic information concerning the Company and its related parties or their respective securities and hereby confirms that it is familiar with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

4.1 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) such time as the Blackstone Designator is no longer entitled to designate a Director pursuant to Section 2.1(a) hereof and (ii) the delivery of a written notice by the Blackstone Designator to the Company requesting that this Agreement terminate.

4.2 Notices. Any notice, designation, request, request for consent or consent provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be either personally delivered, or mailed first class mail (postage prepaid) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient at the address indicated on the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices and other such documents will be deemed to have been given or made hereunder when sent by facsimile (receipt confirmed) delivered personally, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one (1) day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service.

 

8


  (a)

If to the Company, to:

Vine Energy Inc.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric Marsh, Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (877) 992-0118

with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and Michael W. Rigdon

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

  (b)

If to the Blackstone Entities, to:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue, Suite 3300

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

  (c)

If to either of Vine Investment or Vine Investment II, to:

Vine Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

9


  (d)

If to either of Brix Investment or Brix Investment II, to:

Brix Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

  (e)

If to either of Harvest Investment or Harvest Investment II, to:

Harvest Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

4.3 Amendment; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified only by a written instrument executed by the Company and the other parties hereto. Neither the failure nor delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.

4.4 Further Assurances. The parties hereto will sign such further documents, cause such meetings to be held, resolutions passed, exercise their votes and do and perform and cause to be done such further acts and things necessary, proper or advisable in order to give full effect to this Agreement and every provision hereof. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall not directly or indirectly take any action that is intended to, or would reasonably be expected to result in, Blackstone or any Blackstone Entity being deprived of the rights contemplated by this Agreement.

 

10


4.5 Assignment. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned without the express prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment, without such consents, will be null and void; provided, however, that, without the prior written consent of the Company, a Blackstone Party may assign this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any of its Permitted Assigns.

4.6 Third Parties. Except as provided for in Article II and Section 3.1 hereof with respect to any Blackstone Entity, this Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third party beneficiary hereto.

4.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

4.8 Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. In any judicial proceeding involving any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties unconditionally accepts the jurisdiction and venue of the courts of the State of Delaware or if jurisdiction over the matter is vested exclusively in federal courts, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and the appellate courts to which orders and judgments thereof may be appealed. In any such judicial proceeding, the parties agree that in addition to any method for the service of process permitted or required by such courts, to the fullest extent permitted by law, service of process may be made by delivery provided pursuant to the directions in Section 4.2 hereof. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING INVOLVING ANY DISPUTE, CONTROVERSY OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT.

4.9 Specific Performance. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that in the event of any breach of this Agreement by any of them, the other parties hereto would be irreparably harmed and could not be made whole by monetary damages. Each party accordingly agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate and agrees that the parties, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to specific performance of this Agreement without the posting of bond.

4.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. There are no agreements, representations, warranties, covenants or understandings with respect to the subject matter hereof or thereof other than those expressly set forth herein and therein. This Agreement supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

11


4.11 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any Person or circumstance or in any jurisdiction, shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, (i) the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each other provision hereof shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, (ii) as to such Person or circumstance or in such jurisdiction such provision shall be reformed to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (iii) the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances or in other jurisdictions shall not be affected thereby.

4.12 Table of Contents, Headings and Captions. The table of contents, headings, subheadings and captions contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

4.13 Grant of Consent. Any vote, consent or approval of, or designation by, or other action of, the Blackstone Designator hereunder shall be effective if notice of such vote, consent, approval, designation or action is provided in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof by the Blackstone Party or Investor Parties holding of record a majority of the Outstanding Vine Interests then held of record by Blackstone Parties as of the latest date any such notice is so provided.

4.14 Counterparts. This Agreement and any amendment hereto may be signed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement (or amendment, as applicable).

4.15 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the Closing Date.

4.16 No Recourse. This Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claims or cause of action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement may only be made against the entities that are expressly identified as parties hereto and no past, present or future Affiliate, director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, manager, partner, stockholder, agent, attorney or representative of any party hereto shall have any liability for any obligations or liabilities of the parties to this Agreement or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the transactions contemplated hereby.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:

VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Vine Energy Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement


BLACKSTONE PARTIES:

VINE INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

     

Name:

Title:

BRIX INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

     

Name:

Title:

HARVEST INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

     

Name:

Title:

VINE INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

     

Name:

Title:

BRIX INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

HARVEST INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Signature Page to Vine Energy Inc. Stockholders’ Agreement

Exhibit 4.3

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Agreement”) is dated as of [                ], 2021, by and among Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Vine Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment”), Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment”), Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment”, together with Vine Investment and Brix Investment, the “Vine Energy Investment Entities”), and Vine Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment II”), Brix Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment II”), and Harvest Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment II”, together with Vine Investment II and Brix Investment II, the “Vine Energy Investment II Entities,” and together with the Vine Energy Investment Entities, the “Investment Entities”) and certain holders which hold Registrable Securities (as defined below) that join this Agreement pursuant to the provisions herein. Such holders of Registrable Securities party hereto are collectively referred to herein as the “Securityholders.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

In this Agreement:

Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed thereto in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date hereof.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Blackstone” means the entities comprising the Blackstone Holders, their respective Affiliates and the successors and permitted assigns of the entities and their respective Affiliates.

Blackstone Holders” means, upon joining this Agreement, the Affiliates, and their successors or assigns, of The Blackstone Group L.P. who, at the time of this Agreement, held limited liability company interests in any of the Investment Entities.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by applicable law to be closed in New York, New York or Houston, Texas.

Class A Common Stock” means the shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Class B Common Stock” means the shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and any other capital stock of the Company into which such common stock is reclassified or reconstituted.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.


Control” (including its correlative meanings, “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of securities or partnership or other ownership interests, by contract or otherwise) of a Person.

Demand Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated as of or about the date hereof, among the Company, VEH LLC and holders of LLC Units from time to time party thereto, as amended from time to time.

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Investment Entities” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vine Energy Holdings LLC, dated as of [                ], 2021, as amended, restated, supplemented or modified, from time to time.

LLC Units” means the units representing membership interests in VEH LLC and any other class of units or interests that is established in VEH LLC.

Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, a cooperative, an unincorporated organization, or other form of business organization, whether or not regarded as a legal entity under applicable law, or any governmental authority or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Recognized Exchange” means The New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Capital Market.

Registrable Securities” means shares of Class A Common Stock that may be delivered in exchange for LLC Units and other shares of Class A Common Stock otherwise held by Securityholders from time to time. For purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement covering resales of such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the SEC and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective registration statement, (ii) such Registrable Securities are eligible to be sold by Securityholders owning such Registrable Securities (including Registrable Securities deliverable to a Securityholder under an effective Exchange Registration) pursuant to Rule 144 or 145 (or any similar provision then in effect) under the Securities Act, without limitation thereunder on volume or manner of sale, unless such Registrable Securities are held by a Securityholder that beneficially owns Shares representing 5% or more of the aggregate voting power of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock eligible to vote in the election of directors of the Company or (iii) such Registrable Securities cease to be outstanding (or issuable upon exchange).

 

2


Registration Expenses” means any and all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including:

(a) all SEC, stock exchange, or FINRA registration and filing fees (including, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” as such term is defined in Rule 5121 of FINRA, and of its counsel);

(b) all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws (including fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with blue sky qualifications of the Registrable Securities);

(c) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses;

(d) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or FINRA and all rating agency fees;

(e) the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits and/or comfort letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance;

(f) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by the issuers or sellers of Securities, including liability insurance if the Company so desires or if the underwriters so require, and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained in connection with the requested registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any;

(g) the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of not more than one law firm (as selected by Blackstone, if it is participating in such registration, and otherwise, by Securityholders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration) incurred by all the Securityholders in connection with the registration;

(h) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to analyst and investor presentations or any “road show” undertaken in connection with the registration and/or marketing of the Registrable Securities (including the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Securityholders); and

(i) any other fees and disbursements customarily paid by the issuers of Securities.

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

Shares” means shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company. Shares held by or on behalf of a Securityholder the certificate for which does not bear a Securities Act restrictive legend, which Shares may be resold freely without registration under the Securities Act, will not be considered Shares for purposes of the demand and piggyback provisions of this Agreement.

 

3


Securities” means capital stock, limited partnership interests, limited liability company interests, beneficial interests, warrants, options, notes, bonds, debentures, and other securities, equity interests, ownership interests and similar obligations of every kind and nature of any Person.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Securityholders” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which: (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, representatives or trustees thereof is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the total voting power of stock (or equivalent ownership interest) of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity is at the time owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or Control the managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

VEH LLC” means Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

WKSI” means a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE II

DEMAND AND PIGGYBACK RIGHTS

2.1 Right to Demand a Non-Shelf Registered Offering.

(a) Upon the written demand of any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone made at any time and from time to time (a “Demand Notice”), the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a non-shelf registered offering of the Registrable Securities requested by Blackstone, or any of the Investment Entities to be included in such offering.

(b) Any demanded non-shelf registered offering may, at the Company’s option, include Shares to be sold by the Company for its own account and will also include Registrable Securities to be sold by Securityholders that exercise their related piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof and any other Registrable Securities to be sold by the holders of registration rights granted other than pursuant to this Agreement exercising such rights, in each case, to the extent exercising such rights on a timely basis. In order to be valid, the Demand Notice must provide the information described in Section 3.1 hereof (if applicable) and Section 4.5 hereof or be followed by such information, when requested as contemplated by Section 4.5 hereof.

 

4


(c) Without limiting any other obligations of the Company hereunder, as soon as reasonably practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after receiving a valid Demand Notice satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 2.1 hereof, the Company shall file with the SEC a registration statement covering all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Demand Notice as well as any other Registrable Securities as to which registration is properly requested in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof (which other Registrable Securities may be included by means of a pre-effective amendment) and any other registrable securities properly requested in accordance with other registration rights agreements with the Company, but subject in each case to any cutbacks imposed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof and the limitations set forth in Section 2.5 hereof.

2.2 Right to Piggyback on a Non-Shelf Registered Offering. In connection with any registered offering of Shares covered by a non-shelf registration statement (whether pursuant to the exercise of demand rights or at the initiative of the Company), the Securityholders may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such offering Registrable Securities held by them, subject in each case to any cutbacks imposed in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof and the limitations set forth in Section 2.5 hereof. The Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement any such non-shelf registered offering.

2.3 Right to Demand and be Included in a Shelf Registration. Upon the demand of any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone, made at any time and from time to time when the Company is eligible to utilize Form S-3 or a successor form to sell Shares in a secondary offering on a delayed or continuous basis in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a shelf registration of Registrable Securities held by the Securityholders. Any shelf registration filed pursuant to this Section 2.3 by the Company covering Shares (whether pursuant to a demand by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone or at the initiative of the Company) will cover Registrable Securities held by each of the Securityholders (regardless of whether they demanded the filing of such shelf or not) equal to the percentage of their original respective holdings as is requested by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone with respect to the Registrable Securities of any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone to be included in such shelf. If at the time of such request the Company is eligible for WKSI status, such shelf registration shall, upon the approval of the board of directors of the Company, cover an unspecified number of Registrable Securities to be sold by the Company and its Securityholders.

2.4 Demand and Piggyback Rights for Shelf Takedowns. Upon the demand of any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone, made at any time and from time to time, the Company will facilitate in the manner described in this Agreement a “takedown” of Registrable Securities off of an effective shelf registration statement. In connection with any underwritten shelf takedown (whether pursuant to the exercise of such demand rights by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone or at the initiative of the Company), the Securityholders may exercise piggyback rights to have included in such takedown Registrable Securities held by them that are registered on such shelf.

 

5


2.5 Limitations on Demand and Piggyback Rights.

(a) Any demand for the filing of a registration statement or for a registered offering or takedown, and the exercise of any piggyback registration rights, will be subject to the constraints of any applicable lockup arrangements, and any such demand must be deferred until such lockup arrangements no longer apply. If a demand has been made for a non-shelf registered offering or for an underwritten takedown, no further demands may be made so long as the related offering is still being pursued. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Securityholders will not have piggyback or other registration rights with respect to the following registered primary offerings by the Company: (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans; (ii) a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 (or other similar successor forms then in effect under the Securities Act); (iii) a registration pursuant to which the Company is offering to exchange its own Securities for other Securities; (iv) a registration statement relating solely to dividend reinvestment or similar plans; (v) a shelf registration statement pursuant to which only the initial purchasers and subsequent transferees of debt securities of the Company or any Subsidiary that are convertible for common equity and that are initially issued pursuant to Rule 144A and/or Regulation S of the Securities Act may resell such notes and sell the common equity into which such notes may be converted; (vi) a registration where the Registrable Securities are not being sold for cash or (vii) an exchange registration.

(b) The Company may postpone the filing of a demanded registration statement or suspend the effectiveness of any shelf registration statement for a reasonable “blackout period” not in excess of 90 days if the board of directors of the Company determines in good faith that such registration or offering could materially interfere with a bona fide business, acquisition or divestiture or financing transaction of the Company or is reasonably likely to require premature disclosure of information, the premature disclosure of which could materially and adversely affect the Company; provided that the Company shall not delay the filing of any demanded registration statement more than once in any 12-month period. The blackout period will end upon the earlier to occur of, (i) in the case of a bona fide business, acquisition or divestiture or financing transaction, a date not later than 90 days from the date such deferral commenced, and (ii) in the case of disclosure of non-public information, the earlier to occur of (x) the filing by the Company of its next succeeding Form 10-K or Form 10-Q, or (y) the date upon which such information is otherwise disclosed.

ARTICLE III

NOTICES, CUTBACKS AND OTHER MATTERS

3.1 Notifications Regarding Registration Statements. In order for any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone to exercise their right to demand that a registration statement be filed, they must include in their Demand Notice the number of Registrable Securities sought to be registered and the proposed plan of distribution. In the event that the Company is required to cutback or adjust the amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in a registration statement or offering, the Company shall adjust the Registrable Securities included by each of the Investment Entities on a pro rata basis amongst such entities.

 

6


3.2 Notifications Regarding Registration Piggyback Rights.

(a) In the event that the Company receives (i) any demand from any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, or (ii) if the Company files a registration statement with respect to a non-shelf registered offering, the Company will promptly give to each of the Securityholders a written notice thereof no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth Business Day following receipt by the Company of such demand or the filing of such registration statement, as applicable. Any Securityholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to any such non-shelf registration statement must notify the Company and the other Securityholders of the number of Registrable Securities it seeks to have included in such registration statement in a written notice. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day prior to (i) if applicable, the date on which the preliminary prospectus intended to be used in connection with pre-effective marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (ii) in any case, the date on which the pricing of the relevant offering is expected to occur. No such notice is required in connection with a shelf registration statement, as Registrable Securities held by all Securityholders will be included up to the applicable percentage.

(b) Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain appropriate confidentiality of their discussions regarding a prospective non-shelf registration.

3.3 Notifications Regarding Demanded Underwritten Takedowns.

(a) The Company will keep the Securityholders reasonably apprised of all pertinent aspects of any underwritten shelf takedown demanded by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone in order that Securityholders may have a reasonable opportunity to exercise their related piggyback rights. Without limiting the Company’s obligation as described in the preceding sentence, having a reasonable opportunity requires that the Securityholders be notified by the Company of an anticipated underwritten takedown (whether pursuant to a demand made by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone or made at the Company’s own initiative) no later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) if applicable, the second Business Day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with pre-pricing marketing efforts for such takedown is finalized, and (ii) in all cases, the second Business Day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown occurs.

(b) Any Securityholder wishing to exercise its piggyback rights with respect to an underwritten shelf takedown must notify the Company and the other Securityholders of the number of Registrable Securities it seeks to have included in such takedown. Such notice must be given as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on (i) if applicable, the Business Day prior to the date on which the preliminary prospectus or prospectus supplement intended to be used in connection with marketing efforts for the relevant offering is expected to be finalized, and (ii) in all cases, the Business Day prior to the date on which the pricing of the relevant takedown occurs.

(c) Pending any required public disclosure and subject to applicable legal requirements, the parties will maintain appropriate confidentiality of their discussions regarding a prospective underwritten takedown.

 

7


3.4 Plan of Distribution, Underwriters, Advisors and Counsel. If a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in an underwritten offering through a non-shelf registration statement or through a shelf takedown is being sold by the Company for its own account, the Company will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters and any provider of advisory services, which may include Affiliates of Blackstone, for such offering. Otherwise, Securityholders holding a majority of the Shares requested to be included will be entitled to determine the plan of distribution and select the managing underwriters and any provider of advisory services, which may include Affiliates of Blackstone; provided that such investment banker or bankers, managers and providers of advisory services shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and will also be entitled to select counsel for the selling Securityholders (which may be the same as counsel for the Company).

3.5 Cutbacks. If the managing underwriters advise the Company and the selling Securityholders that, in their opinion, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included in an underwritten offering exceeds the amount that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the distribution of the Registrable Securities being offered, the price that will be paid in such offering or the marketability thereof, such offering will include only the number of Registrable Securities that the underwriters advise can be sold in such offering. If the Company is selling Registrable Securities for its own account in such offering and the offering is not being made on account of a demand made by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof, the Company will have first priority. To the extent of any remaining capacity, and in all other cases, the selling Securityholders (and any other Persons having registration rights pari passu with the Securityholders and participating in such offering) and the Company will be subject to cutback pro rata based on the number of Registrable Securities initially requested by them to be included in such offering, without distinguishing between Securityholders (or other Persons exercising pari passu registration rights) based on who made the demand for such offering or otherwise.

3.6 Withdrawals. Even if Registrable Securities held by a Securityholder have been part of a registered underwritten offering, such Securityholder may, no later than the time at which the public offering price and underwriters’ discount are determined with the managing underwriter, decline to sell all or any portion of the Registrable Securities being offered for its account.

3.7 Lockups. In connection with any underwritten offering of Shares, the Company and each Securityholder participating in such offering will agree (in the case of Securityholders, with respect to Registrable Securities respectively held by them) to be bound by the underwriting agreement’s lockup restrictions (which must apply in like manner to all of them) that are agreed to by the Company. In addition, the Securityholders shall be bound by their obligations with respect to any lockup arrangements or other restrictions on transfer of Registrable Securities set forth in the LLC Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

FACILITATING REGISTRATIONS AND OFFERINGS

4.1 General. If the Company becomes obligated under this Agreement to facilitate a registration and offering of Registrable Securities on behalf of Securityholders, the Company will do so with the same degree of care and dispatch as would reasonably be expected in the case of a registration and offering by the Company of Registrable Securities for its own account. Without limiting this general obligation, the Company will fulfill its specific obligations as described in this Article IV.

 

8


4.2 Registration Statements. In connection with each registration statement that is demanded by Securityholders in accordance with this Agreement or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(a) (1) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the applicable Registrable Securities, (2) file amendments thereto as warranted, (3) seek the effectiveness thereof, and (4) file with the SEC prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may be required, all in consultation with Blackstone and as reasonably necessary in order to permit the offer and sale of the such Registrable Securities in accordance with the applicable plan of distribution;

(b) (1) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any registration statement, any prospectus, any amendment to a registration statement, amendment or supplement to a prospectus or any free writing prospectus (in each case including all exhibits filed therewith), provide copies of such documents to the selling Securityholders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering, if applicable, and to their respective counsel; fairly consider such reasonable changes in any such documents prior to or after the filing thereof as the counsel to the Securityholders or the underwriter or the underwriters may request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Securityholders or any underwriter available for discussion of such documents; and (2) within a reasonable time prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a registration statement or a prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for the Securityholders and underwriters; fairly consider such reasonable changes in such document prior to or after the filing thereof as counsel for such Securityholders or such underwriter shall request; and make such of the representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel available for discussion of such document;

(c) use all reasonable efforts to cause each registration statement and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of such registration statement, amendment or supplement and during the distribution of the registered Registrable Securities (x) to comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act (including the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) and (y) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(d) notify each Securityholder promptly, and, if requested by such Securityholder, confirm such advice in writing, (i) when a registration statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective if such registration statement or post-effective amendment is not automatically effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act, (ii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iii) if, between the effective date of a registration statement and the closing of any sale of securities covered thereby pursuant to any agreement to which the Company is a party, the representations and warranties of

 

9


the Company contained in such agreement cease to be true and correct in all material respects or if the Company receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose, and (iv) of the happening of any event during the period a registration statement is effective as a result of which such registration statement or the related prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(e) furnish counsel for each underwriter, if any, and for the Securityholders copies of any correspondence with the SEC or any state securities authority relating to the registration statement or prospectus;

(f) otherwise use all reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, including making available to its security holders an earnings statement covering at least 12 months which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar provision then in force); and

(g) use all reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time.

4.3 Non-Shelf Registered Offerings and Shelf Takedowns. In connection with any non-shelf registered offering or shelf takedown that is demanded by Securityholders or as to which piggyback rights otherwise apply, the Company will:

(a) cooperate with the selling Securityholders and the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the governing documents thereof) and registered in such names as the selling Securityholders or the sole underwriter or managing underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, may reasonably request at least five days prior to any sale of such Registrable Securities;

(b) furnish to each Securityholder and to each underwriter, if any, participating in the relevant offering, without charge, as many copies of the applicable prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Securityholder or underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; the Company hereby consents to the use of the prospectus, including each preliminary prospectus, by each such Securityholder and underwriter in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the prospectus or the preliminary prospectus;

(c) (1) use all reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities being offered and sold, no later than the time the applicable registration statement becomes effective, under all applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each underwriter, if any, or any Securityholder holding Registrable Securities covered by a registration statement, shall reasonably request; (2) use all reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or

 

10


qualification effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective; and (3) do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such underwriter, if any, and Securityholder to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Securityholder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to consent to be subject to general service of process (other than service of process in connection with such registration or qualification or any sale of Registrable Securities in connection therewith) in any such jurisdiction;

(d) cause all Registrable Securities being sold to be qualified for inclusion in or listed on any Recognized Exchange on which Registrable Securities issued by the Company are then so qualified or listed if so requested by the Securityholders, or if so requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any;

(e) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter in an underwritten offering;

(f) use all reasonable efforts to facilitate the distribution and sale of any Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation by making “road show” presentations, holding meetings with and making calls to potential investors and taking such other actions as shall be requested by the Securityholders or the lead managing underwriter of an underwritten offering;

(g) in the case of an offering that includes a provider of advisory services, enter into and perform its obligations under customary agreements (including an advisory services agreement and an indemnification agreement in customary form); and

(h) enter into customary agreements (including, in the case of an underwritten offering, underwriting agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form and consistent with the provisions relating to indemnification and contribution contained herein) and take all other customary and appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities and in connection therewith:

(1) make such representations and warranties to the selling Securityholders and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings;

(2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the lead managing underwriter, if any) addressed to each selling Securityholder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Securityholders and underwriters;

 

11


(3) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to the selling Securityholders, if permissible, and the underwriters, if any, which letters shall be customary in form and shall cover matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and

(4) to the extent requested and customary for the relevant transaction, enter into a Securities sales agreement with the Securityholders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such representative as agent for the selling Securityholders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall be customary in form, substance and scope and shall contain customary representations, warranties and covenants.

The above shall be done at such times as customarily occur in similar registered offerings or shelf takedowns.

4.4 Due Diligence. In connection with each registration and offering of Registrable Securities to be sold by Securityholders, the Company will, in accordance with customary practice, make available for inspection by underwriters and any counsel or accountant retained by such underwriters all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and cause appropriate officers, managers, employees, outside counsel and accountants of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with their due diligence exercise, including through in-person meetings, but subject to customary privilege constraints.

4.5 Information from Securityholders. Each Securityholder that holds Registrable Securities covered by any registration statement will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself as is required to be included in the registration statement or is otherwise required by FINRA or the SEC in connection with such registration statement, the ownership of Registrable Securities by such Securityholder and the proposed distribution by such Securityholder of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

4.6 Expenses. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration statement or registered offering covering Registrable Securities held by the Securityholders will be borne by the Company. However, underwriters’, brokers’ and dealers’ discounts and commissions applicable to Registrable Securities sold for the account of a Securityholder will be borne by such Securityholder.

ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION

5.1 Indemnification by the Company. In the event of any registration under the Securities Act by any registration statement pursuant to rights granted in this Agreement of Registrable Securities held by Securityholders, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless Securityholders, their officers, directors and affiliates, and each underwriter of such securities and each other Person, if any, who Controls any Securityholder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (including legal fees and costs of court), joint or several, to which Securityholders or such underwriter or controlling Person

 

12


may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, including any amount paid in settlement of any litigation commenced or threatened, and shall promptly reimburse such Persons, as and when incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating any claims and defending any actions, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or any actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, any blue sky laws, securities laws or other applicable laws of any state or country in which such Shares are offered and relating to action taken or action or inaction required of the Company in connection with such offering, or arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact (i) contained, on its effective date, in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) contained in any preliminary prospectus, if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement, or in the final prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have filed with the SEC any amendment or supplement to the final prospectus), or which arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in such prospectus or necessary to make the statements in such prospectus not misleading; and will reimburse Securityholders and each such underwriter and each such controlling Person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, or liability; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any Securityholder or its underwriters or controlling Persons in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by Securityholders or such underwriter specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

5.2 Indemnification by Securityholders. Each Securityholder as a condition to including Registrable Securities in such registration statement will indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 5.1 hereof) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who shall sign the registration statement, and any Person who Controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, (i) with respect to any statement or omission from such registration statement, or any amendment or supplement to it, if such statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished to the Company through a written instrument duly executed by such Securityholder specifically regarding such Securityholder for use in the preparation of such registration statement or amendment or supplement, and (ii) with respect to compliance by such Securityholder with applicable laws in effecting the sale or other disposition of the securities covered by such registration statement.

5.3 Indemnification Procedures. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action involving a claim referred to in Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 hereof, the indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made or may be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to such indemnifying party of the commencement of the action. The failure of any indemnified party to give notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations in this Article V, except to the extent that the

 

13


indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by the failure to give notice. If any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense of the action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to assume defense of the action, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses incurred by the latter in connection with the action’s defense other than reasonable costs of investigation. An indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any action or proceeding and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at such indemnified party’s expense unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been specifically authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, which authorization shall not be unreasonably withheld, (ii) the indemnifying party has not assumed the defense and employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party within thirty (30) days after notice of any such action or proceeding, or (iii) the named parties to any such action or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have been advised by such counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to the indemnified party that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party), it being understood, however, that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with any one such action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to all local counsel which is necessary, in the good faith opinion of both counsel for the indemnifying party and counsel for the indemnified party in order to adequately represent the indemnified parties) for the indemnified party and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred upon written request and presentation of invoices. Whether or not a defense is assumed by the indemnifying party, the indemnifying party will not be subject to any liability for any settlement made without its consent (not to be unreasonably withheld). No indemnifying party will consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which (i) does not include as an unconditional term the giving by the claimant or plaintiff, to the indemnified party, of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation or (ii) involves the imposition of equitable remedies or the imposition of any non-financial obligations on the indemnified party.

5.4 Contribution. If the indemnification required by this Article V from the indemnifying party is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any indemnifiable losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefit of the indemnifying and indemnified parties and (ii) if the allocation in clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefit referred to in clause (i) and also the relative fault of the indemnified and indemnifying parties, in connection with the actions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by a party shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by it bear to the total amounts (including, in the case of any underwriter, any underwriting commissions and discounts) received by each other party. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall

 

14


be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such indemnifying party or parties, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damage, liabilities, and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding. The Company and Securityholders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the prior provisions of this Section 5.4.

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5.4, no indemnifying party shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the securities were offered to the public by such indemnifying party exceeds the amount of any damages which such indemnifying party has otherwise been required to pay by reason of an untrue statement or omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such a fraudulent misrepresentation.

ARTICLE VI

OTHER AGREEMENTS

6.1 Assignment. Neither the Company nor any Securityholder shall assign all or any part of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company and Blackstone; provided, however, that without the prior written consent of the Company and Blackstone, Blackstone, any of the Investment Entities may assign their rights and obligations under this Agreement in whole or in part to (x) any of their Affiliates and/or (y) any Person who becomes a holder of Registrable Securities upon a distribution by any of the Investment Entities or Blackstone of shares of Class A Common Stock or LLC Units to their members, limited partners or stockholders that becomes a party hereto by executing and delivering an assignment and joinder agreement to the Company, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement; provided, that unless otherwise agreed to in advance by the Company and Blackstone in writing, in no event shall any Securityholder (other than Blackstone and its Affiliates) be entitled to any “demand rights” under this Agreement pursuant to an assignment under this Section 6.1. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

6.2 Merger or Consolidation. In the event the Company engages in a merger or consolidation in which the Registrable Securities are converted into securities of another company, appropriate arrangements will be made so that the registration rights provided under this Agreement continue to be provided to Securityholders by the issuer of such securities. To the extent such new issuer, or any other company acquired by the Company in a merger or consolidation, was bound by registration rights obligations that would conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company will, unless Securityholders then holding at least 90% of the Registrable Securities otherwise agree, use its commercially reasonable efforts to modify any such “inherited” registration rights obligations so as not to interfere in any material respects with the rights provided under this Agreement. To the extent any such modification of “inherited” registration rights disproportionately and adversely impacts any Securityholder hereunder, such modification shall not be effective as to such Securityholder without the consent of such Securityholder.

 

15


6.3 Limited Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, neither the members, general partners, limited partners or managing directors, or any directors or officers of any members, general or limited partner, advisory director, nor any future members, general partners, limited partners, advisory directors, or managing directors, if any, of any Securityholder shall have any personal liability for performance of any obligation of such Securityholder under this Agreement in excess of the respective capital contributions of such members, general partners, limited partners, advisory directors or managing directors to such Securityholder.

6.4 Rule 144. If the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company covenants that it will file any reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (or, if the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act but is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Securityholder, make publicly available such information) and it will take such further action as any Securityholder may reasonably request, so as to enable such Securityholder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (a) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (b) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Securityholder, the Company will deliver to such Securityholder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.4 shall not in any way limit or otherwise modify any applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in the LLC Agreement.

6.5 In-Kind Distributions. If any Securityholder seeks to effectuate an in-kind distribution of all or part of its Registrable Securities to its direct or indirect equityholders, the Company will, subject to applicable lockups, work with such Securityholder and the Company’s transfer agent to facilitate such in-kind distribution in the manner reasonably requested by such Securityholder.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, fax or air courier guaranteeing delivery to the Persons at the respective addresses set forth below or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice.

 

  (a)

If to the Company, to:

Vine Energy Inc.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric Marsh, Chief Executive Officer

Fax: (877) 992-0118

 

16


with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and Michael W. Rigdon

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

  (b)

If to the Blackstone Holders, to:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue, Suite 3300

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

  (c)

If to either of Vine Investment or Vine Investment II, to:

Vine Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

 

  (d)

If to either of Brix Investment or Brix Investment II, to:

Brix Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

 

17


with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

(e) If to either of Harvest Investment or Harvest Investment II, to:

Harvest Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo G. Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

with a copy (not constituting notice) to :

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey and William J. Benitez

Fax: (713) 835-3601

Any such notice, request, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally or by facsimile or electronic transmission, (b) on the first Business Day after being sent if delivered by nationally recognized overnight delivery service and (c) upon the earlier of actual receipt thereof or five Business Days after the date of deposit in the United States mail if delivered by mail.

7.2 Section Headings. The article and section headings in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to a designated “Article” or “Section” refer to an Article or Section of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically indicated.

7.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

7.4 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) The parties to this Agreement hereby agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware, the courts of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, and appellate courts from any thereof in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

18


(b) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

7.5 Amendments.

(a) This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and Securityholders holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities collectively held by them; provided that any amendment that would adversely impact the rights hereunder of Blackstone shall require the prior written consent of Blackstone; provided, further, that any amendment that would disproportionately and adversely impact (i) the rights hereunder of the Securityholders party hereto other than Blackstone without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of Blackstone (other than the granting of demand rights to any new party to become a Securityholder hereunder and rights incidental thereto) shall require the prior approval of a such Securityholders other than Blackstone holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by such Securities, (ii) the rights hereunder of any Securityholder other than Blackstone without similarly affecting the rights hereunder of all other Securityholders other than Blackstone shall require the prior written consent of such Securityholder. This Agreement will terminate as to any Securityholder when it no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in Section 7.5(a) hereof to the contrary, if the Company at any time after the date of this Agreement grants to any other holders of its securities (other than any new Blackstone Holders becoming party hereto after the date hereof) any rights to request or cause the Company to effect the registration under the Securities Act or offering or sale of any such securities on any terms materially more favorable to such holders than the terms set forth in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall, upon the request of Blackstone, be deemed amended or supplemented to the extent necessary to provide Blackstone such more favorable rights and benefits, and, at the election and sole discretion of Blackstone (as evidenced by a written notice to the Company), shall be deemed amended or supplemented to the extent necessary to provide to the Securityholders party hereto other than Blackstone those more favorable rights and benefits as selected by Blackstone to be provided to such other Securityholders and set forth in such written notice.

7.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. The registration rights granted under this Agreement supersede any registration, qualification or similar rights with respect to any of the Registrable Securities granted under any other agreement, and any of such preexisting registration rights are hereby terminated.

7.7 Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any specific provision of this Agreement shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any of its other provisions. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable shall be deemed reformed, if practicable, to the extent necessary to render it valid and enforceable and to the extent permitted by law and consistent with the intent of the parties to this Agreement.

 

19


7.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, including by means of facsimile, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute the same instrument.

7.9 Additional Holders. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company may from time to time add additional holders of Registrable Securities of the Company as parties to this Agreement with the consent of Blackstone and without the consent or additional signatures of any other holders of Registrable Securities hereunder. In order to become a party to this Agreement, such additional party must execute a signature page evidencing such party’s agreement to be bound hereby as a Securityholder (but not Blackstone, unless Blackstone consents in writing thereto), and upon the Company’s receipt of any such additional holder’s executed signature page hereto, such additional holder shall be deemed to be a party hereto and such additional signature pages shall be a part of this Agreement.

7.10 Equitable Remedies. The parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the agreements and provisions of this Agreement were not performed fully by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or conditions or were otherwise breached, and that money damages are an inadequate remedy for breach of this Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining and quantifying the amount of damage that will be suffered by the parties hereto in the event that this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or conditions or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly hereby agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to restrain, enjoin and prevent breaches of this Agreement by the other parties and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction, such remedy being in addition to and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies to which the other parties are entitled to at law or in equity.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

20


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

                      

Name:

 

Title:

 

VINE INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

                      

Name:

 

Title:

 

BRIX INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

                      

Name:

 

Title:

 

HARVEST INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

                 

Name:

 

Title

 

Signature Page to Vine Energy Inc. Registration Rights Agreement


VINE INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

                              

Name:

 

Title:

 

BRIX INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

                          

Name:

 

Title:

 

HARVEST INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

                 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Vine Energy Inc. Registration Rights Agreement


Exhibit A

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND JOINDER

[                ], 2021

Reference is made to the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [                ] 2021, by and among Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Vine Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Vine Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Brix Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Harvest Investment II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and certain holders which hold Registrable Securities (as defined below) that become party thereto (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Registration Rights Agreement, [                ] (the “Assignor”) hereby assigns [in part][or: in full] its rights and obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement to each of [                ], [                ] and [                ] (each, an “Assignee” and collectively, the “Assignees”). [For the avoidance of doubt, the Assignor will remain a party to the Registration Rights Agreement following the assignment in part of its rights and obligations thereunder to the undersigned Assignees.]

Each undersigned Assignee hereby agrees to and does become party to the Registration Rights Agreement. This assignment and joinder shall serve as a counterpart signature page to the Registration Rights Agreement and by executing below each undersigned Assignee is deemed to have executed the Registration Rights Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named a party thereto and each Assignee’s shares of Class A Common Stock shall be included as Registrable Securities under the Registration Rights Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this assignment and joinder as of date first set forth above.

 

ASSIGNOR:

[____________]

By:

 

                          

Name:

 

Title:

 
ASSIGNEE(S):

[____________]

By:

 

                  

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Vine Energy Inc. Form of Assignment and Joinder

Exhibit 4.4

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

VINE ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

Dated as of [                ], 2021

THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS REFERENCED IN THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND THEIR OFFER AND SALE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE. THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS WHICH ARE REFERENCED HEREIN MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IF THE OFFER OR SALE HAS BEEN REGISTERED AND/OR QUALIFIED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION AND/OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS AVAILABLE. THERE IS CURRENTLY NO TRADING MARKET FOR THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS, AND IT IS NOT ANTICIPATED THAT ONE WILL DEVELOP. THERE ARE SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS UPON THE TRANSFERABILITY AND VOTING RIGHTS OF THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS SET FORTH HEREIN. NO SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION BY A MEMBER OF ITS MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS MAY BE MADE EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS SET FORTH HEREIN. THEREFORE, MEMBERS MAY NOT BE ABLE TO READILY LIQUIDATE THEIR INVESTMENTS.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

Article I DEFINITIONS

     2  

1.1

   Specific Definitions      2  

1.2

   Other Terms      11  

1.3

   Construction      11  

Article II ORGANIZATION

     11  

2.1

   Formation      11  

2.2

   Name      12  

2.3

   Principal U.S. Office; Registered Office and Registered Agent; Other Offices      12  

2.4

   Purpose      12  

2.5

   Foreign Qualification      12  

2.6

   Term      12  

2.7

   Business Opportunities      12  

Article III MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS AND TRANSFERS

     13  

3.1

   Classes and Series of Membership Interests; Members      13  

3.2

   Number of Members      16  

3.3

   Representations and Warranties      16  

3.4

   Restrictions on the Transfer of Interests      16  

3.5

   Change in Business Form      17  

3.6

   Exchange of Units      17  

Article IV CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

     18  

4.1

   Capital Contributions; Return of Cash      18  

4.2

   Capital Accounts      19  

4.3

   Contributions of Contributed Property      21  

Article V ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     21  

5.1

   Allocations for Capital Account Purposes      21  

5.2

   Allocations for Tax Purposes      24  

5.3

   Requirement of Distributions      26  

5.4

   Withholding      27  

Article VI MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     27  

6.1

   Management by Managing Member      27  

6.2

   Powers of the Managing Member      28  

6.3

   Resignation; Removal and Vacancy      28  

6.4

   Officers      29  

6.5

   Term of Officers      29  

6.6

   Compensation and Reimbursement      30  

6.7

   Member Meetings      30  

6.8

   VCOC Management Rights      30  

 

i


Article VII INDEMNIFICATION

     30  

7.1

   Right to Indemnification      30  

7.2

   Indemnification of Officers, Employees (if any) and Agents      31  

7.3

   Indemnification and Expense Advancement With Respect to Actions Commenced by an Indemnitee      32  

7.4

   Advance Payment      32  

7.5

   Appearance as a Witness      32  

7.6

   Nonexclusivity of Rights      32  

7.7

   No Member Liability for Indemnification Obligations      32  

7.8

   Member Notification      33  

7.9

   Savings Clause      33  

7.10

   Scope of Indemnity      33  

7.11

   Other Indemnities      33  

7.12

   Replacement of Fiduciary Duties      34  

7.13

   Liability of Indemnitees      34  

7.14

   Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties      35  

Article VIII TAXES

     36  

8.1

   Tax Returns      36  

8.2

   Tax Elections      36  

8.3

   Tax Matters Partner      36  

Article IX BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS

     37  

9.1

   Maintenance of Books      37  

9.2

   Financial Statements and Reports      37  

9.3

   Accounts      37  

Article X DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION

     38  

10.1

   Dissolution      38  

10.2

   Liquidation and Termination      38  

10.3

   Provision for Contingent Claims      39  

10.4

   Deficit Capital Accounts      40  

10.5

   Deemed Contribution and Distribution      40  

Article XI AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT

     40  

11.1

   Amendments to be Adopted by the Company      40  

11.2

   Amendment Procedures      40  

Article XII MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

     41  

12.1

   Certificates      41  

12.2

   Registered Holders      41  

12.3

   Security      41  

Article XIII GENERAL PROVISIONS

     41  

13.1

   Offset      41  

13.2

   Entire Agreement      41  

13.3

   Waivers      42  

 

ii


13.4

  

Binding Effect

     42  

13.5

  

Governing Law; Severability

     42  

13.6

  

Further Assurances

     42  

13.7

  

Exercise of Certain Rights

     42  

13.8

  

Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement

     42  

13.9

  

Counterparts

     42  

13.10

  

Books and Records

     43  

13.11

  

Information

     43  

13.12

  

Liability to Third Parties

     43  

13.13

  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

     43  

13.14

  

Notices

     44  

13.15

  

Remedies

     45  

13.16

  

Disputes

     45  

13.17

  

No Recourse

     46  

Attachments

 

Exhibit A

  

Ownership Information

Schedule 6.4

  

List of Initial Officer Appointees

Annex A

  

Form of VCOC Management Rights Letter

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

VINE ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC

a Delaware limited liability company

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vine Energy Holdings LLC (the “Company”), dated as of [                ], 2021 (the “Effective Date”), is (a) adopted by the Members (as defined herein) and (b) executed and agreed to, for good and valuable consideration, by the Members.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company was formed as a limited liability company pursuant to the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act by filing a Certificate of Formation with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 1, 2017 (the “Formation Date”) under the name “Vine Resources Holdings LLC”;

WHEREAS, on the Formation Date, Vine Oil & Gas Holdings LLC entered into the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (the “Initial LLC Agreement”);

WHEREAS, on February [ ], 2021, the Company changed its name from “Vine Resources Holdings LLC” to “Vine Energy Holdings LLC”;

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement, the Company entered into the Master Reorganization Agreement with the other parties contained therein (the “Master Reorganization Agreement”), pursuant to which the parties therein have agreed to consummate the reorganization of the Company and certain of its Affiliates and to take the other actions contemplated therein;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Master Reorganization Agreement, the Company has agreed to, among other things and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (i) grant Class A Units (as defined herein) to Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“VEI”), and certain subsidiaries thereof and (ii) Class B Units to Vine Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment”), Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment”) and Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment” and together with Vine Investment and Brix Investment, the “Investment Entities”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Master Reorganization Agreement, VEI is issuing shares of its Class B common stock, par value $0.01 (“Class B Stock”), to each of the Investment Entities;

WHEREAS, each share of Class B Stock, together with a corresponding Class B Unit, may be exchanged for one share of VEI Class A common stock, par value $0.01 (“Class A Stock”), pursuant to the terms of that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of [                ], 2021, by and between the Company, VEI and the Investment Entities (the “Exchange Agreement”);

 

1


WHEREAS, the Members are entering into this Agreement in order to amend and restate the Initial LLC Agreement in its entirety; and

WHEREAS, for the foregoing purposes the Parties wish to enter into this Agreement to, among other things, (a) amend and restate the Initial LLC Agreement in its entirety; (b) admit as Members, the Persons specified on Exhibit A, (c) provide for the management of the Company and (d) set forth their respective rights and obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby confirmed and acknowledged), the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Specific Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.

Additional Call Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b)(i).

Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account, with respect to each Member, maintained for such Member as of the end of each taxable year of the Company, (a) increased by any amounts that such Member is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)), and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all deductions in respect of depletion that, as of the end of such taxable year, are expected to be made to such Member’s Capital Account in respect of the oil and gas properties of the Company, (ii) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Member in subsequent years under sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation section 1.751.1(b)(2)(ii), and (iii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such taxable year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Member in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Member’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i) or Section 5.1(b)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2(d).

 

2


Affiliate” means, when used with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person in question; provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone and its Affiliates (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) shall not be considered Affiliates of one another solely by virtue of their ownership or Control of the Company.

Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1.

Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the Fair Market Value of such property at the time of contribution as determined by the Managing Member.

Agreement” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company (including any schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto), as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Assignee” means any Person that acquires an interest in any Membership Interest but has not been admitted as a Member in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Available Cash” means, as of any date of determination with respect to a quarterly cash distribution to be made to certain of the Members pursuant to Section 5.3(b), the following, without duplication:

(a) the cash, cash equivalents and liquid assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries from any and all sources (other than Capital Contributions and the proceeds of indebtedness for borrowed money) as of the end of the quarter preceding the quarter in which the distribution is to be made, less

(b) as of the end of the quarter preceding the quarter in which the distribution is to be made, the costs and expenses paid by the Company and its Subsidiaries and amounts reserved for payment of costs, including capital costs and operating costs and expenses (including costs and administrative expenses and including the payment of any transaction fee or any monitoring fee payable in respect of such quarter), production taxes and other applicable taxes and similar amounts, debt service, or other reasonable reserves determined in good faith by the Managing Member.

Blackstone” means the Blackstone Group L.P., together with any investment funds affiliated with or managed by the Blackstone Group L.P.

Blocker 1” means [•].

Blocker 2” means [•].

Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date.

Brix Investment” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

3


Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by applicable Law to be closed in New York, New York or Dallas, Texas.

Call Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b).

Call Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(b).

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for each Member pursuant to Section 4.2.

Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Member contributes to the Company in respect of Membership Interests.

Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all Depreciation, depletion (including Simulated Depletion), amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Members’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Company property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2(d) to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Company properties, as deemed appropriate by the Managing Member.

Cash Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Cash Election Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

Class A Member” means all Members holding a Class A Unit, including upon any Transfer of Class A Units permitted by this Agreement. The term “Class A Member” is intended to include and shall be deemed to include all such Members holding Class A Units whether or not references to the term “Class A Member” herein are singular or plural, unless otherwise stated herein.

Class A Member Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

Class A Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class A Unit” means a Membership Interest designated as a Class A Unit.

Class B Member” means all Members holding a Class B Unit, including upon any Transfer of any Class B Units permitted by this Agreement. The term “Class B Member” is intended to include and shall be deemed to include all such Members holding Class B Units whether or not references to the term “Class B Member” herein are singular or plural, unless otherwise stated herein.

 

4


Class B Stock” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Class B Unit” means a Membership Interest designated as a Class B Unit.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Company Minimum Gain” has the meaning given the term “partnership minimum gain” in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(b)(2) and the amount of which shall be determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(d).

Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.11(a).

Consent” means the affirmative consent of the indicated party (including the Managing Member) to the action requested in accordance with the terms hereof and any applicable requirements of the Act.

Consolidated” refers to the consolidation of any Person, in accordance with GAAP, with its properly consolidated Subsidiaries. References herein to a Person’s Consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. refer to the consolidated financial statements, financial position, financial condition, liabilities, etc. of such Person and its properly consolidated Subsidiaries.

Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Company. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

Control” (including its derivatives and similar terms) means possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of any such relevant Person by ownership of voting interest, by contract or otherwise.

Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction or loss pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1(b)(ix).

Debt Securities” means, with respect to VEI, any and all debt instruments or debt securities that are not convertible or exchangeable into equity securities of VEI.

Depreciation” means, for any Fiscal Year or other period, except as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-3(d)(2), an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such year or other period, except that, if the Carrying Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such year or other period, Depreciation will be an amount that bears the same ratio to such beginning Carrying Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year or other period bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; except that if the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such year is zero, Depreciation will be determined with reference to such beginning Carrying Value using any method reasonably selected by the Tax Matters Partner.

 

5


Dissolution Event” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation section 1.752-2(a).

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Estimated Tax Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

Estimated Tax Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

Exchange Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Fair Market Value” means the value of any specified interest or property as determined by the Managing Member (acting reasonably), which shall not in any event be less than zero, that would be obtained in an arm’s-length transaction for cash between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to purchase or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Class A Stock are publicly traded securities at the time of determination, the Fair Market Value of the Class A Stock shall equal the volume weighted average price of a share of Class A Stock for the ten (10) trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date of determination.

Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company, and its taxable year for federal income tax purposes, each of which shall be the calendar year unless otherwise established by the Managing Member.

Formation Date” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

GAAP” means those generally accepted accounting principles and practices that are recognized as such by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any generally recognized successor) and that, in the case of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, are applied for all periods after the date hereof in a consistent manner. If any change in any accounting principle or practice is required by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or any such successor) in order for such principle or practice to continue as a generally accepted accounting principle or practice, all reports and financial statements required hereunder with respect to the Company or with respect to the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries shall be prepared in accordance with such change.

Governmental Authority” means any legislature, court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, department, commission, division, board, bureau, branch, official or other instrumentality of the U.S., or any domestic state, county, city, tribal or other political subdivision, governmental department or similar governing entity, and including any governmental, quasi-governmental, regulatory, administrative or non-governmental body exercising similar powers of authority.

 

6


Harvest Investment” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Incentive Plan” means any incentive equity plan or similar equity compensation arrangement adopted by the board of directors of VEI for employees of VEI and its Subsidiaries (including the Company), including, but not limited to, the Vine Energy Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended, modified, restated or replaced from time to time.

Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Initial LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Investment Entity” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Laws” means all federal, state and local statutes, laws (including common law), rules, regulations, codes, orders, ordinances, licenses, writs, injunctions, judgments, subpoenas, awards and decrees and other legally enforceable requirements enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated by any Governmental Authority.

Liabilities” means, as to any Person, all liabilities and obligations of such Person, whether matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, primary or secondary, direct or indirect, absolute, fixed or contingent, and whether or not required to be considered pursuant to GAAP.

Liquidator” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Managing Member” means VEI or its successor, in its capacity as the managing member of the Company.

Master Reorganization Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Member” means any Person executing this Agreement as of the date of this Agreement as a Member or any Person hereafter admitted to the Company as a new Member as provided in this Agreement, but does not include any Assignee or any Person who has ceased to be a Member in the Company.

Member Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.17.

Member Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth for “partner nonrecourse liability” in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(b)(4).

Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth for the term “partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain” in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(i)(2).

Member Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction, expenditure (including any expenditure described in section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code), Simulated Depletion or Simulated Loss that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt.

 

7


Membership Interest” means the limited liability company interest of a Member in the Company.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.

Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Members if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction, expenditure (described in section 705(a)(2)(b) of the Code), Simulated Depletion or Simulated Loss that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(b)(1), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning assigned to such term in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(b)(3).

Officers” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).

Other Business” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b).

Other Indemnification Agreement” means one or more certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, limited partnership agreement, limited liability company operating agreement, limited partnership agreement and any other organizational document, and insurance policies maintained by any Member or Affiliate thereof providing for, among other things, indemnification of and advancement of expenses for any Indemnitee for, among other things, the same matters that are subject to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

Parties” means the Members and the Company.

Partnership Representative” means the “partnership representative” as defined in section 6223 of the Code.

Partnership Tax Audit Rules” means sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code, together with any guidance issued thereunder or successor provisions and any similar provision of state and local tax laws.

Percentage Interest” means, as of any date with respect to any Member, a percentage equal to (A) the aggregate number of Membership Interests owned by such Member as of such date divided by (B) the aggregate number of all Membership Interests issued and outstanding as of such date. As of the Effective Date and as further set forth on Exhibit A, the Percentage Interest of: (i) Vine Investment is [                ]%, (ii) Brix Investment is [                ]%, (iii) Harvest Investment is [                ]% and (iv) the Class A Members is [                ]%.

 

8


Permitted Transferees” means (i) Blackstone and its Affiliates, (ii) an investment vehicle wholly-owned and controlled by the transferor and/or family members (in accordance with the following clause (iii)) or (iii) family members (within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act; provided, that with respect to the foregoing clauses such Transferee is an “accredited investor”, as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D, promulgated under the Securities Act, and the transferor remains liable for all obligations under this Agreement related to the Transferred Membership Interest; provided, further, that in the case of any Transfer pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) the transferor retains voting control and rights of notice with respect to such Transferred Membership Interests, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Agreement (including Section 3.3) to the contrary, if any Person acquires Membership Interests pursuant to clauses (ii) or (iii) above by virtue of (x) such Person’s qualification as a family member of the transferor or (y) such Person’s qualification as an investment vehicle wholly-owned and controlled by the transferor, and such Person shall, at any time, cease to be a family member of the transferor or an investment vehicle wholly-owned and controlled by the transferor, as applicable, then such Person shall be required to transfer such Person’s Membership Interests, as applicable, back to the original transferor.

Person” means any individual or entity, including any corporation, limited liability company, partnership (whether, general, limited or otherwise), joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Authority.

Proceeding” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Redeeming Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Redemption” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Redemption Date” means (a) the later of (i) the date that is five Business Days after the Redemption Notice Date and (ii) if the Company or VEI has made a valid Cash Election with respect to the relevant Redemption, the first Business Day on which the Company or VEI has available funds to pay the Cash Election Amount, which in no event shall be more than ten Business Days after the Redemption Notice Date, or (b) such later date specified in the Redemption Notice.

Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Redemption Notice Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).

Required Allocations” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 5.1(b)(i), Section 5.1(b)(ii), Section 5.1(b)(iii), Section 5.1(b)(iv), Section 5.1(b)(v), Section 5.1(b)(vi) or Section 5.1(b)(vii).

S & P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (a division of The McGraw Hill Companies), or its successor.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

9


Security Interest” means any security interest, lien, mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, purchase option or other similar adverse claim or obligation, whether created by operation of Law or otherwise, created by any Person in any of its property or rights.

Simulated Basis” means, with respect to each oil and gas property, the Carrying Value of such property. For purposes of such computation, the Simulated Basis of each oil and gas property shall be allocated to each Member in accordance with such Member’s relative Percentage Interest as of the time such oil and gas property is acquired by the Company, and shall be reallocated among the Members in accordance with the Members’ relative Percentage Interest as determined immediately following the occurrence of an event giving rise to any adjustment to the Carrying Values of the Company’s oil and gas properties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

Simulated Depletion” means a depletion allowance computed for each oil and gas property as determined in accordance with Section 5.2(b)(i) of this Agreement provided that such Simulated Depletion shall not exceed such oil and gas property’s Simulated Basis prior to the adjustment that is caused by such depletion allowance.

Simulated Gain or Loss” means the simulated gain or loss computed with respect to a sale or other disposition of an oil and gas property pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(k)(2) as more specifically set forth in Section 5.2(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any relevant Person as of the date the determination is being made, any other Person that (a) is Controlled (directly or indirectly) by such Person and (b) the equity entitled to vote to elect the board of directors, board of managers or other governing authority of which is more than fifty percent (50%) owned (directly or indirectly) by the relevant Person.

Tax Advances” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

Tax Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

Tax Matters Partner” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

Tax Receivable Agreement” means that certain Tax Receivable Agreement dated as of [], 2021 by and among VEI and the other parties thereto.

Third Party” means any Person other than a Member, its Affiliates and the Company.

Transfer”, “Transferred” or “Transferring” means, with respect to a Membership Interest, (a) a direct voluntary or involuntary, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange, bequest, devise, gift or any other alienation, including any pledge or grant of a Security Interest, (in each case, with or without consideration and whether by operation of Law or otherwise, including, by merger or consolidation) of any rights, interests or obligations with respect to all or any portion of such Membership Interest, or (b) a grant or sufferance of a Security Interest on all or any portion of such Membership Interest.

Transferee” means a Person who receives all or part of a Member’s Membership Interest through a Transfer.

 

10


Treasury Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code, as may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of successor regulations).

Unpaid Indemnity Amounts” means any amount that the Company fails to indemnify or advance to an Indemnitee as required by Article VII of this Agreement.

Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Fair Market Value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 4.2(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.2(d) as of such date).

Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Company property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 4.2(d) as of such date) over (b) the Fair Market Value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 4.2(d)).

VEI” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Vine Investment” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

1.2 Other Terms. Other capitalized terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and shall have the meaning so given.

1.3 Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine, and neuter, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. All references to Articles and Sections refer to articles and sections of this Agreement, and all references to Exhibits are to exhibits attached hereto, each of which is incorporated herein for all purposes. Article and section titles or headings are for convenience only and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of the Agreement itself, and all references herein to articles, sections or subdivisions thereof shall refer to the corresponding article, section or subdivision thereof of this Agreement unless specific reference is made to such articles, sections or subdivisions of another document or instrument. Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, the words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” and the words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular section or Article in which such words appear.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

2.1 Formation. The Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company by the filing of a Certificate of Formation (as may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act on the Formation Date. This Agreement is adopted and agreed to by the Members to set forth their agreement with respect to the Company’s business and the rights, duties and obligations of the Members.

 

11


2.2 Name. The name of the Company is “Vine Energy Holdings LLC” and all Company business shall be conducted in that name or such other names that comply with Law as the Managing Member may select from time to time.

2.3 Principal U.S. Office; Registered Office and Registered Agent; Other Offices. The registered office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be the registered office named in the Certificate or such other office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by Law. The registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be the registered agent named in the Certificate or such other Person as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by Law. The principal office of the Company shall be at such place as the Managing Member may designate from time to time (which may be within or outside of the State of Delaware), and the Managing Member may designate additional offices, places of business and/or agents from time to time as deemed advisable.

2.4 Purpose. The Company was formed for the object and purpose of, and the nature and character of the business to be conducted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

2.5 Foreign Qualification. Prior to the Company’s conducting business in any jurisdiction other than Delaware, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to comply, to the extent procedures are available and those matters are reasonably within the control of the Company, with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company, and, if necessary, to make such filings and take such actions as may be required to keep the Company in good standing in that jurisdiction. Each Member agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such certificates and other instruments, if any, that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue or terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.

2.6 Term. Subject to earlier termination pursuant to other provisions of this Agreement (including those contained in Article X), the term of the Company shall be perpetual.

2.7 Business Opportunities.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, but subject to Section 2.7(d), Blackstone and its Affiliates may, during the term of the Company, engage in and possess an interest for their respective accounts in other business ventures of every nature and description, independently or with others, and neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor any other Member shall have any right in or to said independent ventures or any income or profits derived from said independent ventures and, unless Blackstone or its Affiliates expressly agree otherwise in this Agreement or another written agreement, no such Person or any director, officer, manager or employee of such Person who may serve as an officer, manager, director and/or employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries shall be liable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by virtue of being a Member or an Affiliate of a Member by reason of activity undertaken by such Person or by any other Person in which such Person may have an investment or other financial interest which is in competition with the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

12


(b) Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.7, Blackstone and its Affiliates (including one or more associated investment funds or portfolio companies) shall have the right: (i) to directly or indirectly engage in any business permitted by applicable Law (including, without limitation, financial or investment advisory services, investment management or any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Company and its Subsidiaries) (an “Other Business”) and receive compensation or derive profits therefrom; (ii) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) to develop a strategic relationship with an Other Business; and (iv) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities relating to an Other Business to the Company or its Subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for themselves (and their agents, partners or Affiliates), and to direct any such opportunity to another Person. The other Members will not acquire or be entitled to any interest or participation in any Other Business (except as expressly provided in any agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries) as a result of the participation therein of Blackstone or any of its Affiliates. The involvement of Blackstone or any of its Affiliates in any Other Business (except as expressly provided in any agreement with the Company or its Subsidiaries) will not constitute a conflict of interest by such Persons with respect to the Company or the Members or any of their respective Affiliates.

(c) None of Blackstone or its Affiliates shall have any duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates or equityholders or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 2.7(b), and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its Affiliates and equityholders, hereby irrevocably waives any right to require Blackstone or any of its Affiliates to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this paragraph. None of Blackstone or its Affiliates shall be liable to the Company or any of its Affiliates or equityholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 2.7, or of any such Person’s participation therein.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2.7 is meant to limit the confidentiality undertakings of the Members described in Section 13.11(a).

ARTICLE III

MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS AND TRANSFERS

3.1 Classes and Series of Membership Interests; Members.

(a) Classes. Each Member’s relative rights, privileges, preferences, restrictions and obligations with respect to the Company are represented by such Member’s Membership Interests. The Company is hereby authorized to issue two (2) classes of Membership Interests, the Class A Units and Class B Units, each with such rights, privileges, preferences, restrictions and obligations as provided in this Agreement and, to the extent applicable, the Act. A total of [                ] Class A Units are hereby authorized for issuance, and [                ] Class B Units are hereby authorized for issuance. Membership Interests may be issued in whole or fractional interests. A Member may

 

13


own one or more classes of Membership Interests, and the ownership of one class of Membership Interests shall not affect the rights, privileges, preferences or obligations of a Member with respect to the other class of Membership Interests owned by such Member. Any reference herein to a holder of a class of Membership Interests shall be deemed to refer to such holder only to the extent of such holder’s ownership of such class or series of Membership Interests.

(b) Members. At the Effective Date, and upon the execution and delivery by the Members of this Agreement and the consummation of the transaction contemplated by the Master Reorganization Agreement, the Company issued:

(i) [                ] Class A Units to VEI pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, and VEI was admitted to the Company as a Class A Member;

(ii) [                ] Class A Units to Blocker 1 pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, and Blocker 1 was admitted to the Company as a Class A Member;

(iii) [                ] Class A Units to Blocker 2 pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, and Blocker 2 was admitted to the Company as a Class A Member;

(iv) [                ] Class B Units to Vine Investment pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, and Vine Investment was admitted to the Company as a Class B Member;

(v) [                ] Class B Units to Brix Investment pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, and Brix Investment was admitted to the Company as a Class B Member; and

(vi) [                ] Class B Units to Harvest Investment pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Master Reorganization Agreement, and Harvest Investment was admitted to the Company as a Class B Member.

(c) Additional Persons may be admitted to the Company as new Members only as provided in this Agreement.

(d) Amendments to Exhibit A. The Membership Interests and respective Percentage Interests held by each Member are set forth on Exhibit A hereto. Exhibit A shall be amended from time to time to reflect changes and adjustments resulting from (i) the admission of any new Member, (ii) any Transfer of Membership Interests in accordance with this Agreement and/or (iii) any Capital Contributions made, changes to Percentage Interests or additional Membership Interests issued, in each case as permitted by this Agreement (provided, that a failure to reflect such change or adjustment on Exhibit A shall not prevent any otherwise valid change or adjustment from being effective). Any reference in this Agreement to Exhibit A shall be deemed a reference to the Exhibit A as amended in accordance with this Section 3.1(d) and in effect from time to time.

 

14


(e) Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications. The Company shall not in any manner subdivide (by any split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combine (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) the outstanding Class A Units or Class B Units unless an identical event is occurring with respect to the Class A Stock or Class B Stock, respectively, in which event the Class A Units or Class B Units, as applicable, shall be subdivided or combined concurrently with and in the same manner as the Class A Stock or Class B Stock.

(f) Cancellation of Class A Stock and Class A Units. At any time a share of Class A Stock is redeemed, repurchased, acquired, cancelled or terminated by a Class A Member, the Company shall redeem, repurchase, acquire, cancel or terminate, as applicable, one (1) Class A Unit (or other economically equivalent equity interest) registered in the name of such Class A Member upon the same terms and for the same price as the Class A Stock so that the aggregate number of Class A Units held by such Class A Member at all times equals the number of shares of Class A Stock issued outstanding.

(g) Offerings of Class A Stock. At any time VEI issues a share of Class A Stock or other equity security other than pursuant to an Incentive Plan, the net proceeds received by VEI with respect to such share of Class A Stock or equity security, if any, shall be concurrently contributed to the Company and the Company shall issue to VEI one (1) Class A Unit (or in the event of an issuance of other equity securities, the corresponding equivalent number of Class A Units) registered in the name of VEI; provided, however, that if VEI issues any shares of Class A Stock in order to purchase or fund the purchase from a Member of a number of Class B Units (and the corresponding number of shares of Class B Stock) equal to the number of shares of Class A Stock so issued, then such purchased Class B Units shall automatically convert into Class A Units and the Company shall not issue any new Class A Units in connection therewith.

(h) Incentive Plan Awards. At any time VEI issues one or more shares of Class A Stock pursuant to an Incentive Plan, whether such share or shares are issued upon exercise of an option, settlement of a restricted stock unit, as restricted stock or otherwise, the Company shall issue to VEI a corresponding number of Class A Units; provided, that VEI shall be required to concurrently contribute the net proceeds (if any) received by VEI from or otherwise in connection with such corresponding issuance of one or more shares of Class A Stock, including the exercise price of any option exercised, to the Company. If any such shares of Class A Stock so issued by VEI in connection with an Incentive Plan are subject to vesting or forfeiture provisions, then the Class A Units that are issued by the Company to VEI in connection therewith in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.1(h) shall be subject to vesting or forfeiture on the same basis (and, if any of such shares of Class A Stock vest or are forfeited, then a corresponding number of the Class A Units issued by the Company in accordance with the preceding provisions of this Section 3.1(h) shall automatically vest or be forfeited). Any cash or property held by either VEI or the Company or on either’s behalf in respect of dividends paid on restricted Class A Stock that fails to vest shall be returned to the Company upon the forfeiture of such restricted Class A Stock.

(i) Issuances of Debt Securities. If at any time VEI or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) issues Debt Securities, VEI or such Subsidiary shall transfer to the Company (in a manner to be determined by the Managing Member in its reasonable discretion) the proceeds received by VEI or such Subsidiary in exchange for such Debt Securities in a manner that directly or indirectly burdens the Company with the repayment of the Debt Securities.

 

15


3.2 Number of Members. The number of Members of the Company shall never be fewer than one (1).

3.3 Representations and Warranties. Each Member hereby represents, warrants and acknowledges to the Company that: (a) such Member has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company and is making an informed investment decision with respect thereto; (b) such Member is acquiring interests in the Company for investment only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution to the public or public offering thereof; and (c) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by such Member.

3.4 Restrictions on the Transfer of Interests.

(a) Permitted Transfers. Except for Transfers to Permitted Transferees or Transfers made in accordance with Section 3.1(f) or Section 3.6, no Member shall Transfer all or any portion of such Member’s Membership Interests, without the prior written Consent of the Managing Member, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole discretion of the Managing Member. Any purported Transfer in breach of the terms of this Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and the Company shall not recognize any such prohibited Transfer on its books and records. Any Member who Transfers or attempts to Transfer any Membership Interests except in compliance herewith shall be liable to, and shall indemnify and hold harmless, the Company and the other Members for all costs, expenses, damages and other liabilities resulting therefrom. In connection with the Transfer of any Membership Interests, the holder of such Membership Interests shall deliver prior written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer at least one (1) Business Day prior thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, all Transfers to Permitted Transferees shall also comply with Sections 3.4(b) to 3.4(e).

(b) Securities Laws. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no Membership Interest shall be Transferred except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration and/or qualification under the Securities Act and any other applicable securities Laws.

(c) Effect of Permitted Transfer. Any Transfer of a Membership Interest that complies with Section 3.4(a) and Section 3.4(b) shall be effective to assign the right to become a Member, and, without the need for any action or Consent of any other Person, a Transferee of such Membership Interest shall automatically be admitted as a Member upon such Transferee’s delivery to the Managing Member of an executed customary joinder agreement prepared by the Company. As a condition to the Company’s obligation to effect a Transfer permitted hereunder, any Transferee of Membership Interests shall be required to (i) become a party to this Agreement as a Member and shall have the rights and obligations of a Member hereunder, (ii) expressly assume all liabilities and obligations of the Transferring Member (or its applicable Affiliates) to the Company or the other Members and (iii) if the

 

16


Transferee is to be admitted to the Company as a new Member, acknowledge the representations and warranties in Section 3.3 are true and correct with respect to such Transferee as of the date such Person is to become a Member. Each Transfer is effective against the Company as of the first Business Day following delivery of the joinder agreement to the Company.

(d) Expenses. Except as provided in Section 3.4(a), the Company shall bear any ordinary course expenses it may incur in connection with effecting any Transfer of any Membership Interests. Any transfer or similar taxes arising as a result of the Transfer of a Member’s Membership Interest shall be paid by the Transferring Member.

(e) Distributions. Any distribution or payment made by the Company to the Transferring Member prior to such time as the Transferee was admitted as a Member pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the Transfer of such Transferring Member’s Membership Interests shall constitute a release of the Company, the Managing Member, and the Members, of all liability to such Assignee or new Member who may be interested in such distribution or payment by reason of such Transfer.

3.5 Change in Business Form.

(a) If the Managing Member approves the reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries into another business form, each Member hereby consents to such reorganization or election and shall vote for (to the extent such Member has voting rights), raise no objections against such reorganization, and each Member shall take such actions as are reasonably requested by the Managing Member in connection with the consummation of such reorganization of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as determined by the Managing Member. The method of effecting such reorganization shall be determined by the Managing Member.

(b) In connection with any such reorganization, (i) the organizational documents of the reorganized entity shall provide that the rights and obligations of the Members hereunder shall continue to apply substantially in accordance with the terms hereof, except to the extent the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing and (ii) each Membership Interest shall (effective upon and subject to the consummation of such reorganization) convert into equity securities of the reorganized entity and shall be allocated among the Members such that each Member shall receive equity securities in the or reorganization entity with substantially similar economic rights as such Member’s former Membership Interests.

3.6 Exchange of Units.

(a) Investment Entity Exchange Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Exchange Agreement, each Investment Entity and its respective successors and assigns (the “Redeeming Member”) shall be entitled to exchange with the Company, at any time and from time to time upon delivery of a written notice (the “Redemption Notice”) to the Company, with a copy to VEI (the date of delivery of such Redemption Notice, the “Redemption Notice Date”), any or all of such Investment Entity’s or its successors’ and assigns’ Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Stock) for an equivalent number of shares of Class A Stock or, at VEI’s option, subject and pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Exchange

 

17


Agreement, cash (a “Cash Election” and, such amount, the “Cash Election Amount”) as set forth in the Exchange Agreement (each such transaction, a “Redemption”). Any such Redemption shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Redeeming Member’s Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Stock) to VEI in exchange for shares of Class A Stock or cash, as applicable.

(b) VEI Call Rights. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.6, a Redeeming Member shall be deemed to have offered to sell its Class B Units as described in the Redemption Notice to VEI, and VEI may, in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, this Section 3.6(b) (a “Call Election Notice”), elect to purchase directly and acquire such Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Stock) on the Redemption Date by transferring to the Redeeming Member the number of shares of Class A Stock the Redeeming Member (or its designee) would otherwise receive pursuant to Section 3.6(a) and the Exchange Agreement or, at VEI’s election, an amount of cash equal to the Cash Election Amount of such shares of Class A Stock (the “Call Right”), whereupon VEI shall acquire the Class B Units offered for redemption by the Redeeming Member (together with the same number of shares of Class B Stock). VEI shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Class B Units; provided, that if VEI funds the Cash Election Amount through the issuance of equity securities of VEI other than shares of Class A Stock, such Class B Units will be reclassified into another equity security of the Company if the Managing Member determines such reclassification is necessary. VEI may, at any time prior to the Redemption Date, in its sole discretion, deliver a Call Election Notice to the Company and the Redeeming Member setting forth its election to exercise its Call Right. A Call Election Notice may be revoked by VEI at any time; provided, that any such revocation does not prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate a Redemption on the Redemption Date. Except as otherwise provided by this Section 3.6(b), an exercise of the Call Right shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe and in the same manner as the relevant Redemption would have been consummated if VEI had not delivered a Call Election Notice. In the event VEI elects to exercise its Call Right with respect to an Investment Entity, then VEI must also simultaneously exercise the Call Right with respect to each Investment Entity that is participating in concurrently occurring Exchanges.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Capital Contributions; Return of Cash.

(a) General. Following the Effective Date, no Member shall be required to make any Capital Contributions to the Company, except as otherwise agreed to in writing by such Member, and any Capital Contributions following the Effective Date shall be made as detailed in, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.1(b).

 

18


(b) Capital Calls.

(i) To the extent approved by the Managing Member, from time to time, additional Capital Contributions may be called for from the Members if the Managing Member determines that such additional Capital Contributions are necessary for the conduct of the Company’s business (any such additional Capital Contributions called for from the Members by the Managing Member, being hereinafter referred to as an “Additional Call Amount”). In that event, the Members shall have the opportunity, but not the obligation, to participate in such additional Capital Contributions in accordance with their Percentage Interest. To the extent that some Members elect not to make an additional Capital Contribution, those Members that do elect to make an additional Capital Contribution shall have the opportunity, but not the obligation, to increase their additional Capital Contributions pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests such that the total of the additional Capital Contribution equals the Additional Call Amount.

(ii) Upon the funding of any Capital Contribution by a Member pursuant to clause (i) above, such Member shall be issued a number of additional Class A or Class B Units, as applicable, equal to the amount of the Capital Contribution made by such Member in respect of such Capital Contribution divided by the Fair Market Value of such Class A Units and Class B Units. Exhibit A and the books and records of the Company shall be thereafter amended accordingly.

4.2 Capital Accounts. The Company shall maintain for each Member a separate Capital Account in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv) and in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Each Member’s Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Company by such Member pursuant to this Agreement (net of any liabilities assumed by the Company in connection with such Capital Contributions and any liabilities to which any property comprising such Capital Contributions is subject), and (ii) all items of Company income and gain (including Simulated Gain and income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 4.2(b) and allocated with respect to such Member pursuant to Section 5.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Agreed Value of property actually or deemed distributed to such Member pursuant to this Agreement (net of liabilities assumed by such Member and the liabilities to which such property is subject), and (y) all items of Company deduction and loss (including Simulated Loss and Simulated Depletion) computed in accordance with Section 4.2(b) and allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 5.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article V and is to be reflected in the Members’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes, provided, that:

(i) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Company to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Membership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Members pursuant to Section 5.1.

 

19


(ii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss, deduction, Simulated Depletion, Simulated Gain and Simulated Loss shall be made without regard to any election under section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Company and, as to those items described in section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iii) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such items, there shall be taken into account Depreciation, computed in accordance with the definition of “Depreciation.”

(iv) For purposes of determining income, gain, loss, and deduction, or any other item allocable to any period, such items will be determined on a daily, monthly or other basis, as reasonably determined by the Managing Member using any permissible method under Code section 706 and the related Treasury Regulations.

(v) If the Carrying Value of any asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any gain or loss resulting from a disposition of such asset shall be calculated with reference to such Carrying Value.

(vi) In the event an adjustment to the Carrying Value of the assets of the Company occurs pursuant to Section 4.2(d), any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized loss shall be treated as having been actually realized.

(c) A Transferee shall succeed to the pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Membership Interest so Transferred. Except as otherwise provided herein, all items of income, gain, expense, loss, deduction, and credit allocable to any Membership Interest that may have been Transferred during any calendar year shall, if permitted by law, be allocated between the transferor and the transferee based on the portion of the calendar year during which each was recognized as owning that Membership Interest, based upon the interim closing of the books method or such other method as agreed between the transferor, the transferee and the Company; provided however, that this allocation must be made in accordance with a method permissible under section 706 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

(d) In accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), (i) on an issuance of additional Membership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, (ii) immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Member of any Company property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Membership Interest) or (iii) upon the occurrence of any other event provided in such Treasury Regulation, the Capital Accounts of

 

20


all Members and the Carrying Value of each Company property immediately prior to such issuance or adjustment shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Company property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance or adjustment and had been allocated to the Members at such time pursuant to Section 5.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated, provided, however, that such adjustments shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and Fair Market Value of all Company assets (including cash and cash equivalents) immediately prior to the event triggering such adjustment shall be determined by the Managing Member using such method of valuation as it may adopt. The Managing Member shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Company (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a Fair Market Value for individual properties.

4.3 Contributions of Contributed Property. Except as set forth within the Master Reorganization Agreement, all Capital Contributions currently contemplated by this Agreement are to be made in readily available cash funds. To the extent that, as determined by the Managing Member, any subsequent Capital Contribution is made in the form of Contributed Property, any costs or expenses associated with the transfer, assignment, conveyance or recordation of such Contributed Property, including any taxes in respect thereof, shall be borne by the Member making such contribution, and any such costs or expenses, whether paid directly by the Member or reimbursed to the Company, shall not be deemed Capital Contributions.

ARTICLE V

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts, the Company’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 4.2(b)) shall be allocated among the Members in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

(a) General. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of income, gain, loss and deduction (including items of gross income, Simulated Gain, Simulated Loss, Simulated Depletion and income and gain exempt from tax) shall be allocated between the Members in a manner such that, after giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 5.1(c), the Capital Account of each Member, immediately after making such allocation, is, as nearly as possible, equal (proportionately) to (i) the distributions that would be made to such Member pursuant to Section 10.2(d) if the Company were dissolved, its affairs wound up and its assets sold for cash equal to their Carrying Value, all Company liabilities were satisfied (limited with respect to each nonrecourse liability to the Carrying Value of the assets securing such liability), and the net assets of the Company were distributed in accordance with Section 10.2(d)(ii) to the Members immediately after making such allocation minus (ii) such Member’s share of Company Minimum Gain and Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, computed immediately prior to the hypothetical sale of assets.

 

21


(b) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period in the following order and priority:

(i) Company Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1, if there is a net decrease in Company Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, each Member shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such taxable period (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation sections 1.704-2(f)(6) and (g)(2) and section 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provisions. This Section 5.1(b)(i) is intended to comply with the Company Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Minimum Gain Attributable to Member Nonrecourse Debt. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1(b)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Fiscal Year, any Member with a share of Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such Fiscal Year shall be allocated items of Company income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, subsequent taxable periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. This Section 5.1(b)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4) through (6), items of Company income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(iii) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit in such Member’s Adjusted Capital Account after all other allocations provided in this Article V have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.1(b)(iii) were not a part of this Agreement. This Section 5.1(b)(iii) is intended to be a “qualified income offset” as that term is used in Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iv) Stop Loss. No amount of loss or deduction shall be allocated pursuant to Section 5.1(a) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Member to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such Fiscal Year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account). All loss and deductions in excess of the limitation set forth in the preceding sentence shall be allocated among such other Members, who have positive Adjusted Capital Account balances, in proportion thereto until each Member’s Adjusted Capital Account balance is reduced to zero.

 

22


(v) Gross Income Allocations. In the event any Member has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Company taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Member is obligated to restore pursuant to any provision of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Member is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulations sections 1.704.2(g) and 1.704(i)(5), such Member shall be specially allocated items of Company gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account after all other allocations provided in this Section 5.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 5.1(b)(v) and Section 5.1(b)(iii) were not in the Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Members in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(vii) Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Member Nonrecourse Deductions for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated one hundred percent (100%) to the Member that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to such Member Nonrecourse Debt to which such Member Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Member bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Member Nonrecourse Debt, such Member Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Members in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Members agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Company in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Company Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests.

(ix) Simulated Depletion/Loss. Simulated Depletion and Simulated Loss with respect to each oil and gas property (as defined in Section 614 of the Code) will be allocated in proportion to the manner in which the Simulated Basis of such property is allocated among the Members.

(x) Curative Allocation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to each Member pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Member under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocations not otherwise been provided in this Section 5.1. It is the intention of the Members that allocations pursuant to this Section 5.1(b)(x) be made among the Members in a manner that is likely to minimize economic distortions.

 

23


(c) Allocations on Liquidation. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article V, after taking into account the special allocations in Section 5.1(b), in the year in which the Company liquidates pursuant to Article X and all subsequent years (and for any prior years with respect to which the due date (without regard to extensions) for the filing of the Company’s federal income tax return has not passed as of the date of the liquidation), all items of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in a manner reasonably determined by Managing Member as shall cause to the nearest extent possible the Capital Account of each Member to equal the amount to be distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 10.2(d)(ii).

5.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Members in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 5.1.

(b) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, allocations of depletion with respect to each oil and gas property (as defined in section 614 of the Code) and gain and losses therefrom shall be governed by the following:

(i) For purposes of such computations, the federal income tax basis of each oil and gas property shall be allocated to each Member in accordance with such Member’s respective Percentage Interest as of the time such oil and gas property is acquired by the Company, and shall be reallocated among the Members in accordance with the Members’ respective Percentage Interests as determined immediately following the occurrence of an event giving rise to an adjustment to the Carrying Values of the Company’s oil and gas properties pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (or at the time of any material additions to the federal income tax basis of such oil and gas property). Such allocations are intended to be applied in accordance with the “partners’ interests in partnership capital” under section 613A(c)(7)(D) of the Code; provided, that the Members understand and agree that the Managing Member may authorize special allocations of tax basis, income, gain, deduction or loss, as computed for federal income tax purposes, in order to eliminate differences between Simulated Basis and adjusted federal income tax basis with respect to any oil and gas properties, in such manner as determined consistent with the principles of section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 5.2(c) hereof.

 

24


(ii) For purposes of the separate computation of gain or loss by each Member on the taxable sale or other disposition of an oil and gas property, the amount realized from such sale or disposition shall be allocated (i) first, to the Members in an amount equal to the Simulated Basis in such oil and gas property and in the same proportion as their shares thereof were allocated, and (ii) second, consistent with the allocation of Simulated Gains; provided, however, that the Members understand and agree that the Managing Member may authorize special allocations of tax basis, income, gain, deduction or loss, as computed for federal income tax purposes, in order to eliminate differences between Simulated Basis and adjusted federal income tax basis with respect to any oil and gas properties, in such manner as determined consistent with the principles of section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 5.2(c) hereof.

(iii) Each Member shall separately keep records of its share of the adjusted tax basis in each oil and gas property, adjust such share of the adjusted tax basis for any cost or percentage depletion allowable with respect to such property and use such adjusted tax basis in the computation of its cost depletion or in the computation of its gain or loss on the disposition of such property by the Company. Upon the request of the Company, each Member shall advise the Company of its adjusted tax basis in each oil and gas property and any depletion computed with respect thereto, both as computed in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. The Company may rely on such information and, if it is not provided by the Member, may make such reasonable assumptions as it shall determine with respect thereto.

(c) Notwithstanding any provisions contained herein to the contrary, solely for federal (and applicable state and local) income tax purposes, items of income, gain, depreciation, amortization, gain or loss with respect to property for which a Book-Tax Disparity exists, other than oil and gas properties (as defined in section 614 of the Code), shall be allocated so as to take into account the variation between the Company’s tax basis in such property and its Carrying Value consistent with Treasury Regulations sections 1.704-1(b)(4)(i) and 1.704-3. Such allocations shall be made in accordance with such methods provided for in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-3 as reasonably determined by the Managing Member.

(d) For the proper administration of the Company, the Managing Member shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including gross income or deductions); and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under section 704(b) or section 704(c) of the Code. The Managing Member may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 5.2(d) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments are consistent with the principles of section 704 of the Code and would not have a material adverse effect on any Member.

(e) All recapture of income tax deductions resulting from the taxable sale or other disposition of Company property shall, to the maximum extent possible, be allocated to the Member to whom the deduction that gave rise to such recapture was allocated hereunder to the extent that such Member is allocated any gain from the disposition of such property.

 

25


(f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Company for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Members in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to the election under section 754 of the Code that will be made by the Company; provided however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in any manner determined by the Managing Member) as necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

5.3 Requirement of Distributions.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3(b) and Section 10.2(d), distributions of assets and properties of the Company shall be made by the Company at such times as determined by the Managing Member in its sole discretion. Each distribution of cash or other property by the Company shall be made one hundred percent (100%) to the Members pro rata in accordance with each Member’s Percentage Interest. Distributions of cash shall be made to the Members by wire transfer or ACH to the account designated by the relevant Member. For purposes of the foregoing, if payments are made by or on behalf of the Company to a Member or an Affiliate thereof other than in respect of such Member’s Membership Interests (including in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money), then such payments shall not be considered a distribution for purposes of determining the allocation of a distribution pursuant to this Section 5.3(a).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member shall cause Available Cash to be distributed at least five (5) days prior to each of April 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 (or any other successor or substitute estimated tax payment date applicable to corporate taxpayers) (each an “Estimated Tax Payment Date”), with respect to the taxable period related to each Estimated Tax Payment Date (each, an “Estimated Tax Period”), to each Member. Such distributions shall be made pro rata to each Member based on such Member’s pro rata share of the Tax Amount (taking into account such Member’s Percentage Interest as of the date of such applicable distribution pursuant to this Section 5.3(b)); provided, that, a Member’s pro rata share of the Tax Amount will only be distributed to such Member to the extent that the aggregate amount previously distributed to such Member pursuant to Section 5.3(a) hereof or this Section 5.3(b) in such Fiscal Year is less than the amount required to be distributed to such Member on such Estimated Tax Payment Date under this Section 5.3(b); provided, further, that there will be an adjustment following each Fiscal Year (but no later than one (1) day prior to the due date for payment of U.S. federal taxes by a corporation), and the Company shall distribute any additional amounts as necessary to make the amounts previously distributed to a Member pursuant to Section 5.3(a) hereof or this Section 5.3(b) in such Fiscal Year equal such Member’s pro rata share of the Tax Amount (taking into account such Member’s Percentage Interest) attributable to such Fiscal Year. The “Tax Amount” calculated for the period beginning on the start of the Fiscal Year through the end of the applicable Estimated Tax Period is the Class A Member Tax Amount divided by the Percentage Interest attributable to the Class A Member as of the date of such applicable distribution pursuant to this Section 5.3(b). The “Class A Member Tax Amount” is the sum of (x)(i) the U.S. federal, state and local estimated aggregate taxable income of the Company allocated to the Class A Member for such Estimated Tax Period or such Fiscal Year (for the avoidance of doubt, including any adjustments under section 734 or 743 of the Code and any allocations of taxable income under section 704(c) of the Code), multiplied by (ii) the U.S. federal, state and local estimated effective tax rate of the Class A Member for such Fiscal Year and (y) such additional amounts the Managing Member reasonably determines in good faith is necessary to enable VEI to timely meet its payment obligations under the Tax Receivable Agreement.

 

26


5.4 Withholding. To the extent the Company (or any entity in which the Company owns a direct or indirect interest) is required by law to withhold or to make tax payments on behalf of or with respect to any Member (“Tax Advances”), the Company may withhold such amounts and make such tax payments as so required. All Tax Advances made on behalf of a Member shall be repaid by reducing the amount of the current or next succeeding distribution or distributions which would otherwise have been made to such Member or, if such distributions are not sufficient for that purpose, by so reducing the proceeds of liquidation otherwise payable to such Member. If at the time of liquidation of the Company, any such Tax Advances to a Member exceed the proceeds of liquidation to the Member, such Member shall repay such excess to the Company. If a distribution to a Member is actually reduced as a result of a Tax Advance, for all other purposes of this Agreement such Member shall be treated as having received the amount of the distribution that is reduced by the Tax Advance. Each Member hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from and against any liability from such Member’s failure to repay Tax Advances.

ARTICLE VI

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

6.1 Management by Managing Member.

(a) The Company shall be managed by the Managing Member, which shall act as the “manager” of the Company (as such term is used in the Act), according to this Article VI and, except with respect to certain consent requirements required by the Act or provided in this Agreement, no Member, by virtue of having the status of a Member, shall have any management power or control over the business and affairs of the Company or actual or apparent authority to enter into contracts on behalf of, or to otherwise bind, the Company, and the Members shall not have any control over the day-to-day operation or management of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Except as described in the preceding sentence, (i) the powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the Managing Member in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) the Managing Member shall exercise such powers in compliance with this Agreement and ensure that all organizational formalities are observed with respect to the Company. Under the direction of the Managing Member, certain activities of the Company may be conducted on the Company’s behalf by the Officers as specified and authorized by the Managing Member, who shall be agents of the Company, and the management and administration of the day-to-day business and affairs of the Company will be provided by the Managing Member. In addition to the powers that now or hereafter can be granted under the Act and to all other powers granted under any other provision of this Agreement, the Managing Member shall have (subject to the Act and all consent rights and other limitations in this Agreement) full power and authority to do all things on such terms as they may deem necessary or appropriate to conduct, or cause to be conducted, the business and affairs of the Company. Any Person dealing with the Company, other than a Member or a Member’s Affiliate, may rely on the authority of the Managing Member or the Officers in taking any action in the name of the Company without inquiry into the provisions of this Agreement or compliance with it, regardless of whether that action actually is taken in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

27


(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Member hereby (i) specifically delegates to the Managing Member its rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, and (ii) waives its right to bind the Company, in each case as, and to the extent permitted by, the Act.

6.2 Powers of the Managing Member.

(a) Subject to Section 6.2(b), the Managing Member (and any Officer authorized by the Managing Member) shall have the power, right and authority to take all actions which the Managing Member deems necessary, useful or appropriate for the management and conduct of the Company’s business or to the accomplishment of the purposes of the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, neither the Managing Member nor any Officer authorized by the Managing Member shall have the authority, on behalf of the Company, either directly or indirectly, without the prior written approval of the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the issued and outstanding Class B Units:

(i) voluntarily file in respect of the Company or its Subsidiaries a bankruptcy petition in a court of competent jurisdiction or a petition seeking a liquidation or dissolution; provided, however, that a liquidation or dissolution pursuant to Section 10.1(b) or Section 10.1(c) shall not require consent of the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the issued and outstanding Class B Units;

(ii) to amend or restate the Certificate or this Agreement (except pursuant to the terms of Article XI or amendments or restatements of Exhibit A hereto);

(iii) to take any action that would result in the failure of the Company to be taxable as a partnership for purposes of federal income tax, or take any position inconsistent with treating the Company as a partnership for purposes of federal income tax, except as required by Law; and

(iv) to make any distributions of assets and properties other than cash and cash equivalents.

6.3 Resignation; Removal and Vacancy.

(a) Removal; Resignation; Appointment. The Members may, by a vote of Members holding a majority of the Class A Units, remove, with or without cause, the Managing Member. The Managing Member may withdraw at any time, subject to the prior written consent of the Members holding a majority of the Class A Units. Any vacancy caused by any such resignation or by the removal of the Managing Member or any vacancy for any other reason may be filled by a vote of Members holding a majority of the Class A Units, however any such

 

28


designation shall be subject to the affirmative written consent of the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the issued and outstanding Class B Units, and any Managing Member so elected to fill any vacancy shall hold office until such Managing Member’s earlier resignation or removal; provided, that such affirmative vote or consent of the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the Class B Units shall not be required to the extent that the successor Managing Member is an Affiliate of VEI.

(b) Duties. The Managing Member shall not have any duty (including fiduciary duty), or any liability for breach of duty (including fiduciary duty) to the Company.

6.4 Officers. Under the direction of the Managing Member and except as provided in Section 6.2, certain administrative activities of the Company shall be conducted on the Company’s behalf by the Officers, who shall be agents of the Company.

(a) The officers of the Company shall be such officers as the Managing Member deems necessary (the “Officers”). The Officers shall be appointed by the Managing Member. The initial Officer appointees are listed on Schedule 6.4. The Officers shall report to the Managing Member as requested from time to time.

(b) The Managing Member may appoint such other Officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Managing Member.

(c) The authority of any Officers of the Company shall be restricted to those actions specifically authorized by the Managing Member in accordance with this Agreement. On the Effective Date, the Officers shall be authorized to execute this Agreement and any agreement related to the transactions contemplated hereby on behalf of the Company.

(d) Subject to any applicable employment agreement, the Officers and employees of the Company shall be required to devote their full business time, attention, skill, and best efforts to the performance of such Officer’s or employee’s duties and shall not engage in any other business or occupation during such Person’s term of officership or employment.

6.5 Term of Officers.

(a) An Officer shall serve until he resigns, his term expires or he is removed as provided in Section 6.5(b). Subject to any applicable employment agreement, any Officer of the Company may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Managing Member. The resignation of any Officer shall take effect upon receipt of notice or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

(b) Subject to any applicable employment agreement, an Officer may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the Managing Member. If any vacancy shall occur in any office, for any reason whatsoever, then the Managing Member shall have the right to appoint a new Officer to fill the vacancy.

 

29


6.6 Compensation and Reimbursement. The Managing Member and Officers shall not receive from the Company any compensation for managing the affairs of the Company (except as provided in any applicable employment agreement).

6.7 Member Meetings.

(a) Location; Quorum; Voting. To the extent a meeting of the Members is required by Law or this Agreement, Member meetings shall be held at the principal office of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware specified in the notice or waivers of notice thereof. Except as provided herein or under applicable Law, the presence of Members holding a majority of the Class A Units, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Members for the transaction of business, and the affirmative vote of the Members holding a majority of the Class A Units shall constitute the act of the Members. Each Class A Member shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each percent of the Percentage Interests held by such Member. A Member may vote at a meeting by a written proxy executed by that Member and delivered to the Managing Member or the Secretary. A proxy shall be revocable unless it is stated to be irrevocable. Except as otherwise set forth herein or as required by applicable Law, the Class A Members shall have the sole right to exercise any such vote required by Law or this Agreement, and the Class B Members shall not have any right to vote in respect of any such matter so submitted.

(b) Waiver of Notice. Attendance of a Member at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such Member attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(c) Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a particular meeting may be taken without a meeting, without notice and without a vote if a consent in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by all of the Members entitled to vote thereon. A copy of such written consent shall be provided within ten (10) Business Days to the Members who did not sign such written consent.

6.8 VCOC Management Rights. The Company and each Member agree that the Company shall enter into a VCOC letter agreement with any Affiliate of Blackstone on request of an Investment Entity in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company and such Investment Entity.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

7.1 Right to Indemnification. Subject to the limitations and conditions as provided herein and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws, each Person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative (hereinafter a “Proceeding”), or any appeal in such a Proceeding or any inquiry or investigation that could lead to such a Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a Person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a Member of the Company or Affiliate thereof or any

 

30


of their respective representatives, an officer or employee of the Company or Affiliate or a director, officer, member or employee of the Managing Member or any Affiliate, a member of a committee of the Company or an officer of the Company, or while such a Person is or was serving at the request of the Managing Member on behalf of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, member, trustee, Partnership Representative (or its designated individual), employee, agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic general partnership, corporation, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (each an “Indemnitee”), shall be indemnified by the Company to the extent such Proceeding or other above-described process relates to any such above-described relationships with, status with respect to, or representation of any such Person to the fullest extent permitted by the Act, as the same exists or may hereinafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said Laws permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against judgments, penalties (including excise and similar taxes and punitive damages), fines, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ and experts’ fees) actually incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding, and indemnification under this Article VII shall continue as to a Person who has ceased to serve in the capacity which initially entitled such Person to indemnity hereunder for any and all liabilities and damages related to and arising from such Person’s activities while acting in such capacity; provided however, that no Person shall be entitled to indemnification under this Section 7.1 if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which such Person is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.1 such Person’s actions or omissions constituted an intentional breach of this Agreement or gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Person or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this Article VII shall be made only out of the assets of the Company, it being agreed that the Members shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Company to enable it to effectuate such indemnification. The rights granted pursuant to this Article VII shall be deemed contract rights, and no amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VII shall have the effect of limiting or denying any such rights with respect to actions taken or Proceedings arising prior to any such amendment, modification or repeal. An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.1 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement. IT IS ACKNOWLEDGED THAT THE INDEMNIFICATION PROVIDED IN THIS SECTION 7.1 COULD INVOLVE INDEMNIFICATION FOR NEGLIGENCE OR UNDER THEORIES OF STRICT LIABILITY.

7.2 Indemnification of Officers, Employees (if any) and Agents. The Company may indemnify and advance expenses to Persons who are not entitled to indemnification under Section 7.1, including current and former employees (if any) or agents of the Company, and those Persons who are or were serving at the request of the Company as a manager, director, officer, partner, venturer, member, trustee, employee (if any), agent or similar functionary of another foreign or domestic general partnership, corporation, limited partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such Person and incurred by such Person in such a capacity or arising out of his status as such a Person to the same extent that it may indemnify and advance expenses to a Member under this Article VII.

 

31


7.3 Indemnification and Expense Advancement With Respect to Actions Commenced by an Indemnitee. Notwithstanding 7.1, Section 7.2 and Section 7.4, the Company shall be required to indemnify and advance expenses to an Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding commenced by such Indemnitee only if the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.

7.4 Advance Payment. Any right to indemnification conferred in this Article VII shall include a limited right to be paid or reimbursed by the Company for any and all reasonable expenses as they are incurred by a Person entitled or authorized to be indemnified under Sections 7.1 and 7.2 who was, is or is threatened, to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding and without any determination as to such Person’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification; provided however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by any such Person in advance of final disposition of a Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Company of a written affirmation by such Person of his good faith belief that he has met the requirements necessary for indemnification under this Article VII and a written undertaking by or on behalf of such Person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.

7.5 Appearance as a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article VII, the Company shall pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any Person entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Article VII in connection with such Person’s appearance as a witness or other participation in a Proceeding at a time when he is not a named defendant or respondent in the Proceeding.

7.6 Nonexclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the advancement and payment of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which a Person indemnified pursuant to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 may have or hereafter acquire under any Laws, this Agreement, or any other agreement, vote of Members or otherwise. The Company may purchase and maintain (or may reimburse an Indemnitee for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of an Indemnitee as the Managing Member shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Indemnitee in connection with the Company’s activities or such Indemnitee’s activities on behalf of the Company, regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify such Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

7.7 No Member Liability for Indemnification Obligations. In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Members to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement. An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Article VII because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

 

32


7.8 Member Notification. To the extent discretionary to the Company, the Managing Member shall approve or disapprove of indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VII. Any indemnification of or advance of expenses to any Person entitled or authorized to be indemnified under this Article VII shall be reported in writing to the Managing Member within the twelve (12) month period immediately following the date the indemnification or advance was made; provided, that no failure to comply with the notification provisions of this Section 7.8 shall operate to deprive a Person of any indemnification or advancement of expenses to which such Person would otherwise be entitled.

7.9 Savings Clause. If this Article VII or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless any Person entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Article VII as to costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article VII that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by Laws.

7.10 Scope of Indemnity. For the purposes of this Article VII, references to the “Company” include all constituent entities, whether corporations or otherwise, absorbed in a consolidation or merger as well as the resulting or surviving entity. Thus, any Person entitled to be indemnified or receive advances under this Article VII shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the resulting or surviving entity as he would have if such merger, consolidation, or other reorganization never occurred.

7.11 Other Indemnities.

(a) The Company acknowledges and agrees that the obligation of the Company under this Agreement to indemnify or advance expenses to any Indemnitee for the matters covered thereby shall be the primary source of indemnification and advancement of such Indemnitee in connection therewith and any obligation on the part of any Indemnitee under any Other Indemnification Agreement to indemnify or advance expenses to such Indemnitee shall be secondary to the Company’s obligation and shall be reduced by any amount that the Indemnitee may collect as indemnification or advancement from the Company. If the Company fails to indemnify or advance expenses to an Indemnitee as required or contemplated by this Agreement, and any Person makes any payment to such Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses under any Other Indemnification Agreement on account of such Unpaid Indemnity Amounts, such other Person shall be subrogated to the rights of such Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of such Unpaid Indemnity Amounts.

(b) The Company, as an indemnifying Party from time to time, agrees that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, its obligation to indemnify Indemnitees under this Agreement shall include any amounts expended by any other Person under any Other Indemnification Agreement in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses to any Indemnitee in connection with any Proceedings to the extent such amounts expended by such other Person are on account of any Unpaid Indemnity Amounts.

 

33


7.12 Replacement of Fiduciary Duties. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that any provision of this Agreement purports or is interpreted (i) to have the effect of replacing, restricting or eliminating the duties that might otherwise, as a result of Delaware or other applicable law, be owed by the Managing Member or any other Indemnitee to the Company, the Members, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement or (ii) to constitute a waiver or consent by the Company, the Members, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement to any such replacement or restriction, such provision shall be deemed to have been approved by the Company, all of the Members, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest and each other Person who is bound by this Agreement.

7.13 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company, the Members, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal. The Members, any other Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, each on their own behalf and on behalf of the Company, waives any and all rights to claim punitive damages or damages based upon the federal or state income taxes paid or payable by any such Member or other Person.

(b) The Managing Member may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agent or agents, and the Managing Member shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the Managing Member in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company, the Members, any Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement, any Indemnitee acting in connection with the Company’s business or affairs shall not be liable, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to the Company, to any Member, to any other Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or to any other Person who is bound by this Agreement for its reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Agreement as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

 

34


7.14 Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Whenever the Managing Member makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, whether under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is expressly provided for in this Agreement, the Managing Member shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any higher standard contemplated hereby or under the Act or any other Law or at equity. A determination, other action or failure to act by the Managing Member or any committee thereof (as the case may be) will be deemed to be in good faith unless the Managing Member believed such determination, other action or failure to act was adverse to the interests of the Company. In any proceeding brought by the Company, any Member or any Person who acquires an interest in a Membership Interest or any other Person who is bound by this Agreement challenging such action, determination or failure to act, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of proving that such determination, action or failure to act was not in good faith.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managing Member or any other Indemnitee shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Member owes any duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, any other Member or other holder of Membership Interests or any other Person pursuant to applicable Laws or this Agreement such duty is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted pursuant to Law (including Section 17-1101(d) of the Act), it being the intent of the Members that to the extent permitted by Law and except to the extent another express standard is specified elsewhere in this Agreement, no Member shall owe any duties of any nature whatsoever to the Company, the other Members or any other holders of Membership Interests or any other Person, other than the duty of good faith and fair dealing, and each Member may decide or determine any matter in its sole and absolute discretion taking into account solely its interests and those of its Affiliates (excluding the Company and its Subsidiaries) subject to the duty of good faith and fair dealing. Except with respect to the express obligations set forth in this Agreement or any other agreement to which any Member is a party, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law (including Section 17-1101(f) of the Act), the Company and each Member hereby waives any claim or cause of action against, and hereby eliminate all liabilities of, each Member, solely in its capacity as a Member, for any breach of any duty (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, the other Members or any other holders of Membership Interests or any other Person. Nothing herein is intended to create a partnership, joint venture, agency or other relationship creating fiduciary or quasi-fiduciary duties or similar duties or obligations, or otherwise subject the Members to joint and several liability or vicarious liability or to impose any duty, obligation or liability that would arise therefrom with respect to any or all of the Members or the Company.

 

35


ARTICLE VIII

TAXES

8.1 Tax Returns. The Company shall timely cause to be prepared and filed all necessary U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax returns for the Company, including making the elections described in Section 8.2. Upon written request by the Company, each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information in its possession relating to Company operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be prepared and filed.

8.2 Tax Elections(a) . The Company and any eligible Subsidiary shall make an election (or continue a previously made election) pursuant to section 754 of the Code for the taxable year of the Company that includes the closing date of the initial public offering of VEI and shall not thereafter revoke such election. In addition, the Company shall make the following elections on the appropriate tax returns:

(a) to adopt the accrual method of accounting;

(b) to use the calendar year as the taxable year;

(c) to elect to deduct and/or amortize the organizational expenses of the Company as permitted by section 709(b) of the Code;

(d) to elect to deduct and/or amortize the start-up expenditures of the Company as permitted by section 195(b) of the Code; and

(e) any other election approved by the Partnership Representative.

It is the intention of the Members that the Company be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and neither the Company nor any Member may make any election to the contrary, including an election pursuant to Treasury Regulation section 301.7701-3(c) or any similar provisions of applicable state law, and no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to sanction or approve such an election.

8.3 Tax Matters Partner. The Managing Member is hereby designated the “Tax Matters Partner” (as defined in section 6231(a)(7) of the Code as in effect prior to the amendment of such section under the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, to the extent applicable for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018, or any corresponding state or local tax provision) and as the “Partnership Representative” of the Company for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules. In addition, (i) the Managing Member is hereby authorized to (A) designate any other Person as the Partnership Representative or its “designated individual” for purposes of the Partnership Tax Audit Rules, and (B) take, or cause the Company to take, such actions as may be necessary or advisable pursuant to Treasury Regulations or other guidance to ratify the designation, pursuant to this Section 8.3, of the Managing Member or any Person selected by the Managing Member as the Partnership Representative or its designated individual; and (ii) each Member agrees to take, such actions as may be requested by the Managing Member to ratify or confirm any such designation pursuant to this Section 8.3. The Partnership Representative or its designated individual is authorized, in its sole discretion, to make any available election related to sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code and take any action it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Code and conduct the Company’s affairs under sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code.

 

36


ARTICLE IX

BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS

9.1 Maintenance of Books. The Company shall keep books and records of accounts (including a list of the names, addresses, Capital Contributions and Membership Interests of all Members) and shall keep minutes of the proceedings of any meeting of the Managing Member. The books of account for the Company shall be maintained on an accrual basis in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and GAAP, except that the Capital Accounts of the Members shall be maintained in accordance with Section 4.2. The accounting year of the Company shall be the Fiscal Year. Section 18-305(a) of the Act (entitled “Access to and Confidentiality of Information; Records”) shall not apply or be incorporated into this Agreement and the Members hereby waive any rights under such sections of the Act.

9.2 Financial Statements and Reports. The Company shall provide the Members, as applicable, with the following information:

(a) The Company shall provide the Members any reports or financial statements regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries as requested by the Managing Member.

(b) The Company shall deliver to each of its Members the following schedules and tax returns: (i) within sixty (60) days after the Company’s year-end, an estimated Schedule K-1 for the immediately preceding taxable year based on best-available information to date, and (ii) not less than forty-five (45) days prior to the due date, including extensions, for the filing of the Company’s federal information return for the immediately preceding taxable year, a final Schedule K-1, along with copies of all other federal, state and local income tax returns or reports filed by the Company for the previous year, as may be required as a result of the operations of the Company, and a schedule of Company book tax differences for the immediately preceding tax year.

9.3 Accounts. The Officers or designated Members of the Company shall establish and maintain one or more separate bank and investment accounts and arrangements for Company funds in the Company’s name with financial institutions and firms that the Managing Member may determine. The Company may not commingle the Company’s funds with the funds of any other Person. The Company shall keep all funds contributed by the Members in a segregated bank account and shall not commingle such funds with other funds of the Company. All such accounts shall be and remain the property of the Company and all funds shall be received, held and disbursed for the purposes specified in this Agreement. The Officers or designated Members of the Company may invest the Company funds only in (a) readily marketable securities issued by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States maturing within three months or less from the date of acquisition, (b) readily marketable securities issued by any state or municipality within the United States of America or any political subdivision, agency or instrumentality thereof, maturing within three months or less from the date

 

37


of acquisition and rated “A” or better by any recognized rating agency, (c) readily marketable commercial paper rated “Prime 1” by Moody’s or “A1” by S & P (or comparably rated by such organizations or any successors thereto if the rating system is changed or there are such successors) and maturing in not more than three months after the date of acquisition or (d) certificates of deposit or time deposits issued by any incorporated bank organized and doing business under the Laws of the United States of America which is rated at least “A” or “A2” by S & P or Moody’s, which is not in excess of federally insured amounts, and which matures within three months or less from the date of acquisition.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION

10.1 Dissolution. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 and any applicable Laws, the Company shall wind up its affairs and dissolve only on the first to occur of the following (each a “Dissolution Event”):

(a) approval of dissolution by (x) the Managing Member and (y) the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the issued and outstanding Class B Units;

(b) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

(c) entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company in accordance with the Act.

Dissolution of the Company shall be effective on the day on which the event occurs giving rise to the dissolution, but the Company will not terminate until the assets of the Company have been liquidated and the assets distributed as provided in Section 10.2 and the Certificate has been canceled.

10.2 Liquidation and Termination. In connection with the winding up and dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member shall act as a liquidator (“Liquidator”), unless the Managing Member otherwise determines. The Liquidator shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company in an orderly manner and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Act. The Liquidator shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the liquidation of the Company within two (2) years after an applicable Dissolution Event; provided, that such period may be extended for up to two (2) additional one-year periods by the Managing Member. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense (including the costs and expenses of the Liquidator, in its capacity as such). Until final distribution, the Liquidator shall continue to operate the Company properties for a reasonable period of time to allow for the sale of all or a part of the assets thereof with all of the power and authority of the Members. The steps to be accomplished by the Liquidator are as follows:

(a) as promptly as possible after approval of the winding up and dissolution of the Company and again after final liquidation, the Liquidator shall cause a proper accounting to be made of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the winding up and dissolution is approved or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable;

 

38


(b) the Liquidator shall cause any notices required by applicable Law to be sent to each known creditor of and claimant against the Company in the manner described by applicable Law;

(c) upon approval of the winding up and dissolution of the Company, the Liquidator shall, unless the Managing Member otherwise determines, be prohibited from distributing assets in kind and shall instead sell for cash the equity of the Company or the assets of the Company at the best price available. The property of the Company shall be liquidated as promptly as is consistent with obtaining the fair value thereof. The Liquidator may sell all of the Company property, including to one or more of the Members. If any assets are sold or otherwise liquidated for value, the Liquidator shall proceed as promptly as practicable in a commercially reasonable manner to implement the procedures of this Section 10.2(c); and

(d) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any applicable Law (including the Act), the Liquidator shall distribute the assets of the Company in the following order of priority:

(i) First, the Liquidator shall pay, satisfy or discharge from Company assets all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company, or otherwise make adequate provision for payment, satisfaction and discharge thereof; provided however, that such payments shall not include any Capital Contributions described in Article IV or any other obligations of the Members created by this Agreement; and

(ii) Second, all remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with Section 5.3.

(e) All distributions to the Members pursuant to Section 10.2(d)(ii) above shall be in the form of cash, unless the Managing Member otherwise determines (and is further approved by the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the issued and outstanding Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.2(b)).

(f) When the Liquidator has complied with the foregoing liquidation plan, the Liquidator (or the Managing Member), on behalf of all Members, shall execute, acknowledge and cause to be filed a Certificate of Cancellation.

10.3 Provision for Contingent Claims.

(a) The Liquidator shall make a reasonable provision to pay all claims and obligations, including all contingent, conditional or unmatured claims and obligations, actually known to the Company but for which the identity of the claimant is unknown; and

(b) If there are insufficient assets to both pay the creditors pursuant to Section 10.2 and to establish the provision contemplated by Section 10.3(a), subject to applicable Law, the claims shall be paid as provided for in accordance to their priority, and, among claims of equal priority, ratably to the extent of assets therefor.

 

39


10.4 Deficit Capital Accounts. No Member shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Company.

10.5 Deemed Contribution and Distribution. In the event the Company is “liquidated” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) but no Dissolution Event has occurred, the Company’s property shall not be liquidated, the Company’s liabilities shall not be paid or discharged, and the Company’s affairs shall not be wound up. Instead, solely for federal income tax purposes, the Company shall be deemed to have contributed all Company property and liabilities to a new limited liability company in exchange for an interest in such new limited liability company and, immediately thereafter, the Company will be deemed to liquidate by distributing interests in the new limited liability company to the Members.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT OF THE AGREEMENT

11.1 Amendments to be Adopted by the Company. Each Member agrees that the Managing Member or Officer of the Company, in accordance with and subject to the limitations contained in Article VI, may execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Company in accordance with this Agreement, the location of the principal place of business of the Company or the registered agent or office of the Company which has been approved by the Managing Member;

(b) admission or substitution of Members whose admission or substitution has been made in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the Managing Member believes is reasonable and necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Company as a limited liability company under the Laws of any state or that is necessary or advisable in the opinion of the Managing Member to ensure that the Company will not be taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes; and

(d) an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of counsel, to prevent the Company or its officers from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, whether or not substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor.

11.2 Amendment Procedures. Except as provided in Section 11.1, all amendments to this Agreement must be in writing and signed by the Managing Member; provided, that no amendment to this Agreement may:

 

40


(a) modify the limited liability of any Member, or increase the liabilities or obligations of any Member, in each case, without the consent of each such affected Member; or

(b) materially alter or change any right, preferences or privileges of any Membership Interests in a manner that is different or prejudicial relative to any other Membership Interests, without the approval of a majority in interest of the Members holding the Membership Interests affected in such a different or prejudicial manner.

ARTICLE XII

MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

12.1 Certificates. Membership Interests will not be certificated unless otherwise approved by, and subject to the provisions set by, the Managing Member.

12.2 Registered Holders. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its books and records as the owner of the indicated Membership Interest and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Membership Interest on the part of any Person other than such registered owner, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by Law.

12.3 Security. For purposes of providing for Transfer of, perfecting a Security Interest in, and other relevant matters related to, a Membership Interest, the Membership Interest will be deemed to be a “security” subject to the provisions of Articles 8 and 9 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code and any similar Uniform Commercial Code provision adopted by the States of New York, Louisiana, Texas or any other relevant jurisdiction.

ARTICLE XIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1 Offset. Whenever the Company is to pay any sum to any Member or any Member is to pay or contribute any sum to the Company, any amounts that a Member or the Company owes the other for which it is due or past due may be deducted from that sum before payment.

13.2 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exchange Agreement and the Master Reorganization Agreement (along with any exhibits or schedules to such documents and any agreement specifically referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement and supersedes (a) all prior oral or written proposals, term sheets or agreements, (b) all contemporaneous oral proposals or agreements and (c) all previous negotiations and all other communications or understandings between the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may enter into “side letter” agreements with Members which modify, alter or amend the terms and conditions of this Agreement otherwise attributable to such Member.

 

41


13.3 Waivers. Neither action taken (including any investigation by or on behalf of any Party) nor inaction pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a waiver of compliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein by the Party not committing such action or inaction. A waiver by any Member of a particular right, including breach of any provision of this Agreement, shall not operate or be construed as a subsequent waiver of that same right or a waiver of any other right.

13.4 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

13.5 Governing Law; Severability.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED, INTERPRETED AND GOVERNED PURSUANT TO AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ANY CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES WHICH, IF APPLIED, MIGHT PERMIT OR REQUIRE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

(b) In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and any mandatory provision of the Act or other Laws, the applicable provision of the Act or such other Laws, as the case may be, shall control. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance, is held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of that provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and that provision shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by the Act or other Laws, as the case may be.

13.6 Further Assurances. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Parties agrees to use all reasonable efforts to take, or to cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. In case, at any time after the execution of this Agreement, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out its purposes, the proper officers or directors of the Parties shall take or cause to be taken all such necessary action.

13.7 Exercise of Certain Rights. Except for rights in this Agreement, no Member may maintain any action for partition of the property of the Company. The Members agree not to maintain any action for dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to Section 18-802 of the Act or any similar applicable statutory or common law dissolution right without the consent of (x) the Managing Member and (y) the Members holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 23%) of the issued and outstanding Class B Units.

13.8 Notice to Members of Provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, each Member acknowledges that it has actual notice of all of the provisions of this Agreement. Each Member hereby agrees that this Agreement constitutes adequate notice of all such provisions.

13.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts and delivered by facsimile or portable document format, each of which, when executed, shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

42


13.10 Books and Records. The Officers of the Company shall keep correct and complete books and records of account, including the names and addresses of all Members and the number and class of the interest held by each at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar.

13.11 Information.

(a) Each Member agrees that all non-public information received from or otherwise relating to the Company or any third party who has entrusted the Company with confidential information with the expectation that such information will be kept confidential (“Confidential Information”), is confidential and will not be (i) disclosed or otherwise released to any other Person (other than another party hereto for a valid business purpose) or (ii) used for anything other than as necessary and appropriate in carrying out the business of the Company. The restrictions set forth herein do not apply to any disclosures required by applicable Law, so long as (x) the Person subject to such disclosure obligations provides prior written notice (to the extent reasonably practicable) to the Company and any affected Person stating the basis upon which the disclosure is asserted to be required, and (y) the Person subject to such disclosure obligations takes, at the Company’s request and expense, all reasonable steps to oppose or mitigate any such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Blackstone and its Affiliates may make disclosures to their direct and indirect equityholders and members such information (including Confidential Information) as is customarily provided to current or prospective limited partners in private equity funds sponsored or managed by Affiliates of Blackstone.

(b) The Members acknowledge that, from time to time, the Company may need information from any or all of such Members for various reasons, including for complying with various federal and state Laws. Each Member shall provide to the Company all information reasonably requested by the Company for purposes of complying with federal or state Laws within a reasonable amount of time from the date such Member receives such request; provided however, that, except as required by applicable Law, no Member shall be obligated to provide such information to the Company to the extent such disclosure (i) could reasonably be expected to result in the breach or violation of any contractual obligation (if a waiver of such restriction cannot reasonably be obtained) or Law or (ii) involves secret, confidential or proprietary information of such Member or its Affiliates.

13.12 Liability to Third Parties. Except as required by applicable Law or as otherwise expressly provided herein, no Member shall be liable to any Person (including any Third Party, the Company or to another Member) (a) as the result of any act or omission of another Member or (b) for Company losses, liabilities or obligations (except as otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such Member or as a result of such Member having made available to the Company, for its proportionate share equal to its Membership Interest, such Member’s insurance program (commercial, self-funded, self-insured or other similar programs)).

13.13 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as set forth in Section 7.1 (with respect to Indemnitees) and Section 13.17, the provisions of this Agreement are for the exclusive benefit of the Members and the Company and their respective successors and permitted assigns and, solely with respect to Article VII, the indemnified Persons described therein. Except for the foregoing, this Agreement is not intended to benefit or create rights in any other Person or Governmental

 

43


Authority, including (a) any Person or Governmental Authority to whom any debts, liabilities or obligations are owed by the Company or any Member, or (b) any liquidator, trustee or creditor acting on behalf of the Company, and no such creditor or any other Person or Governmental Authority shall have any rights under this Agreement, including rights with respect to enforcing the payment of Capital Contributions.

13.14 Notices. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement to the contrary, any notice or communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and sent to the address of the Party set forth below, or to such other more recent address of which the sending Party actually has received written notice:

 

  (a)

if to the Company:

Vine Energy Holdings LLC

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention:         Eric D. Marsh, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (877) 992-0118

Email:              eric.marsh@vineoil.com

and with copies to:

Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 43rd Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention:         Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

Email:               acconcia@blackstone.com

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:         Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.

                          William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email:              matt.pacey@kirkland.com

                          wbenitez@kirkland.com

 

  (b)

if to the Members, to each of the Members listed on Exhibit A at the address set forth therein.

Each such notice or other communication shall be sent by personal delivery, by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), by national, reputable courier service (such as Federal Express or United Parcel Service) or by facsimile or electronic mail.

 

44


13.15 Remedies. Except as provided herein, the rights, obligations and remedies created by this Agreement are cumulative and in addition to any other rights, obligations or remedies otherwise available at Law or in equity. In addition, any successful Party is entitled to costs related to enforcing this Agreement, including without limitation, reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and court costs. THE PARTIES WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHTS, CLAIMS OR CAUSES OF ACTION AGAINST ONE ANOTHER ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL, REMOTE OR SPECULATIVE DAMAGES; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT A PARTY MAY RECOVER FROM ANY OTHER PARTY ALL COSTS, EXPENSES OR DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, CONSEQUENTIAL, REMOTE OR SPECULATIVE DAMAGES PAID OR OWED TO ANY THIRD PERSON FOR WHICH SUCH PARTY HAS A RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM SUCH OTHER PARTY UNDER THE TERMS HEREOF.

13.16 Disputes.

(a) Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT LOCATED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE OR DELAWARE CHANCERY COURT LOCATED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER SUCH ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARE BASED IN STATUTE, TORT, CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH PARTY (i) CONSENTS TO SUBMIT ITSELF TO THE PERSONAL JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS FOR SUCH ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS, (ii) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT ATTEMPT TO DENY OR DEFEAT SUCH PERSONAL JURISDICTION BY MOTION OR OTHER REQUEST FOR LEAVE FROM ANY SUCH COURT, AND (iii) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT BRING ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN SUCH COURTS. EACH PARTY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE AND IRREVOCABLE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY NON-APPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS. A COPY OF ANY SERVICE OF PROCESS SERVED UPON THE PARTIES SHALL BE MAILED BY REGISTERED MAIL TO THE RESPECTIVE PARTY EXCEPT THAT, UNLESS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH COPY SHALL NOT AFFECT THE VALIDITY OF SERVICE OF PROCESS. IF ANY AGENT APPOINTED BY A PARTY REFUSES TO ACCEPT SERVICE, EACH PARTY AGREES THAT SERVICE UPON THE APPROPRIATE PARTY BY REGISTERED MAIL SHALL CONSTITUTE SUFFICIENT SERVICE. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF A PARTY TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.

 

45


(b) Waiver of Jury Trial. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. EACH PARTY ALSO WAIVES ANY BOND OR SURETY OR SECURITY UPON SUCH BOND WHICH MIGHT, BUT FOR THIS WAIVER, BE REQUIRED OF ANY OF THE OTHER PARTIES. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THE WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THE WAIVER IN THEIR RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING, AND THE WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAYBE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

13.17 No Recourse. Notwithstanding anything that may be expressed or implied in this Agreement or any document, agreement, or instrument delivered contemporaneously herewith, and notwithstanding the fact that any Member may be a partnership or limited liability company, each Member hereto, by its acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement, covenants, agrees and acknowledges that no Persons other than the Members shall have any obligation hereunder and that it has no rights of recovery hereunder against, and no recourse hereunder or under any documents, agreements, or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith or in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith shall be had against, any former, current or future director, officer, agent, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative or employee of any Member (or any of their successor or permitted assignees), against any former, current, or future general or limited partner, manager, stockholder or member of any Member (or any of their successors or permitted assignees) or any Affiliate thereof or against any former, current or future director, officer, agent, employee, Affiliate, manager, assignee, incorporator, controlling Person, fiduciary, representative, general or limited partner, stockholder, manager or member of any of the foregoing, but in each case not including the Members (each, but excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Members, a “Member Affiliate”), whether by or through attempted piercing of the corporate veil, by or through a claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) by or on behalf of such party against the Member Affiliates, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, or by virtue of any statute, regulation or other applicable law, or otherwise; it being expressly agreed

 

46


and acknowledged that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, be imposed on, or otherwise be incurred by any Member Affiliate, as such, for any obligations of the applicable party under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, under any documents or instruments delivered contemporaneously herewith, in respect of any oral representations made or alleged to be made in connection herewith or therewith, or for any claim (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth in, and subject in all cases to the terms and conditions of and limitations herein, this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action of any kind based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement, or the negotiation, execution or performance of this Agreement, may only be brought against the entities that are expressly named as parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such party. Each Member Affiliate is expressly intended as a third-party beneficiary of this Section 13.17.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

47


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth in this Agreement.

 

CLASS A MEMBER:

VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

     

Name: Eric D. Marsh

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

[BLOCKER 1]

By:

 

     

Name:

Title:

[BLOCKER 2]

By:

 

     

Name:

Title:

Signature page to Vine Energy Holdings

Amended and Restated LLC Agreement


CLASS B MEMBERS:

VINE INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

 

Name: Eric D. Marsh

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

BRIX INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

 

Name: Eric D. Marsh

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

HARVEST INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

 

Name: Eric D. Marsh

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature page to Vine Energy Holdings

Amended and Restated LLC Agreement


EXHIBIT A

Ownership Information

(as of the Effective Date)

 

Name of Member

   Class A Units      Class B Units      Percentage
Interest
 

Vine Energy Inc.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric D. Marsh

Facsimile: (877) 992-0118

 

with a copy to:

Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 43rd Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

 

and with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.,

William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com, wbenitez@kirkland.com

     [        ]        0        [         ]% 

[Blocker 1]

[Address]

[Phone No.]

[Email]

 

and with a copy to:

 

[Name]

[Address]

[Phone No.]

[Email]

        

[Blocker 2]

[Address]

[Phone No.]

[Email]

 

and with a copy to:

 

[Name]

[Address]

[Phone No.]

[Email]

        

 

Exhibit A to Vine Energy Holdings

Amended and Restated LLC Agreement


Name of Member

   Class A Units      Class B Units      Percentage
Interest
 

Vine Investment LLC

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric D. Marsh

Facsimile: (877) 992-0118

 

with a copy to:

Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 43rd Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

 

and with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.,

William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com, wbenitez@kirkland.com

     0        [        ]        [         ]% 

Brix Investment LLC

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric D. Marsh

Facsimile: (877) 992-0118

 

with a copy to:

Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 43rd Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

 

and with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.,

William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com, wbenitez@kirkland.com

     0        [        ]        [         ]% 

 

Exhibit A to Vine Energy Holdings

Amended and Restated LLC Agreement


Name of Member

   Class A Units      Class B Units      Percentage
Interest
 

Harvest Investment LLC

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric D. Marsh

Facsimile: (877) 992-0118

 

with a copy to:

Blackstone Management Partners L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 43rd Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

 

and with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.,

William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com, wbenitez@kirkland.com

     0        [        ]        [         ]% 

Total

     [        ]        [        ]        100


SCHEDULE 6.4

Initial Officer Appointees

 

Name

  

Title

Eric Marsh

  

President and Chief Executive Officer

David Elkin

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

Wayne Stoltenberg

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Jonathan Curth

  

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

 

Schedule 6.4 to Vine Energy Holdings

Amended and Restated LLC Agreement

Exhibit 4.5

FORM OF MASTER REORGANIZATION AGREEMENT

This Master Reorganization Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of [                ], 2021, is entered into by and among (a) Vine Oil & Gas Holdings LLC (“Vine Holdings”), (b) each of the individuals and entities listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto who, in each case, owned equity interests in Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP (“Vine LP”) and/or Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC (“Vine GP”) as indicated on Schedule 1 prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “Vine Equity Holders” and, together with Vine Holdings, the “Existing Vine Owners”), (c) B&H Oil and Gas L.L.C. (“B&H Holdings”), (d) each of the individuals and entities listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto who, in each case, owned equity interests in Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP (“Brix LP”) and/or Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC (“Brix GP”) as indicated on Schedule 2 prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “Brix Equity Holders” and together with B&H Holdings, the “Existing Brix Owners”), (e) each of the entities listed on Schedule 3 attached hereto who, in each case, owned equity interests in Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (“Harvest LP”) and/or Harvest Royalties Holdings GP LLC (“Harvest GP”) as indicated on Schedule 3 prior to the execution of this Agreement (the “Harvest Equity Holders” and together with B&H Holdings, the “Existing Harvest Owners”), (f) Vine Energy Inc. (“VEI”), and (g) Vine Energy Holdings LLC (“VEH”). The parties to this Agreement are each sometimes referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, in connection with, and prior to the completion of, an initial public offering (the “Offering”) of VEI’s Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), pursuant to, and as more fully described in, a registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Registration No. [                ] (the “Registration Statement”), certain restructuring transactions shall be undertaken, as more fully described in the Registration Statement (the “Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, the boards of directors, managers, and/or members, as applicable, of each of the Parties (other than the Vine Equity Holders, Brix Equity Holders or the Harvest Equity Holders) has determined that it is in the best interests of such Party to undertake the Reorganization;

WHEREAS, the Parties acknowledge and agree that the board of directors of VEI, in its sole discretion, has the authority to determine the terms of the Offering, including the number of shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold to the public and the IPO Price (as defined herein); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Offering and the Reorganization, the Parties desire to, among other things, (a) establish the economic terms of the Reorganization and (b) enter into certain agreements to effectuate the foregoing, in each case as further described in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows, and further agree that the actions set forth in Article II shall be deemed to have been taken and become effective in the order set forth therein.

 


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

The terms set forth below in this Article I shall have the meanings ascribed to them below or in the part of this Agreement referred to below:

Blocker Entities” means certain entities that are taxable as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes and through which certain Existing Owners indirectly hold VEH Interests.

Class A Vine Units” means Class A units representing limited liability company membership interests in VEH, which have been received pursuant to Section 2.9.

Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of VEI.

Class B Vine Units” means Class B units representing limited liability company membership interests in VEH, which have been received pursuant to Section 2.5.

Effective Date” means the date of the closing of the Offering.

Effective Time” means 12:01 a.m. Central Standard Time on the Effective Date.

Existing Owners” means, collectively, the Existing Vine Owners, the Existing Brix Owners, the Existing Harvest Owners and their direct or indirect beneficial owners.

IPO Price” means the initial public offering price per share of common stock in the Offering.

VEH Interests” means the newly issued limited liability company membership interests in VEH resulting from the Existing Owners’ contribution of all of their equity interests in Vine LP and Vine GP to VEH pursuant to Section 2.1.

VEH LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of VEH, dated as of [                ], 2021, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

ARTICLE II

CONTRIBUTIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

Section 2.1 Contribution of LP Units and GP Units to VEH. Effective immediately following the Effective Time, (a) the Existing Vine Owners shall contribute all of their equity interests in Vine LP and Vine GP, as applicable, to VEH in exchange for [                ] VEH Interests,(b) the Existing Brix Owners shall contribute all of their equity interests in Brix LP and Brix GP, as applicable, to VEH in exchange for [                ] VEH Interests, and (c) the Existing Harvest Owners shall contribute all of their equity interests in Harvest LP and Harvest GP, as applicable, to VEH in exchange for [                ] VEH Interests.

 

-2-


Section 2.2 Contribution of Blocker Entities to VEI. Effective immediately following the transactions described in Section 2.1, (a) certain Existing Owners shall distribute VEH Interests attributable to certain Blocker Entities and any profits interests in respect thereof (the “Distributed VEH Interests”) to the applicable Blocker Entity or the Existing Owner that holds such profits interests and (b) certain Existing Owners shall contribute all of their respective interests in the Blocker Entities that received Distributed VEH Interests (which, collectively, constitute all of the issued and outstanding equity interests of each Blocker Entity) and the Existing Owners that received the other Distributed VEH Interests shall contribute the Distributed VEH Interests to VEI in exchange for newly issued Class A Common Stock.

Section 2.3 Contribution of VEH Interests to VEI. Concurrently with the transactions described in Section 2.2, certain Existing Owners shall contribute VEH Interests to VEI in exchange for newly issued Class A Common Stock (the “Investment 1 VEI Stock”).

Section 2.4 Contribution of Class A Common Stock to Investment II Entities. Effective immediately following the transactions described in Section 2.2 and Section 2.3, (a) the Existing Vine Owners shall contribute all of their Class A Common Stock (other than their Investment 1 VEI Stock) to Vine Investment II LLC (“Vine Investment II”) in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Vine Investment II, (b) the Existing Brix Owners shall contribute all of their Class A Common Stock (other than their Investment 1 VEI Stock) to Brix Investment II LLC (“Brix Investment II”) in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Brix Investment II, and (c) the Existing Harvest Owners shall contribute all of their Class A Common Stock (other than their Investment 1 VEI Stock) to Harvest Investment II LLC (“Harvest Investment II”) in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Harvest Investment II.

Section 2.5 Exchange; Class B Common Stock. Effective immediately following the transactions described in Section 2.4, certain Existing Owners shall exchange all of their remaining VEH Interests for newly issued Class B Vine Units and receive newly issued Class B Common Stock.

Section 2.6 Contribution of Class B Vine Units and Class B Common Stock to Investment Entities. Effective immediately following the transactions described in Section 2.5, the Existing Vine Owners shall contribute all of their Investment 1 VEI Stock, Class B Vine Units and Class B Common Stock to Vine Investment LLC (“Vine Investment”) in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Vine Investment, (b) the Existing Brix Owners shall contribute all of their Investment 1 VEI Stock, Class B Vine Units and Class B Common Stock to Brix Investment LLC (“Brix Investment”) in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Brix Investment, and (c) the Existing Harvest Owners shall contribute all of their Investment 1 VEI Stock, Class B Vine Units and Class B Common Stock to Harvest Investment LLC (“Harvest Investment”) in exchange for newly issued equity interests in Harvest Investment.

Section 2.7 Consummation of the Offering. Effective immediately following the transactions described in Section 2.1 through Section 2.6, VEI shall consummate the Offering.

Section 2.8 VEH LLC Agreement. Effective immediately following the consummation of the Offering as described in Section 2.7, the members of VEH shall enter into the VEH LLC Agreement, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

-3-


Section 2.9 Contribution of Proceeds to VEH. Effective immediately following the execution of the VEH LLC Agreement as described in Section 2.8, VEI shall contribute the net proceeds of the Offering to VEH in exchange for newly issued Class A Vine Units.

Section 2.10    Resulting Ownership Post-Reorganization. After giving effect to the foregoing transactions and the Offering: (a) VEI will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEH (or [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (b) Vine Investment will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEH and [                ]% interest in VEI (or [                ]% and [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (c) Brix Investment will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEH and [                ]% interest in VEI (or [                ]% and [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (d) Harvest Investment will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEH and [                ]% interest in VEI (or [                ]% and [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (e) Vine Investment II will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEI (or [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), (f) Brix Investment II will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEI (or [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) and (g) Harvest Investment II will own an approximate [                ]% interest in VEI (or [                ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full).

ARTICLE III

FURTHER ASSURANCES

From time to time after the Effective Time, and without any further consideration, the Parties agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver all such additional, assignments, conveyances, instruments, notices and other documents, and to do all such other acts and things, all in accordance with applicable law, as may be necessary or appropriate (a) more fully to assure that the applicable Parties own all of the properties, rights, titles, interests, estates, remedies, powers and privileges granted by this Agreement, or which are intended to be so granted, (b) more fully and effectively to vest in the applicable Parties and their respective successors and assigns beneficial and record title to the interests contributed and assigned by this Agreement or intended to be so and (c) more fully and effectively to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS

Section 4.1 Mutual Representations. Each of the Parties hereby represents and warrants to each other Party:

(a) that the execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, do not and shall not (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, certificate of formation, operating agreement or similar organizational document (“Organizational Documents”) of such Party, as in effect on the date hereof; (ii) conflict with or violate any law applicable to such Party; or (iii) result in any breach of, constitute a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, require any consent of or notice to any person pursuant to, give to others any right of termination,

 

-4-


amendment, modification, acceleration or cancellation of, allow the imposition of any fees or penalties, require the offering or making of any payment or redemption, give rise to any increased, guaranteed, accelerated or additional rights or entitlements of any person or otherwise adversely affect any rights of such Party under or pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise, instrument, obligation or other contract to which such Party is a party or by which such Party or its assets may be bound or affected; and

(b) that such Party owns all interests contributed hereby free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, security interests, equities, charges or claims.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 5.1 Release. Effective as of the Effective Date, each of the Parties, on behalf of himself (or herself or itself) and his (or her or its assigns), heirs, beneficiaries, representatives, agents and affiliates (the “Releasing Parties”), hereby fully and finally releases, acquits and forever discharges each of the other Parties and affiliates and each of their respective present and former officers, directors, employees, agents, predecessors, successors, assigns, members, managers, equityholders, controlling persons, insurers and attorneys (the “Released Parties”) from any and all claims, causes of action, liabilities, losses, costs, damages, penalties, charges, expenses and all other forms of liability or obligation whatsoever, in law or equity, whether asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen (“Claims”), arising prior to the Effective Date and relating to such Releasing Party’s ownership of equity of Vine LP, Vine GP, Brix LP, Brix GP, Harvest LP, Harvest GP, or any of their respective subsidiaries (collectively, the “Operating Companies”) prior to the Effective Date (collectively, the “Released Claims”); provided, however, that the Released Claims shall exclude any Claims arising from or relating to or in connection with (a) rights or obligations under this Agreement and (b) any claim or right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under (i) the Organizational Documents of the Operating Companies (ii) the VEH LLC Agreement or (iii) any other agreement between such Releasing Party and the Operating Companies or their respective affiliates, in each case, as in effect prior to the Effective Date. Each Releasing Party expressly acknowledges that the release contained herein applies to all Released Claims, whether such Released Claims are known or unknown, and include Released Claims that if known by the releasing party might materially affect its decision to effect the settlement contained herein. Each Releasing Party has considered and taken into account the possible existence of such Released Claims in determining to execute and deliver this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, solely with respect to the Released Claims, each Releasing Party expressly waives any and all rights conferred upon it by any statute or rule of law that provides that a release does not extend to claims that the Releasing Party does not know or suspect to exist in its favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by the Releasing Party would have materially affected the Releasing Party’s settlement with the Released Parties. This Agreement constitutes a complete defense of any and all Released Claims. Each Releasing Party further agrees not to initiate any litigation, lawsuit, claim or action against any Released Party with respect to any Released Claim, except that the Releasing Party shall not be limited hereby from responding to, joining, prosecuting or being involved in any litigation, lawsuit, claim or action brought against such Releasing Party in respect of a Released Claim, nor from adjudicating whether or not a Claim constitutes a Released Claim.

 

-5-


Section 5.2 Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Rights. The Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns. Except as set forth in Section 5.1 for the Released Parties, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not create, rights in any other person and no person is or is intended to be a third-party beneficiary of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 5.3 Severability. If any of the provisions of this Agreement are held by any court of competent jurisdiction to contravene, or to be invalid under, the laws of any political body having jurisdiction over the subject matter hereof, such contravention or invalidity shall not invalidate the entire Agreement. Instead, this Agreement shall be construed as if it did not contain the particular provision or provisions held to be invalid, and an equitable adjustment shall be made and necessary provision added so as to give effect to the intention of the Parties as expressed in this Agreement at the time of execution of this Agreement.

Section 5.4 Waivers and Amendments. Any waiver of any term or condition of this Agreement, or any amendment or supplement to this Agreement, shall be effective only if in writing and signed by the Parties. A waiver of any breach or failure to enforce any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not in any way affect, limit or waive a Party’s rights hereunder at any time to enforce strict compliance thereafter with every term or condition of this Agreement.

Section 5.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the VEH LLC Agreement and all other documents and agreements entered into in connection with or contemplated by the Reorganization, constitute the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the transactions contemplated hereby, and together supersede all prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, whether oral or written, of the Parties pertaining thereto.

Section 5.6 Governing Law. The Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

Section 5.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means) with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same document.

Section 5.8 Further Action. The Parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

*        *         *        *        *

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed by each of the Parties as of the date first written above.

 

VINE OIL & GAS HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

         

Name:

 

Title:

 
B&H OIL AND GAS L.L.C.

By:

 

         

Name:

 

Title:

 
VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

         

Name:

 

Title:

 
VINE ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC

By:

 

         

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Master Reorganization Agreement


BLACKSTONE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES VI L.L.C.

By: BMA VI L.L.C., its sole member

By:

 

         

Name: Angelo Acconcia

Title: Senior Managing Director

BLACKSTONE ENERGY MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES L.L.C.

By: Blackstone EMA L.L.C., its sole member

By:

 

         

Name: Angelo Acconcia

Title: Senior Managing Director

BLACKSTONE ENERGY MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATES II L.L.C.

By:

 

         

Name: Angelo Acconcia

Title: Senior Managing Director

Signature Page to Master Reorganization Agreement


VINTNER RESOURCES, LLC

By: ELMCO LIVING TRUST, its manager

By:

 

         

Name:

 

Eric D. Marsh

Title:

 

Trustee

Signature Page to Master Reorganization Agreement


         

Wayne Stoltenberg

         

David Elkin

         

Randy Blurton

         

Brian Dutton

         

Phuong Le

         

Beth Truelove

         

Michael Adams

         

James Grover

         

Mark Henry

 

Signature Page to Master Reorganization Agreement


             

Rachel Zavala

         

Jonathan Curth

 

Signature Page to Master Reorganization Agreement


Schedule 11

Vine Equity Holders

 

Name

   Equity Interests Owned  
   Vine LP      Vine GP  

Vintner Resources, LLC

     X        X  

Wayne Stoltenberg

     X        —    

David Elkin

     X        —    

Randy Blurton

     X        —    

Brian Dutton

     X        —    

Phuong Le

     X        —    

Beth Truelove

     X        —    

Michael Adams

     X        —    

James Grover

     X        —    

Mark Henry

     X        —    

Rachel Zavala

     X        —    

Jonathan Curth

     X        —    

Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C.

     —          X  

Blackstone Energy Management Associates L.L.C.

     —          X  

 

1 

Blackstone and management have agreed to crystallize the waterfalls in each Vine, Brix and Harvest investment vehicle on the 90th day following the closing of the IPO using the 30-day volume-weighted average price of the Class A common stock as of such date so that each unitholder will hold fully vested capital interests not subject to repurchase. Additionally, Blackstone and management have agreed that any sale of common stock from such investment vehicles shall be made on a proportional basis across such vehicles.

 

Schedule 1 to Master Reorganization Agreement


Schedule 2

Brix Equity Holders

 

Name

   Equity Interests Owned  
   Brix LP      Brix GP  

Vintner Resources, LLC

     X        X  

Wayne Stoltenberg

     X        —    

David Elkin

     X        —    

Randy Blurton

     X        —    

Brian Dutton

     X        —    

Phuong Le

     X        —    

Beth Truelove

     X        —    

Michael Adams

     X        —    

Mark Henry

     X        —    

Rachel Zavala

     X        —    

Jonathan Curth

     X        —    

Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C.

     —          X  

Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C.

     —          X  

 

 

Schedule 2 to Master Reorganization Agreement


Schedule 3

Harvest Equity Holders

 

Name

   Equity Interests Owned  
   Harvest LP      Harvest GP  

Vintner Resources, LLC

     X        X  

David Elkin

     X        —    

Wayne Stoltenberg

     X        —    

Beth Truelove

     X        —    

Phuong Le

     X        —    

Randy Blurton

     X        —    

Blackstone Management Associates VI L.L.C.

     —          X  

Blackstone Energy Management Associates II L.L.C.

     —          X  

Schedule 3 to Master Reorganization Agreement


Exhibit A

VEH LLC Agreement

See attached.

 

Exhibit A to Master Reorganization Agreement

Exhibit 5.1

 

LOGO
 

609 Main Street

Houston, TX 77002

United States

 

+1 713 836 3600

 

www.kirkland.com

  

    

Facsimile:

+1 713 836 3601

[     ], 2021

Vine Energy Inc.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as special counsel to Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on February 22, 2021 (File No. 333-217235), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) (such Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”), relating to the proposed registration by the Company of up to [                ] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”), including [                ] shares of Common Stock to cover the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, if any. The shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Company identified in the Registration Statement are referred to herein as the “Shares,” and the issuance of the Shares is referred to herein as the “Issuance.”

In that connection, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion, including (i) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company in the form incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.3 to the Registration Statement and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [                ], 2021; (ii) the Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company in the form incorporated by reference as Exhibit 3.4 to the Registration Statement; (iii) the form of Underwriting Agreement in the form filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Registration Statement (the “Underwriting Agreement”), filed with the Commission on February 22, 2021; (iv) resolutions of the board of directors of the Company with respect to the Issuance and (v) the Registration Statement.

For purposes of this opinion, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We have also assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of the signatures of persons signing all documents in connection with which this opinion is rendered and the due authorization, execution and delivery of all documents by the parties thereto other than the Company. We have not independently established or verified any facts relevant to the opinion expressed herein, but have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others as to factual matters.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing qualifications, assumptions and limitations and the further limitations set forth below, we are of the opinion that, when (i) the final Underwriting Agreement is duly executed and delivered by the parties thereto and (ii) the Registration Statement becomes effective under the Act, the Shares have been duly authorized and will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of any laws except the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Beijing Boston Chicago Dallas Hong Kong Houston London Los Angeles Munich Palo Alto Paris San Francisco Shanghai Washington, D.C.


LOGO

Vine Energy Inc.

[    ], 2021

Page 2

 

We do not find it necessary for the purposes of this opinion, and accordingly we do not purport to cover herein, the application of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the various states to the Issuance.

This opinion is limited to the specific issues addressed herein, and no opinion may be inferred or implied beyond that expressly stated herein. We assume no obligation to revise or supplement this opinion should the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware be changed by legislative action, judicial decision or otherwise.

This opinion is furnished to you in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,
Kirkland & Ellis LLP

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 25, 2014

among

VINE OIL & GAS LP

as the Borrower,

The Several Lenders

from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent,

Swingline Lender and an Issuing Bank,

and

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC,

SG AMERICAS SECURITIES, LLC and

NATIXIS, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS FINANCE CO L.L.C.,

as Manager

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

SECTION 1.

  

DEFINITIONS

     2  
 

1.1

   Defined Terms      2  
 

1.2

   Other Interpretive Provisions      63  
 

1.3

   Accounting Terms      64  
 

1.4

   Rounding      64  
 

1.5

   References to Agreements, Laws, Etc      64  
 

1.6

   Times of Day      64  
 

1.7

   Timing of Payment or Performance      65  
 

1.8

   Currency Equivalents Generally      65  
 

1.9

   Classification of Loans and Borrowings      65  
 

1.10

   Hedging Requirements Generally      66  
 

1.11

   Certain Determinations      66  
 

1.12

   Pro Forma and Other Calculations      66  
 

1.13

   Divisions      68  

SECTION 2.

  

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

     68  
 

2.1

   Commitments      68  
 

2.2

   Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings      69  
 

2.3

   Notice of Borrowing      70  
 

2.4

   Disbursement of Funds      71  
 

2.5

   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      72  
 

2.6

   Conversions and Continuations      72  
 

2.7

   Pro Rata Borrowings      73  
 

2.8

   Interest      74  
 

2.9

   Interest Periods      74  
 

2.10

   Increased Costs, Illegality; Etc      75  
 

2.11

   Compensation      77  
 

2.12

   Change of Lending Office      77  
 

2.13

   Notice of Certain Costs      78  
 

2.14

   Reduction of Loan Limit; Supplemental Loan Limit Grid      78  
 

2.15

   Defaulting Lenders      79  
 

2.16

   [Reserved]      81  
 

2.17

   Extension Offers      81  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  

SECTION 3.

  

LETTERS OF CREDIT

     83  
 

3.1

  

Letters of Credit

     83  
 

3.2

  

Letter of Credit Applications

     84  
 

3.3

  

Letter of Credit Participations

     85  
 

3.4

  

Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings

     87  
 

3.5

  

New or Successor Issuing Bank

     89  
 

3.6

  

Role of Issuing Bank

     90  
 

3.7

  

Cash Collateral

     91  
 

3.8

  

Applicability of ISP and UCP

     91  
 

3.9

  

Conflict with Issuer Documents

     92  
 

3.10

  

Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries

     92  
 

3.11

  

Increased Costs

     92  
 

3.12

  

Independence

     92  

SECTION 4.

  

FEES; COMMITMENTS

     93  
 

4.1

  

Fees

     93  
 

4.2

  

Voluntary Reduction of Commitments

     94  
 

4.3

  

Mandatory Termination of Commitments

     95  

SECTION 5.

  

PAYMENTS

     95  
 

5.1

  

Voluntary Prepayments

     95  
 

5.2

  

Mandatory Prepayments

     96  
 

5.3

  

Method and Place of Payment

     97  
 

5.4

  

Net Payments

     97  
 

5.5

  

Computations of Interest and Fees

     101  
 

5.6

  

Limit on Rate of Interest

     101  

SECTION 6.

  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL BORROWING

     102  

SECTION 7.

  

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL SUBSEQUENT CREDIT EVENTS

     105  

SECTION 8.

  

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

     106  
 

8.1

  

Existence, Qualification and Power

     106  
 

8.2

  

Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Binding Effect

     106  
 

8.3

  

No Violation

     106  
 

8.4

  

Litigation

     107  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
 

8.5

  

Margin Regulations

     107  
 

8.6

  

Governmental Authorization

     107  
 

8.7

  

Investment Company Act

     107  
 

8.8

  

True and Complete Disclosure

     107  
 

8.9

  

Tax Matters

     108  
 

8.10

  

Compliance with ERISA

     108  
 

8.11

  

Subsidiaries

     109  
 

8.12

  

Intellectual Property

     109  
 

8.13

  

Environmental Laws

     109  
 

8.14

  

Properties

     109  
 

8.15

  

Solvency

     110  
 

8.16

  

Security Documents

     110  
 

8.17

  

Gas Imbalances, Prepayments

     110  
 

8.18

  

Marketing of Production

     111  
 

8.19

  

Financial Statements

     111  
 

8.20

  

OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA

     111  
 

8.21

  

Hedge Agreements

     112  

SECTION 9.

  

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     112  
 

9.1

  

Information Covenants

     112  
 

9.2

  

Books, Records and Inspections

     115  
 

9.3

  

Maintenance of Insurance

     116  
 

9.4

  

Payment of Taxes

     116  
 

9.5

  

Preservation of Existence, Etc

     117  
 

9.6

  

Compliance with Requirements of Law

     117  
 

9.7

  

[Reserved]

     117  
 

9.8

  

Maintenance of Properties

     117  
 

9.9

  

Transactions with Affiliates

     117  
 

9.10

  

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     121  
 

9.11

  

Additional Guarantors, Grantors and Collateral

     121  
 

9.12

  

Use of Proceeds

     123  
 

9.13

  

Further Assurances

     123  
 

9.14

  

Reserve Reports

     124  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
 

9.15

  

Change in Business

     126  
 

9.16

  

Title Information

     126  

SECTION 10.

  

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     127  
 

10.1

  

Limitation on Indebtedness

     127  
 

10.2

  

Limitation on Liens

     132  
 

10.3

  

Limitation on Fundamental Changes

     136  
 

10.4

  

Limitation on Sale of Assets

     139  
 

10.5

  

Limitation on Investments

     142  
 

10.6

  

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     145  
 

10.7

  

Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments

     150  
 

10.8

  

Negative Pledge Agreements

     151  
 

10.9

  

Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions

     153  
 

10.10

  

Hedge Agreements

     154  
 

10.11

  

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio

     156  
 

10.12

  

Accounting Changes

     156  

SECTION 11.

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

     156  
 

11.1

  

Payments

     156  
 

11.2

  

Representations, Etc

     156  
 

11.3

  

Covenants

     156  
 

11.4

  

Default Under Other Agreements

     157  
 

11.5

  

Bankruptcy, Etc

     157  
 

11.6

  

ERISA

     158  
 

11.7

  

Guarantee

     158  
 

11.8

  

Security Documents

     158  
 

11.9

  

Judgments

     158  
 

11.10

  

Change of Control

     158  
 

11.11

  

Intercreditor Agreements

     158  
 

11.12

  

Application of Proceeds

     159  
 

11.13

  

Equity Cure

     160  

SECTION 12.

  

THE AGENTS

     162  
 

12.1

  

Appointment

     162  
 

12.2

  

Delegation of Duties

     163  

 

-iv-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
 

12.3

  

Exculpatory Provisions

     163  
 

12.4

  

Reliance by Agents

     164  
 

12.5

  

Notice of Default

     164  
 

12.6

  

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders

     165  
 

12.7

  

Indemnification

     165  
 

12.8

  

Agents in Its Individual Capacities

     166  
 

12.9

  

Successor Agents

     166  
 

12.10

  

Withholding Tax

     167  
 

12.11

  

Security Documents and Collateral Agent under Security Documents and Guarantee

     168  
 

12.12

  

Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee

     169  
 

12.13

  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     170  
 

12.14

  

Certain ERISA Matters

     171  

SECTION 13.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     172  
 

13.1

  

Amendments, Waivers and Releases

     172  
 

13.2

  

Notices

     175  
 

13.3

  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     176  
 

13.4

  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     176  
 

13.5

  

Payment of Expenses; Indemnification

     176  
 

13.6

  

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

     178  
 

13.7

  

Replacements of Lenders under Certain Circumstances

     183  
 

13.8

  

Adjustments; Set-off

     184  
 

13.9

  

Counterparts; Electronic Execution

     185  
 

13.10

  

Severability

     187  
 

13.11

  

Integration

     187  
 

13.12

  

GOVERNING LAW

     187  
 

13.13

  

Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers

     187  
 

13.14

  

Acknowledgments

     188  
 

13.15

  

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

     189  
 

13.16

  

Confidentiality

     189  
 

13.17

  

Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations

     190  

 

-v-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page  
 

13.18

  

USA PATRIOT Act

     192  
 

13.19

  

Payments Set Aside

     192  
 

13.20

  

Reinstatement

     192  
 

13.21

  

Disposition of Proceeds

     192  
 

13.22

  

Collateral Matters; Hedge Agreements

     192  
 

13.23

  

Agency of the Borrower for the Other Credit Parties

     193  
  13.24   

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     193  
 

13.25

  

Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs

     194  

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    Form of Reserve Report Certificate
Exhibit B    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C    Form of Guarantee
Exhibit D    Form of Mortgage/Deed of Trust
Exhibit E    Form of Collateral Agreement
Exhibit F    [Reserved]
Exhibit G    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit H-1    Form of Promissory Note (Loan)
Exhibit H-2    Form of Promissory Note (Swingline Loan)
Exhibit I    [Reserved]
Exhibit J    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit K    Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate
Exhibit L    Form of Intercompany Note

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1(a)    Commitments
Schedule 1.1(b)    Excluded Equity Interests
Schedule 1.1(e)    Closing Date Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 8.4    Litigation
Schedule 8.11    Subsidiaries
Schedule 8.14    Properties
Schedule 8.17    Closing Date Gas Imbalance
Schedule 8.18    Closing Date Marketing Agreements
Schedule 8.21    Closing Date Hedge Agreements
Schedule 9.9    Closing Date Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 10.1    Closing Date Indebtedness
Schedule 10.2(d)    Closing Date Liens
Schedule 10.5(d)    Closing Date Investments
Schedule 10.8    Closing Date Negative Pledge Agreements
Schedule 13.2    Notice Addresses

 

-vi-


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of November 25, 2014, among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time parties as lenders hereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), HSBC Bank USA, National Association (“HSBC”), as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders, as the swing line lender and an issuer of Letters of Credit, and each other Issuing Bank from time to time party hereto.

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of August 11, 2014 (together with all exhibits and schedules thereto, and as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Purchase and Sale Agreement”), between SWEPI LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and Shell Gulf of Mexico Inc., a Delaware corporation (together referred to as the “Seller”), and the Borrower, the Borrower will acquire (the “Acquisition”) from the Seller, the Assets (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement and collectively, the “Acquired Assets”);

WHEREAS, to fund, in part, the Acquisition, it is intended that the Sponsor will contribute an amount in cash to the Borrower and/or a direct or indirect parent thereof in exchange for Equity Interests (such contribution, the “Equity Investment”) equal to at least 35% of the Funded Capitalization (the “Minimum Equity Amount”);

WHEREAS, to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Purchase and Sale Agreement, it is intended that the Borrower will borrow $850,000,000 in aggregate principal amount under a senior second-lien secured term loan facility on the Closing Date (of which $50,000,000 will be funded to the balance sheet of the Borrower (the “Balance Sheet Amount”));

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing, (a) the Borrower has requested that (i) on the Closing Date, the Lenders provide Loans to the Borrower (the “Closing Date Loans”) in order to fund a portion of the purchase price of the Acquisition, pay Transaction Expenses, to fund any working capital adjustments payable pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and to fund any original issue discount or upfront fees in connection with the “market flex” provisions previously agreed with the Lead Arrangers and (ii) at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and prior to the Maturity Date, the Lenders provide Loans to the Borrower subject to the Available Commitment to (A) provide for the working capital needs of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and for other general corporate purposes, (B) support deposits required under purchase agreements pursuant to which the Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries may acquire Oil and Gas Properties, and (C) backstop obligations under contracts entered into from time to time incident to the Borrower’s business, (b) the Borrower has requested that (i) on the Closing Date, Letters of Credit issued to backstop obligations under gathering and/or transportation contracts entered into or assumed by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower in connection with the Acquisition and to otherwise support obligations of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement or any related agreement and (ii) at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date and prior to the L/C Maturity Date, each Issuing Bank issue Letters of Credit (subject to the Available Commitment) and (c) the Borrower has requested that the Swingline Lender extend credit in the form of Swingline Loans (subject to the Available Commitment) at any time and from time to time prior to the Swingline Maturity Date;


WHEREAS, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks are willing to make available to the Borrower such revolving credit, swingline and letter of credit facilities upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Defined Terms.

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

2017 Notes Offering” shall mean the Borrower’s issuance of unsecured notes issued pursuant to (i) Section 10.1(c) of the Credit Agreement to Refinance in whole or in part the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities and (ii) Section 10.1(q)(i) as Permitted Additional Debt.

2020 Second Lien Facility” shall mean the Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof.

2020 Second Lien Term Loans” shall mean the loans in an initial aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 made under the 2020 Second Lien Facility.

ABR” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 12 of 1.0%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (c) the LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.0%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day; provided further that in no event shall ABR be less than zero. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such LIBOR Rate, respectively.

ABR Loan” shall mean each Loan bearing interest based on the ABR.

Acquired Assets” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

Acquired EBITDAX” shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary (determined

 

2


as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX were references to such Acquired Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or to such Converted Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), as applicable, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDAX”.

Acquisition” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

Adjusted Total Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the Total Commitment less the aggregate amount of Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

Administrative Agent” shall mean HSBC, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.9.

Administrative Agent’s Office” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 13.2, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean, for each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

Affiliate” shall mean with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

Agent Related Party” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, its Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, agents, attorney-in-fact, partners, trustees and advisors of such Agent and of such Agent’s Affiliates.

Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

All-In Yield” shall mean, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, original issue discount, upfront fees, or any LIBOR Rate or ABR floor, in each case, incurred or payable by the Credit Parties generally to all the lenders of such Indebtedness; provided that (a) original issue discount and upfront fees shall be equated to

 

3


interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of its incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness), and (b) ”All-In Yield” shall not include amendment fees, arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees and similar fees (regardless of whether shared with, or paid to, in whole or in part, any or all lenders), success fees, consent fees paid to consenting lenders, ticking fees on undrawn commitments or any other fees not paid ratably to all lenders in the primary syndication of such Indebtedness.

Applicable Margin” shall mean, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan or LIBOR Loan, as the case may be, the rate per annum set forth in the grid below based upon the Commitment Utilization Percentage in effect on such day:

 

Commitment Utilization Grid

Commitment Utilization Percentage

   X < 35%    35% £ X< 50%    50% £ X < 75%    75% £ X< 90%    X ³ 90%

LIBOR Loans

   2.50%    2.75%    3.00%    3.25%    3.50%

ABR Loans

   1.50%    1.75%    2.00%    2.25%    2.50%

Commitment Fee Rate

   0.375%    0.375%    0.50%    0.50%    0.50%

Each change in the Commitment Fee Rate or Applicable Margin shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change.

Approved Petroleum Engineers” shall mean (a) Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., (b) Ryder Scott Company, L.P., (c) W. D. Van Gonten & Co. Petroleum Engineering, and (d) at the Borrower’s option, any other independent petroleum engineers selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Assignment and Assumption” shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit G or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

Attorney Costs” shall mean all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Authorized Officer” shall mean as to any Person, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Controller, the Treasurer, the Assistant or Vice Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance, the General Counsel and any manager, managing member or general partner, in each case, of such Person, and any other senior officer designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by such Person. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by an Authorized Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower or any other Credit Party and such Authorized Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Person.

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(b).

 

4


Available Commitment” shall mean, at any time, (a) the Loan Limit at such time minus (b) the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders at such time.

Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” shall mean (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Balance Sheet Amount” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

Bank Price Deck” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s internal price deck on a forward curve basis for each of oil, natural gas and other Hydrocarbons, as applicable, furnished to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.5.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification regarding beneficial ownership or control as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Benefited Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.8(a).

Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America (or any successor).

Board of Directors” shall mean, as to any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person, or if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity.

Borrower” shall have the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrowing” shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Loan on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans, the same Interest Period (provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans).

 

5


Budget” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(g).

Business Day” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Houston, Texas are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close, and, if such day relates to (a) any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan, (b) any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or (c) any other dealings pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capitalized Lease” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; provided, further, that for purposes of calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat leases in a manner consistent with its current treatment under generally accepted accounting principles as of the Closing Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretative changes thereto that may occur. For the avoidance of doubt, any lease that would be characterized as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such lease to be re-characterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as a Capitalized Lease.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Collateralize” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.7(b).

Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement entered into from time to time by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with cash management services for collections, other Cash Management Services and for operating, payroll and trust accounts of such Person, including automatic clearing house services, controlled disbursement services, electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

 

6


Cash Management Bank” shall mean any Person that either (i) at the time it provides Cash Management Services, (ii) on the Closing Date or (iii) at any time after it has provided any Cash Management Services, is a Lender or an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent.

Cash Management Obligations” shall mean obligations owed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in connection with, or in respect of, any Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services” shall mean (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services) and (c) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including any Cash Management Agreement.

Casualty Event” shall mean, with respect to any Reserve Report Properties, (a) any material damage to, destruction of, or other casualty or loss involving, any property or asset or (b) any seizure, condemnation, confiscation or taking under the power of eminent domain of, or any requisition of title or use of, or relating to, or any similar event in respect of, any property or asset.

CFC” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender with any guideline, request, directive or order enacted or promulgated after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law); provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority) and all guidelines, requests, directives, orders, rules and regulations adopted, enacted or promulgated in connection therewith shall be deemed to have gone into effect after the Closing Date regardless of the date adopted, enacted or promulgated and shall be included as a Change in Law but solely for such costs that would have been included if they would have otherwise been imposed under clauses (a)(ii) and (c) of Section 2.10 or Section 3.11 and only to the extent a Lender is imposing applicable increased costs or costs in connection with capital adequacy requirements similar to those described in clauses (a)(ii) and (c) of Section 2.10 or Section 3.11 generally on other borrowers of comparable loans under United States reserve based credit facilities under credit agreements having similar reimbursement provisions.

Change of Control” shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO (A) the Permitted Holders cease to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially,

 

7


at least 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower or (B) (1) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (2) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests of the Borrower beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; or (ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO (1) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (2) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and the percentage of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests of the Borrower beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; unless in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower; or

(b) a “Change of Control” (as defined in the documentation governing the 2020 Second Lien Facility (or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof)), in each case to the extent then constituting Material Indebtedness shall have occurred.

Class” shall mean (i) with respect to Commitments or Loans, those of such Commitments or Loans that have the same terms and conditions (without regard to differences in the Type of Loan, Interest Period, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees paid or payable in connection with such Commitments or Loans, or differences in tax treatment (e.g., “fungibility”)) and (ii) with respect to Lenders, those of such Lenders that have Commitments or Loans of a particular Class.

Closing Date” shall mean November 25, 2014.

Closing Date Loans” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” shall have the meaning provided for such term in each of the Security Documents and shall include any and all assets securing or intended to secure any or all of the Obligations; provided that with respect to any Mortgages, “Collateral,” as defined herein, shall include “Mortgaged Property” as defined therein.

 

8


Collateral Agent” shall mean HSBC, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.9.

Collateral Agreement” shall mean the Collateral Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Collateral Coverage Minimum” shall mean that the Mortgaged Properties shall represent (a) from the date that is 90 days following the Closing Date up to the date that is 120 days following the Closing Date, at least 50% of the PV-9 of the Credit Parties’ total Proved Reserves and (b) from the date that is 120 days following the Closing Date and thereafter, at least 85% of the PV-9 of the Credit Parties’ total Proved Reserves, in each case, included either in the Initial Reserve Report or in the most recent Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that such timelines set forth in clauses (a) and/or (b) above may be extended with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

Commitment” shall mean (a) with respect to each Lender that is a Lender on the Third Amendment Effective Date, the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(a) as such Lender’s “Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Third Amendment Effective Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Commitment” in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided that, as of any date of determination, such amount shall be reduced on a pro-rata basis based on each Lender’s Commitment Percentage on such date to reflect the reduction of the Loan Limit of the Lenders on such date pursuant to the “Loan Limit Grid” as set forth in the definition of “Loan Limit” in this Section 1.1. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate amount of the Commitments as of the Third Amendment Effective Date is $300,000,000.

Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(a).

Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean, for any day, with respect to the Available Commitment on such day, the applicable rate per annum set forth next to the row heading “Commitment Fee Rate” in the definition of “Applicable Margin” and based upon the Commitment Utilization Percentage in effect on such day.

Commitment Percentage” shall mean, at any time, for each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Total Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Total Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (i) such Lender’s Total Exposure at such time by (ii) the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders at such time (with such Total Exposure, and the components thereof, calculated using (x) any applicable Lender’s outstanding principal amount of Loans plus (y) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure and such Lender’s Swingline Exposure based on the Commitment Percentage of such Lender immediately prior to the termination of the Total Commitment).

 

9


Commitment Utilization Percentage” shall mean, as of any day, the fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders on such day, and the denominator of which is the Loan Limit on such day; provided that, neither the numerator nor the denominator shall be less than $0.

Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

Confidential Information” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.16.

Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, and commissions, fees and expenses and amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses to pensions and other post-employment benefits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDAX” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than in the case of clauses (a)(vii) and (a)(viii)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise, excise, property and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax) and foreign withholding taxes (including (i) any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations and (ii) the amount of distributions actually made to any Parent Entity in respect of such period in accordance with Sections 10.6(f)(ii)) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (a) through (u) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income, plus

(ii) Fixed Charges for such period (in addition to, without duplication, (x) bank fees and other deferred financing fees and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities), plus amounts excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in clauses (i)(s) through (z) in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense), plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense for such period, plus

 

10


(iv) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (1) the Borrower may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (2) to the extent the Borrower does decide to add back such non-cash charge in the current period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDAX to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

(v) the amount of any reductions in arriving at Net Income resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 810, Consolidation, plus

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, advisory and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the extent permitted under clause (g) or (j) of Section 9.9, plus

(vii) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies (x) related to the Transactions projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken, or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), within thirty-six (36) months after the Closing Date, (y) related to mergers and other business combinations, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, cost savings initiatives and other similar initiatives consummated after the Closing Date and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken, or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within thirty-six (36) months after consummation of such merger or other business combination, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring or cost savings initiative or other similar initiative that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result within thirty-six (36) months after such actions are taken, in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, and savings from synergies had been realized on the first day of such period, as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies were realized during the entirety of such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower and (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (vii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDAX, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period, plus

 

11


(viii) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDAX pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back, plus

(ix) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock), plus

(x) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus

(xi) (A) costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and (B) costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Investments, acquisitions (or purchases of assets) after the Closing Date, plus

(xii) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves, equity-based or non-cash compensation charges or expenses including any such charges or expenses arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, retention charges (including charges or expenses in respect of incentive plans), severance costs, costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions and integration and facilities opening costs or any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and investments; plus

(xiii) the amount of any non-cash interest expense of non-wholly owned Subsidiaries attributable to minority equity interests of third parties; plus

(xiv) the amount of net cost savings and net cash flow effect of revenue enhancements related to New Contracts projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be subject to certification by management of the Borrower and shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings or revenue enhancements had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or revenue enhancements are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be added pursuant to this clause (xiv) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause (xii) above with respect to such period; plus

 

12


(xv) exploration expenses or costs (to the extent the Borrower adopts the successful efforts method of accounting); and

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any non-cash gains that represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for any anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than any such accrual or reserve that has been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDAX in accordance with this definition), plus

(ii) any net income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus

(iii) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period unless such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDAX in such prior period.

There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDAX for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDAX of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDAX of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “Acquired Entity or Business”) and the Acquired EBITDAX of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDAX of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (B) for the purposes of the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition”, compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 10.11 and the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, but without limiting the adjustments included in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. There shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDAX for any period the Disposed EBITDAX of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of or, closed or classified as discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “Sold Entity or Business”) and the Disposed EBITDAX of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Disposed EBITDAX of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition.

 

13


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of determining Consolidated EBITDAX under this Agreement for any period that includes any of the fiscal quarters ended September 30, 2014, June 30, 2014, March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, Consolidated EBITDAX for such fiscal quarters shall be $59,100,000, $72,500,000, $83,000,000 and $41,800,000, respectively, in each case, as may be subject to add-backs and adjustments (without duplication) pursuant to clause (vii) above and Section 1.12(c) for the applicable Test Period.

For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDAX shall be calculated, including pro forma adjustments, in accordance with Section 1.12.

Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of obligations under any Capitalized Lease, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedge Agreements with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (s) costs associated with obtaining Hedge Agreements and breakage costs in respect of Hedge Agreements related to interest rates, (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to other securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Transactions or any acquisitions after the Closing Date, (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty (other than Indebtedness except to the extent arising from the application of purchase or recapitalization accounting) and (z) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or document); plus

(ii) consolidated capitalized interest of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

 

14


(iii) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such obligations in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

(a) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses, charges or expenses or losses, charges or expenses relating to any strategic initiatives (including relating to any multi-year strategic initiatives), Transaction Expenses, restructuring costs and reserves, duplicative running costs, relocation costs, integration costs, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets, Public Company Costs, facility consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses, one-time compensation charges, costs relating to pre-opening, opening, closing and consolidation costs for facilities, signing, retention or completion bonuses, executive recruiting and retention costs, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, costs incurred in connection with non-ordinary course product and intellectual property development, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions (or purchases of assets) prior to or after the Closing Date (including integration costs), other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs, tax savings and optimization initiatives, and new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs (including information technology systems) and implementation costs and project start-up costs), operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives, consulting fees and curtailments and modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded;

(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded;

(c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal, abandonment (including asset retirement costs) or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, as applicable, shall be excluded provided that any exclusion for the discontinuance of discontinued operations held for sale shall be at the option of the Borrower pending the consummation of such sale;

(d) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, shall be excluded;

 

15


(e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of any Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(f) any penalty or other similar amounts in excess of $30,000,000 in any calendar year paid under gathering or transportation agreements as a result of insufficient volumes shall be excluded;

(g) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy method (including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition, joint venture or similar investment permitted under this Agreement consummated on, prior to or after the Closing Date or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(h) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedge Agreements or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(i) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP or SEC guidelines, and any impairment charges, asset write-offs or write-down, including ceiling test write-downs, on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines shall be excluded;

(j) any non-cash equity or phantom equity based or non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, profits interests or other rights or equity or equity-based incentive programs (“equity incentives”), any cash charges associated with equity incentives or other long-term incentive compensation plans (including under the Borrower’s Tier I Equity Sharing Award Agreements and/or deferred compensation arrangements), roll-over, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of such Person or of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, shall be excluded;

(k) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Disposition or other transfer, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the syndication and incurrence of any

 

16


securities or credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests (including by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower), recapitalization, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of any securities and any credit facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 805, Business Combinations), shall be excluded;

(l) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the entry into or termination of any Hedge Agreements shall be excluded;

(m) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the Transactions (or within twenty-four months after the closing of any acquisition or Investment that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition or Investment) in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of modifications of accounting policies shall be excluded;

(n) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), shall be excluded;

(o) the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions in this Agreement), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(p) any non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, shall be excluded;

 

17


(q) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded;

(r) (i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(s) without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of income taxes for of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(f)(ii) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(t) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a previously recognized increase to net income); and

(u) the following items shall be excluded:

(i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedge Agreements and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging;

(ii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency transaction or translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from (A) Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk and (B) resulting from intercompany indebtedness) and any other foreign currency transaction or translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items;

(iii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in methodology of calculating reserves, rebates or other chargebacks;

(iv) any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees, or any comparable regulation; and

(v) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments.

 

18


In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement.

Consolidated Secured Total Debt” shall mean Consolidated Total Debt minus the sum of the portion of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary included in clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated Total Debt that is not secured by any Lien on property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Total Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period.

Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment or other acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

Consolidated Total Debt” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of (without duplication) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, in an amount that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition, Investment or any other acquisition permitted hereunder), consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, purchase money indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of any Capitalized Lease, and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of all unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that clause (a) above shall not include Indebtedness (i) in respect of Hedging Obligations (but shall include net unpaid termination payments under Hedge Agreements), (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder and (iii) of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period.

Contractual Requirement” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.3.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Borrower and/or other companies.

 

19


Converted Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

Credit Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantee, the Security Documents, each Letter of Credit, any promissory notes issued by the Borrower under this Agreement, any Extension Amendment and any intercreditor agreement with respect to the Facility entered into on or after the Closing Date to which the Collateral Agent is party.

Credit Event” shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan and the issuance of a Letter of Credit.

Credit Party” shall mean each of the Borrower and the Guarantors.

Cure Amount” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.13(a).

Cure Deadline” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.13(a).

Cure Right” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.13(a).

Debt Fund Affiliate” shall mean any Affiliate of the Sponsor that is a bona fide diversified debt fund and is not either (a) a natural person or (b) the Borrower, a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default” shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Rate” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.8(c).

Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender whose acts or failures to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of “Lender Default”.

 

20


Deferred Extension Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(f).

Disposition” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.4.

Dispose” or “Disposed of” shall have a correlative meaning to the defined term of “Disposition”.

Disposed EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX (and in the component definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Disqualified Institution” shall mean those Persons that have been specified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to August 11, 2014 and any competitor of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and any Affiliates of such competitor that are operating companies (or Affiliates of operating companies) subsequently identified in writing by the Borrower, other than their respective financial investors that are not operating companies and other than any Debt Fund Affiliate.

Disqualified Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation, scheduled redemption or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (ii) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements) and the termination of the Commitments and (to the extent not cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank) outstanding Letters of Credit, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (ii) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements) and the termination of the Commitments and (to the extent not cash collateralized or backstopped in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank) outstanding Letters of Credit, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Equity Interests; provided, that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of future, current or former

 

21


employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s or consultant’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any Equity Interests held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s or consultant’s termination, death or disability.

Distressed Person” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event”.

Dollars” and “$” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

Drawing” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(b).

EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

 

22


Environmental Action Plan” means the implementation or satisfaction of each legally binding condition specified in any material Environmental Permit.

Environmental Claims” shall mean any and all written actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of liability, noncompliance, violation or proceedings arising under or based upon any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permit (hereinafter, “Claims”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief regarding the presence, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.

Environmental Law” shall mean any applicable Federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the pollution or protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to hazardous materials or any Release or recycling of, or exposure to, any pollutants, contaminants or chemicals or any toxic or otherwise hazardous substances, materials or wastes).

Environmental Permit” shall mean any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” of any person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity or ownership of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest, and any securities or other rights or interests convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, excluding any debt security that is convertible or exchangeable into any Equity Interests (provided that any instrument evidencing Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable into Equity Interests, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests, shall not be deemed to be Equity Interests unless and until such instrument is so converted or exchanged, except, solely for purposes of a pledge of Equity Interests in connection with this Agreement, to the extent such instrument could be treated as “stock” of a CFC for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2)).

Equity Investment” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

23


ERISA Affiliate” shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with any Credit Party would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) the failure of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (d) a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard, in each case with respect to a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or a failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (e) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or that is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (f) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, respectively, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan; (g) the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, including the imposition of a lien under Section 412 or 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, but excluding PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon such Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (h) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code) or (i) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction with respect to any Pension Plan maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in material liability to such Credit Party, except in each of (a) – (i) with respect to Foreign Plans.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Euro” shall mean the lawful single currency unit of the Participating Member States.

Event of Default” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 

24


Exchange Rate” shall mean on any day with respect to any currency (other than Dollars), the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into any other currency (including Dollars), as set forth at approximately 12:00 noon (London time) on such day on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the bank acting as Administrative Agent in the market where its foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 12:00 noon, local time, on such date for the purchase of the relevant currency for delivery two Business Days later.

Excluded Assets” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

Excluded Equity Interests” shall mean (a) any Equity Interests with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences of pledging such Equity Interests in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom, (b) solely in the case of any pledge of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO (in each case, that is owned directly by the Borrower or a Guarantor) to secure the Obligations, any Equity Interest that is Voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO in excess of 65% of the Voting Stock of such Subsidiary, (c) any Equity Interests to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any Requirement of Law, (d) in the case of (i) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by Contractual Requirements existing on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary is acquired (provided that such Contractual Requirements have not been entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary being acquired), or (ii) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly owned Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii) to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Requirements of Law), (B) any Contractual Requirement prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (1) such other party is a Credit Party or a Wholly owned Subsidiary or (2) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and only for so long as such Contractual Requirement or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or a Wholly owned Subsidiary) to any Contractual Requirement governing such Equity Interests the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions that are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Requirement of Law), (e) the Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary (unless a security interest in the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary may be perfected by filing an “all assets” UCC financing statement) and any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (f) the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO, (g) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (h) any Equity Interests set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) which have been identified on or prior to the Closing Date in writing to the Administrative Agent by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and agreed to by the Administrative Agent and (i) Margin Stock.

 

25


Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean (a) each Immaterial Subsidiary, for so long as any such Subsidiary constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary pursuant to the terms hereof, (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Wholly owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary or Requirement of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to guarantee or grant Liens to secure the Obligations on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (d) any Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is (i) a FSHCO, (ii) owned directly or indirectly by a CFC or a FSHCO or (iii) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which (x) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the burden or cost or other consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee of or granting Liens to secure the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) providing such a Guarantee or granting such Liens would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (g) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (h) each Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (i) each not-for-profit Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean with respect to any Guarantor, any Hedging Obligation if, and to the extent that, and only for so long as, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Hedging Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) or any other applicable Requirement of Law.

Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), branch profits Taxes and franchise Taxes imposed on it, in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced

 

26


any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Credit Document), (ii) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of a Lender (including any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender), other than to the extent such Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 13.7, pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender acquires an interest in a Loan, Letter of Credit or Commitment (or designates a new lending office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnification payments from any Credit Party with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.4, (iii) any Tax attributable to the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s or any other recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.4(d), (e), (h) or (i), and (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed under FATCA.

Existing Class” shall mean a Class of Existing Commitments and related Existing Loans.

Existing Commitment” shall mean, with respect to a Class of Commitments, the Commitments of such Class at the time a Loan Extension Request is made.

Existing Loans” shall mean, with respect to a Class of Loans, the Loans of such Class at the time a Loan Extension Request is made.

Existing Unsecured Notes” shall mean the unsecured notes issued by the Borrower prior to the Third Amendment Effective Date pursuant to (i) that certain Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2017, among the Borrower, as issuer, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as co-issuer, certain Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and (ii) that certain Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2018, among the Borrower, as issuer, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as co-issuer, certain Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.

Extended Class” shall mean a Class of Extended Commitments and related Extended Loans.

Extended Commitments” shall mean, with respect to a Class of Commitments, all or the portion of such Class extended pursuant to Section 2.17, as applicable.

Extended Loans” shall mean, with respect to a Class of Loans, all or the portion of such Class of Loans extended pursuant to Section 2.17, as applicable.

Extending Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(d).

Extension Amendment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(e).

Extension Election” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(d).

 

27


Extension Minimum Condition” shall mean a condition to consummating any Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Loan Extension Request, in the Borrower’s sole discretion) of any or all applicable Classes to be submitted for Extension.

Extension Series” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(c).

Facility” shall mean this Agreement and the Commitments and the extensions of credit made hereunder.

Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a Disposition of such asset at such date of determination assuming a Disposition by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset, as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Farm-In Agreement” shall mean an agreement whereby a Person agrees, among other things, to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of one or more wells or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well or wells as all or a part of the consideration provided in exchange for an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

Farm-Out Agreement” shall mean a Farm-In Agreement, viewed from the standpoint of the party that grants to another party the right to earn an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), or any current or future Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder or official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code, and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.

Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such rate is not so published for any date that is a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Financial Officer” of any Person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, principal accounting officer, Controller, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of such Person.

First Amendment Effective Date” shall mean January 6, 2015.

 

28


Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(b) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

(c) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Plan” shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Fronting Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(c).

FSHCO” shall mean any Domestic Subsidiary (including a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs (held directly or through Subsidiaries).

Fund” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Funded Capitalization” shall mean (x) the sum of (1) the aggregate gross proceeds of Loans outstanding under the Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loans borrowed on the Closing Date, excluding (i) Letters of Credit (or the proceeds of any loans (including any Loans under this Facility) used to cash collateralize existing letters of credit of the Seller or any Seller guarantees) and (ii) the gross proceeds of any loans (including any Loans under this Facility) to fund (A) working capital needs and (B) original issue discount or upfront fees in connection with the “market flex” provisions previously agreed with the Lead Arrangers (including by any increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities and any Loans under this Facility) and (2) the Equity Investment, in each case on the Closing Date immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, minus (y) the Balance Sheet Amount.

GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that (i) if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall

 

29


have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith, (ii) GAAP shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB ASC Topic 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein, and Indebtedness shall be measured at the aggregate principal amount thereof, and (iii) the accounting for operating leases and capital leases under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof (including, without limitation, Accounting Standards Codification 840) shall apply for the purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, including the definition of Capitalized Leases and obligations in respect thereof.

Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

Granting Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g).

Guarantee” shall mean the Guarantee made by any Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

Guarantee Obligations” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee Obligations” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.

Guarantors” shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(e) that becomes a party to the Guarantee on the Closing Date (except to the extent released therefrom in accordance with the terms hereof) and each other Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary (except to the extent provided below)) that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.11 or otherwise; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower in its sole discretion may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not required to be

 

30


a Guarantor hereunder or pursuant to the Security Documents to provide a Guarantee by causing such Restricted Subsidiary to execute a Guarantee and such Restricted Subsidiary shall be Guarantor and Credit Party for all purposes hereunder except to the extent released from such Guarantee in accordance with the terms hereof.

Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, natural gas or natural gas liquids, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas and (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of or otherwise classified or regulated as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, “toxic substances”, “toxic pollutants”, “contaminants”, or “pollutants”, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law or that would otherwise reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law.

Hedge Agreements” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, future contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reserve repurchase transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction, spot contracts, fixed-price physical delivery contracts, whether or not exchange traded, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, agreements or obligations to physically sell any commodity at any index-based price shall not be considered Hedge Agreements.

Hedge Bank” shall mean any Person that either (i) at the time it entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Cash Management Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, (ii) on the Closing Date or (iii) at any time after it has entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Cash Management Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, is or was an Agent, Lender or any Affiliate of an Agent or Lender; provided that no Person shall be deemed a “Hedge Bank” with respect to any Hedge Agreement or Cash Management Agreement entered into after such Person ceases to be an Agent, Lender or any Affiliate of an Agent or Lender.

Hedging Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements.

 

31


Highest Lawful Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the Loans under laws applicable to such Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws allow as of the date hereof.

Historical Financial Information” shall mean to the extent related to the Acquired Assets, (i) monthly production and accounting lease operating statements for (x) the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 and (y) the fiscal period ended June 30, 2014 and (ii) the 2013 capital budget (including overhead). Such information need not be prepared in compliance with GAAP or Regulation S-X of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or include adjustments for recapitalization or purchase accounting (including adjustments of the type contemplated by Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations (formerly SFAS 141R)).

HSBC” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

Hydrocarbon Interests” shall mean all rights, titles, interests and estates now or hereafter acquired in and to oil and gas leases, oil, gas and mineral leases, or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests, overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, including any reserved or residual interests of whatever nature.

Hydrocarbons” shall mean oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all products refined or separated therefrom.

Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.

Immediate Family Members” shall mean with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean the following, if and only to the extent (other than with respect to clause (g) below) the same would constitute indebtedness or a liability in accordance with GAAP, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (c) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be required to be shown as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person (other than (i) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (ii) accruals for payroll and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) obligations resulting under firm

 

32


transportation contracts, or take or pay contracts or other similar agreements), (d) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person, (e) the principal component of all obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases of such Person, (f) net Hedging Obligations of such Person, (g) all indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse, (h) the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase in respect of Disqualified Stock (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock), (i) the undischarged balance of any production payment created by such Person or for the creation of which such Person directly or indirectly received payment and (j) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of the items described in clauses (a) through (i) above; provided that Indebtedness shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise expressly limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt or (B) not include (i) trade and other ordinary-course payables and accrued expenses, (ii) deferred or prepaid revenues, (iii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (iv) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and (B) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) obligations under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and any other agreements or instruments contemplated thereby, in each case, as amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (vi) Production Payments and Reserve Sales, (vii) in-kind obligations relating to net oil, natural gas liquids or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business, (viii) any obligation in respect of a Farm-In Agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or gas property, (ix) operating leases or sale and leaseback transactions (except any resulting obligations under any Capitalized Lease), (x) commitments or obligations of such Person to make capital contributions in another Person or fund construction costs of equipment, gathering, transportation, processing, handling, pipelines and other related systems and facilities which constitute Industry Investments and (xi) any Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent not guaranteeing Indebtedness. The amount of any net Hedging Obligations on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (g) above shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the

 

33


contrary, Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose hereunder as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Indemnified Liabilities” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.5(b).

Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document other than (a) Excluded Taxes and (b) Other Taxes.

Industry Investment” shall mean Investments and/or expenditures made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business as a means of actively engaging therein through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements that permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including: (1) ownership interests (directly or through equity) in oil and gas properties or gathering, transportation, processing, or related systems; and (2) Investments and/or expenditures in the form of or pursuant to operating agreements, processing agreements, Farm-In Agreements, Farm-Out Agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties.

Information” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.8(a).

Initial Loans” shall mean the loans made by the Lenders under Section 2.1(a) pursuant to their respective Commitments.

Initial Maturity Date” shall mean January 15, 2023.

Initial Reserve Report” shall mean the reserve engineers’ report of W.D. Van Gonten & Co. Petroleum Engineering as of July 1, 2014.

Intercompany Note” shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto.

Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date among the Collateral Agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent for the 2020 Second Lien Facility, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties party thereto from time to time, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, and any replacement of the foregoing on terms not materially adverse to the Lenders, taken as a whole, than the relevant replaced intercreditor agreement.

 

34


Interest Period” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9.

Investment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5.

Investment Grade Rating” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other rating agency selected by the Borrower.

Investor Management Agreement” shall mean an agreement among the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Borrower) and Affiliates of (or management entities associated with) one or more of the Sponsor, as in effect from time to time and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in a manner not materially adverse to the Lenders.

ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or any successor thereto, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or any successor definitional booklet for interest rate derivatives published from time to time by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. or such successor thereto.

ISP” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary) or in favor of the applicable Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank” shall mean (a) HSBC and any of its Affiliates and (b) if requested by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, any other Person who is a Lender at the time of such request and who accepts such appointment (it being understood that, if any such Person ceases to be a Lender hereunder, such Person will remain an Issuing Bank with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such Person that remained outstanding as of the date such Person ceased to be a Lender). References herein and in the other Credit Documents to an Issuing Bank shall be deemed to refer to the Issuing Bank in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all Issuing Banks, as the context requires. Any Lender may, from time to time, become an Issuing Bank under this Agreement with the protections and rights afforded to Issuing Banks hereunder by executing a joinder, in a form reasonably satisfactory to (and acknowledged and accepted by) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, indicating such Lender’s “Letter of Credit Commitment” and upon the execution and delivery of any such joinder, such Lender shall be an Issuing Bank for all purposes hereof.

Junior Debt” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.7(a).

Junior Debt Document” shall mean, at any time, any “Junior Debt Document” as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

35


Junior Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral (other than Liens securing the Obligations) that are subordinated to the Liens granted under the Credit Documents pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that Junior Liens are not required to be pari passu with other Junior Liens, and that Indebtedness secured by Junior Liens may have Liens that are senior in priority to, or pari passu with, or junior in priority to, other Liens constituting Junior Liens).

Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Class of Commitments or Loans that is outstanding hereunder on such date of determination.

L/C Borrowing” shall mean an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing. All L/C Borrowings shall be denominated in Dollars.

L/C Maturity Date” shall mean the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

L/C Obligations” shall mean, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unpaid Drawings, including all L/C Borrowings. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

L/C Participant” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a).

L/C Participation” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.3(a).

LCA Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a).

LCA Test Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a).

Lead Arrangers” shall mean HSBC Bank USA, National Association, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, SG Americas Securities, LLC and Natixis, New York Branch, each in its capacity as a lead arranger in respect of the Facility.

Lender” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Lenders” includes the Swingline Lender.

Lender Default” shall mean (i) the refusal (which may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans or participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans or reimbursement obligations required to be made by it, which refusal or failure is not cured within one Business Day after the date of such refusal or failure; (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute; (iii) a Lender has notified the Borrower or the

 

36


Administrative Agent that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations, or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations under the Facility, (iv) a Lender has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under the Facility or (v) a Distressed Person has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Distressed Person becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender Default has occurred under any one or more of clauses (i) through (v) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and the applicable Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and each Lender.

Lender-Related Distress Event” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, that such Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “Distressed Person”), as the case may be, is or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt, or such Distressed Person is or becomes the subject of a Bail-in Action; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.1 and shall include the Existing Letters of Credit.

Letter of Credit Application” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(a).

Letter of Credit Commitment” shall mean $100,000,000 (or such greater amount as agreed to by the Issuing Banks), as the same may be reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 3.1.

Letter of Credit Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, at any time, the sum of (a) the principal amount of any Unpaid Drawings in respect of which such Lender has made (or is required to have made) payments to the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.4(a) at such time and (b) such Lender’s Commitment Percentage of the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time (excluding the portion thereof consisting of Unpaid Drawings in respect of which the Lenders have made (or are required to have made) payments to the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.4(a)) minus the amount of cash or deposit account balances held by the Administrative Agent to Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit and Unpaid Drawings under Section 3.7.

 

37


Letter of Credit Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(b).

Letters of Credit Outstanding” shall mean, at any time, the sum of, without duplication, (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate principal amount of all Unpaid Drawings in respect of all Letters of Credit.

LIBOR Loan” shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate (other than an ABR Loan bearing interest by reference to the LIBOR Rate by virtue of clause (c) of the definition of ABR).

LIBOR Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to any Borrowing of a LIBOR Loan, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters Screen that displays such rate (or, in the event that such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case, the “Screen Rate”) at approximately 12:00 noon London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) with respect to Dollars, then the LIBOR Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time; provided further that in no event shall the LIBOR Rate be less than zero; provided, further, that, if (i) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably determine in good faith that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition and the inability to ascertain such rate is unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in the preceding clause (i) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Screen Rate shall no longer be made available or used for determining interest rates for loans, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Lenders in writing (the occurrence of either of the foregoing conditions, a “Benchmark Discontinuation Event”) and the “LIBOR Rate” shall be an alternate benchmark floating term rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that is generally accepted as the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for similar syndicated loans in the United States at such time and shall include (A) the spread or method for determining a spread or other adjustment or modification that is generally accepted as the then prevailing market convention for determining such spread, method, adjustment or modification and (B) other adjustments to such alternate term rate and this Agreement (x) to not increase or decrease pricing in effect for the Interest Period on the Business Day immediately preceding the Business Day on which such alternate rate is selected pursuant to this provision (but for the avoidance of doubt which would not reduce the Applicable Margin) and (y) other changes necessary to reflect the available interest periods for such alternate rate) for similar syndicated leveraged loans of this type in the United States at such time (any such rate, the “Successor Benchmark Rate”), and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to

 

38


reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.1, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided, further that if a Successor Benchmark Rate has not been established pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso after the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have reached such a determination, the Borrower and the Required Lenders may select a different alternate rate as long as it is reasonably practicable for the Administrative Agent to administer such different rate and, upon not less than 15 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders and the Borrower shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.1, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Benchmark Discontinuation Event occurs, the Applicable Rate for any Loan shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.10(a) until the date a Successor Benchmark Rate or other alternate term rate determined pursuant to the proviso above has been established in accordance with the requirements of this definition. “Interpolated Rate” shall mean, at any time, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available in Dollars) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available in Dollars) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, preferred mortgage, deed of trust, lien, notice of claim of lien, hypothecation, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance in or on such asset securing an obligation or (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to be a Lien.

Limited Condition Transaction” shall mean any acquisition or Investment by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of or in any assets, business or Person permitted by this Agreement the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Liquidity” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the Available Commitment on such date and (b) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date.

Loan” shall mean any Initial Loan, Extended Loan or Swingline Loan made by any Lender hereunder.

Loan Extension Request” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.17(b).

Loan Limit” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the lesser of (a) the dollar amount applicable to such date as set forth in the grid below, as the amounts in such grid may be reduced (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not increased) from time to time in accordance with Section 2.14 and (b) the Total Commitments as reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

 

39


Loan Limit Grid

 

December 30, 2020 - March 30, 2021

   $ 300,000,000  

March 31, 2021 - June 29, 2021

   $ 285,000,000  

June 30, 2021 - September 29, 2021

   $ 270,000,000  

September 30, 2021 - December 30, 2021

   $ 255,000,000  

December 31, 2021 - March 30, 2022

   $ 240,000,000  

March 31, 2022 - June 29, 2022

   $ 220,000,000  

June 30, 2022 - September 29, 2022

   $ 200,000,000  

September 30, 2022 - December 30, 2022

   $ 150,000,000  

December 31, 2022 - January 15, 2023

   $ 100,000,000  

Majority Lenders” shall mean, at any date, (a) Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the Adjusted Total Commitment at such date, or (b) if the Total Commitment has been terminated or for the purposes of acceleration pursuant to Section 11, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, the Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure (excluding the Loans, Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) in the aggregate at such date.

Management” shall mean members of management of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in the Borrower or any Parent Entity thereof.

Mandatory Borrowing” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(c).

Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Agents and the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

Material Indebtedness” shall mean Indebtedness (other than Loans and Letters of Credit) of any one or more of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000.

Material Subsidiary” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) whose Total Assets (when combined with the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) at the last day of the Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose revenues (when combined with the revenues of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the

 

40


Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) Total Assets (when combined with the assets of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (ii) revenues (when combined with the revenues of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) during such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then the Borrower shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries.”

Maturity Date” shall mean, as to the applicable Loan, the Initial Maturity Date, any maturity date related to any Extension Series of Extended Commitments, or the Swingline Maturity Date, as applicable.

Minimum Borrowing Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Borrowing of Loans, $500,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining Commitments at the time of such Borrowing).

Minimum Equity Amount” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

Minority Investment” shall mean any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns Equity Interests.

Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

Mortgage” shall mean a mortgage or a deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed, assignment of as-extracted collateral, fixture filing or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (with such changes thereto as may be necessary to account for local law matters) or otherwise in such form as agreed between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Mortgaged Property” shall mean, at any time, all Reserve Report Properties with respect to which a Mortgage has been granted. However, notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, any Mortgage, or any other Security Document to the contrary, in no event shall any Building (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) or Manufactured (Mobile) Home (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) be included in the definition of “Mortgaged Property” and no Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home shall be encumbered by any Mortgage. As used herein, “Flood Insurance Regulations” shall mean (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

41


Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

New Contracts” shall mean binding new agreements or amendments to existing agreements with customers and/or vendors.

Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.7(b).

Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean and include each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Extension Notice Date” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.2(b).

Non-U.S. Lender” shall mean any Lender (a) that is not disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or (b) that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes and whose regarded owner is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Notice of Borrowing” shall mean a request of the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3(a) and substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably).

Notice of Conversion or Continuation” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6(a).

Obligations” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit or under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, entered into with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof in any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Documents (and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Credit Documents) include the obligation (including Guarantee Obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Credit Party under any Credit Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Excluded Swap Obligations shall not constitute Obligations, (b) the obligations of the Borrower or any

 

42


Restricted Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and under any Secured Cash Management Agreement that has been secured at the option of the Borrower (such option being deemed exercised as reflected in the documents related to any such Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement among the Borrower and the applicable Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank) shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents and the Guarantee only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (c) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall not require the consent of the holders of Hedge Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or of the holders of Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements.

OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Oil and Gas Business” shall mean:

(a) the business of acquiring, exploring, exploiting, developing, producing, operating and disposing of interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association with any of the foregoing;

(b) the business of gathering, marketing, distributing, treating, processing, storing, refining, selling and transporting of any production from interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association therewith; and the marketing of oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and minerals obtained from unrelated Persons; and

(c) any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate, incidental or ancillary to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this definition.

Oil and Gas Properties” shall mean (a) Hydrocarbon Interests, (b) the properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized with Hydrocarbon Interests, (c) all presently existing or future unitization agreements, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled or unitized units and the units created thereby (including all units created under orders, regulations and rules of any Governmental Authority) which may affect all or any portion of any Hydrocarbon Interests, (d) all operating agreements, contracts and other agreements, including production sharing contracts and agreements, which relate to any Hydrocarbon Interests or the production, sale, purchase, exchange or processing of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon Interests, (e) all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and saved or attributable to Hydrocarbon Interests, including all oil in tanks, and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other incomes from or attributable to Hydrocarbon Interests, (f) all tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and properties in any manner appertaining, belonging, affixed or incidental to Hydrocarbon Interests and (g) all properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred to above, including any and all property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for use or useful in

 

43


connection with the operating, working or development of any Hydrocarbon Interests or property (excluding drilling rigs, automotive equipment, rental equipment or other personal property which may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other wells, structures, fuel separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, gas processing plants and pipeline systems and any related infrastructure to any thereof, tanks and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing.

Ongoing Hedges” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.10(a).

Organization Documents” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or any other excise, property or similar Taxes (including related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or made under any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such term shall not include any of the foregoing Taxes (i) that result from an assignment, grant of a participation pursuant to Section 13.6(c) or transfer or assignment to or designation of a new lending office or other office for receiving payments under any Credit Document (“Assignment Taxes”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), unless any action described in this proviso is requested or required by the Borrower, or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

Overnight Rate” shall mean, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (b) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, as the case may be, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

Parent Entity” shall mean any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company (which may be organized as a partnership) of the Borrower.

Participant” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(i).

 

44


Participant Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(ii).

Participating Member States” shall mean, together, each member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to the Economic and Monetary Union (as amended or re-enacted from time to time).

Patriot Act” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.18.

PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

Pension Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding six years.

Permitted Acquisition” shall mean the acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of assets (including any assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division) or Equity Interests, so long as (a) if such acquisition involves the acquisition of Equity Interests of a Person that upon such acquisition would become a Subsidiary, such acquisition shall result in the issuer of such Equity Interests becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and, to the extent required by Section 9.11, a Guarantor; (b) such acquisition shall result in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, being granted a security interest in any Equity Interests or any assets so acquired to the extent required by Section 9.11; (c) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with Section 9.15.

Permitted Additional Debt” shall mean any unsecured senior, senior subordinated, Junior Lien or subordinated loans or notes issued by the Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the 91st day after the Latest Maturity Date as in effect on the date of determination (other than (i) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, AHYDO payments, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event prepayments and customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a customary bridge facility if the Indebtedness pursuant to such customary bridge facility converts at maturity to Indebtedness which does not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation (except to the extent permitted pursuant to clause (i)) prior to the 91st day after the Latest Maturity Date as in effect on the date of determination) and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facility, if applicable, (b) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, the terms of such Indebtedness provide for customary subordination of such Indebtedness to the Obligations and (c) no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Guarantor) is a borrower or guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness.

 

45


Permitted Holders” shall mean any of (i) the Sponsor and (ii) officers, directors, employees and other members of management of the Borrower (or any of its Parent Entities) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are or become holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity) (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members); provided that for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control” the Persons described in clause (ii) above shall not constitute Permitted Holders at any time they hold voting power equal to or more than 50% of all Equity Interests collectively and beneficially held by the Persons described in clauses (i) and (ii) above.

Permitted Intercompany Activities” shall mean any transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (for the avoidance of doubt, including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) that are entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable in connection with the ownership or operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements and (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements.

Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Euros, Yen, Canadian Dollars, Pound Sterling or any national currency of any Participating Member State of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any jurisdiction in which the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries conducts business, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business and not for speculation;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding three years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the United States dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks (any such bank in the forgoing an “Approved Bank”);

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above or clauses (7) and (8) below entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

 

46


(6) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation by, a corporation (other than structured investment vehicles and other than corporations used in structured financing transactions) rated at least A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) by S&P or at least P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Issuer Borrower) and in each case maturing within 36 months after the date of acquisition thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by (i) any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or (ii) any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof; provided, that each such readily marketable direct obligation shall have an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof) (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof) shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) Investments with average maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

(10) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types de-scribed in clauses (1) through (9) above; and

(11) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any Investment in connection with its provision of insurance, which Investment is permitted to be made in accordance with applicable law, rule, regulation or order or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Permitted Investments shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (7) and clauses (8)(i) and (9) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (11) and in this paragraph.

 

47


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Permitted Investments shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) or (2) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Permitted Liens” shall mean:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP (or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, the comparable accounting principles in the relevant jurisdiction), or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge or claim is to such property;

(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as landlords’, sublandlords’, vendors’, suppliers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’, workers’ and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or incident to the exploration, development, operation or maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties, in each case so long as such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.9;

(d) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, old age pension, public liability obligations or similar legislation, and deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations, or to secure (or secure the Liens securing) liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(e) deposits and other Liens securing (or securing the bonds or similar instruments securing) the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, plugging and abandonment or decommissioning obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of such bonds or to support the issuance thereof) incurred in the ordinary course of business or in a manner consistent with past practice or industry practice including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business, or otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 10.5;

 

48


(f) ground leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictive covenants, licenses, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), title defects, exceptions, deficiencies or irregularities in title, encroachments, protrusions, servitudes, permits, conditions and covenants and other similar charges or encumbrances (including in any rights-of-way or other property of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of roads, pipelines, transmission lines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil or other minerals or timber, and other like purposes, or for joint or common use of real estate, rights of way, facilities and equipment) not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(h) (i) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease, liens reserved in oil, gas or other Hydrocarbons, minerals, leases for bonus, royalty or rental payments and for compliance with the terms of such lease and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or otherwise permitted by this Agreement and not securing Indebtedness;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) Liens on goods or inventory the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance to the extent permitted under Section 10.1;

(k) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others not (i) interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) securing any indebtedness;

(l) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts, commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business;

 

49


(n) Liens which arise in the ordinary course of business under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, oil and gas partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, gathering, transportation or exchange of oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, overriding royalty agreements, marketing agreements, processing agreements, net profits agreements, development agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or other geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements that are usual or customary in the Oil and Gas Business and are for claims which are not delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP; provided that any such Lien referred to in this clause does not materially impair the use of the property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such property is held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens on pipelines, pipeline facilities and other midstream assets or facilities that arise by operation of law or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and incidental to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties;

(p) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(q) Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(r) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

(s) [Reserved];

(t) Liens on Permitted Investments that are earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that (x) such Permitted Investments are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (y) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such Permitted Investments are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged and (z) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder; and

 

50


(u) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the performance of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness (the “Refinanced Indebtedness”), any Indebtedness issued or incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to modify, extend, refinance, renew, replace or refund (collectively to “Refinance” or a “Refinancing” or “Refinanced”), such Refinanced Indebtedness (or previous refinancing thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to such Refinancing except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and other amounts paid in connection with the defeasance or discharge of such Indebtedness plus other amounts paid consisting of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing plus an amount equal to any existing commitment unutilized and letters of credit undrawn thereunder, (B) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1(c), (i), (k) or (l), the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness immediately prior to such Refinancing are not changed as a result of such Refinancing (except that a Credit Party may be added as an additional obligor), (C) other than with respect to a Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(h), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Refinanced Indebtedness, (D) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1(c), (i), (k) or (l), the terms and conditions of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Refinanced Indebtedness being Refinanced (including, if applicable, as to collateral priority and subordination, but excluding as to interest rates, fees, floors, funding discounts and redemption or prepayment premiums) or are customary for similar Indebtedness in light of current market conditions; provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days prior to the incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (E) if the Refinanced Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or security, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Secured Parties; provided, however, that notwithstanding this clause (E), all or any portion of the Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of the Existing Unsecured Notes may be secured by Junior Liens.

Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

 

51


Petroleum Industry Standards” shall mean the Definitions for Oil and Gas Reserves promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (or any generally recognized successor) as in effect at the time in question.

Post-Acquisition Period” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or the conversion of any Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated and ending on the first anniversary of the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated

Preferred Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the bank acting as Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by such bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

Proceeding” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.5(b).

Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, which (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b) any retirement, redemption, repayment, discharge, defeasance or extinguishment of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment; provided, further, that when calculating the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining actual compliance (and not compliance on a Pro Forma Basis) with Section 10.11, any events that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

 

52


Pro Forma Adjustment” shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDAX of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDAX of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) at the election of the Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $7,500,000, and (ii) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided, further, that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings, operating expense reductions, savings from synergies or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

Production Payments and Reserve Sales” shall mean the grant or transfer by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person of the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production.

Projections” shall mean financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its representatives and that have been made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

Proposed Acquisition” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.10(a).

Proved Developed Reserves” shall mean oil and gas mineral interests that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) ”Developed Producing Reserves” or (b) ”Developed Non-Producing Reserves.”

Proved Reserves” shall mean oil and gas mineral interests that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) ”Developed Producing Reserves”, (b) ”Developed Non-Producing Reserves” or (c) ”Undeveloped Reserves”.

 

53


Public Company Costs” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to being a public reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity securities, directors’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

Purchase and Sale Agreement” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

PV-9” shall mean, with respect to any Proved Reserves expected to be produced from any Reserve Report Properties, the net present value, discounted at 9% per annum, of the future net revenues expected to accrue to the Borrower’s and the Credit Parties’ collective interests in such reserves during the remaining expected economic lives of such reserves, calculated in accordance with the most recent Bank Price Deck provided to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.14.

Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Entity other than Disqualified Stock.

Qualifying IPO” shall mean the issuance by any Parent Entity of its Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Refinance” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(iv).

Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

Reimbursement Date” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a).

Related Indemnified Person” shall mean, with respect to an Indemnitee, (1) any controlling Person or controlled Affiliate of such Indemnitee, (2) the respective directors, officers, or employees of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling Persons or controlled Affiliates and (3) the respective agents and representatives of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling Persons or controlled Affiliates, in the case of this clause (3), acting at the instructions of such Indemnitee, controlling Person or such controlled Affiliate.

 

54


Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, discharge, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injecting or leaching into the air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata.

Representatives” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.16.

Reportable Event” shall mean an event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the 30-day notice period has been waived.

Required Cash Collateral Amount” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.7(c).

Required Lenders” shall mean, at any date, (a) Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding at least 66% of the Adjusted Total Commitment at such date or (b) if the Total Commitment has been terminated, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding at least 66% of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans, the Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure (excluding the Loans, Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure of Defaulting Lenders) in the aggregate at such date.

Requirement of Law” shall mean, as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule, regulation, statute, order, ordinance, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

Reserve Report” shall mean (a) the Initial Reserve Report, (b) [reserved], and (c) each other subsequently delivered report reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting forth, as of each June 30th or December 31st (or such other date as contemplated by this Agreement reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), the Proved Reserves and the Proved Developed Reserves of the Borrower and the Credit Parties (or of Oil and Gas Properties to be acquired, provided that any Oil and Gas Properties not yet acquired shall be expressly designated as such), together with a projection of the rate of production and future net revenues, operating expenses (including production taxes and ad valorem expenses) and capital expenditures with respect thereto as of such date, based on the most recent Bank Price Deck provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower pursuant to Section 9.14. For the avoidance of doubt, all Reserve Reports may be prepared internally by petroleum engineers that are employees of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiaries thereof, the Seller or any of each of their respective Affiliates (subject to any applicable audit requirement set forth in Section 9.14(a)).

Reserve Report Certificate” shall mean a certificate of an Authorized Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit A certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 9.14(c).

Reserve Report Properties” shall mean the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries included in the Initial Reserve Report and thereafter in the Reserve Report most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.14(a), together with the Hydrocarbon Interests on which such Oil and Gas Properties are located or to which such Oil and Gas Properties are attributed.

 

55


Resolution Authority” shall mean an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.6.

Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Sanctions” shall mean economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union (or any member state thereof) or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

Sanctions Laws” shall mean the following, in each case, to the extent enacted and in effect: (a) laws, regulations, and rules promulgated or administered by OFAC to implement U.S. sanctions programs, including any enabling legislation or Executive Order related thereto, as amended from time to time; (b) the US Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (“CISADA”), as amended from time to time; (c) the U.S. Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (“ITRA”), as amended from time to time; (d) the US Iran Freedom and Counter-Proliferation Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (“IFCA”); (e) the sanctions and other restrictive measures applied by the European Union in pursuit of the Common Foreign and Security Policy objectives set out in the Treaty on European Union; and (f) any similar sanctions laws as may be enacted from time to time in the future by the U.S., the European Union (and its member states), or the U.N. Security Council or any other legislative body of the United Nations; and any corresponding laws of jurisdictions in which the Borrower operates or in which the proceeds of the Loans will be used or from which repayments of the Obligations will be derived.

S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

Secured Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement related to Cash Management Services by and between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.

Secured Hedge Agreement” shall mean any Hedge Agreement by and between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Lender, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge

 

56


Agreement, each Cash Management Bank that is a party to any Secured Cash Management Agreement and each sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 12.2 by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Credit Documents or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Security Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages and (c) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 9.11 or 9.13 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents or otherwise to secure or perfect the security interest in any or all of the Obligations.

Seller” shall have the meaning provided in the recitals to this Agreement.

Senior Secured Term B Loans” shall mean the loans in an initial aggregate principal amount of $500,000,000 made under the Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility.

Senior Secured Term C Loans” shall mean the loans in an initial aggregate principal amount of $350,000,000 made under the Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility.

Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility” shall mean the Term Loan B Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof.

Senior Secured Term Loan C Facility” shall mean the Term Loan C Credit Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof.

Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities” shall mean, collectively, the Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan C Facility.

Senior Secured Term Loans” shall mean, collectively, the Senior Secured Term B Loans and the Senior Secured Term C Loans.

Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or

 

57


otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

Specified Existing Commitment” shall mean any Existing Commitments belonging to a Specified Existing Commitment Class.

Specified Existing Commitment Class” shall mean, with respect to any Extended Class, the Existing Class from which such Extended Class is to be amended.

Specified Purchase Agreement Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties made by the Seller or with respect to the Acquired Assets in the Purchase and Sale Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that the Borrower (or any of its Affiliates) has the right to terminate the obligations of the Borrower and (or its Affiliates) pursuant to Section 11.1 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

Specified Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties with respect to the Borrower set forth in Sections 8.1 (to the extent relating to the existence of the Borrower and the Guarantors), 8.2, 8.3(c), 8.5, 8.7, 8.15, 8.16 and 8.20 of this Agreement.

Specified Transaction” shall mean any acquisition, Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment or Subsidiary designation that by the terms of this Agreement requires a financial ratio or test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Sponsor” shall mean (a) Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. and (b) Blackstone Energy Partners L.P., and each of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by and of them or any of their Affiliates, but not including their respective portfolio companies.

SPV” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g).

Stated Amount” of any Letter of Credit shall mean the maximum amount from time to time available to be drawn thereunder, determined without regard to whether any conditions to drawing could then be met.

Subagent” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.2.

Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person: (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, members of management or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a

 

58


combination thereof; and (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: (a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean each Subsidiary that is a Guarantor.

Subsidiary Redesignation” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” contained in this Section 1.1(a).

Successor Borrower” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(a).

Swap” shall mean a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap PV” shall mean, with respect to any commodity Hedge Agreement, the present value, discounted at 9% per annum, of the future receipts expected to be paid to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries under such Hedge Agreement netted against the Administrative Agent’s then current Bank Price Deck; provided, that the “Swap PV” shall never be less than $0.00.

Swap Termination Value” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swingline Commitment” shall mean the obligation of the Swingline Lender to make Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $50,000,000.

Swingline Exposure” shall mean at any time the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Swingline Loans. The Swingline Exposure of any Lender at any time shall equal its Commitment Percentage of the aggregate Swingline Exposure at such time.

Swingline Lender” shall mean (a) HSBC in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans hereunder and (b) any other Lender that is reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that agrees in writing with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to provide Swingline Loans on same-day notice.

Swingline Loan” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(b).

 

59


Swingline Maturity Date” shall mean, with respect to any Swingline Loan, the date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date.

Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

Termination Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (a) the Maturity Date and (b) the date on which the Total Commitment shall have terminated.

Test Period” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of Section 9.1.

Third Amendment” shall mean that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 2020 by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent.

Third Amendment Effective Date” shall mean December 30, 2020.

Third Lien Facility” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2019, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof (including the amendment thereof on the Third Amendment Effective Date).

Total Commitment” shall mean the sum of the Commitments of the Lenders.

Total Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans of such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure at such time and (c) such Lender’s Swingline Exposure at such time.

Transaction Expenses” shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or by the Sponsor or any direct or indirect Parent Entity and reimbursed by the Borrower) in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions (including termination or amendment thereof), if any, payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments or special or retention bonuses and payments or charges for payments on account of phantom stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and options (including the repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, the foregoing awards)), this Agreement, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities and the other Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

Transactions” shall mean, collectively, the Acquisition and the consummation of the other transactions contemplated by the Purchase and Sale Agreement or related thereto, this Agreement, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities, the Equity Investment, the payment of Transaction Expenses and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Credit Documents (including the Closing Date Loans).

 

60


Transferee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(e).

Type” shall mean, as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan.

UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or of any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the perfection of security interests in any Collateral.

UK Financial Institution” shall mean any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

UK Resolution Authority” shall mean the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

Uniform Customs” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits as approved by the International Chamber of Commerce, commencing on July 1, 2007 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Unpaid Drawing” shall have the meaning provided in Section 3.4(a).

Unrestricted Cash” shall mean cash or cash equivalents (including Permitted Investments) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is formed or acquired after the Closing Date if, at such time or promptly thereafter, the Borrower designates such Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, (b) any Restricted Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that in the case of each of (a) and (b), (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary) on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s investment therein on such date and such designation shall be permitted only to the extent such Investment is permitted under Section 10.5 on the date of such designation, (ii) in the case of clause (b), such designation shall be deemed to be a Disposition pursuant to Section 10.4(b) and Section 2.14 and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation immediately after giving effect thereto and (c) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. No Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Permitted Additional

 

61


Debt, 2020 Second Lien Facility or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing, in each case, to the extent applicable. The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (each, a “Subsidiary Redesignation”), and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if no Default or Event of Default would result from such Subsidiary Redesignation.

U.S. Lender” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Volumetric Production Payments” shall mean production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.

Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Equity Interests having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining scheduled installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payments of principal, including payment at final scheduled maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that the effects of any prepayments made on such Indebtedness shall be disregarded in making such calculation.

Wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a Domestic Subsidiary of such person that is a Wholly owned Subsidiary.

Wholly owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such person or another Wholly owned Subsidiary of such person.

Withdrawal Liability” shall mean the liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

 

62


1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The terms “include,” “includes” and “including” are by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” shall mean “to and including”.

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

(h) Any reference to any Person shall be constructed to include such Person’s successors or assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all of the functions thereof.

(i) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.

(j) The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning as the word “shall”.

(k) The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

63


(l) The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

1.3 Accounting Terms.

(a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the first audited financial statements delivered under Section 9.1(a), except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

(b) Computation of Certain Financial Covenants. Unless otherwise specified herein, all defined financial terms (and all other definitions used to determine such terms) shall be determined and computed in respect of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

1.4 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained or complied with by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.5 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. .Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law.

1.6 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City (daylight saving or standard, as applicable).

 

64


1.7 Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in Section 2.9) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

1.8 Currency Equivalents Generally.

(a) For purposes of any determination under Section 9, Section 10 (other than Section 10.11) or Section 11 or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the Exchange Rate then in effect on the date of such determination; provided, however, that (x) for purposes of determining compliance with Section 10 with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Investment, Disposition, Restricted Payment or payment under Section 10.7 in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred or Disposition, Restricted Payment or payment under Section 10.7 is made, (y) for purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt (provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinanced Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing) and (z) for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.8 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred or Disposition, Restricted Payment or payment under Section 10.7 may be made at any time under such Sections. For purposes of Section 10.11, amounts in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the applicable exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b).

(b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to appropriately reflect a change in currency of any country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to such change in currency.

1.9 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., an “Extended Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “LIBOR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “LIBOR Extended Loan”).

 

65


1.10 Hedging Requirements Generally. For purposes of any determination with respect to compliance with Section 10.10 or any other calculation under or requirement of this Agreement in respect of hedging shall be calculated separately for crude, gas and natural gas liquid.

1.11 Certain Determinations. For purposes of determining compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Section 9 or Section 10, but subject to any limitation expressly set forth therein, as applicable, at any time (whether at the time of incurrence or thereafter), any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, prepayment, redemption or the consummation of any other transaction meets the criteria of one, or more than one, of the categories permitted pursuant to Section 9 or Section 10, as applicable, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, determine under which category such Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Asset Sale, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, prepayment, redemption or the consummation of any other transaction (or, in each case, any portion thereof) is permitted.

1.12 Pro Forma and Other Calculations.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.12; provided that, in connection with any Specified Transaction that is a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant for any action advisable (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) for the consummation of a Limited Condition Transaction contained in this Agreement during any period which requires the calculation of any of the foregoing ratios or any basket that is determined by reference to Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Total Assets and, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCA Election”) the date of determination for calculation of any such ratios shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Specified Transaction that is a Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”) and if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent date of determination ending prior to the LCA Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the relevant transaction or action is permitted to be consummated or taken. If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio with respect to any other Specified Transaction on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and

 

66


prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and any associated Lien and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

(b) If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.12, then such financial ratio or test (or Consolidated Total Assets) shall be calculated to give Pro Forma Effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.12.

(c) Whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies resulting from or relating to any Specified Transactions (including the Transaction) which is being given Pro Forma Effect that have been realized or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies are taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) and “run-rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public target’s Public Company Costs) net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) no later than thirty-six (36) months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (c) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDAX (or any other components thereof), whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to such period and (D) it is understood and agreed that subject to compliance with the other provisions of this clause (c), amounts to be included in pro forma calculations pursuant to this Section 1.12 may be included in Test Periods in which the Specified Transaction to which such amounts related is no longer being given Pro Forma Effect pursuant to Section 1.12(a).

(d) In the event that (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock, (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then such financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such issuance, refinancing or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.

 

67


1.13 Divisions. For all purposes under the Credit Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized and acquired on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

2.1 Commitments.

(a) (i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees to make Initial Loans denominated in Dollars to the Borrower, which Loans (i) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Termination Date, (ii) may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans; provided that all Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Loans of the same Type, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) shall not, for any Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Lender’s Total Exposure at such time exceeding such Lender’s Commitment Percentage at such time of the Loan Limit, (v) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in the aggregate amount of all Lenders’ Total Exposures at such time exceeding the Loan Limit then in effect; and (vi) in the case of the Loans made on the Closing Date, when aggregated with the aggregate principal amount of all Swingline Loans made on the Closing Date, shall not exceed $10,000,000.

(ii) Each Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that (i) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan and (ii) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).

(b) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Swingline Lender in its individual capacity agrees, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Swingline Maturity Date, to make a loan or loans (each a “Swingline Loan” and, collectively, the “Swingline Loans”) to the Borrower in Dollars, which Swingline Loans (i) shall be ABR Loans, (ii) shall have the benefit of the provisions of

 

68


Section 2.1(c), (iii) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the Swingline Commitment, (iv) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result at any time in the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Total Exposure at such time exceeding the Loan Limit then in effect, (v) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof. Each outstanding Swingline Loan shall be repaid in full on the earlier of (a) seven Business Days after such Swingline Loan is initially borrowed and (b) the Swingline Maturity Date and (vi) in the case of any Swingline Loans made on the Closing Date, when aggregated with the aggregate principal amount of all Initial Loans made on the Closing Date, shall not exceed $10,000,000. The Swingline Lender shall not make any Swingline Loan after receiving a written notice from the Borrower or the Administrative Agent stating that an Event of Default exists and is continuing until such time as the Swingline Lender shall have received written notice of (i) rescission of all such notices from the party or parties originally delivering such notices or (ii) the waiver of such Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1.

(c) On any Business Day, the Swingline Lender may, in its sole discretion, give notice to each Lender that all then-outstanding Swingline Loans shall be funded with a Borrowing of Loans, in which case Loans constituting ABR Loans (each such Borrowing, a “Mandatory Borrowing”) shall be made on the immediately succeeding Business Day by each Lender pro rata based on each Lender’s Commitment Percentage, and the proceeds thereof shall be applied directly to the Swingline Lender to repay the Swingline Lender for such outstanding Swingline Loans. Each Lender hereby irrevocably agrees to make such Loans upon one Business Days’ notice pursuant to each Mandatory Borrowing in the amount and in the manner specified in the preceding sentence and on the date specified to it in writing by the Swingline Lender notwithstanding (i) that the amount of the Mandatory Borrowing may not comply with the minimum amount for each Borrowing specified in Section 2.2, (ii) whether any conditions specified in Section 7 are then satisfied, (iii) whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (iv) the date of such Mandatory Borrowing, (v) any reduction in the Loan Limit after any such Swingline Loans were made or (vi) any other event, circumstance or condition whatsoever, whether or not similar to the foregoing. In the event that, in the sole judgment of each Swingline Lender, any Mandatory Borrowing cannot for any reason be made on the date otherwise required above (including as a result of the commencement of a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code in respect of the Borrower), each Lender hereby agrees that it shall forthwith purchase from the Swingline Lender (without recourse or warranty) such participation of the outstanding Swingline Loans as shall be necessary to cause the Lenders to share in such Swingline Loans ratably based upon their respective Commitment Percentages; provided that all principal and interest payable on such Swingline Loans shall be for the account of the Swingline Lender until the date the respective participation is purchased and, to the extent attributable to the purchased participation, shall be payable to such Lender purchasing same from and after such date of purchase.

2.2 Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings. The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof and Swingline Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $100,000 and in a multiple of $10,000 in excess thereof (except that Mandatory Borrowings shall be made in the amounts required by Section 2.1(c) and Loans to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank with respect to any Unpaid Drawing shall be made in the amounts required by Section 3.3 or Section 3.4, as applicable). More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided, that at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten Borrowings of LIBOR Loans under this Agreement.

 

69


2.3 Notice of Borrowing.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Loans (other than Swingline Loans, Mandatory Borrowings or borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings), the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, (i) (A) in the case of any LIBOR Loans incurred on the Closing Date, prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Loans and (B) in the case of any LIBOR Loans incurred after the Closing Date, prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) at least three Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Loans and (ii) written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of each Borrowing of Loans that are to be ABR Loans. Such notice (together with each notice of a Borrowing of Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b), a “Notice of Borrowing”) shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (B) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (C) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans and/or LIBOR Loans and, if LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto (if no Interest Period is selected, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration) and (D) whether such Loans are Initial Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each applicable Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing of Loans, of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage thereof with respect to the applicable Class and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

(b) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Swingline Loans hereunder, it shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each Borrowing of Swingline Loans prior to 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such Borrowing. Each such notice shall specify (i) the aggregate principal amount of the Swingline Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing and (ii) the date of Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day). The Administrative Agent shall promptly give the Swingline Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing of Swingline Loans and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

(c) Mandatory Borrowings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 2.1(c), with the Borrower irrevocably agreeing, by its incurrence of any Swingline Loan, to the making of Mandatory Borrowings as set forth in such Section.

(d) Borrowings to reimburse Unpaid Drawings shall be made upon the notice specified in Section 3.4(a).

(e) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

70


2.4 Disbursement of Funds.

(a) No later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing (including Mandatory Borrowings), each Lender will make available its pro rata portion of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below; provided that on the Closing Date, such funds shall be made available by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) or such earlier time as may be agreed among the Lenders, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent for the purpose of consummating the Transactions; provided, further, that all Swingline Loans shall be made available in the full amount thereof by the Swingline Lender no later than 3:30 p.m. (New York City time) on the date requested.

(b) Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars, and the Administrative Agent will (except in the case of Mandatory Borrowings and Borrowings to repay Unpaid Drawings) make available to the Borrower, by depositing or wiring to an account as designated by the Borrower in the Borrowing Notice to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in Dollars. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing (or, with respect to an ABR Loan, the date of such Borrowing prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time)) that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in Dollars. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8, for the respective Loans.

(c) Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

 

71


2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrower agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the earlier of (X) the Termination Date and (Y) (i) on the Initial Maturity Date, the then outstanding Initial Loans, (ii) on the relevant maturity date for any Extended Class, all then outstanding Extended Loans in respect of such Extension Series, and (iii) on the Swingline Maturity Date, the then outstanding Swingline Loans.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office from time to time under this Agreement.

(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.6(b)(iv), and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder (whether such Loan is an Initial Loan, an Extended Loan, or Swingline Loan, as applicable), the Type of each Loan made and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender or the Swingline Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Conversions and Continuations.

(a) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a), (i) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount (and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof) of the outstanding principal amount of Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (ii) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period; provided that (A) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (B) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (C) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has

 

72


or the Majority Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, and (D) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2. Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least (1) three Business Days’, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans or (2) the date of conversion, in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans, prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a “Notice of Conversion or Continuation”) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted into or continued and, if such Loans are to be converted into or continued as LIBOR Loans, the Interest Period to be initially applicable thereto (if no Interest Period is selected, the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration). The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

(b) If any Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) above, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to continue such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans having an interest period of one month, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower may deliver a Notice of Conversion or Continuation pursuant to which the Borrower elects to irrevocably continue the outstanding principal amount of any Loan subject to an interest rate Hedge Agreement as LIBOR Loans for each Interest Period until the expiration of the term of such applicable Hedge Agreement; provided that any Notice of Conversion or Continuation delivered pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) shall include a schedule attaching the relevant interest rate Hedge Agreement or related trade confirmation.

2.7 Pro Rata Borrowings. Each Borrowing of Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then applicable Commitment Percentages with respect to the applicable Class. Each Borrowing of Extended Loans under this Agreement shall be granted by the Lenders of the relevant Extension Series thereof pro rata on the basis of their then-applicable Extended Commitments for the applicable Extension Series. It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.

 

73


2.8 Interest.

(a) The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the ABR, in each case, in effect from time to time.

(b) The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the relevant LIBOR Rate, in each case, in effect from time to time.

(c) If all or a portion of (i) the principal amount of any Loan or (ii) any other amount payable under the Credit Documents (including, without limitation, interest payable thereon and premium, if any) shall not be paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum that is (the “Default Rate”) (A) in the case of overdue principal, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto plus 2.0%, (B) in the case of any overdue interest, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, the rate described in Section 2.8(a) plus 2.0% from and including the date of such non-payment to the date on which such amount is paid in full (after as well as before judgment) and (C) in the case of any overdue amount not specified in subclause (A) or (B) above, a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum otherwise payable at such time on ABR Loans.

(d) Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in Dollars; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same date on which it is made shall bear interest for one day. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto and, in the case of an Interest Period in excess of three months, on each date occurring at three-month intervals after the first day of such Interest Period, (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid), (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand.

(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.5.

(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

2.9 Interest Periods. At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a), the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the

 

74


Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall, at the option of the Borrower be (i) a one-, two-, three- or six- or (if available to all the Lenders making such LIBOR Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith based on prevailing market conditions) a twelve-month period or (ii) any period shorter than one month (if available to all the Lenders making such LIBOR Loans as determined by such Lenders in good faith based on prevailing market conditions) as requested by the Borrower.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

(a) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

(b) if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day; and

(d) the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the Maturity Date.

2.10 Increased Costs, Illegality; Etc.

(a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Majority Lenders or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) below, any Lender, shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

(i) on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (A) deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (B) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or

(ii) that a Change in Law occurring at any time after the Closing Date shall (A) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account

 

75


of, or credit extended by, any Lender, (B) subject any Lender to any Tax (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4, or (ii) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or (C) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or LIBOR Loans made by such Lender, which results in the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining LIBOR Loans or participating in Letters of Credit (in each case hereunder) increasing by an amount which such Lender reasonably deems material or the amounts received or receivable by such Lender hereunder with respect to the foregoing shall be reduced; or

(iii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any Requirement of Law (or would conflict with any such Requirement of Law not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful);

then, and in any such event, such Lenders (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly (but no later than fifteen days) after receipt of written demand therefor such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto and (z) in the case of clause (iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii), the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan; provided that if more than one Lender are affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b).

 

76


(c) If, after the Closing Date, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements occurring after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements), then from time to time, promptly (but in any event no later than fifteen days) after written demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any applicable Requirement of Law as in effect on the Closing Date. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13, release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.

2.11 Compensation. If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5, 2.6, 2.10, 5.1, 5.2 or 13.7, as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 11 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made on the date specified in a Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan on the date specified in a Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan on the date specified in a Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2, the Borrower shall after the Borrower’s receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent (within fifteen days after such request) for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.

2.12 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii), 2.10(a)(iii), 2.10(c), 3.11 or 5.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation does not cause such Lender or its lending office to suffer any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10, 3.11 or 5.4.

 

77


2.13 Notice of Certain Costs. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10, 2.11 or 5.4 is given by any Lender more than 180 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, Tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10, 2.11 or 5.4, as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 181st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower; provided that if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

2.14 Reduction of Loan Limit; Supplemental Loan Limit Grid. If, at any time after the Third Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower or one of the Restricted Subsidiaries Disposes of Reserve Report Properties (or Disposes of any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary owning Reserve Report Properties) and the aggregate PV-9 value of all such Reserve Report Properties Disposed of from and after the most recent prior reduction in the Loan Limit pursuant to this Section 2.14 exceeds seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the then-effective Loan Limit (after giving effect to the PV-9 of any Oil and Gas Properties acquired by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and any net increase in the PV-9 of existing Oil and Gas Properties by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to additional investments in such existing Oil and Gas Properties, in each case, occurring from and after the most recent prior reduction in the Loan Limit pursuant to this Section 2.14 and with respect to which the Borrower has delivered a Reserve Report and a certificate of the type described in Section 9.14(c)), then promptly after the Administrative Agent has received the notice required to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.4(b), the then-current Loan Limit and each then-subsequently scheduled Loan Limit amount set in the Loan Limit Grid in the definition of “Loan Limit” (as may be reduced from time to time pursuant to this Section 2.14) shall be automatically reduced by an amount equal to the sum of (i) 65% of (x) the aggregate PV-9 value of all Proved Developed Reserves Disposed by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries minus (y) the aggregate PV-9 value of all Proved Developed Reserves acquired by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and any net increase in the PV-9 of existing Proved Developed Reserves of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to additional investments in such existing Oil and Gas Properties, plus (ii) 25% of (x) the aggregate PV-9 value of all Proved Undeveloped Reserves Disposed by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries minus (y) the aggregate PV-9 value of all Proved Undeveloped Reserves acquired by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and any net increase in the PV-9 of existing Proved Undeveloped Reserves of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries due to additional investments in such existing Oil and Gas Properties, in each case from and after the most recent prior reduction in the Loan Limit pursuant to this Section 2.14, and the Administrative Agent shall provide written notice of such automatic reduction to the Borrower and the Lender, together with an updated Loan Limit Grid (which updated Loan Limit Grid shall replace the then-current Loan Limit Grid for purposes of the definition of “Loan Limit” and all other purposes under this Agreement); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the then-effective Loan Limit or any other Loan Limit amount specified for any subsequent period pursuant to the Loan Limit Grid be increased as a result of the implementation of this Section 2.14. For the purposes of this Section 2.14, a “Disposition” of Oil and Gas Properties shall be deemed to include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary owning Oil and Gas Properties as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and the Disposition or other transfer of Oil and Gas Properties or the Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary owning Oil and Gas Properties to an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

78


2.15 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) Commitment Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 4.1(a);

(b) The Commitment and Total Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 13.1); provided that (i) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders pursuant to Section 13.1 (other than Section 13.1(x)) or requiring the consent of each affected Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(i) or (ix) shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender (which for the avoidance of doubt would include any change to the Maturity Date applicable to such Defaulting Lender, decreasing or forgiving any principal or interest due to such Defaulting Lender, any decrease of any interest rate applicable to Loans made by such Defaulting Lender (other than the waiving of post-default interest rates) and any increase in or extension of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment);

(c) If any Swingline Exposure or Letter of Credit Exposure exists at the time a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then (i) all or any part of such Swingline Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender will, subject to the limitation in the first proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitment Percentages; provided that (A) each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Total Exposure may not in any event exceed the Commitment Percentage of the Loan Limit of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (B) subject to Section 13.24, neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender, (ii) to the extent that all or any portion (the “unreallocated portion”) of the Defaulting Lender’s Swingline Exposure or Letter of Credit Exposure cannot, or can only partially, be so reallocated to Non-Defaulting Lenders, whether by reason of the first proviso in Section 2.15(c)(i) or otherwise, the Borrower shall within two Business Days following notice by the Administrative Agent (x) first, prepay such Swingline Exposure and (y) second, Cash Collateralize for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank only the Borrower’s obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above), in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.7 for so long as such Letter of Credit Exposure is outstanding, (iii) if the Borrower Cash Collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure pursuant to this Section 2.15(c), the Borrower shall not be required to pay any fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 4.1(b) with respect to such

 

79


Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is Cash Collateralized (and such fees shall be payable to the Issuing Banks), (iv) if the Letter of Credit Exposure of the Non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.15(c), then the Letter of Credit Fees payable for the account of the Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Commitment Percentages and the Borrower shall not be required to pay any Swingline Loan fees (if any) or Letter of Credit Fees to the Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 4.1(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure during the period that such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is reallocated, or (v) if any Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is neither Cash Collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.15(c), then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of any Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all Letter of Credit Fees payable under Section 4.1(b) with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure shall be payable to such Issuing Bank until such Letter of Credit Exposure is Cash Collateralized and/or reallocated;

(d) So long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swingline Lender shall not be required to fund any Swingline Loan and no Issuing Bank will be required to issue any new Letter of Credit or amend any outstanding Letter of Credit to increase the Stated Amount thereof, alter the drawing terms thereunder or extend the expiry date thereof, unless each Issuing Bank is reasonably satisfied that any exposure that would result from the exposure to such Defaulting Lender is eliminated or fully covered by the Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders or by Cash Collateralization or a combination thereof in accordance with clause (c) above or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank, and participating interests in any such newly issued or increased Letter of Credit or newly made Swingline Loan shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with Section 2.15(c)(i) (and Defaulting Lenders shall not participate therein);

(e) If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon, as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender and any applicable Cash Collateral shall be promptly returned to the Borrower and any Letter of Credit Exposure of such Lender reallocated pursuant to Section 2.15(c) shall be reallocated back to such Lender; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender; and

(f) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.8), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender hereunder; third, as the

 

80


Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, each Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender as a result of any final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, such Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; sixth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and seventh, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans or Unpaid Drawings, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of, and Unpaid Drawings owed to, the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied in the manner set forth in this Section 2.15(f). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 3.7 shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

2.16 [Reserved]

2.17 Extension Offers.

(a) [Reserved].

(b) The Borrower may, at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Commitments and related Loans of a given Class be amended to extend the scheduled Maturity Date thereof and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.17. In order to establish an Extended Class pursuant to this Section 2.17(b), the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Class) (each, a “Loan Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Class to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Class (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other similar fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared with all relevant Lenders) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Class and (y) be identical to the Commitments and Loans under the applicable Specified Existing Commitment Class, except that: (i) the fees with respect to the Extended Commitments of any Extended Class may be different than the fees for the Commitments of such Existing Class, in each case to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, (ii) the yield with respect to the Extended Loans of any Extended Class (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the yield for the Loans of such Existing Class, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the

 

81


establishment of such Extended Class); provided that (A) in no event shall the final Maturity Date of any Extended Class of a given Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the Maturity Date of the Existing Class, (B) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (C) any Extended Loans of an Extended Class shall participate on a pro rata basis in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments of principal of the Loans hereunder.

(c) Any Class of Loans and Commitments amended pursuant to any Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, an “Extension Series”) of Extended Commitments and Extended Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Commitments and Extended Loans amended from an Existing Class pursuant to clause (b) above may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Extension Series with respect to an Existing Class. Each notice or request, as applicable, for an Extension Series of Extended Commitments and Extended Loans proposed to be incurred under this Section 2.17 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $10,000,000 (it being understood that the actual principal amount thereof provided by the applicable Lenders may be lower than such minimum amount) and the Borrower may impose an Extension Minimum Condition with respect to any Loan Extension Request, which may be waived by the Borrower in its sole discretion.

(d) The Borrower shall provide the applicable Loan Extension Request at least five Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Class are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.17. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Commitments and Loans of any Existing Class amended into an Extended Class pursuant to any Loan Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Commitment or Loan under an Existing Class (each, an “Extending Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Commitments and Loans under the Existing Class subject to such Loan Extension Request amended into Extended Commitments and Extended Loans shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Loan Extension Request of the amount of its Commitments and Loans under the Existing Class, which it has elected to request be amended into an Extended Class (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Commitments and Loans under the Existing Class in respect of which applicable Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Loan Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Commitments and Extended Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Loan Extension Request, Commitments and Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Commitments and Extended Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Administrative Agent) based on the aggregate principal amount of Commitments and Loans included in each such Extension Election. Notwithstanding the conversion of any Existing Commitment into an Extended Commitment, such Extended Commitment shall be treated identically to all Existing Commitments of the Specified Existing Commitment Class for purposes of the obligations of a Lender in respect of Swingline Loans under Section 2.1(c) and Letters of Credit under Section 3, except that the applicable Extension Amendment may provide that the Swingline Maturity Date and/or the last day for issuing Letters of Credit may be extended and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans and issue Letters

 

82


of Credit may be continued (pursuant to mechanics to be specified in the applicable Extension Amendment) so long as the applicable Swingline Lender and/or the applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable, have consented to such extensions. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Swingline Maturity Date and/or the last day for issuing Letters of Credit may be extended (and the related obligations to make Swingline Loans or issue Letters of Credit may not be continued) without the express consent of the Swingline Lender or applicable Issuing Bank, as applicable.

(e) Extended Commitments and Extended Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Lender providing an Extended Commitment and Extended Loan thereunder (and the Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank, if applicable), which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Sections 2.17(b), (c) and (d) above (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Credit Documents may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Commitment and Extended Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) [reserved], (iii) [reserved] and (iv) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Administrative Agent and of the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.17, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, no Extension Amendment shall be effective unless (i) all Letter of Credit Exposure will be covered on terms reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Bank, and (ii) all Swingline Exposure will be covered on terms reasonably acceptable to the Swingline Lender.

(f) No conversion of Commitments and Loans pursuant to any Extension in accordance with this Section 2.17 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. LETTERS OF CREDIT

3.1 Letters of Credit.

(a) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the L/C Maturity Date, each Issuing Bank, severally, and not jointly, agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 3, to issue upon the request of the Borrower and for the direct or indirect benefit of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a letter of credit or letters of credit (the “Letters of Credit” and each, a “Letter of Credit”) in such form and with such Issuer Documents as may be approved by the applicable Issuing Bank in its reasonable discretion; provided that the Borrower shall be a co-applicant of, and jointly and severally liable with respect to, each Letter of Credit issued for the account of a Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which, when added to the Letters of Credit Outstanding at such time, would exceed

 

83


the Letter of Credit Commitment then in effect, (ii) no Letter of Credit shall be issued the Stated Amount of which would cause the aggregate amount of all Lenders’ Total Exposures at such time to exceed the Loan Limit then in effect, (iii) each Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date occurring no later than one year after the date of issuance or such longer period of time as may be agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank, unless otherwise agreed upon by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank or as provided under Section 3.2(b); provided that any Letter of Credit may provide for automatic renewal thereof for additional periods of up to 12 months or such longer period of time as may be agreed upon by the applicable Issuing Bank, subject to the provisions of Section 3.2(b); provided, further, that in no event shall such expiration date occur later than the L/C Maturity Date unless arrangements which are reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank to Cash Collateralize (or backstop) such Letter of Credit have been made, (iv) no Letter of Credit shall be issued if it would be illegal under any applicable Requirement of Law for the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit to have a Letter of Credit issued in its favor, (v) no Letter of Credit shall be issued by an Issuing Bank after it has received a written notice from the Administrative Agent or the Majority Lenders stating that a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing until such time as such Issuing Bank shall have received a written notice (A) of rescission of such notice from the party or parties originally delivering such notice, (B) of the waiver of such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 or (C) that such Default or Event of Default is no longer continuing, (vi) without the consent of the applicable Issuing Bank, no Letter of Credit shall be issued in any currency other than Dollars and (vii) the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued on the Closing Date shall not exceed $37,000,000.

(c) Upon at least one Business Day’s prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the applicable Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment in whole or in part; provided that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment.

(d) Upon at least one Business Day’s prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the applicable Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Letter of Credit Commitment in whole or in part; provided that, after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the Letters of Credit Outstanding shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment.

3.2 Letter of Credit Applications.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires that a Letter of Credit be issued, amended or renewed for its account on its own behalf, or on behalf of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by the applicable Issuing Bank) to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent a Letter of Credit application, amendment request or any such document in the Issuing Bank’s customary form or, if the relevant Issuing Bank does

 

84


not maintain such a form, in such form as may be approved by the applicable Issuing Bank (each, a “Letter of Credit Application”). Upon receipt of any Letter of Credit Application or amendment request, the applicable Issuing Bank will issue such Letter of Credit or amendment on the second Business Day after the relevant Letter of Credit Application is received, so long as such Letter of Credit Application is received no later than 3:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day, or if received after such time or on a day that is not a Business Day, the third Business Day next succeeding receipt of such Letter of Credit Application. No Issuing Bank shall issue any Letters of Credit unless such Issuing Bank shall have received notice from the Administrative Agent that the conditions to such issuance have been met.

(b) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each 12-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such 12-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuing Bank for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the L/C Maturity Date; provided, however, that such Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (i) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (b) of Section 3.1 or otherwise), or (ii) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is five Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 7 are not then satisfied, and in each such case directing such Issuing Bank not to permit such extension.

(c) Each Issuing Bank (other than the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates) shall provide the Administrative Agent with a reasonably detailed notice upon its issuance or amendment of any Letter of Credit, or upon any drawing under any Letter of Credit issued by it; provided that, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, such Issuing Bank shall promptly provide the Administrative Agent with a list of all Letters of Credit issued by it that are outstanding at such time.

3.3 Letter of Credit Participations.

(a) Immediately upon the issuance by an Issuing Bank of any Letter of Credit, such Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have sold and transferred to each Lender (each such Lender, in its capacity under this Section 3.3, an “L/C Participant”), and each such L/C Participant shall be deemed irrevocably and unconditionally to have purchased and received from such Issuing Bank, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation (each an “L/C Participation”), to the extent of such L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage, in each Letter of Credit, each substitute therefor, each drawing made thereunder and the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement with respect thereto, and any security therefor or guaranty pertaining thereto.

 

85


(b) In determining whether to pay under any Letter of Credit, the relevant Issuing Bank shall have no obligation relative to the L/C Participants other than to confirm that (i) any documents required to be delivered under such Letter of Credit have been delivered, (ii) such Issuing Bank has examined the documents with reasonable care and (iii) the documents appear to comply on their face with the requirements of such Letter of Credit. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the relevant Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit issued by it, if taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), shall not create for such Issuing Bank any resulting liability.

(c) In the event that an Issuing Bank makes any payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and the Borrower shall not have repaid such amount in full to such Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 3.4(a), such Issuing Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify each L/C Participant) of such failure, and each such L/C Participant shall promptly and unconditionally pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank, the amount of such L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage of such unreimbursed payment in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Each L/C Participant shall make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank such L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first Business Day after the date notified by such Issuing Bank in immediately available funds. If and to the extent such L/C Participant shall not have so made its Commitment Percentage of the amount of such payment available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the relevant Issuing Bank, such L/C Participant agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank, forthwith on demand, such amount, together with interest thereon for each day from such date until the date such amount is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time then in effect, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such Issuing Bank in connection with the foregoing. The failure of any L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of any Issuing Bank its Commitment Percentage of any payment under any Letter of Credit shall not relieve any other L/C Participant of its obligation hereunder to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its Commitment Percentage of any payment under such Letter of Credit on the date required, as specified above, but no L/C Participant shall be responsible for the failure of any other L/C Participant to make available to the Administrative Agent such other L/C Participant’s Commitment Percentage of any such payment.

(d) Whenever an Issuing Bank receives a payment in respect of an unpaid reimbursement obligation as to which the Administrative Agent has received for the account of such Issuing Bank any payments from the L/C Participants pursuant to clause (c) above, such Issuing Bank shall pay to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to each L/C Participant that has paid its Commitment Percentage of such reimbursement obligation, in Dollars and in immediately available funds, an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s share (based upon the proportionate aggregate amount originally funded by such L/C Participant to the aggregate amount funded by all L/C Participants) of the principal amount so paid in respect of such reimbursement obligation and interest thereon accruing after the purchase of the respective L/C Participations at the Overnight Rate.

 

86


(e) The obligations of the L/C Participants to make payments to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Bank with respect to Letters of Credit shall be irrevocable and not subject to counterclaim, set-off or other defense or any other qualification or exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including under any of the following circumstances:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

(ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that the Borrower or any other Person (including an L/C Participant) may have at any time against a beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit, any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Lender or other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any underlying transaction between the Borrower and the beneficiary named in any such Letter of Credit);

(iii) any draft, certificate or any other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

(iv) the surrender or impairment of any security for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Credit Documents; or

(v) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default; or

(vi) any other event, condition of circumstance, whether or not similar to the foregoing.

3.4 Agreement to Repay Letter of Credit Drawings.

(a) The Borrower hereby agrees to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank by making payment in Dollars or to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank (whether with its own funds or with proceeds of the Loans) in immediately available funds, for any payment or disbursement made by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit issued by it (each such amount so paid until reimbursed, an “Unpaid Drawing”) (i) within one Business Day of the date of such payment or disbursement if such Issuing Bank provides notice to the Borrower of such payment or disbursement prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on such next succeeding Business Day (from the date of such payment or disbursement) or (ii) if such notice is received after such time, on the next Business Day following the date of receipt of such notice (such required date for reimbursement under clause (i) or (ii), as applicable, on such Business Day (the “Reimbursement Date”)), with interest on the amount so paid or disbursed by such Issuing Bank, from and including the date of such payment or disbursement to but excluding the Reimbursement Date, at the per annum rate for each day equal to the rate

 

87


described in Section 2.8(a); provided that, notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Letter of Credit, (i) unless the Borrower shall have notified the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Reimbursement Date that the Borrower intends to reimburse such Issuing Bank for the amount of such drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Loans, the Borrower shall be deemed to have given a Notice of Borrowing requesting that the Lenders make Loans (which shall be ABR Loans) on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount at such drawing, and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each L/C Participant of such drawing and the amount of its Loan to be made in respect thereof, and each L/C Participant shall be irrevocably obligated to make a Loan to the Borrower in the manner deemed to have been requested in the amount of its Commitment Percentage of the applicable Unpaid Drawing by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on such Reimbursement Date by making the amount of such Loan available to the Administrative Agent. Such Loans made in respect of such Unpaid Drawing on such Reimbursement Date shall be made without regard to the Minimum Borrowing Amount and without regard to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 7. The Administrative Agent shall use the proceeds of such Loans solely for purpose of reimbursing the relevant Issuing Bank for the related Unpaid Drawing. In the event that the Borrower fails to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit that is outstanding on the L/C Maturity Date, the full amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding in respect of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be an Unpaid Drawing subject to the provisions of this Section 3.4 except that such Issuing Bank shall hold the proceeds received from the Lenders as contemplated above as cash collateral for such Letter of Credit to reimburse any Drawing under such Letter of Credit and shall use such proceeds first, to reimburse itself for any Drawings made in respect of such Letter of Credit following the L/C Maturity Date, second, to the extent such Letter of Credit expires or is returned undrawn while any such cash collateral remains, to the repayment of obligations in respect of any Loans that have not paid at such time and third, to the Borrower or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction. Nothing in this Section 3.4(a) shall affect the Borrower’s obligation to repay all outstanding Loans when due in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b) The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.4 to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank with respect to Unpaid Drawings (including, in each case, interest thereon) shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any set-off, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower or any other Person may have or have had against such Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (including in its capacity as an L/C Participant), including any defense based upon (i) the failure of any drawing under a Letter of Credit (each a “Drawing”) to conform to the terms of the Letter of Credit, (ii) any non-application or misapplication by the beneficiary of the proceeds of such Drawing, (iii) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement, or any term or provision therein, (iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect or (v) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 3.4, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Borrower’s obligations hereunder; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the relevant Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the

 

88


Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care pursuant to the applicable ICC Rule or applicable law when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or omitted to be taken by an Issuing Bank under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of such Issuing Bank to the Borrower; provided that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse such Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages suffered by the Borrower that are caused by such Issuing Bank’s failure to exercise care, when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank that issued such Letter of Credit may in its sole discretion either accept or make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit (unless the Borrower shall consent to payment thereon not withstanding such lack of strict compliance).

3.5 New or Successor Issuing Bank.

(a) Any Issuing Bank may resign as an Issuing Bank upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower. The Borrower may replace any Issuing Bank for any reason upon written notice to such Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent and may add Issuing Banks at any time upon notice to the Administrative Agent. If an Issuing Bank shall resign or be replaced, or if the Borrower shall decide to add a new Issuing Bank under this Agreement, then the Borrower may appoint from among the Lenders (who have agreed to act as successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Issuing Bank) a successor issuer of Letters of Credit or a new Issuing Bank, as the case may be, or, with the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) and such new Issuing Bank, another successor or new issuer of Letters of Credit, whereupon such successor issuer shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the replaced or resigning Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or such new issuer of Letters of Credit shall be granted the rights, powers and duties of an Issuing Bank hereunder, and the term “Issuing Bank” shall mean such successor or such new issuer of Letters of Credit effective upon such appointment. The acceptance of any appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder whether as a successor issuer or new issuer of Letters of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, shall be evidenced by an agreement entered into by such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, such new or successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall become an “Issuing Bank” hereunder. After the resignation or replacement of an Issuing Bank hereunder, the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such resignation or replacement, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters of Credit. In connection with

 

89


any resignation or replacement pursuant to this clause (a) (but, in case of any such resignation, only to the extent that a successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have been appointed), either (i) the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall arrange to have any outstanding Letters of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank replaced with Letters of Credit issued by the successor issuer of Letters of Credit or (ii) the Borrower shall cause the successor issuer of Letters of Credit, if such successor issuer is reasonably satisfactory to the replaced or resigning Issuing Bank, to issue “back-stop” Letters of Credit naming the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank as beneficiary for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued by the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank, which new Letters of Credit shall have a Stated Amount equal to the Letters of Credit being back-stopped and the sole requirement for drawing on such new Letters of Credit shall be a drawing on the corresponding back- stopped Letters of Credit. After any resigning or replaced Issuing Bank’s resignation or replacement as Issuing Bank, the provisions of this Agreement relating to an Issuing Bank shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it (A) while it was an Issuing Bank under this Agreement or (B) at any time with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.

(b) To the extent that there are, at the time of any resignation or replacement as set forth in clause (a) above, any outstanding Letters of Credit, nothing herein shall be deemed to impact or impair any rights and obligations of any of the parties hereto with respect to such outstanding Letters of Credit (including any obligations related to the payment of fees or the reimbursement or funding of amounts drawn), except that the Borrower, the resigning or replaced Issuing Bank and the successor issuer of Letters of Credit shall have the obligations regarding outstanding Letters of Credit described in clause (a) above.

3.6 Role of Issuing Bank. Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, no Issuing Bank shall have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Lender for (a) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Majority Lenders, (b) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct or (c) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective affiliates nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of any Issuing Bank shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in Section 3.3(e); provided that anything in such Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, and such Issuing Bank may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction) or such Issuing Bank’s unlawful

 

90


failure (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction) to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, any Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no Issuing Bank shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

3.7 Cash Collateral.

(a) Upon the request of the Majority Lenders if, as of the L/C Maturity Date, there are any Letters of Credit Outstanding, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit Outstanding.

(b) If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Loans shall have been accelerated in accordance with Section 11, the Majority Lenders may require that the L/C Obligations be Cash Collateralized; provided that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default referred to in Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower, the Borrower shall immediately Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit then outstanding and no notice or request by or consent from the Majority Lenders shall be required.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Cash Collateralize” shall mean to (i) pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances in an amount equal to the amount of the Letters of Credit Outstanding required to be Cash Collateralized (the “Required Cash Collateral Amount”) or (ii) if the relevant Issuing Bank benefiting from such collateral shall agree in its reasonable discretion, other forms of credit support (including any backstop letter of credit) in a face amount equal to 105% of the Required Cash Collateral Amount from an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank, in each case under clause (i) and (ii) above pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the L/C Participants, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Such cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, interest bearing deposit accounts established by and in the name of the Borrower, but under the “control” (as defined in Section 9-104 of the UCC) of the Administrative Agent.

3.8 Applicability of ISP and UCP. The Borrower agrees that any Issuing Bank may issue Letters of Credit hereunder subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication Nos. 600 (2007 Revision) (“UCP 600”) or, at such Issuing Bank’s option, such later revision thereof in effect at the time of issuance of the Letter of Credit or the International Standby Practices 1998, ICC Publication No. 590 or, at such Issuing Bank’s option, such later revision thereof in effect at the time of issuance of any such Letter of Credit (“ISP 98”), and each of the UCP 600 and the ISP 98, an “ICC

 

91


Rule”). Each Issuing Bank’s privileges, rights and remedies under such ICC Rules shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, its privileges, rights and remedies expressly provided for herein. The Borrower agrees for matters not addressed by the chosen ICC Rule, each Letter of Credit shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of New York and applicable United States Federal laws.

3.9 Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

3.10 Letters of Credit Issued for Restricted Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Restricted Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Restricted Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Restricted Subsidiaries.

3.11 Increased Costs. If, after the Closing Date, the adoption of any Change in Law shall either (a) impose, modify or make applicable any reserve, deposit, capital adequacy or similar requirement against Letters of Credit issued by any Issuing Bank, or any L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, or (b) impose on any Issuing Bank or any L/C Participant any other conditions, costs or expenses affecting its obligations under this Agreement in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein or any Letter of Credit or such L/C Participant’s L/C Participation therein, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant of issuing, maintaining or participating in any Letter of Credit, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant hereunder (other than (i) Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4, or (ii) Excluded Taxes) in respect of Letters of Credit or L/C Participations therein, then, promptly (and in any event no later than 15 days) after receipt of written demand to the Borrower by such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which notice shall be sent by such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant for such increased cost or reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that no Issuing Bank or L/C Participant shall be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Person’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any such Requirement of Law as in effect on the Closing Date. A certificate submitted to the Borrower by the relevant Issuing Bank or an L/C Participant, as the case may be (a copy of which certificate shall be sent by such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent), setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for the determination of such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Issuing Bank or such L/C Participant as aforesaid shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower absent clearly demonstrable error.

3.12 Independence. The Borrower acknowledges that the rights and obligations of each Issuing Bank under each Letter of Credit issued by it are independent of the existence, performance or nonperformance of any contract or arrangement underlying such Letter of Credit, including contracts or arrangements between such Issuing Bank and the Borrower (other than the Credit Documents and the Issuer Documents) and between the Borrower and the relevant beneficiary.

 

92


SECTION 4. FEES; COMMITMENTS.

4.1 Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective Commitment Percentages of the Lenders), a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) for each day from the Closing Date until but excluding the Termination Date. Each Commitment Fee shall be payable by the Borrower quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (for the three-month period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has been received) and on the Termination Date (for the period ended on such date for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (i) above), and shall be computed for each day during such period at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee Rate in effect on such day on the Available Commitment (assuming for this purpose that there is no reference to “Swingline Exposure” in the definition of Total Exposure) in effect on such day.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the account of the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective Letter of Credit Exposure, a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit (the “Letter of Credit Fee”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit until the termination or expiration date of such Letter of Credit computed at the per annum rate for each day equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Loans on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit. Such Letter of Credit Fees shall be due and payable (i) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (ii) on the Termination Date (for the period for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (i) above).

(c) The Borrower agrees to pay to each Issuing Bank a fee in respect of each Letter of Credit issued by it (the “Fronting Fee”), for the period from the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit to the termination or expiration date of such Letter of Credit, computed at the rate for each day equal to 0.125% per annum (or such other amount as may be agreed in a separate writing between the Borrower and the relevant Issuing Bank) on the average daily Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit (or at such other rate per annum as agreed in writing between the Borrower and the relevant Issuing Bank). Such Fronting Fees shall be due and payable by the Borrower (i) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and (ii) on the Termination Date (for the period for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (i) above).

(d) The Borrower agrees to pay directly to each Issuing Bank upon each issuance of, drawing under, and/or amendment of, a Letter of Credit issued by it such amount as the relevant Issuing Bank and the Borrower shall have agreed upon for issuances of, drawings under or amendments of, letters of credit issued by it.

 

93


(e) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the administrative agent fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in writing from time to time between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

(f) The Borrower agrees to pay on the earlier of (i) the Initial Maturity Date and (ii) the first date occurring on or after January 1, 2023 prior to the Initial Maturity Date on which the Total Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated (other than any Letter of Credit that has been collateralized on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to each applicable Issuing Bank following the termination of the Total Commitment) and the Loans, the Swingline Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder have been paid in full, to the Administrative Agent in Dollars for the pro rata account of each Lender that is a party hereto as of 11:59 p.m. on December 31, 2022, a deferred extension fee (the “Deferred Extension Fee”) as compensation for the extension of the Initial Maturity Date pursuant to the Third Amendment in an aggregate amount equal to $1,000,000. The Deferred Extension Fee will be in all respects fully earned, due and payable on the date specified in the preceding sentence, and non-refundable and non-creditable thereafter.

4.2 Voluntary Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Upon at least two Business Days’ prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Commitments, in whole or in part; provided that (a) any such termination or reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Commitments of each of the Lenders either (A) ratably among Classes or (B) first to the Commitments with respect to any Existing Commitments and second to any Extended Commitments (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not first to any Extended Commitments) and (2) in connection with the establishment on any date of any Extended Commitments pursuant to Section 2.17, (i) the Existing Commitments of each Lender providing any such Extended Commitments on such date shall be reduced in an amount equal to the amount of Specified Existing Commitments so extended on such date by such Lender and (ii) the Existing Commitments of any Lender not providing such Extended Commitments may be reduced, solely to the extent elected to be reduced by the Borrower (provided that (x) after giving effect to any such reduction and to the repayment of any Loans made on such date, the Total Exposure of any Lender does not exceed such Lender’s Commitment Percentage (after giving effect to any reduction in the Existing Commitments pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii)) of the Loan Limit and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, any such repayment of Loans contemplated by the preceding clause (x) shall be made in compliance with the requirements of Section 5.3(a) with respect to the ratable allocation of payments hereunder, with such allocation being determined after giving effect to any reduction in the Existing Commitments pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii)), (b) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $1,000,000 and (c) after giving effect to such termination or reduction and to any prepayments of Loans or cancellation or Cash Collateralization of Letters of Credit made on the date thereof in accordance with this Agreement, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Total Exposures shall not exceed the Loan Limit.

 

94


(b) The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.15(f) will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any such notice of commitment termination pursuant to Section 4.2 may state that it is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

4.3 Mandatory Termination of Commitments.

(a) The Total Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Termination Date.

(b) The Swingline Commitment shall terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the earlier of (x) the Swingline Maturity Date and (y) the Termination Date.

SECTION 5. PAYMENTS.

5.1 Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right to prepay Loans and Swingline Loans, in each case, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions:

(a) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) being prepaid, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans, two Business Days prior to and (ii) in the case of ABR Loans on the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders;

(b) each partial prepayment of (i) LIBOR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or a lesser amount to the extent such lesser amount represents the entire aggregate outstanding LIBOR Loans at such time, and (ii) any ABR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or a lesser amount to the extent such lesser amount represents the entire aggregate outstanding ABR Loans at such time; provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such LIBOR Loans;

 

95


(c) [reserved]; and

(d) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrower with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11.

Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type of Loans to be prepaid. At the Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.1, such prepayment shall not be applied to any Loans of a Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any such notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 may state that it is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

5.2 Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) Repayment following Optional Reduction of Commitments. If, on any Business Day, the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders exceeds the Loan Limit (as reduced from time to time in accordance with the definition thereof or Section 2.14 hereof or otherwise), then the Borrower shall on the same Business Day (i) prepay the Swingline Loans and, after all Swingline Loans have been paid in full, the remaining Loans on the date of such termination or reduction in an aggregate principal amount equal to such excess and (ii) if any excess remains after prepaying all of the Loans as a result of any Letter of Credit Exposure, pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Issuing Banks and the L/C Participants an amount in cash or otherwise Cash Collateralize an amount equal to such excess as provided in Section 3.7.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Application to Loans. With respect to each prepayment of Loans elected under Section 5.1 or required by Section 5.2, the Borrower may designate (i) the Types of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) being repaid and (ii) the Loans to be prepaid; provided that (A) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans and (B) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (A), no prepayment of Loans shall be applied to the Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Borrower. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the limitations in the proviso above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11.

(d) LIBOR Interest Periods. In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 5.2 in respect of any LIBOR Loan, other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower at its option may deposit, on behalf of the Borrower, with the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a corporate time deposit account established on terms reasonably

 

96


satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, earning interest at the then customary rate for accounts of such type. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans to be so prepaid; provided that the Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 5.2.

(e) Application of Proceeds. The application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall not reduce the aggregate amount of Commitments under the Facility and amounts prepaid may be reborrowed subject to the Available Commitment.

5.3 Method and Place of Payment.

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto or the Issuing Banks or the Swingline Lender entitled thereto, as the case may be, not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower, it being understood that written or facsimile notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to make a payment from the funds in the Borrower’s account at the Administrative Agent’s Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder and all other payments under each Credit Document shall be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or fees ratably to the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, as applicable, entitled thereto.

(b) For purposes of computing interest or fees, any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

5.4 Net Payments.

(a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes; provided that if the Borrower, any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions or withholdings

 

97


as are reasonably determined by the applicable withholding agent to be required by any applicable Requirement of Law, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, and (iii) to the extent withholding or deduction is required to be made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.4) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made. After any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 5.4, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by law to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(b) The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, any Other Taxes (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority).

(c) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender within 15 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.4), and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error and shall constitute a required notice for purposes of Section 2.13.

(d) Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation and such other information reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Credit Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Credit Party pursuant to any Credit Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the

 

98


Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.4(e)(i)(A), (B) and (C) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(e) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.4(d), each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so:

(i) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement, two copies of (A) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any applicable successor form) (together with a certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto) representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not a “10-percent shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower, is not a CFC described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code) and the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender of a trade or business within the United States), (B) IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8ECI or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any applicable successor form), in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on payments by the Borrower under this Agreement, (C) IRS Form W-8IMY (or any applicable successor form) and all necessary attachments (including the forms described in clauses (A) and (B) above, provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, and one or more of the partners is claiming portfolio interest treatment, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto may be provided by such Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of such partners) or (D) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(ii) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two further copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) promptly after such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a material change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or promptly notify in writing the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such non-U.S. Lender’s inability to do so.

Each Person that shall become a Participant pursuant to Section 13.6 or a Lender pursuant to Section 13.6 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide all the forms and statements required pursuant to this Section 5.4(e); provided that in the case of a Participant such Participant shall furnish all such required forms and statements to the Person from which the related participation shall have been purchased.

 

99


In addition, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so, each Agent shall deliver to the Borrower (x)(I) prior to the date on which the first payment by the Borrower is due hereunder or (II) prior to the first date on or after the date on which such Agent becomes a successor Agent pursuant to Section 12.9 on which payment by the Borrower is due hereunder, as applicable, two copies of a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-9 certifying its exemption from U.S. Federal backup withholding or a properly completed and executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its non-U.S. status and its entitlement to any treaty benefits and its status as a qualified intermediary or withholding foreign partnership, and (y) on or before the date on which any such previously delivered documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower, and from time to time if reasonably requested by the Borrower, two further copies of such documentation.

(f) If any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.4 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.4), then the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Borrower or such Guarantor for such amount (net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and without interest other than any interest received thereon from the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund) as the Lender, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion exercised in good faith to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse net after-Tax position (taking into account expenses or any taxes imposed on the refund) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that the Borrower or such Guarantor, upon the request of the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower or such Guarantor (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. In such event, such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant Governmental Authority (provided that such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may delete any information therein that it deems confidential). No Lender nor the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Credit Party in connection with this clause (f) or any other provision of this Section 5.4.

(g) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two IRS Forms W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such U.S. Lender is exempt from United States federal backup withholding (i) on

 

100


or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the U.S. Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(h) If a payment made to any Lender or any Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or such Agent were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or such Agent shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 5.4(i), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(i) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 5.4, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender and the term “applicable law” or “Requirement of Law” includes FATCA.

(j) The agreements in this Section 5.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

5.5 Computations of Interest and Fees.

(a) Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, Interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans in respect of which the rate of interest is calculated on the basis of the Administrative Agent’s prime rate and interest on overdue interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.

(b) Fees and the average daily Stated Amount of Letters of Credit shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.

5.6 Limit on Rate of Interest.

(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate. Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect to any of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate. If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 5.6(a), the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

101


(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate. If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower or any other Credit Party to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable Requirement of Law, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by applicable Requirements of Law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8.

(d) Rebate of Excess Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable Requirement of Law, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.

SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL BORROWING.

The initial Borrowing under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed or waived pursuant to Section 13.1.

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include e-mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, written opinions of (i) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Credit Parties and (ii) Jones Walker LLP, as special Louisiana counsel to the Credit Parties, in each case, (i) dated the Closing Date, (ii) addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and each Issuing Bank and (iii) in form and substance customary for transactions of this type. The Borrower, the other Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent hereby instruct such counsel to deliver such legal opinions.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, in the case of each Credit Party, each of the items referred to in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below:

(i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation, including all amendments thereto, of each Credit Party, in each case, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or other similar official) of the jurisdiction of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (to the extent such concept or a similar concept exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) of each such Credit Party as of a recent date from such Secretary of State (or other similar official);

 

102


(ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer of each Credit Party dated the Closing Date and certifying:

(A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the bylaws (or limited liability company agreement or other equivalent governing documents) of such Credit Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below,

(B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or managing member or equivalent) of such Credit Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Closing Date,

(C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation of such Credit Party has not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto disclosed pursuant to subclause (i) above,

(D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Credit Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Credit Party, and

(E) a certificate of a director or an officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer executing the certificate pursuant to subclause (ii) above.

(d) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received executed copies of the Guarantee, executed by each Person which will be a Guarantor on the Closing Date, and of the Intercreditor Agreement, executed by Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as collateral agent for the Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

(e) (i) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received copies of the Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document that is required to be executed on the Closing Date, duly executed by each Credit Party party thereto, together with evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings required by the Security Documents as of the Closing Date subject to the last paragraph of this Section 6 or that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary to (A) create the Liens intended to be created by any Security Document and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, such Security Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording and (B) comply with Section 9.11, in each case shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(ii) All Equity Interests of each wholly-owned Material Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case as of the Closing Date, shall have been pledged pursuant to Collateral Agreement (except that such Credit Parties shall not be required to pledge any Excluded Equity Interests) and the Collateral Agent shall have received all certificates, if any, representing such securities pledged under the Collateral Agreement, accompanied by instruments of transfer and/or undated powers endorsed in blank.

 

103


(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received customary UCC lien searches with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors in their applicable jurisdictions of organization.

(f) The Acquisition shall have been consummated, or shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial Borrowing under this Agreement, in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement. The Purchase and Sale Agreement shall not have been amended or waived in any material respect by the Borrower and the Borrower shall not have granted any material consent under the Purchase and Sale Agreement in a manner materially adverse to the Lenders (in their capacity as such) without the consent of the Lead Arrangers (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(g) The Specified Purchase Agreement Representations and the Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the borrower certifying as to the satisfaction of such condition.

(h) The Equity Investment in an aggregate amount not less than the Minimum Equity Amount shall have been made or shall be made substantially concurrently with the initial Borrowing under this Agreement.

(i) The Lead Arrangers shall have received, and hereby confirm that they have received, the Historical Financial Information.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a pro forma capitalization table of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions and prepared based solely on the information delivered pursuant to Section 6.1(i).

(k) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a solvency certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

(l) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the Borrower shall have made commercially reasonable efforts to (i) obtain and effect all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Credit Documents and (ii) to have the Administrative Agent named as loss payee and/or additional insured under each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named.

(m) All fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced at least three (3) Business Days before the Closing Date (or such shorter period as may be reasonably agreed by the Borrower) shall have been paid in full in cash (including from the proceeds of the initial funding under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities) or netted from the proceeds of the initial funding under the Facility.

 

104


(n) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, the Patriot Act, that has been requested by the Administrative Agent in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any security interest in any Collateral (other than any a lien on Collateral that may be perfected solely (A) by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or (B) by the delivery of stock certificates of the Borrower’s Wholly owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Material Subsidiaries) is not or cannot be provided and/or perfected on the Closing Date (subject to extensions approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so without undue burden or expense, the provision and/or perfection of security interests in such Collateral shall not constitute conditions precedent to the initial Borrowing under this Agreement, but shall be required to be delivered, provided, and/or perfected within the later of (x) (i) in the case of Mortgages required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral Coverage Minimum, by the dates provided in the definition of “Collateral Coverage Minimum” and (ii) in the case of all other Collateral not otherwise described in the preceding clause (i), 90 days following the Closing Date and (y) the time periods specified on Schedule 9.13(b).

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL SUBSEQUENT CREDIT EVENTS.

The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on any date after the Closing Date (excluding Mandatory Borrowings and Loans required to be made by the Lenders in respect of Unpaid Drawings pursuant to Sections 3.3 and 3.4 and subject, in the case of clause (a) below, to the provisions set forth in Section 1.12(a)), and the obligation of any Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit on any date (other than any Existing Letter of Credit) after the Closing Date, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) At the time of each such Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates).

(b) Prior to the making of each Loan (other than any Loan made pursuant to Section 3.4(a)) and each Swingline Loan, the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3(a).

 

105


(c) Prior to the issuance of each Letter of Credit (other than any Existing Letter of Credit), the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have received a Letter of Credit Application meeting the requirements of Section 3.2(a).

The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 7 above have been satisfied as of that time.

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans and issue or participate in Letters of Credit as provided for herein, the Borrower makes, on the date of each Credit Event (but solely, on the Closing Date, to the extent such representations and warranties are required to be true and correct as a condition to Borrowing pursuant to Section 6), the following representations and warranties to, and agreements with, the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the issuance of the Letters of Credit:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power. Each of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact its business as now conducted and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.2 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Binding Effect. Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

8.3 No Violation. None of the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party will (a) contravene any Requirement of Law, except to the extent such contravention would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents and Permitted Liens) pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted

 

106


Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “Contractual Requirement”) except to the extent such breach, default or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the Organization Documents of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

8.4 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.4, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.5 Margin Regulations. Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board.

8.6 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (a) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and (c) such consents, approvals, registrations, filings or actions the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Investment Company Act. No Credit Party is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8.8 True and Complete Disclosure.

(a) All written factual information delivered on or prior to the Closing Date (other than the (i) the Projections and (ii) estimates and information of a general economic nature or general industry nature) (the “Information”) concerning the Acquired Assets prepared by or on behalf of the foregoing or their representatives and made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, was true and correct in all material respects, as of the Closing Date and did not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact as of the Closing Date or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(b) The Projections (i) have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date thereof (it being understood that actual results may vary materially from the Projections), as of the date such Projections were furnished to the Lenders (with respect to any such Projections provided prior to the Closing Date) and as of the Closing Date and (ii) as of the Closing Date, have not been modified in any material respect by the Borrower.

 

107


(c) All reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than estimates and information of a general economic nature or general industry nature) prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their representatives and made available to any Lender or the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or under any other Credit Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, was true and correct in all material respects, as of the date furnished and did not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(d) As of the Third Amendment Effective Date, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all respects.

8.9 Tax Matters. Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Credit Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes payable by it (including in their capacity as a withholding agent), except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

8.10 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.10(a) or as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Pension Plan maintained by a Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder and other federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the six year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 8.10(b), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) With respect to each Pension Plan, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 901 of the Code), as determined by the applicable Pension Plan’s Enrolled Actuary under Sections 436(j) and 430(d)(2) of the Code and all applicable

 

108


regulatory guidance promulgated thereunder (“AFTAP”), would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.” Neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to a Pension Plan that is, or is expected to be, in at-risk status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code) in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.11 Subsidiaries. Schedule 8.11 lists each Subsidiary of the Borrower (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Borrower therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions). Each Guarantor, Material Subsidiary and Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) has been so designated on Schedule 8.11.

8.12 Intellectual Property. The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries own or have obtained valid rights to use all intellectual property, free from any burdensome restrictions, that to the knowledge of the Borrower is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.13 Environmental Laws. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Credit Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have received written notice of any Environmental Claim; (iii) neither the Credit Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries are conducting or have been ordered by a Governmental Authority to conduct any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law related to Hazardous Materials contamination at any location; and (iv) neither the Credit Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries, to their knowledge, have treated, stored, transported, released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned, leased or operated facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under Environmental Law.

8.14 Properties.

(a) Assuming that all applicable Governmental Authorities have granted approvals, made recordations and taken such other actions as are necessary in connection with the Transactions and any assignments made in connection therewith, except as set forth on Schedule 8.14 hereto or in an exhibit to any Reserve Report Certificate delivered hereunder, each Credit Party has good and defensible title to the Reserve Report Properties evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report (other than those (i) Disposed of since delivery of such Reserve Report, (ii) leases that have expired in accordance with their terms and (iii) with title defects disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent), and valid title to all its material personal properties, in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 10.2, except in each case where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. After giving full

 

109


effect to the Liens permitted by Section 10.2, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary specified as the owner owns the working interests and net revenue interests attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests as such working interests and net revenue interests are reflected in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, and the ownership of such properties shall not in any material respect obligate the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to bear the costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of each such property in an amount in excess of the working interest of each property set forth in the most recently delivered Reserve Report that is not offset by a corresponding proportionate increase in the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s net revenue interest in such property.

(b) All material leases and agreements necessary for the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting, in full force and effect, except to the extent that any such failure to be valid or subsisting would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The rights and properties presently owned, leased or licensed by the Credit Parties including all easements and rights of way, include all rights and properties necessary to permit the Credit Parties to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent any failure to have any such rights or properties would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) All of the properties of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their businesses are in good working condition and are maintained in accordance with prudent business standards, except to the extent any failure to satisfy the foregoing would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.15 Solvency. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

8.16 Security Documents. The Security Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien or security interest in the respective Collateral described therein as security for the Obligations to the extent that a legal, valid, binding and enforceable Lien or security interest in such Collateral may be created under any applicable Requirement of Law, which Lien or security interest, upon the filing of financing statements, recordation of the Mortgages or the obtaining of possession or “control,” in each case, as applicable, with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable UCC or applicable local law, will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower and each other Credit Party thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior (except as otherwise provided for in the relevant Security Document) in right to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens), in each case to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the applicable UCC, recordation of the Mortgages under applicable local law or by obtaining possession or “control.”

8.17 Gas Imbalances, Prepayments. On the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 8.17, on a net basis, there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments exceeding 2.5 Bcfe of Hydrocarbon volumes (stated on a gas equivalent basis) in the aggregate, with respect to the Credit Parties’ Oil and Gas Properties that would require any Credit Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from their Reserve Report Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor.

 

110


8.18 Marketing of Production. On the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 8.18, no material agreements exist (which are not cancelable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment) for the sale of production of the Credit Parties’ Hydrocarbons at a fixed non-index price (including calls on, or other rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that (i) represent in respect of such agreements 2.5% or more of the Borrower’s average monthly production of Hydrocarbon volumes and (ii) have a maturity or expiry date of longer than six months from the Closing Date.

8.19 Financial Statements.

(a) On and after the first date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1(a), the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except for customary year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes and as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) On and after the first date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1(b), the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(b) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the fiscal year covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(c) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.20 OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA.

(a) To the extent applicable, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, as amended, Sanctions Laws, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and other anti-corruption laws, and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, any director, officer, employee, agent or controlled affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor is the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located, organized or resident in any country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions.

(b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, by the Borrower (i) in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or (ii) for the purpose of financing any activities or business (x) of or with any Person that, at the time of such financing, is the subject of any Sanctions or (y) in any country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions.

 

111


8.21 Hedge Agreements. Schedule 8.21 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a true and complete list of all material commodity Hedge Agreements of each Credit Party, the terms thereof relating to the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes, the net mark to market value thereof, all credit support agreements relating thereto (including any margin required or supplied) and the counterparty to each such agreement.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Total Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated (unless such Letters of Credit have been collateralized on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to each applicable Issuing Bank following the termination of the Total Commitment) and the Loans, the Swingline Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than Hedging Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable), are paid in full:

9.1 Information Covenants. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

(a) Annual Financial Statements. Within 120 days after the end of each such fiscal year (150 days in the case of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014)), the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (or, in lieu of such audited financial statements of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation, reflecting such financial information for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on the other hand, reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements) prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, except with respect to such reconciliation, certified by independent certified public accountants whose opinion shall not be materially qualified with any “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (x) the occurrence of an upcoming maturity date of the Facility, the 2020 Second Lien Facility, the Third Lien Facility or the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing or (y) any prospective or actual default in any financial maintenance covenant, including Section 10.11, on a future date or in a future period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 9.1(a) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, filing of a Form 10-K with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a Parent Entity, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the

 

112


information relating to such Parent Entity and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under the first sentence of this Section 9.1(a), such materials are accompanied by an opinion of independent certified public accountants whose opinion shall not be materially qualified with any “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (x) the occurrence of an upcoming maturity date of the Facility, the 2020 Second Lien Facility, the Third Lien Facility, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing or (y) any prospective or actual default in any financial maintenance covenant, including Section 10.11, on a future date or in a future period).

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements. With respect to each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Borrower, on or before the date that is 60 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period (or, in the case of any fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date and prior to September 30, 2015, 90 days)), the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, and, beginning with the financial statements for the quarterly period ending March 31, 2016, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of such periods in the prior fiscal year (or, in lieu of such unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation reflecting such financial information for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on the other hand, reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements), all of which shall be certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 9.1(b) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-Q filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other.

(c) Officer’s Certificates. Not later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 9.1(a) and Section 9.1(b), a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth (i) beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2015, the calculations required to establish whether the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries were in compliance with the

 

113


covenant set forth in Section 10.11 as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, and (ii) set forth any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Closing Date or the most recent fiscal year or period, as the case may be.

(d) Notices. Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries obtains actual knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof and what action the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or similar event with respect to a Foreign Plan, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) Environmental Matters. Promptly after obtaining actual knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters would not, individually, or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, notice of:

(i) any Environmental Claim brought, filed or threatened in writing against any Credit Party; and

(ii) the actual release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any facility owned or leased by a Credit Party in violation of Environmental Laws or as would reasonably be expected to result in liability under Environmental Laws or the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action under Environmental Laws in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any facility owned or leased by a Credit Party.

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, removal or remedial action.

(f) Other Information. With reasonable promptness, but subject to the limitations set forth in the last sentences of Section 9.2(a) and Section 13.6, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and the financial condition of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent) may reasonably request in writing from time to time.

(g) Budget. Within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year (beginning with (and 120 days in the case of) the fiscal year ending on or about December 31, 2014) of the Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “Budget”), which Budget

 

114


shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such Budget has been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Budget, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Budget and that such variations may be material.

It is understood that documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 9.1(a) through (e) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 13.2, (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks, Debtdomain or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent) or (iii) on which such documents are transmitted by electronic mail to the Administrative Agent; provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents delivered pursuant to Sections 9.1(a), 9.1(b), 9.1(c), and 9.1(f) to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

9.2 Books, Records and Inspections.

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain books of record and account that permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit designated representatives of the Administrative Agent and designated representatives of the Majority Lenders (as accompanied by the Administrative Agent) to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its financial and operating records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 9.2(b) and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any representative of the Majority Lenders (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Majority Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with

 

115


the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.2(b), none of the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by any Requirement of Law or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

9.3 Maintenance of Insurance.

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. The Secured Parties shall be the additional insureds on any such liability insurance as their interests may appear and, if property insurance is obtained, the Collateral Agent shall be the loss payee under any such property insurance; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Secured Parties will provide any proceeds of such property insurance to the Borrower.

(b) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any material improvements included as Collateral and located on any land subject to a Mortgage is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time. Following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent annual renewals of each flood insurance policy or annual renewals of each force-placed flood insurance policy, as applicable. In connection with any amendment to this Agreement pursuant to which any increase, extension, or renewal of Loans is contemplated, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for any Mortgaged Property with respect to which buildings or mobile homes are included as Collateral, a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Credit Parties, and evidence of flood insurance, as applicable.

9.4 Payment of Taxes. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy its obligations in respect of all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges, before the same shall become delinquent or in default,

 

116


except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof has set aside on its books adequate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP (or in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, the comparable accounting principles in the relevant jurisdiction) or (ii) the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. The Borrower will do, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.5.

9.6 Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

9.7 [Reserved].

9.8 Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, except in each case, where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that this Section 9.8 shall not restrict any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.5):

(a) operate its Oil and Gas Properties and other material properties or cause such Oil and Gas Properties and other material properties to be operated in accordance with the practices of the industry and in compliance with all applicable Contractual Requirements and all applicable Requirements of Law, including applicable proration requirements and Environmental Laws;

(b) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and preserve, maintain and keep in good repair, working order and efficiency (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material Oil and Gas Properties consisting of equipment, machinery and facilities; and

(c) to the extent a Credit Party is not the operator of any property, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the operator to operate such property in accordance with customary industry practices.

9.9 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will conduct, and cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $5,000,000 with any of its Affiliates (other than the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) on terms that are substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the board of directors or managers of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

 

117


(a) the consummation of the Transactions, including the payment of Transaction Expenses;

(b) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity thereof) to any officer, director, employee or consultant of any of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the Sponsor (or any Parent Entity thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) equity issuances, repurchases, retirements, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect Parent Entity thereof) permitted under Section 10.6;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has invested (and which Subsidiary or joint venture would not be an Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, but for the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s ownership of Equity Interests in such joint venture or such Subsidiary) to the extent permitted under Section 10;

(f) employment and severance arrangements and health, disability and similar insurance or benefit plans between the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries and their respective future, current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants (including management and employee benefit plans or agreements, subscription agreements or similar agreements pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with future, current or former employees, officers, directors or consultants and equity option or incentive plans and other compensation arrangements) in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise approved by the board of directors or managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(g) any one or more agreements in respect of payments of monitoring, consulting, management, transaction, advisory or similar fees to the Sponsor that are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in good faith, and payments pursuant thereto which shall consist of (i) so long as no Event of Default under Sections 11.1, 11.3 (but only as a result of the default in the due performance of any covenant contained in Section 9.6) or 11.5 has occurred and is continuing, the payment of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, termination and advisory fees pursuant to the Investor Management Agreement as in effect on the Third Amendment Effective Date and related indemnities and reasonable expenses; (ii) any deferred management fees (to the extent such fees were within such amount described in the foregoing subclause (i) originally); (iii) transaction fees in an amount not to exceed 1.0% of the total enterprise

 

118


value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of any Permitted Acquisition or Investment; and (iv) so long as, after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 shall have occurred and be continuing, in the event of a Qualifying IPO, the present value of all future amounts payable pursuant to any agreement referred to in subclause (i) above in connection with the termination of any such agreement with the Sponsor; provided that, if any such payment pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii) and (iv) is not permitted to be paid as a result of an Event of Default under Section 11.1, such payment shall accrue and may be payable when no Event of Default under Section 11.1 is continuing;

(h) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date and to the extent involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1,000,000 individually, set forth on Schedule 9.9 or any amendment thereto or arrangement similar thereto to the extent such amendment or arrangement is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders in any material respect (as determined by the Borrower in good faith);

(i) Restricted Payments, redemptions, repurchases and other actions permitted under Section 10.6;

(j) without duplicating any payments made pursuant to Section 9.9(g) above, payments (including reimbursement of fees and expenses) by the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, whether or not consummated), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or managers or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in good faith; provided that the total amount of such payments made under this Section 9.9(j) shall not exceed 2% of (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred, (y) the cash proceeds from an issuance of Equity Interests or any other contribution of cash to the capital of the Borrower or (z) the applicable purchase price, in the case of an acquisition or divestiture;

(k) any issuance of Equity Interests or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities, Equity Interests or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, equity options and equity ownership plans approved by the board of directors or board of managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(l) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with prudent business practice followed by companies in the Oil and Gas Business;

(m) sales or conveyances of net profits interests or other royalty interests for cash at Fair Market Value allowed under Section 10.4;

 

119


(n) the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests of the Borrower to any Parent Entity in connection with capital contributions by such Parent Entity to the Borrower;

(o) any transaction in respect of which the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter addressed to the board of directors or managers of the Borrower from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each case of nationally-recognized standing that is in the good faith determination of the Borrower qualified to render such letter, which letter states that such transaction is (i) fair, from a financial point of view, to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) on terms, taken as a whole, that are no less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate;

(p) [Reserved];

(q) customary agreements and arrangements with oil and gas royalty trusts and master limited partnership agreements that comply with the affiliate transaction provisions of such royalty trust or master limited partnership agreement;

(r) payments and distributions by any Parent Entity (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries to the extent such payments are permitted under Sections 10.6(f)(i) and (v);

(s) [Reserved];

(t) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, future, current or former directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity;

(u) Investments permitted under Section 10.5 (other than Sections 10.5(k), (m), (w) and (y) thereof);

(v) [Reserved];

(w) [Reserved];

(x) transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(y) [Reserved];

(z) transactions between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Borrower or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

 

120


(aa) [Reserved];

(bb) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(cc) [Reserved];

(dd) any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors in good faith or, any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business;

(ee) [Reserved];

(ff) [Reserved];

(gg) Permitted Intercompany Activities;

(hh) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business; and

(ii) a joint venture which would constitute a transaction with an Affiliate solely as a result of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an equity interest or otherwise controlling such joint venture or similar entity.

9.10 Compliance with Environmental Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and take all commercially reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits (including the Environmental Action Plan); obtain, maintain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and, in each case to the extent the Credit Parties or Subsidiaries are required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, remedial or other corrective action necessary to address Hazardous Materials at any property or facility in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws.

9.11 Additional Guarantors, Grantors and Collateral.

(a) Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Guarantee or the Security Documents, the Borrower will cause (i) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date

 

121


(including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and (ii) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, in each case within 45 days from the date of such formation, acquisition or cessation, as applicable (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) to (A) execute (x) a supplement to the Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit I thereto, in order to become a Guarantor, (y) a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I thereto, in order to become a grantor and a pledgor thereunder and (z) a counterpart to the Intercompany Note, (B) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within forty-five (45) days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Credit Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 9.11 as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (C) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Mortgaged Property, any existing title reports, abstracts or environmental assessment reports, to the extent available and in the possession or control of the Credit Parties or their respective Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any existing environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Credit Parties or one of their respective Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Credit Parties or their respective Subsidiaries to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained.

(b) Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Collateral Agreement, the Borrower will pledge, and, if applicable, will cause each other Subsidiary Guarantor (or Person required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11(a)) to pledge, to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (i) all of the Equity Interests (other than any Excluded Equity Interests) of each Restricted Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11(a)), in each case, formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date, pursuant to supplements to the Collateral Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I, thereto and (ii) except with respect to intercompany Indebtedness, all evidences of Indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 (individually) that is owing to the Borrower or any Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11(a)), in each case pursuant to supplements to the Collateral Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I thereto.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) (i) In connection with the delivery of each required Reserve Report, (ii) at such time as the Borrower, from time to time and acting reasonably in accordance with the exercise of it sole discretion, believes that it may not be in compliance with the Collateral Coverage Minimum, and (iii) in connection with any Disposition of any Oil and Gas Properties that comprise Reserve Report Properties having an aggregate PV-9 (together the PV-9 of all other Reserve Report Properties disposed of from and after the most recent prior reduction in the Loan Limit pursuant to Section 2.14) equal to or exceeding seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the then effective Loan Limit, the Borrower shall review the most recently delivered Reserve Report

 

122


and the list of current Mortgaged Properties (as described in Section 9.14(c)), to ascertain whether the PV-9 of the Mortgaged Properties (calculated using the most recently delivered Reserve Report) meets the Collateral Coverage Minimum after giving effect to exploration and production activities, acquisitions, Dispositions and production. In the event that the PV-9 of the Mortgaged Properties (calculated using the most recently delivered Reserve Report) does not meet the Collateral Coverage Minimum, then the Borrower shall, and shall cause the Credit Parties to, grant, within (x) 75 days of delivery of the certificate required under Section 9.14(c) (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) or (y) 30 days following the date of any Disposition described in clause (iii) above (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations a Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 10.2) on additional Oil and Gas Properties not already subject to a Lien of the Security Documents such that, after giving effect thereto, the PV-9 of the Mortgaged Properties (calculated using the most recently delivered Reserve Report) meets the Collateral Coverage Minimum. All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, including, if applicable, any additional Mortgages. In order to comply with the foregoing, if any Restricted Subsidiary places a Lien on its property and such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with the provisions of Sections 9.11(a) and (b).

(e) Without limitation of clause (a), (b) or (d) above, substantially simultaneously with the delivery of any Mortgage (as defined in the 2020 Second Lien Facility) on any Oil and Gas Property for the benefit of the secured parties under the 2020 Second Lien Facility, or with the delivery of any mortgage or deed of trust on any Oil and Gas Property for the benefit of any other secured party and securing Indebtedness that is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the relevant Credit Party to, grant to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations a Lien on such Oil and Gas Property. All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, including, if applicable, any additional Mortgages. In order to comply with the foregoing, if any Restricted Subsidiary places a Lien on its property and such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with the provisions of Sections 9.11(a) and (b).

9.12 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans and any Letters of Credit in accordance with the fourth recital of this Agreement.

9.13 Further Assurances.

(a) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, unless otherwise provided hereunder, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, assignments of as-extracted collateral arising from the Reserve Report Properties, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the expense of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) [Reserved].

 

123


(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Collateral Agent and the Borrower reasonably determine in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting any Lien on any property is excessive in relation to the benefits afforded to the Lenders thereby, then such property may be excluded from the Collateral for all purposes of the Credit Documents. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Collateral Agreement, or any other Credit Document, (i) the Administrative Agent may grant extensions of time for or waivers of the requirements of the creation or perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title opinions or other title information, legal opinions, appraisals, flood insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Credit Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection or obtaining of such items is not required by law or cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, (ii) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents and, to the extent appropriate in any applicable jurisdiction, as otherwise agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and (iii) the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may make such modifications to the Security Documents, and execute and/or consent to such easements, covenants, rights of way or similar instruments (and Administrative Agent may agree to subordinate the lien of any mortgage to any such easement, covenant, right of way or similar instrument or record or may agree to recognize any tenant pursuant to an agreement in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), as are reasonable or necessary and otherwise permitted by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.13 or anything in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary: (A) Liens required to be granted from time to time shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Agreement and the other Credit Documents and, to the extent appropriate in any applicable jurisdictions, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower; (B) the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets; (C) except as provided in Section 3.7 hereof, no deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement or other control agreements or control arrangements shall be required with respect to any deposit account, securities account or other asset specifically requiring perfection through control agreements; and (D) no actions in any jurisdiction outside of the United States or that are necessary to comply with any Requirement of Law of any jurisdiction outside of the United States shall be required in order to create any security interest in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the United States or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no collateral agreements, security agreements, pledge agreements, or share charge (or mortgage) agreements governed under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States; provided that nothing in this Section 9.13 or any other provision of the Credit Documents shall affect or impair the Borrower’s obligation to meet the Collateral Coverage Minimum.

9.14 Reserve Reports.

(a) On or before April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 2015, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a Reserve Report evaluating, as of the immediately preceding December 31 and June 30, all or substantially all of the Proved Reserves

 

124


of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries located within the geographic boundaries of the United States of America and other applicable Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with other related reports, data and supplemental information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each Reserve Report as of December 31 and June 30 shall be prepared, at the sole election of the Borrower, (x) by one or more Approved Petroleum Engineers or (y) by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that Reserve Reports as of December 31 of each year that are prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall, in each case, be accompanied by an audit letter issued by the applicable Approved Petroleum Engineer that has audited at least 80% by value of the Proved Reserves of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries including in the Reserve Report.

(b) For purposes of preparing each Reserve Report contemplated by clause (a) above, the Borrower shall request at least thirty (30) days prior to the required delivery date for such Reserve Report that the Administrative Agent provide (and the Administrative Agent shall provide promptly, and in any event within three (3) Business Days, following its receipt of a request by the Borrower) an updated Bank Price Deck.

(c) With the delivery of each Reserve Report, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent a Reserve Report Certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that in all material respects:

(i) in the case of Reserve Reports prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than December 31 Reserve Reports), such Reserve Report has been prepared, except as otherwise specified therein, in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding December 31 Reserve Report or the Initial Reserve Report, if no December 31 Reserve Report has been delivered;

(ii) as of the last Business Day of the most recently ended fiscal year or period, as applicable, a true and complete list of all material commodity Hedge Agreements of the Borrower and each Credit Party, the material terms thereof (in respect of the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark-to-market value thereof (as of the last Business Day of such fiscal year or period, as applicable and for which a mark-to-market value is reasonably available);

(iii) for each calendar month during the then current fiscal year to date, the volume of production of Hydrocarbons and sales attributable to production of Hydrocarbons (and the prices at which such sales were made and the revenues derived from such sales) for each such calendar month from the Reserve Report Properties, and setting forth the related ad valorem, severance and production taxes and lease operating expenses attributable thereto for each such calendar month;

(iv) the information contained in the Reserve Report and any other information delivered in connection therewith is true and correct in all material respects;

 

125


(v) assuming that all applicable Governmental Authorities have granted approvals, made recordations and taken such other actions as are necessary in connection with the Transactions and any assignments made in connection therewith, except as set forth in an exhibit to such certificate, the Borrower or another Credit Party has good and defensible title to the Reserve Report Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report (other than those (w) to be acquired in connection with an acquisition, (x) Disposed of since delivery of such Reserve Report, (y) leases that have expired in accordance with their terms and (z) with title defects disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent) and such Reserve Report Properties are free (or will be at the time of the acquisition thereof) of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 10.2;

(vi) except as set forth on an exhibit to such certificate, on a net basis there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments in excess of the volume specified in Section 8.17 with respect to the Credit Parties’ Oil and Gas Property evaluated in such Reserve Report that would require the Borrower or any other Credit Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from such Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor;

(vii) none of the Reserve Report Properties have been Disposed of since the date of the last delivery of a Reserve Report except those Reserve Report Properties listed on such certificate as having been Disposed of; and

(viii) the certificate shall also attach, as schedules thereto, a list of (1) all material marketing agreements (which are not cancellable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment) entered into subsequent to the later of the Closing Date and the most recently delivered Reserve Report for the sale of production of the Credit Parties’ Hydrocarbons at a fixed non-index price (including calls on, or other parties rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that represent in respect of such agreements 2.5% or more of the Credit Parties’ average monthly production of Hydrocarbon volumes and that have a maturity date or expiry date of longer than six months from the last day of such fiscal year or period, as applicable and (2) all Reserve Report Properties that are Collateral and demonstrating compliance with (calculated at the time of delivery of such Reserve Report) the Collateral Coverage Minimum.

9.15 Change in Business. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from (i) the business conducted by them on the Closing Date or (ii) any other business reasonably related, complementary, incidental, synergistic or ancillary thereto (including Industry Investments) or reasonable extensions thereof.

9.16 Title Information. On or before the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of each Reserve Report required by Section 9.14(a) following the Closing Date, the Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, title information with respect to the Reserve Report Properties consistent with usual and customary standards for the geographic regions in which the Reserve Report Properties are located, taking into account the size, scope and number of leases and wells of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

126


SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Total Commitment and each Letter of Credit have terminated (unless such Letters of Credit have been collateralized on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Banks following the termination of the Total Commitment) and the Loans, the Swingline Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than Hedging Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable), are paid in full:

10.1 Limitation on Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than the following:

(a) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents (including pursuant to Section 2.17) and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

(b) [Reserved];

(c) Indebtedness (including Guarantee Obligations thereunder) in respect of (i) the 2020 Second Lien Facility and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness, in each case, if secured, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the Third Lien Facility and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

(d) Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by a Credit Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law and not giving rise to material adverse tax consequences shall be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercompany Note, (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor owing to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and (iii) to the extent permitted by Section 10.5, any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any Guarantor;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, letters of credit, warehouse receipts or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims); provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;

 

127


(f) subject to compliance with Section 10.5, Guarantee Obligations incurred by (i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may not, by virtue of this Section 10.1(f), guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise itself incur under this Section 10.1) and (ii) the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided that (A) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed under this Section 10.1(f) is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness and (B) no guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Permitted Additional Debt, Indebtedness under clause (c) above or other Junior Debt shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guarantee;

(g) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees or sublicensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Sections 10.5(d), (g), (h), (i), (j), (q), (r), (s) and (t);

(h) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases) incurred prior to or within 365 days following the acquisition, construction, lease, repair, replacement, expansion or improvement of assets (real or personal, and whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interests of a Person owning such property) to finance the acquisition, construction, lease, repair, replacement expansion, or improvement of such assets (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset); (ii) Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases, other than (A) Capitalized Leases in effect on the Closing Date and (B) Capitalized Leases entered into pursuant to subclause (i) above; (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 10.1(h) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $30,000,000 and 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets; and (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) incurred from, or arising out of, financing the acquisition, replacement, lease or improvement of compressors (or similar equipment) in the aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 1.6% of Consolidated Total Assets, in each case, determined at the time of incurrence (together with any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof) at any time outstanding;

(i) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 10.1 and any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

(j) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.10;

 

128


(k) Indebtedness of the Borrower (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness) (x) incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted under Section 10.5 or (y) assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment permitted under Section 10.5 so long as, in the case of Indebtedness assumed pursuant to clause (y) hereof, such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment; provided that, after giving Pro Forma Effect to such Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment and the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed (x) the greater of (A) $30,000,000 and (B) 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any time outstanding plus (y) any additional amount of such Indebtedness so long as (i) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, either (X) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness) would be lower than the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior thereto or (Y) the Borrower would be permitted to incur $1.00 of unsecured, senior subordinated or subordinated Indebtedness, subject to a maximum Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of 3.50:1.00 determined on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness) and (ii) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens on assets that constitute Collateral, either (X) the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio determined on Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness) would be lower than the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior thereto or (Y) the Borrower would be permitted to incur $1.00 of secured Indebtedness, subject to a maximum Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio of 3.50:1.00 determined on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness); provided, further that (i) in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (x) and (y) hereof, any such Indebtedness shall have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or assumed and have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facility and (ii) any such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (x) hereof by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party shall not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the greater of $37,500,000 and 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence; provided, further, that the requirements of this Section 10.1(k) shall not apply to any Indebtedness of the type that could have been incurred under Section 10.1(h);

(l) [Reserved];

(m) Indebtedness arising from Permitted Intercompany Activities to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 10.5;

(n) Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 10.1(n) shall not at the time of incurrence thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto and the use of proceeds thereof on a Pro Forma Basis exceed the greater of (i) $45,000,000 and (ii) 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (measured as of the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness based upon internally available financial statements); provided, further, that no Credit Party’s assets are used to secure any such Indebtedness and no Credit Party guarantees such Indebtedness;

 

129


(o) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guaranties or instruments related thereto, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(p) (i) other additional Indebtedness and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 10.1(p) shall not at the time of incurrence thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto and the use of proceeds thereof on a Pro Forma Basis exceed the greater of $52,500,000 and 3.5% of Consolidated Total Assets (measured as of the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness based upon the financial statements most recently available prior to such date);

(q) Indebtedness in respect of (i) the Existing Unsecured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $910,000,000, (ii) Permitted Additional Debt; provided that (A) in the case of any Permitted Additional Debt that is unsecured Indebtedness, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to the incurrence or issuance thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom does not exceed 3.50:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness), (B) in the case of any Permitted Additional Debt that is secured on a junior basis with the Liens securing the Obligations, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to the incurrence or issuance thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom does not exceed 3.50:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness), and (C) such Permitted Additional Debt shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness incurred under the Facility and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;

(r) Cash Management Obligations, Cash Management Services and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees’ credit or purchase cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements;

(s) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;

(t) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar

 

130


obligations (including earn-outs), in each case assumed or entered into in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments permitted by Section 10.5 and the Disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests not prohibited hereunder;

(u) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) obligations to pay insurance premiums or (ii) obligations contained in firm transportation or supply agreements or other take or pay contracts, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Borrower or, to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries any direct or indirect parent thereof and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(w) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 10.6;

(x) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Transactions, Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

(y) Indebtedness associated with bonds or surety obligations required by Requirements of Law or by Governmental Authorities in connection with the operation of Oil and Gas Properties in the ordinary course of business;

(z) Indebtedness consisting of the undischarged balance of any Volumetric Production Payment;

(aa) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the Cash Management Services (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(bb) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or Guarantee Obligations in respect of the Indebtedness of, joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) that are not Subsidiaries in principal amount, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (aa), not to exceed, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of $45,000,000 and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (measured as of the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness based on the financial statements most recently available prior to such date);

 

131


(cc) (i) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower on the Closing Date in excess of the Minimum Equity Amount or after the Closing Date from the issuance and sale of its Equity Interests or in connection with the contribution of cash to the capital of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock and Cure Amounts); provided that such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days after such contribution to the Borrower is made and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any such Indebtedness;

(dd) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit; and

(ee) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges, and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (ee) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 10.1, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of incurrence or issuance or upon the application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in Section 10.1(a) through (ee) above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will classify and may subsequently reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any one or more of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 10.1(a) through (ee) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in such of the above clauses as determined by the Borrower at such time. The Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (ee) of Section 10.1 above.

The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same class, accretion or amortization of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will, in each case, not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 10.1. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

10.2 Limitation on Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

 

132


(a) Liens arising under the Credit Documents to secure the Obligations (including Liens in respect of any Letter of Credit or Letter of Credit Application or Liens contemplated by Section 3.7) or permitted in respect of any Mortgaged Property by the terms of the applicable Mortgage;

(b) Permitted Liens;

(c) (x) Liens (including liens arising under Capitalized Leases to secure obligations under any Capitalized Lease) securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(h); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 365 days after the acquisition, lease, repair, replacement, construction, expansion or improvement (as applicable) financed thereby, (ii) other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, such Liens do not at any time encumber any property, except for replacements thereof and accessions and additions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions and additions to such assets, replacements and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to, or acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved with the proceeds of, such Indebtedness; provided that in each case individual financings provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such lender (and its Affiliates) and (y) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party and which assets do not constitute Collateral securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to Section 10.1;

(d) Liens existing on the date hereof; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (d) that are not listed on Schedule 10.2(d)) shall only be permitted to the extent such Lien is listed on Schedule 10.2(d) or would otherwise be permitted under this Section 10.2;

(e) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by this Section 10.2; provided, however, that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same type of property that secured the original Indebtedness (plus improvements on and accessions to such property) (or upon or in after-acquired property (i) that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or (ii) if the terms of such Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition)), (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the applicable Indebtedness at the time the original Lien became a Lien permitted hereunder, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement and (z) on the date of the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens, the grantors of any such Liens shall comprise only the same Persons or a subset of such Persons that were the grantors of the Liens securing the debt being refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced;

 

133


(f) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary, or existing on assets acquired (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary), pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted by Section 10.5; provided that (1) if the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness, such Indebtedness is permitted under Section 10.1(k), (2) such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets (or upon or in after-acquired property that is (i) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (ii) after-acquired property subject to a Lien securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1(k), the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (iii) the proceeds and products thereof) that such Liens attached to, and to the extent such Liens secure Indebtedness, secure only the same Indebtedness (or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness) that such Liens secured, immediately prior to such Permitted Acquisition or other Investment and (3) if the Liens on such assets secure Indebtedness and attach to any Collateral, such Liens are Junior Liens and the representative of the holders of such Indebtedness becomes party to the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Representative” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement);

(g) Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person and the assets of such Person, in each case, that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted by Section 10.5, or the assets of such a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case, to secure Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(k); provided that such Liens attach at all times only to the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries;

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a Credit Party and (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;

(i) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institution’s general terms and conditions;

(j) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 10.4, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

 

134


(k) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

(l) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 10.5;

(m) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(n) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement;

(p) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(q) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to Oil and Gas Properties from which the Production Payments and Reserve Sales have been conveyed;

(r) the prior right of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(s) agreements to subordinate any interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other proceeds arising from inventory consigned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Liens securing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.1(c); provided that such liens shall only be on the Collateral and all such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(u) Liens securing any Indebtedness permitted by Sections 10.1(f) (solely and to the same extent that the Indebtedness guaranteed by such Guarantee Obligations is permitted to be subject to a Lien hereunder), (n) (as long as such Liens attach only to

 

135


assets of Foreign Subsidiaries and Domestic Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors), (o), (q)(ii) and (q)(iii) (provided, in each case, that such Liens are Junior Liens on the Collateral and subject to the Intercreditor Agreement), (r) (as long as such Liens attach only to cash and securities and securities held by the relevant Cash Management Bank) and (y);

(v) Liens arising pursuant to Section 107(l) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9607(l), or other Environmental Law, unless such Lien (i) by action of the lienholder, or by operation of law, takes priority over any Liens arising under the Credit Documents on the property upon which it is a Lien, or (ii) materially impairs the use of the property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such property is held;

(w) Liens of not more than $50,000,000 on deposits securing Hedging Obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements with any Persons other than Hedge Banks that were entered into in compliance with Section 10.10;

(x) Liens on Equity Interests in a joint venture securing obligations of such joint venture so long as the assets of such joint venture do not constitute Collateral;

(y) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments held by a trustee under any indenture or other debt agreement issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture or other debt agreement pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or defeasance provisions, in each case solely to the extent the relevant release, discharge, redemption or defeasance would be permitted hereunder;

(z) additional Liens on property not constituting Reserve Report Properties securing obligations not in excess of $20,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(aa) Junior Liens on Collateral so long as the outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount of other obligations secured by Liens permitted under this clause (aa), at the time of the incurrence thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto and the use of proceeds thereof on a Pro Forma Basis, does not exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets (measured as of the date on which such Lien or the Indebtedness secured is incurred based upon the financial statements most recently available prior to such date); and

(bb) [reserved].

10.3 Limitation on Fundamental Changes. Except as permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:

 

136


(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person (and the Borrower shall remain an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) or, in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Borrower, the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the “Successor Borrower”), (ii) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or would result from such consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (iv) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation does not adversely affect the Collateral in any material respect, (v) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves the Borrower and a Person that, prior to the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower (A) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is the Borrower, shall have by a supplement to the Guarantee confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (B) each Subsidiary grantor and each Subsidiary pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is the Borrower, shall have by a supplement to the Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (C) if requested by the Administrative Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is the Borrower, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any supplements to the Credit Documents preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Security Documents and as to the matters of the nature referred to in Section 6(c), (vi) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel shall be required to be provided to the effect that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document and as to such other matters regarding the Successor Borrower and the Credit Documents as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request; provided, further, that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement and (F) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall comply with all the conditions set forth in the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition” or is otherwise permitted under Section 10.5; (vi) the Administrative Agent shall have received at least five (5) days prior to the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation all documentation and other

 

137


information about such Subsidiary or other Person required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act that has been requested by the Administrative Agent; and (vii) such Subsidiary or other Person shall have executed a customary joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement;

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower; provided that (i) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) the Borrower shall take all steps necessary to cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Guarantors, unless otherwise permitted by Section 10.5, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Guarantor) shall execute a supplement to the Guarantee, the Collateral Agreement and any applicable Mortgage, and a joinder to the Intercompany Note and the Intercreditor Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in order for the surviving Person to become a Guarantor, and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor of Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to acknowledge and agree to the terms of the Intercompany Note, (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (iv) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves a Subsidiary and a Person that, prior to the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (A) the Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 10.11 on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (B) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplements to any Credit Document preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Collateral Agreement and (C) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall comply with all the conditions set forth in the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition” or is otherwise permitted under Section 10.5; and (v) the Administrative Agent shall have received at least five (5) days prior to the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation all documentation and other information about such Subsidiary or other Person required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act that has been requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may (i) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;

 

138


(d) any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor or Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so long as after giving effect to such transaction the Collateral Coverage Minimum would be satisfied and the Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 9.11 on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that if such Subsidiary Guarantor is not the surviving entity, such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall be deemed to be, and any such Disposition shall be, an “Investment” and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.5 and (iii) Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any other Guarantor;

(e) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if (i) the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (ii) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Credit Party, any assets or business of such Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise Disposed of or transferred in accordance with Section 10.4 or 10.5, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to, or otherwise owned or conducted by, a Credit Party after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution;

(f) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate the Transactions;

(g) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation, amalgamation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or an Investment permitted by Section 10.5; and

(h) any merger the sole purpose of which is to reincorporate or reorganize a Credit Party in another jurisdiction in the United States shall be permitted as long as such merger does not adversely affect the value of the Collateral in any material respect and the surviving entity assumes all Obligations of the applicable Credit Parties under the Credit Documents and delivers any applicable information requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

10.4 Limitation on Sale of Assets. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, (x) convey, sell, lease, sell and leaseback, assign, transfer (including any Production Payments and Reserve Sales) or otherwise dispose (including unwinding or terminating any Hedge Agreement) (each of the foregoing a “Disposition”) of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (y) sell to any Person (other than the Borrower or a Guarantor) any shares owned by it of any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, except that:

(a) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of (i) inventory and other goods held for sale, including Hydrocarbons, obsolete, worn out, used or surplus equipment, vehicles and other assets (other than accounts receivable) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;

 

139


(b) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of any Reserve Report Properties (or of the Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary owning Borrower Base Properties) for Fair Market Value, provided that if the aggregate PV-9 value of all such Reserve Report Properties Disposed (including by means of the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary owning Reserve Report Properties as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) from and after the most recent prior reduction in the Loan Limit pursuant to Section 2.14 exceeds seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the then-effective Loan Limit, then no later than two Business Days after the date of consummation of any such Disposition, the Borrower shall provide notice to the Administrative Agent of such Disposition and the Reserve Report Properties so Disposed and the Loan Limit shall be reduced in accordance with, and to the extent required pursuant to, the provisions of Section 2.14; provided, however, that in no event shall the Borrower Dispose of, or permit the Restricted Subsidiaries to Dispose of, all or substantially all of the Reserve Report Properties unless, concurrently with the consummation of any such Disposition, the Total Commitment and each Letter of Credit are terminated (unless such Letters of Credit have been collateralized on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Banks following the termination of the Total Commitment) and the Loans, the Swingline Loans and Unpaid Drawings, together with interest, fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than Hedging Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable), are paid in full;

(c) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of property or assets to the Borrower or to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Credit Party (i) the transferee thereof is a Credit Party or (ii) such transaction is permitted under Section 10.5;

(d) the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may effect any transaction permitted by Section 10.2, 10.3 (other than Section 10.3(g)), 10.5 (other than Section 10.5(w)) or 10.6;

(e) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; provided that, with respect to intellectual property, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives (or retains) a license or other ownership rights to use such intellectual property;

(f) Dispositions (including like-kind exchanges) of property (other than Reserve Report Properties) to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(g) Dispositions of Hydrocarbon Interests to which no Proved Reserves are attributable and Farm-Out Agreements with respect to undeveloped acreage to which no Proved Reserves are attributable and assignments in connection with such Farm-Out Agreements;

 

140


(h) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(i) [Reserved];

(j) transfers of property subject to a Casualty Event or in connection with any condemnation proceeding with respect to Collateral;

(k) Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in true sale transactions (i) in connection with the collection or compromise thereof or (ii) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to prepay any Loans then outstanding;

(l) with the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, the unwinding or termination of any Hedge Agreement (other than any such unwinding or termination in connection with a restructuring or amendment of any Hedge Agreement so long as (x) such restructuring or amendment does not result in the receipt of cash proceeds by the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Affiliate of the Borrower and (y) after giving effect to such restructuring or amendment, the Loan Parties shall have entered into and shall continue to maintain Hedge Agreements in respect of Hydrocarbons the notional volumes for which are no less than, for the 24-month period following the date of such restructuring or amendment, 70% of the reasonably anticipated projected Hydrocarbon production of natural gas of the Borrower and other Loan Parties (as forecast based upon the most recent Reserve Report delivered hereunder));

(m) Dispositions of Oil and Gas Properties or any interest therein, or the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Minority Investment owning Oil and Gas Properties, that are not Reserve Report Properties;

(n) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or sale of Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary which owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(o) any swap of assets in exchange for services or assets of the same type in the ordinary course of business of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower;

(p) [Reserved];

(q) Disposition of any asset between or among the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a substantially concurrent interim Disposition in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 10.3, or in connection with an Investment otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 or a Disposition otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through (p) above; and

 

141


(r) the lapse or abandonment in the ordinary course of business of any registrations or applications for registration of any immaterial intellectual property rights.

To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 10.4 to any Person other than a Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary that is (after giving effect to such Disposition) required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Credit Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, upon the certification by the Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing at Borrower’s sole cost and expense.

10.5 Limitation on Investments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to (i) purchase or acquire (including pursuant to any merger, consolidation or amalgamation with a person that is not a Wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or amalgamation) any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person, (ii) make any loans or advances to or guarantees of the Indebtedness of any other Person, or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) (x) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or (y) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person (each, an “Investment”), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit and purchases of assets and services (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials) in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in assets that constituted Permitted Investments at the time such Investments were made;

(c) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances), (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that, to the extent such loans and advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to subclause (iii) shall not exceed $20,000,000;

(d) (i) Investments existing on, or made pursuant to commitments in existence on, the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 10.5(d), (ii) Investments existing on the Closing Date of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any other Subsidiary and (iii) any extensions, modifications, replacements, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the amount of any Investment made pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment as of the Closing Date (other than (a) pursuant to an increase as required by the terms of any such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Section 10.5);

 

142


(e) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: (i) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or endorsements for collection or deposit held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in each case in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer), (ii) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, (iii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (iv) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or a Parent Entity;

(g) Investments (i) by the Borrower in any Guarantor or by any Guarantor in the Borrower and (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loans;

(h) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) Investments, valued at the Fair Market Value (determined by the Borrower acting in good faith) of such Investment at the time each such Investment is made, in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this Section 10.5(i) not to exceed the sum of $30,000,000;

(j) Investments made at any such time during which, immediately after giving effect to the making of any such Investment on a Pro Forma Basis, (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) Liquidity is not less than 10.0% of the then-effective Loan Limit and (iii) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio of the Borrower is less than or equal to 2.50:1.00;

(k) Investments constituting promissory notes and other non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by Section 10.4 or any other disposition of assets not constituting a Disposition;

(l) Investments made to repurchase or retire Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof owned by the Sponsor or its Affiliates or any employee or any stock ownership plan or key employee stock ownership plan of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Investments are otherwise permitted by Section 10.6;

(m) Investments consisting of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 10.6 (other than Section 10.6(c) and 10.6(f)(viii)), provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, such Restricted Payments are otherwise permitted by Section 10.6;

 

143


(n) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Section 10.6(b), (f) or (i);

(o) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices or industry practice;

(q) advances of payroll payments to employees, consultants or independent contractors or other advances of salaries or compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(r) guarantee obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 10.5 to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(t) Investments in Industry Investments and in interests in additional Oil and Gas Properties and gas gathering systems related thereto or Investments related to Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, joint operating, joint venture, joint development or other area of mutual interest agreements, other similar industry investments, gathering systems, pipelines or other similar oil and gas exploration and production business arrangements whether through direct ownership or ownership through a joint venture or similar arrangement;

(u) to the extent constituting Investments, the Transactions;

(v) Investments in Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 10.1 and Section 10.10;

(w) Investments (excluding loans and advances made in lieu of Restricted Payments pursuant to and limited by Section 7.05(n) above) consisting of Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions and payments permitted under Sections 10.1 (other than Sections 10.1(d)(iii) and (g)(ii)), 10.3 (other than Sections 10.3(a), (c) and (g)), 10.4 (other than Section 10.4(d)) and 10.7;

 

144


(x) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Investments consisting of intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extension of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of any such Indebtedness owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law and not giving rise to material adverse tax consequences, be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercompany Note; provided further that in the case of any such Indebtedness owing by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note pledged in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Agreement;

(y) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits under clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and clauses (j), (o), (w) and (y) of Section 10.2;

(z) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary;

(aa) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to the extent that such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by this Agreement;

(dd) Investments consisting of the contribution of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO to any other Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO;

(ee) [reserved]; and

(ff) any Investment constituting a Disposition or transfer of any asset between or among the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a substantially concurrent interim Disposition or transfer in connection with an Investment otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through (ee) above or in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 10.3 or in connection with a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4.

10.6 Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not directly or indirectly pay any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any of its Equity Interests (other than dividends and distributions on Equity Interests payable solely by the issuance of additional Qualified Equity Interests) or redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests or the Equity Interests of any Parent Entity (other than through the

 

145


issuance of additional Qualified Equity Interests), or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration (except in connection with an Investment permitted under Section 10.5) any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Entity, now or hereafter outstanding (all of the foregoing, “Restricted Payments”); except that:

(a) the Borrower may (or may pay Restricted Payments to permit any Parent Entity thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its or a Parent Entity’s Equity Interests in exchange for another class of its (or such parent’s) Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests; provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all material respects to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby, and the Borrower may pay Restricted Payments to any Parent Entity payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock not otherwise permitted by Section 10.1) of the Borrower;

(b) the Borrower may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any Parent Entity thereof to) redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase shares of its (or such Parent Entity’s) Equity Interests held by any future, present or former officer, manager, consultant, director or employee (or their respective Affiliates, estates, spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees, distributees or immediate family members) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity thereof, in connection with the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any equity option or equity appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee equity ownership, benefit or incentive plan or agreement, equity subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (b)shall not exceed $15,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $30,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $25,000,000 in any calendar year, which shall increase to $50,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO) plus (B) all net cash proceeds obtained by or contributed to the Borrower during such calendar year from the sales of Equity Interests to other future, present or former officers, consultants, employees, directors and managers in connection with any permitted compensation and incentive arrangements plus (C) all net cash proceeds obtained from any key-man life insurance policies received during such calendar year plus (D) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of any Parent Entity, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (B), (C) and (D) above in any calendar year and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

 

146


(c) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower may make Investments permitted by Section 10.5 (other than Sections 10.5(l), (n) and (w));

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower may consummate transactions expressly permitted by Section 10.3;

(e) the Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity thereof) upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(f) the Borrower may make and pay Restricted Payments to any Parent Entity:

(i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any Parent Entity to pay) with respect to any taxable period (x) for which the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar income tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income Tax purposes of which any holding company of the Borrower is the common parent, or (y) for which the Borrower is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by a C corporation for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income Tax purposes, in an amount not to exceed the amount of any U.S. federal, state and/or local income Taxes that the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid for such taxable period had the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate group; provided that distributions pursuant to this clause (i) in respect of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such purpose;

(ii) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Closing Date for which the Borrower is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (other than a partnership or disregarded entity described in clause (i)(y) above), distributions to each owner in an amount necessary to permit such owner to pay its U.S. federal, state and/or local income Taxes (including any estimated Taxes payable) (as applicable) attributable to its direct or indirect ownership of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such taxable period (assuming that each owner is subject to Tax at the highest combined marginal federal, state and/or local income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporate taxpayer, as applicable, resident of New York, New York for such taxable period and taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any limitations thereon), the alternative minimum tax, any cumulative net taxable loss of the Borrower allocated to such

 

147


owner for prior taxable periods ending after the Closing Date to the extent such loss is of a character that would allow such loss to be available to reduce Taxes in the current taxable period (taking into account any limitations on the utilization of such loss to reduce such Taxes and assuming such loss had not already been utilized) and the character (e.g. long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt) of the applicable income);

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow any Parent Entity to pay its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and other professional costs and expenses) to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(iv) the proceeds of which shall be used by such Parent Entities to pay Restricted Payments contemplated by Section 10.6(b);

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to make Restricted Payments to allow any Parent Entity to pay fees and expenses related to any equity issuance or offering or debt issuance, incurrence or offering, Disposition or acquisition or investment transaction not relating to any other portfolio company of any Parent Entity permitted by this Agreement, whether or not consummated;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay fees and expenses (including real and personal property Taxes, and franchise, excise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence or good standing under applicable law, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees and consultants of any Parent Entity, and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof, to the extent such salaries, bonuses, other benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) in the form of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock not otherwise permitted by Section 10.1); and

(viii) to finance Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments or other acquisitions in each case otherwise permitted to be made under Section 10.5 if made by the Borrower; provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment or other acquisition, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or sale of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 10.3) in order to consummate such Investment or other acquisition, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the

 

148


extent the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance herewith, (D) [reserved], and (E) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.5 for the purposes of calculating compliance with the baskets thereunder;

(g) the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 10.5 and (ii) so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;

(h) the Borrower may pay any dividends or distributions within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(i) [reserved];

(j) the Borrower may consummate the Transactions (and pay fees and expenses in connection therewith on or following the Closing Date), and make payments described in Section 9.9(a), (f), (g), (h), (j) and (l) (subject to the conditions set out therein);

(k) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of required withholding or similar non-US Taxes with respect to any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(l) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Agreement;

(m) [reserved];

(n) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary); provided that such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Permitted Investments); and

(o) after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, (A) make any Restricted Payment by the Borrower or any Parent Entity to pay Public Company Costs and (B) Restricted Payments not to exceed up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by (or contributed to) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Qualifying IPO; and

 

149


(p) to pay interest and/or principal (including AHYDO “catch-up payments”) on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash as common equity (or other equity reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); provided that (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall increase Consolidated Total Debt on a dollar-for-dollar basis, (ii) all interest expense relating to such Indebtedness shall (x) reduce Consolidated Net Income and (y) increase Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and (iii) such contribution of equity shall be disregarded for all purposes hereunder.

10.7 Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease prior to its scheduled maturity any Indebtedness for borrowed money that is unsecured, is expressly subordinated in right of payment to or is secured on a junior basis to the Indebtedness incurred hereunder (or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof to the extent constituting Junior Debt) (such other Indebtedness or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, “Junior Debt”) (for the avoidance of doubt, it being understood that payments of regularly-scheduled cash interest in respect of Junior Debt and any AHYDO payments shall be permitted unless expressly prohibited by the terms of the documents governing such subordination); provided, however, that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase, redeem or defease prior to its scheduled maturity any Junior Debt (i) in exchange for or with the proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) by converting or exchanging any Junior Debt to Qualified Equity Interests of any Parent Entity, (iii) so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, (A) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (B) Liquidity is not less than 10.0% of the then-effective Loan Limit and (C) the Borrower has a Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio less than or equal to 2.50:1.00, (iv) [reserved] or (v) owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not prohibited by the subordination provisions contained in the Intercompany Note;

(b) The Borrower will not, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), amend or modify the terms of any Junior Debt, other than amendments or modifications that (A) would not be materially adverse to the Lenders, taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (B) otherwise comply with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” that may be incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness, (C) would have the effect of converting any Junior Debt to Qualified Equity Interests of a Parent Entity or (D) to the extent such amendment or modification would not have been prohibited under this Agreement at the time such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, Junior Debt or documentation was first issued, incurred or entered into, as applicable; and

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.7 shall prohibit (i) the repayment or prepayment of intercompany subordinated

 

150


Indebtedness owed among the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, unless an Event of Default pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.5 has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower has received a notice from the Collateral Agent instructing it not to make or permit the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries to make any such repayment or prepayment, or (ii) substantially concurrent transfers of credit positions in connection with intercompany debt restructurings so long as such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 10.1 after giving effect to such transfer.

10.8 Negative Pledge Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Requirement (other than this Agreement or any other Credit Document) that limits the ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations or under the Credit Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to each of the following Contractual Requirements that:

(a) (i) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.8) are listed on Schedule 10.8 and (ii) to the extent Contractual Requirements permitted by subclause (i) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness or other obligations, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness or obligation so long as such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not expand the scope of such Contractual Requirement;

(b) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Requirements were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(c) represent Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1 of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor so long as such Contractual Requirement applies only to such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries;

(d) arise pursuant to agreements entered into with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 and applicable solely to assets under such sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition;

(e) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements permitted by Section 10.5 and applicable to joint ventures or otherwise arise in agreements which restrict the Disposition or distribution of assets or property subject to oil and gas leases, joint operating agreements, joint exploration and/or development agreements, participation agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the oil and gas exploration and development business and customary provisions in any Agreement of the type described in the definition of “Industry Investments” entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

151


(f) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto;

(g) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(h) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) restrict the use of cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(j) [Reserved];

(k) exist under any documentation governing any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness but only to the extent such Contractual Requirement is not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(l) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligation;

(m) are included in any agreement relating to any Lien, so long as (i) such Lien is permitted under Section 10.2(b), (c), (f) or, so long as such Lien does not attach to Collateral, (g) and such restrictions or conditions relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien and (ii) such restrictions and conditions are not created for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Section 10.8;

(n) are restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1 or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, to the extent such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the restrictions contained in the Credit Documents or documentation with respect to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities as determined by the Borrower in good faith;

(o) are restrictions regarding licenses or sublicenses by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business (in which case such restriction shall relate only to such intellectual property);

(p) [Reserved];

(q) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.2 and 10.5 and limited to such cash or deposit;

 

152


(r) are encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (q) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

10.9 Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Equity Interests or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or transfer any property to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Closing Date, including pursuant to the Credit Documents and any Hedging Obligations in effect on the Closing Date;

(b) the 2020 Second Lien Facility and the Third Lien Facility and, in each case, related guarantees and any related collateral documents;

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and obligations under any Capitalized Lease that impose restrictions on transferring the property so acquired;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

(f) [Reserved];

(g) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(p) and (q) as it relates to the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

153


(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) other Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 10.1(k) so long as either (A) the provisions relating to such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness are no less favorable to the Borrower, taken as a whole, as determined by the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith, than the provisions contained in this Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date or (B) any such encumbrance or restriction contained in such Indebtedness does not prohibit (except upon a default or an event of default thereunder) the payment of dividends in an amount sufficient, as determined by the board of directors of the Borrower in good faith, to impair the ability of the Borrower to make scheduled payments of cash interest on the Loans when due;

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or agreements governing property held with a common owner and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture or property or are otherwise customary encumbrances or restrictions imposed pursuant to any agreement of the type described in the definition of “Industry Investments” entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any agreements entered into with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 and applicable solely to assets under such sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition; and

(m) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

10.10 Hedge Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Hedge Agreements with any Person other than:

(a) Hedge Agreements in respect of Hydrocarbons entered into not for speculative purposes the net notional volumes for which (when aggregated with other commodity Hedge Agreements then in effect, other than puts, floors and basis differential swaps on volumes already hedged pursuant to other Hedge Agreements) do not exceed, as of the date the latest hedging transaction is entered into under a Hedge Agreement, 85% of the reasonably anticipated Hydrocarbon production from the Credit Parties’ total

 

154


Proved Reserves (as forecast based upon the Initial Reserve Report or the most recent Reserve Report delivered pursuant to Section 9.14(a), as applicable) for the sixty-six (66) month period from the date of creation of such hedging arrangement (the “Ongoing Hedges”). In addition to the Ongoing Hedges, in connection with a proposed or pending acquisition of Oil and Gas Properties (a “Proposed Acquisition”), the Credit Parties may also enter into incremental hedging contracts with respect to the Credit Parties’ reasonably anticipated projected production from the total Proved Reserves of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as forecast based upon the most recent Reserve Report having notional volumes not in excess of 15% of the Credit Parties’ existing projected production prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition (such that the aggregate shall not be more than 100% of the reasonably anticipated projected production prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition) for a period not exceeding 36 months from the date such hedging arrangement is created during the period between (i) the date on which such Credit Party signs a definitive acquisition agreement in connection with a Proposed Acquisition and (ii) the earliest of (A) the date of consummation of such Proposed Acquisition, (B) the date of termination of such Proposed Acquisition and (C) 90 days after the date of execution of such definitive acquisition agreement. However, all such incremental hedging contracts entered into with respect to a Proposed Acquisition must be terminated or unwound within 90 days following the date of termination of such Proposed Acquisition. It is understood that commodity Hedge Agreements which may, from time to time, “hedge” the same volumes of commodity risk but different elements of commodity risk thereof, including where one or more such Hedge Agreements partially offset one or more other such Hedge Agreements, shall not be aggregated together when calculating the foregoing limitations on notional volumes.

(b) Other Hedge Agreements (other than any Hedge Agreements in respect of equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions) entered into not for speculative purposes.

(c) It is understood that for purposes of this Section 10.10, the following Hedge Agreements shall be deemed not to be speculative or entered into for speculative purposes: (i) any commodity Hedge Agreement intended, at inception of execution, to hedge or manage any of the risks related to existing and or forecasted Hydrocarbon production of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not contracted) and (ii) any Hedge Agreement intended, at inception of execution, (A) to hedge or manage the interest rate exposure associated with any debt securities, debt facilities or leases (existing or forecasted) of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (B) for foreign exchange or currency exchange management, (C) to manage commodity portfolio exposure associated with changes in interest rates or (D) to hedge any exposure that the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may have to counterparties under other Hedge Agreements such that the combination of such Hedge Agreements is not speculative taken as a whole.

 

155


(d) For purposes of entering into or maintaining Ongoing Hedges under Section 10.10(a), forecasts of reasonably projected Hydrocarbon production volumes and reasonably anticipated Hydrocarbon production from the Credit Parties’ total Proved Reserves based upon the Initial Reserve Report or the most recent Reserve Report delivered pursuant to Section 9.14(a), as applicable, shall be revised to account for any increase or decrease therein anticipated because of information obtained by Borrower or any other Credit Party subsequent to the publication of such Reserve Report including the Borrower’s or any other Credit Party’s internal forecasts of production decline rates for existing wells and additions to or deletions from anticipated future production from new wells and acquisitions coming on stream or failing to come on stream.

10.11 Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (a) as of the last day of any Test Period ending on or prior to March 31, 2021 to be greater than 4.00:1.00, or (b) as of the last day of any Test Period ending thereafter to be greater than 3.50:1.00.

10.12 Accounting Changes. The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any of the following specified events (each an “Event of Default”):

11.1 Payments. The Borrower shall (a) default in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans (including any failure to make an offer to make payment in lieu of a mandatory prepayment under Section 5.2(f)) or (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or any Unpaid Drawings, fees or of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document (other than any amount referred to in clause (a) above).

11.2 Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.

11.3 Covenants. Any Credit Party shall:

(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9.1(d)(i), 9.5 (solely with respect to the Borrower), 9.9, 9.15 or Section 10; or

(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 11.1 or 11.2 or clause (a) of this Section 11.3) contained in this Agreement or any Security Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent.

 

156


11.4 Default Under Other Agreements.

(a) The Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment with respect to any Material Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in Section 11.1) beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument of agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (other than (1) with respect to indebtedness in respect of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (2) any event requiring prepayment pursuant to customary asset sale or change of control provisions and (3) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a Disposition (including as a result of Casualty Event) of the property or assets securing such indebtedness permitted under this Agreement), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, unless, in the case of each of the foregoing, such holder or holders shall have (or through its or their trustee or agent on its or their behalf) waived such default in a writing to the Borrower, or

(b) Without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such default under any such Material Indebtedness shall cause such Material Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and (i) with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements, (ii) other than pursuant to customary asset sale or change of control provisions and (iii) other than secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a Disposition (including as a result of Casualty Event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement) prior to the stated maturity thereof.

11.5 Bankruptcy, Etc. The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under (a) Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” or any other applicable insolvency, debtor relief, or debt adjustment law; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, any domestic or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (collectively, the “Bankruptcy Code”); or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the petition is not dismissed or stayed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary consents to the institution of such case, proceeding or action prior to such 60-day period, or any order of relief or other order approving any such case, proceeding or action is entered; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), receiver, receiver manager, trustee, conservator, liquidator, examiner,

 

157


rehabilitator, administrator, or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or all or any substantial portion of the property or business thereof; or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, conservator, liquidator, examiner, rehabilitator, administrator, or the like for it or any substantial part of its property or business to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

11.6 ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which, when taken together with all other ERISA Events, has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Credit Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination, withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan that, when taken together with other such events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

11.7 Guarantee. The Guarantee or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any Guarantor or any other Credit Party shall assert in writing that any such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee are not to be in effect or are not to be legal, valid and binding obligations (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof).

11.8 Security Documents. The Mortgage or any other Security Document or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof), or any grantor under any other Security Document or any other Credit Party shall assert in writing that any grantor’s obligations under the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgage or any other Security Document are not in effect or not legal, valid and binding obligations (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof).

11.9 Judgments. One or more monetary judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $50,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage), which judgments or decrees are not discharged or effectively waived or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.

11.10 Change of Control. A Change of Control shall have occurred.

11.11 Intercreditor Agreements. (i) Any of the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Documents for any reason shall cease to be (x) “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any document governing Junior Debt, (y) [reserved] or (z) “First Lien Credit Agreement Obligations” or “Senior Obligations” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, the Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any document governing Junior Debt shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of such Junior Debt, if applicable.

 

158


Then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent may with the consent of and, upon the written request of the Majority Lenders, shall, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to enforce its claims against the Borrower or any other Credit Party, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement: (a) declare the Total Commitment and Swingline Commitment terminated, whereupon the Commitment of each Lender and the Swingline Lender, as the case may be, shall forthwith terminate immediately and any fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind, (b) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of any or all Loans and any or all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower, and/or (c) demand cash collateral in respect of any outstanding Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.7(b) in an amount equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit issued and then outstanding. In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will have all other rights and remedies available at law and equity.

11.12 Application of Proceeds. Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the Borrower under Section 11.5 shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, be applied:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel payable under Section 12.7 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent in such Person’s capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal, interest and Letter of Credit Fees) payable to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks (including fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel payable under Section 12.7) arising under the Credit Documents and amounts payable under Article II, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, ratably among the Issuing Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fees and interest on the Loans and Unpaid Drawings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

 

159


Fifth, (i) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, the Unpaid Drawings and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and the Secured Cash Management Agreements and (ii) to Cash Collateralize that portion of Letters of Credit Outstanding comprising the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit to the extent not otherwise Cash Collateralized by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.7, ratably among the Lenders, the Issuing Banks, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Sixth held by them; provided that (x) any such amounts applied pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the applicable Issuing Bank to Cash Collateralize such Letters of Credit Outstanding, (y) subject to Section 3.7, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to this clause Fifth shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur and (z) upon the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the pro rata share of Cash Collateral attributable to such expired Letter of Credit shall be distributed in accordance with this clause Fifth;

Sixth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Credit Parties owing under or in respect of the Credit Documents that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Requirements of Law.

Subject to Section 3.7, amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fourth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts received from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

11.13 Equity Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 or in any Credit Document, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with Section 10.11, then (A) until the expiration of the tenth Business Day subsequent to the date the compliance certificate for calculating the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(c) (the “Cure Deadline”), the Borrower shall have the right to cure such failure (the “Cure Right”) by receiving cash proceeds (which cash proceeds shall be received no earlier than the first day of the applicable fiscal quarter for which there is a failure to comply with Section 10.11) from an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) for cash as a cash capital contribution (or from any other contribution of cash to capital or issuance

 

160


or sale of any other Equity Interests on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), and upon receipt by the Borrower of such cash proceeds (such cash amount being referred to as the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDAX shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of an Event of Default resulting from a breach of Section 10.11 with respect to any Test Period that includes the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount;

(ii) Consolidated Total Debt for such Test Period shall be decreased solely to the extent proceeds of the Cure Amount, if any, are actually applied to prepay any Indebtedness (provided that any such Indebtedness so prepaid shall be a permanent repayment of such Indebtedness and termination of commitments thereunder) included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and any cash proceeds shall not be “netted” for purposes of ratio calculations with respect to any four fiscal quarter period in which the fiscal quarter period in which such equity cure has been made is included; and

(iii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of Section 10.11, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 10.11 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of Section 10.11 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; provided that (A) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Cure Right is exercised, (B) Cure Rights shall not be exercised more than five times during the term of this Agreement, (C) each Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with Section 10.11 above (such amount, the “Necessary Cure Amount”); provided that if the Cure Right is exercised prior to the date financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter, then the Cure Amount shall be equal to the amount reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith that is required for purposes of complying with Section 10.11 for such fiscal quarter (such amount, the “Expected Cure Amount”), (D) in respect of the fiscal quarter in which such Cure Right was exercised and for each Test Period that includes such fiscal quarter, all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for the purposes of any financial ratio determination under the Credit Documents other than for determining compliance with Section 10.11 and (E) no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to make any extension of credit hereunder during the 10 Business Day period referred to above, unless the Borrower shall have received the Cure Amount; and

(iv) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice, on or prior to the Cure Deadline, that the Borrower intends to exercise the Cure Right in respect of a fiscal quarter, the Lenders shall not be permitted to accelerate Loans held by them or to exercise remedies against the Collateral on the basis of a failure to comply with the requirements of Section 10.11, unless such failure is not cured pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right on or prior to the Cure Deadline.

 

161


(b) Expected Cure Amount. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that the Expected Cure Amount is less than the Necessary Cure Amount, then not later than the applicable Cure Deadline, the Borrower must receive cash proceeds from issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or a cash capital contribution, which cash proceeds received by Borrower shall be equal to the shortfall between such Expected Cure Amount and such Necessary Cure Amount.

SECTION 12. THE AGENTS

12.1 Appointment.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 12 (other than Section 12.1(c) with respect to the Lead Arrangers, and Sections 12.9, 12.11, 12.12 and the last sentence of Section 12.4 with respect to the Borrower) are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall not have rights as third party beneficiary of any such provision. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship any of the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties

(b) The Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, each Lender and each Issuing Bank hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent, each Swingline Lender, each Lender and each Issuing Bank irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Lenders or the Issuing Banks, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties

 

162


(c) Each of the Lead Arrangers, in its capacity as such, shall not have any obligations, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 12.

12.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact (each, a “Subagent”) and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties; provided, however, that no such Subagent shall be authorized to take any action with respect to any Collateral unless and except to the extent expressly authorized in writing by the Administrative Agent. If any Subagent, or successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Subagent, to the extent permitted by law, shall automatically vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Subagent. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any Subagents selected by it.

12.3 Exculpatory Provisions.

(a) No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any participant for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents or for any failure of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

(b) The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability in respect to the administration of, submission of or any other matter related to the LIBOR Rate, any component definition thereof or rates referenced in the definition thereof or any alternative, comparable or successor rate thereto (including any Successor Benchmark Rate), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, comparable or successor rate (including any Successor Benchmark Rate) will be similar to, or produce the same value of economic equivalence of, the LIBOR Rate. The Administrative

 

163


Agent shall not be liable for any inability, failure or delay on its part to perform any of its duties set forth in this Agreement as a result of the unavailability of the LIBOR Rate and absence of a designated replacement successor rate thereto, including as a result of any inability, delay, error or inaccuracy on the part of any other transaction party, including without limitation the Required Lenders, in providing any direction, instruction, notice or information required or contemplated by the terms of this Agreement and reasonably required for the performance of such duties. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10(a), on any date that the Administrative Agent is required to determine the LIBOR Rate, the Administrative Agent is unable to determine the LIBOR Rate or other applicable or replacement successor rate thereto in accordance with the procedures set out in this Agreement, the LIBOR Rate or the applicable or replacement successor rate thereto will be the LIBOR Rate as determined on the previous date of determination.

12.4 Reliance by Agents. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Lenders as it deems appropriate and/or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Majority Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans; provided that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action or refuse to take any action where, in its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, the taking or refusal to take such action may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable Requirements of Law. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6 and Section 7 on the Closing Date, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

12.5 Notice of Default. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and

 

164


the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Majority Lenders; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval or consent of the Majority Lenders, the Required Lenders, each individual lender or adversely affect Lender, as applicable.

12.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender, any Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank. Each Lender, each Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and each other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

12.7 Indemnification. The Lenders severally agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Commitments or Loans, as applicable, outstanding in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided that no Lender shall be liable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions,

 

165


judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, further, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Credit Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 12.7. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), this Section 12.7 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice rendered in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided, in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata portion thereof; and provided further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 12.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

12.8 Agents in Its Individual Capacities. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and any other Credit Party as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

12.9 Successor Agents. Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Banks and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent, any Swingline Lender and/or Collateral Agent becomes a Defaulting Lender, then such Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender or Collateral Agent, may be removed as Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, at the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Majority Lenders. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or removal, as the case may be, the Majority Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so

 

166


long as no Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If, in the case of a resignation of a retiring Agent, no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders or Issuing Banks under and Credit Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and Issuing Bank directly, until such time as the Majority Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 12.9). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Majority Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 12.9). After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 12 (including Section 12.7) and Section 13.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its Subagents and their respective Agent-Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.

Any resignation of any Person as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 12.9 shall also constitute its resignation as Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank, (b) the retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and (c) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

12.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Requirement of Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the IRS or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from,

 

167


or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Credit Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Credit Party to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.10. For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 12.10, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and any Swingline Lender.

12.11 Security Documents and Collateral Agent under Security Documents and Guarantee. Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Security Documents. Subject to Section 13.1, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may take such action and execute and deliver any such instruments, documents and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to Section 13.17. The Lenders and the Issuing Banks (including in their capacities as potential Cash Management Banks and potential Hedge Banks) irrevocably agree that (x) the Collateral Agent is authorized and the Collateral Agent agrees it shall (for the benefit of Borrower), without any further consent of any Lender, enter into or amend the Intercreditor Agreement, or any other intercreditor agreement with the collateral agent or other representatives of the holders of Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is permitted under this Agreement, in each case for the purpose of adding the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) as a party thereto and otherwise causing such Indebtedness to be subject thereto (it being understood that any such amendment, amendment and restatement or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and with any material modifications to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (y) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as to whether any such other Liens are permitted and (z) the Intercreditor Agreement or any such intercreditor agreement referred to in clause (x) above, entered into by the Collateral Agent, shall be binding on the Secured Parties. Furthermore, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks (including in their capacities as potential Cash Management Bank and potential Hedge Banks) hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under any Credit Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clause (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and clauses (c), (g), (j)(i), (o), (p), (w) and (y) of Section 10.2 or otherwise permitted to be senior to the Liens of Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on such property; provided that prior to any such request, the Borrower shall have in each case delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such subordination is permitted under this Agreement.

 

168


12.12 Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee.

(a) Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Agents and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

(b) The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Collateral Agent to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including by accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (i) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions, or (ii) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Collateral Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid by the Collateral Agent at the written direction of the Majority Lenders on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, (ii) each of the Secured Parties’ ratable interests in the Obligations that were credit bid shall be deemed without any further action under this Agreement to be assigned to such vehicle or vehicles for the purpose of closing such sale, (iii) the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by, and the governing documents shall provide for, control by the vote of the Majority Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement or the governing documents of the applicable acquisition vehicle or vehicles, as the case may be, irrespective of the termination of

 

169


this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Majority Lenders contained in Section 13.1 of this Agreement), (iv) the Collateral Agent on behalf of such acquisition vehicle or vehicles shall be authorized to issue to each of the Secured Parties, ratably on account of the relevant Obligations that were credit bid, interests, whether as equity, partnership interests, limited partnership interests or membership interests, in any such acquisition vehicle or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (v) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata and the equity interests or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Obligations shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action. Notwithstanding that the ratable portion of the Obligations of each Secured Party are deemed assigned to the acquisition vehicle or vehicles as set forth in clause (ii) above, each Secured Party shall execute such documents and provide such information regarding the Secured Party (or any designee of the Secured Party that will receive interests in or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection with the formation of any acquisition vehicle, the formulation or submission of any credit bid or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such credit bid.

12.13 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding, constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.5, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid hereunder or under any other Credit Document in respect of the Loans and all other Indebtedness that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel, to the extent due under Section 13.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, to the extent due under Section 13.5.

 

170


Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Indebtedness or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

12.14 Certain ERISA Matters.

(a) Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

(i) such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Benefit Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,

(ii) the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable, and the conditions of such exemption have been satisfied, with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

(iii) (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

 

171


(iv) such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

(b) In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Credit Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS.

13.1 Amendments, Waivers and Releases.

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1. The Majority Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Majority Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive in writing, on such terms and conditions as the Majority Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that each such waiver and each such amendment, supplement or modification shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Majority Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or amend Section 2.8(c)), or forgive or reduce any portion, or extend the date for the payment (including the Maturity Date), of any principal, interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates and any change due to a change in the Available Commitment), or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment (provided that (1) any Lender, upon the request of the Borrower, may extend the final expiration date of its Commitment without the consent of any other Lender, including the Majority Lenders, and (2) it is being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender) or extend the final expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the L/C Maturity Date, or increase the amount of the Commitment of any Lender, or make any

 

172


Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than Dollars, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.1 in a manner that would reduce the voting rights of any Lender, or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms “Majority Lenders” or “Required Lenders” (it being understood that, with the consent of the Majority Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Majority Lenders and Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Loans and Commitments are included on the Closing Date), consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.3), in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend the provisions of Section 11.12 or any analogous provision of any Security Document, in a manner that would by its terms alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as applicable, or any other former or current Agent to whom Section 12 then applies in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, or (v) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3 with respect to any Letter of Credit without the written consent of each Issuing Bank to whom Section 3 then applies in a manner that directly and adversely affects such Person, or (vi) amend, modify or waive any provisions hereof relating to Swingline Loans without the written consent of the Swingline Lender, or (vii) release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantee or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (viii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (ix) permit or allow for (A) the express subordination of the Obligations or any Liens securing the Obligations (either through payment or any other form of contractual subordination) or (B) permit the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to incur any Indebtedness for borrowed money that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Liens securing the Obligations, in each case without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (x) amend Section 2.9 so as to permit Interest Period intervals greater than six months without regard to availability to Lenders, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (xi) increase the Loan Limit or decrease the amount of any scheduled reductions thereof pursuant to the definition of “Loan Limit” or waive or suspend any decrease in the Loan Limit required by Section 2.14 or otherwise amend Section 2.14 in any manner that would have the effect of reducing the amount of any decrease in in the Loan Limit required thereby, without, in each case, the written consent of each Lender, or (xii) affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, any Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of such Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrower, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In connection with the foregoing provisions, the Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligations to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender whose consent is required hereunder.

 

173


(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Defaulting Lender and no such amendment, waiver or consent shall disproportionately adversely affect such Defaulting Lender without its consent as compared to other Lenders (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

(c) Without the consent of any Lender or Issuing Bank, the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Credit Document) enter into any amendment, modification or waiver of any Credit Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Credit Document.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment, modification or supplement to any Intercreditor Agreement, any subordination agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement or in any document pertaining to any Indebtedness permitted hereby that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral (i) that is for the purpose of adding the holders of such secured or subordinated Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (or, in each case, a representative with respect thereto), as parties thereto, as expressly contemplated by the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement, such subordination agreement or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect (taken as a whole), to the interests of the Lenders) or (ii) that is expressly contemplated by any Intercreditor Agreement, any subordination agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement or in any document pertaining to any Indebtedness permitted hereby that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral or (iii) otherwise, with respect to any material amendments, modifications or supplements, to the extent such amendment, modification or supplement is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable.

 

174


(e) [Reserved].

(f) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Loans of any Class (“Replaced Loans”) with replacement loans (“Replacement Loans”) hereunder; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Replaced Loans, plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees, expenses, original issue discount and upfront fees associated with such Replacement Loans, (ii) the All-In Yield with respect to such Replacement Loans shall not be higher than the All-In Yield for such Replaced Loans immediately prior to such refinancing unless the maturity of the Replacement Loans is at least one year later than the maturity of the Replaced Loans and (iii) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Loans than, those applicable to such Replaced Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date of the Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing. Each amendment to this Agreement providing for Replacement Loans may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower to effect the provisions of this paragraph, and for the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph shall supersede any other provisions in this Section 13.1 to the contrary.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Credit Documents (including any exhibit, schedule or other attachment) may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (i) if such modifications are not adverse in any material respect to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks (in which case, the consent of the Swingline Lender and Issuing Banks shall be required) or (ii) to the extent necessary (A) to integrate any Extended Commitment contemplated by Section 2.17 or (B) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency so long as, in each case with respect to this clause (B), the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Majority Lenders stating that the Majority Lenders object to such amendment.

13.2 Notices. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

 

175


(a) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, any Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 13.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii)(A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3, 2.6, 2.9, 4.2 and 5.1 shall not be effective until received.

13.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Requirements of Law.

13.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder. Such representations and warranties shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations, in any such case, not then due and payable).

13.5 Payment of Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) The Borrower agrees (i) if the Closing Date occurs, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Agents and the Lead Arrangers for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney

 

176


Costs, which shall be limited to Mayer Brown LLP and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in any relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole (and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel and (if reasonably necessary) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitees similarly situated) and (ii) after the Closing Date, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, and including all respective Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders taken as a whole and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in any relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel and (if reasonably necessary) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitees similarly situated). The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive the repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 13.5 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided that, with respect to the Closing Date, all amounts due under this Section 13.5 shall be paid on the Closing Date solely to the extent invoiced to the Borrower within two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date. If any Credit Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Credit Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Credit Party by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent, Lender, Issuing Bank, Lead Arranger, Agent-Related Person and their Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, agents, advisors and other representatives of the foregoing (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs but limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole (and solely in the case of an actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Indemnitees taken as a whole), and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant material jurisdiction) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Credit Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Commitment or Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged Environmental Claim regarding, or liability or obligation (whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise) of the Credit Parties or any Subsidiary under or relating to any Environmental Law or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) (a “Proceeding”) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto or whether or not such Proceeding is brought by the Borrower or any other Person and, in each case, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified

 

177


Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, losses, damages, claims or out-of-pocket expenses resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any of its Related Indemnified Persons, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) a material breach of any obligations under any Credit Document by such Indemnitee or of any of its Related Indemnified Persons, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an administrative agent or collateral agent or arranger or any similar role under this Agreement and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of the Borrower, the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates (as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement (except for direct (as opposed to indirect, special, punitive or consequential) damages resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment, of such Indemnitee), nor shall any Indemnitee, Agent-Related Parties, Credit Party or any Subsidiary have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date) (other than, in the case of any Credit Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party, or which are included in a third-party claim, and for any out-of-pocket expenses related thereto). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 13.5 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents are consummated. All amounts due under this Section 13.5 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided, however, that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 13.5. The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 13.5(b) shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, prepayments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising from any non-Tax claims.

13.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of each Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 10.3, the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be

 

178


null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 13.6. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any Affiliate of each Issuing Bank that issues any Letter of Credit), Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 13.6) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Agent-Related Parties and each other Person entitled to indemnification under Section 13.5) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees (other than the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates, any natural person, any Disqualified Institution, or any Defaulting Lender) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans (including participations in L/C Obligations or Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required (x) for an assignment to an existing Lender and their Affiliates of similar or better credit worthiness and (y) for an assignment if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary has occurred and is continuing; and

(B) the Administrative Agent, each Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank (in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) [reserved];

(B) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $12,500,000 or an integral multiple of $5,000,000, unless each of the Borrower, each Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary has occurred and is continuing;

(C) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(D) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing

 

179


and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment and the Administrative Agent shall enter the relevant information in the Register pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 13.6; and

(E) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and applicable Tax forms (including those described in Sections 5.4(d), (e), (h) and (i), as applicable).

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 13.6, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11, 5.4 and 13.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 13.6.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders (including any SPVs that provide all or any part of a Loan pursuant to Section 13.6(g) hereof), and the Commitments of, and principal amount (and stated interest amounts) of the Loans and L/C Obligations and any payment made by each Issuing Bank under any applicable Letter of Credit owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Further, the Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Issuing Bank and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent, each Issuing Bank, each Swingline Lender and, solely with respect to itself, each other Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 13.6 (unless waived) and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 13.6, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.

 

180


(c) (i) Any Lender may, with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), sell participations to one or more banks or other entities other than any Defaulting Lender, any Disqualified Institution (to the extent that the list of Disqualified Institutions has been made available to all Lenders, it being agreed that as of the date hereof, the Administrative Agent has made the list of Disqualified Institutions available to all Lenders), the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or their respective Affiliates or natural persons (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required (x) for any sale to an existing Lender and their Affiliates of similar or better credit worthiness and (y) for a sale if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary has occurred and is continuing; provided further that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second proviso of the second sentence of Section 13.1(a) that affects such Participant, provided that the Participant shall have no right to consent to any modification to the percentages specified in the definitions of the terms “Majority Lenders” or “Required Lenders”. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 13.6, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections and Sections 2.12 and 13.7) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6). To the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.8(b) as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 13.8(a) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 or 5.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent; provided that the Participant shall be subject to the provisions in Section 2.12 as if it were an assignee under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 13.6. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and each party hereto shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such

 

181


participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Credit Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower, any Swingline Lender, any Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section 13.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment or for any other reason, the Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrower’s own expense, a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 or H-2, as the case may be, evidencing the Loans and Swingline Loans, respectively, owing to such Lender.

(e) Subject to Section 13.16, the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a “Transferee”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

(f) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (a “SPV”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of

 

182


such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.6, any SPV may (A) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (B) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. This Section 13.6(g) may not be amended without the written consent of the SPV. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, subject to the following sentence, each SPV shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 and 5.4 as though it were a Lender, and Sections 2.12 and 13.7, and has acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an SPV shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 or 5.4 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to such SPV, unless such grant to such SPV is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent.

13.7 Replacements of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

(a) In the event that any Lender (i) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10, 3.11 or 5.4 (other than Section 5.4(b)), (ii) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (iii) becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to replace such Lender or terminate the Commitment of such Lender; provided that (x) in the case of a replacement (A) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (B) the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and the Borrower shall pay all other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10, 3.11 or 5.4, as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (C) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank (except to the extent such Swingline Lender or Issuing Banks is, or is an Affiliate of, the Lender being replaced) and (D) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6(b) (provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein as long as the replacement Lender pays such fee) and (y) in the case of a termination, repay all

 

183


Obligations (including amounts (other than any disputed amounts), owing pursuant to Section 2.10, 3.11 or 5.4, as the case may be) owing to such Lender as of such termination date (and, in the case of an Issuing Bank, cancel or backstop on terms reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Bank any Letters of Credit issued by it).

(b) If any Lender (such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 13.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected or the Required Lenders and with respect to which the Majority Lenders shall have granted their consent, then the Borrower shall have the right (provided that no Event of Default pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing) to (x) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank (except to the extent such Swingline Lender or Issuing Banks is, or is an Affiliate of, the Lender being replaced) or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender; provided that: (x) in the case of a replacement, (i) all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced (other than principal and interest) shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (ii) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Non-Consenting Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.6 (provided that the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein as long as the replacement Lender pays such fee) and (y) in the case of a termination, all Obligations owing to such Non-Consenting Lender shall be paid in full concurrently with such termination.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary (i) each party hereto agrees that any assignment pursuant to the terms of this Section 13.7 may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank and the assignee and that the Lender making such assignment need not be a party thereto and (ii) no termination of Commitments may be made pursuant to this Section 13.7 unless the Letter of Credit Exposure and Swingline Exposure of the terminated Lender is cash collateralized on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender.

(d) Any such Lender replacement or Commitment termination pursuant to this Section 13.7 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

13.8 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment in respect of any principal of or interest on all or part of the Loans made by it, or the participations in Letter of Credit Obligations held by it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.5, or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender entitled thereto, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and

 

184


(ii) purchase for cash at face value from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably in accordance with the aggregate principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided, however, that (A) if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest and (B) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (1) any payment made by the Borrower or any other Credit Party pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (2) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans, Commitments or participations in Drawings to any assignee or participant or (3) any disproportionate payment obtained by a Lender as a result of the extension by Lenders of the maturity date or expiration date of some but not all Loans or Commitments or any increase in the Applicable Margin in respect of Loans or Commitments of Lenders that have consented to any such extension. Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Credit Party rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Requirements of Law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any Credit Document (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower (and the Credit Parties, if applicable) and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

13.9 Counterparts; Electronic Execution.

(a) This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission, i.e. a “pdf’ or a “tif’), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

(b) Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement, (y) any other Credit Document and/or (z) any document, amendment, approval, consent,

 

185


information, notice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any notice delivered pursuant to Section 13.2), certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Credit Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Credit Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution”, “signed”, “signature”, “delivery”, and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Credit Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (i) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Credit Party without further verification thereof and without any obligation to review the appearance or form of any such Electronic Signature and (ii) upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower and each Credit Party hereby (i) agrees that, for all purposes, including without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Borrower and the Credit Parties, Electronic Signatures transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Credit Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (ii) the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Credit Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (iii) waives any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Credit Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Credit Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (iv) waives any claim against any Indemnitee for any liabilities arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s and/or any Lender’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any liabilities arising as a result of the failure of the Borrower and/or any Credit Party to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.

 

186


13.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

13.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Guarantors, any Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

13.12 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; provided, however, that (a) whether the Acquisition has been consummated as contemplated by the Purchase and Sale Agreement and (b) whether the Specified Purchase Agreement Representations are accurate and whether as a result of any inaccuracy thereof the Borrower has the right to terminate its obligations under the Purchase and Sale Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas without regard to conflict of laws principles that would result in the application of laws of another jurisdiction.

13.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, in each case located in New York County, and appellate courts from any thereof; provided that nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document will prevent any Lender, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent from bringing any action to enforce any award or judgment or exercise any right under the Credit Documents or against any Collateral or any other property of any Credit Party in any other forum in which jurisdiction can be established;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 13.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13.2;

 

187


(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Requirements of Law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;

(e) without limitation of Sections 12.7 and 13.5, waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages (other than, in the case of any Credit Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party, or which are included in a third-party claim, and for any out-of-pocket expenses related thereto); and

(f) agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

13.14 Acknowledgments. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

(b) (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent, other Agents and the Lenders, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, equity holders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, any Lead Arranger, nor any Lender has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or any other Agent, any Lead Arranger, or any Lender has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Administrative Agent, any Agent, any Lead Arranger or any Lender has any obligation to any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, each other Agent and each of its Affiliates and each Lender and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the

 

188


Borrower and its respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) none of the Administrative Agent, any Agent or any Lender has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and each Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.

13.15 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT, EACH ISSUING BANK AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

13.16 Confidentiality. The Administrative Agent, each other Agent, any Issuing Bank, any Swingline Lender and each other Lender shall hold all information not marked as “public information” and furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lender’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender, any Swingline Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or such other Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and in any event may make disclosure (a) to its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ employees, legal counsel, independent auditors and other experts or agents (collectively, the “Representatives”) who need to know such information in connection with the Transactions and are informed of the confidential nature of such information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Person; provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (c) to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided, that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (d) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 13.6(d), counterparty to a Hedge Contract, credit insurer, eligible assignee of or

 

189


participant in, or any prospective eligible assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.6 (provided that the disclosure of any such Confidential Information to any Lenders or eligible assignees or participants shall be made subject to the acknowledgement and acceptance by such Lender, eligible assignee or participant that such Confidential Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this Section 13.16 or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower) in accordance with the standard processes of the Administrative Agent or customary market standards for dissemination of such type of Confidential Information; (e) with the prior written consent of the Borrower; (f) to the extent such Confidential Information becomes public other than by reason of disclosure by such Person in breach of this Agreement; provided that unless prohibited by applicable Requirements of Law, each Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Swingline Lender, any Issuing Bank and each other Agent shall endeavor to notify the Borrower (without any liability for a failure to so notify the Borrower) of any request made to such Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or such other Agent, as applicable, by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information; provided further that in no event shall any Lender, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (g) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any information relating to Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender) or to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information is independently developed by or was in the prior possession of the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, such Lender or any of their respective Affiliates so long as not based on information obtained in a manner that would violate this Section 13.16; provided that no disclosure shall be made to any Disqualified Lender. In addition, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent may provide Confidential Information to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 13.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in Hedge Agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder as long as such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in the Section 13.16.

13.17 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations.

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, as set forth in clause (b) below, (ii) upon the Disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other Disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party or a Restricted Subsidiary that is (after giving effect to such Disposition) required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11, to the extent such Disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Liens encumbering such Collateral and held by each other creditor party to the Intercreditor Agreement are required to be released pursuant to the relevant intercreditor agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) upon any Collateral becoming an Excluded Equity Interest, an

 

190


Excluded Asset or becoming owned by an Excluded Subsidiary or (in the case of Collateral constituting cash) becoming subject to Liens pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or becoming subject to any Lien permitted pursuant to Sections 10.2(g), (j)(i), (o), (p), (w) and (y), in each case, except in connection with a transaction prohibited hereunder, (iv) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (v) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with Section 13.1), (vi) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the second succeeding sentence or Section 5(g) of the Guarantee and (vii) as required by the Collateral Agent to effect any Disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any Disposition, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantors shall be released from the Guarantees upon consummation of any transaction permitted hereunder resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise becoming an Excluded Subsidiary. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Credit Document relating to any such Collateral or Guarantor shall no longer be deemed to be repeated. In connection with any release hereunder, the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall promptly take such action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense in connection with the release of any Liens created by any Credit Document in respect of such Subsidiary, property or asset.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Credit Document, when all Obligations (other than (i) Hedging Obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreements, (ii) Cash Management Obligations in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreements and (iii) any contingent or indemnification obligations not then due and payable) have been paid in full in cash or equivalents thereof, all Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding that is not Cash Collateralized or back-stopped on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Secured Party) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all obligations under any Credit Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be any (i) Hedging Obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreements, (ii) Cash Management Obligations in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreements and (iii) any contingent or indemnification obligations not then due and payable. Any such release of Obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

191


13.18 USA PATRIOT Act. The Agents and each Lender hereby notify the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Agent and such Lender to identify each Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act.

13.19 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

13.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

13.21 Disposition of Proceeds. The Security Documents contain an assignment by the Borrower and/or the Guarantors unto and in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders of all of the Borrower’s or each Guarantor’s interest in and to their as-extracted collateral in the form of production and all proceeds attributable thereto which may be produced from or allocated to the Mortgaged Property. The Security Documents further provide in general for the application of such proceeds to the satisfaction of the Obligations described therein and secured thereby. Notwithstanding the assignment contained in such Security Documents, until the occurrence of an Event of Default, (a) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree that they will neither notify the purchaser or purchasers of such production nor take any other action to cause such proceeds to be remitted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, but the Lenders will instead permit such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to take such actions as may be necessary to cause such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and/or such Subsidiaries.

13.22 Collateral Matters; Hedge Agreements. The benefit of the Security Documents and of the provisions of this Agreement relating to any Collateral securing the Obligations shall also extend to and be available on a pro rata basis pursuant to terms agreed upon in the Credit Documents to any Person (a) under any Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, after giving effect to all netting arrangements relating to such Hedge Agreements or (b) under any Secured Cash Management Agreement. No Person shall have any voting rights under any Credit Document solely as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under any such Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement.

 

192


13.23 Agency of the Borrower for the Other Credit Parties. Each of the other Credit Parties hereby appoints the Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including the giving and receipt of notices and the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and therein and all modifications hereto and thereto.

13.24 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

 

193


13.25 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Credit Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any Hedge Agreement or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Credit Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Credit Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Credit Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b) As used in this Section 13.25, the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

[Signature Pages Follow.]

 

194


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as the Borrower
By:   /s/ Eric D. Marsh
  Name: Eric D. Marsh
  Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature page to RBL Credit Agreement]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
By:   /s/ Ecliff Jackman
  Name: Ecliff Jackman
  Title: Vice President

 

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Swing Line Lender, an Issuing Lender and a Lender
By:   /s/ Duncan Caird
  Name: Duncan Caird
  Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature page to RBL Credit Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as a Lender
By:   /s/ Henrick Sandstrom
  Name: Henrick Sandstrom
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature page to RBL Credit Agreement]

Exhibit 10.2

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of January 6, 2015, is among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the Lenders under the Credit Agreement described below that are party hereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 25, 2014 (the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested (i) an Incremental Increase (the “First Amendment Facility Increase”) from the existing Lenders in an aggregate amount equal to $125,000,000 and (ii) that the necessary amendments and modifications be made to the Credit Agreement in order to effectuate the First Amendment Facility Increase and that the Administrative Agent enter into this Amendment with the Borrower in order to effectuate such amendments and modifications to the Credit Agreement, all as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to amend the Credit Agreement to make other certain changes as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to agree to the requests of the Borrower, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term used in this Amendment has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Amendment to the Credit Agreement Upon Amendment Effective Date. On the Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the bold, stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text) and to add bold, double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text) as set forth in the pages of the Credit Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

(b) Schedule 1.1(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and is amended and restated to provide as set forth on Annex I hereto.

(c) Exhibit I is hereby deleted in its entirety and is amended and restated to provide as set forth on Exhibit B hereto


Section 3. Ratification. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms all of its obligations under the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and the other Credit Documents related thereto, and, in particular, affirms that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the terms of the Security Documents secure, and will continue to secure, its obligations thereunder.

Section 4. Effectiveness. This Amendment and the First Amendment Facility Increase shall become effective on the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in this Section 4 is satisfied or waived (such date, the “Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, and all of the Lenders.

(b) Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent no later than two (2) days prior to the Amendment Effective Date, the Borrower shall have delivered to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a promissory note executed by the Borrower evidencing the Loans owing to such Lender.

(c) Each Credit Party shall have confirmed and acknowledged to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and by its execution and delivery of this Amendment, each Credit Party does hereby confirm and acknowledge to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational action, as applicable, on the part of such Credit Party, (ii) the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and by a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (iii) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document is true and correct as of the date hereof (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct as of such date), and (iv) no Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that amendments to the Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility and the Senior Secured Term Loan C Facility shall have been executed in substantially the forms of Exhibit C-1 and Exhibit C-2 hereto, respectively, and that such amendments shall have become effective pursuant to the terms thereof (or shall become effective substantially concurrently with the occurrence of the Amendment Effective Date).

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received confirmation from the administrative agent under the Senior Secured Term Loan B Facility that the Borrower shall have repaid (or shall repay substantially concurrently with the occurrence of the Amendment Effective Date) the Senior Secured Term B Loans in a principal amount of not less than $100,000,000.


(f) Substantially simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Sponsor or its Affiliates (other than a Debt Fund Affiliate) shall purchase from each of HSBC Bank USA, National Association, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Société Générale and Natixis, New York Branch (or, as applicable, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing), 100% of the Senior Secured Term C Loans owned by such Persons or any of their Affiliates on the Amendment Effective Date on the terms and subject to the conditions (a) set forth in the assignment and assumption agreement with respect to such loans under the Term Loan C Facility in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto and (b) as otherwise agreed by the parties hereto on or prior to the date hereof.

(g) All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower, including fees payable pursuant to any fee letter, shall have been paid.

Section 5. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 6. Miscellaneous. (a) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import, referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in each other Credit Document, notice, request, certificate or other document (executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment) to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended or otherwise modified by this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise require; (b) the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any default of any Credit Party or any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Credit Documents; (c) this Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement; (d) delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment; and (e) this Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Section 7. Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Amendment may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrower or any Guarantor to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.

Section 8. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor


in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 9. Successors and Assigns. This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders and the Credit Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 10. Headings. The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

Section 11. Final Agreement. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AMENDMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Name:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
VINE OIL & GAS HAYNESVILLE LLC, as the Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Name:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[First Amendment Signature Page]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Ecliff Jackman

Name:   Ecliff Jackman
Title:   Vice President

 

[First Amendment Signature Page]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ James Kaiser

Name:   James Kaiser
Title:   Managing Director

 

[First Amendment Signature Page]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Henrick Sandstrom

Name:   Henrick Sandstrom
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[First Amendment Signature Page]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Vipul Dhadda

Name:   Vipul Dhadda
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[First Amendment Signature Page]


SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Max Sonnonstine

Name:   Max Sonnonstine
Title:   Director

 

[First Amendment Signature Page]


NATIXIS, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Andrew Keene

Name:   Andrew Keene
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Carlos Quinteros

Name:   Carlos Quinteros
Title:   Managing Director


ANNEX I

SCHEDULE 1.1(a)

LENDERS; COMMITMENTS

 

Lender

  

Commitment

 

HSBC Bank USA, National Association

   $ 110,526,375  

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

   $ 110,526,375  

Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch

   $ 55,263,000  

Société Générale

   $ 53,289,375  

Natixis, New York Branch

   $ 45,394,875  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 375,000,000  
  

 

 

 


EXHIBIT A


EXHIBIT B


EXHIBIT C-1


EXHIBIT C-2


EXHIBIT D

Exhibit 10.3

Execution Version

SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of October 6, 2017, is among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the Lenders under the Credit Agreement described below that are party hereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 25, 2014 (the “Original Credit Agreement”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2015 and that certain Incremental Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2017 (the Original Credit Agreement, as so amended, and as otherwise amended or modified prior to the date hereof, the “Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that certain amendments and modifications be made to the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are willing to agree to the requests of the Borrower, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1.    Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term used in this Amendment has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2.    Amendment to the Credit Agreement Upon Amendment Effective Date. On the Amendment Effective Date, the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a)    The following definition is hereby added where alphabetically appropriate in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement:

““2017 Notes Offering” means the Borrower’s issuance of unsecured notes issued pursuant to (i) Section 10.1(c) of the Credit Agreement to Refinance in whole or in part the Senior Secured Term Loan Facilities and (ii) Section 10.1(q)(i) as Permitted Additional Debt.”

(b)    Section 10.1(q) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(q)    Indebtedness in respect of (i) Permitted Additional Debt in connection with the issuance of the 2017 Notes Offering in an amount not to exceed $250,000,000; provided that (A) the Borrowing Base shall be adjusted to the extent required by Section 2.14(e) and (B) such Permitted Additional Debt shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a


Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness incurred under the Facility (including at the time of and after giving effect to any extension of maturity of the Facility pursuant to Section 2.17(a)), (ii) other Permitted Additional Debt; provided that (A) in the case of any Permitted Additional Debt that is unsecured Indebtedness, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to the incurrence or issuance thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom does not exceed 4.50:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness), (B) in the case of any Permitted Additional Debt that is secured on a junior basis with the Liens securing the Obligations, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to the incurrence or issuance thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom does not exceed 4.25:1.00 on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness), (C) the Borrowing Base shall be adjusted to the extent required by Section 2.14(e) and (D) such Permitted Additional Debt shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness incurred under the Facility (including at the time of and after giving effect to any extension of maturity of the Facility pursuant to Section 2.17(a)) and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness;”

Section 3.    Ratification. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms all of its obligations under the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and the other Credit Documents related thereto, and, in particular, affirms that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the terms of the Security Documents secure, and will continue to secure, its obligations thereunder.

Section 4.    Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in this Section 4 is satisfied or waived (such date, the “Amendment Effective Date”):

(a)    The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, and Lenders constituting the Majority Lenders.

(b)    Each Credit Party shall have confirmed and acknowledged to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and by its execution and delivery of this Amendment, each Credit Party does hereby confirm and acknowledge to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational action, as applicable, on the part of such Credit Party, (ii) the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and by a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (iii) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document is true and correct as of the date hereof (except


to the extent any such representation or warranty is made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct as of such date), and (iv) no Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents.

(c)    All fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent or any Lender by the Borrower, including fees payable pursuant to any fee letter, shall have been paid.

Section 5.    Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 6.    Miscellaneous. (a) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import, referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in each other Credit Document, notice, request, certificate or other document (executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment) to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as amended or otherwise modified by this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise require; (b) the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any default of any Credit Party or any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Credit Documents; (c) this Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement; (d) delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telecopier shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment; and (e) this Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Section 7.    Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Amendment may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrower or any Guarantor to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.

Section 8.    Severability. Any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.


Section 9.    Successors and Assigns. This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders and the Credit Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 10.    Headings. The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

Section 11.    Final Agreement. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AMENDMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

Name:   John C. Regan
Title:   CFO
VINE OIL & GAS HAYNESVILLE LLC,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

Name:   John C. Regan
Title:   CFO
VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC,
as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

Name:   John C. Regan
Title:   CFO

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent
and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Margaret E. Richards

Name:   Margaret E. Richards
Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as
a Lender
By:  

/s/ Benjamin F. Halperin

Name:   Benjamin F. Halperin
Title:   Managing Director, Oil and Gas

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as a
Lender
By:  

/s/ Kevin Newman

Name:   Kevin Newman
Title:   Vice President

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Kevin Newman

Name:   Kevin Newman
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


NATIXIS, NEW YORK BRANCH, as a
Lender
By:  

/s/ Carlos Quinteros

Name:   Carlos Quinteros
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Brice Le Foyer

Name:   Brice Le Foyer
Title:   Director

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


BP Energy Company, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ryan McGeachie

Name:   Ryan McGeachie
Title:   Vice President

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]


MACQUARIE BANK LIMITED, as a
Lender
By:  

/s/ Ben Green

Name:   Ben Green
Title:   Division Director
By:  

/s/ Joel Outlaw

Name:   Joel Outlaw
Title:   Associate Director

 

[Second Amendment Signature Page]

Exhibit 10.4

Execution Version

THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of December 30, 2020, is among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the Lenders and the Issuing Bank under the Credit Agreement described below that are party hereto and HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 25, 2014 (the “Original Credit Agreement”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2015, that certain Incremental Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2017 and that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of October 6, 2017 (the Original Credit Agreement, as so amended, and as otherwise amended or modified prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that certain amendments and modifications be made to the Existing Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Borrower has informed the Administrative Agent that it intends to repay the Superpriority Loans outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement (the “Refinancing”); and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders are willing to agree to the requests of the Borrower, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term used in this Amendment has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

Section 2. Amendment to the Credit Agreement Upon Amendment Effective Date. On the Amendment Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended (a) to delete the red or green stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: stricken text and stricken text) and (b) to add the blue or green double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: double-underlined text and double-underlined text), in each case, as set forth in the marked copy of the Existing Credit Agreement (and to the extent provided in Annex A hereto, the exhibits, schedules and appendices to the Existing Credit Agreement) attached hereto as Annex A and made a part hereof for all purposes (the “Credit Agreement”). For the avoidance of doubt, any exhibits, schedules and appendices to the Existing Credit Agreement that are not included in Annex A hereto shall not be amended or modified pursuant hereto.


Section 3. Amendment to the Other Credit Documents Upon Amendment Effective Date. On the Amendment Effective Date:

(a) the Collateral Agreement is hereby amended (i) to replace each reference to “Customary Intercreditor Agreement” in Section 2.02(a) thereof with the words “Intercreditor Agreement”, (ii) to delete the words “Borrowing Base Properties” in Section 3.03(c) thereof, and replace them with the words “Reserve Report Properties”, and (iii) to correct a scrivener’s error in Section 4.02 thereof by replacing the reference to “Section 11.11 of the Credit Agreement” therein with the words “Section 11.12 of the Credit Agreement”; and

(b) each Mortgage is hereby amended (i) to correct a scrivener’s error in Section 5.14(b) of each Mortgage by replacing the reference to “Section 11.11 of the Credit Agreement” therein with the words “Section 11.12 of the Credit Agreement” and (ii) to replace each reference to “First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” in Section 6.18 of each Mortgage with the words “Intercreditor Agreement”.

Section 4. Ratification. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms all of its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents related thereto, and, in particular, affirms that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the terms of the Security Documents secure, and will continue to secure, its obligations thereunder.

Section 5. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in this Section 5 is satisfied or waived (such date, the “Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, and each Lender (other than the Superpriority Lenders (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement));

(b) Each Credit Party shall have confirmed and acknowledged to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and by its execution and delivery of this Amendment, each Credit Party does hereby confirm and acknowledge to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Bank and the Lenders, that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational action, as applicable, on the part of such Credit Party, (ii) the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and by a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (iii) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document is true and correct as of the date hereof (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct as of such date), and (iv) no Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;


(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate duly and properly executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer of the Borrower and dated as of the Amendment Effective Date certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 5(b)(i) and (ii) and that (i) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or managing member or equivalent) of the Borrower and each other Credit Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date and (ii) attached thereto are true, correct and complete copies of the (A) bylaws, limited partnership agreement or limited liability company agreement of each Credit Party, as applicable, and (B) articles of incorporation, certificate of limited partnership or certificate of formation, as applicable, including all amendments thereto, which are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date;

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Financial Officer (i) confirming the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (ii) confirming compliance with the Collateral Coverage Minimum, (iii) certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and (iv), and (iv) demonstrating compliance with Section 10.11 of the Credit Agreement, in each case, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(e) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received at least three days prior to the Amendment Effective Date from each of the Credit Parties documentation (including, without limitation, a customary ‘beneficial ownership certification’) and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the USA Patriot Act reasonably requested in writing at least eight Business Days prior to the Amendment Effective Date;

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the repayment in full of the Superpriority Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) and the discharge and termination of the Superpriority Commitment (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) (it being understood and agreed that, notwithstanding Section 5.1(c) of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Lenders party hereto consent to the application of the proceeds of up to (but not in excess of) $25,000,000 of the principal amount of the Initial Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement) to such prepayment of the Superpriority Loans (as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement));

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts of the Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, among the Collateral Agent, the collateral agent for the 2020 Second Lien Facility, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto (it being understood and agreed that the Lenders party hereto hereby direct the Collateral Agent to execute the Intercreditor Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex B);


(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy, certified by the Borrower, of the 2020 Second Lien Facility, dated on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date and executed by all parties thereto and shall be reasonably satisfied that the 2020 Second Lien Facility shall be, or shall concurrently with effectiveness of the Amendment, shall become, effective;

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion dated as of the Amendment Effective Date of Kirkland & Ellis, LLP, counsel to the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(j) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all reimbursement or payment of all fees, expenses, accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due and payable pursuant to the Credit Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the fee referenced in Section 6 below) on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Documents (including the invoiced fees and expenses of Mayer Brown, LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent).

Section 6. Extension Fee. The Borrower agrees to pay, on the Amendment Effective Date to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender party hereto, as fee compensation for consenting to the extensions contemplated by this Amendment, a fee in an amount in Dollars equal to 1.00% of the aggregate amount of the Total Commitments as of (and after giving effect to) the Amendment Effective Date (the “Third Amendment Extension Fee”). The Third Amendment Extension Fee payable pursuant to this Section 6 will be in all respects fully earned, due and payable on the Amendment Effective Date, and non-refundable and non-creditable thereafter.

Section 7. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 8. Miscellaneous. (a) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import, referring to the Credit Agreement or such Credit Document (as applicable), and each reference in each other Credit Document, notice, request, certificate or other document (executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment) to “the Credit Agreement”, “the Collateral Agreement”, any “Mortgage” “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Agreement or any Mortgage (as applicable), shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Agreement or such Mortgage (as applicable) as amended or otherwise modified by this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise require; (b) the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any default of any Credit Party or any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Credit Documents; (c) this Amendment may be executed in any number of


counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement; (d) delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment in accordance with Section 13.9(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment; and (e) this Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Section 9. Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Amendment may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrower or any Guarantor to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.

Section 10. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

Section 11. Successors and Assigns. This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Bank, the Lenders and the Credit Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 12. Headings. The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

Section 13. Final Agreement. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AMENDMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE MINERALS LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Asma Alghofailey

Name:   Asma Alghofailey
Title:   Vice President

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Temesgen Haile

Name:   Temesgen Haile
Title:   Vice President

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A. as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Maya Venkatraman

Name:   Maya Venkatraman
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


Societe Generale, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Roberto Simon

Name:   Roberto Simon
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


Natixis, New York Branch, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Peter Bayard

Name:   Peter Bayard
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Ajay Prakash

Name:   Ajay Prakash
Title:   Director

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Maya Venkatraman

Name:   Maya Venkatraman
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


CHASE LINCOLN FIRST COMMERCIAL CORPORATION, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Sean Chudzik

Name:   Sean Chudzik
Title:   Vice President

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Megan Kane

Name:   Megan Kane
Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Ranjit Lakhanpal

Name:   Ranjit Lakhanpal
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


BP Energy Company, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Mark A. Galicia

Name:   Mark A. Galicia
Title:   Attorney-In-Fact

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Edward Emerson

Name:   Edward Emerson
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


SHELL TRADING RISK MANAGEMENT, LLC, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Carla E. Vincitore

Name:   Carla E. Vincitore
Title:   President

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]


Macquarie Investments US Inc., as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Ozzie Pagan

Name:   Ozzie Pagan
Title:   Executive Director

 

[Third Amendment Signature Page]

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION VERSION

 

 

SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 30, 2020

among

VINE OIL & GAS, LP

as the Borrower,

The Several Lenders

from Time to Time Parties Hereto, and

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent,

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

  
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS      1  
SECTION 1.01  

Defined Terms

     1  
SECTION 1.02  

Other Interpretive Provisions

     57  
SECTION 1.03  

Accounting Terms

     58  
SECTION 1.04  

Rounding

     58  
SECTION 1.05  

References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

     58  
SECTION 1.06  

Times of Day

     58  
SECTION 1.07  

Timing of Payment or Performance

     58  
SECTION 1.08  

[Reserved]

     59  
SECTION 1.09  

Certain Documentations

     59  
SECTION 1.10  

Pro Forma and Other Calculations

     59  
SECTION 1.11  

Divisions

     61  

ARTICLE II

  
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS      61  
SECTION 2.01  

The Loans

     61  
SECTION 2.02  

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

     61  
SECTION 2.03  

[Reserved]

     62  
SECTION 2.04  

[Reserved]

     62  
SECTION 2.05  

Prepayments

     62  
SECTION 2.06  

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     73  
SECTION 2.07  

Repayment of Loans

     73  
SECTION 2.08  

Interest

     73  
SECTION 2.09  

Fees

     74  
SECTION 2.10  

Computation of Interest and Fees

     74  
SECTION 2.11  

Evidence of Indebtedness

     74  
SECTION 2.12  

Payments Generally

     75  
SECTION 2.13  

Sharing of Payments

     77  
SECTION 2.14  

[Reserved]

     77  
SECTION 2.15  

[Reserved]

     77  
SECTION 2.16  

Extension of Term Loans

     77  
SECTION 2.17  

Defaulting Lenders

     79  

ARTICLE III

  
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY      80  
SECTION 3.01  

Taxes

     80  
SECTION 3.02  

Illegality

     83  
SECTION 3.03  

Inability to Determine Rates

     84  
SECTION 3.04  

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans

     84  
SECTION 3.05  

Funding Losses

     86  

 

i


SECTION 3.06  

Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation

     86  
SECTION 3.07  

Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances

     87  
SECTION 3.08  

Survival

     88  

ARTICLE IV

  
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS      89  
SECTION 4.01  

Conditions to Initial Credit Extension

     89  

ARTICLE V

  

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     91  
SECTION 5.01  

Existence, Qualification and Power

     91  
SECTION 5.02  

Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Binding Effect

     92  
SECTION 5.03  

No Violation

     92  
SECTION 5.04  

Litigation

     92  
SECTION 5.05  

Margin Regulations.

     92  
SECTION 5.06  

Governmental Authorization

     92  
SECTION 5.07  

Investment Company Act

     93  
SECTION 5.08  

True and Complete Disclosure

     93  
SECTION 5.09  

Tax Matters

     93  
SECTION 5.10  

Compliance with ERISA

     94  
SECTION 5.11  

Subsidiaries

     94  
SECTION 5.12  

Intellectual Property

     94  
SECTION 5.13  

Environmental Matters

     95  
SECTION 5.14  

Properties

     95  
SECTION 5.15  

Solvency

     96  
SECTION 5.16  

Collateral Documents

     96  
SECTION 5.17  

Gas Imbalances, Prepayments

     96  
SECTION 5.18  

Marketing of Production

     96  
SECTION 5.19  

Financial Statements

     96  
SECTION 5.20  

OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA

     97  
SECTION 5.21  

Swap Contracts

     97  

ARTICLE VI

  
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS      97  
SECTION 6.01  

Financial Statements

     97  
SECTION 6.02  

Certificates; Other Information

     99  
SECTION 6.03  

Notices

     102  
SECTION 6.04  

Payment of Obligations

     102  
SECTION 6.05  

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     102  
SECTION 6.06  

Maintenance of Properties

     103  
SECTION 6.07  

Maintenance of Insurance

     103  
SECTION 6.08  

Compliance with Laws

     104  
SECTION 6.09  

Books and Records

     104  
SECTION 6.10  

Inspection Rights

     104  
SECTION 6.11  

Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors

     104  
SECTION 6.12  

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     107  

 

ii


SECTION 6.13  

Further Assurances

     107  
SECTION 6.14  

Designation of Subsidiaries

     107  
SECTION 6.15  

Maintenance of Ratings

     108  
SECTION 6.16  

Post-Closing Covenants

     108  
SECTION 6.17  

Minimum Hedging

     108  

ARTICLE VII

  
NEGATIVE COVENANTS      108  
SECTION 7.01  

Liens

     108  
SECTION 7.02  

Investments

     114  
SECTION 7.03  

Indebtedness

     117  
SECTION 7.04  

Fundamental Changes

     121  
SECTION 7.05  

Dispositions

     122  
SECTION 7.06  

Restricted Payments

     125  
SECTION 7.07  

Change in Nature of Business

     129  
SECTION 7.08  

Transactions with Affiliates

     129  
SECTION 7.09  

Burdensome Agreements

     130  
SECTION 7.10  

Use of Proceeds

     131  
SECTION 7.11  

Anti-Layering

     131  
SECTION 7.12  

Accounting Changes

     131  
SECTION 7.13  

Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness

     132  
SECTION 7.14  

Financial Covenants

     132  
SECTION 7.15  

Negative Pledge

     133  
SECTION 7.16  

Anti-Hoarding

     133  

ARTICLE VIII

  

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     133  
SECTION 8.01  

Events of Default

     133  
SECTION 8.02  

Remedies Upon Event of Default

     135  
SECTION 8.03  

Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries

     136  
SECTION 8.04  

Application of Funds

     136  
SECTION 8.05  

Equity Cure

     137  

ARTICLE IX

  

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

     139  
SECTION 9.01  

Appointment and Authorization of Agents

     139  
SECTION 9.02  

Delegation of Duties

     140  
SECTION 9.03  

Liability of Agents

     140  
SECTION 9.04  

Reliance by Agents

     141  
SECTION 9.05  

Notice of Default

     141  
SECTION 9.06  

Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents

     141  
SECTION 9.07  

Indemnification of Agents

     142  
SECTION 9.08  

Agents in Their Individual Capacities

     142  
SECTION 9.09  

Successor Agents

     143  
SECTION 9.10  

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     144  
SECTION 9.11  

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

     145  

 

iii


SECTION 9.12  

Other Agents; Lead Arranger

     146  
SECTION 9.13  

Withholding Tax Indemnity

     146  
SECTION 9.14  

Appointment of Supplemental Agents

     147  

ARTICLE X

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     147  
SECTION 10.01  

Amendments, Etc.

     147  
SECTION 10.02  

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

     150  
SECTION 10.03  

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     151  
SECTION 10.04  

Attorney Costs and Expenses

     151  
SECTION 10.05  

Indemnification by the Borrower

     152  
SECTION 10.06  

Payments Set Aside

     154  
SECTION 10.07  

Successors and Assigns

     154  
SECTION 10.08  

Confidentiality

     162  
SECTION 10.09  

Setoff

     163  
SECTION 10.10  

Interest Rate Limitation

     163  
SECTION 10.11  

Counterparts

     164  
SECTION 10.12  

Integration; Termination.

     164  
SECTION 10.13  

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     164  
SECTION 10.14  

Severability

     164  
SECTION 10.15  

GOVERNING LAW

     165  
SECTION 10.16  

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

     165  
SECTION 10.17  

Binding Effec

     166  
SECTION 10.18  

USA PATRIOT Act.

     166  
SECTION 10.19  

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

     166  
SECTION 10.20  

Electronic Execution of Loan Documents

     167  
SECTION 10.21  

Effect of Certain Inaccuracies

     167  
SECTION 10.22  

Judgment Currency

     168  
SECTION 10.23  

Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions

     168  

ARTICLE XI

  
GUARANTY      169  
SECTION 11.01  

The Guaranty

     169  
SECTION 11.02  

Obligations Unconditional

     169  
SECTION 11.03  

Reinstatement

     170  
SECTION 11.04  

Subrogation; Subordination

     170  
SECTION 11.05  

Remedies

     170  
SECTION 11.06  

Instrument for the Payment of Money

     171  
SECTION 11.07  

Continuing Guaranty

     171  
SECTION 11.08  

General Limitation on Guarantees

     171  
SECTION 11.09  

Information

     171  
SECTION 11.10  

Release of Guarantors

     172  
SECTION 11.11  

Right of Contribution

     172  
SECTION 11.12  

OID Legend

     172  

 

iv


SCHEDULES

 

 

1.01A

  

Commitments

 

1.01E

  

Guarantors

 

1.01F

  

Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

1.01G

  

Excluded Equity Interests

 

5.04

  

Litigation

 

5.10(a)

  

ERISA Compliance

 

5.11

  

Subsidiaries

 

5.14

  

Properties

 

5.17

  

Gas Imbalances

 

5.18

  

Marketing of Production

 

5.21

  

Swap Contracts

 

6.16

  

Post-Closing Covenants

 

7.01(b)

  

Existing Liens

 

7.02(f)

  

Existing Investments

 

7.03(b)

  

Existing Indebtedness

 

7.08

  

Transactions with Affiliates

 

7.09

  

Certain Contractual Obligations

 

10.02

  

Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS

 

 

Form of

  
 

A

  

Committed Loan Notice

 

B

  

Mortgage

 

D

  

Term Note

 

E-1

  

Compliance Certificate

 

E-2

  

Solvency Certificate

 

F

  

Assignment and Assumption

 

G

  

Security Agreement

 

H

  

[Reserved]

 

I

  

Intercompany Note

 

J

  

[Reserved]

 

K-1

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Non-Partnership Lenders)

 

K-2

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Non-Partnership Participants)

 

K-3

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Partnership Lenders)

 

K-4

  

United States Tax Compliance Certificate (Foreign Partnership Participants)

 

L

  

Administrative Questionnaire

 

M-1

  

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption

 

M-2

  

Affiliated Lender Notice

 

M-3

  

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

 

M-4

  

Discount Range Prepayment Notice

 

M-5

  

Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

M-6

  

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

 

M-7

  

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

M-8

  

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

 

M-9

  

Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

N

  

Reserve Report Certificate

 

v


SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT

This SECOND LIEN CREDIT AGREEMENT (as the same may be amended, modified, refinanced and/or restated from time to time, this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 30, 2020 among VINE OIL & GAS, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the banks, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time party hereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Borrower is party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and HSBC Bank USA, National Association as administrative agent and collateral agent, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2015 that certain Incremental Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2017 and that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of October 6, 2017, and as further amended by the amendment to be dated on or about the date hereof (the “First Lien Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower wishes to refinance the “Superpriority Loans” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement immediately prior to the amendment to be dated on or about the date hereof) currently outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement (the “Refinancing”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the foregoing the Borrower has requested that on the Closing Date, the Lenders provide term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 to the Borrower in order to fund the Refinancing, pay associated fees and expenses arising in connection with the Refinancing, and for general corporate purposes;

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to lend to the Borrower such term loans upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions and Accounting Terms

SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acceptable Discount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(2).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means a notice of the Borrower’s acceptance of the Acceptable Discount in substantially the form of Exhibit M-3.

Acceptance Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(2).

 

1


Acquired EBITDAX” shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX were references to such Acquired Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or to such Converted Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), as applicable, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Administrative Agent” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit L or such other form as may be supplied from time to time by the Administrative Agent.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

Affiliated Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is a Sponsor (other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and other than any Debt Fund Affiliate) or a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate of an Investor at such time.

Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(l)(i).

Affiliated Lender Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(l)(iii).

Agent-Related Persons” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, partners, agents, advisors, attorneys-in-fact and other representatives of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Supplemental Agents (if any) and the Lead Arranger.

Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

2


Applicable Discount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(2).

Applicable Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.21.

Applicable Rate” means a percentage per annum equal to (i) for Eurocurrency Rate Loans, 8.75% and (ii) for Base Rate Loans, 7.75%.

Appropriate Lender” means, at any time with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.

Approved Petroleum Engineers” means (a) Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., (b) Ryder Scott Company, L.P., (c) W. D. Van Gonten & Co. Petroleum Engineering, and (d) at the Borrower’s option, any other independent petroleum engineers selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders.

Assignees” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(b).

Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

Attorney Costs” means and includes all reasonable and documented fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Auction Agent” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided, further, that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

3


Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 12 of 1%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect for such day and (c) the Eurocurrency Rate on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) for deposits in Dollars for a one-month Interest Period plus 1.00%; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the Eurocurrency Rate for any day shall be LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to such day for deposits in Dollars with a term of one month commencing on such day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and solely with respect to the Term Loans, the Base Rate will be deemed to be 2.00% per annum if the Base Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing provisions would otherwise be less than 2.00% per annum. If the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the NYFRB Rate for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient quotations in accordance with the terms of the definition thereof, the Base Rate shall be determined without regard to clause (a) of the preceding sentence until the circumstances giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Further, with respect to each of the other Borrowings, the Base Rate will be deemed to be 0% per annum if the Base Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing provisions would otherwise be less than 0% per annum. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Eurocurrency Rate, respectively.

Base Rate Loan” means a Loan denominated in Dollars that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Beneficial Ownership Certification” shall mean a certification regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

Bona Fide Debt Fund” means any fund or investment vehicle that is primarily engaged in the making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and other similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

Borrower” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Borrower Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means the offer by any Company Party to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a Specified Discount to par pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(B).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by any Company Party of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(C).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by any Company Party of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(D).

Borrowing” means a Term Borrowing of a particular Class, as the context may require.

 

4


Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, means a day on which dealings in deposits are conducted by and between banks in the applicable London interbank market.

Capitalized Leases” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; provided, further, that for purposes of calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat leases in a manner consistent with its current treatment under generally accepted accounting principles as of the Closing Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretative changes thereto that may occur. For the avoidance of doubt, any lease that would be characterized as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such lease to be re-characterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as a Capitalized Lease.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease; provided that any obligations of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries either existing on the Closing Date or created prior to any recharacterization described below (i) that were not included on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower as capital lease obligations and (ii) that are subsequently recharacterized as capital lease obligations or indebtedness due to a change in accounting treatment or otherwise, shall for all purposes under this Agreement (including, without limitation, the calculation of Consolidated Net Income and Consolidated EBITDAX) not be treated as capital lease obligations, Capitalized Lease Obligations or Indebtedness.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Collateral Account” means a blocked account at a commercial bank specified by the Administrative Agent in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

5


Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(1) Dollars;

(2)(a) Canadian dollars, Sterling, Yen, euros or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU; or

(b) such local currencies held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3), (4), (7) and (8) entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) and in each case maturing within 36 months after the date of creation thereof;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency);

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof having an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case having an investment grade rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency) with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Investments with average maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency);

 

6


(11) securities with maturities of 12 months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(12) Indebtedness or preferred stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(13) investment funds investing at least 90% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (12) above; and

(14) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any Investment in connection with its provision of insurance, which Investment is permitted to be made in accordance with applicable law, rule, regulation or order or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents shall also include (a) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (8) and clauses (10), (11), (12) and (13) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (b) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (14) and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clauses (1) and (2) as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

For the avoidance of doubt, any items identified as Cash Equivalents under this definition will be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for all purposes regardless of the treatment of such items under GAAP.

Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

Change of Control” shall be deemed to occur if:

(a) at any time prior to a Qualified IPO, any combination of Permitted Holders shall fail to own beneficially (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate Equity Interests representing at least a majority of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower;

 

7


(b) at any time after a Qualified IPO, any person or “group” (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Closing Date), other than (i) any combination of the Investors and the Permitted Holders or (ii) any “group” including any Permitted Holders (provided that Permitted Holders beneficially own more than 50% of all voting interests beneficially owned by such “group”), shall have acquired beneficial ownership of more than 50%, on a fully diluted basis, of the voting interest in the Borrower’s Equity Interests; or

(c) a “change of control” (or similar event) shall occur under the First Lien Credit Agreement or any Indebtedness for borrowed money permitted under Section 7.03 with an outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount or any Permitted Refinancing in respect of any of the foregoing with an outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount.

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Section 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Equity Interests subject to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Equity Interests in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement, (ii) if any group includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower owned, directly or indirectly, by any Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of determining whether a Change of Control has occurred and (iii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Equity Interests of another Person as a result of its ownership of the Equity Interests or other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Equity Interests entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors (or similar body) of such parent entity.

Class” shall mean (i) with respect to Commitments or Loans, those of such Commitments or Loans that have the same terms and conditions (without regard to differences in the Type of Loan, Interest Period, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees paid or payable in connection with such Commitments or Loans, or differences in tax treatment (e.g., “fungibility”)) and (ii) with respect to Lenders, those of such Lenders that have Commitments or Loans of a particular Class.

Closing Date” means December 30, 2020.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral” shall have the meaning provided for such term in each of the Collateral Documents and shall include any and all assets securing or intended to secure any or all of the Obligations; provided that with respect to any Mortgages, “Collateral,” as defined herein, shall include “Mortgaged Property” as defined therein.

Collateral Agent” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., in its capacity as collateral agent or pledgee in its own name under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor collateral agent.

 

8


Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01(e) or from time to time pursuant to Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party party thereto;

(b) the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a second-priority security interest in (i) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary) directly owned by any Loan Party and (ii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the non-voting Equity Interest in each Restricted Subsidiary (that is not an Excluded Subsidiary (other than any Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary solely pursuant to clause (d) or (e) of the definition thereof)) directly owned by any Loan Party, which Restricted Subsidiary (x) is a Foreign Subsidiary or (y) FSHCO, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

(c) the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by (i) a perfected security interest in substantially all now owned or at any time hereafter acquired tangible and intangible assets of each Loan Party (including Equity Interests, intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, intellectual property in the United States of America, other general intangibles, Mortgaged Property and proceeds of the foregoing) that is not junior to any security interests other than Liens that are permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 and not required to be secured on a pari passu or junior basis to the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to such Section and (ii) Mortgages on real property to the extent (x) such Mortgage would otherwise be required under the First Lien Facility or (y) required pursuant to the definition of “Collateral Coverage Minimum”;

(d) subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, to the extent Mortgages are required to be delivered pursuant to clause (c) above, or under Section 6.11 or 6.13, the Administrative Agent shall have received (i) counterparts of such Mortgage duly executed and delivered by the owner of the Collateral covered thereby, together with evidence such Mortgage has been duly executed, acknowledged and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto, in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Administrative Agent may reasonably deem necessary or desirable in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected Lien (subject only to Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.01) on the property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to 100% of the fair market value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such fair market value), and (ii) opinions of local counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the enforceability and perfection of the Mortgage and any related fixture and “as-extracted” filings in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

 

9


(e) after the Closing Date, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not then a Guarantor and not an Excluded Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and signatory to this Agreement pursuant to a joinder agreement in accordance with Sections 6.11 or 6.13 and a party to the Collateral Documents in accordance with Section 6.11; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that Guarantees the First Lien Facility, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it Guarantees such Indebtedness.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary:

(A) the foregoing definition shall not require, unless otherwise stated in this clause (A), the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or taking other actions with respect to Excluded Assets; provided that the Collateral shall include the Proceeds (as defined in the Security Agreement) of any of the foregoing unless such Proceeds also constitute Excluded Assets;

(B) [reserved];

(C) the Administrative Agent in its discretion may grant extensions of time for the creation or perfection of security interests in, and Mortgages on, or taking other actions with respect to, particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date) or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition where it reasonably determines in writing, in consultation with the Borrower, that the creation or perfection of security interests and Mortgages on, or taking other actions, or any other compliance with the requirements of this definition cannot be accomplished without undue delay, burden or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents; provided that the Collateral Agent shall have received on or prior to the Closing Date (i) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in appropriate form for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code in the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each Loan Party, and (ii) any certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Equity Interests of the Borrower’s Domestic Subsidiaries (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) accompanied by instruments of transfer and stock powers undated and endorsed in blank (or confirmation in lieu thereof that such certificates, powers and instruments have been sent for overnight delivery to the Collateral Agent or its counsel); and

(D) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents; provided that nothing in this clause (C) or any other provision of the Loan Documents shall affect or impair the Borrower’s obligation to meet the Collateral Coverage Minimum.

Collateral Coverage Minimum” means that the Mortgaged Properties shall represent, from the date that is 10 Business Days following the Closing Date and thereafter, at least 85% of the PV-9 of the Loan Parties’ total Proved Reserves, in each case, included either in the Initial Reserve Report or in the most recent Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent; provided that such timeline set forth above may be extended with the consent of the Required Lenders.

 

10


Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.01, Section 6.11 or Section 6.13, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Commitment” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Term Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01A under the caption “Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Commitments is $150,000,000.

Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.).

Company Parties” means the collective reference to Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and “Company Party” means any one of them.

Compensation Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.12(c)(ii).

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-1.

Connection Income Taxes” means, with respect to any recipient, Taxes measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes that are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction (including, for avoidance of doubt, as a result of such recipient being organized in or having its principal office (or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable Lending Office) in such jurisdiction) imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Consolidated Cash Balance” means, at any time, (a) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents, in each case, held or owned by (either directly or indirectly), credited to the account of, or that would otherwise be required to be reflected as an asset on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries less (b) the sum of (i) any restricted cash or Cash Equivalents to pay bona fide royalty obligations, working interest obligations, production payments, vendor payments, suspense payments, severance and ad valorem taxes, payroll, payroll taxes, other taxes, employee wage and benefit payments and trust and fiduciary obligations or other obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to third parties and for which the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary either (x) has issued checks or has initiated wires or ACH transfers (but which amounts have not, as of such time, been subtracted from the balance in the relevant account of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary) or (y) reasonably anticipates in good faith that it will issue checks or initiate wires or ACH transfers within thirty (30) days thereafter, (ii) other amounts

 

11


permitted to be paid by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary has issued checks or has initiated wires or ACH transfers (but which amounts have not, as of such time, been subtracted from the balance in the relevant account of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary), (iii) while and to the extent refundable, any cash or Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting purchase price deposits pursuant to a binding and enforceable purchase and sale agreement with a third party containing customary provisions regarding the payment and refunding of such deposits, (iv) any cash or Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in good faith to fund any customary deposit in the nature of earnest money with respect to, or the purchase price of, any future acquisition permitted under this Agreement, provided that the Borrower shall have provided written notice of its intention to make such acquisition to the Administrative Agent at or prior to such time, (v) to the extent not already used pursuant to this Agreement, equity proceeds received from Sponsors and to be used pursuant to this Agreement (provided at the time of receipt notice is provided to the Administrative Agent of the amount and location of such proceeds), (vi) cash held to cash collateralize Letters of Credit, (vii) any proceeds of a borrowing made in the preceding 5 Business Days, which the Borrower expects to use to fund the purchase price or deposits of any acquisition permitted under this Agreement (to the extent the Borrower has provided notice to the Administrative Agent of such purpose on or prior to the date of such Borrowing), and (viii) any other restricted cash or Cash Equivalents.

Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, and commissions, fees and expenses and amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses to pensions and other post-employment benefits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDAX” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than in the case of clauses (a)(vii) and (a)(viii)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise, excise, property and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax) and foreign withholding taxes (including (i) any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations and (ii) the amount of distributions actually made to any Parent Entity in respect of such period in accordance with Section 7.06(i)(iv)) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (a) through (u) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income, plus

(ii) Fixed Charges for such period (in addition to, without duplication, (x) bank fees and other deferred financing fees and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities), plus amounts excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in clauses (i)(s) through (z) in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense), plus

 

12


(iii) Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense for such period, plus

(iv) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (1) the Borrower may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (2) to the extent the Borrower does decide to add back such non-cash charge in the current period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDAX to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

(v) the amount of any reductions in arriving at Net Income resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 810, Consolidation, plus

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, advisory and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the extent permitted under clause (d) or (i) of Section 7.08, plus

(vii) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies (x) related to the Transactions projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken, or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), within thirty-six (36) months after the Closing Date, (y) related to mergers and other business combinations, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, cost savings initiatives and other similar initiatives consummated after the Closing Date and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken, or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within thirty-six (36) months after consummation of such merger or other business combination, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring or cost savings initiative or other similar initiative that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result within thirty-six (36) months after such actions are taken, in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, and savings from synergies had been realized on the first day of such period, as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies were realized during the entirety of such period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower and (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (vii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDAX, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period, plus

 

13


(viii) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDAX pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back, plus

(ix) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Equity Interests), plus

(x) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus

(xi) (A) costs and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions and (B) costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Investments, acquisitions (or purchases of assets) after the Closing Date, plus

(xii) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves, equity-based or non-cash compensation charges or expenses including any such charges or expenses arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, retention charges (including charges or expenses in respect of incentive plans), severance costs, costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions and integration and facilities opening costs or any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and investments; plus

(xiii) the amount of any non-cash interest expense of non-wholly owned Subsidiaries attributable to minority equity interests of third parties; plus

(xiv) the amount of net cost savings and net cash flow effect of revenue enhancements related to New Contracts projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be subject to certification by management of the Borrower and shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings or revenue enhancements had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or revenue enhancements are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be added pursuant to this clause (xiv) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clauses (vii) or (xii) above with respect to such period; plus

 

14


(xv) exploration expenses or costs (to the extent the Borrower adopts the successful efforts method of accounting); and

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any non-cash gains that represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for any anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than any such accrual or reserve that has been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDAX in accordance with this definition), plus

(ii) any net income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus

(iii) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period unless such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDAX in such prior period.

There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDAX for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDAX of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDAX of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “Acquired Entity or Business”) and the Acquired EBITDAX of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDAX of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (B) for the purposes of compliance with the covenant set forth in Section 7.14(a) and the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, but without limiting the adjustments included in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. There shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDAX for any period the Disposed EBITDAX of any Person, property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of or, closed or classified as discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “Sold Entity or Business”) and the Disposed EBITDAX of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Disposed EBITDAX of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition.

 

15


For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDAX shall be calculated, including pro forma adjustments, in accordance with Section 1.03.

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Swap Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of obligations under any Capitalized Lease, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Swap Obligations with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (s) costs associated with obtaining Swap Obligations and breakage costs in respect of Swap Obligations related to interest rates, (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to other securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to the Transactions or any acquisitions after the Closing Date, (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty (other than Indebtedness except to the extent arising from the application of purchase or recapitalization accounting) and (z) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or document)); plus

(ii) consolidated capitalized interest of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(iii) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

For purposes of this definition, interest on obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such obligations in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

(a) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses, charges or expenses or losses, charges or expenses relating to any strategic initiatives (including relating to any multi-year strategic initiatives), Transaction Expenses, restructuring costs and reserves, duplicative running costs, relocation costs, integration costs, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets, Public Company Costs, facility

 

16


consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses, one-time compensation charges, costs relating to pre-opening, opening, closing and consolidation costs for facilities, signing, retention or completion bonuses, executive recruiting and retention costs, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, costs incurred in connection with non-ordinary course product and intellectual property development, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions (or purchases of assets) prior to or after the Closing Date (including integration costs), other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs, tax savings and optimization initiatives, and new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs (including information technology systems) and implementation costs and project start-up costs), operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives, consulting fees and curtailments and modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded;

(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded;

(c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal, abandonment (including asset retirement costs) or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, as applicable, shall be excluded provided that any exclusion for the discontinuance of discontinued operations held for sale shall be at the option of the Borrower pending the consummation of such sale;

(d) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, shall be excluded;

(e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of any Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(f) any penalty or other similar amounts in excess of $30,000,000 in any calendar year paid under gathering or transportation agreements as a result of insufficient volumes shall be excluded;

(g) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy method (including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the

 

17


Transactions or any consummated acquisition, joint venture or similar investment permitted under this Agreement consummated on, prior to or after the Closing Date or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(h) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Swap Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(i) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP or SEC guidelines, and any impairment charges, asset write-offs or write-down, including ceiling test write-downs, on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines shall be excluded;

(j) any non-cash equity or phantom equity based or non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, profits interests or other rights or equity or equity-based incentive programs (“equity incentives”), any cash charges associated with equity incentives or other long-term incentive compensation plans (including under the Borrower’s Tier I Equity Sharing Award Agreements and/or deferred compensation arrangements), roll-over, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of such Person or of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, shall be excluded;

(k) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Disposition or other transfer, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the syndication and incurrence of any securities or credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests (including by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower), recapitalization, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of any securities and any credit facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 805, Business Combinations), shall be excluded;

(l) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the entry into or termination of any Swap Contracts shall be excluded;

(m) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established or adjusted as a result of the

 

18


Transactions (or within twenty-four months after the closing of any acquisition or Investment that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition or Investment) in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of modifications of accounting policies shall be excluded;

(n) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), shall be excluded;

(o) the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions in this Agreement), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(p) any non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, shall be excluded;

(q) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded;

(r) (i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(s) without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of income taxes for of such period in accordance with Section 7.06(i)(iv) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

 

19


(t) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a previously recognized increase to net income); and

(u) the following items shall be excluded:

(i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Swap Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging;

(ii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency transaction or translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from (A) Swap Obligations for currency exchange risk and (B) resulting from intercompany indebtedness) and any other foreign currency transaction or translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items;

(iii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in methodology of calculating reserves, rebates or other chargebacks;

(iv) any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees, or any comparable regulation; and

(v) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement.

Consolidated Secured Total Debt” means Consolidated Total Debt minus the sum of the portion of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary included in clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated Total Debt that is not secured in whole or in part by any Lien on property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Total Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period.

 

20


Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of (without duplication) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, in an amount that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions, any Permitted Acquisition, Investment or any other acquisition permitted hereunder), consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, purchase money indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of any Capitalized Lease, and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of all unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date; provided that clause (a) above shall not include Indebtedness (i) in respect of Swap Obligations (but shall include net unpaid termination payments under Swap Contracts), (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder and (iii) of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period.

Contractual Obligation” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03.

Control” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Converted Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Credit Extension” means a Borrowing.

Cure Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

Cure Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

Cure Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

Debt Fund Affiliate” means (i) any fund or client managed by, or under common management with GSO Capital Partners LP, Blackstone Real Estate Special Situations Advisors L.L.C. and Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund L.P., (ii) any fund or client managed by an adviser within the credit focused division of The Blackstone Group Inc. or Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C., (iii) The Blackstone Strategic Opportunity Funds (including masters, feeders, onshore, offshore and parallel funds), (iv) funds and accounts managed by Blackstone Alternative Solutions, L.L.C. or its affiliates and (v) any other affiliate of the Borrower or Sponsor that is a Bona Fide Debt Fund.

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United

 

21


States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declined Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(ix).

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to the overdue principal or interest in respect of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan, plus 2.0% per annum, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender whose acts or failure to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of “Lender Default.”

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(2).

Discount Range” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(C) substantially in the form of Exhibit M-4.

Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-5, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1).

Discount Range Proration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1), Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1) or Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1), respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(A).

 

22


Disposed EBITDAX” means, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX (and in the component definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction, any sale or issuance of Equity Interests in a Restricted Subsidiary and any Production Payments and Reserve Sales) (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of the Oil and Gas Business) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith; provided that “Disposition” and “Dispose” shall not be deemed to include any issuance by Borrower of any of its Equity Interests to another Person.

Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are then due and payable, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Equity Interests; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Disqualified Lenders” means those Persons that have been specified in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior to the Closing Date and any competitor of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and any Affiliates of such competitor that are operating companies (or Affiliates of operating companies) subsequently identified in writing by the Borrower, other than their respective financial investors that are not operating companies and other than any Debt Fund Affiliate; provided that no updates to the list of Disqualified Lenders shall be deemed to retroactively disqualify any parties that have previously validly acquired an assignment or participation in respect of the Loans from continuing to hold or vote such previously acquired assignments or participations on the terms set forth herein for Lenders that are not Disqualified Lenders. The list of Disqualified Lenders shall be specified on a schedule that is held with the Administrative Agent, which shall be made available to any Lender upon request to the Administrative Agent, subject to customary confidentiality requirements.

 

23


Distressed Person” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event.”

Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Yield” means, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans in an amount equal to the sum of (a) the applicable margin, (b) the interest rate (exclusive of applicable margin) after giving effect to any interest rate floors or similar devices and (c) all upfront or similar fees and original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding amendment fees, arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees or other fees payable to any lead arranger (or its affiliates) in connection with the commitment or syndication of such Indebtedness, consent fees paid to consenting Lenders, ticking fees on undrawn commitments and any other fees not paid or payable generally to all Lenders in the primary syndication of such Indebtedness.

Eligible Assignee” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(a).

Environment” means air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, land surface, subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

Environmental Laws” means any applicable federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment relating to the pollution or protection of the Environment or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to hazardous materials or any Release or recycling of, or exposure to, any pollutants, contaminants or chemicals or any toxic or otherwise hazardous substances, materials or wastes).

 

24


Environmental Liability” means any and all written actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of liability, noncompliance, violation or proceedings arising under or based upon any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permit (hereinafter, “Claims”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief regarding the presence, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the Environment.

Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests” of any person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity or ownership of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest, and any securities or other rights or interests convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, excluding any debt security that is convertible or exchangeable into any Equity Interests (provided that any instrument evidencing Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable into Equity Interests, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests, shall not be deemed to be Equity Interests unless and until such instrument is so converted or exchanged, except, solely for purposes of a pledge of Equity Interests in connection with this Agreement, to the extent such instrument could be treated as “stock” of a CFC for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2)), but only if the pledging of such Equity Interests by such CFC will result in a material adverse tax consequence to the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate” means each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with any Loan Party would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) the failure of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (d) a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard, in each case with respect to a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or a failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (e) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or is in endangered or

 

25


critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (f) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, respectively, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan; (g) the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, including the imposition of a lien under Section 412 or 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate, but excluding PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon such Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (i) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code) or (j) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction with respect to any Pension Plan maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to such Loan Party.

Eurocurrency Rate” means, the rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or such comparable or successor rate which is approved by the Administrative Agent, as published on the Reuters Screen which displays an average of the London Interbank Offered Rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time which displays an average of the London Interbank Offered Rate administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration) (the “Screen Rate”) at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date which is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period for deposits in Dollars (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that to the extent that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provision of this definition, the “Eurocurrency Rate” shall be the interest rate per annum, determined by the Administrative Agent to be the average of the rates per annum at which deposits in Dollars are offered for such relevant Interest Period to major banks in the London interbank market in London, England at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the date which is two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period, in each case, such rates to be deemed zero if less than zero; provided that solely with respect to the Term Loans, the Eurocurrency Rate shall be deemed to not be less than 0.75% per annum in all cases; provided, further, that, if (i) the Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably determine in good faith that an interest rate is not ascertainable pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this definition and the inability to ascertain such rate is unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in the preceding clause (i) have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the Screen Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the Screen Rate shall no longer be made available or used for determining interest rates for loans, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Lenders in writing (the occurrence of either of the foregoing conditions, a “Benchmark Discontinuation Event”) and the “Eurocurrency Rate” shall be an alternate benchmark floating term rate of interest established by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that is generally accepted as the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for similar syndicated loans in the United States at such time and shall include (A) the spread or method for determining a spread or other adjustment or modification that is generally accepted as the then prevailing market convention for determining such spread, method, adjustment or modification and (B) other adjustments to such alternate term rate and this Agreement (x) to not increase or decrease pricing in effect for the Interest Period on the Business Day immediately preceding the Business Day on which such alternate rate is selected pursuant to this provision (but for the avoidance of doubt which would not reduce the Applicable Rate) and (y) other changes necessary to reflect the available interest periods for such alternate rate) for similar syndicated

 

26


leveraged loans of this type in the United States at such time (any such rate, the “Successor Benchmark Rate”), and the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.01, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement; provided, further that if a Successor Benchmark Rate has not been established pursuant to the immediately preceding proviso after the Borrower and the Administrative Agent have reached such a determination, the Borrower and the Required Lenders may select a different alternate rate as long as it is reasonably practicable for the Administrative Agent to administer such different rate and, upon not less than 15 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders and the Borrower shall enter into an amendment to this Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 10.01, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement.

Eurocurrency Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurocurrency Rate.

euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Excluded Assets” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Borrower from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Borrower or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Borrower) of Equity Interest (other than Disqualified Equity Interests and preferred stock) of the Borrower;

in each case to the extent designated as Excluded Contributions by the Borrower within 180 days of the date such capital contributions are made, such dividends, distributions, fees or other payments are paid, or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be.

Excluded Equity Interests” means (a) any Equity Interests with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences of pledging such Equity Interests in favor of the Secured Parties under the Collateral Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom, (b) solely in the case of any pledge of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO (in each case, that is owned directly by the Borrower or a Guarantor) to secure the Obligations, any Equity Interest that

 

27


is Voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO in excess of 65% of the Voting Stock of such Subsidiary, (c) any Equity Interests to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any Law, (d) in the case of (i) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by Contractual Obligations existing on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary is acquired (provided that such Contractual Obligations have not been entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary being acquired), or (ii) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii) to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Obligation (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law), (B) any Contractual Obligation prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (1) such other party is a Loan Party or a wholly owned Subsidiary or (2) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and only for so long as such Contractual Obligation or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Loan Party or a wholly owned Subsidiary) to any Contractual Obligation governing such Equity Interests the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions that are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law), (e) the Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary (unless a security interest in the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary may be perfected by filing an “all assets” UCC financing statement) and any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (f) the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO, (g) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (h) any Equity Interests set forth on Schedule 1.01G which have been identified on or prior to the Closing Date in writing to the Administrative Agent by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower and agreed to by the Administrative Agent and (i) Margin Stock.

Excluded Subsidiary” mean (a) each Immaterial Subsidiary, for so long as any such Subsidiary constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary pursuant to the terms hereof, (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Obligation not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary or Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to guarantee or grant Liens to secure the Obligations on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (d) any Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is (i) a FSHCO, (ii) owned directly or indirectly by a CFC or a FSHCO or (iii) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which (x) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the burden or cost or other consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee of or granting Liens to secure the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) providing such a Guarantee or granting such Liens would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s

 

28


subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (g) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (h) each Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (i) each not-for-profit Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Subsidiary shall not constitute an Excluded Subsidiary to the extent it is an obligor or guarantor under the First Lien Facility or Third Lien Facility.

Existing Term Loan Tranche” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Existing Unsecured Notes” means the unsecured notes issued by the Borrower prior to the Closing Date pursuant to (i) that certain Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2017, among the Borrower, as issuer, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as co-issuer, certain Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and (ii) that certain Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2018, among the Borrower, as issuer, Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as co-issuer, certain Subsidiaries, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee.

Expected Cure Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

Extended Term Loans” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Extending Term Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c).

Extension” means the establishment of an Extension Series by amending a Loan pursuant to Section 2.16 and the applicable Extension Amendment.

Extension Amendment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(d).

Extension Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(c).

Extension Request” means any Term Loan Extension Request.

Extension Series” means any Term Loan Extension Series.

Facility” means the Term Loans or a given Extension Series of Extended Term Loans, as the context may require.

Farm-In Agreement” means an agreement whereby a Person agrees, among other things, to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of one or more wells or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well or wells as all or a part of the consideration provided in exchange for an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

Farm-Out Agreement” means a Farm-In Agreement, viewed from the standpoint of the party that grants to another party the right to earn an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code), as of the Closing Date (and any amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future Treasury Regulations or other official administrative guidance promulgated thereunder and any intergovernmental agreements entered into in connection with the implementation thereof.

 

29


Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as the NYFRB shall set forth on its public website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the federal funds effective rate; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, (b) if no such rate is so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it and (c) such rate shall be deemed zero if less than zero.

Financial Officer” of any Person means the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, principal accounting officer, Controller, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of such Person.

FIRREA” means the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, as amended.

First Call Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(iv).

First Lien Credit Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

First Lien Credit Documents” has the meaning assigned to the term “Credit Documents” in the First Lien Credit Agreement as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended, in whole or in part, from time to time to the extent applicable (other than any agreement, document or instrument that expressly provides that it is not intended to be and is not a First Lien Credit Document).

First Lien Facility means the collective reference to the First Lien Credit Agreement, any First Lien Credit Documents, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee, security agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original First Lien Credit Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “First Lien Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Borrower as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) to the extent permitted by the Loan Documents, increasing the amount of Indebtedness incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

First Lien Facility Cap” means $350,000,000; provided that, if the First Lien Credit Agreement is refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended (such First Lien Credit Agreement, a “Refinanced First Lien Facility”) and (x) the administrative agent under such Refinanced First Lien Facility is not a Qualified Oil & Gas Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (y) the lenders holding a majority of the commitments under such Refinanced First Lien

 

30


Facility (or, if such commitments have been funded in full or terminated, a majority of the principal amount of the loans under such Refinanced First Lien Facility) are not Qualified Oil & Gas Lenders, the First Lien Facility Cap shall be $300,000,000.

First Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated on or about the date hereof among HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as collateral agent for the First Lien Facility, the Collateral Agent, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties party thereto from time to time, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, and any replacement of the foregoing on terms not materially adverse to the lenders, taken as a whole, than the relevant replaced intercreditor agreement.

First Lien Secured Obligations” has the meaning assigned to the term “Obligations” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense calculated on a cash basis with respect to Indebtedness for borrowed money for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of preferred stock during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Equity Interests during such period.

Foreign Disposition” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(b)(xi).

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

FSHCO” means any Domestic Subsidiary (including a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs (held directly or through Subsidiaries).

Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that (i) if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change in accounting principles or change as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies (including, but not limited to, the impact of Accounting Standards Update 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) or similar revenue recognition policies or any change in the methodology of calculating reserves for returns, rebates and other chargebacks) occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an

 

31


amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith, (ii) GAAP shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB ASC Topic 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein, and Indebtedness shall be measured at the aggregate principal amount thereof, and (iii) the accounting for operating leases and financing or capital leases under GAAP as in effect on the Closing Date (including, without limitation, Accounting Standards Codification 840) shall apply for the purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, including the definition of Financing Leases and obligations in respect thereof.

Governmental Authority” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(i).

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other monetary obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other monetary obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01.

 

32


Guarantors” means (i) each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.01E that issues a Guaranty on the Closing Date (except to the extent released therefrom in accordance with the terms hereof) and (ii) each other Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that issues a Guaranty of the Obligations after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.11 or otherwise, at the option of the Borrower, issues a Guaranty of the Obligations after the Closing Date.

Guaranty” means, collectively, the guaranty of the Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials” means (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, natural gas or natural gas liquids, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, and radon gas and (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of or otherwise classified or regulated as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, “toxic substances”, “toxic pollutants”, “contaminants”, or “pollutants”, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law or that would otherwise reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law.

Hydrocarbon Interests” means all rights, titles, interests and estates now or hereafter acquired in and to oil and gas leases, oil, gas and mineral leases, or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests, overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, including any reserved or residual interests of whatever nature.

Hydrocarbons” means oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all products refined or separated therefrom.

Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(3).

Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3).

Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.

Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(c) the Swap Termination Values of such Person under all Swap Contracts to which such Person is a party;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (ii) accruals for payroll and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) obligations resulting under firm transportation contracts, or take or pay contracts or other similar agreements);

 

33


(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) the undischarged balance of any production payment created by such Person or for the creation of which such Person directly or indirectly received payment;

(h) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Equity Interests);

if and to the extent that the foregoing would constitute indebtedness or a liability in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower appearing upon the balance sheet of the Borrower solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP shall be excluded; and

(i) to the extent not otherwise included above, all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venture, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise expressly limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and (B) not include (i) trade and other ordinary-course payables and accrued expenses, (ii) deferred or prepaid revenues, (iii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (iv) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (x) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and (y) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) [reserved], (vi) [reserved], (vii) in-kind obligations relating to net oil, natural gas liquids or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business, (viii) any obligation in respect of a Farm-In Agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or gas property, (ix) operating leases or sale and leaseback transactions (except any resulting obligations under any Capitalized Lease), (x) commitments or obligations of such Person to make capital contributions in another Person or fund construction costs of equipment, gathering, transportation, processing, handling, pipelines and other related systems and facilities which constitute Industry Investments and (xi) any Guarantees incurred

 

34


in the ordinary course of business to the extent not guaranteeing Indebtedness. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose hereunder as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05.

Indemnified Taxes” means, with respect to any Agent or any Lender, (a) all Taxes other than (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income, however denominated, and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed in lieu of net income Taxes by a jurisdiction (A) as a result of such recipient being organized in or having its principal office (or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable Lending Office) in such jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof), or (B) as a result of any other connection between such Lender or Agent and such jurisdiction other than any connections arising from executing, delivering, being a party to, engaging in any transactions pursuant to, performing its obligations under, receiving payments under, or enforcing, any Loan Document, (ii) Taxes attributable to the failure by any Agent or Lender to deliver the documentation required to be delivered pursuant to Section 3.01(d), (iii) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States or any similar Tax, imposed by any jurisdiction described in clause (i) above, (iv) in the case of any Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 3.07), any U.S. federal withholding Tax that is in effect on the date such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement, or designates a new Lending Office, in each case, except to the extent such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled immediately prior to the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment) to receive additional amounts with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 3.01 and (v) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Indemnitees” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.05.

Industry Investment” means Investments and/or expenditures made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business as a means of actively engaging therein through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements that permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including: (1) ownership interests (directly or through equity) in oil and gas properties or gathering, transportation, processing, or related systems; and (2) Investments and/or expenditures in the form of or pursuant to operating agreements, processing agreements, Farm-In Agreements, Farm-Out Agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties.

Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.08.

 

35


Initial Reserve Report” means the reserve engineers’ report of W. D. Van Gonten & Co. Petroleum Engineering delivered to the Administrative Agent on December 30, 2020.

Insolvency Event” means any circumstance described in Section 8.01(f).

Intercompany Note” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit I.

Intercreditor Agreements” means the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, collectively, in each case to the extent in effect.

Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period” means, as to each Eurocurrency Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurocurrency Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan, twelve months or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan and the Administrative Agent, less than one month thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period (other than an Interest Period having a duration of less than one month) that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person excluding, in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, intercompany loans, advances, or Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice) or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line

 

36


of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment at any time shall be the amount actually invested (measured at the time made), without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

Investor Management Agreement” means an agreement among the Borrower and Affiliates of (or management entities associated with) one or more of the Investors, as in effect from time to time and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in a manner not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Investors” means each of (x) the Sponsors and (y) the Management Stockholders.

IP Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.17.

Junior Financing” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.13(a).

Junior Financing Documentation” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated on or about the date hereof among Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Third Lien Facility, the Collateral Agent, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties party thereto from time to time, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, and any replacement of the foregoing on terms not materially adverse to the lenders, taken as a whole, than the relevant replaced intercreditor agreement.

Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Extended Term Loan, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, the Latest Maturity Date as of the Closing Date is the Scheduled Maturity Date.

Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local laws (including common law), statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes, judgments, administrative or judicial precedents, orders, decrees, injunctions, authorities or other restrictions by any Governmental Authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

LCA Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

LCA Test Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.10.

Lead Arranger” means Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. in its capacity as lead arranger under this Agreement.

Lender” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.”

 

37


Lender Default” means (i) the refusal (which may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans, which refusal or failure is not cured within one Business Day after the date of such refusal or failure; (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute; (iii) a Lender has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations, or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations under any Facility, (iv) a Lender has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under any Facility or (v) a Distressed Person has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Distressed Person becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event or a Bail-In Action. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender Default has occurred under any one or more of clauses (i) through (v) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and the applicable Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

Lender-Related Distress Event” means, with respect to any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “Distressed Person”), as the case may be, a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit” means a “Letter of Credit” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

LIBOR” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Eurocurrency Rate.”

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), notice of claim of lien, charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including (a) any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, (b) any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property, (c) any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the items in clauses (a) or (b) above.

 

38


Limited Condition Transaction” means any acquisition or investment by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of or in any assets, business or Person permitted by this Agreement whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

Liquidity” means, as at any date of determination, an amount (if positive) equal to the sum of (x) all available and undrawn Commitments (as defined under the First Lien Credit Agreement) under the First Lien Facility available for borrowing (after giving effect to any borrowing base adjustments and all reserves and similar holdbacks pursuant to such First Lien Facility) plus (y) the aggregate total amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) as of such date of determination.

Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Term Loan.

Loan Documents” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement, (ii) the Notes, (iii) the Collateral Documents, (iv) each Intercreditor Agreement to the extent then in effect and (v) any Extension Amendment.

Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

Make-Whole Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(iv).

Management Stockholders” means the members of management of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in Borrower or any Parent Entity.

Margin Stock” has the meaning set forth in Regulation U issued by the FRB.

Master Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect” means a (a) material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent) or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to fully and timely perform any of their payment obligations under any Loan Document to which the Borrower or any of the Loan Parties is a party; or (c) material adverse effect on the rights and remedies available to the Lenders or any Agent under any Loan Document.

Material Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) whose Total Assets (when combined with the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) as of such date of determination were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose revenues (when combined with the revenues of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) during the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) Total Assets (when combined with the assets of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) as of such date of determination were equal to or greater than 10.0% of the Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such

 

39


date or (ii) revenues (when combined with the revenues of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) during such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then the Borrower shall, on such date of determination, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries.”

Maturity Date” means (i) with respect to the Term Loans, the date that is the earlier of (A) the Scheduled Maturity Date, (B) if the aggregate principal amount outstanding of Existing Unsecured Notes (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof) exceeds $182,000,000 on the Springing Notes Maturity Date, the Springing Notes Maturity Date, and (C) if the aggregate principal amount of loans outstanding and held by lenders which are not Affiliates of the Borrower under the Third Lien Facility (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof) exceeds $66,000,000 on the Springing 3L Maturity Date, the Springing 3L Maturity Date, and (ii) with respect to any tranche of Extended Term Loans, the final maturity date applicable thereto as specified in the applicable Extension Request accepted by the respective Lender or Lenders; provided, in each case, that if such date is not a Business Day, then the applicable Maturity Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day.

Maximum Rate” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.

Minority Investment” means any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns Equity Interests.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgaged Property” means, at any time, any Real Property as to which a Mortgage has been delivered pursuant to the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or Section 6.11 or 6.13. However, notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, any Mortgage, or any other Collateral Document to the contrary, in no event shall any Building (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) or Manufactured (Mobile) Home (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) be included in the definition of “Mortgaged Property” and no Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home shall be encumbered by any Mortgage. As used herein, “Flood Insurance Regulations” means (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

Mortgages” means a mortgage or a deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed, assignment of as-extracted collateral, fixture filing or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (with such changes thereto as may be necessary to account for local law matters) or otherwise in such form as agreed between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

Multiemployer Plan” means any plan defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Necessary Cure Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.05.

 

40


Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) the principal amount, premium or penalty, if any, interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien (other than a Lien that ranks pari passu with or subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations) on the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid (and is timely repaid) in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to minority interests and not available for distribution to or for the account of the Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any Taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction), and (vi) amounts required to be paid in connection with the termination of Swap Obligations related to Indebtedness repaid with such proceeds or hedging oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquid production in notional volumes corresponding to the Oil and Gas Properties subject to such Disposition; provided that if no Default exists, the Borrower may reinvest any portion of such proceeds in assets useful for its business (which shall include any Investment permitted by this Agreement) within 9 months of such receipt and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent not, within 9 months of such receipt, so reinvested or contractually committed to be so reinvested (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 9-month period but within such 9-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 15 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; it being further understood that such proceeds shall constitute Net Proceeds notwithstanding any investment notice if there is a Specified Default at the time of a proposed reinvestment unless such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing); provided, further, that no proceeds realized in a single

 

41


transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds (x) unless such proceeds shall exceed $5,000,000 and (y) the aggregate net proceeds excluded under clause (x) exceeds $10,000,000 in any fiscal year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all Taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

New Contracts” means binding new agreements or amendments to existing agreements with customers.

Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.07(d).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate” means any Affiliate of the Investors other than (a) any Debt Fund Affiliates and (b) any natural person.

Not For Speculative Purposes” in the case of Swap Contracts permitted under this Agreement, means, the following Swap Contracts, (i) any commodity Swap Contract intended, at inception of execution, to hedge or manage any of the risks related to existing and or forecasted Hydrocarbon production of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not contracted) and (ii) any Swap Contract intended, at inception of execution, (A) to hedge or manage the interest rate exposure associated with any debt securities, debt facilities or leases (existing or forecasted) of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (B) for foreign exchange or currency exchange management, (C) to manage commodity portfolio exposure associated with changes in interest rates or (D) to hedge any exposure that the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may have to counterparties under other Swap Contracts such that the combination of such Swap Contracts is not speculative taken as a whole. It is understood that commodity Swap Contracts that, taken as a whole, “hedge” the same volumes of commodity risk, including those under which one or more such Swap Contracts partially offset one or more other such Swap Contracts, shall not be aggregated together when calculating the foregoing limitations on notional volumes and shall be deemed, both individually and in the aggregate, not to be speculative.

Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to any amount of Net Proceeds of any transaction or event, that such amount (a) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), and (b) was not previously (and is not concurrently being) applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was or is (or may have been) contingent on receipt of such amount or utilization of such amount for a specified purpose. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of any application of such amount as contemplated by (b) above.

Note” means a Term Note, as the context may require.

NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

42


NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day).

Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, any make-whole amounts (including the Make-Whole Amount) and any repayment premium (including the Repayment Premium). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents (and of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Loan Documents) include (a) the obligation (including guarantee obligations) to pay principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

Offered Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1).

Offered Discount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1).

Oil and Gas Business” means:

(a) the business of acquiring, exploring, exploiting, developing, producing, operating and disposing of interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association with any of the foregoing;

(b) the business of gathering, marketing, distributing, treating, processing, storing, refining, selling and transporting of any production from interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association therewith; and the marketing of oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and minerals obtained from unrelated Persons; and

(c) any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate, incidental or ancillary to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this definition.

Oil and Gas Properties” means (a) Hydrocarbon Interests, (b) the properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized with Hydrocarbon Interests, (c) all presently existing or future unitization agreements, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled or unitized units and the units created thereby (including all units created under orders, regulations and rules of any Governmental Authority) which may affect all or any portion of any Hydrocarbon Interests, (d) all operating agreements, contracts and other agreements, including production sharing contracts and agreements, which relate to any Hydrocarbon Interests or the production, sale, purchase, exchange or processing

 

43


of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon Interests, (e) all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and saved or attributable to Hydrocarbon Interests, including all oil in tanks, and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other incomes from or attributable to Hydrocarbon Interests, (f) all tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and properties in any manner appertaining, belonging, affixed or incidental to Hydrocarbon Interests and (g) all properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred to above, including any and all property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for use or useful in connection with the operating, working or development of any Hydrocarbon Interests or property (excluding drilling rigs, automotive equipment, rental equipment or other personal property which may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other wells, structures, fuel separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, gas processing plants and pipeline systems and any related infrastructure to any thereof, tanks and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing.

Organization Documents” means (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.07(a)).

Outstanding Amount” means with respect to the Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding Principal Amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.

Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurocurrency borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on its public

 

44


website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate (from and after such date as the NYFRB shall commence to publish such composite rate).

Parent Entity” means any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company (which may be organized as a partnership) of the Borrower.

Participant” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(f).

Participant Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(f).

Participating Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(2).

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding six years.

Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.02(i).

Permitted Holders” means each of the Investors.

Permitted Intercompany Activities” means any transactions between or among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that are entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower are necessary or advisable in connection with the ownership or operation of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements and (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements.

Permitted Other Debt Conditions” means that such applicable debt (i) does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal in excess of 1.0% per annum of the initial principal amount thereof and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case on or prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, and (iii) to the extent secured, the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent).

Permitted Ratio Debt” means Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof (but without netting the proceeds thereof) (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) (x) if such Indebtedness is secured by all or a portion of the Collateral on a junior lien basis with the Obligations and (y) if such Indebtedness is unsecured or is not otherwise secured by all or any portion of the Collateral, the Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with the

 

45


covenant set forth in Section 7.14(a) with respect to the Testing Period in effect at the time of such incurrence (for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent compliance with such covenant is not being tested for any reason at such time of incurrence of such Permitted Ratio Debt, compliance with the covenant shall nevertheless be tested at such time); provided that, such Indebtedness shall (A) in the case of clause (x) above, have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, and in the case of clause (y) above, have a maturity date that is at least ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred; provided that restrictions in this clause (A) shall not apply to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a customary bridge facility, so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (A) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges, (B) in the case of clause (x) above, have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facilities and, in the case of clause (y) above, shall not be subject to scheduled amortization prior to maturity; provided that restrictions in this clause (B) shall not apply to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a customary bridge facility, so long as the long-term Indebtedness into which such customary bridge facility is to be converted or exchanged satisfies the requirements of this clause (B) and such conversion or exchange is subject only to conditions customary for similar conversions or exchanges, and (C) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a junior secured basis to the Obligations, be subject to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement; provided, further, that any such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clauses (x) or (y) above by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, together with any Indebtedness incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to Sections 7.03(g), does not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the greater of $35,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence.

Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is Junior Financing, (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (ii) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is unsecured, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is unsecured, (iii) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is secured on a junior basis to the

 

46


security interests securing the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is secured on a junior basis to the security interests securing the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (iv) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended and (v) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended was subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, the holders of such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended Indebtedness (if such Indebtedness is secured) or their representative on their behalf shall become party to such Intercreditor Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all or any portion of the Permitted Refinancing in respect of the Existing Unsecured Notes (A) may be secured by a Lien that is junior to the Lien securing the Obligations, (B) shall have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (C) shall be subject in all respects to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (D) shall be in compliance with the Permitted Other Debt Conditions.

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Petroleum Industry Standards” means the definitions for Oil and Gas Reserves promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (or any generally recognized successor) as in effect at the time in question.

Platform” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

Pledged Securities” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Post-Acquisition Period” means, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or the conversion of any Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated and ending on the first anniversary of the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated.

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest published by The Wall Street Journal (eastern edition), from time to time, as the “U.S. Prime Rate” and notified to the Borrower.

Principal Amount” means the stated or principal amount of each Dollar Denominated Loan.

Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or transfer by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person of the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production.

Pro Forma Adjustment” means, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDAX of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDAX of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably

 

47


identifiable and factually supportable cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) at the election of the Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $7,500,000, and (ii) so long as such actions are taken during such Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided, further, that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings, operating expense reductions, savings from synergies or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, for such Test Period

Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” means, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, which (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b) any retirement, redemption, repayment, discharge, defeasance or extinguishment of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment.

Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time.

Projections” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c).

 

48


Proposed Acquisition” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(f).

Proved Developed Reserves” means oil and gas mineral interests that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) “Developed Producing Reserves” or (b) “Developed Non-Producing Reserves”.

Proved Reserves” means oil and gas mineral interests that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) “Developed Producing Reserves”, (b) “Developed Non-Producing Reserves” or (c) “Undeveloped Reserves”.

Public Company Costs” means costs relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to being a public reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity securities, directors’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

Public Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02.

PV-9” means, with respect to any Proved Reserves expected to be produced from any Reserve Report Properties, the net present value, discounted at 9% per annum, of the future net revenues expected to accrue to the Borrower’s and the Loan Parties’ collective interests in such reserves during the remaining expected economic lives of such reserves, calculated in accordance with the Bank Price Deck (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect as of the date hereof) (or, if no obligations under the First Lien Facility remain outstanding at such time, (x) on the basis of the Administrative Agent’s internal price deck on a forward curve basis for each of oil, natural gas and other Hydrocarbons; provided that such internal price deck is furnished to the Borrower or (y) such other basis as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower).

Qualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

Qualified IPO” means the issuance by Borrower or any Parent Entity of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualified Oil & Gas Lender” means a financial institution that is a commercial bank (or affiliates thereof, including investment banks, but excluding any special situation investors) which is in the business of valuing and redetermining the value of oil and gas properties in connection with reserve-based, secured oil and gas loan transactions in the United States in the ordinary course.

Qualified Proceeds” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interests of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business.

Qualifying Lender” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3).

 

49


Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned or leased by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

Refinancing” has the meaning given to it in the recitals to this Agreement.

Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(d).

Release” means any releasing, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping ordisposing in, into, onto or through the Environment.

Repayment Premium” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(iv).

Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

Required Class Lenders” means, with respect to any Class on any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (i) the outstanding Loans under such Class and (ii) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility; provided that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(n) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Class Lenders.

Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings and (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments; provided that, to the same extent set forth in Section 10.07(n) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

Reserve Report” means (a) the Initial Reserve Report, (b) any other subsequent report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or (c) any other engineering data reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting forth, as of each June 30th or December 31st the Proved Reserves and the Proved Developed Reserves of the Borrower and the Loan Parties (or such additional dates as contemplated and in accordance with the First Lien Credit Agreement) (or of Oil and Gas Properties to be acquired, provided that any Oil and Gas Properties not yet acquired shall be expressly designated as such), together with a projection of the rate of production and future net revenues, operating expenses (including production taxes and ad valorem expenses) and capital expenditures with respect thereto as of such date, based upon the PV-9 of the Proved Reserves and Proved Developed Reserves set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt all Reserve Reports, including those delivered in connection with any redetermination, may be prepared internally by petroleum engineers that are employees of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiaries thereof, the Seller or any of each of their respective Affiliates (subject to any applicable audit requirement set forth in Section 6.02(f)).

 

50


Reserve Report Certificate” means a certificate of a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit N certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 6.02(f).

Reserve Report Properties” means the Oil and Gas Properties of the Loan Parties included in the Initial Reserve Report and thereafter in the Reserve Report most recently delivered pursuant to 6.02(f).

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, chief legal officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date, any secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party and any officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party whose signature is included on an incumbency certificate or similar certificate reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof).

Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Same Day Funds” means immediately available funds.

Sanction(s) means any applicable international economic sanction administered or enforced by the United States government (including without limitation, OFAC) orthe United Nations Security Council.

Scheduled Maturity Date” means December 30, 2025.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, the Supplemental Agents and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.02.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Security Agreement” means the Collateral Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit G, dated as of the Closing Date, among the Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Borrower and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties.

 

51


Security Agreement Supplement” has the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Similar Business” means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, and any reasonable extension thereof, or (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged or propose to be engaged on the Closing Date.

Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(3).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of the Borrower of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit M-6.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the irrevocable written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-7, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)(1).

Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

SPC” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.07(i).

Specified Default” means a Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g).

Specified Discount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1).

 

52


Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit M-8.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the irrevocable written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit M-9, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(1).

Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)(3).

Specified Transaction” means any Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment, or Subsidiary designation in respect of which the terms of this Agreement require any test to be calculated on a “Pro Forma Basis” or after giving “Pro Forma Effect”.

Sponsor” means (a) Blackstone Capital Partners VII L.P. and (b) Blackstone Energy Partners II L.P., and each of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by and of them or any of their Affiliates, but not including their respective portfolio companies.

Springing Notes Maturity Date” means January 15, 2023.

Springing 3L Maturity Date” means 90 days prior to the ‘Maturity Date’ as defined in the Third Lien Facility.

Sterling” or “£” means freely transferable lawful money of the United Kingdom (expressed in pounds sterling).

Submitted Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1).

Submitted Discount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)(1).

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person: (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, members of management or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: (a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor.

Successor Company” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(d).

 

53


Supplemental Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.14(a) and “Supplemental Agents” shall have the corresponding meaning.

swap” means, any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. It is understood that commodity Swap Contracts which may, from time to time, “hedge” the same volumes of commodity risk but different elements of commodity risk thereof, including where one or more such Swap Contracts partially offset one or more other such Swap Contracts, shall not be aggregated together when calculating the limitations on notional volumes.

Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation to pay or perform under any Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of a Person and any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), if any, as would be owing by such Person, and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the negative mark-to-market value(s) to such Person, if any, for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Class and Type and, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01.

Term Commitment” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Term Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be

 

54


(a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Term Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, or (ii) an Extension.

Term Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Commitment or a Term Loan at such time.

Term Loan Extension Request” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Term Loan Extension Series” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

Term Loans” means the term loans made by the Lenders on the Closing Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or any Extended Term Loan designated as a “Term Loan”, as the context may require.

Term Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans of each Class made by such Term Lender.

Test Period” means, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, as applicable.

Third Lien Facility” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2019, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof (including the amendment thereof on the Closing Date).

Third Lien Facility Cap” means $330,000,000.

Threshold Amount” means $44,000,000.

Total Assets” means the total assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(a) or (b) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment or other acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

Transaction Expenses” means any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Investors, any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, the Borrower or any of its (or their) Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions related to the Facilities and any original issue discount or upfront fees), the Investor Management Agreement (to the extent accrued on or prior to the Closing Date), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

 

55


Transactions” means, collectively, (a) the Refinancing, (b) the funding of the Term Loans and the entering into and consummation of the transactions under this Agreement and the First Lien Credit Agreement, in each case, on the Closing Date and the execution and delivery of Loan Documents entered into on the Closing Date, and (c) the payment of Transaction Expenses.

Transferred Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.10.

Treasury Rate” means the yield to maturity at a time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two (2) Business Days prior to the prepayment date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the applicable prepayment date to the First Call Date, provided, however, that if the period from the applicable prepayment date to the First Call Date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth (1/12th) of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given having maturities as close as possible to the First Call Date, except that if the period from the applicable prepayment date to the First Call Date is less than one (1) year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one (1) year shall be used.

Treasury Services Agreement” means any agreement between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any applicable counterparty relating to treasury, depository, credit card, debit card, stored value cards, purchasing or procurement cards and cash management services or automated clearinghouse transfer of funds or any similar services.

Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurocurrency Rate Loan.

Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to any item or items of Collateral.

United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibits K-1, K-2, K-3 and K-4 hereto, as applicable.

Unrestricted Cash” means cash or Cash Equivalents of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Borrower listed on Schedule 1.01F, (ii) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the board of managers of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14 subsequent to the Closing Date and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

56


USA PATRIOT Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, as amended or modified from time to time.

Voting Stock” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Equity Interests having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that, for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness that is being extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased, the effect of any amortization or prepayment prior to the date of the applicable extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance shall be disregarded.

wholly owned” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Yen” or “¥” means lawful money of Japan.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

 

57


In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

SECTION 1.03 Accounting Terms.

(a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the first audited financial statements delivered under Section 6.01(a), except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Computation of Certain Financial Covenants. Unless otherwise specified herein, all defined financial terms (and all other definitions used to determine such terms) shall be determined and computed in respect of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 1.04 Rounding.

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding up if there is no nearest number).

SECTION 1.05 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc.

Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by the Loan Documents; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

SECTION 1.06 Times of Day.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

SECTION 1.07 Timing of Payment or Performance.

When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

58


SECTION 1.08 [Reserved].

SECTION 1.09 Certain Documentations.

For purposes of determining compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Section 6 or Section 7, but subject to any limitation expressly set forth therein, as applicable, at any time (whether at the time of incurrence or thereafter), any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, prepayment, redemption or the consummation of any other transaction meets the criteria of one, or more than one, of the categories permitted pursuant to Section 6 or Section 7, as applicable, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, determine under which category such Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, prepayment, redemption or the consummation of any other transaction (or, in each case, any portion thereof) is permitted.

SECTION 1.10 Pro Forma and Other Calculations.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.10; provided that, in connection with any Specified Transaction that is a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant for any action advisable (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) for the consummation of a Limited Condition Transaction contained in this Agreement during any period which requires the calculation of any of the foregoing ratios or any basket that is determined by reference to Consolidated EBITDAX or Total Assets and, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCA Election”) the date of determination for calculation of any such ratios shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Specified Transaction that is a Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”) and if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent date of determination ending prior to the LCA Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDAX or Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the relevant transaction or action is permitted to be consummated or taken. If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio with respect to any other Specified Transaction on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the

 

59


definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and any associated Lien and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

(b) If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.10, then such financial ratio or test (or Total Assets) shall be calculated to give Pro Forma Effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.10.

(c) Whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies resulting from or relating to any Specified Transactions (including the Transaction) which is being given Pro Forma Effect that have been realized or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies are taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) and “run-rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public target’s Public Company Costs) net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) no later than thirty-six (36) months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (c) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDAX (or any other components thereof), whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to such period and (D) it is understood and agreed that subject to compliance with the other provisions of this clause (c), amounts to be included in pro forma calculations pursuant to this Section 1.10 may be included in Test Periods in which the Specified Transaction to which such amounts related is no longer being given Pro Forma Effect pursuant to Section 1.10(a).

(d) In the event that (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Equity Interest or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock, (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then such financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such issuance, refinancing or redemption of Disqualified Equity Interest or Preferred Stock to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.

 

60


SECTION 1.11 Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized and acquired on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

ARTICLE II

The Commitments and Credit Extensions

SECTION 2.01 The Loans.

(a) The Term Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term Lender severally agrees to make to the Borrower on the Closing Date loans denominated in Dollars in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount of such Term Lender’s Initial Term Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans, as further provided herein. The Term Loans funded on the Closing Date will be funded with original issue discount in an amount equal to 97.25% of the par principal amount thereof (it being agreed that the Borrower shall be obligated to repay 100% of the principal amount of the Term Loans and interest shall accrue on 100% of the principal amount of the Term Loans, in each case as provided herein).

SECTION 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each Term Borrowing or each conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans, and (ii) one (1) Business Day before the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans; provided that the notice referred to in subclause (i) above may be delivered no later than one (1) Business Day prior to the Closing Date in the case of initial Credit Extensions. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing of a particular Class, a conversion of Term Loans of any Class or from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans of a Class are to be converted, (v)

 

61


[reserved] and (vi) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as or converted to Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion or continuation described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent by wire transfer of such funds in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurocurrency Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurocurrency Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due under Section 3.05 in connection therewith.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurocurrency Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurocurrency Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of any change in the Prime Rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the announcement of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than fifteen (15) Interest Periods in effect.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

SECTION 2.03 [Reserved].

SECTION 2.04 [Reserved].

SECTION 2.05 Prepayments.

 

62


(a) Optional.

(i) The Borrower may, upon, subject to clause (iii) below, written notice to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Term Loans of any Class in whole or in part without premium or penalty (subject to Section 2.05(a)(iv); provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans and (B) one (1) Business Day prior to any prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be in a minimum Principal Amount of $2,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum Principal Amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire Principal Amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon to such date, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a), the Borrower may in its sole discretion select the Borrowing or Borrowings (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares or other applicable share as provided for under this Agreement.

(ii) [Reserved].

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, subject to the payment of any amounts owing pursuant to Section 3.05, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Sections 2.05(a)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all or a portion of the applicable Facility, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of any Class of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a) as directed by the Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.07(a).

(iv) In the event that (x) the Borrower prepays, repays, refinances, substitutes or replaces any Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) or Section 2.05(b)(iv), or (y) an acceleration of Term Loans occurs pursuant to Section 8.02 or the Term Loans become due and payable pursuant to this Agreement (including automatically as a result of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), the Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each of the applicable Term Lenders a prepayment premium in an amount equal to, (1) at any time prior to the date which is 18 months after the Closing Date (the “First Call Date”), an amount equal to the present value at such time, computed on such prepayment, refinancing, substitution, replacement, amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification date using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50%, of the amount of interest and the Repayment Premium which would have accrued on the principal balance of the applicable Loan being prepaid, refinanced, substituted, replaced, accelerated,

 

63


amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified (or so due) from the date of prepayment, refinancing, substitution, replacement, acceleration, amendment, amendment and restatement or other modification, as applicable, through the First Call Date had such Loan remained outstanding and been repaid on the First Call Date, such amount to be paid to be calculated by the Administrative Agent and shall be conclusive absent manifest error (the “Make-Whole Amount”), (2) at any time on or after the First Call Date but prior to the date which is thirty months following the Closing Date (the “Second Call Date”) a prepayment premium of 2.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid, refinanced, substituted, replaced, accelerated, amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified on such date, (3) at any time on or after the Second Call Date but prior to the date which is forty-two months following the Closing Date (the “Third Call Date”), a prepayment premium of 1.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan so prepaid, refinanced, substituted, replaced, accelerated, amended, amended and restated or otherwise modified on such date (the amounts described in clause (2) above and this clause (3) are herein referred to as to as the “Repayment Premium”) and (4) at any time on or after the Third Call Date, 0%.

(v) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and no proceeds of are applied to fund any such repayment, any Company Party may prepay the outstanding Term Loans (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be automatically and permanently canceled immediately upon such prepayment) on the following basis:

(A) Any Company Party shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers (any such prepayment, the “Discounted Term Loan Prepayment”), in each case made in accordance with this Section 2.05(a)(v); provided that no Company Party shall initiate any action under this Section 2.05(a)(v) in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (I) at least ten (10) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by a Company Party on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date; or (II) at least three Business Days shall have passed since the date the Company Party was notified that no Term Lender was willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loan at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the date of any Company Party’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(B) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, any Company Party may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such offer shall be made available, at the sole discretion of the Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Term Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Amount”) with respect to each applicable tranche, the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to

 

64


such offer and the specific percentage discount to par (the “Specified Discount”) of such Term Loans to be prepaid (it being understood that different Specified Discounts and/or Specified Discount Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(B)), (III) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each such Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date”).

(2) Each Term Lender receiving such offer shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its applicable then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender”), the amount and the tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans to be prepaid at such offered discount. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Response is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the applicable Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(3) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the relevant Company Party will make a prepayment of outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this paragraph (B) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the respective outstanding amount and tranches of Term Loans specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to subsection (2) above; provided that if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts accepted to be prepaid by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Specified Discount Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within three Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date and (III) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Proration, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount, tranche and Type of Term Loans of such

 

65


Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Company Party and such Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(C) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, any Company Party may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Term Lender with respect to any Class of Term Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the relevant Term Loans (the “Discount Range Prepayment Amount”), the tranche or tranches of Term Loans subject to such offer and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “Discount Range”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans with respect to each relevant tranche of Term Loans willing to be prepaid by such Company Party (it being understood that different Discount Ranges and/or Discount Range Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(C)), (III) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Lenders (the “Discount Range Prepayment Response Date”). Each Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount to par within the Discount Range (the “Submitted Discount”) at which such Lender is willing to allow prepayment of any or all of its then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable tranche or tranches and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Lender’s Term Loans (the “Submitted Amount”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(2) The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received on or before the applicable Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and shall determine (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this subsection (C). The relevant Company Party agrees to accept

 

66


on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from the Submitted Discount that is the largest discount to par to the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par, up to and including the Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range (such Submitted Discount that is the smallest discount to par within the Discount Range being referred to as the “Applicable Discount”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (I) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (II) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Term Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a discount to par that is larger than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required proration pursuant to the following subsection (3)) at the Applicable Discount (each such Term Lender, a “Participating Lender”).

(3) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the relevant Company Party will prepay the respective outstanding Term Loans of each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at a discount to par greater than the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discount Range Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the relevant Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is a discount to par greater than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “Identified Participating Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Discount Range Proration”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the respective Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and tranches of Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the relevant Company Party and Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(D) (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (A) above, any Company Party may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by

 

67


providing the Auction Agent with five (5) Business Days’ notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (I) any such solicitation shall be extended, at the sole discretion of such Company Party, to (x) each Term Lender and/or (y) each Lender with respect to any Class of Loans on an individual tranche basis, (II) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate amount of the Term Loans (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount”) and the tranche or tranches of Term Loans the Borrower is willing to prepay at a discount (it being understood that different Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amounts may be offered with respect to different tranches of Term Loans and, in such event, each such offer will be treated as a separate offer pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.05(a)(v)(D)), (III) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in an aggregate amount not less than $10,000,000 and whole increments of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (IV) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Appropriate Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to such Term Lenders (the “Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount to par (the “Offered Discount”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loan and the maximum aggregate principal amount and tranches of such Term Loans (the “Offered Amount”) such Term Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount.

(2) The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the relevant Company Party with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received on or before the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. Such Company Party shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select the largest of the Offered Discounts specified by the relevant responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that is acceptable to the Company Party (the “Acceptable Discount”), if any. If the Company Party elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by such Company Party from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this subsection (2) (the “Acceptance Date”), the Company Party shall submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Company Party by the Acceptance Date, such Company Party shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(3) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted

 

68


Prepayment Response Date, within three Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “Discounted Prepayment Determination Date”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of Term Loans (the “Acceptable Prepayment Amount”) to be prepaid by the relevant Company Party at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 2.05(a)(v)(D). If the Company Party elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Company Party agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from largest Offered Discount to smallest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Term Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer with an Offered Discount that is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered Amount (subject to any required pro rata reduction pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “Qualifying Lender”). The Company Party will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this subsection (D) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount and of the tranches specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is greater than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “Identified Qualifying Lenders”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with such Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such proration (the “Solicited Discount Proration”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (I) the relevant Company Party of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and Acceptable Prepayment Amount comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and the tranches to be prepaid, (II) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans and the tranches to be prepaid to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (III) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and the tranches of such Term Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (IV) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Proration. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to such Company Party and Term Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to such Company Party shall be due and payable by such Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with subsection (F) below (subject to subsection (J) below).

(E) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Company Parties and the Term Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from a Company Party in connection therewith.

 

69


(F) If any Term Loan is prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (B) through (D) above, a Company Party shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The relevant Company Party shall make such prepayment to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and all such prepayments shall be applied to the remaining principal installments of the relevant tranche of Loans on a pro rata basis across such installments. The Term Loans so prepaid shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, and shall be applied to the relevant Loans of such Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Share. The aggregate principal amount of the tranches and installments of the relevant Term Loans outstanding shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the tranches of Term Loans prepaid on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment. In connection with each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v), the relevant Company Party shall waive any right to bring any action against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such, in connection with any such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment.

(G) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures consistent with the provisions in this Section 2.05(a)(v), established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion and as reasonably agreed by the Borrower.

(H) Notwithstanding anything in any Loan Document to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 2.05(a)(v), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next Business Day.

(I) Each of the Company Parties and the Term Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 2.05(a)(v) by itself or through any Affiliate of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Affiliate and the performance of such delegated duties by such Affiliate. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Affiliate of the Auction Agent and its respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 2.05(a)(v) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

 

70


(J) Each Company Party shall have the right, by written notice to the Auction Agent, to revoke in full (but not in part) its offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment and rescind the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, Discount Range Prepayment Notice or Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice therefor at its discretion at any time on or prior to the applicable Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date (and if such offer is revoked pursuant to the preceding clauses, any failure by such Company Party to make any prepayment to a Lender, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 2.05(a)(v) shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default under Section 8.01 or otherwise).

(vi) Each repayment of, redemption or distribution in respect of, the principal amount of the Term Loans after acceleration thereof pursuant to Section 8.02 (including automatically as a result of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), (A) prior to the First Call Date, shall be accompanied by, and there shall become due and payable automatically upon acceleration, a payment premium payable in cash on the principal amount so repaid, redeemed or distributed or on the principal amount that has become or is declared accelerated pursuant to Section 8.02 (including automatically as a result of an insolvency proceeding), in an amount equal to the Make-Whole Premium, calculated on the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans so repaid, redeemed, distributed or accelerated, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on such Term Loans and (B) prior to the Third Call Date, shall be accompanied by, and there shall become due and payable automatically upon acceleration, a payment premium in cash on the principal amount that has become or is declared accelerated pursuant to Section 8.02 (including automatically as a result of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), in an amount equal to the Repayment Premium, as applicable, calculated on the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans so repaid, redeemed, distributed or accelerated, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on such Term Loans.

(b) Mandatory.

(i) If (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Sections 7.05 (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (l), (m) (except with respect to the utilization of such clause (m) in excess of $10,000,000), (n), (o), (p) or (r) or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Borrower shall cause to be offered to be prepaid in accordance with clause (b)(ix) below, on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds, an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received.

(ii) [Reserved].

(iii) If the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Closing Date (other than Indebtedness not prohibited under Section 7.03, the Borrower shall cause to be offered to be prepaid in accordance with clause (b)(ix) below an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds. Any mandatory repayment pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iv) shall be accompanied by the Make-Whole Amount and/or Repayment Premium, as applicable.

 

71


(iv) Amounts actually applied towards any mandatory prepayment of any obligations in accordance with and as required by any similar provision under the First Lien Credit Documents shall reduce the amount required to be applied toward prepayments under this Section 2.05(b) on a dollar-for-dollar basis.

(v) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Term Loan Extension Request, (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied ratably to each Class of Term Loans then outstanding; (B) with respect to each Class of Term Loans, each prepayment pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied to the scheduled installments of principal thereof following the date of prepayment pursuant to Section 2.07(a) as directed by the Borrower; and (C) each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(vi) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (iv) of this Section 2.05(b) at least four (4) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of the Borrower’s prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. .

(vii) Funding Losses, Etc. All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurocurrency Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurocurrency Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.05(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurocurrency Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b), prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b).

(viii) Term Opt-out of Prepayment. With respect to each prepayment of Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.05(b), (A) each Lender of Term Loans will have the right to refuse such offer of prepayment by giving written notice of such refusal to the Administrative Agent within one (1) Business Day after such Lender’s receipt of notice from the Administrative Agent of such offer of prepayment (and the Borrower shall not prepay any Term Loans of such Lender on the date that is specified in clause (B) below), (B) the Borrower will make all such prepayments not so refused upon the fourth Business Day after

 

72


delivery of notice by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(vii) and (C) any prepayment refused by Lenders of Term Loans (such refused amounts, the “Declined Proceeds”) may be retained by the Borrower.

(ix) In connection with any mandatory prepayments by the Borrower of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b), such prepayments shall be applied on a pro rata basis to the then outstanding Term Loans of the applicable Class or Classes being prepaid irrespective of whether such outstanding Term Loans are Base Rate Loans or Eurocurrency Rate Loans; provided that if no Lenders exercise the right to waive a given mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ix), then, with respect to such mandatory prepayment, the amount of such mandatory prepayment within any tranche of Term Loans shall be applied first to Term Loans of such tranche that are Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Term Loans of such tranche that are Eurocurrency Rate Loans in a manner that minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.05.

SECTION 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Mandatory. The Initial Term Commitment of each Term Lender of each Class shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term Loans of such Class to be made by it on the Closing Date.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

SECTION 2.07 Repayment of Loans.

(a) Term Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Term Loans, the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans outstanding on such date. In the event any Extended Term Loans are made, such Extended Term Loans, as applicable, shall be repaid by the Borrower in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Extension Amendment with respect thereto and on the applicable Maturity Date thereof.

SECTION 2.08 Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurocurrency Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurocurrency Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) During the continuance of a Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g), the Borrower shall pay interest on past due amounts owing by it hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at

 

73


all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on such amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

SECTION 2.09 Fees.

(a) Reserved.

(b) Other Fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever (except as expressly agreed between the Borrower and the applicable Agent).

SECTION 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees.

All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Prime Rate shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) days, or three hundred and sixty-six (366) days, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

SECTION 2.11 Evidence of Indebtedness.

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent, acting, solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrower. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount, currency and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) [Reserved].

 

74


(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.11(a), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, each Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 2.12 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Administrative Agent’s Office for Dollar-denominated payments and in Same Day Funds not later than 1:00 p.m. New York City time on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after the time specified above shall in each case be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, if any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurocurrency Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in Same Day Funds at the Federal Funds Rate, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the

 

75


Administrative Agent (the “Compensation Period”) at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate, plus any reasonable administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article II, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article IV or in the applicable Extension Amendment are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.04. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

 

76


SECTION 2.13 Sharing of Payments.

If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

SECTION 2.14 [Reserved].

SECTION 2.15 [Reserved].

SECTION 2.16 Extension of Term Loans.

(a) Extension of Term Loans. The Borrower may at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion, request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (or series or tranche thereof) (each, an “Existing Term Loan Tranche”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “Extended Term Loans”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.16. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Borrower shall provide a notice to the Administrative Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “Term Loan Extension Request”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term

 

77


Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and Extended Term Loans may have prepayment premium or call protection as may be agreed by the Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans were amended are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by at least a pro rata optional prepayment of such Existing Term Loan Tranche; provided, further, that in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any Existing Term Loan Tranche hereunder, the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement (to the extent any Intercreditor Agreement is then in effect, all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “Term Loan Extension Series”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.16 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $10,000,000.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Extension Request. The Borrower shall provide the applicable Extension Request at least three (3) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.16. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans, pursuant to any Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “Extending Term Lender”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to such Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Administrative Agent (each, an “Extension Election”) on or prior to the date specified in such Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by

 

78


the Administrative Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans, requested to be extended pursuant to the Extension Request, Term Loans, subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans, on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Administrative Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(d) Extension Amendment. Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, an “Extension Amendment”) to this Agreement among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and each Extending Term Lender, providing an Extended Term Loan, thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Sections 2.16(a) or (b) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Loan Documents. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.07 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.07), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.05 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the provisions and intent of the second paragraph of Section 10.01 (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.16, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(e) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension in accordance with this Section 2.16 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.17 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) The Commitment and Loans of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders or each Lender have taken or may take any

 

79


action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 10.1); provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders pursuant to Section 10.1 or requiring the consent of each affected Lender pursuant to Section 10.1(c) shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender (which for the avoidance of doubt would include any change to the Maturity Date applicable to such Defaulting Lender, decreasing or forgiving any principal or interest due to such Defaulting Lender, any decrease of any interest rate applicable to Loans made by such Defaulting Lender (other than the waiving of post-default interest rates) and any increase in or extension of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment);

(b) If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon, as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender; and

(c) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 8 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 10.9), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; third, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied in the manner set forth in this Section 2.17(c).

ARTICLE III

Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality

SECTION 3.01 Taxes.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 3.01, any and all payments made by or on account of the Borrower or any Guarantor under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future Taxes, except as required by applicable Law. If the

 

80


Borrower, any Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (A) to the extent the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax, the sum payable by the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01), the recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (B) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions, (C) the applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (D) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment (or, if receipts or evidence are not available within thirty (30) days, as soon as possible thereafter), if the Borrower or any Guarantor makes the payment described in clause (C), shall furnish to the recipient the original or a copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof or other evidence reasonably acceptable to such recipient.

(b) In addition, each Loan Party agrees to timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c) Each Loan Party agrees to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for (i) the full amount of Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes payable by such Agent or such Lender and (ii) any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, in each case whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith by such Agent or Lender (or by an Agent on behalf of such Lender), accompanied by a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that the Borrower has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.07(f) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Taxes under subsection (a) of the definition for Indemnified Taxes which are attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Administrative Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this clause (d).

(e) Each Lender shall, if applicable to such Lender, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, provide the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with any documentation prescribed by Law certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under the Loan Documents. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such documentation obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, deliver promptly to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the applicable withholding agent) or

 

81


promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing of its inability to do so. Unless the applicable withholding agent has received forms or other documents satisfactory to it indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Lender are not subject to withholding Tax or are subject to such Tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or other applicable withholding agent may withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable Law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause (d), the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in paragraphs (d)(i)(A), (i)(B) and (i)(D) of this Section) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender. Without limiting the foregoing:

(i) Each Lender that is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form) certifying that such Lender is exempt from federal backup withholding.

(ii) Each Lender that is not a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party, and such other documentation as required under the Code,

(B) two properly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (a) a United States Tax Compliance Certificate and (b) two properly completed and executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor form), or

(D) to the extent a Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Lender is a partnership), Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY and/or any other required information from each beneficial owner, as applicable (provided that if the Lender is a partnership, and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Lender on behalf of such partner).

(iii) If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section

 

82


1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA and, as necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 3.01(d)(iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the Closing Date.

(f) Any Lender claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 3.01 and Section 3.04(a) shall, if requested by the Borrower, use its reasonable efforts to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or take any other measures reasonably requested by the Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (including any such additional amounts that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

(g) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund in respect of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Loan Party pursuant to this Section 3.01, it shall promptly remit such refund to such Loan Party (but only to the extent of indemnification or additional amounts paid by such Loan Party under this Section 3.01 with respect to Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant taxing authority with respect to such refund); provided that such Loan Party, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant taxing authority) to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This section shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to Taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other person.

SECTION 3.02 Illegality.

If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurocurrency Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurocurrency Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurocurrency Rate Loans in the affected currency or currencies, or, in the case of Eurocurrency Rate Loans denominated in Dollars, to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such

 

83


determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable and such Loans are denominated in Dollars, convert all applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans to such day, or promptly, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurocurrency Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted and all amounts due, if any, in connection with such prepayment or conversion under Section 3.05. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

SECTION 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates.

If (a) either the Required Lenders determine or the Administrative Agent determines in good faith that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the applicable Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period or (b) the Required Lenders determine that the Eurocurrency Rate for any requested Interest Period does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurocurrency Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request, if applicable, into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loan in the amount specified therein.

SECTION 3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurocurrency Rate Loans.

(a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the Closing Date, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining any Eurocurrency Rate Loans or any Base Rate Loans, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Indemnified Taxes covered by Section 3.01, Other Taxes, any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (ii) and (iv)-(v) thereof, or Connection Income Taxes or (ii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c)) and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining the Eurocurrency Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligations to make any Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender, then from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant

 

84


to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued; provided that to the extent any increased costs or reductions are incurred by any Lender as a result of any requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or pursuant to Basel III after the Closing Date, then such Lender shall be compensated pursuant to this Section 3.04 only if such Lender imposes such charges under other syndicated credit facilities involving similarly situated borrowers that such Lender is a lender under.

(b) If any Lender determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the Closing Date, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such demand.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves, capital or liquidity with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower equal to the actual costs of such reserves, capital or liquidity allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio, capital or liquidity requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of any Eurocurrency Rate Loans of the Borrower, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

(d) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.04 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation.

(e) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided, further, that nothing in this Section 3.04(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Sections 3.04(a), (b), (c) or (d).

 

85


SECTION 3.05 Funding Losses.

Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense actually incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan; or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Eurocurrency Rate Loan of the Borrower on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower, including any loss or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurocurrency Rate Loan made by it at the Eurocurrency Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the offshore interbank market for the applicable currency for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurocurrency Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

SECTION 3.06 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.

(a) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article III shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue from one Interest Period to another applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or, if applicable, to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable); provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurocurrency Rate Loan, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans (or, if such conversion is not possible, repaid) on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurocurrency Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02, on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Sections 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s applicable Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

 

86


(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued from one Interest Period to another by such Lender as Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans (if possible), and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurocurrency Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Sections 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of any of such Lender’s Eurocurrency Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurocurrency Rate Loans made by other Lenders under the applicable Facility are outstanding, if applicable, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurocurrency Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurocurrency Rate Loans under such Facility and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments for the applicable Facility.

SECTION 3.07 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

(a) If at any time (i) the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 3.01 (with respect to Indemnified Taxes) or 3.04 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04 or (ii) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at its sole cost and expense, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or, with respect to a Class vote, clause (iii)) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided, further, that (A) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 (with respect to Indemnified Taxes), such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments and (B) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable Eligible Assignees shall have agreed to, and shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of, the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender (in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or clause (iii)), as the case may be, and in the case of a Lender, repay all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date; provided that in the case of any such termination of a Non-Consenting Lender such termination shall be sufficient (together with all other consenting Lenders) to cause the adoption of the applicable departure, waiver or amendment of the Loan Documents and such termination shall be in respect of any applicable Facility only in the case of clause (i) or, with respect to a Class vote, clause (iii).

 

87


(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(x) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or Administrative Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Assumption and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of each Lender, each affected Lender or each affected Lender of a certain Class in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of the Loans and (iii) the Required Lenders (or, in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment involving all affected Lenders of a certain Class, the Required Class Lenders as applicable) have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender.”

SECTION 3.08 Survival.

All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

88


ARTICLE IV

Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions

SECTION 4.01 Conditions to Initial Credit Extension.

The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent:

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower and each Person that will be a Guarantor on the Closing Date (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include e-mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, written opinions Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, dated the Closing Date, (y) addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (z) in form and substance customary for transactions of this type. The Borrower, the other Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent hereby instruct such counsel to deliver such legal opinions.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, in the case of each Loan Party, each of the items referred to in subclauses (i) and (ii) below:

(i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation, including all amendments thereto, of such Loan Party, in each case, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or other similar official) of the jurisdiction of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (to the extent such concept or a similar concept exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) of each such Loan Party as of a recent date from such Secretary of State (or other similar official); and

(ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer of such Loan Party, dated the Closing Date and certifying:

(A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the bylaws (or limited liability company agreement or other equivalent governing documents) of such Loan Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below,

(B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or managing member or equivalent) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such person is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Closing Date,

(C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation of such Loan Party has not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto disclosed pursuant to subclause (i) above,

(D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Loan Party, and

(E) a certificate of a director or an officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer executing the certificate pursuant to subclause (ii) above.

 

89


(d) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received an executed copy of (i) the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, duly executed by each party thereto and (ii) an executed copy of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, duly executed by each party thereto;

(e) (i) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received copies of each Collateral Document that is required to be executed on the Closing Date, duly executed by each Loan Party party thereto, together with evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings required by the Collateral Documents as of the Closing Date subject to the last paragraph of this Section 4 or that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary to (A) create the Liens intended to be created by any Collateral Document and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, such Collateral Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording, and (B) subject to the last paragraph hereof, to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, in each case shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to the extent required to be satisfied on the Closing Date;

(ii) Subject to the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, all Equity Interests of each wholly-owned Material Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case as of the Closing Date, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Security Agreement (except that such Loan Parties shall not be required to pledge any Excluded Equity Interests) and the Collateral Agent shall have received all certificates, if any, representing such securities pledged under the Security Agreement, accompanied by instruments of transfer and/or undated powers endorsed in blank.

(iii) The Administrative Agent shall have received customary UCC lien searches with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors in their applicable jurisdictions of organization.

(f) The Refinancing shall have been consummated, or shall be consummated substantially concurrently with the initial Borrowing under this Agreement.

(g) (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) all representations and warranties made by any Loan Party contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein).

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received (a) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the nine-month period ending September 30, 2020 and (b) a pro forma consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of and for the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2019, in each case, prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred as of such date (in the case of such balance sheet) or at the beginning of such period (in the case of such statement of income).

(i) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received (i) a solvency certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 hereto and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower and (ii) a Committed Loan Notice in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

90


(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the Borrower shall have made commercially reasonable efforts to (i) obtain and effect all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents and (ii) to have the Administrative Agent has been named as loss payee and/or additional insured under each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named.

(k) All (i) Closing Fees and (ii) all fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder and invoiced at least three (3) Business Days before the Closing Date (or such shorter period as may be reasonably agreed by the Borrower) shall have been paid in full in cash or netted from the proceeds of the initial fundings hereunder.

(l) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including, the Patriot Act, that has been requested by the Administrative Agent in writing at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent any security interest in any Collateral (other than any a lien on Collateral that may be perfected solely (A) by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code or (B) by the delivery of stock certificates of the Borrower’s wholly owned Domestic Subsidiaries that are Material Subsidiaries) is not or cannot be provided and/or perfected on the Closing Date (subject to extensions approved by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion) after the Borrower’s use of commercially reasonable efforts to do so without undue burden or expense, the provision and/or perfection of security interests in such Collateral shall not constitute conditions precedent to the initial Borrowing under this Agreement, but shall be required to be delivered, provided, and/or perfected within the later of (x) (i) in the case of Mortgages required to be delivered pursuant to the Collateral Coverage Minimum to the extent constituting Collateral under the First Lien Credit Agreement, by the dates provided in the definition of “Collateral Coverage Minimum” or in accordance with the period set forth in the First Lien Credit Agreement and (ii) in the case of all other Collateral not otherwise described in the preceding clause (i), 10 Business Days following the Closing Date and (y) the time periods specified on Schedule 6.16.

ARTICLE V

Representations and Warranties

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans as provided for herein, the Borrower makes, on the date of each Credit Extension (but solely, on the Closing Date, to the extent such representations and warranties are required to be true and correct as a condition to Borrowing pursuant to Section 4), the following representations and warranties to, and agreements with, the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans:

SECTION 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power.

Each of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact its business as now conducted and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if

 

91


applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.02 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Binding Effect.

Each Loan Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Each Loan Party has duly executed and delivered each Loan Document to which it is a party and each such Loan Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

SECTION 5.03 No Violation.

None of the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party will (a) contravene any Law, except to the extent such contravention would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Loan Documents and Liens permitted under Section 7.01) pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which such Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “Contractual Obligation”) except to the extent such breach, default or Lien that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the Organization Documents of such Loan Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.04 Litigation.

Except as set forth on Schedule 5.04, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect

SECTION 5.05 Margin Regulations.

Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board.

SECTION 5.06 Governmental Authorization.

The execution, delivery and performance of each Loan Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority, except for

 

92


(a) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and (c) such consents, approvals, registrations, filings or actions the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.07 Investment Company Act.

No Loan Party is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

SECTION 5.08 True and Complete Disclosure.

(a) All written information delivered on or prior to the Closing Date (other than the (i) the Projections and (ii) estimates and information of a general economic nature or general industry nature) concerning the Loan Parties prepared by or on behalf of the foregoing or their representatives and made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, was true and correct in all material respects, as of the Closing Date and did not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact as of the Closing Date or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(b) The Projections (i) have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date thereof (it being understood that actual results may vary materially from the Projections), as of the date such Projections were furnished to the Lenders (with respect to any such Projections provided prior to the Closing Date) and as of the Closing Date and (ii) as of the Closing Date, have not been modified in any material respect by the Borrower.

(c) All reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information (other than estimates and information of a general economic nature or general industry nature) prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their representatives and made available to any Lender or the Administrative Agent in connection with this Agreement or under any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), when taken as a whole, was true and correct in all material respects, as of the date furnished and did not, taken as a whole, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.

(d) As of the Closing Date, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification is true and correct in all respects.

SECTION 5.09 Tax Matters.

Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Loan Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes payable by it (including in their capacity as a withholding agent), except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted. Except as described on Schedule 5.09, there is no proposed Tax deficiency or assessment known to any Loan Parties against the Loan Parties that would, if made, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

93


SECTION 5.10 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 5.10(a) or as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Pension Plan maintained by a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder and other federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the six year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 5.10(b), as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) With respect to each Pension Plan, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 901 of the Code), as determined by the applicable Pension Plan’s Enrolled Actuary under Sections 436(j) and 430(d)(2) of the Code and all applicable regulatory guidance promulgated thereunder (“AFTAP”), would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to a Pension Plan that is, or is expected to be, in at-risk status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code) in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.11 Subsidiaries.

Schedule 5.11 lists each Subsidiary of the Borrower (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Borrower therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions). Each Guarantor, Material Subsidiary and Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the Closing Date (after giving effect to the Transactions) has been so designated on Schedule 5.11.

SECTION 5.12 Intellectual Property.

The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries own or have obtained valid rights to use all intellectual property, free from any burdensome restrictions, that to the knowledge of the Borrower is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

94


SECTION 5.13 Environmental Matters.

Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Loan Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Loan Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have received written notice of any Environmental Liability; (iii) neither the Loan Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries are conducting or have been ordered by a Governmental Authority to conduct any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law related to Hazardous Materials contamination at any location; and (iv) neither the Loan Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries, to their knowledge, have treated, stored, transported, Released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned, leased or operated facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under Environmental Law.

SECTION 5.14 Properties.

(a) Assuming that all applicable Governmental Authorities have granted approvals, made recordations and taken such other actions as are necessary in connection with the Transactions and any assignments made in connection therewith, except as set forth on Schedule 5.14 hereto or in an exhibit to any Reserve Report Certificate delivered hereunder, each Loan Party has good and defensible title to to the Reserve Report Propreties evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report (other than those (i) Disposed of since delivery of such Reserve Report, (ii) leases that have expired in accordance with their terms and (iii) with title defects disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent), and valid title to all its material personal properties, free and clear of Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except in each case where the failure to have such title, interests or easements would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. After giving effect to the Liens permitted by Section 7.01, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary specified as the owner owns the working interests and net revenue interests attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests as such working interests and net revenue interests are reflected in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, and the ownership of such properties shall not in any material respect obligate the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to bear the costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of each such property in an amount in excess of the working interest of each property set forth in the most recently delivered Reserve Report that is not offset by a corresponding proportionate increase in the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s net revenue interest in such property.

(b) All material leases and agreements necessary for the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting, in full force and effect, except to the extent that any such failure to be valid or subsisting would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The rights and properties presently owned, leased or licensed by the Loan Parties including all easements and rights of way, include all rights and properties necessary to permit the Loan Parties to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent any failure to have any such rights or properties would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) All of the properties of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their businesses are in good working condition and are maintained in accordance with prudent business standards, except to the extent any failure to satisfy the foregoing would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

95


SECTION 5.15 Solvency.

On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

SECTION 5.16 Collateral Documents.

The Collateral Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien or security interest in the respective Collateral described therein as security for the Obligations to the extent that a legal, valid, binding and enforceable Lien or security interest in such Collateral may be created under any applicable Law, which Lien or security interest, upon the filing of financing statements, recordation of the Mortgages or the obtaining of possession or “control,” in each case, as applicable, with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable UCC or applicable local law, will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower and each other Loan Party thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior (except as otherwise provided for in the relevant Collateral Document) in right to any other Person (other than Liens permitted hereunder), in each case to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the applicable UCC, recordation of the Mortgages under applicable local law or by obtaining possession or “control.”

SECTION 5.17 Gas Imbalances, Prepayments.

On the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.17, on a net basis, there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments exceeding 2.5 Bcfe of Hydrocarbon volumes (stated on a gas equivalent basis) in the aggregate, with respect to the Loan Parties’ Oil and Gas Properties that would require any Loan Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from their Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor.

SECTION 5.18 Marketing of Production.

On the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 5.18, no material agreements exist (which are not cancelable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment) for the sale of production of the Loan Parties’ Hydrocarbons at a fixed non-index price (including calls on, or other rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that (i) represent in respect of such agreements 2.5% or more of the Borrower’s average monthly production of Hydrocarbon volumes and (ii) have a maturity or expiry date of longer than six months from the Closing Date.

SECTION 5.19 Financial Statements.

(a) The historical financial statements delivered on or prior to the Closing Date fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except for customary year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes and as otherwise expressly noted therein.

 

96


SECTION 5.20 OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA.

To the extent applicable, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, as amended, and the sanctions regulations administered by OFAC (31 CFR Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and other applicable anti-corruption laws, and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, any director, officer, employee, agent or controlled affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor is the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located, organized or resident in any country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions, in violation of Sanctions. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, by the Borrower (i) in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or (ii) for the purpose of financing any activities or business of or with any Person that, at the time of such financing, is the subject of any Sanctions, or in any country or territory that, at the time of such financing, is subject to comprehensive Sanctions, in each case in violation of Sanctions.

SECTION 5.21 Swap Contracts.

Schedule 5.21 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a true and complete list of all material commodity Swap Contracts of each Loan Party, the terms thereof relating to the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes, the net mark to market value thereof, all credit support agreements relating thereto (including any margin required or supplied) and the counterparty to each such agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Affirmative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied then from and after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 6.01 Financial Statements.

(a) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to “going concern” explanatory paragraph or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit other than an emphasis of matter paragraph and other than a going concern qualification resulting from (I) an upcoming maturity date of any Indebtedness occurring within one year from the time such opinion is delivered and (II) any prospective or actual financial covenant default under the First Lien Credit Agreement, this Agreement, the Existing Unsecured Notes or the Third Lien Facility.

 

97


(b) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter and the related consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, and statements of stockholders’ equity for the current fiscal quarter and consolidated statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

(c) Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender, no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2020 and within one hundred five (105) days after the end of each subsequent fiscal year, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year on a quarterly basis (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “Projections”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Projections and that such variations may be material; and

(d) Deliver to the Administrative Agent with each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and 6.01(b) above, supplemental financial information necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of Borrower and the Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of Borrower (or any Parent Entity) or (B) Borrower’s (or any Parent Entity), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that with respect to clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a Parent Entity, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Borrower, on the one hand, and the information relating to Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and, except as permitted in Section 6.01(a), shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

 

98


Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and Sections 6.02(b) and (c) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the website on the Internet at the Borrower’s website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency, Debtdomain, Road Show Access or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent; and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(a) to the Administrative Agent; provided, however, that if such Compliance Certificate is first delivered by electronic means, the date of such delivery by electronic means shall constitute the date of delivery for purposes of compliance with Section 6.02(a). Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

SECTION 6.02 Certificates; Other Information.

Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(b) promptly after the same are publicly available, copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary files with the SEC or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration statement on Form S-8) and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto;

(c) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party (other than in the ordinary course of business) or material statements or material reports furnished to the administrative agent or the lenders pursuant to the terms of (x) any First Lien Credit Documents, (y) any Junior Financing Documentation, and (z) in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof, in a principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

(d) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(a), (i) in the case of annual Compliance Certificates only, a report setting forth the information required by sections describing the legal name and the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party and the location of the chief executive office of each Loan Party or confirming that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such report, (ii) a description of

 

99


each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) and (iii) a list of each Subsidiary of the Borrower that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate or confirmation that there has been no change in such information since the later of the Closing Date or the date of the last such list;

(e) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request; and

(f) on or before April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 2021, a Reserve Report evaluating, as of the immediately preceding December 31 and June 30, substantially all of the Proved Reserves of the Borrower and the Loan Parties within the geographic boundaries of the United States of America, it being understood that each Reserve Report as of December 31 and June 30 shall be prepared, at the sole election of the Borrower, (x) by one or more Approved Petroleum Engineers or (y) by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that Reserve Reports as of December 31 of each year that are prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall, in each case, be accompanied by an audit letter issued by the applicable Approved Petroleum Engineer that has audited at least 85% by value of the Proved Reserves attributable to properties covered by such report. With the delivery of each Reserve Report, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent a Reserve Report Certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that in all material respects:

(i) in the case of Reserve Reports prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than December 31 Reserve Reports), such Reserve Report has been prepared, except as otherwise specified therein, in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding December 31 Reserve Report or the Initial Reserve Report, if no December 31 Reserve Report has been delivered;

(ii) as of the last Business Day of the most recently ended fiscal year or period, as applicable, a true and complete list of all material commodity Swap Contracts of the Borrower and each Loan Party, the material terms thereof (in respect of the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark-to-market value thereof (as of the last Business Day of such fiscal year or period, as applicable and for which a mark-to-market value is reasonably available);

(iii) for each calendar month during the then current fiscal year to date, the volume of production of Hydrocarbons and sales attributable to production of Hydrocarbons (and the prices at which such sales were made and the revenues derived from such sales) for each such calendar month from the Reserve Report Properties, and setting forth the related ad valorem, severance and production taxes and lease operating expenses attributable thereto for each such calendar month;

(iv) the information contained in the Reserve Report and any other information delivered in connection therewith is true and correct in all material respects;

 

100


(v) assuming that all applicable Governmental Authorities have granted approvals, made recordations and taken such other actions as are necessary in connection with the Transactions and any assignments made in connection therewith, except as set forth in an exhibit to such certificate, the Borrower or another Loan Party has good and defensible title to the Reserve Report Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report (other than those (w) to be acquired in connection with an acquisition, (x) Disposed of since delivery of such Reserve Report, (y) leases that have expired in accordance with their terms and (z) with title defects disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent) and such Reserve Report Properties are free (or will be at the time of the acquisition thereof) of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 7.01;

(vi) except as set forth on an exhibit to such certificate, on a net basis there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments in excess of the volume specified in Section 5.17 with respect to the Loan Parties’ Oil and Gas Property evaluated in such Reserve Report that would require the Borrower or any other Loan Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from such Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor;

(vii) none of the Reserve Report Properties have been Disposed of since the date of the previous Reserve Report except those Reserve Report Properties listed on such certificate as having been Disposed of; and

(viii) the certificate shall also attach, as schedules thereto, a list of (1) all material marketing agreements (which are not cancellable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment) entered into subsequent to the later of the Closing Date and the most recently delivered Reserve Report for the sale of production of the Loan Parties’ Hydrocarbons at a fixed non-index price (including calls on, or other parties rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that represent in respect of such agreements 2.5% or more of the Loan Parties’ average monthly production of Hydrocarbon volumes and that have a maturity date or expiry date of longer than six months from the last day of such fiscal year or period, as applicable and (2) all Reserve Report Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report that are Collateral and demonstrating compliance with (calculated at the time of delivery of such Reserve Report) the Collateral Coverage Minimum.

The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Lead Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “Public Lender”). The Borrower hereby agrees to make all Borrower Materials that the Borrower intends to be made available to Public Lenders clearly and conspicuously designated as “PUBLIC.” By designating Borrower Materials as “PUBLIC”, the Borrower authorizes such Borrower Materials to be made available to a portion of the Platform designated “Public Investor,” which is intended to contain only information that is either publicly available or not material information (though it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.” The Borrower agrees that (i) any Loan Documents, (ii) any financial

 

101


statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and (iii) any Compliance Certificates delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) will be deemed to be “public-side” Borrower Materials and may be made available to Public Lenders.

Each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable law, including United States federal and state securities laws, to make reference to communications that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States federal or state securities laws.

SECTION 6.03 Notices.

Promptly after a Responsible Officer of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor has obtained knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) of the filing or commencement of any action, suit, litigation or proceeding, whether at law or in equity by or before any Governmental Authority, (i) against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) with respect to any Loan Document.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Sections 6.03(a), (b) or (c) (as applicable) and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 6.04 Payment of Obligations.

Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable in the normal conduct of its business, all its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, (i) to the extent any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (ii) if such failure to pay or discharge such obligations and liabilities would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except (x) in a transaction permitted by Sections 7.04 or 7.05 and (y) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Restricted Subsidiary and (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing where

 

102


applicable in the relevant jurisdiction), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in the case of (a) (other than with respect to the Borrower) or (b), (i) to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) pursuant to a transaction permitted by Article VII or clause (y) of this Section 6.05.

SECTION 6.06 Maintenance of Properties.

Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material tangible or intangible properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and fire, casualty or condemnation excepted.

SECTION 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance.

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. The Secured Parties shall be the additional insureds on any such liability insurance as their interests may appear and, if property insurance is obtained, the Collateral Agent shall be the loss payee under any such property insurance; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Secured Parties will provide any proceeds of such property insurance to the Borrower.

(b) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any material improvements included as Collateral and located on any land subject to a Mortgage is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time. Following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent annual renewals of each flood insurance policy or annual renewals of each force-placed flood insurance policy, as applicable. In connection with any amendment to this Agreement pursuant to which any increase, extension, or renewal of Loans is contemplated, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for any Mortgaged Property with respect to which buildings or mobile homes are included as Collateral, a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and evidence of flood insurance, as applicable.

 

103


SECTION 6.08 Compliance with Laws.

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 6.09 Books and Records.

Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects and are in conformity with GAAP consistently applied and which reflect all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that certain Foreign Subsidiaries maintain individual books and records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in their respective countries of organization and that such maintenance shall not constitute a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants hereunder).

SECTION 6.10 Inspection Rights.

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.10, none of the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by Law or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

SECTION 6.11 Additional Collateral; Additional Guarantors.

At the Borrower’s expense, take all action either necessary or as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including:

(a) Upon (x) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (in each case, other than an Excluded Subsidiary) by the Borrower, (y) any

 

104


Excluded Subsidiary ceasing to constitute an Excluded Subsidiary or (z) the designation in accordance with Section 6.14 of an existing direct or indirect wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) as a Restricted Subsidiary:

(i) within forty-five (45) days after such formation, acquisition, cessation or designation, or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion:

(A) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as appropriate) joinders to this Agreement as Guarantors, Security Agreement Supplements, intellectual property security agreements, Mortgages, a counterpart of the Intercompany Note, each Intercreditor Agreement, if applicable, and other security agreements and documents (including, with respect to such Mortgages, the documents listed or described in the definition of Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and in Section 6.13), as reasonably requested by and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Mortgages, Security Agreement and other security agreements in effect on the Closing Date), in each case granting Liens required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(B) cause each such Domestic Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (and the parent of each such Domestic Subsidiary that is a Guarantor) to deliver any and all certificates representing Equity Interests (to the extent constituting “certificated securities”) and intercompany notes (to the extent certificated) that are required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank;

(C) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary and each direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement to take whatever action (including the recording of Mortgages, the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements and intellectual property security agreements, and delivery of stock and membership interest certificates) as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent to vest in the Collateral Agent (or in any representative of the Collateral Agent designated by it) valid and perfected Liens to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, and to otherwise comply with the requirements of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall not enter into any Mortgage in respect of any real property acquired by the Borrower or any other Guarantor after the Closing Date until reasonable advance notice of the location of any such real property has been provided by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as required to permit the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to determine whether such property is located in any “special flood hazard area” (it being understood and agreed that if Borrower shall have delivered executed Mortgages in a form sufficient for filing within the applicable 45-day period, no Default shall result under this Section 6.11(a)(i)(C) from the passage of time required for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to determine whether such property is located in any “special flood hazard area”);

 

105


(ii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within forty-five (45) days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion), deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of an opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.11(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(iii) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Mortgaged Property, any existing, nonprivileged title reports, abstracts or environmental assessment reports, to the extent available and in the possession or control of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any existing environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Loan Parties or one of their respective Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained; and

(iv) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, within forty-five (45) days after such request (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its discretion), deliver to the Collateral Agent any other items necessary from time to time to satisfy the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement with respect to perfection and existence of security interests with respect to property of any Guarantor acquired after the Closing Date and subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, but not specifically covered by the preceding clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) or clause (b) below.

(b) If the Collateral Coverage Minimum is not satisfied as of any date on which a Reserve Report Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(f), then the Borrower shall, and shall cause the Loan Parties to, grant, within 75 days of such date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations a Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on additional Oil and Gas Properties not already subject to a Lien of the Collateral Documents such that, after giving effect thereto, the PV-9 of the Mortgaged Properties (calculated at the time of redetermination) meets the Collateral Coverage Minimum. All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents, including, if applicable, any additional Mortgages. In order to comply with the foregoing, if any Restricted Subsidiary places a Lien on its property and such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11(a).

(c) Without limitation of clause (a) or (b) above, substantially simultaneously with the delivery of any Mortgage (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) on any Oil and Gas Property for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) the Borrower shall, or shall cause the relevant Loan Party to, grant to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations a Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on such Oil and Gas Property. All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents, including, if applicable, any additional Mortgages. In order to comply with the foregoing, if any Restricted Subsidiary places a Lien on its property and such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with the provisions of Section 6.11(a).

 

106


SECTION 6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws.

Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all commercially reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain, maintain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and, (c) in each case to the extent the Loan Parties or Subsidiaries are required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, remedial or other corrective action necessary to address Hazardous Materials at any property or facility in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws.

SECTION 6.13 Further Assurances.

Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Intercreditor Agreement or any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out more effectively the purposes of any Intercreditor Agreement or the Collateral Documents, to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent reasonably determines that it is required by applicable Law to have appraisals prepared in respect of the Real Property of any Loan Party subject to a mortgage constituting Collateral, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent (or cooperate with the Administrative Agent obtaining) appraisals that satisfy the applicable requirements of the Real Estate Appraisal Reform Amendments of FIRREA.

SECTION 6.14 Designation of Subsidiaries.

The Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any First Lien Credit Document or any document governing any Junior Financing, as applicable. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date shall constitute an Investment by the Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment therein. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the fair market value at the date of such designation of the Borrower’s or its Subsidiary’s (as applicable) Investment in such Subsidiary.

 

107


SECTION 6.15 Maintenance of Ratings.

In respect of the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a public corporate rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and a public corporate family rating (but not any specific rating) from Moody’s, and at request of the Required Lenders after the Closing Date, maintain credit ratings with respect to each Facility (but not any specific rating) from each of S&P and Moody’s.

SECTION 6.16 Post-Closing Covenants.

Except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, the Borrower shall, and shall cause each of the other Loan Parties to, deliver each of the documents, instruments and agreements and take each of the actions set forth on Schedule 6.16 (Post-Closing Covenants) within the time periods set forth therein (or such longer time periods as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion).

SECTION 6.17 Minimum Hedging.

(a) Subject to Section 6.17(b), the Borrower and/or other Loan Parties shall, on or before the date that is (I) 90 days after the Closing Date or (II) 30 days after the date of delivery of the most recent Reserve Report pursuant to Section 6.02(f), as applicable, enter into Swap Contracts in respect of Hydrocarbons entered into Not For Speculative Purposes the notional volumes for which (when aggregated with other commodity Swap Contracts then in effect) are no less than, as of such date of determination, (I) for the 24-month period following the Closing Date or (II) for the 24-month period following such date of delivery, as applicable, 70% of the reasonably anticipated projected Hydrocarbon production of natural gas of the Borrower and other Loan Parties (as forecast based upon, in the case of clause (I), the Initial Reserve Report or, in the case of clause (II), the most recent Reserve Report delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(f)).

(b) If the Borrower has made commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the required minimum hedging described above, and has not received offers to provide such levels of Hydrocarbon hedging at quoted rates reflective of market bids and offers for similar secured transactions (as reasonably determined by the Borrower), the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with the foregoing requirements to the extent that it maintains and/or enters into, as applicable, such levels of commodity hedging at such quoted rates reflective of market bids and offers.

ARTICLE VII

Negative Covenants

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, then from and after the Closing Date:

SECTION 7.01 Liens.

Neither the Borrower nor the Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

 

108


(a) (i) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document, (ii) Liens in favor of Secured Parties (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) granted pursuant to the First Lien Credit Documents securing obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 7.03(a)(i), Section 7.03(f) and Section 7.03(l), (iii) Liens in favor of Secured Parties (as defined in the Third Lien Facility) and securing obligations permitted to be incurred under Section 7.03(a)(ii), Section 7.03(f) and Section 7.03(l); provided, that such Liens are secured on a junior basis subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

(b) Liens existing on the Closing Date, which in the case of Liens securing Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate is set forth on Schedule 7.01(b) and any modifications, replacements, renewals, refinancings or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed by Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens, to the extent constituting Indebtedness, is permitted by Section 7.03;

(c) Liens for Taxes that are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP, or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge or claim is to such property;

(d) (i) statutory or common law Liens of landlords, sublandlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens, in each case that secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than forty-five (45) days or if more than forty-five (45) days overdue, that are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Lien or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP and (ii) Liens on pipelines, pipeline facilities and other midstream assets or facilities that arise by operation of law or Liens incident to the exploration, development, operation or maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties, in each case so long as such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation and (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature (including (i) those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations and (ii) letters of credit and bank guarantees required or requested by any Governmental Authority in connection with any contract or Law) incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

109


(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects (including in any rights-of-way or other property of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of roads, pipelines, transmission lines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil or other minerals or timber, and other like purposes, or for joint or common use of real estate, rights of way, facilities and equipment) affecting Real Property that do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses, leases for bonus, royalty or rental payments, liens reserved in oil, gas or other Hydrocarbons, minerals, granted to others in the ordinary course of business which do not (i) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) secure any Indebtedness;

(j) Liens (i) in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of Law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds thereof of any Person securing such Person’s obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking or other financial institution arising as a matter of Law or under customary general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of set-off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institution’s general terms and conditions;

(l) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Sections 7.02(g), (i) and (n) or, to the extent related to any of the foregoing, Section 7.02(r) to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment, and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05 (other than 7.05(e)), in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(m) Liens (i) in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing permitted intercompany Indebtedness, (ii) in favor of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(n) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

110


(o) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

(p) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements under Section 7.02;

(q) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(r) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off or rights of pledge (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(t) ground leases in respect of Real Property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(u) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e); provided that (i) such Liens are created within 365 days of the acquisition, construction, repair, lease or improvement of the property subject to such Liens, (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber property (except for replacements, additions and accessions to such property) other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for replacements, additions and accessions to such assets) other than the assets subject to such Capitalized Leases and the proceeds and products thereof and customary security deposits; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(v) [reserved];

(w) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (other than by designation as a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14), in each case after the Closing Date (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary); provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and other than after-acquired property subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness and other obligations incurred prior to such time and which Indebtedness and other obligations are permitted hereunder that require, pursuant to their terms at such time, a pledge of after-acquired property, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition), and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby is permitted under Section 7.03(g);

 

111


(x) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies, and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(y) to the extent constituting a Lien, Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

(z) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(aa) the modification, replacement, renewal or extension of any Lien permitted by clauses (u) and (w) of this Section 7.01; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property, other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03 (to the extent constituting Indebtedness);

(bb) additional Liens on property not constituting Reserve Report Properties, cash, deposit accounts and securities accounts securing obligations not in excess of $22,000,000 outstanding at any time;

(cc) Liens with respect to property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries securing obligations in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of $35,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets, in each case determined as of the date of incurrence; provided that (i) such Liens are junior to the Lien securing the Facilities and (ii) the representative of such obligations becomes party to (x) the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Priority Representative” (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and (y) the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Priority Representative” (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement);

(dd) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Sections 7.03(g), 7.03(s) or 7.03(dd)(ii); provided that (i) such Liens are junior to the Lien securing the Facilities and (ii) the representative of the holders of each such Indebtedness becomes party to (x) the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Priority Representative” (as defined in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement) and (y) the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Priority Representative” (as defined in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement);

(ee) [reserved];

(ff) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

 

112


(gg) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the performance of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;

(hh) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to Oil and Gas Properties from which the Production Payments and Reserve Sales have been conveyed;

(ii) Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(jj) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

(kk) Liens which arise in the ordinary course of business under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, oil and gas partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, gathering, transportation or exchange of oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, overriding royalty agreements, marketing agreements, processing agreements, net profits agreements, development agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or other geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements that are usual or customary in the Oil and Gas Business and are for claims which are not delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP; provided that any such Lien referred to in this clause does not materially impair the use of the property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such property is held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(ll) [reserved];

(mm) Liens on Equity Interests in a joint venture securing obligations of such joint venture so long as the assets of such joint venture do not constitute Collateral;

(nn) Liens arising pursuant to Section 107(l) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9607(l), or other Environmental Law, unless such Lien (i) by action of the lienholder, or by operation of law, takes priority over any Liens arising under the Loan Documents on the property upon which it is a Lien, or (ii) materially impairs the use of the property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such property is held;

(oo) Liens of not more than $55,000,000 securing Swap Obligations in respect of Swap Contracts entered into with persons other than Secured Parties (as defined in the First Lien Credit Documents); and

(pp) Liens on Cash Equivalents that are earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that (x) such Cash Equivalents are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (y) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such Cash

 

113


Equivalents are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged and (z) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no consensual Liens shall exist on Equity Interests that constitute Collateral other than pursuant to clauses (a) and (dd) above.

SECTION 7.02 Investments.

Neither the Borrower nor the Restricted Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors, managers and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Borrower or any Parent Entity directly from such issuing entity (provided that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $22,000,000;

(c) Investments by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that will, upon the consummation of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any Investment that constitutes a loan or advance made by any Person that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party pursuant to this clause (c) shall be subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Loan Party under the Loan Documents; provided, further that Investments by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this clause (c) that is not a Loan Party shall not exceed at any time in the aggregate, combined with Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(n) and clause (iv) of Section 7.02(i), the greater of $87,500,000 and 5.6% of Total Assets (in each case, net of an return in respect thereof, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts);

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments (excluding loans and advances made in lieu of Restricted Payments pursuant to and limited by Section 7.02(m) below) consisting of transactions permitted under Sections 7.01, 7.03 (other than 7.03(c), (d) and (x)), 7.04 (other than 7.04(c), (d), (e) and (f)(ii)), 7.05 (other than 7.05(e)), 7.06 (other than 7.06(e) and (i)(v)) and 7.13, respectively;

(f) Investments (i) existing or contemplated on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.02(f) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) existing on the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary and any modification, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as of the Closing Date or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;

 

114


(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted under Section 7.03;

(h) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

(i) Investments consisting of any acquisition of all or substantially all the assets of a Person, or any Equity Interests in a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or a division or line of business of a Person (or any subsequent Investment made in a Person, division or line of business previously acquired in a Permitted Acquisition), in a single transaction or series of related transactions, if immediately after giving effect thereto: (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing (limited in connection with Indebtedness incurred to finance a Limited Condition Transaction to Defaults or Events of Default pursuant to Sections 8.01(a) and (f) and any other Default or Event of Default that is a condition to the effectiveness of the Limited Condition Transaction); (ii) any acquired or newly formed Restricted Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Indebtedness otherwise permitted by Section 7.03; (iii) to the extent required by the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (A) the property, assets and businesses acquired in such purchase or other acquisition shall constitute Collateral and (B) any such newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary) shall become a Guarantor, in each case, in accordance with Section 6.11; and (iv) the aggregate amount of Investments by Loan Parties pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) in assets (other than Equity Interests) that are not (or do not become at the time of such acquisition) directly owned by a Loan Party or in Equity Interests of Persons that do not become Loan Parties shall not exceed at any time in the aggregate, combined with Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(n) and the second proviso in Section 7.02(c), the greater of $87,500,000 and 5.6% of Total Assets (in each case, net of any return in respect thereof, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) (any such acquisition, a “Permitted Acquisition”);

(j) Investments in Industry Investments and in interests in additional Oil and Gas Properties and gas gathering systems related thereto or Investments related to Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, joint operating, joint venture, joint development or other area of mutual interest agreements, other similar industry investments, gathering systems, pipelines or other similar oil and gas exploration and production business arrangements whether through direct ownership or ownership through a joint venture or similar arrangement;

(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of UCC Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and UCC Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices;

(l) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment;

(m) loans and advances to the Borrower and any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Sections 7.06(g), (h) or (i) (other than clause (v) of Section 7.06(i));

 

115


(n) other Investments, valued at the fair market value (determined by the Borrower acting in good faith) of any such Investment at the time such Investment is made, in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (n) and combined with Investments made pursuant to clause (iv) under Section 7.02(i) and the second proviso in Section 7.02(c) (valued at the time of the making thereof, and without giving effect to any write downs or write offs thereof) at any time not to exceed (x) the greater of $87,500,000 and 5.6% of Total Assets (in each case, net of any return in respect thereof, including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts);

(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made solely with Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower);

(q) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a Person merged or amalgamated or consolidated into the Borrower or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 7.04 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(r) Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.02(n);

(s) Investments constituting the non-cash portion of consideration received in a Disposition permitted by Section 7.05;

(t) Guarantees by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(u) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party shall make any Investment (whether pursuant to a sale, lease, license, transfer, Investment, Restricted Payment or otherwise) any Reserve Report Properties, cash or Cash Equivalents to (1) any Affiliate of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party other than (x) Investments pursuant to the second proviso in Section 7.02(c), and clause (iv) of Section 7.02(i) and Section 7.02(n) and (y) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(g), 7.06(i), 7.06(j), 7.06(k) or 7.06(p) or deemed made in connection with transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.08(d) and 7.08(i) or (2) any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

116


SECTION 7.03 Indebtedness.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party under (i) the First Lien Facility (and any Permitted Refinancing thereof) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the First Lien Facility Cap, (ii) the Third Lien Facility (and any Permitted Refinancing thereof) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Third Lien Facility Cap, and (iii) the Loan Documents;

(b) (i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 7.03(b) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (ii) Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding on the Closing Date and any refinancing thereof with Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in a principal amount that does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the intercompany Indebtedness so refinanced; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party owed to any Person or Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be unsecured and subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to an Intercompany Note;

(c) Guarantees by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower otherwise permitted hereunder; provided that (A) no Guarantee of the First Lien Facility, or any Indebtedness constituting Junior Financing shall be permitted unless such guaranteeing party shall have also provided a Guaranty of the Obligations on the terms set forth herein and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guaranty shall be subordinated to the Guaranty of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or issued or transferred to any direct or indirect parent of a Loan Party which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to a Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02; provided that any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party is subordinated in right of payment to the Loans (for the avoidance of doubt, any such Indebtedness owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall be deemed to be expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Loans unless the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide otherwise);

(e) (i) other than as set forth in the following clause (iii), Attributable Indebtedness and other Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) financing an acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of a fixed or capital asset incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary prior to or within 365 days after the acquisition, construction, repair, replacement, lease or improvement of the applicable asset in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $33,000,000 and 2.2% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence (together with any Permitted Refinancings thereof) at any time outstanding, (ii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) incurred from, or arising out of, financing the acquisition, replacement, lease or improvement of compressors (or similar equipment) in the aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $27,500,000 and 1.75% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence (together with any Permitted Refinancings thereof) at any time outstanding, and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing;

 

117


(f) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts that, individually, or in pairings or groups, (i) are designed to hedge against the Borrower’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s exposure to interest rates, foreign exchange rates or commodities pricing risks (including in respect of forecasted production) and entered into Not For Speculative Purposes and (ii) in connection with a proposed or pending acquisition of Oil and Gas Properties (a “Proposed Acquisition”), in respect of incremental hedging contracts with respect to the Loan Parties’ reasonably anticipated projected production from the total Proved Reserves of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as forecast based upon the most recent Reserve Report having notional volumes not in excess of 15% of the Loan Parties’ existing projected production prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition (such that the aggregate shall not be more than 100% of the reasonably anticipated projected production prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition) for a period not exceeding 36 months from the date such hedging arrangement is created during the period between (1) the date on which such Loan Party signs a definitive acquisition agreement in connection with a Proposed Acquisition and (2) the earliest of (A) the date of consummation of such Proposed Acquisition, (B) the date of termination of such Proposed Acquisition and (C) 90 days after the date of execution of such definitive acquisition agreement; provided, however, all such incremental hedging contracts permitted under this clause (ii) entered into with respect to a Proposed Acquisition must be terminated or unwound within 90 days following the date of termination of such Proposed Acquisition;

(g) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment so long as such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that, after giving pro forma effect to such Permitted Acquisition or similar Investment and the assumption of such Indebtedness, the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed (x) the greater of $33,000,000 and 2.2% of Total Assets at any time outstanding plus (y) any additional amount of such Indebtedness so long as (i) if such Indebtedness is unsecured, either (A) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio determined on Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness) would be lower than the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio immediately prior thereto or (B) the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.14(a) (for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent compliance with such covenant is not being tested for any reason at such time of incurrence of such Indebtedness, compliance with the covenant shall nevertheless be tested at such time) and (ii) if such Indebtedness is secured by all or any portion of the Collateral, solely with respect to Indebtedness assumed under clause (y) hereof, either (A) the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio determined on a Pro Forma Basis (determined without netting the cash proceeds of any such Indebtedness) would be lower than immediately prior thereto or (B) the Borrower is in compliance on a Pro Forma Basis with the financial covenant set forth in Section 7.14(a) (for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent compliance with such covenant is not being tested for any reason at such time of incurrence of such Indebtedness, compliance with the covenant shall nevertheless be tested at such time), and, provided further, that Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 7.03(g) in excess of $50,000,000 shall have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or assumed and have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term Loans and (ii) any such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this Section 7.03(g) by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party shall not exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding the greater of $41,250,000 and 2.75% of Total Assets, in each case determined at the time of incurrence;

 

118


(h) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower permitted by Section 7.06;

(j) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Permitted Acquisition, any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder or any Disposition, in each case, constituting indemnification obligations or obligations in respect of purchase price (including earnouts) or other similar adjustments;

(k) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment expressly permitted hereunder;

(l) obligations in respect of Treasury Services Agreements and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts;

(m) (i) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount that at the time of, and after giving effect to, the incurrence thereof, would not exceed (x) the greater of $50,000,000 and 3.25% of Total Assets at any time outstanding plus (y) 100% of the cumulative amount of the net cash proceeds and Cash Equivalent proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Excluded Contributions, Cure Amounts, proceeds of Disqualified Equity Interests or sales of Equity Interests to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower after the Closing Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of the Borrower that has not been applied to incur debt pursuant to this clause (m)(y), to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 7.06 (other than pursuant to Section 7.06(h)(y)), to make Investments pursuant to clause 7.02(n), (v), (w), (y) or (z) or to make prepayments of subordinated indebtedness pursuant to Section 7.13 (other than 7.13(a)(iv)(y)); provided, that such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days after such contribution to the Borrower and (ii) Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(n) Indebtedness consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments issued or created in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;

 

119


(p) obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(q) [reserved];

(r) Indebtedness associated with bonds or surety obligations required by any Law or by Governmental Authorities in connection with the operation of Oil and Gas Properties in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(t) [reserved];

(u) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or Guarantees in respect of the Indebtedness of, joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) that are not Subsidiaries in principal amount, at the time of incurrence thereof, the greater of $34,375,000 and 3.0% of Total Assets (measured as of the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness based on the financial statements most recently available prior to such date);

(v) Indebtedness incurred by a Foreign Subsidiary which, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (v) and then outstanding, does not exceed greater of (i) $37,500,000 and (ii) 3.0% of Total Assets (measured as of the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness based upon internally available financial statements); provided, further, that no Loan Party’s assets are used to secure any such Indebtedness and no Loan Party guarantees such Indebtedness;

(w) [reserved];

(x) Indebtedness arising from Permitted Intercompany Activities to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 7.02;

(y) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (x) above;

(z) Guarantees by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees or sublicensees;

(aa) [reserved];

(bb) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the services provided pursuant to a Treasury Services Agreement (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(cc) Indebtedness supported by a Letter of Credit, in a principal amount not to exceed the face amount of such Letter of Credit; and

 

120


(dd) Indebtedness (i) in respect of the Existing Unsecured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $910,000,000 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.03, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (x) above, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify or later divide or classify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that all Indebtedness outstanding under the Loan Documents, the First Lien Facility or the Third Lien Facility and in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof, will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the applicable exception in Section 7.03(a).

The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same class, accretion or amortization of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will, in each case, not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness or Disqualified Equity Interests, as applicable, being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 7.04 Fundamental Changes.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction); provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and such merger does not result in the Borrower ceasing to be a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or (ii) one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or the Borrower or any Subsidiary may change its legal form (x) if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (y) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Loan Party, any assets or business not otherwise disposed of or transferred in accordance with Sections 7.02 (other than 7.02(e)) or 7.05 or, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to otherwise owned or conducted by another Loan Party after giving effect to such liquidation or

 

121


dissolution (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor or the Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 7.02 and 7.03, respectively; and

(d) so long as no Event of Default exists under Sections 8.01(a), (f) or (j) or would result therefrom, the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any other Person; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not the Borrower (any such Person, the “Successor Company”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (C) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its Guaranty shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (D) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, (E) if requested by the Administrative Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Loan Documents, and (F) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document preserves the enforceability of this Agreement, the Guarantee and the Collateral Documents and the perfection of the Liens under the Collateral Documents; provided, further, that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement; and

(e) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or the Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.11 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement; and

(f) a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to (i) effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05 or (ii) effect an Investment permitted by Section 7.02.

SECTION 7.05 Dispositions.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, make any Disposition, except:

 

122


(a) (i) Dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property, including Hydrocarbons, surplus equipment, vehicles and other assets (other than accounts receivables) whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outside the ordinary course of business (and for consideration complying with the requirements applicable to Dispositions pursuant to clause (j) below) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $10,000,000;

(b) Dispositions of inventory or goods (or other assets, including furniture and equipment) held for sale, intellectual property licensed to customers and immaterial assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial intellectual property to lapse or go abandoned in the ordinary course of business), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party, (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party or (ii) if such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02;

(e) to the extent constituting Dispositions, transactions permitted by Sections 7.01, 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e)), 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(f)(i)) and 7.06 (other than 7.06(e) and 7.06(i)(v));

(f) [reserved];

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) (i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including the provision of software under an open source license), in each case in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) Dispositions of intellectual property that do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives a license or other ownership rights to use such intellectual property;

(i) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events;

(j) Dispositions of property for fair market value; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition and (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this clause (j) for a purchase price in excess of $5,000,000, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received, other than nonconsensual Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and Liens permitted by Sections 7.01(a), (f), (k), (p), (q), (r)(i), (r)(ii), (dd) (only to the extent the Obligations are secured by such cash and Cash Equivalents) and (ee) (only to the extent the Obligations are secured by such cash

 

123


and Cash Equivalents); provided, however, that for the purposes of this clause (j)(ii), the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s (or the Restricted Subsidiaries’, as applicable) most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which the Borrower and all of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, and (C) aggregate non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary having an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the closing of the applicable Disposition for which such non-cash consideration is received) not to exceed the greater of $30,000,000 and 2.0% of Total Assets at any time (net of any non-cash consideration converted into cash and Cash Equivalents);

(k) Dispositions of Oil and Gas Properties or any interest therein, or the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or of any Minority Investment owning Oil and Gas Properties, that are not Reserve Report Properties;

(l) Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in connection with the compromise or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Dispositions of property pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that the fair market value of all property so Disposed of after the Closing Date shall not exceed the greater of $37,500,000 and 2.4% of Total Assets;

(n) any swap of assets in exchange for services or other assets of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower;

(o) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary which owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of such an Unrestricted Subsidiary) and;

(p) the unwinding of any Swap Contract voluntarily or pursuant to its terms;

(q) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(r) the lapse or abandonment in the ordinary course of business of any registrations or applications for registration of any immaterial IP Rights; and

(s) Farm-Out Agreements with respect to undeveloped acreage to which no Proved Reserves are attributable and assignments in connection with such Farm-Out Agreements;

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Sections 7.05(e), (i), (k), (p) and (r) and except for Dispositions from a Loan Party to any other Loan

 

124


Party) shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Loan Party shall Dispose (whether pursuant to a sale, lease, license, transfer, Investment, Restricted Payment or otherwise) any Reserve Report Properties, cash or Cash Equivalents to (1) any Affiliate of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party other than (x) Investments pursuant to the second proviso in Section 7.02(c), and clause (iv) of Section 7.02(i) and Section 7.02(n) and (y) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(g), 7.06(i) 7.06(j), 7.06(k) or 7.06(p) or deemed made in connection with transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.08(d) and 7.08(i) or (2) any Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SECTION 7.06 Restricted Payments.

Neither the Borrower nor any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, and other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the Borrower and any other Restricted Subsidiary and to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of the relevant class of Equity Interests);

(b) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make Restricted Payments payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests not otherwise permitted by Section 7.03) of such Person;

(c) [Reserved];

(d) [Reserved];

(e) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into and consummate transactions expressly permitted by any provision of Sections 7.02 (other than Sections 7.02(e) and 7.02(m)), 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(f)) or 7.08 (other than Sections 7.08(e) or 7.08(j));

(f) repurchases of Equity Interests in the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(g) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to pay (or make Restricted Payments to allow the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent thereof to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary (or of the Borrower or any other such direct or indirect parent thereof) from any future, present or former employee, officer, director, manager or consultant of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary) or any of its Subsidiaries upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee, manager or director stock option

 

125


plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, manager, director, officer or consultant of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (g) shall not exceed $12,500,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $25,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $25,000,000 in any calendar year or $50,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, respectively); provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(i) to the extent contributed to the Borrower, the Net Proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of any of the Borrower’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to members of management, managers, directors or consultants of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Closing Date, to the extent Net Proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have been Not Otherwise Applied; plus

(ii) the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries; plus

(iii) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of any Parent Entity, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with the Transactions that are foregone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; less

(iv) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clause (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 7.06(g);

provided that, the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above in any calendar year; provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants, of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement.

(h) [reserved];

(i) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments to a Parent Entity:

(i) to pay its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business and attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, Transaction Expenses and any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors, managers or officers of such parent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

126


(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used by such parent to pay franchise Taxes and other fees, Taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any of its direct or indirect parents’) corporate existence or good standing under applicable law;

(iii) [reserved];

(iv) for so long as Borrower is classified as a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with respect to each fiscal year, distributions to each owner in amounts not to exceed the federal, state and local income tax liability of such owner attributable to the taxable income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such fiscal year (as determined based on such assumptions as may be made by the board of directors of Borrower, including, without limitation, an assumption that all such owners are subject to the highest combined federal, state and local tax rates applicable to the income of individuals or corporations, resident of New York, New York, whichever is higher) provided further, that no payment may be made pursuant to both this subclause (iv) and subclause (iii) of this clause (i) with respect to any period;

(v) to finance any Investment that would be permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02 if such parent were subject to such Section; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment and (B) such parent shall, immediately following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition or Investment, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.11;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Borrower or any Parent Entity to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(vii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Borrower to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow Parent Entity thereof to pay) fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering by Borrower (or any Parent Entity thereof) that is directly attributable to the operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of required withholding or similar non-US Taxes with respect to any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(k) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional Equity Interests in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted

 

127


Acquisition and (ii) honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;

(l) after a Qualified IPO, (i) any Restricted Payment by the Borrower or any other direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to pay listing fees and other costs and expenses attributable to being a publicly traded company which are reasonable and customary, including Public Company Costs and (ii) Restricted Payments not to exceed up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by (or contributed to) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Qualified IPO ;

(m) the Borrower may pay any dividends or distributions within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(n) [reserved];

(o) [reserved];

(p) Restricted Payments that are made (i) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received and that the Borrower elects to apply under this clause (p); provided, that such Restricted Payment is made within 180 days of such contribution or sale or (ii) without duplication with clause (i), in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from a Disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Closing Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions, in each case, to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; and

(q) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Agreement.

(r) to pay interest and/or principal (including AHYDO “catch-up payments”) on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash as common equity (or other equity reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); provided that (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall increase Consolidated Total Debt on a dollar-for-dollar basis, (ii) all interest expense relating to such Indebtedness shall (x) reduce Consolidated Net Income and (y) increase Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and (iii) such contribution of equity shall be disregarded for all purposes hereunder.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no Loan Party shall make any Restricted Payments (whether pursuant to a sale, lease, license, transfer, Investment, Restricted Payment or otherwise) with any Reserve Report Properties, cash or Cash Equivalents to (1) any Affiliate of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party other than (x) Investments pursuant to the second proviso in Section 7.02(c), and clause (iv) of Section 7.02(i) and Section 7.02(n) and (y) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(g), 7.06(i), 7.06(j), 7.06(k) or 7.06(p) or deemed made in connection with transactions permitted pursuant to Section 7.08(d) and 7.08(i) or (2) any Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the Borrower may not, nor permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment to the Sponsors until the date that is eighteen (18) months after the Closing Date.

 

128


SECTION 7.07 Change in Nature of Business.

The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from (i) the business conducted by them on the Closing Date or (ii) any other business reasonably related, complementary, incidental, synergistic or ancillary thereto (including Industry Investments) or reasonable extensions thereof.

SECTION 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates.

Neither the Borrower shall, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business in excess of $10,000,000, other than (a) loans and other transactions among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such loan or other transaction to the extent permitted under this Article VII, (b) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the Transactions and the payment of Transaction Expenses as part of or in connection with the Transactions, (d) so long as no Event of Default under Sections 8.01(a), (b) (but only as a result of a default in the due performance of any covenant contained in Section 6.08) or (f) has occurred and is continuing, the payment of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, termination and advisory fees pursuant to the Investor Management Agreement and related indemnities and reasonable expenses, (e) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.06 (other than Section 7.06(e)) and Investments permitted under Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e)), (f) employment and severance arrangements between the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business, (g) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, directors, managers, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower) in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (h) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 7.08 or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (i) customary payments by the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Investors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or managers or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower, in good faith, (j) payments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to any tax sharing agreements with any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, but only to the extent permitted by Section 7.06(i)(iii), (k) the issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Borrower to any Permitted Holder or to any former, current or future director, manager, officer, employee or consultant (or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent thereof, (l) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with prudent business practice followed by companies in the Oil and Gas Business, (m) Permitted Intercompany Activities or other payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or

 

129


industry norms (including, without limitation, any cash management activities related thereto), (n) sales or conveyances of net profits interests or other royalty interests for cash at fair market value allowed under Section 7.05, (o) a joint venture which would constitute a transaction with an Affiliate solely as a result of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an equity interest or otherwise controlling such joint venture or similar entity, (p) customary agreements and arrangements with oil and gas royalty trusts and master limited partnership agreements that comply with the affiliate transaction provisions of such royalty trust or master limited partnership agreement, (q) transactions between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Borrower or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person; (r) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith; (s) transactions permitted by Section 7.04 solely for the purpose of (i) reorganizing to facilitate any initial public offering of securities of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company, (ii) forming a holding company or (iii) reincorporating in a new jurisdiction within the United States and (t) any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors in good faith or, any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 7.09 Burdensome Agreements.

The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or to make or repay intercompany loans and advances to the Borrower or any Guarantor or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i)(x) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09) are listed on Schedule 7.09 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower; provided, further, that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Sections 7.04 or 7.05 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable to joint ventures or otherwise arise in agreements which restrict the Disposition or distribution of assets or property subject to oil and gas leases, joint operating agreements, joint exploration and/or development agreements, participation

 

130


agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the oil and gas exploration and development business and customary provisions in any Agreement of the type described in the definition of “Industry Investments” entered into in the ordinary course of business, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(e), (g) or (m) and to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 7.01 and 7.02 and limited to such cash or deposit, (xiii) are customary restrictions contained in any First Lien Credit Document, the Third Lien Credit Facility, the Existing Unsecured Notes or any Permitted Refinancing thereof and (xiv) are customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligation.

SECTION 7.10 Use of Proceeds.

The proceeds of the Term Loans shall be used in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the Preliminary Statements to this Agreement.

SECTION 7.11 Anti-Layering.

No Loan Party will incur or suffer to exist any Indebtedness (other than the Loans or other Obligations) that (a) is secured by Liens that are contractually subordinated to the Liens securing the First Lien Secured Obligations other than Liens that secure Indebtedness on an equal and ratable basis with, and are subordinated to the priority of, the Liens securing the Loans and Obligations or (b) has rights with respect to the receipt of proceeds of collateral following the exercise of any rights or remedies that is junior to the rights of holder of the First Lien Secured Obligations as in effect on the date hereof unless such rights of the holders of such Indebtedness are junior in all respects to such rights of the Lenders.

SECTION 7.12 Accounting Changes.

The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders, in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

 

131


SECTION 7.13 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness.

(a) The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, repay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal and interest shall be permitted), any subordinated Indebtedness, any unsecured Indebtedness (including any Existing Unsecured Notes) or any other Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a Lien that is junior to the Lien securing the Obligations or is or is required to be subordinated, in right of payment, to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents (collectively, “Junior Financing”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness constitutes a Permitted Refinancing and, if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 7.03(g), is permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(g) as of the date of such repayment, redemption, purchase or defeasance, to the extent not required to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to, or the repayment, redemption or purchase of any Junior Financing with the net cash proceeds of, Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents, (iii) the prepayment of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not prohibited by the subordination provisions contained in the Intercompany Note, (iv) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 1.7% of Total Assets, (v) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings that are made (x) in an amount equal to the amount of Excluded Contributions previously received and that the Borrower elects to apply under this clause (v); provided, that such payment is made within 180 days of such contribution or sale or (y) without duplication with clause (x), in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from a Disposition in respect of property or assets acquired after the Closing Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions, in each case, to the extent Not Otherwise Applied and (vi) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an unlimited amount so long as, on a Pro Forma Basis after giving effect thereto, (x) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (y) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.50 to 1.00 and (z) Liquidity is equal to or greater than $75,000,000.

(b) The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to amend, modify or change in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

SECTION 7.14 Financial Covenants.

(a) Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio. The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (a) as of the last day of any Test Period ending on or prior to March 31, 2021 to be greater than 4.00:1.00, or (b) as of the last day of any Test Period ending thereafter to be greater than 3.50:1.00.

(b) Liquidity. Commencing on the last Business Day of the fiscal quarter ending on December 31, 2020 and as of the last Business Day of each fiscal quarter thereafter, the Borrower will not permit its Liquidity to be less than $40 million.

 

132


SECTION 7.15 Negative Pledge.

The Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, grant a Lien on its Reserve Report Properties, cash, deposit accounts or securities accounts to secure obligations under Indebtedness for borrowed money unless the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary substantially concurrently grants a Lien of the same priority as the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents on such Reserve Report Properties, cash, deposit accounts or securities accounts, as applicable, to the Collateral Agent to secure the Obligations.

SECTION 7.16 Anti-Hoarding.

The Borrower shall not permit the Consolidated Cash Balance to be greater than $100,000,000 (x) as of the last Business Day of any fiscal quarter and (y) for five consecutive Business Days following such last Business Day of any fiscal quarter.

ARTICLE VIII

Events of Default and Remedies

SECTION 8.01 Events of Default.

Any of the following from and after the Closing Date shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”):

(a) Non-Payment. Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within five (5) days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants. The Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a) or 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Article VII; or

(c) Other Defaults. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Sections 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

(d) Representations and Warranties. Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default. Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any, (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an outstanding aggregate principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Obligations), the effect of which default or other event results in the holder or holders of such

 

133


Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) causing, with the giving of notice if required, the maturity of such Indebtedness to become accelerated; provided that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness the maturity of which becomes so accelerated as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; provided, further, that this clause (e)(B) shall not apply to any breach or default that is (I) remedied by the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary or (II) waived (including in the form of amendment) by the required holders of the applicable item of Indebtedness, in the case of (I) and (II), prior to the acceleration of Loans pursuant to this Section 8.01(e).

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment. (i) Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments. There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and has not denied coverage) and such judgment or order shall not have been satisfied, vacated, discharged or stayed or bonded pending an appeal for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days; or

(i) Invalidity of Loan Documents. Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Sections 7.04 or 7.05) or as a result of acts or omissions by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent or any Lender or the satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document or the validity or priority of a Lien as required by the Collateral Documents on a material portion of the Collateral; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(j) Change of Control. There occurs any Change of Control; or

 

134


(k) Collateral Documents. Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 or Sections 6.11 or 6.13 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction not prohibited under this Agreement) cease to create a valid and perfected Lien, with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and the Intercreditor Agreements on and security interest in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, (x) except to the extent that any such perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement or any loss thereof results from the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file Uniform Commercial Code continuation statements and (y) except as to Collateral consisting of Real Property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and such insurer has not denied coverage; or

(l) ERISA. (i) An ERISA Event occurs which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of a Loan Party in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan and a Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to result; or

(m) Junior Financing Documentation. (i) Any of the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any Junior Financing Documentation shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of any Junior Financing, if applicable.

SECTION 8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may and, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall take any or all of the following actions:

(i) declare the commitment of each Lender to make Loans to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(ii) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(iii) [Reserved]; and

(iv) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, (i) the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all

 

135


interest and other Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender and (ii) a premium equal to the Make-Whole Amount or Repayment Premium (in each case, determined as if the Loans were repaid at the time of such acceleration at the option of the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05) shall become immediately due and payable, and Borrower will pay such premium, as compensation to the Lenders for the loss of their investment opportunity and not as a penalty, whether or not an Insolvency Event has commenced, and (if an Insolvency Event has commenced) without regard to whether such Insolvency Event is voluntary or involuntary, or whether payment occurs pursuant to a motion, plan of reorganization, or otherwise, and without regard to whether the Loans and other Obligations are satisfied or released by foreclosure (whether or not by power of judicial proceeding), deed in lieu of foreclosure or by any other means. Without limiting the foregoing, any redemption, prepayment, repayment, or payment of the Obligations in or in connection with an Insolvency Event shall constitute an optional prepayment thereof under the terms of Section 2.05 and require the immediate payment of the Make-Whole Amount and Repayment Premium in view of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of ascertaining actual damages and by mutual agreement of the parties as to a reasonable calculation of each Lender’s lost profits as a result thereof. Any Make-Whole Amount and Repayment Premium payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be presumed to be the liquidated damages sustained by each Lender as the result of the early repayment or prepayment of the Term Loans and the Borrower agrees that it is reasonable under the circumstances currently existing. THE BORROWER EXPRESSLY WAIVES (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THEY MAY LAWFULLY DO SO) THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE OR LAW THAT PROHIBITS OR MAY PROHIBIT THE COLLECTION OF THE FOREGOING PREMIUMS IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACCELERATION. The Borrower expressly agrees (to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so) that: (A) the Make-Whole Amount and Repayment Premium is reasonable and is the product of an arm’s length transaction between sophisticated business people, ably represented by counsel; (B) the Make-Whole Amount and Repayment Premium shall be payable notwithstanding the then prevailing market rates at the time payment or redemption is made; (C) there has been a course of conduct between Lenders and the Borrower giving specific consideration in this transaction for such agreement to pay the Make-Whole Amount and Repayment Premium and (D) the Borrower shall be estopped hereafter from claiming differently than as agreed to in this paragraph. The Borrower expressly acknowledges that its agreement to pay or guarantee the payment of the Make-Whole Amount and Repayment Premium, to the Lenders as herein described is a material inducement to Lenders to make (or be deemed to make) the Term Loans.

SECTION 8.03 Exclusion of Immaterial Subsidiaries.

Solely for the purpose of determining whether a Default or Event of Default has occurred under clause (f) or (g) of Section 8.01, any reference in any such clause to any Restricted Subsidiary or Loan Party shall be deemed not to include any Immaterial Subsidiary.

SECTION 8.04 Application of Funds.

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest and Make-Whole Amount,

 

136


Repayment Premium and premium, if any, but including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III) payable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest and Make-Whole Amount, Repayment Premium and premium, if any) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article III), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and Make-Whole Amount, Repayment Premium and premium, if any, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Borrower that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

SECTION 8.05 Equity Cure.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 8 or in any Credit Document, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with Section 7.14(a), then (A) until the expiration of the tenth Business Day subsequent to the date the compliance certificate for calculating the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(a) (the “Cure Deadline”), the Borrower shall have the right to cure such failure (the “Cure Right”) by receiving cash proceeds (which cash proceeds shall be received no earlier than the first day of the applicable fiscal quarter for which there is a failure to comply with Section 7.14(a)) from an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) for cash as a cash capital contribution (or from any other contribution of cash to capital or issuance or sale of any other Equity Interests on terms reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders), and upon receipt by the Borrower of such cash proceeds (such cash amount being referred to as the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDAX shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of an Event of Default resulting from a breach of Section 7.14 with respect to any Test Period that includes the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount;

 

137


(ii) Consolidated Total Debt for such Test Period shall be decreased solely to the extent proceeds of the Cure Amount, if any, are actually applied to prepay any Indebtedness (provided that any such Indebtedness so prepaid shall be a permanent repayment of such Indebtedness and termination of commitments thereunder) included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and any cash proceeds shall not be “netted” for purposes of ratio calculations with respect to any four fiscal quarter period in which the fiscal quarter period in which such equity cure has been made is included; and

(iii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of Section 7.14, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 7.14 as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of Section 7.14 that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; provided that (A) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Cure Right is exercised, (B) Cure Rights shall not be exercised more than five times during the term of this Agreement, (C) each Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with Section 7.14 above (such amount, the “Necessary Cure Amount”); provided that if the Cure Right is exercised prior to the date financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter, then the Cure Amount shall be equal to the amount reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith that is required for purposes of complying with Section 7.14 for such fiscal quarter (such amount, the “Expected Cure Amount”), (D) in respect of the fiscal quarter in which such Cure Right was exercised and for each Test Period that includes such fiscal quarter, all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for the purposes of any financial ratio determination under the Credit Documents other than for determining compliance with Section 7.14 and (E) no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to make any extension of credit hereunder during the 10 Business Day period referred to above, unless the Borrower shall have received the Cure Amount; and

(iv) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice, on or prior to the Cure Deadline, that the Borrower intends to exercise the Cure Right in respect of a fiscal quarter, the Lenders shall not be permitted to accelerate Loans held by them or to exercise remedies against the Collateral on the basis of a failure to comply with the requirements of Section 7.14, unless such failure is not cured pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right on or prior to the Cure Deadline.

(e) Expected Cure Amount. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that the Expected Cure Amount is less than the Necessary Cure Amount, then not later than the applicable Cure Deadline, the Borrower must receive cash proceeds from issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or a cash capital contribution, which cash proceeds received by Borrower shall be equal to the shortfall between such Expected Cure Amount and such Necessary Cure Amount.

 

138


ARTICLE IX

Administrative Agent and Other Agents

SECTION 9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Agents.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or Participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the use of the term “agent” herein and in the other Loan Documents with reference to any Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable Law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between independent contracting parties.

(b) Reserved.

(c) Each of the Secured Parties hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Secured Party for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent (and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.02 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX (including Section 9.07, as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

(d) Each Lender hereby (i) acknowledges that it has received a copy of the Intercreditor Agreements, (ii) agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements to the extent then in effect, and (iii) authorizes and instructs the Collateral Agent to enter into each Intercreditor Agreement as Collateral Agent and on behalf of such Lender.

 

139


(e) Except as provided in Sections 9.09 and 9.11, the provisions of this Article IX are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

SECTION 9.02 Delegation of Duties.

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents or of exercising any rights and remedies thereunder) by or through agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel and other consultants or experts concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Agent-Related Persons. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Agent-Related Persons of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the Facilities as well as activities as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or sub-agent or attorney-in-fact that it selects in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined in the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction).

SECTION 9.03 Liability of Agents.

No Agent-Related Person shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein), (b) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity, (c) be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent or (d) be responsible in any manner to any Lender or Participant for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof, contained herein or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, any failure to monitor or maintain any part of the Collateral, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Collateral Documents, or for any failure of any Loan Party or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender or participant to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by

 

140


the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent (as applicable) to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law.

SECTION 9.04 Reliance by Agents.

Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, communication, signature, resolution, representation, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message, electronic mail message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Each Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders (or such greater number of Lenders as may be expressly required hereby in any instance) and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders.

SECTION 9.05 Notice of Default.

The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees required to be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders, unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” The Administrative Agent will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to any Event of Default as may be directed by the Required Lenders in accordance with Article VIII; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent has received any such direction, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders.

SECTION 9.06 Credit Decision; Disclosure of Information by Agents.

Each Lender acknowledges that no Agent-Related Person has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any consent to and acceptance of any assignment or review of the affairs of any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender as to any matter, including whether Agent-Related Persons have disclosed material information in their possession. Each Lender represents to each Agent that it has, independently and without reliance

 

141


upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of, and investigation into, the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and all applicable bank or other regulatory Laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Borrower hereunder. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by any Agent herein, such Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any of the Loan Parties or any of their Affiliates which may come into the possession of any Agent-Related Person.

SECTION 9.07 Indemnification of Agents.

Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand each Agent-Related Person (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of any Loan Party and without limiting the obligation of any Loan Party to do so), pro rata, and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by it; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting from such Agent-Related Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by the final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Loan Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 9.07. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.07 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. The undertaking in this Section 9.07 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be.

SECTION 9.08 Agents in Their Individual Capacities.

Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Borrower and its respective Affiliates as though Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. were not the Administrative

 

142


Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder and without notice to or consent of the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. or its Affiliates may receive information regarding the Borrower or its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of the Borrower or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them. With respect to its Loans, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. and its Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Lender and may exercise such rights and powers as though it were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. in its individual capacity. Any successor to Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall also have the rights attributed to Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. under this paragraph.

SECTION 9.09 Successor Agents.

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may resign as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower and if either the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent has suffered a Lender Default, the Borrower may remove such Person from such role upon ten (10) days’ notice to the Lenders. Each of the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may also be removed at any time, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, by the Required Lenders upon written notice to the Borrower and such Person being removed. If the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent resigns under this Agreement or is removed by the Borrower or the Required Lenders, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall be consented to by the Borrower at all times other than (unless the successor agent is not a Lender) during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 8.01(f) or (g) (which consent of the Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in the case of a resignation, the Borrower, in the case of a removal by the Borrower, and the Required Lenders, in the case of a removal by the Required Lenders, may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Borrower (in the case of a resignation or removal by the Required Lenders), a successor agent from among the Lenders. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor agent hereunder, the Person acting as such successor agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or retiring Collateral Agent and the term “Administrative Agent” or “Collateral Agent” means such successor administrative agent or collateral agent and/or Supplemental Agent, as the case may be, and the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s appointment, powers and duties as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be terminated. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and the provisions of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under this Agreement. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent by the date which is thirty (30) days following the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s notice of resignation or ten (10) days following the Borrower’s or the Required Lenders’ notice of removal, the retiring Administrative Agent’s or the retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as the Administrative Agent or

 

143


Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (a) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (b) otherwise ensure that Section 6.11 is satisfied, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, discretion, privileges, and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Loan Documents. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Article IX and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

SECTION 9.10 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.

In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower or the Collateral Agent) shall be (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law) entitled and empowered (but not obligated), by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Lenders, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.03(h) and (i), 2.09, 10.04 and 10.05) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, curator, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under Sections 2.09, 10.04 and 10.05.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

144


SECTION 9.11 Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

The Lenders irrevocably agree:

(a) that any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document shall be automatically released (i) upon termination of the Aggregate Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is Disposed or to be Disposed as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Person required to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under the Loan Documents (or, if such transferee is a Person required to grant a Lien to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on such asset, at the option of the applicable Loan Party, such Lien on such asset may still be released in connection with the transfer so long as (x) the transferee grants a new Lien to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on such asset substantially concurrently with the transfer of such asset, (y) the transfer is between parties organized under the laws of different jurisdictions and at least one of such parties is a Foreign Subsidiary and (z) the priority of the new Lien is the same as that of the original Lien), (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders or (iv) if the property subject to such Lien is owned by a Guarantor, upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below;

(b) To release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Sections 7.01(u) or (w) (in the case of clause (w), to the extent required by the terms of the obligations secured by such Liens);

(c) That any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be automatically released from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; and

(d) the Collateral Agent may, without any further consent of any Lender, enter into (i) the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement (or any supplement or joinder thereto), and/or (ii) the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement (or any supplement or joinder thereto). The Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as to whether any such other Liens are permitted. Any intercreditor agreement entered into by the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall be binding on the Secured Parties.

provided, that the release of Liens on any property that is held by any Restricted Subsidiary or the release of a Guaranty of any Guarantor because, in each case pursuant to this Section 9.11, it ceases to be a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary (i) is only permitted if no Default or Event of Default exists at the time of such release, and (ii) must not be pursuant to a transaction causing such Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor, as applicable, to cease to be a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary that (A) was consummated in contemplation of the release and (B) involves the disposition or issuance of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary or Guarantor, as applicable, to an Affiliate thereof. Upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.11. In each case as specified in this Section 9.11, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent will promptly (and

 

145


each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as the Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.11.

SECTION 9.12 Other Agents; Lead Arranger.

None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “joint bookrunner”, “lead arranger”, “co-syndication agent” or “co-documentation agent” shall have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, none of the Lenders or other Persons so identified shall have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on any of the Lenders or other Persons so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

SECTION 9.13 Withholding Tax Indemnity.

To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective), such Lender shall, within 10 days after written demand therefor, indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to Section 3.01 and Section 3.04 and without limiting or expanding the obligation of the Borrower to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Taxes or otherwise, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any other out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. In addition, each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any applicable Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Loan Party to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Taxes excluded from the definition of Indemnified Taxes under exceptions (i) – (v) thereof and attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Credit Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.13. The agreements in this Section 9.13 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

 

146


SECTION 9.14 Appointment of Supplemental Agents.

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent are hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “Supplemental Agent” and collectively as “Supplemental Agents”).

(b) In the event that the Collateral Agent appoints a Supplemental Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Collateral Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Collateral Agent or such Supplemental Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article IX and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Agent and all references therein to the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be references to the Collateral Agent and/or such Supplemental Agent, as the context may require.

Should any instrument in writing from any Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to him or it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, such Loan Party shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. In case any Supplemental Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Agent.

ARTICLE X

Miscellaneous

SECTION 10.01 Amendments, Etc.

Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders, with an executed copy

 

147


thereof delivered to the Administrative Agent (to the extent not already party thereto), or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders, and such Loan Party and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that any amendment or waiver contemplated in clause (i) below, shall only require the consent of such Loan Party and the Required Lenders under the applicable Facility, as applicable; provided, further, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of each Lender holding such Commitment (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent or of any Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for, or reduce or forgive the amount of, any payment of principal or interest under Sections 2.07 or 2.08 without the written consent of each Lender holding the applicable Obligation (it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or (subject to clause (iii) of the second proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (or change the timing of payments of such fees or other amounts) without the written consent of each Lender holding such Loan or to whom such fee or other amount is owed; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of Sections 2.13, 8.04 or 10.01 or any analogous provision in a manner that would by its terms alter the pro rata sharing among the Lenders of payments required thereby, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or the definition of “Required Lenders,” “Required Class Lenders” or any other provision specifying the number of Lenders or portion of the Loans or Commitments required to take any action under the Loan Documents, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;

(e) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Sections 7.04 or 7.05, release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions, without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Sections 7.04 or 7.05, release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees provided by the Guarantors, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) [reserved];

(h) amend, waive or otherwise modify the portion of the definition of “Interest Period” that provides for one, two, three or six month intervals to automatically allow intervals in excess of six months, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby; or

(i) amend, waive or otherwise modify any term or provision (including the availability and conditions to funding under Section 2.16 with respect to Extended Term Loans, in each case, the

 

148


rate of interest applicable thereto) which directly affects Lenders of one or more Extended Term Loans and does not directly affect Lenders under any other Facility, in each case, without the written consent of the Required Lenders under such applicable Extended Term Loans (and in the case of multiple Facilities which are affected, with respect to any such Facility, such consent shall be effected by the Required Lenders of such Facility); provided, however, that the waivers described in this clause (i) shall not require the consent of any Lenders other than the Required Lenders under such applicable Extended Term Loans, as the case may be; and provided, further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (ii) Section 10.07(h) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (iii) the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of any Class of Commitments or Loans shall be required with respect to any amendment that by its terms adversely affects the rights of such Class in respect of payments or Collateral hereunder in a manner different than such amendment affects other Classes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms materially and adversely affects any Defaulting Lender (if such Lender were not a Defaulting Lender) to a greater extent than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding additional parties thereto, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.01, this Agreement and any other Loan Document may be amended solely with the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment is delivered in order (w) to correct or cure ambiguities, errors, omissions or defects, (x) to effect administrative changes of a technical or immaterial nature or (y) to fix incorrect cross references or similar inaccuracies in this Agreement or the applicable Loan Document in each case of clauses (w), (x) and (y), such amendment shall become effective without any further action or the consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof. The Collateral Documents and related documents in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be in a form

 

149


reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended, supplemented and waived with the consent of the Administrative Agent at the request of the Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment, supplement or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel, (ii) to correct or cure ambiguities, omissions, mistakes or defects or (iii) to cause such Collateral Documents or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and, in each case, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or the consent of any other party to any Loan Document if the same is not objected to in writing by the Required Lenders within five (5) Business Days following receipt of notice thereof.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the contrary, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent may enter into any Extension Amendment in accordance with Section 2.16 and such Extension Amendments shall be effective to amend the terms of this Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents, in each case, without any further action or consent of any other party to any Loan Document.

SECTION 10.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.

(a) General. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission and electronic mail). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower (or any other Loan Party) or the Administrative Agent, or the Collateral Agent, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of Section 10.02(c)), when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a voice mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures. Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile or other electronic communication. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

 

150


(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. All telephonic notices to the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

(d) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by FpML messaging and Internet or intranet websites pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent acting reasonably, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by such communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may each, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by FpML messaging and Internet or intranet websites pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

SECTION 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.

No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

SECTION 10.04 Attorney Costs and Expenses.

The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Lead Arranger for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (including all Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to one primary counsel for the Administrative Agent and one primary counsel for the Lenders (which shall be Akin

 

151


Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP for any and all of the foregoing in connection with the Transactions and other matters, including primary syndication, to occur on or prior to or otherwise in connection with the Closing Date) and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in each relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole (and solely in the case of an actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel and (if reasonably necessary) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitees similarly situated)) and (b) from and after the Closing Date, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lead Arranger and each Lender for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all respective Attorney Costs which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lead Arranger taken as a whole and one counsel to the Lenders taken as a whole, and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in any relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole and solely in the case of an actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel and (if reasonably necessary) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitees similarly situated). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all reasonable search, filing, recording and title insurance charges and fees related thereto, and other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid within thirty (30) days of receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail including, if requested by the Borrower and to the extent reasonably available, backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request; provided that with respect to the Closing Date, all amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid on the Closing Date solely to the extent invoiced to the Borrower within three Business Days of the Closing Date. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.

For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.04 shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, prepayments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising from any non-Tax claims.

SECTION 10.05 Indemnification by the Borrower.

The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent-Related Person, each Lender and their respective Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, agents, advisors and other representatives of each of the foregoing (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities (including Environmental Liabilities), obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs but limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel for all Indemnitees taken as a whole in each relevant jurisdiction that is material to the interests of the Lenders, and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant jurisdiction that is material to each group of similarly situated affected Indemnitees) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the

 

152


transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (c) any actual or alleged Environmental Liability regarding any Loan Party, or liability or obligation (whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise) of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under or relating to any Environmental Law or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”) in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any Indemnitee or of any of its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, agents, advisors or other representatives, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) a material breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or of any of its Affiliates or their respective directors, officers, employees, partners, advisors or other representatives, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any dispute solely among Indemnitees (other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an administrative agent, collateral agent or arranger or any similar role under any Facility and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of the Borrower, the Investors or any of their Affiliates). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor, to the extent permissible under applicable Law, shall any Indemnitee, Loan Party or any Subsidiary have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date) (other than, in the case of any Loan Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party and for any out-of-pocket expenses in each case subject to the indemnification provisions of this Section 10.05); it being agreed that this sentence shall not limit the indemnification obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary. In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents are consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided, however, that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund the amount of any payment to the extent that there is a final judicial or arbitral determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 10.05.

The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.05 shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, prepayments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising from any non-Tax claims.

 

153


SECTION 10.06 Payments Set Aside.

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, to the fullest extent possible under provisions of applicable Law, be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Bank Funding Rate from time to time in effect, in the applicable currency of such recovery or payment.

SECTION 10.07 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (except as permitted by Section 7.04) and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Assignee pursuant to an assignment made in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) (such an assignee, an “Eligible Assignee”) and (A) in the case of any Assignee that, immediately prior to or upon giving effect to such assignment, is an Affiliated Lender, Section 10.07(l), (B) [reserved], or (C) in the case of any Assignee that, immediately prior to or upon giving effect to such assignment, is a Debt Fund Affiliate, Section 10.07(p), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(f), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 10.07(h) or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(i) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void); provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Lender may assign or transfer by participation any of its rights or obligations hereunder to (i) any Person that is a Disqualified Lender, (ii) a natural Person or (iii) the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (except pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(v)) provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any assignment of Term Loans unless the Borrower shall have objected thereto within ten (10) Business Days after having received written notice thereof. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(f) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

If any Loans or Commitments are assigned or participated (x) to a Disqualified Lender or (y) without complying with the notice requirement under Section 10.07(q), then: (a) the Borrower may (i) terminate any Commitment of such person and prepay any applicable outstanding Loans at a price equal to the lesser of par and the amount such person paid to acquire such Loans, without premium, penalty, prepayment fee or breakage, and/or (ii) require such person to assign its rights and

 

154


obligations to one or more Eligible Assignees at the price indicated above (which assignment shall not be subject to any processing and recordation fee) and if such person does not execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such assignment within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Assumption to such person, then such person shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Assumption without any action on its part, (b) no such person shall receive any information or reporting provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (c) for purposes of voting, any Loans or Commitments held by such person shall be deemed not to be outstanding, and such person shall have no voting or consent rights with respect to “Required Lender” or class votes or consents, (d) for purposes of any matter requiring the vote or consent of each Lender affected by any amendment or waiver, such person shall be deemed to have voted or consented to approve such amendment or waiver if a majority of the affected class (giving effect to clause (c) above) so approves, and (e) such person shall not be entitled to any expense reimbursement or indemnification rights under any Loan Documents (including Sections 10.04 and 10.05) and the Borrower expressly reserves all rights against such person under contract, tort or any other theory and shall be treated in all other respects as a Defaulting Lender; it being understood and agreed that the foregoing provisions shall only apply to a Disqualified Lender and not to any assignee of such Disqualified Lender that becomes a Lender so long as such assignee is not a Disqualified Lender or an affiliate thereof.

The Administrative Agent shall not (a) have any responsibility or obligation to determine whether any Lender or participant or prospective Lender or participant is a Disqualified Lender or Affiliated Lender or (b) have any liability with respect to any assignment or participation of loans, or disclosure of confidential information, to any Disqualified Lender or Affiliated Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in the foregoing shall prejudice any right or remedy that the Borrower may have at law or in equity against any Lender who enters into an assignment, participation or other transaction (including the disclosure of confidential information) with a Disqualified Lender in contravention of the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (“Assignees”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for (i) an assignment of all or any portion of the Term Loans to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, (ii) [reserved], (iii) if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or, solely with respect to the Borrower, Section 8.01(f) has occurred and is continuing or (iv) an assignment of all or a portion of the Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l) or Section 10.07(p); and

(B) the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment (i) of all or any portion of a Term Loan to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or (ii) all or any portion of the Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l);

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

155


(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000, and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (provided that simultaneous assignments to or from two or more Approved Funds shall be aggregated for purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.07(b)(ii)(A)), unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents; provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (or if previously agreed with the Administrative Agent, manually), together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that only one such fee shall be payable in the event of simultaneous assignments to or from two or more Approved Funds; and

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire (in which the Assignee shall designate one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Loan Parties and their Affiliates or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the Assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable laws, including federal and state securities laws) and all applicable tax forms required pursuant to Section 3.01(d).

This paragraph (b) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

 

156


(c) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Sections 10.07(d) and (e), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, (1) the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and (2) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(f).

(d) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption, each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption delivered to it, and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans and the amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Agent and, with respect to such Lender’s own interest only, any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. This Section 10.07(d) and Section 2.11 shall be construed so that all Loans are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code and any related Treasury regulations (or any other relevant or successor provisions of the Code or of such Treasury regulations). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender or Disqualified Lender nor shall the Administrative Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders or Disqualified Lenders. Upon request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than five (5) Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01) provide to the Administrative Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than five (5) Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Administrative Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 10.01, provide to the Administrative Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans at such time.

(e) Upon its receipt of, and consent to, a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the assignee (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) above, if applicable, and the written consent of the Administrative Agent, if required, and, if required, the Borrower to such assignment and any applicable tax forms required pursuant to Section 3.01(d), the Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) accept such Assignment and Assumption and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph (e).

 

157


(f) Any Lender may at any time sell participations to any Person, subject to the proviso to Section 10.07(a) (each, a “Participant”), in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it; provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 10.01 that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. Subject to Section 10.07(g), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(c). To the extent permitted by applicable Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with an audit or other proceeding to establish that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

(g) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.01, 3.04 or 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or except to the extent that the entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a change in law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation.

(h) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

158


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “SPC”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) such SPC and the applicable Loan or any applicable part thereof, shall be appropriately reflected in the Participant Register. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Section), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement except in the case of Sections 3.01 or 3.04, to the extent that the grant to the SPC was made with the prior written consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower shall have reasonable basis for withholding consent if an exercise by SPC immediately after the grant would result in materially increased indemnification obligations to the Borrower at such time), (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

(k) [Reserved].

(l) Any Lender may, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at any time, assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations with respect to Term Loans under this Agreement to a Person who is or will become, after such assignment, an Affiliated Lender through (x) Dutch auctions open to all Lenders on a pro rata basis in accordance with procedures of the type described in Section 2.05(a)(v) or (y) open market purchases on a non-pro rata basis, in each case subject to the following limitations:

 

159


(i) the assigning Lender and the Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 hereto (an “Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption”);

(ii) Affiliated Lenders will not (i) receive information provided solely to Lenders by the Administrative Agent or any Lender and will not be permitted to attend or participate in conference calls or meetings attended solely by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans or Commitments required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Article II or (ii) challenge the Administrative Agent and the Lenders’ attorney client privilege;

(iii) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans held at any one time by Affiliated Lenders shall not exceed 25% of the original principal amount of all Term Loans at such time outstanding (such percentage, the “Affiliated Lender Cap”); provided that to the extent any assignment to an Affiliated Lender would result in the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Affiliated Lenders exceeding the Affiliated Lender Cap, the assignment of such excess amount will be void ab initio; and

(iv) as a condition to each assignment pursuant to this clause (l), the Administrative Agent shall have been provided a notice in the form of Exhibit M-2 to this Agreement in connection with each assignment to an Affiliated Lender or a Person that upon effectiveness of such assignment would constitute an Affiliated Lender pursuant to which such Affiliated Lender shall waive any right to bring any action in connection with such Term Loans against the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as such.

Each Affiliated Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) if it acquires any Person who is also a Lender, and each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) if it becomes an Affiliated Lender. Such notice shall contain the type of information required and be delivered to the same addressee as set forth in Exhibit M-2.

(m) [Reserved].

(n) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders,” or “Required Class Lenders,” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, the Required Class Lenders (in respect of a Class of Term Loans) or the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom unless the action in question affects any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders, or subject to Section 10.07(o), any plan of reorganization pursuant to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to consent (or not consent), otherwise act or direct or require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to take (or refrain from taking) any such action and:

 

160


(A) all Term Loans held by any Affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders or the Required Class Lenders (in respect of a Class of Term Loans) have taken any actions; and

(B) all Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders shall be deemed to be not outstanding for all purposes of calculating whether all Lenders have taken any action unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on other Lenders.

(o) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary, each Affiliated Lender hereby agrees that and each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption shall provide a confirmation that, if a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law shall be commenced by or against the Borrower or any other Loan Party at a time when such Lender is an Affiliated Lender, such Affiliated Lender irrevocably authorizes and empowers the Administrative Agent to vote on behalf of such Affiliated Lender with respect to the Term Loans held by such Affiliated Lender in any manner in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion, unless the Administrative Agent instructs such Affiliated Lender to vote, in which case such Affiliated Lender shall vote with respect to the Term Loans held by it as the Administrative Agent directs; provided that such Affiliated Lender shall be entitled to vote in accordance with its sole discretion (and not in accordance with the direction of the Administrative Agent) in connection with any plan of reorganization to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat any Obligations held by such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner to such Affiliated Lender than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Term Lenders that are not Affiliated Lenders.

(p) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document or (iii) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, and all Term Loans held by Debt Fund Affiliates may not account for more than 49.9% (pro rata among such Debt Fund Affiliates) of the Term Loans of consenting Lenders included in determining whether the Required Lenders have consented to any action pursuant to Section 10.01.

(q) Any request for consent of the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.07(b)(i)(A) or 10.07(f) and related communications shall be delivered by the Administrative Agent simultaneously to the following Persons:

(i) with respect to any request for consent in respect of any assignment related to Term Loans, to (A) any recipient that is an employee of the Borrower, as designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower from time to time (if any) and (B) the chief financial officer of the Borrower or any other Responsible Officer designated by the Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent from time to time; and

(ii) in addition to the Persons set forth in clause (i) above and prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, with respect to any request for consent in respect of any assignment or participation related to Term Loans, to an employee of the Sponsor designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by the Sponsor from time to time.

 

161


SECTION 10.08 Confidentiality.

Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information and not to disclose such information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender or its Affiliates); provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (c) to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Facilities or market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Administrative Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Loan Documents; (d) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (e) to any other party to this Agreement; (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 10.07(h), counterparty to a Swap Contract or other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to the Borrower and its obligations under this Agreement or payments hereunder, Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (and in each case, its managers, administrators, trustees, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives; provided that the disclosure of any such Information to any Lenders or Eligible Assignees or Participants and each of its managers, administrators, trustees, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives, shall be made subject to the acknowledgement and acceptance by such Lender, Eligible Assignee or Participant that such Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this Section 10.08 or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower, including, without limitation, as agreed in any Borrower Materials) in accordance with the standard processes of the Administrative Agent or customary market standards for dissemination of such type of Information; (g) with the written consent of the Borrower; (h) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or becomes available to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than a Loan Party or any Investor or their respective Affiliates (so long as such source is not known to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, such Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates to be bound by confidentiality obligations to any Loan Party); (i) to any Governmental Authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) regulating any Lender; (j) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender) or to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; (k) in connection with the exercise of any remedies

 

162


hereunder, under any other Loan Document or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder or (l) to the extent such Information is independently developed by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger, such Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates; provided that no disclosure shall be made to any Disqualified Lender. In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and publicly available information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “Information” means all information received from the Loan Parties relating to any Loan Party, its Affiliates or its Affiliates’ directors, managers, officers, employees, trustees, investment advisors or agents, relating to the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; provided that all information received after the Closing Date from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed confidential unless such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as not being confidential.

SECTION 10.09 Setoff.

In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Collateral Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Collateral Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and such Lender may have.

SECTION 10.10 Interest Rate Limitation.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If any Agent or any Lender shall

 

163


receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

SECTION 10.11 Counterparts.

This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier or other electronic transmission of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission be confirmed by an original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier or other electronic transmission.

SECTION 10.12 Integration; Termination.

This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

SECTION 10.13 Survival of Representations and Warranties.

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.

SECTION 10.14 Severability.

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision

 

164


in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.14, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

SECTION 10.15 GOVERNING LAW.

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS AND AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT COMMENCE OR SUPPORT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANOTHER JURISDICTION. EACH LOAN PARTY, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES (OTHER THAN TELECOPIER OR OTHER ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION) IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

SECTION 10.16 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.16 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

165


SECTION 10.17 Binding Effect.

This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified that each Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 10.07 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04.

SECTION 10.18 USA PATRIOT Act.

Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that (i) pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and (ii) pursuant to the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain a Beneficial Ownership Certification to the extent that the Borrower qualifies as a “Legal Entity Customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name, address and tax identification number of such Loan Party and other information regarding such Loan Party that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. This notice is given in accordance with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and is effective as to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 10.19 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

(a) In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that (i) the facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agents, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders, on the other hand, and the Borrower is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof), (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower or any of its Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person, (iii) none of the Agents, the Lead Arranger or the Lenders has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any Agent or Lender has advised or is currently advising the Borrower or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Agents, the Lead Arranger or the Lenders has any obligation to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates with respect to the financing transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, (iv) the Agents, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from, and may conflict with, those of the Borrower and its Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Lead Arranger or the Lenders has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary

 

166


relationship and (v) the Agents, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and the Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate. Each Loan Party hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Lead Arranger and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty under applicable law relating to agency and fiduciary obligations.

Each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that each Lender, the Lead Arranger and any affiliate thereof may lend money to, invest in, and generally engage in any kind of business with, any of the Borrower, any Investor, any Affiliate thereof or any other person or entity that may do business with or own securities of any of the foregoing, all as if such Lender, the Lead Arranger or Affiliate thereof were not an Lender or the Lead Arranger (or an agent or any other person with any similar role under the Facilities) and without any duty to account therefor to any other Lender, the Lead Arranger, the Borrower, any Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Each Lender, the Lead Arranger and any affiliate thereof may accept fees and other consideration from, the Borrower, any Investor or any Affiliate thereof for services in connection with this Agreement, the Facilities or otherwise without having to account for the same to any other Lender, the Lead Arranger, the Borrower, any Investor or any Affiliate of the foregoing. Some or all of the Lenders and the Lead Arranger may have directly or indirectly acquired certain equity interests (including warrants) in the Borrower, an Investor or an Affiliate thereof or may have directly or indirectly extended credit on a subordinated basis to the Borrower, an Investor or an Affiliate thereof. Each party hereto, on its behalf and on behalf of its affiliates, acknowledges and waives the potential conflict of interest resulting from any such Lender, the Lead Arranger or an Affiliate thereof holding disproportionate interests in the extensions of credit under the Facilities or otherwise acting as arranger or agent thereunder and such Lender, the Lead Arranger or Affiliate thereof directly or indirectly holding equity interests in or subordinated debt issued by the Borrower, an Investor or an Affiliate thereof.

SECTION 10.20 Electronic Execution of Loan Documents.

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (including any Assignment and Assumption) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based record keeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 10.21 Effect of Certain Inaccuracies.

In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate previously delivered pursuant to Section 6.02 was inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Rate for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Rate applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall as soon as practicable deliver to the Administrative Agent a corrected financial statement and a corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Rate shall be determined

 

167


based on the corrected Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the Borrower shall within 15 days after the delivery of the corrected financial statements and Compliance Certificate pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest or fees owing as a result of such increased Applicable Rate for such Applicable Period. This Section 10.21 shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders with respect to Sections 2.08(b) and 8.01.

SECTION 10.22 Judgment Currency.

If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due from the Borrower hereunder in the currency expressed to be payable herein (the “Specified Currency”) into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures any Lender could purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency at such Lender’s New York office on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligations of the Borrower in respect of any sum due to any Lender hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than the Specified Currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency such Lender may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Specified Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to such Lender in the Specified Currency, the Borrower agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Lender against such loss, and if the amount of the Specified Currency so purchased exceeds the sum originally due to such Lender in the Specified Currency, such Lender agrees to remit such excess to the Borrower.

SECTION 10.23 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto to any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution;

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

168


ARTICLE XI

Guaranty

SECTION 11.01 The Guaranty.

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally with the other Guarantors guarantees, as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety to each Secured Party and their respective successors and assigns, the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, demand, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of (i) Title 11 of the United States Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under Title 11 of the United States Code and (ii) any other Debtor Relief Laws) on the Loans made by the Lenders to, and the Notes held by each Lender of, the Borrower, and all other Obligations from time to time owing to the Secured Parties by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree that if the Borrower or other Guarantor(s) shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same in cash, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

SECTION 11.02 Obligations Unconditional.

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 11.01 shall constitute a guarantee of payment and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement, the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or Guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Guarantors hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

(i) at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, to the extent permitted by Law, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

(ii) any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

(iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under the Loan Documents or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or except as permitted pursuant to Section 11.10 any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

 

169


(iv) any Lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, any Lender or Agent as security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall fail to be perfected; or

(v) the release of any other Guarantor pursuant to Section 11.10.

The Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and, to the extent permitted by Law, all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Secured Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Borrower under this Agreement or the Notes, if any, or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein, or against any other person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations. The Guarantors waive, to the extent permitted by Law, any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Secured Party upon this Guaranty or acceptance of this Guaranty, and the Guaranteed Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this Guaranty, and all dealings between the Borrower and the Secured Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this Guaranty. This Guaranty shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations at any time or from time to time held by Secured Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by the Secured Parties or any other person at any time of any right or remedy against the Borrower or against any other person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement there may be no Guaranteed Obligations outstanding.

SECTION 11.03 Reinstatement.

The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article XI shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or other Loan Party in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

SECTION 11.04 Subrogation; Subordination.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that until the payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement, it shall waive any claim and shall not exercise any right or remedy, direct or indirect, arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 11.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against the Borrower or any other Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations. Any Indebtedness of any Loan Party permitted pursuant to Sections 7.03(b)(ii) or 7.03(d) shall be subordinated to such Loan Party’s Obligations in the manner set forth in the Intercompany Note evidencing such Indebtedness.

 

170


SECTION 11.05 Remedies.

The Guarantors jointly and severally agree that, as between the Guarantors and the Lenders, the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the Notes, if any, may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Section 8.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Section 8.02) for purposes of Section 11.01, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by the Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 11.01.

SECTION 11.06 Instrument for the Payment of Money.

Each Guarantor hereby acknowledges that the guarantee in this Article XI constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that any Lender or Agent, at its sole option, in the event of a dispute by such Guarantor in the payment of any moneys due hereunder, shall have the right to bring a motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

SECTION 11.07 Continuing Guaranty.

The guarantee in this Article XI is a continuing guarantee of payment, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

SECTION 11.08 General Limitation on Guarantees.

In any action or proceeding involving any state corporate limited partnership or limited liability company law, or any applicable state, federal or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other Law affecting the rights of creditors generally, if the obligations of any Guarantor under Section 11.01 would otherwise be held or determined to be void, voidable, invalid or unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any other creditors, on account of the amount of its liability under Section 11.01, then, notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, the amount of such liability shall, without any further action by such Guarantor, any Loan Party or any other person, be automatically limited and reduced to the highest amount (after giving effect to the right of contribution established in Section 11.11) that is valid and enforceable and not subordinated to the claims of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

SECTION 11.09 Information.

Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of the Borrower’s financial condition and assets, and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that each Guarantor assumes and incurs under this Guaranty, and agrees that none of any Agent or any Lender shall have any duty to advise any Guarantor of information known to it regarding those circumstances or risks.

 

171


SECTION 11.10 Release of Guarantors.

If, in compliance with the terms and provisions of the Loan Documents, (i) all or substantially all of the Equity Interests or property of any Guarantor are sold or otherwise transferred (a “Transferred Guarantor”) to a person or persons, none of which is a Loan Party or (ii) any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Excluded Subsidiary, such Transferred Guarantor shall, upon the consummation of such sale or transfer, be automatically released from its obligations under this Agreement (including under Section 10.05 hereof) and its obligations to pledge and grant any Collateral owned by it pursuant to any Collateral Document and, in the case of a sale of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of the Transferred Guarantor, the pledge of such Equity Interests to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall be automatically released, and, so long as the Borrower shall have provided the Agents such certifications or documents as any Agent shall reasonably request, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall, at such Transferred Guarantor’s expense, take such actions as are necessary to effect each release described in this Section 11.10 in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Collateral Documents.

When all Commitments hereunder have terminated, and all Loans or other Obligation hereunder which are accrued and payable have been paid or satisfied, this Agreement and the guarantees made herein shall terminate with respect to all Obligations, except with respect to Obligations that expressly survive such repayment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall, at each Guarantor’s expense, take such actions as are necessary to release any Collateral owned by such Guarantor in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Collateral Documents.

SECTION 11.11 Right of Contribution.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that to the extent that a Subsidiary Guarantor shall have paid more than its proportionate share of any payment made hereunder, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled to seek and receive contribution from and against any other Guarantor hereunder which has not paid its proportionate share of such payment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s right of contribution shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Section 11.04. The provisions of this Section 11.11 shall in no respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall remain liable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for the full amount guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

SECTION 11.12 OID Legend.

Each Note issued hereunder that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF OR OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST HEREIN, THE HOLDER AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.

THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR

 

172


PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS:

VINE OIL & GAS LP

[ADDRESS]

ATTN: [            ]

E-MAIL: [            ].

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

173


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as Borrower
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

  Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE MINERALS LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

  Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

  Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

  Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By:  

/s/ Maya Venkatraman

  Name:   Maya Venkatraman
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as Lender
By:  

/s/ Maya Venkatraman

  Name:   Maya Venkatraman
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Credit Agreement Signature Page]

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of December 30, 2019

among

VINE OIL & GAS LP

as the Borrower,

The Several Lenders

from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

and

Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

Section 1.

   Definitions      1  

1.1  

   Defined Terms      1  

1.2  

   Other Interpretive Provisions      57  

1.3  

   Accounting Terms      58  

1.4  

   Rounding      59  

1.5  

   References to Agreements, Laws, Etc      59  

1.6  

   Times of Day      59  

1.7  

   Timing of Payment or Performance      59  

1.8  

   Currency Equivalents Generally      59  

1.9  

   Classification of Loans and Borrowings      60  

1.10

   Hedging Requirements Generally      60  

1.11

   Certain Determinations      60  

1.12

   Pro Forma and Other Calculations      61  

1.13

   Divisions      62  

Section 2.

   Amount and Terms of Credit      63  

2.1  

   Commitments      63  

2.2  

   Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings      63  

2.3  

   Notice of Borrowing      64  

2.4  

   Disbursement of Funds      64  

2.5  

   Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt      65  

2.6  

   Conversions and Continuations      66  

2.7  

   Pro Rata Borrowings      67  

2.8  

   Interest      67  

2.9  

   Interest Periods      68  

2.10

   Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc      68  

2.11

   Compensation      70  

2.12

   Change of Lending Office      71  

2.13

   Notice of Certain Costs      71  

2.14

   Reserves      71  

2.15

   Defaulting Lenders      71  

2.16

   [Reserved]      73  

2.17

   [Reserved]      73  

2.18

   Alternate Rate of Interest      73  

Section 3.

   [Reserved]      74  

Section 4.

   Fees; Commitments      74  

4.1  

   Fees      74  

4.2  

   Voluntary Reduction of Commitments      75  

4.3  

   Mandatory Reduction or Termination of Commitments      75  

Section 5.

   Payments      75  

5.1  

   Voluntary Prepayments      75  

5.2  

   Mandatory Prepayments      76  

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

5.3  

   Method and Place of Payment      77  

5.4  

   Net Payments      78  

5.5  

   Computations of Interest and Fees      82  

5.6  

   Limit on Rate of Interest      82  

Section 6.

   Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of commitments      82  

Section 7.

   Conditions Precedent to All Credit Events      85  

Section 8.

   Representations, Warranties and Agreements      87  

8.1  

   Existence, Qualification and Power      87  

8.2  

   Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Binding Effect      87  

8.3  

   No Violation      87  

8.4  

   Litigation      88  

8.5  

   Margin Regulations      88  

8.6  

   Governmental Authorization      88  

8.7  

   Investment Company Act      88  

8.8  

   True and Complete Disclosure      88  

8.9  

   Tax Matters      89  

8.10

   Compliance with ERISA      89  

8.11

   Subsidiaries      90  

8.12

   Intellectual Property      90  

8.13

   Environmental Laws      90  

8.14

   Properties      90  

8.15

   Solvency      91  

8.16

   Security Documents      91  

8.17

   Gas Imbalances, Prepayments      91  

8.18

   Marketing of Production      92  

8.19

   Financial Statements      92  

8.20

   OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA      92  

8.21

   Hedge Agreements      93  

Section 9.

   Affirmative Covenants      93  

9.1  

   Information Covenants      93  

9.2  

   Books, Records and Inspections      97  

9.3  

   Maintenance of Insurance      98  

9.4  

   Payment of Taxes      98  

9.5  

   Preservation of Existence, Etc      99  

9.6  

   Compliance with Requirements of Law      99  

9.7  

   [Reserved]      99  

9.8  

   Maintenance of Properties      99  

9.9  

   Transactions with Affiliates      99  

9.10

   Compliance with Environmental Laws      103  

9.11

   Additional Guarantors, Grantors and Collateral      103  

9.12

   Use of Proceeds      105  

9.13

   Further Assurances      105  

9.14

   Reserve Reports      106  

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

9.15

   Change in Business      108  

9.16

   Title Information      108  

9.17

   Collateral Implementation      108  

Section 10.

   Negative Covenants      110  

10.1  

   Limitation on Indebtedness      110  

10.2  

   Limitation on Liens      114  

10.3  

   Limitation on Fundamental Changes      118  

10.4  

   Limitation on Sale of Assets      121  

10.5  

   Limitation on Investments      123  

10.6  

   Limitation on Restricted Payments      126  

10.7  

   Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments      131  

10.8  

   Negative Pledge Agreements      132  

10.9  

   Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions      134  

10.10

   Hedge Agreements      135  

10.11

   Financial Covenants      137  

10.12

   Accounting Changes      137  

10.13

   Public Disclosure      137  

Section 11.

   Events of Default      138  

11.1  

   Payments      138  

11.2  

   Representations, Etc      138  

11.3  

   Covenants      138  

11.4  

   Default Under Other Agreements      138  

11.5  

   Bankruptcy, Etc      139  

11.6  

   ERISA or Environmental      139  

11.7  

   Guarantee      140  

11.8  

   Security Documents      140  

11.9  

   Judgments      140  

11.10

   Change of Control      140  

11.11

   Intercreditor Agreements      140  

11.12

   Commitments as “Designated Revolving Commitments”      140  

11.13

   Application of Proceeds      141  

11.14

   Equity Cure      142  

Section 12.

   The Agents      143  

12.1  

   Appointment      143  

12.2  

   Delegation of Duties      144  

12.3  

   Exculpatory Provisions      144  

12.4  

   Reliance by Agents      145  

12.5  

   Notice of Default      145  

12.6  

   Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders      146  

12.7  

   Indemnification      146  

12.8  

   Agents in Its Individual Capacities      147  

12.9  

   Successor Agents      147  

 

-iii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page  

12.10

   Withholding Tax      148  

12.11

   Security Documents and Collateral Agent under Security Documents and Guarantee      148  

12.12

   Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee      149  

12.13

   Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim      149  

Section 13.

   Miscellaneous      150  

13.1  

   Amendments, Waivers and Releases      150  

13.2  

   Notices      153  

13.3  

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      154  

13.4  

   Survival of Representations and Warranties      154  

13.5  

   Payment of Expenses; Indemnification      154  

13.6  

   Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments      156  

13.7  

   Replacements of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      161  

13.8  

   Adjustments; Set-off      162  

13.9  

   Counterparts      163  

13.10

   Severability      163  

13.11

   Integration      163  

13.12

   GOVERNING LAW      163  

13.13

   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers      163  

13.14

   Acknowledgments      164  

13.15

   WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL      165  

13.16

   Confidentiality      165  

13.17

   Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations      167  

13.18

   USA PATRIOT Act      168  

13.19

   Payments Set Aside      168  

13.20

   Reinstatement      168  

13.21

   Disposition of Proceeds      169  

13.22

   Collateral Matters; Hedge Agreements      169  

13.23

   Agency of the Borrower for the Other Credit Parties      169  

13.24

   Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs      169  

13.25

   Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      170  

13.26

   Ab Initio Provisions      171  

 

-iv-


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A    LTM Leveraged Free Cash Flow Example
Exhibit B    Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C    Form of Guarantee
Exhibit D    Form of Mortgage/Deed of Trust
Exhibit E    Form of Collateral Agreement
Exhibit F    [Reserved]
Exhibit G    Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit H-1    Form of Promissory Note (Loan)
Exhibit H-2    [Reserved]
Exhibit I    Form of Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit J    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit K    Form of Non-Bank Tax Certificate
Exhibit L    Form of Intercompany Note

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1.1(a)    Commitments
Schedule 1.1(b)    Excluded Equity Interests
Schedule 1.1(e)    Closing Date Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 8.4    Litigation
Schedule 8.11    Subsidiaries
Schedule 8.14    Properties
Schedule 8.17    Closing Date Gas Imbalance
Schedule 8.18    Closing Date Marketing Agreements
Schedule 8.21    Closing Date Hedge Agreements
Schedule 9.9    Closing Date Affiliate Transactions
Schedule 10.1    Closing Date Indebtedness
Schedule 10.2(d)    Closing Date Liens
Schedule 10.5(d)    Closing Date Investments
Schedule 10.8    Closing Date Negative Pledge Agreements
Schedule 13.2    Notice Addresses

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 30, 2019, among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the banks, funds, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time parties as lenders hereto (each a “Lender” and, collectively, the “Lenders”), Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Lenders and the other Secured Parties.

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend credit in the form a revolving credit facility with a maximum available amount of $280,000,000;

WHEREAS, the Lenders are willing to extend such credit on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.

1.1 Defined Terms.

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below:

“2017 Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2017, by and among, inter alios, the Borrower and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, as in effect on the Closing Date and as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“2018 Indenture” shall mean that certain Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2018, by and among, inter alios, the Borrower and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, as in effect on the Closing Date and as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“2017 Unsecured Notes” shall mean the unsecured notes issued pursuant to the 2017 Indenture.

“2018 Unsecured Notes” shall mean the unsecured notes issued pursuant to the 2018 Indenture.

2020 Second Lien Facility” shall mean the Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof.

2020 Second Lien Term Loans” shall mean the loans in an initial aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000 made under the 2020 Second Lien Facility.


“ABR” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 12 of 1.0%, (b) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (c) the LIBOR Rate for a one-month Interest Period on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.0%, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the LIBOR Rate for any day shall be based on the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such page) at approximately 11:00 a.m. London time on such day. Any change in the ABR due to a change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such LIBOR Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or such LIBOR Rate, respectively.

“ABR Loan” shall mean each Loan bearing interest based on the ABR.

“Acceptable Junior Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean an intercreditor agreement that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their sole discretion.

“Acquired EBITDAX” shall mean, with respect to any Acquired Entity or Business or any Converted Restricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX were references to such Acquired Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or to such Converted Restricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries), as applicable, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable.

“Acquired Entity or Business” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDAX”.

“Adjusted Total Commitment” shall mean, at any time, the Total Commitment less the aggregate amount of Commitments of all Defaulting Lenders.

“Administrative Agent” shall mean Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, or any successor administrative agent appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.9.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 13.2, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower and the Lenders.

“Administrative Questionnaire” shall mean, for each Lender, an administrative questionnaire in a form approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

 

2


“Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

“Agent Related Party” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, its Affiliates and the officers, directors, employees, agents, attorney-in-fact, partners, trustees and advisors of such Agent and of such Agent’s Affiliates.

“Agreement” shall mean this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, replaced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Alternative Interest Rate Election Event” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.18(b).

“Applicable Equity Amount” shall mean, at any time (the “Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time”), an amount equal to, without duplication,

(a) the amount of any capital contributions made in cash to, or any proceeds of an equity issuance received by, the Borrower during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time, in each case including proceeds from the issuance of Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower, but excluding all proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Stock;

minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of:

(i) the aggregate amount of any Investments made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.5(g)(iii)(B) and Section 10.5(i)(B) after the Closing Date, and prior to the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time;

(ii) the aggregate amount of any Restricted Payments made by the Borrower pursuant to Section 10.6(m) after the Closing Date, and prior to the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time; and

(iii) the aggregate amount of prepayments, repurchases, redemptions and defeasances made by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.7(a)(iv) after the Closing Date and prior to the Applicable Equity Amount Reference Time.

“Applicable Margin” shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, 8.75% per annum, and (b) with respect to any LIBOR Loan, 9.75% per annum.

“Approved Petroleum Engineers” shall mean (a) Netherland, Sewell & Associates, Inc., (b) Ryder Scott Company, L.P., (c) W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Petroleum Engineering, and (d) at the Borrower’s option, any other independent petroleum engineers selected by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders.

 

3


“Assignment and Assumption” shall mean an assignment and acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit G or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent.

“Attorney Costs” shall mean all reasonable and documented fees, costs, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel.

“Authorized Officer” shall mean as to any Person, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the Controller, the Treasurer, the Assistant or Vice Treasurer, the Vice President-Finance, the General Counsel and any manager, managing member or general partner, in each case, of such Person, and any other senior officer designated as such in writing to the Administrative Agent by such Person. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by an Authorized Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability company, partnership and/or other action on the part of the Borrower or any other Credit Party and such Authorized Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Person.

“Available Commitment” shall mean, at any time, (a) the Loan Limit at such time minus (b) the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders at such time.

“Bail-in Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

“Bail-in Legislation” shall mean, with respect to the any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule.

“Bank Price Deck” shall mean, (i) initially the most recent “Bank Price Deck” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) provided to the Borrower by the First Lien Administrative Agent and provided by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date, (ii) as soon as practicable after the Closing Date and thereafter, a price deck provided by the Borrower which shall be the average of bank price decks available to the Borrower from Lenders under the First Lien Credit Agreement (each, an “Average Bank Price Deck”), and (iii) to the extent that (x) the most recently provided Average Bank Price Deck is not satisfactory to the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, (y) the Borrower does not provide an initial Average Bank Price Deck within 30 days after the Closing Date or (z) no obligations under the First Lien Facility remain outstanding at such time, such other price deck provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower, which may include the Administrative Agent’s internal price deck on a forward curve basis for each of oil, natural gas and other Hydrocarbons, as applicable, furnished to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“Bankruptcy Code” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.5.

“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership to the extent required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

4


“Benefited Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.8(a).

“Board” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America (or any successor).

“Board of Directors” shall mean, as to any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person, or if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity.

“Borrower” shall have the meaning provided in the introductory paragraph hereto.

“Borrowing” shall mean the incurrence of one Type of Loan on a given date (or resulting from conversions on a given date) having, in the case of LIBOR Loans, the same Interest Period (provided that ABR Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.10(b) shall be considered part of any related Borrowing of LIBOR Loans).

“Budget” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.1(g).

“Business Day” shall mean any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any other day on which banking institutions in New York City or Houston, Texas are authorized by law or other governmental actions to close, and, if such day relates to (a) any interest rate settings as to a LIBOR Loan, (b) any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, or (c) any other dealings pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such LIBOR Loan, such day shall be a day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

“Capitalized Lease” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is, or is required to be, accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person; provided that for all purposes hereunder the amount of obligations under any Capitalized Lease shall be the amount thereof accounted for as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP; provided, further, that for purposes of calculations made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, GAAP will be deemed to treat leases in a manner consistent with its current treatment under generally accepted accounting principles as of the Closing Date, notwithstanding any modifications or interpretative changes thereto that may occur. For the avoidance of doubt, any lease that would be characterized as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP on the Closing Date (whether or not such operating lease was in effect on such date) shall continue to be accounted for as an operating lease (and not as a Capitalized Lease) for purposes of this Agreement regardless of any change in GAAP following the Closing Date that would otherwise require such lease to be re-characterized (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) as a Capitalized Lease.

“Capitalized Software Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

5


“Captive Insurance Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

“Cash Equivalents” shall mean (a) obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency thereof, (b) commercial paper with maturities of not more than 180 days and a published rating of not less than A-1 or P-1 (or the equivalent rating), (c) (x) certificates of time deposit and bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than 180 days, (y) repurchase agreements backed by United States government securities and (z) demand deposits, in each case, of a commercial bank if (i) such bank has a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, or (ii) its debt obligations, or those of a holding company of which it is a Subsidiary, are rated not less than A (or the equivalent rating) by a nationally recognized investment rating agency and (d) U.S. money market funds that invest solely in obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or an agency thereof.

“Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement entered into from time to time by the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with cash management services for collections, other Cash Management Services and for operating, payroll and trust accounts of such Person, including automatic clearing house services, controlled disbursement services, electronic funds transfer services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

“Cash Management Bank” shall mean any Person that either (i) at the time it provides Cash Management Services, (ii) on the Closing Date or (iii) at any time after it has provided any Cash Management Services, is a Lender or an Agent or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Agent.

“Cash Management Obligations” shall mean obligations owed by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in connection with, or in respect of, any Cash Management Services.

“Cash Management Services” shall mean (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automated clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services) and (c) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including any Cash Management Agreement.

“Casualty Event” shall mean, with respect to any Collateral, (a) any damage to, destruction of, or other casualty or loss involving, any property or asset or (b) any seizure, condemnation, confiscation or taking under the power of eminent domain of, or any requisition of title or use of, or relating to, or any similar event in respect of, any property or asset.

“CFC” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

“Change in Law” shall mean (a) the adoption of any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation after the Closing Date, (b) any change in any law, treaty, order, policy, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the Closing Date or (c) compliance by any Lender with any guideline, request, directive or order enacted or

 

6


promulgated after the Closing Date by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law); provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Basel Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices (or any successor or similar authority) and all guidelines, requests, directives, orders, rules and regulations adopted, enacted or promulgated in connection therewith shall be deemed to have gone into effect after the Closing Date regardless of the date adopted, enacted or promulgated and shall be included as a Change in Law but solely for such costs that would have been included if they would have otherwise been imposed under clauses (a)(ii) and (c) of Section 2.10 and only to the extent a Lender is imposing applicable increased costs or costs in connection with capital adequacy requirements similar to those described in clauses (a)(ii) and (c) of Section 2.10 generally on other borrowers of comparable loans under United States reserve based credit facilities under credit agreements having similar reimbursement provisions.

“Change of Control” shall mean and be deemed to have occurred if:

(a) (i) at any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO (A) the Permitted Holders cease to own, in the aggregate, directly or indirectly, beneficially, at least 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower or (B) (1) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (2) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests of the Borrower beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; or (ii) at any time upon or after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO (1) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (2) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such Person and its Subsidiaries, and any Person acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests representing more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Borrower and the percentage of aggregate ordinary voting power so held is greater than the percentage of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the Equity Interests of the Borrower beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by the Permitted Holders; unless in the case of either clause (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower; or

(b) a “Change of Control” (as defined in the documentation governing the First Lien Facility, the Second Lien Facility, the 2017 Indenture or the 2018 Indenture or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred with respect thereto) shall have occurred.

 

7


“Class” shall mean (i) with respect to Commitments or Loans, those of such Commitments or Loans that have the same terms and conditions (without regard to differences in the Type of Loan, Interest Period, original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees paid or payable in connection with such Commitments or Loans, or differences in tax treatment (e.g., “fungibility”)); provided that such Commitments or Loans may be designated in writing by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and Lenders holding such Commitments or Loans as a separate Class from other Commitments or Loans that have the same terms and conditions and (ii) with respect to Lenders, those of such Lenders that have Commitments or Loans of a particular Class.

“Closing Date” shall mean December 30, 2019 (it being understood and agreed that on such date the conditions precedent specified in Section 6 were satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in Section 6).

“Closing Date Reserve Report” means that certain internally prepared reserve report as of June 30, 2019, audited by W.D. Von Gonten & Co.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning provided for such term in each of the Security Documents and shall include any and all assets securing or intended to secure any or all of the Obligations; provided that with respect to any Mortgages, “Collateral,” as defined herein, shall include “Mortgaged Property” as defined therein.

“Collateral Agent” shall mean Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as collateral agent under the Security Documents, or any successor collateral agent appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.9.

“Collateral Agreement” shall mean the Collateral Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

“Collateral Coverage Condition” shall mean that the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, has been granted first priority (subject only to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement) perfected Liens on all assets of the Credit Parties that constitute “Collateral” for the purposes of (and as such term is defined in) each of the First Lien Facility and the 2020 Second Lien Facility (and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof), including, without limitation, with respect to Mortgaged Properties, delivery to the Collateral Agent of title policies, opinions and other customary documentation (in each case to the extent the same has been provided in respect of each of the First Lien Facility or the 2020 Second Lien Facility): provided, that in any event the Collateral at all times shall include Oil and Gas Properties that constitute not less than 85% of the PV-9 of the Credit Parties’ total Proved Reserves (as determined by reference to the most recently delivered Reserve Report or Interim Reserve Report in accordance with this Agreement).

“Collateral Implementation Date” shall mean the date on which the Borrower first satisfies the requirements of Section 9.17 in accordance with the terms, conditions and timeframes specified therein.

 

8


“Commitment” shall mean, (a) with respect to each Lender that is a Lender on the Closing Date, the amount, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Commitments on the Closing Date, and set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1(a) as such Lender’s “Commitment” and (b) in the case of any Lender that becomes a Lender after the Closing Date, the amount specified as such Lender’s “Commitment” in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender assumed a portion of the Total Commitment, in each case as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Commitments as of the First Amendment Effective Date is $330,000,000.

“Commitment Fee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 4.1(a).

“Commitment Fee Rate” shall mean 0.424% per annum.

“Commitment Percentage” shall mean, at any time, for each Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) such Lender’s Commitment at such time by (b) the amount of the Total Commitment at such time; provided that at any time when the Total Commitment shall have been terminated, each Lender’s Commitment Percentage shall be the percentage obtained by dividing (i) such Lender’s Total Exposure at such time by (ii) the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders at such time (with such Total Exposure, and the components thereof, calculated using any applicable Lender’s outstanding principal amount of Loans).

“Commodity Exchange Act” shall mean the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq.), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Confidential Information” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.16.

“Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, and commissions, fees and expenses and amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses to pensions and other post-employment benefits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDAX” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(a) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than in the case of clauses (a)(vii) and (a)(viii)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital gains, including, without limitation, federal, state, franchise, excise, property and similar taxes (such as the Delaware franchise tax) and foreign withholding taxes (including (i) any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations and (ii) the amount of distributions actually made to any Parent Entity

 

9


in respect of such period in accordance with Sections 10.6(f)(ii)) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to clauses (a) through (u) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income, plus

(ii) Fixed Charges for such period (in addition to, without duplication, (x) bank fees and other deferred financing fees and (y) costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities), plus amounts excluded from Consolidated Interest Expense as set forth in clauses (i)(s) through (z) in the definition of Consolidated Interest Expense), plus

(iii) Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense for such period, plus

(iv) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (1) the Borrower may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (2) to the extent the Borrower does decide to add back such non-cash charge in the current period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDAX to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period), plus

(v) the amount of any reductions in arriving at Net Income resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 810, Consolidation, plus

(vi) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, advisory and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period to the extent permitted under clause (g) or (j) of Section 9.9, plus

(vii) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies (x) [reserved], (y) related to mergers and other business combinations, acquisitions, divestitures, restructurings, cost savings initiatives and other similar initiatives consummated after the Closing Date and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken, or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) within thirty-six (36) months after consummation of such merger or other business combination, acquisition, divestiture, restructuring or cost savings initiative or other similar initiative that have been taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower), and projected by the Borrower in good faith to result within thirty-six (36) months after such actions are taken, in each case, calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, and savings from synergies had been realized on the first day of such period, as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies were realized during the entirety of such

 

10


period, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such “run rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower and (B) no cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies shall be added pursuant to this clause (vii) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges otherwise added to Consolidated EBITDAX, whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, for such period, plus

(viii) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDAX pursuant to paragraph (b) below for any previous period and not added back, plus

(ix) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock), plus

(x) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus

(xi) (A) [reserved] and (B) costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Investments, acquisitions (or purchases of assets) after the Closing Date, plus

(xii) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves, equity-based or non-cash compensation charges or expenses including any such charges or expenses arising from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights, retention charges (including charges or expenses in respect of incentive plans), severance costs, costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement, costs or reserves associated with improvements to IT and accounting functions and integration and facilities opening costs or any one-time costs incurred in connection with acquisitions and investments; plus

(xiii) the amount of any non-cash interest expense of non-wholly owned Subsidiaries attributable to minority equity interests of third parties; plus

(xiv) the amount of net cost savings and net cash flow effect of revenue enhancements related to New Contracts projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be subject to certification by management of the Borrower and shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings or revenue enhancements had been

 

11


realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or revenue enhancements are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be added pursuant to this clause (xiv) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause (xii) above with respect to such period; plus

(xv) exploration expenses or costs (to the extent the Borrower adopts the successful efforts method of accounting); and

(b) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(i) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any non-cash gains that represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for any anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than any such accrual or reserve that has been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDAX in accordance with this definition), plus

(ii) any net income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, plus

(iii) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period unless such cash did not increase Consolidated EBITDAX in such prior period.

There shall be included in determining Consolidated EBITDAX for any period, without duplication, (A) the Acquired EBITDAX of any Person, property, business or asset acquired by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (but not the Acquired EBITDAX of any related Person, property, business or assets to the extent not so acquired), to the extent not subsequently sold, transferred or otherwise disposed by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset acquired and not subsequently so disposed of, an “Acquired Entity or Business”) and the Acquired EBITDAX of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that is converted into a Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each, a “Converted Restricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Acquired EBITDAX of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) and (B) for the purposes of the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition”, compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 10.11 and the calculation of the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio, but without limiting the adjustments included in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX, an adjustment in respect of each Acquired Entity or Business equal to the amount of the Pro Forma Adjustment with respect to such Acquired Entity or Business for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such acquisition) as specified in a certificate executed by an Authorized Officer and delivered to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent. There shall be excluded in determining Consolidated EBITDAX for any period the Disposed EBITDAX of any Person,

 

12


property, business or asset (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of or, closed or classified as discontinued operations (but if such operations are classified as discontinued due to the fact that they are subject to an agreement to dispose of such operations, only when and to the extent such operations are actually disposed of) by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary during such period (each such Person, property, business or asset so sold or disposed of, a “Sold Entity or Business”) and the Disposed EBITDAX of any Restricted Subsidiary that is converted into an Unrestricted Subsidiary during such period (each a “Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary”), based on the actual Disposed EBITDAX of such Sold Entity or Business or Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for such period (including the portion thereof occurring prior to such sale, transfer or disposition.

For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDAX shall be calculated, including pro forma adjustments, in accordance with Section 1.12.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(i) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent such expense was deducted (and not added back) in computing Consolidated Net Income (including (a) amortization of original issue discount resulting from the issuance of Indebtedness at less than par, (b) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit or bankers acceptances, (c) non-cash interest payments (but excluding any non-cash interest expense attributable to the movement in the mark to market valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to GAAP), (d) the interest component of obligations under any Capitalized Lease, and (e) net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received), pursuant to interest rate Hedge Agreements with respect to Indebtedness, and excluding (s) costs associated with obtaining Hedge Agreements and breakage costs in respect of Hedge Agreements related to interest rates, (t) any expense resulting from the discounting of any Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization accounting or, if applicable, purchase accounting in connection with any acquisition, (u) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (v) any “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” with respect to other securities for failure to timely comply with registration rights obligations, (w) amortization or expensing of deferred financing fees, amendment and consent fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and discounted liabilities, (x) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees and any other fees related to any acquisitions after the Closing Date, (y) any accretion of accrued interest on discounted liabilities and any prepayment premium or penalty (other than Indebtedness except to the extent arising from the application of purchase or recapitalization accounting) and (z) annual agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents under any credit facilities or other debt instruments or document); plus

(ii) consolidated capitalized interest of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued; less

(iii) interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period.

 

13


For purposes of this definition, interest on obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such obligations in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:

(a) any net after-tax effect of extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses, charges or expenses or losses, charges or expenses relating to any strategic initiatives (including relating to any multi-year strategic initiatives), Transaction Expenses, restructuring costs and reserves, duplicative running costs, relocation costs, integration costs, expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets, Public Company Costs, facility consolidation and closing costs, severance costs and expenses, one-time compensation charges, costs relating to pre-opening, opening, closing and consolidation costs for facilities, signing, retention or completion bonuses, executive recruiting and retention costs, costs incurred in connection with any strategic initiatives, transition costs, costs incurred in connection with non-ordinary course product and intellectual property development, costs incurred in connection with acquisitions (or purchases of assets) prior to or after the Closing Date (including integration costs), other business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs, tax savings and optimization initiatives, and new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs (including information technology systems) and implementation costs and project start-up costs), operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives, consulting fees and curtailments and modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans shall be excluded;

(b) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP, shall be excluded;

(c) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses on disposal, abandonment (including asset retirement costs) or discontinuance of disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations, as applicable, shall be excluded provided that any exclusion for the discontinuance of discontinued operations held for sale shall be at the option of the Borrower pending the consummation of such sale;

(d) any net after-tax effect of gains or losses (less all fees, expenses and charges relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions or abandonments or the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business, shall be excluded;

(e) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded; provided that Consolidated Net Income of any Person shall

 

14


be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(f) any penalty or other similar amounts in excess of $30,000,000 in any calendar year paid under gathering or transportation agreements as a result of insufficient volumes shall be excluded;

(g) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP (including any impact of changes to inventory valuation policy method (including changes in capitalization of variances), property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items thereof) resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation any consummated acquisition, joint venture or similar investment permitted under this Agreement consummated on, prior to or after the Closing Date or the amortization or write-off or write-down of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded;

(h) any net after-tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedge Agreements or (c) other derivative instruments shall be excluded;

(i) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP or SEC guidelines, and any impairment charges, asset write-offs or write-down, including ceiling test write-downs, on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines shall be excluded;

(j) any non-cash equity or phantom equity based or non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, profits interests or other rights or equity or equity-based incentive programs (“equity incentives”), any cash charges associated with equity incentives or other long-term incentive compensation plans (including under the Borrower’s Tier I Equity Sharing Award Agreements and/or deferred compensation arrangements), roll-over, acceleration, or payout of Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of such Person or of a Restricted Subsidiary or any of its direct or indirect parent companies, shall be excluded;

(k) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Disposition or other transfer, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the syndication and incurrence of any securities or credit facilities), issuance of Equity Interests (including by any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower), recapitalization, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of

 

15


any securities and any credit facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 805, Business Combinations), shall be excluded;

(l) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the entry into or termination of any Hedge Agreements shall be excluded;

(m) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twenty-four months after the closing of any acquisition or Investment that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition or Investment in accordance with GAAP or changes as a result of modifications of accounting policies shall be excluded;

(n) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period), shall be excluded;

(o) the net income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than restrictions in this Agreement), unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into Cash Equivalents) to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(p) any non-cash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, shall be excluded;

(q) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded;

 

16


(r) (i) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(s) without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of income taxes for of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(f)(ii) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(t) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a previously recognized increase to net income); and

(u) the following items shall be excluded:

(i) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from Hedge Agreements and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging;

(ii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency transaction or translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from (A) Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risk and (B) resulting from intercompany indebtedness) and any other foreign currency transaction or translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items;

(iii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in methodology of calculating reserves, rebates or other chargebacks;

(iv) any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees, or any comparable regulation; and

(v) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement.

“Consolidated Secured Total Debt” shall mean Consolidated Total Debt minus the sum of the portion of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary included in clause (a) of the definition of Consolidated Total Debt that is not secured by any Lien on property or assets of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

17


“Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Secured Total Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period.

“Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment or other acquisition, on a Pro Forma Basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

“Consolidated Total Debt” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of (without duplication) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, in an amount that would be reflected on a consolidated balance sheet (excluding the notes thereto) prepared as of such date on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, Investment or any other acquisition permitted hereunder), consisting only of Indebtedness for borrowed money, purchase money indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of any Capitalized Lease, and debt obligations evidenced by promissory notes, bonds, debentures, loan agreements or similar instruments, minus (b) the aggregate amount of all unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents on the balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date, minus (c) $25,000,000; provided that clause (a) above shall not include Indebtedness (i) in respect of Hedging Obligations (but shall include net unpaid termination payments under Hedge Agreements), (ii) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder and (iii) of Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period.

“Consolidated Working Capital” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the excess of (i) all assets (excluding (x) cash and Cash Equivalents and (y) the mark to market value of derivative instruments, in each case, classified as such in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries which under GAAP which would be classified as current assets on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower over (ii) all liabilities (excluding (x) current maturities of long term debt, (y) the mark to market value of derivative instruments and (z) gas gathering liabilities, in each case, classified as such in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries which under GAAP which would be classified as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower.

“Contractual Requirement” shall have the meaning provided in Section 8.3.

 

18


“Controlled Investment Affiliate” shall mean, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Borrower and/or other companies.

“Converted Restricted Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

“Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

“Credit Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Guarantee, the Security Documents, any promissory notes issued by the Borrower under this Agreement and any intercreditor agreement with respect to the Facility entered into on or after the Closing Date to which the Collateral Agent is party.

“Credit Event” shall mean and include the making (but not the conversion or continuation) of a Loan.

“Credit Party” shall mean each of the Borrower and the Guarantors.

“Cure Amount” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14(a).

“Cure Deadline” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14(a).

“Cure Right” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.14(a).

“Debt Fund Affiliate” shall mean any Affiliate of the Sponsor that is a bona fide diversified debt fund and is not either (a) a natural person or (b) the Borrower, a Subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Debtor Relief Laws” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” shall mean any event, act or condition that with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.8(c).

“Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender whose acts or failures to act, whether directly or indirectly, cause it to meet any part of the definition of “Lender Default”.

“Disposition” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.4.

 

19


“Dispose” or “Disposed of” shall have a correlative meaning to the defined term of “Disposition”.

“Disposed EBITDA” shall mean, with respect to any Sold Entity or Business or any Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary for any period, the amount for such period of Consolidated EBITDAX of such Sold Entity or Business (determined as if references to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX (and in the component definitions used therein) were references to such Sold Entity or Business and its Subsidiaries or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries) or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary, all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Sold Entity or Business or such Converted Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Disqualified Institution” shall mean any competitor of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and any Affiliates of such competitor that are operating companies (or Affiliates of operating companies) identified to the Administrative Agent in writing by the Borrower, other than their respective financial investors that are not operating companies and other than any Debt Fund Affiliate.

“Disqualified Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation, scheduled redemption or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (ii) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements) and the termination of the Commitments, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests and other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations (other than (i) contingent indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted and (ii) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements) and the termination of the Commitments, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Stock, in the case of each of clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d), prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of issuance of such Equity Interests; provided, that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because they may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s or consultant’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any Equity Interests held by

 

20


any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members) of the Borrower, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any of its direct or indirect parent companies or any other entity in which the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any stock subscription or shareholders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s or consultant’s termination, death or disability.

“Distressed Person” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Lender-Related Distress Event”.

“Dollars” and “$” shall mean dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or the District of Columbia.

“EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a Subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

“EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

“EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

“Engineering Reports” shall mean any “Engineering Report” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) together with any other certifications, opinions, exhibits, schedules, annexes or information related thereto, any similar engineering report, and any other engineering reports, data and information related to any Oil & Gas Properties delivered to any agent, trustee, lender or noteholder under, of, or with respect to the First Lien Facility, 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes or any other Material Indebtedness.

“Enrolled Actuary” shall mean a person who is enrolled by the Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries established under Subtitle C of Title III of ERISA.

“Environmental Action Plan” means the implementation or satisfaction of each legally binding condition specified in any material Environmental Permit.

 

21


“Environmental Claims” shall mean any and all written actions, suits, orders, decrees, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of liability, noncompliance, violation or proceedings arising under or based upon any Environmental Law or any Environmental Permit (hereinafter, “Claims”), including, without limitation, (i) any and all Claims by any Governmental Authority for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief regarding the presence, release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials), or the environment including, without limitation, air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands.

“Environmental Law” shall mean any applicable Federal, state, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code and common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, and any binding judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any binding judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, relating to the pollution or protection of the environment, including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata and natural resources such as wetlands, flora or fauna, or human health or safety (to the extent relating to human exposure to hazardous materials or any Release or recycling of, or exposure to, any pollutants, contaminants or chemicals or any toxic or otherwise hazardous substances, materials or wastes).

“Environmental Permit” shall mean any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any applicable Environmental Law.

“Equity Interests” of any person shall mean any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase or otherwise acquire, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity or ownership of such person, including any preferred stock, any limited or general partnership interest and any limited liability company membership interest, and any securities or other rights or interests convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, excluding any debt security that is convertible or exchangeable into any Equity Interests (provided that any instrument evidencing Indebtedness convertible or exchangeable into Equity Interests, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Equity Interests, shall not be deemed to be Equity Interests unless and until such instrument is so converted or exchanged, except, solely for purposes of a pledge of Equity Interests in connection with this Agreement, to the extent such instrument could be treated as “stock” of a CFC for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.956-2(c)(2)).

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean each person (as defined in Section 3(9) of ERISA) that together with any Credit Party would be deemed to be a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

22


“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) the failure of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan; (d) a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard, in each case with respect to a Pension Plan, whether or not waived, or a failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (e) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or is in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or that is in endangered or critical status, within the meaning of Section 305 of ERISA; (f) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, respectively, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan; (g) the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, including the imposition of a lien under Section 412 or 430(k) of the Code or Section 303 or 4068 of ERISA on any property (or rights to property, whether real or personal) of a Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate, but excluding PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon such Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate; (h) a determination that any Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (within the meaning of Section 303(i)(4)(A) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4)(A) of the Code) or (i) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction with respect to any Pension Plan maintained or contributed to by any Credit Party (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA) which could result in material liability to such Credit Party, except in each of (a) – (i) with respect to Foreign Plans.

“EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

“Euro” shall mean the lawful single currency unit of the Participating Member States.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning provided in Section 11.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

“Exchange Rate” shall mean on any day with respect to any currency (other than Dollars), the rate at which such currency may be exchanged into any other currency (including Dollars), as set forth at approximately 12:00 noon (London time) on such day on the Reuters World Currency Page for such currency. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters World Currency Page, the Exchange Rate shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, such Exchange Rate shall instead be the arithmetic average of the spot rates of exchange of the bank acting as Administrative Agent in the market where its

 

23


foreign currency exchange operations in respect of such currency are then being conducted, at or about 12:00 noon, local time, on such date for the purchase of the relevant currency for delivery two Business Days later.

“Excluded Assets” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Collateral Agreement.

“Excluded Equity Interests” shall mean (a) any Equity Interests with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the cost or other consequences of pledging such Equity Interests in favor of the Secured Parties under the Security Documents shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Secured Parties therefrom, (b) solely in the case of any pledge of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO (in each case, that is owned directly by the Borrower or a Guarantor) to secure the Obligations, any Equity Interest that is Voting Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO in excess of 65% of the Voting Stock of such Subsidiary, (c) any Equity Interests to the extent the pledge thereof would be prohibited by any Requirement of Law, (d) in the case of (i) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent the pledge of such Equity Interests is prohibited by Contractual Requirements existing on the Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary is acquired (provided that such Contractual Requirements have not been entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary being acquired), or (ii) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary that is not a Wholly owned Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Subsidiary, any Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary described in clause (i) or (ii) to the extent (A) that a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement (other than customary non-assignment provisions which are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Requirements of Law), (B) any Contractual Requirement prohibits such a pledge without the consent of any other party; provided that this clause (B) shall not apply if (1) such other party is a Credit Party or a Wholly owned Subsidiary or (2) consent has been obtained to consummate such pledge (it being understood that the foregoing shall not be deemed to obligate the Borrower or any Subsidiary to obtain any such consent)) and only for so long as such Contractual Requirement or replacement or renewal thereof is in effect, or (C) a pledge thereof to secure the Obligations would give any other party (other than a Credit Party or a Wholly owned Subsidiary) to any Contractual Requirement governing such Equity Interests the right to terminate its obligations thereunder (other than customary non-assignment provisions that are ineffective under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Requirement of Law), (e) the Equity Interests of any Immaterial Subsidiary (unless a security interest in the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary may be perfected by filing an “all assets” UCC financing statement) and any Unrestricted Subsidiary, (f) the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO, (g) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary to the extent that the pledge of such Equity Interests would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower or any Subsidiary as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (h) any Equity Interests set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) which have been identified on or prior to the Closing Date in writing to the Administrative Agent by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower and agreed to by the Administrative Agent and (i) Margin Stock.

“Excluded Subsidiary” shall mean (a) each Immaterial Subsidiary, for so long as any such Subsidiary constitutes an Immaterial Subsidiary pursuant to the terms hereof, (b) each Domestic Subsidiary that is not a Wholly owned Subsidiary (for so long as such Subsidiary remains a non-

 

24


wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary), (c) each Domestic Subsidiary that is prohibited by any applicable Contractual Requirement not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary or Requirement of Law from guaranteeing or granting Liens to secure the Obligations on the First Lien Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and for so long as such restriction or any replacement or renewal thereof is in effect not entered into in contemplation of such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary or a Restricted Subsidiary or that would require consent, approval, license or authorization of a Governmental Authority to guarantee or grant Liens to secure the Obligations on the First Lien Closing Date or at the time such Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (unless such consent, approval, license or authorization has been received), (d) any Foreign Subsidiary, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is (i) a FSHCO, (ii) owned directly or indirectly by a CFC or a FSHCO or (iii) a direct or indirect Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any other Domestic Subsidiary with respect to which (x) in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the burden or cost or other consequences (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee of or granting Liens to secure the Obligations shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom or (y) providing such a Guarantee or granting such Liens would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s subsidiaries as reasonably determined by the Borrower, (g) each Unrestricted Subsidiary, (h) each Captive Insurance Subsidiary and (i) each not-for-profit Subsidiary.

“Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean with respect to any Guarantor, any Hedging Obligation if, and to the extent that, and only for so long as, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, as applicable, such Hedging Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal or unlawful under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) or any other applicable Requirement of Law.

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (i) Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated, and including (for the avoidance of doubt) any backup withholding in respect thereof under Section 3406 of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), branch profits Taxes and franchise Taxes imposed on it, in each case by a jurisdiction (including any political subdivision thereof) as a result of such recipient being organized in, having its principal office in, or in the case of any Lender, having its applicable lending office in, such jurisdiction, or as a result of any other present or former connection with such jurisdiction (other than any such connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Credit Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Credit Document), (ii) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed on any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document that is required to be imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of a Lender, other than to the extent such Lender is an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 13.7, pursuant to laws in force at the time such Lender acquires an interest in a Loan or Commitment (or designates a new lending office),

 

25


except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts or indemnification payments from any Credit Party with respect to such withholding Tax pursuant to Section 5.4, (iii) any Tax attributable to the Administrative Agent’s, any Lender’s or any other recipient’s failure to comply with Section 5.4(d), (e), (g) or (h), and (iv) any U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed under FATCA.

“Existing Unsecured Notes” means, collectively, the 2017 Unsecured Notes and the 2018 Unsecured Notes.

“Facility” shall mean this Agreement and the Commitments and the extensions of credit made hereunder.

“Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to any asset or group of assets on any date of determination, the value of the consideration obtainable in a Disposition of such asset at such date of determination assuming a Disposition by a willing seller to a willing purchaser dealing at arm’s length and arranged in an orderly manner over a reasonable period of time having regard to the nature and characteristics of such asset, as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

“Farm-In Agreement” shall mean an agreement whereby a Person agrees, among other things, to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of one or more wells or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well or wells as all or a part of the consideration provided in exchange for an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

“Farm-Out Agreement” shall mean a Farm-In Agreement, viewed from the standpoint of the party that grants to another party the right to earn an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

“FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code), as of the date of this Agreement (and any amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreements, treaty or convention among Governmental Authorities and implementing such Sections of the Code.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, the weighted average of the per annum rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such rate is not so published for any date that is a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal Funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

“Financial Officer” of any Person shall mean the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, principal accounting officer, Controller, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of such Person.

 

26


“First Amendment Effective Date” shall mean December 30, 2020.

“First Lien Closing Date” shall mean November 24, 2014.

“First Lien Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2014, among the Borrower, the banks and financial institutions party thereto, HSBC Bank National Association, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “First Lien Administrative Agent”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “First Lien Administrative Agent”), and each other issuing bank from time to time party thereto in effect on the Closing Date and as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“First Lien Credit Documents” has the meaning assigned to the term “Credit Documents” in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

“First Lien Facility” means the collective reference to the First Lien Credit Agreement, any First Lien Credit Documents, any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee, security agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing.

“Fixed Charges” shall mean, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(a) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(b) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock during such period; and

(c) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

“Foreign Plan” shall mean any employee benefit plan, program, policy, arrangement or agreement maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to employees employed outside the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“FSHCO” shall mean any Domestic Subsidiary (including a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) substantially all of whose assets consist of Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs (held directly or through Subsidiaries).

“Fund” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

 

27


“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, that (i) if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith, (ii) GAAP shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under FASB ASC Topic 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein, and Indebtedness shall be measured at the aggregate principal amount thereof, and (iii) the accounting for operating leases and capital leases under GAAP as in effect on the date hereof (including, without limitation, Accounting Standards Codification 840) shall apply for the purposes of determining compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, including the definition of Capitalized Leases and obligations in respect thereof.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation, sovereign or government, any state, province, territory or other political subdivision thereof, and any entity or authority exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including a central bank or stock exchange.

“Granting Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g).

“Guarantee” shall mean the Guarantee made by any Guarantor in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“Guarantee Obligations” shall mean, as to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) to purchase any such Indebtedness or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the purchase or payment of any such Indebtedness or (ii) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain financial condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness, (c) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such Indebtedness of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such Indebtedness or (d) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of such Indebtedness against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term “Guarantee Obligations” shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or Disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith.

 

28


“Guarantors” shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary listed on Schedule 1.1(e) that becomes a party to the Guarantee on the Closing Date (except to the extent released therefrom in accordance with the terms hereof) and each other Domestic Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary (except to the extent provided below)) that becomes a party to the Guarantee after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 9.11 or otherwise; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the Borrower in its sole discretion may cause any Restricted Subsidiary that is not required to be a Guarantor hereunder or pursuant to the Security Documents to provide a Guarantee by causing such Restricted Subsidiary to execute a Guarantee and such Restricted Subsidiary shall be Guarantor and Credit Party for all purposes hereunder except to the extent released from such Guarantee in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Hazardous Materials” shall mean (a) any petroleum or petroleum products, natural gas or natural gas liquids, radioactive materials, friable asbestos, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, hydrogen sulfide and radon gas and (b) any chemicals, materials or substances defined as or included in the definition of or otherwise classified or regulated as “hazardous substances”, “hazardous waste”, “hazardous materials”, “extremely hazardous waste”, “restricted hazardous waste”, “toxic substances”, “toxic pollutants”, “contaminants”, or “pollutants”, or words of similar import, under any applicable Environmental Law or that would otherwise reasonably be expected to result in liability under any Environmental Law.

“Hedge Agreements” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, future contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, total return swap, credit spread transaction, repurchase transaction, reserve repurchase transaction, securities lending transaction, weather index transaction, spot contracts, fixed-price physical delivery contracts, whether or not exchange traded, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, agreements or obligations to physically sell any commodity at any index-based price shall not be considered Hedge Agreements.

“Hedge Bank” shall mean any Person that either (i) at the time it entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Cash Management Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, (ii) on the Closing Date or (iii) at any time after it has entered into a Secured Hedge Agreement or a Cash Management Agreement, as applicable, in its capacity as a party thereto, is an Agent, Lender or any Affiliate of an Agent or Lender.

 

29


“Hedging Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements.

“Highest Lawful Rate” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the maximum nonusurious interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, taken, reserved, charged or received on the Loans under laws applicable to such Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws allow as of the date hereof.

“Hydrocarbon Interests” shall mean all rights, titles, interests and estates now or hereafter acquired in and to oil and gas leases, oil, gas and mineral leases, or other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon leases, mineral fee interests, overriding royalty and royalty interests, net profit interests and production payment interests, including any reserved or residual interests of whatever nature.

“Hydrocarbons” shall mean oil, gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all products refined or separated therefrom.

“Immaterial Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary.

“Immediate Family Members” shall mean with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

“Indebtedness” of any Person shall mean the following, if and only to the extent (other than with respect to clause (g) below) the same would constitute indebtedness or a liability in accordance with GAAP, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (c) the deferred purchase price of assets or services that in accordance with GAAP would be required to be shown as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person (other than (i) any earn-out obligation until such obligation becomes a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP, (ii) accruals for payroll and other liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) obligations resulting under firm transportation contracts, or take or pay contracts or other similar agreements), (d) the maximum amount (after giving effect to any prior drawings or reductions which may have been reimbursed) of all outstanding letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person, (e) the principal component of all obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases of such Person, (f) net Hedging Obligations of such Person, (g) all indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) of any other Person secured by any Lien on any property owned by such Person, whether or not such indebtedness has been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse, (h) the amount of

 

30


all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase in respect of Disqualified Stock (excluding accrued dividends that have not increased the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock), (i) the undischarged balance of any production payment created by such Person or for the creation of which such Person directly or indirectly received payment and (j) without duplication, all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of the items described in clauses (a) through (i) above; provided that Indebtedness shall (A) include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, except to the extent such Person’s liability for such Indebtedness is otherwise expressly limited and only to the extent such Indebtedness would be included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt or (B) not include (i) trade and other ordinary-course payables and accrued expenses, (ii) deferred or prepaid revenues, (iii) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (iv) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and (B) intercompany liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (v) obligations under the Purchase and Sale Agreement (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and any other agreements or instruments contemplated thereby, in each case, as amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, (vi) Production Payments and Reserve Sales, (vii) in-kind obligations relating to net oil, natural gas liquids or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business, (viii) any obligation in respect of a Farm-In Agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or gas property, (ix) operating leases or sale and leaseback transactions (except any resulting obligations under any Capitalized Lease), (x) commitments or obligations of such Person to make capital contributions in another Person or fund construction costs of equipment, gathering, transportation, processing, handling, pipelines and other related systems and facilities which constitute Industry Investments and (xi) any Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business to the extent not guaranteeing Indebtedness. The amount of any net Hedging Obligations on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (g) above shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith. Notwithstanding anything in this definition to the contrary, Indebtedness shall be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 815 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose hereunder as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

“Indemnified Liabilities” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.5(b).

 

31


“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean all Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party hereunder or under any other Credit Document other than (a) Excluded Taxes and (b) Other Taxes.

“Industry Investment” shall mean Investments and/or expenditures made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business as a means of actively engaging therein through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements that permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including: (1) ownership interests (directly or through equity) in oil and gas properties or gathering, transportation, processing, or related systems; and (2) Investments and/or expenditures in the form of or pursuant to operating agreements, processing agreements, Farm-In Agreements, Farm-Out Agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties.

“Initial Lender” shall mean (a) Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P., (b) Blackstone Energy Partners L.P. and (c) each of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by and of them or any of their Affiliates (other than their respective portfolio companies), in each case, that may be a Lender as of any date of determination.

“Initial Loans” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.1(a)(i).

“Intercompany Note” shall mean a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto.

“Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement in the form of Exhibit I hereto (with such changes as approved by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion), dated as of the Collateral Implementation Date, among the Collateral Agent, the First Lien Collateral Agent, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties party thereto from time to time, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, and any replacement of the foregoing on terms not materially adverse to the Lenders, taken as a whole, than the relevant replaced intercreditor agreement.

“Interest Period” shall mean, with respect to any Loan, the interest period applicable thereto, as determined pursuant to Section 2.9.

“Interim Reserve Report” shall have the meaning provided in Section 9.14(b).

“Investment” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.5.

“Investment Grade Rating” shall mean a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other rating agency selected by the Borrower.

 

32


“Investor Management Agreement” shall mean an agreement among the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Borrower) and Affiliates of (or management entities associated with) one or more of the Sponsor, as in effect from time to time and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in a manner not materially adverse to the Lenders.

“Junior Debt” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.7(a).

“Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement dated on or about the date hereof among Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent under the Second Lien Facility, the Collateral Agent, the Borrower, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the other parties party thereto from time to time, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its terms, and any replacement of the foregoing on terms not materially adverse to the lenders, taken as a whole, than the relevant replaced intercreditor agreement.

“Junior Liens” shall mean Liens on the Collateral (other than Liens securing the Obligations) that are subordinated to the Liens granted under the Credit Documents pursuant to an Acceptable Junior Intercreditor Agreement (it being understood that Junior Liens are not required to be pari passu with other Junior Liens, and that Indebtedness secured by Junior Liens may have Liens that are senior in priority to, or pari passu with, or junior in priority to, other Liens constituting Junior Liens).

“Latest Maturity Date” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Class of Commitments or Loans that is outstanding hereunder on such date of determination.

“LCA Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a).

“LCA Test Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.12(a).

“Lender” shall have the meaning provided in the preamble to this Agreement.

“Lender Affiliate” means any Initial Lender party hereto on the Closing Date, any Affiliate of such Initial Lender and/or any funds or partnerships managed or advised by and of such Initial Lender or any of their Affiliates, in each case, other than (i) the Borrower, (ii) any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries and (iii) any Person in which the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Subsidiaries holds an Equity Interest.

“Lender Default” shall mean (i) the refusal (which may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failure of any Lender to make available its portion of any incurrence of Loans it, which refusal or failure is not cured within one Business Day after the date of such refusal or failure; (ii) the failure of any Lender to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two Business Days of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute; (iii) a Lender has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations, or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations under the Facility, (iv) a Lender has failed, within three Business Days after request by the

 

33


Administrative Agent, to confirm that it will comply with its funding obligations under the Facility or (v) a Distressed Person has admitted in writing that it is insolvent or such Distressed Person becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender Default has occurred under any one or more of clauses (i) through (v) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and the applicable Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower and each Lender.

“Lender-Related Distress Event” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, that such Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender (each, a “Distressed Person”), as the case may be, is or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case with respect to such Distressed Person under any Debtor Relief Law, or a custodian, conservator, receiver or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, or such Distressed Person or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, or such Distressed Person makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interests in any Lender or any Person that directly or indirectly controls such Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.

“Leverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Revolving/Term Debt as of the last day of the most recent Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDAX for such Test Period; provided that for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio for any Test Period, clause (f) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” shall be disregarded.

“LIBOR Loan” shall mean any Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate (other than an ABR Loan bearing interest by reference to the LIBOR Rate by virtue of clause (c) of the definition of ABR).

“LIBOR Rate” shall mean, for any Interest Period with respect to any Borrowing of a LIBOR Loan, the London interbank offered rate as administered by the ICE Benchmark Administration (or any other Person that takes over the administration of such rate) for Dollars for a period equal in length to such Interest Period as displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters Screen that displays such rate (or, in the event that such rate does not appear on a Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; in each case, the “Screen Rate”) at approximately 12:00 noon London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; provided that if the Screen Rate shall not be available at such time for such Interest Period (an “Impacted Interest Period”) with respect to Dollars, then the LIBOR Rate shall be the Interpolated Rate at such time. “Interpolated Rate” shall mean, at any time, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent (which determination shall be conclusive and

 

34


binding absent manifest error) to be equal to the rate that results from interpolating on a linear basis between: (a) the Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available in Dollars) that is shorter than the Impacted Interest Period and (b) the Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available in Dollars) that exceeds the Impacted Interest Period, in each case, at such time.

“Lien” shall mean, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, preferred mortgage, deed of trust, lien, notice of claim of lien, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, preference, priority, pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance in or on such asset securing an obligation (including any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to Real Property) or (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to be a Lien.

“Limited Condition Transaction” shall mean any acquisition or Investment by one or more of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of or in any assets, business or Person permitted by this Agreement the consummation of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing.

“Loan” shall mean any Initial Loan.

“Loan Limit” shall mean the amount equal to the Total Commitment at such time minus the amount of any Reserve at such time (if any).

“LTM Leveraged Free Cash Flow” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the amount, determined in accordance with GAAP, equal to (a) the aggregate Net Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the applicable Test Period, plus (b) all non-cash charges included, in accordance with GAAP, in the calculation of such Net Income, minus (c) all non-cash gains included, in accordance with GAAP, in the calculation of such Net Income, minus (d) the increase (if any) (or plus the decrease (if any)) of Consolidated Working Capital from the last day immediately preceding the applicable Test Period to the last day of the applicable Test Period, minus (e) the aggregate amount of capital expenditures as calculated using the balance sheet totals of natural gas properties and other property and equipment on a gross basis (i.e., before depletion, depreciation, accretion and amortization) from the last day immediately preceding the applicable Test Period to the last day of the applicable Test Period (including any acquisition of acreage or any other assets or property) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries minus (f) scheduled redemptions or repayments of Indebtedness (under clauses (a) or (b) of the definition thereof) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries made during the applicable Test Period. For the avoidance of doubt, LTM Leveraged Free Cash Flow shall be determined in accordance with the calculations made in Exhibit A hereto with respect to the financial statements for the period ending November 30, 2019 and using the amounts therein as a working illustration.

“Management” shall mean members of management of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries who are investors in the Borrower or any Parent Entity thereof.

“Margin Stock” shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in Regulation U.

 

35


“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a circumstance or condition affecting the business, assets, operations, properties or financial condition of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that, individually or in the aggregate, would materially adversely affect (a) the ability of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their payment obligations under the Credit Documents or (b) the rights and remedies of the Agents and the Lenders under the Credit Documents.

“Material Environmental Event” shall mean an event, occurrence or condition, with respect to the operations or any property of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, that could reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries incurring liabilities under or pursuant to Environmental Law in excess of $10,000,000.

“Material Litigation Event” shall mean the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding, claim, dispute or litigation or any threat thereof, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any of their Affiliates (including, without limitation, any Initial Lender)) related to any Credit Document, the Commitments, the Loans, the First Lien Facility, the 2017 Indenture, the 2018 Indenture, the 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes or any other Material Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Material Indebtedness” shall mean any (a) Indebtedness (other than Loans) of or (b), without duplication, revolving commitments to extend credit to, in each case, any one or more of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $50,000,000.

“Material Subsidiary” shall mean, at any date of determination, each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) whose Total Assets (when combined with the assets of such Restricted Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) at the last day of the Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose revenues (when combined with the revenues of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) during such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if, at any time and from time to time after the Closing Date, Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Material Subsidiaries have, in the aggregate, (i) Total Assets (when combined with the assets of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) at the last day of such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries at such date or (ii) revenues (when combined with the revenues of such Subsidiary’s Subsidiaries, after eliminating intercompany obligations) during such Test Period equal to or greater than 10.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, then the Borrower shall, on the date on which financial statements for such quarter are delivered pursuant to this Agreement, designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more of such Restricted Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries.”

“Maturity Date” shall mean March 15, 2023.

 

36


“Minimum Borrowing Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Borrowing of Loans, $5,000,000 (or, if less, the entire remaining Commitments at the time of such Borrowing) or any lesser amount agreed to by the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders (which direction may be provided in their sole discretion).

“Minority Investment” shall mean any Person (other than a Subsidiary) in which the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owns Equity Interests.

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

“Mortgage” shall mean a mortgage or a deed of trust, deed to secure debt, trust deed, assignment of as-extracted collateral, fixture filing or other security document entered into by the owner of a Mortgaged Property and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in respect of that Mortgaged Property, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (with such changes thereto as may be necessary to account for local law matters) or otherwise in such form as agreed between the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.

“Mortgaged Property” shall mean, at any time, all Reserve Report Properties with respect to which a Mortgage has been granted. However, notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, any Mortgage, or any other Security Document to the contrary, in no event shall any Building (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) or Manufactured (Mobile) Home (as defined in the applicable Flood Insurance Regulation) be included in the definition of “Mortgaged Property” and no Building or Manufactured (Mobile) Home shall be encumbered by any Mortgage. As used herein, “Flood Insurance Regulations” shall mean (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (amending 42 USC 4001, et seq.), as the same may be amended or recodified from time to time, and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

“Net Income” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends.

“New Contracts” shall mean binding new agreements or amendments to existing agreements with customers and/or vendors.

“Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.7(b).

“Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean and include each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

“Non-U.S. Lender” shall mean any Lender (a) that is not disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that is not a “United States person” as defined by

 

37


Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or (b) that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes and whose regarded owner is not a “United States person” as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Notice of Borrowing” shall mean a request of the Borrower in accordance with the terms of Section 2.3(a) and substantially in the form of Exhibit B or such other form as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably).

“Notice of Conversion or Continuation” shall have the meaning provided in Section 2.6(a).

“Obligations” shall mean all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Credit Party arising under any Credit Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan under any Secured Cash Management Agreement or Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, entered into with the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof in any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Credit Documents (and any of their Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent they have obligations under the Credit Documents) include the obligation (including Guarantee Obligations) to pay principal, interest, charges, expenses, fees, attorney costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Credit Party under any Credit Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Excluded Swap Obligations shall not constitute Obligations, (b) the obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and under any Secured Cash Management Agreement that has been secured at the option of the Borrower (such option being deemed exercised as reflected in the documents related to any such Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement among the Borrower and the applicable Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank) shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents and the Guarantee only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (c) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents shall not require the consent of the holders of Hedge Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements or of the holders of Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements.

“OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

“Oil and Gas Business” shall mean:

(a) the business of acquiring, exploring, exploiting, developing, producing, operating and disposing of interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association with any of the foregoing;

(b) the business of gathering, marketing, distributing, treating, processing, storing, refining, selling and transporting of any production from interests in oil, natural

 

38


gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association therewith; and the marketing of oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and minerals obtained from unrelated Persons; and

(c) any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate, incidental or ancillary to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) of this definition.

“Oil and Gas Properties” shall mean (a) Hydrocarbon Interests, (b) the properties now or hereafter pooled or unitized with Hydrocarbon Interests, (c) all presently existing or future unitization agreements, pooling agreements and declarations of pooled or unitized units and the units created thereby (including all units created under orders, regulations and rules of any Governmental Authority) which may affect all or any portion of any Hydrocarbon Interests, (d) all operating agreements, contracts and other agreements, including production sharing contracts and agreements, which relate to any Hydrocarbon Interests or the production, sale, purchase, exchange or processing of Hydrocarbons from or attributable to such Hydrocarbon Interests, (e) all Hydrocarbons in and under and which may be produced and saved or attributable to Hydrocarbon Interests, including all oil in tanks, and all rents, issues, profits, proceeds, products, revenues and other incomes from or attributable to Hydrocarbon Interests, (f) all tenements, hereditaments, appurtenances and properties in any manner appertaining, belonging, affixed or incidental to Hydrocarbon Interests and (g) all properties, rights, titles, interests and estates described or referred to above, including any and all property, real or personal, now owned or hereafter acquired and situated upon, used, held for use or useful in connection with the operating, working or development of any Hydrocarbon Interests or property (excluding drilling rigs, automotive equipment, rental equipment or other personal property which may be on such premises for the purpose of drilling a well or for other similar temporary uses) and including any and all oil wells, gas wells, injection wells or other wells, structures, fuel separators, liquid extraction plants, plant compressors, pumps, pumping units, field gathering systems, gas processing plants and pipeline systems and any related infrastructure to any thereof, tanks and tank batteries, fixtures, valves, fittings, machinery and parts, engines, boilers, meters, equipment, appliances, tools, implements, cables, wires, towers, casing, tubing and rods, surface leases, rights-of-way, easements and servitudes together with all additions, substitutions, replacements, accessions and attachments to any and all of the foregoing.

“Ongoing Hedges” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.10(a).

“Organization Documents” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

39


“Other Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future stamp, registration, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or any other excise, property or similar Taxes (including related reasonable out-of-pocket expenses with regard thereto) arising from any payment made hereunder or made under any other Credit Document or from the execution or delivery of, registration or enforcement of, consummation or administration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such term shall not include any of the foregoing Taxes (i) that result from an assignment, grant of a participation pursuant to Section 13.6(c) or transfer or assignment to or designation of a new lending office or other office for receiving payments under any Credit Document (“Assignment Taxes”) to the extent such Assignment Taxes are imposed as a result of a connection between the assignor/participating Lender and/or the assignee/Participant and the taxing jurisdiction (other than a connection arising solely from any Credit Documents or any transactions contemplated thereunder), unless any action described in this proviso is requested or required by the Borrower, or (ii) Excluded Taxes.

“Overnight Rate” shall mean, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (b) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

“Parent Entity” shall mean any Person that is a direct or indirect parent company (which may be organized as a partnership) of the Borrower.

“Pari Debt” shall mean any Indebtedness that is secured on a pari passu basis with the liens securing the Obligations.

“Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement” shall mean an intercreditor agreement (which agreement shall be in such form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders in their sole discretion) among the Borrower, the subsidiaries of the Borrower from time to time party thereto, the Collateral Agent and one or more collateral agents or representatives for the holders of Indebtedness that is permitted under Section 10.1(l) to be, and intended to be, secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations.

“Participant” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(i).

“Participant Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(c)(ii).

“Participating Member States” shall mean, together, each member state of the European Union that adopts or has adopted the Euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to the Economic and Monetary Union (as amended or re-enacted from time to time).

“Patriot Act” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.18.

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Section 4002 of ERISA, or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate or to which any Credit

 

40


Party or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding six years.

“Permitted Acquisition” shall mean the acquisition, by merger or otherwise, by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries of assets (including any assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division) or Equity Interests, so long as (a) if such acquisition involves the acquisition of Equity Interests of a Person that upon such acquisition would become a Subsidiary, such acquisition shall result in the issuer of such Equity Interests becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and, to the extent required by Section 9.11, a Guarantor; (b) such acquisition shall result in the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, being granted a security interest in any Equity Interests or any assets so acquired to the extent required by Section 9.11; (c) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with Section 9.15.

“Permitted Additional Debt” shall mean any unsecured senior, senior subordinated, Junior Lien or subordinated loans or notes issued by the Borrower or a Guarantor, (a) the terms of which do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation prior to the 91st day after the Latest Maturity Date as in effect on the date of determination (other than (i) customary offers to purchase upon a change of control, AHYDO payments, asset sale or casualty or condemnation event prepayments and customary acceleration rights after an event of default and (ii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a customary bridge facility if the Indebtedness pursuant to such customary bridge facility converts at maturity to Indebtedness which does not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligation (except to the extent permitted pursuant to clause (i)) prior to the 91st day after the Latest Maturity Date as in effect on the date of determination) and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facility, if applicable, (b) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, the terms of such Indebtedness provide for customary subordination of such Indebtedness to the Obligations and (c) no Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Guarantor) is a borrower or guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness.

“Permitted Discretion” shall mean a determination made in good faith by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment based on how a lender providing a secured credit facility of the type set forth herein and taking into account the nature of the Collateral would act, in the circumstances then applicable to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time with the information then available to it.

“Permitted Holders” shall mean any of (i) the Sponsor and (ii) officers, directors, employees and other members of management of the Borrower (or any of its Parent Entities) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are or become holders of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity) (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members); provided that for purposes of the definition of “Change of Control” the Persons described in clause (ii) above shall not constitute Permitted Holders at any time they hold voting power equal to or more than 50% of all Equity Interests collectively and beneficially held by the Persons described in clauses (i) and (ii) above.

 

41


“Permitted Intercompany Activities” shall mean any transactions between or among the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (for the avoidance of doubt, including Unrestricted Subsidiaries) that are entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, are necessary or advisable in connection with the ownership or operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements and (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements.

“Permitted Investments” shall mean:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Euros, Yen, Canadian Dollars, Pound Sterling or any national currency of any Participating Member State of the EMU; or

(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any jurisdiction in which the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries conducts business, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business and not for speculation;

(3) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of 24 months or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding three years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000 in the case of U.S. banks and $100,000,000 (or the United States dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks (any such bank in the forgoing an “Approved Bank”);

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above or clauses (7) and (8) below entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable or fixed rate note issued by, or guaranteed by, a corporation by, a corporation (other than structured investment vehicles and other than corporations used in structured financing transactions) rated at least A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) by S&P or at least P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Issuer Borrower) and in each case maturing within 36 months after the date of acquisition thereof;

 

42


(7) marketable short-term money market and similar liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 (or the equivalent thereof) or A-2 (or the equivalent thereof) from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

(8) readily marketable direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by (i) any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or (ii) any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof; provided, that each such readily marketable direct obligation shall have an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof) (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P or Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof) shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(9) Investments with average maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P shall be rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Borrower);

(10) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types de-scribed in clauses (1) through (9) above; and

(11) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any Investment in connection with its provision of insurance, which Investment is permitted to be made in accordance with applicable law, rule, regulation or order or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Permitted Investments shall also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (7) and clauses (8)(i) and (9) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (11) and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Permitted Investments shall include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) or (2) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

 

43


“Permitted Liens” shall mean:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP (or in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, the comparable accounting principles in the relevant jurisdiction), or for property taxes on property that the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries has determined to abandon if the sole recourse for such tax, assessment, charge or claim is to such property;

(b) Liens in respect of property or assets of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries imposed by law, such as landlords’, sublandlords’, vendors’, suppliers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, repairmen’s, construction contractors’, workers’ and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens arising in the ordinary course of business or incident to the exploration, development, operation or maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties, in each case so long as such Liens arise in the ordinary course of business and do not individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) Liens arising from judgments or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.9;

(d) Liens incurred or pledges or deposits made in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, old age pension, public liability obligations or similar legislation, and deposits securing liabilities to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements in respect of such obligations, or to secure (or secure the Liens securing) liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(e) deposits and other Liens securing (or securing the bonds or similar instruments securing) the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, plugging and abandonment or decommissioning obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (including letters of credit issued in lieu of such bonds or to support the issuance thereof) incurred in the ordinary course of business or in a manner consistent with past practice or industry practice including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business, or otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Section 10.5;

(f) ground leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are located;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictive covenants, licenses, restrictions (including zoning restrictions), title defects, exceptions, deficiencies or irregularities in title, encroachments, protrusions, servitudes, permits, conditions and covenants and other similar charges or encumbrances (including in any rights-of-way or other property of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries for the purpose of roads, pipelines, transmission

 

44


lines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil or other minerals or timber, and other like purposes, or for joint or common use of real estate, rights of way, facilities and equipment) not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(h) (i) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease, liens reserved in oil, gas or other Hydrocarbons, minerals, leases for bonus, royalty or rental payments and for compliance with the terms of such lease and (ii) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under any lease, sublease, license or sublicense entered into by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or otherwise permitted by this Agreement and not securing Indebtedness;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) Liens on goods or inventory the purchase, shipment or storage price of which is financed by a documentary letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that such Lien secures only the obligations of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of such letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance to the extent permitted under Section 10.1;

(k) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to others not (i) interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole or (ii) securing any indebtedness;

(l) Liens arising from precautionary Uniform Commercial Code financing statement or similar filings;

(m) Liens created in the ordinary course of business in favor of banks and other financial institutions over credit balances of any bank accounts, commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held at such banks or financial institutions, as the case may be, in the ordinary course of business;

(n) Liens which arise in the ordinary course of business under operating agreements, joint venture agreements, oil and gas partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, gathering, transportation or exchange of oil and natural gas, unitization and pooling declarations and agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, overriding royalty agreements, marketing agreements, processing agreements, net profits agreements, development agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or other geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements that are usual or customary in the Oil and Gas Business and are for claims which are not delinquent or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings for which appropriate reserves have been established to the extent required by and in accordance with GAAP; provided that

 

45


any such Lien referred to in this clause does not materially impair the use of the property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such property is held by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens on pipelines, pipeline facilities and other midstream assets or facilities that arise by operation of law or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and incidental to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties;

(p) (i) zoning, building, entitlement and other land use regulations by Governmental Authorities with which the normal operation of the business complies and (ii) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any Governmental Authority to control or regulate the use of any real property that does not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(q) Liens on equipment of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

(r) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business;

(s) [Reserved];

(t) Liens on Permitted Investments that are earmarked to be used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that (x) such Permitted Investments are deposited into an account from which payment is to be made, directly or indirectly, to the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness that is to be satisfied or discharged, (y) such Liens extend solely to the account in which such Permitted Investments are deposited and are solely in favor of the Person or Persons holding the Indebtedness (or any agent or trustee for such Person or Persons) that is to be satisfied or discharged and (z) the satisfaction or discharge of such Indebtedness is expressly permitted hereunder; and

(u) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the performance of the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises.

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Indebtedness (the “Refinanced Indebtedness”), any Indebtedness issued or incurred in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to modify, extend, refinance, renew, replace or refund (collectively to “Refinance” or a “Refinancing” or “Refinanced”), such Refinanced Indebtedness (or previous refinancing thereof constituting Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness); provided that (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Indebtedness outstanding immediately prior to such Refinancing except by an amount equal to the unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon and other amounts paid in connection with the

 

46


defeasance or discharge of such Indebtedness plus other amounts paid consisting of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing plus an amount equal to any existing commitment unutilized and letters of credit undrawn thereunder, (B) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1(b), (c), (i), (k) or (l), the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness immediately prior to such Refinancing are not changed as a result of such Refinancing (except that a Credit Party may be added as an additional obligor), (C) other than with respect to a Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(h), such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Refinanced Indebtedness), (D) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 10.1(b), (c), (i), (k) or (l), the terms and conditions of any such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Refinanced Indebtedness being Refinanced (including, if applicable, as to collateral priority and subordination, but excluding as to interest rates, fees, floors, funding discounts and redemption or prepayment premiums) or are customary for similar Indebtedness in light of current market conditions; provided that a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower delivered to the Administrative Agent at least three Business Days prior to the incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (E) if the Refinanced Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment or security such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be subordinated on terms no less favorable to the Secured Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Permitted Additional Debt must constitute Permitted Additional Debt, (F) if the Refinanced Indebtedness is unsecured, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness shall be unsecured and (G) if the Indebtedness being Refinanced is the subject of any intercreditor agreement, the holder of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness or their representatives on their behalf shall become party to such intercreditor agreement with the same priority as the Indebtedness being Refinanced.

“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise or any Governmental Authority.

“Petroleum Industry Standards” shall mean the Definitions for Oil and Gas Reserves promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers (or any generally recognized successor) as in effect at the time in question.

“Post-Acquisition Period” shall mean, with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or the conversion of any Unrestricted Subsidiary into a Restricted Subsidiary, the period beginning on the date such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated and ending on the first anniversary of the date on which such Permitted Acquisition or conversion is consummated

“Preferred Stock” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 

47


“Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the bank acting as Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by such bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

“Proceeding” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.5(b).

“Pro Forma Basis” and “Pro Forma Effect” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or calculation of any ratio hereunder, that (A) to the extent applicable, the Pro Forma Adjustment shall have been made and (B) all Specified Transactions and the following transactions in connection therewith shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day of the applicable period of measurement in such test: (a) income statement items (whether positive or negative) attributable to the property or Person subject to such Specified Transaction, which (i) in the case of a Disposition of all or substantially all Equity Interests in any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any division, product line, or facility used for operations of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be excluded, and (ii) in the case of a Permitted Acquisition or Investment described in the definition of “Specified Transaction”, shall be included, (b) any retirement, redemption, repayment, discharge, defeasance or extinguishment of Indebtedness, and (c) any Indebtedness incurred or assumed by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith (and if such Indebtedness has a floating or formula rate, such Indebtedness shall have an implied rate of interest for the applicable period for purposes of this definition determined by utilizing the rate which is or would be in effect with respect to such Indebtedness as at the relevant date of determination); provided that, without limiting the application of the Pro Forma Adjustment pursuant to (A) above, the foregoing pro forma adjustments may be applied to any such test solely to the extent that such adjustments are consistent with the definition of Consolidated EBITDAX and give effect to events (including operating expense reductions) that are (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) (i) (x) directly attributable to such transaction, (y) expected to have a continuing impact on the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (z) factually supportable or (ii) otherwise consistent with the definition of Pro Forma Adjustment; provided, further, that when calculating the Leverage Ratio for purposes of determining actual compliance (and not compliance on a Pro Forma Basis) with Section 10.11, any events that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

“Pro Forma Adjustment” shall mean, for any Test Period that includes all or any part of a fiscal quarter included in any Post-Acquisition Period, with respect to the Acquired EBITDAX of the applicable Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary or the Consolidated EBITDAX of the Borrower, the pro forma increase or decrease in such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, projected by the Borrower in good faith as a result of (a) actions taken during such Post-Acquisition Period for the purposes of realizing reasonably identifiable and factually supportable cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies or (b) any additional costs incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, in each case in connection with the combination of the operations of such Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary with the operations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that (i) at the election of the Borrower, such Pro Forma Adjustment shall not be required to be determined for any Acquired Entity or Business or Converted Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the aggregate consideration paid in connection with such acquisition was less than $7,500,000, and (ii) so long as such actions are taken during such

 

48


Post-Acquisition Period or such costs are incurred during such Post-Acquisition Period, as applicable, for purposes of projecting such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, it may be assumed that such cost savings will be realizable during the entirety of such Test Period, or such additional costs, as applicable, will be incurred during the entirety of such Test Period; provided, further, that any such pro forma increase or decrease to such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, shall be without duplication for cost savings, operating expense reductions, savings from synergies or additional costs already included in such Acquired EBITDAX or such Consolidated EBITDAX, as the case may be, for such Test Period.

“Production Payments and Reserve Sales” shall mean the grant or transfer by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person of the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production.

“Projections” shall mean financial estimates, forecasts and other forward-looking information prepared by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its representatives and that have been made available to any Lenders or the Administrative Agent in connection with the Transactions or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

“Proposed Acquisition” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.10(a).

“Proved Developed Reserves” shall mean oil and gas mineral interests that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) ”Developed Producing Reserves” or (b) ”Developed Non-Producing Reserves.”

“Proved Reserves” shall mean oil and gas mineral interests that, in accordance with Petroleum Industry Standards, are classified as both “Proved Reserves” and one of the following: (a) ”Developed Producing Reserves”, (b) ”Developed Non-Producing Reserves” or (c) ”Undeveloped Reserves”.

“Public Company Costs” shall mean costs relating to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to being a public reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity securities, directors’ compensation, fees and expense reimbursement shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders, directors’ and officers’ insurance and other executive costs, legal and other professional fees, and listing fees.

“PV-9” shall mean, with respect to any Proved Reserves expected to be produced from any Reserve Report Properties, the net present value, discounted at 9% per annum, of the future net revenues expected to accrue to the Borrower’s and the Credit Parties’ collective interests in such reserves during the remaining expected economic lives of such reserves, calculated in accordance with the current Bank Price Deck (as designated as such by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower).

“PV-9 Amount” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the PV-9 of the Credit Parties’ aggregate Proved Reserves plus the mark to market value (whether positive or negative) of

 

49


commodity Hedge Agreements (such mark to market value, the “Hedge Value”) (calculated in accordance with the applicable Bank Price Deck); provided, that the Hedge Value included in the PV-9 Amount shall not exceed 10% of the aggregate PV-9 Amount calculated before giving effect to the inclusion of the Hedge Value.

“QFC Credit Support” has the meaning specified in Section 13.24.

“Qualified Equity Interests” shall mean any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Entity other than Disqualified Stock.

“Qualified Oil & Gas Lender” means a financial institution that is a commercial bank (or affiliates thereof, including investment banks, but excluding any special situation investors) which is in the business of valuing and redetermining the value of oil and gas properties in connection with reserve-based, secured oil and gas loan transactions in the United States in the ordinary course.

“Qualifying IPO” shall mean the issuance by any Parent Entity of its Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

“Real Property” shall mean, collectively, all right, title and interest (including any leasehold, mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned or leased by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances relating thereto, all improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

“Refinance” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness.”

“Register” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(b)(iv).

“Regulation T” shall mean Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

“Regulation U” shall mean Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

“Regulation X” shall mean Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and any successor to all or a portion thereof establishing margin requirements.

“Related Indemnified Person” shall mean, with respect to an Indemnitee, (1) any controlling Person or controlled Affiliate of such Indemnitee, (2) the respective directors, officers, or employees of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling Persons or controlled Affiliates and (3) the respective agents and representatives of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling Persons or controlled Affiliates, in the case of this clause (3), acting at the instructions of such Indemnitee, controlling Person or such controlled Affiliate.

 

50


“Release” shall mean any release, spill, emission, discharge, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injecting or leaching into the air, surface water, groundwater, land surface and subsurface strata.

“Representatives” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.16.

“Reportable Event” shall mean an event described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, other than any event as to which the 30-day notice period has been waived.

“Required Lenders” shall mean, at any date, (a) Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the Adjusted Total Commitment at such date, or (b) if the Total Commitment has been terminated or for the purposes of acceleration pursuant to Section 11, Non-Defaulting Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Loans in the aggregate at such date plus, in each of clauses (a) and (b), to the extent existing as a Lender on any date of determination, each Initial Lender.

“Requirement of Law” shall mean, as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule, regulation, statute, order, ordinance, decree, judgment, consent decree, writ, injunction, settlement agreement or governmental requirement enacted, promulgated or imposed or entered into or agreed by any Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or any of its property or assets is subject.

“Reserve” shall mean an amount expressed in Dollars of any and all reserves established by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders in their Permitted Discretion in accordance with and subject to Section 2.14.

“Reserve Report” shall mean (a) the Closing Date Reserve Report, (b) any other subsequent report, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, or (c) any other engineering data reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, setting forth, as of each June 30th or December 31st (or such other date as contemplated by this Agreement or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) the Proved Reserves and the Proved Developed Reserves of the Borrower or any other Credit Party (or of Oil and Gas Properties to be acquired, provided that any Oil and Gas Properties not yet acquired shall be expressly designated as such), together with a projection of the rate of production and future net revenues, operating expenses (including production taxes and ad valorem expenses) and capital expenditures with respect thereto as of such date, based upon the PV-9 of the Proved Reserves and Proved Developed Reserves set forth therein. For the avoidance of doubt all Reserve Reports, may be prepared internally by petroleum engineers that are employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiaries thereof (subject to any applicable audit requirement set forth in Section 9.14(a)).

“Reserve Report Certificate” shall mean (a) any “Reserve Report Certificate” (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement), (b) any certificate delivered to the Administrative Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, pursuant to Section 9.14(b), (c) any other similar certification and (d) any other certification related to the Oil & Gas Properties of the Borrower or any other Credit Party (or prospective Oil and Gas Properties

 

51


to be acquired) delivered to any agent, trustee, lender or noteholder under, of, or with respect to, the First Lien Facility, 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes or any Material Indebtedness.

“Reserve Report Properties” shall mean the Oil and Gas Properties of the Credit Parties included in the Closing Date Reserve Report and thereafter in the Reserve Report most recently delivered pursuant to Section 9.14.

“Restricted Payments” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.6.

“Restricted Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Revolving/Term Debt” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (i) the aggregate principal amount of “Loans” (as such term is defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) then outstanding under the First Lien Credit Agreement (or any loans, notes or bonds outstanding under any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of “Loans” (as such term is defined in the Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement) then outstanding under the Second Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement (or any loans outstanding under any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) plus (iii) the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed disbursements with respect to any letter of credit issued under the First Lien Facility or the 2020 Second Lien Facility (unless cash collateralized or backstopped) or under any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof plus (iv) the aggregate principal amount of Loans then outstanding, minus all Unrestricted Cash.

“Sanctions” shall mean economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by OFAC, the U.S. Department of State or the U.S. Department of Commerce or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.

“Sanctions Laws” shall mean the following, in each case, to the extent enacted and in effect: (a) laws, regulations, rules, guidance, designations, and any other related notification promulgated or administered by OFAC to implement Sanctions, including any enabling legislation or Executive Order related thereto, as amended from time to time; (b) the U.S. Comprehensive Iran Sanctions, Accountability, and Divestment Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (“CISADA”), as amended from time to time; (c) the U.S. Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (“ITRA”), as amended from time to time; (d) the U.S. Iran Freedom and Counter-Proliferation Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder (“IFCA”), as amended from time to time; (e) the U.S. Countering America’s Adversaries Through Sanctions Act (“CAATSA”) and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to tome; (f) the U.S. Iran Sanctions Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; (g) the U.S. International Security and Development Cooperation Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; (h) each U.S. National Defense Authorization Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; (i) the U.S. National Emergencies Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder,

 

52


as amended from time to time; (j) the U.S. Trade Sanctions Reform and Export Enhancement Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; (k) the U.S. Antiterrorism and Effective Death Penalty Act and the regulations and rules promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time; (l) the sanctions and other restrictive measures applied by the European Union in pursuit of the Common Foreign and Security Policy objectives set out in the Treaty on European Union; and (m) any other sanctions laws enacted by the U.S., the European Union, or the U.N. Security Council or any other legislative body of the United Nations; and any corresponding laws of jurisdictions in which the Borrower operates or in which the proceeds of the Loans will be used or from which repayments of the Obligations will be derived.

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or any successor by merger or consolidation to its business.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor thereto.

“Secured Cash Management Agreement” shall mean any agreement related to Cash Management Services by and between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Cash Management Bank.

“Secured Hedge Agreement” shall mean any Hedge Agreement by and between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Hedge Bank.

“Secured Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, each Lender, each Hedge Bank that is party to any Secured Hedge Agreement, each Cash Management Bank that is a party to any Secured Cash Management Agreement and each sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 12.2 by the Administrative Agent with respect to matters relating to the Credit Documents or by the Collateral Agent with respect to matters relating to any Security Document.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Security Documents” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Collateral Agreement, (b) the Mortgages and (c) each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered pursuant to Section 9.11 or 9.13 or pursuant to any other such Security Documents or otherwise to secure or perfect the security interest in any or all of the Obligations.

“Sold Entity or Business” has the meaning set forth in the definition of the term “Consolidated EBITDAX.”

“Solvent” shall mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the assets of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, exceeds, on a consolidated basis, their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, (b) the present fair saleable value of the property of such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, is greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability, on a consolidated basis, of their debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as such debts and other liabilities become absolute and matured, (c) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are able to pay their debts and liabilities, subordinated, contingent or

 

53


otherwise, as such liabilities become absolute and matured and (d) such Person and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are not engaged in, and are not about to engage in, business for which they have unreasonably small capital. The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.

“Specified Event of Default” shall mean an Event of Default occurring under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 hereof.

“Specified Transaction” shall mean any acquisition, Investment, Disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Restricted Payment or Subsidiary designation that by the terms of this Agreement requires a financial ratio or test to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

“Sponsor” shall mean (a) Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. and (b) Blackstone Energy Partners L.P., and each of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by and of them or any of their Affiliates, but not including their respective portfolio companies.

“SPV” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(g).

“Subagent” shall have the meaning provided in Section 12.2.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person: (1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50.0% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, members of management or trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and (2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which: (a) more than 50.0% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, and (b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean each Subsidiary that is a Guarantor.

“Subsidiary Redesignation” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” contained in this Section 1.1(a).

“Successor Borrower” shall have the meaning provided in Section 10.3(a).

“Supported QFC” has the meaning specified in Section 13.24.

“Swap” shall mean a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

54


“Swap PV” shall mean, with respect to any commodity Hedge Agreement, the present value, discounted at 9% per annum, of the future receipts expected to be paid to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries under such Hedge Agreement netted against the Administrative Agent’s then current Bank Price Deck; provided, that the “Swap PV” shall never be less than $0.00.

“Swap Termination Value” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

“Taxes” shall mean any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, withholdings or other similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority and any interest, fines, penalties or additions to tax with respect to the foregoing.

“Termination Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (a) the Maturity Date and (b) the date on which the Total Commitment shall have terminated.

“Test Period” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower for which financial statements have been delivered to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the Closing Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of Section 9.1.

“Total Commitment” shall mean the sum of the Commitments of the Lenders.

“Total Exposure” shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the Loans of such Lender then outstanding.

“Transaction Expenses” shall mean any fees or expenses incurred or paid by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (or by the Sponsor or any direct or indirect Parent Entity and reimbursed by the Borrower) in connection with the Transactions (including expenses in connection with hedging transactions (including termination or amendment thereof), if any, payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments or special or retention bonuses and payments or charges for payments on account of phantom stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units and options (including the repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, the foregoing awards)), this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

“Transactions” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the payment of Transaction Expenses and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Credit Documents.

“Transferee” shall have the meaning provided in Section 13.6(e).”Type” shall mean, as to any Loan, its nature as an ABR Loan or a LIBOR Loan.

 

55


“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York or of any other state the laws of which are required to be applied in connection with the perfection of security interests in any Collateral.

“Unrestricted Cash” shall mean cash or cash equivalents (including Permitted Investments) of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean (a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is formed or acquired after the Closing Date if, at such time or promptly thereafter, the Borrower designates such Subsidiary as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in a written notice to the Administrative Agent, (b) any Restricted Subsidiary designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent; provided that in the case of each of (a) and (b), (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Investment (or reduction in an outstanding Investment, in the case of a designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary) on the date of such designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Borrower’s investment therein on such date and such designation shall be permitted only to the extent such Investment is permitted under Section 10.5 on the date of such designation, (ii) [reserved] and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would result from such designation immediately after giving effect thereto and (c) each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. No Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if, after such designation, it would be a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Pari Debt, Permitted Additional Debt, the First Lien Facility, the 2020 Second Lien Facility or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of any of the foregoing, in each case, to the extent applicable. The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, re-designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (each, a “Subsidiary Redesignation”), and thereafter, such Subsidiary shall no longer constitute an Unrestricted Subsidiary, but only if no Default or Event of Default would result from such Subsidiary Redesignation.

“U.S. Lender” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Equity Interests having the right to vote for the election of directors of such Person under ordinary circumstances.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining scheduled installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required scheduled payments of principal, including payment at final scheduled maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness; provided that the effects of any prepayments made on such Indebtedness shall be disregarded in making such calculation.

“Wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a Domestic Subsidiary of such person that is a Wholly owned Subsidiary.

 

56


“Wholly owned Subsidiary” of any person shall mean a subsidiary of such person, all of the Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or nominee or other similar shares required pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such person or another Wholly owned Subsidiary of such person.

“Withdrawal Liability” shall mean the liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.”

1.2 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Credit Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Credit Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein”, “hereto”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Credit Document shall refer to such Credit Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

(c) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Credit Document in which such reference appears.

(d) The terms “include,” “includes” and “including” are by way of example and not limitation.

(e) The term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form.

(f) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” shall mean “to and including”.

(g) Section headings herein and in the other Credit Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Credit Document.

(h) Any reference to any Person shall be constructed to include such Person’s successors or assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that shall have succeeded to any or all of the functions thereof.

 

57


(i) Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.

(j) The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning as the word “shall”.

(k) The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(l) The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

1.3 Accounting Terms.

(a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the first audited financial statements delivered under Section 9.1(a), except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made (i) without giving effect to any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or any Subsidiary at “fair value”, as defined therein and (ii) without giving effect to any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof.

(b) Computation of Certain Financial Covenants. Unless otherwise specified herein, all defined financial terms (and all other definitions used to determine such terms) shall be determined and computed in respect of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

1.4 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained or complied with by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.5 References to Agreements, Laws, Etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to organizational documents, agreements (including the Credit Documents) and other Contractual Requirements shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments,

 

58


restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, amendment and restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are permitted by any Credit Document and (b) references to any Requirement of Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Requirement of Law.1.6 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York City (daylight saving or standard, as applicable).

1.7 Timing of Payment or Performance. When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in Section 2.9) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.

1.8 Currency Equivalents Generally.

(a) For purposes of any determination under Section 9, Section 10 (other than Section 10.11) or Section 11 or any determination under any other provision of this Agreement requiring the use of a current exchange rate, all amounts incurred, outstanding or proposed to be incurred or outstanding in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the Exchange Rate then in effect on the date of such determination; provided, however, that (x) for purposes of determining compliance with Section 10 with respect to the amount of any Indebtedness, Investment, Disposition, Restricted Payment or payment under Section 10.7 in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness or Investment is incurred or Disposition, Restricted Payment or payment under Section 10.7 is made, (y) for purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt (provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such Refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinanced Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness being Refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums (including tender premiums) and other costs and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with such refinancing) and (z) for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.8 shall otherwise apply to such Sections, including with respect to determining whether any Indebtedness or Investment may be incurred or Disposition, Restricted Payment or payment under Section 10.7 may be made at any time under such Sections. For purposes of Section 10.11, amounts in currencies other than Dollars shall be translated into Dollars at the applicable exchange rates used in preparing the most recently delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or (b).

 

59


(b) Each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time specify with the Borrower’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to appropriately reflect a change in currency of any country and any relevant market conventions or practices relating to such change in currency.

1.9 Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Class (e.g., an “Initial Loan”) or by Type (e.g., a “LIBOR Loan”) or by Class and Type (e.g., a “LIBOR Initial Loan”).

1.10 Hedging Requirements Generally. For purposes of any determination with respect to compliance with Section 10.10 or any other calculation under or requirement of this Agreement in respect of hedging shall be calculated separately for crude, gas and natural gas liquid.

1.11 Certain Determinations. For purposes of determining compliance with any of the covenants set forth in Section 9 or Section 10, but subject to any limitation expressly set forth therein, as applicable, at any time (whether at the time of incurrence or thereafter), any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, prepayment, redemption or the consummation of any other transaction meets the criteria of one, or more than one, of the categories permitted pursuant to Section 9 or Section 10, as applicable, the Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, determine under which category such Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Asset Sale, Restricted Payment, Affiliate transaction, prepayment, redemption or the consummation of any other transaction (or, in each case, any portion thereof) is permitted.

1.12 Pro Forma and Other Calculations.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant contained in this Agreement with respect to any period during which any Specified Transaction occurs, the Consolidated Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio and the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated with respect to such period and such Specified Transaction on a Pro Forma Basis and in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.12; provided that, in connection with any Specified Transaction that is a Limited Condition Transaction, for purposes of determining compliance with any test or covenant for any action advisable (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) for the consummation of a Limited Condition Transaction contained in this Agreement during any period which requires the calculation of any of the foregoing ratios or any basket that is determined by reference to Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Total Assets and, at the option of the Borrower (the Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, an “LCA Election”) the date of determination for calculation of any such ratios shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Specified Transaction that is a Limited Condition Transaction are entered into (the “LCA Test Date”) and if, after giving Pro Forma Effect to the Limited Condition Transaction and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent date of determination ending prior to the LCA Test Date, the Borrower could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Borrower has made an LCA Election and any of the ratios or baskets for which

 

60


compliance was determined or tested as of the LCA Test Date are exceeded as a result of fluctuations in any such ratio or basket, including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Total Assets of the Borrower or the Person subject to such Limited Condition Transaction, at or prior to the consummation of the relevant transaction or action, such baskets or ratios will not be deemed to have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the relevant transaction or action is permitted to be consummated or taken. If the Borrower has made an LCA Election for any Limited Condition Transaction, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio with respect to any other Specified Transaction on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of the date on which such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the date that the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Transaction is terminated or expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, any such ratio shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Transaction and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and any associated Lien and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated.

(b) If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.12, then such financial ratio or test (or Consolidated Total Assets) shall be calculated to give Pro Forma Effect thereto in accordance with this Section 1.12.

(c) Whenever Pro Forma Effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies resulting from or relating to any Specified Transactions (including the Transaction (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) which is being given Pro Forma Effect that have been realized or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies are taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies had been realized on the first day of such period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and savings from synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) and “run-rate” shall mean the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public target’s Public Company Costs) net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such amounts are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (B) such actions are taken, committed to be taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Borrower) no later than thirty-six (36) months after the date of such Specified Transaction, (C) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (c) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDAX (or any other components thereof), whether through a pro forma adjustment or otherwise, with respect to such period and (D) it is understood and agreed that subject to compliance with the other

 

61


provisions of this clause (c), amounts to be included in pro forma calculations pursuant to this Section 1.12 may be included in Test Periods in which the Specified Transaction to which such amounts related is no longer being given Pro Forma Effect pursuant to Section 1.12(a).

(d) In the event that (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or (y) any Restricted Subsidiary issues, repurchases or redeems Preferred Stock, (i) during the applicable Test Period or (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then such financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving Pro Forma Effect to such issuance, refinancing or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of determining whether the incurrence of any Indebtedness is in compliance with any applicable leverage ratio based test, or other financial test, set forth in this Agreement, such test shall be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the incurrence of such Indebtedness without netting the net cash proceeds of such Indebtedness but in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting revolving Indebtedness or delayed draw Indebtedness, assuming that such Indebtedness is fully drawn.

1.13 Divisions. Any reference herein to a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, shall be deemed to apply to a division of or by a limited liability company, or an allocation of assets to a series of a limited liability company (or the unwinding of such a division or allocation), as if it were a merger, transfer, consolidation, amalgamation, consolidation, assignment, sale, disposition or transfer, or similar term, as applicable, to, of or with a separate Person. Any division of a limited liability company shall constitute a separate Person hereunder (and each division of any limited liability company that is a Subsidiary, joint venture or any other like term shall also constitute such a Person or entity).

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF CREDIT

2.1 Commitments.

(a) (i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions herein set forth, each Lender severally, but not jointly, agrees to make a loan or loans denominated in Dollars (each an “Initial Loan” and, collectively, the “Initial Loans”) to the Borrower, which Loans (i) shall be made at any time and from time to time on and after the Closing Date and prior to the Termination Date, (ii) may, at the option of the Borrower, be incurred and maintained as, and/or converted into, ABR Loans or LIBOR Loans; provided that all Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Loans of the same Type, (iii) may be repaid and reborrowed in accordance with the provisions hereof, (iv) shall not, for any Lender at any time, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in such Lender’s Total Exposure at such time exceeding such Lender’s Commitment Percentage at such time of the Loan Limit, and (v) shall not, after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds thereof, result in the aggregate amount of all Lenders’ Total Exposures at such time exceeding the Loan Limit then in effect.

 

62


(ii) Each Lender may at its option make any LIBOR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan, provided that (i) any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan and (ii) in exercising such option, such Lender shall use its reasonable efforts to minimize any increased costs to the Borrower resulting therefrom (which obligation of the Lender shall not require it to take, or refrain from taking, actions that it determines would result in increased costs for which it will not be compensated hereunder or that it determines would be otherwise disadvantageous to it and in the event of such request for costs for which compensation is provided under this Agreement, the provisions of Section 2.10 shall apply).

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

2.2 Minimum Amount of Each Borrowing; Maximum Number of Borrowings. The aggregate principal amount of each Borrowing shall be in a minimum amount of at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount for such Type of Loans and in a multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. More than one Borrowing may be incurred on any date; provided, that at no time shall there be outstanding more than ten Borrowings of LIBOR Loans under this Agreement.

2.3 Notice of Borrowing.

(a) Whenever the Borrower desires to incur Loans, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, prior to 12:00 p.m. (New York City Time) at least fifteen (15) days prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (or such later prior written notice as agreed to by the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders (which direction may be provided in their sole discretion)) of each Borrowing of Loans. Such notice (a “Notice of Borrowing”) shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans to be made pursuant to such Borrowing, (B) the date of the Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and (C) whether the respective Borrowing shall consist of ABR Loans and/or LIBOR Loans. The Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of each proposed Borrowing of Loans, of such Lender’s Commitment Percentage thereof and of the other matters covered by the related Notice of Borrowing.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Without in any way limiting the obligation of the Borrower to confirm in writing any notice it may give hereunder by telephone, the Administrative Agent may act prior to receipt of written confirmation without liability upon the basis of such telephonic notice believed by the Administrative Agent in good faith to be from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

 

63


2.4 Disbursement of Funds.

(a) No later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date specified in each Notice of Borrowing, each Lender will make available its pro rata portion of each Borrowing requested to be made on such date in the manner provided below.

(b) Each Lender shall make available all amounts it is to fund to the Borrower under any Borrowing in immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars, and the Administrative Agent will make available to the Borrower, by depositing or wiring to an account as designated by the Borrower in the Borrowing Notice to the Administrative Agent the aggregate of the amounts so made available in Dollars. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the date of any such Borrowing (or, with respect to an ABR Loan, the date of such Borrowing prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York City time)) that such Lender does not intend to make available to the Administrative Agent its portion of the Borrowing or Borrowings to be made on such date, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to the Administrative Agent on such date of Borrowing, and the Administrative Agent, in reliance upon such assumption, may (in its sole discretion and without any obligation to do so) make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender and the Administrative Agent has made available such amount to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount from such Lender. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent in Dollars. The Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, interest on such corresponding amount in respect of each day from the date such corresponding amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such corresponding amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent, at a rate per annum equal to (i) if paid by such Lender, the Overnight Rate or (ii) if paid by the Borrower, the then-applicable rate of interest or fees, calculated in accordance with Section 2.8, for the respective Loans.

(c) Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder (it being understood, however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder).

2.5 Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

(a) The Borrower agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the applicable Lenders, on the earlier of (x) the Termination Date and (y) on the Maturity Date, the then outstanding Initial Loans.

(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such lending office from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such lending office from time to time under this Agreement.

 

64


(c) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.6(b)(iv), and a subaccount for each Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder (the Class of such Loan), the Type of each Loan made and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(d) The entries made in the Register and accounts and subaccounts maintained pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 2.5 shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such account, such Register or such subaccount, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

2.6 Conversions and Continuations.

(a) Subject to the penultimate sentence of this clause (a), (i) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to convert all or a portion equal to at least the Minimum Borrowing Amount (and in multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof) of the outstanding principal amount of Loans of one Type into a Borrowing or Borrowings of another Type and (ii) the Borrower shall have the option on any Business Day to continue the outstanding principal amount of any LIBOR Loans as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period; provided that (A) no partial conversion of LIBOR Loans shall reduce the outstanding principal amount of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing to less than the Minimum Borrowing Amount, (B) ABR Loans may not be converted into LIBOR Loans if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the conversion and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversion, (C) LIBOR Loans may not be continued as LIBOR Loans for an additional Interest Period if an Event of Default is in existence on the date of the proposed continuation and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, and (D) Borrowings resulting from conversions pursuant to this Section 2.6 shall be limited in number as provided in Section 2.2. Each such conversion or continuation shall be effected by the Borrower by giving the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least (1) five Business Days’, in the case of a continuation of or conversion to LIBOR Loans or (2) one Business Day, in the case of a conversion into ABR Loans, prior written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) (each, a “Notice of Conversion or Continuation”) (or, in each case, such later prior written notice as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) specifying the Loans to be so converted or continued, the Type of Loans to be converted into or continued. The Administrative Agent shall give each applicable Lender notice as promptly as practicable of any such proposed conversion or continuation affecting any of its Loans.

 

65


(b) If any Event of Default is in existence at the time of any proposed continuation of any LIBOR Loans and the Administrative Agent has or the Required Lenders have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuation, such LIBOR Loans shall be automatically converted on the last day of the current Interest Period into ABR Loans. If upon the expiration of any Interest Period in respect of LIBOR Loans, the Borrower has failed to elect a new Interest Period to be applicable thereto as provided in clause (a) above, the Borrower shall be deemed to have elected to continue such Borrowing of LIBOR Loans into a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans having an interest period of three months, effective as of the expiration date of such current Interest Period.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Borrower may deliver a Notice of Conversion or Continuation pursuant to which the Borrower elects to irrevocably continue the outstanding principal amount of any Loan subject to an interest rate Hedge Agreement as LIBOR Loans for each Interest Period until the expiration of the term of such applicable Hedge Agreement; provided that any Notice of Conversion or Continuation delivered pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) shall include a schedule attaching the relevant interest rate Hedge Agreement or related trade confirmation.

2.7 Pro Rata Borrowings. Each Borrowing of Initial Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their then applicable Commitment Percentages with respect to the applicable Class. It is understood that (a) no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in its obligation to make Loans hereunder and that each Lender severally but not jointly shall be obligated to make the Loans provided to be made by it hereunder, regardless of the failure of any other Lender to fulfill its commitments hereunder and (b) failure by a Lender to perform any of its obligations under any of the Credit Documents shall not release any Person from performance of its obligation under any Credit Document.

2.8 Interest.

(a) The unpaid principal amount of each ABR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the ABR, in each case, in effect from time to time.

(b) The unpaid principal amount of each LIBOR Loan shall bear interest from the date of the Borrowing thereof until maturity thereof (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum that shall at all times be the Applicable Margin plus the relevant LIBOR Rate, in each case, in effect from time to time.

(c) Automatically upon the occurrence of a Specified Event of Default, or upon written notice to the Borrower at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders (which direction may be provided in their sole discretion) upon (i) the occurrence of any Event of Default, and during the continuation thereof or (ii) a Material Litigation Event, the Obligations shall bear interest at the Applicable Rate plus two (2%) percent per annum (the “Default Rate”); provided, that other than with respect to any Default Rate that is imposed as a result of a Specified Event of Default, the Default Rate may, at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required

 

66


Lenders (which direction may be provided in their sole discretion), apply to the Obligations on and from the date of the occurrence of the underlying Event of Default regardless of whether the Administrative Agent gave notice at a time that was after the occurrence of such Event of Default. Administrative Agent shall notify Borrowers of any accrual of interest at the Default Rate, provided, that, any failure to notify shall not impact or affect any of Administrative Agent’s rights and remedies hereunder.

(d) Interest on each Loan shall accrue from and including the date of any Borrowing to but excluding the date of any repayment thereof and shall be payable in Dollars; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same date on which it is made shall bear interest for one day. Except as provided below, interest shall be payable (i) in respect of each ABR Loan, quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, (ii) in respect of each LIBOR Loan, on the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, (iii) in respect of each Loan, (A) on any prepayment (on the amount prepaid), (B) at maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) and (C) after such maturity, on demand.

(e) All computations of interest hereunder shall be made in accordance with Section 5.5.

(f) The Administrative Agent, upon determining the interest rate for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans, shall promptly notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders thereof. Each such determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all parties hereto.

2.9 Interest Periods. At the time the Borrower gives a Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion or Continuation in respect of the making of, or conversion into or continuation as, a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans in accordance with Section 2.6(a), the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of the Interest Period applicable to such Borrowing, which Interest Period shall be a three-month period.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above:

(a) the initial Interest Period for any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including the date of any conversion from a Borrowing of ABR Loans) and each Interest Period occurring thereafter in respect of such Borrowing shall commence on the day on which the next preceding Interest Period expires;

(b) if any Interest Period relating to a Borrowing of LIBOR Loans begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month or begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period, such Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

(c) if any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day; provided that, if any Interest Period in respect of a LIBOR Loan would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, but is a day of the month after which no further Business Day occurs in such month, such Interest Period shall expire on the next preceding Business Day; and

 

67


(d) the Borrower shall not be entitled to elect any Interest Period in respect of any LIBOR Loan if such Interest Period would extend beyond the Maturity Date.

2.10 Increased Costs, Illegality, Etc.

(a) In the event that (x) in the case of clause (i) below, the Required Lenders or (y) in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) below, any Lender, shall have reasonably determined (which determination shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto):

(i) on any date for determining the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period that (A) deposits in the principal amounts of the Loans comprising such LIBOR Borrowing are not generally available in the relevant market or (B) by reason of any changes arising on or after the Closing Date affecting the interbank LIBOR market, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable interest rate on the basis provided for in the definition of LIBOR Rate; or

(ii) that a Change in Law occurring at any time after the Closing Date shall (A) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender, (B) subject any Lender to any Tax (other than (i) Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 5.4, or (ii) Excluded Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto, or (C) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or LIBOR Loans made by such Lender, which results in the cost to such Lender of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining LIBOR Loans (in each case hereunder) increasing by an amount which such Lender reasonably deems material or the amounts received or receivable by such Lender hereunder with respect to the foregoing shall be reduced; or

(iii) at any time, that the making or continuance of any LIBOR Loan has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any Requirement of Law (or would conflict with any such Requirement of Law not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful);

then, and in any such event, such Lenders (or the Administrative Agent, in the case of clause (i) above) shall within a reasonable time thereafter give notice (if by telephone, confirmed in writing) to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the other Lenders). Thereafter (x) in the case of clause (i) above, LIBOR Loans shall no longer be available until such time as the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice by the Administrative Agent no longer exist (which notice the Administrative Agent agrees to give at such time when such circumstances no longer exist), and any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion given by the Borrower with respect to LIBOR Loans that have not yet been incurred shall be deemed rescinded by the Borrower, (y) in the case of clause (ii) above, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender, promptly (but no later than fifteen days) after receipt of written

 

68


demand therefor such additional amounts as shall be required to compensate such Lender for such increased costs or reductions in amounts receivable hereunder (it being agreed that a written notice as to the additional amounts owed to such Lender, showing in reasonable detail the basis for the calculation thereof, submitted to the Borrower by such Lender shall, absent clearly demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto and (z) in the case of clause (iii) above, the Borrower shall take one of the actions specified in Section 2.10(b) as promptly as possible and, in any event, within the time period required by applicable Requirements of Law.

(b) At any time that any LIBOR Loan is affected by the circumstances described in Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii), the Borrower may (and in the case of a LIBOR Loan affected pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(iii) shall) either if the affected LIBOR Loan is then being made pursuant to a Borrowing, cancel such Borrowing by giving the Administrative Agent telephonic notice (confirmed promptly in writing) thereof on the same date that the Borrower was notified by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(a)(ii) or (iii) or if the affected LIBOR Loan is then outstanding, upon at least three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, require the affected Lender to convert each such LIBOR Loan into an ABR Loan; provided that if more than one Lender are affected at any time, then all affected Lenders must be treated in the same manner pursuant to this Section 2.10(b).

(c) If, after the Closing Date, any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements of any Lender or compliance by any Lender or its parent with any Change in Law relating to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements occurring after the Closing Date, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or its parent’s capital or assets as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments or obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or its parent could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s or its parent’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity requirements), then from time to time, promptly (but in any event no later than fifteen days) after written demand by such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or its parent for such reduction, it being understood and agreed, however, that a Lender shall not be entitled to such compensation as a result of such Lender’s compliance with, or pursuant to any request or directive to comply with, any applicable Requirement of Law as in effect on the Closing Date. Each Lender, upon determining in good faith that any additional amounts will be payable pursuant to this Section 2.10(c), will give prompt written notice thereof to the Borrower, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis of the calculation of such additional amounts, although the failure to give any such notice shall not, subject to Section 2.13, release or diminish the Borrower’s obligations to pay additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.10(c) upon receipt of such notice.

2.11 Compensation. If (a) any payment of principal of any LIBOR Loan is made by the Borrower to or for the account of a Lender other than on the last day of the Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan as a result of a payment or conversion pursuant to Section 2.5, 2.6, 2.10, 5.1, 5.2 or 13.7, as a result of acceleration of the maturity of the Loans pursuant to Section 11 or for any other reason, (b) any Borrowing of LIBOR Loans is not made on the date specified in a Notice of Borrowing, (c) any ABR Loan is not converted into a LIBOR Loan on the date specified in a Notice of Conversion or Continuation, (d) any LIBOR Loan is not continued as a LIBOR Loan on the date specified in a Notice of Conversion or Continuation or (e) any prepayment of principal of

 

69


any LIBOR Loan is not made as a result of a withdrawn notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 or 5.2, the Borrower shall after the Borrower’s receipt of a written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the Administrative Agent (within fifteen days after such request) for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue or failure to prepay, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Lender to fund or maintain such LIBOR Loan.

2.12 Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.10(a)(ii), 2.10(a)(iii), 2.10(c), or 5.4 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event; provided that such designation does not cause such Lender or its lending office to suffer any economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, with the object of avoiding the consequence of the event giving rise to the operation of any such Section. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the right of any Lender provided in Section 2.10, or 5.4.

2.13 Notice of Certain Costs. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent any notice required by Section 2.10, 2.11 or 5.4 is given by any Lender more than 180 days after such Lender has knowledge (or should have had knowledge) of the occurrence of the event giving rise to the additional cost, reduction in amounts, loss, Tax or other additional amounts described in such Sections, such Lender shall not be entitled to compensation under Section 2.10, 2.11 or 5.4, as the case may be, for any such amounts incurred or accruing prior to the 181st day prior to the giving of such notice to the Borrower; provided that if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

2.14 Reserves. The Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may at any time and from time to time in the exercise of their Permitted Discretion (including, without limitation, (a) in connection with any actual, potential or prospective reduction in the value of any Mortgaged Properties or any other Collateral, (b) in connection with the Disposition of any property, business and/or asset or occurrence of a Casualty Event, (c) to reflect any impediments to the Agent’s ability to realize upon the Collateral, (d) to reflect claims and liabilities that the Agent may need to be satisfied in connection with the realization upon the Collateral and (e) to reflect criteria, events, conditions, contingencies or risks which adversely affect any component of the Collateral or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any material remedies of the Secured Parties hereunder or thereunder) upon at least three Business Days’ prior written notice to the Borrower establish or increase or decrease any Reserves, which notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Reserve being established and the aggregate amount thereof, expressed in Dollars (during which period the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall not be obligated to make (regardless of whether a Notice of Borrowing has been previously submitted), any Loan hereunder that would result in the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders exceeding the Loan Limit after giving effect to the Reserve in question).

 

70


2.15 Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

(a) Commitment Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 4.1(a);

(b) The Commitment and Total Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 13.1); provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders pursuant to Section 13.1 (other than Section 13.1(a)(x)) or requiring the consent of each affected Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(a)(i) or (a)(ix) shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender (which for the avoidance of doubt would include any change to the Maturity Date applicable to such Defaulting Lender, decreasing or forgiving any principal or interest due to such Defaulting Lender, any decrease of any interest rate applicable to Loans made by such Defaulting Lender (other than the waiving of post-default interest rates) and any increase in or extension of such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment);

(c) [Reserved];

(d) [Reserved];

(e) If the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon, as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein, such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender; and

(f) Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Section 11 or otherwise, and including any amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by that Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 13.8), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, [reserved]; third, as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; fourth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; fifth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders as a result of any final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; sixth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the

 

71


Borrower as a result of any final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and seventh, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the relevant Loans of, owed to, the relevant non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied in the manner set forth in this Section 2.15(f). Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

2.16 [Reserved].

2.17 [Reserved].

2.18 Alternate Rate of Interest.

(a) If at least two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a LIBOR Loan:

(x) the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period; or

(y) the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of making or maintaining their Loans included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or facsimile as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, which the Administrative Agent agrees promptly to do, (i) any Notice of Conversion or Continuation that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a LIBOR Loan shall be ineffective and such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Loan on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, and (ii) if any Notice of Borrowing requests a LIBOR Loan, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Loan.

(b) If at any time the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that either (i) the circumstances set forth in subparagraph (a) of this Section 2.18 have arisen and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary or (ii) the circumstances set forth in subparagraph (a) of this Section 2.18 have not arisen but the supervisor for the administrator of the LIBOR Rate or a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Administrative Agent has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which the LIBOR Rate shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans (in the case of either such clause (i) or (ii), an “Alternative Interest Rate Election Event”), the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall endeavor to establish an alternate rate of interest to the LIBOR Rate that gives due consideration to the then prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest for syndicated loans in the United States at such time, and shall enter into an amendment to this

 

72


Agreement to reflect such alternate rate of interest and such other related changes to this Agreement as may be applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 13.1, such amendment shall become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement so long as the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five (5) Business Days after the date notice of such alternate rate of interest is provided to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that they object to such amendment. To the extent an alternate rate of interest is adopted as contemplated hereby, the approved rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with prevailing market convention; provided that, to the extent such prevailing market convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, such approved rate shall be applied in a manner as otherwise reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. From such time as an Alternative Interest Rate Election Event has occurred and continuing until an alternate rate of interest has been determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this paragraph, (x) any Notice of Conversion or Continuation that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a LIBOR Loan shall be ineffective, and (y) if any Notice of Borrowing requests a LIBOR Loan, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Loan; provided that, to the extent such Alternative Interest Rate Election Event is as a result of clause (ii) above in this subparagraph (b), then clauses (x) and (y) of this sentence shall apply during such period only if the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period is not available or published at such time on a current basis. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if such alternate rate of interest as determined in this subparagraph (b) is determined to be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 3. [RESERVED]

SECTION 4. FEES; COMMITMENTS.

4.1 Fees.

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent in Dollars, for the account of each Lender (in each case pro rata according to the respective Commitment Percentages of the Lenders), a commitment fee (the “Commitment Fee”) for each day from the Closing Date until but excluding the Termination Date. Each Commitment Fee shall be payable by the Borrower quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December (for the three-month period (or portion thereof) ended on such day for which no payment has been received) and on the Termination Date (for the period ended on such date for which no payment has been received pursuant to clause (i) above), and shall be (x) computed for each day during such period at a rate per annum equal to the Commitment Fee Rate on the Available Commitment in effect on such date and (y) after the computation provided for in the preceding clause (x), shall be increased (i.e., rounded up) to the next immediate increment of $1,000 in excess thereof.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) [Reserved].

(d) [Reserved].

 

73


(e) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the administrative agent fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in writing from time to time between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower.

4.2 Voluntary Reduction of Commitments.

(a) Upon written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office (which notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each of the Lenders), the Borrower shall have the right, without premium or penalty, on any day, permanently to terminate or reduce the Available Commitments of any Class, as determined by the Borrower, in whole or in part; provided that (a) with respect to the Commitments, any such termination or reduction shall apply proportionately and permanently to reduce the Commitments of each of the Lenders of such Class, except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any termination or reduction of Commitments shall be allocated ratably among Classes of Commitments, (b) any partial reduction pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be in the amount of at least $1,000,000 and (c) after giving effect to such termination or reduction, the aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Total Exposures shall not exceed the Loan Limit.

(b) The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon written notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.15(f) will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any such notice of commitment termination pursuant to Section 4.2 may state that it is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

4.3 Mandatory Reduction or Termination of Commitments.

(a) The Total Commitment shall automatically and irrevocably terminate at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Termination Date.

(b) Upon the incurrence or issuance by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.1(l), the Total Commitments shall be automatically and irrevocably reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness (including any unfunded Commitments therefor) and (ii) the Total Commitments minus the aggregate amount of all then outstanding Loans.

 

74


SECTION 5. PAYMENTS.

5.1 Voluntary Prepayments. The Borrower shall have the right to prepay Loans, without premium or penalty, in whole or in part from time to time on the following terms and conditions:

(a) the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office written notice (or telephonic notice promptly confirmed in writing) of its intent to make such prepayment, the amount of such prepayment and (in the case of LIBOR Loans) the specific Borrowing(s) being prepaid, which notice shall be given by the Borrower no later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (i) in the case of LIBOR Loans, two Business Days prior to and (ii) in the case of ABR Loans on the date of such prepayment and shall promptly be transmitted by the Administrative Agent to each of the Lenders;

(b) each partial prepayment of (i) LIBOR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or a lesser amount to the extent such lesser amount represents the entire aggregate outstanding LIBOR Loans at such time, and (ii) any ABR Loans shall be in a minimum amount of $500,000 and in multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof or a lesser amount to the extent such lesser amount represents the entire aggregate outstanding ABR Loans at such time; provided that no partial prepayment of LIBOR Loans made pursuant to a single Borrowing shall reduce the outstanding LIBOR Loans made pursuant to such Borrowing to an amount less than the applicable Minimum Borrowing Amount for such LIBOR Loans; and

(c) any prepayment of LIBOR Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 on any day other than the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto shall be subject to compliance by the Borrower with the applicable provisions of Section 2.11.

Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type and Class of Loans to be prepaid. At the Borrower’s election in connection with any prepayment pursuant to this Section 5.1, such prepayment shall not be applied to any Loans of a Defaulting Lender.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any such notice of prepayment pursuant to Section 5.1 may state that it is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by written notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the First Lien Credit Agreement.

5.2 Mandatory Prepayments.

(a) Prepayment following Casualty Events. If, after giving effect to the establishment of, or increase in, a Reserve pursuant to Section 2.14 in connection with a Casualty Event, and as a result thereof, the aggregate Total Exposures of all Lenders exceeds the Loan Limit (as reduced), then the Borrower shall on the same Business Day prepay the Loans on the date of such termination or reduction in an aggregate principal amount equal to such excess.

 

75


(b) [Reserved].

(c) Application to Loans. With respect to each prepayment of Loans elected under Section 5.1 or required by Section 5.2, the Borrower may designate (i) the Types and Class of Loans that are to be prepaid and the specific Borrowing(s) being repaid and (ii) the Loans to be prepaid; provided that (A) each prepayment of any Loans made pursuant to a Borrowing shall be applied pro rata among such Loans, and (B) notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding clause (A), no prepayment of Loans shall be applied to the Loans of any Defaulting Lender unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Borrower. In the absence of a designation by the Borrower as described in the preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the above, make such designation in its reasonable discretion with a view, but no obligation, to minimize breakage costs owing under Section 2.11.

(d) LIBOR Interest Periods. In lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 5.2 in respect of any LIBOR Loan, other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Borrower at its option may deposit, on behalf of the Borrower, with the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of the LIBOR Loan to be prepaid and such LIBOR Loan shall be repaid on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the required amount. Such deposit shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a corporate time deposit account established on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, earning interest at the then customary rate for accounts of such type. The Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Such deposit shall constitute cash collateral for the LIBOR Loans to be so prepaid; provided that the Borrower may at any time direct that such deposit be applied to make the applicable payment required pursuant to this Section 5.2.

(e) Application of Proceeds. The application of proceeds pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall not reduce the aggregate amount of Commitments under the Facility and amounts prepaid may be reborrowed subject to the Available Commitment.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any prepayment of Loans pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the First Lien Credit Agreement.

5.3 Method and Place of Payment.

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made by the Borrower without set-off, counterclaim or deduction of any kind, to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders entitled thereto not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time), in each case, on the date when due and shall be made in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office or at such other office as the Administrative Agent shall specify for such purpose by notice to the Borrower, it being understood that written or facsimile notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent to make a payment

 

76


from the funds in the Borrower’s account at the Administrative Agent’s Office shall constitute the making of such payment to the extent of such funds held in such account. All repayments or prepayments of any Loans (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) hereunder and all other payments under each Credit Document shall be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent will thereafter cause to be distributed on the same day (if payment was actually received by the Administrative Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) or, otherwise, on the next Business Day in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent) like funds relating to the payment of principal or interest or fees ratably to the Lenders entitled thereto.

(b) For purposes of computing interest or fees, any payments under this Agreement that are made later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) shall be deemed to have been made on the next succeeding Business Day in the sole discretion of the Administrative Agent. Whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal, interest shall be payable during such extension at the applicable rate in effect immediately prior to such extension.

5.4 Net Payments.

(a) Any and all payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Guarantor under this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any Taxes; provided that if the Borrower, any Guarantor or the Administrative Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable Requirements of Law to deduct or withhold any Taxes from such payments, then (i) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions or withholdings as are reasonably determined by the applicable withholding agent to be required by any applicable Requirement of Law, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, and (iii) to the extent withholding or deduction is required to be made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions and withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 5.4) the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or the applicable Lender, as the case may be, receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made. After any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party or the Administrative Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this Section 5.4, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent or the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Borrower, as the case may be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by law to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be.

(b) The Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Requirements of Law, or at the option of the Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for, any Other Taxes (whether or not such Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority).

 

77


(c) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and each Lender within 15 Business Days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or such Lender, as the case may be (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 5.4), and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent (as applicable) on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error and shall constitute a required notice for purposes of Section 2.13.

(d) Each Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation and such other information reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not any payments made hereunder or under any other Credit Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender by any Credit Party pursuant to any Credit Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 5.4(e)(i)(A), (B) and (C) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

(e) Without limiting the generality of Section 5.4(d), each Non-U.S. Lender with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower shall, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so:

(i) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement, executed copies of (A) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable (or any applicable successor form) (together with a certificate (substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto) representing that such Non-U.S. Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, is not a “10-percent shareholder” (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code) of the Borrower, is not a CFC related to the Borrower described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code) and the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the conduct by such Lender of a trade or business within the United States), (B) IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as

 

78


applicable (or any applicable successor form), in each case properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on payments by the Borrower under this Agreement, (C) executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor form), (D) executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any applicable successor form) and all necessary attachments (including the forms described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above, provided that if the Non-U.S. Lender is a partnership and not a participating Lender, and one or more of the partners is claiming portfolio interest treatment, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto may be provided by such Non-U.S. Lender on behalf of such partners) or (E) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

(ii) deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent executed copies of any such form or certification (or any applicable successor form) promptly after such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a material change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent or promptly notify in writing the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of such non-U.S. Lender’s inability to do so.

Each Person that shall become a Participant pursuant to Section 13.6 or a Lender pursuant to Section 13.6 shall, upon the effectiveness of the related transfer, be required to provide all the forms and statements required pursuant to this Section 5.4(e); provided that in the case of a Participant such Participant shall furnish all such required forms and statements to the Person from which the related participation shall have been purchased.

In addition, to the extent it is legally eligible to do so, each Agent shall deliver to the Borrower (x) prior to the date on which the first payment by the Borrower is due hereunder or (II) prior to the first date on or after the date on which such Agent becomes a successor Agent pursuant to Section 12.9 on which payment by the Borrower is due hereunder, as applicable, executed copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying its exemption from U.S. Federal backup withholding or a properly completed and executed applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its non-U.S. status and its entitlement to any treaty benefits and its status as a qualified intermediary or withholding foreign partnership, and (y) on or before the date on which any such previously delivered documentation expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent documentation previously delivered by it to the Borrower, and from time to time if reasonably requested by the Borrower, two further copies of such documentation.

(f) If any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax for which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.4 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 5.4), then the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall reimburse the Borrower or such Guarantor for such amount (net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and without interest other than

 

79


any interest received thereon from the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund) as the Lender, Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, determines in its sole discretion exercised in good faith to be the proportion of the refund as will leave it, after such reimbursement, in no better or worse net after-Tax position (taking into account expenses or any taxes imposed on the refund) than it would have been in if the payment had not been required; provided that the Borrower or such Guarantor, upon the request of the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower or such Guarantor (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent in the event the Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. In such event, such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant Governmental Authority (provided that such Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may delete any information therein that it deems confidential). No Lender nor the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be obliged to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to any Credit Party in connection with this clause (f) or any other provision of this Section 5.4.

(g) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent executed copies of IRS Forms W-9 (or substitute or successor form), properly completed and duly executed, certifying that such U.S. Lender is exempt from United States federal backup withholding (i) on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), (ii) on or before the date that such form expires or becomes obsolete or invalid, (iii) after the occurrence of a change in the U.S. Lender’s circumstances requiring a change in the most recent form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and (iv) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.

(h) If a payment made to any Lender or any Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or such Agent were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or such Agent shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount, if any, to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 5.4(h), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

(i) For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this Section 5.4, the term “applicable law” or “Requirement of Law” includes FATCA.

 

80


(j) The agreements in this Section 5.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

5.5 Computations of Interest and Fees. Except as provided in the next succeeding sentence, Interest on LIBOR Loans and ABR Loans shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed. Interest on ABR Loans in respect of which the rate of interest is calculated on the basis of the Administrative Agent’s prime rate and interest on overdue interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed.

5.6 Limit on Rate of Interest.

(a) No Payment Shall Exceed Lawful Rate. Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any interest or other amounts under or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise in respect to any of the Obligations in excess of the amount or rate permitted under or consistent with any applicable law, rule or regulation.

(b) Payment at Highest Lawful Rate. If the Borrower is not obliged to make a payment that it would otherwise be required to make, as a result of Section 5.6(a), the Borrower shall make such payment to the maximum extent permitted by or consistent with applicable laws, rules and regulations.

(c) Adjustment if Any Payment Exceeds Lawful Rate. If any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents would obligate the Borrower or any other Credit Party to make any payment of interest or other amount payable to any Lender in an amount or calculated at a rate that would be prohibited by any applicable Requirement of Law, then notwithstanding such provision, such amount or rate shall be deemed to have been adjusted with retroactive effect to the maximum amount or rate of interest, as the case may be, as would not be so prohibited by applicable Requirements of Law, such adjustment to be effected, to the extent necessary, by reducing the amount or rate of interest required to be paid by the Borrower to the affected Lender under Section 2.8.

(d) Rebate of Excess Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and after giving effect to all adjustments contemplated thereby, if any Lender shall have received from the Borrower an amount in excess of the maximum permitted by any applicable Requirement of Law, then the Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Administrative Agent to obtain reimbursement from that Lender in an amount equal to such excess, and pending such reimbursement, such amount shall be deemed to be an amount payable by that Lender to the Borrower.

SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVENESS OF COMMITMENTS.

The effectiveness of the Commitments under this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed or waived pursuant to Section 13.1.

(a) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from the Borrower (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence

 

81


satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include e-mail transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, a written opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Credit Parties, (i) dated the Closing Date, (ii) addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (iii) in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the Closing Date. The Borrower, the other Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent hereby instruct such counsel to deliver such legal opinions.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received, in the case of each Credit Party, each of the items referred to in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) below:

(i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation, including all amendments thereto, of each Credit Party, in each case, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State (or other similar official) of the jurisdiction of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (to the extent such concept or a similar concept exists under the laws of such jurisdiction) of each such Credit Party as of a recent date from such Secretary of State (or other similar official);

(ii) a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer of each Credit Party dated the Closing Date and certifying:

(A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the bylaws (or limited liability company agreement or other equivalent governing documents) of such Credit Party as in effect on the Closing Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in clause (B) below,

(B) that attached thereto is a true, correct and complete copy of (i) resolutions duly adopted by the general partner of the Borrower, dated as of December 30, 2019 (the “Borrower Resolutions”), authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and therein (ii) resolutions duly adopted by the board of sole member of Vine Minerals LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, dated as of December 30, 2019 (the “Guarantor Resolutions”), authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and therein, (iii) resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp, dated as of December 29, 2019 (the “Finance Resolutions”), authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and therein (iv) the Resolutions with Respect to Disinterested Managers of the Borrower, dated November 22, 2019 (the “Delegation Resolutions”) and (v) resolutions duly adopted by, the Disinterested Managers (as defined in the Delegation Resolutions) dated as of December 29,

 

82


2019, approving the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Agreement and the Credit Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby and therein and deeming such execution, delivery and performance and the consummation of such transactions to be in the best interests of each Credit Party, and that all such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Closing Date,

(C) that the certificate or articles of incorporation or certificate of formation of such Credit Party has not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto disclosed pursuant to subclause (i) above,

(D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Credit Document or any other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of such Credit Party, and

(E) a certificate of a director or an officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer executing the certificate pursuant to subclause (ii) above.

(d) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received executed copies of the Guarantee, executed by each Person which will be a Guarantor on the Closing Date.

(e) [Reserved].

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received customary UCC lien and intellectual property searches with respect to the Borrower and the Guarantors in their applicable jurisdictions of organization.

(g) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received an executed a copy of a fairness opinion of Duff & Phelps, LLC, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders, that satisfies the requirements of Section 9.9(o) of the First Lien Credit Agreement, Section 4.11(b)(5) of the 2017 Indenture and Section 4.11(b)(5) of the 2018 Indenture.

(h) The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a true and complete copy of the most recent Reserve Report delivered to the First Lien Administrative Agent under the First Lien Credit Agreement.

(i) The Borrower shall have validly delivered an Officer’s Certificate (as defined in each of the 2017 Indenture and the 2018 Indenture) to (x) the trustee under the 2017 Indenture designating the Commitments as “Designated Revolving Commitments” (as defined in the 2017 Indenture) and (y) the trustee under the 2018 Indenture designating the Commitments as “Designated Revolving Commitments” (as defined in the 2018 Indenture) in accordance with the terms and conditions of the 2017 Indenture and the 2018 Indenture, as applicable.

(j) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a solvency certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto and signed by a Financial Officer of the Borrower.

 

83


(k) On the Closing Date, the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Credit Party contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality), except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date.

(l) On the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, (x) certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the foregoing clauses (h), (i) and (k), (y) certifying that Pro Forma for the incurrence of the Commitments (and assuming all Loans are fully drawn) the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) of the Borrower shall not exceed 4.50:1.00 (determined without netting any assumed cash proceeds of any Loans) and (z) attaching reasonable backup documentation prepared in good faith supporting the certification described in the foregoing subclause (y) and,

(m) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that the Borrower shall on the Closing Date have all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Credit Documents

(n) Without limiting clause (o) below, all fees and expenses required to be paid hereunder on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full in cash.

(o) No later than three Business Days in advance of the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received all documentation and other information (including, if the Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, a Beneficial Ownership Certification) reasonably requested by any Lender that is party hereto on the Closing Date in writing with respect to any Credit Party at least ten days in advance of the Closing Date, which documentation or other information is required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and Beneficial Ownership Regulation; provided that, in the case of a Beneficial Ownership Certification, upon the request of any Lender, the Borrower shall return such completed Beneficial Ownership Certification directly to the requesting Lender.

(p) Without limiting clause (m) above or Section 13.5, all Attorney Costs of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, as counsel the Administrative Agent and the Initial Lenders, required to be paid on the Closing Date in accordance with Section 13.5(a) shall have been paid.

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ALL CREDIT EVENTS.

The agreement of each Lender to make any Loan requested to be made by it on or after the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) At the time of each such Credit Event and also after giving effect thereto, (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (ii) all representations and warranties made by any Credit Party contained herein or in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such

 

84


Credit Event (except where such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and except that any representation and warranty that is qualified as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” or similar language shall be true and correct (after giving effect to any qualification therein) in all respects on such respective dates).

(b) At least fifteen (15) days prior to the making of each Loan (or such later time as agreed to by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.3(a)), the Administrative Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing (whether in writing or by telephone) meeting the requirements of Section 2.3(a).

(c) At the time of each such Credit Event and after giving effect thereto:

(i) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be satisfied that the PV-9 Amount shall not be less than $900,000,000 (based upon the most recent Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.14 (or, if no such Reserve Report has been delivered, the Closing Date Reserve Report));

(ii) the Collateral Coverage Condition shall be satisfied;

(iii) the Available Commitment (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date) shall be equal to or less than $5,000,000;

(iv) the aggregate amount of Unrestricted Cash of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries on such date shall be less than $50,000,000;

(v) the Loans to be made on the applicable date of such Credit Event shall constitute (A) Indebtedness (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) that is permitted pursuant to Section 6.01 of the First Lien Credit Agreement or with respect to any Permitted Refinancing thereof, Indebtedness that is permitted thereunder) and (B) Indebtedness (as defined in each of the 2017 Indenture and the 2018 Indenture) that is permitted pursuant to each of the 2017 Indenture and the 2018 Indenture;

(vi) the Leverage Ratio, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis for the applicable Credit Event but without netting the cash proceeds thereof (for the purposes of determining Unrestricted Cash), shall not be greater than 3.25:1.00; and

(vii) no Material Litigation Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

(ii) To the extent that an Interim Reserve Report has been requested by the Administrative Agent, such Interim Reserve Report shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with Section 9.14(b), at least five (5) Business Days prior to the making of such Loan.

 

85


(d) On the date of such Credit Event the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to it, of a Financial Officer of the Borrower, dated as of the date of such Credit Event, certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (c)(v), (c)(vi) and (c)(vii) above.

(e) Prior to the date of such Credit Event, the Collateral Implementation Date shall have occurred.

(f) Prior to the date of such Credit Event, the Administrative Agent shall have received, in accordance with Section 9.14, the Reserve Report for December 31, 2019.

The acceptance of the benefits of each Credit Event after the Closing Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by each Credit Party to each of the Lenders that all the applicable conditions specified in Section 7 above have been satisfied as of that time.

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, to make the Loans and provide Commitments as provided for herein, the Borrower makes, on the Closing Date and the date of each Credit Event, the following representations and warranties to, and agreements with, the Lenders, all of which shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and the provision of Commitments:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power. Each of the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) is a duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to own its property and assets and to transact its business as now conducted and (b) has duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing (if applicable) in all jurisdictions where it is required to be so qualified, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.2 Corporate Power and Authority; Enforceability; Binding Effect. Each Credit Party has the corporate or other organizational power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and provisions of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and has taken all necessary corporate or other organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Each Credit Party has duly executed and delivered each Credit Document to which it is a party and each such Credit Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law).

8.3 No Violation. None of the execution, delivery or performance by any Credit Party of the Credit Documents to which it is a party, nor the incurrence of the Commitments, extension of Loans or granting of Liens under the applicable Credit Documents, will (a) contravene any Requirement of Law, except to the extent such contravention would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (b) result in any breach of any of the terms, covenants,

 

86


conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any Lien upon any of the property or assets of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Liens created under the Credit Documents and Permitted Liens) pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan agreement, lease agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, agreement or other instrument to which such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of its property or assets is bound (any such term, covenant, condition or provision, a “Contractual Requirement”) except to the extent such breach, default or Lien would not (x) solely on the Closing Date result in a breach, default or event of default with respect to a Contractual Requirement which would permit the lenders, noteholders or other debtholders (or their respective agents) under such Contractual Requirement to accelerate the Indebtedness thereunder or exercise any other rights or remedies thereunder or (y) on the Closing Date, and on any other date such representation is made, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (c) violate any provision of the Organization Documents of such Credit Party or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries.

8.4 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 8.4, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to constitute a Material Litigation Event.

8.5 Margin Regulations. Neither the making of any Loan hereunder nor the use of the proceeds thereof will violate the provisions of Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board.

8.6 Governmental Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of each Credit Document do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or other action by, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, except for (a) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) filings and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents and (c) such consents, approvals, registrations, filings or actions the failure of which to obtain or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Investment Company Act. No Credit Party is required to be registered as an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8.8 True and Complete Disclosure.

(a) The Projections (i) have been prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by the Borrower to be reasonable as of the date thereof (it being understood that actual results may vary materially from the Projections), as of the date such Projections were furnished to the Lenders (with respect to any such Projections provided prior to the Closing Date) and as of the Closing Date and (ii) as of the Closing Date, have not been modified in any material respect by the Borrower.

 

 

87


(b) The information included in each Beneficial Ownership Certification (as may be supplemented by the Borrower from time to time) provided to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects

8.9 Tax Matters. Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Credit Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes that are due and payable (including in their capacity as a withholding agent), except those that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Credit Parties and the Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, have set aside on its books adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP (or in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, the comparable accounting principles in the relevant jurisdiction).

8.10 Compliance with ERISA.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.10(a) or as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Pension Plan maintained by a Credit Party or ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder and other federal or state Laws.

(b) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred during the six year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iii) neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (iv) neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, with respect to each of the foregoing clauses of this Section 8.10(b), as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) With respect to each Pension Plan, the adjusted funding target attainment percentage (as defined in Section 436(j)(2) of the Code), as determined by the applicable Pension Plan’s Enrolled Actuary under Sections 436(j) and 430(d)(2) of the Code and all applicable regulatory guidance promulgated thereunder (“AFTAP”), would not reasonably be expected to result, individually or in the aggregate, in a Material Adverse Effect.” Neither any Credit Party nor any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to a Pension Plan that is, or is expected to be, in at-risk status (as defined in Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA or Section 430(i)(4) of the Code) in each case, except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

88


8.11 Subsidiaries. Schedule 8.11 lists each Subsidiary of the Borrower (and the direct and indirect ownership interest of the Borrower therein), in each case existing on the Closing Date. Each Guarantor, Material Subsidiary and Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the Closing Date has been so designated on Schedule 8.11.

8.12 Intellectual Property. The Borrower and each of the Restricted Subsidiaries own or have obtained valid rights to use all intellectual property, free from any burdensome restrictions, that to the knowledge of the Borrower is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, except where the failure to obtain any such rights would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.13 Environmental Laws. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Environmental Event or a Material Adverse Effect, (i) the Credit Parties and each of their respective Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (ii) neither the Credit Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have received written notice of any Environmental Claim; (iii) neither the Credit Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries are conducting or have been ordered by a Governmental Authority, or are otherwise required under Environmental Law, to conduct any investigation, removal, remedial or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law related to Hazardous Materials contamination at any location; and (iv) neither the Credit Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries, to their knowledge, have treated, stored, transported, released or disposed or arranged for disposal or transport for disposal of Hazardous Materials at, on, under or from any currently or formerly owned, leased or operated facility in a manner that would reasonably be expected to give rise to liability of the Credit Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries under Environmental Law.

8.14 Properties.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 8.14(a) hereto or in an exhibit to any Reserve Report Certificate delivered hereunder, each Credit Party has good and defensible title to the Reserve Report Properties evaluated in the most recently delivered Reserve Report (other than those (i) Disposed of since delivery of such Reserve Report, (ii) leases that have expired in accordance with their terms and (iii) with title defects disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent), and valid title to all its material personal properties, in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 10.2, except in each case where the failure to have such title would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. After giving full effect to the Liens permitted by Section 10.2, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiary specified as the owner owns the working interests and net revenue interests attributable to the Hydrocarbon Interests as such working interests and net revenue interests are reflected in the most recently delivered Reserve Report, and the ownership of such properties shall not in any material respect obligate the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary to bear the costs and expenses relating to the maintenance, development and operations of each such property in an amount in excess of the working interest of each property set forth in the most recently delivered Reserve Report that is not offset by a corresponding proportionate increase in the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s net revenue interest in such property.

 

89


(b) All material leases and agreements necessary for the conduct of the business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries are valid and subsisting, in full force and effect, except to the extent that any such failure to be valid or subsisting would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The rights and properties presently owned, leased or licensed by the Credit Parties including all easements and rights of way, include all rights and properties necessary to permit the Credit Parties to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted, except to the extent any failure to have any such rights or properties would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) All of the properties of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their businesses are in good working condition and are maintained in accordance with prudent business standards, except to the extent any failure to satisfy the foregoing would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) [Reserved].

8.15 Solvency. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

8.16 Security Documents. On and after the Collateral Implementation Date, the Security Documents shall create in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien or security interest in the respective Collateral described therein as security for the Obligations to the extent that a legal, valid, binding and enforceable Lien or security interest in such Collateral may be created under any applicable Requirement of Law, which Lien or security interest, upon the filing of financing statements, recordation of the Mortgages or the obtaining of possession or “control,” in each case, as applicable, with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable UCC or applicable local law, will constitute a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower and each other Credit Party thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior (except as otherwise provided for in the relevant Security Document) in right to any other Person (other than Permitted Liens or, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the First Lien Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement)), in each case to the extent that a security interest may be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the applicable UCC, recordation of the Mortgages under applicable local law or by obtaining possession or “control.”

8.17 Gas Imbalances, Prepayments. On the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 8.17, on a net basis, there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments exceeding 2.5 Bcfe of Hydrocarbon volumes (stated on a gas equivalent basis) in the aggregate, with respect to the Credit Parties’ Oil and Gas Properties that would require any Credit Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from their Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor.

8.18 Marketing of Production. On the Closing Date, except as set forth on Schedule 8.18, no material agreements exist (which are not cancelable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment) for the sale of production of the Credit Parties’ Hydrocarbons at a

 

90


fixed non-index price (including calls on, or other rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that (i) represent in respect of such agreements 2.5% or more of the Borrower’s average monthly production of Hydrocarbon volumes and (ii) have a maturity or expiry date of longer than six months from the Closing Date.

8.19 Financial Statements.

(a) On and after the first date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1(a), the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except for customary year-end adjustments and the absence of complete footnotes and as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(b) On and after the first date of delivery of financial statements pursuant to Section 9.1(b), the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(b) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the fiscal year covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

(c) Since the Closing Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.20 OFAC; USA PATRIOT Act; FCPA.

(a) To the extent applicable, each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading With the Enemy Act, as amended, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, as amended, Sanctions Laws, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended and other anti-corruption laws and (ii) the USA PATRIOT Act. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, any director, officer, employee, agent or controlled affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is currently the subject of any Sanctions, nor is the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries located, organized or resident in any country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (as of the date of this agreement, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, Syria and North Korea).

(b) No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (i) in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or (ii) for the purpose of financing any activities or business (x) of or with any Person that, at the time of such financing, is the subject of any Sanctions or (y) in any country or territory that is the subject of comprehensive Sanctions (as of the date of this agreement, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, Syria and North Korea).

8.21 Hedge Agreements. Schedule 8.21 sets forth, as of the Closing Date, a true and complete list of all material commodity Hedge Agreements of each Credit Party, the terms thereof relating to the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes, the net mark to market value thereof, all credit support agreements relating thereto (including any margin required or supplied) and the counterparty to each such agreement.

 

91


SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Total Commitment has terminated and the Loans, together with interest, fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than Hedging Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable), are paid in full:

9.1 Information Covenants. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly make such information available to the Lenders in accordance with its customary practice):

(a) Annual Financial Statements. Within 120 days after the end of each such fiscal year, the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows (or, in lieu of such audited financial statements of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation, reflecting such financial information for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on the other hand, reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements) prepared in accordance with GAAP, and, except with respect to such reconciliation, certified by independent certified public accountants whose opinion shall not be materially qualified with any “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (x) the occurrence of an upcoming maturity date of the Facility or the First Lien Facility, the 2017 Unsecured Notes or the 2018 Unsecured Notes or (y) any prospective or actual default in any financial maintenance covenant, including the Leverage Ratio, on a future date or in a future period). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 9.1(a) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, filing of a Form 10-K with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such information relates to a Parent Entity, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Entity and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under the first sentence of this Section 9.1(a), such materials are accompanied by an opinion of independent certified public accountants whose opinion shall not be materially qualified with any “going concern” or like qualification or exception (other than with respect to, or resulting from, (x) the occurrence of an upcoming maturity date of the Facility, the First Lien Facility, the 2017 Unsecured Notes or the 2018 Unsecured Notes or (y) any prospective or actual default in any financial maintenance covenant, including the Leverage Ratio, on a future date or in a future period).

 

92


(b) Quarterly Financial Statements. With respect to each of the first three quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Borrower, on or before the date that is 60 days after the end of each such quarterly accounting period, the consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, if different, the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case as at the end of such quarterly period and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, and, beginning with the financial statements for the first fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date, setting forth comparative consolidated figures for the related periods in the prior fiscal year or, in the case of such consolidated balance sheet, for the last day of such periods in the prior fiscal year (or, in lieu of such unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, a reconciliation reflecting such financial information for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on the other hand, reflecting adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements), all of which shall be certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in this Section 9.1(b) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or (B) the Borrower’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-Q filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), to the extent such information relates to a parent of the Borrower, such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the Borrower and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other.

(c) Officer’s Certificates. Not later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements provided for in Section 9.1(a) and Section 9.1(b), a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower to the effect that no Default or Event of Default exists or, if any Default or Event of Default does exist, specifying the nature and extent thereof, which certificate shall set forth (i) beginning with the first fiscal quarter ended after the Closing Date, the calculations required to establish whether the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries were in compliance with the Leverage Ratio (in accordance with Section 10.11(a)) as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, (ii) beginning with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2020, the calculations required to establish whether the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries were in compliance with LTM Leveraged Free Cash Flow (in accordance with Section 10.11(b)) as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, and (iii) set forth any change in the identity of the Restricted Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Unrestricted Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year or period, as the case may be, from the Restricted Subsidiaries, Guarantors and Unrestricted Subsidiaries, respectively, provided to the Lenders on the Closing Date or the most recent fiscal year or period, as the case may be.

(d) Notices. Promptly after an Authorized Officer of the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries obtains actual knowledge thereof, notice of (i) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, which notice shall specify the nature thereof and what action the

 

93


Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, (ii)(x) a Material Litigation Event or (y) any litigation or governmental proceeding pending against the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to be determined adversely and, if so determined, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) the occurrence of any ERISA Event or similar event with respect to a Foreign Plan, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certification delivered to such Lender that (x) would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners identified in such certification and (y) is required to maintain compliance with the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

(e) Environmental Matters. Promptly after obtaining actual knowledge of any one or more of the following environmental matters, unless such environmental matters described in the following subclause (i) or (ii) would not, individually, or when aggregated with all other such matters, be reasonably expected to result in a Material Environmental Event, notice of:

(i) any Environmental Claim brought, filed or threatened in writing against any Credit Party;

(ii) the actual release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any facility owned or leased by a Credit Party in violation of Environmental Laws or as would reasonably be expected to result in liability under Environmental Laws or the conduct of any investigation, or any removal, remedial or other corrective action under Environmental Laws in response to the actual or alleged presence, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material on, at, under or from any facility owned or leased by a Credit Party; and

(iii) without duplication (or limitation of the foregoing), any other event or occurrence that has resulted, or could reasonably be expected to result, in a Material Environmental Event.

All such notices shall describe in reasonable detail the nature of the claim, investigation, removal or remedial action.

(f) Other Information. With reasonable promptness, but subject to the limitations set forth in the last sentences of Section 9.2(a) and Section 13.6, such other information, reports, surveys, certificates, searches or opinions regarding the Collateral (including the perfection thereof) or the operations, assets, liabilities, business affairs and the financial condition of the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent) may reasonably request in writing from time to time.

(g) Budget. Within 105 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a reasonably detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year as customarily prepared by management of the Borrower (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow and projected income and a summary of the material underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “Budget”), which Budget shall in each case be

 

94


accompanied by a certificate of an Authorized Officer stating that such Budget has been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Budget, it being understood that actual results may vary from such Budget and that such variations may be material.

(h) Amendments to Material Indebtedness. As soon as practicable, but in any event not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness thereof, written notice to the Administrative Agent of any change, amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of, or the proposed entering into of (as applicable), any First Lien Credit Document (including, without limitation, the First Lien Credit Agreement) or any agreement, document or instrument related to the 2017 Indenture, the 2018 Indenture, the 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes, the 2020 Second Lien Facility or any other Material Indebtedness, which notice shall include true, correct and complete copies of all documents (which may be drafts followed by execution copies) to be executed and delivered in connection therewith for distribution to the Lenders.

(i) Information Delivered Under Material Indebtedness. On the date of execution thereof (or in the case of unexecuted reports and filings, delivery thereof), to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the Lenders, true, correct and complete executed copies (or in the case of unexecuted reports, final versions of such reports or filings, as applicable) of all Reserve Reports, Engineering Reports, Reserve Report Certificates, Bank Price Decks and any other certificates, filings, information and reports delivered from time to time in respect of the First Lien Facility, the 2020 Second Lien Facility, the 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes and any other Material Indebtedness.

(j) First Lien Facility Maturity Date Extensions. On any date on which the maturity date of the First Lien Facility (or any loan, commitment or letter of credit thereunder) is amended, extended or otherwise modified, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower certifying (x) as to the applicable new maturity date of the First Lien Facility and (y) that such amendment, extension or other modification was effectuated in accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein and in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

It is understood that documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 9.1(a) through (e) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 13.2, (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks, Debtdomain or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent) or (iii) on which such documents are transmitted by electronic mail to the Administrative Agent; provided that: (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents delivered pursuant to Sections 9.1(a), 9.1(b), 9.1(c) and 9.1(f) to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

95


9.2 Books, Records and Inspections.

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, maintain books of record and account that permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

(b) The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit designated representatives of the Administrative Agent and designated representatives of the Required Lenders (as accompanied by the Administrative Agent) to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its financial and operating records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under this Section 9.2(b) and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two times during any calendar year and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided, further, that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent or any representative of the Required Lenders (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.2(b), none of the Borrower nor any Restricted Subsidiary shall be required to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter that (i) constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure to the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or their respective representatives or contractors) is prohibited by any Requirement of Law or (iii) is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work-product.

9.3 Maintenance of Insurance.

(a) The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, at all times maintain in full force and effect, pursuant to self-insurance arrangements or with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of the management of the Borrower) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed, insurance in at least such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance which the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business) and against at least such risks (and with such risk retentions) as the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of management of the Borrower) is reasonable and prudent in light of the size and nature of its business; and will furnish to the Administrative Agent, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried. The Secured Parties shall be the additional insureds on any such liability insurance as their interests may appear and, if property

 

96


insurance is obtained, the Collateral Agent shall be the loss payee under any such property insurance; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing, the Secured Parties will provide any proceeds of such property insurance to the Borrower.

(b) With respect to each Mortgaged Property, obtain flood insurance in such total amount as the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may from time to time reasonably require, if at any time the area in which any material improvements included as Collateral and located on any land subject to a Mortgage is designated a “flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time. Following the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent annual renewals of each flood insurance policy or annual renewals of each force-placed flood insurance policy, as applicable. In connection with any amendment to this Agreement pursuant to which any increase, extension, or renewal of Loans is contemplated, the Borrower shall cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent for any Mortgaged Property with respect to which buildings or mobile homes are included as Collateral, a completed “life of the loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination, duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Credit Parties, and evidence of flood insurance, as applicable.

9.4 Payment of Taxes. The Borrower shall, and shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy its obligations in respect of all Tax liabilities (including, for the avoidance of doubt, all Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income or businesses or franchises), assessments and governmental charges, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, except where (i) the amount or validity thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and the Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof has set aside on its books adequate reserves or other appropriate provisions therefor in accordance with GAAP (or in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary, the comparable accounting principles in the relevant jurisdiction) or (ii) the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.5 Preservation of Existence, Etc. The Borrower will do, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence, corporate rights and authority, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate any transaction permitted under Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.5.

9.6 Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Borrower will, and will cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with all Requirements of Law applicable to it or its property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

9.7 [Reserved].

9.8 Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, except in each case, where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect (it being understood that this Section 9.8 shall not restrict any transaction otherwise permitted by Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.5):

 

97


(a) operate its Oil and Gas Properties and other material properties or cause such Oil and Gas Properties and other material properties to be operated in accordance with the practices of the industry and in compliance with all applicable Contractual Requirements and all applicable Requirements of Law, including applicable proration requirements and Environmental Laws;

(b) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and preserve, maintain and keep in good repair, working order and efficiency (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material Oil and Gas Properties consisting of equipment, machinery and facilities; and

(c) to the extent a Credit Party is not the operator of any property, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the operator to operate such property in accordance with customary industry practices.

9.9 Transactions with Affiliates. The Borrower will conduct, and cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to conduct, all transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $10,000,000 with any of its Affiliates (other than the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) on terms that are substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as it would obtain at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate, as determined by the board of directors or managers of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in good faith; provided that the foregoing restrictions shall not apply to:

(a) the consummation of the Transactions, including the payment of Transaction Expenses (if any);

(b) the issuance of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity thereof) to any officer, director, employee or consultant of any of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the Sponsor (or any Parent Entity thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) equity issuances, repurchases, retirements, redemptions or other acquisitions or retirements of Equity Interests by the Borrower (or any direct or indirect Parent Entity thereof) permitted under Section 10.6;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) loans, advances and other transactions between or among the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has invested (and which Subsidiary or joint venture would not be an Affiliate of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, but for the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s ownership of Equity Interests in such joint venture or such Subsidiary) to the extent permitted under Section 10;

 

98


(f) employment and severance arrangements and health, disability and similar insurance or benefit plans between the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries and their respective future, current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants (including management and employee benefit plans or agreements, subscription agreements or similar agreements pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with future, current or former employees, officers, directors or consultants and equity option or incentive plans and other compensation arrangements) in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise approved by the board of directors or managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(g) any one or more agreements in respect of payments of monitoring, consulting, management, transaction, advisory or similar fees to the Sponsor that are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in good faith, and payments pursuant thereto which shall consist of (i) so long as no Event of Default under Sections 11.1, 11.3 (but only as a result of the default in the due performance of any covenant contained in Section 9.6) or 11.5 has occurred and is continuing, the payment of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, termination and advisory fees pursuant to the Investor Management Agreement and related indemnities and reasonable expenses; (ii) any deferred management fees (to the extent such fees were within such amount described in the foregoing subclause (i) originally); (iii) transaction fees in an amount not to exceed 1.0% of the total enterprise value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of any Permitted Acquisition or Investment; and (iv) so long as, after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, no Event of Default under Section 11.1 shall have occurred and be continuing, in the event of a Qualifying IPO, the present value of all future amounts payable pursuant to any agreement referred to in subclause (i) above in connection with the termination of any such agreement with the Sponsor; provided that, if any such payment pursuant to subclauses (i), (ii) and (iv) is not permitted to be paid as a result of an Event of Default under Section 11.1, such payment shall accrue and may be payable when no Event of Default under Section 11.1 is continuing;

(h) transactions pursuant to agreements in existence on the Closing Date and to the extent involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1,000,000 individually, set forth on Schedule 9.9 or any amendment thereto or arrangement similar thereto to the extent such amendment or arrangement is not adverse, taken as a whole, to the Lenders in any material respect (as determined by the Borrower in good faith);

(i) Restricted Payments, redemptions, repurchases and other actions permitted under Section 10.6;

(j) without duplicating any payments made pursuant to Section 9.9(g) above, payments (including reimbursement of fees and expenses) by the Borrower and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, whether or not consummated), which payments are approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or managers or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors or managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), in good faith;

 

99


(k) any issuance of Equity Interests or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities, Equity Interests or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, equity options and equity ownership plans approved by the board of directors or board of managers of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(l) transactions with joint ventures for the purchase or sale of goods, equipment and services entered into in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with prudent business practice followed by companies in the Oil and Gas Business;

(m) sales or conveyances of net profits interests or other royalty interests for cash at Fair Market Value allowed under Section 10.4;

(n) the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests of the Borrower to any Parent Entity in connection with capital contributions by such Parent Entity to the Borrower;

(o) any transaction in respect of which the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent a letter addressed to the board of directors or managers of the Borrower from an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm, in each case of nationally-recognized standing that is in the good faith determination of the Borrower qualified to render such letter, which letter states that such transaction is (i) fair, from a financial point of view, to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary or (ii) on terms, taken as a whole, that are no less favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a person that is not an Affiliate;

(p) [Reserved];

(q) customary agreements and arrangements with oil and gas royalty trusts and master limited partnership agreements that comply with the affiliate transaction provisions of such royalty trust or master limited partnership agreement;

(r) payments and distributions by any Parent Entity (and any direct or indirect parent thereof) and the Subsidiaries to the extent such payments are permitted under Sections 10.6(f)(i) and (v);

(s) [Reserved];

(t) the payment of customary fees and reasonable out-of-pocket costs to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, future, current or former directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity;

(u) Investments permitted under Section 10.5 (other than Sections 10.5(k), (m), (w) and (y) thereof);

 

100


(v) [Reserved];

(w) [Reserved];

(x) transactions with customers, clients, joint venture partners, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement that are fair to the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Borrower, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(y) [Reserved];

(z) transactions between the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person that is an Affiliate solely because a director of such Person is also a director of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Borrower or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(aa) [Reserved];

(bb) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Borrower in good faith;

(cc) [Reserved];

(dd) any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor, which is approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors in good faith or, any lease entered into between the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Borrower, as lessor, in the ordinary course of business;

(ee) [Reserved];

(ff) [Reserved];

(gg) Permitted Intercompany Activities;

(hh) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business; and

(ii) a joint venture which would constitute a transaction with an Affiliate solely as a result of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an equity interest or otherwise controlling such joint venture or similar entity.

 

101


9.10 Compliance with Environmental Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, comply, and take all commercially reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits (including the Environmental Action Plan); obtain, maintain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and, in each case to the extent the Credit Parties or Subsidiaries are required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, remedial or other corrective action necessary to address Hazardous Materials at any property or facility in accordance with applicable Environmental Laws.

9.11 Additional Guarantors, Grantors and Collateral.

(a) Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Guarantee or the Security Documents, the Borrower will cause (i) any direct or indirect Domestic Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary) formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date (including pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition) and (ii) any Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower that ceases to be an Excluded Subsidiary, in each case within (1), in the case of subclauses (A)(y), (A)(z) and (C) of this Section 9.11(a), the later of the Collateral Implementation Date and 45 days from the date of such formation, acquisition or cessation, as applicable, (2), in the case of subclause (A)(x) of this Section 9.11(a), 45 days from the date of such formation, acquisition or cessation, as applicable, and (3) in the case of subclause (B) of this Section 9.11, within forty-five (45) days after such request (or, in each case, such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its sole discretion) to (A) execute (x) a supplement to the Guarantee, substantially in the form of Exhibit I thereto, in order to become a Guarantor, (y) a supplement to the Collateral Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I thereto, in order to become a grantor and a pledgor thereunder and (z) a counterpart to the Intercompany Note, (B) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, of counsel for the Credit Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 9.11 as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, and (C) as promptly as practicable after the request therefor by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent with respect to each Mortgaged Property, any existing title reports, abstracts or environmental assessment reports, to the extent available and in the possession or control of the Credit Parties or their respective Subsidiaries; provided, however, that there shall be no obligation to deliver to the Administrative Agent any existing environmental assessment report whose disclosure to the Administrative Agent would require the consent of a Person other than the Credit Parties or one of their respective Subsidiaries, where, despite the commercially reasonable efforts of the Credit Parties or their respective Subsidiaries to obtain such consent, such consent cannot be obtained.

(b) Subject to any applicable limitations set forth in the Collateral Agreement, on and after the Collateral Implementation Date the Borrower will pledge, and, if applicable, will cause each other Subsidiary Guarantor (or Person required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11(a)) to pledge, to the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, (i) all of the Equity Interests (other than any Excluded Equity Interests) of each Restricted Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or Person required to become a

 

102


Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11(a)), in each case, formed or otherwise purchased or acquired after the Closing Date, pursuant to supplements to the Collateral Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I, thereto and (ii) except with respect to intercompany Indebtedness, all evidences of Indebtedness for borrowed money in a principal amount in excess of $10,000,000 (individually) that is owing to the Borrower or any Guarantor (or Person required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 9.11(a)), in each case pursuant to supplements to the Collateral Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I thereto.

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Without limitation of clauses (a), (b) or (e) hereof, on and after the Collateral Implementation Date the Borrower shall, and shall cause each other Credit Party to, comply with the Collateral Coverage Condition.

(e) Without limitation of clause (a) or (b) above, on and after the Collateral Implementation Date, simultaneously with the delivery of any Mortgage (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) for the benefit of the secured parties under the First Lien Credit Agreement, or with the delivery of any mortgage or deed of trust on any Oil and Gas Property for the benefit of any other secured party and securing Indebtedness that is subject to the Intercreditor Agreement or an Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement, the Borrower shall, or shall cause the relevant Credit Party to, grant to the Collateral Agent as security for the Obligations a Lien on such Oil and Gas Property. All such Liens will be created and perfected by and in accordance with the provisions of the Security Documents, including, if applicable, any additional Mortgages.

(f) If in order to comply with clauses (a), (b) or (e) above, any Restricted Subsidiary places a Lien on its property and such Subsidiary is not a Guarantor, then it shall become a Guarantor and comply with the provisions of this Section 9.11.

9.12 Use of Proceeds. The Borrower will use the proceeds of the Loans solely (i) to make open-market purchases of the 2017 Unsecured Notes and/or the 2018 Unsecured Notes and (ii) subject to the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, to repay or prepay any obligations owed by the Borrower under the First Lien Credit Facility (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof in accordance with Section 10.1(c)), and (iii) subject to the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, for other general corporate purposes to be agreed.

9.13 Further Assurances.

(a) Subject to the applicable limitations set forth in the Security Documents, unless otherwise provided hereunder, the Borrower will, and will cause each other Credit Party to, execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements, fixture filings, assignments of as-extracted collateral arising from the Reserve Report Properties, mortgages, deeds of trust and other documents) that the Collateral Agent or the Required Lenders may reasonably request, in order to grant, preserve, protect and perfect the validity and priority of the security interests created or intended to be created by the applicable Security Documents, all at the expense of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

(b) [Reserved].

 

103


(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower reasonably determine in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting any Lien on any property is excessive in relation to the benefits afforded to the Lenders thereby, then such property may be excluded from the Collateral for all purposes of the Credit Documents. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Collateral Agreement, or any other Credit Document, (i) the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) may grant extensions of time for or waivers of the requirements of the creation or perfection of security interests in or the obtaining of title opinions or other title information, legal opinions, appraisals, flood insurance and surveys with respect to particular assets (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Credit Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that perfection or obtaining of such items is not required by law or cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the other Credit Documents, (ii) Liens required to be granted from time to time pursuant to this Agreement and the Security Documents shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Security Documents and, to the extent appropriate in any applicable jurisdiction, as otherwise agreed between the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower and (iii) the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower may make such modifications to the Security Documents, and execute and/or consent to such easements, covenants, rights of way or similar instruments (and Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) may agree to subordinate the lien of any mortgage to any such easement, covenant, right of way or similar instrument or record or may agree to recognize any tenant pursuant to an agreement in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders)), as are reasonable or necessary and otherwise permitted by this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.13 or anything in this Agreement or any other Credit Document to the contrary: (A) Liens required to be granted from time to time shall be subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Agreement and the other Credit Documents and, to the extent appropriate in any applicable jurisdictions, as agreed between the Administrative Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower; (B) the Collateral shall not include any Excluded Assets; (C) no deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement or other control agreements or control arrangements shall be required with respect to any deposit account, securities account or other asset specifically requiring perfection through control agreements; and (D) no actions in any jurisdiction outside of the United States or that are necessary to comply with any Requirement of Law of any jurisdiction outside of the United States shall be required in order to create any security interest in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the United States or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no collateral agreements, security agreements, pledge agreements, or share charge (or mortgage) agreements governed under the laws of any jurisdiction outside of the United States; provided that nothing in this Section 9.13 or any other provision of the Credit Documents shall affect or impair the Borrower’s obligation to satisfy the Collateral Coverage Condition.

 

104


9.14 Reserve Reports.

(a) On or before April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April 1, 2020, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a Reserve Report (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, the Closing Date Reserve Report) evaluating, as of the immediately preceding December 31 and June 30, the Proved Reserves of the Borrower and the Credit Parties located within the geographic boundaries of the United States of America and other applicable Oil and Gas Properties of the Credit Parties. Each Reserve Report as of December 31 and June 30 shall be prepared, at the sole election of the Borrower, (x) by one or more Approved Petroleum Engineers or (y) by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that Reserve Reports as of December 31 of each year that are prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary shall, in each case, be accompanied by an audit letter issued by the applicable Approved Petroleum Engineer that has audited at least 80% of the Proved Reserves attributable to the Reserve Report Properties of the Credit Parties by value.

(b) In addition to each Reserve Report delivered pursuant to clause (a) above, the Borrower shall furnish to the Administrative Agent a Reserve Report upon request by the Administrative Agent with an “as of” date, as soon as possible, but in any event no later than 60 days following the receipt of such request (each, an “Interim Reserve Report”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, following any such request therefore by the Administrative Agent and until delivery thereof by the Borrower in accordance with this clause (b), the Lenders shall not be required to make any Loans to the Borrower.

(c) With the delivery of each Reserve Report under clauses (a) and (b), the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent a Reserve Report Certificate from an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that in all material respects:

(i) in the case of Reserve Reports prepared by or under the supervision of the chief engineer of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than December 31 Reserve Reports), such Reserve Report has been prepared, except as otherwise specified therein, in accordance with the procedures used in the immediately preceding December 31 Reserve Report or the Closing Date Reserve Report, if no December 31 Reserve Report has been delivered;

(ii) as of the last Business Day of the most recently ended fiscal year or period, as applicable, a true and complete list of all material commodity Hedge Agreements of the Borrower and each Credit Party, the material terms thereof (in respect of the type, term, effective date, termination date and notional amounts or volumes), the net mark-to-market value thereof (as of the last Business Day of such fiscal year or period, as applicable and for which a mark-to-market value is reasonably available);

(iii) for each calendar month during the then current fiscal year to date, the volume of production of Hydrocarbons and sales attributable to production of Hydrocarbons (and the prices at which such sales were made and the revenues derived from such sales) for each such calendar month from the Reserve Report Properties, and setting forth the related ad valorem, severance and production taxes and lease operating expenses attributable thereto for each such calendar month;

 

105


(iv) the information contained in the Reserve Report and any other information delivered in connection therewith is true and correct in all material respects;

(v) assuming that all applicable Governmental Authorities have granted approvals, made recordations and taken such other actions as are necessary in connection with the Transactions and any assignments made in connection therewith, except as set forth in an exhibit to such certificate, the Borrower or another Credit Party has good and defensible title to the Reserve Report Properties evaluated in such Reserve Report (other than those (w) to be acquired in connection with an acquisition, (x) Disposed of since delivery of such Reserve Report, (y) leases that have expired in accordance with their terms and (z) with title defects disclosed in writing to the Administrative Agent) and such Reserve Report Properties are free (or will be at the time of the acquisition thereof) of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 10.2;

(vi) except as set forth on an exhibit to such certificate, on a net basis there are no gas imbalances, take or pay or other prepayments in excess of the volume specified in Section 8.17 with respect to the Credit Parties’ Oil and Gas Property evaluated in such Reserve Report that would require the Borrower or any other Credit Party to deliver Hydrocarbons either generally or produced from such Oil and Gas Properties at some future time without then or thereafter receiving full payment therefor;

(vii) none of the Reserve Report Properties have been Disposed of since the date of the last Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.14 except those Reserve Report Properties listed on such certificate as having been Disposed of; and

(viii) the certificate shall also attach, as schedules thereto, a list of (1) all material marketing agreements (which are not cancellable on 60 days’ notice or less without penalty or detriment) entered into subsequent to the later of the Closing Date and the most recently delivered Reserve Report for the sale of production of the Credit Parties’ Hydrocarbons at a fixed non-index price (including calls on, or other parties rights to purchase, production, whether or not the same are currently being exercised) that represent in respect of such agreements 2.5% or more of the Credit Parties’ average monthly production of Hydrocarbon volumes and that have a maturity date or expiry date of longer than six months from the last day of such fiscal year or period, as applicable and (2) all Reserve Report Properties evaluated by such Reserve Report that are Collateral and demonstrating compliance with (calculated at the time of delivery of such Reserve Report) the “Collateral Coverage Minimum” (as such term is defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement).

(d) No later than one Business Day after the date of delivery to the First Lien Administrative Agent (or any lender under the First Lien Facility) under the First Lien Credit Agreement (or any agent or lender in respect of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) of any “Reserve Report” or “Reserve Report Certificate” (as such terms may be defined therein), the Borrower shall furnish a true and complete copy thereof to the Administrative Agent.

 

106


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9.14(a) and (c), unless a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Borrower shall be deemed to have complied with Section 9.14(a) and (c) (other than to the extent such requirements relate to any Interim Reserve Report) to the extent that the Borrower has delivered each of the items required pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9.14(d).

9.15 Change in Business. The Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will not fundamentally and substantively alter the character of their business, taken as a whole, from (i) the business conducted by them on the Closing Date or (ii) any other business reasonably related, complementary, incidental, synergistic or ancillary thereto (including Industry Investments) or reasonable extensions thereof.

9.16 Title Information. On or before the date of delivery to the Administrative Agent of each Reserve Report required by Section 9.14(a) or (b) following the Closing Date, the Borrower will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, title information with respect to the Reserve Report Properties consistent with usual and customary standards for the geographic regions in which the Reserve Report Properties are located, taking into account the size, scope and number of leases and wells of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

9.17 Collateral Implementation.

(a) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), the Borrower will (a) satisfy the Collateral Coverage Condition and (b) deliver, in each case in form and substance satisfactory (in their sole discretion) to the Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders, all title reports, opinions, insurance and other agreements, reports and information, in each case, related to the Mortgages, that are reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; provided, that the Borrower shall not permit the Collateral Coverage Condition to be satisfied (in whole or in part) prior to the execution, delivery and effectiveness of the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with Section 9.17(d).

(b) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received copies of the Collateral Agreement and each other Security Document that is required to be executed in order to satisfy the Collateral Coverage Condition, duly executed by each Credit Party party thereto, together with evidence that all other actions, recordings and filings required by the Security Documents or that the Collateral Agent may deem reasonably necessary or otherwise advisable or in the best interest of the Lenders to (A) create the Liens intended to be created by any Security Document and perfect such Liens to the extent required by, and with the priority required by, such Security Document shall have been delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing, registration or recording and (B) comply with the Collateral Coverage Condition, in each case shall have been taken, completed or otherwise provided for in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (in its sole discretion); provided, that the Borrower shall not permit any Security Document to be executed, nor any security interest to be granted pursuant thereto, prior to the execution, delivery and effectiveness of the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with Section 9.17(d).

 

107


(c) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), all Equity Interests of each wholly-owned Material Subsidiary directly owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, in each case as of such date, shall have been pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement (except that such Credit Parties shall not be required to pledge any Excluded Equity Interests) and, subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall have received all certificates, if any, representing such securities pledged under the Collateral Agreement, accompanied by instruments of transfer and/or undated powers endorsed in blank; provided, that the Borrower shall not permit any such Equity Interest to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Agreement prior to the execution, delivery and effectiveness of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with Section 9.17(d).

(d) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received executed copies of the Intercreditor Agreement, executed by the First Lien Credit Agreement Collateral Agent, the Borrower and the Guarantors.

(e) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), the Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received, on behalf of itself, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders, a written opinion of (i) Kirkland & Ellis LLP, counsel to the Credit Parties and (ii) Jones Walker LLP, as special Louisiana counsel to the Credit Parties, (x) dated the Collateral Implementation Date, (y) addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders and (z) in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders on the Collateral Implementation Date. The Borrower, the other Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent hereby instruct such counsel to deliver such legal opinions.

(f) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), subject to the Intercreditor Agreement the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence (including customary certificates and endorsements in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion) that the Borrower shall on the Collateral Implementation Date have the Administrative Agent named as loss payee and/or additional insured under each insurance policy with respect to such insurance as to which the Administrative Agent shall have requested to be so named; provided, that the Borrower shall not permit the Administrative Agent to be named as a loss payee and/or additional insured prior to the execution, delivery and effectiveness of the Intercreditor Agreement in accordance with Section 9.17(d).

(g) On or before the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree in writing in its sole discretion), the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it in its sole discretion that each Credit Party has executed the Intercompany Note and delivered the same (with a corresponding allonge or other customary transfer instrument) to the First Lien Collateral Agent.

 

108


SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that on the Closing Date and thereafter, until the Total Commitment has terminated, together with interest, fees and all other Obligations incurred hereunder (other than Hedging Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations not then due and payable), are paid in full:

10.1 Limitation on Indebtedness. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness other than the following:

(a) Indebtedness arising under the Credit Documents;

(b) Indebtedness (including Guarantee Obligations thereunder) in respect of (i) the 2017 Unsecured Notes and the 2018 Unsecured Notes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $910,000,000 and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

(c) Indebtedness (including Guarantee Obligations thereunder) in respect of (i) the First Lien Facility in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time an amount equal to $500,000,000 less the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (ii) below and, subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, in their sole discretion, Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof; provided that, if the First Lien Facility is refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended (such First Lien Facility, a “Refinanced First Lien Facility”) and (x) the administrative agent under such Refinanced First Lien Facility is not a Qualified Oil & Gas Lender or an Affiliate thereof or (y) the lenders holding a majority of the commitments under such Refinanced First Lien Facility (or, if such commitments have been funded in full or terminated, a majority of the principal amount of the loans under such Refinanced First Lien Facility) are not Qualified Oil & Gas Lenders, the Refinanced First Lien Facility shall not at any time exceed an amount equal to $450,000,000 less the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (ii) below and (ii) Indebtedness under the 2020 Second Lien Facility in a maximum aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150,000,000 and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

(d) Indebtedness of (i) the Borrower or any Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any such Indebtedness owing by a Credit Party to a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law and not giving rise to material adverse tax consequences shall be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercompany Note, (ii) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor owing to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and (iii) to the extent permitted by Section 10.5, any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor owing to the Borrower or any Guarantor;

(e) Indebtedness in respect of any bankers’ acceptances, bank guarantees, letters of credit, warehouse receipts or similar instruments entered into in the ordinary

 

109


course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice (including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims); provided that any reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof;

(f) subject to compliance with Section 10.5, Guarantee Obligations incurred by (i) Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Borrower or other Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (except that a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party may not, by virtue of this Section 10.1(f), guarantee Indebtedness that such Restricted Subsidiary could not otherwise itself incur under this Section 10.1) and (ii) the Borrower in respect of Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred under this Agreement; provided that (A) if the Indebtedness being guaranteed under this Section 10.1(f) is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee Obligations shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination of such Indebtedness and (B) no guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Permitted Additional Debt or Indebtedness under clauses (b) or (c) above or other Junior Debt shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the Guarantee;

(g) Guarantee Obligations (i) incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of (or to) suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees or sublicensees or (ii) otherwise constituting Investments permitted by Sections 10.5(d), (g), (h), (i), (j), (q), (r), (s) and (t);

(h) (i) Indebtedness (including Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases) incurred prior to or within 365 days following the acquisition, construction, lease, repair, replacement, expansion or improvement of assets (real or personal, and whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interests of a Person owning such property) to finance the acquisition, construction, lease, repair, replacement expansion, or improvement of such assets (for the avoidance of doubt, the purchase date for any asset shall be the later of the date of completion of installation and the beginning of the full productive use of such asset); (ii) Indebtedness arising under Capitalized Leases, other than (A) Capitalized Leases in effect on the First Lien Closing Date and (B) Capitalized Leases entered into pursuant to subclause (i) above; (iii) any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this Section 10.1(h) shall not exceed at any time outstanding the greater of $30,000,000 and 2.0% of Consolidated Total Assets; and (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Leases) incurred from, or arising out of, financing the acquisition, replacement, lease or improvement of compressors (or similar equipment) in the aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $25,000,000 and 1.6% of Consolidated Total Assets, in each case, determined at the time of incurrence (together with any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred in respect thereof) at any time outstanding;

 

110


(i) Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule 10.1(i);

(j) Indebtedness in respect of Hedge Agreements, subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.10;

(k) [Reserved]

(l) Pari Debt (including, for the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness issued or incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness) that is issued or incurred for the purposes of a Refinancing of (which may be effected through an exchange for) all or any portion of the 2017 Unsecured Notes and/or the 2018 Unsecured Notes; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount thereof shall not exceed the Available Commitment outstanding immediately prior to the issuance or incurrence thereof, (ii) the Commitment shall be reduced on a dollar-for-dollar basis in an amount calculated in accordance with Section 4.3(b) hereof, (iii) any such Indebtedness shall have a maturity date that is after the Latest Maturity Date and have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the longest remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Facility, (iv) such Indebtedness shall otherwise be on terms that are satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their sole discretion and (v) the aggregate principal amount of such Pari Debt plus the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Total Commitments, in each case outstanding as of any date, shall not exceed $330,000,000;

(m) Indebtedness arising from Permitted Intercompany Activities to the extent constituting an Investment permitted by Section 10.5;

(n) [Reserved];

(o) Indebtedness in respect of performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, surety bonds and completion guarantees and similar obligations, and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guaranties or instruments related thereto, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(p) other additional Indebtedness; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 10.1(p) shall not exceed $5,000,000 and (ii) no Indebtedness for borrowed money may be incurred pursuant to this Section 10.1(p);

(q) [Reserved];

(r) Cash Management Obligations, Cash Management Services and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearing house arrangements, employees’ credit or purchase cards, overdraft protections and similar arrangements;

 

111


(s) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;

(t) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (including earn-outs), in each case assumed or entered into in connection with any Permitted Acquisitions, other Investments permitted by Section 10.5 and the Disposition of any business, assets or Equity Interests not prohibited hereunder;

(u) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (i) obligations to pay insurance premiums or (ii) obligations contained in firm transportation or supply agreements or other take or pay contracts, in each case arising in the ordinary course of business;

(v) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors of the Borrower or, to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries any direct or indirect parent thereof and the Restricted Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice;

(w) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by the Borrower or any Guarantor to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees (or their respective spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees or distributees) to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 10.6;

(x) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with the Permitted Acquisitions or any other Investment permitted hereunder;

(y) Indebtedness associated with bonds or surety obligations required by Requirements of Law or by Governmental Authorities in connection with the operation of Oil and Gas Properties in the ordinary course of business;

(z) Indebtedness consisting of the undischarged balance of any Volumetric Production Payment (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement);

(aa) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to any joint venture (regardless of the form of legal entity) that is not a Subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the Cash Management Services (including with respect to intercompany self-insurance arrangements) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(bb) [Reserved];

(cc) [Reserved];

 

112


(dd) [Reserved]; and

(ee) all premiums (if any), interest (including solely in the case of clause (c) above post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges, and contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (dd) above.

For purposes of determining compliance with Section 10.1, in the event that an item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of incurrence or issuance or upon the application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in Section 10.1(a) through (ee) above, the Borrower, in its sole discretion, will classify and may subsequently reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) in any one or more of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 10.1(a) through (ee) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in such of the above clauses as determined by the Borrower at such time. The Borrower will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (ee) of Section 10.1 above.

The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness of the same class, accretion or amortization of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will, in each case, not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 10.1. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Borrower dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

10.2 Limitation on Liens. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets of any kind (real or personal, tangible or intangible) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

(a) Liens arising under the (i) Credit Documents to secure the Obligations or permitted in respect of any Mortgaged Property by the terms of the applicable Mortgage and (ii) Liens securing Indebtedness under the 2020 Second Lien Facility and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof, provided that such Liens are subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(b) Permitted Liens;

(c) (x) Liens (including liens arising under Capitalized Leases to secure obligations under any Capitalized Lease) securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(h); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within 365 days

 

113


after the acquisition, lease, repair, replacement, construction, expansion or improvement (as applicable) financed thereby, (ii) other than the property financed by such Indebtedness, such Liens do not at any time encumber any property, except for replacements thereof and accessions and additions to such property and the proceeds and the products thereof and customary security deposits and (iii) with respect to Capitalized Leases, such Liens do not at any time extend to or cover any assets (except for accessions and additions to such assets, replacements and products thereof and customary security deposits) other than the assets subject to, or acquired, constructed, repaired, replaced or improved with the proceeds of, such Indebtedness; provided that in each case individual financings provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings provided by such lender (and its Affiliates) and (y) Liens on the assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party and which assets do not constitute Collateral securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to Section 10.1;

(d) Liens existing on the Closing Date; provided that any Lien securing Indebtedness in excess of $1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate (when taken together with all other Liens securing obligations outstanding in reliance on this clause (d) that are not listed on Schedule 10.2(d)) shall only be permitted to the extent such Lien is listed on Schedule 10.2(d) or would otherwise be permitted under this Section 10.2;

(e) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by this Section 10.2; provided, however, that (w) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same type of property that secured the original Indebtedness (plus improvements on and accessions to such property) (or upon or in after-acquired property (i) that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or (ii) if the terms of such Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after-acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition)), (x) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the applicable Indebtedness at the time the original Lien became a Lien permitted hereunder, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement and (y) on the date of the incurrence of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens, the grantors of any such Liens shall comprise only the same Persons or a subset of such Persons that were the grantors of the Liens securing the debt being refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced and (z) such Liens shall be of the same priority (vis-à-vis the Liens securing the Obligations) as the Liens securing such Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, extended, renewed or replaced;

(f) Liens existing on the assets of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary, or existing on assets acquired (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary), pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted by Section 10.5; provided that (1) the Liens on such assets do not secure Indebtedness and (2) such Liens attach at all times only to the same assets (or upon or in after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien);

 

114


(g) [Reserved];

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations (i) of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in favor of a Credit Party and (ii) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party;

(i) Liens (i) of a collecting bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodity brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) or other funds maintained with a financial institution (including the right of setoff) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or arising pursuant to such banking institution’s general terms and conditions;

(j) Liens (i) on cash advances in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (ii) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a transaction permitted under Section 10.4, in each case, solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(k) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale or purchase of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business permitted by this Agreement;

(l) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 10.5;

(m) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(n) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance or incurrence of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement;

 

115


(p) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(q) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales; provided that such Liens attach at all times only to Oil and Gas Properties from which the Production Payments and Reserve Sales have been conveyed;

(r) the prior right of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(s) agreements to subordinate any interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other proceeds arising from inventory consigned by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Liens securing any Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.1(c); provided that such liens shall only be on the Collateral and, on and after the Collateral Implementation Date, all such Indebtedness shall be subject to the Intercreditor Agreement and the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement;

(u) Liens securing any Indebtedness permitted by Sections 10.1(f) (solely and to the same extent that the Indebtedness guaranteed by such Guarantee Obligations is permitted to be subject to a Lien hereunder), (o), (r) (as long as such Liens attach only to cash and securities and securities held by the relevant Cash Management Bank) and (y);

(v) Liens arising pursuant to Section 107(l) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9607(l), or other Environmental Law, unless such Lien (i) by action of the lienholder, or by operation of law, takes priority over any Liens arising under the Credit Documents on the property upon which it is a Lien, or (ii) materially impairs the use of the property covered by such Lien for the purposes for which such property is held;

(w) Liens of not more than $50,000,000 on deposits securing Hedging Obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements with any Persons other than Hedge Banks that were entered into in compliance with Section 10.10;

(x) Liens on Equity Interests in a joint venture securing obligations of such joint venture so long as the assets of such joint venture do not constitute Collateral;

(y) Liens on cash or Permitted Investments held by a trustee under any indenture or other debt agreement issued in escrow pursuant to customary escrow arrangements pending the release thereof, or under any indenture or other debt agreement pursuant to customary discharge, redemption or defeasance provisions, in each case solely to the extent the relevant release, discharge, redemption or defeasance would be permitted hereunder;

(z) additional Liens on property not constituting Reserve Report Properties securing obligations not in excess of $5,000,000 outstanding at any time; provided that no Indebtedness for borrowed money may be secured by a Lien pursuant to this Section 10.2(z);

 

116


(aa) [Reserved]; and

(bb) Liens to secure Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1(l); provided that the representative of the holders of each such Indebtedness becomes party to (i) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and (ii) the Intercreditor Agreement as a “Junior Representative” (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement).

10.3 Limitation on Fundamental Changes. Except as permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all its business units, assets or other properties, except that:

(a) any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower; provided that (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person (and the Borrower shall remain an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) or, in the case of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Borrower, the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the Borrower or such Person, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the “Successor Borrower”), (ii) the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, (iii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or would result from such consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (iv) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation does not adversely affect the Collateral in any material respect, (v) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves the Borrower and a Person that, prior to the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower (A) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is the Borrower, shall have by a supplement to the Guarantee confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (B) each Subsidiary grantor and each Subsidiary pledgor, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is the Borrower, shall have by a supplement to the Credit Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (C) if requested by the Administrative Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or unless the Successor Borrower is the Borrower, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement, (D) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such

 

117


merger, amalgamation or consolidation and any supplements to the Credit Documents preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Security Documents and as to the matters of the nature referred to in Section 6(c), (vi) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, an opinion of counsel shall be required to be provided to the effect that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation does not violate this Agreement or any other Credit Document and as to such other matters regarding the Successor Borrower and the Credit Documents as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request; provided, further, that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Borrower (if other than the Borrower) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Borrower under this Agreement and (F) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall comply with all the conditions set forth in the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition” or is otherwise permitted under Section 10.5; (vi) the Administrative Agent shall have received at least five (5) days prior to the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation all documentation and other information about such Subsidiary or other Person required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act that has been requested by the Administrative Agent; and (vii) such Subsidiary or other Person shall have executed a customary joinder to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any then-existing Acceptable Junior Intercreditor Agreement;

(b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any other Person may be merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into any one or more Subsidiaries of the Borrower; provided that (i) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Restricted Subsidiaries, (A) a Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person or (B) the Borrower shall take all steps necessary to cause the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Restricted Subsidiary) to become a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving one or more Guarantors, unless otherwise permitted by Section 10.5, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such merger, amalgamation or consolidation (if other than a Guarantor) shall execute a supplement to the Guarantee, the Collateral Agreement and any applicable Mortgage, and a joinder to the Intercompany Note, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any then-existing Acceptable Intercreditor Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent in order for the surviving Person to become a Guarantor, and pledgor, mortgagor and grantor of Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties and to acknowledge and agree to the terms of the Intercompany Note, (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation or would result from the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (iv) if such merger, amalgamation or consolidation involves a Subsidiary and a Person that, prior to the consummation of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (A) the Borrower shall be in compliance with Leverage Ratio in Section 10.11 on a Pro Forma Basis immediately after giving effect to such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, (B) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent an officer’s certificate stating that such merger, amalgamation or consolidation and such supplements to any Credit Document preserve the enforceability of the Guarantee and the perfection and priority of the Liens under the Collateral Agreement

 

118


and (C) such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall comply with all the conditions set forth in the definition of the term “Permitted Acquisition” or is otherwise permitted under Section 10.5; and (v) the Administrative Agent shall have received at least five (5) days prior to the date of such merger, amalgamation or consolidation all documentation and other information about such Subsidiary or other Person required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act that has been requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender;

(c) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor may (i) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower, a Guarantor or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(d) any Subsidiary Guarantor may (i) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor or Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor so long as after giving effect to such transaction the Collateral Coverage Condition would be satisfied and the Borrower shall be in compliance with Section 9.11 on a Pro Forma Basis; provided that if such Subsidiary Guarantor is not the surviving entity, such merger, amalgamation or consolidation shall be deemed to be, and any such Disposition shall be, an “Investment” and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 10.5 and (iii) Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or any other Guarantor;

(e) any Restricted Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve if (i) the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders and (ii) to the extent such Restricted Subsidiary is a Credit Party, any assets or business of such Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise Disposed of or transferred in accordance with Section 10.4 or 10.5, in the case of any such business, discontinued, shall be transferred to, or otherwise owned or conducted by, a Credit Party after giving effect to such liquidation or dissolution;

(f) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate the Transactions (as defined herein and in the First Lien Credit Agreement);

(g) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may consummate a merger, dissolution, liquidation, amalgamation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4 or an Investment permitted by Section 10.5; and

(h) any merger the sole purpose of which is to reincorporate or reorganize a Credit Party in another jurisdiction in the United States shall be permitted as long as such merger does not adversely affect the value of the Collateral in any material respect and the surviving entity assumes all Obligations of the applicable Credit Parties under the Credit Documents and delivers any applicable information requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

 

119


10.4 Limitation on Sale of Assets. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries to, (x) convey, sell, lease, sell and leaseback, assign, transfer (including any Production Payments and Reserve Sales) or otherwise dispose (each of the foregoing a “Disposition”) of any of its property, business or assets (including receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (y) sell to any Person (other than the Borrower or a Guarantor) any shares owned by it of any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, except that:

(a) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of (i) inventory and other goods held for sale, including Hydrocarbons, obsolete, worn out, used or surplus equipment, vehicles and other assets (other than accounts receivable) in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Permitted Investments;

(b) [Reserved];

(c) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Dispose of property or assets to the Borrower or to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Credit Party (i) the transferee thereof is a Credit Party or (ii) such transaction is permitted under Section 10.5;

(d) the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary may effect any transaction permitted by Section 10.2, 10.3 (other than Section 10.3(g)), 10.5 (other than Section 10.5(w)) or 10.6;

(e) the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries may lease, sublease, license or sublicense real, personal or intellectual property in the ordinary course of business; provided that, with respect to intellectual property, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries receives (or retains) a license or other ownership rights to use such intellectual property;

(f) Dispositions (including like-kind exchanges) of property in the ordinary course to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are applied substantially concurrently to the purchase price of such replacement property; provided that (w) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such Disposition, (x) the aggregate PV-9 of Reserve Report Properties Disposed pursuant to this Section 10.4(f) shall not exceed $25,000,000 in any fiscal year, (y) after giving effect to any Disposition of Reserve Report Properties pursuant to this Section 10.4(f) the PV-9 Amount shall not be less than $900,000,000 (based upon the most recent Reserve Report delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 9.14 (or, if no such Reserve Report has been delivered, the Closing Date Reserve Report)) and (z) after giving effect to any Disposition of Reserve Report Properties pursuant to this Section 10.4(f) (and after giving effect to any Mortgages delivered substantially concurrently with such Disposition), the Borrower shall be in compliance with the “Collateral Coverage Minimum” (as such term is defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement);

 

120


(g) Dispositions of Hydrocarbon Interests to which no Proved Reserves are attributable and Farm-Out Agreements with respect to undeveloped acreage to which no Proved Reserves are attributable and assignments in connection with such Farm-Out Agreements;

(h) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(i) [Reserved];

(j) transfers of property subject to a Casualty Event or in connection with any condemnation proceeding with respect to Collateral;

(k) Dispositions or discounts without recourse of accounts receivable in true sale transactions (i) in connection with the collection or compromise thereof or (ii) to the extent the proceeds thereof are used to prepay any Loans then outstanding;

(l) the unwinding or termination of any Hedge Agreement (subject to the terms of Section 2.14(f) of the First Lien Credit Agreement);

(m) [Reserved];

(n) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests in, or sale of Indebtedness or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary which owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary so long as such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary);

(o) any swap of assets in exchange for services or assets of the same type in the ordinary course of business of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the management of the Borrower;

(p) [Reserved];

(q) Disposition of any asset between or among the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a substantially concurrent interim Disposition in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 10.3, or in connection with an Investment otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 10.5 or a Disposition otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through (p) above; and

(r) the lapse or abandonment in the ordinary course of business of any registrations or applications for registration of any immaterial intellectual property rights.

 

121


To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 10.4 to any Person other than a Credit Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Credit Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Borrower that such Disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing at Borrower’s sole cost and expense.

10.5 Limitation on Investments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, to (i) purchase or acquire (including pursuant to any merger, consolidation or amalgamation with a person that is not a Wholly owned Subsidiary immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or amalgamation) any Equity Interests, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities of any other Person, (ii) make any loans or advances to or guarantees of the Indebtedness of any other Person, or (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) (x) all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or (y) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person (each, an “Investment”), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit and purchases of assets and services (including purchases of inventory, supplies and materials) in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in assets that constituted Permitted Investments at the time such Investments were made;

(c) loans and advances to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes (including employee payroll advances), (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that, to the extent such loans and advances are made in cash, the amount of such loans and advances used to acquire such Equity Interests shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash) and (iii) for purposes not described in the foregoing subclauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to subclause (iii) shall not exceed $20,000,000;

(d) (i) Investments existing on, or made pursuant to commitments in existence on, the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 10.5(d), (ii) Investments existing on the First Lien Closing Date of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any other Subsidiary and (iii) any extensions, modifications, replacements, renewals or reinvestments thereof, so long as the amount of any Investment made pursuant to this clause (d) is not increased at any time above the amount of such Investment as of the First Lien Closing Date (other than (a) pursuant to an increase as required by the terms of any such Investment as in existence on the Closing Date or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Section 10.5);

(e) any Investment acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: (i) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or endorsements for collection or deposit held by the Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary in each case in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout,

 

122


reorganization or recapitalization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer), (ii) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons, (iii) as a result of a foreclosure by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default or (iv) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of litigation, arbitration or other disputes with Persons who are not Affiliates;

(f) Investments to the extent that payment for such Investments is made with Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or a Parent Entity;

(g) Investments (i) by the Borrower in any Guarantor or by any Guarantor in the Borrower and (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor in the Borrower or any Guarantor shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Loans;

(h) Subject to the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders in their sole discretion, Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;

(i) [Reserved];

(j) Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this Section 10.5(j) not to exceed $5,000,000;

(k) Investments constituting promissory notes and other non-cash proceeds of Dispositions of assets to the extent permitted by Section 10.4 or any other disposition of assets not constituting a Disposition;

(l) Investments made to repurchase or retire Equity Interests of the Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof owned by the Sponsor or its Affiliates or any employee or any stock ownership plan or key employee stock ownership plan of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof);

(m) Investments consisting of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 10.6 (other than Section 10.6(c) and 10.6(f)(viii));

(n) loans and advances to any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of, Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made to such parent in accordance with Section 10.6(b), (f) or (i);

(o) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

123


(p) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit and customary trade arrangements with customers consistent with past practices or industry practice;

(q) advances of payroll payments to employees, consultants or independent contractors or other advances of salaries or compensation to employees, consultants or independent contractors, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(r) guarantee obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(s) Investments held by a Person acquired (including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation) after the Closing Date otherwise in accordance with this Section 10.5 to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(t) Investments in Industry Investments and in interests in additional Oil and Gas Properties and gas gathering systems related thereto or Investments related to Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, joint operating, joint venture, joint development or other area of mutual interest agreements, other similar industry investments, gathering systems, pipelines or other similar oil and gas exploration and production business arrangements whether through direct ownership or ownership through a joint venture or similar arrangement;

(u) to the extent constituting Investments, the Transactions;

(v) Investments in Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 10.1 and Section 10.10;

(w) Investments (excluding loans and advances made in lieu of Restricted Payments pursuant to and limited by Section 10.05(n) above) consisting of Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions and payments permitted under Sections 10.1 (other than Sections 10.1(d)(iii) and (g)(ii)), 10.3 (other than Sections 10.3(a), (c) and (g)), 10.4 (other than Section 10.4(d)) and 10.7;

(x) in the case of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Investments consisting of intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll over or extension of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business; provided that, in the case of any such Indebtedness owing by the Borrower or a Guarantor to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall, to the extent permitted by Requirements of Law and not giving rise to material adverse tax consequences, be subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the Intercompany Note; provided further that in the case of any such Indebtedness owing by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to the Borrower or a Guarantor, such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by the Intercompany Note pledged in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Agreement;

 

124


(y) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits under clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and clauses (j), (o), (w) and (y) of Section 10.2;

(z) advances in the form of a prepayment of expenses, so long as such expenses are being paid in accordance with customary trade terms of the Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary;

(aa) Investments consisting of licensing of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons in the ordinary course of business;

(bb) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contacts and loans or advances made to distributors in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party to the extent that such Investments are financed with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary permitted by this Agreement;

(dd) Investments consisting of the contribution of Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO to any other Foreign Subsidiary or FSHCO;

(ee) [Reserved]; and

(ff) any Investment constituting a Disposition or transfer of any asset between or among the Borrower and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a substantially concurrent interim Disposition or transfer in connection with an Investment otherwise permitted pursuant to clauses (a) through (ee) above or in connection with a transaction permitted by Section 10.3 or in connection with a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.4.

10.6 Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not directly or indirectly pay any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, with respect to any of its Equity Interests (other than dividends and distributions on Equity Interests payable solely by the issuance of additional Qualified Equity Interests) or redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests or the Equity Interests of any Parent Entity (other than through the issuance of additional Qualified Equity Interests), or permit any Restricted Subsidiary to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration (except in connection with an Investment permitted under Section 10.5) any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Entity, now or hereafter outstanding (all of the foregoing, “Restricted Payments”); except that:

(a) the Borrower may (or may pay Restricted Payments to permit any Parent Entity thereof to) redeem in whole or in part any of its or a Parent Entity’s Equity Interests in exchange for another class of its (or such parent’s) Equity Interests or with proceeds from substantially concurrent equity contributions or issuances of new Equity Interests; provided that such new Equity Interests contain terms and provisions at least as advantageous to the Lenders in all material respects to their interests as those contained in the Equity Interests redeemed thereby, and the Borrower may pay Restricted Payments to any Parent Entity payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock not otherwise permitted by Section 10.1) of the Borrower;

 

125


(b) the Borrower may (or may make Restricted Payments to permit any Parent Entity thereof to) redeem, acquire, retire or repurchase shares of its (or such Parent Entity’s) Equity Interests held by any future, present or former officer, manager, consultant, director or employee (or their respective Affiliates, estates, spouses, former spouses, successors, executors, administrators, heirs, legatees, distributees or immediate family members) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or any Parent Entity thereof, in connection with the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment of any such Person or otherwise in accordance with any equity option or equity appreciation rights plan, any management, director and/or employee equity ownership, benefit or incentive plan or agreement, equity subscription plan, employment termination agreement or any other employment agreements or equity holders’ agreement; provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (b) shall not exceed $15,000,000 in any calendar year (which shall increase to $30,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $25,000,000 in any calendar year, which shall increase to $50,000,000 subsequent to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO) plus (B) all net cash proceeds obtained by or contributed to the Borrower during such calendar year from the sales of Equity Interests to other future, present or former officers, consultants, employees, directors and managers in connection with any permitted compensation and incentive arrangements plus (C) all net cash proceeds obtained from any key-man life insurance policies received during such calendar year plus (D) [reserved]; notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (B), (C) and (D) above in any calendar year and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members), of the Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary, any direct or indirect parent company of the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parent companies will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this covenant or any other provision of this Agreement;

(c) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower may make Investments permitted by Section 10.5 (other than Sections 10.5(l), (n) and (w));

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, the Borrower may consummate transactions expressly permitted by Section 10.3;

(e) the Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests of the Borrower (or any Parent Entity thereof) upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represents all or a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(f) the Borrower may make and pay Restricted Payments to any Parent Entity:

 

126


(i) the proceeds of which will be used to pay (or to make Restricted Payments to allow any Parent Entity to pay) with respect to any taxable period (x) for which the Borrower and/or any of its Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, affiliated, unitary or similar income tax group for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income Tax purposes of which any holding company of the Borrower is the common parent, or (y) for which the Borrower is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes that is wholly owned (directly or indirectly) by a C corporation for U.S. federal and/or applicable state or local income Tax purposes, in an amount not to exceed the amount of any U.S. federal, state and/or local income Taxes that the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, would have paid for such taxable period had the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, been a stand-alone corporate taxpayer or a stand-alone corporate group; provided that distributions pursuant to this clause (i) in respect of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such purpose;

(ii) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Closing Date for which the Borrower is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income Tax purposes (other than a partnership or disregarded entity described in clause (i)(y) above), distributions to each owner in an amount necessary to permit such owner to pay its U.S. federal, state and/or local income Taxes (including any estimated Taxes payable) (as applicable) attributable to its direct or indirect ownership of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to such taxable period (assuming that each owner is subject to Tax at the highest combined marginal federal, state and/or local income tax rate applicable to an individual or corporate taxpayer, as applicable, resident of New York, New York for such taxable period and taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any limitations thereon), the alternative minimum tax, any cumulative net taxable loss of the Borrower allocated to such owner for prior taxable periods ending after the Closing Date to the extent such loss is of a character that would allow such loss to be available to reduce Taxes in the current taxable period (taking into account any limitations on the utilization of such loss to reduce such Taxes and assuming such loss had not already been utilized) and the character (e.g. long-term or short-term capital gain or ordinary or exempt) of the applicable income);

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used to allow any Parent Entity to pay its operating costs and expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including administrative, legal, accounting and other professional costs and expenses) to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(iv) the proceeds of which shall be used by such Parent Entities to pay Restricted Payments contemplated by Section 10.6(b);

 

127


(v) the proceeds of which shall be used to make Restricted Payments to allow any Parent Entity to pay fees and expenses related to any equity issuance or offering or debt issuance, incurrence or offering, Disposition or acquisition or investment transaction not relating to any other portfolio company of any Parent Entity permitted by this Agreement, whether or not consummated;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used to pay fees and expenses (including real and personal property Taxes, and franchise, excise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence or good standing under applicable law, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers, employees and consultants of any Parent Entity, and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof, to the extent such salaries, bonuses, other benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vii) in the form of Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Disqualified Stock not otherwise permitted by Section 10.1); and

(viii) to finance Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments or other acquisitions in each case otherwise permitted to be made under Section 10.5 if made by the Borrower; provided, that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing of such Investment or other acquisition, (B) such direct or indirect parent company shall, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Borrower or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or sale of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 10.3) in order to consummate such Investment or other acquisition, (C) such direct or indirect parent company and its Affiliates (other than the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance herewith, (D) [reserved] and (E) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment shall be deemed to be made by Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.5 for the purposes of calculating compliance with the baskets thereunder;

(g) the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries may (i) pay cash in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any dividend, split or combination thereof or any Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted under Section 10.5 and (ii) so long as, immediately after giving effect thereto on a Pro Forma Basis, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, honor any conversion request by a holder of convertible Indebtedness and make cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with any such conversion and may make payments on convertible Indebtedness in accordance with its terms;

 

128


(h) the Borrower may pay any dividends or distributions within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Agreement;

(i) [Reserved];

(j) the Borrower may consummate the Transactions (and pay fees and expenses in connection therewith on or following the Closing Date), and make payments described in Section 9.9(a), (f), (g), (h), (j) and (l) (subject to the conditions set out therein);

(k) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of required withholding or similar non-US Taxes with respect to any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(l) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole that complies with the terms of this Agreement;

(m) [Reserved];

(n) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary by, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary); provided that such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or Permitted Investments); and

(o) after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, (A) make any Restricted Payment by the Borrower or any Parent Entity to pay Public Company Costs and (B) Restricted Payments not to exceed up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds received by (or contributed to) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Qualifying IPO; and

(p) to pay interest and/or principal (including AHYDO “catch-up payments”) on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash as common equity (or other equity reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent); provided that (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness shall increase Consolidated Total Debt on a dollar-for-dollar basis, (ii) all interest expense relating to such Indebtedness shall (x) reduce Consolidated Net Income and (y) increase Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and (iii) such contribution of equity shall be disregarded for all purposes hereunder.

 

129


10.7 Limitations on Debt Payments and Amendments.

(a) The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease prior to its scheduled maturity any Indebtedness for borrowed money that is senior unsecured (including, without limitation, the 2017 unsecured Notes and the 2018 Unsecured Notes) or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to or is secured on a junior basis to the Indebtedness incurred hereunder (or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof to the extent constituting Junior Debt) (such other Indebtedness or any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, “Junior Debt”) (for the avoidance of doubt, it being understood that payments of regularly-scheduled cash interest in respect of Junior Debt and any AHYDO payments shall be permitted unless expressly prohibited by the terms of the documents governing such subordination); provided, however, that, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may prepay, repurchase, redeem or defease prior to its scheduled maturity any Junior Debt (i) to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 10.1(l) in exchange for or with the proceeds of any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) by converting or exchanging any Junior Debt to Qualified Equity Interests of any Parent Entity, (iii) solely with respect to the 2017 Unsecured Notes or the 2018 Unsecured Notes, open market purchases thereof with the proceeds of the First Lien Facility, the Loans or other cash on hand, provided that upon consummation thereof, such Junior Debt is immediately cancelled and no longer outstanding, (iv) [reserved] or (v) owed to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not prohibited by the subordination provisions contained in the Intercompany Note;

(b) The Borrower will not, without the consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), amend, waive, seek consent for any action not permitted by or modify the terms of any Junior Debt, other than amendments or modifications that (A) would not be materially adverse to the Lenders, taken as a whole (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (B) otherwise comply with the definition of “Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness” that may be incurred to Refinance any such Indebtedness, (C) would have the effect of converting any Junior Debt to Qualified Equity Interests of a Parent Entity or (D) to the extent such amendment or modification would not have been prohibited under this Agreement at the time such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, Junior Debt or documentation was first issued, incurred or entered into, as applicable;

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, (i) voluntarily terminate or reduce any Commitments (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) (in whole or in part) or (ii) amend, waive, seek consent for any action not permitted by or modify any of the terms of the First Lien Credit Agreement, any other First Lien Credit Document, 2017 Unsecured Indenture or the 2018 Unsecured Indenture, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders;

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 10.7 shall prohibit (i) the repayment or prepayment of intercompany subordinated Indebtedness owed among the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries, in either case, unless an Event of Default pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.5 has occurred and is continuing and the Borrower has received a notice from the Collateral Agent instructing it not to make or permit the Borrower and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries to make any such repayment or prepayment, or (ii) substantially concurrent transfers of credit positions in connection with intercompany debt restructurings so long as such Indebtedness is permitted by Section 10.1 after giving effect to such transfer.

 

130


10.8 Negative Pledge Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of the Guarantors to, enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Requirement (other than this Agreement or any other Credit Document) that limits the ability of the Borrower or any Guarantor to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Obligations or under the Credit Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to each of the following Contractual Requirements that:

(a) (i) exist on the Closing Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.8) are listed on Schedule 10.8 and (ii) to the extent Contractual Requirements permitted by subclause (i) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness or other obligations, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness or obligation so long as such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not expand the scope of such Contractual Requirement;

(b) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such Contractual Requirements were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower;

(c) represent Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.1 of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor so long as such Contractual Requirement applies only to such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries;

(d) arise pursuant to agreements entered into with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 and applicable solely to assets under such sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition;

(e) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements permitted by Section 10.5 and applicable to joint ventures or otherwise arise in agreements which restrict the Disposition or distribution of assets or property subject to oil and gas leases, joint operating agreements, joint exploration and/or development agreements, participation agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of the oil and gas exploration and development business and customary provisions in any Agreement of the type described in the definition of “Industry Investments” entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(f) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets subject thereto;

(g) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

131


(h) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) restrict the use of cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(j) [Reserved];

(k) exist under any documentation governing any Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance any Indebtedness but only to the extent such Contractual Requirement is not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the Indebtedness being refinanced;

(l) customary net worth provisions contained in real property leases entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as the Borrower has determined in good faith that such net worth provisions would not reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries to meet their ongoing obligation;

(m) are included in any agreement relating to any Lien, so long as (i) such Lien is permitted under Section 10.2(b), (c), (f) or, so long as such Lien does not attach to Collateral, (g) and such restrictions or conditions relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien and (ii) such restrictions and conditions are not created for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Section 10.8;

(n) are restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.1 or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, to the extent such restrictions are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the restrictions contained in the Credit Documents as determined by the Borrower in good faith;

(o) are restrictions regarding licenses or sublicenses by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries of intellectual property in the ordinary course of business (in which case such restriction shall relate only to such intellectual property);

(p) [Reserved];

(q) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.2 and 10.5 and limited to such cash or deposit;

(r) are encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (q) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

 

132


10.9 Limitation on Subsidiary Distributions. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary on its Equity Interests or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits or transfer any property to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary except (in each case) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(a) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the First Lien Closing Date, including pursuant to the Credit Documents and any Hedging Obligations in effect on the First Lien Closing Date;

(b) [Reserved];

(c) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and obligations under any Capitalized Lease that impose restrictions on transferring the property so acquired;

(d) [Reserved];

(e) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case that is in existence at the time of such transaction (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired or designated;

(f) [Reserved];

(g) secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.1(p) and (q) as it relates to the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness;

(h) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) [Reserved];

(j) customary provisions in joint venture agreements or agreements governing property held with a common owner and other similar agreements or arrangements relating solely to such joint venture or property or are otherwise customary encumbrances or restrictions imposed pursuant to any agreement of the type described in the definition of “Industry Investments” entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

133


(k) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses or similar agreements, in each case, entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(l) any agreements entered into with respect to any sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 and applicable solely to assets under such sale, transfer, lease or other Disposition; and

(m) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower’s board of directors, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions taken as a whole than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing.

10.10 Hedge Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Hedge Agreements with any Person other than:

(a) Hedge Agreements in respect of Hydrocarbons entered into not for speculative purposes the net notional volumes for which (when aggregated with other commodity Hedge Agreements then in effect, other than puts, floors and basis differential swaps on volumes already hedged pursuant to other Hedge Agreements) do not exceed, as of the date the latest hedging transaction is entered into under a Hedge Agreement, 85% of the reasonably anticipated Hydrocarbon production from the Credit Parties’ total Proved Reserves (as forecast based upon the Closing Date Reserve Report or the most recent Reserve Report delivered pursuant to Section 9.14(a) or (b), as applicable) for the sixty-six (66) month period from the date of creation of such hedging arrangement (the “Ongoing Hedges”). In addition to the Ongoing Hedges, in connection with a proposed or pending acquisition of Oil and Gas Properties (a “Proposed Acquisition”), the Credit Parties may also enter into incremental hedging contracts with respect to the Credit Parties’ reasonably anticipated projected production from the total Proved Reserves of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as forecast based upon the most recent Reserve Report having notional volumes not in excess of 15% of the Credit Parties’ existing projected production prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition (such that the aggregate shall not be more than 100% of the reasonably anticipated projected production prior to the consummation of such Proposed Acquisition) for a period not exceeding 36 months from the date such hedging arrangement is created during the period between (i) the date on which such Credit Party signs a definitive acquisition agreement in connection with a Proposed Acquisition and (ii) the earliest of (A) the date of consummation of such Proposed Acquisition, (B) the date of termination of such Proposed Acquisition and (C) 90 days after the date of execution of such definitive acquisition agreement. However, all such incremental hedging contracts entered into with respect to a Proposed Acquisition must be terminated or unwound within 90 days following the date of termination of such Proposed Acquisition. It is understood that commodity Hedge Agreements which may, from time to time, “hedge” the same volumes of commodity risk but different elements of

 

134


commodity risk thereof, including where one or more such Hedge Agreements partially offset one or more other such Hedge Agreements, shall not be aggregated together when calculating the foregoing limitations on notional volumes.

(b) Other Hedge Agreements (other than any Hedge Agreements in respect of equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions) entered into not for speculative purposes.

(c) It is understood that for purposes of this Section 10.10, the following Hedge Agreements shall be deemed not to be speculative or entered into for speculative purposes: (i) any commodity Hedge Agreement intended, at inception of execution, to hedge or manage any of the risks related to existing and or forecasted Hydrocarbon production of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not contracted) and (ii) any Hedge Agreement intended, at inception of execution, (A) to hedge or manage the interest rate exposure associated with any debt securities, debt facilities or leases (existing or forecasted) of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries, (B) for foreign exchange or currency exchange management, (C) to manage commodity portfolio exposure associated with changes in interest rates or (D) to hedge any exposure that the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may have to counterparties under other Hedge Agreements such that the combination of such Hedge Agreements is not speculative taken as a whole.

(d) For purposes of entering into or maintaining Ongoing Hedges under Section 10.10(a), forecasts of reasonably projected Hydrocarbon production volumes and reasonably anticipated Hydrocarbon production from the Credit Parties’ total Proved Reserves based upon the Closing Date Reserve Report or the most recent Reserve Report delivered pursuant to Section 9.14(a) or (b), as applicable, shall be revised to account for any increase or decrease therein anticipated because of information obtained by Borrower or any other Credit Party subsequent to the publication of such Reserve Report including the Borrower’s or any other Credit Party’s internal forecasts of production decline rates for existing wells and additions to or deletions from anticipated future production from new wells and acquisitions coming on stream or failing to come on stream.

10.11 Financial Covenants.

(a) The Borrower will not permit the Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be greater than 3.50:1.00;

(b) The Borrower will not permit LTM Leveraged Free Cash Flow as of the last day of any Test Period ending after the First Amendment Effective Date to be less than $0; and

(c) The Borrower will not permit the Consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio (x) as of the last day of any Test Period on or prior to March 31, 2021 to be greater than 4.00:1.00, or (y) as of the last day of any Test Period ending thereafter to be greater than 3.50:1.00.

10.12 Accounting Changes. The Borrower shall not make any change in its fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, change its fiscal year to any other fiscal year reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent,

 

135


in which case, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

10.13 Public Disclosure. The Borrower shall not, nor shall any of its Subsidiaries, disclose, or cause to be disclosed, any information related to the Transactions or any Credit Document (including the existence of, parties to, terms of or conditions of any Credit Document or any document, instrument, certificate or agreement related thereto or the transactions described therein or related thereto) to any Person (other than the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their direct or indirect equity holders) without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Required Lenders (which direction may be provided in their sole discretion); provided, that such prior written consent shall not be required if such disclosure is:

(a) to the Borrower’s Representatives who need to know such information in connection with the Transactions and the Credit Documents and are informed of the confidential nature of such information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential);

(b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; provided that the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Administrative Agent as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; and

(c) to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided, that the Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Administrative Agent as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation.

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of any of the following specified events (each an “Event of Default”):

11.1 Payments. The Borrower shall (a) default, and such default shall continue for one or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any principal of the Loans or (b) default, and such default shall continue for five or more Business Days, in the payment when due of any interest on the Loans or any fees or of any other amounts owing hereunder or under any other Credit Document (other than any amount referred to in clause (a) above).

11.2 Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty or statement made or deemed made by any Credit Party herein or in any other Credit Document or any certificate delivered or required to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to be untrue in any material respect on the date as of which made or deemed made.

 

136


11.3 Covenants. Any Credit Party shall:

(a) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement contained in Section 9.1(d), (h), (i) or (j), 9.5 (solely with respect to the Borrower), 9.9, 9.12, 9.15, 9.17 or Section 10 and, in each case, such default shall continue unremedied for one or more Business Days after a Responsible Officer becoming aware of such default; or

(b) default in the due performance or observance by it of any term, covenant or agreement (other than those referred to in Section 11.1 or 11.2 or clause (a) of this Section 11.3) contained in this Agreement or any Security Document and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of at least 30 days after receipt of written notice thereof by the Borrower from the Administrative Agent.

11.4 Default Under Other Agreements.

(a) The Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries shall (i) default in any payment with respect to First Lien Credit Facility, the 2017 Indenture, the 2018 Indenture, the 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes or any other Material Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in Section 11.1) beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument of agreement under which such Indebtedness was created or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist (other than (1) with respect to indebtedness in respect of any Hedge Agreements, termination events or equivalent events pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements (2) any event requiring prepayment pursuant to customary asset sale or change of control provisions and (3) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a Disposition (including as a result of Casualty Event) of the property or assets securing such indebtedness permitted under this Agreement), the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, any such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity unless, in the case of each of the foregoing, such holder or holders shall have (or through its or their trustee or agent on its or their behalf) waived such default in a writing to the Borrower, or

(b) Without limiting the provisions of clause (a) above, any such default under any such First Lien Credit Facility, the 2017 Indenture, the 2018 Indenture, the 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes or any other Material Indebtedness shall cause such First Lien Credit Facility, the 2017 Unsecured Notes, the 2018 Unsecured Notes or such other Material Indebtedness to be declared to be due and payable, or required to be prepaid other than by a regularly scheduled required prepayment or as a mandatory prepayment (and (i) with respect to Indebtedness consisting of any Hedge Agreements, other than due to a termination event or equivalent event pursuant to the terms of such Hedge Agreements, (ii) other than pursuant to customary asset sale or change of control provisions and (iii) other than secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of a Disposition (including as a result of a Casualty Event) of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness permitted under this Agreement) prior to the stated maturity thereof.

 

137


11.5 Bankruptcy, Etc. The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall commence a voluntary case, proceeding or action concerning itself under (a) Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy” or any other applicable insolvency, debtor relief, or debt adjustment law; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, any domestic or foreign law relating to bankruptcy, judicial management, insolvency, reorganization, administration or relief of debtors in effect in its jurisdiction of incorporation, in each case as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (collectively, the “Bankruptcy Code”); or an involuntary case, proceeding or action is commenced against the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and the petition is not dismissed or stayed within 60 days after commencement of the case, proceeding or action, the Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary consents to the institution of such case, proceeding or action prior to such 60-day period, or any order of relief or other order approving any such case, proceeding or action is entered; or a custodian (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code), receiver, receiver manager, trustee, conservator, liquidator, examiner, rehabilitator, administrator, or similar person is appointed for, or takes charge of, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or all or any substantial portion of the property or business thereof; or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary suffers any appointment of any custodian, receiver, receiver manager, trustee, conservator, liquidator, examiner, rehabilitator, administrator, or the like for it or any substantial part of its property or business to continue undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

11.6 ERISA or Environmental.

(a) (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which, when taken together with all other ERISA Events, has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Credit Party under Title IV of ERISA in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any Credit Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its Withdrawal Liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) a termination, withdrawal or noncompliance with applicable law or plan terms or termination, withdrawal or other event similar to an ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Foreign Plan that, when taken together with other such events, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) A Material Environmental Event occurs and the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders has (or have) notified the Borrower in writing that it (or they) deems (or deem) such Material Environmental Event to be material.

11.7 Guarantee. The Guarantee or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms hereof and thereof) or any Guarantor or any other Credit Party shall assert in writing that any such Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee are not to be in effect or are not to be legal, valid and binding obligations (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof).

11.8 Security Documents. Any Mortgage or any other Security Document or any material provision thereof shall cease to be in full force or effect (other than pursuant to the terms

 

138


hereof or thereof), or any grantor under any other Security Document or any other Credit Party shall assert in writing that any grantor’s obligations under the Collateral Agreement, the Mortgage or any other Security Document are not in effect or not legal, valid and binding obligations (other than pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof).

11.9 Judgments. One or more monetary judgments or decrees shall be entered against the Borrower or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries involving a liability of $50,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such judgments and decrees for the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not paid or covered by insurance provided by a carrier not disputing coverage), which judgments or decrees are not discharged or effectively waived or stayed for a period of 60 consecutive days.

11.10 Change of Control. A Change of Control shall have occurred.

11.11 Intercreditor Agreements. (i) Any of the Obligations of the Credit Parties under the Loan Documents for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Debt,” “Senior Indebtedness,” “Guarantor Senior Debt” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any document governing Junior Debt or (ii) the subordination provisions set forth in any document governing Junior Debt shall, in whole or in part, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against the holders of such Junior Debt, if applicable.

11.12 Commitments as “Designated Revolving Commitments”. Any remaining Commitments that have not been terminated shall no longer be designated, constitute or qualify as (whether by action of the Borrower to undesignate them or otherwise) “Designated Revolving Commitments” under and as defined in the 2017 Indenture and the 2018 Indenture.

Then, and in any such event, and at any time thereafter, if any Event of Default shall then be continuing, the Administrative Agent may with the consent of and, upon the written request of the Required Lenders, shall, by written notice to the Borrower, take any or all of the following actions, without prejudice to the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to enforce its claims against the Borrower or any other Credit Party, except as otherwise specifically provided for in this Agreement (provided that, if an Event of Default specified in Section 11.5 shall occur with respect to the Borrower, the result that would occur upon the giving of written notice by the Administrative Agent as specified in clauses (a), (b) and (c) below shall occur automatically without the giving of any such notice): (a) declare the Total Commitment terminated, whereupon the Commitment of each Lender shall forthwith terminate immediately and any fees theretofore accrued shall forthwith become due and payable without any other notice of any kind and/or (b) declare the principal of and any accrued interest and fees in respect of any or all Loans and any or all Obligations owing hereunder and thereunder to be, whereupon the same shall become, forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower. In addition, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will have all other rights and remedies available at law and equity.

11.13 Application of Proceeds. Any amount received by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent from any Credit Party (or from proceeds of any Collateral) following any acceleration of the Obligations under this Agreement or any Event of Default with respect to the

 

139


Borrower under Section 11.5 shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and any other applicable Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, be applied:

First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel payable under Section 12.7 and amounts payable under Article II) payable to the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent in such Person’s capacity as such;

Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel payable under Section 12.7) arising under the Credit Documents and amounts payable under Article II, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth, (i) to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and Obligations then owing under Secured Hedge Agreements and the Secured Cash Management Agreements, ratably among the Lenders, the Hedge Banks and the Cash Management Banks in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth, to the payment of all other Obligations of the Credit Parties owing under or in respect of the Credit Documents that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Requirements of Law.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amounts received from any Guarantor shall be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.

11.14 Equity Cure.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 11 or in any Credit Document, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the Leverage Ratio, then (A) until the expiration of the tenth Business Day subsequent to the date the compliance certificate for calculating the Leverage Ratio is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(c) (the “Cure Deadline”), the Borrower shall have the right to cure such failure (the “Cure Right”) by receiving cash proceeds (which cash proceeds shall be received no earlier than the first day of the applicable fiscal quarter for which there is a failure to comply with the Leverage Ratio) from an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) for cash as a cash capital contribution (or from any other contribution of cash to capital or issuance or sale of any other Equity Interests

 

140


on terms reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent), and upon receipt by the Borrower of such cash proceeds (such cash amount being referred to as the “Cure Amount”) pursuant to the exercise of such Cure Right, the Leverage Ratio shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDAX shall be increased, solely for the purpose of determining the existence of an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the Leverage Ratio with respect to any Test Period that includes the fiscal quarter for which the Cure Right was exercised and not for any other purpose under this Agreement, by an amount equal to the Cure Amount;

(ii) Consolidated Total Debt for such Test Period shall be decreased solely to the extent proceeds of the Cure Amount, if any, are actually applied to prepay any Indebtedness (provided that any such Indebtedness so prepaid shall be a permanent repayment of such Indebtedness and termination of commitments thereunder) included in the calculation of Consolidated Total Debt and any cash proceeds shall not be “netted” for purposes of ratio calculations with respect to any four fiscal quarter period in which the fiscal quarter period in which such equity cure has been made is included; and

(iii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the Leverage Ratio, the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the Leverage Ratio as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the Leverage Ratio that had occurred shall be deemed cured for the purposes of this Agreement; provided that (A) in each period of four consecutive fiscal quarters there shall be at least two fiscal quarters in which no Cure Right is exercised, (B) Cure Rights shall not be exercised more than five times during the term of this Agreement, (C) each Cure Amount shall be no greater than the amount required to cause the Borrower to be in compliance with the Leverage Ratio above (such amount, the “Necessary Cure Amount”); provided that if the Cure Right is exercised prior to the date financial statements are required to be delivered for such fiscal quarter, then the Cure Amount shall be equal to the amount reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith that is required for purposes of complying with the Leverage Ratio for such fiscal quarter (such amount, the “Expected Cure Amount”), (D) in respect of the fiscal quarter in which such Cure Right was exercised and for each Test Period that includes such fiscal quarter, all Cure Amounts shall be disregarded for the purposes of any financial ratio determination under the Credit Documents other than for determining compliance with the Leverage Ratio and (E) no Lender shall be required to make any extension of credit hereunder during the 10 Business Day period referred to above, unless the Borrower shall have received the Cure Amount; and

(iv) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice, on or prior to the Cure Deadline, that the Borrower intends to exercise the Cure Right in respect of a fiscal quarter, the Lenders shall not be permitted to accelerate Loans held by them or to exercise remedies against the Collateral on the basis of a failure to comply with the requirements of the Leverage Ratio, unless such failure is not cured pursuant to the exercise of the Cure Right on or prior to the Cure Deadline.

 

141


(b) Expected Cure Amount. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that the Expected Cure Amount is (i) greater than the Necessary Cure Amount, then such difference may be used for the purposes of determining the Applicable Equity Amount and (ii) less than the Necessary Cure Amount, then not later than the applicable Cure Deadline, the Borrower must receive cash proceeds from issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) or a cash capital contribution, which cash proceeds received by Borrower shall be equal to the shortfall between such Expected Cure Amount and such Necessary Cure Amount.

SECTION 12. THE AGENTS

12.1 Appointment.

(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Section 12 (other than Sections 12.9, 12.11, 12.12 and the last sentence of Section 12.4 with respect to the Borrower) are solely for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, and the Borrower shall not have rights as third party beneficiary of any such provision. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

(b) The Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Collateral Agent as the agent with respect to the Collateral, and each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the Collateral Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Collateral Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Credit Document or otherwise exist against the Collateral Agent.

12.2 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent may each execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents by or through agents, sub-agents, employees or attorneys-in-fact (each, a “Subagent”) and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties; provided, however, that no such Subagent shall be authorized to take any action with respect to any Collateral unless and except to the extent expressly authorized in writing by the Administrative Agent. If any Subagent, or successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all rights, powers,

 

142


privileges and duties of such Subagent, to the extent permitted by law, shall automatically vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Subagent. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any Subagents selected by it.

12.3 Exculpatory Provisions. No Agent nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (a) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Credit Document (except for its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined in the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein) or (b) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders or any participant for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any of the Borrower, any other Credit Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Credit Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by such Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Credit Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or the perfection or priority of any Lien or security interest created or purported to be created under the Security Documents or for any failure of the Borrower or any other Credit Party to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party or any Affiliate thereof. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to the Administrative Agent or any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Credit Party.

12.4 Reliance by Agents. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or instruction believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the Lender specified in the Register with respect to any amount owing hereunder as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Credit Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems appropriate and/or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans; provided that the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any action or refuse to take any action where, in

 

143


its opinion or in the opinion of its counsel, the taking or refusal to take such action may expose it to liability or that is contrary to any Credit Document or applicable Requirements of Law. For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in Section 6 and Section 7 on the Closing Date, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.

12.5 Notice of Default. Neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, has received notice from a Lender or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, it shall give notice thereof to the Lenders and the Collateral Agent. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders; provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders except to the extent that this Agreement requires that such action be taken only with the approval or consent of the Required Lenders, each individual lender or adversely affect Lender, as applicable.

12.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Borrower or any other Credit Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and each other Credit Party and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Borrower and any other Credit Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, neither the Administrative Agent nor the Collateral Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, assets, operations, properties, financial condition, prospects or creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other Credit Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

144


12.7 Indemnification. The Lenders severally agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by the Credit Parties and without limiting the obligation of the Credit Parties to do so), ratably according to their respective portions of the Commitments or Loans, as applicable, outstanding in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with their respective portions of the Total Exposure in effect immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided that no Lender shall be liable to the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Administrative Agent’s or the Collateral Agent’s, as applicable, gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; provided, further, that no action taken in accordance with the directions of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be required by the Credit Documents) shall be deemed to constitute gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct for purposes of this Section 12.7. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time occur (including at any time following the payment of the Loans), this Section 12.7 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by such Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice rendered in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Credit Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that such Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower; provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided, in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata portion thereof; and provided further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 12.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

12.8 Agents in Its Individual Capacities. Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower and any other Credit Party as though such Agent were not an Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents. With respect to the Loans made by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and

 

145


powers under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

12.9 Successor Agents. Each of the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent becomes a Defaulting Lender, then such Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, may be removed as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, at the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Required Lenders. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation or removal, as the case may be, the Required Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) so long as no Default under Section 11.1 or 11.5 is continuing, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If, in the case of a resignation of a retiring Agent, no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above (provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Credit Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under and Credit Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 12.9). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, hereunder, and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Security Documents, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 12.9). After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, the provisions of this Section 12 (including Section 12.7) and Section 13.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its Subagents and their respective Agent-Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as an Agent.

12.10 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Requirement of Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the IRS or any authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding

 

146


tax ineffective), such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent that the Administrative Agent has not already been reimbursed by any applicable Credit Party and without limiting the obligation of any applicable Credit Party to do so) fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as Tax or otherwise, including penalties, additions to Tax and interest, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses, allocated staff costs and any out of pocket expenses. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Credit Document against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under this Section 12.10.

12.11 Security Documents and Collateral Agent under Security Documents and Guarantee. Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral and the Security Documents. Subject to Section 13.1, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, may take such action and execute and deliver any such instruments, documents and agreements necessary or desirable to evidence and confirm the release of any Guarantor or Collateral pursuant to Section 13.17. The Lenders and any Cash Management Banks and any Hedge Banks irrevocably agree that (x) the Collateral Agent is authorized and the Collateral Agent agrees it shall (for the benefit of Borrower), without any further consent of any Lender, enter into or amend the Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any other intercreditor agreement with the collateral agent or other representatives of the holders of Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is permitted under this Agreement, in each case for the purpose of adding the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) as a party thereto and otherwise causing such Indebtedness to be subject thereto (it being understood that any such amendment, amendment and restatement or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and with any material modifications to be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), (y) the Collateral Agent may rely exclusively on a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower as to whether any such other Liens are permitted and (z) the Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any such intercreditor agreement referred to in clause (x) above, entered into by the Collateral Agent, shall be binding on the Secured Parties. Furthermore, the Lenders and any Cash Management Bank and any Hedge Banks hereby authorize the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent under any Credit Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by clause (j) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” and clauses (c), (g), (j), (i), (o), (p), (w) and (y) of Section 10.2 or otherwise permitted to be senior to the Liens of Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent on such property; provided that prior to any such request, the Borrower shall have in each case delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Borrower certifying that such subordination is permitted under this Agreement.

12.12 Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guarantee. Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower, the Agents and each Secured Party hereby agree that (a) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guarantee, it being understood and agreed that all

 

147


powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Security Documents may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent, and (b) in the event of a foreclosure by the Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and the Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of the Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless the Required Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

12.13 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding, constituting an Event of Default under Section 11.5, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid hereunder or under any other Credit Document in respect of the Loans and all other Indebtedness that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel, to the extent due under Section 13.5) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, to the extent due under Section 13.5.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Indebtedness or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

148


SECTION 13. MISCELLANEOUS.

13.1 Amendments, Waivers and Releases.

(a) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither this Agreement nor any other Credit Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof, may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 13.1. The Required Lenders may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and/or the Collateral Agent shall, from time to time, (a) enter into with the relevant Credit Party or Credit Parties written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Credit Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Credit Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive in writing, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided, however, that each such waiver and each such amendment, supplement or modification shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, further, that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive or reduce any portion of any Loan or reduce the stated rate (it being understood that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or amend Section 2.8(c)), or forgive or reduce any portion, or extend the date for the payment (including the Maturity Date), of any principal, interest or fee payable hereunder (other than as a result of waiving the applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates and any change due to a change in the Available Commitment), or extend the final expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment (provided that (1) any Lender, upon the request of the Borrower, may extend the final expiration date of its Commitment without the consent of any other Lender, including the Required Lenders, and (2) it is being understood that waivers or modifications of conditions precedent, covenants, Defaults or Events of Default shall not constitute an increase of the Commitments of any Lender), or increase the amount of the Commitment of any Lender (provided that, any Lender, upon the request of the Borrower, may increase the amount of its Commitment without the consent of any other Lender, including the Required Lenders), or make any Loan, interest, fee or other amount payable in any currency other than Dollars, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (ii) amend, modify or waive any provision of this Section 13.1 in a manner that would reduce the voting rights of any Lender, or reduce the percentages specified in the definitions of the term “Required Lenders” (it being understood that, with the consent of the Required Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant to this Agreement may be included in the determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Loans and Commitments are included on the Closing Date), consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document to which it is a party (except as permitted pursuant to Section 10.3), in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iii) amend the provisions of Section 11.14 or any analogous provision of any Security Document, in a manner that would by its terms alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the prior written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby, or (iv) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 12 without the written consent of the then-current Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, as applicable, or any other former or current Agent to whom Section 12 then applies in a manner that

 

149


directly and adversely affects such Person, or (v) [reserved], or (vi) [reserved], or (vii) release all or substantially all of the aggregate value of the Guarantees (except as expressly permitted by the Guarantee or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (viii) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Security Documents (except as expressly permitted by the Security Documents or this Agreement) without the prior written consent of each Lender, or (ix) [reserved], or (x) [reserved], or (xi) affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, any Agent under this Agreement or any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of such Agent. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the affected Lenders and shall be binding upon the Borrower, such Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the affected Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the other Credit Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; it being understood that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In connection with the foregoing provisions, the Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligations to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender whose consent is required hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Defaulting Lender and no such amendment, waiver or consent shall disproportionately adversely affect such Defaulting Lender without its consent as compared to other Lenders (it being understood that any Commitments or Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for a vote of the Lenders hereunder requiring any consent of the Lenders).

(c) Without the consent of any Lender, the Credit Parties and the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may (in their respective sole discretion, or shall, to the extent required by any Credit Document) enter into any amendment, modification or waiver of any Credit Document, or enter into any new agreement or instrument, to effect the granting, perfection, protection, expansion or enhancement of any security interest in any Collateral or additional property to become Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties, or as required by local law to give effect to, or protect any security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in any property or so that the security interests therein comply with applicable law or this Agreement or in each case to otherwise enhance the rights or benefits of any Lender under any Credit Document.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment, modification or supplement to any Intercreditor Agreement, any Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, any subordination agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement or in any document pertaining to any Indebtedness permitted hereby that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral (i) that is for the purpose of adding the holders of such secured or subordinated Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Agreement (or, in each case, a representative with respect thereto), as parties thereto, as

 

150


expressly contemplated by the terms of such Intercreditor Agreement, such Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, such subordination agreement or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect (taken as a whole), to the interests of the Lenders) or (ii) that is expressly contemplated by any Intercreditor Agreement, any Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, any subordination agreement or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement or in any document pertaining to any Indebtedness permitted hereby that is permitted to be secured by the Collateral or (iii) otherwise, with respect to any material amendments, modifications or supplements, to the extent such amendment, modification or supplement is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided, further, that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder or under any other Credit Document without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit or debt facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents with the Loans and the Commitments and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit or debt facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders on substantially the same basis as the Lenders prior to such inclusion.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Credit Documents (including any exhibit, schedule or other attachment) may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (i) if such modifications are not adverse in any material respect to the Lenders or (ii) to the extent necessary (A) [reserved] or (B) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency so long as, in each case with respect to this clause (B), the Lenders shall have received at least five Business Days’ prior written notice thereof and the Administrative Agent shall not have received, within five Business Days of the date of such notice to the Lenders, a written notice from the Required Lenders stating that the Required Lenders object to such amendment.

13.2 Notices. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(a) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 13.2 or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

 

151


(b) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number, electronic mail address or telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii)(A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, three Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered; provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 2.3, 2.6, 2.9, 4.2 and 5.1 shall not be effective until received.

13.3 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Credit Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Requirements of Law.

13.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Credit Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans hereunder. Such representations and warranties shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, Secured Cash Management Agreements or contingent indemnification obligations, in any such case, not then due and payable).

13.5 Payment of Expenses; Indemnification.

(a) The Borrower agrees (i) on the Closing Date (or in the case of any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof or of the other Credit Documents that occurs after the Closing Date, on the date of such amendment, waiver, consent or other modification) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Agents and the Initial Lenders for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, evaluation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents and the transactions, events and other occurrences contemplated by, related to, or potentially arising (in whole or in part) as a result of, this Agreement and/or the other Credit Documents (including any internal or external memos, term sheets or other work product related thereto), and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the

 

152


provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, in all cases, all Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in any relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole (and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel and (if reasonably necessary) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitees similarly situated) and (ii) after the Closing Date, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and any Initial Lender, within one (1) Business Day of written demand thereof, for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or otherwise related to, or arising (in whole or in part) as a result of, this Agreement or the other Credit Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, and including all respective Attorney Costs, which shall be limited to Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders taken as a whole and one local counsel as reasonably necessary in any relevant jurisdiction material to the interests of the Lenders taken as a whole and solely in the case of a conflict of interest or otherwise reasonably necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent or the Initial Lenders, one additional counsel and (if reasonably necessary in the determination of the Administrative Agent or the Initial Lenders) one local counsel in each relevant jurisdiction to the affected Indemnitees or Initial Lenders similarly situated). The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive the repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 13.5 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided that, with respect to the Closing Date, all amounts due under this Section 13.5 shall be paid on the Closing Date solely to the extent invoiced to the Borrower within one day prior to the Closing Date. If any Credit Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Credit Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Credit Party by the Administrative Agent in its discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any failure of the Borrower to make any payment or reimbursement in accordance with this Section 13.5(a) (including on the dates required hereby) shall not relieve the Borrower from the obligation to make any such payment or reimbursement.

(b) The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless each Agent, Lender, Agent-Related Person and their Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, partners, agents, advisors and other representatives of the foregoing (collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs but limited in the case of legal fees and expenses to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole (and solely in the case of an actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected Indemnitees taken as a whole), and, if reasonably necessary, one local counsel in any relevant material jurisdiction) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Credit Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) any Commitment or Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged Environmental Claim regarding, or liability or obligation (whether accrued, contingent,

 

153


absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise) of the Credit Parties or any Subsidiary under or relating to any Environmental Law or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) (a “Proceeding”) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto or whether or not such Proceeding is brought by the Borrower or any other Person and, in each case, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, losses, damages, claims or out-of-pocket expenses resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or of any of its Related Indemnified Persons, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) a material breach of any obligations under any Credit Document by such Indemnitee or of any of its Related Indemnified Persons, as determined by a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an administrative agent or collateral agent or arranger or any similar role under this Agreement and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of the Borrower, the Sponsor or any of their Affiliates (as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement (except for direct (as opposed to indirect, special, punitive or consequential) damages resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment, of such Indemnitee), nor shall any Indemnitee, Agent-Related Parties, Credit Party or any Subsidiary have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Credit Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date) (other than, in the case of any Credit Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party, or which are included in a third-party claim, and for any out-of-pocket expenses related thereto). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 13.5 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Credit Party, any Subsidiary of any Credit Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Credit Documents are consummated. All amounts due under this Section 13.5 shall be paid within thirty (30) days after written demand therefor (together with backup documentation supporting such reimbursement request); provided, however, that such Indemnitee shall promptly refund such amount to the extent that there is a final judicial determination that such Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification rights with respect to such payment pursuant to the express terms of this Section 13.5. The agreements in this Section 13.5 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 13.5(b) shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, prepayments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements arising from any non-Tax claims.

 

154


13.6 Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) except as expressly permitted by Section 10.3, the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 13.6. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants (to the extent provided in clause (c) of this Section 13.6) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Agent-Related Parties and each other Person entitled to indemnification under Section 13.5) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (b)(ii) below, any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees (other than the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates that are not Lender Affiliates, any natural person, any Disqualified Institution, or any Defaulting Lender) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

(A) the Borrower (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required (x) for an assignment to an existing Lender and their Affiliates of similar or better credit worthiness, (y) for an assignment if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary has occurred and is continuing and (z) an assignment to a Lender Affiliate; and

(B) the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $12,500,000 or an integral multiple of $5,000,000, unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consents (which consents shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary has occurred and is continuing;

 

155


(B) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

(C) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment and the Administrative Agent shall enter the relevant information in the Register pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section 13.6; and

(D) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and applicable Tax forms (including those described in Sections 5.4(d), (e), (g) and (h), as applicable.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of this Section 13.6, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11, 5.4 and 13.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 13.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with clause (c) of this Section 13.6.

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders (including any SPVs that provide all or any part of a Loan pursuant to Section 13.6(g) hereof), and the Commitments of, and principal amount (and stated interest amounts) of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). Further, the Register shall contain the name and address of the Administrative Agent and the lending office through which each such Person acts under this Agreement. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and, solely with respect to itself, each other Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

156


(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in clause (b) of this Section 13.6 (unless waived) and any written consent to such assignment required by clause (b) of this Section 13.6, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, with the prior written consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), sell participations to one or more banks or other entities other than any Defaulting Lender, any Disqualified Institution (to the extent that the list of Disqualified Institutions has been made available to all Lenders, it being agreed that as of the date hereof, the Administrative Agent has made the list of Disqualified Institutions available to all Lenders), the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower or their respective Affiliates that are not Lender Affiliates or natural persons (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required (x) for any sale to an existing Lender and their Affiliates of similar credit worthiness, (y) for a sale if an Event of Default under Section 11.1 or Section 11.5 with respect to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary has occurred and is continuing and (z) for any sale to a Lender Affiliate; provided further that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second proviso of the second sentence of Section 13.1(a) that affects such Participant, provided that the Participant shall have no right to consent to any modification to the percentages specified in the definitions of the term “Required Lenders”. Subject to clause (c)(ii) of this Section 13.6, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of those Sections and Sections 2.12 and 13.7 (it being understood that any documentation required under Section 5.4(e), (g) or (h) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6). To the extent permitted by Requirements of Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 13.8(b) as though it were a Lender; provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 13.8(a) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 or 5.4 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent; provided that the Participant shall be subject to the provisions in Section 2.12 as if it were an assignee under clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 13.6. Each Lender that sells a

 

157


participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a nonfiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest amounts) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and each party hereto shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Credit Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

(d) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender, and this Section 13.6 shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto. In order to facilitate such pledge or assignment or for any other reason, the Borrower hereby agrees that, upon request of any Lender at any time and from time to time after the Borrower has made its initial borrowing hereunder, the Borrower shall provide to such Lender, at the Borrower’s own expense, a promissory note, substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 or H-2, as the case may be, evidencing the Loans owing to such Lender.

(e) Subject to Section 13.16, the Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any Participant, secured creditor of such Lender or assignee (each, a “Transferee”) and any prospective Transferee any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Borrower and its Affiliates that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates pursuant to this Agreement or that has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower and its Affiliates in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of the Borrower and its Affiliates prior to becoming a party to this Agreement.

(f) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (a “SPV”), identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, the option to provide to the Borrower all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would

 

158


otherwise be obligated to make the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPV to make any Loan and (ii) if an SPV elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. The making of a Loan by an SPV hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPV shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPV, it shall not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPV any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.6, any SPV may (A) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Loans to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the Borrower and Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPV to support the funding or maintenance of Loans and (B) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPV. This Section 13.6(g) may not be amended without the written consent of the SPV. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, subject to the following sentence, each SPV shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 and 5.4 to the same extent as if it were a Lender (subject to the limitations and requirements of Sections 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 and 5.4 as though it were a Lender, and Sections 2.12 and 13.7, and has acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (b) of this Section 13.6. Notwithstanding the prior sentence, an SPV shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.10, 2.11, 3.11 or 5.4 than its Granting Lender would have been entitled to receive absent the grant to such SPV, unless such grant to such SPV is made with the Borrowers’ prior written consent.

13.7 Replacements of Lenders under Certain Circumstances.

(a) In the event that any Lender other than a Lender Affiliate (i) requests reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 5.4 (other than Section 5.4(b)), (ii) is affected in the manner described in Section 2.10(a)(iii) and as a result thereof any of the actions described in such Section is required to be taken or (iii) becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to replace such Lender or terminate the Commitment of such Lender; provided that (x) in the case of a replacement (A) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (B) the replacement bank or institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and the Borrower shall pay all other amounts (other than any disputed amounts), pursuant to Section 2.10 or 5.4, as the case may be) owing to such replaced Lender prior to the date of replacement, (C) the replacement bank or institution, if not already a Lender, and the terms and conditions of such replacement, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (D) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.6(b) (provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein as long as the replacement Lender pays such fee) and (y) in

 

159


the case of a termination, repay all Obligations (including amounts (other than any disputed amounts), owing pursuant to Section 2.10 or 5.4, as the case may be) owing to such Lender as of such termination date.

(b) If any Lender other than a Lender Affiliate (such Lender, a “Non-Consenting Lender”) failed to consent to a proposed amendment, waiver, discharge or termination that pursuant to the terms of Section 13.1 requires the consent of all of the Lenders affected and with respect to which the Required Lenders shall have granted their consent, then the Borrower shall have the right (provided that no Event of Default pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.5 shall have occurred and be continuing) to (x) replace such Non-Consenting Lender by requiring such Non-Consenting Lender to assign its Loans and its Commitments hereunder to one or more assignees reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender; provided that: (x) in the case of a replacement, (i) all Obligations of the Borrower owing to such Non-Consenting Lender being replaced (other than principal and interest) shall be paid in full to such Non-Consenting Lender concurrently with such assignment, (ii) the replacement Lender shall purchase the foregoing by paying to such Non-Consenting Lender a price equal to the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and such Non-Consenting Lender shall otherwise comply with Section 13.6 (provided that the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein as long as the replacement Lender pays such fee) and (y) in the case of a termination, all Obligations owing to such Non-Consenting Lender shall be paid in full concurrently with such termination.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary each party hereto agrees that any assignment pursuant to the terms of this Section 13.7 may be effected pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption executed by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the assignee and that the Lender making such assignment need not be a party thereto.

(d) Any such Lender replacement or Commitment termination pursuant to this Section 13.7 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

13.8 Adjustments; Set-off.

(a) If any Lender (a “Benefited Lender”) shall at any time receive any payment in respect of any principal of or interest on all or part of the Loans made by it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 11.5, or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender entitled thereto, if any, in respect of such other Lender’s Loans, or interest thereon, such Benefited Lender shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (ii) purchase for cash at face value from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of each such other Lender’s Loans, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, or the proceeds thereof, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral or proceeds ratably in accordance with the aggregate principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them; provided, however, that (A) if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such

 

160


purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest and (B) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (1) any payment made by the Borrower or any other Credit Party pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, (2) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans, Commitments or participations to any assignee or participant or (3) any disproportionate payment obtained by a Lender as a result of the extension by Lenders of the maturity date or expiration date of some but not all Loans or Commitments or any increase in the Applicable Margin in respect of Loans or Commitments of Lenders that have consented to any such extension. Each Credit Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under Requirements of Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Credit Party rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Credit Party in the amount of such participation.

(b) After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Requirements of Law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Requirements of Law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder or under any Credit Document (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) to set-off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower (and the Credit Parties, if applicable) and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

13.9 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic transmission, i.e. a “pdf’ or a “tif’), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

13.10 Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

13.11 Integration. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents represent the agreement of the Borrower, the Guarantors, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Borrower, the Guarantors, any Agent nor any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Credit Documents.

 

161


13.12 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

13.13 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, in each case located in New York County, and appellate courts from any thereof; provided that nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document will prevent any Lender, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent from bringing any action to enforce any award or judgment or exercise any right under the Credit Documents or against any Collateral or any other property of any Credit Party in any other forum in which jurisdiction can be established;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding shall be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person at its address set forth on Schedule 13.2 at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant to Section 13.2;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Requirements of Law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction;

(e) without limitation of Sections 12.7 and 13.5, waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 13.13 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages (other than, in the case of any Credit Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party, or which are included in a third-party claim, and for any out-of-pocket expenses related thereto); and

(f) agrees that a final judgment in any action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

13.14 Acknowledgments. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

 

162


(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents;

(b) (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Borrower and the other Credit Parties, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the other Agents on the other hand, and the Borrower and the other Credit Parties are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Credit Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Administrative Agent, other Agents and the Lenders, is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary for any of the Borrower, any other Credit Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, equity holders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) neither the Administrative Agent, any other Agent, nor any Lender has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Borrower or any other Credit Party with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document (irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent or any other Agent, or any Lender has advised or is currently advising any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Administrative Agent, any Agent or any Lender has any obligation to any of the Borrower, the other Credit Parties or their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Credit Documents; (iv) the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, each other Agent and each of its Affiliates and each Lender and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower and its respective Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, any other Agent or any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) none of the Administrative Agent, any Agent or any Lender has provided and none will provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Credit Document) and the Borrower has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. The Borrower hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent and each Agent with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Credit Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Borrower, on the one hand, and any Lender, on the other hand.

13.15 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT, AND EACH LENDER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

163


13.16 Confidentiality. The Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each other Lender shall hold all information not marked as “public information” and furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Lender’s evaluation of whether to become a Lender hereunder or obtained by such Lender, the Administrative Agent or such other Agent pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”), confidential in accordance with its customary procedure for handling confidential information of this nature and in any event may make disclosure (a) to its Affiliates and its Affiliates’ employees, legal counsel, independent auditors and other experts or agents (collectively, the “Representatives”) who need to know such information in connection with the Transactions and are informed of the confidential nature of such information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such information and instructed to keep such information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Person; provided that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (c) to the extent required by applicable Requirements of Law or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process; provided, that the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority or examiner) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation; (d) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 13.6(d), counterparty to a Hedge Contract, credit insurer, eligible assignee of or participant in, or any prospective eligible assignee of or participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement pursuant to Section 13.6 (provided that the disclosure of any such Confidential Information to any Lenders or eligible assignees or participants shall be made subject to the acknowledgement and acceptance by such Lender, eligible assignee or participant that such Confidential Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this Section 13.16 or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower) in accordance with the standard processes of the Administrative Agent or customary market standards for dissemination of such type of Confidential Information; (e) with the prior written consent of the Borrower; (f) to the extent such Confidential Information becomes public other than by reason of disclosure by such Person in breach of this Agreement; provided that unless prohibited by applicable Requirements of Law, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent shall endeavor to notify the Borrower (without any liability for a failure to so notify the Borrower) of any request made to such Lender, the Administrative Agent or such other Agent, as applicable, by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with an examination of the financial condition of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information; provided further that in no event shall any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Agent be obligated or required to return any materials furnished by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (g) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any information relating to Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries

 

164


received by it from such Lender) or to the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization; or (h) to the extent such Confidential Information is independently developed by or was in the prior possession of the Administrative Agent, such Lender or any of their respective Affiliates so long as not based on information obtained in a manner that would violate this Section 13.16; provided that no disclosure shall be made to any Disqualified Lender. In addition, each Lender, the Administrative Agent and each other Agent may provide Confidential Information to prospective Transferees or to any pledgee referred to in Section 13.6 or to prospective direct or indirect contractual counterparties in Hedge Agreements to be entered into in connection with Loans made hereunder as long as such Person is advised of and agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 13.16 or confidentiality provisions at least as restrictive as those set forth in this Section 13.16.

13.17 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations.

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent by the Credit Parties on any Collateral shall be automatically released (i) in full, as set forth in clause (b) below, (ii) upon the Disposition of such Collateral (including as part of or in connection with any other Disposition permitted hereunder) to any Person other than another Credit Party, to the extent such Disposition is made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and the Liens encumbering such Collateral and held by each other creditor party to the Intercreditor Agreement, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement or any Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement are required to be released pursuant to the relevant intercreditor agreement (and the Collateral Agent may rely conclusively on a certificate to that effect provided to it by any Credit Party upon its reasonable request without further inquiry), (iii) upon any Collateral becoming an Excluded Equity Interest, an Excluded Asset or becoming owned by an Excluded Subsidiary or (in the case of Collateral constituting cash) becoming subject to Liens pursuant to clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” or becoming subject to any Lien permitted pursuant to Sections 10.2(g), (j), (i), (o), (p), (w) and (y), in each case, except in connection with a transaction prohibited hereunder, (iv) to the extent such Collateral is comprised of property leased to a Credit Party, upon termination or expiration of such lease, (v) if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other percentage of the Lenders whose consent may be required in accordance with Section 13.1), (vi) to the extent the property constituting such Collateral is owned by any Guarantor, upon the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the second succeeding sentence or Section 5(g) of the Guarantee and (vii) as required by the Collateral Agent to effect any Disposition of Collateral in connection with any exercise of remedies of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents. Any such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those being released) upon (or obligations (other than those being released) of the Credit Parties in respect of) all interests retained by the Credit Parties, including the proceeds of any Disposition, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral except to the extent otherwise released in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Documents. Additionally, the Lenders hereby irrevocably agree that the Guarantors shall be released from the Guarantees upon consummation of any transaction permitted hereunder resulting in such Subsidiary ceasing to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise becoming an Excluded Subsidiary. Any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any Credit Document relating to any such Collateral or Guarantor shall no longer be deemed to be repeated. In connection with any release hereunder, the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall promptly take such

 

165


action and execute any such documents as may be reasonably requested by the Borrower and at the Borrower’s expense in connection with the release of any Liens created by any Credit Document in respect of such Subsidiary, property or asset.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Credit Document, when all Obligations (other than (i) Hedging Obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreements, (ii) Cash Management Obligations in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreements and (iii) any contingent or indemnification obligations not then due and payable) have been paid in full in cash or equivalents thereof and all Commitments have terminated or expired, upon request of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent, as applicable, shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Secured Party) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all obligations under any Credit Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be any (i) Hedging Obligations in respect of any Secured Hedge Agreements, (ii) Cash Management Obligations in respect of any Secured Cash Management Agreements and (iii) any contingent or indemnification obligations not then due and payable. Any such release of Obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such Obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

13.18 USA PATRIOT Act. The Agents and each Lender that is subject to the requirements of USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Patriot Act”) and the requirements of the Beneficial Ownership regulation hereby notify the Credit Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of such Credit Party and other information that will allow such Agent and such Lender to identify such Credit Party in accordance with the Patriot Act and the Beneficial Ownership Regulation

13.19 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.

13.20 Reinstatement. This Agreement shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded

 

166


or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

13.21 Disposition of Proceeds. The Security Documents contain an assignment by the Borrower and/or the Guarantors unto and in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Lenders of all of the Borrower’s or each Guarantor’s interest in and to their as-extracted collateral in the form of production and all proceeds attributable thereto which may be produced from or allocated to the Mortgaged Property. The Security Documents further provide in general for the application of such proceeds to the satisfaction of the Obligations described therein and secured thereby. Notwithstanding the assignment contained in such Security Documents, until the occurrence of an Event of Default, (a) the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree that they will neither notify the purchaser or purchasers of such production nor take any other action to cause such proceeds to be remitted to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, but the Lenders will instead permit such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) the Lenders hereby authorize the Administrative Agent to take such actions as may be necessary to cause such proceeds to be paid to the Borrower and/or such Subsidiaries.

13.22 Collateral Matters; Hedge Agreements. The benefit of the Security Documents and of the provisions of this Agreement relating to any Collateral securing the Obligations shall also extend to and be available on a pro rata basis pursuant to terms agreed upon in the Credit Documents to any Person (a) under any Secured Hedge Agreement, in each case, after giving effect to all netting arrangements relating to such Hedge Agreements or (b) under any Secured Cash Management Agreement. No Person shall have any voting rights under any Credit Document solely as a result of the existence of obligations owed to it under any such Secured Hedge Agreement or Secured Cash Management Agreement.

13.23 Agency of the Borrower for the Other Credit Parties. Each of the other Credit Parties hereby appoints the Borrower as its agent for all purposes relevant to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, including the giving and receipt of notices and the execution and delivery of all documents, instruments and certificates contemplated herein and therein and all modifications hereto and thereto.

13.24 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Credit Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedge Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support” and each other QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Credit Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

 

167


(a) In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Credit Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Credit Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender hereunder shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.

(b) As used in this Section 13.24, the following terms have the following meanings:

(i) “BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

(ii) “Covered Entity” means any of the following:

(i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

(ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

(iii) a “covered FS1” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

(iii) “Default Right” has the meaning assigned to the term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

(iv) “QFC” has the meaning assigned to that term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).

13.25 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Credit Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution arising under any Credit Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

168


(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Credit Document; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

13.26 Ab Initio Provisions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Credit Document:

(a) if a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final judgement that this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Commitments or the Loans constitute a breach of, or default or event of default under, the First Lien Credit Agreement, the 2017 Indenture, the 2018 Indenture, the 2017 Unsecured Notes or the 2018 Unsecured Notes, the Commitments, in an amount not to exceed the Available Commitments, shall automatically be deemed void ab initio to the extent necessary such that this Agreement, the other Credit Documents, the Commitments or the Loans, as applicable, would not be conflict with the First Lien Credit Agreement, the 2017 Indenture, the 2018 Indenture, the 2017 Unsecured Notes or the 2018 Unsecured Notes, as applicable; and

(b) if after giving effect to the foregoing clause (a) there are no outstanding Commitments or Loans, then the Credit Documents shall automatically be deemed void ab initio.

[Signature Pages Follow.]

 

169


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as the Borrower
By:   Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS FINANCE CO LLC, as the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent
By:   BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS I, L.P., as Sole Member
By:   BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS I/II GP, INC., as General Partner
By:  

/s/ Matthew Skurbe

Name:   Matthew Skurbe
Title:   Managing Director & Treasurer


BLACKSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS VI LP, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Chris Striano

Name:   Chris Striano
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

BLACKSTONE ENERGY PARTNERS LP, as a Lender

By:  

/s/ Chris Striano

Name:   Chris Striano
Title:   Chief Financial Officer


Schedule 1.1(a)

Commitments

 

Lender

  

Commitment

 

Blackstone Capital Partners VI LP

     50   $ 165,000,000  

Blackstone Energy Partners LP

     50   $ 165,000,000  
    

 

 

 

Total:

     $330,000,000  
    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

Execution Version

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of December 30, 2020, is among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the banks, funds, financial institutions and other lending institutions from time to time parties as lenders hereto (each a “Lender” and collectively, the “Lenders”), Blackstone Holdings Finance Co LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent for the Lenders and the other Secured Parties.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

WHEREAS, the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders are parties to that certain Second Lien Credit Agreement dated as of December 30, 2019 (the “Existing Credit Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that certain amendments and modifications be made to the Existing Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions as set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Lenders are willing to agree to the requests of the Borrower, in each case, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, each capitalized term used in this Amendment has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement (as defined below).

Section 2. Amendment to the Credit Agreement Upon Amendment Effective Date. On the Amendment Effective Date, the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended (a) to delete the red or green stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: stricken text and stricken text) and (b) to add the blue or green double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following examples: double-underlined text and double-underlined text), in each case, as set forth in the marked copy of the Existing Credit Agreement (and to the extent provided in Annex A hereto, the exhibits, schedules and appendices to the Existing Credit Agreement) attached hereto as Annex A and made a part hereof for all purposes (the “Credit Agreement”). For the avoidance of doubt, any exhibits, schedules and appendices to the Existing Credit Agreement that are not included in Annex A hereto shall not be amended or modified pursuant hereto.

Section 3. Amendment to the Other Credit Documents Upon Amendment Effective Date. On the Amendment Effective Date:

(a) the Collateral Agreement is hereby amended to delete the words “Borrowing Base Properties” in Section 3.03(c) thereof, and replace them with the words “Reserve Report Properties”; and


(b) each Mortgage is hereby amended (i) to correct a scrivener’s error in Section 5.14(b) of each Mortgage by replacing the reference to “Section 11.11 of the Credit Agreement” therein with the words “Section 11.13 of the Credit Agreement” (ii) to replace each reference to “Intercreditor Agreement” in Section 6.18 of each Mortgage with the words “Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”.

Section 4. Further Assurances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Collateral Agent determines, in consultation with counsel, that it is necessary or desirable in the Collateral Agent’s discretion, to file of record amendments to the Mortgages in connection herewith, Borrower shall execute, deliver and record amendments to the Mortgages in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, in each jurisdiction where the Mortgages are filed of record within thirty (30) days of the date of this Amendment, and shall deliver to Collateral Agent a legal opinion in form and substance satisfactory to the Collateral Agent with respect thereto.

Section 5. Ratification. Each Credit Party hereby ratifies and confirms all of its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents related thereto, and, in particular, affirms that, after giving effect to this Amendment, the terms of the Security Documents secure, and will continue to secure, its obligations thereunder.

Section 6. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall become effective on the first date on which each of the conditions set forth in this Section 6 is satisfied or waived (such date, the “Amendment Effective Date”):

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts of this Amendment from each Credit Party, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and each Lender;

(b) Each Credit Party shall have confirmed and acknowledged to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and by its execution and delivery of this Amendment, each Credit Party does hereby confirm and acknowledge to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other organizational action, as applicable, on the part of such Credit Party, (ii) the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is a party constitute valid and legally binding agreements enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and by a covenant of good faith and fair dealing, (iii) each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document is true and correct as of the date hereof (except to the extent any such representation or warranty is made as of a specific date, in which case such representation and warranty was true and correct as of such date), and (iv) no Default or Event of Default exists under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;

(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate duly and properly executed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary or similar officer of the Borrower and dated as of the Amendment Effective Date certifying as to the matters set forth in


Section 6(b)(i) and (ii) and that (i) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or managing member or equivalent) of the Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date and (ii) the organizational documents of the Borrower and each other Credit Party most recently certified to the Administrative Agent have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date;

(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of a Financial Officer (i) confirming the solvency of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (ii) certifying compliance with the Collateral Coverage Condition, (iii) certifying as to the matters set forth in Section 6(b)(iii) and (iv), and (iv) demonstrating compliance with Section 10.11 of the Credit Agreement, in each case, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(e) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the repayment in full of the Superpriority Loans (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement) and the discharge and termination of the Superpriority Commitment (as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement);

(f) The Administrative Agent shall have received duly executed counterparts of the Third Lien Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of the Amendment Effective Date, among the Collateral Agent, the collateral agent for the 2020 Second Lien Facility, the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors party thereto (it being understood and agreed that the Lenders party hereto hereby direct the Collateral Agent to execute the Third Lien Intercreditor Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex B);

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy, certified by the Borrower, of the 2020 Second Lien Facility, dated on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date and executed by all parties thereto and shall be reasonably satisfied that the 2020 Second Lien Facility shall be, or shall concurrently with effectiveness of the Amendment, shall become, effective;

(h) The Administrative Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion dated as of the Amendment Effective Date of Kirkland & Ellis, LLP, counsel to the Credit Parties, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; and

(i) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received all reimbursement or payment of all fees, expenses, accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts due and payable pursuant to the Credit Documents on or prior to the Amendment Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced at least one Business Day prior to the Amendment Effective Date, reimbursement or payment of all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Documents (including the invoiced fees and expenses of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent).


Section 7. Governing Law. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL EACH BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Section 8. Miscellaneous. (a) On and after the Amendment Effective Date, each reference in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document (as applicable) to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import, referring to the Credit Agreement or such Credit Document (as applicable), and each reference in each other Credit Document, notice, request, certificate or other document (executed concurrently with or after the execution and delivery of this Amendment) to “the Credit Agreement”, “the Collateral Agreement”, any “Mortgage”, “thereunder”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, the Collateral Agreement or any Mortgage (as applicable), shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement, Collateral Agreement or such Mortgage (as applicable) as amended or otherwise modified by this Amendment unless the context shall otherwise require; (b) the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any default of any Credit Party or any right, power or remedy of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders under any of the Credit Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Credit Documents; (c) this Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement; (d) delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment in accordance with Section 13.9(b) of the Existing Credit Agreement as amended hereby shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment; and (e) this Amendment shall constitute a Credit Document for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents.

Section 9. Amendment, Modification and Waiver. This Amendment may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto. Nothing herein shall be deemed to entitle the Borrower or any Guarantor to a consent to, or a waiver, amendment, modification or other change of, any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Document in similar or different circumstances.

Section 10. Severability. Any provision of this Amendment held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.


Section 11. Successors and Assigns. This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders and the Credit Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

Section 12. Headings. The headings, captions and arrangements used in this Amendment are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Amendment.

Section 13. Final Agreement. THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THIS AMENDMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.

THERE ARE NO ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature Pages Follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as the Borrower
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE MINERALS LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP., as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC, as a Guarantor
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne B. Stoltenberg
Title:   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

[First Amendment Signature Pag


BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS FINANCE CO LLC, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent
By: BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS I, L.P., as Sole Member
By: BLACKSTONE HOLDINGS I/II GP., INC., as General Partner
By:  

/s/ Eric Liaw

Name:   Eric Liaw
Title:   Treasurer

 

[First Amendment Signature Pag


BLACKSTONE CAPITAL PARTNERS VI LP, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Chris Striano

Name:   Chris Striano
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
BLACKSTONE ENERGY PARTNERS LP, as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Chris Striano

Name:   Chris Striano
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[First Amendment Signature Pag

Exhibit 10.9

Execution Version

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 18, 2017

Among

VINE OIL & GAS LP,

as Company,

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.,

as Co-Issuer

And

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

8.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023


CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.01.

 

Definitions

     1  

Section 1.02.

 

Other Definitions

     63  

Section 1.03.

 

[Reserved]

     64  

Section 1.04.

 

Rules of Construction

     64  

Section 1.05.

 

Acts of Holders

     65  

Section 1.06.

 

Limited Condition Transactions; Measuring Compliance

     66  

ARTICLE II THE NOTES

     68  

Section 2.01.

 

Form and Dating; Terms

     68  

Section 2.02.

 

Execution and Authentication

     70  

Section 2.03.

 

Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent

     70  

Section 2.04.

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust

     71  

Section 2.05.

 

Holder Lists

     71  

Section 2.06.

 

Transfer and Exchange

     72  

Section 2.07.

 

Replacement Notes

     84  

Section 2.08.

 

Outstanding Notes

     85  

Section 2.09.

 

Treasury Notes

     85  

Section 2.10.

 

Temporary Notes

     85  

Section 2.11.

 

Cancellation

     86  

Section 2.12.

 

Defaulted Interest

     86  

Section 2.13.

 

CUSIP/ISIN Numbers

     86  

ARTICLE III REDEMPTION

     87  

Section 3.01.

 

Notices to Trustee

     87  

Section 3.02.

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed

     87  

Section 3.03.

 

Notice of Redemption

     87  

Section 3.04.

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption

     89  

Section 3.05.

 

Deposit of Redemption Price

     89  

Section 3.06.

 

Notes Redeemed in Part

     89  

Section 3.07.

 

Optional Redemption

     90  

Section 3.08.

 

Mandatory Redemption

     91  

Section 3.09.

 

Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds

     91  

ARTICLE IV COVENANTS

     93  

Section 4.01.

 

Payment of Notes

     93  

Section 4.02.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency

     94  

Section 4.03.

 

Reports and Other Information

     94  

Section 4.04.

 

Compliance Certificate

     98  

Section 4.05.

 

Taxes

     99  


Section 4.06.

 

Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

     99  

Section 4.07.

 

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     99  

Section 4.08.

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries

     110  

Section 4.09.

 

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock

     113  

Section 4.10.

 

Asset Sales

     123  

Section 4.11.

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     126  

Section 4.12.

 

Liens

     131  

Section 4.13.

 

Company Existence

     132  

Section 4.14.

 

Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control

     132  

Section 4.15.

 

Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries

     135  

Section 4.16.

 

Suspension of Covenants

     136  

Section 4.17.

 

Limitations on Activities of the Co-Issuer

     138  

ARTICLE V SUCCESSORS

     138  

Section 5.01.

 

Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets

     138  

Section 5.02.

 

Successor Person Substituted

     140  

ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     141  

Section 6.01.

 

Events of Default

     141  

Section 6.02.

 

Acceleration

     143  

Section 6.03.

 

Other Remedies

     144  

Section 6.04.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults

     144  

Section 6.05.

 

Control by Majority

     145  

Section 6.06.

 

Limitation on Suits

     145  

Section 6.07.

 

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment

     145  

Section 6.08.

 

Collection Suit by Trustee

     145  

Section 6.09.

 

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

     146  

Section 6.10.

 

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

     146  

Section 6.11.

 

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

     146  

Section 6.12.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

     146  

Section 6.13.

 

Priorities

     147  

Section 6.14.

 

Undertaking for Costs

     147  

ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE

     147  

Section 7.01.

 

Duties of Trustee

     147  

Section 7.02.

 

Rights of Trustee

     148  

Section 7.03.

 

Individual Rights of Trustee

     150  

Section 7.04.

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer

     150  

Section 7.05.

 

Notice of Defaults

     150  

Section 7.06.

 

[Reserved]

     150  

 

ii


Section 7.07.

 

Compensation and Indemnity

     150  

Section 7.08.

 

Replacement of Trustee

     151  

Section 7.09.

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc

     152  

Section 7.10.

 

Eligibility; Disqualification

     152  

ARTICLE VIII LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     153  

Section 8.01.

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

     153  

Section 8.02.

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

     153  

Section 8.03.

 

Covenant Defeasance

     153  

Section 8.04.

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

     154  

Section 8.05.

 

Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

     156  

Section 8.06.

 

Repayment to Issuers

     156  

Section 8.07.

 

Reinstatement

     156  

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     157  

Section 9.01.

 

Without Consent of Holders

     157  

Section 9.02.

 

With Consent of Holders

     158  

Section 9.03.

 

[Reserved]

     160  

Section 9.04.

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents

     160  

Section 9.05.

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

     161  

Section 9.06.

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc

     161  

ARTICLE X GUARANTEES

     161  

Section 10.01.

 

Guarantee

     161  

Section 10.02.

 

Limitation on Guarantor Liability

     163  

Section 10.03.

 

Execution and Delivery

     163  

Section 10.04.

 

Subrogation

     164  

Section 10.05.

 

Benefits Acknowledged

     164  

Section 10.06.

 

Release of Guarantees

     164  

ARTICLE XI SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     165  

Section 11.01.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge

     165  

Section 11.02.

 

Application of Trust Money

     166  

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

     167  

Section 12.01.

 

Relation to Trust Indenture Act

     167  

Section 12.02.

 

Notices

     167  

Section 12.03.

 

Communication with Holders of a Global Note

     169  

Section 12.04.

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

     169  

Section 12.05.

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

     169  

Section 12.06.

 

Rules by Trustee and Agents

     170  

 

iii


Section 12.07.

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

     170  

Section 12.08.

 

Governing Law

     170  

Section 12.09.

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     170  

Section 12.10.

 

Force Majeure

     170  

Section 12.11.

 

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

     170  

Section 12.12.

 

Successors

     170  

Section 12.13.

 

Severability

     170  

Section 12.14.

 

Counterpart Originals

     170  

Section 12.15.

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc

     171  

Section 12.16.

 

USA PATRIOT Act

     171  

 

EXHIBITS   
Exhibit A    Form of Note
Exhibit B    Form of Certificate of Transfer
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Exchange
Exhibit D    Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Future Guarantors

 

iv


INDENTURE, dated as of October 18, 2017, among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the Company (as defined herein), (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, as the Co-Issuer (as defined herein), (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors (as defined herein), and (d) Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee (as defined herein).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers (as defined herein) have duly authorized the creation of an issue of $530,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 8.75% senior notes due 2023 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture (as defined herein); and

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuers and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.    Definitions.

144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1)    Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, amalgamating or consolidating with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, and

(2)    Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means (without duplication), as of the date of determination,


(1)    the sum of:

(a)    the discounted future net revenues from Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal or foreign income taxes, as estimated in the reserve report prepared either as of the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or, at the Company’s option, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, which quarterly reserve report is prepared or audited by independent petroleum engineers as to Proved Reserves accounting for at least 80% of all such discounted future net revenues and by the Company’s petroleum engineers with respect to any other Proved Reserves covered by such report, as increased by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from:

(i)    estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired (including on the date of determination) since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, and

(ii)    estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to extensions, discoveries and other additions and upward revisions of estimates of Proved Reserves (including previously estimated development costs incurred during the period and the accretion of discount since the prior period end) since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions,

and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the discounted future net revenue attributable to:

(iii)    estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such year-end or quarterly reserve report produced or disposed of (including on the date of determination) since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, and

(iv)    reductions in estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such year-end or quarterly reserve report since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report attributable to downward revisions of estimates of Proved Reserves since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, due to changes in geological conditions or other factors which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions;

in the case of the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such Person’s year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable) and estimated by the Company’s petroleum engineers or any independent petroleum engineers engaged by the Company for that purpose;

 

2


(b)    the capitalized costs that are attributable to oil and gas properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which no Proved Reserves are attributable, based on the Company’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the last day of the Company’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available;

(c)    the Net Working Capital of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the last day of the Company’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; and

(d)    the greater of:

(i)    the net book value, and

(ii)    the Fair Market Value of other tangible assets (including Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries),

in each case, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the last day of the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; provided that the Company shall not be required to obtain such an appraisal of any assets,

minus, to the extent not otherwise taken into account in this clause (1),

(2)    the sum of:

(a)    any amount included in clauses (1)(a)(i) through (1)(a)(iv) above that is attributable to minority interests;

(b)    any net gas balancing liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the Company’s most recent annual or quarterly period for which internal financial statements are available (to the extent not deducted in calculating Net Working Capital of the Company in accordance with clause (1)(c) above of this definition);

(c)    to the extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices and costs utilized in the applicable reserve report described in clause (1)(a)), attributable to reserves that are required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto, and

 

3


(d)    to the extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments that, based on the estimates of production, price and cost assumptions included in determining the discounted future net revenues specified in (1)(a) above, would be necessary to fully satisfy the payment obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto.

If the Company changes its method of accounting from the successful efforts method to the full cost method or a similar method of accounting, “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” will continue to be calculated as if the Company were still using the successful efforts method of accounting.

Advisory Services Agreement” means the advisory services agreements or similar agreements among one or more of the Investors or certain of their respective management companies associated with it or their advisors, if applicable, and the Company or its Subsidiaries (and/or any Parent Company).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Weighted Average Life to Maturity.”

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the excess, if any, of:

(a)    the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at October 15, 2020 (as set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(e)), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through October 15, 2020 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

(b)    the then outstanding principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date,

as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company will designate; provided that such calculation will not be the duty or obligation of the Trustee. Prior to the Redemption Date, the Issuers will file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and showing the calculation of such in reasonable detail.

 

4


Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any selection of Notes or any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such selection, transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale” means:

(1)    the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of Production Payments and Reserve Sales) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); provided that the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.14 and/or Section 5.01(a) hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and

(2)    the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 and directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a)    any disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) obsolete, damaged or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business, (iii) assets no longer economically practicable or commercially reasonable to maintain (as determined in good faith by the management of the Company), (iv) dispositions to landlords of improvements made to leased real property pursuant to customary terms of leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and (v) assets for purposes of charitable contributions or similar gifts to the extent such assets are not material to the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to conduct its business in the ordinary course;

(b)     any disposition in connection with the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 or any Permitted Investment or any acquisition otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(c)    any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary with an aggregate fair market value for any individual transaction or series of related transactions of less than $25.0 million;

 

5


(d)    any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(e)    to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in the Oil and Gas Business;

(f)    (i) the lease, assignment or sub-lease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property (other than Oil and Gas Properties) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and (ii) the exercise of termination rights with respect to any lease, sub-lease, license or sublicense or other agreement;

(g)    any issuance, disposition or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness, assets or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries);

(h)    foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation, eminent domain or any similar action (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any casualty event) with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

(i)    any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(j)    the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublease or discount of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection thereof;

(k)    the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(l)    any surrender, expiration or waiver of contract rights or oil and natural gas leases or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other rights or litigation claims of any kind in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(m)    the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(n)    the lapse, abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

6


(o)    the granting of a Lien that is permitted under Section 4.12;

(p)    the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law;

(q)    the disposition of any assets (including Equity Interests) (i) acquired in a transaction permitted under this Indenture (other than Oil and Gas Properties), which assets are not used or useful in the principal business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Company to consummate any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

(r)    dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property;

(s)    dispositions of property in connection with any Sale/Leaseback Transaction;

(t)    the settlement or early termination of any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and the settlement or early termination of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction;

(u)    a disposition of Hydrocarbons or mineral products inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(v)    any Production Payments and Reserve Sales; provided that any such Production Payments and Reserve Sales, other than incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall have been created, incurred, issued, assumed or Guaranteed in connection with the financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, the property that is subject thereto;

(w)    the abandonment, farm-out pursuant to a Farm-Out Agreement, lease or sublease of developed or underdeveloped Oil and Gas Properties owned or held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or which are usual and customary in the Oil and Gas Business generally or in the geographic region in which such activities occur;

(x)    a disposition (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) of any Oil and Gas Property or interest therein to which no Proved Reserves are attributable at the time of such disposition;

 

7


(y)    Permitted Intercompany Activities and related transactions; and

(z)    any sale of property or assets, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the proceeds of such sale are used to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(8)(B).

In the event that a transaction (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Sale and/or one or more of the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments.

Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease Obligation of any Person, the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Managers of the general partner of the Company.

Borrowing Base” means the sum of (a) the maximum amount determined or re-determined by the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility as the aggregate lending value to be ascribed to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries against which such lenders are prepared to provide loans, letters of credit or other Indebtedness to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Revolving Credit Facility, using their customary practices and standards for determining reserve-based borrowing base loans and which are generally applied by commercial lenders to borrowers in the Oil and Gas Business, as determined semiannually during each year and/or on such other occasions, as applicable, as may be provided for by the Revolving Credit Facility, and which is based upon, inter alia, the review by such lenders of the hydrocarbon reserves, royalty interests and assets and liabilities of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of amounts in the foregoing clause (a), the principal amount of any borrowings outstanding under the Superpriority Facility.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Markets Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act, (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is resold in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC or (c) a private placement to institutional investors. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Capital Markets Indebtedness”

 

8


does not include any Indebtedness under commercial bank facilities, Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company, Capitalized Lease Obligations or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”

Capital Stock” means:

(1)    in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

(2)    in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3)    in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4)    any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person;

but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purpose of this Indenture (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

 

9


Cash Equivalents” means:

(1)    United States dollars;

(2)    (a) Euros, Yen, Canadian Dollars, Pounds Sterling or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or the United Kingdom; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any jurisdiction in which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries conducts business, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(3)    readily marketable direct obligations issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4)    certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of three years or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding three years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the United States dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5)    repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above or clauses (7), (8) and (9) below entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause (4) above;

(6)    commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company) and, in each case, maturing within 36 months after the date of acquisition;

(7)    marketable short-term money market and similar liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);

(8)    securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 36 months from the date of acquisition;

(9)    readily marketable direct obligations issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having an Investment Grade Rating from

 

10


either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10)    Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(11)    Investments with average maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);

(12)    investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (11) above; and

(13)    solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that the Captive Insurance Subsidiary is not prohibited to make in accordance with applicable law.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States, Cash Equivalents will also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (13) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (13) and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents will include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay non-dollar denominated obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) or (2) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement entered into from time to time by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with cash management services for collections, other Cash Management Services and for operating, payroll and trust accounts of such Person, including automatic clearing house services, controlled disbursement services, electronic funds transfer services, information reporting services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

 

11


Cash Management Obligations” means Obligations in connection with, or in respect of, Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services” means (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), (c) foreign exchange, netting and currency management services and (d) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including under any Cash Management Agreements.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

(1)    the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or business combination) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company one or more Permitted Holders; or

(2)    the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) (a) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (b) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company (it being understood and agreed that for purposes of measuring beneficial ownership held by any Person that is not a Permitted Holder, Equity Interests held by any Permitted Holder will be excluded), unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, directly or indirectly, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case, other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Permitted Parent.

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Section 13(d)-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock subject to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement, (ii) if any group includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Company owned, directly or indirectly, by any Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of determining whether a Change of Control has occurred and (iii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors (or similar body) of such parent entity.

 

12


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, a Change of Control shall not occur as a result of the IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and any transactions relating thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the contribution of the Equity Interests of the Company to IPOCo or (ii) any transaction in which the Company remains a subsidiary of IPOCo but one or more intermediate holding companies between the Company and IPOCo are added, liquidated, merged or consolidated out of existence. No Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.

Change of Control Triggering Event” means both a Change of Control and a Rating Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control Triggering Event will be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme and its successors.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Co-Issuer” means Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation and a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and its successor.

Company” means Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and its successor.

consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and accretion expense, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and the amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDAX” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(1)    increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than in the case of clauses (g) and (j)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a)    total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of

 

13


interest income and gains on such Hedging Obligations or such derivative instruments, and bank and letter of credit fees, letter of guarantee and bankers’ acceptance fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to the definition thereof; plus

(b)    provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, federal, state, franchise, excise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” and any payments to a Parent Company or equity holders of such Person in respect of such taxes permitted to be made under this Indenture; plus

(c)    Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense for such period; plus

(d)    any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write-downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Company may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Company does decide to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof, with the exception of any cash payments related to the settlement of deferred compensation balances awarded prior to the Issue Date, in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDAX to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(e)    minority interest expense, the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, excluding cash distributions in respect thereof, and the amount of any reductions in arriving at Consolidated Net Income resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 810, Consolidation; plus

(f)    the amount of Board of Director fees and any management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, advisory and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under any Advisory Services Agreement or otherwise to the extent permitted under Section 4.11; plus

(g)    cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Net Income in any prior period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDAX pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

14


(h)    any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(i)    any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (excluding held-for-sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); plus

(j)    the amount of “run rate” cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions related to restructurings, cost savings initiatives or other initiatives that are projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions either taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) within 18 months after the end of such period (which cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions during such period (it is understood and agreed that “run rate” means the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken, whether prior to or following the Issue Date) (which adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) any pro forma cost savings, synergies or operating expense reduction adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio); provided that such cost savings, synergies and operating expenses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; plus

(k)    the amount of net cost savings and net cash flow effect of revenue enhancements related to New Contracts projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be subject to certification by management of the Company and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or revenue enhancements had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or revenue enhancements are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be added pursuant to this clause (k) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause (j) above with respect to such period; plus

(l)    exploration expenses or costs (to the extent the Company adopts the successful efforts method of accounting); and

 

15


(2)    decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a)    non-cash gains for such period (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDAX in any prior period (other than any such accrual or reserve that has been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDAX in accordance with this definition);

(b)    the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of loss attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary added to (and not deducted from) Consolidated Net Income in such period; and

(c)    any income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (excluding held-for-sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of).

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1)    cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations), net of cash interest income, with respect to Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, including commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net cash costs under hedging agreements (other than in connection with the early termination thereof); plus

(2)    non-cash interest expense resulting solely from (a) the amortization of original issue discount from the issuance of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at less than par (excluding the Notes and any Non-Recourse Indebtedness), and (b) pay-in-kind interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries payable pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing Indebtedness for borrowed money,

excluding, in each case, (i) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest other than referred to in clauses (2)(a) and (2)(b) above (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), (ii) interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, including pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815—Derivatives and Hedging, (iii) costs associated with incurring or terminating Hedging Obligations and cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (iv) commissions, discounts, yield, make-whole premium and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) incurred in connection with any Non-Recourse Indebtedness, (v) “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement with respect to any securities, (vi) any payments with respect to make-whole

 

16


premiums or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, (vii) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (viii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ix) interest expense attributable to a Parent Company resulting from push-down accounting, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (xi) any interest expense attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential), with respect thereto in connection with any acquisition or Investment, (xii) annual trustee fees or agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents (including any security or collateral trust arrangements related thereto) under any Credit Facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Notes and (xiii) any expensing of bridge commitment and other financing fees related to any acquisitions.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation will be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding (and excluding the effect of), without duplication,

(1)    extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses, fees, costs, charges or expenses (including relating to any strategic initiatives and accruals and reserves in connection with such gains, losses, charges or expenses); restructuring costs, charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions and adjustments to existing reserves, and in each case, whether or not classified as such under GAAP); costs and expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of facilities and fixed assets for alternative uses; Public Company Costs; costs and expenses related to the integration, consolidation, opening, pre-opening and closing of facilities and fixed assets; severance and relocation costs and expenses, one-time compensation costs and expenses, consulting fees, signing, retention or completion bonuses, and executive recruiting costs; costs and expenses incurred in connection with strategic initiatives; transition costs and duplicative running costs; costs and expenses incurred in connection with non-ordinary course product and intellectual property development; costs incurred in connection with acquisitions (or purchases of assets) prior to or after the Issue Date (including integration costs); business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs, new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs and implementation costs and project start-up costs), accruals and reserves; operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives; curtailments and modifications to pension and post-employment employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities and charges resulting from changes in estimates, valuations and judgments);

(2)    the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP;

 

17


(3)    any gain (loss) on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business); provided that the exclusion for the discontinuance of discontinued operations held for sale shall be at the option of the Company pending such sale;

(4)    the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary and, solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of a Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(5)    solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived (or the Company reasonably believes such restriction could be waived and is using commercially reasonable efforts to pursue such waiver); provided that Consolidated Net Income of a Person will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), or the amount that could have been paid in cash or Cash Equivalents without violating any such restriction or requiring any such approval, to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(6)    effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) related to the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items);

(7)    income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments,

(8)    (a) any impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP; and (b) any impairment charges, asset write-off or write-down, including ceiling test write-downs on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines;

 

18


(9)    (a) any equity or phantom equity based or non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to, and any cash charges associated with equity incentives or other long term incentive compensation plans (including under the Company’s Tier 1 Equity Sharing Award Agreements and/or deferral compensation arrangements) the rollover, acceleration, or payout of, Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of such Person or of a Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, (b) noncash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or Accounting Standards Codification Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees and (c) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(10)    any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering and issuance of the Notes and the syndication and incurrence of any securities or Credit Facilities), issuance of Equity Interests (including by any direct or indirect parent of the Company), recapitalization, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes and other securities and any Credit Facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or nonrecurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 805, Business Combinations);

(11)    accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted in connection with an Investment or an acquisition that are required to be established or adjusted as a result of such Investment or such acquisition, in each case in accordance with GAAP;

(12)    any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance that are, directly or indirectly, reimbursed or reimbursable by a third party, and any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture;

(13)    any non-cash gain (loss) attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815—Derivatives and Hedging or mark to market movement of other financial instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments;

(14)    any non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations;

 

19


(15)    without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of income taxes for such period in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(12)(B) or Section 4.07(b)(12)(C) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(16)    non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a previously recognized increase to net income);

(17)    the following items shall be excluded:

(i)    any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the entry into or termination of any Hedge Agreements;

(ii)    any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency transaction or translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from (a) Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk and (b) resulting from intercompany indebtedness) and any other foreign currency transaction or translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items;

(iii)    effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in methodology calculating reserves, rebates or other chargebacks; and

(iv)    any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees, or any comparable regulation;

(18)    any non-cash rent expense; and

(19)    earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received or receivable from business interruption insurance, the amount of any expenses or charges incurred by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are, directly or indirectly, reimbursed or reimbursable by a third party, and amounts that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only (other than Section 4.07(a)(3)(D)), there will be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from

 

20


any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by bond, notes, debentures, promissory notes and similar instruments, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding for the avoidance of doubt all undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of repurchase or purchase accounting in connection with the issuance of the notes or any acquisition); provided, that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (A) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts under standby letters of credit, provided that any unreimbursed amounts under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Indebtedness until five Business Days after such amount is drawn and (B) Hedging Obligations existing on the Issue Date or otherwise permitted by Section 4.09(b)(10). For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company. The U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination minus Cash Equivalents that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and as determined in good faith by the Company to (2) LTM EBITDAX.

 

21


Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other monetary obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1)    to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2)    to advance or supply funds

(a)    for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b)    to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3)    to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Company and/or other companies.

Convertible Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company (which may be guaranteed by the Guarantors) permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture that is either (a) convertible into common equity of the Company (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common equity) or (b) sold as units with call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common equity of the Company and/or cash (in any amount determined by reference to the price of such common equity).

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuers.

Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, note issuances, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and other agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof, in whole or in part, and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund, supplement, extend, renew, restate, amend, modify or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such exchange, replacement, refunding, supplemental, extended,

 

22


renewed, restated, amended, modified or refinancing facility, arrangement or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings or issuances is permitted under Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes, each in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Revolving Commitments” means any commitments to make loans or extend credit on a revolving basis to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been designated in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee as “Designated Revolving Commitments” until such time as the Company subsequently delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that such commitments will no longer constitute “Designated Revolving Commitments”; provided that such Designated Revolving Commitments will be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness on such date and during such time will be deemed outstanding for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the availability of any baskets hereunder.

Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest solely by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

 

23


Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than (i) for any Qualified Equity Interests or (ii) solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty, condemnation or eminent domain) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than for any Qualified Equity Interests or solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty, condemnation or eminent domain), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof), such Capital Stock will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability; provided, further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Company, or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any equity subscription or equity holders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability. For the purposes hereof, the aggregate principal amount of Disqualified Stock will be deemed to be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and maximum fixed repurchase price, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EMU” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

 

24


Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of such Person, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock of such Person.

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common equity or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Parent Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1)    public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any Parent Company’s common equity registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2)    issuances to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3)    any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and its successors.

Euros” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, the fair market value of marketable securities or the fair market value of Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1)    contributions to its common equity capital;

(2)    dividends, distributions, fees and other payments from any joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(3)    the sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate or that are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3); provided that the Company, in its sole discretion, may subsequently undesignate any previously designated Excluded Contribution (to the extent such proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(8)) pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate.

 

25


fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.

Farm-In Agreement” means an agreement whereby a Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of one or more exploratory or development wells (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interests therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well or wells as all or a part of the consideration provided in exchange for an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

Farm-Out Agreement” means a Farm-In Agreement, viewed from the standpoint of the party that transfers an ownership interest to another.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, accounting officer, treasurer, controller or other senior financial or accounting officer of the Company or any Guarantor, as appropriate.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (1) Consolidated EBITDAX of the Company for such Test Period to (2) the Fixed Charges of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period.

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility or line of credit unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and not replaced) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or establishes or eliminates any Designated Revolving Commitments, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended Test Period (and for all purposes, as if Indebtedness in the full amount of any undrawn Designated Revolving Commitments had been incurred thereunder throughout such period); provided, however, that at the election of the Company, the pro forma calculation will not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.09(b) (other than Section 4.09(b)(14)).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Specified Transaction that has been consummated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during any Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date will be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDAX resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period. If since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted

 

26


Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Test Period will have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended Test Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Company in good faith to result from or relating to any Specified Transaction (including acquisitions occurring prior to the Issue Date) which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) no later than eighteen (18) months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized for the entirety of such period). For the purposes of this Indenture, “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public target’s compliance costs with public company requirements), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, will be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may designate. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Fixed Charge Coverage Test” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

 

27


Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1)    Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2)    all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and

(3)    all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, respectively and (ii) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company, Co-Issuer or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, local, or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1)    direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

 

28


(2)    obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States.

(3)    that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and will also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. The amount of any guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Co-Issuer), if any, that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (excluding any Parent Company that guarantees the Notes).

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, commodity option, forward commodity contract, basis differential swap, fixed-price physical delivery contract or other similar agreement or arrangement in respect of Hydrocarbons, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency collar agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, currency, commodity risks or equity risks either generally or under specific contingencies. For the avoidance of doubt, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction will not constitute Hedging Obligations.

Highest Member Tax Amount” for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Issue Date is, with respect to the member or partner that receives the greatest allocation of net U.S. federal taxable income for the relevant period pursuant to the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement of the Company, as applicable, relative to such member’s or partner’s pro rata interest in the Company for the relevant period, an amount equal to (a) the U.S. federal taxable income allocated by the Company to such member or partner during the relevant

 

29


period less the sum of any U.S. federal taxable loss allocated by the Company to such member or partner during the relevant period and any loss carryforwards available from losses allocated to such member or partner by the Company in prior periods to the extent not taken into account in prior periods (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations on the use of such losses), not taking into account for this purpose for any relevant period following the date of a Qualified IPO any adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, multiplied by (b) an assumed tax rate equal to the highest maximum combined marginal federal, state and local income tax rates applicable to an individual or, if higher, a corporation, resident in New York, New York (determined taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, taxable income allocated by the Company for any period shall include any increases thereto as a result of any tax examination, audit or adjustment, whether for taxable periods ending prior to or after the Issue Date.

Holder” at any time, means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books at such time.

Hydrocarbons” means oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom.

Immediate Family Members” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including, in each case, adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

(1)    any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a)    in respect of borrowed money;

(b)    evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c)    representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet (excluding any footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP and is not paid within 60 days after becoming due and payable, (iii) obligations arising under any firm transportation or take-or-pay contract and (iv) accruals for payroll and other liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

 

30


(d)    representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations;

if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than obligations in respect of letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any Parent Company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP will be excluded;

(2)    to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of this definition of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice; and

(3)    to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of this definition of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (b) reimbursement obligations under commercial letters of credit (provided that unreimbursed amounts under commercial letters of credit will be counted as Indebtedness three (3) Business Days after such amount is drawn), (c) accrued expenses, (d) deferred or prepaid revenues, (e) asset retirement obligations and obligations in respect of reclamation and workers compensation (including pensions and retiree medical care), (f) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (g) Production Payments and Reserve Sales, (h) any obligation of a Person in respect of a Farm-In Agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or natural gas property, (i) Hedging Obligations; provided that such agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, whether or not accounted for as a hedge in accordance with GAAP) and, in the case of any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement, such agreements are related to business transactions of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the

 

31


ordinary course of business and, in the case of any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate futures agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, such agreements substantially correspond in terms of notional amount, duration and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred without violation of this Indenture, (j) obligations in respect of surety and bonding requirements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (k) in-kind obligations relating to net oil, natural gas liquids or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business, (l) trade and other ordinary course payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (m) operating leases or sale and leaseback transactions (except any resulting obligations under any Capitalized Lease Obligation), (n) commitments or obligations of such Person to make capital contributions in another Person or fund construction costs of equipment, gathering, transportation, processing, handling, pipelines and other related systems and facilities which constitute investments in the Oil and Gas Business and (o) in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business and (y) intercompany liabilities in connection with cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further that Indebtedness will be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Independent Assets or Operations” means, with respect to any Parent Company, that Parent Company’s total assets, revenues, income from continuing operations before income taxes and cash flows from operating activities (excluding in each case amounts related to its investment in the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), determined in accordance with GAAP and as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Parent Company, is, in each case, more than 3.00% of such Parent Company’s corresponding consolidated amount.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes” means the initial $530,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Interest Payment Date” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to stated maturity, beginning April 15, 2018.

 

32


Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency selected by the Company.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1)    securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2)    debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or debt instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(3)    investments in any fund that invests substantially all of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) of this definition which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4)    corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors, in each case made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice) or purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person. For purposes of the definitions of “Permitted Investments” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07:

(1)    “Investments” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a)    the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; minus

(b)    the portion (proportionate to the Company’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2)    any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

 

33


The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time will be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Investor” means (a) Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. and (b) Blackstone Energy Partners L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or any of them or any of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

IPOCo” means a Person formed to acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests of the Company in order to undertake an initial public offering of such Person’s Capital Stock.

IPOCo Transactions” means the transactions in connection with the formation and capitalization of IPOCo prior to and in connection with the Qualified IPO, including, without limitation, (1) the legal formation of IPOCo and one or more Subsidiaries of the Permitted Holders to own interests therein, (2) the contribution, directly or indirectly, of the Equity Interest of the Company and other Subsidiaries of the Company to IPOCo, or the other acquisition by IPOCo thereof, (3) the conversion of the outstanding Equity Interest in the Company into a new class of Equity Interests in the Company, (4) the distribution by the Company to the Permitted Holders of any proceeds from the offering of the notes and cash generated from operations, (5) the issuance of Capital Stock of IPOCo or the Company to the public and the use of proceeds therefrom to pay transaction expenses, distribute funds as a reimbursement for capital expenditures, and other purposes approved by a Permitted Holder, (6) the execution, delivery and performance of customary documentation (and amendments to existing documentation) governing the relations between and among the Company, IPOCo, the Permitted Holders and their respective Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the execution, delivery and performance of a tax receivables agreement among IPOCo, the Company and the Permitted Holders on customary terms for similar transactions and (7) any other transactions and documentation related to the foregoing or necessary or appropriate in the view of the Permitted Holders or the Board of Directors of the Company or any Parent Company in connection with the Qualified IPO.

Issue Date” means October 18, 2017.

Issuers” means the Company and the Co-Issuer, collectively.

Issuers’ Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of each Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the applicable Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Legal Holiday” means Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or at the place of payment.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any

 

34


conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM EBITDAX” means Consolidated EBITDAX of the Company measured for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, with such pro forma adjustments giving effect to such Indebtedness, acquisition, Investment or other transaction, as applicable, since the start of such four quarter period and as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Management Stockholders” means (a) the directors, managers, executive officers and other members of management (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members and any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company (or a Parent Company) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company on the Issue Date together with (b) (i) any new directors or managers whose election by such boards of directors or managers or whose nomination for election by the equity holders of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors or managers of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable, then still in office who were either directors or managers on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (ii) executive officers and other management personnel of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors or managers on the Issue Date together with the directors or managers so approved constituted a majority of the directors or managers of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable.

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, brokerage and sales commissions, title insurance premiums, related search and recording charges, survey costs and mortgage recording tax paid in connection therewith, all dividends, distributions or other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of any such Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim will have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or paid or payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case in respect of such Asset Sale, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, costs and

 

35


expenses or other amounts payable in connection with unwinding any Hedging Obligation in connection therewith, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof or any transactions occurring or deemed to occur to effectuate a payment under this Indenture (including the amount of distributions in respect of taxes actually made to any Parent Company and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related solely to such disposition), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) or amounts required to be applied to the repayments of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets and required (other than required by Section 4.10(b)(1)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Working Capital” of any Person as of any date of determination means the amount (shown on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of such Person for which internal financial statements are available) by which (a) all current assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than current assets from Oil and Gas Hedging Contracts, exceeds (b) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) current liabilities included in Indebtedness, (ii) current liabilities associated with asset retirement obligations relating to oil and gas properties and (iii) any current liabilities from Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Contracts, in each case as set forth in the consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding any adjustments made pursuant to FASB ASC 815).

New Contracts” means binding new agreements or amendments to existing agreements with customers and/or vendors.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

36


Offering Memorandum” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated October 13, 2017, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of any Person. Unless otherwise indicated, Officer shall refer to an officer of the Company.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such Person that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee, provided, however, that if no particular Person is referenced, an Officer’s Certificate shall be deemed to be an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

Oil and Gas Business” means:

(1)    the business of acquiring, exploring, exploiting, developing, producing, operating and disposing of interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association with any of the foregoing;

(2)    the business of gathering, marketing, distributing, treating, processing (but not refining), storing, selling and transporting of any production from such interests or properties;

(3)    any business relating to exploration for or development, production, treatment, processing (but not refining), storage, transportation or marketing of oil, gas and other minerals and products produced in association therewith;

(4)    any business relating to oilfield sales and service; and

(5)    any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate, incidental or ancillary to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (4) of this definition.

Oil and Gas Hedging Contracts” means any puts, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement in respect of Hydrocarbons that are designed to protect such Person against or manage exposure to fluctuation in Hydrocarbons prices.

Oil and Gas Properties” means all properties, including equity or other ownership interests therein, owned by a Person which contain or are believed to contain oil and natural gas reserves or other reserves of Hydrocarbons.

 

37


Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

ordinary course of business” means activity conducted in the ordinary course of business of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.

Parent Company” means any Person that is or becomes after the Issue Date a direct or indirect parent (which may be organized as, among other things, a partnership) of the Company.

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a Permitted Asset Swap that constitutes an Asset Sale must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.

Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means any call or capped call option (or substantially equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s common equity purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of any Convertible Indebtedness; provided that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, less the proceeds received by the Company from the sale of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction, does not exceed the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of such Convertible Indebtedness issued in connection with the Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction” means any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and any Permitted Warrant Transaction.

Permitted Business Investment” means any Investment and/or expenditure of a nature that is or shall have become customary in the Oil and Gas Business generally or in the geographic region in which such activities occur, including investments or expenditures for actively exploiting, exploring for, acquiring, developing, producing, processing, gathering, marketing, distributing, storing or transporting oil, natural gas or other Hydrocarbons and minerals (including with respect to plugging and abandonment) through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of the Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including:

(1)    Investments in ownership interests (including equity or other ownership interests) in oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbons and minerals properties, liquefied natural gas facilities, processing facilities, gathering systems, pipelines, storage facilities or related systems or ancillary real property interests;

(2)    Investments in the form of or pursuant to operating agreements, working interests, royalty interests, mineral leases, processing agreements, Farm-In Agreements, Farm-Out Agreements, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbons and minerals, production sharing agreements, participation

 

38


agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling agreements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), subscription agreements, stock purchase agreements, stockholder agreements and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties; and

(3)    Investments in direct or indirect ownership interests in drilling rigs and related equipment, including, without limitation, transportation equipment.

Permitted Holder” means (1) any of the Investors and Management Stockholders, (2) any Person that directly or indirectly holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the Permitted Holders, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof (such Person, a “Permitted Parent”), (3) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which any of the Permitted Holders are members; provided that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Investors and Management Stockholders, collectively, have, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Permitted Parent and (4) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter (solely to the extent that and for so long as such Person is acting in such capacity) in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Company. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which any required Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture (or would have required a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders or otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

Permitted Intercompany Activities” means any transactions (A) between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries (including for the avoidance of doubt, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) that are entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and, in the good faith judgment of the Company are necessary or advisable in connection with the ownership or operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements; and (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements; and (B) between or among the Issuers, their Subsidiaries and any Captive Insurance Subsidiaries.

Permitted Investments” means:

(1)    any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including guarantees of obligations of the Restricted Subsidiaries);

(2)    any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and Investments that were Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities when made;

 

39


(3)    any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged (directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries) in the Oil and Gas Business, or in a business unit, line of business or division of such Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a)    such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b)    such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets or assets constituting such business unit, line of business or division in which such Investment was made, as applicable, to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer or conveyance;

(4)    any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5)    any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal or reinvestment of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment or binding commitment may be increased only (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in-kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6)    any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a)    in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or indorsements for collection or deposit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer);

(b)    in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons;

(c)    as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

(d)    as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of (A) litigation, arbitration or other disputes or (B) obligations of trade creditors or

 

40


customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;

(7)    Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(10);

(8)    Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Company; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3);

(9)    (a) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 and Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (b) the creation of Liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12; and (c) guarantees of performance or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course in the Oil and Gas Business, including obligations under Hydrocarbon exploration, development, joint operating and related agreements and licenses, concessions or operating leases related to the Oil and Gas Business;

(10)    any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.11(b) (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5), (8) and (21) of Section 4.11(b));

(11)    Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services, equipment or similar assets or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(12)    Investments, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed (as of the date such Investment is made) the sum of (x) the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (12) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (12) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(13)    loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors, employees, consultants, members of management and independent contractors not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(14)    loans and advances to employees, directors, officers, members of management, independent contractors and consultants for business-related travel

 

41


expenses, moving expenses, payroll advances and other similar expenses or payroll expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or consistent with industry practice or to future, present and former employees, directors, officers, members of management, independent contractors and consultants (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members) to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company;

(15)    advances, loans or extensions of trade credit or prepayments to suppliers or loans or advances made to distributors, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or on customary trade terms of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary or consistent with industry practice by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16)    any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(17)    Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(18)    Investments made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors;

(19)    Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(20)    the purchase or other acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(21)    Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed (as of the date such Investment is made) the sum of (x) the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 3.25% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment;

(22)    Investments in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers;

 

42


(23)    any Investment by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with its provision of insurance to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which Investment is made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary, or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable;

(24)    Investments of assets relating to non-qualified deferred payment plans in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(25)    intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(26)    acquisitions of obligations of one or more directors, officers or other employees or consultants or independent contractors of any Parent Company, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with such director’s, officer’s, employee’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s acquisition of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company, to the extent no cash is actually advanced by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to such directors, officers, employees, consultants or independent contractors in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(27)    Investments resulting from pledges and deposits permitted pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(28)    loans and advances to any Parent Company in lieu of and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made in cash to such Parent Company in accordance with Section 4.07 at such time, such Investment being treated for purposes of the applicable clause of Section 4.07, including any limitations, as if a Restricted Payment were made pursuant to such applicable clause;

(29)    Investments constituting promissory notes or other non-cash proceeds of dispositions of assets to the extent permitted under Section 4.10;

(30)    Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions; and

(31)    Permitted Business Investments.

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) an Investment need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Investments described in this definition but is permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption and (B) in the event that an Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Investments, the Company will, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and Section 4.07.

 

43


Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1)    Liens securing (i) Obligations in respect of the Notes and the Guarantees, (ii) securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee so long as the Notes and Guarantees are secured by a Lien on the same assets that is senior in priority to such Lien and (iii) any Obligations so long as the Notes and any Guarantees are equally and ratably secured;

(2)    Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under any Credit Facility, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1);

(3)    Liens, pledges or deposits by such Person made in connection with (A) workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance, health, disability or employee benefits or other social security laws or similar legislation or regulations, (B) insurance-related obligations (including, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar documents or instruments for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (A), (C) bids, tenders, contracts, statutory obligations, surety, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds, or with regard to other regulatory requirements, completion guarantees, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities, and other obligations of like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) (other than for the payment of Indebtedness), or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash, Cash Equivalents or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for the payment of rent, contested taxes or import duties and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or (D) deposits to secure plugging and abandonment obligations or public or statutory obligations of such Person;

(4)    Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, or similar landlord Liens specifically created by contract, and (i) for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or, if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Liens or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of or securing judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person will then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if such Liens are adequately bonded or adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(5)    Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or not subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

44


(6)    Liens (A) in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds, instruments or obligations or with respect to regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided, in each case, pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice or industry practice and (B) securing other obligations in respect of surety and bonding requirements;

(7)    survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements, restrictions, protrusions, encroachments or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of-way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph, telephone and cable television lines, pipelines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil or other minerals and other similar purposes or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person and exceptions on mortgage policies insuring Liens granted on Mortgaged Properties (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility);

(8)    Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to clause (4), (12) or (13) of Section 4.09(b) or, with respect to assumed Indebtedness not incurred in contemplation of the relevant acquisition, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock only, Section 4.09(b)(14); provided that:

(a)    Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(13) relate only to obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the same assets as the assets securing the Refinanced Debt (as defined in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness”), plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property, or serves to refund, refinance, extend, replace, renew or defease Indebtedness incurred under clause (4), (12) or (13) of Section 4.09(b),

(b)    Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) extend only to the assets so purchased, replaced, leased or improved and proceeds and products thereof; provided, further that individual financings of assets provided by a counterparty may be cross-collateralized to other financings of assets provided by such counterparty, and

(c)    Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be assumed pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(14) are solely on acquired property or the

 

45


assets of the acquired entity (other than after acquired property that is (A) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (B) after acquired property subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (C) the proceeds and products thereof);

(9)    Liens existing, or provided for under binding contracts existing, on the Issue Date;

(10)    Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;

(11)    Liens on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation) and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien (to the extent the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Liens are permitted by this Indenture); provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Liens do not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Liens prior to such replacement, extension or renewal (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property);

(12)    Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09;

(13)    Liens securing (x) Hedging Obligations and (y) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services;

(14)    Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s accounts payable or similar obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(15)    leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (or other agreement under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s products, technologies or services) that do not either (a) materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) secure any Indebtedness;

(16)    Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statements or similar public filings;

 

46


(17)    Liens in favor of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor;

(18)    Liens on equipment or vehicles of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(19)    Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive modification, refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (8), (9), (10), (11) or this clause (19) of this definition; provided that (a) such new Lien will be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property) and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (8), (9), (10), (11) or this clause (19) of this definition at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (iii) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness;

(20)    pledges and deposits made or other security provided to secure liability to insurance brokers, carriers, underwriters or self-insurance arrangements, including Liens or insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(21)    other Liens securing obligations (including Indebtedness) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed (as of the date any such Lien is incurred) the greater of (i) $30.0 million, and (ii) 3.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence;

(22)    Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(23)    (i) the prior rights of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (ii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and (iii) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

47


(24)    Liens securing judgments, attachments or awards for the payment of money, notices of lis pendens not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(6);

(25)    Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, and (c) in favor of banking or other institutions or other electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law or under general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or margin deposits or other funds maintained with such institution (including the right of set off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(26)    Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to assets other than those that are subject to such repurchase agreements;

(27)    Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other deposit-taking financial institutions or other electronic payment service providers and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(28)    Liens on cash proceeds (as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) of assets sold that were subject to a Lien permitted hereunder;

(29)    any encumbrance, restriction or other Lien (including put, call arrangements, tag, drag, right of first refusal and similar rights) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture agreement or similar agreement;

(30)    Liens (a) on cash advances or cash earnest money deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (b) consisting of a letter of intent or an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted pursuant to Section 4.10;

(31)    ground leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(32)    Liens in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

 

48


(33)    Liens on Capital Stock or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(34)    any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease, liens reserved in oil, natural gas or other Hydrocarbons, minerals, leases for bonus, royalty or rental payments and for compliance with the terms of such leases; (b) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice; (c) restriction or encumbrance that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to (including, without limitation, ground leases or other prior leases of the demised premises, mortgages, mechanics’ liens, tax liens and easements); or (d) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any restrictions or encumbrance referred to in the preceding clause (c);

(35)    deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of the Company and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;

(36)    rights of set-off, banker’s liens, netting arrangements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance or administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

(37)    Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that such satisfaction or discharge is permitted under this Indenture;

(38)    receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof and Liens on property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(39)    agreements to subordinate any interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other proceeds arising from inventory consigned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(40)    Liens securing Guarantees of any Indebtedness or other obligations otherwise permitted to be secured by a Lien under this Indenture;

(41)    Liens arising pursuant to Section 107(l) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or other environmental law;

 

49


(42)    Liens disclosed by the title insurance reports or policies delivered on or prior to the Issue Date and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien (to the extent the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Liens are permitted by this Indenture); provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Liens do not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Liens prior to such replacement, extension or renewal;

(43)    rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(44)    restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

(45)    security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(46)    zoning, building and other similar land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

(47)    Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries (i) securing Indebtedness and other obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries or (ii) to the extent arising mandatorily under applicable law;

(48)    Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters, trustee, escrow agent or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

(49)    Liens on the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Co-Issuer or Guarantors that is permitted under Section 4.09(b) or otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture;

(50)    Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales;

(51)    Liens arising under Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, purchase, exchange, transportation, gathering or processing of Hydrocarbons, unitizations and pooling designations, declarations, orders and agreements, development agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, operating agreements, royalties, royalty trusts, master limited partnerships, working interests, net profits interests, joint interest billing arrangements, participation agreements, production sales contracts, area of mutual interest agreements, natural gas

 

50


balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements which are or shall have become customary in the Oil and Gas Business; and

(52)    Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and incident to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties.

If any Liens securing obligations are incurred to refinance Liens securing obligations initially incurred in reliance on a basket measured by reference to a percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, and such refinancing would cause the percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to be exceeded if calculated based on the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets will not be deemed to be exceeded to the extent the principal amount of such obligations secured by such newly incurred Lien does not exceed the principal amount of such obligations secured by such Liens being refinanced, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness (and with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, including an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness) plus the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness. In addition, for purposes of determining compliance with clause (21) of this definition in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, such compliance shall be determined on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are established after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness thereunder, in which case such committed amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such paragraph or clause.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” will be deemed to include interest and other obligations payable on and with respect to such Indebtedness.

Permitted Parent” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Permitted Holder”.

Permitted Warrant Transaction” means any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s or a Parent Company’s common equity sold by the Company or a Parent Company substantially concurrently with a related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

 

51


Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, production payment (whether volumetric or dollar-denominated), partnership or other interest in Oil and Gas Properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production, subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to operate and maintain, or cause the subject interests to be operated and maintained, in a reasonably prudent manner or other customary standard or subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to indemnify for environmental, title or other matters customary in the Oil and Gas Business, including any such grants or transfers.

Proved Reserves” means crude oil and natural gas reserves constituting “proved oil and gas reserves” as defined in Rule 4-10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. For the avoidance of doubt, “proved oil and gas reserves” shall include any reserves attributable to natural gas liquids.

Public Company Costs” means the initial costs relating to establishing compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ initial establishment of compliance with the obligations of a reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (other than Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified IPO” means an initial offer and sale of Equity Interests of the Company, IPOCo or other Parent Company in an underwritten public offering for cash pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests of IPOCo or such other parent issuable under any employee benefit plan).

 

52


Qualified Proceeds” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, the Oil and Gas Business.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or if both do not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which will be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the April 1 and October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Rating Event” means a decrease of one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, changes in ratings outlook) in the rating of the Notes by either of the Rating Agencies or a withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by either of the Rating Agencies on, or within 30 days following, the earlier of  (x) the occurrence of a Change of Control or (y) the date of public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change of Control, which period shall be extended for a period not longer than 30 days so long as the rating of the applicable series of Notes relating to the Change of Control is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency; provided, however, that a downgrade of the Notes by the applicable Rating Agency shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a downgrade for purposes of this definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making the downgrade in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the Company or the Trustee in writing at the request of the Company that the downgrade is a result of the transactions constituting or occurring simultaneously with the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of such downgrade).

Refinance” has the meaning assigned in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness” and “Refinancing” and “Refinanced” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Refinanced Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Refinancing Indebtedness” means (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (z) Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary which, in each case, serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease (“Refinance”) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including Refinancing Indebtedness, so long as:

(1)    the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness, the amount of such new Preferred Stock or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed (a) the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable) the Indebtedness, the amount of the Preferred Stock or the liquidation preference of the Disqualified Stock being so extended, replaced, refunded,

 

53


refinanced, renewed or defeased (such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the “Refinanced Debt”), plus (b) any accrued and unpaid interest on, or any accrued and unpaid dividends on, such Refinanced Debt, plus (c) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such Refinanced Debt and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or to Refinance such Refinanced Debt;

(2)    such Refinancing Indebtedness has a:

(a)    Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the applicable Refinanced Debt (or, if less, greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes);

(b)    final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Refinanced Debt (or, if earlier, the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes); and

(3)    to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness assumed or acquired in an acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof), unless such Refinancing constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.07, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to the same extent as the applicable Refinanced Debt or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively.

Refinancing Indebtedness will not include:

(a)    Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer that refinances Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company;

(b)    Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer; or

(c)    Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and, provided, further that (x) clause (2) of this definition will not apply to any Refinancing of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(b)(2), any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness assumed or acquired in an Investment or acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof), Disqualified Stock and

 

54


Preferred Stock and (y) Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred in the form of a bridge or other interim credit facility intended to be Refinanced with long-term indebtedness (and such bridge or other interim credit facility shall be deemed to satisfy clause (2) of this definition so long as (x) such credit facility includes customary “rollover” provisions and (y) assuming such credit facility were to be extended pursuant to such “rollover” provisions, such extended credit facility would comply with clause (2) of this definition).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the applicable Restricted Period.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person is or would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any director, vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who, in each case, shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

55


Restricted Period” means, in respect of any Note issued pursuant to Regulation S, the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) applicable to such Note.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary and the Co-Issuer) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary will be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” Wherever the term “Restricted Subsidiary” is used herein with respect to any Subsidiary of a referenced Person that is not the Company, then it will be construed to mean a Person that would be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on a pro forma basis following consummation of one or a series of related transactions involving such referenced Person and the Company (unless such transactions would include a designation of a Subsidiary of such Person as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on a pro forma basis in accordance with this Indenture).

Revolving Credit Facility” means the senior secured revolving facility under that Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among the Company, HSBC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders and other entities party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. The net proceeds of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction will be determined giving effect to transaction expenses and the tax effect of such transactions (including taxes paid or payable and tax attributes used as a result of such transactions).

 

56


SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities” collectively, and each a “Senior Credit Facility,” means the Revolving Credit Facility, the Superpriority Facility and the TLB including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1)    all Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities and the Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2)    all (a) Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) and (b) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services (and guarantees thereof), in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), owing to a lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of such lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation or Cash Management Obligations was entered into); provided that such Hedging Obligations and obligations in respect of Cash Management Services, as the case may be, are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3)    any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

 

57


(4)    all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided that Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(a)    any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b)    any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c)    any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(d)    any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e)    that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the SEC, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business” means (1) any business, conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to (including non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Investment), or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries conduct or propose to conduct on the Issue Date.

Specified Transaction” means (i) solely for the purposes of determining the applicable cash balance, any contribution of capital, including as a result of an Equity Offering, to the Company, in each case, in connection with an acquisition or Investment, (ii) any designation of operations or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (iii) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (v) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person, or material Oil and Gas Properties (as determined in good faith by the Company), (vi) any Asset Sale (without regard to any de minimis thresholds set forth therein) (a) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company or (b) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or material Oil and Gas Properties (as determined in good faith by the Company), in each case whether by merger,

 

58


amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, (vii) any operational changes identified by the Company that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Test Period or (viii) any Restricted Payment or other transaction that by the terms of this Indenture requires a financial ratio to be calculated on a pro forma basis.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes:

(1)    any Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2)    any Indebtedness of any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

(1)    any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2)    any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

(a)    more than 50% of the Voting Stock are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, or

(b)    such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

Superpriority Facility” means the superpriority facility pursuant to the Incremental Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2017, by and among the Company, HSBC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders and other entities party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

 

59


Tax Amount” for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Issue Date means the Highest Member Tax Amount for the relevant period divided by the pro rata interest in the Company (expressed in decimal form) attributable to the member or partner described in the definition of Highest Member Tax Amount.

Tax Distributions” means for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Issue Date during which the Company is a pass-through entity (including a disregarded entity or partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, payments and distributions to each member or partner of the Company (or payments on their behalf in connection with any composite tax return filing), on or prior to each estimated tax payment date as well as each other applicable due date, in the aggregate for such period, equal to such member’s or partner’s pro rata share of the Tax Amount for the relevant period.

Test Period” in effect at any time means the Company’s most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (as determined in good faith by the Company).

TLB” means the second lien term loan under that Term Loan B Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among the Company, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders and other entities party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the weekly average rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percentage point (for the most recently completed week for which such information is available as of the date that is two business days prior to the Redemption Date) of the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 with respect to each applicable day during such week (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2020; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2020 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury Security for which such yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury Securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

 

60


Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

Trustee” means (1) Wilmington Trust, National Association as of the Issue Date and (2) a successor replacing it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York.

Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1)    any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and

(2)    any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

(a)    such designation complies with Section 4.07; and

(b)    each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests in an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing and the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Test”).

 

61


Any such designation by the Company will be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act.

Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertaking and obligations in connection therewith.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person; provided that with respect to a limited partnership or other entity that does not have a Board of Directors, Voting Stock means the Capital Stock of the general partner of such limited partnership or other business entity with the ultimate authority to manage the business and operations of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(a)    the sum of the products of the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twenty-fifth) from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(b)    the sum of all such payments;

provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness that is being Refinanced (the “Applicable Indebtedness”), the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable Refinancing will be disregarded.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) is at the time owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

62


SECTION 1.02.    Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Advance Offer”

   4.10(d)

“Advance Portion”

   4.10(d)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.11(a)

“Alternate Offer”

   4.14(c)

“Applicable Premium Deficit”

   8.04(1)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.10(d)

“Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”

   4.10(b)

“Authentication Order”

   2.02

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.14(a)

“Change of Control Payment”

   4.14(a)

“Change of Control Payment Date”

   4.14(a)(2)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“Covenant Suspension Event”

   4.16(a)

“DTC”

   2.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.10(d)

“incur” and “incurrence”

   4.09(a)

“Increased Amount”

   4.12

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“Limited Condition Transaction”

   1.06(a)

“Note Register”

   2.03

“Offer Amount”

   3.09(b)

“Offer Period”

   3.09(b)

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

   4.10(d)

“Paying Agent”

   2.03

“Purchase Date”

   3.09(b)

“Qualified Reporting Subsidiary”

   4.03(c)

“Redemption Date”

   3.01

“Refunding Capital Stock”

   4.07(b)(2)

“Registrar”

   2.03

“Restricted Payments”

   4.07(a)

“Reversion Date”

   4.16(c)

“Successor Company”

   5.01(a)(1)(a)

“Successor Person”

   5.01(b)(1)(A)

“Suspended Covenants”

   4.16(a)

“Suspension Date”

   4.16(a)

“Suspension Period”

   4.16(c)

“Tax Group”

   4.07(b)(12)(B)

“Transaction Agreement Date”

   1.06(a)

“Transfer Agent”

   2.03

“Treasury Capital Stock”

   4.07(b)(2)

 

63


SECTION 1.03.    [Reserved].

SECTION 1.04.    Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a)    a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b)    an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c)    “or” is not exclusive;

(d)    the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by without limitation;

(e)    words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(f)    “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(g)    provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(h)    references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(i)    unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(j)    the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(k)    [Reserved];

(l)    the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater;

(m)    words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

(n)    in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”; and

(o)    the principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

64


SECTION 1.05.    Acts of Holders.

(a)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b)    The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c)    The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d)    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e)    Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f)    Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is a Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person, that is a Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

65


(h)    The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such Depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 1.06.    Limited Condition Transactions; Measuring Compliance.

(a)    With respect to any (x) Investment or acquisition, in each case, the consummation by the Company or any Subsidiary of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing for such Investment or acquisition (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise) as applicable and (y) redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment (any transaction described in clauses (x) or (y), a “Limited Condition Transaction”), in each case for purposes of determining:

(1)    whether any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is being incurred or issued in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted to be incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;

(2)    whether any Lien being incurred in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction or to secure any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.12 or the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(3)    whether any other transaction (including any Investment or Restricted Payment) undertaken or proposed to be undertaken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction complies with the covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or the Notes; and

(4)    any calculation of the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Net Income, Consolidated Net Income, and/or Consolidated EBITDAX and/or Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and, whether a Default or Event of Default exists in connection with the foregoing,

at the option of the Company, the date that the definitive agreement (or other relevant definitive documentation) for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into (the “Transaction

 

66


Agreement Date”) may be used as the applicable date of determination, as the case may be, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” or “Consolidated EBITDAX” and if the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries could have taken such action on the relevant Transaction Agreement Date in compliance with the applicable ratios or other provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company elects to use the Transaction Agreement Date as the applicable date of determination in accordance with the foregoing, (a) such election may not be revoked, (b) any fluctuation or change in the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Net Income, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDAX or Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company, the target business, or assets to be acquired subsequent to the Transaction Agreement Date and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, will not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether any Investment, Restricted Payment, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Lien that is made, incurred or issued in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted to be made, incurred or issued or in connection with compliance by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes or any other action or transaction undertaken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction and (c) until such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreements related thereto are terminated, such Limited Condition Transaction and all transactions proposed to be undertaken in connection therewith (including the making of any Restricted Payment or Investment or the incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens) will be given pro forma effect when determining compliance of other transactions (including the making of any Restricted Payment or Investment or the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock and Liens unrelated to such Investment, acquisition or repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Indebtedness) that are consummated after the Transaction Agreement Date and on or prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction and any such transactions (including any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof) will be deemed to have occurred on the Transaction Agreement Date and outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any baskets or ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction; provided that for purposes of any such calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Interest Expense will be calculated using an assumed interest rate for the Indebtedness to be incurred in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) incurs Indebtedness, issues Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, creates Liens, makes Asset Sales, makes Investments, makes Restricted Payments, designates any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary or repays any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction under a ratio-based basket and (y) incurs Indebtedness, issues Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, creates Liens, makes Asset Sales, Investments or Restricted Payments, designates any as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary or repays any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction under a non-ratio-based

 

67


basket (which shall occur within five (5) Business Days of the events in clause (x) above), then the applicable ratio will be calculated with respect to any such action under the applicable ratio-based basket without regard to any such action under such non-ratio-based basket made in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction.

In addition, compliance with any requirement relating to absence of Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the Transaction Agreement Date and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture.

(b)    In the event an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken on the same date that any other item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any other Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken or reliance on a ratio basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio, then such ratio(s) will be calculated with respect to such incurrence, issuance or other transaction without regard to any other incurrence, issuance or transaction. Each item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is incurred or issued, each Lien incurred and each other transaction undertaken will be deemed to have been incurred, issued or taken first, to the extent available, pursuant to the relevant Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio test.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.    Form and Dating; Terms.

(a)    General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued initially in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(b)    Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

68


(c)    Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following the termination of the applicable Restricted Period, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend shall be deemed removed from the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, following which temporary beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall automatically become beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.

The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d)    Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture (or the applicable supplemental indenture), expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuers pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article III hereof.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuers without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes except that interest may accrue on the Additional Notes from their date of issuance (or such other date specified by the Issuers), subject to the Issuers’ right to issue Additional Notes of a different series as set forth in the next paragraph; provided that the Issuers’ ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers’ compliance with Section 4.09 and that a separate CUSIP or ISIN will be issued for Additional Notes, if the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes are not treated as fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with the Initial Notes or any other Additional Notes bearing the same CUSIP or ISIN. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

The Issuers may designate the maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to each series of Additional Notes, which may differ from the maturity

 

69


date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to the Initial Notes. Additional Notes that differ with respect to maturity date, interest rate or optional redemption provisions from the Initial Notes will constitute a different series of Notes from the Initial Notes. Additional Notes that have the same maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions as the Initial Notes will be treated as the same series as the Initial Notes unless otherwise designated by the Issuers. The Issuers similarly may vary the application of related other provisions (including the issue price and any applicable original issue discount legend) to any series of Additional Notes.

(e)    Euroclear and Clearstream Applicable Procedures. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream and this Indenture shall not govern such transfers.

SECTION 2.02.    Execution and Authentication. At least one Officer of the Issuers shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuers by manual, facsimile or electronic (in “.pdf” format) signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount or amounts specified in such Authentication Order. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order (together with such other documents as may be required pursuant to this Indenture), authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued or increased hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

SECTION 2.03.    Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration (“Registrar”), (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for transfer or for exchange (“Transfer Agent”) and (iii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The

 

70


Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The registered Holder will be treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes. Only registered Holders will have rights under this Indenture and the Notes. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Transfer Agent” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agents. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

The Notes will be issued in registered form and the registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes. The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

If any Notes are listed on an exchange, for so long as the Notes are so listed and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuers will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of any paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

SECTION 2.04.    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Holders. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Holders. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary or the Trustee) shall have no further liability for the money. If any of the Issuers or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to any of the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05.    Holder Lists. The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

 

71


SECTION 2.06.    Transfer and Exchange.

(a)    Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days or (B) upon the request of a Holder if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.07 and Section 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or Section 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(ii)(B) and (c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii)    All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from

 

72


a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period therefor and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B). Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii)    Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A)    if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B)    if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv)    Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted

 

73


Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(iv), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c)    Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a person reasonably believed to be a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

74


(C)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

(E)    if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii)    Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii)    Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only the Registrar receives the following:

(A)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

 

75


(B)    if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(iii), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv)    Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

76


(B)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a person reasonably believed to be a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

(E)    if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note and, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)    if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(B)    if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

77


and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e)    Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.

In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

(i)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)    if the transfer will be made to a person reasonably believed to be a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

78


(B)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C)    if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii)    Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B)    if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(ii), if the Registrar or the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii)    Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f)    [Reserved].

 

79


(g)    Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i)    Private Placement Legend.

(A)    Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ANY ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF SUCH ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE REGISTRAR’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C), (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS

 

80


THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

(B)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii)    Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with appropriate changes in the last sentence if DTC is not the Depositary):

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

81


(iii)    Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(iv)    OID Legend. Each Note that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1272 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED). UPON WRITTEN REQUEST (ADDRESSED TO [NAME/TITLE] AT [ADDRESS OR PHONE NUMBER]), THE ISSUERS WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO ANY HOLDER OF THIS NOTE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTE; (2) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE; AND (3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE.

(h)    Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i)    General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i)    To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

82


(ii)    No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii)    Neither the Issuers nor the Registrar shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of the Notes to be redeemed under Section 3.03 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

(iv)    Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(v)    All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(vi)    Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers shall deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

(vii)    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

 

83


(viii)    At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with Section 2.02.

(ix)    All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuers pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically (in “.pdf” or other format).

(x)    The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(xi)    Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

SECTION 2.07.    Replacement Notes. If either (x) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuers or (y) if the Issuers and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, then the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the

 

84


judgment of the Trustee to protect the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee shall charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.08.    Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because any of the Issuers, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.09.    Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers or a Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuers or a Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor.

SECTION 2.10.    Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

85


Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11.    Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the cancellation of all surrendered Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers at the Issuers’ written request. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12.    Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or otherwise deliver in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

SECTION 2.13.    CUSIP/ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

 

86


ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01.    Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period) before notice of redemption is required to be delivered to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the date of redemption, which will be selected by the Issuers in their discretion, subject to any limitations set forth herein (the “Redemption Date”), (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

SECTION 3.02.    Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, the Trustee shall, upon prior written request of the Issuers, select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on an exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such exchange or (b) if the Notes are not listed on an exchange, on a pro rata basis (or in the case of Notes issued in global form, in accordance with the Depositary’s prescribed method), and in any case in accordance with the Applicable Procedures to the extent applicable. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed or purchased in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03.    Notice of Redemption. The Issuers shall deliver electronically, mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be delivered or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Section 3.03(i), Article VIII or Article XI hereof.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(a)    the Redemption Date;

(b)    the redemption price;

 

87


(c)    if any Definitive Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, upon request, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d)    the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e)    that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f)    that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g)    the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h)    the CUSIP and ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP and ISIN number that is listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i)    if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, a description of such conditions and, if applicable, will state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the redemption notice was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions are satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions are not satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuers’ discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Issuers any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied.

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered, mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

The Issuers may redeem Notes pursuant to one or more of the Sections of this Indenture, and a single redemption notice may be delivered with respect to redemptions made pursuant to different Sections. Any such notice may provide that redemptions made pursuant to different Sections will have different Redemption Dates.

The Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. If any Notes are listed on an exchange, and the rules of the exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the exchange of any such redemption and the principal amount of any

 

88


Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of such Notes. In no event will the Trustee be responsible for monitoring, or charged with knowledge of, the maximum aggregate amount of Notes eligible hereunder to be redeemed. Notes will remain outstanding until redeemed, notwithstanding that they have been called for redemption or are subject to a notice of redemption.

SECTION 3.04.    Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, subject to satisfaction of any conditions precedent relating thereto specified in the applicable notice of redemption, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price, except as set forth in Section 3.03(i). The notice, if delivered, mailed or caused to be mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to deliver such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date or the date of purchase, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

SECTION 3.05.    Deposit of Redemption Price.

(a)    Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that Redemption Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

(b)    If the Issuers comply with the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date shall be paid on the Redemption Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

SECTION 3.06.    Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, upon request the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

 

89


SECTION 3.07.    Optional Redemption.

(a)    At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may at their option and on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price (as calculated by the Issuers) equal to the sum of (i) 100.00% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(b)    At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (as calculated by the Company) equal to the sum of (i) 108.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, with an amount equal to or less than the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Company, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that (a) at least 50.00% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently) and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of the applicable Equity Offering or contribution.

(c)    In connection with any Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer to purchase all of the Notes, if Holders of not less than 90.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer and the Issuers purchase, or any third party making such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer in lieu of the Issuers purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, given not more than 60 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date).

(d)    Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to October 15, 2020.

(e)    On and after October 15, 2020, the Issuers may at their option and on one or more occasions redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to

 

90


receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the periods indicated below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

October 15, 2020 to October 14, 2021

     106.563

October 15, 2021 to April 14, 2022

     104.375

April 15, 2022 and thereafter

     100.000

(f)    Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

(g)    In addition to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07, the Issuers or their Affiliates may at any time and from time to time acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, in the open market, negotiated transaction or otherwise.

(h)    Any notice of redemption made in connection with a related transaction or event (including an Equity Offering, contribution, Change of Control, Asset Sale or other transaction) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion or the occurrence thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion or occurrence of the related transaction or event, as the case may be.

SECTION 3.08.    Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 3.09.    Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a)    In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, they shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b)    The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(c)    If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid on the Purchase Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d)    Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable

 

91


such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i)    that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii)    the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii)    that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv)    that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date;

(v)    that any Holder electing to have less than all of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in an amount not less than $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(vi)    that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date;

(vii)    that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;

(viii)    that, if the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and/or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will select the Notes to be purchased in accordance with Section 3.02 and the Company will select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that as between the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness, such purchases will be made on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination; and

 

92


(ix)    that Holders whose certificated Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e)    On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis as described in clause (d)(viii) of this Section 3.09, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not validly withdrawn.

(f)    The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

(g)    Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be purchased on that Purchase Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption,” “Redemption Date” and similar words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase,” “Purchase Date” and similar words, as applicable.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.    Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor or

 

93


an Affiliate of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02.    Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain the offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) required under Section 2.03 hereof where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies as required by Section 2.03 hereof for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof; provided the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall not be an office or agency of the Issuers for the purpose of effecting service of legal process on the Issuers.

SECTION 4.03.    Reports and Other Information.

(a)    So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders:

(1)    (a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, commencing with the year ending December 31, 2017, all annual financial statements of the Company substantially in the form that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-K (but only to the extent similar information was included in the Offering Memorandum), in accordance with the requirements of such Form 10-K as of the Issue Date, if the Company were required to file such form, together with a report thereon by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and data and information relating to Hydrocarbon proved reserves that is substantially consistent with the tabular presentation thereof included under the heading “Summary—Summary Reserve and Operating Data” in the Offering Memorandum; and

 

94


(b)    within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company ending after the Issue Date (solely with respect to the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year), all quarterly financial statements of the Company substantially in the form that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q (but only to the extent similar information was included in the Offering Memorandum), in accordance with the requirements of such Form 10-Q as of the Issue Date, if the Company were required to file such form, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;” and

(2)    promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other information containing substantially the same information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K, in accordance with the requirements of such Form 8-K as of the Issue Date, under Items: 1.01 (Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement); 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership); 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets); 2.03 (Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant); 2.04 (Triggering Events that Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement); 4.02 (Non-Reliance on Previously Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review); 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant); 5.02(a)(1) (Resignation of Director due to Disagreement with Registrant); 5.02(c)(1) (Name and Position of Newly Appointed Officer and Date of Appointment); and 5.03(b) (Changes in Fiscal Year),

if the Company were required to file such reports;

provided, however,

(i)    no such reports referenced under clause (2) above will be required to include as an exhibit or summary of terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company) and any director, manager or executive officer, of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company);

(ii)    in no event will such reports be required to comply with Section 302, Section 404 or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC;

(iii)    in no event will such reports be required to comply with Item 302 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC;

(iv)    in no event will such reports be required to comply with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or contain separate financial

 

95


statements for the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors or other Subsidiaries the shares of which may be pledged to secure the Notes or any Guarantee that would be required under (i) Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or (ii) Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, respectively, promulgated by the SEC;

(v)    in no event will such reports be required to comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein;

(vi)    no such reports referenced under clause (2) above will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to the Holders or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(vii)    in no event will such reports be required to comply with Item 601 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC (with respect to exhibits) or, with respect to reports referenced in clause (2) above, to include as an exhibit copies of any agreements, financial statements or other items that would be required to be filed as exhibits to a current report on Form 8-K;

(viii)    trade secrets and other confidential information that is competitively sensitive in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Company may be excluded from any disclosures;

(ix)    such information will not be required to contain any “segment reporting;” and

(x)    in no event will such reports contain compensation or beneficial ownership information.

(b)    The Company may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to any Parent Company; provided that if and so long as such Parent Company has Independent Assets or Operations, the same is accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Company, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

(c)    In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial statements, information, auditors’ reports and other documents and information required to be provided pursuant to Section 4.03(a) may be, rather than those of the Company, those of (a) any predecessor or successor of the Company, (b) any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that, together with its consolidated Subsidiaries, constitutes substantially all of the assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (“Qualified Reporting Subsidiary”) or (c) any Parent Company; provided that, if the financial information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a) relates to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary of the Company or such Parent Company, such financial information will be accompanied by consolidating

 

96


information (which need not be audited), which may be posted to the website of the Company or on Intralinks, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any comparable password protected online data system, that explains in reasonable detail (in the good faith judgment of the Company) the differences between the information relating to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or such Parent Company (as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Section 4.03 for purposes of Section 6.01(3) hereof until 180 days after the date any report is due under this Section 4.03.

(e)    The Company will make available such information and such reports to any Holder and, upon request, to any beneficial owner of the Notes, in each case by posting such information on its website, on Intralinks, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any comparable password-protected online data system that will require a confidentiality acknowledgment, and will make such information readily available to any Holder, any bona fide prospective investor in the Notes (which prospective investors will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), any bona fide securities analyst (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes to investors and prospective investors therein) or any bona fide market maker in the Notes who agrees to treat such information as confidential or accesses such information on Intralinks, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any comparable password-protected online data system that will require a confidentiality acknowledgment; provided that the Company may deny access to any competitively-sensitive information otherwise to be provided pursuant to this paragraph to any such Holder, prospective investor, security analyst or market maker that is a competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or an affiliate of such a competitor (other than any affiliate that is a bona fide bank debt fund, distressed asset fund, hedge fund, mutual fund, insurance company, financial institution or investment vehicle engaged in the business of investing in, acquiring or trading commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course (and not organized primarily for the purpose of making equity investments)) to the extent that the Company determines in good faith that the provision of such information to such Person would be competitively harmful to the Company and its Subsidiaries; and provided, further that such Holders, prospective investors, security analysts or market makers will agree to (1) treat all such reports (and the information contained therein) and information as confidential, (2) not use such reports and the information contained therein for any purpose other than their investment or potential investment in the Notes and (3) not publicly disclose or distribute any such reports (and the information contained therein).

(f)    In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the reports required under this Section 4.03 or otherwise made publicly-available by the Company, the Company will furnish to Holders thereof and prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information, if any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

(g)    The Company will be deemed to have furnished the reports in Sections 4.03(a)(1) and (2) if the Company or any Parent Company has filed the corresponding reports containing such information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system).

 

97


(h)    To the extent any information is not provided within the time periods specified in this Section 4.03 and such information is subsequently provided, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto will be deemed to have been cured.

(i)    The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with its judgment as to what is prudent at the time, to participate in quarterly conference calls after the delivery of the information referred to in Section 4.03(a)(1) above (which may be a single conference call together with investors and lenders holding other securities or Indebtedness of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or any Parent Company of the Company) to discuss operating results and related matters. The Company shall issue a press release or otherwise provide notice of such conference call in the same manner in which information was delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(e) above which will provide the date and time of any such call and will direct Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain access to the conference call.

(j)    It is understood that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Issuers’ compliance with this Section 4.03, to determine whether or not such financial statements, information, documents or reports have been posted on any website or online data system or filed with the SEC or to participate in any conference calls. The posting or delivery of any such financial statements, information, documents or reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of the covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

(k)    During registration with respect to a Qualified IPO, the Company or other Person that may provide the information required by this Section 4.03 will not be required to disclose any information or take any actions that, in the view of the Company, would violate the applicable securities laws or the SEC’s “gun jumping” rules or otherwise have an adverse effect on the Qualified IPO.

SECTION 4.04.    Compliance Certificate.

(a)    The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

 

98


(b)    When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company shall promptly (which shall be no more than thirty (30) days after becoming aware of such Default) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default, its status and what actions the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.05.    Taxes. The Company shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 4.06.    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company, the Co-Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company, the Co-Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.07.    Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(I)    declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in each case, solely in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, other than:

 

  (A)

dividends, payments or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or

 

  (B)

dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities or such other amount to which it is entitled pursuant to the terms of such Equity Interest;

(II)    purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

99


(III)    make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or final maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

  (A)

Indebtedness permitted under Sections 4.09(b)(7), (8) and (9); or

 

  (B)

the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement; or

(IV)    make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1)    in the case of a Restricted Payment described in clauses (I) and (II) above utilizing clause (3)(A) below, no Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2)    except in the case of a Restricted Investment, immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment made utilizing clause (3)(A) below on a pro forma basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; and

(3)    such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (including the fair market value of any non-cash amount) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b), other than Section 4.07(b)(1)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

  (A)

50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning January 1, 2018 to the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (as determined in good faith by the Company) preceding such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

  (B)

100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness

 

100


  or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to 4.09(b)(12)(a)) from the issue or sale of:

(i)    (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company after the Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4); and

(B)    Equity Interests of Parent Companies, to the extent the proceeds of any such issuance or consideration for any such sale are contributed to the Company (excluding contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4)); or

(ii)    Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company;

provided that this clause (3)(B) will not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) applied in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(2), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities or Indebtedness that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

  (C)

100% of the aggregate amount of cash, Cash Equivalents and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company (other than in the form of Disqualified Stock) since the Issue Date (including the fair market value of any Indebtedness contributed to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for cancellation and Equity Interests of Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries engaged primarily in the Oil and Gas Business or assets used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business) or that becomes part of the capital of the Company through consolidation, amalgamation or merger following the Issue Date, in each case not involving cash consideration payable by the Company (other than (X) cash, Cash Equivalents and marketable securities or other property that are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(a) or (Z) Excluded Contributions); plus

 

101


  (D)

100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

(i)    the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash distributions and cash interest received in respect of Restricted Investments) and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Issue Date (excluding any Excluded Contributions made pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof); or

(ii)    the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment, but including such cash or fair market value to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (excluding any Excluded Contributions made pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof); or

(iii)    any returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received on account of any Permitted Investment subject to a dollar-denominated or ratio-based basket (to the extent in excess of the original amount of such Investment); plus

 

  (E)

in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment, but, to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment, including such excess amounts of cash or fair market value.

 

102


(b)    Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit:

(1)    the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2)    (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of (i) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“Treasury Capital Stock”), or (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case, made (x) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company (in the case of proceeds, to the extent any such proceeds therefrom are contributed to the Company), in each case, other than Disqualified Stock (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (y) within 120 days of such sale or issuance and (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of a sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Refunding Capital Stock made within 120 days of such sale or issuance;

(3)    the principal payment on, defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of (a) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor made (i) by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale, issuance or incurrence of, new Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor and (ii) within 120 days of such sale, issuance or incurrence, (b) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale, issuance or incurrence of, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, made within 120 days of such sale, issuance or incurrence, (c) Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance of, Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor made within 120 days of such sale or issuance that, in each case, is Refinancing Indebtedness incurred or issued, as applicable, in compliance with Section 4.09 and (d) any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that constitutes Acquired Indebtedness;

(4)    so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) of the Company or any Parent Company held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any equity subscription or equity holder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any Notes issued by the Company or any Parent Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition);

 

103


provided that, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed $19.5 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $37.5 million subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $32.5 million in any calendar year or $65.0 million subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, respectively; provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year under this clause (4) may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A)    the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any Parent Company, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(3); plus

(B)    the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, employees, directors, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company that are forgone in exchange for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company pursuant to any compensation arrangement, including any deferred compensation plan; plus

(C)    the cash proceeds of life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or by any Parent Company to the extent contributed to the Company (other than in the form of Disqualified Stock)) after the Issue Date; minus

(D)    the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4);

provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by Sections 4.07(b)(4)(A), (B) and (C) in any calendar year and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any Parent Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

 

104


(5)    the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 to the extent such dividends or distributions are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6)    (a) payments made or expected to be made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or permitted transferees) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, (b) any repurchases or withholdings of Equity Interests in connection with the exercise of stock options, warrants or similar rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligations with respect to, such options, warrants or similar rights or required withholding or similar taxes and (c) loans or advances to officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any Parent Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company; provided that no cash is actually advanced pursuant to this clause (c) other than to pay taxes due in connection with such purchase, unless immediately repaid;

(7)    the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common equity (or the payment of dividends to any Parent Company to fund a payment of dividends on such Parent Company’s common equity), following the first public offering of the Company’s common Equity Interests or the common equity of any Parent Company after the Issue Date, in an amount not to exceed 6.00% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such Parent Company’s common equity registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(8)    Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Excluded Contributions or (b) without duplication with clause (a), in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after the Issue Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

(9)    (i) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (9) not to exceed (as of the date any such Restricted Payment is made) the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment and (ii) any Restricted Payments, so long as, after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio shall be no greater than 2.00 to 1.00; provided that if this clause (9) is utilized to make a Restricted Investment, the amount deemed to be utilized under this clause (9) will be the amount of such Restricted Investment at any time outstanding (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but subject to adjustment as set forth in the definition of “Investment”);

 

105


(10)    Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities (until such proceeds are converted to Cash Equivalents), not to exceed the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 3.25% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such investments;

(11)    the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those of Sections 4.10 and 4.14 provided that (i) at or prior to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, the Issuers (or a third Person permitted by this Indenture) have made any required Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, to purchase the Notes on the terms provided in this Indenture applicable to Change of Control Offers or Asset Sale Offers, respectively, and (ii) all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by Holders in any such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

(12)    the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, the Company or any Parent Company in amounts required for any Parent Company to pay, in each case without duplication:

(A)    franchise, excise and similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain their corporate or other legal existence;

(B)    for any taxable period (or portion thereof) for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar income tax group for U.S. federal or applicable foreign, state or local income tax purposes of which a Parent Company is the common parent (a “Tax Group”) or for which the Company is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal or applicable foreign, state or local income tax purposes in any applicable taxing jurisdiction that is Wholly-Owned (directly or indirectly) by an entity that is taxable as a corporation for such income tax purposes, (i) to pay the portion of any U.S. federal, foreign, state or local income taxes (as applicable) of such Tax Group or such Parent Company for such taxable period that are attributable to the net taxable income of the Company and/or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent permitted below, the applicable Unrestricted Subsidiaries); provided that for each taxable period, (x) the amount of such payments made in respect of such taxable period in the aggregate will not exceed the amount that the Company and the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries

 

106


(and, to the extent permitted below, the applicable Unrestricted Subsidiaries), as applicable, would have been required to pay in respect of such net taxable income as stand-alone taxpayers or a stand-alone Tax Group and (y) the amount of such payments made in respect of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose, plus (ii) such amounts as are needed to pay any amounts owed by a Parent Company or IPOCo, as applicable, under any tax receivable agreement as contemplated by the definition of “IPOCo Transactions”;

(C)    without duplication of any amounts that are paid under the foregoing Section 4.07(b)(12)(B) for the relevant period, Tax Distributions;

(D)    salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors of any Parent Company and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof;

(E)    general corporate or other operating, administrative, compliance and overhead costs and expenses (including expenses relating to auditing and other accounting matters) of any Parent Company;

(F)    reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including ongoing compliance costs and listing expenses) related to any equity or debt offering of a Parent Company (whether or not consummated);

(G)    amounts that would be permitted to be paid directly by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under Section 4.11 (other than clauses (b)(2)(A), (b)(3)(C), (b)(5), (b)(11), (b)(13), (b)(20) and (b)(26) thereof);

(H)    interest or principal on Indebtedness (including AHYDO “catch up payments”) the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; and

(I)    to finance Investments or other acquisitions or investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 4.07 if made by the Company; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment must be made within 120 days of the closing of such Investment, acquisition or investment, (B) such Parent Company must, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or sale of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01) in order to consummate such Investment, acquisition or investment, (C) such Parent Company and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary)

 

107


receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Company may not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3) and (E) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment will be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(13)    the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock of, Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries) (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents);

(14)    cash payments, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Company to make payments, in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with share dividends, share splits, reverse share splits, mergers, consolidations, amalgamations or other business combinations and in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Company;

(15)    the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to any Advisory Services Agreement to the extent permitted by Section 4.11;

(16)    payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, reorganization, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that complies with the terms of this Indenture or any other transaction that complies with the terms of this Indenture;

(17)    the making of cash payments in connection with any conversion of Convertible Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount since the Issue Date not to exceed the sum of (a) the principal amount of such Convertible Indebtedness plus (b) any payments received by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction;

(18)    any payments in connection with (a) a Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and (b) the settlement of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction (i) by delivery of shares of the Company’s common equity upon settlement thereof or (ii) by (A) set-off against the related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction or (B) payment of an early termination amount thereof in common equity upon any early termination thereof;

 

108


(19)    the refinancing of any Subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds of, or in exchange for, any Refinancing Indebtedness; and

(20)    payments made in connection with the IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and the transactions relating thereto, and the payment of all reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith or owed by the Company, a Parent Company or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11;

provided, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07(b)(9)(ii), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c)    For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that any Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in Section 4.07(a) or 4.07(b)(1) through (20) and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments”, the Company will, in its sole discretion, be entitled to divide or classify (or later divide, classify or reclassify), in whole or in part, such Restricted Payment or Investment (or any portion thereof) among Section 4.07(a) and/or 4.07(b)(1) through (20) and/or one or more clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07. The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date the Restricted Payment is made, or at the Company’s election, the date a commitment is made to make such Restricted Payment, of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in the case of amounts of $50.0 million or more, by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee.

(d)    As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this Section 4.07 or if an Investment would be permitted at such time, pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.07 will not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch up payment” with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture.

 

109


SECTION 4.08.    Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1)    (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B)    pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or the Co-Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(2)    make loans or advances to the Company or the Co-Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; or

(3)    sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or the Co-Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between or among classes or series of Capital Stock, and the subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

(b)    The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1)    encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and the related documentation;

(2)    this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof;

(3)    Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) on the property so acquired;

(4)    applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5)    any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, acquired by or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with and into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges, amalgamates or consolidates with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as

 

110


a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired or designated and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so acquired or designated;

(6)    contracts or agreements for the sale or disposition of assets, including any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of any of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7)    Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of assets or incur Liens;

(8)    restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or arising in connection with any Permitted Liens;

(9)    provisions in agreements governing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09;

(10)    provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (including equity holder agreements) relating to such joint venture or its members or entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(11)    customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub-licenses, Equity Interests or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements;

(12)    restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(13)    customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(14)    any customary encumbrances or restrictions imposed pursuant to any agreement of the type described in the definition of “Permitted Business Investment”;

(15)    customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement;

 

111


(16)    restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12;

(17)    any other agreement or instrument governing any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.09 entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that either (i) are no more restrictive in any material respect, taken as a whole, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary than (A) the restrictions contained in this Indenture or the Senior Credit Facilities as of the Issue Date or (B) those encumbrances and other restrictions that are in effect on the Issue Date with respect to the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date, (ii) are not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings for similarly situated issuers or (iii) will not materially impair the Issuers’ ability to make payments on the Notes when due, in each case in the good faith judgment of the Company;

(18)    (i) under terms of Indebtedness and Liens in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) and any permitted refinancing in respect thereof, and (ii) agreements entered into in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(19)    customary restrictions and conditions contained in documents relating to any Lien so long as (i) such Lien is a Permitted Lien and such restrictions or conditions relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien and (ii) such restrictions and conditions are not created for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this covenant;

(20)    any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that was previously an Unrestricted Subsidiary which encumbrance or restriction exists pursuant to or by reason of an agreement that such Subsidiary is a party to or entered into before the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction does not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property of such Restricted Subsidiary;

(21)    any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (20) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions, taken as a whole, than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

 

112


(22)    any encumbrance or restriction existing under, by reason of or with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing that Refinancing Indebtedness are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(23)    applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order in any jurisdiction where Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09 is incurred or issued.

SECTION 4.09.    Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly, liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Company’s most recently ended Test Period preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period.

(b)    Section 4.09(a) will not apply to:

(1)    the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greatest of (A) $855.0 million, (B) the sum of (x) $530.0 million and (y) 35.0% of ACNTA at the time of incurrence and (C) the Borrowing Base at the time of incurrence; provided that any Indebtedness incurred under this Section 4.09(b)(1) may be extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (including through successive extensions, replacements, refundings, refinancings, renewals and defeasances) with new Indebtedness so long as the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (x) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being so extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (and with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, including an amount equal

 

113


to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness), plus (y) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (z) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the incurrence of such new Indebtedness or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness;

(2)    the incurrence by the Issuers and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and related Guarantees (but excluding any Additional Notes);

(3)    the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date (excluding Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(b)(1) and (2));

(4)    (a) the incurrence of Attributable Indebtedness and (b) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations) and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease, expansion, construction, installation, replacement, repair or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other assets, including assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock incurred or issued and outstanding under this clause (4) at such time, not to exceed (as of the date such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained) the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 4.5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence;

(5)    Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or entered into, or relating to obligations or liabilities incurred, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance, completion or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, unemployment insurance or other social security legislation, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance, completion or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or (b) as an account party in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments in favor of suppliers, trade creditors or other Persons issued or incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

 

114


(6)    the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from (a) Permitted Intercompany Activities and (b) agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with any Investment or any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(7)    the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and owing to a Restricted Subsidiary or the issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary (or to any Parent Company which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that any such Indebtedness for borrowed money owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes to the extent permitted by applicable law and it does not result in adverse tax consequences; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) will be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) or issuance of such Disqualified Stock (to the extent such Disqualified Stock is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (7);

(8)    the incurrence of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (or to any Parent Company which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that any such Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred by a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer and owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor or the Obligations under the Notes of the Co-Issuer to the extent permitted by applicable law and it does not result in adverse tax consequences; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any such subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) will be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (8);

(9)    the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (or to any Parent Company which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary that holds such Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Preferred Stock or

 

115


Disqualified Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) will be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (to the extent such Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (9);

(10)    the incurrence of Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(11)    the incurrence of obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance, banker’s acceptance facilities and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations;

(12)    (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions, proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(B) and (3)(C) of Section 4.07(a) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12) or (21) of the definition thereof, and

(b)    the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Company and the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to this clause (12)(b), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed (as of the date such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained) (i) the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence; plus, without duplication, (ii) in the event of any extension, replacement, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, an amount equal to (x) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock, and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (y) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

 

116


(13)    the incurrence or issuance by the Company of Refinancing Indebtedness or the incurrence or issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund, refinance, extend, replace, renew or defease (collectively, “refinance” with “refinances,” “refinanced,” and “refinancing” having a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness (including any Designated Revolving Commitments) incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and Sections 4.09(b)(2), (3), (4) and (12)(b), this Section 4.09(b)(13) and Section 4.09(b)(14), or any successive Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any of the foregoing;

(14)    the incurrence or issuance of (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or investment (or other purchase of assets) or that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition or investment (or other purchase of assets); and (b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that:

(i)    after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, amalgamation, consolidation or merger, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

(ii)    after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, amalgamation, consolidation or merger, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Test Period preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would be no less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period;

(15)    the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(16)    the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

 

117


(17)    (a) the incurrence of any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligation incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any co-issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary was permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(18)    the incurrence of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members and permitted transferees thereof, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(4);

(19)    customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice from customers for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(20)    the incurrence of (a) Indebtedness owed to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Services, including Cash Management Obligations;

(21)    Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice on arm’s length commercial terms;

(22)    the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(23)    the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary undertaken in connection with cash management (including netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and related or similar services or activities) with respect to the Company, any Subsidiaries or any joint venture in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, including with respect to financial accommodations of the type described in the definition of Cash Management Services;

 

118


(24)    the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy and discharge the Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(25)    guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees, sub-licensees, and distribution partners and guarantees required by Governmental Authorities in the ordinary course of business;

(26)    the incurrence of Indebtedness attributable to (but not incurred to finance) the exercise of appraisal rights or the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect to any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or amalgamation or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(27)    the incurrence of Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Parent Company, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or any other similar arrangements incurred in connection with any Investment or any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or amalgamation or otherwise) permitted under this Indenture;

(28)    the incurrence of Indebtedness arising out of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(29)    Indebtedness associated with bonds or surety obligations required by requirements of law or by governmental authorities in connection with the operation of Oil and Gas Properties in the ordinary course of business;

(30)    Indebtedness consisting of the undischarged balance of any Production Payments and Reserve Sales;

(31)    Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or guarantee obligations in respect of the Indebtedness of, joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) that are not Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding incurred pursuant to this clause (31), not to exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence; and

(32)    all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (1) through (31) of this Section 4.09(b).

(c)    For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1)    in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of incurrence or upon the application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or

 

119


Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (32) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, may divide and classify and may subsequently re-divide and reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or a portion thereof) in such of the above clauses or under Section 4.09(a) as determined by the Company at such time; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will, at all times, be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.09(b)(1) and may not be reclassified and (ii) (if the Company shall so determine) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of such clause but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after any date designated by the Company on which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on such clause;

(2)    the Company is entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b), subject to the proviso to Section 4.09(c)(1);

(3)    the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 4.09 will be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness;

(4)    in the event an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b) (other than Section 4.09(b)(14)) on the same date that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued under Section 4.09(a) or Sections 4.09(b)(14), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated with respect to such incurrence or issuance under Section 4.09(a) or Section 4.09(b)(14) without regard to any incurrence or issuance under Section 4.09(b) (other than with respect to any incurrence or issuance under Section 4.09(b)(14)). Unless the Company elects otherwise, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed incurred or issued first under Section 4.09(a) or Sections 4.09(b)(14) to the extent permitted, with the balance incurred or issued under Section 4.09(b) (other than pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(14));

(5)    guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was incurred in compliance with this Section 4.09; and

(6)    for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09(a) or clauses (1), (12) or (14)(a) of Section 4.09(b) in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, such compliance shall be

 

120


determined on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are established after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness thereunder, in which case such committed amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such paragraph or clause.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will, in each case, not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. Any Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, to refinance Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(1), (2), (3), (4), (12)(b), (13) and (14), will be permitted to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay (I) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased and (II) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (and, with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, will be permitted to include an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness).

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness, liquidation preference of Disqualified Stock or amount of Preferred Stock denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock was incurred or issued (or, in the case of revolving credit debt, the date such Indebtedness was first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent)); provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued to refinance other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock does not exceed (1) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or the amount of such Preferred Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased, plus (2) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid

 

121


dividends on the Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased, plus (3) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (and, with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, will be permitted to include an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness).

The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to refinance other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, if incurred or issued in a different currency from the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date will be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Issuers will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is contractually subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it is issued or guaranteed by other obligors and (3) Secured Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority lien with respect to the same collateral.

If any Indebtedness is incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, in reliance on a basket measured by reference to a percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, and any refinancing thereof would cause the percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to be exceeded if calculated based on the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets will not be deemed to be exceeded to the extent the principal amount of such newly incurred Indebtedness, the liquidation preference of such newly issued Disqualified Stock or the amount of such newly issued Preferred Stock does not exceed the sum of (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or the amount of such Preferred Stock being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded,

 

122


renewed or defeased plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (iii) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (and, with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, will be permitted to include an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness).

SECTION 4.10.    Asset Sales.

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1)    the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in connection with such Asset Sale) at least equal to the fair market value (measured at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2)    except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale, together with all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date (on a cumulative basis), received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that each of the following will be deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of this Section 4.10(a)(2):

(A)    any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto or, if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s consolidated balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, that are (i) assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party in connection with such transfer) or (ii) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);

 

123


(B)    any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee or in connection with such Asset Sale (including earnouts and similar obligations) that are converted by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;

(C)    any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured, at the Company’s option, either at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale or at the time received and, in either case, without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

(D)    Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale;

(E)    any Investment, Capital Stock, assets, property or capital or other expenditure of the kind referred to in Section 4.10(b)(2); and

(F)    with respect to any Asset Sale of Oil and Gas Properties disposed of by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary retains an interest, the costs and expenses related to the exploration, development, completion or production of such Oil and Gas Properties and activities related thereto agreed to be assumed by the transferee (or an Affiliate thereof).

(b)    Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (as may be extended pursuant to clause (2) below, the “Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”), the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(1)    to repay, redeem or repurchase:

(A)    Obligations in respect of Senior Indebtedness; or

 

124


(B)    Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Obligations owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2)    to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes or continues to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures, (c) other expenditures made with respect to Oil and Gas Properties, (d) acquisitions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of properties (including fee and leasehold interests) or (e) acquisitions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of other assets, other than securities, in the case of clauses (a),(d) and this clause (e), either (i) that are or will be used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business or (ii) that replace, in whole or in part, the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided that in the case of this clause (2), a binding commitment will be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (or, if later, 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds); provided, further, that if any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds will constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined below); or

(3)    any combination of the foregoing.

(c)    Pending the final application of the amount of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness, or otherwise use such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

(d)    The amount equal to the Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuers will make an offer to all Holders and, at the option of the Issuers, to any holders of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness” and such offer, an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is in an amount equal to at least $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such other price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to, but excluding, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, the agreement or instrument governing the terms thereof). The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 30 days after the date that the amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million by mailing or electronically delivering the notice required pursuant to Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligation with

 

125


respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an offer to purchase Notes with respect to the amount of all or part of the available Net Proceeds (the “Advance Portion”) prior to the expiration of the Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period with respect to the amount of all or a part of the available Net Proceeds in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture (the “Advance Offer”).

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and/or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Section 3.02 and the Issuers will select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that as between the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness, such purchases will be made on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, for purposes of this provision the amount of Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer will be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds (or Advance Portion) upon such completion). An Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, Notes and/or Guarantees (but the Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer may not condition tenders on the delivery of such consents).

(e)    [Reserved].

(f)    The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(g)    The Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10 may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

SECTION 4.11.    Transactions with Affiliates.

(a)    The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract,

 

126


agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1)    such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained at such time in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company on an arm’s-length basis or, if in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; and

(2)    the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions requiring aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with Section 4.11(a)(1). Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the adoption by the majority of the Board of Directors requirement set forth in the preceding sentence if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Issuer, if any.

(b)    Section 4.11(a) will not apply to the following:

(1)    (A) transactions between or among the Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries or, in any case, any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (B) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company and any Parent Company; provided that such merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(2)    (A) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payments,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and (B) any “Permitted Investments”;

(3)    (A) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to any Advisor Services Agreement as described in the Offering Memorandum (including any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any termination fees pursuant to any Advisory Services Agreement, or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof, so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to any Advisory Services Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as described in the Offering Memorandum, (B) the payment of indemnification and similar

 

127


amounts to, and reimbursement of reasonable and customary expenses to, the Investors and their officers, directors, employees and Affiliates, in each case, approved by, or pursuant to arrangements approved by, the Board of Directors, (C) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants or independent contractors or guarantees in respect thereof for bona fide business purposes or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and (D) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with current, former or future officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors of the Company;

(4)    the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided to, or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, present, future or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any Parent Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(5)    transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms, when taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company on an arm’s-length basis;

(6)    the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof (so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7)    the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equity holder agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto and similar agreements or arrangements that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or arrangement or under any similar agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement or arrangement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Company when taken as a whole (as compared to the original agreement or arrangement in effect on the Issue Date);

 

128


(8)    transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9)    the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Company to any Person and the granting and performing of customary rights (including registration rights) in connection therewith, and any contribution to the capital of the Company;

(10)    payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by, or made pursuant to arrangements approved by, a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith;

(11)    payments with respect to Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and other Equity Interests (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Company, any Parent Company and any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or permitted transferees) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any equity subscription or equity holder agreement that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith; and any employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;

(12)    (A) investments by Affiliates in securities or Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other unaffiliated investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities or Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary contemplated in the foregoing subclause (A) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or Indebtedness;

 

129


(13)    payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, industry practice or industry norms (including, any cash management activities related thereto);

(14)    (A) payments by the Company (and any Parent Company) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to, and the entry into, tax sharing agreements among the Company (and any Parent Company) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments by the Company and its Subsidiaries are permitted under Section 4.07(b)(12) and (B) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

(15)    any lease (other than any lease of Oil and Gas Properties) entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Company, as lessor, and transactions pursuant to that lease which lease is approved by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company in good faith;

(16)    intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(17)    the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to registration rights and indemnities provided to equity holders of the Company or any Parent Company pursuant to any equity holders agreement or registration rights agreement entered into on or after the Issue Date;

(18)    transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01 solely for the purpose of (A) reorganizing to facilitate any initial public offering of securities of the Company or any Parent Company, (B) forming a holding company, (C) reincorporating the Company or the Co-Issuer or (D) consummating the IPOCo Transactions;

(19)    transactions undertaken in good faith (as determined by the Board of Directors or certified by senior management of the Company in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purposes of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture;

(20)    (A) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) solely because the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owns Equity Interests in such Person and (B) transactions with any Person that is an Affiliate solely because a director of such Person is a director of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company on any matter involving such other Person;

(21)    (A) pledges and other transfers of Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (B) any transactions with an Affiliate in which the consideration paid consists solely of Equity Interests of the Company or a Parent Company;

 

130


(22)    the sale, issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(23)    Permitted Intercompany Activities and related transactions;

(24)    payments on the Notes in accordance with this Indenture and payments of Obligations under the Senior Credit Facility and payments in respect of Obligations under other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Subsidiaries held by Affiliates; provided that such Obligations were acquired by an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with this Indenture;

(25)    transactions undertaken in the ordinary course of business pursuant to membership in a purchasing consortium; and

(26)    any transactions with or among the Company, IPOCo, their respective Restricted Subsidiaries and the Permitted Holders in connection with the IPOCo Transactions and the Qualified IPO, the transactions relating thereto, and the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto, including fees to the Investors.

SECTION 4.12.    Liens. The Issuers will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, create, incur or assume any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee of Indebtedness, on any asset or property of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1)    in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens until such time as such Subordinated Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Liens; and

(2)    in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured until such time as such Obligations are no longer secured by such Liens.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (A) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in the definition thereof but is permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens, the Company will, in its sole discretion, be entitled to divide, classify or reclassify, in whole or in part, any such Lien (or any portion thereof) among one or more of such categories or clauses in any manner.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.12 or upon such Liens no longer attaching to assets or property of the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor.

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be

 

131


permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

SECTION 4.13.    Company Existence. The Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence, and the corporate, partnership or other organizational existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve the corporate, partnership or other organizational existence of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be in breach of this covenant as a result of any transaction that complies with Article V hereof.

SECTION 4.14.    Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a)    If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently electronically delivered or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date prior to such repurchase.

Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, with the following information:

(1)    a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2)    the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 20 Business Days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), subject to extension (in the case where such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control) in the event that the occurrence of the Change of Control is delayed;

 

132


(3)    any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4)    unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5)    Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

(6)    Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter or other notice in accordance with the Applicable Procedures setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7)    Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

(8)    if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and describing each such condition, and, if applicable, stating that, in the Company’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions are satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions are not satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Company’s discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Issuers any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied. In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the purchase price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such purchase may be performed by another Person; and

(9)    the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

 

133


While the Notes are in global form and the Issuers make an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the notes through the facilities of the Depositary, subject to its rules and regulations.

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes by the Issuers pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(b)    On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law:

(1)    accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2)    deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and

(3)    deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers and (b) at the Issuers’ option, the Notes so accepted for cancellation.

(c)    The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers have made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer.

(d)    A Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer. The closing date of any such Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event may be changed to conform to the actual closing date of the Change of Control; provided that such closing date is not earlier than 20 Business Days nor later than 60 days from the date the Change of Control Offer notice is sent, subject to extension, pursuant to Section 4.14(a).

(e)     A Change of Control Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, Notes and/or Guarantees (but the Change of Control Offer may not condition tenders on the delivery of such consents).

 

134


(f)    Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption,” “Redemption Date” and similar words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase,” “Change of Control Payment Date” and similar words, as applicable.

(g)    The Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.14 may be waived or modified (at any time, including after a Change of Control Triggering Event) with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

SECTION 4.15.    Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary guarantees Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or Capital Markets Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor), other than the Co-Issuer, a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of (i) any Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) or (ii) Capital Markets Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, in each case, having an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $12.5 million or, in the aggregate, in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1)    such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness will be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2)    such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other applicable rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

provided that this Section 4.15 will not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary will not be required to comply with clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.15 and such Guarantee may be released at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.

 

135


SECTION 4.16.    Suspension of Covenants.

(a)    During any period of time that (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from either of the Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”), the Guarantees will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (subject to reinstatement pursuant to clause (f) below) and the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.15, Section 5.01(a)(1)(d) and 5.01(b) hereof (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

(b)    During a Suspension Period (as defined below), the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

(c)    In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) the Notes no longer have any Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period.” Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds will be reset to zero for purposes of Section 4.10.

(d)    In the event a Reversion Date occurs, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or events occurring prior to the Reversion Date with respect to any of the Suspended Covenants will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that

(1)    with respect to Restricted Payments made after the Reversion Date, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period;

(2)    all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3);

(3)    any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period will be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(6);

(4)    any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 4.08(a) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period will be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1);

 

136


(5)    no Subsidiary of the Company will be required to comply with Section 4.15 after the Reversion Date with respect to any guarantee entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period;

(6)    all Liens permitted to be created, incurred or assumed during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”; and

(7)    all Investments made during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as Permitted Investments permitted under clause (5) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

(e)    Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated after the Reversion Date, (i) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during a Suspension Period, in each case, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or, upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time, based on any action taken or event that occurred during the Suspension Period) and (ii) following a Reversion Date, the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising during any Suspension Period that were permitted to be entered into at such time and to consummate any transactions contemplated thereby.

(f)    During the Suspension Period, the Guarantees will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged and the obligation to grant further Guarantees will be suspended; provided that if any Restricted Subsidiary guarantees the payment of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor incurred subsequent to the Suspension Date, then the Company will cause such Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor in accordance with Section 4.15 to the extent required by the terms of Section 4.15 if it were then in effect. Upon the Reversion Date, the obligation to grant Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.15 will be reinstated (and the Reversion Date will be deemed to be the date on which any guaranteed Indebtedness was incurred for purposes of Section 4.15). During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for in Section 4.12 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and the “Permitted Liens” definition and for no other covenant).

(g)    The Trustee shall have no duty to (i) monitor the ratings of the Notes, (ii) determine whether a Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date has occurred, or (iii) notify Holders of any of the foregoing.

 

137


SECTION 4.17.    Limitations on Activities of the Co-Issuer. The Co-Issuer shall not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (1) the issuance of its Capital Stock to the Company or any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (2) the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor, as the case may be, of the Notes, any Credit Facility and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and the granting of any related Permitted Liens and (3) activities incidental thereto.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01.    Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a)    Neither the Company nor the Co-Issuer may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Co-Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)    (a) the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made, is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(b)    the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other customary documents or instruments;

(c)    immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(d)    immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended Test Period, either:

(i)    the Company (or Successor Company, as applicable) would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

(ii)    the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or Successor Company, as applicable) would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

138


(e)    each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(a)(1)(b) will apply, will have by supplemental indenture or otherwise confirmed that its Guarantee applies to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

(f)    the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable (or the Successor Company, as applicable), will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and such supplemental indentures, if any, are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable (or the Successor Company, as applicable) and any Guarantors party thereto; or

(2)    in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding clauses (c) through (f) of Section 5.01(a)(1),

(1)    the Company may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor;

(2)    any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into or sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

(3)    the Company or the Co-Issuer may consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into, or wind up into an Affiliate of the Company or the Co-Issuer for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or the Co-Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby,

(4)    the Company or the Co-Issuer may convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the Co-Issuer or the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States (and, if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws), and

(5)    the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor may change its name.

(b)    Subject to Section 10.06, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not

 

139


such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1)    (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such surviving Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

(B)    the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(C)    immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D)    the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and that such supplemental indentures, if any, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the successor Guarantor, if other than the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms; or

(2)    the transaction is made in compliance with, if applicable, Section 4.10; or

(3)    in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries.

(c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (1) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into, wind up into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor or the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States, (4) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Company determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes or (5) change its name.

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, compliance with this Section 5.01 will not be required with respect to (1) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of properties or assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the IPOCo Transactions.

SECTION 5.02.    Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or any winding up, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor in

 

140


accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the Successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into or with which the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such wind up, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees referring to the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall refer instead to the Successor Person and not to the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, herein, and such Guarantor’s Guarantee and such Guarantor will be automatically released and discharged from its obligations hereunder, and, in the case of a predecessor Company or Co-Issuer shall automatically be released from its obligations thereunder; provided that the predecessor Company or Co-Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in the case of any lease.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.    Events of Default. An “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1)    default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2)    default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3)    failure by the Company for 180 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements contained in Section 4.03;

(4)    failure by the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 6.01) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(5)    default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries

 

141


that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(A)    such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(B)    the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(6)    failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged, unwaived and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgment becomes final;

(7)    the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i)    commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii)    consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii)    consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(iv)    makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

142


(8)    a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(i)    is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in a proceeding in which the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii)    appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

(iii)    orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(9)    the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) will for any reason cease to be in full force and effect except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture or be declared null and void in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or any Financial Officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

SECTION 6.02.    Acceleration. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary

 

143


obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest will be due and payable immediately. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder (except a continuing Default with respect to non-payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if:

(1)    the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(2)    the requisite holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3)    the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, waived or is no longer continuing.

SECTION 6.03.    Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04.    Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 6.02 hereof, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) (including in connection with

 

144


an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 6.05.    Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 6.06.    Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1)    such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2)    Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3)    Holders of the Notes have offered (and if requested, provided) the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4)    the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5)    Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such written request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.07.    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to bring suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08.    Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

145


SECTION 6.09.    Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

SECTION 6.10.    Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 6.11.    Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.12.    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or

 

146


otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.13.    Priorities. If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

(i)    to the Trustee, such Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or such Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii)    to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii)    to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.

SECTION 6.14.    Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.    Duties of Trustee.

(a)    If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture on behalf of the Holders, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

147


(b)    Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(i)    the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii)    in the absence of willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i)    this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii)    the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

(d)    Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.01(f).

(e)    The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered (and if requested, provide) to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(f)    The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

SECTION 7.02.    Rights of Trustee.

(a)    The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in

 

148


the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b)    Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c)    The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d)    The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e)    Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer thereof.

(f)    None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g)    The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h)    In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i)    The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(j)    Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

 

149


(k)    The permissive rights of the Trustee to take certain actions under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.

(l)    The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(m)    The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

(n)    No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Trustee to take or omit to take any action, in the performance of its duties or obligations under this Indenture, or to exercise any right or power thereunder, to the extent that taking or omitting to take such action would violate applicable law binding upon it.

SECTION 7.03.    Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

SECTION 7.04.    Trustees Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05.    Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.02(g) hereof, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06.    [Reserved].

SECTION 7.07.    Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

150


The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and protect the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or the Co-Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, or any other Person or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder) (but excluding taxes imposed on such persons in connection with compensation for such administration or performance). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor need to pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 and the immunities of the Trustee contained in Article VII shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except for money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.08.    Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

(A)    the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

 

151


(B)    the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(C)    a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(D)    the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

The resigning Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any action or inaction of a successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.09.    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10.    Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

152


ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01.    Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.02.    Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof, to have cured all then existing Events of Default and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors with each Guarantor released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments requested by the Issuers acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(A)    the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(B)    the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(C)    the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(D)    this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

SECTION 8.03.    Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.17 hereof and Sections 5.01(a)(1)(d) and (e), and Section 5.01(b)

 

153


hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Issuers exercise the Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries), 6.01(8) (solely with respect to the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) and 6.01(9) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.04.    Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1)    the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor to the extent such amounts consist of U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited will be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption (it being understood that any defeasance shall be subject to the condition subsequent that such deficit is in fact paid); provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability whatsoever in the event that such deposit is not made after the Trustee has discharged this Indenture. Any Applicable Premium Deficit will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit will be applied toward such redemption;

 

154


(2)    in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions:

(A)    the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(B)    since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3)    in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4)    no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens and the consummation of other transactions in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5)    such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement, instrument or documents (other than this Indenture) to which, the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness to be redeemed, and, in each case, the granting of Liens and the consummation of other transactions in connection therewith);

(6)    the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

(7)    the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

 

155


Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph with respect to Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers.

SECTION 8.05.    Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee to the extent such requested amount consists of Government Securities (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06.    Repayment to Issuers. Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

SECTION 8.07.    Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof,

 

156


as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01.    Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Company, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1)    to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2)    to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3)    to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

(4)    to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5)    to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect (as determined in good faith by the Company) the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6)    to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7)    at the Company’s election, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable (it being agreed that this Indenture need not qualify under the Trust Indenture Act);

(8)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof;

(9)    to add a Guarantor or co-obligor under this Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

 

157


(10)    to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes, as provided to the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate;

(11)    to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(12)    to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(13)    to secure the Notes and/or the related Guarantees or to add collateral thereto.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall have the right, but not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto.

SECTION 9.02.    With Consent of Holders. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors (solely with respect to the Guarantee to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any), other than Notes beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer or offer to purchase with respect to the Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all

 

158


series of Notes) then outstanding hereunder, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer or offer to purchase with respect to the Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such adversely affected series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer or offer to purchase with respect to the Notes) shall be required. Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Guarantors (solely with respect to the Guarantee to which it is a party) in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall deliver to the Holders affected thereby (with a copy to the Trustee) a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Notes held by Affiliates), an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1)    reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2)    reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of such Notes on any date (other than the provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14); provided that any amendment to the notice requirements may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes;

(3)    reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

159


(4)    waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

(5)    make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6)    make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults;

(7)    make any change in this Article IX that is materially adverse to the Holders;

(8)    modify the contractual right hereunder of any Holder to institute suit for the payment of principal, interest or premium (if any) on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes on or after the respective due dates;

(9)    make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10)    except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Guarantor, in any manner materially adverse to the Holders.

For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, or deletion of any of the covenants described under, Article IV (other than Section 4.01) or Article V or action taken in compliance with such provisions in effect at the time of such action, shall be deemed to impair or affect any legal rights of any Holders of the notes to receive payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes.

SECTION 9.03.    [Reserved].

SECTION 9.04.    Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent

 

160


previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

SECTION 9.05.    Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06.    Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company or the Co-Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in relying conclusively upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01.    Guarantee. Subject to this Article X, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on an unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that (a) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, including for expenses, indemnification or otherwise, shall be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same promptly. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

161


The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder and under the Notes).

Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by full payment of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Co-Issuer or the Guarantors, then any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any nonpaying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should any of the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

162


In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without setoff, counter-claim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.02.    Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 10.03.    Execution and Delivery. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or, in the case of each Guarantor that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof, a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its authorized Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with Section 4.15 and this Article X, to the extent applicable.

 

163


SECTION 10.04.    Subrogation. Until its Guarantee is terminated in accordance with Section 10.06, each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 10.05.    Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 10.06.    Release of Guarantees. (a) Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged and shall thereupon terminate and be of no further force and effect, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(1)     any sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dividend, distribution or otherwise) of (a) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor, after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (including to any of the Issuers or another Guarantor), in each case if such sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(2)    (a) the release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or Capital Markets Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, or (b) the release or discharge of such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except, in each case, a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release);

(3)    the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture or the occurrence of any event following which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(4)    (a) the exercise by the Issuers of their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII hereof or (b) the discharge of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(5)    the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger,

 

164


amalgamation or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of a Guarantor following the transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, in each case in a transaction that complies with the applicable provisions hereof;

(6)    as described under Article IX; or

(7)    the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any guarantee by a Parent Company may be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged for any reason. The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Issuers in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee; provided that prior to executing such documents, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel compliant with Section 12.04 to the effect that the conditions precedent to such release have been satisfied. Any failure by the Trustee to execute such documents shall, however, not affect the automatic release and discharge of the Guarantee and the other obligations of any Guarantor as contemplated by the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.05.

(b)    The Company will have the right, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee, to cause any Guarantor that has not guaranteed any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or Capital Markets Indebtedness of an Issuer or Guarantor, and is not otherwise required by the applicable terms of this Indenture to provide a Guarantee, to be unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee will thereupon automatically and unconditionally terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.01.    Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1)    all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2)    (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of one or more notices of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor to the extent such

 

165


amounts consist of U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited will be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption (it being understood that any satisfaction and discharge shall be subject to the condition subsequent that such deficit is in fact paid); provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability whatsoever in the event that such deposit is not made after the Trustee has discharged this Indenture. Any Applicable Premium Deficit will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit will be applied toward such redemption;

(B)    the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(C)    the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Such Opinion of Counsel may rely on such Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact, including clauses (2)(A), (B) and (C) above.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, Section 7.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 11.02.    Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

166


If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01.    Relation to Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture shall not be subject to the TIA.

SECTION 12.02.    Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile, electronically (in “.pdf” or other format) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company, the Co-Issuer and/or any Guarantor on or after the Issue Date:

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Attention: John Regan

Tel: (469) 606-0540

Fax: (877) 992-0118

Email: jregan1@vineoil.com

and

c/o Blackstone Energy Partners L.P.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

in each case, with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

 

167


Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Matthew Pacey

                 Justin Hoffman

Tel: (713) 836-3600

Fax: (713) 836-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com

            justin.hoffman@kirkland.com

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

15950 N. Dallas Parkway, Suite 550

Dallas, TX 75248

Attention: Vine Oil & Gas LP Account Manager

Facsimile No.: 888-316-6238

The Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; on the first date on which publication is made or electronic delivery made; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be electronically delivered, mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register kept by the Registrar.

Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary.

If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuers deliver or mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall deliver or mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

168


SECTION 12.03.    Communication with Holders of a Global Note. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event or any other communication (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices at the Depositary.

SECTION 12.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.01 and with respect to clause (B) below, in connection with the initial issuance of Notes on the Issue Date), the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(A)    An Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(B)    An Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 12.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(A)    a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(B)    a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(C)    a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(D)    a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

 

169


SECTION 12.06.    Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 12.07.     No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or equity holder of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or any Parent Company will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 12.08.    Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 12.09.    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE CO-ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREBY, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 12.10.    Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

SECTION 12.11.    No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

SECTION 12.12.    Successors. All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.

SECTION 12.13.    Severability. In case any provision or any part of any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.14.    Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken

 

170


together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic transmissions (in ‘.pdf’ or other format) shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronically (in ‘.pdf’ or other format) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 12.15.    Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.16.    USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003, Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account with the Trustee. The parties hereto agree that they will provide the Trustee with name, address, tax identification number, if applicable, and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship, and will further provide the Trustee with formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents.

[Signatures on following page]

 

171


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP,

as Company

By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

  Name:   John C. Regan
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.,

as Co-Issuer

By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

  Name:   John C. Regan
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC,

as Guarantor

By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

  Name:   John C. Regan
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

VINE OIL & GAS HAYNESVILLE LLC,

as Guarantor

By:  

/s/ John C. Regan

  Name:   John C. Regan
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

/s/ Shawn Goffinet

  Name:   Shawn Goffinet
  Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [                    ]

ISIN [                    ]

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

8.75% Senior Notes due 2023

 

No. [    ]

$[            ]

VINE OIL & GAS LP

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.

promise to pay to                    or registered assigns, the principal sum of         DOLLARS [or such greater or lesser amount set forth on the Schedule of Exchange of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto]1 on April 15, 2023.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, beginning April 15, 2018

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

 

 

1 

For Global Notes.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:
VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

                     

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:                     

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

8.75% Senior Note due 2023

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1.    INTEREST. Vine Oil & Gas LP (the “Company”) and Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp. (the “Co-Issuer” and together with the Company, the “Issuers”) promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 8.75% from October 18, 20172 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest on this Note semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning April 15, 2018 or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). The Issuers will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Note on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1 (each, a “Record Date”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2018. The Issuers will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2.    METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuers, may be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion) and such payee owns $1,000,000 or more of the Notes, provided that (a) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes represented by Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes may, at the option of the Issuers, be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion) and such payee owns $1 million or more of the Notes. Such payment shall be in such

 

2 

For Initial Notes.

 

A-5


coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a payment date is on a Legal Holiday, payment will be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

3.    PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4.    INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2017 (the “Indenture”), among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, as the Company, (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as the Co-Issuer, (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, and (d) the Trustee. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5.    OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a)    At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price (as calculated by the Company) equal to the sum of (i) 100.00% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Any notice of redemption made in connection with a related transaction or event (including an Equity Offering, contribution, Change of Control, Asset Sale or other transaction) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion or the occurrence thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion or occurrence of the related transaction or event, as the case may be.

(b)    At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price (as calculated by the Company) equal to the sum of (i) 108.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, with an amount equal to or less than the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Company, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that (a) at least 50.00% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently) and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of the applicable Equity Offering or contribution.

 

A-6


(c)    In connection with any Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer to purchase all of the Notes, if Holders of not less than 90.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer and the Issuers purchase, or any third party making such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer in lieu of the Issuers purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, given not more than 60 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such Change of Control Offer or other tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Offer or other tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date).

(d)    Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to October 15, 2020.

(e)    On and after October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions, redeem all or a part of the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the periods indicated below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

October 15, 2020 to October 14, 2021

     106.563

October 15, 2021 to April 14, 2022

     104.375

April 15, 2022 and thereafter

     100.000

(e)    Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6.    MANDATORY REDEMPTION; OFFERS TO PURCHASE AND OPEN MARKET PURCHASES. The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture.

7.    NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the Issuers shall deliver electronically, mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 10 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be delivered or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Section 3.03(i), Article VIII or Article XI of the Indenture.

 

A-7


8.    OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Sales, the Issuers shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture.

9.    DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes shall be registered and Notes may only be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar, Transfer Agent and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Notes during the period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between a Record Date with respect to such Note and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note.

10.    PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder.

11.    AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12.    DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a nonconsenting Holder). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required within thirty (30) days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default, its status and what actions the Company is taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

A-8


13.    AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14.    GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

15.    CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Tel: (469) 606-0540

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:  

 

  (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                          to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                                    
    Your Signature:  

                     

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee*:                                                        

 

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

☐  Section 4.10    ☐  Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$        

 

Date:                                                                               

     
    Your Signature:  

                                                                                         

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
    Tax Identification No.:                                                                               

Signature Guarantee*:                                                  

     

 

 

*

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $        . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
     Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
     Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
     Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian
 
           
           
           

 

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Attention: John Regan

Tel: (469) 606-0540

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

15950 N. Dallas Parkway, Suite 550

Dallas, TX 75248

Attention: Vine Oil & Gas LP Account Manager

Facsimile No.: 888-316-6238

Re: 8.75% Senior Notes due 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2017 (the “Indenture”), among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, as the Company, (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as the Co-Issuer, (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, and (d) the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”),                      to                      (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1.    ☐  CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

B-1


2.    ☐  CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person [(other than an initial purchaser)]. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3.    ☐  CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a)    ☐  such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

(b)    ☐  such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof.

4.    ☐  CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a)    ☐  CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(b)    ☐  CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c)    ☐  CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                                                                  

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

  (a)    ☐  a

beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i)    ☐  144A

Global Note ([CUSIP: 927375 AA3]), or

 

  (ii)    ☐  Regulation

S Global Note ([CUSIP: U9225C AA8]), or

 

  (b)    ☐  a

Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

(a)    ☐  a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i)    ☐  144A

Global Note ([CUSIP: 927375 AA3]), or

 

  (ii)    ☐  Regulation

S Global Note ([CUSIP: U9225C AA8]), or

 

  (iii)    ☐  Unrestricted

Global Note ([                    ] [                    ]), or

 

  (b)    ☐  a

Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

  (c)    ☐  an

Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Attention: John Regan

Tel: (469) 606-0540

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

15950 N. Dallas Parkway, Suite 550

Dallas, TX 75248

Attention: Vine Oil & Gas LP Account Manager

Facsimile No.: 888-316-6238

Re: 8.75% Senior Notes due 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 18, 2017 (the “Indenture”), among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, as the Company, (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as the Co-Issuer, (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, and (d) the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                     (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $         in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1)    EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES

a)    ☐  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


b)    ☐  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c)    ☐  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d)    ☐  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2)    EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES

a)    ☐  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the

 

C-2


proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b)    ☐  CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]:

☐  144A Global Note, or

☐  Regulation S Global Note

in each case of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

[                    ] Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [                    ], among [                    ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp. have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), dated as of October 18, 2017, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 8.75% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

(1)    Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2)    Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture and (i) hereby joins and becomes a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below as a Guarantor and (ii) acknowledges and agrees to (x) be bound by the Indenture as a Guarantor and (y) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture.

(3)    No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or equity holder of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or any Parent Company will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

D-1


(4)    Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(5)    Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic (by ‘.pdf’ or other format) transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronically (by ‘.pdf’ or other format) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

(6)    Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(7)    The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(8)    Benefits Acknowledged. Upon execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that its obligations as a result of this Supplemental Indenture are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(9)    Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:
WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3

Execution Version

Exhibit 10.10

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 3, 2018 Among

VINE OIL & GAS LP,

as Company,

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.,

as Co-Issuer And

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

9.75% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2023


CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1  

Section 1.01.

   Definitions      1  

Section 1.02.

   Other Definitions      64  

Section 1.03.

   [Reserved]      65  

Section 1.04.

   Rules of Construction      65  

Section 1.05.

   Acts of Holders      66  

Section 1.06.

   Limited Condition Transactions; Measuring Compliance      67  

ARTICLE II THE NOTES

     69  

Section 2.01.

   Form and Dating; Terms      69  

Section 2.02.

   Execution and Authentication      71  

Section 2.03.

   Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent      72  

Section 2.04.

   Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      72  

Section 2.05.

   Holder Lists      72  

Section 2.06.

   Transfer and Exchange      73  

Section 2.07.

   Replacement Notes      86  

Section 2.08.

   Outstanding Notes      86  

Section 2.09.

   Treasury Notes      86  

Section 2.10.

   Temporary Notes      87  

Section 2.11.

   Cancellation      87  

Section 2.12.

   Defaulted Interest      87  

Section 2.13.

   CUSIP/ISIN Numbers      88  

ARTICLE III REDEMPTION

     88  

Section 3.01.

   Notices to Trustee      88  

Section 3.02.

   Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed      88  

Section 3.03.

   Notice of Redemption      88  

Section 3.04.

   Effect of Notice of Redemption      90  

Section 3.05.

   Deposit of Redemption Price      90  

Section 3.06.

   Notes Redeemed in Part      91  

Section 3.07.

   Optional Redemption      91  

Section 3.08.

   Mandatory Redemption      92  

Section 3.09.

   Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds      92  

ARTICLE IV COVENANTS

     95  

Section 4.01.

   Payment of Notes      95  

Section 4.02.

   Maintenance of Office or Agency      95  

Section 4.03.

   Reports and Other Information      96  

Section 4.04.

   Compliance Certificate      100  

Section 4.05.

   Taxes      100  


Section 4.06.

   Stay, Extension and Usury Laws      100  

Section 4.07.

   Limitation on Restricted Payments      100  

Section 4.08.

   Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries      111  

Section 4.09.

   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock      114  

Section 4.10.

   Asset Sales      125  

Section 4.11.

   Transactions with Affiliates      128  

Section 4.12.

   Liens      133  

Section 4.13.

   Company Existence      134  

Section 4.14.

   Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control      134  

Section 4.15.

   Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries      137  

Section 4.16.

   Suspension of Covenants      137  

Section 4.17.

   Limitations on Activities of the Co-Issuer      139  

ARTICLE V SUCCESSORS

     140  

Section 5.01.

   Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets      140  

Section 5.02.

   Successor Person Substituted      142  

ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     143  

Section 6.01.

   Events of Default      143  

Section 6.02.

   Acceleration      145  

Section 6.03.

   Other Remedies      146  

Section 6.04.

   Waiver of Past Defaults      146  

Section 6.05.

   Control by Majority      147  

Section 6.06.

   Limitation on Suits      147  

Section 6.07.

   Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      147  

Section 6.08.

   Collection Suit by Trustee      147  

Section 6.09.

   Restoration of Rights and Remedies      148  

Section 6.10.

   Rights and Remedies Cumulative      148  

Section 6.11.

   Delay or Omission Not Waiver      148  

Section 6.12.

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      148  

Section 6.13.

   Priorities      149  

Section 6.14.

   Undertaking for Costs      149  

ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE

     149  

Section 7.01.

   Duties of Trustee      149  

Section 7.02.

   Rights of Trustee      151  

Section 7.03.

   Individual Rights of Trustee      152  

Section 7.04.

   Trustee’s Disclaimer      152  

Section 7.05.

   Notice of Defaults      152  

Section 7.06.

   [Reserved]      152  

 

ii


Section 7.07.

   Compensation and Indemnity      153  

Section 7.08.

   Replacement of Trustee      153  

Section 7.09.

   Successor Trustee by Merger, etc      154  

Section 7.10.

   Eligibility; Disqualification      154  

ARTICLE VIII LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     155  

Section 8.01.

   Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      155  

Section 8.02.

   Legal Defeasance and Discharge      155  

Section 8.03.

   Covenant Defeasance      156  

Section 8.04.

   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      156  

Section 8.05.

   Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions      158  

Section 8.06.

   Repayment to Issuers      158  

Section 8.07.

   Reinstatement      159  

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     159  

Section 9.01.

   Without Consent of Holders      159  

Section 9.02.

   With Consent of Holders      160  

Section 9.03.

   [Reserved]      162  

Section 9.04.

   Revocation and Effect of Consents      162  

Section 9.05.

   Notation on or Exchange of Notes      163  

Section 9.06.

   Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc      163  

ARTICLE X GUARANTEES

     163  

Section 10.01.

   Guarantee      163  

Section 10.02.

   Limitation on Guarantor Liability      165  

Section 10.03.

   Execution and Delivery      165  

Section 10.04.

   Subrogation      166  

Section 10.05.

   Benefits Acknowledged      166  

Section 10.06.

   Release of Guarantees      166  

ARTICLE XI SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     167  

Section 11.01.

   Satisfaction and Discharge      167  

Section 11.02.

   Application of Trust Money      168  

ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS

     169  

Section 12.01.

   Relation to Trust Indenture Act      169  

Section 12.02.

   Notices      169  

Section 12.03.

   Communication with Holders of a Global Note      171  

Section 12.04.

   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      171  

Section 12.05.

   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      171  

Section 12.06.

   Rules by Trustee and Agents      172  

 

iii


Section 12.07.

   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders      172  

Section 12.08.

   Governing Law      172  

Section 12.09.

   Waiver of Jury Trial      172  

Section 12.10.

   Force Majeure      172  

Section 12.11.

   No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      172  

Section 12.12.

   Successors      173  

Section 12.13.

   Severability      173  

Section 12.14.

   Counterpart Originals      173  

Section 12.15.

   Table of Contents, Headings, etc      173  

Section 12.16.

   USA PATRIOT Act      173  

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A    Form of Note

Exhibit B    Form of Certificate of Transfer

Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Exchange

Exhibit D    Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Future Guarantors

 

iv


INDENTURE, dated as of October 3, 2018, among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, as the Company (as defined herein), (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, as the Co-Issuer (as defined herein), (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors (as defined herein), and (d) Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee (as defined herein).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Issuers (as defined herein) have duly authorized the creation of an issue of $380,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuers’ 9.75% senior notes due 2023 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Issuers have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture (as defined herein); and

NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuers and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein).

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01. Definitions.

144A Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, including Indebtedness incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging, amalgamating or consolidating with or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person, and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02 and 4.09 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.

Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means (without duplication), as of the date of determination,

(1) the sum of:

 

1


(a) the discounted future net revenues from Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in accordance with SEC guidelines before any state or federal or foreign income taxes, as estimated in the reserve report prepared either as of the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year, or, at the Company’s option, the most recently completed fiscal quarter for which financial statements are available, which quarterly reserve report is prepared or audited by independent petroleum engineers as to Proved Reserves accounting for at least 80% of all such discounted future net revenues and by the Company’s petroleum engineers with respect to any other Proved Reserves covered by such report, as increased by, as of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from:

(i) estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired (including on the date of determination) since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, and

(ii) estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to extensions, discoveries and other additions and upward revisions of estimates of Proved Reserves (including previously estimated development costs incurred during the period and the accretion of discount since the prior period end) since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, due to exploration, development or exploitation, production or other activities which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions,

and decreased by, as of the date of determination, the discounted future net revenue attributable to:

(iii) estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such year-end or quarterly reserve report produced or disposed of (including on the date of determination) since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, and

(iv) reductions in estimated Proved Reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in such year-end or quarterly reserve report since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report attributable to downward revisions of estimates of Proved Reserves since the date of such year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable, due to changes in geological conditions or other factors which would, in accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions;

in the case of the preceding clauses (i) through (iv), calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such Person’s year-end or quarterly reserve report, as applicable) and

 

2


estimated by the Company’s petroleum engineers or any independent petroleum engineers engaged by the Company for that purpose;

(b) the capitalized costs that are attributable to oil and gas properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which no Proved Reserves are attributable, based on the Company’s books and records as of a date no earlier than the last day of the Company’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available;

(c) the Net Working Capital of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the last day of the Company’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; and

(d) the greater of:

(i) the net book value, and

(ii) the Fair Market Value of other tangible assets (including Investments in unconsolidated Subsidiaries),

in each case, of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of a date no earlier than the last day of the date of the Company’s most recent quarterly or annual period for which internal financial statements are available; provided that the Company shall not be required to obtain such an appraisal of any assets,

minus, to the extent not otherwise taken into account in this clause (1),

(2) the sum of:

(a) any amount included in clauses (1)(a)(i) through (1)(a)(iv) above that is attributable to minority interests;

(b) any net gas balancing liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the last day of the Company’s most recent annual or quarterly period for which internal financial statements are available (to the extent not deducted in calculating Net Working Capital of the Company in accordance with clause (1)(c) above of this definition);

(c) to the extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines (utilizing the prices and costs utilized in the applicable reserve report described in clause (1)(a)), attributable to reserves that are required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto, and

 

3


(d) to the extent included in clause (1)(a) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated on a pre-tax basis in accordance with SEC guidelines, attributable to reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments that, based on the estimates of production, price and cost assumptions included in determining the discounted future net revenues specified in (1)(a) above, would be necessary to fully satisfy the payment obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments on the schedules specified with respect thereto.

If the Company changes its method of accounting from the successful efforts method to the full cost method or a similar method of accounting, “Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” will continue to be calculated as if the Company were still using the successful efforts method of accounting.

Advisory Services Agreement” means the advisory services agreements or similar agreements among one or more of the Investors or certain of their respective management companies associated with it or their advisors, if applicable, and the Company or its Subsidiaries (and/or any Parent Company).

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Indebtedness” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Weighted Average Life to Maturity.”

Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any Redemption Date, the excess, if any, of:

(a) the present value at such Redemption Date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at October 15, 2020 (as set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.07(e)), plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through October 15, 2020 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 50 basis points; over

(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date,

as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company will designate; provided that such calculation will not be the duty or obligation of the Trustee. Prior

 

4


to the Redemption Date, the Issuers will file with the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the Applicable Premium and showing the calculation of such in reasonable detail.

Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any selection of Notes or any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such selection, transfer or exchange.

Asset Sale” means:

(1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, of property or assets (including by way of Production Payments and Reserve Sales) outside the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”); provided that the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole will be governed by Section 4.14 and/or Section 5.01(a) hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.10; and

(2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries issued in compliance with Section 4.09 and directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by foreign nationals or other third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

in each case, other than:

(a) any disposition of (i) Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities, (ii) obsolete, damaged or worn out property or assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or any disposition of inventory or goods (or other assets) held for sale or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business, (iii) assets no longer economically practicable or commercially reasonable to maintain (as determined in good faith by the management of the Company), (iv) dispositions to landlords of improvements made to leased real property pursuant to customary terms of leases entered into in the ordinary course of business and (v) assets for purposes of charitable contributions or similar gifts to the extent such assets are not material to the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to conduct its business in the ordinary course;

(b) any disposition in connection with the making of any Restricted Payment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.07 or any Permitted Investment or any acquisition otherwise permitted by this Indenture;

(c) any disposition of property or assets or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary with an aggregate fair market value for any individual transaction or series of related transactions of less than $25.0 million;

 

5


(d) any disposition of property or assets or issuance of securities by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary;

(e) to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in the Oil and Gas Business;

(f) (i) the lease, assignment or sub-lease, license or sublicense of any real or personal property (other than Oil and Gas Properties) in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and (ii) the exercise of termination rights with respect to any lease, sub-lease, license or sublicense or other agreement;

(g) any issuance, disposition or sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness, assets or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries);

(h) foreclosures, condemnation, expropriation, eminent domain or any similar action (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any casualty event) with respect to assets or the granting of Liens not prohibited by this Indenture;

(i) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date;

(j) the sale, lease, assignment, license, sublease or discount of inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, notes receivable or other current assets in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or the conversion of accounts receivable to notes receivable or other dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection thereof;

(k) the licensing or sub-licensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(l) any surrender, expiration or waiver of contract rights or oil and natural gas leases or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other rights or litigation claims of any kind in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(m) the unwinding or termination of any Hedging Obligations;

(n) the lapse, abandonment or other disposition of intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, which in the reasonable good faith determination of the Company are not material

to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

6


(o) the granting of a Lien that is permitted under Section 4.12;

(p) the issuance of directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable law;

(q) the disposition of any assets (including Equity Interests)

(i) acquired in a transaction permitted under this Indenture (other than Oil and Gas Properties), which assets are not used or useful in the principal business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) made in connection with the approval of any applicable antitrust authority or otherwise necessary or advisable in the good faith determination of the Company to consummate any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

(r) dispositions of property to the extent that such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property;

(s) dispositions of property in connection with any Sale/Leaseback Transaction;

(t) the settlement or early termination of any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and the settlement or early termination of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction;

(u) a disposition of Hydrocarbons or mineral products inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any Production Payments and Reserve Sales; provided that any such Production Payments and Reserve Sales, other than incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall have been created, incurred, issued, assumed or Guaranteed in connection with the financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, the property that is subject thereto;

(w) the abandonment, farm-out pursuant to a Farm-Out Agreement, lease or sublease of developed or underdeveloped Oil and Gas Properties owned or held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or which are usual and customary in the Oil and Gas Business generally or in the geographic region in which such activities occur;

(x) a disposition (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) of any Oil and Gas Property or interest therein to which no Proved Reserves are attributable at the time of such disposition;

 

7


(y) Permitted Intercompany Activities and related transactions; and

(z) any sale of property or assets, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions and the proceeds of such sale are used to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(8)(B).

In the event that a transaction (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of a permitted Asset Sale and would also be a permitted Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment, the Company, in its sole discretion, will be entitled to divide and classify such transaction (or a portion thereof) as an Asset Sale and/or one or more of the types of permitted Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments.

Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease Obligation of any Person, the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of Directors. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Managers of the general partner of the Company.

Borrowing Base” means the sum of (a) the maximum amount determined or re- determined by the lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility as the aggregate lending value to be ascribed to the Oil and Gas Properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries against which such lenders are prepared to provide loans, letters of credit or other Indebtedness to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries under the Revolving Credit Facility, using their customary practices and standards for determining reserve-based borrowing base loans and which are generally applied by commercial lenders to borrowers in the Oil and Gas Business, as determined semiannually during each year and/or on such other occasions, as applicable, as may be provided for by the Revolving Credit Facility, and which is based upon, inter alia, the review by such lenders of the hydrocarbon reserves, royalty interests and assets and liabilities of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of amounts in the foregoing clause (a), the principal amount of any borrowings outstanding under the Superpriority Facility.

Business Day” means any day that is not a Legal Holiday.

Capital Markets Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (a) a public offering registered under the Securities Act, (b) a private placement to institutional investors that is resold in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the SEC or (c) a private placement

 

8


to institutional investors. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Capital Markets Indebtedness” does not include any Indebtedness under commercial bank facilities, Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction, Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company, Capitalized Lease Obligations or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering.”

Capital Stock” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares in the capital of such corporation;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person;

but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock, whether or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purpose of this Indenture (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.03.

Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

9


Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Cash Equivalents” means:

(1) United States dollars;

(2) (a) Euros, Yen, Canadian Dollars, Pounds Sterling or any national currency of any participating member state of the EMU or the United Kingdom; or (b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any jurisdiction in which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries conducts business, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(3) readily marketable direct obligations issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof the securities of which are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of such government with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(4) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of three years or less from the date of acquisition, demand deposits, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding three years and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any domestic or foreign commercial bank having capital and surplus of not less than $500.0 million in the case of U.S. banks and $100.0 million (or the United States dollar equivalent as of the date of determination) in the case of non-U.S. banks;

(5) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (3) and (4) above or clauses (7), (8) and (9) below entered into with any financial institution or recognized securities dealer meeting the qualifications specified in clause

(4) above;

(6) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes rated at least P-2 by Moody’s or at least A-2 by S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company) and, in each case, maturing within 36 months after the date of acquisition;

(7) marketable short-term money market and similar liquid funds having a rating of at least P-2 or A-2 from either Moody’s or S&P, respectively (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);

(8) securities issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or any public instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than 36 months from the date of acquisition;

 

10


(9) readily marketable direct obligations issued or directly and fully and unconditionally guaranteed by any foreign government or any political subdivision or public instrumentality thereof, in each case, having an Investment Grade Rating from either Moody’s or S&P (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(10) Indebtedness or Preferred Stock issued by Persons with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A2” or higher from Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company) with maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition;

(11) Investments with average maturities of 36 months or less from the date of acquisition in money market funds rated AAA- (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or Aaa3 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s (or, if at any time neither Moody’s nor S&P is rating such obligations, an equivalent rating from another nationally recognized statistical rating agency selected by the Company);

(12) investment funds investing substantially all of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (11) above; and

(13) solely with respect to any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, any investment that the Captive Insurance Subsidiary is not prohibited to make in accordance with applicable law.

In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States, Cash Equivalents will also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (13) above of foreign obligors, which Investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (13) and in this paragraph.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents will include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above; provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay non-dollar denominated obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, are converted into any currency listed in clause (1) or (2) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts.

Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement entered into from time to time by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with cash management services for collections, other Cash Management Services and for operating, payroll and trust accounts of such Person, including automatic clearing house services, controlled disbursement services, electronic funds transfer services, information reporting services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.

 

11


Cash Management Obligations” means Obligations in connection with, or in respect of, Cash Management Services.

Cash Management Services” means (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), (c) foreign exchange, netting and currency management services and (d) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including under any Cash Management Agreements.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Issue Date:

(1) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition in one or a series of related transactions (other than by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or business combination) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company one or more Permitted Holders; or

(2) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) (a) any Person (other than a Permitted Holder) or (b) Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) constituting a “group” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), becoming the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)- 3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of Equity Interests of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Company (it being understood and agreed that for purposes of measuring beneficial ownership held by any Person that is not a Permitted Holder, Equity Interests held by any Permitted Holder will be excluded), unless the Permitted Holders have, at such time, directly or indirectly, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company, in each case, other than in connection with any transaction or series of transactions in which the Company shall become the Wholly Owned Subsidiary of a Permitted Parent.

Notwithstanding the preceding or any provision of Section 13(d)-3 of the Exchange Act, (i) a Person or group shall not be deemed to beneficially own Voting Stock subject to a stock or asset purchase agreement, merger agreement, option agreement, warrant agreement or similar agreement (or voting or option or similar agreement related thereto) until the consummation of the acquisition of the Voting Stock in connection with the transactions contemplated by such agreement, (ii) if any group includes one or more Permitted Holders, the issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Company owned, directly or indirectly, by any Permitted Holders that are part of such group shall not be treated as being beneficially owned by such group or any other member of such group for purposes of determining whether a Change of Control has occurred

 

12


and (iii) a Person or group will not be deemed to beneficially own the Voting Stock of another Person as a result of its ownership of Voting Stock or other securities of such other Person’s parent entity (or related contractual rights) unless it owns 50% or more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock entitled to vote for the election of directors of such parent entity having a majority of the aggregate votes on the board of directors (or similar body) of such parent entity.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, a Change of Control shall not occur as a result of the IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and any transactions relating thereto, including, without limitation, (i) the contribution of the Equity Interests of the Company to IPOCo or (ii) any transaction in which the Company remains a subsidiary of IPOCo but one or more intermediate holding companies between the Company and IPOCo are added, liquidated, merged or consolidated out of existence. No Change of Control will be deemed to have occurred unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.

Change of Control Triggering Event” means both a Change of Control and a Rating Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, no Change of Control Triggering Event will be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular Change of Control unless and until such Change of Control has actually been consummated.

Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme and its successors. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Co-Issuer” means Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation and a Wholly- Owned Subsidiary of the Company, and its successor.

Company” means Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and its successor.

consolidated” means, with respect to any Person, such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries and excludes from such consolidation any Unrestricted Subsidiary as if such Unrestricted Subsidiary were not an Affiliate of such Person.

Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and accretion expense, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and the amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDAX” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period:

(1) increased (without duplication) by the following, in each case (other than in the case of clauses (g) and (j)) to the extent deducted (and not added back) in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

 

13


(a) total interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such total interest expense, any losses on Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, net of interest income and gains on such Hedging Obligations or such derivative instruments, and bank and letter of credit fees, letter of guarantee and bankers’ acceptance fees and costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, together with items excluded from the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense” pursuant to the definition thereof; plus

(b) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, federal, state, franchise, excise, property and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes (including any future taxes or other levies which replace or are intended to be in lieu of such taxes and any penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and the net tax expense associated with any adjustments made pursuant to the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,” and any payments to a Parent Company or equity holders of such Person in respect of such taxes permitted to be made under this Indenture; plus

(c) Consolidated Depreciation, Depletion and Amortization Expense for such period; plus

(d) any other non-cash charges, including any write-offs or write- downs reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period (provided that if any such non-cash charges represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, (A) the Company may determine not to add back such non-cash charge in the current period and (B) to the extent the Company does decide to add back such non-cash charge, the cash payment in respect thereof, with the exception of any cash payments related to the settlement of deferred compensation balances awarded prior to the Issue Date, in such future period shall be subtracted from Consolidated EBITDAX to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period); plus

(e) minority interest expense, the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of income attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary, excluding cash distributions in respect thereof, and the amount of any reductions in arriving at Consolidated Net Income resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 810, Consolidation; plus

(f) the amount of Board of Director fees and any management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, advisory and other fees (including termination fees) and indemnities and expenses paid or accrued in such period under any Advisory Services Agreement or otherwise to the extent permitted under Section 4.11; plus

(g) cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated EBITDAX or Consolidated Net Income in any prior period to the extent non-cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDAX pursuant to clause (2) below for any previous period and not added back; plus

 

14


(h) any costs or expenses incurred pursuant to any management equity plan, stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan, agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of such Person or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of such Person (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

(i) any net loss from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (excluding held-for-sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of); plus

(j) the amount of “run rate” cost savings, synergies and operating expense reductions related to restructurings, cost savings initiatives or other initiatives that are projected by the Company in good faith to result from actions either taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) within 18 months after the end of such period (which cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, synergies or operating expense reductions had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized from such actions during such period (it is understood and agreed that “run rate” means the full recurring benefit that is associated with any action taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken, whether prior to or following the Issue Date) (which adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) any pro forma cost savings, synergies or operating expense reduction adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio); provided that such cost savings, synergies and operating expenses are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable; plus

(k) the amount of net cost savings and net cash flow effect of revenue enhancements related to New Contracts projected by the Company in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period (which cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be subject to certification by management of the Company and shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings or revenue enhancements had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (A) such cost savings or revenue enhancements are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (B) such actions have been taken or are to be taken within 12 months after the date of determination to take such action and (C) no cost savings or revenue enhancements shall be added pursuant to this clause (k) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating to such cost savings or revenue enhancements that are included in clause (j) above with respect to such period; plus

 

15


(l) exploration expenses or costs (to the extent the Company adopts the successful efforts method of accounting); and

(2) decreased (without duplication) by the following, in each case to the extent included in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period:

(a) non-cash gains for such period (excluding any non-cash gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income or Consolidated EBITDAX in any prior period (other than any such accrual or reserve that has been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDAX in accordance with this definition);

(b) the amount of any non-controlling interest consisting of loss attributable to non-controlling interests of third parties in any non-Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary added to (and not deducted from) Consolidated Net Income in such period; and

(c) any income from disposed, abandoned or discontinued operations (excluding held-for-sale discontinued operations until actually disposed of).

Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

(1) cash interest expense (including that attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations), net of cash interest income, with respect to Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, other than Non-Recourse Indebtedness, including commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net cash costs under hedging agreements (other than in connection with the early termination thereof); plus

(2) non-cash interest expense resulting solely from (a) the amortization of original issue discount from the issuance of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries at less than par (excluding the Notes and any Non-Recourse Indebtedness), and (b) pay-in-kind interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries payable pursuant to the terms of the agreements governing Indebtedness for borrowed money,

excluding, in each case, (i) amortization of deferred financing costs, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and any other amounts of non-cash interest other than referred to in clauses (2)(a) and (2)(b) above (including as a result of the effects of acquisition method accounting or pushdown accounting), (ii) interest expense attributable to the movement of the mark-to-market valuation of obligations under Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments, including pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815— Derivatives and Hedging, (iii) costs associated with incurring or terminating Hedging Obligations and cash costs associated with breakage in respect of hedging agreements for interest rates, (iv) commissions, discounts, yield, make-whole premium and other fees and charges

 

16


(including any interest expense) incurred in connection with any Non-Recourse Indebtedness, (v) “additional interest” or “liquidated damages” owing pursuant to a registration rights agreement with respect to any securities, (vi) any payments with respect to make-whole premiums or other breakage costs of any Indebtedness, (vii) penalties and interest relating to taxes, (viii) accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities not constituting Indebtedness, (ix) interest expense attributable to a Parent Company resulting from push-down accounting, (x) any expense resulting from the discounting of Indebtedness in connection with the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting, (xi) any interest expense attributable to the exercise of appraisal rights and the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential), with respect thereto in connection with any acquisition or Investment, (xii) annual trustee fees or agency fees paid to the administrative agents and collateral agents (including any security or collateral trust arrangements related thereto) under any Credit Facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities and the Notes and (xiii) any expensing of bridge commitment and other financing fees related to any acquisitions.

For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation will be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, excluding (and excluding the effect of), without duplication,

(1) extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual gains, losses, fees, costs, charges or expenses (including relating to any strategic initiatives and accruals and reserves in connection with such gains, losses, charges or expenses); restructuring costs, charges, accruals or reserves (including restructuring and integration costs related to acquisitions and adjustments to existing reserves, and in each case, whether or not classified as such under GAAP); costs and expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of facilities and fixed assets for alternative uses; Public Company Costs; costs and expenses related to the integration, consolidation, opening, pre-opening and closing of facilities and fixed assets; severance and relocation costs and expenses, one-time compensation costs and expenses, consulting fees, signing, retention or completion bonuses, and executive recruiting costs; costs and expenses incurred in connection with strategic initiatives; transition costs and duplicative running costs; costs and expenses incurred in connection with non-ordinary course product and intellectual property development; costs incurred in connection with acquisitions (or purchases of assets) prior to or after the Issue Date (including integration costs); business optimization expenses (including costs and expenses relating to business optimization programs, new systems design, retention charges, system establishment costs and implementation costs and project start-up costs), accruals and reserves; operating expenses attributable to the implementation of cost-savings initiatives; curtailments and modifications to pension and post-employment employee benefit plans (including any settlement of pension liabilities and charges resulting from changes in estimates, valuations and judgments);

 

17


(2) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies during such period whether effected through a cumulative effect adjustment or a retroactive application, in each case in accordance with GAAP;

(3) any gain (loss) on asset sales, disposals or abandonments (other than asset sales, disposals or abandonments in the ordinary course of business); provided that the exclusion for the discontinuance of discontinued operations held for sale shall be at the option of the Company pending such sale;

(4) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is an Unrestricted Subsidiary and, solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting; provided that the Consolidated Net Income of a Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments that are actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(5) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3)(A), the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule, or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived (or the Company reasonably believes such restriction could be waived and is using commercially reasonable efforts to pursue such waiver); provided that Consolidated Net Income of a Person will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or to the extent converted into cash or Cash Equivalents), or the amount that could have been paid in cash or Cash Equivalents without violating any such restriction or requiring any such approval, to such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period, to the extent not already included therein;

(6) effects of adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries) related to the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting (including in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items);

(7) income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (a) Indebtedness, (b) Hedging Obligations or (c) other derivative instruments,

 

18


(8) (a) any impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP; and (b) any impairment charges, asset write-off or write-down, including ceiling test write-downs on Oil and Gas Properties under GAAP or SEC guidelines;

(9) (a) any equity or phantom equity based or non-cash compensation charge or expense, including any such charge or expense arising from grants of stock appreciation rights, equity incentive programs or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to, and any cash charges associated with equity incentives or other long term incentive compensation plans (including under the Company’s Tier 1 Equity Sharing Award Agreements and/or deferral compensation arrangements) the rollover, acceleration, or payout of, Equity Interests by management, other employees or business partners of such Person or of a Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, (b) noncash compensation expense resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation or Accounting Standards Codification Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees and (c) any income (loss) attributable to deferred compensation plans or trusts;

(10) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, recapitalization, Investment, Asset Sale, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the offering and issuance of the Notes and the syndication and incurrence of any securities or Credit Facilities), issuance of Equity Interests (including by any direct or indirect parent of the Company), recapitalization, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Notes and other securities and any Credit Facilities) and including, in each case, any such transaction whether consummated on, after or prior to the Issue Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or nonrecurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful or consummated (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 805, Business Combinations);

(11) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted in connection with an Investment or an acquisition that are required to be established or adjusted as a result of such Investment or such acquisition, in each case in accordance with GAAP;

(12) any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance that are, directly or indirectly, reimbursed or reimbursable by a third party, and any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture;

(13) any non-cash gain (loss) attributable to the mark to market movement in the valuation of Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815—Derivatives and Hedging or mark to market movement of other financial instruments pursuant to FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825—Financial Instruments;

 

19


(14) any non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations;

(15) without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of distributions actually made to any parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of income taxes for such period in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(12)(B) or Section 4.07(b)(12)(C) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(16) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances shall be excluded (except to the extent reversing a previously recognized increase to net income);

(17) the following items shall be excluded:

(i) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with the entry into or termination of any Hedge Agreements;

(ii) any net unrealized gain or loss (after any offset) resulting in such period from currency transaction or translation gains or losses including those related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from (a) Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risk and (b) resulting from intercompany indebtedness) and any other foreign currency transaction or translation gains and losses, to the extent such gain or losses are non-cash items;

(iii) effects of adjustments to accruals and reserves during a prior period relating to any change in methodology calculating reserves, rebates or other chargebacks; and

(iv) any adjustments resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 460, Guarantees, or any comparable regulation;

(18) any non-cash rent expense; and

(19) earn-out and contingent consideration obligations (including to the extent accounted for as bonuses or otherwise) and adjustments thereof and purchase price adjustments.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received or receivable from business interruption insurance, the amount of any expenses or charges incurred by such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period that are, directly or indirectly, reimbursed or reimbursable by a third party, and amounts that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Indenture.

 

20


Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 4.07 only (other than Section 4.07(a)(3)(D)), there will be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any income arising from any sale or other disposition of Restricted Investments made by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repurchases and redemptions of Restricted Investments from such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, any repayments of loans and advances which constitute Restricted Investments by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary, any sale of the stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case only to the extent such amounts increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.07(a)(3)(D).

Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, Obligations in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations and debt obligations evidenced by bond, notes, debentures, promissory notes and similar instruments, as determined in accordance with GAAP (excluding for the avoidance of doubt all undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities) and (2) the aggregate amount of all outstanding Disqualified Stock of the Company and all Preferred Stock of its Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors on a consolidated basis, with the amount of such Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock equal to the greater of their respective voluntary or involuntary liquidation preferences and maximum fixed repurchase prices, in each case determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of repurchase or purchase accounting in connection with the issuance of the notes or any acquisition); provided, that Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (A) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts under standby letters of credit, provided that any unreimbursed amounts under commercial letters of credit shall not be counted as Consolidated Total Indebtedness until five Business Days after such amount is drawn and (B) Hedging Obligations existing on the Issue Date or otherwise permitted by Section 4.09(b)(10). For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock were purchased on any date on which Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Company. The U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the U.S. Dollar Equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) Consolidated Total Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such

 

21


date of determination minus Cash Equivalents that would be stated on the balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and as determined in good faith by the Company to (2) LTM EBITDAX.

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other monetary obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor;

(2) to advance or supply funds

(a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation, or

(b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor; or

(3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof.

Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Investor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Company and/or other companies.

Convertible Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company (which may be guaranteed by the Guarantors) permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture that is either (a) convertible into common equity of the Company (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) and/or cash (in an amount determined by reference to the price of such common equity) or (b) sold as units with call options, warrants or rights to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transactions) that are exercisable for common equity of the Company and/or cash (in any amount determined by reference to the price of such common equity).

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Issuers.

Credit Facilities” means, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities, including the Senior Credit Facilities or other financing arrangements (including commercial paper facilities or indentures) providing for revolving credit loans, term

 

22


loans, note issuances, letters of credit or other long-term indebtedness, including any notes, mortgages, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and other agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements or refundings thereof, in whole or in part, and any indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities that replace, refund, supplement, extend, renew, restate, amend, modify or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such exchange, replacement, refunding, supplemental, extended, renewed, restated, amended, modified or refinancing facility, arrangement or indenture that increases the amount permitted to be borrowed or issued thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings or issuances is permitted under Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes, each in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided that any Default that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

Definitive Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06(c) hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, any Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.

Designated Revolving Commitments” means any commitments to make loans or extend credit on a revolving basis to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary by any Person other than the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been designated in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee as “Designated Revolving Commitments” until such time as the Company subsequently delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that such commitments will no longer constitute “Designated Revolving Commitments”; provided that such Designated Revolving Commitments will be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness on such date and during such time will be deemed outstanding for purposes of calculating the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and the availability of any baskets hereunder.

 

23


Disinterested Director” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors of the Company having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest solely by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Issuer or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock.

Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than (i) for any Qualified Equity Interests or (ii) solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty, condemnation or eminent domain) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than for any Qualified Equity Interests or solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty, condemnation or eminent domain), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof), such Capital Stock will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability; provided, further that any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Company, or any other entity in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any equity subscription or equity holders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Company or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability. For the purposes hereof, the aggregate principal amount of Disqualified Stock will be deemed to be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and maximum fixed repurchase price, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

24


Dollar-Denominated Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.

Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

EMU” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of such Person, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock of such Person.

Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common equity or Preferred Stock of the Company or any Parent Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any Parent Company’s common equity registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution.

Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system, and its successors.

Euros” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, the fair market value of marketable securities or the fair market value of Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital;

(2) dividends, distributions, fees and other payments from any joint ventures that are not Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

25


(3) the sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate or that are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 4.07(a)(3); provided that the Company, in its sole discretion, may subsequently undesignate any previously designated Excluded Contribution (to the extent such proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(b)(8)) pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate.

Existing Notes” means the Issuers’ 8.75% Senior Notes due 2023.

fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Company in good faith.

Farm-In Agreement” means an agreement whereby a Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of one or more exploratory or development wells (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interests therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well or wells as all or a part of the consideration provided in exchange for an ownership interest in an Oil and Gas Property.

Farm-Out Agreement” means a Farm-In Agreement, viewed from the standpoint of the party that transfers an ownership interest to another.

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, accounting officer, treasurer, controller or other senior financial or accounting officer of the Company or any Guarantor, as appropriate.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (1) Consolidated EBITDAX of the Company for such Test Period to (2) the Fixed Charges of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such Test Period.

In the event that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility or line of credit unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and not replaced) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or establishes or eliminates any Designated Revolving Commitments, in each case, subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness or such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended Test Period

 

26


(and for all purposes, as if Indebtedness in the full amount of any undrawn Designated Revolving Commitments had been incurred thereunder throughout such period); provided, however, that at the election of the Company, the pro forma calculation will not give effect to any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.09(b) (other than Section 4.09(b)(14)).

For purposes of making the computation referred to above, any Specified Transaction that has been consummated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during any Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date will be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in Consolidated EBITDAX resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the Test Period. If since the beginning of such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such Test Period will have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such Test Period as if such Specified Transaction had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended Test Period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations will be made in good faith by a Financial Officer of the Company and may include, for the avoidance of doubt, the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies projected by the Company in good faith to result from or relating to any Specified Transaction (including acquisitions occurring prior to the Issue Date) which is being given pro forma effect that have been realized or are expected to be realized and for which the actions necessary to realize such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies are taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (in the good faith determination of the Company) no later than eighteen (18) months after the date of any such Specified Transaction (in each case as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of the applicable period and as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized for the entirety of such period). For the purposes of this Indenture, “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken or with respect to which substantial steps have been taken or are expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public target’s compliance costs with public company requirements), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions.

If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, will be deemed to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Company may

 

27


designate. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Calculation Date” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Fixed Charge Coverage Test” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:

(1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period;

(2) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person during such period; and

(3) all cash dividends or other cash distributions paid (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Disqualified Stock during such period.

Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with the definition of Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness, respectively and (ii) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Company, Co-Issuer or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein.

Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

 

28


Global Notes” means, individually and collectively, each of the Restricted Global Notes and the Unrestricted Global Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.06(b) or 2.06(d) hereof.

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, local, or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Government Securities” means securities that are:

(1) direct obligations of the United States for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged; or

(2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States.

(3) that, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuers thereof, and will also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depository receipt.

guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations. The amount of any guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the Indebtedness in respect of which such guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such person in good faith.

Guarantee” means the guarantee by any Guarantor of the Issuers’ Obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.

Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Co- Issuer), if any, that Guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (excluding any Parent Company that guarantees the Notes).

 

29


Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, commodity swap agreement, commodity cap agreement, commodity collar agreement, commodity option, forward commodity contract, basis differential swap, fixed-price physical delivery contract or other similar agreement or arrangement in respect of Hydrocarbons, foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency collar agreement or similar agreement providing for the transfer, modification or mitigation of interest rate, currency, commodity risks or equity risks either generally or under specific contingencies. For the avoidance of doubt, any Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction will not constitute Hedging Obligations.

Highest Member Tax Amount” for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Issue Date is, with respect to the member or partner that receives the greatest allocation of net U.S. federal taxable income for the relevant period pursuant to the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement of the Company, as applicable, relative to such member’s or partner’s pro rata interest in the Company for the relevant period, an amount equal to (a) the U.S. federal taxable income allocated by the Company to such member or partner during the relevant period less the sum of any U.S. federal taxable loss allocated by the Company to such member or partner during the relevant period and any loss carryforwards available from losses allocated to such member or partner by the Company in prior periods to the extent not taken into account in prior periods (in both cases, subject to any applicable limitations on the use of such losses), not taking into account for this purpose for any relevant period following the date of a Qualified IPO any adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, multiplied by (b) an assumed tax rate equal to the highest maximum combined marginal federal, state and local income tax rates applicable to an individual or, if higher, a corporation, resident in New York, New York (determined taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, taxable income allocated by the Company for any period shall include any increases thereto as a result of any tax examination, audit or adjustment, whether for taxable periods ending prior to or after the Issue Date.

Holder” at any time, means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books at such time.

Hydrocarbons” means oil, natural gas, casinghead gas, drip gasoline, natural gasoline, condensate, distillate, liquid hydrocarbons, gaseous hydrocarbons and all constituents, elements or compounds thereof and products refined or processed therefrom.

Immediate Family Members” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including, in each case, adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:

 

30


(1) any indebtedness (including principal and premium) of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(a) in respect of borrowed money;

(b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(c) representing the deferred and unpaid balance of the purchase price of any property (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) due more than twelve months after such property is acquired, except (i) any such balance that constitutes an obligation in respect of a commercial letter of credit, a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation is reflected as a liability on the balance sheet (excluding any footnotes thereto) of such Person in accordance with GAAP and is not paid within 60 days after becoming due and payable, (iii) obligations arising under any firm transportation or take-or-pay contract and (iv) accruals for payroll and other liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business; or

(d) representing the net obligations under any Hedging Obligations; if and to the extent that any of the foregoing Indebtedness (other than obligations in respect of letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Indebtedness of any Parent Company appearing upon the balance sheet of the Company solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP will be excluded;

(2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation by such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of this definition of a third Person (whether or not such items would appear upon the balance sheet of such obligor or guarantor), other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice; and

(3) to the extent not otherwise included, the obligations of the type referred to in clause (1) of this definition of a third Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such first Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such first Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination and (ii) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness will be deemed not to include (a) Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (b) reimbursement obligations under commercial letters of credit (provided that

 

31


unreimbursed amounts under commercial letters of credit will be counted as Indebtedness three (3) Business Days after such amount is drawn), (c) accrued expenses, (d) deferred or prepaid revenues, (e) asset retirement obligations and obligations in respect of reclamation and workers compensation (including pensions and retiree medical care), (f) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller, (g) Production Payments and Reserve Sales, (h) any obligation of a Person in respect of a Farm-In Agreement or similar arrangement whereby such Person agrees to pay all or a share of the drilling, completion or other expenses of an exploratory or development well (which agreement may be subject to a maximum payment obligation, after which expenses are shared in accordance with the working or participation interest therein or in accordance with the agreement of the parties) or perform the drilling, completion or other operation on such well in exchange for an ownership interest in an oil or natural gas property, (i) Hedging Obligations; provided that such agreements are entered into for bona fide hedging purposes of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company, whether or not accounted for as a hedge in accordance with GAAP) and, in the case of any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement, such agreements are related to business transactions of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and, in the case of any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate futures agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, such agreements substantially correspond in terms of notional amount, duration and interest rates, as applicable, to Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred without violation of this Indenture, (j) obligations in respect of surety and bonding requirements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (k) in-kind obligations relating to net oil, natural gas liquids or natural gas balancing positions arising in the ordinary course of business, (l) trade and other ordinary course payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (m) operating leases or sale and leaseback transactions (except any resulting obligations under any Capitalized Lease Obligation), (n) commitments or obligations of such Person to make capital contributions in another Person or fund construction costs of equipment, gathering, transportation, processing, handling, pipelines and other related systems and facilities which constitute investments in the Oil and Gas Business and (o) in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) all intercompany Indebtedness having a term not exceeding 364 days (inclusive of any roll-over or extensions of terms) and made in the ordinary course of business and (y) intercompany liabilities in connection with cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further that Indebtedness will be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness.

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

32


Independent Assets or Operations” means, with respect to any Parent Company, that Parent Company’s total assets, revenues, income from continuing operations before income taxes and cash flows from operating activities (excluding in each case amounts related to its investment in the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries), determined in accordance with GAAP and as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Parent Company, is, in each case, more than 3.00% of such Parent Company’s corresponding consolidated amount.

Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.

Indirect Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes” means the initial $380,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Interest Payment Date” means April 15 and October 15 of each year to stated maturity, beginning April 15, 2019.

Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency selected by the Company.

Investment Grade Securities” means:

(1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other than Cash Equivalents);

(2) debt securities or debt instruments with an Investment Grade Rating, but excluding any debt securities or debt instruments constituting loans or advances among the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(3) investments in any fund that invests substantially all of its assets in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) of this definition which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment or distribution; and

(4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily utilized for high quality investments.

Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors, in each case made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice) or purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person. For purposes of the definitions of “Permitted Investments” and “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.07:

 

33


(1) “Investments” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of a Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to:

(a) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; minus

(b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s Equity Interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and

(2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer.

The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time will be the original cost of such Investment, reduced by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount received in cash by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in respect of such Investment.

Investor” means (a) Blackstone Capital Partners VI L.P. and (b) Blackstone Energy Partners L.P. and any of their respective Affiliates and funds or partnerships managed or advised by any of them or any of them or any of their respective Affiliates but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

IPOCo” means a Person formed to acquire, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests of the Company in order to undertake an initial public offering of such Person’s Capital Stock.

IPOCo Transactions” means the transactions in connection with the formation and capitalization of IPOCo prior to and in connection with the Qualified IPO, including, without limitation, (1) the legal formation of IPOCo and one or more Subsidiaries of the Permitted Holders to own interests therein, (2) the contribution, directly or indirectly, of the Equity Interest of the Company and other Subsidiaries of the Company to IPOCo, or the other acquisition by IPOCo thereof, (3) the conversion of the outstanding Equity Interest in the Company into a new class of Equity Interests in the Company, (4) the distribution by the Company to the Permitted Holders of any proceeds from the offering of the notes and cash generated from operations, (5) the issuance of Capital Stock of IPOCo or the Company to the public and the use of proceeds therefrom to pay transaction expenses, distribute funds as a reimbursement for capital expenditures, and other purposes approved by a Permitted Holder, (6) the execution, delivery and performance of customary documentation (and amendments to existing documentation) governing the relations between and among the Company, IPOCo, the Permitted Holders and their respective Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the execution, delivery and

 

34


performance of a tax receivables agreement among IPOCo, the Company and the Permitted Holders on customary terms for similar transactions and (7) any other transactions and documentation related to the foregoing or necessary or appropriate in the view of the Permitted Holders or the Board of Directors of the Company or any Parent Company in connection with the Qualified IPO.

Issue Date” means October 3, 2018.

Issuers” means the Company and the Co-Issuer, collectively.

Issuers’ Order” means a written request or order signed on behalf of the Issuers by an Officer of each Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the applicable Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

Legal Holiday” means Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or at the place of payment.

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.

LTM EBITDAX” means Consolidated EBITDAX of the Company measured for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which internal consolidated financial statements of the Company are available, with such pro forma adjustments giving effect to such Indebtedness, acquisition, Investment or other transaction, as applicable, since the start of such four quarter period and as are consistent with the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.”

Management Stockholders” means (a) the directors, managers, executive officers and other members of management (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members and any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company (or a Parent Company) who are holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company on the Issue Date together with (b) (i) any new directors or managers whose election by such boards of directors or managers or whose nomination for election by the equity holders of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors or managers of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable, then still in office who were either directors or managers on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (ii) executive officers and other management personnel of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors or managers on the Issue Date together with the directors or managers so approved constituted a majority of the directors or managers of the Company or any Parent Company, as applicable.

 

35


Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.

Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash and Cash Equivalents received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale, including any cash and Cash Equivalents received upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale, net of the costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, including legal, accounting and investment banking fees, payments made in order to obtain a necessary consent or required by applicable law, brokerage and sales commissions, title insurance premiums, related search and recording charges, survey costs and mortgage recording tax paid in connection therewith, all dividends, distributions or other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of any such Asset Sale by a Restricted Subsidiary, the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim will have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or paid or payable by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in either case in respect of such Asset Sale, any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof, costs and expenses or other amounts payable in connection with unwinding any Hedging Obligation in connection therewith, other fees and expenses, including title and recordation expenses, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof or any transactions occurring or deemed to occur to effectuate a payment under this Indenture (including the amount of distributions in respect of taxes actually made to any Parent Company and after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements related solely to such disposition), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) or amounts required to be applied to the repayments of Indebtedness secured by a Lien on such assets and required (other than required by Section 4.10(b)(1)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction.

Net Working Capital” of any Person as of any date of determination means the amount (shown on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of such Person for which internal financial statements are available) by which (a) all current assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries other than current assets from Oil and Gas Hedging Contracts, exceeds (b) all current liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than (i) current liabilities included in Indebtedness, (ii) current liabilities associated with asset retirement obligations relating to oil and gas properties and (iii) any current liabilities from Oil and Natural Gas Hedging Contracts, in each case as set forth in the consolidated financial statements of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP (excluding any adjustments made pursuant to FASB ASC 815).

 

36


New Contracts” means binding new agreements or amendments to existing agreements with customers and/or vendors.

Non-Recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is non-recourse to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries.

Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes” has the meaning assigned to it in the recitals to this Indenture. Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest accruing on or subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal or foreign law), premium, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Offering Memorandum” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated September 28, 2018, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of any Person. Unless otherwise indicated, Officer shall refer to an officer of the Company.

Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such Person that meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture and delivered to the Trustee, provided, however, that if no particular Person is referenced, an Officer’s Certificate shall be deemed to be an Officer’s Certificate of the Company.

Oil and Gas Business” means:

(1) the business of acquiring, exploring, exploiting, developing, producing, operating and disposing of interests in oil, natural gas, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas and other Hydrocarbons and mineral properties or products produced in association with any of the foregoing;

 

37


(2) the business of gathering, marketing, distributing, treating, processing (but not refining), storing, selling and transporting of any production from such interests or properties;

(3) any business relating to exploration for or development, production, treatment, processing (but not refining), storage, transportation or marketing of oil, gas and other minerals and products produced in association therewith;

(4) any business relating to oilfield sales and service; and

(5) any business or activity relating to, arising from, or necessary, appropriate, incidental or ancillary to the activities described in the foregoing clauses (1) through (4) of this definition.

Oil and Gas Hedging Contracts” means any puts, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, forward contract, commodity swap agreement, commodity option agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement in respect of Hydrocarbons that are designed to protect such Person against or manage exposure to fluctuation in Hydrocarbons prices.

Oil and Gas Properties” means all properties, including equity or other ownership interests therein, owned by a Person which contain or are believed to contain oil and natural gas reserves or other reserves of Hydrocarbons.

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

ordinary course of business” means activity conducted in the ordinary course of business of the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.

Parent Company” means any Person that is or becomes after the Issue Date a direct or indirect parent (which may be organized as, among other things, a partnership) of the Company.

Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, a Person who has an account with the Depositary (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and another Person; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a Permitted Asset Swap that constitutes an Asset Sale must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10.

Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction” means any call or capped call option (or substantially equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s common equity purchased by the Company in connection with the issuance of any Convertible Indebtedness; provided that the purchase price for such Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction, less the proceeds received by the Company from the sale of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction, does not exceed the net proceeds received by the Company from the sale of such Convertible Indebtedness issued in connection with the Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

 

38


Permitted Convertible Indebtedness Call Transaction” means any Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and any Permitted Warrant Transaction.

Permitted Business Investment” means any Investment and/or expenditure of a nature that is or shall have become customary in the Oil and Gas Business generally or in the geographic region in which such activities occur, including investments or expenditures for actively exploiting, exploring for, acquiring, developing, producing, processing, gathering, marketing, distributing, storing or transporting oil, natural gas or other Hydrocarbons and minerals (including with respect to plugging and abandonment) through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of the Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including:

(1) Investments in ownership interests (including equity or other ownership interests) in oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbons and minerals properties, liquefied natural gas facilities, processing facilities, gathering systems, pipelines, storage facilities or related systems or ancillary real property interests;

(2) Investments in the form of or pursuant to operating agreements, working interests, royalty interests, mineral leases, processing agreements, Farm-In Agreements, Farm-Out Agreements, contracts for the sale, transportation or exchange of oil, natural gas, other Hydrocarbons and minerals, production sharing agreements, participation agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements, unitization agreements, pooling agreements, joint bidding agreements, service contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or limited), subscription agreements, stock purchase agreements, stockholder agreements and other similar agreements (including for limited liability companies) with third parties; and

(3) Investments in direct or indirect ownership interests in drilling rigs and related equipment, including, without limitation, transportation equipment.

Permitted Holder” means (1) any of the Investors and Management Stockholders, (2) any Person that directly or indirectly holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the Permitted Holders, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof (such Person, a “Permitted Parent”), (3) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of which any of the Permitted Holders are members; provided that in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Investors and Management Stockholders, collectively, have, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company or any Permitted Parent and (4) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter (solely to the extent that and for so long as such Person is acting in such capacity) in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent Company. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which any required Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture (or would have required a Change of Control Offer in the absence of the waiver of such requirement by Holders or otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture) will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 

39


Permitted Intercompany Activities” means any transactions (A) between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries (including for the avoidance of doubt, Unrestricted Subsidiaries) that are entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and, in the good faith judgment of the Company are necessary or advisable in connection with the ownership or operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, (i) payroll, cash management, purchasing, insurance and hedging arrangements; and (ii) management, technology and licensing arrangements; and (B) between or among the Issuers, their Subsidiaries and any Captive Insurance Subsidiaries.

Permitted Investments” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including guarantees of obligations of the Restricted Subsidiaries);

(2) any Investment in Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and Investments that were Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities when made;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person that is engaged (directly or through entities that will be Restricted Subsidiaries) in the Oil and Gas Business, or in a business unit, line of business or division of such Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is amalgamated, merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets or assets constituting such business unit, line of business or division in which such Investment was made, as applicable, to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided that such Investment was not acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, transfer or conveyance;

(4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions described under Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Sale;

(5) any Investment existing on the Issue Date or made pursuant to binding commitments in effect on the Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification, replacement, renewal or reinvestment of any Investment or binding commitment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment

 

40


or binding commitment may be increased only (a) as required by the terms of such Investment or binding commitment as in existence on the Issue Date (including as a result of the accrual or accretion of interest or original issue discount or the issuance of pay-in- kind securities) or (b) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture;

(6) any Investment acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary:

(a) in exchange for any other Investment, accounts receivable or indorsements for collection or deposit held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with or judgments against, the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable (including any trade creditor or customer);

(b) in satisfaction of judgments against other Persons;

(c) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; or

(d) as a result of the settlement, compromise or resolution of (A) litigation, arbitration or other disputes or (B) obligations of trade creditors or customers that were incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of any trade creditor or customer;

(7) Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 4.09(b)(10);

(8) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Company; provided that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a)(3);

(9) (a) guarantees of Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.09 and Contingent Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (b) the creation of Liens on the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with Section 4.12; and (c) guarantees of performance or other obligations (other than Indebtedness) arising in the ordinary course in the Oil and Gas Business, including obligations under Hydrocarbon exploration, development, joint operating and related agreements and licenses, concessions or operating leases related to the Oil and Gas Business;

(10) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 4.11(b) (except transactions described in clauses (2), (5), (8) and (21) of Section 4.11(b));

 

41


(11) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material, services, equipment or similar assets or the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(12) Investments, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (12) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed (as of the date such Investment is made) the sum of (x) the greater of (a) $50.0 million and (b) 5.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (12) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (12) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(13) loans and advances to, or guarantees of Indebtedness of, officers, directors, employees, consultants, members of management and independent contractors not in excess of $10.0 million outstanding at any one time, in the aggregate;

(14) loans and advances to employees, directors, officers, members of management, independent contractors and consultants for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses, payroll advances and other similar expenses or payroll expenses, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or consistent with industry practice or to future, present and former employees, directors, officers, members of management, independent contractors and consultants (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members) to fund such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company;

(15) advances, loans or extensions of trade credit or prepayments to suppliers or loans or advances made to distributors, in each case, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or on customary trade terms of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary or consistent with industry practice by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(16) any Investment in any Subsidiary or any joint venture in connection with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(17) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of assets or services in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(18) Investments made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client contracts and loans or advances made to distributors;

 

42


(19) Investments in prepaid expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers compensation, performance and similar deposits entered into as a result of the operations of the business in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(20) the purchase or other acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(21) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (21) that are at that time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of, or have not been subsequently sold or transferred for, Cash Equivalents or marketable securities, not to exceed (as of the date such Investment is made) the sum of (x) the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 3.25% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment, plus (y) an amount equal to any returns (including dividends, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) actually received in respect of any such Investment;

(22) Investments in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice consisting of Uniform Commercial Code Article 3 endorsements for collection or deposit and Article 4 customary trade arrangements with customers;

(23) any Investment by any Captive Insurance Subsidiary in connection with its provision of insurance to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which Investment is made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of such Captive Insurance Subsidiary, or by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or that is required or approved by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Captive Insurance Subsidiary or its business, as applicable;

(24) Investments of assets relating to non-qualified deferred payment plans in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(25) intercompany current liabilities owed to Unrestricted Subsidiaries or joint ventures incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in connection with the cash management operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(26) acquisitions of obligations of one or more directors, officers or other employees or consultants or independent contractors of any Parent Company, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with such director’s, officer’s, employee’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s acquisition of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company, to the extent no cash is actually advanced by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to such directors, officers, employees, consultants or independent contractors in connection with the acquisition of any such obligations;

(27) Investments resulting from pledges and deposits permitted pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

 

43


(28) loans and advances to any Parent Company in lieu of and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof) Restricted Payments to the extent permitted to be made in cash to such Parent Company in accordance with Section 4.07 at such time, such Investment being treated for purposes of the applicable clause of Section 4.07, including any limitations, as if a Restricted Payment were made pursuant to such applicable clause;

(29) Investments constituting promissory notes or other non-cash proceeds of dispositions of assets to the extent permitted under Section 4.10;

(30) Permitted Bond Hedge Transactions; and

(31) Permitted Business Investments.

For purposes of determining compliance with this definition, (A) an Investment need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Investments described in this definition but is permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption and (B) in the event that an Investment (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Investments, the Company will, in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify such Investment (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this definition and Section 4.07.

Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

(1) Liens securing (i) Obligations in respect of the Notes and the Guarantees, (ii) securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee so long as the Notes and Guarantees are secured by a Lien on the same assets that is senior in priority to such Lien and (iii) any Obligations so long as the Notes and any Guarantees are equally and ratably secured;

(2) Liens securing Obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under any Credit Facility, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1);

(3) Liens, pledges or deposits by such Person made in connection with (A) workers’ compensation laws, unemployment insurance, health, disability or employee benefits or other social security laws or similar legislation or regulations, (B) insurance-related obligations (including, in respect of deductibles, self-insured retention amounts and premiums and adjustments thereto) or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar documents or instruments for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance, or otherwise supporting the payment of items set forth in the foregoing clause (A), (C) bids, tenders, contracts, statutory obligations, surety, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds, or with regard to other regulatory requirements, completion guarantees, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bankers’ acceptance facilities, and other obligations of like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) (other than for the payment of

 

44


Indebtedness), or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash, Cash Equivalents or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for the payment of rent, contested taxes or import duties and obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments that have been posted to support the same, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or (D) deposits to secure plugging and abandonment obligations or public or statutory obligations of such Person;

(4) Liens imposed by law, such as landlords’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, construction and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, or similar landlord Liens specifically created by contract, and (i) for sums not yet overdue for a period of more than 60 days or, if more than 60 days overdue, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce such Liens or (ii) being contested in good faith by appropriate actions or other Liens arising out of or securing judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person will then be proceeding with an appeal or other proceedings for review if such Liens are adequately bonded or adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(5) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet overdue for a period of more than 30 days or not yet payable or not subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in accordance with GAAP;

(6) Liens (A) in favor of issuers of performance, surety, bid, indemnity, warranty, release, appeal or similar bonds, instruments or obligations or with respect to regulatory requirements or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptance issued, and completion guarantees provided, in each case, pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business or consistent with past practice or industry practice and (B) securing other obligations in respect of surety and bonding requirements;

(7) survey exceptions, encumbrances, ground leases, easements, restrictions, protrusions, encroachments or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights-of- way, servitudes, sewers, electric lines, drains, telegraph, telephone and cable television lines, pipelines, transportation lines, distribution lines for the removal of gas, oil or other minerals and other similar purposes or zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties that were not incurred in connection with Indebtedness and that do not in the aggregate materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person and exceptions on mortgage policies insuring Liens granted on Mortgaged Properties (as defined in the Revolving Credit Facility);

(8) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to clause (4), (12) or (13)

 

45


of Section 4.09(b) or, with respect to assumed Indebtedness not incurred in contemplation of the relevant acquisition, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock only, Section 4.09(b)(14); provided that:

(a) Liens securing obligations relating to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(13) relate only to obligations relating to Refinancing Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on the same assets as the assets securing the Refinanced Debt (as defined in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness”), plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property, or serves to refund, refinance, extend, replace, renew or defease Indebtedness incurred under clause (4), (12) or (13) of Section 4.09(b),

(b) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) extend only to the assets so purchased, replaced, leased or improved and proceeds and products thereof; provided, further that individual financings of assets provided by a counterparty may be cross-collateralized to other financings of assets provided by such counterparty, and

(c) Liens securing obligations in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be assumed pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(14) are solely on acquired property or the assets of the acquired entity (other than after acquired property that is (A) affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, (B) after acquired property subject to a Lien securing such Indebtedness, the terms of which Indebtedness require or include a pledge of after acquired property (it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (C) the proceeds and products thereof);

(9) Liens existing, or provided for under binding contracts existing, on the Issue Date;

(10) Liens on property or shares of stock or other assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary;

(11) Liens on property or other assets at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property or such other assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (provided that such Liens are not created or incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition, amalgamation, merger or consolidation) and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien (to the extent the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Liens are permitted by this Indenture); provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Liens do not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Liens prior to such replacement, extension or renewal (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property);

 

46


(12) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.09;

(13) Liens securing (x) Hedging Obligations and (y) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services;

(14) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s accounts payable or similar obligations in respect of bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

(15) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (or other agreement under which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has granted rights to end users to access and use the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s products, technologies or services) that do not either (a) materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) secure any Indebtedness;

(16) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statement filings regarding operating leases, consignments or accounts entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) financing statements or similar public filings;

(17) Liens in favor of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor;

(18) Liens on equipment or vehicles of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(19) Liens to secure any modification, refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive modification, refinancing, refunding, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock secured by any Lien referred to in clauses (8), (9), (10), (11) or this clause (19) of this definition; provided that (a) such new Lien will be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof and after-acquired property) and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (8), (9), (10), (11) or this clause (19) of this definition at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (iii) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the

 

47


instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness;

(20) pledges and deposits made or other security provided to secure liability to insurance brokers, carriers, underwriters or self-insurance arrangements, including Liens or insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(21) other Liens securing obligations (including Indebtedness) in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed (as of the date any such Lien is incurred) the greater of (i) $30.0 million, and (ii) 3.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence;

(22) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(23) (i) the prior rights of consignees and their lenders under consignment arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, (ii) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention or similar arrangements for the sale of goods in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and (iii) Liens arising by operation of law under Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

(24) Liens securing judgments, attachments or awards for the payment of money, notices of lis pendens not constituting an Event of Default under Section 6.01(6);

(25) Liens (a) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-208 or 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (b) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, and (c) in favor of banking or other institutions or other electronic payment service providers arising as a matter of law or under general terms and conditions encumbering deposits or margin deposits or other funds maintained with such institution (including the right of set off) and that are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(26) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under this Indenture; provided that such Liens do not extend to assets other than those that are subject to such repurchase agreements;

(27) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (a) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks or other deposit-taking financial institutions or other electronic payment service providers and not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (b) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent

 

48


with industry practice of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (c) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(28) Liens on cash proceeds (as defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code) of assets sold that were subject to a Lien permitted hereunder;

(29) any encumbrance, restriction or other Lien (including put, call arrangements, tag, drag, right of first refusal and similar rights) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture agreement or similar agreement;

(30) Liens (a) on cash advances or cash earnest money deposits in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted under this Indenture to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (b) consisting of a letter of intent or an agreement to sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any property in a transaction permitted pursuant to Section 4.10;

(31) ground leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(32) Liens in connection with a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction;

(33) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(34) any (a) interest or title of a lessor or sublessor under any lease, liens reserved in oil, natural gas or other Hydrocarbons, minerals, leases for bonus, royalty or rental payments and for compliance with the terms of such leases; (b) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor or secured by a lessor’s, sublessor’s, licensor’s or sublicensor’s interest under leases or licenses entered into by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice; (c) restriction or encumbrance that the interest or title of such lessor or sublessor may be subject to (including, without limitation, ground leases or other prior leases of the demised premises, mortgages, mechanics’ liens, tax liens and easements); or (d) subordination of the interest of the lessee or sublessee under such lease to any restrictions or encumbrance referred to in the preceding clause (c);

(35) deposits of cash with the owner or lessor of premises leased and operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice of the Company and such Subsidiary to secure the performance of the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s obligations under the terms of the lease for such premises;

(36) rights of set-off, banker’s liens, netting arrangements and other Liens arising by operation of law or by the terms of documents of banks or other financial institutions in relation to the maintenance or administration of deposit accounts, securities accounts, cash management arrangements or in connection with the issuance of letters of credit, bank guarantees or other similar instruments;

 

49


(37) Liens on cash and Cash Equivalents used to satisfy or discharge Indebtedness; provided that such satisfaction or discharge is permitted under this Indenture;

(38) receipt of progress payments and advances from customers in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice to the extent the same creates a Lien on the related inventory and proceeds thereof and Liens on property or assets under construction arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets;

(39) agreements to subordinate any interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any accounts receivable or other proceeds arising from inventory consigned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(40) Liens securing Guarantees of any Indebtedness or other obligations otherwise permitted to be secured by a Lien under this Indenture;

(41) Liens arising pursuant to Section 107(l) of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act or other environmental law;

(42) Liens disclosed by the title insurance reports or policies delivered on or prior to the Issue Date and any replacement, extension or renewal of any such Lien (to the extent the Indebtedness and other obligations secured by such replacement, extension or renewal Liens are permitted by this Indenture); provided that such replacement, extension or renewal Liens do not cover any property other than the property that was subject to such Liens prior to such replacement, extension or renewal;

(43) rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(44) restrictive covenants affecting the use to which real property may be put; provided that the covenants are complied with;

(45) security given to a public utility or any municipality or governmental authority when required by such utility or authority in connection with the operations of that Person in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(46) zoning, building and other similar land use restrictions, including, without limitation, site plan agreements, development agreements and contract zoning agreements;

 

50


(47) Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are Foreign Subsidiaries (i) securing Indebtedness and other obligations of such Foreign Subsidiaries or (ii) to the extent arising mandatorily under applicable law;

(48) Liens on Escrowed Proceeds for the benefit of the related holders of debt securities or other Indebtedness (or the underwriters, trustee, escrow agent or arrangers thereof) or on cash set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose;

(49) Liens on the assets of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor securing Indebtedness or other obligations of such Restricted Subsidiaries or any other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not the Co-Issuer or Guarantors that is permitted under Section 4.09(b) or otherwise not prohibited by this Indenture;

(50) Liens in respect of Production Payments and Reserve Sales;

(51) Liens arising under Farm-Out Agreements, Farm-In Agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale, purchase, exchange, transportation, gathering or processing of Hydrocarbons, unitizations and pooling designations, declarations, orders and agreements, development agreements, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements, operating agreements, royalties, royalty trusts, master limited partnerships, working interests, net profits interests, joint interest billing arrangements, participation agreements, production sales contracts, area of mutual interest agreements, natural gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements, seismic or geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements which are or shall have become customary in the Oil and Gas Business; and

(52) Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by operation of law or other like Liens arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of business and incident to the exploration, development, operation and maintenance of Oil and Gas Properties.

If any Liens securing obligations are incurred to refinance Liens securing obligations initially incurred in reliance on a basket measured by reference to a percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, and such refinancing would cause the percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to be exceeded if calculated based on the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets will not be deemed to be exceeded to the extent the principal amount of such obligations secured by such newly incurred Lien does not exceed the principal amount of such obligations secured by such Liens being refinanced, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness (and with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, including an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness) plus the amount of any

 

51


tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness. In addition, for purposes of determining compliance with clause (21) of this definition in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, such compliance shall be determined on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are established after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness thereunder, in which case such committed amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such paragraph or clause.

For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” will be deemed to include interest and other obligations payable on and with respect to such Indebtedness.

Permitted Parent” has the meaning assigned to it in the definition of “Permitted Holder”.

Permitted Warrant Transaction” means any call option, warrant or right to purchase (or substantially equivalent derivative transaction) on the Company’s or a Parent Company’s common equity sold by the Company or a Parent Company substantially concurrently with a related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction.

Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential rights of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Prior Issue Date” means October 18, 2017.

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Production Payments and Reserve Sales” means the grant or transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, production payment (whether volumetric or dollar-denominated), partnership or other interest in Oil and Gas Properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production, subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to operate and maintain, or cause the subject interests to be operated and maintained, in a reasonably prudent manner or other customary standard or subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to indemnify for environmental, title or other matters customary in the Oil and Gas Business, including any such grants or transfers.

 

52


Proved Reserves” means crude oil and natural gas reserves constituting “proved oil and gas reserves” as defined in Rule 4-10 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act. For the avoidance of doubt, “proved oil and gas reserves” shall include any reserves attributable to natural gas liquids.

Public Company Costs” means the initial costs relating to establishing compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and other expenses arising out of or incidental to the Company’s or its Restricted Subsidiaries’ initial establishment of compliance with the obligations of a reporting company, including costs, fees and expenses (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) relating to compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.

Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (other than Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Equity Interests” means Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified IPO” means an initial offer and sale of Equity Interests of the Company, IPOCo or other Parent Company in an underwritten public offering for cash pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective by the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or otherwise relating to Equity Interests of IPOCo or such other parent issuable under any employee benefit plan).

Qualified Proceeds” means the fair market value of assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in, the Oil and Gas Business.

Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or if Moody’s or S&P or if both do not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company which will be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be.

Record Date” for the interest payable on any applicable Interest Payment Date means the April 1 and October 1 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date.

Rating Event” means a decrease of one or more gradations (including gradations within rating categories as well as between rating categories and excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, changes in ratings outlook) in the rating of the Notes by either of the Rating Agencies or a withdrawal of the rating of the Notes by either of the Rating Agencies on, or within 30 days following, the earlier of  (x) the occurrence of a Change of Control or (y) the date of public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company to effect a Change of Control, which period shall be extended for a period not longer than 30 days so long as the rating of the applicable series of Notes relating to the Change of Control is under

 

53


publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency; provided, however, that a downgrade of the Notes by the applicable Rating Agency shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a downgrade for purposes of this definition of Change of Control Triggering Event) if such Rating Agency making the downgrade in rating does not publicly announce or confirm or inform the Company or the Trustee in writing at the request of the Company that the downgrade is a result of the transactions constituting or occurring simultaneously with the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control has occurred at the time of such downgrade).

Refinance” has the meaning assigned in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness” and “Refinancing” and “Refinanced” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Refinanced Debt” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness.”

Refinancing Indebtedness” means (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (y) Disqualified Stock issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (z) Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary which, in each case, serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease (“Refinance”) any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, including Refinancing Indebtedness, so long as:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness, the amount of such new Preferred Stock or the liquidation preference of such new Disqualified Stock does not exceed (a) the principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable) the Indebtedness, the amount of the Preferred Stock or the liquidation preference of the Disqualified Stock being so extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the “Refinanced Debt”), plus (b) any accrued and unpaid interest on, or any accrued and unpaid dividends on, such Refinanced Debt, plus (c) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such Refinanced Debt and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or to Refinance such Refinanced Debt;

(2) such Refinancing Indebtedness has a:

(a) Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is incurred that is not less than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the applicable Refinanced Debt (or, if less, greater than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes);

(b) final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the final scheduled maturity date of the Refinanced Debt (or, if earlier, the date that is 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes); and

 

54


(3) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness Refinances (i) Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness assumed or acquired in an acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof), unless such Refinancing constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.07, such Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the Guarantee thereof at least to the same extent as the applicable Refinanced Debt or (ii) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness must be Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, respectively.

Refinancing Indebtedness will not include:

(a) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer that refinances Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company;

(b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Guarantor or the Co- Issuer; or

(c) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

and, provided, further that (x) clause (2) of this definition will not apply to any Refinancing of any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness incurred under Section 4.09(b)(2), any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Indebtedness assumed or acquired in an Investment or acquisition and not created in contemplation thereof), Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock and (y) Refinancing Indebtedness may be incurred in the form of a bridge or other interim credit facility intended to be Refinanced with long-term indebtedness (and such bridge or other interim credit facility shall be deemed to satisfy clause (2) of this definition so long as (x) such credit facility includes customary “rollover” provisions and (y) assuming such credit facility were to be extended pursuant to such “rollover” provisions, such extended credit facility would comply with clause (2) of this definition).

Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note” means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as applicable.

Regulation S Permanent Global Note” means a permanent Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the applicable Restricted Period.

 

55


Regulation S Temporary Global Note” means a temporary Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto, bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.

Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) hereof.

Related Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person is or would become a Restricted Subsidiary.

Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any director, vice president, assistant vice president, any trust officer or assistant trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter relating to this Indenture is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who, in each case, shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

Restricted Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Note” means a Global Note bearing, or that is required to bear, the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Period” means, in respect of any Note issued pursuant to Regulation S, the 40- day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) applicable to such Note.

Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company (including any Foreign Subsidiary and the Co-Issuer) that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon the occurrence of an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary will be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary.” Wherever the term “Restricted Subsidiary” is used herein with respect to any Subsidiary of a referenced Person that is not the Company, then it will be construed to mean a Person that would be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on a pro forma basis following consummation of one or a series of related transactions involving such referenced Person and the Company (unless such transactions would include a designation of a Subsidiary of such Person as an Unrestricted Subsidiary on a pro forma basis in accordance with this Indenture).

Revolving Credit Facility” means the senior secured revolving facility under that Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2014, by and among the

 

56


Company, HSBC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders and other entities party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

S&P” means S&P Global Ratings or any successor to its rating agency business.

Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing. The net proceeds of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction will be determined giving effect to transaction expenses and the tax effect of such transactions (including taxes paid or payable and tax attributes used as a result of such transactions).

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary secured by a Lien.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

Senior Credit Facilities” collectively, and each a “Senior Credit Facility,” means the Revolving Credit Facility and the Superpriority Facility including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or

 

57


commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities, the Existing Notes and the Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Company or the Co- Issuer or any Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all (a) Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) and (b) obligations in respect of Cash Management Services (and guarantees thereof), in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), owing to a lender under the Senior Credit Facilities or any Affiliate of such lender (or any Person that was a lender or an Affiliate of such lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation or Cash Management Obligations was entered into); provided that such Hedging Obligations and obligations in respect of Cash Management Services, as the case may be, are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3);

provided that Senior Indebtedness will not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

 

58


(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the SEC, as such regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Similar Business” means (1) any business, conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to (including non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Investment), or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries conduct or propose to conduct on the Issue Date.

Specified Transaction” means (i) solely for the purposes of determining the applicable cash balance, any contribution of capital, including as a result of an Equity Offering, to the Company, in each case, in connection with an acquisition or Investment, (ii) any designation of operations or assets of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as discontinued operations (as defined under GAAP), (iii) any Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) any designation of a Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with this Indenture, (v) any purchase or other acquisition of a business of any Person, or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of any Person, or material Oil and Gas Properties (as determined in good faith by the Company), (vi) any Asset Sale (without regard to any de minimis thresholds set forth therein) (a) that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of the Company or (b) of a business, business unit, line of business or division of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or material Oil and Gas Properties (as determined in good faith by the Company), in each case whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or otherwise, (vii) any operational changes identified by the Company that have been made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary during the Test Period or (viii) any Restricted Payment or other transaction that by the terms of this Indenture requires a financial ratio to be calculated on a pro forma basis.

Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Notes:

(1) any Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and

(2) any Indebtedness of any Guarantor that is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of such entity of the Notes.

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:

 

59


(1) any corporation, association, or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of Voting Stock is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; and

(2) any partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity of which:

(a) more than 50% of the Voting Stock are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership or otherwise, or

(b) such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person is a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity.

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

Superpriority Facility” means the superpriority facility pursuant to the Incremental Agreement, dated as of February 7, 2017, by and among the Company, HSBC Bank, National Association, as the administrative agent and collateral agent, and the lenders and other entities party thereto, including any guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions, renewals, restatements, refundings, refinancings or replacements thereof and any one or more indentures or credit facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders, or investors, whether or not secured, that replace, refund, supplement or refinance any part of the loans, notes, other credit facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is permitted by Section 4.09) or adds Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, trustee, lender or group of lenders or holders.

Tax Amount” for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Issue Date means the Highest Member Tax Amount for the relevant period divided by the pro rata interest in the Company (expressed in decimal form) attributable to the member or partner described in the definition of Highest Member Tax Amount.

Tax Distributions” means for any taxable period or portion thereof ending after the Issue Date during which the Company is a pass-through entity (including a disregarded entity or partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, payments and distributions to each member or partner of the Company (or payments on their behalf in connection with any composite tax return filing), on or prior to each estimated tax payment date as well as each other applicable due date, in the aggregate for such period, equal to such member’s or partner’s pro rata share of the Tax Amount for the relevant period.

 

60


Test Period” in effect at any time means the Company’s most recently ended four consecutive fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available (as determined in good faith by the Company).

Treasury Rate” means, as of any Redemption Date, the weekly average rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percentage point (for the most recently completed week for which such information is available as of the date that is two business days prior to the Redemption Date) of the yield to maturity as of such Redemption Date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 with respect to each applicable day during such week (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2020; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to October 15, 2020 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury Security for which such yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury Securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used.

Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

Trustee” means (1) Wilmington Trust, National Association as of the Issue Date and (2) a successor replacing it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

Uniform Commercial Code” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York.

Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Note” means a permanent Global Note, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Subsidiary” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Company, as provided below); and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

61


The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any existing Subsidiary and any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on, any property of, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than solely any Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated); provided that:

(a) such designation complies with Section 4.07; and

(b) each of (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated and (b) its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Equity Interests in an Unrestricted Subsidiary).

The Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing and the Company could incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) (the “Fixed Charge Coverage Test”).

Any such designation by the Company will be notified by the Company to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(k) under the Securities Act. “Volumetric Production Payments” means production payment obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all undertaking and obligations in connection therewith.

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person; provided that with respect to a limited partnership or other entity that does not have a Board of Directors, Voting Stock means the Capital Stock of the general partner of such limited partnership or other business entity with the ultimate authority to manage the business and operations of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:

(a) the sum of the products of the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twenty-fifth) from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, multiplied by the amount of such payment; by

(b) the sum of all such payments;

 

62


provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness that is being Refinanced (the “Applicable Indebtedness”), the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness prior to the date of the applicable Refinancing will be disregarded.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person, 100% of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required under applicable law) is at the time owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

63


SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term

  Defined in Section

“Advance Offer”

  4.10(d)

“Advance Portion”

  4.10(d)

“Affiliate Transaction”

  4.11(a)

“Alternate Offer”

  4.14(c)

“Applicable Premium Deficit”

  8.04(1)

“Asset Sale Offer”

  4.10(d)

“Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”

  4.10(b)

“Authentication Order”

  2.02

“Change of Control Offer”

  4.14(a)

“Change of Control Payment”

  4.14(a)

“Change of Control Payment Date”

  4.14(a)(2)

“Covenant Defeasance”

  8.03

“Covenant Suspension Event”

  4.16(a)

“DTC”

  2.03

“Event of Default”

  6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

  4.10(d)

“incur” and “incurrence”

  4.09(a)

“Increased Amount”

  4.12

“Legal Defeasance”

  8.02

“Limited Condition Transaction”

  1.06(a)

“Note Register”

  2.03

“Offer Amount”

  3.09(b)

“Offer Period”

  3.09(b)

“Pari Passu Indebtedness”

  4.10(d)

“Paying Agent”

  2.03

“Purchase Date”

  3.09(b)

“Qualified Reporting Subsidiary”

  4.03(c)

“Redemption Date”

  3.01

“Refunding Capital Stock”

  4.07(b)(2)

“Registrar”

  2.03

“Restricted Payments”

  4.07(a)

“Reversion Date”

  4.16(c)

“Successor Company”

  5.01(a)(1)(a)

“Successor Person”

  5.01(b)(1)(A)

“Suspended Covenants”

  4.16(a)

“Suspension Date”

  4.16(a)

“Suspension Period”

  4.16(c)

“Tax Group”

  4.07(b)(12)(B)

“Transaction Agreement Date”

  1.06(a)

“Transfer Agent”

  2.03

“Treasury Capital Stock”

  4.07(b)(2)

 

64


SECTION 1.03. [Reserved].

SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(c) “or” is not exclusive;

(d) the words “including,” “includes” and similar words shall be deemed to be followed by without limitation;

(e) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(f) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(g) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(h) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time;

(i) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Article,” “Section” or “clause” refers to an Article, Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Indenture;

(j) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision;

(k) [Reserved];

(l) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock at any time shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock at such time or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock at such time, whichever is greater;

(m) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

(n) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including”; the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including”; and

(o) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

65


SECTION 1.05. Acts of Holders.

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by or on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

(f) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part.

(g) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including DTC, that is a Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in

 

66


writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and any Person, that is a Holder of a Global Note, including DTC, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(h) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by DTC entitled under the procedures of such Depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 120 days after such record date.

SECTION 1.06. Limited Condition Transactions; Measuring Compliance.

(a) With respect to any (x) Investment or acquisition, in each case, the consummation by the Company or any Subsidiary of which is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing for such Investment or acquisition (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination or the acquisition of Capital Stock or otherwise) as applicable and (y) redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock requiring irrevocable notice in advance of such redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment (any transaction described in clauses (x) or (y), a “Limited Condition Transaction”), in each case for purposes of determining:

(1) whether any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is being incurred or issued in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted to be incurred in compliance with Section 4.09;

(2) whether any Lien being incurred in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction or to secure any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 4.12 or the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(3) whether any other transaction (including any Investment or Restricted Payment) undertaken or proposed to be undertaken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction complies with the covenants or agreements contained in this Indenture or the Notes; and

(4) any calculation of the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Net Income, Consolidated Net Income, and/or Consolidated EBITDAX and/or Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and, whether a Default or Event of Default exists in connection with the foregoing,

 

67


at the option of the Company, the date that the definitive agreement (or other relevant definitive documentation) for such Limited Condition Transaction is entered into (the “Transaction Agreement Date”) may be used as the applicable date of determination, as the case may be, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” or “Consolidated EBITDAX” and if the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries could have taken such action on the relevant Transaction Agreement Date in compliance with the applicable ratios or other provisions, such provisions shall be deemed to have been complied with. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company elects to use the Transaction Agreement Date as the applicable date of determination in accordance with the foregoing, (a) such election may not be revoked, (b) any fluctuation or change in the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Net Income, Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated EBITDAX or Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company, the target business, or assets to be acquired subsequent to the Transaction Agreement Date and prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction, will not be taken into account for purposes of determining whether any Investment, Restricted Payment, Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock or Lien that is made, incurred or issued in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction is permitted to be made, incurred or issued or in connection with compliance by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with any other provision of this Indenture or the Notes or any other action or transaction undertaken in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction and (c) until such Limited Condition Transaction is consummated or the definitive agreements related thereto are terminated, such Limited Condition Transaction and all transactions proposed to be undertaken in connection therewith (including the making of any Restricted Payment or Investment or the incurrence of Indebtedness and Liens) will be given pro forma effect when determining compliance of other transactions (including the making of any Restricted Payment or Investment or the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, Preferred Stock and Liens unrelated to such Investment, acquisition or repayment, repurchase or refinancing of Indebtedness) that are consummated after the Transaction Agreement Date and on or prior to the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction and any such transactions (including any incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and the use of proceeds thereof) will be deemed to have occurred on the Transaction Agreement Date and outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any baskets or ratios under this Indenture after the date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Transaction; provided that for purposes of any such calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, Consolidated Interest Expense will be calculated using an assumed interest rate for the Indebtedness to be incurred in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction based on the indicative interest margin contained in any financing commitment documentation with respect to such Indebtedness or, if no such indicative interest margin exists, as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (x) incurs Indebtedness, issues Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, creates Liens, makes Asset Sales, makes Investments, makes Restricted Payments, designates any Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary or repays any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction under a ratio- based basket and (y) incurs Indebtedness, issues Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, creates

 

68


Liens, makes Asset Sales, Investments or Restricted Payments, designates any as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary or repays any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction under a non-ratio-based basket (which shall occur within five (5) Business Days of the events in clause (x) above), then the applicable ratio will be calculated with respect to any such action under the applicable ratio- based basket without regard to any such action under such non-ratio-based basket made in connection with such Limited Condition Transaction.

In addition, compliance with any requirement relating to absence of Default or Event of Default may be determined as of the Transaction Agreement Date and not as of any later date as would otherwise be required under this Indenture.

(b) In the event an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken on the same date that any other item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued, any other Lien is incurred or other transaction is undertaken or reliance on a ratio basket based on the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio, then such ratio(s) will be calculated with respect to such incurrence, issuance or other transaction without regard to any other incurrence, issuance or transaction. Each item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock that is incurred or issued, each Lien incurred and each other transaction undertaken will be deemed to have been incurred, issued or taken first, to the extent available, pursuant to the relevant Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio or Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio test.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating; Terms.

(a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rules or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issued initially in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000.

(b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

 

69


(c) Temporary Global Notes. Notes offered and sold in reliance on Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following the termination of the applicable Restricted Period, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend shall be deemed removed from the Regulation S Temporary Global Note, following which temporary beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall automatically become beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures.

The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Temporary Global Note and a Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.

(d) Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture (or the applicable supplemental indenture), expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Issuers pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14. The Notes shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article III hereof.

Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Issuers without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise as the Initial Notes except that interest may accrue on the Additional Notes from their date of issuance (or such other date specified by the Issuers), subject to the Issuers’ right to issue Additional Notes of a different series as set forth in the next paragraph; provided that the Issuers’ ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Issuers’ compliance with Section 4.09 and that a separate CUSIP or ISIN will be issued for Additional Notes, if the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes are not treated as fungible for U.S. federal income tax purposes, with the Initial Notes or any other Additional Notes bearing the same CUSIP or ISIN. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture.

 

70


The Issuers may designate the maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to each series of Additional Notes, which may differ from the maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions applicable to the Initial Notes. Additional Notes that differ with respect to maturity date, interest rate or optional redemption provisions from the Initial Notes will constitute a different series of Notes from the Initial Notes.

Additional Notes that have the same maturity date, interest rate and optional redemption provisions as the Initial Notes will be treated as the same series as the Initial Notes unless otherwise designated by the Issuers. The Issuers similarly may vary the application of related other provisions (including the issue price and any applicable original issue discount legend) to any series of Additional Notes.

(e) Euroclear and Clearstream Applicable Procedures. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream and this Indenture shall not govern such transfers.

SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication. At least one Officer of the Issuers shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Issuers by manual, facsimile or electronic (in “.pdf” format) signature.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

A Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuers’ Order (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes in the aggregate principal amount or amounts specified in such Authentication Order. In addition, at any time, from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order (together with such other documents as may be required pursuant to this Indenture), authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes for an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order for such Additional Notes issued or increased hereunder.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

71


SECTION 2.03. Registrar, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent. The Issuers shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration (“Registrar”), (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for transfer or for exchange (“Transfer Agent”) and (iii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The registered Holder will be treated as the owner of the Note for all purposes. Only registered Holders will have rights under this Indenture and the Notes. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars, one or more co-transfer agents and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, the term “Transfer Agent” includes any co-transfer agent and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agents. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Transfer Agent or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

The Notes will be issued in registered form and the registered Holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes. The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

If any Notes are listed on an exchange, for so long as the Notes are so listed and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuers will satisfy any requirement of such exchange as to paying agents, registrars and transfer agents and will comply with any notice requirements required under such exchange in connection with any change of any paying agent, registrar or transfer agent.

SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Holders. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee for its own benefit and for the benefit of the Holders. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary or the Trustee) shall have no further liability for the money. If any of the Issuers or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to any of the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. The Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

 

72


SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange.

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 2.06, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of the Depositary or to a successor thereto or a nominee of such successor thereto. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note of the same series unless (A) the Depositary (x) notifies the Issuers that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Issuers within 90 days or (B) upon the request of a Holder if there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Upon the occurrence of any of the events in clauses (A) or (B) above, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note of the same series or beneficial interests therein will be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Section 2.07 and Section 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note of the same series or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or Section 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note, except for Definitive Notes issued subsequent to any of the events in (A) or (B) above and pursuant to Section 2.06(b)(ii)(B) and (c) hereof. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided, however, that beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Sections 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

73


(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) hereof, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period therefor and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B). Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof and the Registrar receives the following:

 

74


(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(b)(iv), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon the receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

75


(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a person reasonably believed to be a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Regulation S Temporary Global Note to Definitive Notes. Notwithstanding Sections 2.06(c)(i)(A) and (C) hereof, a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) of the Securities Act, except in the case of a transfer pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 903 or Rule 904.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only the Registrar receives the following:

 

76


(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(c)(iii), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iv) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the applicable principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall mail such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iv) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests.

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 

77


(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a person reasonably believed to be a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof; or

(E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the applicable Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the applicable 144A Global Note and, in the case of clause (C) above, the applicable Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

 

78


(B) if the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

If any such exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer or exchange in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing.

In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

79


(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made to a person reasonably believed to be a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this Section 2.06(e)(ii), if the Registrar or the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon

 

80


receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

(f) [Reserved].

(g) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture:

(i) Private Placement Legend.

(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH ANY ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF SUCH ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S], ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION

 

81


REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE REGISTRAR’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C), (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/ OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.]

(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(iii), (c)(iv), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (with appropriate changes in the last sentence if DTC is not the Depositary):

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(h) OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”) TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED

 

82


IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

(iii) Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend. The Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

(iv) OID Legend. Each Note that has more than a de minimis amount of original issue discount for U.S. federal income tax purposes shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH “ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 1272 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED). UPON WRITTEN REQUEST (ADDRESSED TO [NAME/TITLE] AT [ADDRESS OR PHONE NUMBER]), THE ISSUERS WILL PROMPTLY MAKE AVAILABLE TO ANY HOLDER OF THIS NOTE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: (1) THE ISSUE PRICE AND ISSUE DATE OF THE NOTE; (2) THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT ON THE NOTE; AND (3) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF THE NOTE.

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect

 

83


such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

(ii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers shall require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 hereof).

(iii) Neither the Issuers nor the Registrar shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of the Notes to be redeemed under Section 3.03 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date or (D) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Sale Offer.

(iv) Neither the Registrar nor the Issuers shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

(v) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

(vi) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers shall deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

84


(vii) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuers designated pursuant to Section 4.02 hereof, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount.

(viii) At the option of the Holder, subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuers shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes to which the Holder making the exchange is entitled in accordance with Section 2.02.

(ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Issuers pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronically (in “.pdf” or other format).

(x) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Notes) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

(xi) Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility or liability for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary. The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

 

85


SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. If either (x) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuers or (y) if the Issuers and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the ownership and destruction, loss or theft of any Note, then the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note. An indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers and the Trustee shall charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note.

Every replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes. The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because any of the Issuers, a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser (as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code).

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor) holds, on a Redemption Date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers or a Guarantor or by any Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to such pledged Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuers or a Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Issuers or a Guarantor.

 

86


SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under this Indenture.

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the cancellation of all surrendered Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers at the Issuers’ written request. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuers default in a payment of interest on the Notes, they shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuers may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section 2.12. The Issuers shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such special record date. At least 15 days before any such special record date, the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail or cause to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or otherwise deliver in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice at his or her address as it appears in the Note Register that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Subject to this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

 

87


SECTION 2.13. CUSIP/ISIN Numbers. The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers (in each case, if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP and ISIN numbers.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuers elect to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days (unless the Trustee agrees to a shorter period) before notice of redemption is required to be delivered to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (i) the paragraph or subparagraph of such Note and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the date of redemption, which will be selected by the Issuers in their discretion, subject to any limitations set forth herein (the “Redemption Date”), (iii) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased at any time, the Trustee shall, upon prior written request of the Issuers, select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased (a) if the Notes are listed on an exchange, in compliance with the requirements of such exchange or (b) if the Notes are not listed on an exchange, on a pro rata basis (or in the case of Notes issued in global form, in accordance with the Depositary’s prescribed method), and in any case in accordance with the Applicable Procedures to the extent applicable. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. No Notes of $2,000 or less can be redeemed or purchased in part, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. The Issuers shall deliver electronically, mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 10 days but

 

88


not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be delivered or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Section 3.03(i), Article VIII or Article XI hereof.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state:

(a) the Redemption Date;

(b) the redemption price;

(c) if any Definitive Note is to be redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed and that, upon request, after the Redemption Date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed will be issued in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(g) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed;

(h) the CUSIP and ISIN number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of any such CUSIP and ISIN number that is listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and

(i) if such redemption is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, a description of such conditions and, if applicable, will state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the redemption notice was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions are satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or that such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions are not satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Issuers’ discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Issuers any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied.

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at their expense; provided that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be delivered, mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

89


The Issuers may redeem Notes pursuant to one or more of the Sections of this Indenture, and a single redemption notice may be delivered with respect to redemptions made pursuant to different Sections. Any such notice may provide that redemptions made pursuant to different Sections will have different Redemption Dates.

The Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. If any Notes are listed on an exchange, and the rules of the exchange so require, the Issuers will notify the exchange of any such redemption and the principal amount of any Notes outstanding following any partial redemption of such Notes. In no event will the Trustee be responsible for monitoring, or charged with knowledge of, the maximum aggregate amount of Notes eligible hereunder to be redeemed. Notes will remain outstanding until redeemed, notwithstanding that they have been called for redemption or are subject to a notice of redemption.

SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, subject to satisfaction of any conditions precedent relating thereto specified in the applicable notice of redemption, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price, except as set forth in Section 3.03(i). The notice, if delivered, mailed or caused to be mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to deliver such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to Section 3.05 hereof, on and after the Redemption Date or the date of purchase, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.

SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

(a) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that Redemption Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

(b) If the Issuers comply with the preceding paragraph (a), on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date shall be paid on the Redemption Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest accrued to the Redemption Date not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

90


SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, upon request the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not redeemed; provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. It is understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, only an Authentication Order and not an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate such new Note.

SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption.

(a) At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may at their option and on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 hereof at a redemption price (as calculated by the Issuers) equal to the sum of (i) 100.00% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date.

(b) At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes issued under this Indenture at a redemption price (as calculated by the Company) equal to the sum of (i) 109.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, with an amount equal to or less than the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Company, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that (a) at least 50.00% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under this Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently) and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of the applicable Equity Offering or contribution.

(c) In connection with any Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer to purchase all of the Notes, if Holders of not less than 90.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer and the Issuers purchase, or any third party making such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer in lieu of the Issuers purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, given not more than 60 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date).

 

91


(d) Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 3.07, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to October 15, 2020.

(e) On and after October 15, 2020, the Issuers may at their option and on one or more occasions redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the periods indicated below:

 

Period

  

Percentage

October 15, 2020 to October 14, 2021

   107.313%

October 15, 2021 to April 14, 2022

   104.875%

April 15, 2022 and thereafter

   100.000%

(f) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

(g) In addition to any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07, the Issuers or their Affiliates may at any time and from time to time acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, in the open market, negotiated transaction or otherwise.

(h) Any notice of redemption made in connection with a related transaction or event (including an Equity Offering, contribution, Change of Control, Asset Sale or other transaction) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion or the occurrence thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion or occurrence of the related transaction or event, as the case may be.

SECTION 3.08. Mandatory Redemption. The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

SECTION 3.09. Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Issuers shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer, they shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall apply all Excess Proceeds (the “Offer Amount”) to the purchase of Notes and, if required, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable), or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

92


(c) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest, up to but excluding the Purchase Date, shall be paid on the Purchase Date to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale Offer, the Issuers shall deliver electronically or send, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, a notice to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders and holders of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer, shall state:

(i) that the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this

Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Asset Sale Offer shall remain open;

(ii) the Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

(iii) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(iv) that, unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date;

(v) that any Holder electing to have less than all of the aggregate principal amount of its Notes purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in an amount not less than $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer such Note by book-entry transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary, if appointed by the Issuers, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least two Business Days before the Purchase Date;

(vii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased;

 

93


(viii) that, if the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and/or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will select the Notes to be purchased in accordance with Section 3.02 and the Company will select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that as between the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness, such purchases will be made on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination; and

(ix) that Holders whose certificated Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased.

(e) On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis as described in clause (d)(viii) of this Section 3.09, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered and (2) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted, together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so tendered and not validly withdrawn.

(f) The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes properly tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase, and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

(g) Prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Purchase Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be purchased on that Purchase Date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

 

94


Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption,” “Redemption Date” and similar words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase,” “Purchase Date” and similar words, as applicable.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and this Indenture. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor or an Affiliate of the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, holds as of 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

The Issuers shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; the Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuers shall maintain the offices or agencies (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or Transfer Agent) required under Section 2.03 hereof where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange or presented for payment and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be made. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

The Issuers may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers of its obligation to maintain such offices or agencies as required by Section 2.03 hereof for such purposes. The Issuers shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof; provided the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee shall not be an office or agency of the Issuers for the purpose of effecting service of legal process on the Issuers.

 

95


SECTION 4.03. Reports and Other Information.

(a) So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders:

(1) (a) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, all annual financial statements of the Company substantially in the form that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-K (but only to the extent similar information was included in the Offering Memorandum), in accordance with the requirements of such Form 10-K as of the Issue Date, if the Company were required to file such form, together with a report thereon by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and data and information relating to Hydrocarbon proved reserves that is substantially consistent with the tabular presentation thereof included under the heading “Summary—Summary Reserve and Operating Data” in the Offering Memorandum; and

(b) within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company (solely with respect to the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year), all quarterly financial statements of the Company substantially in the form that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Form 10-Q (but only to the extent similar information was included in the Offering Memorandum), in accordance with the requirements of such Form 10-Q as of the Issue Date, if the Company were required to file such form, and a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;” and

(2) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported, such other information containing substantially the same information that would be required to be contained in filings with the SEC on Form 8-K, in accordance with the requirements of such Form 8-K as of the Issue Date, under Items: 1.01 (Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement); 1.03 (Bankruptcy or Receivership); 2.01 (Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets); 2.03 (Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant); 2.04 (Triggering Events that Accelerate or Increase a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement); 4.02 (Non- Reliance on Previously Issued Financial Statements or a Related Audit Report or Completed Interim Review); 5.01 (Changes in Control of Registrant); 5.02(a)(1) (Resignation of Director due to Disagreement with Registrant); 5.02(c)(1) (Name and Position of Newly Appointed Officer and Date of Appointment); and 5.03(b) (Changes in Fiscal Year),

if the Company were required to file such reports;

provided, however,

(i) no such reports referenced under clause (2) above will be required to include as an exhibit or summary of terms of, any employment or compensatory arrangement agreement, plan or understanding between the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company) and any director, manager or executive officer, of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company);

 

96


(ii) in no event will such reports be required to comply with Section 302, Section 404 or Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC;

(iii) in no event will such reports be required to comply with Item 302 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC;

(iv) in no event will such reports be required to comply with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC or contain separate financial statements for the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors or other Subsidiaries the shares of which may be pledged to secure the Notes or any Guarantee that would be required under (i) Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X or (ii) Rule 3-16 of Regulation S-X, respectively, promulgated by the SEC;

(v) in no event will such reports be required to comply with Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein;

(vi) no such reports referenced under clause (2) above will be required to be furnished if the Company determines in its good faith judgment that such event is not material to the Holders or the business, assets, operations or financial position of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(vii) in no event will such reports be required to comply with Item 601 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC (with respect to exhibits) or, with respect to reports referenced in clause (2) above, to include as an exhibit copies of any agreements, financial statements or other items that would be required to be filed as exhibits to a current report on Form 8-K;

(viii) trade secrets and other confidential information that is competitively sensitive in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Company may be excluded from any disclosures;

(ix) such information will not be required to contain any “segment reporting;” and

(x) in no event will such reports contain compensation or beneficial ownership information.

(b) The Company may satisfy its obligations in this Section 4.03 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to any Parent Company; provided that if and so long as such Parent Company has Independent Assets

 

97


or Operations, the same is accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Company, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

(c) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, the financial statements, information, auditors’ reports and other documents and information required to be provided pursuant to Section 4.03(a) may be, rather than those of the Company, those of (a) any predecessor or successor of the Company, (b) any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that, together with its consolidated Subsidiaries, constitutes substantially all of the assets of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (“Qualified Reporting Subsidiary”) or (c) any Parent Company; provided that, if the financial information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) of Section 4.03(a) relates to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary of the Company or such Parent Company, such financial information will be accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be audited), which may be posted to the website of the Company or on Intralinks, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any comparable password protected online data system, that explains in reasonable detail (in the good faith judgment of the Company) the differences between the information relating to such Qualified Reporting Subsidiary or such Parent Company (as the case may be), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its obligations under this Section 4.03 for purposes of Section 6.01(3) hereof until 180 days after the date any report is due under this Section 4.03.

(e) The Company will make available such information and such reports to any Holder and, upon request, to any beneficial owner of the Notes, in each case by posting such information on its website, on Intralinks, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any comparable password- protected online data system that will require a confidentiality acknowledgment, and will make such information readily available to any Holder, any bona fide prospective investor in the Notes (which prospective investors will be limited to “qualified institutional buyers” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act that certify their status as such to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company), any bona fide securities analyst (to the extent providing analysis of investment in the Notes to investors and prospective investors therein) or any bona fide market maker in the Notes who agrees to treat such information as confidential or accesses such information on Intralinks, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any comparable password-protected online data system that will require a confidentiality acknowledgment; provided that the Company may deny access to any competitively-sensitive information otherwise to be provided pursuant to this paragraph to any such Holder, prospective investor, security analyst or market maker that is a competitor of the Company and its Subsidiaries, or an affiliate of such a competitor (other than any affiliate that is a bona fide bank debt fund, distressed asset fund, hedge fund, mutual fund, insurance company, financial institution or investment vehicle engaged in the business of investing in, acquiring or trading commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course (and not organized primarily for the purpose of making equity investments)) to the extent that the Company determines in good faith that the provision of such information to such Person would be competitively harmful to the Company and its Subsidiaries; and provided,

 

98


further that such Holders, prospective investors, security analysts or market makers will agree to (1) treat all such reports (and the information contained therein) and information as confidential, (2) not use such reports and the information contained therein for any purpose other than their investment or potential investment in the Notes and (3) not publicly disclose or distribute any such reports (and the information contained therein).

(f) In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the reports required under this Section 4.03 or otherwise made publicly-available by the Company, the Company will furnish to Holders thereof and prospective investors in the Notes, upon their request, the information, if any, required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act.

(g) The Company will be deemed to have furnished the reports in Sections 4.03(a)(1) and (2) if the Company or any Parent Company has filed the corresponding reports containing such information with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system (or any successor system).

(h) To the extent any information is not provided within the time periods specified in this Section 4.03 and such information is subsequently provided, the Company will be deemed to have satisfied its obligations with respect thereto at such time and any Default with respect thereto will be deemed to have been cured.

(i) The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts, consistent with its judgment as to what is prudent at the time, to participate in quarterly conference calls after the delivery of the information referred to in Section 4.03(a)(1) above (which may be a single conference call together with investors and lenders holding other securities or Indebtedness of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries and/or any Parent Company of the Company) to discuss operating results and related matters. The Company shall issue a press release or otherwise provide notice of such conference call in the same manner in which information was delivered pursuant to Section 4.03(e) above which will provide the date and time of any such call and will direct Holders, prospective investors and securities analysts to contact the investor relations office of the Company to obtain access to the conference call.

(j) It is understood that the Trustee shall have no obligation whatsoever to monitor or confirm, on a continuing basis or otherwise, the Issuers’ compliance with this Section 4.03, to determine whether or not such financial statements, information, documents or reports have been posted on any website or online data system or filed with the SEC or to participate in any conference calls. The posting or delivery of any such financial statements, information, documents or reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of the covenants under this Indenture (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officer’s Certificate).

(k) During registration with respect to a Qualified IPO, the Company or other Person that may provide the information required by this Section 4.03 will not be required to disclose any information or take any actions that, in the view of the Company, would violate the applicable securities laws or the SEC’s “gun jumping” rules or otherwise have an adverse effect on the Qualified IPO.

 

99


SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate.

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every condition and covenant contained in this Indenture during such fiscal year and is not in Default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).

(b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, the Company shall promptly (which shall be no more than thirty (30) days after becoming aware of such Default) deliver to the Trustee by registered or certified mail or by facsimile transmission an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default, its status and what actions the Issuers propose to take with respect thereto.

SECTION 4.05. Taxes. The Company shall pay or discharge, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay or discharge, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, lawful assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate actions or where the failure to effect such payment or discharge is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. The Company, the Co-Issuer and each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company, the Co-Issuer and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Restricted Payments.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to:

(I) declare or pay any dividend or make any payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests (in each case, solely in such Person’s capacity as holder of such Equity Interests), including any dividend or distribution

 

100


payable in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, other than:

 

  (A)

dividends, payments or distributions payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or a Parent Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase such Equity Interests; or

 

  (B)

dividends, payments or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend, payment or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other than a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend, payment or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities or such other amount to which it is entitled pursuant to the terms of such Equity Interest;

(II) purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company, including in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation, in each case held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(III) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case, prior to any scheduled repayment, sinking fund payment or final maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness, other than:

 

  (A)

Indebtedness permitted under Sections 4.09(b)(7), (8) and (9); or

 

  (B)

the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement; or

(IV) make any Restricted Investment;

(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (I) through (IV) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

(1) in the case of a Restricted Payment described in clauses (I) and (II) above utilizing clause (3)(A) below, no Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

(2) except in the case of a Restricted Investment, immediately after giving effect to any such Restricted Payment made utilizing clause (3)(A) below on a pro forma

 

101


basis, the Company could incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; and

(3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments (including the fair market value of any non-cash amount) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Prior Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07(b), other than Section 4.07(b)(1)), is less than the sum of (without duplication):

 

  (A)

50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for the period (taken as one accounting period) beginning January 1, 2018 to the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available (as determined in good faith by the Company) preceding such Restricted Payment, or, in the case such Consolidated Net Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit; plus

 

  (B)

100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Prior Issue Date (other than net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to 4.09(b)(12)(a)) from the issue or sale of:

(i) (A) Equity Interests of the Company, including Treasury Capital Stock, but excluding cash proceeds and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received from the sale of Equity Interests to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company after the Prior Issue Date to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4); and

(B) Equity Interests of Parent Companies, to the extent the proceeds of any such issuance or consideration for any such sale are contributed to the Company (excluding contributions to the extent such amounts have been applied to Restricted Payments made in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(4)); or

(ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, that has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company;

provided that this clause (3)(B) will not include the proceeds from (W) Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) applied in accordance with Section 4.07(b)(2), (X) Equity Interests or convertible debt securities of the Company sold to a

 

102


Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) Disqualified Stock or debt securities or Indebtedness that have been converted into Disqualified Stock or (Z) Excluded Contributions; plus

 

  (C)

100% of the aggregate amount of cash, Cash Equivalents and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property contributed to the capital of the Company (other than in the form of Disqualified Stock) since the Prior Issue Date (including the fair market value of any Indebtedness contributed to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries for cancellation and Equity Interests of Persons other than the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries engaged primarily in the Oil and Gas Business or assets used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business) or that becomes part of the capital of the Company through consolidation, amalgamation or merger following the Prior Issue Date, in each case not involving cash consideration payable by the Company (other than (X) cash, Cash Equivalents and marketable securities or other property that are contributed by a Restricted Subsidiary, (Y) net cash proceeds to the extent such net cash proceeds have been used to incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(a) or (Z) Excluded Contributions); plus

 

  (D)

100% of the aggregate amount received in cash and the fair market value of marketable securities or other property received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by means of:

(i) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, or other returns on Investments from, Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (including cash distributions and cash interest received in respect of Restricted Investments) and repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) and repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constitute Restricted Investments made by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case after the Prior Issue Date (excluding any Excluded Contributions made pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof); or

(ii) the sale (other than to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or a distribution from an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than, in each case, to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment, but including such cash or fair market value to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment) or a dividend from an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Prior Issue Date (excluding any Excluded Contributions made pursuant to clause (2) of the definition thereof); or

 

103


(iii) any returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received on account of any Permitted Investment subject to a dollar- denominated or ratio-based basket (to the extent in excess of the original amount of such Investment); plus

 

  (E)

in the case of the redesignation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or the transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Prior Issue Date, the fair market value of the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (or the assets transferred) at the time of the redesignation of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or at the time of such merger, amalgamation, consolidation or transfer of assets, other than to the extent the Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary constituted a Permitted Investment, but, to the extent exceeding the amount of such Permitted Investment, including such excess amounts of cash or fair market value.

(b) Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit:

(1) the payment of any dividend or other distribution or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of the dividend or other distribution or giving of the redemption notice, as the case may be, if at the date of declaration or notice, the dividend or other distribution or redemption payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (a) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, discharge, retirement or other acquisition of (i) any Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, including any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon (“Treasury Capital Stock”), or (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case, made (x) in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, a sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company (in the case of proceeds, to the extent any such proceeds therefrom are contributed to the Company), in each case, other than Disqualified Stock (“Refunding Capital Stock”) and (y) within 120 days of such sale or issuance and (b) the declaration and payment of dividends on Treasury Capital Stock out of the proceeds of a sale or issuance (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or any trust established by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary) of Refunding Capital Stock made within 120 days of such sale or issuance;

(3) the principal payment on, defeasance, redemption, repurchase, exchange or other acquisition or retirement of (a) Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor made (i) by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale, issuance or incurrence of, new Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor or Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor and (ii) within 120 days of such sale, issuance or incurrence, (b) Disqualified Stock of an Issuer or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or

 

104


out of the proceeds of the sale, issuance or incurrence of, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Guarantor, made within 120 days of such sale, issuance or incurrence, (c) Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the sale or issuance of, Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor made within 120 days of such sale or issuance that, in each case, is Refinancing Indebtedness incurred or issued, as applicable, in compliance with Section 4.09 and (d) any Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock that constitutes Acquired Indebtedness;

(4) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) (including related stock appreciation rights or similar securities) of the Company or any Parent Company held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, or any equity subscription or equity holder agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any principal and interest payable on any Notes issued by the Company or any Parent Company in connection with any such repurchase, retirement or other acquisition); provided that, the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (4) does not exceed $19.5 million in any calendar year (which shall increase to $37.5 million subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO) with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum of $32.5 million in any calendar year or $65.0 million subsequent to the consummation of a Qualified IPO, respectively; provided, further, that such amount in any calendar year under this clause (4) may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

(A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests of any Parent Company, in each case to any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company that occurs after the Prior Issue Date, to the extent the cash proceeds from the sale of such Equity Interests have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments by virtue of Section 4.07(a)(3); plus

(B) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, employees, directors, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company that are forgone in exchange for the receipt of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company pursuant to any compensation arrangement, including any deferred compensation plan; plus

 

105


(C) the cash proceeds of life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (or by any Parent Company to the extent contributed to the Company (other than in the form of Disqualified Stock)) after the Prior Issue Date; minus

(D) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of this clause (4);

provided that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by Sections 4.07(b)(4)(A), (B) and (C) in any calendar year and provided, further, that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any Parent Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.07 or any other provision of this Indenture;

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any class or series of Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary issued in accordance with Section 4.09 to the extent such dividends or distributions are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”;

(6) (a) payments made or expected to be made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of withholding or similar taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or permitted transferees) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, (b) any repurchases or withholdings of Equity Interests in connection with the exercise of stock options, warrants or similar rights if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of, or withholding obligations with respect to, such options, warrants or similar rights or required withholding or similar taxes and (c) loans or advances to officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any Parent Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company; provided that no cash is actually advanced pursuant to this clause (c) other than to pay taxes due in connection with such purchase, unless immediately repaid;

(7) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common equity (or the payment of dividends to any Parent Company to fund a payment of dividends on such Parent Company’s common equity), following the first public offering

 

106


of the Company’s common Equity Interests or the common equity of any Parent Company after the Prior Issue Date, in an amount not to exceed 6.00% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Company in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Company’s or such Parent Company’s common equity registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8;

(8) Restricted Payments that are made (a) in an amount that does not exceed the aggregate amount of Excluded Contributions or (b) without duplication with clause (a), in an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale in respect of property or assets acquired after the Prior Issue Date, if the acquisition of such property or assets was financed with Excluded Contributions;

(9) (i) Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (9) not to exceed (as of the date any such Restricted Payment is made) the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 3.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Restricted Payment and (ii) any Restricted Payments, so long as, after giving pro forma effect to the payment of any such Restricted Payment, the Consolidated Total Net Debt Ratio shall be no greater than 2.00 to 1.00; provided that if this clause (9) is utilized to make a Restricted Investment, the amount deemed to be utilized under this clause (9) will be the amount of such Restricted Investment at any time outstanding (with the fair market value of such Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but subject to adjustment as set forth in the definition of “Investment”);

(10) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at the time outstanding, without giving effect to the sale of an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the extent the proceeds of such sale do not consist of cash or marketable securities (until such proceeds are converted to Cash Equivalents), not to exceed the greater of (a) $30.0 million and (b) 3.25% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus the amount of any returns (including dividends, payments, interest, distributions, returns of principal, profits on sale, repayments, income and similar amounts) in respect of such investments;

(11) the repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions similar to those of Sections 4.10 and 4.14 provided that (i) at or prior to such repurchase, redemption, defeasance, acquisition or retirement, the Issuers (or a third Person permitted by this Indenture) have made any required Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, to purchase the Notes on the terms provided in this Indenture applicable to Change of Control Offers or Asset Sale Offers, respectively, and (ii) all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by Holders in any such Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired for value;

(12) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to, or the making of loans or advances to, the Company or any Parent Company in amounts required for any Parent Company to pay, in each case without duplication:

 

107


(A) franchise, excise and similar taxes and other fees and expenses required to maintain their corporate or other legal existence;

(B) for any taxable period (or portion thereof) for which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are members of a consolidated, combined, unitary or similar income tax group for U.S. federal or applicable foreign, state or local income tax purposes of which a Parent Company is the common parent (a “Tax Group”) or for which the Company is a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal or applicable foreign, state or local income tax purposes in any applicable taxing jurisdiction that is Wholly-Owned (directly or indirectly) by an entity that is taxable as a corporation for such income tax purposes, (i) to pay the portion of any U.S. federal, foreign, state or local income taxes (as applicable) of such Tax Group or such Parent Company for such taxable period that are attributable to the net taxable income of the Company and/or the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent permitted below, the applicable Unrestricted Subsidiaries); provided that for each taxable period, (x) the amount of such payments made in respect of such taxable period in the aggregate will not exceed the amount that the Company and the applicable Restricted Subsidiaries (and, to the extent permitted below, the applicable Unrestricted Subsidiaries), as applicable, would have been required to pay in respect of such net taxable income as stand-alone taxpayers or a stand-alone Tax Group and (y) the amount of such payments made in respect of an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be permitted only to the extent that cash distributions were made by such Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for such purpose, plus (ii) such amounts as are needed to pay any amounts owed by a Parent Company or IPOCo, as applicable, under any tax receivable agreement as contemplated by the definition of “IPOCo Transactions”;

(C) without duplication of any amounts that are paid under the foregoing Section 4.07(b)(12)(B) for the relevant period, Tax Distributions;

(D) salary, bonus, severance and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors of any Parent Company and any payroll, social security or similar taxes thereof;

(E) general corporate or other operating, administrative, compliance and overhead costs and expenses (including expenses relating to auditing and other accounting matters) of any Parent Company;

(F) reasonable and customary fees and expenses (including ongoing compliance costs and listing expenses) related to any equity or debt offering of a Parent Company (whether or not consummated);

 

108


(G) amounts that would be permitted to be paid directly by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries under Section 4.11 (other than clauses (b)(2)(A), (b)(3)(C), (b)(5), (b)(11), (b)(13), (b)(20) and (b)(26) thereof);

(H) interest or principal on Indebtedness (including AHYDO “catch up payments”) the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise considered Indebtedness of, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in accordance with Section 4.09; and

(I) to finance Investments or other acquisitions or investments otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to this Section 4.07 if made by the Company; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment must be made within 120 days of the closing of such Investment, acquisition or investment, (B) such Parent Company must, promptly following the closing thereof, cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the capital of the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the merger, amalgamation, consolidation, or sale of the Person formed or acquired into the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent not prohibited by Section 5.01) in order to consummate such Investment, acquisition or investment, (C) such Parent Company and its Affiliates (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) receives no consideration or other payment in connection with such transaction except to the extent the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary could have given such consideration or made such payment in compliance with this Indenture, (D) any property received by the Company may not increase amounts available for Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a)(3) and (E) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment will be deemed to be made by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to another provision of this Section 4.07 or pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments”;

(13) the distribution, by dividend or otherwise, or other transfer or disposition of shares of Capital Stock of, Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries (or a Restricted Subsidiary that owns an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that such Restricted Subsidiary owns no assets other than the Equity Interests of one or more Unrestricted Subsidiaries) (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of which are cash and Cash Equivalents);

(14) cash payments, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent Company to make payments, in lieu of issuing fractional shares in connection with share dividends, share splits, reverse share splits, mergers, consolidations, amalgamations or other business combinations and in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of the Company, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Parent Company;

(15) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to any Advisory Services Agreement to the extent permitted by Section 4.11;

 

109


(16) payments and distributions to dissenting stockholders of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, reorganization, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that complies with the terms of this Indenture or any other transaction that complies with the terms of this Indenture;

(17) the making of cash payments in connection with any conversion of Convertible Indebtedness of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate amount since the Prior Issue Date not to exceed the sum of (a) the principal amount of such Convertible Indebtedness plus (b) any payments received by the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the exercise, settlement or termination of any related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction;

(18) any payments in connection with (a) a Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction and (b) the settlement of any related Permitted Warrant Transaction (i) by delivery of shares of the Company’s common equity upon settlement thereof or (ii) by (A) set-off against the related Permitted Bond Hedge Transaction or (B) payment of an early termination amount thereof in common equity upon any early termination thereof;

(19) the refinancing of any Subordinated Indebtedness with the net cash proceeds of, or in exchange for, any Refinancing Indebtedness; and

(20) payments made in connection with the IPOCo Transactions, the Qualified IPO and the transactions relating thereto, and the payment of all reasonable and customary fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith or owed by the Company, a Parent Company or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company to Affiliates, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.11;

provided, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under Section 4.07(b)(9)(ii), no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that any Restricted Payment or Investment (or a portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Restricted Payments described in Section 4.07(a) or 4.07(b)(1) through (20) and/or one or more of the clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments”, the Company will, in its sole discretion, be entitled to divide or classify (or later divide, classify or reclassify), in whole or in part, such Restricted Payment or Investment (or any portion thereof) among Section 4.07(a) and/or 4.07(b)(1) through (20) and/or one or more clauses contained in the definition of “Permitted Investments,” in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07. The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date the Restricted Payment is made, or at the Company’s election, the date a commitment is made to make such Restricted Payment, of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or

 

110


issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant will be determined in the case of amounts of $50.0 million or more, by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose resolution with respect thereto will be delivered to the Trustee.

(d) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the penultimate sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investments.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time pursuant to this Section 4.07 or if an Investment would be permitted at such time, pursuant to the definition of “Permitted Investments,” and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.07 will not restrict the making of any “AHYDO catch up payment” with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture.

SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any such Restricted Subsidiary to:

(1) (A) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or

(B) pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or the Co-Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

(2) make loans or advances to the Company or the Co-Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; or

(3) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or the Co-Issuer or to any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor;

provided that dividend or liquidation priority between or among classes or series of Capital Stock, and the subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.

 

111


(b) The restrictions in Section 4.08(a) will not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

(1) encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Senior Credit Facilities and the related documentation and Hedging Obligations and the related documentation;

(2) this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees thereof;

(3) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations that impose restrictions of the nature discussed in Section 4.08(a)(3) on the property so acquired;

(4) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

(5) any agreement or other instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, acquired by or merged, amalgamated or consolidated with and into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, or any other transaction entered into in connection with any such acquisition, merger, consolidation or amalgamation in existence at the time of such acquisition or at the time it merges, amalgamates or consolidates with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary that is designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person (but, in any such case, not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person so acquired and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person so acquired or designated and its Subsidiaries or the property or assets so acquired or designated;

(6) contracts or agreements for the sale or disposition of assets, including any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of any of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary;

(7) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Sections 4.09 and 4.12 that limits the right of the debtor to dispose of assets or incur Liens;

(8) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice or arising in connection with any Permitted Liens;

(9) provisions in agreements governing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.09;

(10) provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements (including equity holder agreements) relating to such joint venture or its members or entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

112


(11) customary provisions contained in leases, sub-leases, licenses, sub- licenses, Equity Interests or similar agreements, including with respect to intellectual property and other agreements;

(12) restrictions or conditions contained in any trading, netting, operating, construction, service, supply, purchase, sale or other agreement to which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is a party entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice; provided that such agreement prohibits the encumbrance of solely the property or assets of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary that are subject to such agreement, the payment rights arising thereunder or the proceeds thereof and does not extend to any other asset or property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or the assets or property of another Restricted Subsidiary;

(13) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(14) any customary encumbrances or restrictions imposed pursuant to any agreement of the type described in the definition of “Permitted Business Investment”;

(15) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement;

(16) restrictions arising in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 4.12;

(17) any other agreement or instrument governing any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock, or Preferred Stock permitted to be incurred or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.09 entered into after the Issue Date that contains encumbrances and restrictions that either (i) are no more restrictive in any material respect, taken as a whole, with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary than (A) the restrictions contained in this Indenture or the Senior Credit Facilities as of the Issue Date or (B) those encumbrances and other restrictions that are in effect on the Issue Date with respect to the Company or that Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements in effect on the Issue Date, (ii) are not materially more disadvantageous, taken as a whole, to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings for similarly situated issuers or (iii) will not materially impair the Issuers’ ability to make payments on the Notes when due, in each case in the good faith judgment of the Company;

(18) (i) under terms of Indebtedness and Liens in respect of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(4) and any permitted refinancing in respect thereof, and (ii) agreements entered into in connection with a Sale and Lease- Back Transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(19) customary restrictions and conditions contained in documents relating to any Lien so long as (i) such Lien is a Permitted Lien and such restrictions or conditions

 

113


relate only to the specific asset subject to such Lien and (ii) such restrictions and conditions are not created for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this covenant;

(20) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary that was previously an Unrestricted Subsidiary which encumbrance or restriction exists pursuant to or by reason of an agreement that such Subsidiary is a party to or entered into before the date on which such Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such agreement was not entered into in anticipation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary becoming a Restricted Subsidiary and any such encumbrance or restriction does not extend to any assets or property of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary other than the assets and property of such Restricted Subsidiary;

(21) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (20) of this Section 4.08(b); provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to such encumbrance and other restrictions, taken as a whole, than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;

(22) any encumbrance or restriction existing under, by reason of or with respect to Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing that Refinancing Indebtedness are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and

(23) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order in any jurisdiction where Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09 is incurred or issued.

SECTION 4.09. Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly, liable, contingently or otherwise (collectively, “incur” and collectively, an “incurrence”) with respect to any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and the Company will not issue any shares of Disqualified Stock and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or permit any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided that the Company may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock and issue shares of Preferred Stock, if the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the

 

114


Company’s most recently ended Test Period preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period.

(b) Section 4.09(a) will not apply to:

(1) the incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Credit Facilities by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greatest of (A) $525.0 million, (B) the sum of (x) $200.0 million and (y) 35.0% of ACNTA at the time of incurrence and (C) the Borrowing Base at the time of incurrence; provided that any Indebtedness incurred under this Section 4.09(b)(1) may be extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (including through successive extensions, replacements, refundings, refinancings, renewals and defeasances) with new Indebtedness so long as the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not exceed the sum of (x) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness being so extended, replaced, refunded, refinanced, renewed or defeased (and with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, including an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness), plus (y) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (z) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the incurrence of such new Indebtedness or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness;

(2) the incurrence by the Issuers and any Guarantor of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and related Guarantees (but excluding any Additional Notes);

(3) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date (excluding Indebtedness described in Sections 4.09(b)(1) and (2));

(4) (a) the incurrence of Attributable Indebtedness and (b) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations and Purchase Money Obligations) and Disqualified Stock incurred or issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease, expansion, construction, installation, replacement, repair or improvement of property (real or personal), equipment or other assets, including assets that are used or useful in a Similar Business, whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of

 

115


any Person owning such assets in an aggregate principal amount, together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof and all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock incurred or issued and outstanding under this clause (4) at such time, not to exceed (as of the date such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and/or Preferred Stock is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained) the greater of (x) $45.0 million and (y) 4.5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence;

(5) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (a) constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees, banker’s acceptances, warehouse receipts, or similar instruments issued or entered into, or relating to obligations or liabilities incurred, in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, including in respect of workers’ compensation claims, performance, completion or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, unemployment insurance or other social security legislation, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement- type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, performance, completion or surety bonds, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or (b) as an account party in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments in favor of suppliers, trade creditors or other Persons issued or incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(6) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from (a) Permitted Intercompany Activities and (b) agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with any Investment or any acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition;

(7) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and owing to a Restricted Subsidiary or the issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Company to a Restricted Subsidiary (or to any Parent Company which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that any such Indebtedness for borrowed money owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes to the extent permitted by applicable law and it does not result in adverse tax consequences; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) will be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) or issuance of such Disqualified Stock (to the extent such Disqualified Stock is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (7);

(8) the incurrence of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company

 

116


or another Restricted Subsidiary (or to any Parent Company which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that any such Indebtedness for borrowed money incurred by a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer and owing to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor or the Co-Issuer is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Guarantee of the Notes of such Guarantor or the Obligations under the Notes of the Co-Issuer to the extent permitted by applicable law and it does not result in adverse tax consequences; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any such subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) will be deemed, in each case, to be an incurrence of such Indebtedness (to the extent such Indebtedness is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (8);

(9) the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (or to any Parent Company which is substantially contemporaneously transferred to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event that results in any such Restricted Subsidiary that holds such Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (except to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock constituting a Permitted Lien) will be deemed, in each case, to be an issuance of such shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (to the extent such Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock is then outstanding) not permitted by this clause (9);

(10) the incurrence of Hedging Obligations (excluding Hedging Obligations entered into for speculative purposes);

(11) the incurrence of obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and performance, banker’s acceptance facilities and completion guarantees and similar obligations provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, including those incurred to secure health, safety and environmental obligations;

(12) (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company and Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference up to 100% of the net cash proceeds received by the Company since immediately after the Prior Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company or cash contributed to the capital of the Company (in each case, other than Excluded Contributions, proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (3)(B) and (3)(C) of Section 4.07(a) to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash have not been applied pursuant to such clauses to make

 

117


Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 4.07(a) or to make Permitted Investments specified in clauses (10), (12) or (21) of the definition thereof, and

(b) the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock of the Company and the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference that, when aggregated with the principal amount and liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and incurred or issued, as applicable, pursuant to this clause (12)(b), together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, does not exceed (as of the date such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained) (i) the greater of (x) $50.0 million and (y) 5.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence; plus, without duplication, (ii) in the event of any extension, replacement, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of any such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, an amount equal to (x) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock, and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (y) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock;

(13) the incurrence or issuance by the Company of Refinancing Indebtedness or the incurrence or issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund, refinance, extend, replace, renew or defease (collectively, “refinance” with “refinances,” “refinanced,” and “refinancing” having a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness (including any Designated Revolving Commitments) incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.09(a) and Sections 4.09(b)(2), (3), (4) and (12)(b), this Section 4.09(b)(13) and Section 4.09(b)(14), or any successive Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any of the foregoing;

(14) the incurrence or issuance of (a) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary incurred or issued to finance an acquisition or investment (or other purchase of assets) or that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such acquisition or investment (or other purchase of assets); and (b) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged into, amalgamated or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that:

(i) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, amalgamation, consolidation or merger, the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00

 

118


of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test; or

(ii) after giving pro forma effect to such acquisition, amalgamation, consolidation or merger, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company for the Test Period preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is incurred or such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would be no less than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio immediately prior to giving effect to such incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such Test Period;

(15) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(16) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to any Credit Facility, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit or bank guarantee;

(17) (a) the incurrence of any guarantee by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligation incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture, or (b) any co-issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the incurrence of such Indebtedness or other obligations by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary was permitted under the terms of this Indenture;

(18) the incurrence of Indebtedness issued by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company, their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members and permitted transferees thereof, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent Company to the extent described in Section 4.07(b)(4);customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice from customers for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(19) the incurrence of (a) Indebtedness owed to banks and other financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in connection with ordinary banking arrangements to manage cash balances of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) Indebtedness in respect of Cash Management Services, including Cash Management Obligations;

 

119


(20) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with bankers’ acceptances, discounted bills of exchange or the discounting or factoring of receivables for credit management purposes, in each case incurred or undertaken in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice on arm’s length commercial terms;

(21) the incurrence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(22) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary undertaken in connection with cash management (including netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements, overdraft protections, employee credit card programs and related or similar services or activities) with respect to the Company, any Subsidiaries or any joint venture in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice, including with respect to financial accommodations of the type described in the definition of Cash Management Services;

(23) the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent that the net proceeds thereof are promptly deposited with the Trustee to satisfy and discharge the Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(24) guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice in respect of obligations to suppliers, customers, franchisees, lessors, licensees, sub-licensees, and distribution partners and guarantees required by Governmental Authorities in the ordinary course of business;

(25) the incurrence of Indebtedness attributable to (but not incurred to finance) the exercise of appraisal rights or the settlement of any claims or actions (whether actual, contingent or potential) with respect to any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or amalgamation or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(26) the incurrence of Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of any Parent Company, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Indebtedness consisting of obligations under deferred compensation or any other similar arrangements incurred in connection with any Investment or any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or amalgamation or otherwise) permitted under this Indenture;

 

120


(27) the incurrence of Indebtedness arising out of any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(28) Indebtedness associated with bonds or surety obligations required by requirements of law or by governmental authorities in connection with the operation of Oil and Gas Properties in the ordinary course of business;

(29) Indebtedness consisting of the undischarged balance of any Production Payments and Reserve Sales;

(30) Indebtedness incurred on behalf of, or guarantee obligations in respect of the Indebtedness of, joint ventures (regardless of the form of legal entity) that are not Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness then outstanding incurred pursuant to this clause (31), not to exceed the greater of (x) $35.0 million and (y) 3.75% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of incurrence; and

(31) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (1) through (31) of this Section 4.09(b).

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09:

(1) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) at any time, whether at the time of incurrence or upon the application of all or a portion of the proceeds thereof or subsequently, meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (32) of Section 4.09(b) or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, may divide and classify and may subsequently re-divide and reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or a portion thereof) in such of the above clauses or under Section 4.09(a) as determined by the Company at such time; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facilities on the Issue Date will, at all times, be treated as incurred on the Issue Date under Section 4.09(b)(1) and may not be reclassified and (ii) (if the Company shall so determine) any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(12)(b) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of such clause but shall be deemed incurred for the purposes of Section 4.09(a) from and after any date designated by the Company on which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a) without reliance on such clause;

 

121


(2) the Company is entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b), subject to the proviso to Section 4.09(c)(1);

(3) the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under any clause of this Section 4.09 will be determined after giving effect to the application of proceeds of any such Indebtedness to refinance any such other Indebtedness;

(4) in the event an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b) (other than Section 4.09(b)(14)) on the same date that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) is incurred or issued under Section 4.09(a) or Sections 4.09(b)(14), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio will be calculated with respect to such incurrence or issuance under Section 4.09(a) or Section 4.09(b)(14) without regard to any incurrence or issuance under Section 4.09(b) (other than with respect to any incurrence or issuance under Section 4.09(b)(14)). Unless the Company elects otherwise, the incurrence or issuance of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed incurred or issued first under Section 4.09(a) or Sections 4.09(b)(14) to the extent permitted, with the balance incurred or issued under Section 4.09(b) (other than pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(14));

(5) guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness that are otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness will not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was incurred in compliance with this Section 4.09; and

(6) for purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09(a) or clauses (1), (12) or (14)(a) of Section 4.09(b) in connection with the incurrence of any Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, such compliance shall be determined on the date such Designated Revolving Commitments are established after giving pro forma effect to the incurrence of the entire committed amount of Indebtedness thereunder, in which case such committed amount under such Designated Revolving Commitments may thereafter be borrowed and reborrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without further compliance with such paragraph or clause.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, will, in each case, not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.09. Any Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, to refinance Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or pursuant to Sections 4.09(b)(1), (2), (3), (4), (12)(b), (13) and (14), will be permitted to include additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock incurred to pay (I) any accrued and unpaid

 

122


interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased and (II) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (and, with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, will be permitted to include an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness).

For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness, liquidation preference of Disqualified Stock or amount of Preferred Stock denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock was incurred or issued (or, in the case of revolving credit debt, the date such Indebtedness was first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent)); provided that if such Indebtedness is incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued to refinance other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction will be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock does not exceed (1) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or the amount of such Preferred Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased, plus (2) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased, plus (3) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (and, with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, will be permitted to include an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness).

 

123


The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued to refinance other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, if incurred or issued in a different currency from the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. The principal amount of any non- interest bearing Indebtedness or other discount security constituting Indebtedness at any date will be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP.

The Issuers will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee to the extent and in the same manner as such Indebtedness is contractually subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be.

For purposes of this Indenture, (1) unsecured Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, (2) Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Indebtedness merely because it is issued or guaranteed by other obligors and (3) Secured Indebtedness will not be deemed to be subordinated or junior to any other Secured Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority lien with respect to the same collateral.

If any Indebtedness is incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued, in reliance on a basket measured by reference to a percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, and any refinancing thereof would cause the percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets to be exceeded if calculated based on the Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets on the date of such refinancing, such percentage of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets will not be deemed to be exceeded to the extent the principal amount of such newly incurred Indebtedness, the liquidation preference of such newly issued Disqualified Stock or the amount of such newly issued Preferred Stock does not exceed the sum of (i) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, the liquidation preference of such Disqualified Stock or the amount of such Preferred Stock being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (ii) any accrued and unpaid interest on the Indebtedness, any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock and any accrued and unpaid dividends on the Disqualified Stock being so refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased plus (iii) the amount of any tender premium or penalty or premium required to be paid under the terms of the instrument or documents governing such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock and any defeasance costs and any fees and expenses (including original issue discount, upfront fees or similar fees) incurred in connection with the issuance of such new Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock or the extension, replacement, refunding, refinancing, renewal or defeasance of such refinanced Indebtedness, Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock (and, with respect to Indebtedness under Designated Revolving Commitments, will be permitted to include an amount equal to any unutilized Designated Revolving Commitments being refinanced, extended, replaced, refunded, renewed or defeased to the extent permanently terminated at the time of incurrence of such Refinancing Indebtedness).

 

124


SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale, unless:

(1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in connection with such Asset Sale) at least equal to the fair market value (measured at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of; and

(2) except in the case of a Permitted Asset Swap, at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale, together with all other Asset Sales since the Prior Issue Date (on a cumulative basis), received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that each of the following will be deemed to be cash or Cash Equivalents for purposes of this Section 4.10(a)(2):

(A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto or, if incurred or accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been reflected on the Company’s or a Restricted Subsidiary’s consolidated balance sheet or in the notes thereto if such incurrence or accrual had taken place on or prior to the date of such balance sheet, as determined in good faith by the Company) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantor’s Guarantee of the Notes, that are (i) assumed by the transferee of any such assets (or a third party in connection with such transfer) or (ii) otherwise cancelled or terminated in connection with the transaction with such transferee (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);

(B) any securities, notes or other obligations or assets received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee or in connection with such Asset Sale (including earnouts and similar obligations) that are converted by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents, or by their terms are required to be satisfied for cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within 180 days following the closing of such Asset Sale;

(C) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non- Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $50.0 million and (ii) 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured, at the Company’s option, either at the time of contractually agreeing to such Asset Sale or at the time received and, in either case, without giving effect to subsequent changes in value;

 

125


(D) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale (other than intercompany debt owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale;

(E) any Investment, Capital Stock, assets, property or capital or other expenditure of the kind referred to in Section 4.10(b)(2); and

(F) with respect to any Asset Sale of Oil and Gas Properties disposed of by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary retains an interest, the costs and expenses related to the exploration, development, completion or production of such Oil and Gas Properties and activities related thereto agreed to be assumed by the transferee (or an Affiliate thereof).

(b) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale (as may be extended pursuant to clause (2) below, the “Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period”), the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, at its option, may apply an amount equal to the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale:

(1) to repay, redeem or repurchase:

(A) Obligations in respect of Senior Indebtedness; or

(B) Obligations in respect of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, other than Obligations owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or

(2) to make (a) an Investment in any one or more businesses; provided that such Investment in any business is in the form of the acquisition of Capital Stock and results in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owning an amount of the Capital Stock of such business such that it constitutes or continues to constitute a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) capital expenditures, (c) other expenditures made with respect to Oil and Gas Properties, (d) acquisitions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of properties (including fee and leasehold interests) or (e) acquisitions by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of other assets, other than securities, in the case of clauses (a),(d) and this clause (e), either (i) that are or will be used or useful in the Oil and Gas Business or (ii) that replace, in whole or in part, the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale; provided that in the case of this clause (2), a binding commitment will be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment so long as the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into such

 

126


commitment with the good faith expectation that such Net Proceeds will be applied to satisfy such commitment within 180 days of such commitment (or, if later, 365 days after the receipt of such Net Proceeds); provided, further, that if any such commitment is later cancelled or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds will constitute Excess Proceeds (as defined below); or

(3) any combination of the foregoing.

(c) Pending the final application of the amount of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness, or otherwise use such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

(d) The amount equal to the Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not invested or applied as provided and within the time period set forth in Section 4.10(b) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds”. When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million, the Issuers will make an offer to all Holders and, at the option of the Issuers, to any holders of any Indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes (“Pari Passu Indebtedness” and such offer, an “Asset Sale Offer”), to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness that is in an amount equal to at least $2,000, or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000, that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price, in the case of the Notes, in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof (or accreted value thereof, if less), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, such other price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to, but excluding, the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 (or, in respect of such Pari Passu Indebtedness, the agreement or instrument governing the terms thereof). The Issuers will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within 30 days after the date that the amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $50.0 million by mailing or electronically delivering the notice required pursuant to Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee, or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures. The Issuers may satisfy the foregoing obligation with respect to any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale by making an offer to purchase Notes with respect to the amount of all or part of the available Net Proceeds (the “Advance Portion”) prior to the expiration of the Asset Sale Proceeds Application Period with respect to the amount of all or a part of the available Net Proceeds in advance of being required to do so by this Indenture (the “Advance Offer”).

To the extent that the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use any remaining Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) of Notes and/or the Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered in an Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion), the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, will select the Notes to be purchased in the manner described under Section 3.02 and the Issuers will select such Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased pursuant to the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness; provided that as between the Notes and any Pari Passu Indebtedness,

 

127


such purchases will be made on a pro rata basis based on the accreted value or principal amount of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered with adjustments as necessary so that no Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness will be repurchased in part in an unauthorized denomination. Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, for purposes of this provision the amount of Excess Proceeds (or in the case of an Advance Offer, the Advance Portion) that resulted in the Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer will be reset to zero (regardless of whether there are any remaining Excess Proceeds (or Advance Portion) upon such completion). An Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, Notes and/or Guarantees (but the Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer may not condition tenders on the delivery of such consents).

(e) [Reserved].

(f) The Issuers will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or Advance Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

(g) The Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.10 may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates.

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained at such time in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company on an arm’s-length basis or, if in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors no comparable transaction is available with which to compare such Affiliate Transaction, such Affiliate Transaction is otherwise fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view; and

(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions requiring aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $50.0 million, a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an Officer’s

 

128


Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with Section 4.11(a)(1). Any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the adoption by the majority of the Board of Directors requirement set forth in the preceding sentence if such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors of the Issuer, if any.

(b) Section 4.11(a) will not apply to the following:

(1) (A) transactions between or among the Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among Restricted Subsidiaries or, in any case, any entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction and (B) any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company and any Parent Company; provided that such merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Company is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona fide business purpose;

(2) (A) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof (including any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payments,” including pursuant to the exceptions contained in the definition thereof and the parenthetical exclusions of such definition) and (B) any “Permitted Investments”;

(3) (A) the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses pursuant to any Advisor Services Agreement as described in the Offering Memorandum (including any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees, indemnities and expenses accrued in any prior year) and any termination fees pursuant to any Advisory Services Agreement, or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof, so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole, as compared to any Advisory Services Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date or as described in the Offering Memorandum, (B) the payment of indemnification and similar amounts to, and reimbursement of reasonable and customary expenses to, the Investors and their officers, directors, employees and Affiliates, in each case, approved by, or pursuant to arrangements approved by, the Board of Directors, (C) payments, loans, advances or guarantees (or cancellation of loans, advances or guarantees) to future, present or former employees, officers, directors, managers, consultants or independent contractors or guarantees in respect thereof for bona fide business purposes or in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and (D) any subscription agreement or similar agreement pertaining to the repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to put/call rights or similar rights with current, former or future officers, directors, employees, managers, consultants and independent contractors of the Company;

(4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and compensation paid to, and indemnities and reimbursements and employment and severance arrangements provided to, or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, present, future or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Company, any Parent Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

129


(5) transactions in which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or stating that the terms, when taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company on an arm’s-length basis;

(6) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, or any amendment thereto or replacement thereof (so long as any such amendment or replacement is not materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Holders when taken as a whole as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the Issue Date);

(7) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of its obligations under the terms of, any equity holder agreement or the equivalent (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any amendment thereto and similar agreements or arrangements that it may enter into thereafter; provided that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or arrangement or under any similar agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date will only be permitted by this clause (7) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement or arrangement are not otherwise materially disadvantageous in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors to the Company when taken as a whole (as compared to the original agreement or arrangement in effect on the Issue Date);

(8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, contractors, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture that are fair to the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party;

(9) the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or any Parent Company to any Person and the granting and performing of customary rights (including registration rights) in connection therewith, and any contribution to the capital of the Company;

 

130


(10) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary made for any financial advisory, consulting, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by, or made pursuant to arrangements approved by, a majority of the Board of Directors in good faith;

(11) payments with respect to Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and other Equity Interests (and cancellation of any thereof) of the Company, any Parent Company and any Restricted Subsidiary and Preferred Stock (and cancellation of any thereof) of any Restricted Subsidiary to any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or permitted transferees) of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any equity subscription or equity holder agreement that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith; and any employment agreements, severance arrangements, stock option plans and other compensatory arrangements (and any successor plans thereto) and any supplemental executive retirement benefit plans or arrangements with any such employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) that are, in each case, approved by the Company in good faith;

(12) (A) investments by Affiliates in securities or Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and payment of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such Affiliates in connection therewith) so long as the investment is being offered by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally to other unaffiliated investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) payments to Affiliates in respect of securities or Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary contemplated in the foregoing subclause (A) or that were acquired from Persons other than the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, in each case, in accordance with the terms of such securities or Indebtedness;

(13) payments to or from, and transactions with, any joint venture or Unrestricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice, industry practice or industry norms (including, any cash management activities related thereto);

(14) (A) payments by the Company (and any Parent Company) and its Subsidiaries pursuant to, and the entry into, tax sharing agreements among the Company (and any Parent Company) and its Subsidiaries; provided that in each case the amount of such payments by the Company and its Subsidiaries are permitted under Section 4.07(b)(12) and (B) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in the ordinary course of business;

 

131


(15) any lease (other than any lease of Oil and Gas Properties) entered into between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as lessee, and any Affiliate of the Company, as lessor, and transactions pursuant to that lease which lease is approved by the Board of Directors or senior management of the Company in good faith;

(16) intellectual property licenses in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;

(17) the payment of reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses relating to registration rights and indemnities provided to equity holders of the Company or any Parent Company pursuant to any equity holders agreement or registration rights agreement entered into on or after the Issue Date;

(18) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01 solely for the purpose of (A) reorganizing to facilitate any initial public offering of securities of the Company or any Parent Company, (B) forming a holding company, (C) reincorporating the Company or the Co-Issuer or (D) consummating the IPOCo Transactions;

(19) transactions undertaken in good faith (as determined by the Board of Directors or certified by senior management of the Company in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purposes of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any covenant set forth in this Indenture;

(20) (A) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) solely because the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owns Equity Interests in such Person and (B) transactions with any Person that is an Affiliate solely because a director of such Person is a director of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company; provided that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent Company on any matter involving such other Person;

(21) (A) pledges and other transfers of Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries and (B) any transactions with an Affiliate in which the consideration paid consists solely of Equity Interests of the Company or a Parent Company;

(22) the sale, issuance or transfer of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

(23) Permitted Intercompany Activities and related transactions;

(24) payments on the Notes in accordance with this Indenture and payments of Obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities and payments in respect of Obligations under other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company and its Subsidiaries held by Affiliates; provided that such Obligations were acquired by an Affiliate of the Company in compliance with this Indenture;

 

132


(25) transactions undertaken in the ordinary course of business pursuant to membership in a purchasing consortium; and

(26) any transactions with or among the Company, IPOCo, their respective Restricted Subsidiaries and the Permitted Holders in connection with the IPOCo Transactions and the Qualified IPO, the transactions relating thereto, and the payment of all fees and expenses related thereto, including fees to the Investors.

SECTION 4.12. Liens. The Issuers will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, create, incur or assume any Lien (except Permitted Liens) that secures Obligations under any Indebtedness or any related guarantee of Indebtedness, on any asset or property of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, or any income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, unless:

(1) in the case of Liens securing Subordinated Indebtedness, the Notes and related Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens until such time as such Subordinated Indebtedness is no longer secured by such Liens; and

(2) in all other cases, the Notes or the Guarantees are equally and ratably secured until such time as such Obligations are no longer secured by such Liens.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.12, (A) a Lien need not be incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens described in the definition thereof but is permitted to be incurred in part under any combination thereof and of any other available exemption and (B) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of the categories of Permitted Liens, the Company will, in its sole discretion, be entitled to divide, classify or reclassify, in whole or in part, any such Lien (or any portion thereof) among one or more of such categories or clauses in any manner.

Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 will be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) of this Section 4.12 or upon such Liens no longer attaching to assets or property of the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor.

With respect to any Lien securing Indebtedness that was permitted to secure such Indebtedness at the time of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, such Lien shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Indebtedness. The “Increased Amount” of any Indebtedness shall mean any increase in the amount of such Indebtedness in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, accretion of original issue discount or liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Indebtedness.

 

133


SECTION 4.13. Company Existence. The Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence, and the corporate, partnership or other organizational existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve the corporate, partnership or other organizational existence of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed to be in breach of this covenant as a result of any transaction that complies with Article V hereof.

SECTION 4.14. Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control.

(a) If a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, unless the Issuers have previously or concurrently electronically delivered or mailed a redemption notice with respect to all the outstanding Notes as described under Section 3.07, the Issuers will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a price in cash (the “Change of Control Payment”) equal to 101.00% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date prior to such repurchase.

Within 60 days following any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers will send notice of such Change of Control Offer electronically or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, with the following information:

(1) a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.14 and all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change of Control Offer will be accepted for payment by the Issuers;

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which will be no earlier than 20 Business Days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”), subject to extension (in the case where such notice is mailed or otherwise delivered prior to the occurrence of the Change of Control) in the event that the occurrence of the Change of Control is delayed;

(3) any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest;

(4) unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on the Change of Control Payment Date;

(5) Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice or otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

134


(6) Holders will be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and their election to require the Issuers to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day prior to the expiration date of the Change of Control Offer, a facsimile transmission or letter or other notice in accordance with the Applicable Procedures setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Notes purchased;

(7) Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes and such new Notes will be equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to at least $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000;

(8) if such notice is delivered prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, stating that the Change of Control Offer is conditional on the occurrence of such Change of Control and describing each such condition, and, if applicable, stating that, in the Company’s discretion, the Change of Control Payment Date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice was mailed or delivered, including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions are satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion), or such purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions are not satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the Change of Control Payment Date, or by the Change of Control Payment Date as so delayed, or such notice may be rescinded at any time in the Company’s discretion if in the good faith judgment of the Issuers any or all of such conditions will not be satisfied. In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the purchase price and performance of the Issuers’ obligations with respect to such purchase may be performed by another Person; and

(9) the other instructions, as determined by the Issuers, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes repurchased.

While the Notes are in global form and the Issuers make an offer to purchase all of the notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, a Holder may exercise its option to elect for the purchase of the notes through the facilities of the Depositary, subject to its rules and regulations.

The Issuers will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes by the Issuers pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuers will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof.

 

135


(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuers will, to the extent permitted by law:

(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the aggregate Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof validly tendered and not validly withdrawn; and

(3) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee (a) an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that such Notes or portions thereof have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuers and (b) at the Issuers’ option, the Notes so accepted for cancellation.

(c) The Issuers will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) in connection with or in contemplation of any Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers have made an offer to purchase (an “Alternate Offer”) any and all Notes validly tendered at a cash price equal to or higher than the Change of Control Payment and has purchased all Notes properly tendered in accordance with the terms of the Alternate Offer.

(d) A Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control and conditional upon such Change of Control Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer. The closing date of any such Change of Control Offer or Alternate Offer made in advance of a Change of Control Triggering Event may be changed to conform to the actual closing date of the Change of Control; provided that such closing date is not earlier than 20 Business Days nor later than 60 days from the date the Change of Control Offer notice is sent, subject to extension, pursuant to Section 4.14(a).

(e) A Change of Control Offer may be made at the same time as consents are solicited with respect to an amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, Notes and/or Guarantees (but the Change of Control Offer may not condition tenders on the delivery of such consents).

(f) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06, and references therein to “redeem,” “redemption,” “Redemption Date” and similar words shall be deemed to refer to “purchase,” “repurchase,” “Change of Control Payment Date” and similar words, as applicable.

(g) The Issuers’ obligation to make an offer to repurchase the Notes pursuant to this Section 4.14 may be waived or modified (at any time, including after a Change of Control Triggering Event) with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

136


SECTION 4.15. Limitation on Guarantees of Indebtedness by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries (and non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries if such non-Wholly-Owned Subsidiary guarantees Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or Capital Markets Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor), other than the Co-Issuer, a Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, to guarantee the payment of (i) any Indebtedness of the Company or the Co- Issuer or any Guarantor under the Senior Credit Facility incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) or (ii) Capital Markets Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, in each case, having an aggregate principal amount outstanding in excess of $12.5 million or, in the aggregate, in excess of $25.0 million, unless:

(1) such Restricted Subsidiary within 30 days executes and delivers to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto, providing for a Guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary, except that with respect to a guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, any such guarantee by such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness will be subordinated in right of payment to such Guarantee substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes; and

(2) such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other applicable rights against the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Guarantee;

provided that this Section 4.15 will not be applicable to any guarantee of any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary. The Company may elect, in its sole discretion, to cause any Subsidiary that is not otherwise required to be a Guarantor to become a Guarantor, in which case such Subsidiary will not be required to comply with clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.15 and such Guarantee may be released at any time in the Company’s sole discretion.

SECTION 4.16. Suspension of Covenants.

(a) During any period of time that (i) the Notes have an Investment Grade Rating from either of the Rating Agencies and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event” and the date thereof being referred to as the “Suspension Date”), the Guarantees will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged (subject to reinstatement pursuant to clause (f) below) and the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to Section 4.07, Section 4.08, Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.11, Section 4.15, Section 5.01(a)(1)(d) and 5.01(b) hereof (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”).

 

137


(b) During a Suspension Period (as defined below), the Company may not designate any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.”

(c) In the event that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion Date”) the Notes no longer have any Investment Grade Rating, then the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date is referred to in this Indenture as the “Suspension Period.” Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Excess Proceeds from Net Proceeds will be reset to zero for purposes of Section 4.10.

(d) In the event a Reversion Date occurs, no action taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or events occurring prior to the Reversion Date with respect to any of the Suspended Covenants will give rise to a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided that

(1) with respect to Restricted Payments made after the Reversion Date, the amount of Restricted Payments made will be calculated as though Section 4.07 had been in effect prior to, but not during, the Suspension Period;

(2) all Indebtedness incurred, or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(3);

(3) any Affiliate Transaction entered into after the Reversion Date pursuant to an agreement entered into during any Suspension Period will be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.11(b)(6);

(4) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to take any action described in Section 4.08(a) that becomes effective during any Suspension Period will be deemed to be permitted pursuant to Section 4.08(b)(1);

(5) no Subsidiary of the Company will be required to comply with Section 4.15 after the Reversion Date with respect to any guarantee entered into by such Subsidiary during any Suspension Period;

(6) all Liens permitted to be created, incurred or assumed during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as permitted under clause (9) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”; and

 

138


(7) all Investments made during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that they are classified as Permitted Investments permitted under clause (5) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

(e) Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated after the Reversion Date, (i) no Default, Event of Default or breach of any kind will be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants, and none of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will bear any liability for any actions taken or events occurring during the Suspension Period, or any actions taken at any time pursuant to any contractual obligation arising during a Suspension Period, in each case, as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or, upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time, based on any action taken or event that occurred during the Suspension Period) and (ii) following a Reversion Date, the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary will be permitted, without causing a Default or Event of Default, to honor, comply with or otherwise perform any contractual commitments or obligations arising during any Suspension Period that were permitted to be entered into at such time and to consummate any transactions contemplated thereby.

(f) During the Suspension Period, the Guarantees will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged and the obligation to grant further Guarantees will be suspended; provided that if any Restricted Subsidiary guarantees the payment of any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Guarantor incurred subsequent to the Suspension Date, then the Company will cause such Restricted Subsidiary to become a Guarantor in accordance with Section 4.15 to the extent required by the terms of Section 4.15 if it were then in effect. Upon the Reversion Date, the obligation to grant Guarantees pursuant to Section 4.15 will be reinstated (and the Reversion Date will be deemed to be the date on which any guaranteed Indebtedness was incurred for purposes of Section 4.15). During the Suspension Period, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be entitled to incur Liens to the extent provided for in Section 4.12 (including, without limitation, Permitted Liens) and any Permitted Liens which may refer to one or more Suspended Covenants shall be interpreted as though such applicable Suspended Covenant(s) continued to be applicable during the Suspension Period (but solely for purposes of Section 4.12 and the “Permitted Liens” definition and for no other covenant).

(g) The Trustee shall have no duty to (i) monitor the ratings of the Notes, (ii) determine whether a Covenant Suspension Event or Reversion Date has occurred, or (iii) notify Holders of any of the foregoing.

SECTION 4.17. Limitations on Activities of the Co-Issuer. The Co-Issuer shall not hold any material assets, become liable for any material obligations, engage in any trade or business, or conduct any business activity, other than (1) the issuance of its Capital Stock to the Company or any Wholly-Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (2) the incurrence of Indebtedness as a co-obligor or guarantor, as the case may be, of the Notes, any Credit Facility and any other Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and the granting of any related Permitted Liens and (3) activities incidental thereto.

 

139


ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

SECTION 5.01. Merger, Amalgamation, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets.

(a) Neither the Company nor the Co-Issuer may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company or the Co-Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (a) the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable), or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made, is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Company”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation;

(b) the Successor Company, if other than the Company or the Co- Issuer, as applicable, expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, under the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other customary documents or instruments;

(c) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists;

(d) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended Test Period, either:

(i) the Company (or Successor Company, as applicable) would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Test, or

(ii) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company (or Successor Company, as applicable) would be equal to or greater than the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

(e) each Guarantor, unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case Section 5.01(a)(1)(b) will apply, will have by supplemental indenture or otherwise confirmed that its Guarantee applies to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and

 

140


(f) the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable (or the Successor Company, as applicable), will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and such supplemental indentures, if any, are the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable (or the Successor Company, as applicable) and any Guarantors party thereto; or

(2) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding clauses (c) through (f) of Section 5.01(a)(1),

(1) the Company may consolidate or amalgamate with or merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Guarantor;

(2) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into or wind up into or sell, assign, lease, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,

(3) the Company or the Co-Issuer may consolidate with, amalgamate with or merge with or into, or wind up into an Affiliate of the Company or the Co-Issuer for the purpose of reincorporating the Company or the Co-Issuer in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby,

(4) the Company or the Co-Issuer may convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Company or the Co-Issuer or the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States (and, if such entity is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation organized or existing under such laws), and

(5) the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor may change its name.

(b) Subject to Section 10.06, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless:

(1) (A) such Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, as applicable, or the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such surviving Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Person”);

 

141


(B) the Successor Person, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under this Indenture and such Guarantor’s related Guarantee pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments;

(C) immediately after such transaction, no Default exists; and

(D) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indentures, if any, comply with this Indenture and that such supplemental indentures, if any, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the successor Guarantor, if other than the Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms; or

(2) the transaction is made in compliance with, if applicable, Section 4.10; or

(3) in the case of assets comprised of Equity Interests of Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors, such Equity Interests are sold, assigned, transferred, leased, conveyed or otherwise disposed of to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Guarantor may (1) merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into, wind up into or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or part of its properties and assets to another Guarantor or the Company, (2) merge with an Affiliate of the Company for the purpose of reincorporating the Guarantor in the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (3) convert into a corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or trust organized or existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor or the laws of a jurisdiction in the United States, (4) liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Company determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Company and is not materially disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes or (5) change its name.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, compliance with this Section 5.01 will not be required with respect to (1) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of properties or assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (2) the IPOCo Transactions.

SECTION 5.02. Successor Person Substituted. Upon any consolidation, amalgamation or merger, or any winding up, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor in accordance with Section 5.01 hereof, the Successor Person formed by such consolidation or amalgamation or into or with which the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or to which such wind up, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or

 

142


other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees referring to the Company or the Co- Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, shall refer instead to the Successor Person and not to the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Company or the Co-Issuer or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the same effect as if such Successor Person had been named as the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor, as applicable, herein, and such Guarantor’s Guarantee and such Guarantor will be automatically released and discharged from its obligations hereunder, and, in the case of a predecessor Company or Co-Issuer shall automatically be released from its obligations thereunder; provided that the predecessor Company or Co-Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligations under this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees in the case of any lease.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(1) default in payment when due and payable, upon redemption, acceleration or otherwise, of principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(2) default for 30 days or more in the payment when due of interest on or with respect to the Notes;

(3) failure by the Company for 180 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements contained in Section 4.03;

(4) failure by the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor for 60 days after receipt of written notice given by the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (with a copy to the Trustee) to comply with any of its obligations, covenants or agreements (other than a default referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 6.01) contained in this Indenture or the Notes;

(5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of

 

143


Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the issuance of the Notes, if both:

(A) such default either results from the failure to pay any principal of such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods) or relates to an obligation other than the obligation to pay principal of any such Indebtedness at its stated final maturity and results in the holder or holders of such Indebtedness causing such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity; and

(B) the principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at its stated final maturity (after giving effect to any applicable grace periods), or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregate $75.0 million or more at any one time outstanding;

(6) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $75.0 million (net of amounts covered by insurance policies), which final judgments remain unpaid, undischarged, unwaived and unstayed for a period of more than 90 days after such judgment becomes final;

(7) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(i) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law;

(iii) consents to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

144


(i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), in a proceeding in which the Company or any such Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), is to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent;

(ii) appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary); or

(iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary);

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or

(9) the Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) will for any reason cease to be in full force and effect except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture or be declared null and void in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or any Financial Officer of any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary (or the responsible officers of any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that taken together (as of the latest consolidated financial statements of the Company made available to the Holders) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), as the case may be, denies in writing that it has any further liability under its Guarantee or gives written notice to such effect, other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or the release of any such Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture.

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing under this Indenture, the Trustee by written notice to the Issuers or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon the effectiveness of such declaration, such principal of and premium, if any, and interest will be due and payable immediately. The Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default, except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Trustee will have no obligation to accelerate the Notes.

 

145


Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising under clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes shall be due and payable immediately without further action or notice.

The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder (except a continuing Default with respect to non-payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non- consenting Holder) and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if such rescission would not conflict with any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(5) hereof, such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) will be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if:

(1) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(2) the requisite holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(3) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, waived or is no longer continuing.

SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 6.02 hereof, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default and its consequences hereunder (except a continuing Default in the payment of interest on, premium, if any, or the principal of any Note held by a non-consenting Holder) (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

146


SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such direction is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any such other Holder) or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. Subject to Section 6.07 hereof, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(2) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have requested in writing the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

(3) Holders of the Notes have offered (and if requested, provided) the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

(4) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(5) Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then total outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such written request within such 60-day period.

A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to bring suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer), shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

147


SECTION 6.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Issuers, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted.

SECTION 6.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07 hereof, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 6.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 6.12. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or

 

148


otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 6.13. Priorities. If the Trustee or any Agent collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

(i) to the Trustee, such Agent, their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee or such Agent and the costs and expenses of collection;

(ii) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

(iii) to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct including a Guarantor, if applicable.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.

SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture on behalf of the Holders, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

149


(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(ii) in the absence of willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i) this paragraph (c) does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.02, 6.04 or 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01 and Section 7.01(f).

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered (and if requested, provide) to the Trustee indemnity or security satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

150


SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee.

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care.

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer thereof.

(f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it.

(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

(h) In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

 

151


(j) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

(k) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take certain actions under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty unless so specified herein.

(l) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

(m) The Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture.

(n) No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to impose any duty or obligation on the Trustee to take or omit to take any action, in the performance of its duties or obligations under this Indenture, or to exercise any right or power thereunder, to the extent that taking or omitting to take such action would violate applicable law binding upon it.

SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Section 7.10 hereof.

SECTION 7.04. Trustees Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.02(g) hereof, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if and so long as it in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

SECTION 7.06. [Reserved].

 

152


SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

The Issuers and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify, defend and protect the Trustee for, and hold the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the reasonable costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or the Co-Issuer or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor, or any other Person or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder) (but excluding taxes imposed on such persons in connection with compensation for such administration or performance). The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Neither the Issuers nor any Guarantor need to pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.07 and the immunities of the Trustee contained in Article VII shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the payment obligations of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except for money or property held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing not less than 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:

 

153


(A) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(B) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(C) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(D) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Issuers’ expense), the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

The resigning Trustee shall have no responsibility or liability for any action or inaction of a successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has, together with its parent, a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

154


ARTICLE VIII

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuers may, at their option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes and all obligations of the Guarantors with respect to the Guarantees upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof, to have cured all then existing Events of Default and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture including that of the Guarantors with each Guarantor released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute such instruments requested by the Issuers acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

(A) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

(B) the Issuers’ obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

(C) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuers’ obligations in connection therewith; and

(D) this Section 8.02.

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

155


SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.17 hereof and Sections 5.01(a)(1)(d) and (e), and Section 5.01(b) hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantees, the Issuers and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Issuers exercise the Covenant Defeasance option, each Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Guarantee. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(3), 6.01(4) (solely with respect to the covenants that are released upon a Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7) (solely with respect to the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries), 6.01(8) (solely with respect to the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) and 6.01(9) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes:

(1) the Issuers must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor to the extent such amounts consist of U.S. dollar- denominated Government Securities, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Notes on the stated maturity date or on the applicable Redemption Date, as the case may be, and the Issuers must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular Redemption Date; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited will be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any deficit as of the date of redemption (any such amount, the “Applicable Premium Deficit”) only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption (it being understood that any defeasance shall be subject to the condition subsequent that such deficit is in fact paid); provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability whatsoever in the event that such deposit is not made after the Trustee has discharged this Indenture. Any Applicable Premium Deficit will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit will be applied toward such redemption;

 

156


(2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions:

(A) the Issuers have received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or

(B) since the issuance of the Notes, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law,

in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as applicable, as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to such tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(4) no Default (other than that resulting from borrowing funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens and the consummation of other transactions in connection therewith) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under the Senior Credit Facilities or any other material agreement, instrument or documents (other than this Indenture) to which, the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor is bound (other than that resulting from any borrowing of funds to be applied to make the deposit required to effect such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness to be redeemed, and, in each case, the granting of Liens and the consummation of other transactions in connection therewith);

(6) the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuers with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or others; and

 

157


(7) the Issuers will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) of the immediately preceding paragraph with respect to Legal Defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers.

SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee to the extent such requested amount consists of Government Securities (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

SECTION 8.06. Repayment to Issuers. Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

158


SECTION 8.07. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuers’ and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided that, if the Issuers make any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. Notwithstanding Section 9.02 hereof, the Company, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor (with respect to a Guarantee to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and any Guarantee or Notes without the consent of any Holder:

(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(3) to comply with Section 5.01 hereof;

(4) to provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders;

(5) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not materially adversely affect (as determined in good faith by the Company) the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(6) to add covenants for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor;

(7) at the Company’s election, to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, if applicable (it being agreed that this Indenture need not qualify under the Trust Indenture Act);

 

159


(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee hereunder pursuant to the requirements hereof;

(9) to add a Guarantor or co-obligor under this Indenture or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(10) to conform the text of this Indenture, Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, Guarantee or Notes, as provided to the Trustee in an Officer’s Certificate;

(11) to make any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes; provided that (a) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable securities law and (b) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes;

(12) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

(13) to secure the Notes and/or the related Guarantees or to add collateral thereto.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof (to the extent requested by the Trustee), the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall have the right, but not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit D hereto.

SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Co-Issuer, the Guarantors (solely with respect to the Guarantee to which it is a party) and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been

 

160


rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any), other than Notes beneficially owned by the Company or its Affiliates, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer or offer to purchase with respect to the Notes); provided that (x) if any such amendment or waiver will only affect one series of Notes (or less than all series of Notes) then outstanding hereunder, then only the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer or offer to purchase with respect to the Notes) shall be required and (y) if any such amendment or waiver by its terms will affect a series of Notes in a manner different and materially adverse relative to the manner such amendment or waiver affects other series of Notes, then the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such adversely affected series then outstanding (including, in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer or offer to purchase with respect to the Notes) shall be required. Section 2.08 hereof and Section 2.09 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02.

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company, the Co-Issuer and the Guarantors (solely with respect to the Guarantee to which it is a party) in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuers shall deliver to the Holders affected thereby (with a copy to the Trustee) a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Without the consent of each affected Holder (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Notes held by Affiliates), an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

(1) reduce the principal amount of such Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed final maturity of any such Note or reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of such Notes on any date (other than the provisions relating to Section 3.09, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14); provided that any amendment to the notice requirements may be made with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of then outstanding Notes;

 

161


(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(4) waive a Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration, or in respect of a covenant or provision contained in this Indenture or any Guarantee which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of all affected Holders;

(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated therein;

(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults;

(7) make any change in this Article IX that is materially adverse to the Holders;

(8) modify the contractual right hereunder of any Holder to institute suit for the payment of principal, interest or premium (if any) on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes on or after the respective due dates;

(9) make any change to or modify the ranking of the Notes that would adversely affect the Holders; or

(10) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify the Guarantees of any Guarantor, in any manner materially adverse to the Holders.

For the avoidance of doubt, no amendment to, or deletion of any of the covenants described under, Article IV (other than Section 4.01) or Article V or action taken in compliance with such provisions in effect at the time of such action, shall be deemed to impair or affect any legal rights of any Holders of the notes to receive payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes.

SECTION 9.03. [Reserved].

SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

162


The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company or the Co-Issuer may not sign an amendment, supplement or waiver until the Board of Directors of the Company or the Co-Issuer, as applicable, approves it. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in relying conclusively upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuers and any Guarantors party thereto, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE X

GUARANTEES

SECTION 10.01. Guarantee. Subject to this Article X, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees, on an unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder or thereunder, that (a) the principal of and interest and premium, if any, on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, including for expenses, indemnification or otherwise, shall be promptly paid in full, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other Obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full when due in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same promptly. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

163


The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (other than payment in full of all of the Obligations of the Issuers hereunder and under the Notes).

Each Guarantor hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuers, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee shall not be discharged except by full payment of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture or by release in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.01.

If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or the Co-Issuer or the Guarantors, then any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any nonpaying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Guarantees.

Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuers for liquidation, reorganization, should any of the Issuers become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuers’ assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or

 

164


must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes or Guarantees, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

The Guarantee issued by any Guarantor shall be a general unsecured senior obligation of such Guarantor and shall be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, if any.

Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in respect of its Guarantee shall be made without setoff, counter-claim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature.

SECTION 10.02. Limitation on Guarantor Liability. Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article X, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 10.03. Execution and Delivery. To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture (or, in the case of each Guarantor that becomes a party hereto after the date hereof, a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D) shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its authorized Officers.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Guarantee on the Notes.

If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall be valid nevertheless.

 

165


The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

If required by Section 4.15 hereof, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply with Section 4.15 and this Article X, to the extent applicable.

SECTION 10.04. Subrogation. Until its Guarantee is terminated in accordance with Section 10.06, each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to exercise any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

SECTION 10.05. Benefits Acknowledged. Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

SECTION 10.06. Release of Guarantees. (a) Each Guarantee by a Guarantor will provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged and shall thereupon terminate and be of no further force and effect, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Issuers or the Trustee is required for the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee, upon:

(1) any sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer (by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dividend, distribution or otherwise) of (a) the Capital Stock of such Guarantor, after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, or (b) all or substantially all of the assets of such Guarantor (including to any of the Issuers or another Guarantor), in each case if such sale, exchange, issuance, disposition or transfer is made in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(2) (a) the release or discharge of the guarantee by, or direct obligation of, such Guarantor of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or Capital Markets Indebtedness of any Issuer or any Guarantor that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, or (b) the release or discharge of such other guarantee that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except, in each case, a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such guarantee or direct obligation (it being understood that a release subject to a contingent reinstatement is still a release);

(3) the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture or the occurrence of any event following which the Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

 

166


(4) (a) the exercise by the Issuers of their Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article VIII hereof or (b) the discharge of the Issuers’ obligations under this Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Indenture;

(5) the merger, amalgamation or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company, the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger, amalgamation or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of a Guarantor following the transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, in each case in a transaction that complies with the applicable provisions hereof;

(6) as described under Article IX; or

(7) the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any guarantee by a Parent Company may be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged for any reason. The Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested by the Issuers in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee; provided that prior to executing such documents, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Issuers an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel compliant with Section 12.04 to the effect that the conditions precedent to such release have been satisfied. Any failure by the Trustee to execute such documents shall, however, not affect the automatic release and discharge of the Guarantee and the other obligations of any Guarantor as contemplated by the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.05.

(b) The Company will have the right, upon delivery of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee, to cause any Guarantor that has not guaranteed any Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities or Capital Markets Indebtedness of an Issuer or Guarantor, and is not otherwise required by the applicable terms of this Indenture to provide a Guarantee, to be unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee will thereupon automatically and unconditionally terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

SECTION 11.01. Satisfaction and Discharge. This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect as to all Notes, when either:

(1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(2) (A) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of one or more notices of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year or may be called for redemption

 

167


within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers, and the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest), in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor to the extent such amounts consist of U.S. dollar-denominated Government Securities, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption; provided that upon any redemption that requires the payment of the Applicable Premium, the amount deposited will be sufficient for purposes of this Indenture to the extent that an amount is deposited with the Trustee equal to the Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of the notice of redemption, with any Applicable Premium Deficit only required to be deposited with the Trustee on or prior to the date of redemption (it being understood that any satisfaction and discharge shall be subject to the condition subsequent that such deficit is in fact paid); provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability whatsoever in the event that such deposit is not made after the Trustee has discharged this Indenture. Any Applicable Premium Deficit will be set forth in an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee simultaneously with the deposit of such Applicable Premium Deficit that confirms that such Applicable Premium Deficit will be applied toward such redemption;

(B) the Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

(C) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Issuers must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied. Such Opinion of Counsel may rely on such Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact, including clauses (2)(A), (B) and (C) above.

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, Section 7.07 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of this Section 11.01, Section 11.02 and Section 8.06 hereof shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

SECTION 11.02. Application of Trust Money. Subject to Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or the Co-Issuer or a Guarantor acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

168


The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuers’ and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Issuers have made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 12.01. Relation to Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture shall not be subject to the TIA.

SECTION 12.02. Notices. Any notice or communication by the Company, the Co-Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile, electronically (in “.pdf” or other format) or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

If to the Company, the Co-Issuer and/or any Guarantor on or after the Issue Date:

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Attention: Wayne Stoltenberg

Tel: (469) 606-1011

Fax: (877) 992-0118

Email: wstoltenberg1@vineoil.com

and

c/o Blackstone Energy Partners L.P.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

 

169


Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

in each case, with a copy to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, TX 77002

Attention: Matthew Pacey

Michael Rigdon

Tel: (713) 836-3600

Fax: (713) 836-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com

michael.rigdon@kirkland.com

If to the Trustee:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

15950 N. Dallas Parkway, Suite 550

Dallas, TX 75248

Attention: Vine Oil & Gas LP Account Manager

Facsimile No.: 888-316-6238

The Issuers, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five calendar days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; on the first date on which publication is made or electronic delivery made; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery; provided that any notice or communication delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed effective upon actual receipt thereof.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be electronically delivered, mailed by first-class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register kept by the Registrar.

Failure to deliver a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption or purchase) to a Holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary.

 

170


If a notice or communication is mailed or otherwise delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, such notice or communication shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Issuers deliver or mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall deliver or mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

SECTION 12.03. Communication with Holders of a Global Note. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Note, where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice of any event or any other communication (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) to a holder of a Global Note (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary (or its designee) pursuant to the standing instructions from the Depositary or its designee, including by electronic mail in accordance with accepted practices at the Depositary.

SECTION 12.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuers or any of the Guarantors to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than as set forth in the last sentence of Section 9.01 and with respect to clause (B) below, in connection with the initial issuance of Notes on the Issue Date), the Issuers or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee:

(A) An Officer’s Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

(B) An Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.

SECTION 12.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(A) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(B) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

171


(C) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and

(D) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate or certificates of public officials.

SECTION 12.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

SECTION 12.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or equity holder of the Company, the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or any Parent Company will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

SECTION 12.08. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 12.09. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE CO-ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREBY, IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

SECTION 12.10. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services.

SECTION 12.11. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

172


SECTION 12.12. Successors. All agreements of the Issuers in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.06 hereof.

SECTION 12.13. Severability. In case any provision or any part of any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 12.14. Counterpart Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic transmissions (in ‘.pdf’ or other format) shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronically (in ‘.pdf’ or other format) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

SECTION 12.15. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross- Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

SECTION 12.16. USA PATRIOT Act. The parties hereto acknowledge that in order to help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, pursuant to federal regulations that became effective on October 1, 2003, Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person establishing a relationship or opening an account with the Trustee. The parties hereto agree that they will provide the Trustee with name, address, tax identification number, if applicable, and other information that will allow the Trustee to identify the individual or entity who is establishing the relationship, and will further provide the Trustee with formation documents such as articles of incorporation or other identifying documents.

[Signatures on following page]

 

173


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP, as Company
By:   Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Wayne Stoltenberg
  Name: Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP., as Co-Issuer
By:   /s/ Wayne Stoltenberg
  Name: Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC, as Guarantor
By: Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, on behalf of Vine Oil & Gas LP, in its capacity as sole member
By:   /s/ Wayne Stoltenberg
  Name: Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


VINE OIL & GAS HAYNESVILLE LLC, as Guarantor
By: Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, on behalf of Vine Oil & Gas LP, in its capacity as sole member
By:   /s/ Wayne Stoltenberg
  Name: Wayne B. Stoltenberg
  Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSICIATION, as Trustee
By:   /s/ Shawn Goffinet
  Name: Shawn Goffinet
  Title: Assistant Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

[Face of Note]

[Insert the Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

[Insert the OID Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

A-1


CUSIP [            ]

ISIN [            ]

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL NOTE

9.75% Senior Notes due 2023

 

No. [     ]    $[         ]

VINE OIL & GAS LP

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.

promise to pay to                        or registered assigns, the principal sum of DOLLARS [or such greater or lesser amount set forth on the Schedule of Exchange of Interests in the Global Note attached hereto]1 on April 15, 2023.

Interest Payment Dates: April 15 and October 15, beginning April 15, 2019

Record Dates: April 1 and October 1

 

1 

For Global Notes.

 

A-2


IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

VINE OIL & GAS LP
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

VINE OIL & GAS FINANCE CORP.
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

A-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
  WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:    

 

 

  Authorized Signatory
Dated:

 

A-4


[Back of Note]

9.75% Senior Note due 2023

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. INTEREST. Vine Oil & Gas LP (the “Company”) and Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp. (the “Co-Issuer” and together with the Company, the “Issuers”) promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum of 9.75% from October 3, 20182 until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest on this Note semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning April 15, 2019 or, if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). The Issuers will make each interest payment to the Holder of record of this Note on the immediately preceding April 1 and October 1 (each, a “Record Date”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be April 15, 2019. The Issuers will pay interest (including post- petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note; they shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the rate borne by this Note. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360- day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Issuers will pay interest on this Note to the Person who is the registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the Record Date (whether or not a Business Day) next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if this Note is cancelled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be payable at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuers, may be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion) and such payee owns $1,000,000 or more of the Notes, provided that (a) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on, Notes represented by Global Notes registered in the name of or held by DTC or its nominee will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder or Holders thereof and (b) all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to certificated Notes may, at the option of the Issuers, be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion) and such payee owns $1 million or more of the Notes. Such payment shall be in such

 

2 

For Initial Notes.

 

A-5


coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. If a payment date is on a Legal Holiday, payment will be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust, National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. INDENTURE. The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, as the Company, (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as the Co-Issuer, (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, and (d) the Trustee. The Issuers shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

  5.

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

(a) At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon notice as described under Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price (as calculated by the Company) equal to the sum of (i) 100.00% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus (ii) the Applicable Premium, plus (iii) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date. Any notice of redemption made in connection with a related transaction or event (including an Equity Offering, contribution, Change of Control, Asset Sale or other transaction) may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be given prior to the completion or the occurrence thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, the completion or occurrence of the related transaction or event, as the case may be.

(b) At any time prior to October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions, redeem up to 40.00% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Additional Notes issued under the Indenture at a redemption price (as calculated by the Company) equal to the sum of (i) 109.750% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, with an amount equal to or less than the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings to the extent such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to the Company, plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date; provided that (a) at least 50.00% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the Indenture on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued under the Indenture after the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently) and (b) each such redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of closing of the applicable Equity Offering or contribution.

 

A-6


(c) In connection with any Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer to purchase all of the Notes, if Holders of not less than 90.00% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes validly tender and do not validly withdraw such Notes in such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer and the Issuers purchase, or any third party making such Change of Control Offer, Alternate Offer or other tender offer in lieu of the Issuers purchases, all of the Notes validly tendered and not validly withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon not less than 10 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, given not more than 60 days following such purchase date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a price equal to the price offered to each other Holder in such Change of Control Offer or other tender offer, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Offer or other tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of the Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to the Redemption Date).

(d) Except pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) of Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Issuers’ option prior to October 15, 2020.

(e) On and after October 15, 2020, the Issuers may, at their option and on one or more occasions, redeem all or a part of the Notes, in whole or in part, upon notice in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date, if redeemed during the periods indicated below:

 

Period

   Percentage  

October 15, 2020 to October 14, 2021

     107.313

October 15, 2021 to April 14, 2022

     104.875

April 15, 2022 and thereafter

     100.000

(e) Any redemption pursuant to Section 3.07 of the Indenture shall be made pursuant to Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. MANDATORY REDEMPTION; OFFERS TO PURCHASE AND OPEN MARKET PURCHASES. The Issuers will not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. However, under certain circumstances, the Issuers may be required to offer to purchase Notes as described under Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture.

7. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Subject to Section 3.03 of the Indenture, the Issuers shall deliver electronically, mail or cause to be mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, notices of redemption at least 10 but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed at such Holder’s registered address or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Procedures, except that redemption notices may be delivered or mailed more than 60 days prior to a Redemption Date if the notice is issued in connection with Section 3.03(i), Article VIII or Article XI of the Indenture.

 

A-7


8. OFFERS TO REPURCHASE. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall make a Change of Control Offer in accordance with Section 4.14 of the Indenture. In connection with certain Asset Sales, the Issuers shall make an Asset Sale Offer as and when provided in accordance with Sections 3.09 and 4.10 of the Indenture.

9. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The transfer of Notes shall be registered and Notes may only be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar, Transfer Agent and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not issue, exchange or register the transfer of any Notes during the period of 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or between a Record Date with respect to such Note and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date with respect to such Note.

10. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder.

11. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the Indenture.

12. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the Indenture. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers may declare the principal, premium, if any, interest and any other monetary obligations on all the then outstanding Notes to be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default (except a Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or and its consequences under the Indenture (except a continuing Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any of the Notes held by a nonconsenting Holder). The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required within thirty (30) days after becoming aware of any Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default, its status and what actions the Company is taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

A-8


13. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.

14. GOVERNING LAW. THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND ANY GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

15. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address:

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Tel: (469) 606-0540

 

A-9


ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:     
   (Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                                                                                         to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

Date:                                                      

 

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-10


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

[ ] Section 4.10 [ ] Section 4.14

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:

$

Date:                                                      

 

 

Your Signature:    
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:    

Signature Guarantee*:                                     

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

A-11


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is $                . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note
     Amount of
increase in
Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note
     Principal
Amount of
this Global
Note
following such
decrease or
increase
     Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or
Custodian
 
           

 

*

This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

A-12


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Attention: Wayne Stoltenberg Tel: (469) 606-1011

Wilmington Trust, National Association Global Capital Markets

15950 N. Dallas Parkway, Suite 550

Dallas, TX 75248

Attention: Vine Oil & Gas LP Account Manager Facsimile No.: 888-316-6238

Re: 9.75% Senior Notes due 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, as the Company, (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as the Co- Issuer, (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, and (d) the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                  (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”),                                  to                                  (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

B-1


2. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the applicable Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person [(other than an initial purchaser)]. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. [ ] CHECK AND COMPLETE IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN THE RELEVANT DEFINITIVE NOTE PURSUANT TO ANY PROVISION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OTHER THAN RULE 144A OR REGULATION S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) [ ] such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

  (b)

[ ] such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof.

4. [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFEREE WILL TAKE DELIVERY OF A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OR OF AN UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE.

(a) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(b) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) [ ] CHECK IF TRANSFER IS PURSUANT TO OTHER EXEMPTION. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-3


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                             

 

B-4


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

  (a)

[ ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i)

[ ] 144A Global Note ([CUSIP: 927375 AB1]), or

 

  (ii)

[ ] Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP: U9225C AB6]), or

 

  (b)

[ ] a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

[CHECK ONE]

 

  (a)

[ ] a beneficial interest in the:

 

  (i)

[ ] 144A Global Note ([CUSIP: 927375 AB1]), or

 

  (ii)

[ ] Regulation S Global Note ([CUSIP: U9225C AB6]), or

 

  (iii)

[ ] Unrestricted Global Note ([ ] [ ]), or

 

  (b)

[ ] a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

  (c)

[ ] an Unrestricted Definitive Note, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, TX 75024

Attention: Wayne Stoltenberg

Tel: (469) 606-1011

Wilmington Trust, National Association Global Capital Markets

15950 N. Dallas Parkway, Suite 550

Dallas, TX 75248

Attention: Vine Oil & Gas LP Account Manager Facsimile No.: 888-316-6238

Re: 9.75% Senior Notes due 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 3, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among (a) Vine Oil & Gas LP, as the Company, (b) Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp., as the Co- Issuer, (c) certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantors, and (d) the Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                  (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                 in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE FOR UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES

a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

c) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN AN UNRESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

d) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO UNRESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note of the same series, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2) EXCHANGE OF RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES FOR RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES OR BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES OF THE SAME SERIES

a) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE TO RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note of the same series with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the

 

C-2


proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

b) [ ] CHECK IF EXCHANGE IS FROM RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTE TO BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTE OF THE SAME SERIES. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]:

[ ] 144A Global Note, or

[ ] Regulation S Global Note

in each case of the same series, with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers and are dated

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

[                ] Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of [                ], among [                     ] (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), and Wilmington Trust, National Association, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company and Vine Oil & Gas Finance Corp. have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Indenture”), dated as of October 3, 2018, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Notes”);

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers’ Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture (the “Guarantee”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows:

(1) Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

(2) Agreement to Guarantee. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Indenture and all other documents it deems necessary to review in order to enter into this Supplemental Indenture and (i) hereby joins and becomes a party to the Indenture as indicated by its signature below as a Guarantor and (ii) acknowledges and agrees to (x) be bound by the Indenture as a Guarantor and (y) perform all obligations and duties required of a Guarantor pursuant to the Indenture.

(3) No Recourse Against Others. No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or equity holder of the Company or the Co-Issuer or any Guarantor or any Parent Company will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Co-Issuer or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting Notes waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

D-1


(4) Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(5) Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in multiple counterparts, which, when taken together, shall constitute one instrument. The exchange of copies of this Supplemental Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic (by ‘.pdf’ or other format) transmissions shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Supplemental Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronically (by ‘.pdf’ or other format) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

(6) Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

(7) The Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary.

(8) Benefits Acknowledged. Upon execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture the Guaranteeing Subsidiary will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Indenture and this Supplemental Indenture and that its obligations as a result of this Supplemental Indenture are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(9) Successors. All agreements of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in this Supplemental Indenture. All agreements of the Trustee in this Supplemental Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above written.

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  

 

D-3

Exhibit 10.11

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement is effective as of [             ], 2021, (this “Agreement”) and is between Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company”), and the undersigned director/officer of the Company (the “Indemnitee”).

Background

The Company believes that, in order to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve as directors or in other capacities, including as officers, it must provide such persons with adequate protection through indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to and activities on behalf of the Company.

The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company and, in order to induce the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity, the Company is willing to grant the Indemnitee the indemnification provided for herein. Indemnitee is willing to so serve on the basis that such indemnification be provided.

The parties by this Agreement desire to set forth their agreement regarding indemnification and the advancement of expenses.

In consideration of Indemnitee’s service to the Company and the covenants and agreements set forth below, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

Section 1. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”): The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, as a witness or otherwise, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in any such capacity.

(a) The indemnification provided by this Section 1 shall be from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals.


Section 2. Advance Payment of Expenses. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by Indemnitee in appearing at, participating in or defending any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with an enforcement action as contemplated by Section 3(e), shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to be indemnified by the Company in respect thereof. No other form of undertaking shall be required of Indemnitee other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 2 shall be subject to Section 3(b) and shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 6.

Section 3. Procedure for Indemnification; Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Company hereunder, notify the Company in writing of the commencement thereof. The failure to promptly notify the Company of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding, or of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, will not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee hereunder, except to the extent the Company is actually and materially prejudiced in its defense of such action, suit or proceeding as a result of such failure. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor including such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to enable the Company to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

(b) With respect to any action, suit or proceeding of which the Company is so notified as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, subject to the last two sentences of this paragraph, be entitled to assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any subsequently-incurred fees of separate counsel engaged by Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding unless the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Indemnitee, based on the advice of his or her counsel, shall have reasonably concluded (with written notice being given to the Company setting forth the basis for such conclusion) that, in the conduct of any such defense, there is or is reasonably likely to be a conflict of interest or position between the Company and Indemnitee with respect to a significant issue, then the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume such defense. In addition, the Company will not be entitled, without the written consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

2


(c) To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the Company’s assumption of the defense of an action, suit or proceeding in accordance with paragraph (b) above will constitute an irrevocable acknowledgement by the Company that any loss and liability suffered by Indemnitee and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement by or for the account of Indemnitee incurred in connection therewith are indemnifiable by the Company under Section 1 of this Agreement.

(d) The determination whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall be made promptly and in any event within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 3(a). If the Company determines that Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification or, as contemplated by paragraph (c) above, the Company has acknowledged such entitlement, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee of the indemnifiable amount within such 30 day period. If the Company is not deemed to have so acknowledged such entitlement or the Company’s determination of whether to grant Indemnitee’s indemnification request shall not have been made within such 30 day period, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, subject to Section 6, nonetheless be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under the DGCL.

(e) In the event that (i) the Company determines in accordance with this Section 3 that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company denies a request for indemnification, in whole or in part, or fails to respond or make a determination of entitlement to indemnification within 30 days following receipt of a request for indemnification as described above, (iii) payment of indemnification is not made within such 30 day period, (iv) advancement of expenses is not timely made in accordance with Section 2, or (v) the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in any court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with such a proceeding and to have such expenses advanced by the Company in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

(f) Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of expenses under this Agreement upon submission of a request therefor in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Company shall have the burden of proof in overcoming such presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence.

Section 4. Insurance and Subrogation. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to purchase and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies with A.M. Best ratings of “A” or better, providing Indemnitee with coverage for any liability asserted against, and incurred by, Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for

 

3


purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, fiduciary, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or arising out of Indemnitee’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify Indemnitee against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement. Such insurance policies shall have coverage terms and policy limits at least as favorable to Indemnitee as the insurance coverage provided to any other director or officer of the Company. If the Company has such insurance in effect at the time the Company receives from Indemnitee any notice of the commencement of an action, suit or proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such action, suit or proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the policy. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policy.

(a) Subject to Section 9(b), in the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee with respect to any insurance policy. Indemnitee shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights in accordance with the terms of such insurance policy. The Company shall pay or reimburse all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such subrogation.

(b) Subject to Section 9(b), the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties relating to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under this Agreement or any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

Section 5. Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) The term “action, suit or proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternative dispute mechanism or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(b) The term “by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any actual or alleged act or omission to act.

 

4


(c) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, appeal bonds, other out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which Indemnitee is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party), actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement or otherwise incurred in connection with a claim that is indemnifiable hereunder.

(d) The term “judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, all direct and indirect payments of any type or nature whatsoever, as well as any penalties or excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan).

Section 6. Limitation on Indemnification. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance expenses to Indemnitee with respect to an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof), however denominated, initiated by Indemnitee, other than (i) an action, suit or proceeding brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Agreement (which shall be governed by the provisions of Section 6(b) of this Agreement) and (ii) an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) that was authorized or consented to by the board of directors of the Company, it being understood and agreed that such authorization or consent shall not be unreasonably withheld in connection with any compulsory counterclaim brought by Indemnitee in response to an action, suit or proceeding otherwise indemnifiable under this Agreement.

(b) Action for Indemnification. To indemnify Indemnitee for any expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, unless Indemnitee is successful in such action, suit or proceeding in establishing Indemnitee’s right, in whole or in part, to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder (in which case such indemnification or advancement shall be to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL), or unless and to the extent that the court in such action, suit or proceeding shall determine that, despite Indemnitee’s failure to establish his or her right to indemnification, Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification for such expenses; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 6(b) is intended to limit the Company’s obligations with respect to the advancement of expenses to Indemnitee in connection with any such action, suit or proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, as provided in Section 2 hereof.

(c) Section 16(b) Matters. To indemnify Indemnitee on account of any suit in which judgment is rendered against Indemnitee for disgorgement of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(d) Fraud or Willful Misconduct. To indemnify Indemnitee on account of conduct by Indemnitee where such conduct has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to have been knowingly fraudulent or constitute willful misconduct.

 

5


(e) Prohibited by Law. To indemnify Indemnitee in any circumstance where such indemnification has been determined by a final (not interlocutory) judgment or other adjudication of a court or arbitration or administrative body of competent jurisdiction as to which there is no further right or option of appeal or the time within which an appeal must be filed has expired without such filing to be prohibited by law.

Section 7. Certain Settlement Provisions. The Company shall have no obligation to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding without the Company’s prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any action, suit or proceeding in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold his, her, its or their consent to any proposed settlement.

Section 8. Savings Clause. If any provision or provisions (or portion thereof) of this Agreement shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (brought in the right of the Company or otherwise), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal, including appeals, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was or has agreed to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or while serving as a director or officer of the Company, is or was serving or has agreed to serve at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent (which, for purposes hereof, shall include a trustee, partner or manager or similar capacity) of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, from and against all loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated.

Section 9. Contribution/Jointly Indemnifiable Claims.

(a) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for herein is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to Indemnitee in whole or in part, it is agreed that, in such event, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, contribute to the payment of all of Indemnitee’s loss and liability suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit or proceeding, including any appeals, in an amount that is just and equitable in the circumstances; provided, that, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such contribution shall not be required where such holding by the court is due to any limitation on indemnification set forth in Section 4(c), 6 (other than clause (e)) or 7 hereof.

 

6


(b) Given that certain jointly indemnifiable claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as a director and/or officer of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee-related entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such jointly indemnifiable claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation against or contribution by the Indemnitee-related entities and no right of advancement, indemnification or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-related entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-related entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any jointly indemnifiable claim, the Indemnitee-related entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-related entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-related entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this Section 9(b), entitled to enforce this Section 9(b) as though each such Indemnitee-related entity were a party to this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 9(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) The term “Indemnitee-related entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom an Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(ii) The term “jointly indemnifiable claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both the Indemnitee-related entities and the Company pursuant to the DGCL, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company or the Indemnitee-related entities, as applicable.

Section 10. Form and Delivery of Communications. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand, upon receipt by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier, one day after deposit with such courier and with written verification of receipt

 

7


or (d) sent by email or facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral or written confirmation that such transmission has been received. Notice to the Company shall be directed to Jonathan Curth, the General Counsel, by fax at (877) 992-0118 or by mail to Vine Energy Inc., 5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550, Plano, Texas 75024. Notice to Indemnitee shall be directed to Indemnitee’s contact information on file with the Company’s Secretary or its Human Resources Department.

Section 11. Nonexclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, other agreements or otherwise, and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee. No amendment or alteration of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or any other agreement shall adversely affect the rights provided to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 12. No Construction as Employment Agreement. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Indemnitee any right to be retained as a director of the Company or in the employ of the Company. For the avoidance of doubt, the indemnification and advancement of expenses provided under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

Section 13. Interpretation of Agreement. It is understood that the parties hereto intend this Agreement to be interpreted and enforced so as to provide indemnification to Indemnitee to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL.

Section 14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents expressly referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are expressly superseded by this Agreement.

Section 15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, waiver or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement may not be terminated by the Company without Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 16. Successor and Assigns. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of such indemnitor, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

8


Section 17. Service of Process and Venue. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Intertrust Corporate Services Delaware Ltd., 200 Bellevue Parkway, Suite 210, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 as its agent in the State of Delaware and as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. If a court of competent jurisdiction shall make a final determination that the provisions of the law of any state other than Delaware govern indemnification by the Company of Indemnitee, then the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall in all instances be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted under such law, notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary.

Section 19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument, notwithstanding that both parties are not signatories to the original or same counterpart.

Section 20. Headings. The section and subsection headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

Company:
VINE ENERGY INC.
By:  

         

Name:  
Title:  

Indemnitee:

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

9

Exhibit 10.12

VINE ENERGY INC.

 

 

2021 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

ARTICLE I

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Vine Energy, Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan is to promote the success of the Company’s business for the benefit of its stockholders by enabling the Company to offer Eligible Individuals cash and stock-based incentives in order to attract, retain, and reward such individuals and strengthen the mutuality of interests between such individuals and the Company’s stockholders. The Plan is effective as of the date set forth in Article XV.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

2.1 Affiliate means a corporation or other entity controlled by, controlling, or under control with the Company. The term “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of management and policies of such person, whether through the ownership of voting or other securities, by contract or otherwise.

2.2 Applicable Lawmeans the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards and the related shares under U.S. state corporate law, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares are listed or quoted, and any other applicable laws, including tax laws, of any U.S. or non-U.S. jurisdictions where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

2.3 Award means any award under the Plan of any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Award, Other Stock-Based Award, or Cash Award. All Awards shall be granted by, confirmed by, and subject to the terms of a written or electronic agreement executed by the Company and the Participant.

2.4 Award Agreement means the written or electronic agreement, contract, certificate, or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

2.5 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.6 Cash Award means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Plan and payable in cash at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.


2.7 Cause means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Service: (a) in the case where there is no employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the relevant time of determination (or where there is such agreement in effect but it does not define “cause” (or words of like import)), the Participant’s (i) commission of, indictment for, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) willful failure or refusal by a Participant to perform in any material respect his or her duties or responsibilities to the Company or any Affiliate; (iii) substantial and repeated failure to follow any lawful directive from the Company or any Affiliate; (iv) conduct that causes substantial harm to the reputation of the Company or its Affiliates; (v) fraud, theft, or embezzlement, or gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Participant’s employment with the Company or an Affiliate; (vi) material violation of the Company’s or an Affiliate’s written policies or codes of conduct, including written policies related to discrimination, harassment, retaliation, performance of illegal or unethical activities, or ethical misconduct (with it being understood that any violation of a policy regarding discrimination or harassment shall be considered a material violation of a written policy); or (vii) a material breach of any agreement with the Company or any Affiliate, including, without limitation, any non-competition, non-solicitation, no-hire, or confidentiality covenant between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate; or (b) in the case where there is an employment agreement, offer letter, consulting agreement, change in control agreement, or similar agreement in effect between the Company or an Affiliate and the Participant at the time of the grant of the Award that defines “cause” (or words of like import), “cause” as defined under such agreement.

2.8 Change in Control means and includes each of the following, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement with a Participant approved by the Committee:

(a) any “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under any employee benefit plan of the Company, or any company owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company), becoming the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding for purposes herein, acquisitions pursuant to a Business Combination (as defined below) that does not constitute a Change in Control as defined in Section 2.8(b);

(b) a merger, reorganization, or consolidation of the Company or in which equity securities of the Company are issued (each, a “Business Combination”), other than a merger, reorganization, or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its direct or indirect Parent) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or, as applicable, a direct or indirect Parent of the Company or such surviving entity)

 

2


outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person (other than those covered by the exceptions in Section 2.8(a)) acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities shall not constitute a Change in Control; or a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its direct or indirect Parent) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity (or, as applicable, a direct or indirect Parent of the Company or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided, however, that a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no person (other than those covered by the exceptions in Section 2.8(a)) acquires more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities shall not constitute a Change in Control;

(c) during the period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new director(s) (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Section 2.8(a) or 2.8(b)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the two year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

(d) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the consummation of a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a person or persons who beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company at the time of the sale.

For purposes of this Section 2.8, acquisitions or dispositions of securities of the Company by The Blackstone Group L.P., any of its respective Affiliates, or any investment vehicle or fund controlled by or managed by, or otherwise affiliated with The Blackstone Group L.P. shall not constitute a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award that is characterized as “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, an event shall not be considered to be a Change in Control under the Plan for purposes of payment of such Award unless such event is also a “change in ownership,” a “change in effective control,” or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

2.9 Change in Control Price means the highest price per Share paid in any transaction related to a Change in Control.

 

3


2.10 Codemeans the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. Any reference to any section of the Code shall also be a reference to any successor provision and any guidance and treasury regulation promulgated thereunder.

2.11 Committee means any committee of the Board duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan; provided, however, that unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Qualified Members. If no committee is duly authorized by the Board to administer the Plan, the term “Committee” shall be deemed to refer to the Board for all purposes under the Plan. The Board may abolish any Committee or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority from time to time, and will retain the right to exercise the authority of the Committee to the extent consistent with Applicable Law.

2.12 Common Stock means the Class A common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

2.13 Company means Vine Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors by operation of law.

2.14 Consultant means any natural person who is an advisor or consultant to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

2.15 Disability means, unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement, with respect to a Participant’s Termination of Service, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment, provided, however, for purposes of an Incentive Stock Option, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined by the Committee, and the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan in which a Participant participates that is maintained by the Company or any Affiliate.

2.16Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

2.17 Effective Date means the effective date of the Plan as defined in Article XV.

2.18 Eligible Employees means each employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates. An employee on a leave of absence may be an Eligible Employee.

2.19 Eligible Individual means an Eligible Employee, Non-Employee Director, or Consultant who is designated by the Committee in its discretion as eligible to receive Awards subject to the conditions set forth herein.

2.20 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. Reference to a specific section of the Exchange Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

 

4


2.21 Fair Market Value means, for purposes of the Plan, unless otherwise required by any applicable provision of the Code or any regulations issued thereunder, as of any date and except as provided below, the last sales price reported for the Common Stock on the applicable date: (a) as reported on the principal national securities exchange in the United States on which it is then traded or (b) if the Common Stock is not traded, listed, or otherwise reported or quoted, the Committee shall determine in good faith the Fair Market Value in whatever manner it considers appropriate taking into account the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. For purposes of the exercise of any Award, the applicable date shall be the date a notice of exercise is received by the Committee or, if not a date on which the applicable market is open, the next day that it is open. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award granted on the pricing date of the Company’s initial public offering, the Fair Market Value shall mean the initial public offering price of a Share as set forth in the Company’s final prospectus relating to its initial public offering filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2.22 Family Member means “family member” as defined in Section A.1.(a)(5) of the general instructions of Form S-8.

2.23 Incentive Stock Option means any Stock Option that is awarded to an Eligible Employee who is an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries under the Plan and that is intended to be, and designated as, an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

2.24 Non-Employee Director means a director or a member of the Board of the Company who is not an employee of the Company.

2.25 Non-Qualified Stock Option means any Stock Option awarded under the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

2.26 Other Stock-Based Award means an Award under Article X of the Plan that is valued in whole or in part by reference to, or is payable in or otherwise based on, Shares.

2.27 Parent means any parent corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.28 Participantmeans an Eligible Individual to whom an Award has been granted pursuant to the Plan.

2.29 Performance Award means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article IX hereof contingent upon achieving certain Performance Goals.

2.30 Performance Goals means goals established by the Committee as contingencies for Awards to vest and/or become exercisable or distributable.

 

5


2.31 Performance Period means the designated period during which the specified Performance Goals must be satisfied with respect to the Award to which the specified Performance Goals relate.

2.32 Plan means this Vine Energy, Inc. 2021 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

2.33 Qualified Member means a member of the Board who is (a) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3(b)(3), and (b) “independent” under the listing standards or rules of the securities exchange upon which the Common Stock is traded, but only to the extent such independence is required to take the action at issue pursuant to such standards or rules.

2.34 Reference Stock Option has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

2.35 Restricted Stock means an Award of Shares under the Plan that is subject to applicable restrictions under Article VIII.

2.36Restricted Stock Units” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Committee to be of equal value to a Share as of such settlement date, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

2.37 Restriction Period has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

2.38 Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act as then in effect or any successor provision.

2.39 Section 409A of the Code means the nonqualified deferred compensation rules under Section 409A of the Code and any applicable treasury regulations and other official guidance thereunder.

2.40 Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Securities Act or regulation thereunder shall include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or interpretation promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

2.41Shares means shares of Common Stock.

2.42 Stock Appreciation Right shall mean the right pursuant to an Award granted under Article VII.

2.43 Stock Option or Option means any option to purchase Shares granted to Eligible Individuals pursuant to Article VI.

2.44 Subsidiary means any subsidiary corporation of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

6


2.45 Ten Percent Stockholdermeans a person owning stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, its Subsidiaries or its Parent.

2.46 Termination of Servicemeans the termination of the applicable Participant’s employment with, or performance of services for, the Company and its Affiliates. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, (a) if a Participant’s employment or services with the Company and its Affiliates terminates but such Participant continues to provide services to the Company and its Affiliates in a non-employee capacity, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service with the Company and its Affiliates and (b) a Participant employed by, or performing services for, an Affiliate that ceases to be an Affiliate shall also be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Service provided the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or another Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition, with respect to any Award that constitutes a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, a Participant shall not be considered to have experienced a “Termination of Service” unless the Participant has experienced a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE III

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and Applicable Law, the Committee shall have full authority to grant Awards to Eligible Individuals under the Plan. In particular, the Committee shall have the authority to:

(a) determine whether and to what extent Awards, or any combination thereof, are to be granted hereunder to one or more Eligible Individuals;

(b) determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(c) determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder (including, but not limited to, the exercise or purchase price (if any), any restriction or limitation, any vesting schedule or acceleration thereof, or any forfeiture restrictions or waiver thereof, regarding any Award and the Shares relating thereto, based on such factors, if any, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion);

(d) determine the amount of cash to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(e) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances grants of Options and other Awards under the Plan are to operate on a tandem basis and/or in conjunction with or apart from other awards made by the Company outside of the Plan;

(f) determine whether and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash, Shares, other property, or a combination of the foregoing;

 

7


(g) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Participant;

(h) modify, waive, amend, or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time, including, but not limited to, Performance Goals;

(i) determine whether a Stock Option is an Incentive Stock Option or Non-Qualified Stock Option;

(j) determine whether to require a Participant, as a condition of the granting of any Award, to not sell or otherwise dispose of Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise or vesting of an Award for a period of time as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, following the date of the acquisition of such Award or Shares; and

(k) modify, extend, or renew an Award, subject to Article XII and Section 6.3(l).

3.2 Guidelines. Subject to Article XII hereof, the Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter, and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines, and practices governing the Plan and perform all acts, including the delegation of its responsibilities (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law and applicable stock exchange rules), as it shall, from time to time, deem advisable; to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreements or sub-plans relating thereto); and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any agreement relating thereto in the manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary to effectuate the purpose and intent of the Plan. The Committee may adopt special rules, sub-plans, guidelines, and provisions for persons who are residing in or employed in, or subject to, the taxes of any domestic or foreign jurisdictions to satisfy or accommodate applicable foreign laws or to qualify for preferred tax treatment of such domestic or foreign jurisdictions.

3.3 Decisions Final. Any decision, interpretation, or other action made or taken in good faith by or at the direction of the Company, the Board, or the Committee (or any of its members) arising out of or in connection with the Plan shall be within the absolute discretion of all and each of them, as the case may be, and shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all employees and Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns.

3.4 Procedures. If the Committee is appointed, the Board shall designate one of the members of the Committee as chairman and the Committee shall hold meetings, subject to the by-laws of the Company, at such times and places as it shall deem advisable, including, without limitation, by telephone conference or by written consent to the extent permitted by Applicable Law. A majority of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum. All determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by all of the Committee members in accordance with the by-laws of the Company, shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a vote at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

 

8


3.5 Designation of Consultants/Liability; Delegation of Authority.

(a) The Committee may designate employees of the Company and professional advisors to assist the Committee in the administration of the Plan and (to the extent permitted by Applicable Law) may grant authority to officers of the Company to grant Awards and/or execute agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee.

(b) The Committee may employ such legal counsel, consultants, and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion received from any such counsel or consultant and any computation received from any such consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee or the Board in the engagement of any such counsel, consultant, or agent shall be paid by the Company. The Committee, its members, and any person designated pursuant to subsection (a) above shall not be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, no officer of the Company or member or former member of the Committee or of the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted under it.

(c) The Committee may delegate any or all of its powers and duties under the Plan to a subcommittee of directors or to any officer of the Company, including the power to perform administrative functions and grant Awards; provided that such delegation does not (i) violate Applicable Law, or (ii) result in the loss of an exemption under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) for Awards granted to Participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act in respect of the Company. Upon any such delegation, all references in the Plan to the “Committee,” shall be deemed to include any subcommittee or officer of the Company to whom such powers have been delegated by the Committee. Any such delegation shall not limit the right of such subcommittee members or such an officer to receive Awards. The Committee may also appoint agents who are not executive officers of the Company or members of the Board to assist in administering the Plan, provided, however, that such individuals may not be delegated the authority to grant or modify any Awards that will, or may, be settled in Shares.

3.6 Indemnification. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law and to the extent not covered by insurance directly insuring such person, each officer or employee of the Company or any of its Affiliates and member or former member of the Committee or the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against any cost or expense (including reasonable fees of counsel acceptable to the Committee) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the approval of the Committee), and advanced amounts necessary to pay the foregoing at the earliest time and to the fullest extent permitted, arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except to the extent arising out of such officer’s, employee’s, member’s, or former member’s own fraud or bad faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any right of indemnification the employees, officers, directors, or members or former officers, directors, or members may have under Applicable Law or under the by-laws of the Company or any of its Affiliates. Notwithstanding anything else herein, this indemnification will not apply to the actions or determinations made by an individual with regard to Awards granted to such individual under the Plan.

 

9


ARTICLE IV

SHARE LIMITATION

4.1 Shares. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed              Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to this Article IV), which may be either authorized and unissued Shares or Shares held in or acquired for the treasury of the Company or both. The number of Shares that may be issued or used for reference purposes or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan shall be subject to an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year during the term of the Plan, equal to the lesser of (a) 3 % of the aggregate number of Shares and shares of Class B common stock of the Company outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board. The aggregate number of Shares that may be issued or used with respect to any Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed              Shares (subject to any increase or decrease pursuant to Section 4.3). The maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted during a single fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to that Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year and the value of awards granted to the Non-Employee Director under any other equity compensation plan of the Company during the fiscal year, shall not exceed a total value of $750,000 (calculating the value of any Awards based on the grant date fair value for financial reporting purposes). Any Award under the Plan settled in cash shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations set forth in this Section 4.1. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Shares subject to an Award under the Plan shall again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such Shares are (A) Shares tendered in payment of an Option, (B) Shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, (C) Shares covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award, or (D) Shares subject to an Award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, or terminated without issuance of the full number of Shares to which the Award related.

4.2 Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or the Company’s acquisition of an entity’s property or stock, the Committee may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its Affiliate (“Substitute Awards”). Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Committee deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the overall share limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grants pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination)

 

10


may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Eligible Employees or Non-Employee Directors prior to such acquisition or combination.

4.3 Adjustments.

(a) The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the stockholders of the Company to make or authorize (i) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (ii) any merger or consolidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (iii) any issuance of bonds, debentures, or preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Shares, (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any Affiliate, (v) any sale or transfer of all or part of the assets or business of the Company or any Affiliate, or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding.

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1:

(i) If the Company at any time subdivides (by any split, recapitalization, or otherwise) the outstanding Shares into a greater number of Shares, combines (by reverse split, combination, or otherwise) its outstanding Shares into a lesser number of Shares, or issues a dividend or distribution with respect to outstanding Shares, then the respective exercise prices for outstanding Awards that provide for a Participant-elected exercise and the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(ii) Excepting transactions covered by Section 4.3(b)(i), if the Company effects any merger, consolidation, statutory exchange, spin-off, reorganization, sale or transfer of all or substantially all the Company’s assets or business, or other corporate transaction or event in such a manner that the Company’s outstanding Shares are converted into the right to receive (or the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive in exchange therefor), either immediately or upon liquidation of the Company, securities or other property of the Company or other entity, then, subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, (A) the aggregate number or kind of securities that thereafter may be issued under the Plan, (B) the number or kind of securities or other property (including cash) to be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan (including as a result of the assumption of the Plan and the obligations hereunder by a successor entity, as applicable), or (C) the exercise or purchase price thereof, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

(iii) If there shall occur any change in the capital structure of the Company other than those covered by Section 4.3(b)(i) or 4.3(b)(ii), any conversion, any adjustment, or any issuance of any class of securities convertible or exercisable into, or exercisable for, any class of equity securities of the Company, then the Committee shall adjust any Award and make such other adjustments to the Plan to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants under the Plan.

 

11


(iv) The Committee may adjust the specific Performance Goals applicable to any Awards to reflect any unusual or non-recurring events and other extraordinary items, impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, and the cumulative effects of accounting or tax changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles or as identified in the Company’s financial statements, notes to the financial statements, management’s discussion and analysis, or other Company public filing.

(v) Any such adjustment determined by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.3(b) shall be final, binding, and conclusive on the Company and all Participants and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and permitted assigns. Any adjustment to, or assumption or substitution of, an Award under this Section 4.3(b) shall be intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and Treasury Regulation §1.424-1 (and any amendments thereto), to the extent applicable. Except as expressly provided in this Section 4.3 or in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant shall have no additional rights under the Plan by reason of any transaction or event described in this Section 4.3.

ARTICLE V

ELIGIBILITY

5.1 General Eligibility. All current and prospective Eligible Individuals are eligible to be granted Awards. Eligibility for the grant of Awards and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.2 Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only Eligible Employees who are employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Eligibility for the grant of an Incentive Stock Option and actual participation in the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

5.3 General Requirement. The vesting and exercise of Awards granted to a prospective Eligible Individual are conditioned upon such individual actually becoming an Eligible Employee, Consultant, or Non-Employee Director, as applicable.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 Options. Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. Each Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be of one of two types: (a) an Incentive Stock Option or (b) a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

6.2 Grants. The Committee shall have the authority to grant to any Eligible Employee one or more Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, or both types of Stock Options; provided, however, that Incentive Stock Options may only be granted to an Eligible Employee who is an employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries. The Committee shall have the authority to grant any Consultant or Non-Employee Director one or more Non-Qualified Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option (whether because of its provisions or the time or manner of its exercise or otherwise), such Stock Option or the portion thereof which does not so qualify shall constitute a separate Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

12


6.3 Terms of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per share exercise price of a Stock Option shall not be less than 100% (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, 110%) of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant.

(b) Stock Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, provided that no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years (or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, five years) after the date the Option is granted.

(c) Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.3, Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event.

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment exercise and waiting period provisions apply under Section 6.3(c), to the extent vested, Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Option term, by giving written notice of exercise (which may be electronic) to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the exercise price (which shall equal the product of such number of Shares to be purchased multiplied by the applicable exercise price). The exercise price for the Stock Options may be paid upon such terms and conditions as shall be established by the Committee and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may establish payment terms for the exercise of Stock Options pursuant to which the Company may withhold a number of Shares that otherwise would be issued to the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Stock Option having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the exercise price, or that permit the Participant to deliver cash or Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price on the date of payment, or through a simultaneous sale through a broker of Shares acquired on exercise, all as permitted by Applicable Law. No Shares shall be issued until payment therefor, as provided herein, has been made or provided for by the Participant.

(e) Non-Transferability of Options. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Stock Options shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant or thereafter that

 

13


a Non-Qualified Stock Option that is otherwise not transferable pursuant to this Section 6.3(e) is transferable to a Family Member in whole or in part and in such circumstances, and under such conditions, as specified by the Committee. A Non-Qualified Stock Option that is transferred to a Family Member pursuant to the preceding sentence (i) may not be subsequently transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and (ii) remains subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. Any Shares acquired upon the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option by a permissible transferee of a Non-Qualified Stock Option or a permissible transferee pursuant to a transfer after the exercise of the Non-Qualified Stock Option shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(f) Termination by Death or Disability. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service is by reason of death or Disability, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, by the legal representative of the Participant’s estate) at any time within a period of one year from the date of such Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options; provided, however, that, in the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service by reason of Disability, if the Participant dies within such exercise period, all unexercised Stock Options held by such Participant shall thereafter be exercisable, to the extent to which they were exercisable at the time of death, for a period of one year from the date of such death, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(g) Involuntary Termination Without Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service is by involuntary termination by the Company without Cause, all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of 90 days from the date of such Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(h) Voluntary Resignation. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service is voluntary (other than a voluntary termination described in Section 6.3(i) hereof), all Stock Options that are held by such Participant that are vested and exercisable at the time of the Participant’s Termination of Service may be exercised by the Participant at any time within a period of 90 days from the date of such Termination of Service, but in no event beyond the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Options.

(i) Termination for Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, if a Participant’s Termination of Service (A) is for Cause or (B) is a voluntary Termination of Service (as provided in Section 6.3(h)) after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination of Service for Cause, all Stock Options, whether vested or not vested, that are held by such Participant shall thereupon immediately terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination of Service.

 

14


(j) Unvested Stock Options. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at the time of grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, Stock Options that are not vested as of the date of a Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason shall terminate and expire as of the date of such Termination of Service.

(k) Incentive Stock Option Limitations. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an Eligible Employee during any calendar year under the Plan and/or any other stock option plan of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Non-Qualified Stock Options. In addition, if an Eligible Employee does not remain employed by the Company, any Subsidiary, or any Parent at all times from the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted until three months prior to the date of exercise thereof (or such other period as required by Applicable Law), such Stock Option shall be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. Should any provision of the Plan not be necessary in order for the Stock Options to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, or should any additional provisions be required, the Committee may amend the Plan accordingly, without the necessity of obtaining the approval of the stockholders of the Company.

(l) Modification, Extension, and Renewal of Stock Options. The Committee may (i) modify, extend, or renew outstanding Stock Options granted under the Plan (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent and provided, further, that such action does not subject the Stock Options to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an outstanding Option may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Option at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Option (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Article IV), unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

(m) Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Option if the Participant has failed to exercise the Non-Qualified Stock Option as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Non-Qualified Stock Option exceeds the exercise price of such Non-Qualified Stock Option on the date of expiration of such Option, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Options may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

15


ARTICLE VII

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1 Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option (a “Reference Stock Option”) granted under the Plan (“Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights”). In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of the grant of such Reference Stock Option.

7.2 Terms of Stock Appreciation Rights. Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to a Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant, provided that the per Share exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value at the time of grant, and provided, further, that the per share exercise price of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than the per share exercise price of the Reference Stock Option.

(b) Term. The term of each Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right shall be fixed by the Committee, but shall not be greater than 10 years after the date the right is granted. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted with respect to a Reference Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the Reference Stock Option, except that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, at the time of grant, a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right granted with respect to less than the full number of Shares covered by the Reference Stock Option shall not be reduced until, and then only to the extent that the exercise or termination of the Reference Stock Option causes, the number of Shares covered by the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right to exceed the number of Shares remaining available and unexercised under the Reference Stock Option.

(c) Exercisability. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, Free Standing Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Reference Stock Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Article VI, and shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.3(c).

(d) Method of Exercise. Subject to whatever installment and waiting period provisions applied under Section 6.3(c), to the extent vested, a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part at any time in accordance with the applicable Award Agreement, by giving written notice of exercise (which may be electronic) to the Company

 

16


specifying the number of Stock Appreciation Rights being exercised. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by the Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the Reference Stock Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount determined in the manner prescribed in this Section 7.2. Stock Options that have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent that the related Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised.

(e) Payment. Upon the exercise of a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right a Participant shall be entitled to receive, for each right exercised, up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Shares (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date that the right is exercised over the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date that the right was awarded to the Participant. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but no more than, an amount in cash and/or Shares (as chosen by the Committee in its sole discretion) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one Share over the Stock Option exercise price per Share specified in the Reference Stock Option Award Agreement multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment.

(f) Deemed Exercise of Reference Stock Option. Upon the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, the Reference Stock Option or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in Article IV of the Plan on the number of Shares to be issued under the Plan.

(g) Termination. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, subject to the provisions of the applicable Award Agreement and the Plan, upon a Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason, Free Standing Stock Appreciation Rights may remain exercisable following a Participant’s Termination of Service on the same basis as Stock Options would be exercisable following a Participant’s Termination of Service in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.3(f) through 6.3(j).

(h) Non-Transferability. Free Standing Stock Appreciation Rights shall not be transferable by the Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all such rights shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant. Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only when and to the extent that the underlying Stock Option would be transferable under Section 6.3(e) of the Plan.

(i) Modification, Extension, and Renewal of Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee may (i) modify, extend, or renew outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan (provided that the rights of a Participant are not reduced without such Participant’s consent and provided, further, that such action does not subject the Stock Appreciation Rights to Section 409A of the Code without the consent of the Participant), and (ii) accept the surrender of outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Stock Appreciation Rights in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an outstanding Stock Appreciation Right may not be modified to reduce the exercise price thereof nor may a new Stock Appreciation Right at a lower price be substituted for a surrendered Stock Appreciation Right (other than adjustments or substitutions in accordance with Article IV), unless such action is approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

17


(j) Other Terms and Conditions. The Committee may include a provision in an Award Agreement providing for the automatic exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right on a cashless basis on the last day of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right if the Participant has failed to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right as of such date, with respect to which the Fair Market Value of the Shares underlying the Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right on the date of expiration of such Stock Appreciation Right, subject to Section 14.4. Stock Appreciation Rights may contain such other provisions, which shall not be inconsistent with any of the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

ARTICLE VIII

RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8.1 Awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units shall be made, the number of shares underlying an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, the price (if any) to be paid by the Participant (subject to Section 8.2), the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture, the vesting schedule and rights to acceleration thereof, and all other terms and conditions of the Awards. The Committee shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan, including any vesting or forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period. The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units upon the attainment of specified performance targets (including certain Performance Goals) or such other factor as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

8.2 Awards and Certificates. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Restricted Stock:

(i) Purchase Price. The purchase price of Restricted Stock shall be fixed by the Committee. The purchase price for shares of Restricted Stock may be zero to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, and, to the extent not so permitted, such purchase price may not be less than par value.

(ii) Legend. Each Participant receiving Restricted Stock shall be issued a stock certificate in respect of such shares of Restricted Stock, unless the Committee elects to use another system, such as book entries by the transfer agent, as evidencing ownership of shares of Restricted Stock. Such certificate shall be registered in the name of such Participant, and shall, in addition to such legends required by Applicable Law, bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

 

18


(iii) Custody. If stock certificates are issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, the Committee may require that any stock certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any grant of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a duly signed stock power or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event that such Award is forfeited in whole or part.

(iv) Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in Section 8.3(a) and this Section 8.2(a), or as otherwise determined by the Committee in an Award Agreement, the Participant shall have, with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a holder of Shares, including, without limitation, the right to receive dividends, the right to vote such Shares, and, subject to and conditioned upon the full vesting of shares of Restricted Stock, the right to tender such shares; provided that the Award Agreement shall specify on what terms and conditions the applicable Participant shall be entitled to dividends payable on the shares of Restricted Stock.

(v) Lapse of Restrictions. If and when the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, the certificates for such Shares shall be delivered to the Participant. All legends shall be removed from said certificates at the time of delivery to the Participant, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or other limitations imposed by the Committee.

(b) Restricted Stock Units:

(i) Settlement. The Committee may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practical after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

(ii) Right as a Stockholder. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Units.

(iii) Dividend Equivalents. If the Committee so provides, a grant of Restricted Stock Units may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares, and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are granted and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

19


8.3 Restrictions and Conditions.

(a) Restriction Period:

(i) The Participant shall not be permitted to transfer shares of Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan or vest in Restricted Stock Units during the period or periods set by the Committee (the “Restriction Period”) commencing on the date of such Award, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement and such agreement shall set forth a vesting schedule and any event that would accelerate vesting of the Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units. Within these limits, based on service, attainment of Performance Goals pursuant to Section 8.3(a)(ii), and/or such other factors or criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, the Committee may condition the grant or provide for the lapse of such restrictions in installments in whole or in part, or may accelerate the vesting of all or any part of any Restricted Stock Award or Restricted Stock Unit and/or waive the deferral limitations for all or any part of any Award.

(ii) If the grant of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or the lapse of restrictions or vesting schedule is based on the attainment of Performance Goals, the Committee shall establish the objective Performance Goals and the applicable vesting percentage applicable to each Participant or class of Participants in the applicable Award Agreement prior to the beginning of the applicable fiscal year or at such later date as otherwise determined by the Committee and while the outcome of the specified Performance Goals are substantially uncertain. Such Performance Goals may incorporate provisions for disregarding (or adjusting for) changes in accounting methods, corporate transactions (including, without limitation, dispositions and acquisitions), and other similar types of events or circumstances.

(b) Termination. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or determined by the Committee at grant or, if no rights of the Participant are reduced, thereafter, upon a Participant’s Termination of Service for any reason during the relevant Restriction Period, all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units still subject to restriction will be forfeited in accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Committee at grant or thereafter.

ARTICLE IX

PERFORMANCE AWARDS

9.1 Performance Awards. The Committee may grant a Performance Award to a Participant payable upon the attainment of specific Performance Goals either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period and the length of the Performance Period shall be determined by the Committee upon the grant of each Performance Award. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Performance Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Performance Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other property, or any combination thereof, in the sole discretion of the Committee as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

20


ARTICLE X

OTHER STOCK-BASED AND CASH AWARDS

10.1 Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals Other Stock-Based Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to Shares, including but not limited to, Shares awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, Shares in payment of the amounts due under an incentive or performance plan sponsored or maintained by the Company, stock equivalent units, and Awards valued by reference to book value of Shares. Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with other Awards granted under the Plan.

Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority to determine the Eligible Individuals to whom, and the time or times at which, such Awards shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded pursuant to such Awards, and all other conditions of the Awards. The Committee may also provide for the grant of Shares under such Awards upon the completion of a specified Performance Period. The Committee may condition the grant or vesting of Other Stock-Based Awards upon the attainment of specified Performance Goals as the Committee may determine, in its sole discretion.

10.2 Terms and Conditions. Other Stock-Based Awards made pursuant to this Article X shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement and subject to the following terms and conditions and shall be in such form and contain such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable:

(a) Non-Transferability. Subject to the applicable provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, Shares subject to Awards made under this Article X may not be transferred prior to the date on which the Shares are issued or, if later, the date on which any applicable restriction, performance, or deferral period lapses.

(b) Dividends. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of an Award, subject to the provisions of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the recipient of an Award under this Article X shall not be entitled to receive, currently or on a deferred basis, dividends or Dividend Equivalents in respect of the number of Shares covered by the Award.

(c) Vesting. Any Award under this Article X and any Shares covered by any such Award shall vest or be forfeited to the extent so provided in the Award Agreement, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

(d) Price. Shares under this Article X may be issued for no cash consideration. Shares purchased pursuant to a purchase right awarded under this Article X shall be priced as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

10.3 Cash Awards. The Committee may from time to time grant Cash Awards to Eligible Individuals in such amounts, on such terms and conditions, and for such consideration, including no consideration or such minimum consideration as may be required by Applicable Law, as it shall determine in its sole discretion. Cash Awards may be granted subject to the satisfaction of vesting conditions or may be awarded purely as a bonus and not subject to restrictions or conditions, and if subject to vesting conditions, the Committee may accelerate the vesting of such Awards at any time in its sole discretion. The grant of a Cash Award shall not require a segregation of any of the Company’s assets for satisfaction of the Company’s payment obligation thereunder.

 

21


ARTICLE XI

CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS

11.1 Benefits. In the event of a Change in Control, and except as otherwise provided by the Committee in an Award Agreement, a Participant’s unvested Awards shall not vest automatically and a Participant’s Awards shall be treated in accordance with one or more of the following methods as determined by the Committee:

(a) Awards, whether or not then vested, shall be continued, be assumed, or have new rights substituted therefor, as determined by the Committee in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and restrictions to which shares of Restricted Stock or any other Award granted prior to the Change in Control are subject shall not lapse upon a Change in Control and the Restricted Stock or other Award shall, where appropriate in the sole discretion of the Committee, receive the same distribution as other Shares on such terms as determined by the Committee. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, for purposes of Incentive Stock Options, any assumed or substituted Stock Option shall comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 (and any amendment thereto).

(b) The Committee, in its sole discretion, may provide for the purchase of any Awards by the Company for an amount of cash equal to the excess (if any) of the Change in Control Price of the Shares covered by such Awards, over the aggregate exercise price, if any, of such Awards; provided, however, that if the exercise price of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Change in Control Price, such Award may be cancelled for no consideration.

(c) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate all outstanding and unexercised Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, or any Other Stock-Based Award that provides for a Participant-elected exercise, effective as of the date of the Change in Control, by delivering notice of termination to each Participant at least 20 days prior to the date of consummation of the Change in Control, in which case during the period from the date on which such notice of termination is delivered to the consummation of the Change in Control, each such Participant shall have the right to exercise in full all of such Participant’s Awards that are then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercisability otherwise contained in the Award Agreements), but any such exercise shall be contingent on the occurrence of the Change in Control, and, provided that, if the Change in Control does not take place within a specified period after giving such notice for any reason whatsoever, the notice and exercise pursuant thereto shall be null and void.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for accelerated vesting or lapse of restrictions of an Award at any time.

 

22


ARTICLE XII

TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT OF PLAN

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board or the Committee may at any time, and from time to time, amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan (including any amendment deemed necessary to ensure that the Company may comply with any Applicable Law), or suspend or terminate it at any time; provided, however, that, unless otherwise required by Applicable Law or specifically provided herein, the rights of a Participant with respect to Awards granted prior to such amendment, suspension, or termination may not be impaired without the consent of such Participant and, provided, further, that without the approval of the holders of the Shares entitled to vote in accordance with Applicable Law, no amendment may be made that would (i) increase the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of Article IV); (ii) change the classification of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan; (iii) reduce the exercise price of any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right; (iv) grant a new Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or other Award in substitution for, or upon the cancellation of, any previously granted Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right that has the effect of reducing the exercise price thereof; (v) exchange any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right for Common Stock, cash, or other consideration when the exercise price per Share under such Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share; or (vi) take any other action that would be considered a “repricing” of a Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the applicable listing standards of the national exchange on which the Common Stock is listed (if any). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board or the Committee may amend the Plan or any Award Agreement at any time without a Participant’s consent to comply with Applicable Law, including Section 409A of the Code. The Committee may amend the terms of any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but, subject to Article IV or as otherwise specifically provided herein, no such amendment or other action by the Committee shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder’s consent.

ARTICLE XIII

UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payment as to which a Participant has a fixed and vested interest but which is not yet made to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any right that is greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

ARTICLE XIV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1 Legend. The Committee may require each person receiving Shares pursuant to a Stock Option or other Award under the Plan to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that the Participant is acquiring the Shares without a view to distribution thereof. In addition to any legend required by the Plan, the certificates for such Shares may include any legend that the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. All certificates for Shares delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the

 

23


Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Common Stock is then listed or any national securities exchange system upon whose system the Common Stock is then quoted, and any Applicable Law, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions. If the Shares are held in book-entry form, then the book-entry will indicate any restrictions on such Shares.

14.2 Other Plans. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

14.3 No Right to Employment/Directorship/Consultancy. Neither the Plan nor the grant of any Award hereunder shall give any Participant or other employee, Consultant, or Non-Employee Director any right with respect to continuance of employment, consultancy, or directorship by the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall there be a limitation in any way on the right of the Company or any Affiliate by which an employee is employed or a Consultant or Non-Employee Director is retained to terminate such employment, consultancy, or directorship at any time.

14.4 Withholding of Taxes. A Participant shall be required to pay to the Company or one of its Affiliates, as applicable, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any income tax, social insurance contribution or other applicable taxes that are required to be withheld in respect of an Award. The Committee may (but is not obligated to), in its sole discretion, permit or require a Participant to satisfy all or any portion of the applicable taxes that are required to be withheld with respect to an Award by (a) the delivery of Shares (which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest) that have been both held by the Participant and vested for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the Committee in order to avoid adverse accounting treatment under applicable accounting standards) having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability (or portion thereof); (b) having the Company withhold from the Shares otherwise issuable or deliverable to, or that would otherwise be retained by, the Participant upon the grant, exercise, vesting, or settlement of the Award, as applicable, a number of Shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such withholding liability; or (c) by any other means specified in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise determined by the Committee.

14.5 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards, or other securities or property shall be used or paid in lieu of fractional Shares.

14.6 No Assignment of Benefits. No Award or other benefit payable under the Plan shall, except as otherwise specifically provided by Applicable Law, the terms of the Plan, or permitted by the Committee, be transferable in any manner, and any attempt to transfer any such benefit shall be void, and any such benefit shall not in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person who shall be entitled to such benefit, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.

 

24


14.7 Clawback Provisions. All Awards (including any proceeds, gains, or other economic benefit the Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt or exercise of any Award or the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) will be subject to any Company clawback policy, including any clawback policy adopted to comply with Applicable Law (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder) as set forth in such clawback policy or the Award Agreement.

14.8 Listing and Other Conditions.

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, as long as the Common Stock is listed on a national securities exchange or system sponsored by a national securities association, the issuance of Shares pursuant to an Award shall be conditioned upon such Shares being listed on such exchange or system. The Company shall have no obligation to issue such Shares unless and until such Shares are so listed, and the right, including the applicable time period, to exercise any Option or other Award with respect to such Shares shall be suspended until such listing has been effected.

(b) If at any time counsel to the Company shall be of the opinion that any sale or delivery of Shares pursuant to an Award is or may in the circumstances be unlawful or result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company under Applicable Law, the Company shall have no obligation to make such sale or delivery, or to make any application or to effect or to maintain any qualification or registration under the Securities Act or otherwise, with respect to Shares or Awards, and the right to exercise any Option or other Award shall be suspended until, in the opinion of said counsel, such sale or delivery shall be lawful or will not result in the imposition of excise taxes on the Company.

(c) Upon termination of any period of suspension under this Section 14.8, any Award affected by such suspension that shall not then have expired or terminated shall be reinstated as to all Shares available before such suspension and as to Shares that would otherwise have become available during the period of such suspension, but no such suspension shall extend the term of any Award.

(d) A Participant shall be required to supply the Company with certificates, representations, and information that the Company requests and otherwise cooperate with the Company in obtaining any listing, registration, qualification, exemption, consent, or approval the Company deems necessary or appropriate.

14.9 Governing Law. The Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

14.10 Construction. Wherever any words are used in the Plan in the masculine gender they shall be construed as though they were also used in the feminine gender in all cases where they would so apply, and wherever words are used herein in the singular form they shall be construed as though they were also used in the plural form in all cases where they would so apply.

 

25


14.11 Other Benefits. No Award granted or paid out under the Plan shall be deemed compensation for purposes of computing benefits under any retirement plan of the Company or its Affiliates or affect any benefit or compensation under any other plan now or subsequently in effect under which the availability or amount of benefits is related to the level of compensation.

14.12 Costs. The Company shall bear all expenses associated with administering the Plan, including expenses of issuing Shares pursuant to Awards hereunder.

14.13 No Right to Same Benefits. The provisions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each Participant, and such Awards to individual Participants need not be the same in subsequent years.

14.14 Death/Disability. The Committee may in its discretion require the transferee of a Participant to supply it with written notice of the Participant’s death or Disability and to supply it with a copy of the will (in the case of the Participant’s death) or such other evidence as the Committee deems necessary to establish the validity of the transfer of an Award. The Committee may also require the agreement of the transferee to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Plan.

14.15 Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.15, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

14.16 Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of Shares or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, Shares, or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules, and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program.

14.17 Section 409A of the Code. The Plan and Awards are intended to comply with or be exempt from the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be limited, construed, and interpreted in accordance with such intent. To the extent that any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, it shall be paid in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including proposed, temporary, or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any provision in the Plan that is inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code shall be deemed to be amended to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and, to the extent such provision cannot be amended to comply therewith or be exempt

 

26


therefrom, such provision shall be null and void. The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Award that is intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee or the Company and, in the event that any amount or benefit under the Plan becomes subject to penalties under Section 409A of the Code, responsibility for payment of such penalties shall rest solely with the affected Participants and not with the Company. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) that are otherwise required to be made under the Plan to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A of the Code) as a result of such employee’s separation from service (other than a payment that is not subject to Section 409A of the Code) shall be delayed for the first six months following such separation from service (or, if earlier, until the date of death of the specified employee) and shall instead be paid (in a manner set forth in the Award Agreement) upon expiration of such delay period.

14.18 Successor and Assigns. The Plan shall be binding on all successors and permitted assigns of a Participant, including, without limitation, the estate of such Participant and the executor, administrator, or trustee of such estate.

14.19 Severability of Provisions. If any provision of the Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provisions had not been included.

14.20 Headings and Captions. The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Plan.

ARTICLE XV

EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

The Plan shall become effective on , 2021, which is the date of its adoption by the Board and the approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE XVI

TERM OF PLAN

No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan on or after the 10th anniversary of the earlier of the date that the Plan is adopted or the date of stockholder approval, but Awards granted prior to such 10th anniversary may extend beyond that date.

 

27

Exhibit 10.13

FORM OF

TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

between

VINE ENERGY INC.

and

THE PERSONS NAMED HEREIN

Dated as of [                ], 2021


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

     2  

Section 1.1

  Definitions      2  

ARTICLE II DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

     11  

Section 2.1

  Attribute Schedule      11  

Section 2.2

  Tax Benefit Schedule      11  

Section 2.3

  Procedures, Amendments      12  

ARTICLE III TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

     13  

Section 3.1

  Payments      13  

Section 3.2

  No Duplicative Payments      14  

Section 3.3

  Pro Rata Payments      14  

ARTICLE IV TERMINATION

     15  

Section 4.1

  Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement      15  

Section 4.2

  Early Termination Notice      16  

Section 4.3

  Payment upon Early Termination      16  

ARTICLE V SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

     17  

Section 5.1

  Subordination      17  

Section 5.2

  Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer      17  

ARTICLE VI NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

     17  

Section 6.1

  Participation in the Corporate Taxpayer’s and OpCo’s Tax Matters      17  

Section 6.2

  Consistency      18  

Section 6.3

  Cooperation      18  

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     18  

Section 7.1

  Notices      18  

Section 7.2

  Counterparts      19  

Section 7.3

  Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries      20  

Section 7.4

  Governing Law      20  

Section 7.5

  Severability      20  

Section 7.6

  Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers      20  

Section 7.7

  Titles and Subtitles      21  

Section 7.8

  Resolution of Disputes      21  

Section 7.9

  Reconciliation      22  

Section 7.10

  Withholding      22  

Section 7.11

  Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets      23  

Section 7.12

  Confidentiality      24  

Section 7.13

  Change in Law      24  

Section 7.14

  Tax Characterization and Elections      25  

Section 7.15

  TRA Party Representative      25  

 

i


ANNEXES AND EXHIBITS

 

Annex A

  

-

  

Blocker Entities

Annex B

  

-

  

Reorganization TRA Parties

Annex C

  

-

  

Exchange TRA Parties

Exhibit A

  

-

  

Form of Joinder Agreement

 

 

ii


TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT

This TAX RECEIVABLE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is dated as of [                ], 2021, and is between Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation, the “Corporate Taxpayer”) and each of the TRA Parties that are from time to time a party hereto.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Reorganization TRA Parties or their respective transferors or successors were previously owners of the Blocker Entities, and as a result of their previous ownership of the Blocker Entities, the Reorganization TRA Parties previously indirectly held equity interests (the “Units”) in Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“OpCo”), through the Blocker Entities;

WHEREAS, the Exchange TRA Parties directly hold Units in OpCo;

WHEREAS, OpCo is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the Blocker Entities is or was (at all relevant times) classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

WHEREAS, as a result of certain reorganization transactions undertaken in connection with the IPO as more fully described in the Master Reorganization Agreement, all of the shares of the Blocker Entities were contributed directly or indirectly to the Corporate Taxpayer by the Reorganization TRA Parties or their respective transferors or successors (the “Reorganization”);

WHEREAS, as a result of the Reorganization, the Corporate Taxpayer may be entitled to utilize (or otherwise be entitled to the benefits arising out of) the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets;

WHEREAS, the Units held by the Exchange TRA Parties may be exchanged for Class A common stock (the “Class A Shares”) of the Corporate Taxpayer or cash consideration, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the LLC Agreement and Exchange Agreement (each, an “Exchange”);

WHEREAS, as a result any such Exchanges, the Corporate Taxpayer may be entitled to utilize (or otherwise be entitled to the benefits arising out of) the Exchange Covered Tax Assets; and

WHEREAS, the income, gain, loss, expense, deduction and other Tax items of the Corporate Taxpayer may be affected by the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets, and the parties to this Agreement desire to make certain arrangements with respect to the effects of the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth in this Article I shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined).

Actual Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the actual liability for U.S. federal, state and local income Taxes of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer and (b) without duplication, OpCo and its Subsidiaries, but in the case of this clause (b) only with respect to U.S. federal, state and local income Taxes imposed on OpCo and its Subsidiaries and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer; provided that the actual liability for Taxes described in clauses (a) and (b) shall be calculated by assuming (i) that any Subsequently Acquired TRA Attributes do not exist, (ii) solely for purposes of calculating the state and local Actual Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer, that the applicable tax rate is the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and (iii) solely for purposes of calculating the Corporate Taxpayer’s U.S. federal Actual Tax Liability, in order to prevent double counting, that state and local income and franchise Taxes are not deductible by the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such first Person.

Agreed Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Agreement” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement.

Amended Schedule” is defined in Section 2.3(b) of this Agreement.

Assumed State and Local Tax Rate” means the tax rate equal to the sum of the product of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer’s income and franchise tax apportionment rate(s) for each state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo (or any of their Subsidiaries that are treated as partnerships or disregarded entities for U.S. federal or applicable state and local tax purposes) files income or franchise Tax Returns for the relevant Taxable Year and (b) the highest corporate income and franchise tax rate(s) for each such state and local jurisdiction in which the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or their applicable Subsidiaries file income or franchise Tax Returns for each such relevant Taxable Year; provided that, solely in respect of the Corporate Taxpayer, to the extent, for any Taxable Year, that state and local income and franchise Taxes are deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes by members forming part of the Corporate Taxpayer that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate calculated pursuant to the foregoing shall be reduced by the assumed federal income Tax benefit received by the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to state and local jurisdiction income and franchise Taxes (with such benefit calculated as the product of (i) the Corporate Taxpayer’s marginal U.S. federal income tax rate for the relevant Taxable Year and (ii) the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate without regard to this proviso).

Attributable” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

 

2


Attribute Schedule” is defined in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

Basis Adjustment” means the adjustment to the tax basis of, or the Corporate Taxpayer’s share of the tax basis of, a Reference Asset (a) under Sections 732, 734(b), 707(a), 737 and 1012 of the Code and any comparable sections of U.S. state and local tax law (in situations where, as a result of one or more Exchanges, OpCo becomes an entity that is disregarded as separate from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or (b) under Sections 734(b), 743(b) and 754 of the Code and any comparable sections of U.S. state and local tax law (in situations where, following an Exchange, OpCo remains in existence as an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), in each case, as a result of any Exchange and any payments made pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount of any Basis Adjustment resulting from an Exchange of one or more Units (i) shall be determined without regard to any Pre-Exchange Transfer of such Units and as if any such Pre-Exchange Transfer had not occurred and (ii) shall not include the portion of any Tax Benefit Payment representing Imputed Interest.

Beneficial Owner” means, with respect to any security, a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares: (a) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or (b) investment power, which includes the power to dispose of, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “Beneficially Own” and “Beneficial Ownership” shall have correlative meanings.

Blocker Entities” means the entities listed on Annex A.

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporate Taxpayer.

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by applicable law to be closed in New York, New York.

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events or series of events after the IPO Date: (a) any Person (other than a Permitted Investor) or any group of Persons acting together that would constitute a “group” for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provisions thereto (excluding (i) a corporation or other entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Corporate Taxpayer or (ii) a group of Persons in which one or more Permitted Investors or Affiliates of Permitted Investors directly or indirectly hold Beneficial Ownership of securities representing more than 50% of the total voting power held by such group) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporate Taxpayer representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporate Taxpayer’s then outstanding voting securities; (b) the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors of the Corporate Taxpayer then serving: individuals who, on the IPO Date, constitute the Board and any new director whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Corporate Taxpayer’s shareholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the IPO Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was

 

3


previously so approved or recommended by the directors referred to in this clause (b); (c) there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Corporate Taxpayer with any other corporation or other entity, and, immediately after the consummation of such merger or consolidation, either (i) the members of the Board immediately prior to the merger or consolidation do not constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the company surviving the merger or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (ii) the voting securities of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such merger or consolidation do not continue to represent or are not converted into more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Person resulting from such merger or consolidation or, if the surviving company is a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or (d) the shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Corporate Taxpayer or there is consummated an agreement or series of related agreements for the sale or other disposition, directly or indirectly, by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets, other than such sale or other disposition by the Corporate Taxpayer of all or substantially all of the Corporate Taxpayer’s assets to an entity at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by shareholders of the Corporate Taxpayer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to clause (b) and clause (c)(i) above, a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the shares of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in, and own substantially all of the shares of, an entity which owns, either directly or through a Subsidiary, all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporate Taxpayer immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

Class A Shares” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Corporate Taxpayer” is defined in the Preamble to this Agreement; provided that the term “Corporate Taxpayer” shall include any other member of the U.S. federal income tax consolidated group including the Corporate Taxpayer.

Corporate Taxpayer Return” means the U.S. federal and/or state and/or local Tax Return, as applicable, of the Corporate Taxpayer filed with respect to Taxes of any Taxable Year.

Covered Person” is defined in Section 7.15 of this Agreement.

 

4


Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year means the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Benefits for all Taxable Years of the Corporate Taxpayer ending after December 31, 2025, up to and including such Taxable Year, net of the cumulative amount of Realized Tax Detriments for the same period; provided that, if the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1(a) or the Corporate Taxpayer’s obligations under this Agreement are accelerated under Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c), such period used for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment shall include any Taxable Year of the Corporate Taxpayer ending on or after the Early Termination Date without regard to whether such relevant Taxable Year ends on or before December 31, 2023. The Realized Tax Benefit and Realized Tax Detriment for each Taxable Year shall be determined based on the most recent Tax Benefit Schedules or Amended Schedules, if any, in existence at the time of such determination.

Default Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 500 basis points.

Determination” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 1313(a) of the Code or similar provision of U.S. state or local tax law, as applicable, or any other event (including the execution of IRS Form 870-AD) that finally and conclusively establishes the amount of any liability for Tax.

Dispute” is defined in Section 7.8(a) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Date” means the date of an Early Termination Notice for purposes of determining the Early Termination Payment.

Early Termination Effective Date” means the date on which an Early Termination Schedule becomes binding pursuant to Section 4.2.

Early Termination Notice” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Early Termination Payment” is defined in Section 4.3(b) of this Agreement.

Early Termination Rate” means a per annum rate of LIBOR plus 100 basis points.

Early Termination Schedule” is defined in Section 4.2 of this Agreement.

Exchange” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Exchange Agreement” means the Exchange Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, between the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the holders of Units from time to time party thereto, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

Exchange Covered Tax Assets” means, with respect to an Exchange TRA Party, (a) Basis Adjustments and (b) Imputed Interest. For the avoidance of doubt, Exchange Covered Tax Assets shall include any carryforwards or similar attributes that are attributable to the Tax items described in clauses (a) and (b).

Exchange Date” means the date of any Exchange.

Exchange TRA Parties” means the Persons listed on Annex C.

 

5


Expert” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Hypothetical Tax Liability” means, with respect to any Taxable Year, the liability for U.S. federal, state and local income Taxes of (a) the Corporate Taxpayer and (b) without duplication, OpCo and its Subsidiaries, but in the case of this clause (b) only with respect to U.S. federal, state and local income Taxes imposed on OpCo and its Subsidiaries and allocable to the Corporate Taxpayer, in each case, using the same methods, elections, conventions, and practices used on the relevant Corporate Taxpayer Return but calculated (i) without taking into account the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any carryforward or carryback of any tax item attributable to the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets) and (ii) by assuming (A) that any Subsequently Acquired TRA Attributes do not exist, (B) solely for purposes of calculating the state and local Hypothetical Tax Liability of the Corporate Taxpayer, that the applicable tax rate is the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate, and (C) solely for purposes of calculating the Corporate Taxpayer’s U.S. federal Hypothetical Tax Liability, in order to prevent double counting, that state and local income and franchise Taxes are not deductible by the Corporate Taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Imputed Interest” in respect of a TRA Party means any interest imputed under Section 1272, 1274 or 483 or other provision of the Code with respect to the Corporate Taxpayer’s payment obligations in respect of such TRA Party under this Agreement.

Interest Amount” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

IPO” means the initial public offering of Class A Shares by the Corporate Taxpayer.

IPO Date” means the closing date of the IPO.

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

LIBOR” means during any period, the rate which appears on the Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or on such other substitute Bloomberg page that displays rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market or such other commercially available source providing quotations of such rates as may be designated by Corporate Taxpayer from time to time), or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Corporate Taxpayer as an authorized information vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which U.S. dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such period as the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars having a borrowing date and a maturity comparable to such period (or if there shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist a Bloomberg Page BBAM1 (or any substitute page) or any LIBOR Alternate Source, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative at such time, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error); provided that at no time shall LIBOR be less than 0%. If the Corporate Taxpayer has made the determination (such determination to be conclusive absent manifest error) that (i) LIBOR is no longer a widely recognized benchmark rate for newly originated loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars or (ii) the applicable supervisor or administrator (if any) of LIBOR

 

6


has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which LIBOR shall no longer be used for determining interest rates for loans in the U.S. loan market in U.S. dollars, then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall (as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative to be consistent with market practice generally), establish a replacement interest rate (the “Replacement Rate”), in which case, the Replacement Rate shall, subject to the next two sentences, replace LIBOR for all purposes under this Agreement. In connection with the establishment and application of the Replacement Rate, this Agreement shall be amended solely with the consent of the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable judgment of the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, to effect the provisions of this section. The Replacement Rate shall be applied in a manner consistent with market practice; provided that in each case, to the extent such market practice is not administratively feasible for the Corporate Taxpayer, such Replacement Rate shall be applied as otherwise reasonably determined by the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative.

LLC Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of OpCo, dated on or about the date hereof, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time.

Market Value” shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the applicable Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided that if the closing price is not reported by the Wall Street Journal for the applicable Exchange Date, then the Market Value shall mean the closing price of the Class A Shares on the Business Day immediately preceding such Exchange Date on the national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system on which such Class A Shares are then traded or listed, as reported by the Wall Street Journal; provided, further, that if the Class A Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, “Market Value” shall mean the cash consideration paid for Class A Shares, or the fair market value of the other property delivered for Class A Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the above sentence, to the extent property is exchanged for cash in a transaction, the Market Value shall be determined by reference to the amount of cash transferred in such transaction.

Master Reorganization Agreement” means the Master Reorganization Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, by and among the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and certain other parties thereto.

Net Tax Benefit” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Objection Notice” is defined in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

OpCo” is defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Permitted Investors” means, individually or collectively, any investment fund, co-investment vehicles and/or other similar vehicles or accounts, in each case managed by an Affiliate of The Blackstone Group L.P., or any of their respective successors.

 

7


Person” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, governmental entity or other entity.

Pre-Exchange Transfer” means any transfer (including upon the death of a member) or distribution in respect of one or more Units (a) that occurs prior to an Exchange of such Units, and (b) to which Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code applies.

Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets” means, with respect to a Reorganization TRA Party, (a) any net operating loss carryforwards, disallowed interest expense carryforwards under Section 163(j) of the Code, or tax credit carryforwards, in each case relating to taxable periods ending on or prior to the IPO Date, attributable to the Blocker Entity previously owned by such Reorganization TRA Party that are available to offset income or gain of the Corporate Taxpayer in periods (or portions thereof) beginning after the IPO Date and (b) Imputed Interest. For the avoidance of doubt, Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets shall include any carryforwards, carrybacks or similar attributes that are attributable to the Tax items described in clause (b).

Realized Tax Benefit” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Hypothetical Tax Liability over the Actual Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Benefit unless and until there has been a Determination.

Realized Tax Detriment” means, for a Taxable Year, the excess, if any, of the Actual Tax Liability over the Hypothetical Tax Liability. If all or a portion of the actual liability for such Taxes for the Taxable Year arises as a result of an audit by a Taxing Authority of any Taxable Year, such liability shall not be included in determining the Realized Tax Detriment unless and until there has been a Determination.

Reconciliation Dispute” is defined in Section 7.9 of this Agreement.

Reconciliation Procedures” is defined in Section 2.3(a) of this Agreement.

Reference Asset” means any tangible or intangible asset that is held by OpCo or any of its successors or assigns, and any asset held by any entities in which OpCo owns a direct or indirect equity interest that are treated as a partnership or disregarded entity (but only to the extent such entities are held through other entities that are treated as partnerships or disregarded entities) for purposes of the applicable Tax, as of the relevant date. A Reference Asset also includes any asset that is “substituted basis property” under Section 7701(a)(42) of the Code with respect to a Reference Asset.

Reorganization” is defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

Reorganization TRA Parties” means the persons listed on Annex B.

Schedule” means any of the following: (a) an Attribute Schedule; (b) a Tax Benefit Schedule; or (c) the Early Termination Schedule.

 

8


Senior Obligations” is defined in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.

Subsequently Acquired TRA Attributes” means, except as otherwise determined by the Board (with the approval of the TRA Party Representative), any net operating losses, tax basis or other tax attributes to which any of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or any entity in which they hold a direct or indirect equity interest become entitled as a result of a transaction (other than any Exchanges undertaken by an Exchange TRA Party) after the IPO Date, to the extent such net operating losses, tax basis and other tax attributes are subject to a tax receivable agreement (or comparable agreement) entered into after the date hereof by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Controlled Affiliates pursuant to which any member forming part of the Corporate Taxpayer is obligated to pay over amounts with respect to tax benefits resulting from such net operating losses, tax basis or other tax attributes.

Subsidiaries” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such Person, owns, directly or indirectly, or otherwise controls more than 50% of the voting power or other similar interests or the sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such Person.

Tax Benefit Payment” is defined in Section 3.1(b) of this Agreement.

Tax Benefit Schedule” is defined in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.

Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report or similar statement required to be filed with respect to Taxes (including any attached schedules), including, without limitation, any information return, claim for refund, amended return and declaration of estimated Tax.

Taxable Year” means a taxable year of the Corporate Taxpayer as defined in Section 441(b) of the Code or comparable sections of U.S. state or local tax law, as applicable (and, therefore, for the avoidance of doubt, may include a period of less than twelve (12) months for which a Tax Return is made), ending on or after the IPO Date.

Taxes” means any and all U.S. federal, state or local taxes, assessments or similar charges that are based on or measured with respect to net income or profits (including alternative minimum taxes and any franchise taxes imposed in lieu of an income tax), and any interest related to such Tax.

Taxing Authority” shall mean any domestic, federal, national, state, county or municipal or other local government, any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof, or any quasi-governmental body exercising any taxing authority or any other authority exercising Tax regulatory authority.

TRA Parties” means the Exchange TRA Parties and the Reorganization TRA Parties.

TRA Party Representative” means, initially, [             ], and thereafter, that TRA Party or committee of TRA Parties determined from time to time by a plurality vote of the TRA Parties ratably in accordance with their right to receive Early Termination Payments hereunder.

 

9


Treasury Regulations” means the final, temporary and (to the extent they can be relied upon) proposed regulations under the Code promulgated from time to time (including corresponding provisions and succeeding provisions) as in effect for the relevant taxable period.

Units” is defined in the Recitals of this Agreement.

Valuation Assumptions” shall mean, as of an Early Termination Date, the assumptions that (a) in each Taxable Year ending on or after such Early Termination Date, the Corporate Taxpayer will have taxable income sufficient to fully use the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets (other than any such Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets or Exchange Covered Tax Assets that constitute or have resulted in net operating losses, disallowed interest expense carryforwards, or credit carryforwards or carryovers (determined as of the Early Termination Date), which shall be governed by clause (d) below) during such Taxable Year or future Taxable Years in which such deductions or other attributes would become available; (b) the U.S. federal income tax rates that will be in effect for each such Taxable Year will be those specified for each such Taxable Year by the Code and other law as in effect on the Early Termination Date, except to the extent any change to such tax rates for such Taxable Year have already been enacted into law; (c) the tax rate for U.S. state and local income taxes shall be the Assumed State and Local Tax Rate as in effect for the Taxable Year of the Early Termination Date; (d) any net operating loss, disallowed interest expense, or credit carryovers or carrybacks (or similar items with respect to carryovers or carrybacks) that constitute or that were generated by any Pre-IPO Covered Tax Asset or Exchange Covered Tax Asset and available as of the Early Termination Date will be used by the Corporate Taxpayer ratably over a period beginning on the Early Termination Date and ending on the earlier of (i) five years following the Early Termination Date or (ii) the scheduled expiration date, if any, under applicable Tax law of such net operating losses, disallowed interest expense, or credit carryovers or carrybacks (or similar items with respect to carryovers or carrybacks); provided that if the Corporate Taxpayer is prevented from fully using any net operating loss, disallowed interest expense, or credit carryover pursuant to Section 382 or Section 383 of the Code, the amount used for purposes of this provision shall not exceed the amount that would otherwise be utilized under Section 382 or Section 383 of the Code and the five year period described clause (d)(i) shall be proportionately increased to reflect such limit; (e) any non-amortizable Reference Assets (other than equity interests in Subsidiaries that are treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes) will be disposed of in a fully taxable transaction on the fifteenth anniversary of the applicable Exchange (in the case of Exchange Covered Tax Assets) or the IPO Date (in the case of Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets) and any cash equivalents will be disposed of twelve (12) months following the Early Termination Date; provided that, in the event of a Change of Control that includes a taxable sale of such Reference Asset (or the sale of all of the equity interests in a partnership or disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes that directly or indirectly owns such Reference Asset), such non-amortizable Reference Asset shall be deemed disposed of at the time of the direct or indirect sale of the relevant Reference Asset in such Change of Control (if earlier than such fifteenth anniversary) for the applicable purchase price; (f) if, on the Early Termination Date, any Exchange TRA Party has Units that have not been Exchanged, then such Units shall be deemed to be Exchanged for the Market Value that would be received by such Exchange TRA Party if such Units had been Exchanged on the Early Termination Date, and such Exchange TRA Party shall be deemed to receive the amount of cash such Exchange TRA Party would have been entitled to pursuant to Section 4.3(a) had such Units actually been Exchanged on the Early

 

10


Termination Date; (g) any payment obligations pursuant to this Agreement will be satisfied on the date that any Tax Return to which such payment obligation relates is required to be filed excluding any extensions; and (h) for purposes of calculating depletion deductions and resulting reductions in adjusted tax basis with respect to depletable properties held by OpCo and its Subsidiaries that are treated as disregarded entities or partnerships for U.S. federal tax purposes, (i) the remaining recoverable reserves with respect to each such property are equal to the recoverable reserves estimated in the most recent reserve report relating to such property (or, if there is no reserve report with respect to such property, the most recent estimate of recoverable reserves with respect to such property which is reflected in the financial records of OpCo) and (ii) OpCo (or such Subsidiaries) will recover the remaining recoverable reserves with respect to each such depletable property within the time estimated and at the rate reflected in the most recent reserve reports relating to such property (or, if there is no reserve report with respect to such property, the most recent estimate of the rate of recovery of recoverable reserves with respect to such property which is reflected in the financial records of OpCo).

ARTICLE II

DETERMINATION OF REALIZED TAX BENEFIT

Section 2.1 Attribute Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for each relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative a schedule (the “Attribute Schedule”) that shows, in reasonable detail necessary to perform the calculations required by this Agreement (a) the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets that are available for use by the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to each Reorganization TRA Party with respect to such Taxable Year and the portion of the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets that are available for use by the Corporate Taxpayer in future Taxable Years with respect to each Reorganization TRA Party and (b) the Exchange Covered Tax Assets that are available for use by the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to such Taxable Year with respect to each Exchange TRA Party that has effected an Exchange (including the Basis Adjustments with respect to the Reference Assets resulting from Exchanges effected in such Taxable Year and the periods over which such Basis Adjustments are amortizable or depreciable) and the portion of the Exchange Covered Tax Assets that are available for use by the Corporate Taxpayer in future Taxable Years with respect to each Exchange TRA Party that has effected an Exchange. The Attribute Schedule shall also list any limitations on the ability of the Corporate Taxpayer to utilize any Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets or Exchange Covered Tax Assets under applicable law (including as a result of the operation of Section 382 of the Code or Section 383 of the Code).

Section 2.2 Tax Benefit Schedule.

(a) Tax Benefit Schedule. Within ninety (90) calendar days after the filing of the IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer for any relevant Taxable Year, the Corporate Taxpayer shall provide to the TRA Party Representative a schedule showing, in reasonable detail, the calculation of the Tax Benefit Payment in respect of each TRA Party for such Taxable Year and the calculation of the Realized Tax Benefit or a Realized Tax Detriment and the components thereof for such Taxable Year (a “Tax Benefit Schedule”). Each Tax Benefit Schedule will become final as provided in Section 2.3(a) and may be amended as provided in Section 2.3(b) (subject to the procedures set forth in Section 2.3(b)).

 

11


(b) Applicable Principles. For purposes of calculating the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for any period, carryovers or carrybacks of any Tax item attributable to the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets shall be considered to be subject to the rules of the Code and the Treasury Regulations or the appropriate provisions of U.S. state and local income and franchise tax law, as applicable, governing the use, limitation and expiration of carryovers or carrybacks of the relevant type. If a carryover or carryback of any Tax item includes a portion that is attributable to a Pre-IPO Covered Tax Asset or an Exchange Covered Tax Asset and another portion that is not, such portions shall be considered to be used in accordance with a “with and without” methodology.

Section 2.3 Procedures, Amendments.

(a) Procedure. Every time the Corporate Taxpayer delivers to the TRA Party Representative an applicable Schedule under this Agreement, including any Amended Schedule delivered pursuant to Section 2.3(b) and any Early Termination Schedule or amended Early Termination Schedule, the Corporate Taxpayer shall also (i) deliver to the TRA Party Representative supporting schedules, valuation reports (if any), and work papers, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative, providing reasonable detail regarding data and calculations that were relevant for purposes of preparing the Schedule and (ii) allow the TRA Party Representative reasonable access at no cost to the appropriate representatives at the Corporate Taxpayer, as determined by the Corporate Taxpayer or as reasonably requested by the TRA Party Representative, in connection with a review of such Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, the Corporate Taxpayer shall ensure that any Tax Benefit Schedule that is delivered to the TRA Party Representative, along with any supporting schedules and work papers, provides a reasonably detailed presentation of the calculation of the Actual Tax Liability and the Hypothetical Tax Liability and identifies any material assumptions or operating procedures or principles that were used for purposes of such calculations. An applicable Schedule or amendment thereto shall become final and binding on all parties thirty (30) calendar days from the first date on which the TRA Party Representative received the applicable Schedule or amendment thereto under Section 7.1 unless the TRA Party Representative (i) within thirty (30) calendar days from such date provides the Corporate Taxpayer with notice of objection to such Schedule (“Objection Notice”) made in good faith or (ii) provides a written waiver of such right of any Objection Notice within the period described in clause (i) above, in which case such Schedule or amendment thereto becomes binding on the date the waiver is received by the Corporate Taxpayer. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative, for any reason, are unable to successfully resolve the issues raised in the Objection Notice within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt by the Corporate Taxpayer of an Objection Notice, the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall employ the reconciliation procedures as described in Section 7.9 of this Agreement (the “Reconciliation Procedures”).

(b) Amended Schedule. The applicable Schedule for any Taxable Year may be amended from time to time by the Corporate Taxpayer (i) in connection with a Determination affecting such Schedule, (ii) to correct inaccuracies in the Schedule identified as a result of the receipt of additional factual information relating to a Taxable Year after the date the Schedule was provided to the TRA Party Representative, (iii) to comply with the Expert’s determination under the Reconciliation Procedures, (iv) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or

 

12


Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to a carryback or carryforward of a loss or other tax item to such Taxable Year, or (v) to reflect a change in the Realized Tax Benefit or Realized Tax Detriment for such Taxable Year attributable to an amended Tax Return filed for such Taxable Year (any such Schedule, an “Amended Schedule”). The Corporate Taxpayer shall provide an Amended Schedule to the TRA Party Representative within sixty (60) calendar days of the occurrence of an event referenced in clauses (i) through (v) of the preceding sentence.

ARTICLE III

TAX BENEFIT PAYMENTS

Section 3.1 Payments.

(a) Payments. Within five (5) calendar days after a Tax Benefit Schedule delivered to the TRA Party Representative becomes final in accordance with Section 2.3(a) and Section 7.9, if applicable, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay or cause to be paid each TRA Party the Tax Benefit Payment determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) that is Attributable to such relevant TRA Party. Each such Tax Benefit Payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by such TRA Party to the Corporate Taxpayer or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of estimated tax payments, including, without limitation, U.S. federal estimated income tax payments, and (ii) the payments provided for pursuant to the above sentence shall be computed separately for each TRA Party. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, with respect to each Exchange by or with respect to any Exchange TRA Party, if such Exchange TRA Party notifies the Corporate Taxpayer in writing of a stated maximum selling price (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 15A.453-1(c)(2)), then the amount of the consideration received in connection with such Exchange and the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments to such Exchange TRA Party in respect of such Exchange (other than amounts accounted for as interest under the Code) shall not exceed such stated maximum selling price.

(b) A “Tax Benefit Payment” in respect of a TRA Party for a Taxable Year means an amount, not less than zero, equal to the sum of the portion of the Net Tax Benefit that is Attributable to such TRA Party and the Interest Amount with respect thereto. A Net Tax Benefit is “Attributable” to a Reorganization TRA Party to the extent that it is derived from a Pre-IPO Covered Tax Asset with respect to the Blocker Entity that was previously owned by such Reorganization TRA Party or its respective transferor or successor. A Net Tax Benefit is “Attributable” to an Exchange TRA Party to the extent that is derived from an Exchange Covered Tax Asset with respect to Units that were Exchanged by such Exchange TRA Party. For the avoidance of doubt, for Tax purposes, the Interest Amount shall not be treated as interest but instead shall be treated as additional consideration for the acquisition of Units in Exchanges, unless otherwise required by law. Subject to Section 3.3(a), the “Net Tax Benefit” for a Taxable Year shall be an amount equal to the excess, if any, of 85% of the Cumulative Net Realized Tax Benefit as of the end of such Taxable Year, over the total amount of payments previously made under the first sentence of Section 3.1(a) (excluding payments attributable to Interest Amounts); provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, no such recipient shall be required to return any portion of any previously made Tax Benefit Payment. The “Interest Amount” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal the interest on the Net Tax Benefit calculated at the Agreed Rate from the due date (without extensions) for filing the IRS Form 1120 (or any successor form) of the Corporate Taxpayer with respect to Taxes for such Taxable Year until the payment date under Section 3.1(a).

 

13


Section 3.2 No Duplicative Payments. It is intended that the provisions of this Agreement will not result in duplicative payment of any amount (including interest) required under this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in the appropriate manner to ensure such intentions are realized.

Section 3.3 Pro Rata Payments.

(a) Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 to the contrary, to the extent that the aggregate Tax benefit of the Corporate Taxpayer from the reduction in actual Tax liability as a result of the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets is limited in a particular Taxable Year because the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize available deductions and other attributes, the Net Tax Benefit for the Corporate Taxpayer shall be allocated among the TRA Parties in proportion to the respective amounts of Tax Benefit Payments that would have been paid to each TRA Party under this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer had sufficient taxable income so that there were no such limitation; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of allocating among the TRA Parties the aggregate Tax Benefit Payments payable under this Agreement with respect to any Taxable Year, the operation of this Section 3.3(a) with respect to any prior Taxable Years shall be taken into account. Consistent with the foregoing, the Attribute Schedule for a given Taxable Year shall reflect the operation of this Section 3.3(a) in respect of previous Taxable Years, with the Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets described in such Attribute Schedule that are attributable to a TRA Party being adjusted to reflect payments received in respect of such Pre-IPO Covered Tax Assets and Exchange Covered Tax Assets (the intention of the parties being to avoid duplicative payments and maintain records sufficient to allow the Corporate Taxpayer to allocate Tax Benefit Payments consistent with the terms of this Section 3.3(a)).

(b) After taking into account Section 3.3(a), if for any reason the Corporate Taxpayer does not fully satisfy its payment obligations to make all Tax Benefit Payments due under this Agreement in respect of a particular Taxable Year (for example, as a result of having insufficient cash to make the Tax Benefit Payments due hereunder), then the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree that (i) the Corporate Taxpayer shall make payments due hereunder to the TRA Parties in respect of a Taxable Year in the same proportion as such payments would have been made if the relevant payment had been made in full by the Corporate Taxpayer and (ii) no Tax Benefit Payment shall be made in respect of any Taxable Year until all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of prior Taxable Years have been made in full.

 

14


ARTICLE IV

TERMINATION

Section 4.1 Early Termination of Agreement; Breach of Agreement.

(a) The Corporate Taxpayer may terminate this Agreement with respect to all amounts payable to the TRA Parties and with respect to all of the Units held by the TRA Parties at any time by paying to each TRA Party the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party; provided, however, that this Agreement shall only terminate upon the full payment of the Early Termination Payment to all TRA Parties as set forth in Section 4.3(a); provided, further, that the Corporate Taxpayer may withdraw any notice to execute its termination rights under this Section 4.1(a) prior to the time at which any Early Termination Payment has been paid. Upon full payment of the Early Termination Payment by the Corporate Taxpayer to all TRA Parties, none of the TRA Parties or the Corporate Taxpayer shall have any further payment rights or obligations under this Agreement. If an Exchange occurs after the Corporate Taxpayer makes all of the required Early Termination Payments, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have no obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Exchange.

(b) In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer (i) breaches any of its material obligations under this Agreement, whether as a result of failure to make any payment within three (3) months of the date when due, failure to honor any other material obligation required hereunder or by operation of law as a result of the rejection of this Agreement in a case commenced under the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise or (ii) (A) shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (1) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts or (2) seeking an appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or it shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (B) there shall be commenced against Corporate Taxpayer any case, proceeding or other action of the nature referred to in clause (A) above that remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty (60) calendar days, all obligations hereunder shall be automatically accelerated and shall be immediately due and payable, and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such breach. Procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Section 4.1(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporate Taxpayer breaches this Agreement, the TRA Party Representative shall be entitled to elect jointly on behalf of all TRA Parties for such TRA Parties to receive the amounts referred to in this Section 4.1(b) or to seek specific performance of the terms under this Agreement. The parties agree that the failure to make any payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due shall be deemed to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement for all purposes of this Agreement, and that it will not be considered to be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement to make a payment due pursuant to this Agreement within three (3) months of the date such payment is due. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, it shall not be a breach of a material obligation under this Agreement if the Corporate Taxpayer fails to make any Tax Benefit Payment when due to the extent that the Corporate Taxpayer has insufficient funds to make such payment despite using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain funds to make such payment; provided that (i) the interest provisions of Section 5.2 shall apply to such late payment and (ii) solely with respect to a Tax Benefit Payment, if the Corporate Taxpayer does not have sufficient cash to make such payment as a result of limitations imposed by any credit agreements to which OpCo or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, Section 5.2 shall apply, but the Default Rate shall be replaced by the Agreed Rate.

 

15


(c) In the event of a Change of Control, all obligations hereunder shall be accelerated and such obligations shall be calculated as if an Early Termination Notice had been delivered on the date of such Change of Control. Procedures similar to the procedures of Section 4.2 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, with respect to the determination of the amount payable by the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Section 4.1(c).

Section 4.2 Early Termination Notice. If the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1(a) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative notice of such intention to exercise such right (“Early Termination Notice”). In addition, if the Corporate Taxpayer chooses to exercise its right of early termination under Section 4.1(a) above, or the obligations under this Agreement are accelerated under Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c) above, the Corporate Taxpayer shall deliver to the TRA Party Representative a schedule (the “Early Termination Schedule”) showing in reasonable detail the calculation of the Early Termination Payment due to each TRA Party. Such Early Termination Schedule shall become final and binding on all parties consistent with the procedures described in Section 2.3(a).

Section 4.3 Payment upon Early Termination.

(a) Subject to its right to withdraw any notice of Early Termination pursuant to Section 4.1(a), within three (3) calendar days after an Early Termination Effective Date, the Corporate Taxpayer shall pay to each TRA Party an amount equal to the Early Termination Payment in respect of such TRA Party. Such payment shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account previously designated by the TRA Party or as otherwise agreed by the Corporate Taxpayer and such TRA Party.

(b) The “Early Termination Payment” in respect of a TRA Party shall equal, without duplication, (i) the present value, discounted at the Early Termination Rate as of the applicable Early Termination Effective Date, of all Tax Benefit Payments in respect of such TRA Party that would be required to be paid by the Corporate Taxpayer beginning from the Early Termination Date and assuming that the Valuation Assumptions in respect of such TRA Party are applied, plus (ii) any Tax Benefit Payment due and payable with respect to such TRA Party that is unpaid as of the date of the Early Termination Notice, plus (iii) any Tax Benefit Payment not yet due and payable with respect to such TRA Party for a Taxable Year ending prior to the date of the Early Termination Notice, plus (iv) any interest accruing on the amounts described in clauses (i) through (iii) (which shall include interest accruing on the amount described in clause (i) from the date of the Early Termination Notice). For the avoidance of doubt, no TRA Party shall be required to return any portion of any previously received Early Termination Payment in the event of a later determination occurring after the date on which such Early Termination Payment was made.

 

16


ARTICLE V

SUBORDINATION AND LATE PAYMENTS

Section 5.1 Subordination. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment required to be made by the Corporate Taxpayer to the TRA Parties under this Agreement shall rank subordinate and junior in right of payment to any principal, interest or other amounts due and payable in respect of any obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Subsidiaries (“Senior Obligations”) and shall rank pari passu in right of payment with all current or future unsecured obligations of the Corporate Taxpayer that are not Senior Obligations. To the extent that any payment under this Agreement is not permitted to be made at the time payment is due as a result of this Section 5.1 and the terms of agreements governing Senior Obligations, such payment obligation nevertheless shall accrue for the benefit of TRA Parties and the Corporate Taxpayer shall make such payments at the first opportunity that such payments are permitted to be made in accordance with the terms of the Senior Obligations. Payments under any tax receivable agreement (or similar agreement) entered into by the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or their Subsidiaries after the date hereof shall be subordinate to all payments owed pursuant to this Agreement, and no such payments shall be made for so long as the Corporate Taxpayer has any unpaid obligation pursuant this Agreement.

Section 5.2 Late Payments by the Corporate Taxpayer. The amount of all or any portion of any Tax Benefit Payment, Early Termination Payment or other payment not made to the TRA Parties when due under the terms of this Agreement, whether as a result of Section 5.1 or otherwise, shall be payable together with any interest thereon, computed at the Default Rate (or, if so provided in Section 4.1(b), at the Agreed Rate) and commencing from the date on which such Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment was first due and payable to the date of actual payment.

ARTICLE VI

NO DISPUTES; CONSISTENCY; COOPERATION

Section 6.1 Participation in the Corporate Taxpayers and OpCos Tax Matters. Except as otherwise provided herein and the LLC Agreement, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have full responsibility for, and sole discretion over, all Tax matters concerning the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, including without limitation the preparation, filing or amending of any Tax Return and defending, contesting or settling any issue pertaining to Taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporate Taxpayer shall notify the TRA Party Representative of, and keep the TRA Party Representative reasonably informed with respect to, the portion of any audit of the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo by a Taxing Authority the outcome of which is reasonably expected to materially affect the rights and obligations of a TRA Party under this Agreement, and shall provide to the TRA Party Representative reasonable opportunity to provide information and other input to the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their respective advisors concerning the conduct of any such portion of such audit, which information and other input the Corporate Taxpayer and OpCo, as applicable, shall consider in good faith.

 

17


Section 6.2 Consistency. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Parties agree to report and cause to be reported for all purposes, including U.S. federal, state and local tax purposes and financial reporting purposes, all Tax-related items (including, without limitation, the Basis Adjustments and each Tax Benefit Payment) in a manner consistent with that contemplated by this Agreement or specified by the Corporate Taxpayer in any Schedule required to be provided by or on behalf of the Corporate Taxpayer under this Agreement unless otherwise required by law. The Corporate Taxpayer shall (and shall cause OpCo and its other Subsidiaries to) use reasonable efforts (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account the interests and entitlements of all TRA Parties under this Agreement) to defend the Tax treatment contemplated by this Agreement and any Schedule in any audit, contest or similar proceeding with any Taxing Authority.

Section 6.3 Cooperation. Each of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and the TRA Parties shall (a) furnish to the other parties in a timely manner such information, documents and other materials as the other party may reasonably request for purposes of making any determination or computation necessary or appropriate under this Agreement, preparing any Tax Return or defending any audit, examination or controversy with any Taxing Authority, (b) make itself reasonably available to the other parties and their respective representatives to provide explanations of documents and material and such other information as the other party or its representatives may reasonably request in connection with any of the matters described in clause (a) above, and (c) reasonably cooperate in connection with any such matter, and the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse each TRA Party for any reasonable third-party costs and expenses incurred by such TRA Party pursuant to this Section 6.3 at the request of the Corporate Taxpayer or OpCo.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given and received (a) on the date of delivery if delivered personally, or by fax or email with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment or (b) on the first Business Day following the date of dispatch if delivered by a recognized next-day courier service. All notices hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated in writing by the party to receive such notice:

If to the Corporate Taxpayer, to:

Vine Energy Inc.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention: Eric Marsh, Chief Executive Officer

Fax:          (877) 992-0118

Email: [                     ]

 

18


With a required copy to:

The Blackstone Group L.P.

345 Park Avenue, Suite 3300 New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Fax: (212) 201-2874

Email:      [                     ]

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Matthew R. Pacey

Michael W. Rigdon

Fax: (713) 835-3601

Email: matt.pacey@kirkland.com

michael.rigdon@kirkland.com

If to the TRA Party Representative:

[                 ]

Attention:     [                     ]

Facsimile:     [                     ]

With a required copy to:

[                 ]

Attention:     [                     ]

Facsimile:     [                     ]

Email:           [                     ]

and

[                 ]

Attention:     [                     ]

Facsimile:     [                     ]

Email:           [                     ]

Any party may change its address, fax number or email by giving the other party written notice of its new address, fax number or email in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.2 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

19


Section 7.3 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

Section 7.5 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

Section 7.6 Successors; Assignment; Amendments; Waivers.

(a) Each TRA Party may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Person as long as such transferee has executed and delivered, or, in connection with such transfer, executes and delivers, a joinder to this Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, agreeing to become a TRA Party for all purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise provided in such joinder.

(b) No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless such amendment is approved in writing by each of the Corporate Taxpayer and by the TRA Parties who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange); provided that no such amendment shall be effective if such amendment will have a disproportionate effect on the payments one or more TRA Parties receive under this Agreement unless such amendment is consented in writing by such TRA Parties disproportionately affected who would be entitled to receive at least two-thirds of the total amount of the Early Termination Payments payable to all TRA Parties disproportionately affected hereunder if the Corporate Taxpayer had exercised its right of early termination on the date of the most recent Exchange prior to such amendment (excluding, for purposes of this sentence, all payments made to any TRA Party pursuant to this Agreement since the date of such most recent Exchange). No provision of this Agreement may be waived unless such waiver is in writing and signed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

20


(c) All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The Corporate Taxpayer shall require and cause any direct or indirect successor (whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporate Taxpayer, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Corporate Taxpayer would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 7.7 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

Section 7.8 Resolution of Disputes.

(a) Any and all disputes which are not governed by Section 7.9 and cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) (each a “Dispute”) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in New York in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the Dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer admitted to the practice of law in the State of New York and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this Section 7.8, the Corporate Taxpayer may bring an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), each TRA Party (i) expressly consents to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 7.8 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agrees that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoints the Corporate Taxpayer as agent of such TRA Party for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agrees that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise the TRA Party of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the TRA Party in any such action or proceeding.

(c) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN NEW YORK, NEW YORK FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.8, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings

 

21


include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The parties acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the parties’ relationship with one another. The parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 7.8 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

Section 7.9 Reconciliation. In the event that the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to resolve a disagreement with respect to a Schedule (“Reconciliation Dispute”), the Reconciliation Dispute shall be submitted for determination to a nationally recognized expert (the “Expert”) in the particular area of disagreement mutually acceptable to both parties. The Expert shall be a partner, principal or senior employee in a nationally recognized accounting or law firm, and unless the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative agree otherwise, the Expert shall not, and the firm that employs the Expert shall not, have any material relationship with the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Party Representative or other actual or potential conflict of interest. If the Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative are unable to agree on an Expert within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt by the respondent(s) of written notice of a Reconciliation Dispute, the Expert shall be appointed by the International Chamber of Commerce Centre for Expertise. The Expert shall resolve any matter relating to a Schedule or an amendment thereto within (15) calendar days or as soon thereafter as is reasonably practicable, in each case, after the matter has been submitted to the Expert for resolution. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the matter is not resolved before any payment that is the subject of a disagreement would be due (in the absence of such disagreement) or any Tax Return reflecting the subject of a disagreement is due, the undisputed amount shall be paid on the date prescribed by this Agreement and such Tax Return may be filed as prepared by the Corporate Taxpayer, subject to adjustment or amendment upon resolution. The costs and expenses relating to the engagement of such Expert or amending any Tax Return shall be borne by the Corporate Taxpayer except as provided in the next sentence. The Corporate Taxpayer and the TRA Party Representative shall bear their own costs and expenses of such proceeding, unless (a) the Expert adopts the TRA Party Representative’s position, in which case the Corporate Taxpayer shall reimburse the TRA Party Representative for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding, or (b) the Expert adopts the Corporate Taxpayer’s position, in which case the TRA Party Representative shall reimburse the Corporate Taxpayer for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses in such proceeding. The Expert shall finally determine any Reconciliation Dispute and the determinations of the Expert pursuant to this Section 7.9 shall be binding on the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties and may be entered and enforced in any court having jurisdiction.

Section 7.10 Withholding. The Corporate Taxpayer shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any payment payable pursuant to this Agreement such amounts as the Corporate Taxpayer is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so deducted or withheld and paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority by the Corporate Taxpayer, such deducted or withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement

 

22


as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction or withholding was made. Each TRA Party shall promptly provide the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo or other applicable withholding agent with any applicable Tax forms and certifications (including IRS Form W-9 or the applicable version of IRS Form W-8) reasonably requested in connection with determining whether any such deductions and withholdings are required under the Code or any provision of U.S. state, local or foreign tax law. The Corporate Taxpayer will consider in good faith any applicable certificates, forms or documentation provided by a TRA Party that in such TRA Party’s reasonable determination reduce or eliminate any such withholding.

Section 7.11 Admission of the Corporate Taxpayer into a Consolidated Group; Transfers of Corporate Assets.

(a) If the Corporate Taxpayer is or becomes a member of an affiliated or consolidated group of corporations that files a consolidated income tax return pursuant to Sections 1501 et seq. of the Code or any corresponding provisions of state or local law, then: (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall be applied with respect to the group as a whole; and (ii) Tax Benefit Payments, Early Termination Payments and other applicable items hereunder shall be computed with reference to the consolidated taxable income of the group as a whole.

(b) If the Corporate Taxpayer or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) transfers one or more Reference Assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes) other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) (or if any entity that holds Reference Assets transfers any Reference Asset to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) other than a member of a group described in Section 7.11(a)), such entity, for purposes of calculating the amount of any Tax Benefit Payment or Early Termination Payment due hereunder, shall be treated as having disposed of such Reference Asset in a fully taxable transaction on the date of such transfer. The consideration deemed to be received by such entity shall be equal to the fair market value of the transferred Reference Assets plus the amount of any debt to which such Reference Assets is subject. For purposes of this Section 7.11(b), a transfer of a partnership interest shall be treated as a transfer of the transferring partner’s share of each of the assets and liabilities of that partnership. If any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) that directly or indirectly owns any equity interests in OpCo ceases to be a member of such group (or the Corporate Taxpayer deconsolidates for U.S. federal income tax purposes from that group), then, except as otherwise agreed by the TRA Party Representative, such deconsolidated members of the group shall be treated prior to deconsolidation as having disposed of their directly or indirectly held equity of OpCo in a fully taxable transaction for consideration calculated in a manner consistent with the provisions of the preceding sentences. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, if the Corporate Taxpayer, its successor in interest or any member of a group described in Section 7.11(a) transfers its assets pursuant to a transaction described in Section 351 of the Code, pursuant to a transaction that qualifies as a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Code or pursuant to any other transaction to which Section 381(a) of the Code applies, the transfer will not cause such entity to be treated as having transferred any assets to a corporation (or a Person classified as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) pursuant to this Section 7.11(b) so long as the relevant successor is bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

 

23


Section 7.12 Confidentiality.

(a) Each TRA Party and each of their assignees acknowledge and agree that the information of the Corporate Taxpayer is confidential and, except in the course of performing any duties as necessary for the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates, as required by law or legal process or to enforce the terms of this Agreement, such person shall keep and retain in the strictest confidence and not disclose to any Person any confidential matters, acquired pursuant to this Agreement, of the Corporate Taxpayer and its Affiliates and successors, concerning OpCo and its Affiliates and successors or the members, learned by the TRA Party heretofore or hereafter. This Section 7.12 shall not apply to (i) any information that has been made publicly available by the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Affiliates (including as a result of public reporting obligations), becomes public knowledge (except as a result of an act of the TRA Party in violation of this Agreement) or is generally known to the business community and (ii) the disclosure of information to the extent necessary for the TRA Party to prepare and file its Tax Returns, to respond to any inquiries regarding the same from any Taxing Authority or to prosecute or defend any action, proceeding or audit by any Taxing Authority with respect to such returns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, each TRA Party and each of their assignees (and each employee, representative or other agent of the TRA Party or its assignees, as applicable) may disclose to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the Corporate Taxpayer, OpCo and their Affiliates, and any of their transactions, and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the TRA Party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

(b) If a TRA Party or an assignee commits a breach, or threatens to commit a breach, of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, the Corporate Taxpayer shall have the right and remedy to have the provisions of this Section 7.12 specifically enforced by injunctive relief or otherwise by any court of competent jurisdiction without the need to post any bond or other security, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach shall cause irreparable injury to the Corporate Taxpayer or any of its Subsidiaries or the TRA Parties and the accounts and funds managed by the Corporate Taxpayer and that money damages alone shall not provide an adequate remedy to such Persons. Such rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available at law or in equity.

Section 7.13 Change in Law. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, in connection with an actual or proposed change in law, an Exchange TRA Party reasonably believes that the existence of this Agreement could have material adverse tax consequences to such Exchange TRA Party or any direct or indirect owner of such Exchange TRA Party, then at the written election of such Exchange TRA Party at its sole discretion and to the extent specified therein by such Exchange TRA Party, this Agreement (a) shall cease to have further effect with respect to such Exchange TRA Party, (b) shall not apply to an Exchange by such Exchange TRA Party occurring after a date specified by such Exchange TRA Party, or (c) shall otherwise be amended in a manner determined by such Exchange TRA Party; provided that such amendment shall not result in an increase in or acceleration of payments under this Agreement at any time as compared to the amounts and times of payments that would have been due in the absence of such amendment.

 

24


Section 7.14 Tax Characterization and Elections. The parties intend that (a) each Exchange shall give rise to Basis Adjustments, (b) payments pursuant to this Agreement with respect to an Exchange (except with respect to amounts that constitute Imputed Interest) shall be treated as consideration in respect of such Exchange that give rise to additional Basis Adjustments, and (c) the rights received pursuant to this Agreement by the Reorganization TRA Parties and (without duplication) Tax Benefit Payments (excluding any amount that constitutes Imputed Interest thereon) made in respect of a Pre-IPO Covered Tax Asset will be treated as other property or money described in Section 351(b) of the Code received in the Reorganization, and the parties will not take any position on a tax return, audit, examination or other proceeding inconsistent with any of the intended tax treatment described in this Section 7.14 except upon an applicable contrary final Determination. The Corporate Taxpayer will ensure that, on and after the date hereof and continuing through the term of this Agreement, OpCo and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries that it controls and that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will have in effect an election under Section 754 of the Code.

Section 7.15 TRA Party Representative. By executing this Agreement, each of the TRA Parties shall be deemed to have irrevocably constituted the TRA Party Representative as his, her or its agent and attorney in fact with full power of substitution to act from and after the date hereof and to do any and all things and execute any and all documents on behalf of such TRA Parties which may be necessary, convenient or appropriate to facilitate any matters under this Agreement, including but not limited to: (a) execution of the documents and certificates required pursuant to this Agreement; (b) except to the extent specifically provided in this Agreement, receipt and forwarding of notices and communications pursuant to this Agreement; (c) administration of the provisions of this Agreement; (d) any and all consents, waivers, amendments or modifications deemed by the TRA Party Representative, in its sole and absolute discretion, to be necessary or appropriate under this Agreement and the execution or delivery of any documents that may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith; (e) amending this Agreement or any of the instruments to be delivered to the Corporate Taxpayer pursuant to this Agreement; (f) taking actions the TRA Party Representative is expressly authorized to take pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement; (g) negotiating and compromising, on behalf of such TRA Parties, any dispute that may arise under, and exercising or refraining from exercising any remedies available under, this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and executing, on behalf of such TRA Parties, any settlement agreement, release or other document with respect to such dispute or remedy; and (h) engaging attorneys, accountants, agents or consultants on behalf of such TRA Parties in connection with this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby and paying any fees related thereto. The TRA Party Representative may resign upon thirty (30) calendar days’ written notice to the Corporate Taxpayer. All reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the TRA Party Representative in its capacity as such shall be promptly reimbursed by the Corporate Taxpayer upon invoice and reasonable support therefor by the TRA Party Representative. To the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the TRA Party Representative, any of its Affiliates, or any of the TRA Party Representative’s or Affiliate’s directors, officers, employees or other agents (each a “Covered Person”) shall be liable, responsible or accountable in damages or otherwise to any TRA Party, OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer for damages arising from any action taken or omitted to be taken by the TRA Party Representative or any other Person with respect to OpCo or the Corporate Taxpayer, except in the case of any action or omission which constitutes, with respect to such Person, willful misconduct or fraud. Each of the Covered

 

25


Persons may consult with legal counsel, accountants, and other experts selected by it, and any act or omission suffered or taken by it on behalf of the TRA Parties or in furtherance of the interests of the TRA Parties in good faith in reliance upon and in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants, or other experts shall create a rebuttable presumption of the good faith and due care of such Covered Person with respect to such act or omission; provided that such counsel, accountants, or other experts were selected with reasonable care. Each of the Covered Persons may rely in good faith upon, and shall have no liability to OpCo, the Corporate Taxpayer or the TRA Parties for acting or refraining from acting upon, any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture, or other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer and each TRA Party have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:

VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

                          

 

Name:

 

Title:

TRA PARTIES:

VINE INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

VINE INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

BRIX INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

BRIX INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

HARVEST INVESTMENT LLC

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement


HARVEST INVESTMENT II LLC

By:

 

                          

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Signature Page to Tax Receivable Agreement


Annex A

Blocker Entities

Blackstone Vine-892/US T-E Feeder Fund VI/BEP L.P.

Blackstone Brix-WI/892 Feeder Fund VI L.P.

Blackstone Harvest-R/892 Feeder Fund VI L.P.

Blackstone Brix-WI/892 Feeder Fund BEP II/II.F L.P.

Blackstone Harvest-R/892 Feeder Fund BEP II/II.F L.P.


Annex B

Reorganization TRA Parties

Vine Investment II LLC

Brix Investment II LLC

Harvest Investment II LLC


Annex C

Exchange TRA Parties

Vine Investment LLC

Brix Investment LLC

Harvest Investment LLC


Exhibit A

Form of Joinder Agreement

This JOINDER (this “Joinder”) to the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below), is between Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor corporation, the “Corporate Taxpayer”), ________________ (“Transferor”) and ________________ (“Permitted Transferee”).

WHEREAS, on _______________, Permitted Transferee shall acquire _______________ percent of the Transferor’s right to receive payments that may become due and payable under the Tax Receivable Agreement (as defined below) (the “Acquired Interests”) from Transferor (the “Acquisition”); and

WHEREAS, Transferor, in connection with the Acquisition, has required Permitted Transferee to execute and deliver this Joinder pursuant to Section 7.6(a) of the Tax Receivable Agreement, dated as of [                ], 2021, between the Corporate Taxpayer and each of the TRA Parties that are from time to time a party thereto (the “Tax Receivable Agreement”).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.1 Definitions. To the extent capitalized words used in this Joinder are not defined in this Joinder, such words shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.2 Acquisition. For good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by Transferor and Permitted Transferee, Transferor hereby transfers and assigns absolutely to Permitted Transferee all of the Acquired Interests.

Section 1.3 Joinder. Permitted Transferee hereby acknowledges and agrees (i) that it has received and read the Tax Receivable Agreement, (ii) that Permitted Transferee is acquiring the Acquired Interests in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Tax Receivable Agreement and (iii) to become a “TRA Party” (as defined in the Tax Receivable Agreement) for all purposes of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.4 Notice. Any notice, request, consent, claim, demand, approval, waiver or other communication hereunder to Permitted Transferee shall be delivered or sent to Permitted Transferee at the address set forth on the signature page hereto in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Tax Receivable Agreement.

Section 1.5 Governing Law. This Joinder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of New York.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporate Taxpayer, Transferor and Permitted Transferee have duly executed this Joinder as of the date first written above.

 

CORPORATE TAXPAYER:

VINE ENERGY INC.

By:

 

                              

 

Name:

 

Title:

TRANSFEROR:

[TRANSFEROR]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

PERMITTED TRANSFEREE:

 

[PERMITTED TRANSFEREE]

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

Address for Notice to Permitted Transferee:

Exhibit 10.14

FORM OF EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [                ], 2021 (and effective as set forth in Section 3.16 of this Agreement), by and among Vine Energy Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Issuer”), Vine Energy Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Holdings”), Vine Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine Investment”), Brix Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Brix Investment”) and Harvest Investment LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Harvest Investment”).

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to provide for the exchange of certain Class B Units of Vine Holdings and Class B Common Stock of the Issuer for shares of Class A Common Stock of the Issuer or, at the Issuer’s election, cash equal to the Cash Election Amount (as defined below), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1    Definitions.

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Brix Investment” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday, federal or New York or Texas State holiday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City or Houston, Texas are authorized or required by law to close.

Cash Election” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Cash Election Amount” means with respect to a particular Exchange, an amount of cash equal to the value of the shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been received in such Exchange absent any Cash Election as of the date of Vine Holdings’ delivery of such cash pursuant to Section 2.2 (the “Valuation Date”), decreased by any distributions received by the Investment Entity participating in the Exchange, with respect to the Class B Units that are the subject of the Exchange following the date of receipt by Vine Holdings of the surrendered Class B Units and where the record date for such distribution was after the date of receipt of such surrendered Class B Units. For this purpose, the value of a share of Class A Common Stock shall equal (i) the volume weighted average price of a share of Class A Common Stock for the 10 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the Valuation Date or (ii) in the event the share of Class A Common Stock is not then publicly traded, the value, as reasonably determined by the Issuer in good faith, that would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction for cash between an informed and willing buyer and an informed and willing seller, neither of whom is under any compulsion to purchase or sell, respectively, and without regard to the particular circumstances of the buyer or seller.


Cash Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Issuer.

Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Issuer.

Class B Unit” means one (1) limited liability company unit representing a membership interest in Vine Holdings, designated as a Class B Unit in and issued pursuant to the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement.

Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.

Exchange Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement.

Exchange Rate” means the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which a Class B Unit (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock) is entitled to be exchanged. On the date of this Agreement, the Exchange Rate shall be one (1) for one (1), which Exchange Rate shall be subject to modification as provided in Section 2.4.

Harvest Investment” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Investment Entity” means each of Brix Investment, Harvest Investment and Vine Investment, collectively, the “Investment Entities.”

IPO” means the initial public offering and sale of shares of Class A Common Stock, as contemplated by Vine Energy Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. [                ]).

IRS” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Parties” means the Issuer, Vine Holdings and the Investment Entities.

Registrable Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [                ], 2021, by and among the Issuer, the Investment Entities and the other holders, as amended.

Valuation Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Cash Election Amount in Article I of this Agreement.

 

2


Vine Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

Vine Holdings LLC Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Vine Energy Holdings LLC, dated as of [                ], 2021, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Vine Investment” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.

ARTICLE II

EXCHANGE OF CLASS B UNITS

2.1 Exchange of Class B Units.

(a) Subject to the provisions in this Article II and the provisions of the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement, each Investment Entity shall be entitled to exchange Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock) held by such Investment Entity at any time and from time to time. Each Investment Entity may surrender Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock) to Vine Holdings in exchange for either (i) the delivery by Vine Holdings of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the product of (A) such number of Class B Units surrendered multiplied by (B) the Exchange Rate or (ii), at the Issuer’s election, the delivery by Vine Holdings of cash equal to the Cash Election Amount calculated with respect to such Exchange (each, an “Exchange”). For the avoidance of doubt, if at any time an Investment Entity surrenders all of its Class B Units to Vine Holdings, it must concurrently surrender all shares of Class B Common Stock then held by it to Vine Holdings.

(b) On the date the Class B Units are surrendered pursuant to an Exchange (the “Exchange Date”), the Issuer shall be entitled to elect (a “Cash Election”) to settle the Exchange by the delivery to the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange (in the manner provided for in Section 2.2(a)), in lieu of the applicable number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would be received in such Exchange, an amount of cash equal to the Cash Election Amount for such Exchange. In order to make a Cash Election with respect to an Exchange, the Issuer must provide written notice (a “Cash Election Notice”) of such election to the Investment Entity participating in the Exchange prior to 1:00 pm, Houston time, on the Business Day after the date on which such Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock) shall have been received by Vine Holdings. If the Issuer fails to provide such written notice prior to such time, it shall not be entitled to make a Cash Election with respect to such Exchange.

(c) Following settlement of the Exchange, whether by delivery of Class A Common Stock or exercise of a Cash Election, (i) all rights of the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange as holder of such exchanged Class B Units and shares of such exchanged Class B Common Stock shall cease and Vine Holdings shall deliver such exchanged Class B Units and such exchanged shares of Class B Common Stock to the Issuer for no additional consideration, and (ii) in the event the Issuer does not exercise a valid Cash Election, the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder of such shares of Class A Common Stock received in such Exchange.

 

3


(d) In the event the Issuer elects to make a Cash Election with respect to an Investment Entity, it must simultaneously make the same Cash Election with respect to each Investment Entity that is participating in concurrently occurring Exchanges.

2.2 Exchange Procedures.

(a) If the Issuer makes a valid Cash Election with respect to an Exchange, then in accordance with and subject to the terms set forth in the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement the Issuer shall deliver to Vine Holdings, and Vine Holdings shall deliver to the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange, in each case, as directed by the recipient Party by wire transfer or ACH, the Cash Election Amount payable upon the Exchange.

(b) If the Issuer does not make a valid Cash Election with respect to an Exchange, then in accordance with and subject to the terms set forth in the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement Issuer shall issue and contribute to Vine Holdings, and Vine Holdings shall deliver to the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the Exchange.

(c) Subject to the terms set forth in the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement, the Issuer may adopt reasonable procedures for the implementation of the exchange provisions set forth in this Article II, including, without limitation, procedures for the giving of notice of exchange and the surrender of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock in the event that the Class B Units or shares of Class B Common Stock are uncertificated.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in accordance with Section 3.6(b) of the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement, the Issuer may in its sole discretion elect to settle any Exchange hereunder by delivering shares of Class A Common Stock or the applicable Cash Election Amount directly to an exchanging Investment Entity in exchange for such Investment Entity’s delivery to the Issuer of the corresponding Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock). Any such transaction shall otherwise be effected on the terms and in the manner provided herein and shall constitute an “Exchange” for all purposes of this Agreement. In the event the Issuer makes an election pursuant to this Section 2.2(d) with respect to any specific Investment Entity, it shall make the same election with respect to all other Investment Entities who are participating in concurrently occurring Exchanges.

2.3 Exchange Restrictions.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no Investment Entity shall be entitled to exchange Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock, and the Issuer and Vine Holdings shall have the right to refuse to honor any request for an Exchange, if such Exchange would be prohibited under applicable law or regulation.

 

4


(b) To the extent the Issuer or Vine Holdings determines that the Class B Units do not meet the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h), the Issuer or Vine Holdings may impose such restrictions on any Exchange as the Issuer or Vine Holdings may reasonably determine to be necessary or advisable so that Vine Holdings is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code; provided, that each Investment Entity shall be entitled at any time to exchange Class B Units (together with the same number of shares of Class B Common Stock) for Class A Common Stock, provided that the number of Class B Units surrendered by such Investment Entity (and any related person within the meaning of Section 267(b) or Section 707(b)(1) of the Code) in such Exchanges during any thirty (30) calendar day period represent, in the aggregate, greater than 2% of the total interests in partnership capital or profits within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(k) (provided that such Exchange constitutes part of a “block transfer” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(e)(2)). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Exchange shall be permitted (and, if attempted, shall be void ab initio) if, in the good faith determination of the Issuer or Vine Holdings, such an Exchange would pose a material risk that Vine Holdings would be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” under Section 7704 of the Code.

2.4 Splits, Distributions and Reclassifications. The Exchange Rate and Cash Election Amount shall be adjusted accordingly and equitably if there is: (1) any subdivision (by split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the Class B Units and Class B Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the shares of Class A Common Stock or (2) any subdivision (by split, distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) or combination (by reverse split, reclassification, recapitalization or otherwise) of the shares of Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Class B Units and Class B Common Stock. In the event of a reclassification or other similar transaction as a result of which the shares of Class A Common Stock are converted into another security, then each Investment Entity shall be entitled to receive upon exchange the amount of such security that such Investment Entity would have received if such exchange had occurred immediately prior to the effective date of such reclassification or other similar transaction. Except as may be required in the immediately preceding sentence, no adjustments in respect of distributions shall be made upon the exchange of any Class B Unit and share of Class B Common Stock.

2.5 Taxes. The delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock upon an Exchange shall be made without charge to the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance unless otherwise required by law.

2.6 Common Stock Issued. For the avoidance of doubt, the shares of Class A Common Stock issued in exchange for Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, but will be Registrable Securities and subject to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement.

2.7 Reserves. At all times, Issuer shall maintain a minimum number of unencumbered shares of Class A Common Stock reserved for issuance equal to the product of (A) the aggregate number of Class B Units held by the Investment Entities multiplied by (B) the Exchange Rate.

 

5


ARTICLE III

GENERAL PROVISIONS

3.1 Representations and Warranties of Issuer, Vine Holdings and the Investment Entities. Each of Issuer, Vine Holdings and the Investment Entities hereby represents and warrants to the respective other Parties as follows:

(a) it has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of it, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law; and

(b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by it will not result in any material breach or violation of or default or right of termination or acceleration under any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, rule, permit, concession, grant, franchise, license or other authorization or approval of any governmental authority, judgment, order or decree or any mortgage, agreement, deed of trust, indenture or any other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound or which is otherwise applicable to it.

3.2 Representations and Warranties of Issuer and Vine Holdings. Each of Issuer and Vine Holdings hereby represents and warrants to each of the Investment Entities that, upon the valid surrender of Class B Units and shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to an Exchange pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Class A Common Stock delivered to an Investment Entity pursuant to such Exchange shall be duly and validly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable, and shall be issued in the name of the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange, or such other party as such Investment Entity may designate in writing, without charge for any stamp or other similar tax in respect of such issuance, and will pass to the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange or their designee, free and clear of any liens, security interests and other encumbrances other than any such liens, security interests or other encumbrances imposed by the Investment Entity participating in such Exchange.

3.3 Amendment. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended by the affirmative vote or written consent of each of (i) the Issuer, (ii) Vine Holdings and (iii) the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding Class B Units (excluding Class B Units held by the Issuer), provided that, for so long as the Investment Entities (or other affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P.) hold at least 5% of the outstanding Class B Units, the prior written consent of such Investment Entities (or other affiliates of The Blackstone Group L.P.) will be required for any amendment, supplement, waiver or modification of this Agreement.

 

6


3.4 Addresses and Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 3.4):

 

  (a)

If to the Issuer or Vine Holdings, to:

Vine Energy Inc.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

Attention:      Eric D. Marsh, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile:      (877) 992-0118

With required copies to:

Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor New York,

New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

and

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:      Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.

                      William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile:      (713) 835-3601

Email:            matt.pacey@kirkland.com

                       wbenitez@kirkland.com

 

  (b)

If to Vine Investment, to:

Vine Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874

With required copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:       Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.

                        William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile:       (713) 835-3601

Email:             matt.pacey@kirkland.com

                         wbenitez@kirkland.com

 

7


  (c)

If to Brix Investment, to:

[Brix Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874]

With required copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:      Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.

                      William J. Benitez, P.C. Facsimile: (713) 835-3601

Email:            matt.pacey@kirkland.com

                       wbenitez@kirkland.com

 

  (d)

If to Harvest Investment, to:

[Harvest Investment LLC

c/o Blackstone Management Partners, L.L.C.

345 Park Avenue, 31st Floor

New York, New York 10154

Attention: Angelo Acconcia

Facsimile: (212) 201-2874]

With required copies to:

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

609 Main Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention:      Matthew R. Pacey, P.C.

                      William J. Benitez, P.C.

Facsimile:      (713) 835-3601

Email:            matt.pacey@kirkland.com

                       wbenitez@kirkland.com

 

8


3.5 Further Action. The Parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

3.6 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties hereto including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent holders of Class B Units and Class B Common Stock; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Class B Units and Class B Common Stock in violation of the terms of the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement or applicable law. Any Class B Units or shares of Class B Common Stock acquired from an Investment Entity (or a permitted assignee thereof) shall be entitled to all of the rights and be held subject to all of the obligations of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Class B Units or shares of Class B Common Stock, such assignee shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

3.7 Third Party Beneficiary. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon anyone other than the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.

3.8 Section Headings. Headings contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provisions thereof.

3.9 Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon a determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

3.10 Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

3.11 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

9


3.12 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

(a) Any and all disputes which cannot be settled amicably, including any ancillary claims of any party, arising out of, relating to or in connection with the validity, negotiation, execution, interpretation, performance or non-performance of this Agreement (including the validity, scope and enforceability of this arbitration provision) shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted by a single arbitrator in Delaware in accordance with the then-existing Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce. If the parties to the dispute fail to agree on the selection of an arbitrator within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the request for arbitration, the International Chamber of Commerce shall make the appointment. The arbitrator shall be a lawyer and shall conduct the proceedings in the English language. Performance under this Agreement shall continue if reasonably possible during any arbitration proceedings.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a), in the case of matters relating to an Exchange, the Issuer may bring, on behalf of the Issuer or Vine Holdings or on behalf of an Investment Entity, an action or special proceeding in any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of compelling a party to arbitrate, seeking temporary or preliminary relief in aid of an arbitration hereunder, and/or enforcing an arbitration award and, for the purposes of this paragraph (b), Vine Holdings and each Investment Entity (i) expressly consent to the application of paragraph (c) of this Section 3.12 to any such action or proceeding, (ii) agree that proof shall not be required that monetary damages for breach of the provisions of this Agreement would be difficult to calculate and that remedies at law would be inadequate, and (iii) irrevocably appoint the Issuer, as their agent for service of process in connection with any such action or proceeding and agree that service of process upon such agent, who shall promptly advise Vine Holdings or the Investment Entities, as applicable, of any such service of process, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon Vine Holdings or the Investment Entities, as applicable, in any such action or proceeding.

(c) THE PARTIES HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF COURTS LOCATED IN WILMINGTON, DELAWARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 3.12, OR ANY JUDICIAL PROCEEDING ANCILLARY TO AN ARBITRATION OR CONTEMPLATED ARBITRATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO OR CONCERNING THIS AGREEMENT. Such ancillary judicial proceedings include any suit, action or proceeding to compel arbitration, to obtain temporary or preliminary judicial relief in aid of arbitration, or to confirm an arbitration award. The Parties’ acknowledge that the fora designated by this paragraph (c) have a reasonable relation to this Agreement, and to the Parties’ relationship with one another. The Parties hereby waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which they now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such ancillary suit, action or proceeding brought in any court referred to in the preceding paragraph of this Section 3.12 and such parties agree not to plead or claim the same.

(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 3.12 shall be construed to the maximum extent possible to comply with the laws of the State of Delaware, including the Delaware Uniform Arbitration Act (10 Del. C. § 5701 et seq.) (the “Delaware Arbitration Act”). If, nevertheless, it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision or wording of this Section 3.12,

 

10


including any rules of the International Chamber of Commerce, shall be invalid or unenforceable under the Delaware Arbitration Act, or other applicable law, such invalidity shall not invalidate all of this Section 3.12. In that case, this Section 3.12 shall be construed so as to limit any term or provision so as to make it valid or enforceable within the requirements of the Delaware Arbitration Act or other applicable law, and, in the event such term or provision cannot be so limited, this Section 3.12 shall be construed to omit such invalid or unenforceable provision.

3.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Copies of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy or other electronic transmission service shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 3.13.

3.14 Tax Treatment; Withholding.

(a) To the extent this Agreement imposes obligations upon Vine Holdings, this Agreement shall be treated as part of the Vine Holdings LLC Agreement as described in Section 761(c) of the Code and Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h) and 1.761-1(c) of the Treasury Regulations.

(b) Each of the Issuer, Vine Holdings and their agents and affiliates shall have the right to deduct and withhold from any consideration payable or otherwise deliverable upon an Exchange such amounts as may be required to be deducted or withheld therefrom under the Code or any provision of applicable law, and to the extent deduction and withholding is required, such deduction and withholding may be taken in Class A Common Stock; provided that the Issuer may allow an exchanging Investment Entity to pay such taxes owed on an Exchange in cash in lieu of the Issuer withholding or deducting such Class A Common Stock. Prior to making such deduction or withholding, the Issuer, Vine Holdings or the applicable agent or affiliate shall give written notice to the Investment Entity effecting such Exchange and reasonably cooperate with such Investment Entity to reduce or avoid any such deduction or withholding. To the extent such amounts are so deducted or withheld and paid over to the relevant governmental authority, such amounts shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Investment Entity, and, if withholding is taken in Class A Common Stock, the relevant withholding party shall be treated as having sold such Class A Common Stock on behalf of such Investment Entity for an amount of cash equal to the fair market value thereof at the time of such deemed sale and paid such cash proceeds to the relevant governmental authority.

3.15 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

3.16 Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO and shall be of no force and effect (i) prior to the closing of the IPO and (ii) if the closing of the IPO has not been consummated within ten (10) Business Days from the date of this Agreement.

 

11


[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

VINE ENERGY INC.
By:  

     

Name: Eric D. Marsh
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
VINE ENERGY HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric D. Marsh
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
VINE INVESTMENT LLC
By:  

 

Name: Eric D. Marsh
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
BRIX INVESTMENT LLC
By:  

         

Name: [Eric D. Marsh]
Title: [President and Chief Executive Officer]

 

Signature Page to Exchange Agreement


HARVEST INVESTMENT LLC
By:  

         

Name: [Eric D. Marsh]
Title: [President and Chief Executive Officer]

 

 

Signature Page to Exchange Agreement

Exhibit 10.15

EXECUTION VERSION

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 28, 2014 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Eric Marsh (the “Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and to enter into this Agreement embodying the terms of such employment, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement and to accept such employment, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.    Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth on Appendix A, attached hereto.

Section 2.    Acceptance and Term of Employment.

The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Initial Term of Employment shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the Determination Date (as defined below), unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 8 hereof. On the Determination Date, the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended until Executive’s employment is terminated by either party pursuant to Section 8; provided, however, that either party hereto may elect not to so extend this Agreement by giving written notice to the other party prior to the Determination Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended indefinitely until terminated pursuant to Section 8 if the Company consummates an acquisition of a business or operational assets (an “Acquisition”). For purposes hereof, the “Determination Date” is the second anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that if the Company has not consummated an Acquisition before the second anniversary of the Effective Date but is, as of such date, party to an agreement to consummate an Acquisition (an “Acquisition Agreement”), the Determination Date shall be extended until the Acquisition Agreement is terminated or expires, at which point either party may elect within 30 days after such extended Determination Date not to extend this Agreement by giving written notice to the other party. For the sake of clarity, the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended if the transactions contemplated by an Acquisition Agreement are, in fact, consummated.

Section 3.    Position, Duties, and Responsibilities; Place of Performance.

(a)    Position, Duties, and Responsibilities. During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be employed and serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company Group (together with such other position or positions consistent with Executive’s title as the Board shall specify from time to time) and shall have such duties and responsibilities commensurate with such title, including managing the day-to-day business activities of the Company (subject to


operating guidelines and budgets established by the Board from time to time). Executive also agrees to serve as an officer and/or director of any other member of the Company Group, in each case without additional compensation.

(b)    Performance. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time, attention, skill, and best efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement and shall not engage in any other business or occupation during the Term of Employment, including, without limitation, any activity that (x) conflicts with the interests of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (y) interferes with the proper and efficient performance of Executive’s duties for the Company, or (z) interferes with Executive’s exercise of judgment in the Company’s best interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) serving, with the prior written consent of the Board, as a member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) shall be limited by Executive so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder. Further, the Company acknowledges that in connection with his employment hereunder, Blackstone Energy Partners L.P. (“Blackstone”) will appoint Executive to serve as a Senior Advisor of Blackstone, which appointment may also include service as a board member of one or more other portfolio companies of Blackstone and its affiliates (the “Advisor Appointment”), and agrees that Executive may provide services in connection with the Advisor Appointment during the Term of Employment, and that the provision of any such services shall not be in conflict with, or otherwise prohibited by, the provisions of this Agreement.

(c)    Principal Place of Employment. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be in Plano, Texas, although Executive understands and agrees that Executive may be required to travel from time to time for business reasons.

Section 4.    Compensation.

During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation:

(a)    Base Compensation. Executive shall be provided annualized Base Compensation, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, of $350,000, with adjustments, if any, as may be approved in writing by the Board.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Following the consummation of an Acquisition, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus with respect to each fiscal year of the Company ending during the remaining Term of Employment (pro-rated for any fractional years) (the “Annual Bonus”), subject to Section 8. The Annual Bonus may be an amount up to two times Base Compensation and the Board may, in its sole discretion, require Executive to reinvest (subject to Section 4.4 of the LP Agreement, excluding the first sentence thereof) a significant (e.g., 30-50%) portion of the after-tax proceeds thereof. The amount of the Annual Bonus opportunity and the related performance metrics shall be determined by the Board, after consultation with

 

-2-


Executive, based upon the value of the assets held by the Company and its subsidiaries, Blackstone precedent for similar partnerships (including taking into account the size of, and awards under, the Incentive Plan) and other factors as determined by the Board. The Annual Bonus, to the extent earned, shall be paid in the calendar year following the applicable performance year promptly after delivery of the Company’s audited financial statements for the relevant performance year.

(c)    Equity Grant. In connection with his employment hereunder, on or as soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive will be granted, pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan, 40% of the number of Class A Units (as defined in the LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes) that have been reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan. Executive’s Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the LP Agreement, the Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Class A Units.

Section 5.    Employee Benefits.

During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement, and other benefits provided generally to similarly situated employees of the Company. Executive shall also be entitled to the same number of holidays, vacation days, and sick days, as well as any other benefits, in each case as are generally allowed to similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the Company policy as in effect from time to time. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s ability to amend, suspend, or terminate any employee benefit plan or policy at any time without providing Executive notice, and the right to do so is expressly reserved.

Section 6.    Insurance.

(a)    At any time during the Term of Employment, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. Executive shall have no interest in any such policy, but agrees to cooperate with the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided that no financial obligation is imposed on Executive by any such documents.

(b)    During the Term of Employment and for a period of two years thereafter, Executive shall be covered under a directors and officers insurance policy in amounts, and on terms and conditions, no less favorable than those policies made available by the Company to any member of the Board.

Section 7.    Reimbursement of Business Expenses.

Executive is authorized to incur reasonable business expenses in carrying out Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and the Company shall promptly reimburse Executive for all such reasonable business expenses, subject to documentation in accordance with the Company’s policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

-3-


Section 8.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    General. The Term of Employment shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) Executive’s death, (ii) a termination by reason of a Disability, (iii) a termination by the Company with or without Cause, (iv) a termination by Executive with or without Good Reason and (v) non-renewal of the Initial Term of Employment. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, except as may otherwise be requested by the Company in writing and agreed upon in writing by Executive, Executive shall resign from any and all directorships, committee memberships, and any other positions Executive holds with the Company or any other member of the Company Group. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the payment (or commencement of a series of payments) hereunder of any nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) upon a termination of employment shall be delayed until such time as Executive has also undergone a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h), at which time such nonqualified deferred compensation (calculated as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder) shall be paid (or commence to be paid) to Executive on the schedule set forth in this Section 8 as if Executive had undergone such termination of employment (under the same circumstances) on the date of Executive’s ultimate “separation from service.”

(b)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately upon the occurrence of a Disability, such termination to be effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. Upon Executive’s death or in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated due to Executive’s Disability, Executive or Executive’s estate or Executive’s beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to:

(i)    The Accrued Obligations;

(ii)    A pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus (based on the portion of the fiscal year Executive was employed by the Company) that would have been paid to Executive if his employment had not been terminated, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with Section 4(b);

(iii)    The Severance, payable in ratable installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices during the Severance Term; and

(iv)    To the extent permissible under the Company’s group health plan, continuation, during the Severance Term (or if earlier, until the date that Executive becomes eligible to receive any health benefits as a result of subsequent employment or service during the Severance Term), of health benefits provided to Executive and Executive’s dependents immediately prior to such termination, at the same cost applicable to active employees of the Company.

Following Executive’s death or a termination of Executive’s employment by reason of a Disability, except as set forth in this Section 8(b), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

 

-4-


(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause.

(i)    The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination; provided, however, that with respect to any Cause termination relying on clause (ii) or (vi) of the definition of Cause, to the extent that such act or acts or failure or failures to act are curable, Executive shall be given not less than ten (10) days’ written notice by the Board of the Company’s intention to terminate him for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based, and such termination shall be effective at the expiration of such ten (10) day notice period unless Executive has fully cured such act or acts or failure or failures to act that give rise to Cause during such period.

(ii)    In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. Following such termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, except as set forth in this Section 8(c), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(d)    Termination by the Company without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time during the Term of Employment without Cause, effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability) during the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i)    The Accrued Obligations;

(ii)    A pro rata portion of the Annual Bonus (based on the portion of the fiscal year Executive was employed by the Company) that would have been paid to Executive if his employment had not been terminated, which bonus shall be paid in accordance with Section 4(b);

(iii)    The Severance, payable in ratable installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices during the Severance Term; and

(iv)    To the extent permissible under the Company’s group health plan, continuation, during the Severance Term (or if earlier, until the date that Executive becomes eligible to receive any health benefits as a result of subsequent employment or service during the Severance Term), of health benefits provided to Executive and Executive’s dependents immediately prior to such termination, at the same cost applicable to active employees of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payments and benefits described in clauses (ii) and (iii) above shall immediately terminate, and the Company shall have no further obligations to Executive with respect thereto, in the event that Executive breaches any provision of the Non-Interference Agreement. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, except as set forth in this Section 8(d), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment by the Company without Cause shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits.

 

-5-


(e)    Termination by Executive with Good Reason. Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Good Reason during the Term of Employment by providing the Company ten (10) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, which written notice, to be effective, must be provided to the Company within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such event. During such ten (10) day notice period, the Company shall have a cure right (if curable), and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period, and Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits as provided in Section 8(d) hereof for a termination by the Company without Cause, subject to the same conditions on payment and benefits as described in Section 8(d) hereof. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive with Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 8(e), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment with Good Reason shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits.

(f)    Termination by Executive without Good Reason. Executive may terminate Executive’s employment without Good Reason by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice of such termination. In the event of a termination of employment by Executive under this Section 8(f), Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. In the event of termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 8(f), the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, by written notice accelerate such date of termination without changing the characterization of such termination as a termination by Executive without Good Reason. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive without Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 8(f), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(g)    Termination due to Non-Renewal of the Term of Employment. In the event that either party terminates this Agreement at or after the Determination Date by a notice of non-renewal as set forth in Section 2 hereof, Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. Following such termination of Executive’s employment due to non-renewal of the Term of Employment, except as set forth in this Section 8(g), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(h)    Release. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to subsection (d) or (e) of this Section 8 (other than the Accrued Obligations) (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s execution and delivery to the Company of an irrevocable Release of Claims within sixty (60) days following the date of the Executive’s termination of employment hereunder, and non-revocation of the Release of Claims (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release of Claims). If Executive fails to execute and deliver an irrevocable Release of Claims prior to the end of such sixty (60) day period, or timely revokes Executive’s acceptance of such release following its execution, Executive shall not be entitled to any of the Severance Benefits. Further, to the extent that any of the Severance Benefits constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any

 

-6-


payment of any amount or provision of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder, but for the condition on executing the Release of Claims as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such sixtieth (60th) day, after which any remaining Severance Benefits shall thereafter be provided to Executive according to the applicable schedule set forth herein.

Section 9.    Non-Interference Agreement.

As a condition of, and prior to commencement of, Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company the Non-Interference Agreement.

Section 10.    Representations and Warranties of Executive.

Executive represents and warrants to the Company that—

(a)    Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that Executive’s employment hereunder and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not conflict with or result in the breach by Executive of any agreement to which Executive is a party or by which Executive may be bound;

(b)    Executive has not violated, and in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company will not violate, any non-solicitation, non-competition, or other similar covenant or agreement of a prior employer by which Executive is or may be bound; and

(c)    in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not use any confidential or proprietary information Executive may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer.

Section 11.    Taxes.

The Company may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment, and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law. Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has not provided any tax advice to Executive in connection with this Agreement and that Executive has been advised by the Company to seek tax advice from Executive’s own tax advisors regarding this Agreement and payments that may be made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, including specifically. Without limiting the foregoing, as a result of the grant of Class A Units to Executive, as contemplated herein, Executive acknowledges that upon such grant, he will no longer be treated as an “employee” of the Company for U.S. tax purposes, but instead as “self-employed”. Upon such event, Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall no longer make deductions from payments to Executive for applicable tax withholdings, social security, unemployment, workers’ compensation or disability insurance and Executive shall be solely responsible for the payment of such any amounts in respect of the amounts paid or payable by the Company in connection with this Agreement.

 

-7-


Section 12.    Set Off; Mitigation.

The Company’s obligation to pay Executive the amounts provided and to make the arrangements provided hereunder shall be subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment of amounts owed by Executive to the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that to the extent any amount so subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment is payable in installments hereunder, such set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment shall not modify the applicable payment date of any installment, and to the extent an obligation cannot be satisfied by reduction of a single installment payment, any portion not satisfied shall remain an outstanding obligation of Executive and shall be applied to the next installment only at such time the installment is otherwise payable pursuant to the specified payment schedule. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided pursuant to this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and except as provided in Section 8(d)(iv) hereof, the amount of any payment provided for pursuant to this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefit earned as a result of Executive’s other employment or otherwise.

Section 13.    Additional Section 409A Provisions.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary—

(a)    Any payment otherwise required to be made hereunder to Executive at any date as a result of the termination of Executive’s employment shall be delayed for such period of time as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Delay Period”). On the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period, Executive shall be paid, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule set forth herein.

(b)    Each payment in a series of payments hereunder shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

(c)    To the extent that any right to reimbursement of expenses or payment of any benefit in-kind under this Agreement constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) any such expense reimbursement shall be made by the Company no later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense was incurred by Executive, (ii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (iii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year; provided, that the foregoing clause shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Section 105(b) of the Code solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect.

(d)    While the payments and benefits provided hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the implication of any penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section

 

-8-


409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A of the Code).

Section 14.    Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.

(a)    The Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its respective successors and assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations, or interests arising hereunder may be assigned by the Company to a Person (other than another member of the Company Group, or its or their respective successors) without Executive’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned); provided, however, that in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company may provide that this Agreement will be assigned to, and assumed by, the acquiror of such assets without Executive’s consent.

(b)    Executive. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee, or if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

(c)    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 8(b) or Section 14(b) hereof, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the Company, the other members of the Company Group, and Executive any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

Section 15.    Waiver and Amendments.

Any waiver, alteration, amendment, or modification of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

Section 16.    Severability.

If any covenants or such other provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid or unenforceable by a final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction, (a) the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall be unimpaired, and (b) the invalid or unenforceable term or provision hereof shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision hereof.

Section 17.    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND IS TO BE CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT

 

-9-


ALSO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 18.    Notices.

(a)    Place of Delivery. Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom or which it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided, that unless and until some other address is so designated, all notices and communications by Executive to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices and communications by the Company to Executive may be given to Executive personally or may be mailed to Executive at Executive’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records.

(b)    Date of Delivery. Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given (i) if delivered by hand, on the date of such delivery, (ii) if mailed by courier or by overnight mail, on the first business day following the date of such mailing, and (iii) if mailed by registered or certified mail, on the third business day after the date of such mailing.

Section 19.    Section Headings.

The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof or affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

Section 20.    Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, together with any exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto regarding the employment of Executive. This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings, and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 21.    Survival of Operative Sections.

Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, the provisions of Section 8 through Section 22 of this Agreement (together with any related definitions set forth in Section 1 hereof) shall survive to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions thereof.

Section 22.    Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of this Agreement may be by actual or facsimile signature.

*            *             *

 

-10-


[Signatures to appear on the following page.]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Name:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement


EXECUTIVE

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Eric D. Marsh

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement


APPENDIX A

Definitions

(a)    “Accrued Obligations” shall mean (i) all accrued but unpaid Base Compensation through the date of termination of Executive’s employment, (ii) any unpaid or unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Section 7 hereof, (iii) any benefits provided under the Company’s employee benefit plans upon a termination of employment, in accordance with the terms contained therein, and (iv) rights with respect to equity of the Company, including the Class A Units of the Company to be granted in accordance Section 4(c) hereof, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement and, as applicable, the Incentive Plan and any subscription, grant or similar agreement relating to such equity.

(b)    “Advisor Appointment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

(c)    “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(d)    “Annual Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

(e)    “Base Compensation” shall mean the salary provided for in Section 4(a).

(f)    “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

(g)    “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s act(s) of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, (ii) willful failure or refusal by Executive to perform in any material respect his duties or responsibilities, (iii) misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) by Executive of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (iv) embezzlement or fraud committed (or attempted) by Executive, or at his direction, (v) Executive’s conviction of, or the plea of guilty or nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect to, any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud, (vi) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Operating Agreement, or (vii) Executive’s breach of the Non-Interference Agreement.

(h)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(i)    “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(j)    “Company Group” shall mean, collectively, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, Vine Oil & Gas LP.

(k)    “Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.

(l)    “Disability” shall mean any physical or mental disability or infirmity of Executive that prevents, or, in the good faith determination of the Company, would be reasonably likely to prevent, the performance of Executive’s duties for a period of (i) one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or (ii) two hundred seventy (270) non-consecutive days

 

-1-


during any twelve (12) month period. Any question as to the existence, extent, or potentiality of Executive’s Disability upon which Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by Executive (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

(m)    “Executive” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(n)    “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) a material diminution in Executive’s title, duties, or responsibilities as set forth in 0 hereof, (ii) a reduction in Base Compensation set forth in Section 4(a) hereof, (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment (as provided in Section 3(c) hereof) more than fifty (50) miles from its current location, or (iv) any other material breach of a provision of this Agreement by the Company (other than a provision that is covered by clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s exclusive remedy in the event of any breach of this Agreement shall be to assert Good Reason pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 8(e) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term of Employment, in the event that the Company reasonably believes that Executive may have engaged in conduct that could constitute Cause hereunder, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, suspend Executive from performing Executive’s duties hereunder, and in no event shall any such suspension constitute an event pursuant to which Executive may terminate employment with Good Reason or otherwise constitute a breach hereunder; provided, that no such suspension shall alter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement during such period of suspension.

(o)    “Incentive Plan” shall mean the Vine Oil & Gas LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(p)    “Initial Term of Employment” shall mean the period specified in Section 2 hereof.

(q)    “LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas LP, dated as of May 28, 2014, as may be amended from time to time.

(r)    “Non-Interference Agreement” shall mean the Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(s)    “Operating Agreement” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated May 28, 2014, as may be amended from time to time.

(t)    “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust (charitable or non-charitable), unincorporated organization, or other form of business entity.

(u)    “Release of Claims” shall mean a general release of claims in favor of the Company Group delivered to Executive in connection with Executive’s termination of employment in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

 

-2-


(v)    “Severance” shall mean (i) if Executive’s date of termination occurs before the first anniversary of the Effective Date, $600,000, (ii) if Executive’s date of termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Effective Date and before the second anniversary of the Effective, it shall mean $600,000 reduced by the amount of Base Compensation paid to Executive after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and (iii) if the Executive’s date of termination occurs after the second anniversary of the Effective Date, an amount equal to Executive’s then-current Base Compensation.

(w)    “Severance Benefits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(g) hereof.

(x)    “Severance Term” shall mean the 12 month period following Executive’s termination of employment.

(y)     “Term of Employment” shall mean the Initial Term of Employment and the period of any extension thereof in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-INTERFERENCE, AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

This Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement (the “Non-Interference Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 28, 2014, by and among Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC (the “Company”), and me, as a condition of my Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”), dated even herewith, with the Company. In consideration of my continued employment with the Company and my receipt of the compensation now and hereafter paid to me by the Company, and the provision of services to the Company and its direct and indirect subsidiaries and affiliates, including Vine Oil & Gas LP (collectively, the “Company Group”), I agree to the terms and conditions of this Non-Interference Agreement:

Section 1.    Confidential Information.

(a)    Company Group Information. I acknowledge that, during the course of my employment with the Company, I will have access to information about the Company Group and that my employment with the Company shall bring me into close contact with confidential and proprietary information of the Company Group. In recognition of the foregoing, I agree, at all times during the term of my employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, to hold in confidence, and not to use, except for the benefit of the Company and the Company Group, or to disclose to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity without written authorization of the Company, any Confidential Information that I obtain or create. I further agree not to make copies of such Confidential Information except as authorized by the Company. I understand that “Confidential Information” means information that the Company Group has or will develop, acquire, create, compile, discover, or own, that has value in or to the business of the Company Group that is not generally known and that the Company Group wishes to maintain as confidential. I understand that Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, any and all non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business and/or products, research, or development of the Company Group, or to the technical data, trade secrets, or know-how of the Company Group, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, or other information regarding the products or services and markets of the Company Group, customer lists, and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company Group on whom I called or with whom I may become acquainted during the term of my employment), software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, marketing, finances, and other business information disclosed by the Company Group either directly or indirectly in writing, orally, or by drawings or inspection of premises, parts, equipment, or other property of the Company Group. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include (i) any of the foregoing items that have become publicly and widely known through no unauthorized disclosure by me or others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved or (ii) any information that I am required to disclose to, or by, any governmental or judicial authority; provided, however, that in such event I will give the Company prompt written notice thereof so that the Company may seek an appropriate protective order and/or waive in writing compliance with the confidentiality provisions of this Non-Interference Agreement.

(b)    Former Employer Information. I represent that my performance of all of any duties, responsibilities, and activities of employment, and my service as an employee of the Company has not breached and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence proprietary information, knowledge, or data acquired by me in confidence or trust prior or subsequent to the commencement of my employment with the Company, and I will not disclose to the Company, or induce the Company to use, any developments, or confidential or proprietary information or material I may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer in violation of a confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, or similar agreement with such prior employer.

 

-1-


Section 2.    Developments.

(a)    Developments Retained and Licensed. I have attached hereto, as Schedule A, a list describing with particularity all developments, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets that were created or owned by me prior to the commencement of my employment (collectively referred to as “Prior Developments”), that belong solely to me or belong to me jointly with another, that relate in any way to any of the proposed businesses, products, or research and development of the Company Group, and that are not assigned to the Company hereunder, or if no such list is attached, I represent that there are no such Prior Developments. If, during any period during which I perform or performed services for the Company or the Company Group both before or after the date hereof (the “Assignment Period”), whether as an officer, employee, director, independent contractor, consultant, or agent, or in any other capacity, I incorporate (or have incorporated) into a Company Group product or process a Prior Development owned by me or in which I have an interest, I hereby grant the Company Group, and the Company Group shall have, a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, transferable worldwide license (with the right to sublicense) to make, have made, copy, modify, make derivative works of, use, sell, and otherwise distribute such Prior Development as part of or in connection with such product or process.

(b)    Assignment of Developments. I agree that I will, without additional compensation, promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, and will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company Group, all developments, original works of authorship, inventions, concepts, know-how, improvements, trade secrets, and similar proprietary rights, whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar laws, which I may (or have previously) solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the Assignment Period, whether or not during regular working hours, provided they either (i) relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the business of the Company Group, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company Group; (ii) result from or relate to any work performed for the Company Group; or (iii) are developed through the use of equipment, supplies, or facilities of the Company Group, or any Confidential Information, or in consultation with personnel of the Company Group (collectively referred to as “Developments”). I further acknowledge that all Developments made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the Assignment Period are “works made for hire” (to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law) for which I am, in part, compensated by my salary, unless regulated otherwise by law, but that, in the event any such Development is deemed not to be a work made for hire, I hereby assign to the Company Group, or its designee, all my right, title, and interest throughout the world in and to any such Development.

(c)    Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current written records of all Developments made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the Assignment Period. The records may be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, flow charts, electronic data or recordings, or any other format. The records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times. I agree not to remove such records from the Company’s place of business except as expressly permitted by Company policy, which may, from time to time, be revised at the sole election of the Company for the purpose of furthering the business of the Company Group.

(d)    Intellectual Property Rights. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every way to secure the rights of the Company Group in the Developments and any copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, database rights, domain names, mask work rights, moral rights, and other intellectual property rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments, recordations, and all other instruments that the Company

 

-2-


shall deem necessary in order to apply for, obtain, maintain, and transfer such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company Group the sole and exclusive right, title, and interest in and to such Developments, and any intellectual property and other proprietary rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of the Assignment Period until the expiration of the last such intellectual property right to expire in any country of the world; provided, however, the Company shall reimburse me for my reasonable expenses incurred in connection with carrying out the foregoing obligation. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or unavailability for any other reason to secure my signature to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering Developments or original works of authorship assigned to the Company Group as above, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any such applications or records and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the application for, prosecution, issuance, maintenance, and transfer of letters patent or registrations thereon with the same legal force and effect as if originally executed by me. I hereby waive and irrevocably quitclaim to the Company Group any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, that I now or hereafter have for past, present, or future infringement of any and all proprietary rights assigned to the Company Group.

Section 3.    Returning Company Group Documents.

I agree that, at the time of termination of my employment with the Company for any reason, I will deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate, or deliver to anyone else) any and all Confidential Information and all other documents, materials, information, and property developed by me pursuant to my employment or otherwise belonging to the Company Group. I agree further that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including storage media, filing cabinets, and other work areas, is subject to inspection by personnel of the Company at any time with or without notice.

Section 4.    Disclosure of Agreement.

As long as it remains in effect, I will disclose the existence of this Non-Interference Agreement to any prospective employer, partner, co-venturer, investor, or lender prior to entering into an employment, partnership, or other business relationship with such person or entity.

Section 5.    Restrictions on Interfering. I acknowledge and agree that the covenants contained in this Section 5 are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any similar restrictions that may exist in the Operating Agreement (as defined in the Employment Agreement), and to the extent I am a party to such Operating Agreement, the Company may elect to enforce the covenants contained therein without limiting the Company’s rights to enforce the covenants contained herein.

(a)    Non-Competition. During the period of my employment with the Company (the “Employment Period”) and the Post-Termination Restricted Period, I shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any person, company, enterprise, or entity, or as a sole proprietor, partner, stockholder, director, officer, principal, agent, or executive, or in any other capacity or relationship, engage in any Competitive Activities within any jurisdiction in which, at the time of my termination of employment, the Company Group is actively engaged in the Partnership Business or has demonstrable plans, that are, or reasonably should be, known to me, to commence business activities, or participate in or make any investment in any investment which has been consummated or is being pursued or contemplated by the Company Group. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section 22(y) Section 5(a) shall not apply following a No-Fault Termination; provided that during the six-month

 

-3-


period following a No-Fault Termination , I shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any person, company, enterprise, or entity, or as a sole proprietor, partner, stockholder, director, officer, principal, agent, or executive, or in any other capacity or relationship, engage in, participate in, or make any investment in or with respect to, or provide services with respect to, any Qualifying Transaction.

(b)    Non-Interference. During the Employment Period and the Post-Termination Restricted Period, I shall not, directly or indirectly for my own account or for the account of any other individual or entity, engage in Interfering Activities.

(c)    Definitions. For purposes of this agreement:

(i)    “Business Relation” shall mean any current or prospective client, customer, licensee, supplier, or other business relation of the Company Group, or any such relation that was a client, customer, licensee or other business relation within the prior twelve (12) month period, in each case, with whom I transacted business or whose identity became known to me in connection with my relationship with the Company Group, or employment by the Company.

(ii)    “Competitive Activities” shall mean any business activities related to the Partnership Business, as defined in the Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas LP, dated as of May 28, 2014, as may be amended from time to time.

(iii)    “Interfering Activities” shall mean (A) encouraging, soliciting, or inducing, or in any manner attempting to encourage, solicit, or induce, any Person employed by, or providing consulting services to, the Company to terminate such Person’s employment or services (or in the case of a consultant, materially reducing such services) with the Company; (B) hiring any individual who was employed by the Company within the six (6) month period prior to the date of such hiring; or (C) encouraging, soliciting, or inducing, or in any manner attempting to encourage, solicit, or induce, any Business Relation to cease doing business with or reduce the amount of business conducted with the Company Group, or in any way interfering with the relationship between any such Business Relation and the Company Group.

(iv)    “No-Fault Termination” shall mean a termination of employment after a non-renewal of the Employment Agreement by the Company at or after the Determination Date in accordance with Section 2 of the Employment Agreement.

(v)    “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust (charitable or non-charitable), unincorporated organization, or other form of business entity.

(vi)    “Post-Termination Restricted Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date of the termination of the Employment Period for any reason and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of such date of termination.

(vii)    “Qualifying Transaction” shall mean any potential acquisition that I know, or reasonably should have known, had been reviewed or considered by any member of the Company Group within six (6) months before the No-Fault Termination.

(d)    Non-Disparagement. I agree that during the Employment Period, and at all times thereafter, I will not make any disparaging or defamatory comments regarding the Company Group or their current or former directors, officers, members, partners or employees in any respect or make any

 

-4-


comments concerning any aspect of my relationship with the Company Group or any conduct or events which precipitated any termination of my employment from the Company. The Company Group agrees that it shall make no public disparaging or defamatory comments regarding me during the Employment Period, and at all times thereafter. However, my obligations and the obligations of the Company Group, in each case, under this subparagraph (d) shall not apply to disclosures required by applicable law, regulation, or order of a court or governmental agency.

Section 6.    Reasonableness of Restrictions.

I acknowledge and recognize the highly competitive nature of the Company’s business, that access to Confidential Information renders me special and unique within the Company’s and Company’s industry, and that I will have the opportunity to develop substantial relationships with existing and prospective clients, accounts, customers, consultants, contractors, investors, and strategic partners of the Company Group during the course of and as a result of my employment with the Company. In light of the foregoing, I recognize and acknowledge that the restrictions and limitations set forth in this Non-Interference Agreement are reasonable and valid in geographical and temporal scope and in all other respects and are essential to protect the value of the business and assets of the Company Group. I further acknowledge that the restrictions and limitations set forth in this agreement will not materially interfere with my ability to earn a living following the termination of my employment with the Company and that my ability to earn a livelihood without violating such restrictions is a material condition to my employment with the Company.

Section 7.    Independence; Severability; Blue Pencil.

Each of the rights enumerated in this Non-Interference Agreement shall be independent of the others and shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any other rights and remedies available to the Company or other members of the Company Group at law or in equity. If any of the provisions of this agreement or any part of any of them is hereafter construed or adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, the same shall not affect the remainder of this Non-Interference Agreement, which shall be given full effect without regard to the invalid portions. If any of the covenants contained herein are held to be invalid or unenforceable because of the duration of such provisions or the area or scope covered thereby, I agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the duration, scope, and/or area of such provision to the maximum and/or broadest duration, scope, and/or area permissible by law, and in its reduced form said provision shall then be enforceable.

Section 8.    Injunctive Relief.

I expressly acknowledge that any breach or threatened breach of any of the terms and/or conditions set forth in this Non-Interference Agreement may result in substantial, continuing, and irreparable injury to the members of the Company. Therefore, I hereby agree that, in addition to any other remedy that may be available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled to seek injunctive relief, specific performance, or other equitable relief by a court of appropriate jurisdiction in the event of any breach or threatened breach of the terms of this Non-Interference Agreement without the necessity of proving irreparable harm or injury as a result of such breach or threatened breach. Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, I acknowledge and agree that the Post-Termination Restricted Period shall be tolled during any period of violation of any of the covenants in paragraph 5 hereof and during any other period required for litigation during which the Company seeks to enforce such covenants against me if it is ultimately determined that I was in breach of such covenants.

 

-5-


Section 9.    Cooperation.

I agree that, for a period of eighteen months following any termination of my employment, I will continue to provide reasonable cooperation to the Company and/or other member of the Company Group and its or their respective counsel in connection with any investigation, administrative proceeding, or litigation relating to any matter that occurred during my employment in which I was involved or of which I have knowledge. As a condition of such cooperation, the Company shall reimburse me for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred at the request of the Company with respect to my compliance with this paragraph and shall pay me a daily consulting fee of $200 per hour. I also agree that, in the event I am subpoenaed by any person or entity (including, but not limited to, any government agency) to give testimony or provide documents (in a deposition, court proceeding, or otherwise), that in any way relates to my employment by the Company, I will give prompt notice of such request to the Company and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, will make no disclosure until the Company has had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting person or entity to such disclosure.

Section 10.    General Provisions.

(a)    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION, AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND THE STATE OF TEXAS, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS. BY EXECUTION OF THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT, I HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NON-INTERFERENCE AGREEMENT.

(b)    Entire Agreement. Except as set forth in the Operating Agreement, this Non-Interference Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification or amendment to this Non-Interference Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Non-Interference Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, obligations, rights, or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Non-Interference Agreement.

(c)    No Right of Continued Employment. I acknowledge and agree that nothing contained herein shall be construed as granting me any right to continued employment by the Company, and the right of the Company to terminate my employment at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause (as defined in the Employment Agreement), is specifically reserved.

(d)    Successors and Assigns. This Non-Interference Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. I expressly acknowledge and agree that this Non-Interference Agreement may be assigned without my consent to any other member of the Company Group as well as any purchaser of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(e)    Survival. The provisions of this Non-Interference Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment with the Company and/or the assignment of this Non-Interference Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

*            *             *

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC
By:  

 

Name:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and

Invention Assignment Agreement


EXECUTIVE

 

Eric Marsh

Signature Page to Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and

Invention Assignment Agreement


EXHIBIT B

GENERAL RELEASE

I, Eric Marsh, in consideration of and subject to the performance by Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement dated as of May 28, 2014 (the “Agreement”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its respective affiliates and all present, former and future managers, directors, officers, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “Released Parties”) to the extent provided below (this “General Release”). The Released Parties are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this General Release, and this General Release may be enforced by each of them in accordance with the terms hereof in respect of the rights granted to such Released Parties hereunder. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

1.    I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under Section 8 of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive certain of the payments and benefits specified in Section 8 of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates.

2.    Except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 below and except for the provisions of the Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, both past and present (through the date that this General Release becomes effective and enforceable) and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns may have, including, without limitation, claims which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract,

 

-1-


infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Claims”).

3.    I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.

4.    I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).

5.    I agree that I hereby waive all rights to sue or obtain equitable, remedial or punitive relief from any or all Released Parties of any kind whatsoever in respect of any Claim, including, without limitation, reinstatement, back pay, front pay, and any form of injunctive relief. Notwithstanding the above, I further acknowledge that I am not waiving and am not being required to waive any right that cannot be waived under law, including the right to file an administrative charge or participate in an administrative investigation or proceeding; provided, however, that I disclaim and waive any right to share or participate in any monetary award resulting from the prosecution of such charge or investigation or proceeding. Additionally, I am not waiving (i) any right to the Accrued Benefits or any severance benefits to which I am entitled under the Agreement, (ii) any claim relating to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or any right of indemnification under the Company’s organizational documents or otherwise, or (iii) my rights as an equity or security holder in the Company or its affiliates.

6.    In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state or local statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims to the maximum extent permitted by law. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending claim of the type described in paragraph 2 above as of the execution of this General Release.

7.    I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.

 

-2-


8.    I agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

9.    I agree that this General Release and the Agreement are confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release or the Agreement, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.

10.    Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from (i) making any disclosure of information required by law, including providing truthful testimony if required to do so by court order or legal process, (ii) cooperating, participating or assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by any federal, state or local regulatory enforcement agency or legislative body, or any self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law, or (iii) responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), any other self-regulatory organization or any governmental entity.

11.    I hereby acknowledge that Sections 8 through 22 of the Agreement shall survive my execution of this General Release.

12.    I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this General Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of the release set forth in paragraph 2 above and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this General Release, may have materially affected this General Release and my decision to enter into it.

13.    Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.

14.    This General Release may not be changed orally and no modification, amendment or waiver of any provision contained in this General Release, or any future representation, promise or condition in connection with the subject matter of this General Release shall be binding upon me unless made in writing signed by both parties.

15.    Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

-3-


BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:

 

  1.

I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;

 

  2.

I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;

 

  3.

I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;

 

  4.

I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION, I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;

 

  5.

I HAVE HAD AT LEAST [21][45] DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE TO CONSIDER IT, AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED [21][45]-DAY PERIOD;

 

  6.

I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

 

  7.

I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND

 

  8.

I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.

 

SIGNED:   

 

   DATED:   

 

 

-4-


SCHEDULE A

LIST OF PRIOR DEVELOPMENTS

AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

EXCLUDED FROM SECTION 2

 

Title

  

Date

  

Identifying Number or

Brief Description

None.      

Exhibit 10.16

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of March 3, 2017, shall amend that certain Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”), dated May 28, 2014, by and between Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Vine GP”), and Eric Marsh (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, on March 15, 2016, Vine GP assigned the Employment Agreement to Vine Management Services LLC (“VMS”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Vine GP, pursuant to that certain Assignment and Assumption Agreement, by and between Vine GP and VMS; and

WHEREAS, as set forth below, the parties desire to amend Executive’s Base Compensation and Annual Bonus, as set forth in the Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

1.    Amendment to the Employment Agreement. Effective as of January 1, 2017, the Employment Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a)    The defined term “the Company” as used in the Employment Agreement shall be deemed to refer to VMS.

(b)    Sections 4(a) and 4(b) of the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a)    Base Compensation. Executive shall be provided annualized Base Compensation, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, of $570,000, with adjustments, if any, as may be approved in writing by the Board.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus with respect to each fiscal year of Vine Oil & Gas LP (“Vine LP”) ending during the Employment Term (pro-rated for any fractional years) (the “Annual Bonus”), subject to Section 8. Executive’s target bonus opportunity for his Annual Bonus will be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s Base Compensation, and the Board may, in its sole discretion, require Executive to reinvest (subject to Section 4.4 of the Operating Agreement, excluding the first sentence thereof) a significant (e.g., 30-50%) portion of the after-tax proceeds thereof; provided, that the Board may not require Executive to reinvest his Annual Bonus following the consummation of an IPO. Such Annual Bonus shall be earned based on the achievement of performance metrics of Vine LP determined by the Board, after consultation with Executive, based upon the value of the assets held by the Company Group, Blackstone precedent for similar partnership (including taking into account the size of, and awards under, the Incentive Plan) and other factors as


determined by the Board. The Annual Bonus, to the extent earned, shall be paid in the calendar year following the applicable performance year promptly after delivery of Vine LP’s audited financial statements for the relevant performance year. For the avoidance of doubt, the bonus contemplated by this Section 4(b) shall be exclusive of any bonuses for which Executive may be eligible in connection with services provided by Executive to Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP, Harvest Royalties Holdings LP and their respective subsidiaries.”

(c)    Section (f) of Appendix A to the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Board” shall mean the Board of Managers of Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC.”

(d)    Section (s) of Appendix A to the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Operating Agreement” shall mean Vine LP’s Limited Partnership Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2014 and as amended on January 6, 2015, as may be further amended from time to time.”

2.    Other Provisions. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3.    General Provisions. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts and delivered by fax or email. This Amendment and all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment and the exhibits hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas to be applied. The provisions of this Amendment may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (through the Board of Managers of Vine GP) and Executive.

*****


The parties hereto have executed this Amendment to Employment Agreement on the date first above written.

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ John Regan

Name:   John Regan
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Eric D. Marsh

Signature Page to Amendment to Employment Agreement

Exhibit 10.17

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of June 11, 2020, shall amend that certain Employment Agreement (as amended, the “Employment Agreement”), dated May 28, 2014, by and between Vine Management Services LLC (“VMS”) (as successor to Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC), and Eric Marsh (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as set forth below, in connection with the consummation of certain reorganization transactions by affiliates of the Company, the parties desire to amend certain terms of the Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

1.    Amendment to the Employment Agreement. Effective as of June 11, 2020, the Employment Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a)    Each reference to “Vine Oil & Gas LP” shall be deemed to be a reference to “Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP”.

(b)    Each reference to “Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC” shall be deemed to be a reference to “Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC”.

(c)    Section 4(a) is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “$570,000” with “$724,605”.

(d)    Section (q) of Appendix A to the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““LP Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, dated as of June 11, 2020, as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.”

(e)    Section (s) of Appendix A to the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Operating Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, dated as of June 11, 2020, as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.”

2.    Other Provisions. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


3.    General Provisions. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts and delivered by fax or email. This Amendment and all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment and the exhibits hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas to be applied. The provisions of this Amendment may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (through the Board of Managers of Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC) and Executive.

*****


The parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment to Employment Agreement on the date first above written.

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

Name:   Wayne Stoltenberg
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Employment Agreement


  EXECUTIVE
 

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

  Eric D. Marsh

Signature Page to Second Amendment to Employment Agreement

Exhibit 10.18

Execution Version

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of January 21, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and David M. Elkin (“Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and to enter into this Agreement embodying the terms of such employment, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement and to accept such employment, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.    Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth on Appendix A, attached hereto.

Section 2.    Acceptance and Term of Employment.

The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Initial Term of Employment shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 8 hereof; provided, that after the Initial Term of Employment and any subsequent extension thereof, the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended for successive one-year periods (each, a “Subsequent Term”); provided, however, that either party hereto may elect not to extend this Agreement by giving written notice to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of any scheduled expiration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s employment hereunder may be earlier terminated in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

Section 3.    Position, Duties, and Responsibilities; Place of Performance.

(a)    Position, Duties, and Responsibilities. During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be employed and serve as Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer of the Company (together with such other position or positions consistent with Executive’s title as the Board shall specify from time to time) and shall have such duties and responsibilities commensurate with such titles. During the Term of Employment, Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If requested by the Board, Executive also agrees to serve as an officer and/or director of any member of the Company Group, in each case without additional compensation.

(b)    Performance. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time, attention, skill, and best efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement and shall not engage in any other business or occupation during the Term of Employment, including, without limitation, any activity that (x) conflicts with the interests of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (y) interferes with the proper and efficient performance of


Executive’s duties for the Company Group, or (z) interferes with Executive’s exercise of judgment in the Company Group’s best interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) with the prior written consent of the Board, serving as a member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) shall be limited by Executive so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(c)    Principal Place of Employment. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be in Plano, Texas, although Executive understands and agrees that Executive may be required to travel from time to time for business reasons.

Section 4.    Compensation.

During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation:

(a)    Base Compensation. Executive shall be provided annualized Base Compensation, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, of $385,000, with adjustments, if any, as may be approved in writing by the Board; provided, that the Board may delegate such authority to the compensation committee of the Board.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Beginning with fiscal year 2019, Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus with respect to each fiscal year of the Company Group ending during the Term of Employment (pro-rated for any fractional years), with a target bonus opportunity of seventy five percent (75%) of Executive’s Base Compensation (the “Target Bonus”). The amount of such Target Bonus shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion based upon the achievement of both (a) company performance metrics for each of (i) Vine Oil & Gas LP and (ii) Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and its subsidiaries (weighted, by the Board in its sole discretion, based on the relative activity levels of such companies) and (b) personal objectives and goals. The company performance metrics and personal objectives and goals shall be established each year by (x) the Board (or the compensation committed thereof as delegated by the Board), and (y) solely with respect to the foregoing clause (ii), the board of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC (or the compensation committed thereof as delegated by the board of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC), in each case after consultation with Executive. The Target Bonus, to the extent earned, shall be paid promptly after delivery of the audited financial statements for each of Vine Oil & Gas LP and Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP for the relevant performance year if Executive is employed by the Company on such date.

(c)    Equity Grant. In connection with Executive’s employment hereunder, on or as soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive will be granted, (i) pursuant to the terms of the Vine Incentive Plan, 12 Class A Units of Vine Oil & Gas LP (as defined in the Vine LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes, the “Vine Class A Units”), (ii) pursuant to the terms of the Brix Incentive Plan, 9 Class A Units of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP (as defined in the Brix LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests”

 

2


for U.S. tax purposes, the “Brix Class A Units”) and (iii) pursuant to the terms of the Harvest Incentive Plan, 12 Class A Units of Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (as defined in the Harvest LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes, the “Harvest Class A Units”), in each case, as have been reserved for issuance under the Vine Incentive Plan, the Brix Incentive Plan and the Harvest Incentive Plan. Executive’s Vine Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Vine LP Agreement, the Vine Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Vine Class A Units. Executive’s Brix Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Brix LP Agreement, the Brix Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Brix Class A Units. Executive’s Harvest Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Harvest LP Agreement, the Harvest Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Harvest Class A Units. In addition to the foregoing, Executive shall be required to contribute one hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s fiscal year 2019 annual bonus from the Company to Vine Oil & Gas LP in exchange for Class C Units of Vine Oil & Gas LP equal to the amount of such annual bonus, and Executive hereby grants the Company the authority to withhold such bonus in exchange for such Class C Units.

Section 5.    Employee Benefits.

During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement, and other benefits provided generally to similarly situated employees of the Company. Executive shall also be entitled to twenty-five (25) vacation days and five (5) sick days, in each case per calendar year (pro-rated for calendar year 2019), as well as the same number of holidays and any other benefits, in each case as are generally allowed to similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the Company policy as in effect from time to time. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s ability to amend, suspend, or terminate any employee benefit plan or policy at any time without providing Executive notice, and the right to do so is expressly reserved; provided that any such amendments are made without sole prejudice to Executive.

Section 6.    Insurance.

At any time during the Term of Employment, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. Executive shall have no interest in any such policy, but agrees to cooperate with the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided, that no financial obligation is imposed on Executive by any such documents.

Section 7.    Reimbursement of Business Expenses.

Executive is authorized to incur reasonable business expenses in carrying out Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and the Company shall promptly reimburse Executive for all such reasonable business expenses, subject to documentation in accordance with the Company’s policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

3


Section 8.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    General. The Term of Employment shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) Executive’s death, (ii) a termination by reason of a Disability, (iii) a termination by the Company with or without Cause, (iv) a termination by Executive with or without Good Reason and (v) expiration of the Term of Employment. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, except as may otherwise be requested by the Company in writing and agreed upon in writing by Executive, Executive shall resign from any and all directorships, committee memberships, and any other positions Executive holds with the Company or any other member of the Company Group. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the payment (or commencement of a series of payments) hereunder of any nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) upon a termination of employment shall be delayed until such time as Executive has also undergone a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h), at which time such nonqualified deferred compensation (calculated as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder) shall be paid (or commence to be paid) to Executive on the schedule set forth in this Section 8 as if Executive had undergone such termination of employment (under the same circumstances) on the date of Executive’s ultimate “separation from service.”

(b)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately upon the occurrence of a Disability, such termination to be effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. Upon Executive’s death or in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated due to Executive’s Disability, Executive or Executive’s estate or Executive’s beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations. Following Executive’s death or a termination of Executive’s employment by reason of a Disability, except as set forth in this Section 8(b), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause.

(i)    The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination; provided, however, that with respect to any Cause termination relying on clause (ii) or (vi) of the definition of Cause, to the extent that such act or acts or failure or failures to act are curable, Executive shall be given not less than five (5) days’ written notice by the Board of the Company’s intention to terminate him for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based, and such termination shall be effective at the expiration of such five (5) day notice period unless Executive has fully cured such act or acts or failure or failures to act that give rise to Cause during such period.

(ii)    In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. Following such termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, except as set forth in this Section 8(c), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

 

4


(d)    Termination by the Company without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time during the Term of Employment without Cause (including by electing not to renew a Term of Employment pursuant to Section 2), effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability) during the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i)    The Accrued Obligations;

(ii)    The Severance, payable in ratable installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices over the Severance Term, commencing with the first payroll date coincident with or following the effectiveness of the Release of Claims, provided that the first such installment shall include any amounts that would have been paid on payroll dates during the Severance Term prior to the effectiveness of the Release of Claims; and

(iii)    subject to (A) Executive’s timely election of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), (B) Executive’s continued copayment of premiums at the same level and cost to Executive as if Executive were an employee of the Company (excluding, for purposes of calculating cost, an employee’s ability to pay premiums with pre-tax dollars), and (C) Executive’s continued compliance with the obligations in Section 8(h) hereof, continued participation in the Company’s group health plan (to the extent permitted under applicable law and the terms of such plan) which covers Executive (and Executive’s eligible dependents) for the duration of the Severance Term at the Company’s expense, provided that Executive is eligible and remains eligible for COBRA coverage; provided, further, that the Company may modify the continuation coverage contemplated by this Section 8(d)(iii) to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of any excise taxes on the Company for failure to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended, and/or the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, as amended (to the extent applicable); and provided, further, that in the event that Executive obtains other employment that offers group health benefits, such continuation of coverage by the Company under this Section 8(d)(iii) shall immediately cease.

Following such termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, except as set forth in this Section 8(d), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties at the time of Executive’s termination, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment by the Company without Cause shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits.

(e)    Termination by Executive with Good Reason. Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Good Reason during the Term of Employment by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, which written notice, to be effective, must be provided to the Company within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such event. During such thirty (30) day notice period,

 

5


the Company shall have a cure right (if curable), and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period, and Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits as provided in Section 8(d) hereof for a termination by the Company without Cause, subject to the same conditions on payment and benefits as described in Section 8(d) hereof. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive with Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 8(e), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties at the time of Executive’s termination, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment with Good Reason shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits.

(f)    Termination by Executive without Good Reason. Executive may terminate Executive’s employment without Good Reason (including by electing not to renew a Term of Employment pursuant to Section 2) by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice of such termination. In the event of a termination of employment by Executive under this Section 8(f), Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. In the event of termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 8(f), the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, by written notice accelerate such date of termination without changing the characterization of such termination as a termination by Executive without Good Reason. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive without Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 8(f), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(g)    Release. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to subsection (d) or (e) of this Section 8 (other than the Accrued Obligations) (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of the Release of Claims (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release of Claims) within sixty (60) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder. If Executive fails to execute the Release of Claims in such a timely manner so as to permit any revocation period to expire prior to the end of such sixty (60) day period, or timely revokes Executive’s acceptance of such release following its execution, Executive shall not be entitled to any of the Severance Benefits. Further, to the extent that any of the Severance Benefits constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder, but for the condition on executing the Release of Claims as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such sixtieth (60th) day, after which any remaining Severance Benefits shall thereafter be provided to Executive according to the applicable schedule set forth herein.

(h)    Repayment of Severance Benefits. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including this Section 8), in the event that Executive breaches any provision of the Non-Interference Agreement or the Release of Claims, (i) the Severance Benefits shall immediately terminate, and the Company shall have no further obligations to Executive with respect thereto and (ii) Executive shall promptly repay all Severance Benefits previously received by Executive or Executive’s dependents to the Company; provided, that the Company shall provide to Executive written notice of such breach and, if capable of being cured, Executive shall have the ability to cure such breach within five (5) days following receipt of such notice.

 

6


Section 9.    Non-Interference Agreement. As a condition of, and prior to commencement of, Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company the Non-Interference Agreement.

Section 10.    Representations and Warranties of Executive.

Executive represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a)    Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that Executive’s employment hereunder and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not conflict with or result in the breach by Executive of any agreement to which Executive is a party or by which Executive may be bound;

(b)    Executive has not violated, and in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company will not violate, any non-solicitation, non-competition, or other similar covenant or agreement of a prior employer by which Executive is or may be bound; and

(c)    in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not use any confidential or proprietary information Executive may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer.

Section 11.    Taxes.

The Company may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment, and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law. Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has not provided any tax or legal advice to Executive in connection with this Agreement and that Executive has been advised by the Company to seek tax or legal advice from Executive’s own tax or legal advisors regarding this Agreement and payments that may be made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 12.    Set Off; Mitigation.

The Company’s obligation to pay Executive the amounts provided and to make the arrangements provided hereunder shall be subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment of amounts owed by Executive to the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that to the extent any amount subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment is payable in installments hereunder, such set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment shall not modify the applicable payment date of any installment, and to the extent an obligation cannot be satisfied by reduction of a single installment payment, any portion not satisfied shall remain an outstanding obligation of Executive and shall be applied to the next installment only at such time the installment is otherwise payable pursuant to the specified payment schedule. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided pursuant to this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and except as provided in Section 8(d)(iii) hereof, the amount of any payment provided for pursuant to this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefit earned as a result of Executive’s other employment or otherwise.

 

7


Section 13.    Additional Section 409A Provisions.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary:

(a)    Any payment otherwise required to be made hereunder to Executive at any date as a result of the termination of Executive’s employment shall be delayed for such period of time as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Delay Period”). On the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period, Executive shall be paid, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule set forth herein.

(b)    Each payment in a series of payments hereunder shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

(c)    To the extent that any right to reimbursement of expenses or payment of any benefit in-kind under this Agreement constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) any such expense reimbursement shall be made by the Company no later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense was incurred by Executive, (ii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (iii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year; provided, that the foregoing clause shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Section 105(b) of the Code solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect.

(d)    While the payments and benefits provided hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the implication of any penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A of the Code).

Section 14.    Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.

(a)    The Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its respective successors and assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations, or interests arising hereunder may be assigned by the Company to a Person (other than another member of the Company Group, or its or their respective successors) without Executive’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned); provided, however, that in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company may provide that this Agreement will be assigned to, and assumed by, the acquiror of such assets without Executive’s consent.

 

8


(b)    Executive. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee, or if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

(c)    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 8(b) or Section 14(b) hereof, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the Company, the other members of the Company Group, and Executive any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

Section 15.    Waiver and Amendments.

Any waiver, alteration, amendment, or modification of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

Section 16.    Severability.

If any covenants or such other provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid or unenforceable by a final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction, (a) the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall be unimpaired, and (b) the invalid or unenforceable term or provision hereof shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision hereof.

Section 17.    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND IS TO BE CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ALSO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 18.    Notices.

(a)    Place of Delivery. Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom or which it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided, that unless and until some other address is so designated, all notices and communications by Executive to the Company shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices and communications by the Company to Executive may be given to Executive personally or may be mailed to Executive at Executive’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records.

 

9


(b)    Date of Delivery. Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given (i) if delivered by hand, on the date of such delivery, (ii) if mailed by courier or by overnight mail, on the first business day following the date of such mailing, and (iii) if mailed by registered or certified mail, on the third business day after the date of such mailing.

Section 19.    Section Headings.

The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof or affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

Section 20.    Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, together with any exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto regarding the employment of Executive. This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings, and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 21.    Survival of Operative Sections.

Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, the provisions of Section 8 through Section 23 of this Agreement (together with any related definitions set forth in Section 1 hereof) shall survive to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions thereof.

Section 22.    Whistleblower Protection.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede Executive (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and Executive shall not be required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.

Section 23.    Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of this Agreement may be by actual or facsimile signature.

*        *         *

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

By:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ David M. Elkin

By:   David M. Elkin

Signature Page to Employment Agreement


APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

Definitions

(a)    “Accrued Obligations” shall mean (i) all accrued but unpaid Base Compensation through the date of termination of Executive’s employment, (ii) any unpaid or unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Section 7 hereof, (iii) any benefits provided under the Company’s employee benefit plans upon a termination of employment, in accordance with the terms contained therein, and (iv) rights with respect to equity of Vine Oil & Gas LP, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP or Harvest Royalties Holdings LP, including the Vine Class A Units, the Brix Class A Units and the Harvest Class A Units granted in accordance with Section 4(c) hereof, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Vine LP Agreement, the Brix LP Agreement and the Harvest LP Agreement, and the Vine Incentive Plan, the Brix Incentive Plan and the Harvest Incentive Plan, and any subscription, grant or similar agreement relating to such equity, as applicable.

(b)    “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(c)    “Base Compensation” shall mean the salary provided for in Section 4(a) (including adjustments thereto pursuant to Section 4(a)).

(d)    “Board” shall mean the Board of Managers of Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC.

(e)    “Brix Class A Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

(f)    “Brix Incentive Plan” shall mean the Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(g)    “Brix LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP, dated as of March 15, 2016, as may be amended from time to time.

(h)    “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s act(s) of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, (ii) willful failure or refusal by Executive to perform in any material respect his duties or responsibilities, (iii) misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) by Executive of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (iv) embezzlement or fraud committed (or attempted) by Executive, or at his direction, (v) Executive’s conviction of, or the plea of guilty or nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect to, any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud, (vi) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement, the Vine LP Agreement, the Brix LP Agreement or the Harvest LP Agreement, or (vii) Executive’s breach of the Non-Interference Agreement or any other non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, non-disparagement or other restrictive covenant provisions relating to any member of the Company Group by which Executive may be bound.

(i)    “COBRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d)(iii) hereof.

(j)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


(k)    “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(l)    “Company Group” shall mean, collectively, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, Vine Oil & Gas LP, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP.

(m)    “Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.

(n)    “Disability” shall mean any physical or mental disability or infirmity of Executive that prevents, or, in the good faith determination of the Company, would be reasonably likely to prevent, the performance of Executive’s duties for a period of (i) one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or (ii) two hundred seventy (270) non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period. Any question as to the existence, extent, or potentiality of Executive’s Disability upon which Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by Executive (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

(o)    “Executive” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(p)    “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) a material diminution in Executive’s title, duties, or responsibilities as set forth in Section 3 hereof, (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment (as provided in Section 3(c) hereof) more than fifty (50) miles from its current location, or (iii) any other material breach of a provision of this Agreement by the Company (other than a provision that is covered by clause (i) or (ii) above). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s exclusive remedy in the event of any breach of this Agreement shall be to assert Good Reason pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 8(e) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term of Employment, in the event that the Company reasonably believes that Executive may have engaged in conduct that could constitute Cause hereunder, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, suspend Executive from performing Executive’s duties hereunder, and in no event shall any such suspension constitute an event pursuant to which Executive may terminate employment with Good Reason or otherwise constitute a breach hereunder; provided, that no such suspension shall alter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement during such period of suspension.

(q)    “Harvest Class A Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

(r)    “Harvest Incentive Plan” shall mean the Harvest Royalties Holdings LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(s)    “Harvest LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Harvest Royalties Holdings LP, dated as of March 15, 2016, as may be amended from time to time.

(t)    “Initial Term of Employment” shall mean the period specified in Section 2 hereof.

 

2


(u)    “Non-Interference Agreement” shall mean the Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated as of January 21, 2019, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Executive, as may be amended from time to time and attached as Exhibit A hereto.

(v)    “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust (charitable or non-charitable), unincorporated organization, or other form of business entity.

(w)    “Release of Claims” shall mean a general release of claims in favor of the Company Group delivered to Executive in connection with Executive’s termination of employment substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

(x)    “Severance” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s Base Compensation then in effect.

(y)    “Severance Benefits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(g) hereof.

(z)    “Severance Term” shall mean the 12-month period following Executive’s termination of employment.

(aa)    “Subsequent Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(bb)    “Target Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

(cc)    “Term of Employment” shall mean the Initial Term of Employment and any Subsequent Terms in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

(dd)    “Vine Class A Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)

(ee)    “Vine Incentive Plan” shall mean the Vine Oil & Gas LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(ff)    “Vine LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas LP, dated as of May 28, 2014, as may be amended from time to time.

 

3


EXHIBIT A

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-INTERFERENCE, AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

[See attached.]

Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


EXHIBIT B

GENERAL RELEASE

I, David M. Elkin, in consideration of and subject to the performance by Vine Management Services LLC (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement dated as of January 21, 2019 (the “Agreement”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its respective affiliates (including, but not limited to, Vine Oil & Gas LP, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP) and all present, former and future managers, directors, officers, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “Released Parties”) to the extent provided below (this “General Release”). The Released Parties are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this General Release, and this General Release may be enforced by each of them in accordance with the terms hereof in respect of the rights granted to such Released Parties hereunder. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

1.    I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under Section 8 of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive certain of the payments and benefits specified in Section 8 of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates.

2.    Except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 below and except for the provisions of the Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, both past and present (through the date that this General Release becomes effective and enforceable) and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, including, without limitation, claims which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Claims”).

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement


3.    I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.

4.    I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).

5.    I agree that I hereby waive all rights to sue or obtain equitable, remedial or punitive relief from any or all Released Parties of any kind whatsoever in respect of any Claim, including, without limitation, reinstatement, back pay, front pay, and any form of injunctive relief. Notwithstanding the above, I further acknowledge that I am not waiving and am not being required to waive any right that cannot be waived under law, including the right to file an administrative charge or participate in an administrative investigation or proceeding; provided, however, that I disclaim and waive any right to share or participate in any monetary award resulting from the prosecution of such charge or investigation or proceeding. Additionally, I am not waiving (i) any right to the Accrued Obligations or any severance benefits to which I am entitled under the Agreement, (ii) any claim relating to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or any right of indemnification under the Company’s organizational documents or otherwise, or (iii) my rights as an equity or security holder in the Company or its affiliates.

6.    In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state or local statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims to the maximum extent permitted by law. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending claim of the type described in paragraph 2 above as of the execution of this General Release.

7.    I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement - 2


8.    I agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Further, I agree that I will forfeit all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to Section 8 of the Agreement if I challenge the validity of the General Release for any Claim released herein.

9.    I agree that this General Release and the Agreement are confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release or the Agreement, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.

10.    Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), any other self-regulatory organization or any governmental entity.

11.    I hereby acknowledge that Section 8 through Section 22 of the Agreement shall survive my execution of this General Release.

12.    I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this General Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of the release set forth in paragraph 2 above and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this General Release, may have materially affected this General Release and my decision to enter into it.

13.    Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.

14.    I hereby confirm that I have returned to the Company any and all property, tangible or intangible, relating to the Company’s and its affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ businesses which I possess or have control over as the date hereof, including, but not limited to, all pricing files, information and data, customer and broker files, information and data, profitability, margin, operating, cost and other financial information and data, product formulation, quality assurance, specifications and new product development information and data, company-provided credit cards, building or office access cards, keys, computer equipment, tablets, cellular telephone(s), iPhones, BlackBerry(s), and other mobile data devices, manuals, files, documents, records, software, databases, and other data.

15.    Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement - 3


BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:

 

  1.

I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;

 

  2.

I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;

 

  3.

I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;

 

  4.

I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION, I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;

 

  5.

I HAVE HAD AT LEAST [21 (TWENTY-ONE) // 45 (FORTY-FIVE)] DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE TO CONSIDER IT, AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED [21- // 45-] DAY PERIOD;

 

  6.

I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

 

  7.

I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND

 

  8.

I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.

 

SIGNED:

 

 

  

DATED:

  

 

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement - 4

Exhibit 10.19

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of June 11, 2020, shall amend that certain Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”), dated January 21, 2019, by and between Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and David M. Elkin (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as set forth below, in connection with the consummation of certain reorganization transactions by affiliates of the Company, the parties desire to amend certain terms of the Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

1.    Amendment to the Employment Agreement. Effective as of June 11, 2020, the Employment Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a)    Each reference to “Vine Oil & Gas LP” shall be deemed to be a reference to “Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP”.

(b)    Each reference to “Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC” shall be deemed to be a reference to “Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC”.

(c)    Section 4(a) is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “$385,000” with “$396,550”.

(d)    Section (ff) of Appendix A to the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Vine LP Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, dated as of June 11, 2020, as may be amended from time to time.”

2.    Other Provisions. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3.    General Provisions. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts and delivered by fax or email. This Amendment and all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment and the exhibits hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas to be applied. The provisions of this Amendment may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (through the Board of Managers of Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC) and Executive.

*****


The parties hereto have executed this Amendment to Employment Agreement on the date first above written.

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Name:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Amendment to Employment Agreement


EXECUTIVE

/s/ David M. Elkin

David M. Elkin

 

Signature Page to Amendment to Employment Agreement

Exhibit 10.20

Execution Version

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of September 10, 2018 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Wayne Stoltenberg (“Executive”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive and to enter into this Agreement embodying the terms of such employment, and Executive desires to enter into this Agreement and to accept such employment, subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are mutually acknowledged, the Company and Executive hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.    Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning set forth on Appendix A, attached hereto.

Section 2.    Acceptance and Term of Employment.

The Company agrees to employ Executive, and Executive agrees to serve the Company, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Initial Term of Employment shall commence on the Effective Date and continue until the second anniversary of the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated as provided in Section 8 hereof; provided, that after the Initial Term of Employment and any subsequent extension thereof, the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended for successive one-year periods (each, a “Subsequent Term”); provided, however, that either party hereto may elect not to extend this Agreement by giving written notice to the other party at least sixty (60) days prior to the date of any scheduled expiration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive’s employment hereunder may be earlier terminated in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

Section 3.    Position, Duties, and Responsibilities; Place of Performance.

(a)    Position, Duties, and Responsibilities. During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be employed and serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (together with such other position or positions consistent with Executive’s title as the Board shall specify from time to time) and shall have such duties and responsibilities commensurate with such titles. During the Term of Employment, Executive shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If requested by the Board, Executive also agrees to serve as an officer and/or director of any member of the Company Group, in each case without additional compensation.

(b)    Performance. Executive shall devote Executive’s full business time, attention, skill, and best efforts to the performance of Executive’s duties under this Agreement and shall not engage in any other business or occupation during the Term of Employment,


including, without limitation, any activity that (x) conflicts with the interests of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (y) interferes with the proper and efficient performance of Executive’s duties for the Company Group, or (z) interferes with Executive’s exercise of judgment in the Company Group’s best interests. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude Executive from (i) with the prior written consent of the Board, serving as a member of the boards of directors or advisory boards (or their equivalents in the case of a non-corporate entity) of non-competing businesses and charitable organizations, (ii) engaging in charitable activities and community affairs, and (iii) managing Executive’s personal investments and affairs; provided, however, that the activities set out in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) shall be limited by Executive so as not to materially interfere, individually or in the aggregate, with the performance of Executive’s duties and responsibilities hereunder.

(c)    Principal Place of Employment. Executive’s principal place of employment shall be in Plano, Texas, although Executive understands and agrees that Executive may be required to travel from time to time for business reasons.

Section 4.    Compensation.

During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation:

(a)    Base Compensation. Executive shall be provided annualized Base Compensation, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, of $325,000, with adjustments, if any, as may be approved in writing by the Board; provided, that the Board may delegate such authority to the compensation committee of the Board.

(b)    Annual Bonus. Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus with respect to each fiscal year of the Company Group ending during the Term of Employment (pro-rated for any fractional years), with a target bonus opportunity of fifty percent (50%) of Executive’s Base Compensation (the “Target Bonus”). The amount of such Target Bonus shall be determined by the Board in its sole discretion based upon the achievement of both (a) company performance metrics for each of (i) Vine Oil & Gas LP and (ii) Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and its subsidiaries (weighted, by the Board in its sole discretion, based on the relative activity levels of such companies) and (b) personal objectives and goals. The company performance metrics and personal objectives and goals shall be established each year by (x) the Board (or the compensation committed thereof as delegated by the Board), and (y) solely with respect to the foregoing clause (ii), the board of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC (or the compensation committed thereof as delegated by the board of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC), in each case after consultation with Executive. The Target Bonus, to the extent earned, shall be paid promptly after delivery of the audited financial statements for each of Vine Oil & Gas LP and Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP for the relevant performance year if Executive is employed by the Company on such date.

(c)    Equity Grant. In connection with Executive’s employment hereunder, on or as soon as practicable following the Effective Date, Executive will be granted, (i) pursuant to the terms of the Vine Incentive Plan, 8 Class A Units of Vine Oil & Gas LP (as defined in the Vine LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes, the “Vine

 

2


Class A Units”), (ii) pursuant to the terms of the Brix Incentive Plan, 8 Class A Units of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP (as defined in the Brix LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes, the “Brix Class A Units”) and (iii) pursuant to the terms of the Harvest Incentive Plan, 5 Class A Units of Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (as defined in the Harvest LP Agreement, and are intended to be “profits interests” for U.S. tax purposes, the “Harvest Class A Units”), in each case, as have been reserved for issuance under the Vine Incentive Plan, the Brix Incentive Plan and the Harvest Incentive Plan. Executive’s Vine Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Vine LP Agreement, the Vine Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Vine Class A Units. Executive’s Brix Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Brix LP Agreement, the Brix Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Brix Class A Units. Executive’s Harvest Class A Units shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Harvest LP Agreement, the Harvest Incentive Plan and an award agreement evidencing such grant of Harvest Class A Units.

Section 5.    Employee Benefits.

During the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement, and other benefits provided generally to similarly situated employees of the Company. Executive shall also be entitled to twenty-five (25) vacation days and five (5) sick days, in each case per calendar year (pro-rated for calendar year 2018), as well as the same number of holidays and any other benefits, in each case as are generally allowed to similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the Company policy as in effect from time to time. Executive shall also be entitled to the same number of holidays, vacation days, and sick days, as well as any other benefits, in each case as are generally allowed to similarly situated employees of the Company in accordance with the Company policy as in effect from time to time. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit the Company’s ability to amend, suspend, or terminate any employee benefit plan or policy at any time without providing Executive notice, and the right to do so is expressly reserved; provided that any such amendments are made without sole prejudice to Executive.

Section 6.    Insurance.

At any time during the Term of Employment, the Company shall have the right to insure the life of Executive for the sole benefit of the Company, in such amounts, and with such terms, as it may determine. All premiums payable thereon shall be the obligation of the Company. Executive shall have no interest in any such policy, but agrees to cooperate with the Company in procuring such insurance by submitting to physical examinations, supplying all information required by the insurance company, and executing all necessary documents, provided, that no financial obligation is imposed on Executive by any such documents.

Section 7.    Reimbursement of Business Expenses.

Executive is authorized to incur reasonable business expenses in carrying out Executive’s duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and the Company shall promptly reimburse Executive for all such reasonable business expenses, subject to documentation in accordance with the Company’s policy, as in effect from time to time.

 

3


Section 8.    Termination of Employment.

(a)    General. The Term of Employment shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) Executive’s death, (ii) a termination by reason of a Disability, (iii) a termination by the Company with or without Cause, (iv) a termination by Executive with or without Good Reason and (v) expiration of the Term of Employment. Upon any termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, except as may otherwise be requested by the Company in writing and agreed upon in writing by Executive, Executive shall resign from any and all directorships, committee memberships, and any other positions Executive holds with the Company or any other member of the Company Group. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the payment (or commencement of a series of payments) hereunder of any nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) upon a termination of employment shall be delayed until such time as Executive has also undergone a “separation from service” as defined in Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(h), at which time such nonqualified deferred compensation (calculated as of the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder) shall be paid (or commence to be paid) to Executive on the schedule set forth in this Section 8 as if Executive had undergone such termination of employment (under the same circumstances) on the date of Executive’s ultimate “separation from service.”

(b)    Termination Due to Death or Disability. Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Executive’s death. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment immediately upon the occurrence of a Disability, such termination to be effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. Upon Executive’s death or in the event that Executive’s employment is terminated due to Executive’s Disability, Executive or Executive’s estate or Executive’s beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations. Following Executive’s death or a termination of Executive’s employment by reason of a Disability, except as set forth in this Section 8(b), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(c)    Termination by the Company for Cause.

(i)    The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time for Cause, effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination; provided, however, that with respect to any Cause termination relying on clause (ii) or (vi) of the definition of Cause, to the extent that such act or acts or failure or failures to act are curable, Executive shall be given not less than five (5) days’ written notice by the Board of the Company’s intention to terminate him for Cause, such notice to state in detail the particular act or acts or failure or failures to act that constitute the grounds on which the proposed termination for Cause is based, and such termination shall be effective at the expiration of such five (5) day notice period unless Executive has fully cured such act or acts or failure or failures to act that give rise to Cause during such period.

(ii)    In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. Following such termination of Executive’s employment for Cause, except as set forth in this Section 8(c), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

 

4


(d)    Termination by the Company without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time during the Term of Employment without Cause (including by electing not to renew a Term of Employment pursuant to Section 2), effective upon Executive’s receipt of written notice of such termination. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without Cause (other than due to death or Disability) during the Term of Employment, Executive shall be entitled to:

(i)    The Accrued Obligations;

(ii)    The Severance, payable in ratable installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices over the Severance Term, commencing with the first payroll date coincident with or following the effectiveness of the Release of Claims, provided that the first such installment shall include any amounts that would have been paid on payroll dates during the Severance Term prior to the effectiveness of the Release of Claims; and

(iii)    subject to (A) Executive’s timely election of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), (B) Executive’s continued copayment of premiums at the same level and cost to Executive as if Executive were an employee of the Company (excluding, for purposes of calculating cost, an employee’s ability to pay premiums with pre-tax dollars), and (C) Executive’s continued compliance with the obligations in Section 8(h) hereof, continued participation in the Company’s group health plan (to the extent permitted under applicable law and the terms of such plan) which covers Executive (and Executive’s eligible dependents) for the duration of the Severance Term at the Company’s expense, provided that Executive is eligible and remains eligible for COBRA coverage; provided, further, that the Company may modify the continuation coverage contemplated by this Section 8(d)(iii) to the extent reasonably necessary to avoid the imposition of any excise taxes on the Company for failure to comply with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act of 2010, as amended, and/or the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, as amended (to the extent applicable); and provided, further, that in the event that Executive obtains other employment that offers group health benefits, such continuation of coverage by the Company under this Section 8(d)(iii) shall immediately cease.

Following such termination of Executive’s employment by the Company without Cause, except as set forth in this Section 8(d), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties at the time of Executive’s termination, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment by the Company without Cause shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits.

 

5


(e)    Termination by Executive with Good Reason. Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Good Reason during the Term of Employment by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice setting forth in reasonable specificity the event that constitutes Good Reason, which written notice, to be effective, must be provided to the Company within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such event. During such thirty (30) day notice period, the Company shall have a cure right (if curable), and if not cured within such period, Executive’s termination will be effective upon the expiration of such cure period, and Executive shall be entitled to the same payments and benefits as provided in Section 8(d) hereof for a termination by the Company without Cause, subject to the same conditions on payment and benefits as described in Section 8(d) hereof. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive with Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 8(e), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties at the time of Executive’s termination, Executive’s sole and exclusive remedy upon a termination of employment with Good Reason shall be receipt of the Severance Benefits.

(f)    Termination by Executive without Good Reason. Executive may terminate Executive’s employment without Good Reason (including by electing not to renew a Term of Employment pursuant to Section 2) by providing the Company thirty (30) days’ written notice of such termination. In the event of a termination of employment by Executive under this Section 8(f), Executive shall be entitled only to the Accrued Obligations. In the event of termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 8(f), the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, by written notice accelerate such date of termination without changing the characterization of such termination as a termination by Executive without Good Reason. Following such termination of Executive’s employment by Executive without Good Reason, except as set forth in this Section 8(f), Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits under this Agreement.

(g)    Release. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the payment of any amount or provision of any benefit pursuant to subsection (d) or (e) of this Section 8 (other than the Accrued Obligations) (collectively, the “Severance Benefits”) shall be conditioned upon Executive’s execution, delivery to the Company, and non-revocation of the Release of Claims (and the expiration of any revocation period contained in such Release of Claims) within sixty (60) days following the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder. If Executive fails to execute the Release of Claims in such a timely manner so as to permit any revocation period to expire prior to the end of such sixty (60) day period, or timely revokes Executive’s acceptance of such release following its execution, Executive shall not be entitled to any of the Severance Benefits. Further, to the extent that any of the Severance Benefits constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, any payment of any amount or provision of any benefit otherwise scheduled to occur prior to the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of Executive’s termination of employment hereunder, but for the condition on executing the Release of Claims as set forth herein, shall not be made until the first regularly scheduled payroll date following such sixtieth (60th) day, after which any remaining Severance Benefits shall thereafter be provided to Executive according to the applicable schedule set forth herein.

(h)    Repayment of Severance Benefits. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including this Section 8), in the event that Executive breaches any provision of the Non-Interference Agreement or the Release of Claims, (i) the Severance

 

6


Benefits shall immediately terminate, and the Company shall have no further obligations to Executive with respect thereto and (ii) Executive shall promptly repay all Severance Benefits previously received by Executive or Executive’s dependents to the Company; provided, that the Company shall provide to Executive written notice of such breach and, if capable of being cured, Executive shall have the ability to cure such breach within five (5) days following receipt of such notice.

Section 9.    Non-Interference Agreement. As a condition of, and prior to commencement of, Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive shall have executed and delivered to the Company the Non-Interference Agreement.

Section 10.    Representations and Warranties of Executive.

Executive represents and warrants to the Company that:

(a)    Executive is entering into this Agreement voluntarily and that Executive’s employment hereunder and compliance with the terms and conditions hereof will not conflict with or result in the breach by Executive of any agreement to which Executive is a party or by which Executive may be bound;

(b)    Executive has not violated, and in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company will not violate, any non-solicitation, non-competition, or other similar covenant or agreement of a prior employer by which Executive is or may be bound; and

(c)    in connection with Executive’s employment with the Company, Executive will not use any confidential or proprietary information Executive may have obtained in connection with employment with any prior employer.

Section 11.    Taxes.

The Company may withhold from any payments made under this Agreement all applicable taxes, including but not limited to income, employment, and social insurance taxes, as shall be required by law. Executive acknowledges and represents that the Company has not provided any tax or legal advice to Executive in connection with this Agreement and that Executive has been advised by the Company to seek tax or legal advice from Executive’s own tax or legal advisors regarding this Agreement and payments that may be made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement.

Section 12.    Set Off; Mitigation.

The Company’s obligation to pay Executive the amounts provided and to make the arrangements provided hereunder shall be subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment of amounts owed by Executive to the Company or its affiliates; provided, however, that to the extent any amount subject to set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment is payable in installments hereunder, such set-off, counterclaim, or recoupment shall not modify the applicable payment date of any installment, and to the extent an obligation cannot be satisfied by reduction of a single installment payment, any portion not satisfied shall remain an outstanding obligation of Executive and shall be applied to the next installment only at such time the installment is

 

7


otherwise payable pursuant to the specified payment schedule. Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided pursuant to this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise, and except as provided in Section 8(d)(iii) hereof, the amount of any payment provided for pursuant to this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefit earned as a result of Executive’s other employment or otherwise.

Section 13.    Additional Section 409A Provisions.

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary:

(a)    Any payment otherwise required to be made hereunder to Executive at any date as a result of the termination of Executive’s employment shall be delayed for such period of time as may be necessary to meet the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code (the “Delay Period”). On the first business day following the expiration of the Delay Period, Executive shall be paid, in a single cash lump sum, an amount equal to the aggregate amount of all payments delayed pursuant to the preceding sentence, and any remaining payments not so delayed shall continue to be paid pursuant to the payment schedule set forth herein.

(b)    Each payment in a series of payments hereunder shall be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

(c)    To the extent that any right to reimbursement of expenses or payment of any benefit in-kind under this Agreement constitutes nonqualified deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code), (i) any such expense reimbursement shall be made by the Company no later than the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which such expense was incurred by Executive, (ii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (iii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year; provided, that the foregoing clause shall not be violated with regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Section 105(b) of the Code solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect.

(d)    While the payments and benefits provided hereunder are intended to be structured in a manner to avoid the implication of any penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code, in no event whatsoever shall the Company or any of its affiliates be liable for any additional tax, interest, or penalties that may be imposed on Executive as a result of Section 409A of the Code or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A of the Code (other than for withholding obligations or other obligations applicable to employers, if any, under Section 409A of the Code).

Section 14.    Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries.

(a)    The Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its respective successors and assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, obligations, or interests arising hereunder may be assigned by the Company to a Person (other than another member of the Company Group, or its or their respective successors) without Executive’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or

 

8


conditioned); provided, however, that in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Company may provide that this Agreement will be assigned to, and assumed by, the acquiror of such assets without Executive’s consent.

(b)    Executive. Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement shall not be transferable by Executive by assignment or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Company; provided, however, that if Executive shall die, all amounts then payable to Executive hereunder shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee, or other designee, or if there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

(c)    No Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise set forth in Section 8(b) or Section 14(b) hereof, nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the Company, the other members of the Company Group, and Executive any legal or equitable right, remedy, or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

Section 15.    Waiver and Amendments.

Any waiver, alteration, amendment, or modification of any of the terms of this Agreement shall be valid only if made in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto. No waiver by either of the parties hereto of their rights hereunder shall be deemed to constitute a waiver with respect to any subsequent occurrences or transactions hereunder unless such waiver specifically states that it is to be construed as a continuing waiver.

Section 16.    Severability.

If any covenants or such other provisions of this Agreement are found to be invalid or unenforceable by a final determination of a court of competent jurisdiction, (a) the remaining terms and provisions hereof shall be unimpaired, and (b) the invalid or unenforceable term or provision hereof shall be deemed replaced by a term or provision that is valid and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid or unenforceable term or provision hereof.

Section 17.    Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial.

THIS AGREEMENT IS GOVERNED BY AND IS TO BE CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ALSO HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUIT, ACTION, OR PROCEEDING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 18.    Notices.

(a)    Place of Delivery. Every notice or other communication relating to this Agreement shall be in writing, and shall be mailed to or delivered to the party for whom or which it is intended at such address as may from time to time be designated by it in a notice mailed or delivered to the other party as herein provided; provided, that unless and until some other address is so designated, all notices and communications by Executive to the Company

 

9


shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal executive office, and all notices and communications by the Company to Executive may be given to Executive personally or may be mailed to Executive at Executive’s last known address, as reflected in the Company’s records.

(b)    Date of Delivery. Any notice so addressed shall be deemed to be given (i) if delivered by hand, on the date of such delivery, (ii) if mailed by courier or by overnight mail, on the first business day following the date of such mailing, and (iii) if mailed by registered or certified mail, on the third business day after the date of such mailing.

Section 19.    Section Headings.

The headings of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part thereof or affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or of any term or provision hereof.

Section 20.    Entire Agreement.

This Agreement, together with any exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties hereto regarding the employment of Executive. This Agreement supersedes all prior negotiations, discussions, correspondence, communications, understandings, and agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

Section 21.    Survival of Operative Sections.

Upon any termination of Executive’s employment, the provisions of Section 8 through Section 23 of this Agreement (together with any related definitions set forth in Section 1 hereof) shall survive to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions thereof.

Section 22.    Whistleblower Protection.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to impede Executive (or any other individual) from reporting possible violations of federal law or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including but not limited to the Department of Justice, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Congress, and any agency Inspector General, or making other disclosures under the whistleblower provisions of federal law or regulation. Executive does not need the prior authorization of the Company to make any such reports or disclosures and Executive shall not be required to notify the Company that such reports or disclosures have been made.

Section 23.    Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The execution of this Agreement may be by actual or facsimile signature.

*        *         *

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

By:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne Stoltenberg

By:   Wayne Stoltenberg

 

Signature Page to Employment Agreement


APPENDIX A

APPENDIX A

Definitions

(a)    “Accrued Obligations” shall mean (i) all accrued but unpaid Base Compensation through the date of termination of Executive’s employment, (ii) any unpaid or unreimbursed expenses incurred in accordance with Section 7 hereof, (iii) any benefits provided under the Company’s employee benefit plans upon a termination of employment, in accordance with the terms contained therein, and (iv) rights with respect to equity of Vine Oil & Gas LP, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP or Harvest Royalties Holdings LP, including the Vine Class A Units, the Brix Class A Units and the Harvest Class A Units granted in accordance with Section 4(c) hereof, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Vine LP Agreement, the Brix LP Agreement and the Harvest LP Agreement, and the Vine Incentive Plan, the Brix Incentive Plan and the Harvest Incentive Plan, and any subscription, grant or similar agreement relating to such equity, as applicable.

(b)    “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(c)    “Base Compensation” shall mean the salary provided for in Section 4(a) (including adjustments thereto pursuant to Section 4(a)).

(d)    “Board” shall mean the Board of Managers of Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC.

(e)    “Brix Class A Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

(f)    “Brix Incentive Plan” shall mean the Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(g)    “Brix LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP, dated as of March 15, 2016, as may be amended from time to time.

(h)    “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s act(s) of gross negligence or willful misconduct in the course of Executive’s employment hereunder, (ii) willful failure or refusal by Executive to perform in any material respect his duties or responsibilities, (iii) misappropriation (or attempted misappropriation) by Executive of any assets or business opportunities of the Company or any other member of the Company Group, (iv) embezzlement or fraud committed (or attempted) by Executive, or at his direction, (v) Executive’s conviction of, or the plea of guilty or nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect to, any felony or a misdemeanor involving an act of dishonesty, moral turpitude, deceit, or fraud, (vi) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement, the Vine LP Agreement, the Brix LP Agreement or the Harvest LP Agreement, or (vii) Executive’s breach of the Non-Interference Agreement or any other non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, non-disparagement or other restrictive covenant provisions relating to any member of the Company Group by which Executive may be bound.

(i)    “COBRA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(d)(iii) hereof.

(j)    “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


(k)    “Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(l)    “Company Group” shall mean, collectively, the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, Vine Oil & Gas LP, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP.

(m)    “Delay Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13 hereof.

(n)    “Disability” shall mean any physical or mental disability or infirmity of Executive that prevents, or, in the good faith determination of the Company, would be reasonably likely to prevent, the performance of Executive’s duties for a period of (i) one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days or (ii) two hundred seventy (270) non-consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period. Any question as to the existence, extent, or potentiality of Executive’s Disability upon which Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined by a qualified, independent physician selected by the Company and approved by Executive (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). The determination of any such physician shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

(o)    “Executive” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(p)    “Good Reason” shall mean, without Executive’s consent, (i) a material diminution in Executive’s title, duties, or responsibilities as set forth in Section 3 hereof, (ii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment (as provided in Section 3(c) hereof) more than fifty (50) miles from its current location, or (iii) any other material breach of a provision of this Agreement by the Company (other than a provision that is covered by clause (i) or (ii) above). Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive’s exclusive remedy in the event of any breach of this Agreement shall be to assert Good Reason pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 8(e) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term of Employment, in the event that the Company reasonably believes that Executive may have engaged in conduct that could constitute Cause hereunder, the Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, suspend Executive from performing Executive’s duties hereunder, and in no event shall any such suspension constitute an event pursuant to which Executive may terminate employment with Good Reason or otherwise constitute a breach hereunder; provided, that no such suspension shall alter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement during such period of suspension.

(q)    “Harvest Class A Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c).

(r)    “Harvest Incentive Plan” shall mean the Harvest Royalties Holdings LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(s)    “Harvest LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Harvest Royalties Holdings LP, dated as of March 15, 2016, as may be amended from time to time.

(t)    “Initial Term of Employment” shall mean the period specified in Section 2 hereof.

 

2


(u)    “Non-Interference Agreement” shall mean the Confidentiality, Non-Interference, and Invention Assignment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2018, by and among Vine Oil & Gas LP, a Delaware limited partnership, Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Executive, as may be amended from time to time and attached as Exhibit A hereto.

(v)    “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust (charitable or non-charitable), unincorporated organization, or other form of business entity.

(w)    “Release of Claims” shall mean a general release of claims in favor of the Company Group delivered to Executive in connection with Executive’s termination of employment substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

(x)    “Severance” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of Executive’s Base Compensation then in effect.

(y)    “Severance Benefits” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(g) hereof.

(z)    “Severance Term” shall mean the 12-month period following Executive’s termination of employment.

(aa)    “Subsequent Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.

(bb)    “Target Bonus” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

(cc)    “Term of Employment” shall mean the Initial Term of Employment and any Subsequent Terms in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

(dd)    “Vine Class A Unit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)

(ee)    “Vine Incentive Plan” shall mean the Vine Oil & Gas LP Class A Unit Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

(ff)    “Vine LP Agreement” shall mean the Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas LP, dated as of May 28, 2014, as may be amended from time to time.

 

3


EXHIBIT A

CONFIDENTIALITY, NON-INTERFERENCE, AND INVENTION ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

[See attached.]

 

Exhibit A to Employment Agreement


EXHIBIT B

GENERAL RELEASE

I, Wayne Stoltenberg, in consideration of and subject to the performance by Vine Management Services LLC (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”), of its obligations under the Employment Agreement dated as of September 10, 2018 (the “Agreement”), do hereby release and forever discharge as of the date hereof the Company and its respective affiliates (including, but not limited to, Vine Oil & Gas LP, Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP) and all present, former and future managers, directors, officers, employees, successors and assigns of the Company and its affiliates and direct or indirect owners (collectively, the “Released Parties”) to the extent provided below (this “General Release”). The Released Parties are intended to be third-party beneficiaries of this General Release, and this General Release may be enforced by each of them in accordance with the terms hereof in respect of the rights granted to such Released Parties hereunder. Terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

1.    I understand that any payments or benefits paid or granted to me under Section 8 of the Agreement represent, in part, consideration for signing this General Release and are not salary, wages or benefits to which I was already entitled. I understand and agree that I will not receive certain of the payments and benefits specified in Section 8 of the Agreement unless I execute this General Release and do not revoke this General Release within the time period permitted hereafter. Such payments and benefits will not be considered compensation for purposes of any employee benefit plan, program, policy or arrangement maintained or hereafter established by the Company or its affiliates.

2.    Except as provided in paragraphs 4 and 5 below and except for the provisions of the Agreement which expressly survive the termination of my employment with the Company, I knowingly and voluntarily (for myself, my heirs, executors, administrators and assigns) release and forever discharge the Company and the other Released Parties from any and all claims, suits, controversies, actions, causes of action, cross-claims, counter-claims, demands, debts, compensatory damages, liquidated damages, punitive or exemplary damages, other damages, claims for costs and attorneys’ fees, or liabilities of any nature whatsoever in law and in equity, both past and present (through the date that this General Release becomes effective and enforceable) and whether known or unknown, suspected, or claimed against the Company or any of the Released Parties which I, my spouse, or any of my heirs, executors, administrators or assigns, may have, including, without limitation, claims which arise out of or are connected with my employment with, or my separation or termination from, the Company (including, but not limited to, any allegation, claim or violation, arising under: Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act); the Equal Pay Act of 1963, as amended; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993; the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; any applicable Executive Order Programs; the Fair Labor Standards Act; or their state or local counterparts; or under any other federal, state or local civil or human rights law, or under any other local, state, or federal law, regulation or ordinance; or under any public policy, contract or tort, or under common law; or arising under any policies, practices or procedures of the Company; or any claim for wrongful discharge, breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress, defamation; or any claim for costs, fees, or other expenses, including attorneys’ fees incurred in these matters) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to herein as the “Claims”).

 

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement


3.    I represent that I have made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, demand, cause of action, or other matter covered by paragraph 2 above.

4.    I agree that this General Release does not waive or release any rights or claims that I may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 which arise after the date I execute this General Release. I acknowledge and agree that my separation from employment with the Company in compliance with the terms of the Agreement shall not serve as the basis for any claim or action (including, without limitation, any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967).

5.    I agree that I hereby waive all rights to sue or obtain equitable, remedial or punitive relief from any or all Released Parties of any kind whatsoever in respect of any Claim, including, without limitation, reinstatement, back pay, front pay, and any form of injunctive relief. Notwithstanding the above, I further acknowledge that I am not waiving and am not being required to waive any right that cannot be waived under law, including the right to file an administrative charge or participate in an administrative investigation or proceeding; provided, however, that I disclaim and waive any right to share or participate in any monetary award resulting from the prosecution of such charge or investigation or proceeding. Additionally, I am not waiving (i) any right to the Accrued Obligations or any severance benefits to which I am entitled under the Agreement, (ii) any claim relating to directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage or any right of indemnification under the Company’s organizational documents or otherwise, or (iii) my rights as an equity or security holder in the Company or its affiliates.

6.    In signing this General Release, I acknowledge and intend that it shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I expressly consent that this General Release shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown and unsuspected Claims (notwithstanding any state or local statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected and unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. I acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this General Release and that without such waiver the Company would not have agreed to the terms of the Agreement. I further agree that in the event I should bring a Claim seeking damages against the Company, or in the event I should seek to recover against the Company in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on my behalf, this General Release shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims to the maximum extent permitted by law. I further agree that I am not aware of any pending claim of the type described in paragraph 2 above as of the execution of this General Release.

7.    I agree that neither this General Release, nor the furnishing of the consideration for this General Release, shall be deemed or construed at any time to be an admission by the Company, any Released Party or myself of any improper or unlawful conduct.

 

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement - 2


8.    I agree that if I violate this General Release by suing the Company or the other Released Parties, I will pay all costs and expenses of defending against the suit incurred by the Released Parties, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Further, I agree that I will forfeit all amounts payable by the Company pursuant to Section 8 of the Agreement if I challenge the validity of the General Release for any Claim released herein.

9.    I agree that this General Release and the Agreement are confidential and agree not to disclose any information regarding the terms of this General Release or the Agreement, except to my immediate family and any tax, legal or other counsel I have consulted regarding the meaning or effect hereof or as required by law, and I will instruct each of the foregoing not to disclose the same to anyone.

10.    Any non-disclosure provision in this General Release does not prohibit or restrict me (or my attorney) from responding to any inquiry about this General Release or its underlying facts and circumstances by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), any other self-regulatory organization or any governmental entity.

11.    I hereby acknowledge that Section 8 through Section 22 of the Agreement shall survive my execution of this General Release.

12.    I represent that I am not aware of any claim by me other than the claims that are released by this General Release. I acknowledge that I may hereafter discover claims or facts in addition to or different than those which I now know or believe to exist with respect to the subject matter of the release set forth in paragraph 2 above and which, if known or suspected at the time of entering into this General Release, may have materially affected this General Release and my decision to enter into it.

13.    Notwithstanding anything in this General Release to the contrary, this General Release shall not relinquish, diminish, or in any way affect any rights or claims arising out of any breach by the Company or by any Released Party of the Agreement after the date hereof.

14.    I hereby confirm that I have returned to the Company any and all property, tangible or intangible, relating to the Company’s and its affiliates’ and subsidiaries’ businesses which I possess or have control over as the date hereof, including, but not limited to, all pricing files, information and data, customer and broker files, information and data, profitability, margin, operating, cost and other financial information and data, product formulation, quality assurance, specifications and new product development information and data, company-provided credit cards, building or office access cards, keys, computer equipment, tablets, cellular telephone(s), iPhones, BlackBerry(s), and other mobile data devices, manuals, files, documents, records, software, databases, and other data.

15.    Whenever possible, each provision of this General Release shall be interpreted in, such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this General Release is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this General Release shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement - 3


BY SIGNING THIS GENERAL RELEASE, I REPRESENT AND AGREE THAT:

 

  1.

I HAVE READ IT CAREFULLY;

 

  2.

I UNDERSTAND ALL OF ITS TERMS AND KNOW THAT I AM GIVING UP IMPORTANT RIGHTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, RIGHTS UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT OF 1967, AS AMENDED, TITLE VII OF THE CIVIL RIGHTS ACT OF 1964, AS AMENDED; THE EQUAL PAY ACT OF 1963, THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT OF 1990; AND THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED;

 

  3.

I VOLUNTARILY CONSENT TO EVERYTHING IN IT;

 

  4.

I HAVE BEEN ADVISED TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY BEFORE EXECUTING IT AND I HAVE DONE SO OR, AFTER CAREFUL READING AND CONSIDERATION, I HAVE CHOSEN NOT TO DO SO OF MY OWN VOLITION;

 

  5.

I HAVE HAD AT LEAST [21 (TWENTY-ONE) // 45 (FORTY-FIVE)] DAYS FROM THE DATE OF MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE TO CONSIDER IT, AND THE CHANGES MADE SINCE MY RECEIPT OF THIS RELEASE ARE NOT MATERIAL OR WERE MADE AT MY REQUEST AND WILL NOT RESTART THE REQUIRED [21- // 45-] DAY PERIOD;

 

  6.

I UNDERSTAND THAT I HAVE SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER THE EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE TO REVOKE IT AND THAT THIS RELEASE SHALL NOT BECOME EFFECTIVE OR ENFORCEABLE UNTIL THE REVOCATION PERIOD HAS EXPIRED;

 

  7.

I HAVE SIGNED THIS GENERAL RELEASE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE ADVICE OF ANY COUNSEL RETAINED TO ADVISE ME WITH RESPECT TO IT; AND

 

  8.

I AGREE THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS GENERAL RELEASE MAY NOT BE AMENDED, WAIVED, CHANGED OR MODIFIED EXCEPT BY AN INSTRUMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMPANY AND BY ME.

 

SIGNED:  

 

   DATED:   

 

 

Exhibit B to Employment Agreement - 4

Exhibit 10.21

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of June 11, 2020, shall amend that certain Employment Agreement (the “Employment Agreement”), dated September, 2018, by and between Vine Management Services LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and Wayne B. Stoltenberg (“Executive”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as set forth below, in connection with the consummation of certain reorganization transactions by affiliates of the Company, the parties desire to amend certain terms of the Employment Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

AMENDMENT

1.    Amendment to the Employment Agreement. Effective as of the date hereof, the Employment Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a)    Each reference to “Vine Oil & Gas LP” shall be deemed to be a reference to “Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP”, except for references to “Vine Oil & Gas LP” in Section (u) of Appendix A.

(b)    Each reference to “Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC” shall be deemed to be a reference to “Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC”.

(c)    Section 4(a) is hereby amended by replacing the reference to “$325,000” with “$351,488”.

(d)    Section (ff) of Appendix A to the Employment Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

““Vine LP Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Vine Oil & Gas Parent LP, dated as of June 11, 2020, as may be amended from time to time.”

2.    Other Provisions. Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3.    General Provisions. This Amendment may be executed in separate counterparts and delivered by fax or email. This Amendment and all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Amendment and the exhibits hereto will be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Texas or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas to be applied. The provisions of this Amendment may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Company (through the Board of Managers of Vine Oil & Gas Parent GP LLC) and Executive.

*****


The parties hereto have executed this Amendment to Employment Agreement on the date first above written.

 

VINE MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric D. Marsh

Name:   Eric D. Marsh
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Amendment to Employment Agreement


EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne B. Stoltenberg

Wayne B. Stoltenberg

 

Signature Page to Amendment to Employment Agreement

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF VINE ENERGY INC.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Vine Energy Holdings LLC    Delaware
Vine Oil & Gas LP    Delaware
Vine Oil & Gas GP LLC    Delaware
Vine Management Services LLC    Delaware
Brix Oil & Gas Holdings GP LLC    Delaware
Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP    Delaware
Harvest Royalty Holding GP LLC    Delaware
Harvest Royalties Holding LP    Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 22, 2021 relating to the balance sheets of Vine Energy Inc.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 22, 2021

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vine Energy Inc. of our report dated February 17, 2021 relating to the financial statements of Vine Oil & Gas LP. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 22, 2021

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vine Energy Inc. of our report dated February 22, 2021 relating to the financial statements of Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP and Harvest Royalties Holdings LP. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Dallas, Texas

February 22, 2021

Exhibit 23.4

 

LOGO

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS

We hereby consent to the references to W.D. Von Gonten & Company, to the inclusion of our estimates of reserves contained in our reports entitled “Vine Oil & Gas LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues SEC Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2020,” “Vine Oil & Gas LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues SEC Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2021,” “Vine Oil & Gas LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues Strip Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2021,” “Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues SEC Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2020,” “Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues SEC Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2021,” “Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues Strip Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2021,” “Harvest Royalties Holdings LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues SEC Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2020,” “Harvest Royalties Holdings LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues SEC Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2021” and “Harvest Royalties Holdings LP. Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties Estimate of Reserves and Revenues Strip Pricing Case “As of” January 1, 2021” to the specific references to W.D. Von Gonten & Company as the independent petroleum engineering firm in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including any amendments thereto) filed by Vine Energy Inc. with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. We further consent to the inclusion of our reports dated January 7, 2020, November 12, 2020 and January 8, 2021 as exhibits to the Registration Statement.

 

Yours truly,
W.D. VON GONTEN & CO.
By:  

/s/ W.D. Von Gonten & Co.

February 22, 2021

Exhibit 99.1

January 7, 2020

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Vine Oil & Gas LP.

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

  

Re: Vine Oil & Gas LP.

Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties

Estimate of Reserves and Revenues

SEC Pricing Case

“As of” January 1, 2020

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain property interests owned by Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. (“Vine”). This report was prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Vine. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River, DeSoto, Sabine and Natchitoches Parishes, Louisiana. This report excludes effects of commodity derivatives and any unmet midstream commitments by Vine. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 7, 2020. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2020, are as follows:

 

SEC Price Case

   Net to Vine Oil & Gas, LP.  
   Proved Developed     Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Non-producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

            

Gas, MMcf

     434,553.6       13,412.9       1,761,866.4       2,209,832.9       3,585,932.5       455,783.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

            

Gas, $ (100) %

     1,005,587,136       31,038,456       4,077,082,880       5,113,708,472       8,298,100,736       1,054,713,664  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     1,005,587,136       31,038,456       4,077,082,880       5,113,708,472       8,298,100,736       1,054,713,664  

Expenditures

            

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     43,132,376       332,923       68,662,264       112,127,563       147,227,456       18,798,350  

Severance Taxes, $

     36,076,216       727,024       89,775,016       126,578,256       181,460,800       23,061,818  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     261,286,896       5,222,728       743,078,400       1,009,588,024       1,519,582,464       195,046,976  

Variable Operating Expense, $

     40,776,016       1,211,969       168,430,256       210,418,241       341,251,008       43,811,632  

Marketing and Fuel, $

     41,201,796       1,217,321       169,281,488       211,700,605       343,777,504       44,083,980  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     422,473,300       8,711,965       1,239,227,424       1,670,412,689       2,533,299,232       324,802,756  

Investments, $

     8,444,488       111,533       1,726,457,434       1,735,013,455       3,860,688,702       488,419,967  

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     31,252,760       2,101,943       18,887,590       52,242,293       42,175,170       5,386,753  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     39,697,248       2,213,476       1,745,345,024       1,787,255,748       3,902,863,872       493,806,720  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

         

Undiscounted FNR, $

     543,416,704       20,113,016       1,092,510,976       1,656,040,696       1,861,936,768       236,104,368  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     443,546,080       16,853,644       527,767,168       988,166,892       441,079,488       37,430,740  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

         

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     44.9     1.7     53.4     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.

Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Vine with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to interests owned by Vine in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2020 in accordance with the SEC guidelines.

 


Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Vine to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Vine as of January 1, 2020. All of Vine’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once the reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2020.

Reporting Requirements – Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs. Revenues based on alternate product price scenarios may be reported in addition to the current pricing case.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020.

Property Discussion

Vine currently owns, and operates, an approximate 83% working interest in 318 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells, an approximate 19% working interest in 47 PDP wells that GeoSouthern operates, and an approximate mean working interest of 7% in 43 PDP wells operated by miscellaneous other 3rd party companies. Vine also owns royalty and mineral interests in 146 wells operated by GeoSouthern and other 3rd party companies. All wells are located in Red River, De Soto, Sabine, and Natchitoches Parishes, Louisiana. The PDP wells are producing from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Vine will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Based on SEC reserves reporting requirements, only those undeveloped volumes scheduled to be drilled within five years of their initial recognition have been included within the Proved Undeveloped category of reserves. That volume, as reflected in the results table of page 1 of this report, is approximately 1,761,866 MMcf of natural gas.

Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 2


reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Vine will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves actually recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

The estimated revenues shown herein were based on SEC pricing guidelines effective January 1, 2020. SEC pricing is determined by averaging the first day of each month’s closing price for the previous 12 months using published benchmark oil and gas prices. This method renders a Henry Hub gas price of $2.578/MMBtu. This price was held constant throughout the life of the properties as per SEC guidelines. A pricing differential was applied to all properties on an individual property basis in order to reflect prices actually received at the point of sale. The differential from SEC pricing reflects the loss in heating (energy) value measured in BTU’s from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales. Vine provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. an average gross heating value of 965 Btu/Scf for both shales, therefore, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. used SEC pricing less 3.5% for estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for all developed and undeveloped Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells in this report. The average realized price after adjustments for location and quality differentials such as transportation and BTU content for the reserves included in the report as part of the primary economic assumptions to comply with Item 1202(a)(8)(v) is $2.314/Mcf.

Operating Expenses and Capital Cost

Monthly operating expenses for wells operated by Vine and other 3rd party companies were provided by Vine. Vine provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Vine operated, non-operated, and a blend of both, with 12 months (December 2018—November 2019) of historical fixed and variable operating expense data. W.D Von Gonten & Co. then confirmed and applied Vine’s recommended fixed and variable costs to each individual operated and non-operated property.

Capital costs associated with the drilling and completion of future undeveloped locations were provided by Vine. Support data including drilling, completion, and facility costs, as well as current completion designs rendered applicable for future development wells, were provided by Vine for wells spud from June of 2018 through September of 2019. Where available, these costs were further verified from recently drilled and competed wells from other regional and/or offsetting operators.

All operating expenses and capital costs were held flat for the life of the properties in accordance with SEC guidelines.

Other Considerations

Abandonment CostsThe costs necessary for abandonment of certain properties were provided by Vine. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. expresses no warranties regarding the accuracy or validity of these costs for the generation of this report.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 3


Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Vine included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Vine. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any particular reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2020 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses, and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Vine with this report.

 

 

LOGO

  

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Reserves    Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.    Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
     
On Production    The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.    The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development    All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.    At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entity’s current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Justified for Development    Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.    In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources    Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.    Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending    A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.    The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold    A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.    The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable    A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.    The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources    Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.    Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.    Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play    A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Developed Reserves    Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.    Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves    Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.    Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves    Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.    Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves    Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:    (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Proved Reserves    Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.   

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves    Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.    It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 11


Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Possible Reserves    Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.    The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves    (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)    The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 12

Exhibit 99.2

January 8, 2021

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

  Re: Vine Oil & Gas LP
  Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties
  Estimate of Reserves and Revenues
  SEC Pricing Case
  “As of” January 1, 2021

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain property interests owned by Vine Oil & Gas LP (“Vine”). This report was prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Vine. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River, DeSoto, Sabine, Bienville, and Natchitoches Parishes, Louisiana. This report excludes effects of commodity derivatives and any unmet midstream commitments by Vine. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 8, 2021. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2021, are as follows:

 

     Net to Vine Oil & Gas LP  
     Proved Developed     Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  

SEC Price Case

   Producing     Non-producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

            

Gas, MMcf

     437,756.4       8,485.7       1,355,875.1       1,802,117.2       1,878,219.6       150,972.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

            

Gas, $ (100) %

     760,383,104       14,739,606       2,355,154,176       3,130,276,886       3,262,467,584       262,239,184  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     760,383,104       14,739,606       2,355,154,176       3,130,276,886       3,262,467,584       262,239,184  

Expenditures

            

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     31,689,016       626,227       41,923,000       74,238,243       49,325,208       4,236,572  

Severance Taxes, $

     21,696,768       430,582       30,457,046       52,584,396       38,253,848       3,271,543  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     224,559,488       4,184,106       524,486,336       753,229,930       719,396,800       57,641,524  

Variable Operating Expense, $

     39,028,728       666,073       121,299,584       160,994,385       166,659,760       13,297,100  

Marketing and Fuel, $

     32,035,368       543,351       99,497,088       132,075,807       137,142,576       10,862,164  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     349,009,368       6,450,339       817,663,054       1,173,122,761       1,110,778,192       89,308,903  

Investments, $

     12,979,499       2,636,706       1,045,537,294       1,061,153,499       1,619,001,559       130,132,597  

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     29,266,153       2,028,948       10,884,210       42,179,311       16,334,505       1,280,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     42,245,652       4,665,654       1,056,421,504       1,103,332,810       1,635,336,064       131,413,024  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

         

Undiscounted FNR, $

     369,128,320       3,623,609       481,070,688       853,822,617       516,353,376       41,517,264  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     327,442,336       2,841,810       232,352,624       562,636,770       118,234,064       7,163,635  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

         

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     58.2     0.5     41.3     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.

Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Vine with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to interests owned by Vine in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2021 in accordance with the SEC guidelines.


Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Vine to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Vine as of January 1, 2021. All of Vine’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once the reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2021.

Reporting Requirements – Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs. Revenues based on alternate product price scenarios may be reported in addition to the current pricing case.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Property Discussion

Vine currently owns, and operates, an approximate 83% working interest in 348 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells, an approximate 19% working interest in 49 PDP wells that GeoSouthern operates, and an approximate mean working interest of 6% in 42 PDP wells operated by miscellaneous other 3rd party companies. Vine also owns royalty and mineral interests in 182 wells operated by GeoSouthern and other 3rd party companies. All wells are located in Red River, De Soto, Sabine, Bienville, and Natchitoches Parishes, Louisiana. The PDP wells are producing from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The proved undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Vine will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Based on SEC reserves reporting requirements, only those undeveloped volumes scheduled to be drilled within five years of their initial recognition have been included within the Proved Undeveloped category of reserves. That volume, as reflected in the results table of page 1 of this report, is approximately 1,355,875 MMcf of natural gas.

Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 2


reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Vine will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

The estimated revenues shown herein were based on SEC pricing guidelines effective January 1, 2021. SEC pricing is determined by averaging the first day of each month’s closing price for the previous 12 months using published benchmark oil and gas prices. This method renders a Henry Hub gas price of $1.985/MMBtu. This price was held constant throughout the life of the properties as per SEC guidelines. A pricing differential was applied to all properties on an individual property basis in order to reflect prices actually received at the point of sale. The differential from SEC pricing reflects the loss in heating (energy) value measured in BTU’s from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales. Vine provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. an average gross heating value of 965 Btu/Scf for both shales, therefore, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. used SEC pricing less 3.5% for estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for all developed and undeveloped Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells in this report. The average realized price after adjustments for location and quality differentials such as transportation and BTU content for the reserves included in the report as part of the primary economic assumptions to comply with Item 1202(a)(8)(v) is $1.737/Mcf.

Operating Expenses and Capital Cost

Monthly operating expenses for wells operated by Vine and other 3rd party companies were provided by Vine. Vine provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Vine operated, non-operated, and a blend of both, with 12 months (December 2019—November 2020) of historical fixed and variable operating expense data. W.D Von Gonten & Co. then confirmed and applied Vine’s recommended fixed and variable costs to each individual operated and non-operated property.

Capital costs associated with the drilling and completion of future undeveloped locations were provided by Vine. Support data including drilling, completion, and facility costs, as well as current completion designs rendered applicable for future development wells, were provided by Vine for wells spud from May 2019 through September 2020. Where available, these costs were further verified from recently drilled and competed wells from other regional and/or offsetting operators.

All operating expenses and capital costs were held flat for the life of the properties in accordance with SEC guidelines.

Other Considerations

Abandonment CostsThe costs necessary for abandonment of certain properties were provided by Vine. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. expresses no warranties regarding the accuracy or validity of these costs for the generation of this report.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 3


Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Vine included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Vine. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2021 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Vine with this report.

 

LOGO

  

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Reserves   Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.   Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production   The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.   The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development   All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.   At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entity’s current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Justified for Development   Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.   In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources   Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.   Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending   A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.   The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold   A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.   The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable   A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.   The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources   Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.   Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect   A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.   Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead   A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.   Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play   A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.   Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Developed Reserves   Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.   Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves   Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.   Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves   Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.   Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves   Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:   (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Proved Reserves   Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.  

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves   Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.   It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 11


Category

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Possible Reserves   Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.   The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves   (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)   The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 12

Exhibit 99.3

January 8, 2021

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Vine Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

  

Re: Vine Oil & Gas LP

  

Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties

  

Estimate of Reserves and Revenues

  

Strip Pricing Case

  

“As of” January 1, 2021

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain property interests owned by Vine Oil & Gas LP (“Vine”). This report was prepared for inclusion in certain filings made by the SEC as a reserves sensitivity analysis in accordance with the definitions and regulations of the SEC other than the use of optional price and cost parameters as specified in the report pursuant to Item 1202(b) of Regulation S-K. The report may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Vine. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River, DeSoto, Sabine, Bienville, and Natchitoches Parishes, Louisiana. This report excludes effects of commodity derivatives. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 8, 2021. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2021, are as follows:

 

     Net to Vine Oil & Gas LP  

Strip Price Case

   Proved Developed     Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Non-producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

            

Gas, MMcf

     482,391.2       9,377.6       1,872,740.7       2,364,509.5       3,600,975.4       296,890.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

            

Gas, $ (100) %

     1,136,691,584       22,250,794       4,380,628,480       5,539,570,858       8,892,904,448       733,177,856  

Total, $

     1,136,691,584       22,250,794       4,380,628,480       5,539,570,858       8,892,904,448       733,177,856  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Expenditures

            

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     46,758,124       912,412       76,491,872       124,162,408       136,296,704       10,754,500  

Severance Taxes, $

     28,353,080       564,718       55,156,440       84,074,238       96,240,816       8,131,588  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     296,407,232       5,586,704       794,588,032       1,096,581,968       1,536,578,048       125,762,736  

Variable Operating Expense, $

     43,045,756       746,850       169,109,856       212,902,462       323,780,992       26,594,366  

Marketing and Fuel, $

     46,766,540       810,930       182,146,992       229,724,462       368,935,680       30,060,622  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     461,330,732       8,621,614       1,277,493,192       1,747,445,538       2,461,832,240       201,303,812  

Investments, $

     14,348,778       2,900,452       1,542,571,645       1,559,820,875       3,460,014,955       283,785,737  

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     29,035,758       935,865       17,191,171       47,162,794       39,382,165       3,107,447  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     43,384,536       3,836,317       1,559,762,816       1,606,983,669       3,499,397,120       286,893,184  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

         

Undiscounted FNR, $

     631,976,256       9,792,860       1,543,371,776       2,185,140,892       2,931,675,904       244,980,768  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     528,225,184       7,554,382       851,299,008       1,387,078,574       893,767,424       47,855,644  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

         

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     38.1     0.5     61.4     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.


Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Vine with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to interests owned by Vine in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2021.

Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Vine to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Vine as of January 1, 2021. All of Vine’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with Vine provided Henry Hub strip pricing effective December 31, 2020.

Reporting Requirements

Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs, however, this report is not prepared with SEC pricing but instead prepared with strip pricing as indicated under “Product Prices” below.

The information presented herein represents optional disclosure pursuant to Item 1202(b) of Regulation S-K.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Property Discussion

Vine currently owns, and operates, an approximate 83% working interest in 348 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells, an approximate 19% working interest in 49 PDP wells that GeoSouthern operates, and an approximate mean working interest of 6% in 42 PDP wells operated by miscellaneous other 3rd party companies. Vine also owns royalty and mineral interests in 182 wells operated by GeoSouthern and other 3rd party companies. All wells are located in Red River, De Soto, Sabine, Bienville, and Natchitoches Parishes, Louisiana. The PDP wells are producing from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The proved undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Vine will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 2


Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Vine will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves actually recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

At the request of Vine, all revenue estimates represented herein are based on a Vine provided Henry Hub strip pricing beginning January of 2021. The following table summarizes the prices utilized in the generation of this report:

 

Month/Yr.

    $/MmBtu     Month/Yr.     $/MmBtu     Month/Yr.      $/MmBtu      Month/Yr.      $/MmBtu      Month/Yr.      $/MmBtu  
  1/2021       2.467       2/2022       2.939       3/2023        2.599        4/2024        2.306        5/2025        2.331  
  2/2021       2.539       3/2022       2.792       4/2023        2.299        5/2024        2.281        6/2025        2.365  
  3/2021       2.526       4/2022       2.429       5/2023        2.265        6/2024        2.318        7/2025        2.403  
  4/2021       2.538       5/2022       2.384       6/2023        2.299        7/2024        2.362        8/2025        2.408  
  5/2021       2.555       6/2022       2.412       7/2023        2.338        8/2024        2.370        9/2025        2.400  
  6/2021       2.611       7/2022       2.447       8/2023        2.346        9/2024        2.368        10/2025        2.427  
  7/2021       2.685       8/2022       2.455       9/2023        2.334        10/2024        2.401        11/2025        2.527  
  8/2021       2.715       9/2022       2.435       10/2023        2.365        11/2024        2.519        12/2025        2.752  
  9/2021       2.712       10/2022       2.458       11/2023        2.458        12/2024        2.749        Thereafter        2.752  
  10/2021       2.741       11/2022       2.540       12/2023        2.674        1/2025        2.852        
  11/2021       2.796       12/2022       2.696       1/2024        2.779        2/2025        2.802        
  12/2021       2.913       1/2023       2.789       2/2024        2.736        3/2025        2.662        
  1/2022       3.006       2/2023       2.740       3/2024        2.596        4/2025        2.357        

Average product prices were determined for the initial $ per MMBtu before adjustments for price differentials weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties for each reserves category included in the report, e.g. total proved, total probable and total possible. In addition, average realized product prices were determined in $ per Mcf after adjustments for price differentials weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties for each reserves category included in the report to comply with item 1202(a)(8)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Therefore, the proved reserves category has an average weighted price of $2.61/MMBtu before adjustments and $2.34/Mcf after adjustments. The probable and possible reserves category has an average weighted price of $2.74/MMBtu before adjustments and $2.47/Mcf after adjustments.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 3


Operating Expenses and Capital Cost

Monthly operating expenses for wells operated by Vine and other 3rd party companies were provided by Vine. Vine provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Vine operated, non-operated, and a blend of both, with 12 months (December 2019 - November 2020) of historical fixed and variable operating expense data. W.D Von Gonten & Co. then confirmed and applied Vine’s recommended fixed and variable costs to each individual operated and non-operated property.

Capital costs associated with the drilling and completion of future undeveloped locations were provided by Vine. Support data including drilling, completion, and facility costs, as well as current completion designs rendered applicable for future development wells were provided by Vine for wells spud from May 2019 through September 2020. Where available, these costs were further verified from recently drilled and competed wells from other regional and/or offsetting operators.

All operating expenses and capital costs were held flat for the life of the properties.

Other Considerations

Abandonment CostsThe costs necessary for abandonment of certain properties were provided by Vine. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. expresses no warranties regarding the accuracy or validity of these costs for the generation of this report.

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Vine included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Vine. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any particular reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2021 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 4


Thank you for the opportunity to assist Vine with this report.

 

 

LOGO

  

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 5


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 6


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 7


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Reserves    Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.    Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production    The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.    The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development    All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.    At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entities current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Justified for Development    Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.    In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources    Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.    Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending    A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.    The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 9


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold    A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.    The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable    A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.    The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources    Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.    Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.    Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play    A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 10


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Developed Reserves    Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.    Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves    Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.    Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves    Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.    Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves    Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:    (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 11


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Proved Reserves    Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.   

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves    Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.    It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 12


Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Possible Reserves    Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.    The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves    (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)    The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Vine Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 13

Exhibit 99.4

January 7, 2020

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

   Re: Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP
   Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties
   Estimate of Reserves and Revenues
   SEC Pricing Case
   “As of” January 1, 2020

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain property interests owned by Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP (“Brix”). This report was prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Brix. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River, DeSoto, Sabine, Bossier, and Caddo Parishes, Louisiana. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 7, 2020. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2020, are as follows:

 

SEC Price Case

   Net to Brix Oil & Gas, LP.  
   Proved Developed     Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Non-producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

            

Gas, MMcf

     135,193.3       2,871.4       512,279.7       650,344.4       726,677.1       169,558.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

            

Gas, $ (100) %

     313,113,824       6,644,602       1,185,741,696       1,505,500,122       1,682,111,232       392,576,384  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     313,113,824       6,644,602       1,185,741,696       1,505,500,122       1,682,111,232       392,576,384  

Expenditures

            

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     6,622,268       57,526       18,454,838       25,134,632       21,809,048       5,728,050  

Severance Taxes, $

     10,353,581       157,657       25,698,686       36,209,924       36,909,536       8,728,835  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     70,005,568       1,424,173       230,340,576       301,770,317       334,942,144       70,011,424  

Variable Operating Expense, $

     9,561,404       248,854       35,552,216       45,362,474       55,292,216       11,386,480  

Marketing and Fuel, $

     9,082,196       296,098       35,835,648       45,213,942       62,645,860       10,106,038  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     105,625,017       2,184,308       345,881,964       453,691,289       511,598,804       105,960,827  

Investments, $

     3,334,722       28,966       578,501,570       581,865,258       825,214,779       208,758,881  

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     3,264,921       30,345       6,815,102       10,110,368       8,886,021       2,111,695  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     6,599,643       59,311       585,316,672       591,975,626       834,100,800       210,870,576  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

         

Undiscounted FNR, $

     200,889,136       4,400,982       254,542,976       459,833,094       336,411,776       75,744,928  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     175,464,832       3,840,938       117,155,784       296,461,554       81,798,344       14,601,026  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

         

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     59.2     1.3     39.5     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.

Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Brix with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to interests owned by Brix in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2020 in accordance with the SEC guidelines.


Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Vine to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Brix as of January 1, 2020. All of Brix’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once the reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2020.

Reporting Requirements – Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs. Revenues based on alternate product price scenarios may be reported in addition to the current pricing case.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020.

Property Discussion

Brix currently owns, and operates, an approximate 91% working interest in 16 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells and an approximate 16% working interest in 92 PDP wells that Vine operates. Brix also owns royalty and mineral interests in 26 proved producing wells operated by Vine. All wells are located in Red River, De Soto, Sabine, Caddo and Bossier Parishes, Louisiana. All existing proved and future development wells will be producing from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Brix will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Based on SEC reserves reporting requirements, only those undeveloped volumes scheduled to be drilled within five years of their initial recognition have been included within the Proved Undeveloped category of reserves. That volume, as reflected in the results table of page 1 of this report, is approximately 512,280 MMcf of natural gas.

Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Brix will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 2


Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

The estimated revenues shown herein were based on SEC pricing guidelines effective January 1, 2020. SEC pricing is determined by averaging the first day of each month’s closing price for the previous 12 months using published benchmark oil and gas prices. This method renders a Henry Hub gas price of $2.578/MMBtu. This price was held constant throughout the life of the properties as per SEC guidelines. A pricing differential was applied to all properties on an individual property basis in order to reflect prices actually received at the point of sale. The differential from SEC pricing reflects the loss in heating (energy) value measured in BTU’s from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales. Brix provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. an average gross heating value of 965 Btu/Scf for both shales, therefore, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. used SEC pricing less 3.5% for estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for all developed and undeveloped Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells in this report. The average realized price after adjustments for location and quality differentials such as transportation and BTU content for the reserves included in the report as part of the primary economic assumptions to comply with Item 1202(a)(8)(v) is $2.315/Mcf.

Operating Expenses and Capital Cost

Monthly operating expenses for wells operated by Brix and other 3rd party companies were provided by Brix. Brix provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Brix operated, non-operated, and a blend of both, with 12 months (December 2018—November 2019) of historical fixed and variable operating expense data. W.D Von Gonten & Co. then confirmed and applied Brix’s recommended fixed and variable costs to each individual operated and non-operated property.

Capital costs associated with the drilling and completion of future undeveloped locations were provided by Brix. Support data including drilling, completion, and facility costs, as well as current completion designs rendered applicable for future development wells were provided by Brix for wells spud from August 2018—September 2019. Where available, these costs were further verified from recently drilled and competed wells from other regional and/or offsetting operators.

All operating expenses and capital costs were held flat for the life of the properties in accordance with SEC guidelines.

Other Considerations

Abandonment CostsThe costs necessary for abandonment of certain properties were provided by Brix. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. expresses no warranties regarding the accuracy or validity of these costs for the generation of this report.

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 3


Data Sources – Data furnished by Brix included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Brix. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any particular reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2020 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Brix with this report.

 

LOGO

 

 

Respectfully submitted,

 

  LOGO
 

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  TX # 73244
 

 

LOGO

 

 

John M. Parker

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Reserves    Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.    Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production    The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.    The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development    All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.    At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entity’s current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Justified for Development    Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.    In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources    Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.    Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending    A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.    The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold    A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.    The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable    A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.    The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources    Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.    Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.    Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play    A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Developed Reserves    Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.    Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves    Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.    Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves    Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.    Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves    Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:    (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Proved Reserves    Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.   

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves    Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.    It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 11


Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Possible Reserves    Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.    The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves    (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)    The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Brix Oil & Gas Holdings LP– 01.01.20 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 7, 2020 – Page 12

Exhibit 99.5

January 8, 2021

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Brix Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

 

Re: Brix Oil & Gas LP

 

Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties

 

Estimate of Reserves and Revenues

 

SEC Pricing Case

 

“As of” January 1, 2021

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain property interests owned by Brix Oil & Gas LP (“Brix”). This report was prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Brix. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River, DeSoto, Sabine, Bossier, Webster, Bienville, and Caddo Parishes, Louisiana. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 8, 2021. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2021, are as follows:

 

SEC Price Case

   Net to Brix Oil & Gas LP  
   Proved Developed     Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Non-producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

            

Gas, MMcf

     135,440.9       8,025.3       366,325.8       509,792.0       353,658.8       42,425.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

            

Gas, $ (100) %

     233,779,776       13,760,370       632,081,216       879,621,362       611,560,960       73,038,496  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     233,779,776       13,760,370       632,081,216       879,621,362       611,560,960       73,038,496  

Expenditures

            

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     6,459,619       176,428       8,980,542       15,616,589       7,453,112       1,053,211  

Severance Taxes, $

     5,831,759       150,407       7,944,688       13,926,854       6,630,935       803,550  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     63,837,076       3,363,966       147,562,352       214,763,394       144,465,888       16,048,393  

Variable Operating Expense, $

     12,683,324       836,371       33,241,556       46,761,251       29,813,420       3,892,729  

Marketing and Fuel, $

     7,067,393       592,348       23,884,788       31,544,529       25,020,882       2,803,073  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     95,879,171       5,119,520       221,613,926       322,612,617       213,384,237       24,600,956  

Investments, $

     2,659,772       613,058       293,421,503       296,694,333       299,899,043       36,749,289  

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     3,807,644       80,829       2,820,641       6,709,114       3,081,405       376,099  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     6,467,416       693,887       296,242,144       303,403,447       302,980,448       37,125,388  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

         

Undiscounted FNR, $

     131,433,192       7,946,965       114,225,032       253,605,189       95,196,288       11,312,156  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     116,689,976       7,067,832       51,695,504       175,453,312       22,700,936       1,306,346  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

         

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     66.5     4.0     29.5     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.

Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Brix with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to interests owned by Brix in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2021 in accordance with the SEC guidelines.


Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Brix to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Brix as of January 1, 2021. All of Brix’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once the reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2021.

Reporting Requirements – Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs. Revenues based on alternate product price scenarios may be reported in addition to the current pricing case.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Property Discussion

Brix currently owns, and operates, an approximate 88% working interest in 22 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells and an approximate 17% working interest in 112 PDP wells that Vine operates. All wells are located in Red River, De Soto, Sabine, Bossier, Webster, Bienville, and Caddo Parishes, Louisiana. All existing proved and future development wells will be producing from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Brix will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Based on SEC reserves reporting requirements, only those undeveloped volumes scheduled to be drilled within five years of their initial recognition have been included within the Proved Undeveloped category of reserves. That volume, as reflected in the results table of page 1 of this report, is approximately 366,326 MMcf of natural gas.

Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Brix will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 2


Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

The estimated revenues shown herein were based on SEC pricing guidelines effective January 1, 2021. SEC pricing is determined by averaging the first day of each month’s closing price for the previous 12 months using published benchmark oil and gas prices. This method renders a Henry Hub gas price of $1.985/MMBtu. This price was held constant throughout the life of the properties as per SEC guidelines. A pricing differential was applied to all properties on an individual property basis in order to reflect prices actually received at the point of sale. The differential from SEC pricing reflects the loss in heating (energy) value measured in BTU’s from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales. Brix provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. an average gross heating value of 965 Btu/Scf for both shales, therefore, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. used SEC pricing less 3.5% for estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for all developed and undeveloped Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells in this report. The average realized price after adjustments for location and quality differentials such as transportation and BTU content for the reserves included in the report as part of the primary economic assumptions to comply with Item 1202(a)(8)(v) is $1.725/Mcf.

Operating Expenses and Capital Cost

Monthly operating expenses for wells operated by Brix and other 3rd party companies were provided by Brix. Brix provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Brix operated, non-operated, and a blend of both, with 12 months (December 2019—November 2020) of historical fixed and variable operating expense data. W.D Von Gonten & Co. then confirmed and applied Brix’s recommended fixed and variable costs to each individual operated and non-operated property.

Capital costs associated with the drilling and completion of future undeveloped locations were provided by Brix. Support data including drilling, completion, and facility costs, as well as current completion designs rendered applicable for future development wells were provided by Brix for wells spud from May 2019 through September 2020. Where available, these costs were further verified from recently drilled and competed wells from other regional and/or offsetting operators.

All operating expenses and capital costs were held flat for the life of the properties in accordance with SEC guidelines.

Other Considerations

Abandonment CostsThe costs necessary for abandonment of certain properties were provided by Brix. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. expresses no warranties regarding the accuracy or validity of these costs for the generation of this report.

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 3


Data Sources – Data furnished by Brix included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Brix. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any particular reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2021 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Brix with this report.

 

LOGO   

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Reserves   Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.   Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production   The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.   The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development   All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.   At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entity’s current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Justified for Development   Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.   In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources   Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.   Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending   A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.   The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold   A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.   The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable   A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.   The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources   Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.   Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect   A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.   Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead   A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.   Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play   A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.   Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Developed Reserves   Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.   Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves   Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.   Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves   Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.   Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves   Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:   (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Proved Reserves   Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.  

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves   Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.   It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 11


Category

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Possible Reserves   Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.   The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves   (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)   The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 SEC 3P Reserves Report, January 8, 2021 – Page 12

Exhibit 99.6

January 8, 2021

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Brix Oil & Gas LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

  

Re: Brix Oil & Gas LP

Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties

Estimate of Reserves and Revenues

Strip Pricing Case

“As of” January 1, 2021

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain property interests owned by Brix Oil & Gas LP (“Brix”). This report was prepared for inclusion in certain filings made by the SEC as a reserves sensitivity analysis in accordance with the definitions and regulations of the SEC other than the use of optional price and cost parameters as specified in the report pursuant to Item 1202(b) of Regulation S-K. The report may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Brix. These properties include producing, non-producing, undeveloped, probable, and possible locations located in Red River, DeSoto, Sabine, Bossier, Webster, Bienville, and Caddo Parishes, Louisiana. This report excludes effects of commodity derivatives. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 8, 2021. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2021, are as follows:

 

Strip Price Case

   Net to Brix Oil & Gas LP  
   Proved Developed     Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Non-producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

            

Gas, MMcf

     142,834.2       8,259.4       633,801.7       784,895.3       903,271.0       130,416.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

            

Gas, $ (100) %

     334,213,760       19,344,042       1,471,887,232       1,825,445,034       2,223,817,984       321,078,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     334,213,760       19,344,042       1,471,887,232       1,825,445,034       2,223,817,984       321,078,944  

Expenditures

            

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     8,811,386       239,249       22,573,290       31,623,925       29,468,840       4,702,550  

Severance Taxes, $

     8,018,685       201,146       18,437,404       26,657,235       23,310,816       3,309,091  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     78,076,624       3,731,588       284,501,056       366,309,268       403,849,536       56,635,412  

Variable Operating Expense, $

     13,394,723       859,658       59,999,620       74,254,001       80,939,120       12,649,084  

Marketing and Fuel, $

     9,899,435       809,333       50,154,592       60,863,360       81,850,208       10,010,067  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     118,200,853       5,840,974       435,665,962       559,707,789       619,418,520       87,306,204  

Investments, $

     2,859,510       614,314       576,600,463       580,074,287       946,770,753       142,652,274  

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     3,594,563       80,829       6,614,129       10,289,521       11,504,319       1,778,638  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     6,454,073       695,143       583,214,592       590,363,808       958,275,072       144,430,912  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

         

Undiscounted FNR, $

     209,558,816       12,807,920       453,006,688       675,373,424       646,124,352       89,341,872  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     178,928,096       11,219,494       243,751,936       433,899,526       193,665,776       14,203,627  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

         

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     41.2     2.6     56.2     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.

 


Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Brix with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to interests owned by Brix in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2021.

Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Brix to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Brix as of January 1, 2021. All of Brix’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with Brix provided Henry Hub strip pricing effective December 31, 2020.

Reporting Requirements

Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs, however, this report is not prepared with SEC pricing but instead prepared with strip pricing as indicated under “Product Prices” below.

The information presented herein represents optional disclosure pursuant to Item 1202(b) of Regulation S-K.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Property Discussion

Brix currently owns, and operates, an approximate 88% working interest in 22 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells and an approximate 17% working interest in 112 PDP wells that Vine operates. All wells are located in Red River, De Soto, Sabine, Bossier, Webster, Bienville, and Caddo Parishes, Louisiana. All existing proved and future development wells will be producing from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Brix will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 2


uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices to that which Brix will implement. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves actually recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

At the request of Brix, all revenue estimates represented herein are based on a Brix provided Henry Hub strip pricing beginning January of 2021. The following table summarizes the prices utilized in the generation of this report:

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

1/2021

  2.467   2/2022   2.939   3/2023   2.599   4/2024   2.306   5/2025   2.331

2/2021

  2.539   3/2022   2.792   4/2023   2.299   5/2024   2.281   6/2025   2.365

3/2021

  2.526   4/2022   2.429   5/2023   2.265   6/2024   2.318   7/2025   2.403

4/2021

  2.538   5/2022   2.384   6/2023   2.299   7/2024   2.362   8/2025   2.408

5/2021

  2.555   6/2022   2.412   7/2023   2.338   8/2024   2.370   9/2025   2.400

6/2021

  2.611   7/2022   2.447   8/2023   2.346   9/2024   2.368   10/2025   2.427

7/2021

  2.685   8/2022   2.455   9/2023   2.334   10/2024   2.401   11/2025   2.527

8/2021

  2.715   9/2022   2.435   10/2023   2.365   11/2024   2.519   12/2025   2.752

9/2021

  2.712   10/2022   2.458   11/2023   2.458   12/2024   2.749   Thereafter   2.752

10/2021

  2.741   11/2022   2.540   12/2023   2.674   1/2025   2.852    

11/2021

  2.796   12/2022   2.696   1/2024   2.779   2/2025   2.802    

12/2021

  2.913   1/2023   2.789   2/2024   2.736   3/2025   2.662    

1/2022

  3.006   2/2023   2.740   3/2024   2.596   4/2025   2.357    

Average product prices were determined for the initial $ per MMBtu before adjustments for price differentials weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties for each reserves category included in the report, e.g. total proved, total probable and total possible. In addition, average realized product prices were determined in $ per Mcf after adjustments for price differentials weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties for each reserves category included in the report to comply with item 1202(a)(8)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Therefore, the proved reserves category has an average weighted price of $2.61/MMBtu before adjustments and $2.33/Mcf after adjustments. The probable and possible reserves category has an average weighted price of $2.75/MMBtu before adjustments and $2.47/Mcf after adjustments.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 3


Operating Expenses and Capital Cost

Monthly operating expenses for wells operated by Brix and other 3rd party companies were provided by Brix. Brix provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. Brix operated, non-operated, and a blend of both, with 12 months (December 2019—November 2020) of historical fixed and variable operating expense data. W.D Von Gonten & Co. then confirmed and applied Brix’s recommended fixed and variable costs to each individual operated and non-operated property.

Capital costs associated with the drilling and completion of future undeveloped locations were provided by Brix. Support data including drilling, completion, and facility costs, as well as current completion designs rendered applicable for future development wells were provided by Brix for wells spud from May 2019 through September 2020. Where available, these costs were further verified from recently drilled and competed wells from other regional and/or offsetting operators.

All operating expenses and capital costs were held flat for the life of the properties.

Other Considerations

Abandonment CostsThe costs necessary for abandonment of certain properties were provided by Brix. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. expresses no warranties regarding the accuracy or validity of these costs for the generation of this report.

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Brix included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Brix. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any particular reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2021 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 4


Thank you for the opportunity to assist Brix with this report.

 

 

LOGO

  

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 5


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 6


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 7


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Reserves    Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.    Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production    The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.    The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development    All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.    At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entities current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Justified for Development    Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.    In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources    Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.    Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending    A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.    The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 9


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold    A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.    The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable    A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.    The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources    Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.    Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.    Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play    A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 10


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Developed Reserves    Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.    Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves    Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.    Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves    Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.    Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves    Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:    (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 11


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Proved Reserves    Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.   

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves    Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.    It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 12


Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Possible Reserves    Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.    The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves    (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)    The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Brix Oil & Gas, L.P. – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, Strip Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 13

Exhibit 99.7

November 12, 2020

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

  Re: Harvest Royalties Holdings LP
  Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties
  Estimate of Reserves and Revenues
  SEC Pricing
  “As of” January 1, 2020

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain royalty interests owned by Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (“Harvest”). This report was prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Harvest. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River and DeSoto Parishes, Louisiana. Our third party evaluation was completed on November 12, 2020. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2020, are as follows:

 

SEC Price Case

   Net to Harvest Royalties Holdings LP  
   Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

          

Gas, MMcf

     193.3       1,656.9       1,850.2       3,073.4       358.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

          

Gas, $ (100) %

     447,208       3,834,244       4,281,452       7,112,042       828,488  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     447,208       3,834,244       4,281,452       7,112,042       828,488  

Expenditures

          

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Severance Taxes, $

     17,738       86,615       104,353       153,344       17,513  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Variable Operating Expense, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Marketing and Fuel, $

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     17,738       86,615       104,353       153,344       17,513  

Investments, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     0       0       0       0       0  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

       

Undiscounted FNR, $

     429,471       3,747,628       4,177,099       6,958,698       810,975  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     296,556       2,712,519       3,009,075       2,093,585       291,910  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

       

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     9.9     90.1     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.


Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Harvest with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to royalty interests owned by Harvest in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2020 in accordance with the SEC guidelines.

Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Harvest to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Harvest as of January 1, 2020. All of Harvest’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2020.

Reporting Requirements – Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices. Revenues based on alternate product price scenarios may be reported in addition to the current pricing case.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020.

Property Discussion

Harvest currently owns an approximate 1.0% royalty interest in 7 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells and 9 Proved Undeveloped (“PUD”) wells that Vine Oil & Gas LP. operates. Harvest also owns an approximate 1.7% royalty interest in 1 PUD well operated by GeoSouthern and an approximate 0.3% royalty interest in 4 PUD wells operated by Brix Oil & Gas LP. All wells are located in Red River and De Soto Parishes, Louisiana. All existing PDP production and future developmental drilling will originate from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Based on SEC reserves reporting requirements, only those undeveloped volumes scheduled to be drilled within five years of their initial recognition have been included within the Proved Undeveloped category of reserves. That volume, as reflected in the results table of page 1 of this report, is approximately 1,656,927 MMcf of natural gas.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 2


Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves actually recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

The estimated revenues shown herein were based on SEC pricing guidelines effective January 1, 2020. SEC pricing is determined by averaging the first day of each month’s closing price for the previous 12 months using published benchmark oil and gas prices. This method renders a Henry Hub gas price of $2.578/MMBtu. This price was held constant throughout the life of the properties as per SEC guidelines. A pricing differential was applied to all properties on an individual property basis in order to reflect prices actually received at the point of sale. The differential from SEC pricing reflects the loss in heating (energy) value measured in BTU’s from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales. Harvest provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. an average gross heating value of 965 Btu/Scf for both shales, therefore, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. used SEC pricing less 3.5% for estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for all developed and undeveloped Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells in this report. The average realized price after adjustments for location and quality differentials and BTU content for the reserves included in the report as part of the primary economic assumptions to comply with Item 1202(a)(8)(v) is $2.314/Mcf.

Other Considerations

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Harvest included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, costs (LOE and CAPEX), future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Harvest. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any particular reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 3


While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2020 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Harvest with this report.

 

 

LOGO

  

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

 

1.1

Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Reserves    Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.    Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production    The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.    The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development    All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.    At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entities current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Justified for Development    Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.    In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources    Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.    Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending    A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.    The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold    A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.    The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable    A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.    The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources    Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.    Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.    Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play    A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Developed Reserves    Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.    Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves    Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.    Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves    Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.    Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves    Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:    (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Proved Reserves    Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.   

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves    Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.    It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 11


Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Possible Reserves    Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.    The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves    (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)    The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.20 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, November 12, 2020 – Page 12

Exhibit 99.8

January 8, 2021

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

 

Re: Harvest Royalties Holdings LP

 

Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties

 

Estimate of Reserves and Revenues

 

SEC Pricing

 

“As of” January 1, 2021

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain royalty interests owned by Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (“Harvest”). This report was prepared in accordance with guidelines specified in item 1202(a)(8) of Regulation S-K and may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Harvest. These properties include proved producing, proved non-producing, proved undeveloped, and probable and possible undeveloped locations located in Red River and DeSoto Parishes, Louisiana. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 8, 2021. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2021, are as follows:

 

SEC Price Case

   Net to Harvest Royalties Holdings LP  
   Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

          

Gas, MMcf

     452.3       1,138.0       1,590.3       2,843.0       269.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

          

Gas, $ (100) %

     785,595       1,976,760       2,762,355       4,938,318       468,626  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     785,595       1,976,760       2,762,355       4,938,318       468,626  

Expenditures

          

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Severance Taxes, $

     19,519       23,018       42,537       54,174       4,827  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Variable Operating Expense, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Marketing and Fuel, $

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     19,519       23,018       42,537       54,174       4,827  

Investments, $

     —         —         —         —         —    

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     —         —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     0       0       0       0       0  

.Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

       

Undiscounted FNR, $

     766,076       1,953,742       2,719,818       4,884,144       463,799  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     640,326       1,487,248       2,127,574       1,527,974       193,777  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

       

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     30.1     69.9     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.


Purpose of Report – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Harvest to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Harvest as of January 1, 2021. All of Harvest’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once the reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2021.

Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Harvest to estimate remaining reserves and associated revenues with the proved developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% royalty interest of the total net proved gas reserves owned by Harvest as of January 1, 2021. Once reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with SEC pricing effective January 1, 2021.

Reporting Requirements – Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices. Revenues based on alternate product price scenarios may be reported in addition to the current pricing case.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Property Discussion

Harvest currently owns an approximate 1.0% royalty interest in 13 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells and an approximate 0.7% royalty interest in 3 Proved Undeveloped (“PUD”) wells that Vine Oil & Gas LP. operates. Harvest also owns an approximate 2.5% royalty interest in 2 PUD wells operated by GeoSouthern and an approximate 0.2% royalty interest in 9 PUD wells operated by Brix Oil & Gas LP. All wells are located in Red River and De Soto Parishes, Louisiana. All existing PDP production and future developmental drilling will originate from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

Based on SEC reserves reporting requirements, only those undeveloped volumes scheduled to be drilled within five years of their initial recognition have been included within the Proved Undeveloped category of reserves. That volume, as reflected in the results table of page 1 of this report, is approximately 1,138 MMcf of natural gas.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 2


Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

The estimated revenues shown herein were based on SEC pricing guidelines effective January 1, 2021. SEC pricing is determined by averaging the first day of each month’s closing price for the previous 12 months using published benchmark oil and gas prices. This method renders a Henry Hub gas price of $1.985/MMBtu. This price was held constant throughout the life of the properties as per SEC guidelines. A pricing differential was applied to all properties on an individual property basis in order to reflect prices actually received at the point of sale. The differential from SEC pricing reflects the loss in heating (energy) value measured in BTU’s from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shales. Harvest provided W.D. Von Gonten & Co. an average gross heating value of 965 Btu/Scf for both shales, therefore, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. used SEC pricing less 3.5% for estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for all developed and undeveloped Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells in this report. The average realized price after adjustments for location and quality differentials and BTU content for the reserves included in the report as part of the primary economic assumptions to comply with Item 1202(a)(8)(v) is $1.737/Mcf.

Other Considerations

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Harvest included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Harvest. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 3


While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2021 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Harvest with this report.

 

        LOGO   

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

TX # 73244

 

  

 

W.D.Von Gonten&Co.

Petroleum Engineering

TX Lic # F-1855

   LOGO
      John M. Parker

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Reserves   Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.   Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production   The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.   The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development   All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.   At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entities current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Justified for Development   Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.   In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources   Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.   Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending   A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.   The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold   A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.   The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable   A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.   The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources   Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.   Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect   A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.   Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead   A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.   Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play   A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.   Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Developed Reserves   Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.   Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves   Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.   Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves   Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.   Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves   Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:   (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Proved Reserves   Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.  

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves   Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.   It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 11


Category

 

Definition

 

Guidelines

Possible Reserves   Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.   The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves   (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)   The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 12

Exhibit 99.9

January 8, 2021

Mr. Eric Marsh

Chief Executive Officer

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP

5800 Granite Parkway, Suite 550

Plano, Texas 75024

 

Re: Harvest Royalties Holdings LP
Haynesville and Mid-Bossier Shale Properties
Estimate of Reserves and Revenues
Strip Pricing Case
“As of” January 1, 2021

Dear Mr. Marsh:

At your request, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has prepared estimates of future reserves and projected net revenues for certain royalty interests owned by Harvest Royalties Holdings LP (“Harvest”). This report was prepared for inclusion in certain filings made by the SEC as a reserves sensitivity analysis in accordance with the definitions and regulations of the SEC other than the use of optional price and cost parameters as specified in the report pursuant to Item 1202(b) of Regulation S-K. The report may be used for inclusion in certain SEC filings by Harvest. These properties include proved producing and undeveloped locations located in Red River and DeSoto Parishes, Louisiana. Our third party evaluation was completed on January 8, 2021. Our conclusions, as of January 1, 2021, are as follows:

 

Strip Price Case

   Net to Harvest Royalties Holdings LP  
   Proved     Total     Probable     Possible  
   Producing     Undeveloped     Proved     Undeveloped     Undeveloped  

Reserve Estimates

          

Gas, MMcf

     489.5       1,177.9       1,667.4       2,939.6       280.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

          

Gas, $ (100) %

     1,149,074       2,752,866       3,901,940       7,281,721       695,434  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     1,149,074       2,752,866       3,901,940       7,281,721       695,434  

Expenditures

          

Ad Valorem Taxes, $

     —          —          —          —          —     

Severance Taxes, $

     25,455       32,133       57,588       78,449       7,270  

Fixed Operating Expense, $

     —          —          —          —          —     

Variable Operating Expense, $

     —          —          —          —          —     

Marketing and Fuel, $

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     25,455       32,133       57,588       78,449       7,270  

Investments, $

     —          —          —          —          —     

Plugging & Abandonment, $

     —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total, $

     0       0       0       0       0  

Estimated Future Net Revenues (FNR)

 

       

Undiscounted FNR, $

     1,123,620       2,720,734       3,844,354       7,203,272       688,163  

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%, $

     889,303       2,012,866       2,902,169       2,206,940       281,628  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allocation Percentage by Classification

 

       

FNR Disc. @ 10.0%

     30.6     69.4     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

*

Due to computer rounding, numbers in the above table may not sum exactly.

Purpose of Report – The purpose of this report is to provide Harvest with an estimate of future reserves and net revenues attributable to royalty interests owned by Harvest in the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations effective as of January 1, 2021.

 


Scope of Work – W.D. Von Gonten & Co. was engaged by Harvest to develop the appropriate reserve projections and estimate the remaining reserves associated with the developed and undeveloped properties included in this report. The properties evaluated by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. represent 100% of the total net proved and undeveloped gas reserves, 100% of the probable reserves, and 100% of the possible reserves owned by Harvest as of January 1, 2021. All of Harvest’s probable and possible reserves are undeveloped. Once reserves were estimated, future revenues were determined in accordance with Harvest provided Henry Hub strip pricing effective December 31, 2020.

Reporting Requirements

Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) Regulation S-X 210, Rule 4-10 and Regulation S-K 229, Item 1200 (as revised in December 2008, effective 1-1-10), and Accounting Standards Codification Topic 932 require oil and gas reserve information to be reported by publicly held companies as supplemental financial data. These regulations and standards provide for estimates of Proved reserves and revenues discounted at 10% and based on un-escalated prices and costs, however, this report is not prepared with SEC pricing but instead prepared with strip pricing as indicated under “Product Prices” below.

The information presented herein represents optional disclosure pursuant to Item 1202(b) of Regulation S-K.

Estimates of proved, probable and possible reserves presented in the report were prepared in conformance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) definitions and requirements as set-forth in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X as required by Item 1202(a)(8)(iv) of Regulation S-K.

Projections – The attached reserves and revenue projections are on a calendar year basis with the first time period being January 1, 2021 through December 31, 2021.

Property Discussion

Harvest currently owns an approximate 1.0% royalty interest in 13 Proved Developed Producing (“PDP”) wells and an approximate 0.7% royalty interest in 3 Proved Undeveloped (“PUD”) wells that Vine Oil & Gas LP operates. Harvest also owns an approximate 2.5% royalty interest in 2 PUD wells operated by GeoSouthern and an approximate 0.2% royalty interest in 9 PUD wells operated by Brix Oil & Gas LP. All wells are located in Red River and De Soto Parishes, Louisiana. All existing PDP production and future developmental drilling will originate from the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale formations.

Reserve Estimates

Proved Producing Reserves – Reserve estimates for the PDP properties were based on volumetric calculations, log analysis, decline curve analysis, rate transient analysis, and/or analogy to nearby production, including from other operators.

Proved Undeveloped Reserves – The undeveloped reserves were necessarily estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. has performed a field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the producing and undeveloped reserves included herein.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 2


Probable and Possible Reserves – Estimates of probable and possible reserves are inherently imprecise and are more uncertain than proved reserves but have not been adjusted for risk due to that uncertainty. Probable and possible reserves are based on geoscience and/or engineering data similar to that used in estimates of proved reserves but technical or other uncertainties preclude such reserves being classified as proved. Like the proved producing and proved undeveloped reserves, probable and possible reserves were also estimated using volumetric calculations, log analysis, core analysis, geophysical interpretation and/or analogy to nearby recently drilled wells with comparative completion practices. In addition, W.D. Von Gonten & Co. referenced the field study of the Haynesville and Mid-Bossier shale plays independent of this report. Our conclusion from that field study has fortified our confidence in the probable and possible reserves included herein.

Reserves and schedules of production included in this report are only estimates. The amount of available data, reservoir and geological complexity, reservoir drive mechanism, and mechanical aspects can have a material effect on the accuracy of these reserve estimates. Due to inherent uncertainties in future production rates, well costs, commodity prices, and geologic conditions, it should be realized that the reserve estimates, the reserves actually recovered, the revenue derived therefrom, and the actual cost incurred could be more or less than the estimated amounts. We consider the assumptions, data, methods, and procedures used in this report appropriate hereof, and we have used all such methods and procedures that we consider necessary and appropriate to prepare the estimates of reserves and future net revenues.

Product Prices

At the request of Harvest, all revenue estimates represented herein are based on a Harvest provided Henry Hub strip pricing beginning January of 2021. The following table summarizes the prices utilized in the generation of this report:

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

 

Month/Yr.

 

$/MmBtu

1/2021

  2.467   2/2022   2.939   3/2023   2.599   4/2024   2.306   5/2025   2.331

2/2021

  2.539   3/2022   2.792   4/2023   2.299   5/2024   2.281   6/2025   2.365

3/2021

  2.526   4/2022   2.429   5/2023   2.265   6/2024   2.318   7/2025   2.403

4/2021

  2.538   5/2022   2.384   6/2023   2.299   7/2024   2.362   8/2025   2.408

5/2021

  2.555   6/2022   2.412   7/2023   2.338   8/2024   2.370   9/2025   2.400

6/2021

  2.611   7/2022   2.447   8/2023   2.346   9/2024   2.368   10/2025   2.427

7/2021

  2.685   8/2022   2.455   9/2023   2.334   10/2024   2.401   11/2025   2.527

8/2021

  2.715   9/2022   2.435   10/2023   2.365   11/2024   2.519   12/2025   2.752

9/2021

  2.712   10/2022   2.458   11/2023   2.458   12/2024   2.749   Thereafter   2.752

10/2021

  2.741   11/2022   2.540   12/2023   2.674   1/2025   2.852    

11/2021

  2.796   12/2022   2.696   1/2024   2.779   2/2025   2.802    

12/2021

  2.913   1/2023   2.789   2/2024   2.736   3/2025   2.662    

1/2022

  3.006   2/2023   2.740   3/2024   2.596   4/2025   2.357    

Average product prices were determined for the initial $ per MMBtu before adjustments for price differentials weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties for each reserves category included in the report, e.g. total proved, total probable and total possible. In addition, average realized product prices were determined in $ per Mcf after adjustments for price differentials weighted by production over the remaining lives of the properties for each reserves category included in the report to comply with item 1202(a)(8)(v) of Regulation S-K.

Therefore, the proved reserves category has an average weighted price of $2.61/MMBtu before adjustments and $2.34/Mcf after adjustments. The probable and possible reserves category has an average weighted price of $2.75/MMBtu before adjustments and $2.48/Mcf after adjustments.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 3


Other Considerations

Additional Costs – Costs were not deducted for general and administrative expenses, depletion, depreciation and/or amortization (a non-cash item) or federal income tax.

Data Sources – Data furnished by Harvest included basic well information including daily/monthly gas and water production, flowing pressure data, future development schedules with lateral well locations, lease acreage maps illustrating Haynesville and Mid-Bossier opportunities, and development locations for Haynesville and Mid-Bossier wells identified by Harvest. Public data sources such as IHS Energy and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) were used to gather any additional necessary data.

Context – We specifically advise that any reserve estimate for a specific property not be used out of context from the overall report. The revenues and present worth of future net revenues are not represented to be market value either for individual properties or on a total property basis. The estimation of fair market value for oil and gas properties requires additional analysis other than evaluating undiscounted and discounted future net revenues.

While the oil and gas industry may be subject to regulatory changes from time to time that could affect an industry participant’s ability to recover its oil and gas reserves, we are not aware of any such governmental actions which would restrict the recovery of the January 1, 2021 estimated oil and gas volumes. The reserves in this report can be produced under current regulatory guidelines. Actual future commodity prices may differ substantially from the utilized pricing scenario which may or may not extend or limit the estimated reserve and revenue quantities presented in this report.

We have not inspected the properties included in this report, nor have we conducted independent well tests. W.D. Von Gonten & Co. and our employees have no direct ownership in any of the properties included in this report. Our fees are based on hourly expenses and are not related to the reserve and revenue estimates produced in this report. The responsible technical personnel referenced below have obtained the qualifications and meet the requirements of objectivity for Qualified Reserves Evaluator employed internally by W.D. Von Gonten & Co. as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserve Information (2019 ed.) promulgated by the SPE.

Thank you for the opportunity to assist Harvest with this report.                

 

 

LOGO

  

Respectfully submitted,

 

   LOGO
  

 

William D. Von Gonten, Jr., P.E.

  

TX # 73244

 

  

LOGO

  

 

John M. Parker

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 4


PETROLEUM RESERVES AND RESOURCES CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITIONS

This document contains information excerpted from definitions and guidelines prepared by the Oil and Gas Reserves Committee of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and reviewed and jointly sponsored by the World Petroleum Council (WPC), the American Association of Petroleum Geologists (AAPG), and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).

Preamble

Petroleum resources are the estimated quantities of hydrocarbons naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust. Resource assessments estimate total quantities in known and yet-to-be discovered accumulations; resources evaluations are focused on those quantities that can potentially be recovered and marketed by commercial projects. A petroleum resources management system provides a consistent approach to estimating petroleum quantities, evaluating development projects, and presenting results within a comprehensive classification framework.

These definitions and guidelines are designed to provide a common reference for the international petroleum industry, including national reporting and regulatory disclosure agencies, and to support petroleum project and portfolio management requirements. They are intended to improve clarity in global communications regarding petroleum resources. It is expected that this document will be supplemented with industry education programs and application guides addressing their implementation in a wide spectrum of technical and/or commercial settings.

It is understood that these definitions and guidelines allow flexibility for users and agencies to tailor application for their particular needs; however, any modifications to the guidance contained herein should be clearly identified. The definitions and guidelines contained in this document must not be construed as modifying the interpretation or application of any existing regulatory reporting requirements.

1.0 Basic Principles and Definitions

The estimation of petroleum resource quantities involves the interpretation of volumes and values that have an inherent degree of uncertainty. These quantities are associated with development projects at various stages of design and implementation. Use of a consistent classification system enhances comparisons between projects, groups of projects, and total company portfolios according to forecast production profiles and recoveries. Such a system must consider both technical and commercial factors that impact the project’s economic feasibility, its productive life, and its related cash flows.

1.1 Petroleum Resources Classification Framework

Petroleum is defined as a naturally occurring mixture consisting of hydrocarbons in the gaseous, liquid, or solid phase. Petroleum may also contain non-hydrocarbons, common examples of which are carbon dioxide, nitrogen, hydrogen sulfide and sulfur. In rare cases, non-hydrocarbon content could be greater than 50%.

The term “resources” as used herein is intended to encompass all quantities of petroleum naturally occurring on or within the Earth’s crust, discovered and undiscovered (recoverable and unrecoverable), plus those quantities already produced. Further, it includes all types of petroleum whether currently considered “conventional” or “unconventional.”

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 5


Figure 1-1 is a graphical representation of the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE resources classification system. The system defines the major recoverable resources classes: Production, Reserves, Contingent Resources, and Prospective Resources, as well as Unrecoverable petroleum.

 

LOGO

The “Range of Uncertainty” reflects a range of estimated quantities potentially recoverable from an accumulation by a project, while the vertical axis represents the “Chance of Commerciality, that is, the chance that the project that will be developed and reach commercial producing status.

The following pages contain the definitions in Tables 1, 2, and 3 that display the major classes and sub-classes of petroleum reserves and resources as defined by the SPE:

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 6


Table 1: Recoverable Resources Classes and Sub-Classes

 

Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Reserves    Reserves are those quantities of petroleum anticipated to be commercially recoverable by application of development projects to known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.    Reserves must satisfy four criteria: they must be discovered, recoverable, commercial, and remaining based on the development project(s) applied. Reserves are further subdivided in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their development and production status. To be included in the Reserves class, a project must be sufficiently defined to establish its commercial viability. There must be a reasonable expectation that all required internal and external approvals will be forthcoming, and there is evidence of firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame. A reasonable time frame for the initiation of development depends on the specific circumstances and varies according to the scope of the project. While 5 years is recommended as a benchmark, a longer time frame could be applied where, for example, development of economic projects are deferred at the option of the producer for, among other things, market-related reasons, or to meet contractual or strategic objectives. In all cases, the justification for classification as Reserves should be clearly documented. To be included in the Reserves class, there must be a high confidence in the commercial producibility of the reservoir as supported by actual production or formation tests. In certain cases, Reserves may be assigned on the basis of well logs and/or core analysis that indicate that the subject reservoir is hydrocarbon-bearing and is analogous to reservoirs in the same area that are producing or have demonstrated the ability to produce on formation tests.
On Production    The development project is currently producing and selling petroleum to market.    The key criterion is that the project is receiving income from sales, rather than the approved development project necessarily being complete. This is the point at which the project “chance of commerciality” can be said to be 100%. The project “decision gate” is the decision to initiate commercial production from the project.
Approved for Development    All necessary approvals have been obtained, capital funds have been committed, and implementation of the development project is under way.    At this point, it must be certain that the development project is going ahead. The project must not be subject to any contingencies such as outstanding regulatory approvals or sales contracts. Forecast capital expenditures should be included in the reporting entities current or following year’s approved budget. The project “decision gate” is the decision to start investing capital in the construction of production facilities and/or drilling development wells.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 7


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Justified for Development    Implementation of the development project is justified on the basis of reasonable forecast commercial conditions at the time of reporting, and there are reasonable expectations that all necessary approvals/contracts will be obtained.    In order to move to this level of project maturity, and hence have reserves associated with it, the development project must be commercially viable at the time of reporting, based on the reporting entity’s assumptions of future prices, costs, etc. (“forecast case”) and the specific circumstances of the project. Evidence of a firm intention to proceed with development within a reasonable time frame will be sufficient to demonstrate commerciality. There should be a development plan in sufficient detail to support the assessment of commerciality and a reasonable expectation that any regulatory approvals or sales contracts required prior to project implementation will be forthcoming. Other than such approvals/contracts, there should be no known contingencies that could preclude the development from proceeding within a reasonable timeframe (see Reserves class). The project “decision gate” is the decision by the reporting entity and its partners, if any, that the project has reached a level of technical and commercial maturity sufficient to justify proceeding with development at that point in time.
Contingent Resources    Those quantities of petroleum estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from known accumulations by application of development projects, but which are not currently considered to be commercially recoverable due to one or more contingencies.    Contingent Resources may include, for example, projects for which there are currently no viable markets, or where commercial recovery is dependent on technology under development, or where evaluation of the accumulation is insufficient to clearly assess commerciality. Contingent Resources are further categorized in accordance with the level of certainty associated with the estimates and may be sub-classified based on project maturity and/or characterized by their economic status.
Development Pending    A discovered accumulation where project activities are ongoing to justify commercial development in the foreseeable future.    The project is seen to have reasonable potential for eventual commercial development, to the extent that further data acquisition (e.g. drilling, seismic data) and/or evaluations are currently ongoing with a view to confirming that the project is commercially viable and providing the basis for selection of an appropriate development plan. The critical contingencies have been identified and are reasonably expected to be resolved within a reasonable time frame. Note that disappointing appraisal/evaluation results could lead to a re-classification of the project to “On Hold” or “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to undertake further data acquisition and/or studies designed to move the project to a level of technical and commercial maturity at which a decision can be made to proceed with development and production.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 8


Class/Sub-Class

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Development Unclarified or on Hold    A discovered accumulation where project activities are on hold and/or where justification as a commercial development may be subject to significant delay.    The project is seen to have potential for eventual commercial development, but further appraisal/evaluation activities are on hold pending the removal of significant contingencies external to the project, or substantial further appraisal/evaluation activities are required to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development. Development may be subject to a significant time delay. Note that a change in circumstances, such that there is no longer a reasonable expectation that a critical contingency can be removed in the foreseeable future, for example, could lead to a reclassification of the project to “Not Viable” status. The project “decision gate” is the decision to either proceed with additional evaluation designed to clarify the potential for eventual commercial development or to temporarily suspend or delay further activities pending resolution of external contingencies.
Development Not Viable    A discovered accumulation for which there are no current plans to develop or to acquire additional data at the time due to limited production potential.    The project is not seen to have potential for eventual commercial development at the time of reporting, but the theoretically recoverable quantities are recorded so that the potential opportunity will be recognized in the event of a major change in technology or commercial conditions. The project “decision gate” is the decision not to undertake any further data acquisition or studies on the project for the foreseeable future.
Prospective Resources    Those quantities of petroleum which are estimated, as of a given date, to be potentially recoverable from undiscovered accumulations.    Potential accumulations are evaluated according to their chance of discovery and, assuming a discovery, the estimated quantities that would be recoverable under defined development projects. It is recognized that the development programs will be of significantly less detail and depend more heavily on analog developments in the earlier phases of exploration.
Prospect    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is sufficiently well defined to represent a viable drilling target.    Project activities are focused on assessing the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recoverable quantities under a commercial development program.
Lead    A project associated with a potential accumulation that is currently poorly defined and requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to be classified as a prospect.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to confirm whether or not the lead can be matured into a prospect. Such evaluation includes the assessment of the chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under feasible development scenarios.
Play    A project associated with a prospective trend of potential prospects, but which requires more data acquisition and/or evaluation in order to define specific leads or prospects.    Project activities are focused on acquiring additional data and/or undertaking further evaluation designed to define specific leads or prospects for more detailed analysis of their chance of discovery and, assuming discovery, the range of potential recovery under hypothetical development scenarios.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 9


Table 2: Reserves Status Definitions and Guidelines

 

Status

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Developed Reserves    Developed Reserves are expected quantities to be recovered from existing wells and facilities.    Reserves are considered developed only after the necessary equipment has been installed, or when the costs to do so are relatively minor compared to the cost of a well. Where required facilities become unavailable, it may be necessary to reclassify Developed Reserves as Undeveloped. Developed Reserves may be further sub-classified as Producing or Non-Producing.
Developed Producing Reserves    Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.    Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.
Developed Non-Producing Reserves    Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe Reserves.    Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from (1) completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing, (2) wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections, or (3) wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons. Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production. In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.
Undeveloped Reserves    Undeveloped Reserves are quantities expected to be recovered through future investments:    (1) from new wells on undrilled acreage in known accumulations, (2) from deepening existing wells to a different (but known) reservoir, (3) from infill wells that will increase recovery, or (4) where a relatively large expenditure (e.g. when compared to the cost of drilling a new well) is required to (a) recomplete an existing well or (b) install production or transportation facilities for primary or improved recovery projects.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 10


Table 3: Reserves Category Definitions and Guidelines

 

Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Proved Reserves    Proved Reserves are those quantities of petroleum, which by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be commercially recoverable, from a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under defined economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations.   

If deterministic methods are used, the term reasonable certainty is intended to express a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. If probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 90% probability that the quantities actually recovered will equal or exceed the estimate. The area of the reservoir considered as Proved includes (1) the area delineated by drilling and defined by fluid contacts, if any, and (2) adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can reasonably be judged as continuous with it and commercially productive on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data. In the absence of data on fluid contacts, Proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbon (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless otherwise indicated by definitive geoscience, engineering, or performance data. Such definitive information may include pressure gradient analysis and seismic indicators. Seismic data alone may not be sufficient to define fluid contacts for Proved reserves (see “2001 Supplemental Guidelines,” Chapter 8). Reserves in undeveloped locations may be classified as Proved provided that:

 

•  The locations are in undrilled areas of the reservoir that can be judged with reasonable certainty to be commercially productive.

 

•  Interpretations of available geoscience and engineering data indicate with reasonable certainty that the objective formation is laterally continuous with drilled Proved locations. For Proved Reserves, the recovery efficiency applied to these reservoirs should be defined based on a range of possibilities supported by analogs and sound engineering judgment considering the characteristics of the Proved area and the applied development program.

Probable Reserves    Probable Reserves are those additional Reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recovered than Proved Reserves but more certain to be recovered than Possible Reserves.    It is equally likely that actual remaining quantities recovered will be greater than or less than the sum of the estimated Proved plus Probable Reserves (2P). In this context, when probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 50% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 2P estimate. Probable Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Proved where data control or interpretations of available data are less certain. The interpreted reservoir continuity may not meet the reasonable certainty criteria. Probable estimates also include incremental recoveries associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Proved.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 11


Category

  

Definition

  

Guidelines

Possible Reserves    Possible Reserves are those additional reserves which analysis of geoscience and engineering data indicate are less likely to be recoverable than Probable Reserves.    The total quantities ultimately recovered from the project have a low probability to exceed the sum of Proved plus Probable plus Possible (3P), which is equivalent to the high estimate scenario. When probabilistic methods are used, there should be at least a 10% probability that the actual quantities recovered will equal or exceed the 3P estimate. Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas of a reservoir adjacent to Probable where data control and interpretations of available data are progressively less certain. Frequently, this may be in areas where geoscience and engineering data are unable to clearly define the area and vertical reservoir limits of commercial production from the reservoir by a defined project. Possible estimates also include incremental quantities associated with project recovery efficiencies beyond that assumed for Probable.
Probable and Possible Reserves    (See above for separate criteria for Probable Reserves and Possible Reserves.)    The 2P and 3P estimates may be based on reasonable alternative technical and commercial interpretations within the reservoir and/or subject project that are clearly documented, including comparisons to results in successful similar projects. In conventional accumulations, Probable and/or Possible Reserves may be assigned where geoscience and engineering data identify directly adjacent portions of a reservoir within the same accumulation that may be separated from Proved areas by minor faulting or other geological discontinuities and have not been penetrated by a wellbore but are interpreted to be in communication with the known (Proved) reservoir. Probable or Possible Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally higher than the Proved area. Possible (and in some cases, Probable) Reserves may be assigned to areas that are structurally lower than the adjacent Proved or 2P area. Caution should be exercised in assigning Reserves to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until this reservoir is penetrated and evaluated as commercially productive. Justification for assigning Reserves in such cases should be clearly documented. Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by non-productive reservoir (i.e., absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results); such areas may contain Prospective Resources. In conventional accumulations, where drilling has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and there exists the potential for an associated gas cap, Proved oil Reserves should only be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir if there is reasonable certainty that such portions are initially above bubble point pressure based on documented engineering analyses. Reservoir portions that do not meet this certainty may be assigned as Probable and Possible oil and/or gas based on reservoir fluid properties and pressure gradient interpretations.

 

Harvest Royalties Holdings LP – 01.01.21 3P Reserves Report, SEC Pricing, January 8, 2021 – Page 12